Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process).<br><br> <b>Severity Level:</b> Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports.<br><br> <b>Detail:</b> A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles.<br><br> <b>Mode:</b> The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute)<br><br> <b>Access Type:</b> The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING.<br><br> <b>CSV or HTML:</b> Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or ht
ml file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "“报告配置”对话框使您能够过滤在以前屏幕中选择的存档报告。要按<b>日期范围</b>过滤:<br><br><ol> <li>请单击<b>按日期范围过滤</b>。该字段变为活动状态。<li>输入描述报告范围的开始和结束日期。<li>输入其他过滤参数。参考以下的参数定义。</ol>以下定义有助于您在“报告配置”对话框中输入过滤参数:<br><br> <b>程序名称模式:</b> 当您输入的程序名称或模式与所涉及程序的二进制可执行文件的名称相匹配时,报告将显示针对特定程序发生的安全性事件。<br><br> <b>设置存档名称模式:</b>当您输入设置存档名称时,报告将显示针对指定设置存档生成的安全性事件。由此您可以看到特定设置存档所限制的内容。<br><br><b>PID 号:</b> 进程 ID 号是一个编号,用来唯一标识某个特定进程或正在运行的程序(此编号仅在该进程的有效期内有效)。
<br><br> <b>严重性级别:</b>请为您要在报告中包含的安全性事件选择最低的严重性级别。选定的严重性级别及更高级别将包含在报告中。<br><br><b>细节:</b>设置存档已拒绝访问的源。这包含功能和文件。您可以使用此字段来报告不允许设置存档访问的资源。<br><br><b>方式:</b>“方式”是设置存档授予应用该设置存档的程序或进程的许可权限。其选项为:r(读)w(写)l(链接)x(执行)<br><br> <b>访问类型:</b>访问类型描述了安全性事件真正发生的内容。其选项为:允许、拒绝或审计。<br><br><b>CSV 或 HTML:</b>使您能够导出 CSV(逗号分隔值)或 html 文件。CSV 文件使用标准数据格式,将日志条目中的数据片段用逗号分隔开,以便于导入面向表的应用程序。您可以输入已导出报告的路径名,方法是在提供的字段中输入它的完整路径名。"
Author: keichwa
Date: 2016-06-02 10:34:24 +0200 (Thu, 02 Jun 2016)
New Revision: 95877
Added:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/kernel-update-tool.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/linux-user-mgmt.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/migration.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/s390.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/smt.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/xpram.zh_CN.po
Modified:
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on-creator.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/audit-laf.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-client.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/autoinst.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/base.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ca-management.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cio.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control-center.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dhcp-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dns-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/drbd.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fcoe-client.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall-services.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firstboot.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ftp-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/geo-cluster.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/gtk.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/http-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/inetd.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/installation.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/instserver.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iplb.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-client.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/isns.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/kdump.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/languages_db.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap-client.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/mail.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/multipath.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/network.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs_server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis_server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ntp-client.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update-configuration.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/packager.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pam.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pkg-bindings.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/printer.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/product-creator.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/proxy.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/qt-pkg.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/qt.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rdp.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rear.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/registration.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/reipl.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/relocation-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rpm-groups.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-client.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-users.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/scanner.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/services-manager.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/slp-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/snapper.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sound.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/squid.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sshd.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sudo.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/support.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sysconfig.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tftp-server.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/timezone_db.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tune.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/update.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/users.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/vm.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/wol.zh_CN.po
branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/yast2-apparmor.zh_CN.po
Log:
from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on-creator.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on-creator.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on-creator.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,92 +1,88 @@
# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-31 02:08+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54
msgid "Creator for add-on products"
-msgstr "附加产品创建器"
+msgstr "外接式附件的创建者"
#. command line help text for 'create' action
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67
msgid "Create and build a new add-on product."
-msgstr "创建并构建一个新的附加产品。"
+msgstr "创建新的外接式附件。"
#. command line help text for 'clone' action
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77
msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one."
-msgstr "基于现有附加产品创建和构建一个新的附加产品。"
+msgstr "基于现有外接式附件创建新外接式附件。"
#. command line help text for 'sign' action
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87
msgid "Sign unsigned Add-On Product"
-msgstr "签署未署名的附加产品"
+msgstr "对未签名的附件产品签名"
#. command line help text for 'list' action
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97
msgid "List available add-on product configurations."
-msgstr "列出可用的附加产品配置。"
+msgstr "列出可用的外接式附件配置。"
#. command line help text for 'create' action
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107
msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration."
-msgstr "基于所选配置构建一个附加产品。"
+msgstr "基于选定的配置构建外接式附件。"
#. command line help text for 'create' action
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117
msgid "Delete the selected add-on product configuration."
-msgstr "删除所选附加产品配置。"
+msgstr "删除选中的外接式附件配置。"
#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125
msgid "Path to directory with packages"
-msgstr "存放软件包的文件夹的路径"
+msgstr "包含包的目录的路径"
#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name)
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132
msgid "Path to content file"
-msgstr "内容文件路径"
+msgstr "内容文件的路径"
#. command line help text for 'existing' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139
msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product"
-msgstr "存放现有附加产品的文件夹的路径"
+msgstr "包含现有附件产品的目录的路径"
#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146
msgid "Generate new package descriptions (do not copy)"
-msgstr "生成新的软件包描述 (不复制)"
+msgstr "生成新包说明(不复制)"
#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152
msgid "Path to directory with package descriptions"
-msgstr "存放软件包描述的文件夹的路径"
+msgstr "包含包说明的目录的路径"
#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159
msgid "Path to directory with patterns definitions"
-msgstr "存放软件集定义的文件夹的路径"
+msgstr "包含模式定义的目录的路径"
#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166
msgid "Path to the output directory"
-msgstr "输出文件夹的路径"
+msgstr "输出目录路径"
#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173
@@ -101,32 +97,32 @@
#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186
msgid "Path to the output directory for ISO image"
-msgstr "ISO 映像的输出文件夹的路径"
+msgstr "ISO 映像的输出目录的路径"
#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193
msgid "Do not sign the product"
-msgstr "不签名该产品"
+msgstr "不对产品签名"
#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199
msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product"
-msgstr "用于签署产品的 GPG 密钥 ID"
+msgstr "用于对产品签名的 GPG 密钥 ID"
#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206
msgid "Passphrase to unlock GPG key"
-msgstr "解锁 GPG 密钥的密码"
+msgstr "对 GPG 密钥解除锁定的通行口令"
#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213
msgid "Path to file with the passphrase for GPG key"
-msgstr "含有 GPG 密钥解锁密码的文件的路径"
+msgstr "包含 GPG 密钥的通行口令的文件的路径"
#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220
msgid "Resign all packages with selected key."
-msgstr "用所选密钥为全部软件包重新签名。"
+msgstr "用选定密钥为所有包重新签名。"
#. command line help text for 'workflow' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226
@@ -136,32 +132,32 @@
#. command line help text for 'y2update' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233
msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)"
-msgstr "工作流程对话存档 (y2update.tgz) 的路径"
+msgstr "工作流程对话档案 (y2update.tgz) 的路径"
#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240
msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow"
-msgstr "存放 YaST 软件包的文件夹的路径,这些软件包将构成工作流程"
+msgstr "包含用于构建工作流程的 YaST 包的目录的路径"
#. command line help text for 'license' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247
msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)"
-msgstr "含有许可证文本的文件的路径 (license.zip 或 license.tar.gz)"
+msgstr "含有许可文本的文件的路径(license.zip 或 license.tar.gz)"
#. command line help text for 'info' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254
msgid "Path to file with 'info' text (media.1/info.txt)"
-msgstr "含有 'info' 文本的文件的路径 (media.1/info.txt)"
+msgstr "包含“info”文本的文件 (media.1/info.txt) 的路径"
#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261
msgid "Path to file with additional dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)"
-msgstr "指向有额外依赖关系的文件的路径 (EXTRA_PROV)"
+msgstr "包含附加依赖性的文件 (EXTRA_PROV) 的路径"
#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268
msgid "Path to directory with Add-On Product"
-msgstr "含有附加产品的目录的路径"
+msgstr "包含附件产品的目录的路径"
#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275
@@ -171,22 +167,22 @@
#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list'
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281
msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)."
-msgstr "选中的附加产品标号(用“list”命令查看产品编号)。"
+msgstr "选中的外接式附件编号(用“list”命令查看产品编号)。"
#. command line help text for 'changelog' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288
msgid "Generate a Changelog file."
-msgstr "生成修订历史文件。"
+msgstr "生成更改日志文件。"
#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294
msgid "Do not generate the release package."
-msgstr "不生成发行包。"
+msgstr "不生成版本包。"
#. command line help text for 'product_file' option
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300
msgid "Path to file with the product description (*.prod)"
-msgstr "产品描述文件的路径 (*.prod)"
+msgstr "带有产品描述的文件的路径 (*.prod)"
#. error message, %1 is path
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398
@@ -201,42 +197,42 @@
#. question on command line
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454
msgid "Passphrase for key %1:"
-msgstr "密钥 %1 的口令字:"
+msgstr "密钥 %1 的通行口令:"
#. error message
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475
msgid "Path to output directory is missing."
-msgstr "缺少指向输出目录的路径。"
+msgstr "缺少到输出目录的路径。"
#. error message, missing tool
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609
msgid "/usr/bin/unzip does not exists"
-msgstr "/usr/bin/unzip 不存在。"
+msgstr "/usr/bin/unzip 不存在"
#. error message
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733
msgid "Path to directory with packages is missing."
-msgstr "缺少包含软件包的目录的路径。"
+msgstr "缺少到包含包的目录的路径。"
#. error message
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742
msgid "Path to content file is missing."
-msgstr "缺少内容文件路径。"
+msgstr "缺少到内容文件的路径。"
#. error message
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756
msgid "Path to existing Add-On is missing."
-msgstr "缺少到当前附加产品的路径"
+msgstr "缺少到现有附件的路径。"
#. error message
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774
msgid "Path to directory with Add-On is missing."
-msgstr "缺少指向包含附加产品的目录的路径。"
+msgstr "缺少到包含附件的目录的路径。"
#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813
msgid "(%1) Product Name: %2"
-msgstr "(%1)产品名:%2"
+msgstr "(%1) 产品名:%2"
#. command line summary
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821
@@ -255,32 +251,32 @@
#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842
msgid "\tPatterns: %1"
-msgstr "\t软件集:%1"
+msgstr "\t模式:%1"
#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone'
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864
msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands."
-msgstr "目前还没有附加产品的配置。您可以使用“创建”或者“克隆”命令创建一个。"
+msgstr "目前还没有外接式附件的配置。您可以使用“create”或者“clone”命令创建一个。"
#. error message
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876
msgid "Specify the add-on product to build."
-msgstr "请指定将要被构建的附加产品。"
+msgstr "指定将要构建的外接式附件。"
#. command line message
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917
msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present."
-msgstr "目前还没有附加产品的配置。"
+msgstr "目前还没有外接式附件的配置。"
#. error message
#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924
msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted."
-msgstr "指定需要被删除的附加产品配置。"
+msgstr "指定需要删除的外接式附件配置。"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99
msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview"
-msgstr "附加产品配置概览"
+msgstr "附加创建程序配置概览"
#. summary item
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128
@@ -295,17 +291,17 @@
#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142
msgid "Patterns: %1"
-msgstr "软件集:%1"
+msgstr "模式:%1"
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156
msgid "<p>Start creating a new add-on product configuration with <b>Add</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>添加</b>开始创建新的附加产品配置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>添加</b>开始创建外接式附件配置。</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160
msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to modify the selected add-on product configuration.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>编辑</b>修改选定附加产品的配置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>编辑</b>修改选定外接式附件配置。</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164
@@ -315,7 +311,7 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166
msgid "<p>Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with <b>Build</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>基于已选择的配置构建新的附加产品,请单击<b>构建</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>基于已选择的配置构建新的外接式附件,请单击<b>构建</b>。</p>"
#. table header item
#. summary header
@@ -330,7 +326,7 @@
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316
msgid "Version"
-msgstr "版本号"
+msgstr "版本"
#. push button label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192
@@ -340,39 +336,39 @@
#. yes/no popup
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247
msgid "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?"
-msgstr "是否确实要删除配置“%1”?"
+msgstr "确实要删除配置“%1”吗?"
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450
msgid "Add-On Product Creator"
-msgstr "附加产品创建者"
+msgstr "外接式附件创建程序"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313
msgid "Create an Add-On &from the Beginning"
-msgstr "从头创建附加产品(&F)"
+msgstr "从头创建外接式附件(&F)"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322
msgid "Create an Add-On Based on an &Existing Add-On"
-msgstr "根据现有附加产品创建附加产品(&E)"
+msgstr "根据现有外接式附件创建外接式附件(&E)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332
msgid "&Path to Directory of the Existing Add-On Product"
-msgstr "现有附加产品的目录的路径(&P)"
+msgstr "现有外接式附件的目录路径(&P)"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343
msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions"
-msgstr "生成软件包描述(&G)"
+msgstr "生成包说明(&G)"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460
msgid "&Add-On Product Label"
-msgstr "附加产品标签(&A)"
+msgstr "外接式附件标签(&A)"
#. textentry label
#. text entry label
@@ -388,12 +384,12 @@
#. radio button label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483
msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11"
-msgstr "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11(&L)"
+msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11(&L)"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492
msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11"
-msgstr "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11(&I)"
+msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11(&I)"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501
@@ -408,7 +404,7 @@
#. radio button label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519
msgid "openSUSE 12.&3"
-msgstr "OpenSUSE 12.3"
+msgstr "OpenSUSE 12.&3"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528
@@ -423,12 +419,12 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556
msgid "&Path to Directory with Add-On Packages"
-msgstr "附加软件包目录的路径(&P)"
+msgstr "附加包目录的路径(&P)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566
msgid "Path to Directory with Re&quired Product Packages"
-msgstr "必需产品软件包目录的路径(&Q)"
+msgstr "必需产品包目录的路径(&Q)"
#. error popup
#. error popup
@@ -488,7 +484,7 @@
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941
msgid "Key"
-msgstr "密钥"
+msgstr "键"
#. table header
#. table header
@@ -530,7 +526,7 @@
#. check box label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930
msgid "Generate Release Package"
-msgstr "生成发行包"
+msgstr "生成版本包"
#. label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935
@@ -606,33 +602,33 @@
#. combo box item
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287
msgid "Greater than"
-msgstr "大于"
+msgstr "高于"
#. combo box item
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289
msgid "Lower than"
-msgstr "小于"
+msgstr "低于"
#. input field label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322
msgid "Release"
-msgstr "释出编号"
+msgstr "发行版"
#. input field label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310
msgid "Flavor"
-msgstr "类型"
+msgstr "风格"
#. input field label
#. table item label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735
msgid "Patch level"
-msgstr "补丁级别"
+msgstr "增补程序级别"
#. MultiSelectionBox label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414
msgid "&Packages"
-msgstr "软件包(&P)"
+msgstr "包(&P)"
#. check box label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417
@@ -647,14 +643,14 @@
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633
msgid "Package Descriptions"
-msgstr "软件包描述"
+msgstr "包说明"
#. combobox label
#. combobox label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731
msgid "Description File &Language Code"
-msgstr "描述文件语言代码(&L)"
+msgstr "说明文件语言代码(&L)"
#. button label
#. button label
@@ -667,24 +663,24 @@
#. label for 'Pkg' key
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575
msgid "Package"
-msgstr "软件包"
+msgstr "包"
#. table header 1/2
#. table header 1/2
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr "属性"
+msgstr "特性"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782
msgid "Location of the File with Additional &Dependencies"
-msgstr "附加依赖关系文件位置"
+msgstr "包含附加依赖性的文件的位置(&D)"
#. popup for file selection dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896
msgid "Choose the New Package Description File"
-msgstr "选择新软件包描述文件"
+msgstr "选择新包说明文件"
#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*')
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909
@@ -692,13 +688,13 @@
"The package description file is named incorrectly.\n"
"Choose another one."
msgstr ""
-"软件包描述文件命名错误。\n"
+"包说明文件命名错误。\n"
"请选择其他名称。"
#. popup for file selection dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044
msgid "Choose the Path to EXTRA_PROV File"
-msgstr "选取 EXTRA_PROV 文件路径"
+msgstr "选择 EXTRA_PROV 文件的路径"
#. error popup
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054
@@ -754,7 +750,7 @@
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251
msgid "&Passphrase"
-msgstr "口令短语(&P)"
+msgstr "通行口令(&P)"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144
@@ -767,8 +763,8 @@
"Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n"
"You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n"
msgstr ""
-"名称、注释和电子邮件地址值是空的。\n"
-"您必须输入至少其中一个值,以提供用户标识。\n"
+"名称、注释和电子邮件地址值为空。\n"
+"必须至少输入三个值中的其中一个以提供用户标识。\n"
#. feedback popup headline
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197
@@ -782,17 +778,17 @@
"the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n"
msgstr ""
"如果费时太长,做些其他工作,让\n"
-"操作系统有机会收集更多熵。\n"
+"操作系统有机会收集更多 entropy。\n"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217
msgid "Signing the Add-On Product"
-msgstr "正在签署附加产品"
+msgstr "注册外接式附件"
#. combo box label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237
msgid "GPG &Key ID"
-msgstr "GPG 密钥 ID(&K)"
+msgstr "GPG 密钥标识(&K)"
#. button label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244
@@ -802,12 +798,12 @@
#. password entry label (verification)
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258
msgid "&Passphrase Verification"
-msgstr "口令短语验证(&P)"
+msgstr "通行口令验证(&P)"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265
msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key."
-msgstr "用选定密钥为全部软件包重新签名(&S)"
+msgstr "用选定密钥为所有包重新签名(&S)"
#. error message
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302
@@ -832,17 +828,17 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371
msgid "Image File Name"
-msgstr "映像文件名"
+msgstr "映象文件名"
#. check box label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377
msgid "&Generate Changelog"
-msgstr "生成修订历史(&G)"
+msgstr "生成更改日志(&G)"
#. button label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382
msgid "&Configure Workflow..."
-msgstr "配置工作流程(&C)..."
+msgstr "配置工作流(&C)..."
#. button label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384
@@ -852,17 +848,17 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429
msgid "Enter the path to the directory for the add-on."
-msgstr "输入附加产品目录的路径。"
+msgstr "输入附加的目录路径。"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469
msgid "Overview"
-msgstr "概览"
+msgstr "概述"
#. summary header
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480
msgid "Patterns"
-msgstr "软件集"
+msgstr "模式"
#. summary header
#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488
@@ -935,7 +931,7 @@
#. frame label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445
msgid "©ING Files"
-msgstr "COPYING 文件(&C)"
+msgstr "正在复制文件(&C)"
#. frame label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472
@@ -955,12 +951,12 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605
msgid "&Language for the New COPYING File"
-msgstr "新的 COPYING 文件的语言(&L)"
+msgstr "新的复制中文件的语言(&L)"
#. popup for file selection dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624
msgid "Choose the New COPYING File"
-msgstr "选择新的 COPYING 文件"
+msgstr "选择新的复制中文件"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701
@@ -982,7 +978,7 @@
#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727
msgid "media"
-msgstr "介质"
+msgstr "媒体"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769
@@ -992,7 +988,7 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792
msgid "&Location of the File with the Workflow Description"
-msgstr "工作流程描述文件的位置(&L)"
+msgstr "工作流程说明文件的位置(&L)"
#. radiobutton label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806
@@ -1012,7 +1008,7 @@
#. radiobutton label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830
msgid "&Import the Packages"
-msgstr "导入软件包(&I)"
+msgstr "导入包(&I)"
#. table header
#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840
@@ -1040,8 +1036,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Creating the Add-On</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>正在创建附加产品</big></b><br>\n"
-"请稍候...<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>创建附加</big></b><br>\n"
+"请等待...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40
@@ -1049,23 +1045,23 @@
"<p>Writing the add-on configurations<br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>正在写入附加产品配置<br>\n"
+"<p>正在写入外接式附件配置<br>\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for start menu
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44
msgid "<p>This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>该模块提供了创建附加产品的指南。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>该模块提供创建外接式附件的指南。</p>"
#. help text for start menu, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48
msgid "<p>Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择如何创建新的附加产品。您可以从头创建,也可以基于已有产品创建。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择如何创建新的外接式附件。您可以从头创建,也可以根据现有产品创建。</p>"
#. help text for start menu, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52
msgid "<p>When basing the new product on an existing product, check <b>Generate Package Descriptions</b> to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>基于已有产品创建新产品时,勾选<b>生成软件包描述</b>生成已有产品中软件包的新描述。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>根据现有产品创建新产品时,选中<b>生成包说明</b>生成现有产品中的包的新说明。</p>"
#. help text for initial data (paragraph title)
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56
@@ -1075,124 +1071,126 @@
#. help text for initial data, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60
msgid "<p>Enter the name and version of add-on product.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>请输入附加产品的名称和版本。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>输入外接式附件的名称和版本。</p>"
#. help text for initial data, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Required Product</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>所需产品</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>必需产品</b></p>"
#. help text for initial data, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64
msgid "<p>Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the <b>REQUIRES</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择新附加产品可应用到的产品。此选择形成了 <tt>content</tt> 文件的 <b>REQUIRES</b> 值。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择新外接式附件可应用到的产品。该选择构成了 <tt>content</tt> 文件的 <b>REQUIRES</b> 值。</p>"
#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68
msgid "<p><b>Add-On Packages</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>附加软件包</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>附加包</b></p>"
#. help text for initial data, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70
msgid "<p>Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择存放了应构成您的附加产品的 RPM 软件包的文件夹的路径。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择包含应构成外接式附件的 RPM 包的目录路径。</p>"
#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74
msgid "<p><b>Required Product Packages</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>必需产品软件包</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>必需产品包</b></p>"
#. help text for initial data, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76
msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>也可从附加产品应基于的产品中选择存放 RPM 软件包的文件夹的路径。这些软件包不会被收录到附加产品中,但稍后可以用于在工作流程中创建软件集。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>也可从外接式附件应基于的产品中选择包含 RPM 包的目录路径。这些包将不包含在外接式附件中,但稍后可以用于在工作流程中创建模式。</p>"
#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file)
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80
msgid "<p>Here, edit the values of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此编辑 <tt>content</tt> 文件的值。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在这里编辑 <tt>content</tt> 文件的值。</p>"
#. help text for content file editor, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84
msgid "<p>Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect <b>Show Only Required Keywords</b> to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>输入识别附加产品所需的信息。反选<b>仅显示必需关键词</b>查看 <tt>content</tt> 文件的全部属性。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>输入标识外接式附件必需的信息。取消选择<b>只显示必需口令</b>,以便查看 <tt>content</tt> 文件的所有属性。</p>"
#. help text for content file editor, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88
msgid "<p>Use <b>Import</b> to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>导入</b>导入已有 <tt>content</tt> 文件。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>用<b>导入</b>导入现有 <tt>content</tt> 文件。</p>"
#. help text for package description files
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92
msgid "<p>Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此编辑语言相关的软件包描述 (<tt>packages.lang</tt> 文件)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在此编辑包特定于语言的说明(<tt>packages.lang</tt> 文件)。</p>"
#. help text for package description files, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96
msgid "<p>Use <b>Add Language</b> to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the <b>LINGUAS</b> value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with <b>Import</b>. Delete the description file with <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>添加语言</b>添加新语言的描述文件。可用语言列表是从 <tt>content</tt> 文件的 <b>LINGUAS</b> 值读取的。使用<b>导入</b>导入已有的软件包描述文件。使用<b>删除</b>删除描述文件。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>用<b>添加语言</b>添加新语言的说明文件。可用语言的列表从 <tt>content</tt> 文件的 <b>LINGUAS</b> 值读取。使用<b>导入</b>以将包说明导入现有文件。按<b>删除</b>以删除说明文件。</p>"
#. help text for package description files, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用第二张表中的<b>添加</b>和<b>编辑</b>修改所选软件包的描述项。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>用第二张表中的<b>添加</b>和<b>编辑</b>修改选定包的说明条目。</p>"
#. help text for package description files, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104
msgid "<p>Optionally, choose the path for the file providing <b>Additional Package Dependencies</b> (EXTRA_PROV).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>另外,还可选择提供<b>额外软件包依赖关系</b> (EXTRA_PROV) 的文件的路径。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>可以选择提供<b>附加包依赖性</b>的文件的路径 (EXTRA_PROV)。</p>"
#. help text for patterns
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108
msgid "<p>Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此为附加产品创建和编辑软件集。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在此创建并编辑外接式附件的模式。</p>"
#. help text for patterns, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112
msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to create a new pattern or <b>Import</b> to import an existing one.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>新建</b>创建新软件集或使用<b>导入</b>导入已有软件集。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>用<b>新建</b>创建新模式,或<b>导入</b>导入现有模式。</p>"
#. help text for patterns, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116
msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> and <b>Edit</b> in the second table to modify pattern attributes.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用第二张表中的<b>添加</b>和<b>编辑</b>修改软件集属性。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>用第二张表中的<b>添加</b>和<b>编辑</b>修改模式属性。</p>"
#. help text for patterns, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>Required pattern</b> to mark the selected pattern as required for\n"
"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>勾选<b>必需软件集</b>以标记所选软件集为附加产品必需。在开始安装附加产品时将自动预选这样的软件集。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>选中<b>必需模式</b>以将所选模式标记为外接式附件必需。\n"
+"这些模式将会在安装外接式附件时自动预选中。</p>"
#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124
msgid "<p>Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select <b>Create ISO Image</b> to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>指定创建附加产品的文件夹路径。选择<b>创建 ISO 映像</b>在输出文件夹中创建产品的 ISO 映像。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>指定创建外接式附件的目录路径。选择<b>创建 ISO 映像</b>在输出目录中创建产品的 ISO 映像。</p>"
#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128
msgid "<p>Use <b>Generate Changelog</b> to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用 <b>生成修订历史</b> 以生成修订历史文件,记录附加产品介质上软件包两年内所有的修订。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>生成更改日志</b>以生成更改日志文件,记录最近两年内的外接式附件的所有包更改。</p>"
#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132
msgid "<p>Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with <b>Configure Workflow</b>. Use <b>Optional Files</b> to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>用<b>配置工作流程</b>适配附加产品的工作流程。用<b>可选文件</b>配置 <tt>README</tt> 文件、许可和其他可选的文本。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>用<b>配置工作流程</b>适配外接式附件的工作流程。用<b>可选文件</b>配置 <tt>README</tt> 文件、许可和其他可选值的文本。</p>"
#. workflow help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>您可以在这里输入自定义您的附加产品工作流程所必需的文件。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您可以在这里输入自定义您的外接式附件工作流程所必需的文件。</p>"
#. workflow help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140
msgid "<p>Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>输入工作流程描述文件的位置。该文件可代替 <tt>control.xml</tt>,在附加产品的基本目录中保存为 <tt>installation.xml</tt>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>输入工作流程说明文件的位置。该文件可代替 <tt>control.xml</tt>,在外接式附件的基本目录中保存为 <tt>installation.xml</tt>。</p>"
#. workflow help text
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144
msgid "<p>To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in <b>Import the Packages</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>安装附加产品时如需使用自定义 YaST 模块,请输入存储这些模块的 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 存档的路径,或通过在<b>导入软件包</b>中指定 YaST RPM 包配置 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 的内容。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要在外接式附件的安装过程中使用自定义 YaST 模块,请输入到存储这些模块的 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 存档的路径或通过在<b>导入包</b>中指定 YaST RPM 包来配置 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 的内容。</p>"
#. help text for expert dialog 1
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148
@@ -1207,22 +1205,22 @@
#. help text for expert dialog 2
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156
msgid "<p>The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><tt>版权</tt>和<tt>复制中</tt>文件可有不同语言的修订版,保存在附加产品的根目录中。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><tt>版权</tt>和<tt>复制中</tt>文件可有不同语言的修订版,保存在外接式附件的根目录中。</p>"
#. help text for signing dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160
msgid "<p>Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with <b>Create</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此处配置附加产品的签名。从可用密钥列表选择密钥,或用<b>创建</b>创建新密钥。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在此处配置外接式附件的注册。从可用密钥列表选择密钥,或用<b>创建</b>创建新密钥。</p>"
#. help text for signing dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164
msgid "<p>Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>输入解锁密钥所需的口令短语。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>输入解锁密钥所需的通行口令。</p>"
#. help text for signing dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166
msgid "<p>Decide if you want to <b>Sign All Packages</b> of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>如果您希望用选定的密钥<b>签署全部软件包</b>。所有之前的软件包签名都会被移除。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>确定是否要用选定的密钥<b>对所有包签名</b>(外接式附件)。将去除所有之前的包签名。</p>"
#. help text for generating new key dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170
@@ -1247,27 +1245,27 @@
#. help text for overview dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186
msgid "<p>Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此处可查看生成附加产品的数据的概览。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在此处可查看生成外接式附件的数据的概览。</p>"
#. help text for overview dialog, cont.
#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190
msgid "<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to create the add-on product in the output directory.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>按<b>完成</b>在输出文件夹中创建附加产品。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>按<b>完成</b>在输出目录中创建外接式附件。</p>"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113
msgid "&Name of the New Pattern"
-msgstr "新软件集名称(&N)"
+msgstr "新模式的名称(&N)"
#. combo box label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118
msgid "&Architecture"
-msgstr "架构(&A)"
+msgstr "体系结构(&A)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128
msgid "&Release"
-msgstr "释出编号(&R)"
+msgstr "版本(&R)"
#. popup message
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150
@@ -1275,8 +1273,8 @@
"Such a pattern already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name or architecture.\n"
msgstr ""
-"同名软件集已存在。\n"
-"清选择其它名称或架构。\n"
+"此类模式已存在。\n"
+"请选择其他名称或体系结构。\n"
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198
msgid "&Description"
@@ -1288,7 +1286,7 @@
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203
msgid "Ca&tegory"
-msgstr "分类(&T)"
+msgstr "类别(&T)"
#. combo label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213
@@ -1307,12 +1305,12 @@
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319
msgid "Editor for Patterns"
-msgstr "软件集编辑器"
+msgstr "模式的编辑器"
#. table header
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332
msgid "Name of the Pattern"
-msgstr "软件集名称"
+msgstr "模式的名称"
#. table header
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334
@@ -1322,12 +1320,12 @@
#. check box label
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369
msgid "R&equired Pattern"
-msgstr "必需软件集(&E)"
+msgstr "必需模式(&E)"
#. popup for file selection dialog
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445
msgid "Existing Pattern"
-msgstr "现有软件集"
+msgstr "现有模式"
#. error message
#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601
@@ -1335,8 +1333,8 @@
"Such a pattern already exists.\n"
"Choose a different architecture.\n"
msgstr ""
-"同名软件集已存在。\n"
-"清选择其它架构。\n"
+"此类模式已存在。\n"
+"请选择其他体系结构。\n"
#. busy message
#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53
@@ -1346,12 +1344,12 @@
#. label of content file key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139
msgid "Content file style"
-msgstr "内容文件风格"
+msgstr "内容文件样式"
#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141
msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file."
-msgstr "必须是内容文件的首个标签"
+msgstr "必须是内容文件的首个标记。"
#. label of content file key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150
@@ -1361,63 +1359,63 @@
#. help text for content file 'NAME' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152
msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply."
-msgstr "内部使用。适用与软件包名称同样的限制规定。"
+msgstr "供内部使用。应用与包名称相同的限制。"
#. label of content file BASEARCHS key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160
msgid "Product architectures"
-msgstr "产品架构"
+msgstr "产品体系结构"
#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164
msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. "
-msgstr "使用空格分开的产品架构列表。与可用产品软件包的架构相匹配。"
+msgstr "产品体系结构的空格分隔列表。匹配于可用的产品版本包体系结构。 "
#. label of content file 'VERSION' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172
msgid "Product version and release"
-msgstr "产品版本号和释出编号"
+msgstr "产品版本和发行版"
#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176
msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>."
-msgstr "产品版本号和释出编号(按 RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt> 中所定义)。"
+msgstr "产品版本和发行版(按 RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt> 中所定义)。"
#. table item label
#. table item label
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720
msgid "Release number"
-msgstr "释出编号"
+msgstr "版本号"
#. label of content file key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192
msgid "Distribution name"
-msgstr "发行版名"
+msgstr "分发名称"
#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194
msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture."
-msgstr "有些字符串表示发行版。同样的字符串也可能用在 .rpm 中表示发行版。通常是名称、版本号和架构的一种组合。"
+msgstr "一个表示分发包的字符串。同一字符串很可能在 .rpms 中使用以表示分发包。通常是名称、版本和体系结构的组合。"
#. label of content file key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201
msgid "Package description directory"
-msgstr "软件包描述目录"
+msgstr "包说明目录"
#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206
msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)."
-msgstr "软件包描述目录(相对于产品目录)。"
+msgstr "包说明目录(相对于产品目录)。"
#. label of content file key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214
msgid "Package data directory"
-msgstr "软件包数据目录"
+msgstr "包数据目录"
#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216
msgid "Package data directory (relative to product directory)."
-msgstr "软件包数据目录(相对于产品目录)。"
+msgstr "包数据目录(相对于产品目录)。"
#. label of content file key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225
@@ -1452,12 +1450,12 @@
#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256
msgid "Preselected patterns"
-msgstr "预选软件集"
+msgstr "预选模式"
#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260
msgid "List of patterns preselected by the product."
-msgstr "产品预选软件集列表。"
+msgstr "模式列表已由产品预选。"
#. label of content file key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267
@@ -1467,17 +1465,17 @@
#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269
msgid "Vendor name (free form)."
-msgstr "供应商名称(自由格式)。"
+msgstr "供应商名称(自由形式)。"
#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277
msgid "Release notes URL"
-msgstr "发布说明 URL"
+msgstr "发行说明 URL"
#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281
msgid "URL from which to fetch release notes."
-msgstr "可获取发布说明的 URL。"
+msgstr "可查看发行说明的 URL。"
#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288
@@ -1501,12 +1499,12 @@
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328
msgid "Architecture"
-msgstr "架构"
+msgstr "体系结构"
#. label for 'Sum' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589
msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "摘要"
+msgstr "小结"
#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340
@@ -1521,27 +1519,27 @@
#. help text for 'Des' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354
msgid "Multiple line description in the default language"
-msgstr "默认语言的多行描述"
+msgstr "默认语言的多行说明"
#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358
msgid "Multiple line description, language-specific."
-msgstr "特定语言的多行描述。"
+msgstr "特定于语言的多行说明。"
#. label for 'Cat' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364
msgid "Category"
-msgstr "分类"
+msgstr "类别"
#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366
msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely."
-msgstr "默认语言中用于分组软件集的单行分类。分类是为用户设计的,可自由指定。"
+msgstr "用于将模式分组的默认语言单行类别。类别是为用户设计的,可自由指定。"
#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370
msgid "Language-specific version of the category."
-msgstr "特定语言版本的分类。"
+msgstr "特定于语言的类别版本。"
#. label for 'Vis' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377
@@ -1551,32 +1549,32 @@
#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379
msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface."
-msgstr "设置该软件集在用户界面中是否应可见。"
+msgstr "设置该模式在用户界面中是否可见。"
#. label for 'Prq' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388
msgid "Packages"
-msgstr "软件包"
+msgstr "包"
#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390
msgid "List of packages to install."
-msgstr "要安装的软件包列表。"
+msgstr "要安装的包列表。"
#. label for 'Prc' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398
msgid "Recommended packages"
-msgstr "推荐的软件包"
+msgstr "推荐的包"
#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400
msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint."
-msgstr "默认安装这些软件包,但无需说明即可删除。"
+msgstr "这些包默认安装,但无需说明即可删除。"
#. label for 'Prs' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408
msgid "Suggested packages"
-msgstr "建议的软件包"
+msgstr "建议的包"
#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key
#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key
@@ -1584,7 +1582,7 @@
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712
msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution."
-msgstr "这些只是为某应用程序生成的提示,在依赖关系解决中并非如此处理。"
+msgstr "这些只是应用提示,在依赖性解决方案中并非如此处理。"
#. label for 'Ico' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418
@@ -1597,53 +1595,53 @@
"If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n"
" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed."
msgstr ""
-"若未指定,将转而使用软件集名称\n"
+"如果未指定,将转而使用模式名\n"
"(名称中的空格用下划线代替)。如果文件名不包括 .png 或 .jpg 扩展名,将附加 .png。如果未指定路径,将在主题图标路径(起初是 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/,然后是 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/)中搜索图标。绝对路径和相对路径(相对于主题路径 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)都允许。"
#. label for 'Ord' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429
msgid "Pattern Order"
-msgstr "软件集排序"
+msgstr "模式顺序"
#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431
msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface."
-msgstr "该三位整数值定义了在用户界面中列出多个软件集时其显示顺序。"
+msgstr "该三位整数值定义了用户界面中列出多个模式时,模式显示的顺序。"
#. label for 'Req' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441
msgid "Required patterns"
-msgstr "必需软件集"
+msgstr "必需模式"
#. help text for 'Req' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443
msgid "Patterns that need to be installed together with this pattern."
-msgstr "必须和该软件集一起安装的软件集。"
+msgstr "必须和该模式一起安装的模式。"
#. label for 'Prv' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451
msgid "Provided patterns"
-msgstr "提供软件集"
+msgstr "提供的模式"
#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453
msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
-msgstr "该软件集提供的功能。它们可用于匹配其他的 <b>REQUIRES</b>。每个组件都有一个默认的提供 - 其自身名称和版本。例如,软件包 <i>bar-1.42-1</i>提供功能 <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>。"
+msgstr "该模式提供的功能。它们可用于匹配其他的 <b>REQUIRES</b>。每个组件都有默认的提供者 - 其自身名称和版本。例如,包 <i>bar-1.42-1</i>提供功能 <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>。"
#. label for 'Con' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461
msgid "Conflicting patterns"
-msgstr "冲突软件集"
+msgstr "模式有冲突"
#. help text for 'Con' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463
msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed."
-msgstr "若已安装了指定解析项或提供该功能的软件集,则无法安装此软件集。"
+msgstr "如果指定组件和提供该功能的组件已安装,则无法安装该模式。"
#. label for 'Obs' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471
msgid "Patterns made obsolete"
-msgstr "被淘汰的软件集"
+msgstr "已过时的模式"
#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473
@@ -1651,33 +1649,33 @@
"When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n"
"other patterns marked as obsolete here."
msgstr ""
-"安装该软件集时,将卸载此处标记为淘汰的任何\n"
-"其它软件集。"
+"安装该模式时,将卸载此处标记为已过时的任何\n"
+"其他模式。"
#. label for 'Rec' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481
msgid "Recommended patterns"
-msgstr "推荐软件集"
+msgstr "推荐的模式"
#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483
msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown."
-msgstr "必需软件集的弱化版本。若无法安装推荐软件集,系统也不会报错。"
+msgstr "REQUIRES 的较弱版本。如果无法安装推荐的模式,不会显示错误。"
#. label for 'Sup' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491
msgid "Supplemented patterns"
-msgstr "补充软件集"
+msgstr "补充模式"
#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493
msgid "A reverse <b>Rec</b>. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted."
-msgstr "逆向的<b>必需软件集</b>。若已安装的解析项提供了指定功能,将安装此软件集。依赖关系解决器会安装它。它的卸载将被自动接受而无反馈。"
+msgstr "反向 <b>Rec</b>。如果已安装的组件提供了指定功能,将安装该模式。依赖性解析程序将安装它。卸载它将被接受而无反馈。"
#. label for 'Sug' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501
msgid "Suggested patterns"
-msgstr "建议软件集"
+msgstr "建议的模式"
#. label for 'Fre' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511
@@ -1687,7 +1685,7 @@
#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513
msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed."
-msgstr "只有已安装这里指定的软件集才会考虑安装当前软件集。"
+msgstr "仅当此处指定的模式已安装时,才考虑安装当前模式。"
#. label for 'Ext' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523
@@ -1702,42 +1700,42 @@
#. label for 'Exnh pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535
msgid "Enhanced patterns"
-msgstr "扩展软件集"
+msgstr "增强模式"
#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541
msgid "Conflicting packages"
-msgstr "有冲突的软件包"
+msgstr "有冲突的包"
#. label for 'Pob' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547
msgid "Obsolete packages"
-msgstr "淘汰的软件包"
+msgstr "过时的包"
#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553
msgid "Freshened packages"
-msgstr "已刷新的的软件包"
+msgstr "已刷新的包"
#. label for 'Psp' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559
msgid "Supplemented packages"
-msgstr "补充的软件包"
+msgstr "补充的包"
#. label for 'Pen' pattern key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565
msgid "Enhanced packages"
-msgstr "增强的软件包"
+msgstr "增强的包"
#. help text for 'Des' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581
msgid "Multiple line package description."
-msgstr "多行软件包描述。"
+msgstr "多行包说明。"
#. help text for 'Sum' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591
msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package."
-msgstr "软件包摘要(标签),软件包的单行描述。"
+msgstr "包摘要(标签),包的单行说明。"
#. label for 'Ins' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599
@@ -1747,7 +1745,7 @@
#. help text for 'Ins' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601
msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license."
-msgstr "选择软件包时向用户显示的非正式消息,例如测试版本警告或商业许可。"
+msgstr "选择包时向用户显示的非正式讯息,例如测试版本警告或商业许可。"
#. label for 'Del' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608
@@ -1757,17 +1755,17 @@
#. help text for 'Del' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610
msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package."
-msgstr "选择要删除的软件包时向用户显示的非正式消息,例如缺少了该软件包系统将无法使用的警告。"
+msgstr "选择要删除的包时向用户显示的非正式讯息,例如缺少了该包系统将无法使用的警告。"
#. label for 'Eul' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617
msgid "EULA"
-msgstr "最终用户许可协议"
+msgstr "EULA"
#. help text for 'Eul' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619
msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed."
-msgstr "最终用户许可协议(EULA)的正文,在安装软件包前会显示。如果用户不接受 EULA,软件包就不会被安装。"
+msgstr "EULA 文本。将在安装包之前显示此文本。如果用户不接受 EULA,将不安装该包。"
#. label of key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660
@@ -1777,17 +1775,17 @@
#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662
msgid "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>必须安装在系统上以满足产品需要的组件。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>必须安装在系统上以满足产品需要的可解析项。</p>"
#. label of PROVIDES key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670
msgid "Provided products"
-msgstr "提供的产品"
+msgstr "已提供的产品"
#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672
msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>requires</b> from others."
-msgstr "此产品提供的功能。它们可以用来匹配其它产品的 <b>需要</b>。"
+msgstr "该产品提供的功能。可以使用这些功能来匹配其他产品的<b>要求</b>。"
#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680
@@ -1797,37 +1795,37 @@
#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682
msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed."
-msgstr "如果指定组件或提供该功能的组件已安装,则不能安装该组件。"
+msgstr "如果指定的可解析对象或提供该功能的可解析对象已安装,则无法安装该可解析对象。"
#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690
msgid "Products made obsolete"
-msgstr "已淘汰的产品"
+msgstr "已过时的产品"
#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692
msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword."
-msgstr "安装该组件时,将卸载名称和该关键字匹配的任何其他组件。"
+msgstr "安装该可解析对象时,将卸装名称和该关键字匹配的任何其他可解析对象。"
#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700
msgid "Recommended products"
-msgstr "推荐的产品"
+msgstr "推荐产品"
#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702
msgid "A weak version of <b>requires</b>. An attempt is made to fulfill <b>RECOMMENDS</b>, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible."
-msgstr "<b>REQUIRES</b> 的较弱版本。会尝试满足 <b>RECOMMENDS</b>,但如果无匹配,它们将被忽略而无反馈。"
+msgstr "<b>必需</b>的稍弱版本。已尝试完成<b>建议</b>,但如果无匹配,它们将被忽略而无反馈。"
#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710
msgid "Suggested products"
-msgstr "建议的产品"
+msgstr "建议产品"
#. table item label
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725
msgid "The URL for release notes RPM"
-msgstr "发布说明 RPM 的 URL"
+msgstr "发行说明 RPM 的 URL"
#. table item label
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730
@@ -1842,37 +1840,37 @@
#. table item label
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745
msgid "Product line"
-msgstr "产品行"
+msgstr "产品系列"
#. help text for 'productline' key
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747
msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions."
-msgstr "产品的短名称,该名称不随服务包或版本号变化而变化。"
+msgstr "产品的短名称,不会在服务包和版本间更改。。"
#. table item label
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754
msgid "Update repository key"
-msgstr "更新源密钥"
+msgstr "更新安装源密钥"
#. table item label
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759
msgid "Type of media"
-msgstr "介质类型"
+msgstr "媒体类型"
#. help text for media type
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761
msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9."
-msgstr "介质类型将用于目标产品。可用的值有:cd,ftp,dvd5,dvd9。"
+msgstr "将用于目标产品的媒体类型。可能的值为:cd、ftp、dvd5 和 dvd9。"
#. table item label
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768
msgid "Product flavor"
-msgstr "产品类型"
+msgstr "产品风格"
#. help text for media type
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770
msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live"
-msgstr "产品类型或产品种类的描述,例如 DVD,FTP,Live"
+msgstr "产品风格或变体的描述,例如,DVD、FTP 和 Live"
#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694
@@ -1882,17 +1880,17 @@
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698
msgid "Find package directories"
-msgstr "查找软件包目录"
+msgstr "查找包目录"
#. Progress step
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702
msgid "Looking for package directories..."
-msgstr "正在搜索软件包目录..."
+msgstr "正在查找包目录..."
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709
msgid "Check package architectures"
-msgstr "检查软件包架构"
+msgstr "检查包体系结构"
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711
@@ -1902,7 +1900,7 @@
#. Progress step
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718
msgid "Checking package architectures..."
-msgstr "正在检查软件包架构..."
+msgstr "正在检查包体系结构..."
#. Progress step
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720
@@ -1913,12 +1911,12 @@
#. Progress step
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735
msgid "Generate package descriptions"
-msgstr "生成软件包描述"
+msgstr "生成包说明"
#. help text
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746
msgid "<b>Wait while generating data for add-on...</b><br/>\n"
-msgstr "<b>生成附加产品的数据,请等待...</b><br>\n"
+msgstr "<b>正在生成外接式附件的数据,请稍侯...</b><br>\n"
#. error report
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730
@@ -1926,8 +1924,8 @@
"Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n"
"Release package will not be generated."
msgstr ""
-"无法安装 obs-productconverter 软件包。\n"
-"将不会生成发行包。"
+"未能安装 obs-productconverter 包。\n"
+"将不会生成版本包。"
#. error popup
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923
@@ -1935,18 +1933,18 @@
"Build of release package failed with\n"
"'%1'."
msgstr ""
-"发行包编译失败,失败信息:\n"
-"'%1'。"
+"使用“%1”构建版本包\n"
+"失败。"
#. error label
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283
msgid "Signing of the product failed."
-msgstr "签署产品失败。"
+msgstr "对产品签名失败。"
#. checkbox label
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301
msgid "Try again with different passphrase"
-msgstr "换一个不同的口令再重试"
+msgstr "重试另一个通行口令"
#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857
@@ -1954,13 +1952,13 @@
"Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n"
"(%2)"
msgstr ""
-"输入 GPG 密钥 %1 的口令字\n"
+"输入 GPG 密钥 %1 的通行口令\n"
"(%2)"
#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879
msgid "Creating the Add-On"
-msgstr "创建附加产品"
+msgstr "创建附加"
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883
@@ -1970,22 +1968,22 @@
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885
msgid "Create the structure of the add-on"
-msgstr "创建附加产品结构"
+msgstr "创建附加结构"
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887
msgid "Write the patterns"
-msgstr "写入软件集"
+msgstr "编写模式"
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889
msgid "Copy the packages"
-msgstr "复制软件包"
+msgstr "复制包"
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891
msgid "Generate the release package"
-msgstr "生成发行包"
+msgstr "生成版本包"
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893
@@ -2005,22 +2003,22 @@
#. Progress step
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901
msgid "Creating the structure of the add-on..."
-msgstr "正在创建附加产品结构..."
+msgstr "正在创建附加结构..."
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903
msgid "Writing the patterns..."
-msgstr "正在写入软件集..."
+msgstr "正在写入模式..."
#. Progress step
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905
msgid "Copying the packages..."
-msgstr "正在复制软件包..."
+msgstr "正在复制包..."
#. Progress stage
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907
msgid "Generating the release package..."
-msgstr "正在生成发行包..."
+msgstr "正在生成版本包..."
#. Progress step
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909
@@ -2056,91 +2054,3 @@
#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978
msgid "Cannot create the output directory structure."
msgstr "无法创建输出目录结构。"
-
-#~ msgid "openSUSE 11.&4"
-#~ msgstr "OpenSUSE 11.4(&4)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of this product.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>This is a space-separated list of names or <tt>kind:name</tt> pairs optionally followed by version constraints. Just a name denotes a dependency to a package, such as <tt>sles-release</tt> or <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. The kind can be package, pattern, or product, such as <tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>为满足该产品需要,必须在系统上安装的组件。</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>这是用空格间隔的名称列表或<tt>种类:名称</tt>对列表,后面可以跟版本限制。若只有名称,则表示是包的附属,如 <tt>sles-release</tt> 或 <tt>sles-release-10</tt>。种类可以是包、模式或产品,如 <tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Resolvables needed before installation"
-#~ msgstr "安装前需要的组件"
-
-#~ msgid "Resolvables provided"
-#~ msgstr "提供的组件"
-
-#~ msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match <b>REQUIRES</b> from others. Every resolvable has a provides by default- its own name and edition. For example, package <i>bar-1.42-1</i> provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>."
-#~ msgstr "该产品提供的功能。它们可用于匹配其他软件包的 <b>需要</b>。每个可解析项都有其默认提供者 - 其自身名称和版本。例如,软件包 <i>bar-1.42-1</i> 提供功能 <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>。"
-
-#~ msgid "Conflicting resolvables"
-#~ msgstr "组件有冲突"
-
-#~ msgid "Resolvables made obsolete"
-#~ msgstr "已过时的组件"
-
-#~ msgid "Recommended resolvables"
-#~ msgstr "推荐的组件"
-
-#~ msgid "Suggested resolvables"
-#~ msgstr "推荐的组件"
-
-#~ msgid "Supplemented resolvables"
-#~ msgstr "补充组件"
-
-#~ msgid "A reverse <b>RECOMMENDS</b>. This product is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted."
-#~ msgstr "相反的 <b>RECOMMENDS</b>。如果安装的组件提供了指定功能,将安装该产品。依赖关系解析程序将安装它。卸载它的指令被接受时无反馈。"
-
-#~ msgid "Enhanced resolvables"
-#~ msgstr "增强组件"
-
-#~ msgid "A reverse <b>SUGGESTS</b>. This product can be installed if this capability is provided by an installed resolvable. It is just a hint for an application. For example, <i>SuSEplugger</i> can suggest packages for installation if specific hardware is found."
-#~ msgstr "相反的 <b>SUGGESTS</b>。如果安装的组件提供了该功能,可安装该产品。这只是应用提示。例如,如果找到了特定硬件,<i>SuSEplugger</i> 会建议安装包。"
-
-#~ msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2"
-#~ msgstr "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2"
-
-#~ msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 10 SP2"
-#~ msgstr "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 10 SP2"
-
-#~ msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 10 SP2"
-#~ msgstr "S&USE Linux Enterprise 10 SP2"
-
-#~ msgid "Product Definition (content File)"
-#~ msgstr "产品定义(内容文件)"
-
-#~ msgid "Name of the add-on product"
-#~ msgstr "附加产品的名称"
-
-#~ msgid "Product-specific capabilities."
-#~ msgstr "特定于产品的功能。"
-
-#~ msgid "Short label"
-#~ msgstr "短标签"
-
-#~ msgid "Distribution ID (vendor specific). The value of the keyword must not contain spaces. Only letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\" are allowed."
-#~ msgstr "发布 ID(供应商专用)。该关键字的值不能含有空格。只允许使用字母、数字和字符“.~_-”。"
-
-#~ msgid "Distribution version"
-#~ msgstr "发布版本"
-
-#~ msgid "Distribution version (vendor specific)."
-#~ msgstr "发布版本(供应商专用)。"
-
-#~ msgid "Minimum architecture base supported"
-#~ msgstr "支持的最低基础体系结构"
-
-#~ msgid "Minimum architecture base supported by this product. The default is the base architecture if no matching <b>ARCH.base</b> is found."
-#~ msgstr "该产品支持的最低基础体系结构。如果没找到匹配的 <b>ARCH.base</b>,默认是基础体系结构。"
-
-#~ msgid "Allowed architectures"
-#~ msgstr "允许的体系结构"
-
-#~ msgid "&ARCH"
-#~ msgstr "存档(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Base Architecture"
-#~ msgstr "基础体系结构(&B)"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,22 +1,18 @@
# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-02 22:16+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41
@@ -38,14 +34,14 @@
"dvd://\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"附加产品模块帮助\n"
+"外接式附件模块帮助\n"
"------------------\n"
"\n"
-"要通过命令行添加一个新的附加产品,请用此语法:\n"
+"要通过命令行添加一个新的外接式附件,请用此语法:\n"
" /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n"
-"URL 是指向附加资源的路径。\n"
+"URL 是指向附加源的路径。\n"
"\n"
-"URL 举例:\n"
+"URL 示例:\n"
"http://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\n"
"ftp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\n"
"nfs://server.name/directory/SDK1-SLE-i386/\n"
@@ -55,7 +51,7 @@
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option."
-msgstr "缺失目标文件名 ('xmlfile' 选项)。请用 xmlfile=<目标_XML_文件> 命令行选项。"
+msgstr "缺少目标文件名(“xmlfile”选项)。使用 xmlfile= 命令行选项。"
#. dialog caption
#. this is a heading
@@ -63,7 +59,7 @@
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873
msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "附加产品"
+msgstr "外接式附件"
#. busy message (dialog)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label
@@ -77,22 +73,23 @@
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875
msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>"
-msgstr "<p>正在初始化附加产品...</p>"
+msgstr "<p>正在初始化外接式附件...</p>"
#. Create a summary
#. return string
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
-msgstr "<li> 媒体: %1,路径: %2,产品: %3</li>\n"
+msgstr "<li>媒体:%1,路径:%2,产品:%3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
-msgstr "未能添加附加产品。"
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgstr "让外接式附件“%1”可通过“%2”使用。"
+#. just report error
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
-msgstr "请让附加产品 \"%1\" 可通过 \"%2\" 使用。"
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+msgstr "未能添加外接式附件。"
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
@@ -111,17 +108,17 @@
#. summary string
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47
msgid "No add-on product selected for installation"
-msgstr "未选择要安装的附加产品"
+msgstr "未选择外接式附件进行安装"
#. this is a menu entry
#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78
msgid "Add-&on Products"
-msgstr "附加产品(&o)"
+msgstr "外接式附件(&O)"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114
msgid "Installation of the Language Extension has been finished."
-msgstr "语言扩展安装完成。"
+msgstr "语言扩展已安装完成。"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -130,7 +127,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907
msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
-msgstr "附加产品安装"
+msgstr "外接式附件安装"
#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219
@@ -140,20 +137,20 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226
msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择要安装的语言扩展并点击<b>好</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择要安装的语言扩展并单击<b>确定</b>。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245
msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?"
-msgstr "您确定要中止附加产品安装吗?"
+msgstr "确实要中止外接式附件安装吗?"
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260
msgid ""
"There are no selected languages to be installed.\n"
"Are you sure you want to abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
-"没有选择要安装的语言。\n"
-"您确定您想要中止安装吗?"
+"没有选定要安装的语言。\n"
+"确实要中止安装吗?"
#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW'
#. it used only as a fallback
@@ -169,12 +166,12 @@
#. VENDOR: main screen heading
#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64
msgid "Vendor Driver CD"
-msgstr "厂商驱动程序 CD"
+msgstr "供应商驱动程序 CD"
#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup
#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84
msgid "Please insert the vendor CD-ROM"
-msgstr "请插入厂商 CD-ROM"
+msgstr "请插入供应商 CD-ROM"
#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data
#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data
@@ -185,7 +182,7 @@
"Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\n"
"Aborting now."
msgstr ""
-"在 CD-ROM 上未找到驱动程序数据。\n"
+"在 CD-ROM 上找不到驱动程序数据。\n"
"将立即中止。"
#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version
@@ -214,7 +211,7 @@
#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed
#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287
msgid "Installed %1 drivers from CD"
-msgstr "已从 CD 上安装了 %1 驱动程序"
+msgstr "已从 CD 上安装 %1 驱动程序"
#. VENDOR: message box with error text
#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292
@@ -222,7 +219,7 @@
"No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\n"
"Aborting now."
msgstr ""
-"在 CD-ROM 上未找到驱动程序数据。\n"
+"在 CD-ROM 上找不到驱动程序数据。\n"
"将立即中止。"
#. table cell
@@ -247,26 +244,26 @@
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600
msgid "No product found in the repository."
-msgstr "在软件源中未找到产品。"
+msgstr "在储存库中未找到产品。"
#. error report
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314
msgid "No software repository found on medium."
-msgstr "在介质中未找到软件源。"
+msgstr "在媒体中找不到软件储存库。"
#. busy message
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333
msgid "Initializing new source..."
-msgstr "正在初始化新资源..."
+msgstr "正在初始化新源..."
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374
msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2"
-msgstr "URL: %1,目录: %2"
+msgstr "URL:%1,目录:%2"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387
msgid "Software Repository Selection"
-msgstr "软件源选择"
+msgstr "软件储存库选择"
#. help text
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389
@@ -275,13 +272,13 @@
"Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n"
"Select the repository to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>软件源选择</b></big><br>\n"
-"所选媒体中找到了多个软件源。\n"
-"请选择要使用的软件源。</p>\n"
+"<p><big><b>软件储存库选择</b></big><br>\n"
+"在所选媒体中找到多个储存库。\n"
+"请选择要使用的储存库。</p>\n"
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399
msgid "Repositories &Found"
-msgstr "找到的软件源(&F)"
+msgstr "找到的储存库(&F)"
#. if (Stage::initial())
#. {
@@ -294,17 +291,17 @@
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738
msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?"
-msgstr "真的要中止附加产品安装吗?"
+msgstr "确实要中止外接式附件的安装吗?"
#. popup message
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422
msgid "Select a repository."
-msgstr "请选择一个软件源。"
+msgstr "选择一个储存库。"
#. message popup
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627
msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled."
-msgstr "无法满足附加产品的依赖关系。"
+msgstr "无法满足外接式附件的依赖性。"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708
@@ -324,13 +321,13 @@
"to install.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>产品选择</big></b><br>\n"
-"软件源中找到了多个产品。请选择要\n"
+"在储存库中找到多个产品。请选择要\n"
"安装的产品。</p>\n"
#. message popup
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
-msgstr "无法满足所选附加产品的依赖关系。"
+msgstr "无法满足选定外接式附件的依赖性。"
#. Help for add-on products
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910
@@ -340,15 +337,15 @@
"To add a new product, click <b>Add</b>. To remove an already added one,\n"
"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>附加产品安装</b></big></br>\n"
-"此处可以查看选择安装的全部附加产品。\n"
-"要添加新产品,请点击<b>添加</b>。要移除已添加的产品,\n"
-"请选择它并点击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
+"<p><big><b>外接式附件安装</b></big></br>\n"
+"此处可以查看选择安装的全部外接式附件。\n"
+"要添加新产品,请单击<b>添加</b>。要去除已添加的产品,\n"
+"请选择它并单击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939
msgid "%1, Directory: %2"
-msgstr "%1,目录: %2"
+msgstr "%1,目录:%2"
#. table header
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965
@@ -358,7 +355,7 @@
#. table header
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967
msgid "Media"
-msgstr "介质"
+msgstr "媒体"
#. message report
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120
@@ -368,17 +365,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128
msgid "Removing selected add-on..."
-msgstr "正在移除所选附加产品..."
+msgstr "正在去除选中的外接式附件..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255
msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
-msgstr "已安装的附加产品"
+msgstr "已安装的外接式附件"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262
msgid "Add-on Product"
-msgstr "附加产品"
+msgstr "外接式附件"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264
@@ -393,25 +390,25 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>这里显示了您系统中安装的全部附加产品.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>这里显示了您系统中安装的全部外接式附件。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284
msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>用<b>添加</b>来添加一个新的附加产品,或<b>删除</b>来删除一个使用中的附近产品。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>用<b>添加</b>来添加一个新的外接式附件,或<b>删除</b>来去除一个使用中的外接式附件。</p>"
#. no items
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337
msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>"
-msgstr "<b>厂商:</b> %1<br>"
+msgstr "<b>供应商:</b>%1<br>"
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338
msgid "Unknown vendor"
-msgstr "未知厂商"
+msgstr "未知供应商"
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341
msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
-msgstr "<b>版本:</b> %1<br>"
+msgstr "<b>版本:</b>%1<br>"
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342
msgid "Unknown version"
@@ -419,15 +416,15 @@
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
-msgstr "<b>软件源 URL:</b> %1<br>"
+msgstr "<b>储存库 URL:</b>%1<br>"
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351
msgid "Unknown repository URL"
-msgstr "未知软件源 URL"
+msgstr "未知储存库 URL"
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358
msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>"
-msgstr "<b>软件源别名:</b> %1<br>"
+msgstr "<b>储存库别名:</b>%1<br>"
#. Removes the currently selected Add-On
#.
@@ -448,14 +445,15 @@
"\n"
"Are sure you want to delete it?"
msgstr ""
-"删除附加产品 %1 可能导致移除从此附加产品安装的全部软件包。\n"
+"删除外接式附件 %1 可能会导致将所有\n"
+"安装的包从该外接式附件中删除。\n"
"\n"
-"您确定想要删除它吗?"
+"确实要删除该外接式附件吗?"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714
msgid "Removing product dependencies..."
-msgstr "正在移除产品依赖..."
+msgstr "正在去除产品依赖性..."
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline
#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72
@@ -471,123 +469,8 @@
"\n"
"Do you want to skip using add-on products?"
msgstr ""
-"您的系统似乎没有足够的内存在安装过程中使用附加产品。\n"
-"您可稍后在系统运行时启用附加产品安装。\n"
+"您的系统似乎没有足够内存在安装过程中使用外接式附件。\n"
+"外接式附件可以稍后在系统\n"
+"运行后启用。\n"
"\n"
-"您想要跳过使用附加产品吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "&Select Language Extensions to be Installed"
-#~ msgstr "选择要安装的语言扩展(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the <b>OK</b> button.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>选择要安装的语言扩展,然后单击<b>接受</b>按钮。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取安装源中可用的软件包..."
-
-#~ msgid "Failed to initialize the software repository."
-#~ msgstr "初始化软件安装源失败。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The product on the media is already installed\n"
-#~ "or selected for installation."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "媒体上的产品已安装\n"
-#~ "或已选择进行安装。"
-
-#~ msgid "Add-On &Products"
-#~ msgstr "扩充产品(&P)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Run &Package Manager..."
-#~ msgstr "包管理器(&K)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Scan Using SLP..."
-#~ msgstr "使用 SLP 扫描(&S)..."
-
-#~ msgid "&FTP..."
-#~ msgstr "FTP(&F)..."
-
-#~ msgid "&HTTP..."
-#~ msgstr "HTTP(&H)..."
-
-#~ msgid "HTT&PS..."
-#~ msgstr "HTTPS(&P)..."
-
-#~ msgid "&SMB/CIFS"
-#~ msgstr "SMB/CIFS(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&NFS..."
-#~ msgstr "NFS(&N)..."
-
-#~ msgid "&CD..."
-#~ msgstr "CD(&C)..."
-
-#~ msgid "&DVD..."
-#~ msgstr "DVD(&D)..."
-
-#~ msgid "&Local Directory..."
-#~ msgstr "本地目录(&L)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Specify &URL..."
-#~ msgstr "指定 URL(&U)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Add-On Product Media"
-#~ msgstr "附加产品媒体"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Software Repository</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Add-on products can be installed from CD, over a\n"
-#~ "network, or from the hard disk.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>软件安装源</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "附加产品可以从 CD、网络\n"
-#~ "或硬盘进行安装。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To install add-on product from <b>CD</b>,\n"
-#~ "have the product CD set or the DVD available.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "要从 <b>CD</b> 安装附加产品,\n"
-#~ "应有产品 CD 集或 DVD 可用。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
-#~ "Insert the path where the first\n"
-#~ "CD is located, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n"
-#~ "Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n"
-#~ "into one directory.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "可将产品 CD 复制到硬盘上。\n"
-#~ " 插入第一张 CD 所在的\n"
-#~ " 路径,例如 /data1/<b>CD1</b>。\n"
-#~ " 如果将所有 CD 都复制进一个目录,\n"
-#~ "只需要基本路径。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
-#~ "Specify the directory where the packages from\n"
-#~ "the first CD are located, such as /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "网络安装需要有效的网络连接。\n"
-#~ "指定第一张 CD 中的包所在的\n"
-#~ " 目录,例如 /data1/CD1。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Cannot search for SLP installation repositories\n"
-#~ "without having %1 package installed"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "没有安装 %1 软件包\n"
-#~ "就无法搜索 SLP 安装源"
-
-#~ msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
-#~ msgstr "插入附加产品 CD"
-
-#~ msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
-#~ msgstr "插入附加产品 DVD"
+"要跳过使用外接式附件吗?"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/audit-laf.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/audit-laf.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/audit-laf.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,24 +1,18 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 17:32+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 14:00\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -26,7 +20,7 @@
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180
#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228
msgid "Configuration of Linux Audit Framework (LAF)"
-msgstr "Linux 审计框架 (LAF) 配置"
+msgstr "Linux Audit Framework (LAF) 配置"
#. translators: command line help text for show action
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68
@@ -51,12 +45,12 @@
#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher'
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101
msgid "Show dispatcher settings"
-msgstr "显示调度程序设置"
+msgstr "显示发送程序设置"
#. translators: command line help text for log_file option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107
msgid "Name of the log file (full path name)"
-msgstr "日志文件名称 (完整路径名)"
+msgstr "日志文件名称(完整路径名)"
#. translators: command line help text for log_format option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114
@@ -71,17 +65,17 @@
#. translators: command line help text for frequency option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130
msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued"
-msgstr "一次写入磁盘的记录条数"
+msgstr "在发出刷新命令前写入的记录条数"
#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137
msgid "Maximal size (in MByte) of the log file"
-msgstr "日志文件最大尺寸 (以 MB 计)"
+msgstr "日志文件最大大小(以 MB 计)"
#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144
msgid "Action if max_log_file is reached"
-msgstr "当 max_log_file 达到时的操作"
+msgstr "达到 max_log_file 时执行的操作"
#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152
@@ -96,42 +90,42 @@
#. translators: command line help text for name_format option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167
msgid "Computer name (used if format is set to USER)"
-msgstr "计算机名称 (当格式设置为 USER 时使用)"
+msgstr "计算机名称(当格式设置为“用户”时使用)"
#. translators: command line help text for space_left option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174
msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low"
-msgstr "当系统空间开始过低时,日志分区上剩余的空间 (以 MB 计)"
+msgstr "当系统空间开始过低时,日志分区上剩余的空间(以 MB 计)"
#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181
msgid "Action if space_left is reached"
-msgstr "当 space_left 达到时的操作"
+msgstr "达到 space_left 时执行的操作"
#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196
msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached"
-msgstr "当 space_left 达到时执行的脚本 (完整路径名)"
+msgstr "达到 space_left 时执行的脚本(完整路径名)"
#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203
msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low"
-msgstr "当系统空间过低时,日志分区剩余空间 (以 MB 计)"
+msgstr "当系统空间过低时,日志分区剩余空间(以 MB 计)"
#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210
msgid "Action if admin_space_left is reached"
-msgstr "当 admin_space_left 达到时的操作"
+msgstr "达到 admin_space_left 时执行的操作"
#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225
msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached"
-msgstr "当 admin_space_left 达到时执行的脚本 (完整路径名)"
+msgstr "达到 admin_space_left 时执行的脚本(完整路径名)"
#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232
msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)"
-msgstr "邮件已发送到此账户 (如果 space_left_action 设置为 EMAIL)"
+msgstr "邮件发送到此帐户(如果 space_left_action 设置为“电子邮件”)"
#. command line help text for disk_full_action option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239
@@ -141,7 +135,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247
msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if disk is full"
-msgstr "磁盘已满时执行的脚本 (完整路径名)"
+msgstr "磁盘已满时执行的脚本(完整路径名)"
#. command line help text for disk_error_action option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254
@@ -151,17 +145,17 @@
#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262
msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error"
-msgstr "磁盘出错时执行的脚本 (完整路径名)"
+msgstr "磁盘出错时执行的脚本(完整路径名)"
#. command line help text for communication control option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269
msgid "How to communicate between dispatcher and the audit daemon"
-msgstr "调度程序和审计守护精灵间的通信方式"
+msgstr "发送程序和审计守护程序间的通讯方式"
#. command line help text for dispatcher option
#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277
msgid "Dispatcher program (full path name)"
-msgstr "调度程序 (完整路径名)"
+msgstr "发送程序(完整路径名)"
#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals
#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82
@@ -185,13 +179,14 @@
"the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n"
"Setting the format to 'NONE' (default)."
msgstr ""
-"虽然 '计算机名称格式' 已设置为 '用户',但 '用户定义的名称' 没有设置。\n"
-"设置格式为 '无' (默认)。"
+"尽管\n"
+"“计算机名称格式”设置为“USER”,但“用户定义的名称”还未设置。\n"
+"将格式设置为“NONE”(默认值)。"
#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file')
#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223
msgid "Select the dispatcher program"
-msgstr "选择调度程序"
+msgstr "选择发送程序"
#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error
#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338
@@ -204,16 +199,18 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348
msgid "%1 is not a regular file.\n"
-msgstr "文件 '%1' 不是正常文件。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"%1 不是普通文件。\n"
+"\n"
#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355
msgid "%1 not owned by root.\n"
-msgstr "%1 的所有者不是 root。\n"
+msgstr "%1 不归 root 所有。\n"
#. check permissions
#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371
msgid "File permissions of %1 NOT set to -rwxr-x---.\n"
-msgstr "%1 的文件权限没有设置为 -rwxr-x--。\n"
+msgstr "%1 的文件许可权限未设置为 -rwxr-x---。\n"
#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible
#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461
@@ -223,9 +220,10 @@
"If you want to unlock, set the enabled flag accordingly and\n"
"finish the configuration. Afterwards a reboot is required."
msgstr ""
-"规则已经锁定,无法重置。\n"
+"规则已锁定,无法重设置。\n"
"\n"
-"如果您想要解锁,请相应设置启用标识,并完成配置。之后需要重启。"
+"如果要解除锁定,请相应地设置已启用标志并\n"
+"完成配置。随后需要重引导。"
#. Report success
#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488
@@ -246,7 +244,8 @@
"will cause an error.\n"
msgstr ""
"规则已经锁定。n\n"
-"测试是不可能的,因为发送新规则会触发错误。\n"
+"无法测试,因为发送新\n"
+"规则会触发错误。\n"
#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573
msgid ""
@@ -255,9 +254,10 @@
"It makes no sense to continue, because the rules will\n"
"be locked until next boot.\n"
msgstr ""
-"audit.rules 已设置锁定 (-e 2)。\n"
+"audit.rules 中已设置锁定 (-e 2)。\n"
"\n"
-"继续是无意义的,因为规则将持续锁定到下一次重启。\n"
+"继续是无意义的,因为规则将\n"
+"持续锁定到下一次重引导。\n"
#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606
msgid "Success"
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616
msgid "Select an example"
-msgstr "请选择一个实例"
+msgstr "请选择示例"
#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog.
#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted.
@@ -285,9 +285,9 @@
"in the rules file. If not, either enable or disable auditing.\n"
"To check or change the rules, go back to the rules editor.\n"
msgstr ""
-"审计配置已锁定 (选项 -e 2)。这意味着规则被锁定直到下次重启!\n"
-"如果您真的想要这么做,确保 '-e 2' 是规则文件的最后一条。如果不想,请启用或禁用审计。\n"
-"要检查或变更规则,回到规则编辑器。\n"
+"审计配置已锁定(选项 -e 2)。这意味着规则被锁定直到下次重引导!\n"
+"如果您真的想要这么做,确保“-e 2”是规则文件的最后一条。如果不想,请启用或禁用审计。\n"
+"要检查或更改规则,回到规则编辑器。\n"
#. Frame label
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69
@@ -309,12 +309,12 @@
#. ComboBox label - select format of logging
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90
msgid "&Format"
-msgstr "格式化(&F)"
+msgstr "格式(&F)"
#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103
msgid "Fl&ush"
-msgstr "刷新(&u)"
+msgstr "清理(&U)"
#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181
msgid "&Computer Name Format"
-msgstr "计算机名称格式(&C)"
+msgstr "计算机名格式(&C)"
#. InputField label
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192
@@ -359,12 +359,12 @@
#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208
msgid "Dispatcher Settings"
-msgstr "调度设置"
+msgstr "发送程序设置"
#. InputField label
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "Dispatcher Program"
-msgstr "调度程序"
+msgstr "发送程序"
#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230
@@ -374,12 +374,12 @@
#. Frame label - keep it short!
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Starting to Run Low"
-msgstr "空间大小和操作开始不足"
+msgstr "空间大小开始不足时的值和操作"
#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257
msgid "&Space Left on Disk (MB)"
-msgstr "磁盘剩余空间(MB)(&S)"
+msgstr "磁盘上剩余的空间 (MB)(&S)"
#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266
@@ -398,12 +398,12 @@
#. Frame label - keep it short!
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Running Low"
-msgstr "空间大小和操作不足"
+msgstr "空间大小不足时的值和操作"
#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "&Admin Space Left (MB) "
-msgstr "管理员剩余空间(MB)(&A)"
+msgstr "管理员剩余空间 (MB)(&A)"
#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
#. Frame label - keep it short!
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "Action on Error or Disk Full"
-msgstr "错误或磁盘已满时的操作"
+msgstr "出错或磁盘已满时的操作"
#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@
#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "&Set Enabled Flag"
-msgstr "设置启用标识(&S)"
+msgstr "设置已启用标志(&S)"
#. combo box item
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233
@@ -447,12 +447,12 @@
#. combo box item
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "Rules are locked (until next boot)"
-msgstr "规则已经锁定(直至下次启动)"
+msgstr "规则已锁定(直至下次引导前)"
#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Edit the rules for the audit subsystem here:"
-msgstr "在此编辑审计子系统规则:"
+msgstr "在此处编辑审计子系统的规则:"
#. label of a push button (please keep it short)
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401
@@ -467,12 +467,12 @@
#. label of push button (please keep it short)
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407
msgid "R&estore and Reset"
-msgstr "恢复和重置(&E)"
+msgstr "恢复并重设置(&E)"
#. label of a push button
#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "&Load "
-msgstr "加载(&L)"
+msgstr "装载(&L)"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35
@@ -489,8 +489,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>终止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
-"请您现在点击<b>终止</b>, 以便安全中断配置工具。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>终止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
+"现在按<b>中止</b>以安全地中止配置实用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43
@@ -509,9 +509,9 @@
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中断保存:</big></b><br>\n"
-"请点击<B>中断</B>,以便中断保存.\n"
-"一个附加对话框将告诉您这样做是否安全.\n"
+"<p><b><big>中止保存:</big></b><br>\n"
+"按<B>中止</B>以中止保存过程。\n"
+"会出现附加的对话框告诉您这样做是否安全。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8
@@ -522,8 +522,8 @@
"Events may come from the <i>apparmor</i> kernel module, from applications which use <i>libaudit</i> (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Auditd 日志文件配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"审计守护精灵是 LInux 审计系统的组件,该系统负责写入所有相关的审计事件到日志文件 <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i> (默认)。\n"
-"事件可能来自 <i>apparmor</i> 内核模块、使用 <i>libaudit</i> 的应用程序 (例如 PAM) 或者由规则触发的事件 (例如文件监视)。</p>"
+"审计守护程序是 Linux Auditing System 的组件,负责将所有相关审计事件写入日志文件 <i>/var/log/audit/audit.log</i>(默认)中。\n"
+"事件可能来自 <i>apparmor</i> 内核模块或者来自使用 <i>libaudit</i>的应用程序(例如 PAM)或由规则产生的事件(例如文件检查)。</p>"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60
@@ -531,15 +531,17 @@
"<p>The <b>Rules for auditctl</b> dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n"
"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>auditctl 规则</b> 对话框提供了关于规则和添加规则的可能性的更多信息。\n"
-"关于日志文件设置的详细信息可以从 'man auditd.conf' 帮助手册页面获取。</p>"
+"<p><b>auditctl 规则</b>对话框可提供有关规则和添加规则的可能性的更多信息。\n"
+"有关日志文件设置的详细信息可从手册页(“man auditd.conf”)获取。</p>"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log File</b>: Enter the full path name to the log file\n"
"(or use <b>Select File</b>.)</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>日志文件</b>:输入日志文件的完整路径 (或使用 <b>选择文件</b>)。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>日志文件</b>:输入日志文件的完整路径名\n"
+"(或使用<b>选择文件</b>。)</p>"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68
@@ -548,8 +550,9 @@
"sends it) or <i>NOLOG</i> to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n"
"data sent to the dispatcher).</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>格式</b>:设置 <i>原始</i> 将记录所有数据 (用与内核发送的格式相同的格式来存储) 或者\n"
-"<i>无日志</i> 来丢弃所有审计信息而不是将它们写入到磁盘 (不影响发送给调度程序的数据)。</p>"
+"<p><b>格式</b>:设置 <i>RAW</i> 以记录所有数据(以内核\n"
+"发送它的准确格式储存)或设置 <i>NOLOG</i> 以丢弃所有审计信息,而不将其写入磁盘\n"
+"(不影响发送到发送程序的数据)。</p> "
#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74
@@ -559,16 +562,19 @@
"<i>NONE</i> means: no special effort is made to flush data, <i>DATA</i>: keep data portion synced,\n"
"<i>SYNC</i>: keep data and meta-data fully synced.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>刷新</b>:描述了如何把数据写到磁盘。如果设置为 <i>增量</i>,<b>频率</b> 参数将定义\n"
+"<p><b>刷新</b>:描述了如何把数据写到磁盘。如果设置为<i>增量</i>,<b>频率</b> 参数将定义\n"
"在明确刷新磁盘前写入多少记录。\n"
-"<i>无</i> 意味着不刷新数据,<i>数据</i>: 保持数据部分同步, <i>同步</i>:保持数据和元数据完全同步。</p>"
+"<i>无</i>意味着不刷新数据,<i>数据</i>: 保持数据部分同步, \n"
+"<i>同步</i>:保持数据和元数据完全同步。</p>"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n"
"value is reached via <b>Size and Action</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>通过 <b>大小和操作</b> 配置最大日志文件大小 (以 MB 计) 和当此大小达到时的操作。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>通过<b>大小和操作</b>配置最大日志文件\n"
+"大小(以 MB 计)和达到此大小时的操作。</p>\n"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85
@@ -579,10 +585,11 @@
"disk. <i>IGNORE</i> means do nothing, <i>KEEP_LOGS</i> is similar\n"
"to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>如果操作设置为 <i>轮转</i>,<b>日志文件数量</b>指定了要保留的文件数目。\n"
-"设置为 <i>系统日志</i>,审计守护精灵会将警告写入到 /var/log/messages。设置为\n"
-"<i>挂起</i>守护精灵停止向磁盘写入记录。<i>忽略</i>意味着什么都不做。<i>保留日志</i>\n"
-"和 <i>轮转</i> 差不多,但日志文件不会被覆写。</p>\n"
+"<p>如果操作设置为<i>轮转</i>,<b>日志文件数量</b>用于指定要保留的文件数目。\n"
+"设置为<i>系统日志</i>,审计守护程序会将警告写入到 /var/log/messages。设置为\n"
+"<i>挂起</i>,守护程序会停止向磁盘写入记录。\n"
+"<i>忽略</i>意味着什么都不做。<i>保留日志</i>\n"
+"和“轮转”类似,但日志文件不会被覆盖。</p>\n"
#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93
@@ -594,8 +601,10 @@
"domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>计算机名称格式</b>描述了如何将计算机名写入到日志文件。\n"
-"如果设定了 <i>用户</i>,将使用 <b>用户定义的名称</b>。<i>无</i>意味着不插入计算机名称。\n"
-"<i>主机名</i>使用 'gethostname' 系统调用所返回的名称。<i>FQD</i> 使用完全限定域名。</p>\n"
+"如果设置了<i>用户</i>,将使用<b>用户定义的名称</b>。\n"
+"<i>无</i>意味着不插入计算机名称。\n"
+"<i>主机名</i>使用“gethostname”系统调用所返回的名称。\n"
+"<i>FQD</i> 使用完全限定域名。</p>\n"
#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101
@@ -604,15 +613,18 @@
"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n"
"('man auditd.conf').</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Auditd 调度程序配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"关于调度程序设置的详细信息可以从 'man auditd.conf' 帮助手册页面获得。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Auditd 发送程序配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"有关发送程序设置的详细信息可从手册页\n"
+"(“man auditd.conf”)中获取。</p>"
#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dispatcher</b>: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n"
"gets all audit events on stdin.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>调度程序</b>:调度程序由审计守护精灵启动并从系统输入获得全部审计事件。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>发送程序</b>:发送程序由审计守护程序启动并且\n"
+"获取 stdin 上的所有审计事件。</p>"
#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111
@@ -622,9 +634,10 @@
"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose <i>lossless</i> if you want a blocking/lossless\n"
"communication.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>通信</b>:控制守护精灵和调度程序之间的通信。\n"
-"一个 <i>有损</i> 通信意味着当队列 (一个 128KB 的缓冲块) 已满时,去往调度程序的事件将被丢弃。\n"
-"如果您想要阻塞/无损通信的话,请选择 <i>无损</i>。</p>"
+"<p><b>通讯</b>:控制守护程序和发送程序之间的\n"
+"通讯。<i>lossy</i> 通讯表示当队列(一个 128kb 的缓冲区)已满时发送给发送程序的事件\n"
+"将被丢弃。如果需要阻塞/无损通讯,\n"
+"请选择 <i>lossless</i>。</p>"
#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118
@@ -632,15 +645,15 @@
"<p>The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n"
"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>调度程序 'audispd' 是一个审计事件多路复用器。\n"
-"详细信息请参考 'man audispd' 和 'man audispd.conf' 帮助手册页面。</p>"
+"<p>发送程序“audispd”是审计事件多路传送器。\n"
+"有关更多信息,请参见手册页(“man audispd”和“man audispd.conf”)。</p>"
#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n"
" file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>注意:</b> 调度程序必须被 'root' 所有,有 '0750' 文件权限和完整路径名。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>注意:</b>发送程序必须为“root”所有,有“0750”文件权限和完整路径名。</p>\n"
#. disk space dialog help 1/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126
@@ -651,14 +664,16 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Auditd 磁盘空间配置</big></b><br>\n"
"这里的设置是日志所在分区的磁盘空间。\n"
-"详细信息可以从 'man auditd.conf' 帮助手册页面获得。</p>\n"
+"详细信息可以从“man auditd.conf”手册页面获得。</p>\n"
#. disk space dialog help 2/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p><b>Space Left</b> (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an <b>Action</b> because\n"
"the system is starting to run low on space.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>磁盘剩余</b> (以 MB 计) 当系统空间过低时通知审计守护精灵执行 <b>操作</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>剩余空间</b>(以兆字节为单位)指示审计守护程序在系统运行空间不足时\n"
+"执行<b>操作</b>的时间。</p>"
#. disk space dialog help 3/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136
@@ -666,8 +681,8 @@
"<p>The value for <b>Admin Space Left</b> should be lower than above. The system <b>is running\n"
"low</b> on disk space if the value is reached and the specified <b>Action</b> will be performed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>管理空间剩余</b>的值应该低于上面的。如果达到该值,则系统磁盘 <b>将满</b>,\n"
-"指定 <b>操作</b> 会被执行。</p>"
+"<p><b>剩余 Admin 空间</b>的值应低于以上值。如果达到此值,则系统<b>运行磁盘空间不足</b>,\n"
+"并且将执行指定的<b>操作</b>。</p>"
#. disk space dialog hep 4/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140
@@ -680,9 +695,12 @@
"switches the system to single user mode. <i>HALT</i> shuts down the\n"
"system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>如果一个操作被设置为 <i>电子邮件</i>,会发送一封警告邮件给在 <b>操作邮件账户</b> 中指定的账户。<br>\n"
-"<i>系统日志</i>意味着磁盘空间警告会被写入到 /var/log/messages。<i>忽略</i>意味着什么都不做。<i>执行</i>\n"
-"将运行在 <b>脚本路径</b> 中指定的脚本。<i>挂起</i>停止向磁盘写入。<i>单用户</i>切换系统到单用户模式。\n"
+"<p>如果一个操作被设置为<i>电子邮件</i>,会发送一封警告邮件\n"
+"给在<b>操作邮件帐户</b>中指定的帐户。<br>\n"
+"<i>系统日志</i>意味着磁盘空间警告会被写入到 /var/log/messages。\n"
+"<i>忽略</i>意味着什么都不做。<i>执行</i>\n"
+"将运行在<b>脚本路径</b>中指定的脚本。<i>挂起</i>停止向磁盘写入。\n"
+"<i>单用户</i>将系统切换到单用户模式。\n"
"<i>关机<i>关闭系统。</p>\n"
#. disk space dialog help 5/6
@@ -692,15 +710,16 @@
"a <b>Disk Error Action</b> (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n"
"Available actions are the same as above (except for <i>EMAIL</i>).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>您也可以指定一个 <b>磁盘已满操作</b> (磁盘已经写满) 和一个 <b>磁盘错误操作</b> (当写入磁盘出错时执行)。\n"
-"可用操作同上 (除了 <i>电子邮件</i>)。</p>"
+"<p>您还可指定<b>磁盘已满时的操作</b>(磁盘已满)以及\n"
+"<b>磁盘出错时的操作</b>(如果写入磁盘时检测到错误则立即执行的操作)。\n"
+"可用操作同上(<i>EMAIL</i> 除外)。</p>"
#. disk space dialog help 5/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156
msgid ""
"<p><b>Note:</b> All scripts specified for <i>EXEC</i> must be owned\n"
"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>注意:</b>所有 <i>执行</i> 代码必须由 'root' 拥有,有 '0750' 文件选项,和完整路径名。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>注意:</b>所有<i>执行</i>代码必须为“root”所有,有“0750”文件选项,和完整路径名。</p>\n"
#. rules dialog help 1/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160
@@ -712,19 +731,19 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>auditctl 规则</big></b><br>\n"
"本对话框提供了启用或禁用 syscall 审计和锁定审计配置的可能性。\n"
-"从 <b>设定启用标识</b> 中的选定标识会添加进规则。</p>"
+"从<b>设置启用标志</b>中的选定标志会添加进规则。</p>"
#. rules dialog help 2/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167
msgid "<p><b>Note:</b><br>Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>注意:</b><br>锁定规则意味着它们在下次重启前不能修改。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>注意:</b><br>锁定规则意味着它们在下次重引导前不能更改。</p>"
#. rules dialog help 3/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171
msgid ""
"<p>Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n"
" applications which use <i>libaudit</i>, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).</p> "
-msgstr "<p>不带附加规则启用审计会造成使用 <i>libaudit</i> 的应用程序,例如 PAM,记录日志到 /var/log/audit/audit.log (默认)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>不带附加规则启用审计会造成使用 <i>libaudit</i> 的应用程序(例如 PAM)将日志记录到 /var/log/audit/audit.log(默认)。</p> "
#. rules dialog help 4/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175
@@ -733,12 +752,12 @@
"For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>您也可以手动编辑规则,只推荐高级用户这么做。<br>\n"
-"关于所有选项的详细信息,见 'man auditctl'。</p>\n"
+"关于所有选项的详细信息,请参见“man auditctl”。</p>\n"
#. rules dialog help 5/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179
msgid "<p><b>Check Syntax</b> sends the rules via <i>auditctl</i> to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax.<br><b>Restore</b> restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>检查语法</b> 通过 <i>auditctl</i> 发送规则给审计子系统并检查语法。<br><b>恢复</b>从 /etc/audit/audit.rules 恢复设置。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>检查语法</b>通过 <i>auditctl</i> 发送规则给审计子系统并检查语法。<br><b>恢复</b>会从 /etc/audit/audit.rules 恢复设置。</p>\n"
#. rules dialog help 6/6
#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183
@@ -748,13 +767,15 @@
"Click <b>Load</b> to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n"
"an example rules file.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>点击 <b>恢复和重置</b> 通过调用 <i>auditctl</i> 来恢复规则和重置修改 (从上一次语法检查起)。<br>\n"
-"点击 <b>加载</b> 来打开一个文件选择对话框,从那里您可以加载一个规则实例文件。</p>\n"
+"<p>单击<b>恢复并重设置</b>通过调用 <i>auditctl</i> 来恢复规则\n"
+"和重置更改 (从上一次语法检查起)。<br>\n"
+"单击<b>装载</b>来打开一个文件选择对话框,从那里您可以装载\n"
+"一个规则示例文件。</p>\n"
#. Header of tab in tab widget
#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123
msgid "&Dispatcher"
-msgstr "调度程序(&D)"
+msgstr "发送程序(&D)"
#. Header of tab in tab widget
#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129
@@ -765,7 +786,7 @@
#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem)
#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136
msgid "&Rules for 'auditctl'"
-msgstr "'auditctl' 规则(&R)"
+msgstr "“auditctl”的规则(&R)"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230
@@ -780,7 +801,7 @@
#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318
msgid "<p>To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package <b>%1</b> must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要继续配置 Linux 审计,必须安装 <b>%1</b> 软件包。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要继续 Linux 审计配置,必须安装 <b>%1</b> 包。</p>"
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -794,19 +815,19 @@
"You can use the module 'System Log' from group\n"
"'Miscellaneous' in YaST Control Center."
msgstr ""
-"无法启动审计守护精灵。\n"
-"请到 /var/log/messages 中检查 auditd 错误。\n"
-"您可以在 YaST 控制中心的 ‘杂项’ 组中使用 ‘系统日志’ 模块。"
+"无法启动审计守护程序。\n"
+"请检查 /var/log/messages 中有无 auditd 错误。\n"
+"您可以在 YaST 控制中心的“杂项”组中使用“系统日志”模块。"
#. AuditLaf read dialog caption
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376
msgid "Initializing Audit Configuration"
-msgstr "正在初始化审计配置"
+msgstr "正在初始化 Audit 配置"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391
msgid "Check for installed packages"
-msgstr "检查已安装的软件包"
+msgstr "检查已安装的包"
#. Progress stage 2/4
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393
@@ -826,7 +847,7 @@
#. Progress stage 1/4
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401
msgid "Checking for packages..."
-msgstr "正在检查软件包..."
+msgstr "正在检查包..."
#. Progress step 2/4
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403
@@ -859,12 +880,12 @@
"Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n"
"or only start the daemon for now?"
msgstr ""
-"您想要启动它并启用开机自启动吗?\n"
-"还是仅启动该守护进程?"
+"您要启动它并启用引导时启动选项,\n"
+"还是暂时只启动守护程序?"
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466
msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n"
-msgstr "'auditd' 守护进程未运行。\n"
+msgstr "守护程序“auditd”未运行。\n"
#. message about loaded kernel module
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470
@@ -873,19 +894,19 @@
"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n"
"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n"
msgstr ""
-" ‘apparmor’ 内核模块已加载。\n"
-"内核使用一个运行中的审计守护进程来记录审计事件到\n"
-"/var/log/audit/audit.log (默认)。\n"
+"“apparmor”内核模块已装载。\n"
+"内核会使用正在运行的审计守护程序将审计事件\n"
+"记录到 /var/log/audit/audit.log(默认)。\n"
#. Headline of a popup
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477
msgid "Start of Audit Daemon"
-msgstr "启动审计守护进程"
+msgstr "审计守护程序启动"
#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479
msgid "Start and &Enable"
-msgstr "启动和启用(&E)"
+msgstr "启动并启用(&E)"
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479
msgid "&Start"
@@ -897,7 +918,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488
msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon."
-msgstr "无法启动审计守护精灵。"
+msgstr "无法启动审计守护程序。"
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489
msgid ""
@@ -907,12 +928,12 @@
"a reboot is required afterwards.\n"
msgstr ""
"规则可能被锁定。\n"
-"继续检查规则。您可以变更 '启用标识',但稍后需要重启才能激活变更。\n"
+"请继续检查规则。您可以更改“已启用标志”,但稍后需要重引导才能激活更改。\n"
#. Auditd read dialog caption
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545
msgid "Saving Audit Configuration"
-msgstr "正在保存审计配置"
+msgstr "正在保存 Audit 配置"
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561
@@ -945,19 +966,19 @@
"If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n"
"Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n"
msgstr ""
-"您想要变更 '启用标识' 吗?\n"
+"您想要更改“已启用标志”吗?\n"
"如果是,新规则将会写入到 /etc/audit/audit.rules。\n"
-"之后重启系统以让变更生效。\n"
+"之后重引导系统以让更改生效。\n"
#. Error message
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611
msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed."
-msgstr "重启 audit 守护精灵失败。"
+msgstr "重启动 audit 守护程序失败。"
#. Error message
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618
msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf."
-msgstr "无法将配置写入 auditd.conf。"
+msgstr "无法将设置写入 auditd.conf。"
#. Error message, rules cannot be set
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649
@@ -973,38 +994,3 @@
#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704
msgid "Log file"
msgstr "日志文件"
-
-#~ msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n"
-#~ msgstr "已加载 'apparmor' 内核模块。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The audit daemon doesn't run.\n"
-#~ "Do you want to start it now?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "审计守护精灵未运行。\n"
-#~ "您是否要立即启动它?"
-
-#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running."
-#~ msgstr "审计守护精灵未运行。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Unknown option"
-#~ msgstr "未知选项。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Really exit?\n"
-#~ "All changes will be lost."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "是否确实要退出?\n"
-#~ "所有更改都将丢失。"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration summary..."
-#~ msgstr "配置摘要..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Configuration of audit-laf"
-#~ msgstr "autofs 的配置"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Disk &Space on Log Partion"
-#~ msgstr "磁盘空间警告"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-client.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-client.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-client.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,1648 +1,1732 @@
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2014, 2015, 2016.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
+#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-03 23:17+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
-msgstr "认证客户端配置模块"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
+msgstr "领域名称"
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
-msgstr "认证客户端配置摘要"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
+msgstr "将域名映射到领域 (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
-msgstr "从 @parameters 创建 autoyast rnc"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
+msgstr "将通配符域名映射到领域 (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr "管理服务器的主机名(可选)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr "主密钥分发服务器的主机名(可选)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr "密钥分发中心(如果启用了通过 DNS 自动发现功能,则此为可选项)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr "主体名称到用户名的自定义映射"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr "主体名称"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "用户名"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr "用于将主体名称映射到用户名的自定义规则"
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr "请键入密钥分发中心的主机名:"
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr "请键入 auth_to_local 规则:"
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr "请以“princ_name = user_name”格式键入主体名称和用户名:"
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "请输入领域名称。"
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr "Keytab 文件的默认位置"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr "TGS 的加密类型(以空格分隔)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr "票据的加密类型(以空格分隔)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr "会话的加密类型(以空格分隔)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr "其他要包含在票据中的地址(以逗号分隔)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "重设置"
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr "如果连接中断:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr "不断重试该操作"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr "不重试并视为操作失败"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr "绑定操作的超时(以秒为单位)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr "搜索操作的超时(以秒为单位)"
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr "使用目录作为身份提供者 (LDAP)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr "通过 Kerberos 进行身份验证"
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+"此计算机当前是使用 SSSD 来对用户进行身份验证的。\n"
+"从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD 后,您才可使用旧式 LDAP 身份验证 (pam_ldap)。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+"此计算机当前是从 SSSD 身份提供者读取用户数据库的。\n"
+"从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD 用户数据库后,您才可使用 LDAP 用户数据库 (nss_ldap)。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+"此计算机当前是从 SSSD 身份提供者读取组数据库的。\n"
+"从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD 组数据库后,您才可使用 LDAP 组数据库 (nss_ldap)。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+"此计算机当前是从 SSSD 身份提供者读取 sudoers 数据库的。\n"
+"从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD sudo 数据库后,您才可使用 LDAP sudoers 数据库 (nss_ldap)。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+"此计算机当前是从 SSSD 身份提供者读取 automount 数据库的。\n"
+"从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD automount 数据库后,您才可使用 LDAP automount 数据库 (nss_ldap)。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr "请输入服务器 URI。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr "请输入搜索基础的 DN。"
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr "已成功与 URI %s 上的 LDAP 服务器连接!"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+"URI %s 上的连接检查已失败。\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr "已成功与主机 %s 上的 LDAP 服务器连接"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+"主机 %s 上的连接检查已失败。\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+"名称服务超速缓存应仅与旧式 LDAP 身份提供者搭配使用,\n"
+"但您的系统当前启用了身份验证域,这与该超速缓存不兼容。\n"
+"\n"
+"是否仍要启用该超速缓存?"
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+"此计算机当前是使用 SSSD 来对用户进行身份验证的。\n"
+"从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD 后,您才可使用 Kerberos 身份验证 (pam_krb5)。"
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr "(未指定)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr "确实要删除领域 %s 吗?"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr "允许 LDAP 用户进行身份验证 (pam_ldap)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr "超速缓存 LDAP 项以加快响应速度 (nscd)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "自动创建主目录"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr "从 LDAP 数据源读取以下项目:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "用户"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr "组"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr "超级用户命令 (sudo)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr "网络磁盘位置 (automount)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr "采用以下任一格式输入 LDAP 服务器位置(以空格分隔):"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr "- 主机名或 IP 和端口号(IP:端口)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr "- URI(ldap://服务器:端口、ldaps://服务器:端口)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr "搜索基本的 DN(例如 dc=example,dc=com)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr "绑定用户的 DN(对匿名绑定请保留空白)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr "绑定用户的口令(对匿名绑定请保留空白)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr "根据 DN 识别组成员 (RFC2307bis)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr "对连续请求将 LDAP 连接保持为打开状态"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr "安全 LDAP 通讯"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr "不使用安全性"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr "通过 TLS 确保通讯安全"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr "通过 StartTLS 确保通讯安全"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr "测试连接"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr "扩展选项"
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr "允许 Kerberos 用户进行身份验证 (pam_krb5)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr "用户登录的默认领域:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr "所有身份验证领域"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr "添加领域"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr "编辑领域"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr "删除领域"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr "使用 DNS TXT 记录发现领域"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr "使用 DNS SVC 记录发现 KDC 服务器"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr "允许不安全加密 (Windows NT)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr "允许其他网络上的 KDC 发出身份验证票据"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr "允许支持 Kerberos 的服务显示为用户身份"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr "对位于 NAT 之后的计算机发出无地址票据"
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr "LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr "用户登录管理"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr "更改设置"
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "用户登录配置"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "LDAP/Kerberos 配置"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "名称"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "值"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr "计算机名"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr "计算机完整名称"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr "(名称无法解析)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr "网络域"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr "IP 地址"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr "身份域"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "描述"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr "扩展选项"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "名称过滤器:"
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr "无。"
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
-msgstr "必需参数"
+msgstr "必填参数"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr "可选参数"
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
-msgstr "请完成以下全部必需参数:\n"
+msgstr "请填写以下所有必填参数:\n"
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr "全局选项"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr "名称切换"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "身份验证"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr "Sudo"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr "自动装载"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr "SSH 公共密钥"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr "特权帐户证书 (MS-PAC)"
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
-msgstr "认证客户端配置"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr "管理域用户登录"
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr "全局配置"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr "守护程序状态: "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr "在登录时创建主目录"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr "正在运行"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
-msgstr "启用 SSSD 守护进程"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr "已停止"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
-msgstr "部分"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr "允许域用户登录"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
-msgstr "新服务/域"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "创建主目录"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
-msgstr "删除服务/域"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
+msgstr "启用域数据源:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr "映射网络驱动器 (automount)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr "加入域"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr "退出域"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr "清除域超速缓存"
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr "服务选项"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr "域选项"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr "选择要进行自定义的组选项(服务或域)。"
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr "使用此域"
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr "注册到 Active Directory"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
-msgstr "自定义 - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
+msgstr "选项 - %s"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "名称"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
+msgstr "请选择列表中的一个域。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
-msgstr "值"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
+msgstr "确实要删除域 %s 的配置吗?"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "描述"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+"此计算机当前是使用旧式 LDAP 或 Kerberos 方法来对用户进行身份验证的。\n"
+"从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP 和 Kerberos 身份验证后,您才可使用 SSSD 来对用户进行身份验证。"
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
-msgstr "更多参数"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+"此计算机当前是从 LDAP 身份提供者读取用户数据库的。\n"
+"从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP 用户数据库后,您才可使用 SSSD 用户数据库。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
-msgstr "名称过滤器:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+"此计算机当前是从 LDAP 身份提供者读取组数据库的。\n"
+"从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP 组数据库后,您才可使用 SSSD 组数据库。"
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-"您的系统已配置为使用 nss_ldap。\n"
-"此模块设计用于通过 sssd 配置您的系统。\n"
-"若您继续,您的 nss_ldap 配置将会被移除。\n"
-"您想要继续吗?"
+"此计算机当前是从 LDAP 身份提供者读取 sudoers 数据库的。\n"
+"从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP sudoers 数据库后,您才可使用 SSSD sudoers 数据库。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-"您的系统已配置为 OES 客户端。\n"
-"此模块设计用于通过 sssd 配置您的系统。\n"
-"若您继续,您的 OES 客户端配置将被取消激活。\n"
-"您想要继续吗?"
+"已全局启用 sudo 数据源。\n"
+"请注意,在提供 sudo 数据的各个域的“扩展选项”中,也需要自定义“sudo_provider”参数。"
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
-msgstr "您不能删除 SSSD 部分。"
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+"此计算机当前是从 LDAP 身份提供者读取 automount 数据库的。\n"
+"从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP automount 数据库后,您才可使用 SSSD automount 数据库。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
-msgstr "您真的希望删除 %s 部分吗?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+msgstr ""
+"已全局启用 automount 数据源。\n"
+"请注意,在提供 automount 数据的各个域的“扩展选项”中,也需要自定义“autofs_provider”参数。"
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+"已全局启用 MS-PAC 数据源。\n"
+"此可选功能依赖于 Microsoft Active Directory 域的功能。\n"
+"如果系统不支持 Active Directory 域,SSSD 可能会无法启动,在此情况下,请关闭此功能。"
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
-msgstr "这是一个必需的参数,不可以删除它。"
+msgstr "这是一个必填参数,不可删除。"
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
-msgstr "确认移除参数:"
+msgstr "确认去除参数: "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup "
-"failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
-"该参数十分重要。移除该参数可能造成 SSSD 启动失败。\n"
-"继续前请参照 SSSD 手册页。\n"
-"您仍希望继续吗?"
+"该参数很重要。去除该参数可能会导致配置失败。\n"
+"在继续之前,请查阅 SSSD 手册页。\n"
+"仍要去除该参数吗?"
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
-msgstr "无启用的域"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
+msgstr "无域"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-"[sssd] \"域\" 参数中没有启用的域。\n"
-"将不会启动 SSSD,届时只有本地认证可用。\n"
-"您仍希望继续吗?"
+"您尚未配置任何身份验证域,却选择启用域身份验证。\n"
+"SSSD 将无法启动,只有本地身份验证可以使用。\n"
+"仍要继续吗?"
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
-msgstr "发现了非活动域"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
+msgstr "已删除所有超速缓存的数据。"
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
-msgstr "您想要启用另一个服务还是加入一个域?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:"
+msgstr "输入 AD 用户身份凭证(如 Administrator)以注册或重新注册此计算机:"
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "服务"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "用户名"
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
-msgstr "域"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "口令"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com):"
-msgstr "域名 (example.com):"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
+msgstr "可选组织单位,例如“Headquarter/HR/BuildingA”"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
-msgstr "鉴定提供方:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
+msgstr "覆盖要与此 AD 搭配使用的 Samba 配置"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
-msgstr "认证提供方:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
+msgstr "(AutoYast 编辑器中不适用)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
-msgstr "激活域"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
+msgstr " (已通过 DNS 自动发现)"
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
-msgstr "没有更多服务可启用。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
+msgstr "(DNS 错误)"
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
-msgstr "请为新域输入一个名称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver."
+msgstr ""
+"此计算机上的名称解析服务不满足 AD 注册要求。\n"
+"请将网络环境配置为使用 AD 服务器作为名称解析程序。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
-msgstr "域名已使用。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
+msgstr "已注册"
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
-msgstr "揭示了配置文件的语法。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
+msgstr "尚未注册"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
-msgstr "以逗号分隔的当 sssd 自身启动时也将启动的服务列表。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
+msgstr "Active Directory 注册"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr "当前状态"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr "正在收集状态..."
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr "请输入用户名和口令。"
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
+msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr "已为 AutoYast 保存 AD 注册细节。请注意,AD 用户口令是以纯文本格式保存的。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
+"已成功完成注册!\n"
"\n"
-"支持的服务:nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"命令输出:\n"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
msgid ""
-"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
-"Provider crash or restart before they give up"
-msgstr "当数据提供者崩溃或重启时在放弃前服务应尝试重连的次数"
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"注册过程失败。\n"
+"\n"
+"命令输出:\n"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be "
-"configured or SSSD won't start."
-msgstr "SSSD 可同时使用更多域,但必须配置至少一个否则 SSSD 不会启动。"
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
+msgstr "委派到第三方软件库 (proxy_lib_name)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid ""
-"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be "
-"queried."
-msgstr "此参数包含了以查询顺序排列的域列表。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
+msgstr "本地 SSSD 文件数据库"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid ""
-"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
-"user name and domain into these components"
-msgstr "默认正则表达式描述了如何解析包含用户名和域的字符串到这些组件中"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
+msgstr "Microsoft Active Directory"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid ""
-"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a "
-"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
-msgstr "默认的 printf(3) 兼容格式,描述了如何转义 (name, domain) 元组为完全限定名称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
+msgstr "FreeIPA"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid ""
-"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update "
-"its internal DNS resolver."
-msgstr "SSSD 监控着 resolv.conf 的状态来识别它是否需要更新其内部 DNS 解析器。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
+msgstr "通用目录服务 (LDAP)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to "
-"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
-msgstr ""
-"默认我们将尝试使用 inotify,若 inotify 不可用则回退为每五秒轮询 resolv.conf "
-"一次。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
+msgstr "通用 Kerberos 服务"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid ""
-"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
-"files."
-msgstr "SSSD 应在文件系统上存放 Kerberos 回放缓存文件的文件夹。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
+msgstr "该域不提供身份验证服务"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid ""
-"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
-"domain name component."
-msgstr "此字符串将用作全部没有域名组件的名称的默认域名。"
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):"
+msgstr "域名(例如 example.com):"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?"
+msgstr "哪个服务提供身份数据(例如用户名和组成员资格)?"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr "哪个服务处理用户身份验证?"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr "启用该域"
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr "请输入域名。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name."
+msgstr "该域名与某个保留关键字相冲突。请选择一个不同的名称。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "该域名已被使用。"
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr "配置文件语法版本(1 或 2)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr "当数据提供程序崩溃或重启动时,服务在放弃之前应该尝试重新连接的次数"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr "正则表达式将用户名和域名分析成多个元素"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr "与 printf(3) 兼容的默认格式,用于描述将 name/domain 元组转换成 FQDN 的过程"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr "是否使用 inotify 机制监视 resolv.conf,以更新内部 DNS 解析程序"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files"
+msgstr "文件系统上的目录,SSSD 应在其中储存 Kerberos 重放超速缓存文件"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr "所有不含域名元素的名称的默认域名"
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid ""
-"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the "
-"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most "
-"verbose mode."
-msgstr ""
-"表示可见调试级别的位掩码。0x0010 是默认值也是允许的最小值,0xFFF0是最详尽模"
-"式。"
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
+msgstr "日志记录的细节级别。可以是数字 (0-9) 或大掩码,例如 0x0010(最低级别)或 0xFFF(最高级别)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
-msgstr "为调试信息添加时间戳"
+msgstr "在调试讯息中添加时间戳"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
-msgstr "为调试信息中的时间戳添加毫秒"
+msgstr "在调试讯息内的时间戳中添加微秒"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
-msgstr "此服务心跳间超时秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
+msgstr "此服务两次检测信号相隔的超时(以秒为单位)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
-"opened at one time by this SSSD process."
-msgstr "此选项指定了此 SSSD 进程同一时间可打开的最大文件描述符数目。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process"
+msgstr "SSSD 服务进程一次可以打开的最大文件描述符数"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
-"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
-msgstr "此选项指定了 SSSD 进程客户端可持有文件描述符而不与之通信的秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication"
+msgstr "SSSD 进程的客户端不通讯时可以在文件描述符上保留的秒数"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid ""
-"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it "
-"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
-msgstr ""
-"若服务不响应 ping 检查 (参考「超时」选项) ,它将会先发送 SIGTERM 信号引导服务"
-"优雅地退出。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure"
+msgstr "当 ping 检查连续失败时间超出此指定秒数后,该服务将收到 SIGTERM"
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about "
-"all users)?"
-msgstr "缓存 nss_css 枚举 (对全部用户信息的请求) 的秒数"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
+msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
+msgstr "nss_sss 应该超速缓存枚举(请求有关所有用户的信息)的秒数?"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
-msgid ""
-"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
-"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
-"for the domain."
-msgstr ""
-"若请求条目时间超出了该域 entry_cache_timeout 值的某个百分比,则可将条目缓存设"
-"为在后台自动更新条目。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
+msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
+msgstr "项超速缓存可以设置为,如果请求项目的时间长短超出了域的 entry_cache_timeout 值的某个百分比,则自动在后台更新这些项目。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
-msgid ""
-"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
-"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) "
-"before asking the back end again."
-msgstr ""
-"指定了再次询问后端前 nss_sss 应缓存否定缓存次数 (即,针对无效数据库条目如不存"
-"在条目的查询) 的秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
+msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
+msgstr "指定在再次询问后端之前,nss_sss 应该超速缓存负面超速缓存命中(即,对无效的数据库项(例如,不存在的项)的查询)的秒数。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
-msgstr "排除特定用户不被 SSS 后端获取"
+msgstr "将特定用户排除在 SSS 后端的提取范围之外"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
-msgstr "排除特定组不被 SSS 后端获取"
+msgstr "将特定组排除在 SSS 后端的提取范围之外"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
-msgstr "若您想使被过滤的用户仍留作组成员则请设置此选项为假。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
+msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
+msgstr "如果您希望过滤的用户仍是组成员,请将此选项设置为 false。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
-msgid ""
-"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value "
-"or a template."
-msgstr "覆盖用户主文件夹。您可以提供一个绝对值或一个模板。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
+msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
+msgstr "覆盖用户的主目录。您可以提供绝对值或模板。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
-msgid ""
-"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
-"explicitly by the domain's data provider."
-msgstr "设置当某域的数据提供者未显式指定用户主文件夹时所用的默认模板。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
+msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
+msgstr "如果域的数据提供程序未显式指定用户主目录的默认模板,则设置一个默认模板。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
-msgstr "覆盖全部用户的登录壳层。"
+msgstr "覆盖所有用户的登录外壳。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
-msgstr "限制用户使用的壳层为列出值其一。"
+msgstr "将用户外壳限制为列出的值之一。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
-msgstr "使用 shell_fallback 替换这些壳层中的任何一种"
+msgstr "将这些外壳的任一实例替换为 shell_fallback"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
-msgid ""
-"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
-msgstr "机器上未安装获准使用的壳层时所使用的默认壳层。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
+msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
+msgstr "计算机上未安装允许的外壳时要使用的默认外壳。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
-msgid ""
-"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
-msgstr "查询时提供者未返回值时所使用的默认壳层。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
+msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
+msgstr "提供程序在查找期间未返回外壳时要使用的默认外壳。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
-"considered valid."
-msgstr "指定了子域列表被认定有效的秒数 。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
+msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
+msgstr "指定将子域列表视为有效的一段时间,以秒为单位。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
-msgid ""
-"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
-"valid."
-msgstr "指定了内存缓存中记录的有效秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
+msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
+msgstr "指定记录保留在内存内超速缓存中的有效时限,以秒为单位。"
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
-msgid ""
-"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached "
-"logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
-msgstr "认证提供者离线时应允许缓存登入的天数 (自上次成功在线登入起的天数)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
+msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
+msgstr "当身份验证提供者脱机时,允许超速缓存登录的时间(自上次在联机状态下成功登录以来的天数)。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
-msgid ""
-"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
-"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
-msgstr ""
-"触及 offline_failed_login_attempts 后可进行新登录尝试前必须等待的以分钟计的时"
-"间。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
+msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
+msgstr "在达到 offline_failed_login_attempts 后可以进行新的登录尝试之前必须经过的时间,以分钟为单位。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
-msgid ""
-"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
-msgstr "控制在认证期间展示给用户的消息类型。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
+msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
+msgstr "控制在身份验证期间向用户显示的讯息类型。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
-msgid ""
-"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
-"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
-"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
-msgstr ""
-"SSSD 在线时对于任何 PAM 请求,SSSD 均会尝试立即更新缓存的该用户身份信息以确保"
-"认证使用了最新信息。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
+msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
+msgstr "对于 SSSD 联机时的任何 PAM 请求,SSSD 将尝试立即更新用户的超速缓存身份信息,以确保使用最新的信息进行身份验证。"
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
-msgstr "在密码过期前 N 天展示一条警告。"
+msgstr "在口令失效之前显示警告 N 天。"
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
-msgid ""
-"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
-"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
-msgstr "是否评骘实现了随时间变化的 sudoer 项的 sudoNotBefore 和 sudoNotAfter 属性。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
+msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
+msgstr "是否评估用于实施与时间相关的 sudoers 项的 sudoNotBefore 和 sudoNotAfter 属性。"
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
-msgid ""
-"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative "
-"hits before asking the back end again."
-msgstr "指定了再次询问后端前 autofs 回应者应缓存否定次数的秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
+msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
+msgstr "指定在再次询问后端之前,autofs 响应程序应超速缓存负面命中的秒数。"
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
-msgid ""
-"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
-"file."
-msgstr "是否在受管 known_hosts 文件中哈希化主机名和地址。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
+msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
+msgstr "是否在受管理 known_hosts 文件中对主机名和地址进行哈希处理。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
-"host keys were requested."
-msgstr "已请求主机密钥后在受管 known_hosts 文件中保存主机的秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
+msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
+msgstr "请求某个主机的主机密钥后在受管理 known_hosts 文件中保留该主机的秒数。"
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
-msgid ""
-"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
-"outside these limits, it is ignored."
-msgstr "该域的 UID 和 GID 限制。若某域含有一个超出这些限制的项,则忽略该项。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
+msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
+msgstr "域的 UID 和 GID 限制。如果域包含超出这些限制的项,将忽略该项。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
-msgstr "从后端数据库读取全部项 (会增加服务器负载)"
+msgstr "读取后端数据库中的所有实体(会增加服务器负载)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
-msgid ""
-"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor "
-"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
-msgstr ""
-"若服务在 \"force_timeout\" 秒后未终止,监控器将发送一个 SIGKILL 信号强制关闭"
-"它。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
+msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
+msgstr "如果服务在“force_timeout”秒后未终止,监视程序将通过发送 SIGKILL 信号将它强行关闭。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the "
-"backend again."
-msgstr "再次询问后端前 nss_sss 应认定条目有效的秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "在再次询问后端之前,nss_sss 应该将项目视为有效的一段时间,以秒为单位。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
-msgstr "再次询问后端前 nss_sss 应认定用户项有效的秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "在再次询问后端之前,nss_sss 应该将用户项视为有效的一段时间,以秒为单位。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
-msgstr "再次询问后端前 nss_sss 应认定组项有效的秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "在再次询问后端之前,nss_sss 应该将组项视为有效的一段时间,以秒为单位。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before "
-"asking the backend again."
-msgstr "再次询问后端前 nss_sss 应认定网络组项有效的秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "在再次询问后端之前,nss_sss 应该将网络组项视为有效的一段时间,以秒为单位。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking "
-"the backend again."
-msgstr "再次询问后端前 nss_sss 应认定服务项有效的秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
+msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "在再次询问后端之前,nss_sss 应该将服务项视为有效的一段时间,以秒为单位。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend "
-"again."
-msgstr "再次询问后端前 sudo 应认定规则有效的秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
+msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "在再次询问后端之前,sudo 应该将规则视为有效的一段时间,以秒为单位。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
-msgid ""
-"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid "
-"before asking the backend again."
-msgstr "再次询问后端前 autofs 服务应认定自动挂载器映射有效的秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
+msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
+msgstr "在再次询问后端之前,autofs 服务应该将自动装载器映射视为有效的一段时间,以秒为单位。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
-msgstr "缓存机要信息以供离线使用"
+msgstr "超速缓存身份凭证供脱机使用"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
-msgid ""
-"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
-"being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
-msgstr "在自缓存清理期间移除前应在缓存中保留条目的从最后成功登入日起计的天数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
+msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
+msgstr "自上次成功登录后到在超速缓存清理期间被去除之前,各个项在超速缓存中保留的天数。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
-msgstr "该域所用的标识提供者。"
+msgstr "用于域的标识提供程序。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
-msgid ""
-"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
-"as the user's login name reported to NSS."
-msgstr ""
-"使用完整名称和域 (格式化成该域的完整名称格式) 作为汇报给 NSS 的该用户的登录"
-"名。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
+msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
+msgstr "使用全名和域(格式由域的 full_name_format 设置)作为报告给 NSS 的用户登录名。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
-msgstr "该域所用的认证提供者"
+msgstr "用于域的身份验证提供程序"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
-msgstr "该域所用的访问控制提供者。"
+msgstr "用于域的访问控制提供程序。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
-msgid ""
-"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
-msgstr "应受理该域的密码变更操作的提供者。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
+msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
+msgstr "应该负责处理域的更改口令操作的提供程序。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
-msgstr "该域所用的 SUDO 提供者。"
+msgstr "用于域的 SUDO 提供程序。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
-msgstr "应受理 selinux 设置加载的提供者。"
+msgstr "应该负责处理 selinux 设置的装载的提供程序。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
-msgstr "应受理子域撷取的提供者。"
+msgstr "应该负责处理子域的提取的提供程序。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
-msgstr "该域所用的 autofs 提供者。"
+msgstr "用于域的 autofs 提供程序。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
-msgstr "用于撷取主机身份信息的提供者。"
+msgstr "用于检索主机身份信息的提供程序。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
-msgid ""
-"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
-"containing user name and domain into these components."
-msgstr "用于此域的正则表达式,描述了如何解析包含用户名和域的字符串到这些组件中。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
+msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
+msgstr "此域的正则表达式,用于描述如何将包含用户名和域的字符串分析成这些元素。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
-msgid ""
-"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, "
-"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
-msgstr ""
-"一种 printf(3) 兼容格式,描述了如何转义此域的 (name, domain) 元组为完全限定名"
-"称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
+msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
+msgstr "与 printf(3) 兼容的格式,用于描述如何将此域的 (name, domain) 元组转换成完全限定的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
-msgid ""
-"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
-"performing DNS lookups."
-msgstr "提供了执行 DNS 查询时选择偏好的地址族的能力。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
+msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
+msgstr "提供用于选择执行 DNS 查找时要使用的首选地址族的功能。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
-msgid ""
-"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS "
-"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
-msgstr "定义了假设其不可达前等待 DNS 解析者回复的以秒计的时间。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
+msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
+msgstr "定义在等待 DNS 解析程序提供答复多长时间(以秒为单位)以后,认为 DNS 解析程序不可访问。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
-msgid ""
-"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
-"the service discovery DNS query."
-msgstr "若后端使用了服务发现,则指定了服务发现 DNS 查询的域部分。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
+msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
+msgstr "如果在后端使用了服务发现,此项用于指定服务发现 DNS 查询的域部分。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
-msgstr "使用指定组 ID 值覆盖主要组 ID 值。"
+msgstr "用指定的值覆盖主 GID 值。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
-msgstr "视用户和组名称为大小写敏感的。"
+msgstr "将用户名和组名视为区分大小写。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
-msgid ""
-"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
-"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested "
-"name was an alias."
-msgstr ""
-"当在代理提供者上按名称查询某个用户或组时,也执行按 ID 的二次查询以 '规范化' "
-"该名称以防止所请求的名称是一个别名。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
+msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
+msgstr "在代理提供程序中按名称查找用户或组时,如果请求的名称是别名,则按 ID 执行另一次查找,以“规范化”名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
-msgid ""
-"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
-msgstr "使用此主文件夹作为此域中全部子域的默认值。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
+msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
+msgstr "使用此 homedir 作为此域中所有子域的默认值。"
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
-msgstr "逗号分隔的允许登入用户列表。"
+msgstr "允许登录的用户的列表(以逗号分隔)。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only "
-"to groups within this SSSD domain."
-msgstr "逗号分隔的允许登入组列表。这仅应用于此 SSSD 域中的组。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
+msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
+msgstr "允许登录的组的列表(以逗号分隔)。这只适用于此 SSSD 域中的组。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
-msgid ""
-"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This "
-"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
-msgstr "逗号分隔的显式拒绝访问组列表。这仅应用于此 SSSD 域中的组。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
+msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
+msgstr "显式拒绝其访问的组的列表(以逗号分隔)。这只适用于此 SSSD 域中的组。"
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
-msgid ""
-"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home "
-"directory."
-msgstr "此工具会追加登入名到 base_directory 并用其作为主文件夹。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
+msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
+msgstr "这些工具会在 base_directory 后追加登录名,并将该目录用作主目录。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
-msgid ""
-"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
-msgstr "指出是否应为新用户默认创建主文件夹。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
+msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
+msgstr "指示默认是否应为新用户创建主目录。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
-msgid ""
-"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
-msgstr "指出是否应默认移除已删除用户的主文件夹。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
+msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
+msgstr "指示默认是否应去除已删除用户的主目录。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
-msgid ""
-"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created "
-"home directory."
-msgstr "被 sss_useradd(8) 用来指定新创建的主文件夹的默认权限。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
+msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
+msgstr "sss_useradd(8) 使用它来指定新建主目录的默认权限。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
-msgid ""
-"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
-"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
-"sss_useradd(8)"
-msgstr ""
-"骨架文件夹,其收纳了当 sss_useradd(8) 创建主文件夹时复制至用户主文件夹的文件"
-"和文件夹。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
+msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
+msgstr "主干目录,包含要复制到用户主目录中的文件和目录(如果主目录是由 sss_useradd(8) 创建的)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
-msgstr "邮件卷文件夹。"
+msgstr "邮件假脱机目录。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
-msgstr "移除用户后运行的命令。"
+msgstr "去除用户后运行的命令。"
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr "(特定于 Active Directory)使用 token-groups 属性(如可用)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
-msgstr "LDAP 服务器 URI (ldap://) (逗号分隔)"
+msgstr "LDAP 服务器的 URI (ldap://)(以逗号分隔)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr "用于执行 LDAP sudo 规则的默认基本判别名。"
+msgstr "用于执行 LDAP sudo 规则的默认基本 DN。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
-"should connect in the order of preference."
-msgstr "指定了逗号分隔的 SSSD 应以优先级顺序连接的 LDAP 服务器 URI 列表。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+msgstr "指定 SSSD 应按优先顺序连接到的 LDAP 服务器 URI 的逗号分隔列表。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
-"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
-msgstr ""
-"指定了逗号分隔的 LDAP 服务器 URI 列表,SSSD 应以优先级顺序连接以修改用户密"
-"码。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
+msgstr "指定 SSSD 为更改用户口令而应按优先顺序连接到的 LDAP 服务器 URI 的逗号分隔列表。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
-msgstr "LDAP 搜索的基础判别名"
+msgstr "LDAP 搜索的基本 DN"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
-msgstr "LDAP 方案类型"
+msgstr "LDAP 纲要类型"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
-msgstr "指定 LDAP 操作所用的默认绑定判别名。"
+msgstr "用于执行 LDAP 操作的默认绑定 DN。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
-msgstr "默认绑定判别名的认证 token 的类型。"
+msgstr "默认绑定 DN 的身份验证令牌类型。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
-msgstr "默认绑定判别名的认证 token。"
+msgstr "默认绑定 DN 的身份验证令牌。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr "LDAP 中用户项的对象类。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
-msgstr "对应着用户登录名的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "对应于用户登录名的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
-msgstr "对应着用户 ID 的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "对应于用户 ID 的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
-msgstr "对应着用户的首要组 ID 的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "对应于用户主组 ID 的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
-msgstr "对应着用户 gecos 字段的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "对应于用户 gecos 字段的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
-msgid ""
-" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
-msgstr "存放用户主文件夹名称的 LDAP 属性。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
+msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
+msgstr " 包含用户主目录名称的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
-msgstr "存放用户默认壳层路径的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "包含用户默认外壳路径的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
-msgstr "存放 LDAP 用户对象的 UUID/GUID 的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "包含 LDAP 用户对象的 UUID/GUID 的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
-msgstr "存放 LDAP 用户对象的 objectSID 的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "包含 LDAP 用户对象的 objectSID 的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
-"parent object."
-msgstr "存放父对象最后修订时间戳记的 LDAP 属性。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
+msgstr "包含父对象上次修改时间戳的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last "
-"password change)."
-msgstr ""
-"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时,此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(上次"
-"密码变更日期) 的 LDAP 属性名称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow,此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项(上次更改口令的日期)对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password "
-"age)."
-msgstr ""
-"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时,此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(最小"
-"密码有效期) 的 LDAP 属性名称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow,此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项(最短口令有效期)对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password "
-"age)."
-msgstr ""
-"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时,此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(最大"
-"密码有效期) 的 LDAP 属性名称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow,此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项(最长口令有效期)对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning "
-"period)."
-msgstr ""
-"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时,此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(密码"
-"告警时间) 的 LDAP 属性名称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow,此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项(口令警告期限)对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
-"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password "
-"inactivity period)."
-msgstr ""
-"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 时,此参数存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(密码"
-"无活动时间) 的 LDAP 属性名称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow,此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项(口令非活动期限)对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this "
-"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its "
-"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
-msgstr ""
-"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 或 ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow 时,此参数"
-"存放了对应着其 shadow(5) 对手方(账户过期日) 的 LDAP 属性名称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 或 ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow,此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项(帐户失效日期)对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in "
-"kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos 时,此参数存放了存储 kerberos 中上次密码"
-"变更日期和时间的 LDAP 属性的名称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos,此参数将包含在 kerberos 中储存口令上次更改日期和时间的 LDAP 属性的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
-"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
-msgstr ""
-"当使用 ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos 时,此参数存放了存储当前密码过期日期和时"
-"间的 LDAP 属性的名称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
+msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos,此参数将包含储存当前口令失效日期和时间的 LDAP 属性的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
-"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
-msgstr ""
-"当使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=ad 时,此参数存放了存储账户过期时间的 LDAP "
-"属性的名称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=ad,此参数将包含储存帐户失效时间的 LDAP 属性的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
-"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
-msgstr ""
-"当使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=ad 时,此参数存放了存储用户账户控制字节段"
-"的 LDAP 属性的名称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=ad,此参数将包含储存用户帐户控制位字段的 LDAP 属性的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter "
-"determines if access is allowed or not."
-msgstr "当使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds 或等价物时,此参数确定了是否允许访问。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds 或对等项,此参数将规定是否允许访问。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if "
-"access is allowed or not."
-msgstr "当使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds 时,此属性确定了是否允许访问。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds,此属性将规定是否允许访问。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until "
-"which date access is granted."
-msgstr "当使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds 时,此属性确定了准予访问至的日期。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds,此属性将规定授予的访问权限的截止日期。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
-msgid ""
-"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the "
-"hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
-msgstr ""
-"当使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds 时,此属性确定了一周中每天准予访问的小"
-"时数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
+msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
+msgstr "如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds,此属性将规定在某个星期日期的哪几个小时授予访问权限。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name "
-"(UPN)."
-msgstr "存放用户的 Kerberos 用户实体名称 (UPN) 的 LDAP 属性。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
+msgstr "包含用户的 Kerberos 用户主体名称 (UPN) 的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
-msgstr "存放用户 SSH 公钥的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "包含用户 SSH 公共密钥的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
-msgid ""
-"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
-"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
-"fail."
-msgstr ""
-"某些目录服务器,例如活动目录服务器,可能会以小写传递 UPN 的领域部分,这可能造"
-"成认证失败。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
+msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
+msgstr "某些目录服务器(例如 Active Directory)可能以小写提供 UPN 的领域部分,这可能会导致身份验证失败。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
-msgstr "若您想要使用大写领域则请将此选项设为真。"
+msgstr "如果您要使用大写领域,请将此选项设置为 true。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
-msgid ""
-"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
-"enumerated records."
-msgstr "指定了刷新其枚举记录缓存前 SSSD 必须等待的秒数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
+msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
+msgstr "指定刷新 SSSD 的枚举记录超速缓存之前,SSSD 必须等待的秒数。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
-msgid ""
-"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
-"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
-"space."
-msgstr ""
-"确定了检查缓存中不活动项 (诸如没有成员的组和从未登入过的用户) 并移除它们节省"
-"空间的频率。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
+msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
+msgstr "规定在超速缓存中检查非活动项(例如,没有成员的组以及从未登录过的用户)并去除这些项以节省空间的频率。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
-msgstr "对应着用户完整名称的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "对应于用户全名的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
-msgstr "列出了用户的组成员资格的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "列出用户组成员资格的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
-msgid ""
-"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will "
-"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry "
-"to determine access privilege."
-msgstr ""
-"若 access_provider=ldap 且 ldap_access_order=authorized_service,SSSD 将依据 "
-"authorizedService 属性是否在该用户 LDAP 项中出现来确定访问权限。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
+msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
+msgstr "如果 access_provider=ldap 并且 ldap_access_order=authorized_service,SSSD 将使用用户 LDAP 项中 authorizedService 属性包含的值来确定访问特权。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
-msgid ""
-"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the "
-"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access "
-"privilege."
-msgstr ""
-"若 access_provider=ldap 且 ldap_access_order=host,SSSD 将依据主机属性是否在"
-"该用户 LDAP 项中出现来确定访问权限。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
+msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
+msgstr "如果 access_provider=ldap 并且 ldap_access_order=host,SSSD 将使用用户 LDAP 项中 host 属性包含的值来确定访问特权。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr "LDAP 中组项的对象类。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
-msgstr "对应着组名称的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "对应于组名的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
-msgstr "对应着组 ID 的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "对应于组 ID 的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
-msgstr "存放组成员名称的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "包含组成员名称的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
-msgstr "存放某 LDAP 组对象的 UUID/GUID 的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "包含 LDAP 组对象的 UUID/GUID 的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
-msgstr "存放某 LDAP 组对象的 objectSID 的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "包含 LDAP 组对象的 objectSID 的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
-msgid ""
-" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
-"parent object."
-msgstr "存放父对象最后修订时间戳记的 LDAP 属性。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
+msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
+msgstr " 包含父对象上次修改时间戳的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
-msgid ""
-"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
-"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
-"follow."
-msgstr ""
-"若 ldap_schema 设为支持嵌套组的方案格式 (例如 RFC2307bis),则此选项控制了 "
-"SSSD 将跟随的嵌套级数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
+msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
+msgstr "如果 ldap_schema 设置为支持嵌套组(例如 RFC2307bis)的纲要格式,则此选项将控制后接多少个嵌套 SSSD 级别。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
-"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with "
-"complex or deep nested groups."
-msgstr ""
-"此选项告知 SSSD 利用一项活动目录独有特性,其可能加速在具有复杂或深度嵌套的组"
-"的部署上的组查询操作。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
+msgstr "此选项指示 SSSD 利用特定于 Active Directory 的功能,以在包含复杂组或深度嵌套组的部署中加速组查找操作。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
-"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when "
-"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
-msgstr ""
-"此选项告知 SSSD 利用一项活动目录独有特性,其可能加速 initgroups 操作 (当处理"
-"复杂或深度嵌套的组时最为显著)。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
+msgstr "此选项指示 SSSD 利用特定于 Active Directory 的功能,以加速 initgroups 操作(在处理复杂组或深度嵌套组时,效果最明显)。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
-msgstr " LDAP 中网络组项的对象类。"
+msgstr " LDAP 中网络组项的对象类。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
-msgstr "对应着网络组名称的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "对应于网络组名的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
-msgstr "存放网络组成员名称的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "包含网络组成员名称的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
-msgstr "存放 (主机,用户,域) 网络组铁三角的 LDAP 属性。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
+msgstr "包含 (host, user, domain) 网络组三位元组的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
-msgstr "存放某个 LDAP 网络组对象的 UUID/GUID 的 LDAP 属性。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
+msgstr "包含 LDAP 网络组对象的 UUID/GUID 的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr "LDAP 中服务项的对象类。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their "
-"aliases."
-msgstr "存放服务属性名称和其别名的 LDAP 属性。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
+msgstr "包含服务属性的名称及其别名的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
-msgstr "存放此服务管理的端口的 LDAP 属性。"
+msgstr "包含此服务管理的端口的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
-msgid ""
-"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
-msgstr "存放此服务可解析协议的 LDAP 属性。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
+msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
+msgstr "包含此服务识别的协议的 LDAP 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
-msgid ""
-"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches "
-"for this attribute type."
-msgstr "一个可选的基本判别名/搜索范围/LDAP 过滤器,可限制 LDAP 搜索只搜索此属性类型。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
+msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
+msgstr "可选的基本 DN、搜索范围和 LDAP 过滤器,用于限制对此属性类型执行的 LDAP 搜索。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
-msgid ""
-" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
-"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
-"is entered)."
-msgstr "指定了取消并返回缓存结果 (并进入离线模式) 前 LDAP 搜索允许运行的以秒计超时。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
+msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
+msgstr " 指定在取消 LDAP 搜索并返回超速缓存的结果(并进入脱机模式)之前,允许这些搜索运行的时间,即超时(以秒为单位)。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
-"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
-"are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
-msgstr ""
-"指定了取消并返回缓存结果 (并进入离线模式) 前 LDAP 用户和组枚举搜索允许运行的"
-"以秒计超时。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
+msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
+msgstr "指定在取消针对用户和组枚举执行的 LDAP 搜索并返回超速缓存的结果(并进入脱机模式)之前,允许这些搜索运行的时间,即超时(以秒为单位)。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) "
-"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
-msgstr "指定了无活动时 poll(2)/select(2) 跟随 connect(2) 返回的以秒计超时。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
+msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
+msgstr "指定超时(以秒为单位),经过此超时时间后,如果没有活动,在 connect(2) 后执行的 poll(2)/select(2) 会返回。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
-"will abort if no response is received."
-msgstr "指定了无回应时同步 LDAP API 调用中止的以秒计超时。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
+msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
+msgstr "指定超时(以秒为单位),经过此超时时间后,如果未收到响应,对同步 LDAP API 的调用将会中止。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
-"maintained."
-msgstr "指定了维持到 LDAP 服务器连接的以秒计超时。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
+msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
+msgstr "指定与 LDAP 服务器保持连接的超时(以秒为单位)。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
-msgid ""
-"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
-"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
-msgstr "指定了单一请求从 LDAP 撷取的记录数。某些 LDAP 服务器强制单一请求最大限制。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
+msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
+msgstr "指定在单个请求中要从 LDAP 检索的记录数。某些 LDAP 服务器会对每个请求强制实施最大限制。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr "禁用 LDAP 分页控制。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
-msgid ""
-"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
-"security level necessary to establish the connection."
-msgstr "当使用 SASL 与 LDAP 服务器通信时,请指定建立连接必需的最小安全级别。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
+msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
+msgstr "如果是使用 SASL 与 LDAP 服务器通讯,指定建立连接需要达到的最低安全级别。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
-msgid ""
-"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
-"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
-msgstr "指定了为触发解引用查询内部缓存必须缺失的组成员数。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
+msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
+msgstr "指定内部超速缓存中必须缺少多少个组成员才能触发取消参照查找。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
-msgstr "在 LDAP TLS 会话中验证服务器证书"
+msgstr "在 LDAP TLS 会话中验证服务器认证"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
-"Authorities that sssd will recognize."
-msgstr "指定了包含全部 sssd 应认得的证书授权机构证书的文件。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
+msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
+msgstr "指定包含 sssd 将要识别的所有证书颁发机构所颁发证书的文件。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
-"certificates in separate individual files."
-msgstr "指定了包含以几个单独文件形式存在的证书授权机构证书的文件夹路径。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
+msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
+msgstr "指定在单独的每个文件中包含证书颁发机构证书的目录的路径。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
-msgstr "指定了包含客户端密钥证书的文件。"
+msgstr "指定包含客户端密钥的证书的文件。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
-msgstr "指定了包含客户端密钥的文件。"
+msgstr "指定包含客户端密钥的文件。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
-msgstr "指定了可接受的密码套件。"
+msgstr "指定可接受的加密套件。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
-msgid ""
-"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the "
-"channel."
-msgstr "指定了 id_provider 连接必须也使用 TLS 来保护通道。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
+msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
+msgstr "指定 id_provider 连接还必须使用 tls 来保护通道。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
-msgid ""
-"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
-"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
-"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
-msgstr ""
-"指定了 SSSD 应尝试从 ldap_user_objectsid 和 ldap_group_objectsid 属性映射用户"
-"和组 ID 而不是依赖于 ldap_user_uid_number 和 ldap_group_gid_number。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
+msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
+msgstr "指定 SSSD 应尝试从 ldap_user_objectsid 和 ldap_group_objectsid 属性映射用户和组 ID,而不是依赖于 ldap_user_uid_number 和 ldap_group_gid_number。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
-msgstr "指定了要使用的 SASL 机制。"
+msgstr "指定要使用的 SASL 机制。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
-msgstr "指定了要使用的 SASL 认证 ID。"
+msgstr "指定要使用的 SASL 授权 ID。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
-msgstr "指定了要使用的 SASL 领域。"
+msgstr "指定要使用的 SASL 领域。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
-msgid ""
-"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
-"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
-msgstr "若设为真,LDAP 函数库在 SASL 绑定时应执行一次反向查询以规范化主机名。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
+msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
+msgstr "如果设置为 true,在 SASL 绑定期间,LDAP 库将执行反向查找以规范化主机名。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
-msgstr "指定了使用 SASL/GSSAPI 时使用的密钥表。"
+msgstr "指定使用 SASL/GSSAPI 时要使用的 keytab。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
-msgstr "指定了 id_provider 应初始化 Kerberos 机要资料 (票据授权票据)。"
+msgstr "指定 id_provider 应初始化 Kerberos 身份凭证 (TGT)。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
-msgstr "指定了使用 GSSAPI 时票据授权票据以秒计的生命周期。"
+msgstr "指定使用 GSSAPI 时 TGT 的有效期,以秒为单位。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
-msgid ""
-"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
-msgstr "选择客户端方面用于评估密码有效期的策略。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
+msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
+msgstr "选择用于在客户端上评估口令是否失效的策略。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
-msgstr "指定了是否应启用自动引用跟踪。"
+msgstr "指定是否应启用自动循环参照。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
-msgstr "制定了当启用了服务发现时使用的服务名称。"
+msgstr "指定启用服务发现时要使用的服务名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
-"password changes when service discovery is enabled."
-msgstr "指定了当启用了服务发现时用于查找允许密码变更的 LDAP 服务器的服务名称。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
+msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
+msgstr "指定启用服务发现时,用于查找允许口令更改的 LDAP 服务器的服务名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
-msgid ""
-"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
-"days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
-msgstr ""
-"指定了在密码变更操作过后是否使用上次操作天数更新 "
-"ldap_user_shadow_last_change 属性。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
+msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
+msgstr "指定在执行口令更改操作后,是否使用自纪元以来的天数更新 ldap_user_shadow_last_change 属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
-msgid ""
-"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
-"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that "
-"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
-msgstr ""
-"若使用了 access_provider = ldap 和 ldap_access_order = filter (默认),则此选"
-"项是必需的。它指定了一个 LDAP 搜索过滤器标准,用户想要获得此主机的访问权就必"
-"须满足此标准。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
+msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
+msgstr "如果使用 access_provider = ldap 和 ldap_access_order = filter(默认值),则必须指定此选项。它指定要向用户授予此主机的访问权限所必须满足的 LDAP 搜索过滤准则。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
-msgid ""
-" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
-"be enabled."
-msgstr "使用此选项可启用客户端访问控制属性评估。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
+msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
+msgstr " 使用此选项可以支持在客户端评估访问控制属性。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
-msgstr "逗号分隔的访问控制选项列表。"
+msgstr "访问控制选项的列表(以逗号分隔)。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
-msgstr "指定了执行搜索时如何解引用别名。"
+msgstr "指定执行搜索时如何执行别名取消参照。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
-msgid ""
-"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that "
-"use the RFC2307 schema."
-msgstr "针对使用 RFC2307 方案的服务器允许保留本地用户作为某个 LDAP 组的成员。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
+msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
+msgstr "允许将本地用户保留为使用 RFC2307 纲要的服务器的 LDAP 组成员。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
-msgstr "Kerberos 服务器 IP 地址或主机名 (逗号分隔)"
+msgstr "Kerberos 服务器的 IP 地址或主机名(以逗号分隔)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
-"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
-msgstr ""
-"指定了逗号分隔的 SSSD 应以优先级顺序连接的 Kerberos 服务器 IP 地址或主机名列"
-"表。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
+msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
+msgstr "指定 SSSD 应按优先顺序连接到的 Kerberos 服务器的 IP 地址或主机名的逗号分隔列表。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
-msgstr "Kerberos 领域 (例如 EXAMPLE.COM)"
+msgstr "Kerberos 领域(例如 EXAMPLE.COM)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
-msgid ""
-"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative "
-"servers can be defined here."
-msgstr "若 KDC 上未运行密码变更服务,则可在此定义替代服务器。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
+msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
+msgstr "如果更改口令服务未在 KDC 上运行,则可以在此处定义备用服务器。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
-msgstr "存储机要缓存的文件夹。"
+msgstr "用于储存身份凭证超速缓存的目录。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
-msgstr "用户机要缓存的位置。"
+msgstr "用户身份凭证超速缓存的位置。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
-msgid ""
-" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change "
-"password request is aborted."
-msgstr "在线认证请求或密码变更请求以秒计的超时。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
+msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
+msgstr " 中止联机身份验证请求或更改口令请求后的超时,以秒为单位。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
-msgid ""
-"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been "
-"spoofed."
-msgstr "在 krb5_keytab 的帮助下校验获取的票据授权票据未被冒名顶替。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
+msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
+msgstr "借助 krb5_keytab 校验获取的 TGT 是否未受欺骗。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
-msgid ""
-"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from "
-"KDCs."
-msgstr "当认证从 KDC 获取的机要资料时所用的密钥表的位置。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
+msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
+msgstr "验证从 KDC 获取的身份凭证时要使用的 keytab 的位置。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
-msgid ""
-"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to "
-"request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
-msgstr "若提供者离线则存储用户密码并在提供者再次上线时用其请求票据授权票据。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
+msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
+msgstr "在提供程序脱机时储存用户的口令,当提供程序再次联机时,使用该口令请求 TGT。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
-msgid ""
-"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer "
-"immediately followed by a time unit."
-msgstr "请求可续期票据和其完整生命期,以整数后接时间单位的形式给出。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
+msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
+msgstr "请求具有完整有效期的可续订票据,该有效期以一个整数加一个时间单位来指定。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
-msgid ""
-"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately "
-"followed by a time unit."
-msgstr "请求票据和其生命期,以整数后接时间单位的形式给出。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
+msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
+msgstr "请求具有有效期的票据,该有效期以一个整数加一个时间单位来指定。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
-msgstr "当票据授权票据应续期时两次检查间的秒数。"
+msgstr "应续订 TGT 时两次检查相隔的时间,以秒为单位。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
-msgid ""
-"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-"
-"authentication."
-msgstr "为 Kerberos 预认证启用灵活认证安全隧道 (FAST)。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
+msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
+msgstr "启用灵活身份验证安全隧道 (FAST) 进行 Kerberos 预身份验证。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
-msgstr "指定了用于灵活认证安全隧道的服务器实体。"
+msgstr "指定用于 FAST 的服务器主体。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
-msgstr "指定了是否应规范化主机和用户实体。"
+msgstr "指定是否应规范化主机和用户主体。"
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
-msgstr "指定了活动目录域的名称。"
+msgstr "指定 Active Directory 域的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
-msgstr "AD 服务器 IP 地址或主机名 (逗号分隔)"
+msgstr "AD 服务器的 IP 地址或主机名(以逗号分隔)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
-msgid ""
-"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to "
-"which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
-msgstr ""
-"以优先级顺序指定了 SSSD 应连接的活动目录服务器的以逗号分隔的 IP 地址或主机名"
-"列表。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
+msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
+msgstr "SSSD 应按优先顺序连接到的 AD 服务器的 IP 地址或主机名的逗号分隔列表。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid ""
-"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the "
-"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this "
-"host."
-msgstr ""
-"可选。可以在 hostname(5) 未反映在活动目录域中用于识别此主机的完全限定名称的机"
-"器上设置。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host."
+msgstr "AD 主机名(可选)- 如果 hostname(5) 未反映 AD 用于识别此主机的 FQDN,则可以设置该项。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
-msgstr "覆盖用户主文件夹。"
+msgstr "覆盖用户的主目录。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
-msgid ""
-" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
-"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
-msgstr "指定了用于映射活动目录用户和组 SID 的 POSIX ID 范围的下界。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
+msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
+msgstr " 指定用于映射 Active Directory 用户和组 SID 的 POSIX ID 范围的下限。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
-"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
-msgstr "指定了用于映射活动目录用户和组 SID 的 POSIX ID 范围的上界。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
+msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
+msgstr "指定用于映射 Active Directory 用户和组 SID 的 POSIX ID 范围的上限。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
-msgstr "指定了每一切片可用的 ID 数。"
+msgstr "指定每个切片可用的 ID 数。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr "指定默认域的域 SID。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr "指定默认域的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
-msgid ""
-"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to "
-"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
-msgstr "修改 ID 映射算法的行为以与 winbind 的 \"idmap_autorid\" 算法更加相似。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
+msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
+msgstr "更改 ID 映射算法的行为,使其更类似于 winbind 的“idmap_autorid”算法。"
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr "指定 IPA 域的名称。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
-msgstr "IPA 服务器 IP 地址或主机名 (逗号分隔)"
+msgstr "IPA 服务器的 IP 地址或主机名(以逗号分隔)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid ""
-"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully "
-"qualified name."
-msgstr "可以在 hostname(5) 未反映完全限定名称的机器上设置。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
+msgstr "IPA 主机名(可选)- 如果 hostname(5) 未反映 IPA 用于识别此主机的 FQDN,则可以设置该项。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
-msgstr "将使用此 IPA 客户端的自动挂载器位置。"
+msgstr "此 IPA 客户端将要使用的自动装载器位置。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
-msgid ""
-"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into "
-"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
-msgstr ""
-"此选项告知 SSSD 使用此客户端的 IP 地址自动更新被构建成 FreeIPA v2 的 DNS 服务"
-"器。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
+msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
+msgstr "此选项指示 SSSD 使用此客户端 IP 地址自动更新 FreeIPA v2 中内置的 DNS 服务器。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
-msgstr "更新客户端 DNS 记录时应用的 TTL。"
+msgstr "更新客户端 DNS 记录时要应用的 TTL。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
-msgid ""
-"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
-msgstr "选择其 IP 地址应用于动态 DNS 更新的接口。"
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr "启用 %s 服务失败。请使用系统日志进行诊断。"
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid ""
-"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) "
-"to diagnose."
-msgstr "启动 %s 服务失败。请使用系统日志 (journalctl -n -u %s) 进行诊断。"
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr "系统配置为使用 nss_ldap。\n"
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr "系统配置为使用 sssd。\n"
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr "系统配置为使用 OES。\n"
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr "系统配置为仅使用 /etc/passwd。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Authentication Client Config"
-#~ msgstr "认证客户端配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Do you really want to delete the domain '%1'?"
-#~ msgstr "您真的想要删除域 '%1' 吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "There is no help for this parameter."
-#~ msgstr "此参数没有帮助。"
-
-#~ msgid "Default value: "
-#~ msgstr "默认值:"
-
-#~ msgid "Available values: "
-#~ msgstr "可用值:"
-
-#~ msgid "Set Parameter Value in Section '%1'"
-#~ msgstr "请在 '%1' 部分设置参数值"
-
-#~ msgid "Cancel"
-#~ msgstr "取消"
-
-#~ msgid "OK"
-#~ msgstr "好"
-
-#~ msgid "Value for parameter '%1' is invalid."
-#~ msgstr "参数 '%1' 的值无效。"
-
-#~ msgid "Section '%1' has no attributes."
-#~ msgstr "部分 '%1' 无属性。"
-
-#~ msgid "Select new Parameter for section '%1'"
-#~ msgstr "请为 '%1' 部分选择新参数"
-
-#~ msgid "New Parameter"
-#~ msgstr "新增参数"
-
-#~ msgid "Help"
-#~ msgstr "帮助"
-
-#~ msgid "Edit sssd section '%1'"
-#~ msgstr "编辑 sssd 的 '%1' 部分"
-
-#~ msgid "New"
-#~ msgstr "新建"
-
-#~ msgid "Add New Domain"
-#~ msgstr "添加新域"
-
-#~ msgid "Name:"
-#~ msgstr "名称:"
-
-#~ msgid "The identification provider used for the domain"
-#~ msgstr "该域所用的标识提供者"
-
-#~ msgid "Help for creating new domain"
-#~ msgstr "创建新域的帮助"
-
-#~ msgid "You have to provide a domain name!"
-#~ msgstr "您必须提供一个域名!"
-
-#~ msgid "Basic Settings:"
-#~ msgstr "基本设置:"
-
-#~ msgid "Services:"
-#~ msgstr "服务:"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "There are some domains you have not activated:\n"
-#~ "%s \n"
-#~ "Do you want to write this configuration?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "有一些您尚未激活的域:\n"
-#~ "%s\n"
-#~ "您想要写入此配置吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "Configured Authentication Domains"
-#~ msgstr "配置认证域"
-
-#~ msgid "Add"
-#~ msgstr "添加"
-
-#~ msgid "Edit"
-#~ msgstr "编辑"
-
-#~ msgid "Delete"
-#~ msgstr "删除"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and "
-#~ "authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one "
-#~ "authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication "
-#~ "domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In "
-#~ "the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected "
-#~ "providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected "
-#~ "identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:"
-#~ "<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD "
-#~ "internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See "
-#~ "sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: "
-#~ "FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad"
-#~ "b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:"
-#~ "<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for "
-#~ "Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise "
-#~ "Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider."
-#~ "<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
-#~ "<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth "
-#~ "provider is the id_provider.<br>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "SSSD 提供了一系列守护进程来管理对远程文件夹的访问权和认证机制。 <br>您必须"
-#~ "配置至少一个认证域。<br>您必须为认证域设置的首先是该域所用的身份和认证提供"
-#~ "方。<br>下一步您必须为所选提供方设置一些必需参数。稍后您可以选择全部可用于"
-#~ "所选身份和认证提供方的参数。SSSD 提供了以下 id_provider:<br><b>proxy"
-#~ "b>: 支持传统的 NSS 提供方。<br><b>local</b>: 用于本地用户的 SSSD 内部提供"
-#~ "方。<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP 提供方。可参考 sssd-ldap(5) 获取更多信息配置 "
-#~ "LDAP。<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA 和 Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management 提"
-#~ "供方。<br><b>ad</b>: 活动目录提供方。<br>支持的认证提供方有:<br><b>ldap"
-#~ "b> 用于原生 LDAP 认证。<br><b>krb5</b> 用于 Kerberos 认证。<br><b>ipa</b> "
-#~ "FreeIPA 和 Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management 提供方。<br><b>ad</b> 活"
-#~ "动目录提供方。<br><b>proxy</b> 用于对某些其它 PAM 对象的延迟认证。"
-#~ "<br><b>none</b> 显式禁用认证。<br>默认认证提供方与 id_provider 相同。<br>"
-
-#~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
-#~ msgstr "确定某域是否可枚举。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
-#~ msgstr "确定是否也在本地 LDB 缓存中缓存用户机要。"
-
-#~ msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
-#~ msgstr "该域所用的认证提供者。"
-
-#~ msgid "Use the domain part of machine's hostname."
-#~ msgstr "使用机器主机名的域部分。"
-
-#~ msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-#~ msgstr "逗号分隔的显式拒绝访问用户列表。"
-
-#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
-#~ msgstr "指定 LDAP 用户操作所用的默认基本判别名。"
-
-#~ msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr "指定了目标 LDAP 服务器上使用的方案类型。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, "
-#~ "if any."
-#~ msgstr "指定了若需要检查则在 TLS 会话中对服务器证书要进行的检查。"
-
-#~ msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
-#~ msgstr "Kerberos 领域的名称。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers "
-#~ "to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "指定了逗号分隔的 SSSD 应以优先级顺序连接的 IPA 服务器 IP 地址或主机名列"
-#~ "表。"
-
-#~ msgid "SPAM Prevention"
-#~ msgstr "SPAM 防护"
-
-#~ msgid "TODO WRITE HELP"
-#~ msgstr "待办:撰写帮助"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
+msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
+msgstr "选择应该用于动态 DNS 更新的 IP 地址对应的接口。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,23 +1,23 @@
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2014.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
+#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 17:17+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:37
msgid "Configuration of Authentication server"
-msgstr "认证服务器配置"
+msgstr "身份验证服务器的配置"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49
msgid "Enable/Disable the service"
@@ -29,15 +29,15 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60
msgid "Show a list of currently available databases"
-msgstr "显示当前可用数据库列表"
+msgstr "显示当前可用数据库的列表"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64
msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas"
-msgstr "显示当前已配置方案列表"
+msgstr "显示当前已配置纲要的列表"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68
msgid "Add a schema to the list"
-msgstr "向列表添加方案"
+msgstr "将纲要添加到列表"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72
msgid "Enable the service"
@@ -49,23 +49,23 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75
msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")"
-msgstr "数据库类型 (\"hdb\" 或 \"bdb\")"
+msgstr "数据库类型(“hdb”或“bdb”)"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79
msgid "Base DN for the database"
-msgstr "数据库基本判别名"
+msgstr "数据库基础 DN"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83
msgid "DN for the administrator login"
-msgstr "管理员登入判别名"
+msgstr "管理员登录 DN"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87
msgid "Administrator password"
-msgstr "管理员密码"
+msgstr "管理员口令"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95
msgid "Directory for the database"
-msgstr "数据库文件夹"
+msgstr "数据库目录"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98
msgid "File"
@@ -80,11 +80,13 @@
#.
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192
msgid "No base DN provided\n"
-msgstr "未提供基本判别名\n"
+msgstr ""
+"未提供任何基本 DN\n"
+"\n"
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209
msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled"
-msgstr "当服务未启用时无法创建数据库"
+msgstr "未启用服务时无法创建数据库"
#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db);
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219
@@ -96,12 +98,12 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228
msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system."
-msgstr "LDAP 数据库已创建。稍后您可以在安装好的系统中修改其设置。"
+msgstr "LDAP 数据库已创建。您稍后可以在已安装的系统中更改设置。"
#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) );
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101
msgid "[root password]"
-msgstr "[根密码]"
+msgstr "[根口令]"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103
msgid "[manually set]"
@@ -109,7 +111,7 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106
msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue."
-msgstr "无法撷取系统 root 密码。请设置一个 LDAP 服务器密码来继续。"
+msgstr "无法获取到系统根口令。请设置一个 LDAP 服务器口令继续。"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112
msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:"
@@ -121,15 +123,15 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121
msgid "Base DN: "
-msgstr "基本判别名:"
+msgstr "基本 DN:"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125
msgid "Root DN: "
-msgstr "根判别名:"
+msgstr "根 DN:"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128
msgid "LDAP Password: "
-msgstr "LDAP 密码:"
+msgstr "LDAP 口令:"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server"
@@ -137,12 +139,12 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143
msgid "Provider: "
-msgstr "提供者:"
+msgstr "提供商:"
#. all known interfaces for testing
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185
msgid "Open Port in Firewall"
-msgstr "在防火墙上打开端口"
+msgstr "打开防火墙中的端口"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203
@@ -161,7 +163,7 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200
msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: "
-msgstr "于 SLP 守护进程注册:"
+msgstr "在 SLP 守护程序注册:"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192
msgid "Start LDAP Server: "
@@ -175,7 +177,7 @@
#. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257
msgid "Open&LDAP Server"
-msgstr "Open&LDAP 服务器"
+msgstr "OpenLDAP 服务器(&L)"
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
@@ -186,8 +188,8 @@
"YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n"
"without installing the package."
msgstr ""
-"软件包 '%1' 不可用。\n"
-"YaST2 未安装该软件包则无法继续配置。"
+"软件包 '%1' 未安装.\n"
+"未安装所需的软件包, YaST2无法继续进行配置."
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
#. translators: error popup before aborting the module
@@ -196,29 +198,31 @@
msgid ""
"YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n"
"without installing the required packages."
-msgstr "YaST2 未安装必需软件包则无法继续配置。"
+msgstr ""
+"不安装所需的包,\n"
+"YaST2 就无法继续进行配置。"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309
msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished."
-msgstr "OpenLDAP 复制设置失败。请在安装结束后重新配置。"
+msgstr "OpenLDAP 复制设置失败。已完成安装后的重新配置。"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344
msgid ""
"OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n"
"StartTLS is disabled."
msgstr ""
-"OpenLDAP 服务器:通用服务器证书不可用。\n"
+"OpenLDAP 服务器:没有普通服务器证书。\n"
"StartTLS 已禁用。"
#. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module
#: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36
msgid "Configuration of OpenLDAP MirrorMode replication"
-msgstr "OpenLDAP 镜像模式复制配置"
+msgstr "OpenLDAP MirrorMode 复制的配置"
#. Start new config wizward
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106
msgid "Existing configuration detected."
-msgstr "检测到已有配置。"
+msgstr "已检测到现有配置。"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107
msgid ""
@@ -226,14 +230,14 @@
"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n"
"want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
msgstr ""
-"您有一个已有配置,但 LDAP 服务器当前未运行。\n"
-"您想要现在启动该服务器并重新读取其配置数据,\n"
-"还是想要从头创建一个新配置呢?"
+"您具有一个现有配置,但 LDAP 服务器当前未在运行。\n"
+"您是希望立即启动服务器并重读取其配置数据还是希望\n"
+"重新创建一个新配置?"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202
msgid "Restart"
-msgstr "重启"
+msgstr "重启动"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203
@@ -243,7 +247,7 @@
#. Start new config wizward
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134
msgid "Migrate existing Configuration"
-msgstr "迁移已有配置"
+msgstr "迁移现有配置"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135
msgid ""
@@ -252,22 +256,23 @@
"database of OpenLDAP (back-config). Do you want to migrate your existing\n"
"configuration to the configuration database?\n"
msgstr ""
-"您的系统当前配置为使用配置文件 /etc/openldap/slapd.conf。\n"
+"您的系统当前配置为使用 /etc/openldap/sladp.conf 配置文件。\n"
"YaST 仅支持 OpenLDAP 的动态配置数据库 (back-config)。\n"
-"您想要将您的已有配置迁移到配置数据库吗?\n"
+"是否要将现有配置迁移到配置数据库?\n"
+"\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148
msgid "Migrate existing configuration"
-msgstr "迁移已有配置"
+msgstr "迁移现有配置"
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151
msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch"
-msgstr "从头创建一个新配置"
+msgstr "从头开始创建新配置"
#. LdapServer summary dialog caption
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231
msgid "Authentication Server Configuration Summary"
-msgstr "认证服务器配置摘要"
+msgstr "身份验证服务器配置摘要"
#. heading for all dialogs
#. FIXME: adapt to your needs
@@ -279,24 +284,24 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:205
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:298
msgid "Authentication Server Configuration"
-msgstr "认证服务器配置"
+msgstr "身份验证服务器配置"
#. *********************
#. * dialog functions **
#. ********************
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48
msgid "General Settings"
-msgstr "通用设置"
+msgstr "常规设置"
#. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database
#. dialogs
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40
msgid "&Start LDAP Server"
-msgstr "启动 LDAP 服务器(&S)"
+msgstr "启动 LDAP 服务器"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59
msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon"
-msgstr "于 &SLP 守护进程注册"
+msgstr "在 SLP 守护程序注册(&S)"
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
@@ -307,20 +312,20 @@
#. create new item
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "The LDAP Server is not running."
-msgstr "LDAP 服务器未运行。"
+msgstr "LDAP 服务器未在运行。"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
-msgstr "您想要立即启动并重新读取它的配置数据,还是想要从头创建一个新配置?"
+msgstr "是要立即启动以重读取其配置数据还是从零开始创建新配置?"
#. get helps page
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227
msgid "help page for item <b>"
-msgstr "条目 <b>"
+msgstr "项目的帮助页<b>"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228
msgid "</b> not available"
-msgstr "</b> 的帮助页面不可用"
+msgstr "</b>不可用"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Server Type"
@@ -332,25 +337,27 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:346
msgid "Master server in a replication setup"
-msgstr "复制设置中的主控服务器"
+msgstr "复制设置中的主服务器"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Replica (slave) server.\n"
-msgstr "复制 (从属) 服务器。\n"
+msgstr "复本(从属)服务器。\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server."
-msgstr "全部数据,包括配置,将从一个远程服务器复制过来。"
+msgstr "将从远程服务器复制包括配置在内的所有数据。"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386
msgid ""
"YaST was not able to determine the fully qualified hostname of this\n"
"computer. \n"
-msgstr "YaST 不能够确定此计算机的完全限定主机名。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"YaST 无法确定此计算机\n"
+"的完全限定主机名。\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible."
-msgstr "当前不可以设置一个复制主控服务器。"
+msgstr "目前不能设置复制主服务器。"
#. Button text
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452
@@ -359,15 +366,15 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464
msgid "Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "Kerberos 认证"
+msgstr "Kerberos 身份验证"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:467
msgid "&Enable Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "启用 Kerberos 认证(&E)"
+msgstr "启用 Kerberos 身份验证(&E)"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494
msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings"
-msgstr "基础 Kerberos 设置"
+msgstr "基本 Kerberos 设置"
#. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase.
#. Please think twice please before you translate this,
@@ -383,8 +390,9 @@
"YaST2 cannot enable Kerberos\n"
"without installing the package."
msgstr ""
-"软件包 '%1' 不可用。\n"
-"YaST2 未安装该软件包则无法启用 Kerberos。"
+"包“%1”不可用。\n"
+"如果不安装该包,\n"
+"YaST2 将无法启用 Kerberos。"
#. caption
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595
@@ -401,7 +409,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729
msgid "Current Selection: "
-msgstr "当前选区:"
+msgstr "当前选择:"
#. tree widget headline
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789
@@ -411,7 +419,7 @@
#. ############## input handler ################
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913
msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n"
-msgstr "LDAP 认证失败。重试吗?\n"
+msgstr "LDAP 身份验证失败。重试?\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914
msgid "Error message: "
@@ -419,7 +427,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946
msgid "Create new account in the first database"
-msgstr "在第一个数据库中创建新账户"
+msgstr "在第一个数据库中创建新帐户"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960
msgid "User Id"
@@ -435,68 +443,68 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980
msgid "Generate a Random Password"
-msgstr "生成随机密码"
+msgstr "生成一个随机口令"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Use the \"cn=config\" Account for Replication"
-msgstr "使用 \"cn=config\" 账户进行复制"
+msgstr "使用“cn=config”帐户用于复制"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
-msgstr "配置用于复制的账户"
+msgstr "配置复制帐户"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
-msgstr "不是一个有效的 LDAP 判别名"
+msgstr "不是一个有效的 LDAP DN"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
-msgstr "密码"
+msgstr "口令"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073
msgid "Validate Password"
-msgstr "校验密码"
+msgstr "验证口令"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:910
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:424
msgid "Enter a password"
-msgstr "请输入一个密码"
+msgstr "请输入口令"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1101
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1570
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:916
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:435
msgid "The passwords you have entered do not match. Try again."
-msgstr "您输入的密码不匹配。请重试。"
+msgstr "您输入的口令不匹配。请重试。"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1131
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr "提供者细节"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "协议"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146
msgid "Provider Hostname"
-msgstr "提供者主机名"
+msgstr "提供程序主机名"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr "使用 StartTLS"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162
msgid "Administration Password for the \"cn=config\" Database"
-msgstr "\"cn=config\" 数据库的管理员密码"
+msgstr "“cn=config”数据库的管理口令"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261
msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)"
-msgstr "C&A 证书文件 (PEM 格式)"
+msgstr "CA 证书文件(PEM 格式)(&A)"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264
@@ -515,21 +523,21 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1237
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:458
msgid "Select a Valid CA Certificate File"
-msgstr "选择一个有效的 CA 证书文件"
+msgstr "请选择一个有效的 CA 证书文件"
#. Doing these checks during installation will
#. most probably fail
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277
msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n"
-msgstr "打开到提供者服务器上的 \"cn=config\" 数据库的连接失败。\n"
+msgstr "未能打开连到提供者服务器上的“cn=config”数据库的连接。\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n"
"\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n"
msgstr ""
-"请验证提供者服务器是否允许到 \"cn=config\" 数据库的远程连接,\n"
-"以及您是否输入了正确的密码。\n"
+"请验证提供者服务器是否允许连到“cn=config”数据库的远程连接\n"
+"以及您是否输入了正确的口令。\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "The following error messages were returned:"
@@ -541,55 +549,55 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314
msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?"
-msgstr "您想要导入一个不同的 CA/服务器证书吗?"
+msgstr "是否要导入其他 CA/服务器证书?"
#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325
msgid "The replication configuration on the provider server is missing.\n"
-msgstr "提供者服务器上缺失复制配置。\n"
+msgstr "提供者服务器的复制配置缺失。\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328
msgid "Click Continue to create it now."
-msgstr "点击继续来立即创建它。"
+msgstr "单击“继续”立即创建它。"
#. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380
msgid ""
"The replication configuration on the master server indicates that\n"
"it is already acting as a replication consumer.\n"
-msgstr "主控服务器上的复制配置表明它已经扮演者复制使用者的角色了。\n"
+msgstr "主服务器上的复制配置表明它已经在充当复制客户端的角色。\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383
msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
-msgstr "当前不支持设置 cn=config 的层叠复制。"
+msgstr "目前不支持设置 cn=config 的层叠复制。"
#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410
msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
-msgstr "检查提供者服务器上的复制配置中定义的认证资料失败。\n"
+msgstr "检查提供者服务器上的复制配置中定义的身份验证凭证失败。\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr "测试返回了以下错误消息:"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424
msgid "Click \"Continue\" to correct this now."
-msgstr "请点击 \"继续\" 来立即修正它。"
+msgstr "请单击“继续”立即更正此问题。"
#. ReplicatonSummary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519
msgid "Replication Master setup"
-msgstr "复制主控设置"
+msgstr "复制主设置"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522
msgid ""
"To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n"
"to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n"
msgstr ""
-"要作为复制主服务器,配置数据库需要能够被远程访问。\n"
-"请为配置数据库设置一个密码。\n"
+"配置数据库要作为复制主服务器,需要能够被用户远程访问。\n"
+"请为配置数据库设置一个口令。\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid ""
@@ -598,22 +606,22 @@
"LDAP Connections.)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"(到配置数据库的远程访问将被限制为加密 LDAP 连接。)\n"
+"(允许连到配置数据库的远程访问将限制为加密 LDAP 连接。)\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532
msgid "Enter new &Password"
-msgstr "请输入新密码(&P)"
+msgstr "输入新口令(&P)"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:964
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1006
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:406 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219
msgid "&Validate Password"
-msgstr "校验密码(&V)"
+msgstr "校验口令(&V)"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543
msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)"
-msgstr "准备镜像模式复制 (生成 serverId 属性)"
+msgstr "准备 MirrorMode 复制(生成 serverId 属性)"
#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17
@@ -630,33 +638,33 @@
"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n"
"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若 LDAP 服务器应作为引导过程的一部分被自动启动,请选择<b>是</b>。\n"
-"若 LDAP 服务器不应被启动,请选择<b>否</b>。\n"
-"注意:选择<b>否</b>后,您将无法修改 OpenLDAP 配置。</p>\n"
+"<p>若 LDAP 服务器应作为引导过程的一部分自动启动,请选择<b>是</b>。\n"
+"若 LDAP 服务器不应启动,请选择<b>否</b>。\n"
+"注意:选择<b>否</b>后,您将无法更改 OpenLDAP 配置。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26
msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>"
-msgstr "<h4>协议监听器</h4>"
+msgstr "<h4>协议监听程序</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27
msgid "<p>Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>为 OpenLDAP 启用和禁用多种协议监听器。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>启用和禁用 OpenLDAP 的多种协议监听程序。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n"
"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> 是端口 389 之上的标准 LDAP 接口。当您配置了服务器证书时,也可以\n"
-"通过 StartTLS 作业使用 TLS/SSL 安全通信。</p>"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> 是端口 389 上的标准 LDAP 接口。如果已配置服务器证书,则\n"
+"可通过 StartTLS 操作进行 TLS/SSL 安全通讯。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n"
"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAPS</b> 在端口 636 上为 SSL 安全连接启用了 \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" 接口。\n"
-"此选项仅在您配置了服务器证书 (见 \"全局设置\"/\"TLS 设置\") 时才有效。\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPS</b> 在端口 636 上为 SSL 安全连接启用“LDAP over SSL (ldaps)”接口。\n"
+"此选项仅在您配置了服务器证书(见“全局设置”/“TLS 设置”)时才有效。\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
@@ -664,8 +672,9 @@
"LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n"
"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAPI</b> 为通过 Unix 域套接字访问 LDAP 服务器开启了 \"LDAP over IPC\"。\n"
-"请不要禁用 LDAPI 接口因为 YaST 也使用它来与服务器通信。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPI</b> 启用“LDAP over IPC”接口。这样您即可通过 Unix 域套接字访问\n"
+"LDAP 服务器。您不应禁用 LDAPI 接口,因为 YaST\n"
+"使用该接口与服务器进行通讯。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41
msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>"
@@ -675,7 +684,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n"
"network ports or not.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>选择 SuSE 防火墙是否应允许访问 LDAP 相关网络端口。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>选择 SuSEFirewall 是否应允许用户访问 LDAP 相关网络端口。</p>\n"
#. First part of the Add Database Widget
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46
@@ -693,16 +702,20 @@
"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>从 <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> 和 <b>mdb</b> 中选择<b>数据库</b>。\n"
-"<b>Hdb</b> 是 <b>bdb</b> 后端的一个变种,使用分层数据库布局并支持子树重命名。除此之外它和 <b>bdb</b>无甚差别。\n"
-"<b>hdb</b> 数据库需要比 <b>bdb</b> 数据库更大的 <b>idlcachesize</b> 以提升搜索性能。\n"
-"<b>mdb</b> 数据库使用 OpenLDAP 的闪电内存映射数据库 (LMDB) 函数库来存储数据。\n"
-"它与 <b>hdb</b> 后端很相似但在空间利用和执行上更加有效率。</p>\n"
+"<b>Hdb</b> 是 <b>bdb</b> 后端的一种变体,使用分层数据库布局并\n"
+"支持子树重命名。除此之外,它和 <b>bdb</b> 并无差别。\n"
+"<b>hdb</b> 数据库需要比 <b>bdb</b> 数据库\n"
+"更大的 <b>idlcachesize</b>,以实现较佳的搜索性能。\n"
+"<b>mdb</b> 数据库使用 OpenLDAP 的 Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) 库储存数据。\n"
+"它与 <b>hdb</b> 后端类似,但对空间的利用更有效,执行效率也更高。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n"
"of the database being created.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>基本判别名</b> 选项指定了正被创建的数据库的根条目名称。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>基本 DN</b> 选项用于指定将创建的\n"
+"数据库的根项名称。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
@@ -713,11 +726,12 @@
"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n"
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>管理员判别名</b>和<b>LDAP 管理员密码</b>指定了\n"
-"该数据库的超级用户身份,可跳出全部访问控制列表和其它管理限制的局限。\n"
-"勾选<b>追加基本盘别名</b>将追加上面输入的<b>基本盘别名</b>,例如,\n"
-"基本判别名 <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt> 和管理员判别名 <tt>c=Admin</tt>\n"
-"将结合成一个有效的管理员判别名 <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>。</p>"
+"<p><b>管理员 DN</b> 连同 <b>LDAP 管理员口令</b>指定\n"
+"数据库的超级用户身份(超越所有 ACL 和其他\n"
+"管理限制)。选中<b>追加基本 DN</b> 会追加上面输入的\n"
+"<b>基本 DN</b>,例如,基本 DN <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt> 和\n"
+"管理员 DN <tt>c=Admin</tt> 将组成有效管理员 DN\n"
+"<tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>。</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
@@ -725,8 +739,9 @@
"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p>若此助手在安装期间启动,初始 <b>LDAP 管理员密码</b>\n"
-"将设为安装过程前面输入的系统的 root 密码。</p>"
+"<p>如果此向导在安装期间启动,则\n"
+"<b>LDAP 管理员口令</b>初始设置为先前在安装过程\n"
+"中输入的系统根口令。</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
msgid ""
@@ -738,16 +753,19 @@
"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>要使用此数据库作为 OpenLDAP 客户端工具 (例如 ldapsearch) 的默认数据库,\n"
-"请勾选<b>使用此数据库作为 OpenLDAP 客户端的默认数据库</b>。这将把主机名\n"
-"\"localhost\" 和上面所输入的<b>基本判别名</b>写入到 OpenLDAP 客户端配置文件\n"
-"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> 中。当在服务器上创建首个数据库时,此复选框\n"
-"默认是选中的。</p>\n"
+"请选中<b>使用此数据库作为 OpenLDAP 客户端的默认值</b>。\n"
+"这将把主机名“localhost”和上面输入的\n"
+"<b>基本 DN</b> 写入到 OpenLDAP 客户端配置文件\n"
+" <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt> 中。\n"
+"在服务器上创建首个数据库时该复选框默认是选中的。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
msgid ""
"YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n"
"change any configuration settings here.\n"
-msgstr "YaST 目前不支持此数据库。您无法在此修改任何配置设置。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"YaST 目前不支持此数据库。\n"
+"您无法在此修改任何配置设置。\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
@@ -756,8 +774,8 @@
"authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n"
"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要为配置数据库启用或禁用明文认证 (LDAP 简单绑定),请点击关联的复选框。\n"
-"明文认证配置数据库仅在使用了足够安全的 (如 SSL/TLS 加密连接) 连接时才会被允许。</p>\n"
+"<p>要为配置数据库启用或禁用纯文本身份验证(LDAP 简单绑定),请单击关联的复选框。\n"
+"只有在使用了足够安全(如 SSL/TLS 加密连接)的连接时,才允许向配置数据库进行纯文本身份验证。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
@@ -768,9 +786,12 @@
"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n"
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要修改配置数据库的管理密码,请点击<b>修改密码</b>。\n"
-"一个弹窗将提示您输入新密码并选择<b>密码加密</b>。\n"
-"密码框初始为空,即使配置中已设置了密码。</p>\n"
+"<p>要更改配置数据库的管理口令,\n"
+"请单击<b>修改口令</b>。\n"
+"一个弹出窗口将提示您输入\n"
+"新口令并选择<b>口令加密</b>。\n"
+"口令字段初始为空,\n"
+"即使配置中已设置了口令也是如此。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>"
@@ -778,13 +799,15 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100
msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>修改 BDB 和 HDB 数据库的基本设置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>更改 BDB 和 HDB 数据库的基本设置。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>输入完整判别名或仅输入第一部分然后使用<b>追加基本判别名</b>自动追加基本判别名。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>输入完整的 DN,或者仅输入第一部分,然后通过<b>追加基本 DN</b>\n"
+"自动追加基本 DN。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
@@ -792,9 +815,9 @@
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要修改管理员账户的密码,请点击<b>修改密码</b>。\n"
-"一个弹窗会提示您输入新密码并选择<b>密码加密</b>。\n"
-"密码框初始为空,即使配置中已设置了密码。 </p>\n"
+"<p>要更改管理员帐户的口令,请单击<b>更改口令</b>。\n"
+"一个弹出窗口会提示您输入新口令并选择<b>口令加密</b>。\n"
+"口令字段初始为空,即使配置中已设置了口令也是如此。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
@@ -806,19 +829,25 @@
"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n"
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>您可以通过<b>条目缓存</b>和<b>索引缓存 (IDL 缓存)</b>调整 OpenLDAP 内部缓存的大小。\n"
-"<b>条目缓存</b>定义了 OpenLADP 在内存中保存的条目缓存的数目。若可行的话 (内存够用),此数目应大到足够在内存中保存整个数据库。\n"
-"<b>索引缓存 (IDL 缓存)</b>用于加速对已索引属性的搜索。通常,尤其是 HDB 数据库需要一个很大的 IDL 缓存来提升搜索性能。(惯例是三倍于条目缓存的大小)。</p>"
+"<p>通过<b>项缓存</b>和<b>索引缓存(IDL 缓存)</b>,您可调整\n"
+"OpenLDAP 的内部缓存的大小。<b>项缓存</b>定义保存在\n"
+"OpenLDAP 的内存内项缓存的项数量。如果可能(RAM 足够),此数值\n"
+"应足够大以将整个数据库保存在内存中。<b>索引缓存(IDL 缓存)</b> \n"
+"用于加速对索引属性的搜索。通常,特别是 HDB 数据库要求\n"
+"较大的 IDL 缓存才能获得良好的搜索性能(通常是项缓存的\n"
+"三倍大小)。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>"
-msgstr "<h3>密码策略设置</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>口令策略设置</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n"
"<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要为此数据库启用密码策略,请启用<b>启用密码策略</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要对此数据库使用口令策略,请激活\n"
+"<b>启用口令策略</b>。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
@@ -828,8 +857,11 @@
"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n"
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p>勾选<b>加密明文密码</b>将指定 OpenLDAP 服务器应先加密出现在添加和修改请求中的明文密码然后再存储进数据库中。\n"
-"注意这样做违背了 X.500/LDAP 信息模型,但可能需要这么做以补偿未使用密码修改扩展作业来管理密码的 LDAP 客户端带来的安全风险。"
+"<p>请选中<b>哈希明文口令</b>以指定:将口令储存进数据库前 OpenLDAP 服务器应对\n"
+"添加和修改请求中的明文口令\n"
+"进行加密。请注意,这样做违背了 X.500/LDAP 信息\n"
+"模型,但对于不使用口令修改扩展操作\n"
+"管理口令的 LDAP 客户端,可能是必要的补偿操作。</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
@@ -839,13 +871,14 @@
"attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n"
"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若启用了<b>披露 \"账户锁定\" 状态</b>,尝试认证某个锁定账户的用户\n"
-"会收到他们账户已锁定的通知。此通知可能为攻击者提供有用信息。安全敏\n"
-"感的站点不应该启用此选项。</p>\n"
+"<p>若启用了<b>公开“帐户锁定”状态</b>,\n"
+"试图向锁定帐户进行身份验证的用户会被告知其帐户已锁。\n"
+"此通知可能会为攻击者提供有用的信息。\n"
+"对安全问题敏感的站点不应该启用此选项。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在<b>默认策略对象判别名</b>中输入默认策略对象的名称。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>请在<b>默认策略对象 DN</b>中输入默认策略对象的名称。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
@@ -853,9 +886,9 @@
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>点击<b>编辑策略</b>创建或修改默认策略。\n"
-"之后您可能被要求输入 LDAP 管理员密码以允许\n"
-"从服务器上读取策略对象。</p>\n"
+"<p>单击<b>编辑策略</b>来创建或更改默认策略。\n"
+"之后系统可能会要求您输入 LDAP 管理员口令\n"
+"以允许从服务器读取策略对象。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144
msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>"
@@ -863,11 +896,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145
msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>修改 hdb 或 bdb 数据库的索引选项。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>更改 hdb 或 bdb 数据库的索引选项。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此表格显示了目前定义了索引的属性的列表。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>该表显示当前已定义索引的属性列表。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
@@ -876,9 +909,10 @@
"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n"
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>索引被 OpenLDAP 用来提高特定类型搜索的搜索性能。\n"
-"应针对某数据库中最常见的搜索配置索引。YaST 允许您设置\n"
-"三种不同类型的索引。</p>\n"
+"<p>OpenLDAP 使用索引来提高指定类型的搜索的性能。\n"
+"索引应根据对数据库执行的最常用搜索来配置。\n"
+"YaST 允许您设置三种不同类型的索引。\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
@@ -886,9 +920,9 @@
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>存在</b>:此索引用于使用存在过滤器进行的搜索。\n"
-"(即 <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>)。应只针对数据库中极少出现\n"
-"的属性配置存在索引。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>现值匹配</b>:此类索引用于使用现值匹配过滤器的搜索\n"
+"(例如 <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>)。现值匹配索引应该只对\n"
+"数据库中极少出现的属性进行配置。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
@@ -896,17 +930,18 @@
"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>相等</b>:此索引用于使用相等过滤器进行的搜索\n"
-"(即 (<tt>attributeType=<精确值>)</tt>)。<b>相等</b>\n"
-"索引只应配置用于 <tt>objectclass</tt> 属性。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>精确匹配</b>:此类索引用于使用精确匹配过滤器的搜索\n"
+"(例如 <tt>(attributeType=<确切值>)</tt>)。\n"
+"<b>精确匹配</b>索引应总是通过 \n"
+"<tt>objectclass</tt> 属性配置。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n"
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>子字符串</b>:此索引用于使用子字符串过滤器的搜索\n"
-"(即 <tt>(attributeType=<子字符串>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
+"<p><b>子字符串</b>:此类索引用于使用字符串过滤器的搜索\n"
+"(例如 <tt>(attributeType=<子字符串>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
@@ -914,9 +949,8 @@
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>使用<b>添加</b>定义新属性的索引选项,\n"
-"<b>删除</b>删除已有索引,<b>编辑</b>修改\n"
-"已索引属性的索引选项。</p>\n"
+"<p>使用<b>添加</b>可定义新属性的索引选项,使用<b>删除</b>可删除一个已有索引,\n"
+"使用<b>编辑</b>可更改一个已索引属性的索引选项。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
@@ -925,9 +959,10 @@
"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n"
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>注意:取决于数据库大小,新添加的索引可能要过一会儿才能在\n"
-"数据库上激活。配置写入服务器后将启动一个后台任务来生成\n"
-"数据库索引信息。</p>\n"
+"<p>注意:新添加的索引可能需要一段时间才能对数据库生效,\n"
+"时间长短取决于数据库的大小。当配置写入到服务器后,\n"
+"一个后台任务将会启动,\n"
+"以生成数据库的索引信息。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179
msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>"
@@ -937,7 +972,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>此表格给出了所选数据库当前配置的全部访问控制规则的概览</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>此表给出了当前对所选数据库配置的全部访问控制规则的概览</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
@@ -945,14 +980,17 @@
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>对于每条规则,您都可以查看其匹配的目标对象。要获取某条规则\n"
-"更加详尽的视图或修改某条规则,请在表格中选中该规则并按<b>编辑</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p>您可以看到每条规则匹配的目标对象。\n"
+"要查看某条规则的更加详细的视图或更改某条规则,\n"
+"请在表中选择规则并单击<b>编辑</b>。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>可使用<b>添加</b>来创建新访问控制规则,使用<b>删除</b>来删除访问控制规则。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>使用<b>添加</b>可创建新访问控制规则,\n"
+"使用<b>删除</b>可删除访问控制规则。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
@@ -961,20 +999,22 @@
"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n"
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>OpenLDAP 的访问控制评估在匹配到第一条目标定义 \n"
-"(判别名、过滤器和属性) 匹配正访问的项的规则时停止。\n"
-"因此您应该根据您的需要使用<b>向上</b>和<b>向下</b>\n"
-"按钮排序规则。</p>\n"
+"<p>OpenLDAP 的访问控制评估会在目标定义(DN、过滤器和属性)\n"
+"与当前所访问的条目匹配的第一条规则停止。\n"
+"因此,您应根据您的需要使用\n"
+"<b>向上</b>和<b>向下</b>按钮排列规则。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>"
-msgstr "<h3>复制提供者设置</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>复制提供程序设置</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若您想要能够复制当前所选数据库到另一个服务器,请选择 \"<b>启用此数据库作为 ldapsync 提供者</b>\" 复选框。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果要能够将当前选定的数据库复制到其他服务器上,\n"
+"请选中“<b>启用此数据库的 ldapsync 提供程序</b>”复选框。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
@@ -991,10 +1031,12 @@
"a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n"
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>此处您可以指定同步状态指示器 (储存在 \"<i>contextCSN</i>\" 属性) 写入数据库的周期。\n"
-"它可以在超过您指定的写\"<i>操作</i>\"数后,或者在自指示器上一次写入起超过了指定的\"<i>分钟</i>\"后\n"
-"同步到数据库。状态指示器默认 (上面两种值都为 '0')只在完全关机后写入。\n"
-"太频繁的写入将导致在非完全关机后启动得更快但可能导致由于太多 LDAP 写操作造成的轻微性能下降。</p>\n"
+"<p>您可以在此处指定同步状态指示器(储存在“<i>contextCSN</i>”属性中)写入数据库的频率。\n"
+"如果自上次写入指示符起,超过了您指定的写“<i>操作</i>”次数或指定的“<i>分钟</i>”,\n"
+"它将同步到数据库。默认情况(两个值均为“0”)下,仅在正常关机后才\n"
+"写入状态指示符。频繁写入状态指示符可缩短非正常关机后的启动时间,\n"
+"但是可能由于太多 LDAP 写操作而导致环境性能\n"
+"略微下降。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216
msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>"
@@ -1007,25 +1049,26 @@
"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n"
"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>配置一个内存会话日志以记录数据库写操作的信息。在会话日志中指定应记录多少写操作。\n"
-"只有在“<i>只能刷新</i>”复制模式下配置会话日志才有用。在这种情况下它可以加速复制和\n"
-"降低主服务器的负载。</p>"
+"<p>配置内存内会话日志以记录有关在数据库上进行的\n"
+"写操作的信息。指定应在会话日志中记录的写操作的数量。\n"
+"配置会话日志仅对“<i>refreshOnly</i>”复制有用。\n"
+"在此情况下,它可以加速复制并减少主服务器上的负载。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>"
-msgstr "<h3>复制使用者设置</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>复制客户端设置</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若您想要该数据库作为其它服务器上的某个数据库的副本,\n"
-"则请选择 \"<b>此数据库是一个复制使用者</b>\"。</p>\n"
+"<p>若您想要数据库作为另一个服务器上的数据库的副本,\n"
+"请选择“<b>此数据库是复制客户端</b>”。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>"
-msgstr "<h4>提供者</h4>"
+msgstr "<h4>提供程序</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230
msgid ""
@@ -1036,9 +1079,11 @@
"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n"
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
-"在此输入到主服务器的复制连接的连接细节。选择要使用的协议 (<b>ldap</b> 或 <b>ldaps</b>)\n"
-"并输入主服务器的完全限定主机名。使用完全限定主机名来校验主服务器的 TLS/SSL 证书是\n"
-"非常重要的。若主服务器使用了非标准的 ldap 端口请调整端口号。\n"
+"在此输入连到主服务器的复制连接的连接细节。选择要使用的协议(<b>ldap</b> 或 <b>ldaps</b>),\n"
+"并输入主服务器的完全限定主机名。\n"
+"使用完全限定主机名来验证主服务器的 TLS/SSL 证书是\n"
+"非常重要的。若主服务器使用了非标准的 ldap 端口,\n"
+"请调整端口号。\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238
msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>"
@@ -1046,7 +1091,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>"
-msgstr "<p>OpenLDAP 支持多种复制模式:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>OpenLDAP 支持其他模式的复制:</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240
msgid ""
@@ -1055,8 +1100,10 @@
"interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n"
"<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>只能刷新</b>:从属服务器将定期打开一个新连接,触发一次同步然后关闭连接。\n"
-"可以通过<b>复制周期</b>设置配置同步周期。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>refreshOnly</b>:从属服务器将定期打开一个新连接,\n"
+"触发一次同步然后关闭连接。\n"
+"可以通过<b>复制间隔</b>\n"
+"设置配置同步间隔。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
@@ -1064,24 +1111,25 @@
"connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n"
"master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>刷新并维持</b>:从属服务器将打开一个到主服务器的用于同步的永久连接。\n"
-"主服务器上更新的条目将立即通过此连接发送到从属服务器。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>:从属服务器将打开一个连到主服务器的\n"
+"永久同步连接。主服务器上的更新条目将通过\n"
+"此连接即时发送到从属服务器。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
-msgstr "<h4>认证</h4>"
+msgstr "<h4>身份验证</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>指定从属服务器应用于同主服务器认证的判别名和密码。\n"
-"指定的判别名要有主服务器上被复制数据库全部条目的读取权限。</p>\n"
+"<p>指定从属服务器应用于向主服务器进行身份验证的 DN 和口令。\n"
+"指定的 DN 需要具有主服务器上的复制数据库全部条目的读取权限。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>"
-msgstr "<h4>更新转发</h4>"
+msgstr "<h4>更新参照</h4>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256
msgid ""
@@ -1091,9 +1139,9 @@
"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n"
"slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>由于从属数据库是只读的,从属服务器将以 LDAP 转发回应写入操作。\n"
-"默认该转发指引客户端到主服务器。您可以在此配置一个不同的更新转发。\n"
-"这在,例如层叠复制设置中会有用,因为层叠复制设置中从属服务器的提供者也是一个从属服务器。</p>\n"
+"<p>由于从属数据库是只读的,从属服务器将以 LDAP 参照回应写操作。\n"
+"默认情况下,该参照会将客户端指向主服务器。您可以在此配置一个不同的更新参照。\n"
+"这在层叠复制设置中很有用,因为层叠复制设置中从属服务器的提供者也是一个从属服务器。</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264
@@ -1106,12 +1154,12 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
-"现在按<b>中止</b>可安全地中止配置工具。</p>"
+"可以按<b>中止</b>立即安全地中止配置实用程序。</p>"
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n"
-msgstr "<p><b><big>正在保存 LDAP 服务器配置</big></b></p> \n"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>正在保存 LDAP 服务器配置</big></b></p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
@@ -1119,9 +1167,9 @@
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n"
"informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中断保存:</big></b><br>\n"
-"可按<b>中止</b>中断保存过程。\n"
-"另一个对话框将告知您这样做是否安全。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>中止保存:</big></b><br>\n"
+"请按<b>中止</b>中止保存过程。\n"
+"系统会显示一个对话框告知您这样做是否安全。</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280
@@ -1134,50 +1182,51 @@
"created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n"
"Server module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>此对话框提供了关于您创建的配置的一份简短摘要。\n"
-"点击<b>完成</b>来写入配置并离开 LDAP 服务器模块。</p>\n"
+"<p>该对话框提供了关于您创建的配置\n"
+"的简短摘要。请单击<b>完成</b>写入配置\n"
+"并离开 LDAP 服务器模块。</p>\n"
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
-msgstr "<>使用<b>启动 LDAP 服务器是或否</b>,可启动或停止 LDAP 服务器。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>启动 LDAP 服务器的“是”或“否”</b>选项,启动或停止该 LDAP 服务器。</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若您选择<b>是</b>,请点击<b>下一步</b>来启动配置助手。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>若您选择<b>是</b>,请单击<b>下一步</b>启动配置向导。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
"<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n"
"for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>若启用了防火墙,请通过点击相关复选框来为 OpenLDAP 打开所需的网络端口。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>若启用了防火墙,请选中相应复选框打开 OpenLDAP 所需的网络端口。</p>\n"
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
-msgstr "<p>请选择您想要设置的 LDAP 服务器的类型。有以下场景可用:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择您想要设置的 LDAP 服务器类型。有以下方案可用:</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>独立服务器</b>:设置一个单一的不准备复制的独立 OpenLDAP 服务器。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>独立服务器</b>:设置一个无需做复制准备的独立 OpenLDAP 服务器。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
msgid ""
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>复制设置中的主服务器</b>:创建一个准备作为复制设置中的主服务器 (提供者)\n"
-"的 OpenLDAP 设置。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>复制设置中的主服务器</b>:创建一个在复制设置中\n"
+"准备作为主服务器(提供者)的 OpenLDAP 设置。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>复制从属服务器</b>:设置一个从主服务器复制包括配置在内的\n"
-"全部数据的 OpenLDAP 从属服务器。</p>"
+"<p><b>复本从属服务器</b>:设置将从主服务器复制其包括配置在内的所有数据\n"
+"的 OpenLDAP 从属服务器。</p>"
#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312
@@ -1193,7 +1242,7 @@
"<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n"
"checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n"
"to use.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>要启用通过 TLS/SSL 加密,请勾选<b>启用 TLS</b>复选框。另外您需要为服务器配置使用一个证书。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>要通过 TLS/SSL 实现加密,请选中<b>启用 TLS</b>复选框。此外,还需要配置一个供服务器使用的证书。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
@@ -1201,15 +1250,15 @@
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>勾选<b>启用 LDAP over SSL (ldaps) 接口</b>,来使服务器接受端口 636 上的 LDAPS 连接。\n"
-"若未勾选,OpenLDAP 将只支持通过 StartTLS 扩展操作的 TLS 加密连接。</p>\n"
+"<p>选中<b>启用 LDAP over SSL (ldaps) 接口</b>,以使服务器接受端口 636 上的 LDAPS 连接。\n"
+"若未选中,OpenLDAP 将只支持通过 StartTLS 扩展操作的 TLS 加密连接。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>若您已经通过相关 YaST 模块安装了通用服务器证书,请勾选<b>使用通用服务器证书</b>以让 OpenLDAP 服务器使用此证书。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>若您已经通过相应 YaST 模块安装了通用服务器证书,请选中<b>使用通用服务器证书</b>以让 OpenLDAP 服务器使用此证书。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331
msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>"
@@ -1221,18 +1270,24 @@
"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n"
"textfields.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>若您没有通用服务器证书或者您想要 OpenLDAP 使用一个不同的证书,请输入 <b>CA 证书文件</b>、<b>证书文件</b>和<b>证书密钥文件</b>的文件名到相关文本框。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>若您没有通用服务器证书,或想让 OpenLDAP 使用其他证书,\n"
+"请在相应文本字段中输入 <b>CA 证书文件</b>、\n"
+"<b>证书文件</b>和<b>证书密钥文件</b>\n"
+"的文件名。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n"
"clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>要创建一个新 CA 或证书,请点击<b>启动 CA 管理模块</b>启动 CA 管理模块。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要创建一个新的 CA 或证书,\n"
+"请单击<b>启动 CA 管理模块</b>启动 CA 管理模块。</p>\n"
#. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342
msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此项的下面配置一些全局参数。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在此项目的下面,配置一些全局参数。</p>"
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
@@ -1241,25 +1296,25 @@
"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
"Schema Data</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>在此对话框中添加方案文件。\n"
-"按<b>添加</b>打开一个文件对话框,在其中选择新方案。\n"
-"注意:OpenLDAP (当配合 back-config 使用时) 目前不支持移除方案数据</p>"
+"<p>在此对话框中添加纲要文件。按<b>添加</b>可打开一个文件对话框,在其中选择\n"
+"一个新纲要。注意:OpenLDAP(用于 back-config 时)当前不支持去除\n"
+"纲要数据</p>"
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
msgid ""
"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择应记录调试语句和统计到 syslog 的子系统。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择应将调试语句和统计数据记录到系统日志的子系统。</p>"
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择 OpenLDAP 服务器应允许或不允许的特殊功能:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择 OpenLDAP 服务器应允许或禁止的特殊功能:</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
-msgstr "<h3>选择允许旗标</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>选择允许标志</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
@@ -1267,33 +1322,34 @@
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>LDAPv2 绑定请求</b>:使服务器接受 LDAPv2 绑定请求。\n"
-"注意 OpenLDAP 没有真正地实现 LDAPv2。</p>\n"
+"注意:OpenLDAP 没有真正实现 LDAPv2。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>当机要资料非空时允许匿名绑定</b>:当机要资料非空时 (例如提供了密码但未提供绑定判别名) 允许匿名绑定</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>身份凭证非空时匿名绑定</b>:身份凭证为非空时\n"
+"允许匿名绑定(如,口令存在但绑定 DN 不存在)</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>当判别名非空时允许非认证绑定</b>:当判别名非空时允许未认证 (匿名) 绑定</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>DN 非空时未验证绑定</b>:当 ND 为非空时,允许未验证\n"
+"(匿名)绑定</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>允许处理未认证更新操作</b>:\n"
-"允许处理未认证 (匿名) 更新操作。\n"
-"它们依然会受到访问控制和其他管理限制。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>要处理的未验证更新操作</b>:允许处理未验证(匿名)更新操作。它们依然会受到访问控制和其他管理限制的约束。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374
msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>"
-msgstr "<h3>选择禁用旗标</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>选择禁止标志</h3>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375
msgid ""
@@ -1301,21 +1357,23 @@
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>禁用接受匿名绑定请求</b>:服务器将不接受匿名绑定请求。\n"
-"注意这一般不会禁止匿名文件夹访问。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>禁用接受匿名绑定请求</b>:服务器将不接受匿名绑定请求。注意,这通常\n"
+"不会禁用匿名目录访问。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>禁用简单绑定认证</b>:完全禁用简单绑定认证</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>禁用简单绑定身份验证</b>:\n"
+"完全禁用简单绑定身份验证</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>禁用收到 StartTLS 操作时将会话强制为匿名状态</b>:服务器在接收 StartTLS 操作时不再强制认证的连接回到匿名状态。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>禁用 StartTLS 操作收到时强制会话为匿名状态</b>:服务器在收到 StartTLS 操作时不再强制已验证的连接回到匿名状态。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
@@ -1323,8 +1381,9 @@
"The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n"
"connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>认证后不允许 StartTLS 操作</b>:\n"
-"服务器将不允许在已认证的连接上的 StartTLS 操作。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>禁止 StartTLS 操作(如果已验证)</b>:\n"
+"服务器将不允许对已验证的连接执行\n"
+"StartTLS 操作。</p>\n"
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
@@ -1335,79 +1394,86 @@
"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n"
"the LDAP server itself.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>此列表显示了全部配置过的数据库。类型为 \"前端\" 和 \"配置\" 的数据库代表特殊内部数据库。\n"
-"\"前端\" 数据库用于配置应用于全部数据库上的全局访问控制限制和覆盖。\n"
-"\"配置\" 数据库持有 LDAP 服务器自身的配置。</p>\n"
+"<p>此列表显示全部已配置的数据库。\n"
+"类型为“frontend”和“config”的数据库代表特殊的内部数据库。\n"
+"“frontend”数据库用于配置应用于\n"
+"全部数据库的全局访问控制限制和覆盖。\n"
+"“config”数据库具有 LDAP 服务器自身的配置。</p>\n"
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要添加一个新数据库,请按<b>添加数据库...</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要添加新的数据库,请按<b>添加数据库...</b>。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要删除一个数据库,请从列表中选择数据库并按<b>删除数据库...</b>。\n"
-"您不可以删除 \"配置\" 和 \"前端\" 数据库。</p>\n"
+"<p>要删除数据库,请从列表中选择数据库并按<b>删除数据库...</b>。\n"
+"不能删除“frontend”和“config”数据库。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此输入配置数据库 (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") 的密码。这是让配置数据库可远程访问必须的。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>在此处输入配置数据库(“<i>cn=config</i>”)的口令。这是必需的,以使配置数据库\n"
+"可从远程访问。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若服务器应该参与镜像模式设置,请选择 \"<b>准备镜像模式复制</b>\" 复选框。\n"
-"这会确保生成镜像模式复制所需要的 serverID 属性。</p>\n"
+"<p>如果需要服务器参与 MirrorMode 设置,请选中<b>准备 MirrorMode 复制</b>复选框。\n"
+"这将确保根据需要为 MirrorMode 复制生成 serverId 属性。</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
"for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
-msgstr "<p>为设置从属服务器需要从主服务器查询一些细节。请输入主服务器的主机名,按需调整协议 (\"<i>ldap</i>\" 或 \"<i>ldaps</i>\") 和端口号并输入主服务器配置数据库 (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") 的密码。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要设置从属服务器,需要从主服务器查询某些细节。请输入主\n"
+"服务器的主机名,根据需要调整协议(“<i>ldap</i>”或“<i>ldaps</i>”)和端口号,并输入主服务器的\n"
+"配置数据库(“<i>cn=config</i>”)的口令。</p>"
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>请指定您的 Kerberos 服务器的<big>领域</big>和<big>主密码</big>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>指定 Kerberos 服务器的<big>领域</big>和<big>主口令</big>。</p>"
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>虽然您的 Kerberos 领域可以为任意 ASCII 字符串,最好使用大写字母作为您的域名。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>尽管 Kerberos 领域可以是任意 ASCII 字符串,但惯例是使用大写字母作为域名。</p>\n"
#. advanced item help: database_name
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此字符串指定了此领域的 Kerberos 数据库的位置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此字符串为此领域指定 Kerberos 数据库的位置。</p>"
#. advanced item help: acl_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此字符串指定了 kadmin 用于确定数据库上的实体的权限的访问控制列表 (ACL) 文件的位置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此字符串指定 kadmin 用于确定主体在数据库上的权限的访问控制列表 (acl) 文件的位置。</p>"
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此字符串指定了 kadmin 用于与数据库认证的 keytab 文件的位置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此字符串指定 kadmin 用于验证到数据库的 keytab 文件的位置。</p>"
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此绝对时间指定了此领域中创建的实体的默认过期日。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此绝对时间指定此领域中创建的主体的默认失效日期。</p>"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>这些旗标指定了此领域中创建的实体的默认属性。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>这些标志指定此领域中创建的主体的默认属性。</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
@@ -1416,7 +1482,7 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
-msgstr "启用此旗标来允许实体获取可延期的票据。"
+msgstr "启用此标志将允许主体获取可延期票据。"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
@@ -1425,52 +1491,52 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets."
-msgstr "启用此旗标来允许实体获取可转发的票据。"
+msgstr "启用此标志将允许主体获取可转发票据。"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
msgid "Allow renewable"
-msgstr "允许续期"
+msgstr "允许续订"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets."
-msgstr "启用此旗标来允许实体获取可更新的票据。"
+msgstr "启用此标志将允许主体获取可续订票据。"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461
msgid "Allow proxiable"
-msgstr "允许代理"
+msgstr "允许使用代理"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets."
-msgstr "启用此旗标来允许实体获取代理票据。"
+msgstr "启用此标志将允许主体获取代理票据。"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication"
-msgstr "启用用户到用户认证"
+msgstr "启用用户到用户身份验证"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
-msgstr "启用此旗标来允许实体为另一个用户获取会话密钥,允许此实体进行用户到用户认证。"
+msgstr "启用此标志将允许主体获取其他用户的会话密钥,针对此主体允许用户到用户身份验证。"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
msgid "Requires preauth"
-msgstr "需要预认证"
+msgstr "要求 preauth"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
-msgstr "若在客户端实体上启用了此旗标,在接受票据前该实体需要与 KDC 进行预认证。若您在服务实体上启用了此旗标,此实体的服务票据将仅签发给拥有设置了预认证票据的票据授权票据的客户端。"
+msgstr "如果在客户端主体上启用此标志,则要求该主体在接收任何票据前先预验证到 KDC。如果在服务主体上启用此标志,此主体的服务票据将仅发给具有 TGT(设置了预验证票据)的客户端。"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
-msgstr "需要 hwauth"
+msgstr "要求 hwauth"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
-msgstr "若启用了此旗标,在接收票据前实体需要使用硬件设备进行预认证。"
+msgstr "如果启用此标志,则要求主体在接收任何票据前先使用硬件设备进行预验证。"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
@@ -1479,16 +1545,16 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
-msgstr "启用此旗标来允许 KDC 为此实体签发服务票据。"
+msgstr "启用此标志将允许 KDC 为此主体发出服务票据。"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
-msgstr "允许票据授权服务器请求"
+msgstr "允许标记请求"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
-msgstr "启用此旗标将允许实体基于票据授权票据来获取票据,而不是重复用于获取票据授权票据的认证过程。"
+msgstr "启用此标志将允许主体根据票据授权票据来获取票据,而非重复用于获取 TGT 的身份验证过程。"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
@@ -1497,111 +1563,111 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
-msgstr "启用此旗标意味着 KDC 将为此实体签发票据。禁用此旗标实质上将禁用此领域中的实体。"
+msgstr "启用此标志表示 KDC 将为此主体发出票据。禁用此标志基本上也就停用了此领域中的主体。"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
-msgstr "需要修改"
+msgstr "需要更改"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496
msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal."
-msgstr "启用此旗标来为此实体强制密码修改。"
+msgstr "启用此标志将强制此主体的口令更改。"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
msgid "Password changing service"
-msgstr "密码修改服务"
+msgstr "口令更改服务"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
-msgstr "若启用了此旗标,它将标记此实体为需要密码变更服务。这应只在特殊情况下使用,例如,若某个用户的密码过期了,该用户需要不通过常规密码认证就能为该实体获取票据以便修改密码。"
+msgstr "如果启用此标志,它会将此主体标记为口令更改服务。这应仅用于特殊情况,例如如果某个用户的口令已过期,该用户必须获取该主体的票据才能在无需常规口令身份验证的情况下更改口令。"
#. advanced item help : dict_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此字符串定位了含有不允许用作密码的字符串的字典文件。若未设置此标签或该实体未指派策略,将不会进行检查。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>字典文件(包含不允许作为口令的字符串)的字符串位置。如果未设置此标记或没有为主体指派任何策略,则不执行任何检查。</p>"
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此端口号指定了 kadmind 守护进程监听此领域的端口。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此端口号指定 kadmind 守护程序用于侦听此领域的端口。</p>"
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此字符串指定了使用 kdb5_stash 存储主密钥的位置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此字符串指定通过 kdb5_stash 储存主密钥的位置。</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此字符串指定了 KDC 监听此领域的端口列表。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此字符串指定 KDC 针对此领域侦听的端口列表。</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此字符串指定了与主密钥关联的实体的名称。默认值是 K/M。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此字符串指定与主密钥关联的主体名称。默认值为 K/M。</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此密钥类型字符串代表了主密钥的密钥类型。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此密钥类型字符串表示主密钥的类型。</p>"
#. advanced item help : max_life
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此差异时间指定了票据可在此领域中有效的最大时间周期。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此增量时间指定某个票据在此领域中有效的最大时间期限。</p>"
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此差异时间指定了票据可在此领域中续期的最大时间周期。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此增量时间指定某个票据在此领域中可续订的最大时间期限。</p>"
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>一个为此领域指定了实体的默认密钥/盐化排列的密钥/盐化字符串列表。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>指定该领域中主体的默认密钥/salt 组合的密钥/salt 字符串列表。</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>为此领域指定了允许的实体的密钥/盐化排列。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>为此领域指定允许的主体的密钥/salt 组合。</p>"
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
-msgstr "<p>指定了是否应检查跨领域票据的所跨领域列表与根据领域名称计算的跨越路径和其 krb5.conf 文件的[capaths] 部分的匹配度。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>指定是否应对照通过领域名称计算出的转换路径及其 krb5.conf 文件的 [capaths] 部分来检查交叉领域票据的转换领域列表</p>"
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>这个 LDAP 特殊标签表示将通过 LDAP 服务器维护的连接的数目。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此 LDAP 特定标记指出通过 LDAP 服务器进行维护的连接数。</p>"
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>这个 LDAP 特定标签表示包含用于启动 Kerberos 服务器的对象的加密密码的文件。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此 LDAP 特定标志指出用于启动 Kerberos 服务器的对象的储存口令所在的文件。</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>指定了包含某领域实体的子树列表。该列表包含了由冒号分隔的子树对象判别名。</p><p>搜索范围指定了在子树中搜索实体的范围。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>指定包含领域的主体的子树列表。该列表包含子树对象的 DN,并由冒号 (:) 分隔。</p><p>搜索范围指定子树下搜索主体的范围。</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>指定了将在其中创建某领域的实体的容器对象的判别名。若该容器引用尚未配置领域,则领域实体将被创建在领域容器中。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>指定将用于创建领域主体的容器对象的 DN。如果没有为领域配置容器参照,则主体将在该领域容器中创建。</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此领域指定实体的最大票据有效时间。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>指定此领域中主体的最大票据寿命。</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此领域为实体的票据指定最大续期时间。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>指定此领域中主体票据的最大续订寿命</p>"
#. #################################################################################
#. #################################################################################
@@ -1630,23 +1696,23 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889
msgid "ACL File"
-msgstr "访问控制文件"
+msgstr "ACL 文件"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78
msgid "ACL &File"
-msgstr "访问控制文件(&F)"
+msgstr "ACL 文件(&F)"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893
msgid "Administrator Keytab"
-msgstr "管理员密钥表"
+msgstr "管理员 Keytab"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900
msgid "Default Principal Expiration"
-msgstr "默认实体过期时间"
+msgstr "默认主体失效"
#. checkbox text
#. checkbox text
@@ -1688,7 +1754,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008
msgid "Default Principal Flags"
-msgstr "默认实体旗标"
+msgstr "默认主体标志"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
@@ -1709,7 +1775,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696
msgid "Allow rene&wable"
-msgstr "允许续期(&W)"
+msgstr "允许续订(&W)"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
@@ -1723,21 +1789,21 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712
msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication"
-msgstr "启用用户到用户认证(&U)"
+msgstr "启用用户到用户身份验证(&U)"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720
msgid "Requires pr&eauth"
-msgstr "允许pr&eauth"
+msgstr "要求 Preauth(&E)"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728
msgid "Requires &hwauth"
-msgstr "允许 &hwauth"
+msgstr "要求 Hwauth(&H)"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
@@ -1751,7 +1817,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740
msgid "Allow tgs re&quest"
-msgstr "允许票据授权服务器请求(&Q)"
+msgstr "允许 tgs 请求(&Q)"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
@@ -1765,14 +1831,14 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752
msgid "Need &change"
-msgstr "需要修改(&C)"
+msgstr "需要更改(&C)"
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760
msgid "P&assword changing service"
-msgstr "密码修改服务(&A)"
+msgstr "口令更改服务(&A)"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261
@@ -1784,19 +1850,19 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916
msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port"
-msgstr "Kadmin 守护进程端口"
+msgstr "Kadmin 守护程序端口"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921
msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port"
-msgstr "Kpasswd 守护进程端口"
+msgstr "Kpasswd 守护程序端口"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926
msgid "Key Stash File"
-msgstr "密钥存储文件"
+msgstr "密钥储存文件"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333
@@ -1823,7 +1889,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998
msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time"
-msgstr "最大票据有效时间"
+msgstr "票据最长有效期"
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434
@@ -1839,7 +1905,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003
msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time"
-msgstr "最大票据续期时间"
+msgstr "票据最长续订期"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453
@@ -1857,7 +1923,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963
msgid "Reject Bad Transit"
-msgstr "拒绝错误的传输"
+msgstr "拒绝错误转接"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507
@@ -1867,7 +1933,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525
msgid "File for the LDAP password"
-msgstr "LDAP 密码文件"
+msgstr "LDAP 口令文件"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545
@@ -1885,13 +1951,13 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:572
msgid "&one level"
-msgstr "第一级(&O)"
+msgstr "一级(&O)"
#. Treeview list item
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588
#: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993
msgid "Principal Container"
-msgstr "实体容器"
+msgstr "主体容器"
#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
#. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, );
@@ -1910,11 +1976,11 @@
#. $Id$
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25
msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration"
-msgstr "OpenLDAP 镜像模式配置"
+msgstr "OpenLDAP MirrorMode 配置"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28
msgid "MirrorMode Node List"
-msgstr "镜像模式节点列表"
+msgstr "MirrorMode 节点列表"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38
msgid "Server ID"
@@ -1922,31 +1988,31 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:38
msgid "Server URI"
-msgstr "服务器 URL"
+msgstr "服务器 URI"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50
msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
-msgstr "服务器没有设为镜像模式节点。点击 \"下一步\" 启动标准 OpenLDAP 配置向导。"
+msgstr "此服务器未设置为 MirrorMode 节点。请单击“下一步”起动标准 OpenLDAP 配置向导。"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85
msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview"
-msgstr "OpenLDAP 镜像模式概览"
+msgstr "OpenLDAP MirrorMode 概述"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127
msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
-msgstr "不能删除您启动此 YaST 模块的主机。\n"
+msgstr "无法删除您在其上启动此 YaST 模块的主机。\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130
msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server."
-msgstr "请在一个不同的镜像模式服务器上启动 yast2 openldap-mirrormode。"
+msgstr "请在另一台 MirrorMode 服务器上启动 yast2 openldap-mirrormode。"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140
msgid "Do you really want to remove \"%1\" from the MirrorMode setup?\n"
-msgstr "您真的想要从镜像模式设置中移除 \"%1\" 吗?\n"
+msgstr "确实要从 MirrorMode 设置中去除“%1”吗?\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:145
msgid "Changes will take effect immediately after clicking \"Yes\""
-msgstr "按 \"是\" 后修改将立即生效"
+msgstr "更改将在单击“是”之后立即生效"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -1976,7 +2042,7 @@
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67
msgid "Schema Files"
-msgstr "方案文件"
+msgstr "纲要文件"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75
@@ -1986,7 +2052,7 @@
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83
msgid "Allow/Disallow Features"
-msgstr "允许/不允许特性"
+msgstr "允许/禁止功能"
#. Tree item
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91
@@ -2001,7 +2067,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
msgid "Suffix DN"
-msgstr "后缀判别名"
+msgstr "后缀 DN"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173
@@ -2011,30 +2077,30 @@
#. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l;
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228
msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete."
-msgstr "您的 TLS/SSL 配置似乎是不完整的。"
+msgstr "您的 TLS/SSL 配置似乎不完整。"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229
msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?"
-msgstr "您真的想要启用 \"ldaps\" 协议监听器吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实要启用“ldaps”协议监听程序?"
#. add a new file to the list
#. file dialog heading
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265
msgid "Select New Schema File"
-msgstr "选择新方案文件"
+msgstr "选择新的纲要文件"
#. error popup
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272
msgid "The schema file is already in the list."
-msgstr "该方案文件已在列表中。"
+msgstr "该纲要文件已在列表中。"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462
msgid "Select a valid Certificate File"
-msgstr "选择一个有效的证书文件"
+msgstr "选择有效的证书文件"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:466
msgid "Select a valid Certificate Key File"
-msgstr "选择一个有效的证书密钥文件"
+msgstr "选择有效的证书密钥文件"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:555
msgid "A common server certificate is not available."
@@ -2055,44 +2121,44 @@
#. ***************************************
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:717
msgid "Cannot delete Frontend database"
-msgstr "无法删除前端数据库"
+msgstr "无法删除 Frontend 数据库"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:719
msgid "Cannot delete Config database"
-msgstr "无法删除配置数据库"
+msgstr "无法删除 Config 数据库"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721
msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?"
-msgstr "您真的想要删除该数据库吗?"
+msgstr "确实要删除该数据库吗?"
#. Error Popup
#. Error Popup
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:887
msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database."
-msgstr "无法写入设置到当前数据库。"
+msgstr "无法写入当前数据库的设置。"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:944
msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database."
-msgstr "无法从当前数据库读取设置。"
+msgstr "无法读取当前数据库的设置。"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:962
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1004
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:404
msgid "New Administrator &Password"
-msgstr "新管理员密码(&P)"
+msgstr "新管理员口令(&P)"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:968
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1010
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:408
msgid "Password &Encryption"
-msgstr "密码加密(&E)"
+msgstr "口令加密(&E)"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1018
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368
msgid "Change Administration Password"
-msgstr "修改管理密码"
+msgstr "更改管理口令"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1041
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1042
@@ -2114,7 +2180,7 @@
#. skip attribute that already have an index defined
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1191
msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently"
-msgstr "目前不支持多个复制使用者"
+msgstr "当前不支持多个复制客户端"
#. ****************************************
#. tree generation functions **
@@ -2125,7 +2191,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1301
msgid "Password Policy Configuration"
-msgstr "密码策略配置"
+msgstr "口令策略配置"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1310
msgid "Access Control Configuration"
@@ -2133,11 +2199,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1319
msgid "Replication Provider"
-msgstr "复制提供者"
+msgstr "复制提供程序"
#: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1328
msgid "Replication Consumer"
-msgstr "复制使用者"
+msgstr "复制客户端"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70
msgid "&Start Kerberos Server"
@@ -2145,7 +2211,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94
msgid "Protocol Listeners"
-msgstr "协议监听器"
+msgstr "协议监听程序"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100
msgid "LDAP"
@@ -2154,27 +2220,27 @@
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")),
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112
msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)"
-msgstr "通过 SSL 的 LDAP(ldaps)"
+msgstr "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141
msgid "Included &Schema Files"
-msgstr "已包含方案文件(&S)"
+msgstr "已包含纲要文件(&S)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152
msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:"
-msgstr "选择日志级别旗标(&L):"
+msgstr "选择日志级别标志(&L):"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154
msgid "Trace Function Calls"
-msgstr "追踪函数调用"
+msgstr "跟踪函数调用"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155
msgid "Debug Packet Handling"
-msgstr "调试数据包处理"
+msgstr "调试包处理"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156
msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)"
-msgstr "重度追踪调试(函数参数)"
+msgstr "深度跟踪调试(函数自变量)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157
msgid "Connection Management"
@@ -2182,7 +2248,7 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158
msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received"
-msgstr "打印发送和接收的数据包"
+msgstr "打印已发送和接收的包"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159
msgid "Search Filter Processing"
@@ -2198,19 +2264,19 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162
msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result"
-msgstr "日志连接,操作和结果"
+msgstr "日志连接、操作和结果"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163
msgid "Log Entries Sent"
-msgstr "发送的日志条目"
+msgstr "已发送的日志项"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164
msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends"
-msgstr "打印与壳层后端通信"
+msgstr "打印与外壳后端的通讯"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165
msgid "Entry Parsing"
-msgstr "条目解析"
+msgstr "项语法分析"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166
msgid "LDAPSync Replication"
@@ -2222,43 +2288,43 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174
msgid "Select &Allow Flags:"
-msgstr "选择允许旗标(&A):"
+msgstr "选择允许标志(&A):"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176
msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests"
-msgstr "LDAPv2 绑定请求"
+msgstr "LDAPv2 联结请求"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179
msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty"
-msgstr "当机要资料非空时允许匿名绑定"
+msgstr "当身份凭证非空时进行匿名联结"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183
msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty"
-msgstr "当判别名非空时允许未认证绑定"
+msgstr "当 DN 非空时进行无身份验证联结"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187
msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process"
-msgstr "允许处理未认证更新操作"
+msgstr "要处理的未验证更新操作"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193
msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:"
-msgstr "选择禁用旗标(&D):"
+msgstr "选择禁止标志(&D):"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197
msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)"
-msgstr "禁用接受匿名绑定请求 (不禁止匿名文件夹访问)"
+msgstr "禁用接受匿名绑定请求(不禁止匿名目录访问)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201
msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication"
-msgstr "禁用简单绑定认证"
+msgstr "禁用简单绑定身份验证"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204
msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
-msgstr "禁用收到 StartTLS 操作时讲会话强制为匿名状态"
+msgstr "禁用 StartTLS 操作收到时强制会话为匿名状态"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210
msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated"
-msgstr "认证后不允许 StartTLS 操作"
+msgstr "禁止 StartTLS 操作(如果已验证)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221
msgid "Basic Settings"
@@ -2286,11 +2352,11 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234
msgid "&Browse..."
-msgstr "浏览(&W)..."
+msgstr "浏览(&B)..."
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285
msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)"
-msgstr "证书密钥文件(PEM 格式 - 未加密)(&K)"
+msgstr "证书密钥文件(PEM 格式 - 未加密)(&K)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288
msgid "B&rowse..."
@@ -2298,23 +2364,23 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295
msgid "Launch CA Management Module"
-msgstr "启动 CA 管理模块"
+msgstr "起动 CA 管理模块"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178
msgid "&Base DN"
-msgstr "基本判别名(&B)"
+msgstr "基本 DN(&B)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305
msgid "Administrator DN"
-msgstr "管理员判别名"
+msgstr "管理员 DN"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81
msgid "&Append Base DN"
-msgstr "追加基本判别名(&A)"
+msgstr "追加基本 DN(&A)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309
msgid "Change Password"
-msgstr "修改密码"
+msgstr "更改口令"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317
msgid "Edit BDB Database"
@@ -2322,19 +2388,19 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324
msgid "Entry Cache"
-msgstr "条目缓存"
+msgstr "项超速缓存"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
-msgstr "索引缓存 (IDL 缓存)"
+msgstr "索引超速缓存(IDL 超速缓存)"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr "检查点设置"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344
msgid "kilobytes"
-msgstr "KB"
+msgstr "千字节"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346
msgid "minutes"
@@ -2342,15 +2408,15 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings"
-msgstr "修改配置数据库设置"
+msgstr "更改配置数据库设置"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359
msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. "
-msgstr "允许此数据库使用明文认证 (简单绑定)。"
+msgstr "允许对此数据库进行纯文本身份验证(简单绑定)。"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362
msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)"
-msgstr "(远程连接需要加密)"
+msgstr "(远程连接需要加密)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374
msgid "Edit Database"
@@ -2358,20 +2424,20 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376
msgid "Database type not currently supported."
-msgstr "目前不支持该数据库类型。"
+msgstr "当前不支持该数据库类型。"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381
msgid "Indexing Configuration"
-msgstr "索引配置"
+msgstr "正在索引配置"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr "属性"
+msgstr "特性"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:457
msgid "Presence"
-msgstr "模糊匹配"
+msgstr "现值匹配"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:458
@@ -2385,36 +2451,36 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403
msgid "Change Administrator Password"
-msgstr "修改管理员密码"
+msgstr "更改管理员口令"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:410
msgid "Update Kerberos Stash"
-msgstr "更新 Kerberos 密钥存储文件"
+msgstr "更新 Kerberos 存储"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452
msgid "Add Index"
msgstr "添加索引"
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
-msgstr "密码策略设置"
+msgstr "口令策略设置"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47
msgid "Enable Password Policies"
-msgstr "启用密码策略"
+msgstr "启用口令策略"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55
msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords"
-msgstr "加密明文密码"
+msgstr "哈希明文口令"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63
msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status"
-msgstr "披露 \"账户锁定\" 状态"
+msgstr "公开“帐户锁定”状态"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73
msgid "Default Policy Object DN"
-msgstr "默认策略对象判别名"
+msgstr "默认策略对象 DN"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89
msgid "Edit Policy"
@@ -2422,7 +2488,7 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100
msgid "All Entries"
-msgstr "全部条目"
+msgstr "所有项"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101
msgid "All Entries in the Subtree"
@@ -2430,15 +2496,15 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102
msgid "The Entry with the DN"
-msgstr "具有该判别名的条目"
+msgstr "带有 DN 的项"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106
msgid "Everybody"
-msgstr "每个"
+msgstr "所有人"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107
msgid "Authenticated Clients"
-msgstr "认证客户端"
+msgstr "已验证客户端"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108
msgid "Anonymous Clients"
@@ -2446,19 +2512,19 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109
msgid "The accessed Entry (self)"
-msgstr "被访问的条目 (自身)"
+msgstr "已访问的项(自身)"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110
msgid "The user with the DN"
-msgstr "具有该判别名的用户"
+msgstr "带有 DN 的用户"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111
msgid "All entries in the subtree"
-msgstr "该子树中的全部条目"
+msgstr "子树中的所有项"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112
msgid "All members of the group"
-msgstr "该组的全部成员"
+msgstr "组的所有成员"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125
msgid "<empty>"
@@ -2466,31 +2532,31 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126
msgid "No Access"
-msgstr "无访问权"
+msgstr "无访问"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128
msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)"
-msgstr "无访问权 (但在错误消息中披露一些信息)"
+msgstr "无访问(但发生错误时透露信息)"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131
msgid "Authenticate"
-msgstr "认证"
+msgstr "身份验证"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132
msgid "Compare"
-msgstr "对比"
+msgstr "比较"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133
msgid "Read"
-msgstr "读取"
+msgstr "读"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134
msgid "Write"
-msgstr "写入"
+msgstr "写"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135
msgid "Manage (full access)"
-msgstr "管理 (完全访问)"
+msgstr "管理(完全访问)"
#. don't count frontend and Config DB
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167
@@ -2503,293 +2569,297 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189
msgid "&Administrator DN"
-msgstr "管理员判别名(&A)"
+msgstr "管理员 DN(&A)"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197
msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-msgstr "追加基本判别名(&P)"
+msgstr "追加基本 DN(&P)"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211
msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password"
-msgstr "LDAP 管理员密码(&P)"
+msgstr "LDAP 管理员口令(&P)"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230
msgid "&Database Directory"
-msgstr "数据库文件夹(&D)"
+msgstr "数据库目录(&D)"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240
msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients"
-msgstr "使用此数据库作为 OpenLDAP 客户端的默认数据库"
+msgstr "使用此数据库作为 OpenLDAP 客户端的默认值"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311
msgid "Select Database Directory"
-msgstr "选择数据库文件夹"
+msgstr "选择数据库目录"
#. check values
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350
msgid "Base DN must be set."
-msgstr "必须设置基本判别名。"
+msgstr "必须设置基本 DN。"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359
msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists."
-msgstr "具有此基本判别名的数据库已存在。"
+msgstr "使用此基本 DN 的数据库已存在。"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399
msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given."
-msgstr "若给定密码则必须设置根判别名。"
+msgstr "如果给定口令,则必须设置根 DN。"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405
msgid "Password validation failed."
-msgstr "密码校验失败。"
+msgstr "口令校验失败。"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435
msgid ""
"The Base Object: \"%1\" cannot be auto created by YaST:\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-"基本对象:\"%1\" 无法被 YaST 自动创建:\n"
+"YaST 无法自动创建基本对象“%1”:\n"
"%2"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451
msgid "A directory must be specified."
-msgstr "必须指定一个文件夹。"
+msgstr "必须指定目录。"
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
-msgstr "文件夹不存在。创建它吗?"
+msgstr "该目录不存在。是否创建?"
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
-msgstr "认证失败。密码可能不正确。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"身份验证失败。口令可能不正确。\n"
+"\n"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
-msgstr "错误消息为:'"
+msgstr "错误讯息是:“"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
-msgstr "重试吗?"
+msgstr "是否重试?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
-msgstr "可用属性类型"
+msgstr "可用的属性类型"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
-msgstr "所选属性类型"
+msgstr "所选的属性类型"
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
-msgstr "规则应用对象"
+msgstr "此规则适用的对象"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
-msgstr "条目判别名"
+msgstr "项 DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr "选择"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr "定义访问级别"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
-msgstr "在此停止访问控制评估 (默认)"
+msgstr "在此处停止访问控制评估(默认)"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
-msgstr "继续下一条访问控制规则 (\"断点\")"
+msgstr "继续下一个访问控制规则(“中断”)"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
-msgstr "继续评估此规则 (\"继续\")"
+msgstr "继续此规则的评估(“继续”)"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
-msgstr "请在文本框中输入一个判别名"
+msgstr "请在文本字段中输入一个 DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
-msgstr "子树判别名"
+msgstr "子树 DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
-msgstr "组判别名"
+msgstr "组 DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr "编辑访问控制规则"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr "目标对象"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr "匹配过滤器:"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr "LDAP 过滤器"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
-msgstr "仅将此规则应用到列出的属性"
+msgstr "将此规则仅应用于列出的属性"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "属性"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "编辑"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr "访问级别"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr "谁"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
-msgstr "判别名"
+msgstr "DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr "流程控制"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr "向上"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
-msgstr "向下"
+msgstr "停机"
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
-msgstr "在<b>属性</b>文本框中输入有效属性列表"
+msgstr "在<b>属性</b>文本字段中输入有效属性列表"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
-msgstr "在文本框中输入一个有效的 LDAP 过滤器"
+msgstr "在文本字段中输入有效的 LDAP 过滤器"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
-msgstr "您必须添加至少一个条目到 \"访问级别\" 列表。"
+msgstr "您必须在“访问级别”列表中至少添加一项。"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr "目标"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "过滤器"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
-msgstr "所选数据库包含目前 YaST 不支持的访问控制规则。将禁用访问控制对话框。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"选中的数据库包含目前 YaST 不支持的访问控制规则。\n"
+"将禁用访问控制对话框。\n"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
-msgstr "此数据库是一个复制使用者。"
+msgstr "此数据库是复制客户端。"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
-msgstr "提供者名称"
+msgstr "提供程序名称"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr "端口"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr "复制类型"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
-msgstr "复制周期"
+msgstr "复制间隔"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr "天"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "小时"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "分钟"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "秒"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
-msgstr "认证判别名"
+msgstr "身份验证 DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
-msgstr "自定义更新来源"
+msgstr "自定义更新参照"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr "目标主机"
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
-msgstr "指定了无效的复制周期"
+msgstr "指定了无效的复制间隔"
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
-msgstr "检查提供者的 LDAP 连通性失败。"
+msgstr "检查提供者的 LDAP 连接性失败。"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
-msgstr "您仍然想要继续吗?"
+msgstr "是否仍要继续?"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
-msgstr "检查提供者的 LDAPsync 能力失败。"
+msgstr "检查提供者的 LDAPsync 功能失败。"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
-msgstr "请验证目标服务器是否已启用为一个 LDAPsync 提供者"
+msgstr "请核实目标服务器是否启用为 LDAPsync 提供程序"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
-msgstr "启用此数据库作为 ldapsync 提供者"
+msgstr "启用此数据库的 ldapsync 提供程序"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr "操作"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr "会话日志"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr "启用会话日志"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr "复制设置"
@@ -2807,7 +2877,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355
msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration"
-msgstr "正在初始化认证服务器配置"
+msgstr "正在初始化身份验证服务器配置"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:390
msgid ""
@@ -2815,7 +2885,7 @@
"Is the LDAPI listener enabled?\n"
msgstr ""
"初始化配置时出错。\n"
-"启用了 LDAPI 监听器吗?\n"
+"是否启用了 LDAPI 监听程序?\n"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033
msgid "LDAP search failed."
@@ -2823,7 +2893,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812
msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme."
-msgstr "无效的 LDAP URI 方案。"
+msgstr "LDAP URI 模式无效。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828
msgid "LDAP initialization failed."
@@ -2831,19 +2901,19 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854
msgid "LDAP bind failed."
-msgstr "LDAP 绑定失败。"
+msgstr "LDAP 联结失败。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877
msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed."
-msgstr "初始化 LDAP 方案失败。"
+msgstr "初始化 LDAP 纲要失败。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888
msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed."
-msgstr "读取 LDAP 方案失败。"
+msgstr "读取 LDAP 纲要失败。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898
msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server."
-msgstr "Kerberos 方案对于 LDAP 服务器是未知的。"
+msgstr "LDAP 服务器未知的 Kerberos 纲要。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3536 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3581
@@ -2856,15 +2926,15 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046
msgid "LDAP modify failed."
-msgstr "修改 LDAP 失败。"
+msgstr "LDAP 修改失败。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074
msgid "Incomplete data."
-msgstr "不完整的数据。"
+msgstr "数据不完整。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101
msgid "Unsupported database type."
-msgstr "不支持的数据库类型。"
+msgstr "数据库类型不受支持。"
#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
@@ -2882,7 +2952,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560
msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server"
-msgstr "正在重启 OpenLDAP 服务器"
+msgstr "正在重启动 OpenLDAP 服务器"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569
msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server"
@@ -2902,7 +2972,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603
msgid "Cleaning up config directory"
-msgstr "正在清理配置文件夹"
+msgstr "正在清除 config 目录"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604
msgid "Creating Configuration"
@@ -2922,23 +2992,23 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1608
msgid "Writing Auth Server Configuration"
-msgstr "正在写入认证服务器配置"
+msgstr "正在写入 Auth Server 配置"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569
msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed."
-msgstr "从 slapd.conf 切换到配置后端失败。"
+msgstr "从 slapd.conf 切换到 config 后端失败。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624
msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed."
-msgstr "启用 LDAPI 协议监听器失败。"
+msgstr "启用 LDAPI 协议监听程序失败。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648
msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed."
-msgstr "清理配置文件夹失败。"
+msgstr "Config 目录清除失败。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686
msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"."
-msgstr "使用 \"slapadd\" 填注配置数据库时出错。"
+msgstr "使用“slapadd”填充配置数据库时发生错误。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706
msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed."
@@ -2960,7 +3030,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787
msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server"
-msgstr "正在取消激活 OpenLDAP 服务器"
+msgstr "正在停用 OpenLDAP 服务器"
#. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service
#. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes.
@@ -2974,7 +3044,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1808
msgid "De-activating Kerberos Server"
-msgstr "正在取消激活 Kerberos 服务器"
+msgstr "正在停用 Kerberos 服务器"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825
msgid "Writing Sysconfig files"
@@ -2982,31 +3052,31 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826
msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database"
-msgstr "正在应用修改到配置数据库"
+msgstr "正在将更改应用于配置数据库"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827
msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf"
-msgstr "正在应用修改到 /etc/openldap/ldap.conf"
+msgstr "正在将更改应用于 /etc/openldap/ldap.conf"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828
msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases"
-msgstr "正在为新建数据库创建基本对象"
+msgstr "正在为新创建的数据库创建基本对象"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829
msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects"
-msgstr "正在更新默认密码策略对象"
+msgstr "正在更新默认口令策略对象"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830
msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)"
-msgstr "正在等待 OpenLDAP 后台索引任务完成 (这可能花费几分钟)"
+msgstr "正在等待 OpenLDAP 后台建立索引任务完成(这可能需要几分钟)"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831
msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required"
-msgstr "正在评估是否要求重启并按要求重启 OpenLDAP"
+msgstr "正在重启动 OpenLDAP 服务器(如果需要)"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834
msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration"
-msgstr "正在写入认证服务器配置"
+msgstr "正在写入 AuthServer 配置"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931
msgid "Creating base objects failed."
@@ -3014,23 +3084,23 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940
msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed."
-msgstr "创建密码策略对象失败。"
+msgstr "创建口令策略对象失败。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953
msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n"
-msgstr "等待 OpenLDAP 数据库索引器完成时发生了一个错误。\n"
+msgstr "等待 OpenLDAP 数据库索引器完成时出错。\n"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954
msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually."
-msgstr "请手动重启 OpenLDAP。"
+msgstr "手动重启动 OpenLDAP。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214
msgid "Register at SLP Service: "
-msgstr "于 SLP 服务注册:"
+msgstr "在 SLP 服务注册: "
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213
msgid "Start Kerberos Server: "
-msgstr "启动 Kerberos 服务器:"
+msgstr "启动 Kerberos 服务器: "
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215
msgid "Create the following databases:"
@@ -3038,11 +3108,11 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220
msgid "Database Suffix: "
-msgstr "数据库后缀:"
+msgstr "数据库后缀: "
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221
msgid "Database Type: "
-msgstr "数据库类型:"
+msgstr "数据库类型: "
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227
msgid "Not configured yet."
@@ -3063,27 +3133,27 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523
msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key."
-msgstr "无法在私钥上设置文件系统访问控制列表。"
+msgstr "无法对私用密钥设置文件系统 ACL。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2491
msgid "Do you have filesystem acl support disabled?"
-msgstr "您禁用了文件系统访问控制列表支持吗?"
+msgstr "是否禁用了文件系统访问控制列表支持?"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545
msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database"
-msgstr "正在清理配置数据库文件夹"
+msgstr "正在清除 config 数据库的目录"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546
msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database"
-msgstr "正在将 slapd.conf 转换为配置数据库"
+msgstr "正在将 slapd.conf 转换为 config 数据库"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547
msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database"
-msgstr "切换启动配置来使用配置数据库"
+msgstr "切换启动配置以使用 config 数据库"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548
msgid "Restarting LDAP Server"
-msgstr "正在重启 LDAP 服务器"
+msgstr "正在重启动 LDAP 服务器"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549
msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration"
@@ -3091,28 +3161,28 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559
msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n"
-msgstr "\"slaptest\" 的输出:\n"
+msgstr "“slaptest”的输出:\n"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560
msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed."
-msgstr "迁移已有配置失败。"
+msgstr "迁移现有配置失败。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587
msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed."
-msgstr "启用 LDAPI 监听器失败。"
+msgstr "启用 LDAPI 监听程序失败。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709
msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled."
-msgstr "通用服务器证书不可用。StartTLS 已禁用。"
+msgstr "通用服务器证书不可用。已禁用 StartTLS。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803
msgid "Could not create database directory."
-msgstr "无法创建数据库文件夹。"
+msgstr "无法创建数据库目录。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4107
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498
msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory."
-msgstr "无法调整数据库文件夹所有权。"
+msgstr "无法调整数据库目录所有权。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2859
msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname."
@@ -3120,7 +3190,7 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860
msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
-msgstr "复制主服务器不能在不知道它自身的完全限定主机名的情况下正常工作。"
+msgstr "复制主服务器不能在不知道自身的完全限定主机名的情况下正常工作。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
@@ -3134,62 +3204,62 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3566 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3612
msgid "Writing to password file failed."
-msgstr "写入到密码文件失败。"
+msgstr "写入口令文件失败。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3978 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3988
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN."
-msgstr "不是一个有效的 LDAP 判别名。"
+msgstr "不是一个有效的 LDAP DN。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3983 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3993
msgid "has multivalued RDNs."
-msgstr "有多重赋值的相对判别名。"
+msgstr "具有多值 RDN。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4025
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values"
-msgstr "无效的 LDAP 判别名:\"%s\",无法提取相对判别名 (RDN) 值"
+msgstr "LDAP DN“%s”无效,无法提取 RDN 值"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033
msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
-msgstr "\"c\" 属性的值必须包含一个有效的 ISO-3166 国家/地区的 2 字母代码。"
+msgstr "“c”属性的值必须包含一个有效的 ISO-3166 国家/地区双字母代码。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=."
-msgstr "后缀的第一部分必须为 c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= 或 dc=。"
+msgstr "后缀的第一部分必须为 c=、st=、l=、o=、ou= 或 dc=。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4052
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
-msgstr "基本判别名 \"%s\" 不是一个有效的 LDAP_DN。"
+msgstr "基本 DN“%s”不是有效的 LDAP DN。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
-msgstr "基本判别名 \"%s\" 有多重赋值的相对判别名 (不为 YaST 所支持)。"
+msgstr "基本 DN“%s”具有多值 RDN(YaST 不支持)。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN."
-msgstr "根判别名 \"%s\" 不是一个有效的 LDAP_DN。"
+msgstr "根 DN“%s”不是有效的 LDAP DN。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
-msgstr "根判别名 \"%s\" 有多重赋值的相对判别名 (不为 YaST 所支持)。"
+msgstr "根 DN“%s”具有多值 RDN(YaST 不支持)。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078
msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN."
-msgstr "根判别名必须是基本判别名的一个子对象。"
+msgstr "根 DN 必须是基本 DN 的子对象。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4100 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484
msgid "Could not create directory."
-msgstr "无法创建文件夹。"
+msgstr "无法创建目录。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4877
#, perl-format
msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
-msgstr "CA 证书文件:\"%s\" 不存在。"
+msgstr "CA 证书文件“%s”不存在。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
@@ -3200,41 +3270,43 @@
msgid ""
"Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n"
"CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate."
-msgstr "请确保 \"%s\" 包含了正确的 CA 文件以验证远程服务器证书。"
+msgstr ""
+"请确保“%s”包含正确的 CA 文件\n"
+"以验证远程服务器证书。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4896
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist."
-msgstr "证书文件:\"%s\" 不存在。"
+msgstr "证书文件“%s”不存在。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4901
#, perl-format
msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist."
-msgstr "证书密钥文件:\"%s\" 不存在。"
+msgstr "证书密钥文件“%s”不存在。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4982 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4992
msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed."
-msgstr "写入到 krb5.conf 失败。"
+msgstr "写入 krb5.conf 失败。"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5360 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5369
msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed."
-msgstr "写入到 kdc.conf 失败。"
+msgstr "写入 kdc.conf 失败。"
#. error at paramter check
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301
#, perl-format
msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'."
-msgstr "不支持数据库类型 '%s'。允许类型为 'bdb' 和 'hdb'。"
+msgstr "不支持数据库类型“%s”。支持类型为“bdb”和“hdb”。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347
msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
-msgstr "国家名称必须为一个 ISO-3166 国家/地区的 2 字母代码。"
+msgstr "countryName 必须为 ISO-3166 国家/地区 2 个字母的代码。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726
msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'."
-msgstr "无效的 'rootdn'。"
+msgstr "'rootdn' 无效。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734
@@ -3244,58 +3316,58 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415
msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'."
-msgstr "您必须先定义 'rootdn' 才能设置密码。"
+msgstr "要设置口令,必须定义 'rootdn'。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422
msgid "Define 'rootpw'."
-msgstr "请定义 'rootpw'。"
+msgstr "定义“rootpw”。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768
#, perl-format
msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method."
-msgstr "'%s' 是一种不支持的加密方法。"
+msgstr "'%s' 是不支持的加密方法。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475
msgid "Define 'directory'."
-msgstr "请定义 'directory'。"
+msgstr "定义 'directory'。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489
msgid "The directory does not exist."
-msgstr "文件夹不存在。"
+msgstr "该目录不存在。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526
msgid "Invalid cache size value."
-msgstr "无效的缓存大小值。"
+msgstr "高速缓存大小值无效。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547
msgid "Invalid checkpoint value."
-msgstr "无效的检查点值。"
+msgstr "检查点值无效。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758
msgid "Define 'passwd'."
-msgstr "请定义 'passwd'。"
+msgstr "定义 'passwd'。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805
msgid "Database edit failed."
-msgstr "数据库编辑失败"
+msgstr "数据库编辑失败。"
#. error message at parameter check
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129
msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'."
-msgstr "缺失的参数 'suffix'。"
+msgstr "缺少参数 'suffix'。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533
msgid "Cannot restart the service."
-msgstr "无法重启服务。"
+msgstr "无法重启动该服务。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540
msgid "Cannot stop the service."
-msgstr "无法停止服务。"
+msgstr "无法停止该服务。"
#. error message
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703
@@ -3315,7 +3387,7 @@
#. error message
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770
msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'."
-msgstr "'TLSVerifyClient' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "'TLSVerifyClient' 值无效。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779
msgid "Writing failed."
@@ -3323,7 +3395,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944
msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter."
-msgstr "缺失的 'ServerCertificateFile' 参数。"
+msgstr "缺少 'ServerCertificateFile' 参数。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950
msgid "Cannot read certificate file."
@@ -3331,24 +3403,24 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955
msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter."
-msgstr "缺失的 'ServerCertficateData' 参数。"
+msgstr "缺少 'ServerCertificateData' 参数。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012
msgid "Corrupt PEM data."
-msgstr "损坏的 PEM 数据。"
+msgstr "PEM 数据已损坏。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969
msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter."
-msgstr "缺失的 'ServerKeyFile' 参数。"
+msgstr "缺少 'ServerKeyFile' 参数。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975
msgid "Cannot read key file."
-msgstr "无法读取证书文件。"
+msgstr "无法读取密钥文件。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980
msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter."
-msgstr "缺失的 'ServerKeyData' 参数。"
+msgstr "缺少 'ServerKeyData' 参数。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998
msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/autoinst.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/autoinst.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/autoinst.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,27 +1,19 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 12:20+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. progress step title
#. progress step title
@@ -37,9 +29,9 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
-msgstr "这可能要花费一点时间"
+msgstr "这将需要一段时间"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp
@@ -57,12 +49,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -70,8 +62,9 @@
"Check the log files for more details or fix the\n"
"control file and try again.\n"
msgstr ""
-"解析控制文件时出错。\n"
-"请检查日志文件了解更多细节,或修复该控制文件并重试。\n"
+"对控制文件进行解析时出错。\n"
+"请检查日志文件以了解更多信息,或修复\n"
+"该控制文件,然后重试。\n"
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332
@@ -105,15 +98,15 @@
#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:58
msgid "Configure the system using given AutoYaST profile"
-msgstr "使用给定 autoyast 方案配置系统"
+msgstr "使用给定 AutoYaST 配置文件配置系统"
#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:65
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile"
-msgstr "AutoYaST 方案路径"
+msgstr "AutoYaST 配置文件路径"
#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:70
msgid "enable/disable all package handling"
-msgstr "启用/禁用全部软件包处理"
+msgstr "启用/禁用全部包处理"
#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101
msgid "Empty parameter list"
@@ -123,12 +116,12 @@
#. otherwise the already configured network gets removed
#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:135
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set."
-msgstr "必须设置 AutoYaST 方案路径。"
+msgstr "必须设置 AutoYaST 配置文件路径。"
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
-msgstr "基于当前运行中系统创建 AutoYaST 方案的客户端"
+msgstr "基于当前运行中系统创建 AutoYaST 配置文件的客户端"
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
msgid "known modules: %1"
@@ -136,12 +129,12 @@
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83
msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone"
-msgstr "逗号分隔的待克隆模块列表"
+msgstr "待克隆模块列表(以逗号分隔)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten.
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114
msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?"
-msgstr "文件 %s 已存在!真的要覆盖吗?"
+msgstr "文件 %s 已存在!确实要重写吗?"
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118
msgid "Cloning the system..."
@@ -150,14 +143,16 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120
msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s."
-msgstr "生成的 autoyast 方案可在 %s 找到。"
+msgstr "生成的 autoyast 配置文件位于 %s 中。"
#. help 1/2
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n"
"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用此对话框复制文件内容并指定其在安装好的系统上的最终路径。YaST2 会把此文件复制到指定的位置。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>使用此对话框复制文件内容并指定其在安装好的系统上的最终路径。\n"
+"YaST 会把此文件复制到指定的位置。</p>"
#. help 2/2
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177
@@ -168,8 +163,9 @@
"new permissions.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>为了保护所复制的文件,请设置文件的所有者和权限。\n"
-"可使用语法 <i>userid:groupid</i> 设置所有者。权限可以是表示待执行修改的符号\n"
-",也可以是代表新权限的位模式的八进制数字。</p>"
+"使用语法 <i>userid:groupid</i> 设置所有者。权限可以是要进行的更改的符号\n"
+"表示,也可以是表示新权限的位模式的\n"
+"八进制数字。</p>"
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185
msgid "Configuration File Editor"
@@ -189,7 +185,7 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:214
msgid "&Retrieve from"
-msgstr "撷取位置(&R)"
+msgstr "检索位置(&R)"
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:221
msgid "File So&urce"
@@ -197,7 +193,7 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:226
msgid "&Load new contents"
-msgstr "加载新内容(&L)"
+msgstr "装载新内容(&L)"
#. why?
#. if (mode == `edit)
@@ -208,18 +204,20 @@
msgid ""
"Provide at least the file\n"
"name and the contents of the file.\n"
-msgstr "请至少提供文件名和文件内容。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"至少提供文件名\n"
+"和文件的内容。\n"
#. OPEN
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397
msgid "Select a file to load."
-msgstr "请选择要加载的文件。"
+msgstr "选择要装载的文件。"
#. Summary of configuration
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:301
msgid "Available Files"
-msgstr "可用文件"
+msgstr "可用的文件"
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305
msgid "File Path"
@@ -235,7 +233,7 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:319
msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files"
-msgstr "添加完整配置文件"
+msgstr "添加完整的配置文件"
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321
msgid ""
@@ -244,14 +242,14 @@
"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n"
"and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>对于许多应用程序和服务,您可能早就优化出了一个配置文件,\n"
-"该文件应被完整地复制到安装好的系统的某个位置。\n"
-"例如,当您正在安装一个 Web 服务器时,若您早就有了一个\n"
-"httpd.conf 配置文件,就符合上面的情景。</p>"
+"<p>对于许多应用程序和服务,\n"
+"应该准备一个配置文件,\n"
+"此文件要被完整地复制到已安装系统的指定位置。例如,您正在安装 Web 服务器,并且已经准备了一个\n"
+"httpd.conf 配置文件。</p>"
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332
msgid "Select a file from the table first."
-msgstr "请先从表中选择一个文件。"
+msgstr "请先从表中选择文件。"
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35
@@ -272,7 +270,7 @@
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
-msgstr "正在根据自动安装设置配置系统"
+msgstr "根据自动安装设置配置系统"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
@@ -285,11 +283,11 @@
"\n"
"Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration."
msgstr ""
-"AutoYaST 方案的这些部分不再支持了:\n"
+"不再支持 AutoYaST 配置文件的以下部分:\n"
"\n"
"%s\n"
"\n"
-"请使用,例如 <scripts/> 或 <files/> 来修改配置。"
+"请使用 <scripts/> 或 <files/> 等标记更改配置。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unknown sections of the profile
@@ -302,11 +300,11 @@
"\n"
"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
msgstr ""
-"AutoYaST 方案的这些部分无法在此系统上进行:\n"
+"在此系统上无法处理 AutoYaST 配置文件的以下部分:\n"
"\n"
"%s\n"
"\n"
-"可能它们拼写错了或者您的方案未在 <software/> 部分囊括全部所需 YaST 软件包。"
+"它们可能拼写不当,或者配置文件的 <software/> 部分不包含全部所需的 YaST 包。"
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
@@ -323,25 +321,23 @@
#. online update
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
-msgstr "正在执行安装后脚本"
+msgstr "执行安装后脚本"
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
msgid "Restarting all running services"
-msgstr "正在重启全部运行中的服务"
+msgstr "正在重启动全部运行中的服务"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
-msgstr "正在激活 systemd 默认对象"
+msgstr "正在激活 systemd 默认目标"
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "正在完成配置"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "正在处理资源 %1"
@@ -358,11 +354,11 @@
"Please wait while the image is retrieved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"正在撷取映像,请稍候。</p>\n"
+"正在获取映像,请稍候。</p>\n"
#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32
msgid "Retrieve Image File"
-msgstr "撷取映像文件"
+msgstr "获取映像文件"
#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32
msgid "Install image file"
@@ -370,7 +366,7 @@
#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:35
msgid "Retrieving image file..."
-msgstr "正在撷取映像文件..."
+msgstr "正在获取映像文件..."
#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:36
msgid "Installing image file..."
@@ -390,7 +386,7 @@
"fetching image-script failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
-"撷取映像脚本失败:\n"
+"获取映像脚本失败:\n"
"%1"
#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:67
@@ -420,15 +416,15 @@
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
msgid "Probe hardware"
-msgstr "检测硬件"
+msgstr "探测硬件"
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42
msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File"
-msgstr "撷取并读取控制文件"
+msgstr "获取并读取控制文件"
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43
msgid "Parse control file"
-msgstr "解析控制文件"
+msgstr "分析控制文件"
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201
msgid "Initial Configuration"
@@ -441,7 +437,7 @@
#. progress bar length
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57
msgid "Preprobing stage"
-msgstr "预检测阶段"
+msgstr "预探测阶段"
#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193
#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script
@@ -467,26 +463,26 @@
#. }
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90
msgid "Probing hardware..."
-msgstr "正在检测硬件..."
+msgstr "正在探测硬件..."
#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183
msgid "Parsing control file"
-msgstr "正在解析控制文件"
+msgstr "正分析控制文件"
#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:51
msgid "Install required packages"
-msgstr "安装所需软件包"
+msgstr "安装所需的软件包"
#. progress bar length
#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:74
msgid "Checking for required packages..."
-msgstr "正在检查所需软件包..."
+msgstr "正在检查所需的包..."
#. Add all found packages
#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:214
msgid "Adding found packages..."
-msgstr "正在添加找到的软件包..."
+msgstr "正在添加找到的包..."
#. Run early network scripts
#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:220
@@ -496,7 +492,7 @@
#. Finish
#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:237
msgid "Checking for packages required for %1..."
-msgstr "正在检查 %1 所需的软件包..."
+msgstr "正在检查 %1 所需的包..."
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp
@@ -514,104 +510,92 @@
#. Uwe Gansert
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr "<P>系统正在准备自动安装,请稍候。</P>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "执行安装前用户脚本"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
-msgstr "配置常规设置"
+msgstr "配置常规设置 "
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "设置语言"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "创建分区计划"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
-msgstr "配置引导加载器"
+msgstr "配置 Bootloader"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "注册"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
-msgstr "配置软件选集"
+msgstr "配置软件选择"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
-msgstr "配置 Systemd 默认对象"
+msgstr "配置 Systemd 默认目标"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr "配置用户和组"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "正在执行安装前用户脚本..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "正在配置常规设置..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "正在设置语言..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "正在创建分区计划..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
-msgstr "正在配置引导加载器..."
+msgstr "正在配置 Bootloader..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "正在注册系统..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
-msgstr "正在配置软件选集..."
+msgstr "正在配置软件选择..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
-msgstr "正在配置 Systemd 默认对象..."
+msgstr "正在配置 Systemd 默认目标..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr "正在导入用户和组配置..."
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "准备系统以进行自动安装"
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
-msgstr "正在处理附加产品..."
+msgstr "正在处理外接式附件..."
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "正在配置语言..."
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -620,12 +604,12 @@
"请重试。\n"
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
-"配置软件选集时出错。\n"
+"配置软件选择时出错。\n"
"请重试。\n"
#. ReportingDialog()
@@ -682,13 +666,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
"installation messages.</p> \n"
-msgstr "<p>取决于您的经验,您可以跳过、记录和显示 (允许超时) 安装消息。</p> \n"
+msgstr "<p>根据您的经验,可以跳过、记录和显示(设置了超时)安装消息。</p> \n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223
msgid ""
"<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n"
"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>推荐显示全部<b>消息</b>并允许超时。在某些地方可以跳过警告,但不应忽略它们。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>建议显示设置了超时的所有<b>消息</b>。在某些情况下可以跳过警告,但不应忽略它们。</p>\n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230
msgid "Messages and Logging"
@@ -698,7 +682,7 @@
#. @return [Symbol]
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87
msgid "Software Selection"
-msgstr "软件选集"
+msgstr "软件选择"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid ""
@@ -708,7 +692,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"请选择以下<b>基本</b>选集之一并点击<i>细节<i>添加更多<b>附加</b>选集和软件包。\n"
+"选择以下<b>基本</b>选择之一,然后单击<i>细节<i>以添加\n"
+"更多的<b>外接式附件</b>选择和包。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit();
@@ -716,19 +701,19 @@
#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/";
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120
msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
-msgstr "安装来源位置 (如 http://myhost/13.1/DVD1/)"
+msgstr "安装源位置(如 http://myhost/13.1/DVD1/)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
-msgstr "此系统的安装来源 (若您选了则不能创建映像,因为映像不是动态的)"
+msgstr "此系统的安装源(如选择此项,则不能创建映像)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
msgid "using that installation source failed"
-msgstr "使用该安装来源失败"
+msgstr "使用该安装源失败"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189
msgid "Reading package database..."
-msgstr "正在读取软件包数据库..."
+msgstr "正在读取包数据库..."
#. is result copy of part?
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:59
@@ -740,11 +725,11 @@
"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>挂载在 /etc/fstab 中的方式:</b>\n"
-"\t通常,要挂载的文件系统在 /etc/fstab 中是按设备名识别的。\n"
-"\t这种识别方式可修改为通过搜索 UUID 或卷标来发现要挂载的文件系统。\n"
-"\t不是全部的文件系统都可以按 UUID 或卷标挂载的。\n"
-"\t若禁用了某个选项,这样就会不行了。\n"
+"<p><b>装入 /etc/fstab 的方式:</b>\n"
+"\t通常情况下,在 /etc/fstab\n"
+"\t中按设备名称识别要装入的文件系统。可以更改此标识,以便通过搜索 UUID 或\n"
+"\t卷标来查找要装入的文件系统。不是所有文件系统都可通过 UDDI 或\n"
+"\t卷标来装入。如果某个选项被禁用,则无法执行此操作。\n"
"\t"
#. help text, richtext format
@@ -757,9 +742,9 @@
"\t "
msgstr ""
"<p><b>卷标:</b>\n"
-"\t 在此字段中输入的名称将用作卷标。\n"
-"\t 这通常只在您激活了按卷标挂载选项时才有意义。\n"
-"\t 卷标不能包含 / 字符或空格。\n"
+"\t在此字段中输入的名称用作卷标。这通常在您通过卷标激活装入选项\n"
+"\t时才有意义。\n"
+"\t卷标不能包含 / 字符或空格。\n"
"\t "
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82
@@ -773,7 +758,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:93
msgid "Encryption is not available for physical volumes"
-msgstr "加密不可用于物理卷"
+msgstr "加密对于物理卷不可用"
#. `HWeight(30, `RichText(`opt(`hstretch),helpText)),
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:103
@@ -786,7 +771,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:112
msgid "Mount by"
-msgstr "挂载方式"
+msgstr "装入方式"
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:118
msgid "Device name"
@@ -828,7 +813,7 @@
#. initially selected
#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:185
msgid "Re&use"
-msgstr "复用(&U)"
+msgstr "重用(&U)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188
@@ -857,7 +842,9 @@
msgid ""
"You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n"
"system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n"
-msgstr "您选择了创建分区,但您未选择有效的文件系统。请选择一个有效的文件系统以继续。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"您选择了创建分区,但您未选择有效的文件系统。\n"
+"请选择一个有效的文件系统以继续。\n"
#. We don't use the return value of the check, because we
#. currently can't stop the dialog switch from happening, so we
@@ -865,7 +852,7 @@
#. be fixed.
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:392
msgid "Store unsaved changes to partition?"
-msgstr "存储未保存的修改到分区吗?"
+msgstr "是否将未保存的更改储存到分区?"
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:419
msgid "Volgroup"
@@ -881,7 +868,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:436
msgid "&Mount point"
-msgstr "挂载点(&M)"
+msgstr "安装点(&M)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:446
msgid "File sys&tem"
@@ -894,29 +881,29 @@
#. HBox
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:471
msgid "Partiti&on number"
-msgstr "分区编号(&O)"
+msgstr "分区号(&O)"
#. VBox
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:482
msgid "Reuse e&xisting partition"
-msgstr "复用已有分区(&X)"
+msgstr "重用现有分区(&X)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:489
msgid "Res&ize existing partition"
-msgstr "缩放已有分区(&I)"
+msgstr "调整现有分区大小(&I)"
#. HBox
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:496
msgid "Activate Striping"
-msgstr "激活分带"
+msgstr "激活分段"
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:500
msgid "Number of Stripes"
-msgstr "分带数"
+msgstr "分段数"
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:508
msgid "Stripe size"
-msgstr "分带大小"
+msgstr "分段大小"
#. HBox
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:516
@@ -926,22 +913,22 @@
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
-msgstr "大小 \"auto\" 仅在选中挂载点 \"/boot\" 或者 \"swap\" 时有效。"
+msgstr "大小“auto”仅在选中安装点“/boot”或者“swap”时有效。"
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
-msgstr "大小 \"auto\" 对于物理卷无效。"
+msgstr "大小“auto”对于物理卷无效。"
#. Displayed when tree is empty
#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:34
msgid "Nothing selected"
-msgstr "什么都没选"
+msgstr "未作选择"
#. Main Partitioning Dialog
#. @return [Symbol]
#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:175
msgid "Partition p&lan"
-msgstr "分区计划(&L)"
+msgstr "分区方案(&L)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:180
msgid "Add D&rive"
@@ -970,11 +957,11 @@
#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE
#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:112
msgid "Store unsaved changes to volume group?"
-msgstr "存储未保存的修改到卷组吗?"
+msgstr "是否将未保存的更改储存到卷组?"
#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:136
msgid "Volgroup device name"
-msgstr "卷组设备名"
+msgstr "卷组设备名称"
#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found
#. @param [String] original Original value
@@ -990,19 +977,20 @@
"installation process and make sure the control files are accessible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"未找到或无法撷取此计算机的方案。\n"
-"请检测您是否在命令行上输入了正确的位置并重试。\n"
-"由于此错误,您只能输入指向方案的 URL 而不能指向文件夹。\n"
-"若您正在使用基于规则或主机名的控制文件,\n"
-"请重启安装过程并确保控制文件是可访问的。</p>\n"
+"未找到或获取到此计算机的配置文件。\n"
+"请确保在命令行上输入了正确的位置,\n"
+"然后重试。由于出现了此错误,\n"
+"您只能输入指向配置文件的 URL 而不是指向目录的 URL。如果使用\n"
+"基于规则或基于主机名的控制文件,\n"
+"则重启动安装过程并确保控制文件是可访问的。</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30
msgid "System Profile Location"
-msgstr "系统方案位置"
+msgstr "系统配置文件位置"
#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45
msgid "&Profile Location:"
-msgstr "方案位置(&P):"
+msgstr "配置文件位置(&P):"
#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation.
#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
@@ -1010,11 +998,11 @@
#. heading text
#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117
msgid "Choose a hard disk"
-msgstr "请选择一张硬盘"
+msgstr "选择硬盘"
#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124
msgid "No disks found."
-msgstr "未找到磁盘。"
+msgstr "未找到任何磁盘。"
#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
@@ -1029,7 +1017,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"在此显示了在您的系统上自动检测到的全部硬盘。请选择在哪张硬盘上安装 &product;。\n"
+"在此显示在系统上自动检测到的所有硬盘。请选择要将 &product; 安装到的硬盘。\n"
"</p>"
#. force help text width
@@ -1041,7 +1029,7 @@
#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
-msgstr "请选择其中一个选项以继续。"
+msgstr "请选择其中一个选项,然后继续。"
#. class_dialog_contents()
#. @return [Yast::Term]
@@ -1108,7 +1096,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n"
"a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>例如,您可以为您所处公司环境中的特定部门、小组或地点定义一类配置。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>例如,可以为公司环境中特定部门、组\n"
+"或地点的配置定义类。</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213
msgid ""
@@ -1116,7 +1106,8 @@
"and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>顺序 (优先级) 定义了一个类的层次以及在创建控制文件时何时合并该类。\n"
+"<p>顺序(优先级)定义类的层次\n"
+"以及在创建控制文件时何时进行合并。\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243
@@ -1127,13 +1118,17 @@
msgid ""
"Select at least one class\n"
"to edit.\n"
-msgstr "请选择至少一个要编辑的类。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"选择至少一个要编辑\n"
+"的类。\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:262
msgid ""
"Select at least one class\n"
"to delete.\n"
-msgstr "请选择至少一个要删除的类。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"选择至少一个要删除\n"
+"的类。\n"
#. The merge operation
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:372
@@ -1157,7 +1152,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:454
msgid "No control files defined"
-msgstr "未定义控制文件"
+msgstr "未定义任何控制文件"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:469
msgid "&Merge with Empty Control File"
@@ -1165,7 +1160,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:476
msgid "Merge with &Currently-Loaded Control File"
-msgstr "与当前加载的控制文件合并(&C)"
+msgstr "与当前装载的控制文件合并(&C)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:481
msgid "Merge Cla&sses"
@@ -1179,20 +1174,27 @@
"depending on the priority (order) set when\n"
"creating the classes.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若您已定义并创建了<b>类</b>,您将能够使用此界面合并这些类来创建一个\n"
-"新<i>方案</i>,该方案将根据创建类时设置的优先级 (顺序) 吸收每个类的信息。</P>\n"
+"<p>如果已定义并创建了<b>\n"
+"类</b>,则将能使用此界面合并这些类,从而创建一个\n"
+"新的<i>配置文件</i>,该配置文件将根据创建类时设置的优先级(顺序)\n"
+"包含\n"
+"每个类的信息。</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497
msgid ""
"<P>To merge the classes, an <b>XSLT</b>\n"
"script is used.</P>\n"
-msgstr "<P>为合并这些类,将使用一个 <b>XSLT</b> 脚本。</P>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>要合并这些类,请使用 <b>XSLT</b>\n"
+"脚本。</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:540
msgid ""
"Select at least %1 configurations\n"
"to perform a merge.\n"
-msgstr "请选择至少 %1 个配置以执行合并。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"选择至少 %1 个配置\n"
+"以执行合并。\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:579
msgid "Class Configuration"
@@ -1202,15 +1204,17 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n"
"file should belong.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>请从列出的类中选择一个或更多当前控制文件应归属的类。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>选择当前控制文件所属的一个\n"
+"或多个列出的类。</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614
msgid "No profiles in this class"
-msgstr "此类中无方案"
+msgstr "此类中无配置文件"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:651
msgid "Select at least one class configuration.\n"
-msgstr "请选择至少一个类配置。\n"
+msgstr "选择至少一个类配置。\n"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp
@@ -1220,7 +1224,7 @@
#. $Id$
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:27
msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration"
-msgstr "自动安装-配置"
+msgstr "自动安装 - 配置"
#. SAVE
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35
@@ -1238,7 +1242,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716
msgid "An error occurred while saving the file."
-msgstr "保存文件时出错。"
+msgstr "保存文件时发生错误。"
#. by "SortKey" or alphabetical
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:107
@@ -1340,7 +1344,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:418
msgid "Apply Profile to this System"
-msgstr "应用方案到此系统"
+msgstr "将配置文件应用到该系统"
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:421
msgid "E&xit"
@@ -1352,7 +1356,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:433
msgid "So&urce"
-msgstr "来源(&U)"
+msgstr "源(&U)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:440
msgid "Cla&sses"
@@ -1364,64 +1368,64 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:453
msgid "Create Reference Pro&file"
-msgstr "创建参考方案(&F)"
+msgstr "创建参考配置文件(&F)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:459
msgid "Check &Validity of Profile"
-msgstr "检查方案有效性(&V)"
+msgstr "检查配置文件的有效性(&V)"
#. Show Source
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:495
msgid "Source"
-msgstr "来源"
+msgstr "源"
#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar.
#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
-msgstr "您真的想要应用模块 '%1' 的设置到您当前系统吗?"
+msgstr "确实要将模块“%1”的设置应用于当前系统吗?"
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644
msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file."
-msgstr "打开/解析 XML 文件时出错。"
+msgstr "打开/分析 XML 文件时出错。"
#. NEW
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734
msgid "Available Modules"
-msgstr "可用模块"
+msgstr "可用的模块"
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
-msgstr "您真的想要应用方案中的设置到您当前系统吗?"
+msgstr "确实要将配置文件的设置应用于当前系统吗?"
#. EXIT
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790
msgid "Control file changed."
-msgstr "控制文件已修改。"
+msgstr "控制文件已更改。"
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791
msgid "Save the changes to %1?"
-msgstr "保存修改到 %1 吗?"
+msgstr "是否将更改保存到 %1?"
#. Preferences Dialog
#. @return [Symbol]
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:37
msgid "&Profile Repository:"
-msgstr "方案仓库(&P):"
+msgstr "配置文件仓库(&P):"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:42
msgid "&Select Directory"
-msgstr "选择文件夹(&S)"
+msgstr "选择目录(&S)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:50
msgid "&Class directory:"
-msgstr "类文件夹(&C):"
+msgstr "类目录(&C):"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:55
msgid "Select &Directory"
-msgstr "选择文件夹(&D)"
+msgstr "选择目录(&D)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:63
msgid ""
@@ -1430,7 +1434,8 @@
"the <b>Repository</b> field.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"请在<b>仓库</b>字段输入全部<em>控制文件</em>应存储到的文件夹。</P>"
+"请在<b>仓库</b>字段中输入应存储所有<em>控制文件</em>的\n"
+"目录。</P>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71
msgid ""
@@ -1438,8 +1443,9 @@
"of Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\n"
"all class files are stored.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>若您正在使用 AutoYaST 的类功能,则也请输入类文件夹。\n"
-"这是全部类文件存储的位置。</p>\n"
+"<P>如果使用 Autoyast 的类功能,\n"
+"则还应输入类目录。这是存储所有类文件\n"
+"的位置。</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78
msgid "Settings"
@@ -1448,7 +1454,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Select Directory"
-msgstr "选择文件夹"
+msgstr "选择目录"
#. Return a message about invalid file names
#. @param -
@@ -1476,11 +1482,11 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:247
msgid "Collecting system data..."
-msgstr "正在嵬集系统数据..."
+msgstr "正在收集系统数据..."
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "This may take a while..."
-msgstr "这可能要花费一点时间..."
+msgstr "这将需要一段时间..."
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:267
msgid "Importing Kickstart file..."
@@ -1517,15 +1523,15 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:307
msgid "Select a kickstart file."
-msgstr "请选择一个 kickstart 文件。"
+msgstr "选择 kickstart 文件。"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:324
msgid ""
"Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\n"
"file and try again."
msgstr ""
-"加载 Kickstart 文件时出错。\n"
-"请校验该文件的语法并重试。"
+"装载 Kickstart 文件时出错。请确保文件的语法\n"
+"正确并重试。"
#. Set resource name, if not using default value
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348
@@ -1535,17 +1541,18 @@
"were imported correctly."
msgstr ""
"已导入 Kickstart 文件。\n"
-"请检查导入的语法并确保正确导入了软件包选集和分区设置。"
+"请检查导入的语法并确保正确导入了\n"
+"包选择和分区设置。"
#. Validate Dialog
#. @return [Symbol]
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:378
msgid "Check profile validity"
-msgstr "检查方案有效性"
+msgstr "检查配置文件的有效性"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "OK"
-msgstr "好呢"
+msgstr "确定"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264
@@ -1569,19 +1576,19 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
-msgstr "正在进行 RNG 校验以检查 XML..."
+msgstr "正在检查 XML(进行 RNG 校验)..."
#. section wise validation
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:432
msgid "Section %1: "
-msgstr "部分 %1:"
+msgstr "部分 %1: "
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
-msgstr "正在进行 RNC 校验以检查 XML..."
+msgstr "正在检查 XML(进行 RNC 校验)..."
#. the autoyast interface can check if the profile is logical or if important stuff is missing
#. the missing stuff is under the Label "Logic"
@@ -1593,7 +1600,7 @@
#. and can warn the user if it is missing
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:502
msgid "No root password configured"
-msgstr "未配置 root 密码"
+msgstr "未配置 root 口令"
#. Main dialog
#. @return [Symbol]
@@ -1607,7 +1614,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:72
msgid "Turn Off the Machine after the First Stage"
-msgstr "第一阶段后关闭计算机"
+msgstr "第一个阶段后关闭计算机"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Turn off the Machine after the Second Stage"
@@ -1615,10 +1622,10 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Reboot the Machine after the Second Stage"
-msgstr "第二阶段后重启计算机"
+msgstr "第二个阶段后重引导计算机"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr "签名处理"
@@ -1636,15 +1643,15 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:115
msgid "Accept Unknown &GPG Keys"
-msgstr "接受未知的 &GPG 密钥"
+msgstr "接受未知的 GPG 密钥(&G)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:122
msgid "Accept Non Trusted GPG Keys"
-msgstr "接受未信任的 GPG 密钥"
+msgstr "接受非可信 GPG 密钥"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:129
msgid "Import &New GPG Keys"
-msgstr "导入新 GPG 密钥(&N)"
+msgstr "导入新的 GPG 密钥(&N)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:136
msgid ""
@@ -1654,7 +1661,8 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"此对话框中的选项控制自动安装过程中 AutoYaST 的行为。\n"
+"此对话框控制自动中的选项安装过程中 AutoYaST\n"
+"的行为。\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:144
@@ -1667,9 +1675,10 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"为了避免不想要的安装,安装确认选项默认是选中的。\n"
-"此选项会在安装过程中暂停安装系统并在通常显示建议的屏幕上\n"
-"显示安装程序请求的操作的摘要。反选此选项可进行无中断的自动安装。\n"
+"默认情况下选择安装确认选项,\n"
+"以避免不需要的安装。此选项会在安装过程中停止系统\n"
+"并在通常的建议屏幕上显示请求操作的\n"
+"摘要。取消选中此选项可进行无中断的自动安装。\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155
@@ -1680,8 +1689,9 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"若您关闭了 AutoYaST 第二阶段,安装将在首次引导后以手动模式继续 (软件包安装后)。\n"
-"</P>\n"
+"如果关闭 AutoYaST 第二阶段,则在首次重引导(包\n"
+" 安装过程后)后,安装将以手动模式继续。\n"
+" </P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165
msgid ""
@@ -1708,23 +1718,23 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:285
msgid "Timeout (zero means no timeout)"
-msgstr "超时 (0 表示不超时)"
+msgstr "超时(0 表示不超时)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:325
msgid "Password"
-msgstr "密码"
+msgstr "口令"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333
msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)"
-msgstr "答案路径列表 (以空格分隔多个路径)"
+msgstr "答案路径列表(以空格分隔多个路径)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341
msgid "Store answer in this file"
-msgstr "在此文件中存储答案"
+msgstr "在此文件中储存答案"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Selection List for type 'Symbol'"
-msgstr "'符号' 类型选择列表"
+msgstr "“符号”类型选择列表"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360
@@ -1745,8 +1755,6 @@
msgid "1st Stage"
msgstr "第一阶段"
-# US
-# fuzzy
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:641
msgid "2nd Stage"
msgstr "第二阶段"
@@ -1761,11 +1769,11 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:651
msgid "Add to Dialog List"
-msgstr "添加到对话列表"
+msgstr "添加到对话框列表"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:656
msgid "Apply changes to dialog"
-msgstr "应用修改到对话"
+msgstr "将更改应用到对话框"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:665
msgid "Title"
@@ -1773,7 +1781,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:673
msgid "Delete Dialog"
-msgstr "删除对话"
+msgstr "删除对话框"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Dialog up"
@@ -1785,7 +1793,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:682
msgid "Questions in dialog"
-msgstr "对话中的问题"
+msgstr "对话框中的问题"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:688
msgid "Add Question"
@@ -1820,7 +1828,7 @@
#. All helps are here
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:16
msgid "<p><b><big>Profile Validation</big></b><br>"
-msgstr "<p><b><big>方案校验</big></b><br>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>配置文件校验</big></b><br>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
@@ -1828,14 +1836,15 @@
"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n"
"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>此工具使用 <em>xmllint</em> 根据 DTD 校验该方案并检查缺失的数据。\n"
-"某些数据的缺失可能是故意的,任何报告的错误都可以忽略,例如,创建类时的此类错误。</p>\n"
+"<p>该工具使用 <em>xmllint</em> 根据 DTD 对配置文件进行校验,并且\n"
+"它检查丢失的数据。某些数据可能是故意丢失的,因此可以忽略任何\n"
+"报告的错误,例如忽略在创建类时报告的错误。</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
"<p>Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\n"
"is validated.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>请先加载一个方案。否则校验的就是一个空文件。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>首先装载配置文件。否则,会校验空文件。</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25
msgid "<p><b><big>Importing Kickstart Files</big></b><br>"
@@ -1848,7 +1857,8 @@
"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>要导入 Kickstart 文件,请输入配置文件的路径。\n"
-"导入的数据将被加载到配置管理系统中以添加更多可通过 SUSE 使用的配置选项。</p>\n"
+"导入的数据被装载到配置管理系统中,\n"
+"以添加更多的可通过 SUSE 使用的配置选项。</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
@@ -1856,24 +1866,25 @@
"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n"
"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>此工具通过从此系统读取信息创建一个参考方案。\n"
-"请在默认资源外选择一些要从此系统读取的资源,诸如分区和软件包选集。</p>\n"
+"<p>此工具通过读取此系统中的信息\n"
+"创建参考配置文件。除默认资源外,选择要从此系统中读取的资源,\n"
+"例如分区设置和包选择。</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36
msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>"
-msgstr "<p>正在对您的硬盘分区... </p>"
+msgstr "<p>对硬盘进行分区... </p>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>右侧的表显示了要在目标系统上创建的分区。\n"
+"<p>右侧的表显示要在目标系统上创建的分区。\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40
msgid "<p><b>Hard disks</b> are designated like this </p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>硬盘</b>像这样指定</p>"
+msgstr "<p>按如下方式指定<b>硬盘</b></p>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
@@ -1908,15 +1919,18 @@
"If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n"
"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n"
"created automatically:"
-msgstr "若未定义分区且指定的驱动器还是根分区应驻留的驱动器,则系统会自动创建以下分区:"
+msgstr ""
+"如果没有定义分区并且指定的驱动器还是引导分区应驻留的驱动器,\n"
+"则系统会自动创建\n"
+"以下分区:"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n"
"Sizes are calculated automatically.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<tt>/boot</tt>、<tt>swap</tt> 和根分区 <tt>/</tt>。\n"
-"其分区大小是自动计算得到的。\n"
+" <tt>/boot</tt>、<tt>swap</tt> 和根分区 <tt>/</tt>。\n"
+"分区大小是自动计算得到的。\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61
msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b></p>"
@@ -1924,13 +1938,13 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62
msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
-msgstr "默认情况下,AutoYaST2 将创建一个扩展分区并将全部新分区作为逻辑设备进行添加。但是,可以指示 AutoYaST2 创建一个特定分区作为主分区或扩展分区。另外,也可以使用扇区而不是 MB 表示的大小来指定分区的大小。"
+msgstr "默认情况下,AutoYaST 将创建一个扩展分区并将全部新分区作为逻辑设备进行添加。但您可以指示 AutoYaST2 创建一个特定分区作为主分区或扩展分区。另外,也可以使用扇区而不是 MB 表示的大小来指定分区的大小。"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n"
"interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n"
-msgstr "使用此界面无法配置这些选项和其它高级选项。它们只能手动添加到控制文件中。\n"
+msgstr "使用此界面无法配置这些选项和其它高级选项。只能手动将这些选项添加到控制文件中。\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
@@ -1941,19 +1955,20 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"关于 LVM 和 RAID 设置,请参考文档并将配置添加到一个已有控制文件。\n"
-"您只可以创建未格式化的 LVM 和 RAID 分区为安装做好准备。\n"
+"对于 LVM 和 RAID 设置,请参考文档并将配置添加到\n"
+"现有的控制文件中。在准备时,您只能创建未格式化的 LVM 和 RAID\n"
+"分区。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "无法通过 HTTP(S) 协议找到 URL '%1'。服务器返回了代码 %2。"
+msgstr "无法找到通过 HTTP(S) 协议的 URL“%1”。服务器返回了代码 %2。"
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "无法通过 FTP 协议找到 URL '%1'。服务器返回了代码 %2。"
+msgstr "无法找到通过 HTTP(S) 协议的 URL“%1”。服务器返回了代码 %2。"
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
@@ -1970,18 +1985,18 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337
msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
-msgstr "挂载 %1 失败。"
+msgstr "装入 %1 失败。"
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268
msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
-msgstr "读取 CD 上的文件失败。路径:%1/%2."
+msgstr "读取 CD 上的文件时失败。路径:%1/%2."
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360
msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
-msgstr "无法撷取远程文件 %1"
+msgstr "无法获取到远程文件 %1"
#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
@@ -1989,17 +2004,17 @@
#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485
msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
-msgstr "%1 未挂载,尝试挂载但失败了"
+msgstr "%1 未装入,装入尝试失败"
#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505
msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
-msgstr "未找到文件 %1"
+msgstr "找不到文件 %1"
#. Device
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
-msgstr "无法通过 TFTP 协议找到 URL '%1'。"
+msgstr "无法找到通过 TFTP 协议的 URL“%1”。"
#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534
@@ -2010,7 +2025,7 @@
#. @return script configuration dialog
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30
msgid "Available Scripts"
-msgstr "可用脚本"
+msgstr "可用的脚本"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34
msgid "Script Name"
@@ -2046,8 +2061,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h3>安装后脚本</h3>\n"
-"<P>您也可以添加要在安装完成后在系统中执行的命令。\n"
-"这些脚本将在 chroot 环境以外运行。\n"
+"<P>您还可以添加要在安装完成后在系统中执行的\n"
+"命令。这些脚本在 chroot 环境之外运行。\n"
"</P>"
#. help 3/6
@@ -2064,9 +2079,11 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Chroot 脚本</H3>\n"
-"<P>为了让您的安装后脚本在 chroot 环境中运行,请选择 <i>chroot 脚本</i> 选项。\n"
-"这些脚本将在系统首次重启前运行。chroot 脚本默认是在安装系统中运行的。\n"
-"要访问安装好的系统中的文件,请总是在您的脚本中使用 \"/mnt\" 挂载点。\n"
+"<P>为使安装后脚本在 chroot 环境内运行,\n"
+"请选择 <i>chroot 脚本</i>选项。这些脚本\n"
+"在系统第一次重引导前运行。默认情况下,chroot \n"
+"脚本在安装系统中运行。要访问已安装系统中的文件,\n"
+"请始终在您的脚本中使用安装点“/mnt”。\n"
"</P>\n"
#. help 4/6
@@ -2079,8 +2096,9 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>可以使用特殊布尔标签 \"chrooted\" 让 chroot 脚本在引导加载器已配置好的稍后阶段运行。\n"
-"这将在安装好的系统中运行这些脚本。\n"
+"<p>可以在使用特殊布尔标签“chrooted”配置了\n"
+"引导加载程序后的稍后时间里运行 chroot 脚本。\n"
+"这将在已安装系统中运行脚本。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help 5/6
@@ -2096,10 +2114,12 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<H3>启动脚本</H3>\n"
-"<P>这些脚本在初始引导过程中和 YaST 配置完系统后执行。\n"
-"收尾脚本使用只执行一次的特殊 <b>rc</b> 脚本执行。\n"
-"收尾脚本在引导过程结束时和网络已初始化后执行。\n"
+"<H3>Init 脚本</H3>\n"
+"<P>这些脚本在初始引导过程中\n"
+"以及 YaST 完成系统配置之后执行。最后的脚本使用\n"
+"只执行一次的特殊 <b>rc</b> 脚本执行。\n"
+"最后的脚本在引导过程结束时\n"
+"以及网络已初始化后执行。\n"
"</P>\n"
#. help 6/6
@@ -2113,8 +2133,9 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>解释器:</H3>\n"
-"<P>安装前脚本只可以是壳层脚本。请不要对安装前脚本使用 <i>Perl</i> 或 <i>Python</i> 解释器。\n"
-"因为它们在安装前的计算机中并不存在。</P>\n"
+"<P>安装前脚本只能是外壳脚本。请不要对安装前脚本使用 <i>Perl</i> 或 \n"
+"<i>Python</i>。\n"
+"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133
msgid ""
@@ -2128,10 +2149,12 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<H3>网络访问:</H3>\n"
-"<P>执行安装后脚本时,网络是禁用的,需要在脚本中进行初始化以使网络可访问。\n"
-"带网络访问的安装后脚本的替代品就是启动脚本,其保证了脚本运行时系统已经完全配置好了。\n"
-"若您正在通过网络执行安装,您也可以为安装后脚本使用<b>网络</b>选项。\n"
+"<H3>网络访问权:</H3>\n"
+"<P>执行安装后脚本时,网络是禁用的,并且\n"
+" 需要在这些脚本中进行初始化,这样才能进行网络访问。网络\n"
+"的备用安装后脚本就是init 脚本,它\n"
+" 能够确保在脚本运行期间系统得到完全的配置。如果在网络上\n"
+"执行安装,也可以使用 postscript 的<b>网络</b>选项。\n"
" </P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146
@@ -2144,8 +2167,9 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>反馈和调试:</H3>\n"
-"<P>除启动脚本外的全部脚本都能在弹出框中显示 STDOUT + STDERR 作为反馈。\n"
-"若您打开了调试,您会在反馈对话框中获得更多输出,这可能会对您调试脚本有所帮助。</P>\n"
+" <P>init 脚本之外的所有脚本都能在弹出框中将 STDOUT+STDERR 显示为反馈。\n"
+" 如果打开调试,您会在反馈对话框中获得更多输出,这可能会帮助\n"
+" 您调试脚本。</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155
msgid "Script Editor"
@@ -2183,7 +2207,7 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:231
msgid "&Chrooted"
-msgstr "&Chrooted"
+msgstr "已执行 Chroot(&C)"
#. a checkbox where you can choose if you need to have network when the script is running
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:237
@@ -2213,17 +2237,19 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:291
msgid "S&cript Source"
-msgstr "脚本来源(&C)"
+msgstr "脚本源(&C)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:298
msgid "&Load new source"
-msgstr "加载新来源(&L)"
+msgstr "装入新源(&L)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:372
msgid ""
"Provide at least the script\n"
"name and the location or content of the script.\n"
-msgstr "请至少提供脚本名和脚本位置或脚本内容。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"请至少提供脚本名和脚本\n"
+"位置或脚本内容。\n"
#. Main dialog
#. @return [Symbol]
@@ -2234,7 +2260,8 @@
"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"通过将脚本添加到自动安装过程,您可根据您的需要自定义安装并在安装的不同阶段实施控制。</p>\n"
+"通过将脚本添加到自动安装过程,系统将会按照您的需要自定义安装,\n"
+"并在不同的安装阶段进行控制。</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480
msgid "User Script Management"
@@ -2260,9 +2287,9 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
-msgstr "XML 解析器在解析 autoyast 方案时报告了一个错误。错误消息为:\n"
+msgstr "XML 解析器在解析 autoyast 配置文件时报告了一个错误。错误消息为:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
@@ -2274,52 +2301,51 @@
"file without using classes.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"无法撷取用户定义的类。请确认全部类均定义正确并可通过网络或本地在此系统上使用。\n"
-"无法使用不带类的原始控制文件安装系统。\n"
+"无法获取用户定义的类。请确定所有类的定义都正确,并且并且此系统可通过网络或本地使用这些类。如果不使用类,就无法通过原始控制文件安装系统。\n"
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
msgid "Choose Profile"
-msgstr "选择方案"
+msgstr "选择配置文件"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
-msgstr "正在软盘中撷取控制文件。"
+msgstr "正在软盘中获取控制文件。"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
-msgstr "正在从 TFTP 服务器中撷取控制文件(%1):%2。"
+msgstr "正在从 TFTP 服务器中获取控制文件(%1):%2。"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
-msgstr "正在从 NFS 服务器中撷取控制文件(%1):%2。"
+msgstr "正在从 NFS 服务器中获取控制文件(%1):%2。"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
-msgstr "正在从 HTTP 服务器中撷取控制文件(%1):%2。"
+msgstr "正在从 HTTP 服务器中获取控制文件(%1):%2。"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
-msgstr "正在从 FTP 服务器中撷取控制文件(%1):%2。"
+msgstr "正在从 FTP 服务器中获取控制文件(%1):%2。"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "正在从文件中复制控制文件:%1。"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "正在从设备中复制控制文件:/dev/%1。"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "正在从默认位置复制控制文件。"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
-msgstr "未知来源。"
+msgstr "源未知。"
#. This probably gets never executed and it only breaks the commandline iface
#. by Mode::test() call which instantiates UI
@@ -2327,16 +2353,16 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<h3>AutoYaST 配置管理系统</h3>\n"
-"<p>使用配置管理系统几乎可以配置控制文件的全部资源。</p>\n"
+"<p>使用配置管理系统几乎可以配置控制文件的所有资源。</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
@@ -2344,17 +2370,17 @@
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>多数用于创建配置的模块和 YaST2 控制中心里可用的那些模块是一样的。\n"
-"只是输入的数据不是用于配置此系统,而是被嵬集起来并导出到一个控制文件中,\n"
-"而该文件可通过 AutoYaST 用于安装另一个系统。\n"
+"<p>多数用于创建配置的模块和 YaST 控制中心里可用的那些模块是一样的。\n"
+"只是输入的数据不是用于配置此系统,而是被收集起来并导出到一个控制文件中,\n"
+"而该文件可用于通过 AutoYaST 安装另一个系统。\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>除已有模块和大家都熟悉的模块外,我们还为特殊和复杂的配置创建了新的接口,这些接口包括分区、常规选项和软件。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>除现有模块和熟悉的模块之外,还为特殊配置和复杂配置创建了新接口,这些配置包括分区、常规选项和软件。</p>\n"
#. Construct node name for display in tree.
#.
@@ -2376,109 +2402,91 @@
#. Settings Summary
#: src/modules/AutoinstFile.rb:46
msgid "Configured Files:"
-msgstr "已配置文件:"
+msgstr "已配置的文件:"
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
-msgstr "确认安装吗?"
+msgstr "是否确认安装?"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "是"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr "否"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr "AutoYaST 第二阶段"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
-msgstr "第一阶段后挂起计算机"
+msgstr "第一阶段后停止计算机"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
-msgstr "第二阶段后挂起计算机"
+msgstr "第二阶段后暂停计算机"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
-msgstr "第二阶段后重启计算机"
+msgstr "第二阶段后重引导计算机"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "接受未签名文件"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "不接受未签名文件"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "接受没有校验和的文件"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "不接受没有校验和的文件"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "接受失败的验证"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "不接受失败的验证"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr "接受未知 GPG 密钥"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr "不接受未知 GPG 密钥"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr "导入新 GPG 密钥"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr "不导入新 GPG 密钥"
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr "正在同步时间..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr "正与 %s 同步时间。"
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr "时间同步失败。"
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr "无法更新系统时间。"
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
-msgstr "无法复用卷组 %1。该卷组不存在。"
+msgstr "不能复用卷组 %1。该卷组不存在。"
#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group
#. the next instructions taints result
#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282
msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one."
-msgstr "卷组 '%1' 必须有至少一个物理卷。请提供一个。"
+msgstr "卷组“%1”必须有至少一个物理卷。请提供一个。"
#. PUBLIC INTERFACE
#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE
@@ -2494,7 +2502,7 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688
msgid "%s drive in total"
msgid_plural "%s drives in total"
-msgstr[0] "共 %s 个驱动器"
+msgstr[0] "%s 驱动器总计"
#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707
msgid "Not yet cloned."
@@ -2516,7 +2524,7 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367
msgid "Init Scripts"
-msgstr "启动脚本"
+msgstr "Init 脚本"
#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380
msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts"
@@ -2535,7 +2543,7 @@
#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479
msgid "Init"
-msgstr "启动"
+msgstr "Init"
#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481
msgid "Chroot"
@@ -2550,151 +2558,151 @@
msgstr "未知"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
-"无法在软件源中找到这些软件包:\n"
+"在软件储存库中找不到这些包:\n"
"%1"
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
-msgstr "添加软件源 %1 失败"
+msgstr "添加储存库 %1 失败"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr "映像创建失败于软件集安装环节。请检查 /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "映像创建失败于模式安装环节。请检查 /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
-msgstr "正在创建映像 - 安装软件包"
+msgstr "正在创建映像 - 安装包"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr "映像创建失败于软件包安装环节。请检查 /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "映像创建失败于包安装环节。请检查 /tmp/ay_image.log"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
-msgstr "存储映像到..."
+msgstr "将映像储存到..."
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
msgstr ""
-"您现在可以在 %1/ 修改映像。\n"
-"您若按下确认按钮,%1/ 将被压缩成映像,便再也不能修改了。"
+"您现在可以在 %1/ 中更改映像。\n"
+"如果按下“确认”按钮,映像将会压缩,以后再也无法更改。"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr "映像压缩失败于 '%1'。请检查 /tmp/ay_image.log"
+msgstr "映像压缩失败于“%1”。请检查 /tmp/ay_image.log"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "已成功创建映像"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
-"无法于 '%1' 获取 directory.yast 文件。\n"
-"若缺失了它,您可以通过 'ls -F > directory.yast' 命令创建该文件。"
+"无法于“%1”获取 directory.yast 文件。\n"
+"如缺少该文件,您可以通过“ls -F > directory.yast”命令创建。"
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
-msgstr "无法读取 '%1'。重试吗?"
+msgstr "无法读取“%1”。要重试吗?"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
-msgstr "无法读取 '%1'。创建 ISO 失败"
+msgstr "无法读取“%1”。创建 ISO 失败"
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "正在准备 ISO 文件结构..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr "DVD 引导配置"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
-msgstr "好呢"
+msgstr "确定"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
msgstr ""
-"您现在可以在 %1 修改 ISO,比如添加一个完全不同的 AutoYaST XML 文件。\n"
-"您若按下确认按钮,ISO 就将被创建了。"
+"您现在可以在 %1 更改 ISO,比如添加一个完全不同的 AutoYaST XML 文件。\n"
+"如果按下“确认”按钮,即会创建 ISO。"
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
-msgstr "存储 ISO 映像到..."
+msgstr "将 ISO 映像储存到..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "正在创建 ISO 文件..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr "ISO 成功创建于 %1"
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
-msgstr "所选软件集"
+msgstr "选定的模式"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
-msgstr "单选的软件包"
+msgstr "选择单个包"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
-msgstr "待移除软件包"
+msgstr "要删除的包"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
-msgstr "强制内核软件包"
+msgstr "强制内核包"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
-msgstr "无法设置软件集:%1。"
+msgstr "无法设置模式:%1。"
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
-msgstr "软件包依赖关系解决器运行失败。请检查 autoyast 方案中的软件部分。"
+msgstr "包解析程序运行失败。 请检查 autoyast 配置文件中的软件部分。"
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
-msgstr "在您的 XML 方案中配置的分区计划并不适合该硬盘。缺少 %1MB"
+msgstr "您的 XML 配置文件中配置的分区规划不适合硬盘。缺少 %1MB"
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
msgid "Total of %1 drive"
-msgstr "%1 驱动器总计"
+msgstr "%1 驱动器的总数"
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923
msgid "No specific device configured"
-msgstr "未配置特种设备"
+msgstr "未配置任何特定设备"
#. Handle /etc/fstab usage
#. @return [Boolean]
@@ -2713,295 +2721,51 @@
msgid ""
"Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n"
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
-msgstr "找到多个根分区,但您没有配置应使用哪个根分区。自动安装不可行。\n"
+msgstr "找到多个根分区,但您没有配置应使用哪个根分区。无法进行自动安装。\n"
#. return list of available devices
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122
msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend"
-msgstr "存储后端未找到设备 '%1'"
+msgstr "储存后端未找到设备“%1”"
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
-msgstr "正在嵬集配置数据..."
+msgstr "正在收集配置数据..."
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
-msgstr "加密的 AutoYaST 方案。请输入两次密码。"
+msgstr "加密的 AutoYaST 配置文件。请输入两次口令。"
#. Save sections of current profile to separate files
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
-msgstr "无法将部分 %1 写入到文件 %2。"
+msgstr "无法将 %1 部分写入到文件 %2。"
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
-msgstr "加密的 AutoYaST 方案。请输入正确的密码。"
+msgstr "加密的 AutoYaST 配置文件。请输入正确的口令。"
#. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now
#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156
msgid "label not found while looking for autoyast profile"
-msgstr "查找 autoyast 方案时未找到标签"
+msgstr "查找 autoyast 配置文件时未找到标签"
#. autoyast hit an error while fetching it's config file
#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:179
msgid "An error occurred while fetching the profile:\n"
-msgstr "撷取方案时出错:\n"
+msgstr "获取配置文件时发生错误:\n"
#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193
msgid "&OK"
-msgstr "好呢(&O)"
-
-#~ msgid "Configure runlevel"
-#~ msgstr "配置运行级别"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuring runlevel..."
-#~ msgstr "正在配置运行级别..."
-
-#~ msgid "Process Profiles and Rules"
-#~ msgstr "处理配置文件和规则"
-
-#~ msgid "Processing Profiles and Rules"
-#~ msgstr "正在处理配置文件和规则"
-
-#~ msgid "probe"
-#~ msgstr "检测"
-
-#~ msgid "Mouse"
-#~ msgstr "鼠标"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<P>Enter the partition information according to your\n"
-#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.</P>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<P>For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n"
-#~ "</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<P>根据需要输入分区信息。\n"
-#~ " 要重新使用现有分区,请输入要重新使用的现有分区的分区号(从分区号 1 开始计数),但不输入大小。</P>\n"
-#~ " <p>\n"
-#~ " 对于卷组中包含的分区(不是卷组中的逻辑分区),需要将分区 ID 设置为 0x8e,然后选择卷组。卷组必须已用 AutoYaST 设置。\n"
-#~ " </p>\n"
-#~ " <P>有关更多信息,请参阅联机文档。\n"
-#~ " </P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Create New Partition"
-#~ msgstr "创建新分区"
-
-#~ msgid "Edit Partition"
-#~ msgstr "编辑分区"
-
-#~ msgid "&Partition Number"
-#~ msgstr "分区号(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Fixed Size"
-#~ msgstr "固定大小(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Reuse Partition"
-#~ msgstr "重用分区(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "R&esize Partition"
-#~ msgstr "改变分区大小(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "Fill to &maximum allowable space"
-#~ msgstr "填充最大允许空间(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "Determine &automatically (only /boot and swap)"
-#~ msgstr "自动确定(仅适用于 /boot 和 swap)(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "Create as a Primary Partition"
-#~ msgstr "创建为主分区"
-
-#~ msgid "Volume Group"
-#~ msgstr "卷组"
-
-#~ msgid "Logical Volume Name"
-#~ msgstr "逻辑卷名称"
-
-#~ msgid "The partition ID must be between 0x00 and 0xff."
-#~ msgstr "分区 ID 必须介于 0x00 和 0xff 之间。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No additional partitions can be added.\n"
-#~ "The last partition created ends at the disk boundaries\n"
-#~ "due to use of the \"max\" option.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "无法添加任何附加分区。\n"
-#~ "由于使用了“最大化”选项,\n"
-#~ "所创建的最后一个分区在磁盘边界处结束。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter the partition size or a partition number."
-#~ msgstr "输入分区大小或分区号。"
-
-#~ msgid "To reuse a partition, the partition number is required."
-#~ msgstr "要复用分区,需要分区号。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n"
-#~ "</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ " 在此处创建和编辑卷组。此后,需要在物理硬盘的分区对话框中向此卷组指定物理分区。将那些分区的分区 ID 设置为 0x8e。\n"
-#~ " </P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "&Volume Group"
-#~ msgstr "卷组(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "Help"
-#~ msgstr "帮助"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This volume group is already configured.\n"
-#~ "Select or enter another name.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "已配置此卷组。\n"
-#~ "请选择或输入其它名称。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ "Specify the drive name to configure\n"
-#~ "and how the partitioning should be performed.\n"
-#~ "</P>\n"
-#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ "For more information, consult the documentation.\n"
-#~ "</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ "请指定要配置的驱动器的名称\n"
-#~ "和执行分区的方式。\n"
-#~ "</P>\n"
-#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ "有关更多信息,请参考文档。\n"
-#~ "</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Configure Drives"
-#~ msgstr "配置驱动器"
-
-#~ msgid "&Drive"
-#~ msgstr "驱动器(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Use available &free space only"
-#~ msgstr "只使用可用空间(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Reuse all existing partitions"
-#~ msgstr "重用所有现有的分区(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Use the following (comma separated) partitions"
-#~ msgstr "使用以下(逗号分隔的)分区(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Partition Numbers (i.e., 3,4,5)"
-#~ msgstr "分区编号(例如 3、4、5)(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Initialize hard dri&ve"
-#~ msgstr "初始化硬盘驱动器(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This device is already configured.\n"
-#~ "Select or enter another device name.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "此设备已配置。\n"
-#~ "请选择或输入另一个设备名。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Device"
-#~ msgstr "设备"
-
-#~ msgid "Mount"
-#~ msgstr "挂载"
-
-#~ msgid " Size "
-#~ msgstr " 大小 "
-
-#~ msgid " Type "
-#~ msgstr " 类型 "
-
-#~ msgid " File System "
-#~ msgstr " 文件系统 "
-
-#~ msgid "Region "
-#~ msgstr "区域 "
-
-#~ msgid "Add Dri&ve"
-#~ msgstr "添加驱动器(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "Add Volume Group"
-#~ msgstr "添加卷组"
-
-#~ msgid "Partition Plans"
-#~ msgstr "分区计划"
-
-#~ msgid "Select a drive first."
-#~ msgstr "请先选择一个驱动器。"
-
-#~ msgid "autoyast"
-#~ msgstr "autoyast"
-
-#~ msgid "Path to autoyast profile"
-#~ msgstr "autoyast 配置文件路径"
-
-#~ msgid "Dialog Up"
-#~ msgstr "对话框上移"
-
-#~ msgid "Dialog Down"
-#~ msgstr "对话框下移"
-
-#~ msgid "Question Up"
-#~ msgstr "问题上移"
-
-#~ msgid "Question Down"
-#~ msgstr "问题下移"
-
-#~ msgid "Default"
-#~ msgstr "默认值"
-
-#~ msgid "Path"
-#~ msgstr "路径"
-
-#~ msgid "File"
-#~ msgstr "文件"
-
-#~ msgid "Proposals"
-#~ msgstr "建议"
-
-#~ msgid "Checking XML without validation..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检查没有验证的 XML..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reset Confi&guration"
-#~ msgstr "重设置配置(&G)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Write to System"
-#~ msgstr "写入引导槽"
-
-#~ msgid "Configur&e"
-#~ msgstr "配置(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "No modules available in this group."
-#~ msgstr "此组中无可用的模块。"
-
-#~ msgid "Delete"
-#~ msgstr "删除"
-
-#~ msgid "Add"
-#~ msgstr "添加"
-
-#~ msgid "Abort"
-#~ msgstr "终止"
+msgstr "确定(&O)"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/base.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/base.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/base.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,28 +1,19 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Base\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-26 21:29+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question
#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system.
@@ -32,8 +23,9 @@
"may be overridden by Chef later.\n"
"Continue configuration with YaST?"
msgstr ""
-"Chef 客户端正在运行。您作出的修改稍候可能会被 Chef 覆盖。\n"
-"继续使用 YaST 配置吗?"
+"Chef 客户端正在运行。稍后 Chef 可能会覆盖\n"
+"您所做的更改。\n"
+"是否继续使用 YaST 配置?"
#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54
@@ -43,17 +35,17 @@
#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module"
-msgstr "打印此模块的较长版本帮助"
+msgstr "打印此模块较长版本的帮助"
#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66
msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format"
-msgstr "以 XML 格式打印此模块的较长版本帮助"
+msgstr "以 XML 格式打印此模块的详细版本的帮助"
#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72
msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module"
-msgstr "启动交互壳层来控制模块"
+msgstr "启动交互外壳来控制模块"
#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78
@@ -88,12 +80,12 @@
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr "请使用 'help' 来查看可用命令的完整列表。"
+msgstr "使用“help”来查看可用命令的完整列表。"
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr "请使用 'yast2 %1 help' 来查看可用命令的完整列表。"
+msgstr "使用“yast2 %1 help”来查看可用命令的完整列表。"
#. translators: error message in command line interface
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
@@ -103,12 +95,12 @@
#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405
msgid "Option '%1' is missing value."
-msgstr "选项 '%1' 缺少值。"
+msgstr "选项“%1”缺少值。"
#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440
msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2"
-msgstr "命令 '%1' 的选项未知:%2"
+msgstr "命令“%1”的选项未知:%2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given
@@ -117,29 +109,29 @@
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2"
-msgstr "选项 '%1' 的值无效:%2"
+msgstr "选项“%1”的值无效:%2"
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
-msgstr "选项 '%1' 的值无效 -- 预期为 '%2',收到了 %3"
+msgstr "选项“%1”的值无效 -- 应该是\"%2\",但输入的是 %3"
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2"
-msgstr "选项 '%1' 无法赋值。给定值:%2"
+msgstr "不能为选项“%1”指定值。指定的值:%2"
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541
msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr "请使用 '%1 %2 help' 来查看可用选项的完整列表。"
+msgstr "使用“%1 %2 help”来查看可用选项的完整列表。"
#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr "请使用 'yast2 %1 %2 help' 来查看可用选项的完整列表。"
+msgstr "使用“yast2 %1 %2 help”来查看可用选项的完整列表。"
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
@@ -149,13 +141,13 @@
#. translators: the command does not provide any help
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593
msgid "No help available"
-msgstr "无帮助可用"
+msgstr "没有可用帮助"
#. Process <command> "help"
#. translators: %1 is the command name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597
msgid "Command '%1'"
-msgstr "命令 '%1'"
+msgstr "命令“%1”"
#. translators: command line options
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617
@@ -173,7 +165,7 @@
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-" [string] 类型的选项必须以 '选项=值' 的格式书写。"
+" [string] 类型的选项必须以“选项=值”的格式写入。"
#. translators: example title for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
@@ -198,7 +190,7 @@
#. translate <command> and [options] only!
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763
msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]"
-msgstr " yast2 %1 <命令> [详细命令] [选项]"
+msgstr " yast2 %1 <命令> [动词] [选项]"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#. translate <command> only!
@@ -216,7 +208,7 @@
#. translate <command> only!
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800
msgid " <command> help"
-msgstr " <命令> help"
+msgstr " <命令> 帮助"
#. translators: command line title: list of available commands
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812
@@ -226,27 +218,27 @@
#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828
msgid "No help available."
-msgstr "无帮助可用。"
+msgstr "没有可用帮助。"
#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864
msgid ""
-msgstr "<错误:无效帮助>"
+msgstr "<错误:无效的帮助>"
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
-msgstr "请运行 'yast2 %1 <命令> help' 来查看可用选项的列表。"
+msgstr "运行“yast2 %1 <命令> help”来查看可用选项的列表。"
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option."
-msgstr "缺少目标文件名 ('xmlfile' 选项)。请使用 xmlfile=<目标_XML_文件> 命令行选项。"
+msgstr "缺少目标文件名(“xmlfile”选项)。使用 xmlfile= 命令行选项。"
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= command line option."
-msgstr "目标文件名 ('xmlfile' 选项) 为空。请使用 xmlfile=<目标_XML_文件> 命令行选项。"
+msgstr "目标文件名(“xmlfile”选项)未填。使用 xmlfile= 命令行选项。"
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
@@ -256,22 +248,22 @@
#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461
msgid "or '%1'"
-msgstr "或 '%1'"
+msgstr "或“%1”"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469
msgid "Specify the command '%1'."
-msgstr "请指定命令 '%1'。"
+msgstr "指定命令“%1”。"
#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476
msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1."
-msgstr "请仅指定以下命令之一:%1。"
+msgstr "指定命令之一:%1。"
#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486
msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1."
-msgstr "请仅指定以下命令之一:%1。"
+msgstr "仅指定命令之一:%1。"
#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531
@@ -286,12 +278,12 @@
#. non-GUI handling
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574
msgid "Initializing"
-msgstr "正在初始化"
+msgstr "初始化"
#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610
msgid "Finishing"
-msgstr "正在完成"
+msgstr "完成"
#. translators: The command line interface is finished
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617
@@ -301,13 +293,13 @@
#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620
msgid "Quitting (without changes)"
-msgstr "退出(不修改)"
+msgstr "退出(不更改)"
#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode
#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized)
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634
msgid "yes or no?"
-msgstr "是或否?"
+msgstr "是否确定?"
#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639
@@ -352,12 +344,12 @@
#. installation errors.
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72
msgid "Save y2logs to..."
-msgstr "保存 y2logs 到..."
+msgstr "将 y2logs 保存到..."
#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79
msgid "Saving YaST logs to %1..."
-msgstr "正在保存 YaST 日志到 %1..."
+msgstr "正在将 YaST 日志保存到 %1..."
#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename
#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2)
@@ -366,14 +358,14 @@
"Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-"不能保存 YaST 日志到 %1\n"
+"无法将 YaST 日志保存到 %1\n"
"%2"
#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message
#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139
msgid "More information can be found near the end of the '%1' file."
-msgstr "可在接近 '%1' 文件的底部处找到更多信息。"
+msgstr "可在接近“%1”文件的末端找到更多信息。"
#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message
#. %1 - link to our bugzilla
@@ -385,9 +377,9 @@
"Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n"
"See %3 for more information about YaST logs."
msgstr ""
-"这值得去 %1 填写一份报修单。\n"
-"请同时附上存放在 '%2' 文件夹下的全部 YaST 日志。\n"
-"关于 YaST 日志的更多信息请见 %3。"
+"这值得在 %1 填写一份 bug 报告。\n"
+"请同时附上存放在“%2”目录中的全部 YaST 日志。\n"
+"关于 YaST 日志的更多信息,请参见 %3。"
#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
@@ -396,7 +388,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
@@ -411,7 +403,7 @@
#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.")
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226
msgid "Installation Error"
-msgstr "安装出错"
+msgstr "安装错误"
#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its
#. unloading after end of block.
@@ -425,40 +417,40 @@
#. end
#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352
msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'"
-msgstr "正在将软件包加载到内存 '%s'"
+msgstr "正在装载到内存包“%s”"
#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358
msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'"
-msgstr "正在从内存中移除软件包 '%s'"
+msgstr "正在从内存包“%s”中去除"
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
-msgstr "没有为此安装方式定义工作流程。"
+msgstr "没有为此安装模式定义工作流程。"
#. last part of the question (variable)
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180
msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?"
-msgstr "您想要继续或中止安装吗?"
+msgstr "是继续还是中止安装?"
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "继续安装(&C)"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "中止安装(&A)"
#. last part of the question (variable)
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190
msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?"
-msgstr "无论如何您都想要添加新产品吗?"
+msgstr "确定要添加新产品?"
#. popup dialog caption
#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup
@@ -480,10 +472,11 @@
"\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-"该方案不允许您在此系统上运行该产品。\n"
-"继续运行此安装将置您于不被支持状态并或许会影响您的合规要求。\n"
-" \n"
-"此系统不满足以下要求:\n"
+"配置文件不允许您在此系统上运行这些产品。\n"
+"继续运行此安装将使您处于不受支持的状态,\n"
+"并且可能会影响您的合规性要求。\n"
+" \n"
+"此系统未满足以下要求:\n"
" \n"
"%1\n"
"\n"
@@ -493,10 +486,10 @@
#. bugzilla #332436
#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
-msgstr "整合附加工作流程时发生内部错误。"
+msgstr "集成附加工作流程时发生内部错误。"
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "%1 的值无效。"
@@ -517,8 +510,8 @@
"<b>%1</b>. Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>启动服务</big></b><br>\n"
-"要在每次引导计算机时启动该服务,请设定 <b>%1</b>。\n"
-"否则,请设定 <b>%2</b>。</p>"
+"要在每次引导计算机时启动该服务,请设置\n"
+"<b>%1</b>。否则,请设置 <b>%2</b>。</p>"
#. help text for service auto start widget
#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels
@@ -534,9 +527,9 @@
"Otherwise set <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>启动服务</big></b><br>\n"
-"要在每次引导计算机时启动该服务,请设定 <b>%1</b>。\n"
-"要通过 xinetd 守护程序启动服务,请设定 <b>%3</b>。\n"
-"否则请设定 <b>%2</b>。</p>"
+"要在每次引导计算机时启动该服务,请设置\n"
+"<b>%1</b>。要通过 xinetd 守护程序启动服务,请设置 <b>%3</b>。\n"
+"否则,请设置 <b>%2</b>。</p>"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
@@ -564,7 +557,7 @@
#. radio button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329
msgid "Via &xinetd"
-msgstr "通过 &xinetd"
+msgstr "通过 xinetd(&X)"
#. frame
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374
@@ -593,7 +586,8 @@
"<b>%1</b> or <b>%2</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>打开或关闭</big></b><br>\n"
-"要立即启动或停止服务,请使用<b>%1</b> 或 <b>%2</b>。</p>"
+"要立即启动或停止服务,请使用\n"
+"<b>%1</b> 或 <b>%2</b>。</p>"
#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional
#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
@@ -603,7 +597,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p>To save all changes and restart the\n"
"service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>要立即保存全部修改并重启服务,请使用 <b>%3</b>。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要立即保存所有更改并重启动\n"
+"服务,请使用 <b>%3</b>。</p>\n"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531
@@ -618,7 +614,7 @@
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535
msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now"
-msgstr "立即保存修改并重启服务"
+msgstr "立即保存更改并重启动服务"
#. push button for immediate service starting
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577
@@ -633,7 +629,7 @@
#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591
msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now"
-msgstr "立即保存修改并重启服务(&A)"
+msgstr "立即保存更改并重启动服务(&A)"
#. Frame label (stoping starting service)
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614
@@ -654,7 +650,8 @@
"set <b>%1</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP 支持</big></b><br>\n"
-"要将设置存放在 LDAP 而非原生配置文件中,请设定 <b>%1</b>。</p>"
+"要将设置储存在 LDAP 而非本机配置文件中,\n"
+"请设置 <b>%1</b>。</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743
@@ -664,12 +661,12 @@
#. check box
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
-msgstr "&LDAP 支持处于活动状态"
+msgstr "LDAP 支持处于活动状态(&L)"
#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48
msgid "Tab"
-msgstr "制表键 (Tab)"
+msgstr "选项卡"
#. push button
#. push button
@@ -694,39 +691,39 @@
"because it is in use.\n"
"Stop using it in the configuration first."
msgstr ""
-"无法删除所选事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥,\n"
-"因为它正在使用。\n"
+"无法删除所选的 TSIG 密钥,\n"
+"原因是它正在使用中。\n"
"请先在配置中停止使用该密钥。"
#. popup title
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308
msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key."
-msgstr "无法删除事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥。"
+msgstr "无法删除 TSIG 密钥。"
#. popup headline
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318
msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key"
-msgstr "选择存有认证密钥的文件"
+msgstr "选择含有身份验证密钥的文件"
#. popup headline
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333
msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key"
-msgstr "选择认证密钥文件"
+msgstr "选择身份验证密钥的文件"
#. error report
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353
msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory."
-msgstr "指定文件名是一个已存在的文件夹。"
+msgstr "指定的文件名是一个现有的目录。"
#. yes-no popup
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358
msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?"
-msgstr "指定文件已存在。覆盖它吗?"
+msgstr "指定的文件已存在。是否重写?"
#. error report
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368
msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified."
-msgstr "未指定事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥 ID。"
+msgstr "未指定 TSIG 密钥 ID。"
#. yes-no popup
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375
@@ -734,8 +731,8 @@
"The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n"
"Remove it?"
msgstr ""
-"具有指定 ID 的密钥已存在并已被使用。\n"
-"移除它吗?"
+"具有指定 ID 的密钥存在并已被使用。\n"
+"是否去除?"
#. yes-no popup
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395
@@ -743,28 +740,28 @@
"A key with the specified ID was found\n"
"on your disk. Remove it?"
msgstr ""
-"在您的磁盘上找到了具有指定 ID 的密钥。\n"
-"移除它吗?"
+"磁盘上存在具有指定 ID 的\n"
+"密钥。是否去除?"
#. yes-no popup
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420
msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?"
-msgstr "现在将创建密钥。继续吗?"
+msgstr "将立即创建密钥。是否继续?"
#. error report
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436
msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed."
-msgstr "创建事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥失败。"
+msgstr "创建 TSIG 密钥失败。"
#. message popup
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446
msgid "The specified file does not exist."
-msgstr "指定文件不存在。"
+msgstr "指定的文件不存在。"
#. message popup
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452
msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key."
-msgstr "指定文件不包含任何事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥。"
+msgstr "指定的文件不包含任何 TSIG 密钥。"
#. yes-no popup
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462
@@ -773,9 +770,9 @@
"identifier as some of already present keys.\n"
"Old keys will be removed. Continue?"
msgstr ""
-"指定文件包含的事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥的标识符\n"
-"与某些已存在的密钥的标识符相同。\n"
-"旧密钥将被移除。继续吗?"
+"指定的文件中包含的 TSIG 密钥的标识符\n"
+"与某些已存在密钥的标识符相同。\n"
+"旧的密钥将被去除。是否继续?"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565
@@ -783,8 +780,8 @@
"<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥管理</b></big><br>\n"
-"使用此对话框管理事务数字签名密钥。</p>\n"
+"<p><big><b>TSIG 密钥管理</b></big><br>\n"
+"使用此对话框可以管理 TSIG 密钥。</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569
@@ -793,9 +790,9 @@
"To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n"
"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>添加已有的事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥</b></big><br>\n"
-"要添加一个已创建的事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥,请选择存有该密钥的文件的<b>文件名</b>,\n"
-"并点击<b>添加</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p><big><b>添加现有的 TSIG 密钥</b></big><br>\n"
+"要添加已创建的 TSIG 密钥,请选择包含此密钥的文件的<b>文件名</b>,\n"
+"然后单击<b>添加</b>。</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
@@ -805,9 +802,10 @@
"create the key and the <b>Key ID</b> to identify the key then click\n"
"<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>创建新的事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥</b></big><br>\n"
-"要创建一个新的事务数字签名密钥,请设定将在其中创建密钥的文件的<b>文件名</b>,\n"
-"以及用以识别密钥的<b>密钥 ID</b>,然后点击<b>生成</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p><big><b>创建新的 TSIG 密钥</b></big><br>\n"
+"要创建新的 TSIG 密钥,请设置将在其中创建密钥的文件的<b>文件名</b>,以及\n"
+"用以标识密钥的<b>密钥 ID</b>,然后单击\n"
+"<b>生成</b>。</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
@@ -819,21 +817,22 @@
"of the server, it cannot be deleted. The server must stop using it\n"
"in the configuration first.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>移除事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥</b></big><br>\n"
-"要移除一个已配置的事务数字签名密钥,请选择该密钥并点击<b>删除</b>。\n"
-"这将删除同一个文件中的全部密钥。\n"
-"若服务器的配置中正在使用某个事务数字签名密钥,则无法删除该密钥。\n"
-"服务器必须先在配置中停止使用该密钥。</p>\n"
+"<p><big><b>去除 TSIG 密钥</b></big><br>\n"
+"要去除已配置的 TSIG 密钥,请选择此密钥,然后单击<b>删除</b>。\n"
+"这将删除同一个文件中的所有密钥。\n"
+"如果服务器的配置中正在使用某个 TSIG 密钥,\n"
+"则无法删除此密钥。服务器必须先在配置中停止使用\n"
+"此密钥。</p>\n"
#. Frame label - adding a created server key
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594
msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key"
-msgstr "添加已有的事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥"
+msgstr "添加现有的 TSIG 密钥"
#. Frame label - creating a new server key
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643
msgid "Create a New TSIG Key"
-msgstr "创建新的事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥"
+msgstr "创建新的 TSIG 密钥"
#. text entry
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655
@@ -848,7 +847,7 @@
#. Table header - in fact label
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699
msgid "Current TSIG Keys"
-msgstr "当前事务数字签名 (TSIG) 密钥"
+msgstr "当前 TSIG 密钥"
#. Table header item - DNS key listing
#. table header - GPG key ID
@@ -869,7 +868,7 @@
#. combobox header
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487
msgid "&Selected Option"
-msgstr "已选选项(&S)"
+msgstr "所选选项(&S)"
#. heading / label
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536
@@ -879,12 +878,12 @@
#. error report
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720
msgid "The selected option is already present."
-msgstr "所选选项已存在。"
+msgstr "选定选项已存在。"
#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882
msgid "Ch."
-msgstr "已修改"
+msgstr "已更改"
#. table header
#. table header
@@ -908,21 +907,26 @@
"entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑设置</big></b><br>\n"
-"要编辑设置,请选择表中适宜的项,然后点击<b>编辑</b>。</p>"
+"要编辑设置,请从表中选择适当的\n"
+"项,然后单击<b>编辑</b>。</p>"
#. help 2/4, optional
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要添加新选项,请点击<b>添加</b>。要移除某选项,请选择该选项并点击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要添加新选项,请单击<b>添加</b>。要去除某选项,\n"
+"请先选择该选项,然后单击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
#. help 3/4, optional
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918
msgid ""
"<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n"
"whether the option was changed.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>表的<B>已修改</B>列显示了某选项是否已被修改。</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>表的<B>已更改</B>列显示\n"
+"此选项是否已更改。</P>"
#. help 4/4, optional
#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928
@@ -930,7 +934,10 @@
"<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n"
"and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n"
"in the list.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要重新排序选项,请选择一个选项并使用<b>向上</b>或<b>向下</b>来将其在列表中上下移动。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要对选项重新排序,请选择某选项,\n"
+"然后使用<b>向上</b>或<b>向下</b>按钮,令其在列表中\n"
+"上下移动。</p>"
#. menu button
#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209
@@ -941,7 +948,7 @@
#. device
#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509
msgid "The device is not configured"
-msgstr "设备未配置"
+msgstr "未配置此设备"
#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured
#. device
@@ -952,7 +959,7 @@
#. Message shown while loading modules information
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197
msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..."
-msgstr "正在加载模块,请稍候..."
+msgstr "正在装载模块,请稍候..."
#. Heading for NCurses Control Center
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224
@@ -969,8 +976,8 @@
"YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n"
"You can only see modules that do not require root privileges."
msgstr ""
-"没有以 root 用户身份运行 YaST2 控制中心。\n"
-"您只能看到不需要 root 特权的模块。"
+"没有以根用户身份运行 YaST2 控制中心。\n"
+"您只能看到不需要根特权的模块。"
#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320
@@ -986,16 +993,16 @@
"Select or activate elements with [SPACE] or [ENTER].\n"
"Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>1) <i>常规</i><br>\n"
-"在对话框要素间导航:使用 [TAB] 可前往下一个要素,\n"
-"使用 [SHIFT] (或 [ALT]) + [TAB] 可后退。\n"
+"<p>1) <i>一般性描述</i><br>\n"
+"在对话框要素之间导航,使用 [TAB] 可前进至下一个\n"
+"要素,使用 [SHIFT](或 [ALT])+ [TAB] 可向后移动。\n"
"使用 [SPACE] 或 [ENTER] 可选择或激活要素。\n"
-"某些要素需要使用方向键 (例如在列表中滚动)。</p>"
+"某些要素需要使用箭头键(例如在列表中滚动)。</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>树形导航也可以使用箭头键完成。要打开或关闭一个分支请使用 [空格]。对于在左侧显示树形配置项 (可能看起来像一个列表) 的模块可使用 [回车] 来在右侧获得相应的对话框。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用方向键也可以在树中导航。要打开或关闭一个分支,请使用 [SPACE] 键。如果模块的左侧显示的是一个配置项目树(可能类似于一个列表),可以使用 [ENTER] 键在右侧显示相应的对话框。</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
@@ -1003,15 +1010,17 @@
"<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n"
"letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>按钮都配有快捷键 (高亮显示的字母)。\n"
-"可使用 [ALT] 和该字母来激活相应按钮。</p>"
+"<p>各按钮都配有快捷键(高亮显示的\n"
+"字母)。同时按下 [ALT] 和该字母可激活相应的按钮。</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342
msgid ""
"<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n"
"menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>按 [ESC] 键可关闭选区弹窗 (例如,菜单按钮的弹窗) 而无需选择任何东西。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>按 [ESC] 键,可以在不选择任何内容的情况下关闭选择弹出列表(例如,\n"
+"菜单按钮)。</p>\n"
#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346
@@ -1023,8 +1032,10 @@
"move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B].</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>2) <i>按键替代</i><br>\n"
-"<p>因为环境可以影响键盘的使用,所以有多于一种方法来在对话页面间导航。\n"
-"若 [TAB] 和 [SHIFT] (或 [ALT])+ [TAB] 无效,可用 [CTRL] + [F] 使焦点前移,用 [CTRL] + [B] 使焦点后移。</p>"
+"<p>因为环境可能会影响键盘的使用,\n"
+"所以系统提供了多种在对话框页之间进行导航的方法。\n"
+"如果 [TAB] 和 [SHIFT](或 [ALT])+ [TAB] 无效,\n"
+"则可使用 [CTRL] + [F] 使焦点前移,使用 [CTRL] + [B] 使焦点后移。</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354
@@ -1033,8 +1044,8 @@
"try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n"
"[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB].</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若 [ALT] + [字母] 无效,请尝试 [ESC] + [字母]。\n"
-"示例:[ESC] + [H] 可替代 [ALT] + [H]。\n"
+"<p>如果 [ALT] + [字母] 无效,则\n"
+"可尝试使用 [ESC] + [字母]。例如:[ESC] + [H] 可替代 [ALT] + [H]。\n"
"[ESC] + [TAB] 也可替代 [ALT] + [TAB]。</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
@@ -1044,13 +1055,12 @@
"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>3) <i>功能键</i><br>\n"
-"功能键提供了对主要功能的快速访问。\n"
-"当前对话框的功能键绑定显示在底部。</p>"
+"使用功能键可快速访问各种主要功能。当前对话框的功能键组合显示在底部。</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
-msgstr "<p>功能键通常与特定操作绑定:</p>"
+msgstr "<p>各个功能键通常与特定操作相联系。</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
@@ -1082,8 +1092,83 @@
msgid ""
"<p>In some environments, all or some\n"
"F keys are not available.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在某些环境中,全部或部分功能键是不能用的。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>在某些环境中,部分或全部\n"
+"F 键不可用。</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "保存设置后重启动"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "保存设置后重新装载"
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "服务状态"
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>当前状态</big></b><br>\n"
+"显示服务的当前状态。无论“引导期间启动服务”设置为何值,在保存这些设置后,该状态都将保持不变。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"仅当服务当前正在运行时才适用。确保运行中的服务在新配置保存(通过完成该对话框或按“应用”按钮)后重新装载该配置。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>系统引导期间启动</big></b><br>\n"
+"选中此字段可在系统引导时启用服务。取消选中此字段会禁用服务。这不会影响已运行系统中服务的当前状态。</p>\n"
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "当前状态:"
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "引导期间启动"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "正在运行"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "立即停止"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr "已停止"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "立即启动"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1091,8 +1176,8 @@
"Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n"
"Continue or cancel the operation?\n"
msgstr ""
-"尽管路径 %1 存在,但它不是一个文件夹。\n"
-"继续还是取消该操作呢?\n"
+"尽管路径 %1 存在,但它不是一个目录。\n"
+"继续还是取消操作?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path
#. for a share, %1 is entered path
@@ -1102,7 +1187,7 @@
"Create it now?\n"
msgstr ""
"路径 %1 不存在。\n"
-"现在创建它吗?\n"
+"是否现在创建?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory
@@ -1111,8 +1196,8 @@
"Failed to create the directory %1.\n"
"Continue or cancel the current operation?\n"
msgstr ""
-"创建文件夹 %1 失败。\n"
-"继续还是取消当前操作呢?\n"
+"未能创建目录 %1。\n"
+"继续还是取消当前操作?\n"
#. Button label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46
@@ -1227,7 +1312,7 @@
#. Button label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184
msgid "Remo&ve"
-msgstr "移除(&V)"
+msgstr "去除(&V)"
#. Button label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190
@@ -1284,7 +1369,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "跳过(&S)"
@@ -1307,14 +1392,14 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "密码(&P)"
+msgstr "口令(&P)"
#. TextEntry Label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325
msgid "C&onfirm Password"
-msgstr "确认密码(&O)"
+msgstr "确认口令(&O)"
#. TextEntry Label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331
@@ -1336,22 +1421,24 @@
msgid ""
"YaST cannot continue the configuration\n"
"without installing the required packages."
-msgstr "未安装必需软件包,YaST 无法继续配置。"
+msgstr ""
+"如果未安装必需的包,则 YaST 无法\n"
+"继续配置。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd"
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56
msgid "Cannot start '%1' service"
-msgstr "无法启动 '%1' 服务"
+msgstr "无法启动\"%1\"服务"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd"
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64
msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service"
-msgstr "无法重启 '%1' 服务"
+msgstr "无法重启动“%1”服务"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd"
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72
msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service"
-msgstr "无法停止 '%1' 服务"
+msgstr "无法停止“%1”服务"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP"
#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
@@ -1359,7 +1446,7 @@
#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83
msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'"
-msgstr "无法将设置写入 '%1'"
+msgstr "无法将设置写入“%1”"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error
#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
@@ -1371,7 +1458,7 @@
"\n"
"Reason: %2"
msgstr ""
-"无法将设置写入 '%1'。\n"
+"无法将设置写入“%1”。\n"
"\n"
"原因:%2"
@@ -1381,7 +1468,7 @@
#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114
msgid "Error writing file '%1'"
-msgstr "写入文件 '%1' 出错"
+msgstr "写入文件“%1”时出错"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error
#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
@@ -1393,7 +1480,7 @@
"\n"
"Reason: %2"
msgstr ""
-"写入文件 '%1' 出错。\n"
+"写入文件“%1”时出错。\n"
"\n"
"原因:%2"
@@ -1403,7 +1490,7 @@
#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141
msgid "Cannot open file '%1'"
-msgstr "无法打开文件 '%1'"
+msgstr "无法打开文件“%1”"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error
#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
@@ -1415,7 +1502,7 @@
"\n"
"Reason: %2"
msgstr ""
-"无法打开文件 '%1'。\n"
+"无法打开文件“%1”。\n"
"\n"
"原因:%2"
@@ -1436,7 +1523,7 @@
"\n"
"Description: %1"
msgstr ""
-"未知错误。\n"
+"未知的错误。\n"
"\n"
"描述:%1"
@@ -1454,8 +1541,8 @@
"The directory '%1' does not exist.\n"
"Create it?"
msgstr ""
-"文件夹 '%1' 不存在。\n"
-"创建它吗?"
+"目录“%1”不存在。\n"
+"是否创建?"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203
@@ -1463,23 +1550,23 @@
"The domain has changed.\n"
"You must reboot for the changes to take effect."
msgstr ""
-"域已变更。\n"
-"您必须重启以让变更生效。"
+"域名已更改。\n"
+"要让更该生效,您必须重启动。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212
msgid "Do Not Show This Message &Again"
-msgstr "不再显示此消息(&A)"
+msgstr "不再显示此信息(&A)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd"
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220
msgid "Cannot adjust '%1' service."
-msgstr "无法调整 '%1' 服务。"
+msgstr "无法调整“%1”服务。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228
msgid "Missing parameter '%1'."
-msgstr "缺少参数 '%1'。"
+msgstr "缺少参数“%1”。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name
#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so
@@ -1487,22 +1574,22 @@
#. (see BNC #584466 for details)
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239
msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'."
-msgstr "无法创建文件夹 '%1'。"
+msgstr "无法创建目录“%1”。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
-msgstr "无法读取当前设置。"
+msgstr "不能读取当前设置."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253
msgid "SuSEconfig script failed."
-msgstr "SuSEconfig 脚本失败。"
+msgstr "SuSEconfig 脚本执行失败."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260
msgid "Failed to install required packages."
-msgstr "未能安装必需软件包。"
+msgstr "不能够安装所有必需的软件包"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265
@@ -1511,7 +1598,7 @@
#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269
msgid "This may take a while."
-msgstr "这可能要花费一点时间."
+msgstr "这或许需要一段时间。"
#. Get information about the OS release
#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file
@@ -1521,89 +1608,92 @@
#. @return [String] the release information
#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62
msgid "Release file %{file} not found"
-msgstr "未找到版本资讯文件 %{file}"
+msgstr "找不到版本文件 %{file}"
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
-msgstr "真的中止安装吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实要中止安装?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
-msgstr "真的中止 YaST 系统修复吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实要中止 YaST 系统修复?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "中止系统修复"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "继续系统修复(&C)"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
"Your hard disk will remain untouched."
msgstr ""
-"若您现在中止安装则不会安装 Linux。\n"
+"如果现在中止安装,\n"
+"则不会安装 Linux。\n"
"您的硬盘将保持原样不变。"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
"that might or might not be usable.\n"
"You might need to reinstall.\n"
msgstr ""
-"您若现在中止安装将得到一个不完整的 Linux 系统。\n"
-"该系统不一定能用。\n"
-"您可能需要重装。\n"
+"如果现在中止安装,\n"
+"将得到一个不完整的 Linux 系统。\n"
+"该系统不一定能够正常使用。\n"
+"您可能需要重安装。\n"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
"You will need to reinstall."
msgstr ""
-"若您现在中止安装则将没法使用 Linux。\n"
-"您将需要重装。"
+"如果现在中止安装,\n"
+"则 Linux 将不可用。\n"
+"您将需要重安装。"
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
-msgstr "真的中止吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实要中止?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
-msgstr "将丢失全部修改!"
+msgstr "所有更改都将丢失!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "细节(&D)..."
#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101
msgid "Messages"
-msgstr "消息"
+msgstr "讯息"
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109
msgid "Display Messages: %1"
-msgstr "显示消息:%1"
+msgstr "显示讯息:%1"
#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed
#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file
@@ -1638,13 +1728,13 @@
#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118
msgid "Time-out Messages: %1"
-msgstr "超时消息:%1"
+msgstr "超时讯息:%1"
#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file?
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125
msgid "Log Messages: %1"
-msgstr "日志消息:%1"
+msgstr "记录讯息:%1"
#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132
@@ -1667,7 +1757,7 @@
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155
msgid "Log Warnings: %1"
-msgstr "日志警告:%1"
+msgstr "记录警告:%1"
#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162
@@ -1690,7 +1780,7 @@
#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No"
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185
msgid "Log Errors: %1"
-msgstr "日志错误:%1"
+msgstr "记录错误:%1"
#. translators: warnings summary header
#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662
@@ -1765,13 +1855,13 @@
#. FIXME: do it
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234
msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package."
-msgstr "缺少 Xterm,请安装 xterm 软件包。"
+msgstr "缺少 xterm,请安装 xterm 包。"
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187
msgid "GPG Private Keys"
-msgstr "GPG 私有密钥"
+msgstr "GPG 私用密钥"
#. table header - GPG key user ID
#. table header - GPG key user ID
@@ -1797,8 +1887,8 @@
"<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n"
"The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>GPG 私有密钥</b></big><br>\n"
-"该表包含私有 GPG 密钥列表。</p>"
+"<p><big><b>GPG 私用密钥</b></big><br>\n"
+"该表含有私用 GPG 密钥的列表。</p>"
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
@@ -1813,7 +1903,7 @@
"The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>GPG 公共密钥</b></big><br>\n"
-"该表包含公共 GPG 密钥列表。</p>"
+"该表包含公共 GPG 密钥的列表。</p>"
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
@@ -1829,14 +1919,14 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>创建新的 GPG 密钥</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> 已启动,更多信息请查阅 <tt>gpg</tt> 手册页。\n"
-"按 Ctrl+C 可取消该操作。\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> 已启动,详细信息请参阅 <tt>gpg</tt> 手册页。\n"
+"按 Ctrl+C 取消该操作。\n"
" </p>"
#. text entry
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325
msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1"
-msgstr "GPG 密钥 %1 的密码(&P)"
+msgstr "GPG 密钥 %1 的通行口令(&P)"
#. help text
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333
@@ -1844,25 +1934,25 @@
"<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n"
"Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key."
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>密码</b></big><br>\n"
-"请输入密码以解锁 GPG 密钥。"
+"<p><big><b>通行口令</b></big><br>\n"
+"请输入通行口令,以解除 GPG 密钥的锁定。"
#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget.
#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350
msgid "Enter Passphrase"
-msgstr "输入密码"
+msgstr "输入通行口令"
#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380
msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: "
-msgstr "输入密码以解锁 GPG 密钥 %1:"
+msgstr "输入通行口令,以解除 GPG 密钥 %1 的锁定:"
#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes
#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note}
#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105
msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made."
-msgstr "请输入一条日志消息描述您所做的修改。"
+msgstr "请输入一条日志讯息描述您所做的更改。"
#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1
#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109
@@ -1872,8 +1962,8 @@
"the field below.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>显示的日志</big></b><br>\n"
-"使用<b>日志</b>选择要显示的日志。\n"
-"它将在下面区域中显示。</p>\n"
+"使用<b>日志</b>以选择要显示的日志。它将在下面的\n"
+"字段中显示出来。</p>\n"
#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2
#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120
@@ -1892,7 +1982,8 @@
"and select the action to process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"要进行高级操作或将日志保存到文件中,请点击 <b>%1</b> 并选择要进行的操作。</p>"
+"要处理高级操作或将日志保存到文件中,请单击 <b>%1</b>\n"
+"并选择要处理的操作。</p>"
#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label
#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145
@@ -1902,7 +1993,8 @@
"and select the action to process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"要进行高级操作,请点击 <b>%1</b> 并选择要进行的操作。</p>"
+"要处理高级操作,请单击 <b>%1</b>\n"
+"并选择要处理的操作。</p>"
#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3
#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158
@@ -1912,7 +2004,8 @@
"to which to save the log.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"要将日志保存到文件中,请点击<b>保存日志</b>并选择要保存日志的文件。</p>\n"
+"要将日志保存到文件中,请单击<b>保存日志</b>并选择\n"
+"要保存日志的文件。</p>\n"
#. menu button
#. Get the buttons below the box with the log
@@ -1950,7 +2043,7 @@
#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601)
#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390
msgid "Save Log as..."
-msgstr "日志另存为..."
+msgstr "将日志另存为..."
#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running
#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67
@@ -1960,12 +2053,12 @@
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
-msgstr "无法在安装第一阶段调整防火墙。"
+msgstr "不能在安装第一阶段调整防火墙。"
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
msgid "Firewall package is not installed."
-msgstr "未安装防火墙软件包。"
+msgstr "未安装防火墙包。"
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118
@@ -1980,17 +2073,17 @@
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124
msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces"
-msgstr "已在全部接口上打开了防火墙端口"
+msgstr "已在所有的接口上打开防火墙端口"
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127
msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces"
-msgstr "已在所选接口上打开了防火墙端口"
+msgstr "已在所选的接口上打开防火墙端口"
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130
msgid "No network interfaces are configured"
-msgstr "未配置网络接口"
+msgstr "没有配置网络接口"
#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155
@@ -2000,7 +2093,7 @@
#. transaltors: selection box title
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412
msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
-msgstr "有打开的防火墙端口的网络接口(&N)"
+msgstr "网络接口中有打开的防火墙端口(&N)"
#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default
#. See bnc #382686
@@ -2009,7 +2102,7 @@
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-"无法反选这些指派到内部网络的网络接口:\n"
+"无法取消选择这些指派到内部网络的网络接口:\n"
"%1\n"
#. question popup
@@ -2020,9 +2113,10 @@
"\n"
"Continue?"
msgstr ""
-"未选择任何接口。服务将不对其它计算机开放。\n"
+"未选择任何接口。其它计算机\n"
+"将无法使用服务。\n"
"\n"
-"继续吗?"
+"是否继续?"
#. yes-no popup
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550
@@ -2033,10 +2127,11 @@
"\n"
"Continue?"
msgstr ""
-"由于 SuSE 防火墙设置,还将打开以下接口上的端口:\n"
+"根据 SuSE 防火墙设置,还将打开\n"
+"以下接口上的端口:\n"
"%1\n"
"\n"
-"继续吗?"
+"是否继续?"
#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
@@ -2049,25 +2144,26 @@
"\n"
"Continue?"
msgstr ""
-"由于 SuSE 防火墙设置,无法打开以下接口上的端口:\n"
+"根据 SuSE 防火墙设置,无法打开\n"
+"以下接口上的端口:\n"
"%1\n"
"\n"
-"继续吗?"
+"是否继续?"
#. translators: selection box title
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713
msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall"
-msgstr "有打开的防火墙端口的网络接口(&I)"
+msgstr "网络接口中有打开的防火墙端口(&I)"
#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725
msgid "Select &All"
-msgstr "全选(&A)"
+msgstr "选择全部(&A)"
#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733
msgid "Select &None"
-msgstr "全不选(&N)"
+msgstr "不选择(&N)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828
@@ -2075,7 +2171,7 @@
"Error checking service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
-"检查服务状态出错:\n"
+"检查服务状态时出错:\n"
"%{details}"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details}
@@ -2084,7 +2180,7 @@
"Error setting service status:\n"
"%{details}"
msgstr ""
-"设置服务状态出错:\n"
+"设置服务状态时出错:\n"
"%{details}"
#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3,
@@ -2096,7 +2192,8 @@
"set <b>%1</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>防火墙设置</big></b><br>\n"
-"要打开防火墙以允许访问远程计算机上的服务,请设定 <b>%1</b>。<br>"
+"要打开防火墙,以便访问远程计算机中的服务,\n"
+"请设置 <b>%1</b>。<br>"
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes)
@@ -2105,14 +2202,18 @@
msgid ""
"To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n"
"click <b>%2</b>.<br>"
-msgstr "要选择将在其上打开端口的接口,请点击 <b>%2</b>。<br>"
+msgstr ""
+"要选择将在其上打开端口的接口,\n"
+"请单击 <b>%2</b>。<br>"
#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3,
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017
msgid ""
"This option is available only if the firewall\n"
"is enabled.</p>"
-msgstr "此选项只有启用了防火墙时才可用。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"此选项仅当启用了防火墙时\n"
+"才可用。</p>"
#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029
@@ -2168,13 +2269,13 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN"
-msgstr "综合业务数字网 (ISDN)"
+msgstr "ISDN"
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL"
-msgstr "数字用户线路 (DSL, 电话拨号)"
+msgstr "DSL"
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487
@@ -2212,7 +2313,7 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131
msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)"
-msgstr "异步传输模式 (ATM)"
+msgstr "异步传送模式 (ATM)"
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135
@@ -2239,11 +2340,11 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143
msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)"
-msgstr "工作站通用链接访问 (CLAW)"
+msgstr "公共链路访问工作站 (CLAW)"
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146
msgid "ISDN Card"
-msgstr "ISDN 综合业务数字网卡"
+msgstr "ISDN 卡"
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149
@@ -2257,7 +2358,7 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153
msgid "DSL Connection"
-msgstr "DSL 电话拨号连接"
+msgstr "DSL 连接"
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155
@@ -2282,11 +2383,11 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220
msgid "Ethernet"
-msgstr "有线网"
+msgstr "以太网"
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164
msgid "Ethernet Network Card"
-msgstr "有线网卡"
+msgstr "以太网卡"
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
@@ -2296,7 +2397,7 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167
msgid "FDDI Network Card"
-msgstr "光纤分布式数据接口 (FDDI) 网卡"
+msgstr "FDDI 网卡"
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170
@@ -2323,13 +2424,13 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181
msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)"
-msgstr "超高速套接字接口 (HSI)"
+msgstr "HiperSockets 接口 (HSI)"
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205
msgid "ISDN Connection"
-msgstr "ISDN 综合业务数字网连接"
+msgstr "ISDN 连接"
#. Device type label
#. Device type label
@@ -2363,17 +2464,17 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197
msgid "OSA LCS Network Card"
-msgstr "OSA 本地通道站 (LCS) 网卡"
+msgstr "OSA LCS 网卡"
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219
msgid "Loopback"
-msgstr "回路"
+msgstr "回写"
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199
msgid "Loopback Device"
-msgstr "回路设备"
+msgstr "回写设备"
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203
@@ -2474,14 +2575,14 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245
msgid "Virtual LAN"
-msgstr "虚拟局域网"
+msgstr "虚拟 LAN"
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101
msgid "Bridge"
-msgstr "网桥"
+msgstr "桥接"
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247
msgid "Network Bridge"
@@ -2494,7 +2595,7 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249
msgid "Network TUNnel"
-msgstr "网络隧道"
+msgstr "网络 TUNnel"
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
@@ -2503,7 +2604,7 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251
msgid "Network TAP"
-msgstr "网络复写 (TAP)"
+msgstr "网络 TAP"
#. Device type label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
@@ -2513,7 +2614,7 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253
msgid "InfiniBand Device"
-msgstr "无限宽带 (InfiniBand) 设备"
+msgstr "InfiniBand 设备"
#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70
@@ -2537,7 +2638,7 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106
msgid "Device Name"
-msgstr "设备名称"
+msgstr "设备名"
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107
msgid "IP Address"
@@ -2556,12 +2657,12 @@
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
-msgstr "正在扫描此局域网中的主机..."
+msgstr "正在扫描此 LAN 上的主机..."
#. selection box label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210
msgid "&NFS Servers"
-msgstr "&NFS 服务器"
+msgstr "NFS 服务器(&N)"
#. selection box label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234
@@ -2571,7 +2672,7 @@
#. selection box label
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254
msgid "&Exported Directories"
-msgstr "导出文件夹(&E)"
+msgstr "导出的目录(&E)"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280
@@ -2583,8 +2684,7 @@
msgstr ""
"您的网络接口当前由 NetworkManager 控制\n"
"但是要配置的服务可能无法与之很好地协作。\n"
-"\n"
-"真的继续吗?"
+"是否确实要继续?"
#. If there is network running, return true.
#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false
@@ -2596,8 +2696,8 @@
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
"未检测到运行中的网络。\n"
-"请重启安装程序并在 Linuxrc 中配置网络\n"
-"或无网络继续。"
+"重启动安装并在 Linuxrc 中配置网络,\n"
+"或在无网络的情况下继续。"
#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354
msgid ""
@@ -2607,8 +2707,9 @@
"or continue without network."
msgstr ""
"未检测到运行中的网络。\n"
-"请使用 YaST 或 Network Manager 插件配置网络\n"
-"后再次启动此模块,或无网络继续。"
+"使用 YaST or Network Manager 插件配置网络,\n"
+"然后再次启动此模块\n"
+"或在无网络的情况下继续。"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names
#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136
@@ -2617,52 +2718,52 @@
"A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n"
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
msgstr ""
-"端口名可以由字符 'a-z'、'A-Z'、'0-9' 和 '*+._-' 组成。\n"
+"端口名可以由字符“a-z”、“A-Z”、“0-9”和“*+._-”组成。\n"
"端口号可以是一个从 0 到 65535 的数字。\n"
"不允许使用空格。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "外部区域"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "内部区域"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "隔离区域"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "TCP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UDP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "RPC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "未知区域"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2670,131 +2771,131 @@
"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n"
"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'."
msgstr ""
-"接口 '%1' 包含在多个防火墙区域中。\n"
-"继续配置可能产生错误。\n"
+"接口“%1”包含在多个防火墙区域中。\n"
+"继续配置可能导致错误。\n"
"\n"
"建议保留配置并\n"
-"在 '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall' 文件中手动修复它。"
+"在文件\"/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall\"中手动修复它。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
msgstr ""
-"接口 '%1' 未指派到任何防火墙区域。\n"
-"请运行 YaST2 防火墙并指派它。\n"
+"未将接口“%1”指派到任何防火墙区域。\n"
+"运行 YaST2 防火墙并指派它。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "初始化防火墙配置"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr "检查网络设备"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr "读取当前配置"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
-msgstr "检查可能冲突的服务"
+msgstr "检查可能的冲突服务"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr "正在检查网络设备..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr "正在读取当前配置..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
-msgstr "正在检查可能冲突的服务..."
+msgstr "正在检查可能的冲突服务..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "写入防火墙配置"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "写入防火墙设置"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "调整防火墙服务"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "正在写入防火墙设置..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "正在调整防火墙服务..."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "写入设置失败"
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "未知协议 (%1)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
-msgstr "找到新的网络设备 '%1';已添加为内部防火墙接口"
+msgstr "找到新的网络设备“%1”;已作为内部防火墙接口添加了此设备"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
-msgstr "找到新的网络设备 '%1';已添加为外部防火墙接口"
+msgstr "找到新的网络设备“%1”;已作为外部防火墙接口添加了此设备"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
-msgstr "未安装 SuSEfirewall2 软件包,防火墙将被禁用。"
+msgstr "未安装 SuSEfirewall2 包。防火墙将禁用。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
msgid "Firewall is enabled (disable</a>)"
-msgstr "防火墙已启用 (禁用</a>)"
+msgstr "防火墙已启用(禁用</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
msgid "Firewall is disabled (enable</a>)"
-msgstr "防火墙已禁用 (启用</a>)"
+msgstr "防火墙已禁用(启用</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
msgid "SSH port is open (close</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH 端口已打开(关闭</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH 端口已打开(关闭</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
msgid "SSH port is blocked (open</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH 端口已屏蔽 (打开</a>)"
+msgstr "SSH 端口已阻止(打开</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
@@ -2803,30 +2904,30 @@
"SSH port is open (close</a>), but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
msgstr ""
-"SSH 端口已打开 (关闭</a>), \n"
+"SSH 端口已打开(关闭</a>), \n"
"但尚未配置网络接口"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
-msgstr "您正在通过 SSH 安装系统,但您尚未打开防火墙上的 SSH 端口。"
+msgstr "您正在通过 SSH 安装系统,但您还没有打开防火墙上的 SSH 端口。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (close</a>)"
-msgstr "远程管理 (VNC) 端口已打开 (关闭</a>)"
+msgstr "远程管理 (VNC) 端口已打开(关闭</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (open</a>)"
-msgstr "远程管理 (VNC) 端口已屏蔽 (打开</a>)"
+msgstr "远程管理 (VNC) 端口已阻止(打开</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
-msgstr "您正在通过远程管理 (VNC) 安装系统,但您尚未打开防火墙上的 VNC 端口。"
+msgstr "您正在通过远程管理 (VNC) 安装系统,但您还没有打开防火墙上的 VNC 端口。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
@@ -2836,7 +2937,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728
msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked"
-msgstr "iSCSI 目标端口已屏蔽"
+msgstr "iSCSI 目标端口已被阻止"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
@@ -2845,118 +2946,164 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
-msgstr "名为 '%{service_name}' 的服务不存在"
+msgstr "名称为“%{service_name}”的服务不存在"
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "服务:%{filename}"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
-msgstr "未知服务 '%1'"
+msgstr "未知服务“%1”"
#. the message is followed by list of required packages
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
-msgstr "需要安装这些软件包:"
+msgstr "需要安装这些包:"
#. Popup Text
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137
msgid "These packages need to be removed:"
-msgstr "需要移除这些软件包:"
+msgstr "需要删除这些包:"
#. labels changed for bug #215195
#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (),
#. push button label
#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158
msgid "&Uninstall"
-msgstr "卸载(&U)"
+msgstr "卸装(&U)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "正在检查文件冲突..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>正在检测文件冲突。</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+"检测到文件冲突,将覆盖这些冲突的文件:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+"当两个包尝试安装名称相同但内容不同的文件时,\n"
+"会发生文件冲突。如果您继续,冲突的文件将会被替换,\n"
+"之前的内容会因此丢失。"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] "检测到文件冲突"
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr "在 %s 处将可以获取此讯息"
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
-msgstr "正在下载软件包 %1 (%2)..."
+msgstr "正在下载包 %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
-msgstr "正在下载软件包"
+msgstr "正在下载包"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
-msgstr "软件包 %1 已损坏,完整性检查失败。"
+msgstr "包 %1 已损坏,未通过完整性检查。"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
-msgstr "重试安装该软件包吗?"
+msgstr "是否重试安装包?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
-msgstr "中止安装吗?"
+msgstr "是否中止安装?"
#. otherwise return Ignore (default)
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "错误:%1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
@@ -2965,293 +3112,293 @@
"请稍后运行软件管理模块校验系统。\n"
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
-msgstr "正在卸载软件包 %1 (%2)..."
+msgstr "正在卸装包 %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
-msgstr "正在安装软件包 %1 (%2)..."
+msgstr "正在安装包 %1 (%2)..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
-msgstr "正在卸载软件包"
+msgstr "正在卸装包"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
-msgstr "正在安装软件包"
+msgstr "正在安装包"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
-msgstr "软件包 %1 移除失败。"
+msgstr "删除包 %1 失败。"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
-msgstr "软件包 %1 安装失败。"
+msgstr "安装包 %1 失败。"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
msgstr ""
-"忽略失败的软件包可能导致系统损坏。\n"
-"稍后应运行软件管理模块校验系统。"
+"忽略包失败可能会导致系统的损坏。\n"
+"之后应通过运行软件管理模块来校验系统。"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>指定 URL 上的软件源现在提供了一个不同的介质 ID。\n"
-"若该 URL 是正确的,那表示源中的内容发生了变化。\n"
-"要继续使用此软件源,请从 YaST 控制中心启动\n"
-"<b>安装源</b>并刷新该软件源。</p>\n"
+"<p>指定 URL 上的储存库现在提供了其他媒体 ID。\n"
+"如果此 URL 是正确的,则表示储存库内容已更改。\n"
+"要继续使用此储存库,请从 YaST 控制中心启动\n"
+"<b>储存库</b>并刷新储存库。</p>\n"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "A 面"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "B 面"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
-msgstr "%1 (光盘 %2)"
+msgstr "%1(光盘 %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
-msgstr "%1 (介质 %2)"
+msgstr "%1(媒体 %2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
"插入\n"
-"'%1'"
+"“%1”"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
"%2.\n"
"Check whether the directory is accessible."
msgstr ""
-"无法访问安装介质\n"
+"无法访问安装媒体\n"
"%1\n"
"%2。\n"
-"请检查能否访问文件夹。"
+"请检查能否访问该目录。"
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
"%2.\n"
"Check whether the server is accessible."
msgstr ""
-"无法访问安装介质\n"
+"无法访问安装媒体\n"
"%1\n"
"%2。\n"
"请检查能否访问服务器。"
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "跳过自动刷新"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "弹出(&E)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
-msgstr "自动弹出 CD 或 DVD 介质(&U)"
+msgstr "自动弹出 CD 或 DVD 媒体(&U)"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
-msgstr "重试安装吗?"
+msgstr "是否重试安装?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
-msgstr "跳过介质吗?"
+msgstr "是否跳过媒体?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
-msgstr "正在忽略损坏的介质..."
+msgstr "正在忽略错误的媒体..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
-msgstr "&URL"
+msgstr "URL(&U)"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
-msgstr "正在创建软件源 %1"
+msgstr "正在创建储存库 %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
-msgstr "创建软件源时出错。"
+msgstr "创建储存库时出错。"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
-msgstr "不能撷取远程软件源描述。"
+msgstr "无法获取远程储存库说明。"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
-msgstr "撷取新的元数据时出错。"
+msgstr "检索新的元数据时出错。"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
-msgstr "该软件源无效。"
+msgstr "该储存库无效。"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
-msgstr "软件源元数据无效。"
+msgstr "此储存库的元数据无效。"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "重试吗?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
-msgstr "正在检测软件源 %1"
+msgstr "正在探测储存库 %1"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
-msgstr "检测软件源时出错。"
+msgstr "探测储存库时出错。"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
-msgstr "检测到的软件源细节。"
+msgstr "储存库探测细节。"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
-msgstr "软件源元数据无效。"
+msgstr "此储存库的元数据无效。"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
-msgstr "软件源 %1"
+msgstr "储存库 %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "正在下载增量 RPM 包 %1 (%2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "正在下载增量 RPM 包"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "正在应用增量 RPM 包 %1..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "正在应用增量 RPM 包"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
-msgstr "软件包:"
+msgstr "包:"
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
-msgstr "正在启动脚本 %1 (补丁 %2)..."
+msgstr "正在启动脚本 %1(增补程序 %2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "正在运行脚本"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
-msgstr "补丁:"
+msgstr "增补程序:"
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "脚本:"
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "脚本输出"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
-"补丁:%1\n"
+"增补程序:%1\n"
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3259,76 +3406,77 @@
"Note: If the refresh is skipped some packages\n"
"might be missing or out of date."
msgstr ""
-"正在刷新软件源。\n"
-"继续刷新吗?\n"
+"储存库正在刷新过程中。\n"
+"是否继续刷新?\n"
"\n"
-"注意:若跳过刷新,某些软件包可能会缺失或者过时。"
+"注意:如果跳过刷新,一些包\n"
+"可能会丢失或过期。"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "跳过刷新(&S)"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "正在下载"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "正在下载:%1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
-msgstr "正在检查软件包数据库"
+msgstr "正在检查包数据库"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
-msgstr "正在重建软件包数据库。此过程要花费一点时间。"
+msgstr "正在重构建包数据库。此过程将需要一些时间。"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
-"重建软件包数据库失败:\n"
+"重构建包数据库失败:\n"
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
-msgstr "正在转换软件包数据库。此过程要花费一点时间。"
+msgstr "正在转换包数据库。此过程将需要一些时间。"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr "状态"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
-"转换软件包数据库失败:\n"
+"转换包数据库失败:\n"
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "正在读取 RPM 数据库..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
-msgstr "正在读取已安装的软件包"
+msgstr "正在读取已安装包"
#. progress bar label
#. TODO: allow Abort
@@ -3337,27 +3485,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "正在扫描 RPM 数据库..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "目标初始化失败。"
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "已读取 RPM 数据库"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
-msgstr "用户认证"
+msgstr "用户身份验证"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3368,20 +3516,20 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "用户名(&U)"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "显示细节(&D)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "大小:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "自动重试前剩余时间:%1"
@@ -3391,7 +3539,7 @@
"PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n"
"Ask PackageKit to quit again?"
msgstr ""
-"PackageKit 仍在运行 (可能正忙)。\n"
+"PackageKit 仍在运行(可能正忙)。\n"
"再次请求退出 PackageKit?"
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62
@@ -3402,8 +3550,8 @@
"\n"
"Ask PackageKit to quit?"
msgstr ""
-"PackageKit 正屏蔽着软件管理。\n"
-"这种情况发生在升级挂件或另一个软件管理程序正在运行时。\n"
+"PackageKit 正阻止着软件管理。\n"
+"这种情况发生在更新小程序或另一个软件管理程序正在运行时。\n"
"\n"
"请求退出 PackageKit 吗?"
@@ -3421,7 +3569,9 @@
msgid ""
"Would you like to continue without having access\n"
"to the software management or retry to access it?\n"
-msgstr "您愿意在无法访问软件管理的情况下继续,还是重试访问软件管理呢?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"您愿意在无法访问软件管理的情况下继续,\n"
+"还是重新尝试访问软件管理?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163
@@ -3429,69 +3579,74 @@
"Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n"
"continue without having access to the software management,\n"
"or abort?\n"
-msgstr "您愿意重试访问软件管理器,在无法访问软件管理的情况下继续,还是中止本程序呢?\n"
+msgstr "您愿意重新尝试访问软件管理器、在无法访问软件管理的情况下继续,还是中止?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187
msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n"
-msgstr "您希望中止还是重试呢?\n"
+msgstr "是中止还是重试?\n"
#. print the question
#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
-msgstr "您接受此许可协议吗?"
+msgstr "是否接受此许可协议?"
#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed
#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224
msgid ""
"There are unresolved dependencies which need\n"
"to be solved manually in the software manager."
-msgstr "有未解决的依赖关系,需要在软件管理器中手动解决。"
+msgstr "有未解决的依赖性,需要在软件管理器中手动解决。"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
-msgstr "安装必需的软件包失败。"
+msgstr "安装必需的包失败。"
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
"YaST may not work properly.\n"
-msgstr "安装必需的软件包失败。若未安装必需的软件包就继续,YaST 可能无法正常工作。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"安装必需的包失败。如果未安装\n"
+"必需的包而继续,\n"
+"YaST 可能无法正常工作。\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
-msgstr "未安装必需的软件包,无法继续。"
+msgstr "如果未安装必需的包,则无法继续。"
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
-msgstr "若未安装必需的软件包就继续,YaST 可能无法正常工作。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"如果未安装\n"
+"必需的包而继续,YaST 可能无法正常工作。\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
-msgstr "确认软件包许可:%1"
+msgstr "确认包许可证:%1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "我同意(&A)"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "我不同意(&D)"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3502,14 +3657,15 @@
"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>许可确认</big></b><br>\n"
-"对话框标题中的软件包要求明确确认接受其许可。\n"
-"若您拒绝软件包许可,则不会安装该软件包。\n"
+"对话框标题中的包要求确认\n"
+"是否接受其许可。\n"
+"如果拒绝包许可,则不会安装此包。\n"
"<br>\n"
-"要接受软件包许可,请点击<b>我同意</b>。\n"
-"要拒绝软件包许可,请点击<b>我不同意</b>。"
+"要接受包许可,请单击<b>我同意</b>。\n"
+"要拒绝包许可,请单击<b>我不同意</b></p>。"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
@@ -3518,12 +3674,12 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t 此对话框允许您定义此系统的任务以及要安装的软件。\n"
-"\t\t 对此系统可用的任务和软件按分类在左列中显示。\n"
-"\t\t 要查看某个项的描述,请在列表中选择它。\n"
+"\t\t 此对话框允许您定义此系统的任务以及要安装哪些软件。\n"
+"\t\t 对此系统可用的任务和软件按类别在左列中显示。\n"
+"\t\t 要查看一个项目的描述,请在列表中选择它。\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3532,12 +3688,12 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t 可通过点击条目的状态图标或右键点击任何图标来\n"
-"\t\t 激活一个右键菜单来更改该条目的状态。\n"
-"\t\t 右键菜单也可以更改全部条目的状态。\n"
+"\t\t 通过单击项目的状态图标或右键单击任何图标以\n"
+"\t\t 从出现的上下文菜单更改项目状态。\n"
+"\t\t 使用该上下文菜单,还可以更改所有项目的状态。\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3545,11 +3701,11 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t <b>细节</b>会打开详细的软件包选择页面,\n"
-"\t\t 您可在其中查看和选择单个软件包。\n"
+"\t\t <b>细节</b>打开详细的软件包选择页,\n"
+"\t\t 在其中可以查看和选择单个软件包。\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
@@ -3560,133 +3716,133 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t 右下角显示的磁盘用量显示了在执行完\n"
-"\t\t 全部请求的改动后所剩余的磁盘空间。\n"
-"\t\t 已满或将满的硬盘分区会降低系统性能\n"
-"\t\t ,有时甚至会造成严重问题。\n"
-"\t\t 系统正常运行需要一些可用磁盘空间。\n"
+"\t\t 右下角显示的磁盘使用量显示执行所有请求的更改后\n"
+"\t\t剩余的磁盘空间。\n"
+"\t\t 如果有硬盘分区已满或将满,则会降低\n"
+"\t\t系统性能,有时会造成严重问题。\n"
+"\t\t系统的正常运行需要一些可用磁盘空间。\n"
"\t\t </p>"
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "软件选择和系统任务"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
-msgstr "(更多)"
+msgstr "(更多)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "安装已成功完成"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
-msgstr "软件包安装失败"
+msgstr "包安装失败"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
-msgstr "错误消息:%1"
+msgstr "错误讯息:%1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
-msgstr "失败的软件包:%1"
+msgstr "失败的包:%1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
-msgstr "已安装的软件包:%1"
+msgstr "已安装的包:%1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
-msgstr "已更新的软件包:%1"
+msgstr "已更新的包:%1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
-msgstr "已移除的软件包:%1"
+msgstr "已去除的包:%1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
-msgstr "未安装的软件包:%1"
+msgstr "未安装的包:%1"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
-msgstr "软件包"
+msgstr "包"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "耗时:%1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "总安装大小:%1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "总下载大小:%1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "统计"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "安装日志"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "细节"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
-msgstr "在安装软件包后"
+msgstr "安装包之后"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr "显示此报告"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "已完成"
+msgstr "完成"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "在软件管理器中继续"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>安装报告</B><BIG></P><P>这里是一份已安装或已移除软件包的摘要。</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>安装报告</B></BIG><BR>以下是已安装或已去除的包摘要。</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "安装报告"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
-msgstr "已安装的软件包"
+msgstr "已安装的包"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
-msgstr "已更新的软件包"
+msgstr "已更新的包"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
-msgstr "已移除的软件包"
+msgstr "已去除的包"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
-msgstr "其余软件包"
+msgstr "其余包"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3694,12 +3850,11 @@
"\n"
"value in the YaST sysconfig editor."
msgstr ""
-"若您想要再次显示此报告对话框\n"
-"请在 YaST sysconfig 编辑器中编辑\n"
+"如果您想再次显示此报告对话框,\n"
"\n"
-"系统 > YaST2 > GUI > PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT\n"
+"请在 YaST sysconfig 编辑器中\n"
"\n"
-"的值。"
+"编辑“System”>“Yast2”>“GUI”>“PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT”值。"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name
#. %2 is a repository name
@@ -3714,13 +3869,13 @@
"\n"
"Install it anyway?"
msgstr ""
-"软件包 %1 出自源 %2\n"
+"储存库 %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"未经数字签名。\n"
-"这意味着无法验证软件包来源或完整性。\n"
-"安装该软件包可能会使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n"
+"中的包 %1 未经过数字签名。这意味着该包的起源\n"
+"和完整性不能得到校验。安装该包\n"
+"可能会使您的系统的完整性面临风险。\n"
"\n"
-"无论如何都安装该软件包吗?"
+"是否仍要安装?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#. %2 is a repository name
@@ -3735,18 +3890,18 @@
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
-"文件 %1 出自源 %2\n"
+"储存库 %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"未数字签名。\n"
-"无法验证该文件的来源和完整性。\n"
-"强行使用该文件可能会使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n"
+"中的文件 %1 未经过数字签名。该文件的起源\n"
+"和完整性不能得到校验。使用该文件\n"
+"可能会使您的系统的完整性面临风险。\n"
"\n"
"无论如何都使用该文件吗?\n"
#. popup heading
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500
msgid "Unsigned Package"
-msgstr "未签名的软件包"
+msgstr "未签名的包"
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502
msgid "Unsigned File"
@@ -3762,12 +3917,12 @@
"\n"
"Install it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
-"未在源中找到软件包 %1 的校验码。\n"
-"这表明,虽然该软件包属于一个已签名的软件源,\n"
-"但并不包含在此源的校验码列表中。\n"
-"安装该软件包会使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n"
+"未在储存库中找到包 %1 的校验和。\n"
+"这表明,虽然该包属于一个已签名的储存库,\n"
+"但并不包含在此储存库的校验和列表中。\n"
+"安装该包会使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n"
"\n"
-"无论如何都安装该软件包吗?\n"
+"无论如何都安装该包吗?\n"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561
@@ -3779,16 +3934,17 @@
"\n"
"Use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
-"未在源中找到文件 %1 的校验码。\n"
-"这表明,虽然该文件属于一个已签名的软件源,\n"
-"但此源中的校验码列表并未提到该文件。使用该文件可能会使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n"
+"未在储存库中找到文件 %1 的校验和。\n"
+"这表明,虽然该文件属于一个已签名的储存库,\n"
+"但此储存库中的校验和列表并未提到该文件。\n"
+"使用该文件可能会使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n"
"\n"
"无论如何都使用该文件吗?"
#. popup heading
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579
msgid "No Checksum Found"
-msgstr "未找到校验码"
+msgstr "找不到校验和"
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID
@@ -3809,11 +3965,11 @@
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643
msgid "Created: %1"
-msgstr "创建于:%1"
+msgstr "已创建:%1"
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655
msgid "Expires: %1"
-msgstr "失效于:%1"
+msgstr "失效:%1"
#. GPG key property
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671
@@ -3833,12 +3989,12 @@
#. GPG key property
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701
msgid "Created: "
-msgstr "创建于:"
+msgstr "创建日期:"
#. GPG key property
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712
msgid "Expires: "
-msgstr "失效于:"
+msgstr "失效日期:"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734
@@ -3853,14 +4009,14 @@
"\n"
"Install it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
-"软件包 %1 出自源 %2\n"
+"储存库 %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"由以下 GnuPG 密钥签名,但完整性检查失败:%4\n"
+"中的包 %1 用以下 GnuPG 密钥签名,但完整性检查失败:%4\n"
"\n"
-"这意味着在该软件源创建者签名该软件包之后,\n"
-"该软件包已被无意修改或已被攻击者修改。安装该软件包对于您的系统完整性和安全性是一个巨大的风险。\n"
+"这意味着在该储存库创建者签名该包之后,\n"
+"该包已被无意更改或已被攻击者更改。安装该包对于您的系统完整性和安全性是一个巨大的风险。\n"
"\n"
-"无论如何都安装该软件包吗?\n"
+"无论如何都安装该包吗?\n"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline)
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747
@@ -3875,12 +4031,12 @@
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
-"文件 %1 出自源 %2\n"
+"储存库 %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"由以下 GnuPG 密钥签名,但完整性检查失败:%4\n"
+"中的文件 %1 用以下 GnuPG 密钥签名,但完整性检查失败:%4\n"
"\n"
-"这意味着在该软件源创建者签名该文件之后,\n"
-"该文件已被无意修改或已被攻击者修改。\n"
+"这意味着在该储存库创建者签名该文件之后,\n"
+"该文件已被无意更改或已被攻击者更改。\n"
"使用该文件对于您的系统完整性和安全性是一个巨大的风险。\n"
"\n"
"无论如何都使用该文件吗?\n"
@@ -3888,7 +4044,7 @@
#. popup heading
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771
msgid "Validation Check Failed"
-msgstr "校验检查失败"
+msgstr "验证检查失败"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801
@@ -3902,12 +4058,14 @@
"\n"
"Install it anyway?"
msgstr ""
-"软件包 %1 由以下未知 GnuPG 密钥数字签名:%2。\n"
+"包 %1 使用以下未知 GnuPG\n"
+"密钥数字签名:%2。\n"
"\n"
-"这意味着无法建立与该软件包创建者的信任关系。\n"
-"安装该软件包可能会使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n"
+"这意味着不能建立与此包创建者\n"
+"的信任关系。安装此包可能使您的系统的\n"
+"完整性面临风险。\n"
"\n"
-"无论如何都安装该软件包吗?"
+"是否要安装此包?"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813
@@ -3922,12 +4080,13 @@
"Use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
"文件 %1\n"
-"由以下未知 GnuPG 密钥数字签名:%2。\n"
+"使用以下未知 GnuPG 密钥数字签名:%2。\n"
"\n"
-"这意味着无法建立与该文件创建者的信任关系。\n"
-"使用该文件可能会使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n"
+"这意味着不能建立与此文件创建者\n"
+"的信任关系。使用此文件可能使您的系统的\n"
+"完整性面临风险。\n"
"\n"
-"无论如何都使用该文件吗?"
+"是否要使用此文件?"
#. popup heading
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843
@@ -3947,13 +4106,14 @@
"the integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\n"
"to skip the package.\n"
msgstr ""
-"软件包 %1 由密钥 '%2(%3)' 数字签名。\n"
+"包 %1 用密钥“%2 (%3)”数字签名。\n"
"\n"
-"尚未与该密钥的所有者建立信任关系。\n"
-"您若信任该所有者,请将该密钥标记为信任。\n"
+"尚未与该密钥的拥有者建立信任关系。\n"
+"如果您信任该拥有者,请将该密钥标记为可信。\n"
"\n"
-"从未知软件源安装软件包会使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n"
-"最保险的方法是跳过该软件包。\n"
+"安装未知储存库中的包会\n"
+"使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n"
+"最保险的方法是跳过该包。\n"
#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907
@@ -3968,23 +4128,24 @@
"the integrity of your system at risk. It is safest\n"
"to skip it.\n"
msgstr ""
-"文件 %1 由密钥 '%2 (%3)' 数字签名。\n"
+"文件 %1 用密钥“%2 (%3)” 数字签名。\n"
"\n"
-"尚未与该密钥的所有者建立信任关系。\n"
-"您若信任该所有者,请将此密钥标记为信任。\n"
+"尚未与该密钥的拥有者建立信任关系。\n"
+"如果您信任该拥有者,请将此密钥标记为可信。\n"
"\n"
-"从未知软件源安装文件会使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n"
+"安装未知储存库中的文件会\n"
+"使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n"
"最保险的方法是跳过该文件。\n"
#. popup heading
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930
msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key"
-msgstr "经未信任公共密钥签名"
+msgstr "使用不可信公共密钥签名"
#. push button
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939
msgid "&Trust and Import the Key"
-msgstr "信任并导入该密钥(&T)"
+msgstr "信任并导入密钥(&T)"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973
@@ -3995,10 +4156,11 @@
"importing the key into your keyring of trusted keys allows the key owner\n"
"to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>该密钥的所有者可分发更新、软件包和软件源。\n"
-"您的系统将信任并不加任何后续警告地安装其软件包或使用其软件源进行更新。\n"
-"通过这种方式 -- 将该密钥导入您的可信密钥钥匙环,\n"
-"将允许该密钥的所有者拥有对您系统上的软件的一定量的控制权。</p>"
+"<p>您的系统将信任密钥的拥有者所分发的更新、\n"
+"包和包储存库,并将它们提供\n"
+"用于安装和更新而没有任何警告。这样,将此密钥\n"
+"导入可信密钥的密钥环将允许密钥拥有者\n"
+"对您的系统上的软件加以某种程度的控制。</p>"
#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981
@@ -4007,8 +4169,8 @@
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>每个未经可信 (导入的) 密钥签名的软件包都会触发一个警告对话框。\n"
-"若您不信任该密钥,将不会使用由该密钥的所有者创建的软件包或软件源。</p>"
+"<p>每个未经可信(导入的)密钥签名的包都会触发一个警告对话框。\n"
+"如果您不信任该密钥,将不会使用由该密钥的拥有者创建的包或储存库。</p>"
#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991
@@ -4017,7 +4179,7 @@
"%1\n"
"(%2):"
msgstr ""
-"源中找到了以下 GnuPG 密钥\n"
+"储存库中找到了以下 GnuPG 密钥\n"
"%1\n"
"(%2):"
@@ -4029,18 +4191,20 @@
"You should be sure that you can trust the owner and that\n"
"the key really belongs to that owner before importing it."
msgstr ""
-"您可以选择将其导入可信公共密钥钥匙环,这意味着您信任该密钥的所有者。\n"
-"导入前应确保您可以信任该所有者,并且该密钥确实属于该所有者。"
+"您可以选择将其导入可信公共密钥钥匙环,\n"
+"这意味着您信任该密钥的拥有者。\n"
+"导入前应确保您可以信任该拥有者,\n"
+"并且该密钥确实属于该拥有者。"
#. warning label - the key to import is expired
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014
msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!"
-msgstr "警告:该密钥已过期!"
+msgstr "警告:该密钥已失效!"
#. popup heading
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042
msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key"
-msgstr "导入未信任 GnuPG 密钥"
+msgstr "导入不可信 GnuPG 密钥"
#. push button
#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058
@@ -4061,12 +4225,12 @@
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
-"文件 %1 的期望检验码为\n"
+"文件 %1 的期望检验和为\n"
"%2\n"
-"但当前检验码为 %3。\n"
+"但当前检验和为 %3。\n"
"\n"
-"这意味着在该软件源创建者签名该文件之后,\n"
-"该文件已被无意修改或已被被攻击者修改。\n"
+"这意味着在该储存库创建者签名该文件之后,\n"
+"该文件已被无意更改或已被被攻击者更改。\n"
"使用该文件对于您的系统完整性和安全性是一个巨大的风险。\n"
"\n"
"无论如何都使用该文件吗?\n"
@@ -4088,9 +4252,9 @@
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
-"文件 %1 的检验码为\n"
+"文件 %1 的检验和为\n"
"%2,\n"
-"但期望检验码未知。\n"
+"但期望检验和未知。\n"
"\n"
"这意味着无法验证该文件的起源和完整性。\n"
"使用该文件会使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n"
@@ -4107,83 +4271,85 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "正在安装..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
-msgstr "介质"
+msgstr "媒体"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "剩余"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "时间"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "执行的操作:"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>正在安装软件包。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>正在安装包。</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>中止安装</B>可用<B>中止</B>按钮中止安装软件包。然而,之后系统可能处于不连贯或不稳定的状态,若未安装基础系统组件,它甚至可能无法引导。</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>中止安装</B>可用<B>中止</B>按钮中止安装包。然而,之后系统可能处于不连贯或不稳定的状态,如果未安装基本系统组件,它可能无法引导。</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
-msgstr "%s 版本资讯"
+msgstr "%s 发行说明"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "幻灯片演示(&W)"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "细节(&D)"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
-msgstr "正在执行升级"
+msgstr "执行升级"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
msgid "Performing Installation"
-msgstr "正在执行安装"
+msgstr "执行安装"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
-msgstr "软件包安装"
+msgstr "包安装"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
-msgstr "您真的想要退出安装吗?"
+msgstr ""
+"确实要\n"
+"退出安装吗?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "已中止"
@@ -4191,7 +4357,7 @@
#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd)
#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196
msgid "File not found."
-msgstr "未找到文件。"
+msgstr "找不到文件。"
#. Fill the LogView with file content
#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202
@@ -4203,19 +4369,19 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182
msgid "Unclassified device"
-msgstr "未分类设备"
+msgstr "未分类的设备"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47
msgid "VGA compatible unclassified device"
-msgstr "兼容 VGA 的未分类设备"
+msgstr "VGA 兼容的未分类设备"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50
msgid "Mass storage controller"
-msgstr "大容量存储控制器"
+msgstr "大容量储存控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51
msgid "SCSI storage controller"
-msgstr "SCSI 存储控制器"
+msgstr "SCSI 储存控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52
msgid "IDE interface"
@@ -4235,7 +4401,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56
msgid "Unknown mass storage controller"
-msgstr "未知的大容量存储控制器"
+msgstr "未知的大容量储存控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65
@@ -4244,7 +4410,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60
msgid "Ethernet controller"
-msgstr "有线网络控制器"
+msgstr "以太网控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61
msgid "Token ring network controller"
@@ -4252,15 +4418,15 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62
msgid "FDDI network controller"
-msgstr "光线分布式数据接口 (FDDI) 网络控制器"
+msgstr "FDDI 网络控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63
msgid "ATM network controller"
-msgstr "异步传送模式 (ATM) 网络控制器"
+msgstr "ATM 网络控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64
msgid "ISDN controller"
-msgstr "综合业务数字网 (ISDN) 控制器"
+msgstr "ISDN 控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66
msgid "Myrinet controller"
@@ -4273,11 +4439,11 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70
msgid "VGA-compatible controller"
-msgstr "VGA 兼容控制器"
+msgstr "VGA 兼容的控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71
msgid "XGA-compatible controller"
-msgstr "XGA 兼容控制器"
+msgstr "XGA 兼容的控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72
msgid "3D controller"
@@ -4311,7 +4477,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85
msgid "FLASH memory"
-msgstr "闪存"
+msgstr "FLASH 内存"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90
msgid "Host bridge"
@@ -4380,11 +4546,11 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113
msgid "PIC"
-msgstr "外设接口控制器 (PIC)"
+msgstr "PIC"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114
msgid "DMA controller"
-msgstr "直接存储器访问 (DMA) 控制器"
+msgstr "DMA 控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115
msgid "Timer"
@@ -4392,7 +4558,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116
msgid "RTC"
-msgstr "实时时钟 (RTC)"
+msgstr "RTC"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117
msgid "PCI hotplug controller"
@@ -4425,16 +4591,16 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126
msgid "Gameport controller"
-msgstr "游戏端口 (Gameport) 控制器"
+msgstr "游戏端口控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132
msgid "Docking station"
-msgstr "扩展坞"
+msgstr "靠接站"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131
msgid "Generic docking station"
-msgstr "通用扩展坞"
+msgstr "通用靠接站"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135
msgid "Processor"
@@ -4450,7 +4616,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138
msgid "Pentium"
-msgstr "奔腾"
+msgstr "Pentium"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139
msgid "Alpha"
@@ -4474,7 +4640,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146
msgid "FireWire (IEEE 1394)"
-msgstr "火线 (IEEE 1394)"
+msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394)"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147
msgid "ACCESS bus"
@@ -4482,7 +4648,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148
msgid "SSA"
-msgstr "串行存储结构 (SSA)"
+msgstr "SSA"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149
msgid "USB controller"
@@ -4494,7 +4660,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151
msgid "SMBus"
-msgstr "系统管理总线 (SMBus)"
+msgstr "SMBus"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159
@@ -4503,15 +4669,15 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156
msgid "IRDA controller"
-msgstr "红外控制器"
+msgstr "IRDA 控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157
msgid "Consumer IR controller"
-msgstr "消费性红外 (CIR) 控制器"
+msgstr "消费电子产品红外控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158
msgid "RF controller"
-msgstr "无线电频率 (RF) 控制器"
+msgstr "RF 控制器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161
msgid "Intelligent controller"
@@ -4519,7 +4685,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161
msgid "I2O"
-msgstr "智能输入/输出 (I2O)"
+msgstr "I2O"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163
msgid "Satellite communications controller"
@@ -4569,7 +4735,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179
msgid "Communication synchronizer"
-msgstr "通信同步设备"
+msgstr "通信同步程序"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184
msgid "Monitor"
@@ -4589,7 +4755,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190
msgid "ISA PnP interface"
-msgstr "ISA 即插即用接口"
+msgstr "ISA PnP 接口"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191
msgid "Main memory"
@@ -4621,7 +4787,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199
msgid "ISDN adapter"
-msgstr "综合业务数字网 (ISDN) 适配器"
+msgstr "ISDN 适配器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200
msgid "PS/2 controller"
@@ -4650,7 +4816,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210
msgid "Mass storage device"
-msgstr "大容量存储设备"
+msgstr "大容量储存设备"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211
msgid "Disk"
@@ -4670,12 +4836,12 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215
msgid "Storage device"
-msgstr "存储设备"
+msgstr "储存设备"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229
msgid "Network interface"
-msgstr "网络接口"
+msgstr "网络界面"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221
msgid "Token ring"
@@ -4708,7 +4874,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238
msgid "Braille display"
-msgstr "盲文 (Braille) 显示器"
+msgstr "点字显示器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239
msgid "Scanner"
@@ -4716,15 +4882,15 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240
msgid "Joystick"
-msgstr "游戏操纵杆"
+msgstr "游戏杆"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240
msgid "Gamepad"
-msgstr "游戏手柄"
+msgstr "游戏板"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241
msgid "Chipcard reader"
-msgstr "Chipcard 读卡器"
+msgstr "芯片卡读卡器"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243
msgid "Camera"
@@ -4732,7 +4898,7 @@
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244
msgid "Webcam"
-msgstr "网络摄像头"
+msgstr "网络摄像机"
#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245
msgid "Digital camera"
@@ -4778,14 +4944,27 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "蓝牙设备"
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+"执行命令“%{command}”失败。\n"
+"退出代码:%{exitcode}\n"
+"错误输出:%{stderr}"
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
"File %1 has been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n"
msgstr ""
-"文件 %1 已被手动修改。\n"
-"YaST 可能会丢失一些修改。\n"
+"文件 %1 已被手动更改。\n"
+"YaST 可能会丢失一些更改。\n"
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180
@@ -4793,8 +4972,8 @@
"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n"
"YaST might lose some of the changes"
msgstr ""
-"文件 %1 已被手动修改。\n"
-"YaST 可能会丢失一些修改"
+"文件 %1 已手动更改过。\n"
+"YaST 可能会丢失一些更改"
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193
msgid "Do not show this message anymore"
@@ -4806,8 +4985,8 @@
"File %s has been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose this file."
msgstr ""
-"文件 %s 已被手动创建。\n"
-"YaST 或许会丢失此文件。"
+"文件 %s 是手动创建的。\n"
+"YaST 可能会丢失此文件。"
#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239
@@ -4815,8 +4994,8 @@
"Files %s have been created manually.\n"
"YaST might lose these files."
msgstr ""
-"文件 %s 已被手动创建。\n"
-"YaST 或许会丢失这些文件。"
+"文件 %s 是手动创建的。\n"
+"YaST 可能会丢失这些文件。"
#. error report
#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415
@@ -4828,52 +5007,55 @@
msgid ""
"Reboot your system\n"
"to activate the new kernel.\n"
-msgstr "请重新引导您的系统以激活新内核。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"重引导您的系统,\n"
+"以激活新内核。\n"
#. bnc #421002
#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177
msgid "Confirm driver activation"
-msgstr "确认激活驱动"
+msgstr "确认驱动程序激活"
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. vendor and device information strings as stored
#. in the hardware-probing database.
#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184
msgid "YaST2 detected the following device"
-msgstr "YaST2 检测到了以下设备"
+msgstr "YaST2 检测到以下设备"
#. Caption for Textentry with module information
#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193
msgid "&Driver/Module to load"
-msgstr "要挂载的驱动/模块(&D)"
+msgstr "要装载的驱动程序/模块(&D)"
#. describe valid MAC address
#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80
msgid ""
"A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n"
"digits separated by colons."
-msgstr "有效 MAC 地址由 6 对十六进制数字组成,由英文冒号分隔。"
+msgstr ""
+"有效的 MAC 地址包括六对\n"
+"十六进制数字,使用冒号分隔。"
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
"start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit."
msgstr ""
-"有效域名由以英文句号分隔的多个部分组成。\n"
-"每个部分又包含字母、数字和连字符。\n"
-"连字符不能出现在各部分的开头或末尾,\n"
-"并且最后一部分不能以数字开头。"
+"有效域名由用点分隔的多个部分组成。\n"
+"每个部分又包含字母、数字和连字符。连字符不能\n"
+"出现在各部分的开头或末尾,最后一部分不能以数字开头。"
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
msgstr ""
"有效主机名由字母、数字和连字符组成。\n"
-"主机名不能以连字符开头或结尾。\n"
+"主机名不能以连字符开始或结束。\n"
#. Translators: dot: "."
#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56
@@ -4889,8 +5071,9 @@
"hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n"
"It can contain up to one double colon."
msgstr ""
-"有效 IPv6 地址由范围在 0-FFFF 的最多八个十六进制数字组成,\n"
-"数字间由英文冒号分隔。可包含最多一个双冒号。"
+"有效 IPv6 地址由至多 8 个\n"
+"介于 0-FFFF 的十六进制数组成,\n"
+"数字之间用冒号分隔。至多可包含一个双冒号。"
#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition
#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128
@@ -4903,7 +5086,8 @@
"IP/Netmask: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 or 2001:db8:0::1/56\n"
"IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32 or 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
msgstr ""
-"有效的网络定义可以包含 IP、IP/网络掩码、IP/网络掩码位或 0/0 表示全部网络。\n"
+"有效的网络定义可以包含 IP、IP/网络掩码、\n"
+"IP/网络掩码位,或可用 0/0 表示全部网络。\n"
"\n"
"示例:\n"
"IP:192.168.0.1 或 2001:db8:0::1\n"
@@ -4940,7 +5124,7 @@
#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201
msgid "%1 (on average %2)"
-msgstr "%1 (平均 %2)"
+msgstr "%1(平均 %2)"
#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter
#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name")
@@ -4952,7 +5136,7 @@
#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855
msgid "%1/s"
-msgstr "%1/秒"
+msgstr "%1/s"
#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection.
#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when
@@ -4967,7 +5151,7 @@
#. This is the heading of the popup box
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102
msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection"
-msgstr "确认检测硬件"
+msgstr "确认硬件检测"
#. This is in information message. Next come the
#. hardware class name (network cards).
@@ -4983,24 +5167,25 @@
"For example, some settings can be read improperly\n"
"and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n"
msgstr ""
-"必须以 root 用户身份运行此模块。\n"
-"若您现在继续,该模块可能无法正常工作。\n"
-"例如,某些设置可能读取不当,并绝无可能写入设置。\n"
+"必须以 root 用户身份才能运行此模块。\n"
+"如果要立即继续,此模块可能无法正常运行。\n"
+"例如,可能以不适当的方式读取了某些设置,\n"
+"但不可能写入这些设置。\n"
#. Popup headline
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190
msgid "Root Privileges Needed"
-msgstr "需要 Root 特权"
+msgstr "需要 Root 权限"
#. Popup question
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207
msgid "Really delete selected entry?"
-msgstr "真的删除所选项吗?"
+msgstr "确实要删除所选项吗?"
#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.)
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221
msgid "Really delete '%1'?"
-msgstr "真的删除 '%1' 吗?"
+msgstr "确实要删除“%1”吗?"
#. button text
#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel"
@@ -5020,7 +5205,9 @@
msgid ""
"YaST\n"
"Initializing ...\n"
-msgstr "正在初始化 YaST...\n"
+msgstr ""
+"YaST\n"
+"正在初始化...\n"
#. Heading for help popup window
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375
@@ -5367,7 +5554,7 @@
#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94
#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128
msgid "Malaysia"
-msgstr "马来西亚"
+msgstr "马来群岛"
#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95
#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92
@@ -5410,7 +5597,7 @@
#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76
#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152
msgid "Philippines"
-msgstr "菲律宾"
+msgstr "菲律宾共和国"
#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103
#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155
@@ -5575,7 +5762,7 @@
#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129
msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address."
-msgstr "%1 不是有效的 IPv4 地址。"
+msgstr "%1 不是有效的 Ipv4 地址。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined
@@ -5611,13 +5798,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217
msgid "The ACL name must be defined."
-msgstr "必须定义访问控制列表名称。"
+msgstr "必须定义 ACL 名称。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL,
#. %1 is the ACL's name
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228
msgid "An ACL named %1 does not exist."
-msgstr "不存在名为 %1 的访问控制列表。"
+msgstr "不存在名为 %1 的 ACL。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238
@@ -5632,7 +5819,7 @@
#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256
msgid "The fully qualified hostname must end with a dot."
-msgstr "完全限定的主机名必须以一个英文句号结束。"
+msgstr "完全限定的主机名必须以一个点结束。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described
#. two lines below using a pre-defined text
@@ -5652,7 +5839,7 @@
"It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n"
msgstr ""
"邮件交换优先级无效。\n"
-"它必须是一个从 0 到 65535 的数字。\n"
+"它必须是一个 0 到 65535 之间的数字。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone,
#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name
@@ -5667,7 +5854,7 @@
"主机名 %1 不是区域 %2 的一部分。\n"
"\n"
"主机名必须相对于区域或必须以区域名后跟一个英文句号结束,\n"
-"例如,区域 'example.org' 的名称应为 'dhcp1' 或 'dhcp1.example.org.'。\n"
+"例如,区域“example.org”中的主机名应为“dhcp1”或“dhcp1.example.org”。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4,
#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4
@@ -5679,10 +5866,11 @@
"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
msgstr ""
-"反向 IPv4 地址 %1 无效。\n"
+"该反向 IPv4 地址 %1 无效。\n"
"\n"
-"有效的反向 IPv4 包含由英文句号分隔的 4 个范围在 0-255 之间的整数,后面再跟字符串 '.in-addr.arpa.'。\n"
-"例如,IPv4 地址 '192.168.32.1' 的反向地址是 '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.'。\n"
+"有效的反向 IPv4 包含由点分隔的 4 个范围在 0-255\n"
+"之间的整数,再后跟字符串“.in-addr.arpa.”。\n"
+"例如,IPv4 地址“192.168.32.1”的反向地址是“1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.”。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make
#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa')
@@ -5692,9 +5880,9 @@
"Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n"
"such as 'host.example.org.'.\n"
msgstr ""
-"相对主机名 %1 不能用于区域 %2。\n"
-"请使用以英文句号结束的完全限定主机名代替,\n"
-"诸如 'host.example.org.'。\n"
+"不能对区域 %2 使用相对主机名 %1。\n"
+"请使用以点结束的完全限定的主机名,\n"
+"比如“host.example.org.”。\n"
#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432
@@ -5702,8 +5890,8 @@
"Invalid MX record.\n"
"Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n"
msgstr ""
-"邮件交换记录 (MX Record) 无效。\n"
-"请使用 '优先级 服务器名称' 的格式。\n"
+"MX 记录无效。\n"
+"请使用格式“priority server-name”。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key),
#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section
@@ -5713,7 +5901,7 @@
"Invalid SOA record.\n"
"%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n"
msgstr ""
-"起始授权机构资源记录 (SOA Record) 无效。\n"
+"无效 SOA 记录。\n"
"%1 必须在 %2 到 %3 秒之间。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers
@@ -5727,11 +5915,11 @@
"suffixes W, D, H, M, and S. Time in seconds is allowed without the suffix.\n"
"Enter values such as 12H15m, 86400, or 1W30M.\n"
msgstr ""
-"起始授权机构资源记录 (SOA Record) 无效。\n"
-"%1 必须是一个 BIND 时间类型。\n"
-"BIND 时间类型由数字和不区分大小写的后缀 W、D、H、M 和 S 组成。\n"
-"以秒为单位的时间允许不带后缀。\n"
-"请输入诸如这样的值,12H15m、86400 或 1W30M。\n"
+"无效 SOA 记录。\n"
+"%1 必须是 BIND 时间类型。\n"
+"BIND 时间类型由数字和不区分大小写的\n"
+"后缀 W、D、H、M 和 S 组成。以秒为单位的时间允许不带后缀。\n"
+"请输入类似的值:12H15m、86400 或 1W30M。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record,
#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number
@@ -5740,13 +5928,13 @@
"Invalid SOA record.\n"
"%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n"
msgstr ""
-"起始授权机构资源记录 (SOA Record) 无效。\n"
-"%1 必须是从 %2 到 %3 之间的一个数字。\n"
+"无效 SOA 记录。\n"
+"%1 必须是 %2 到 %3 之间的一个数字。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020
msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file."
-msgstr "必须先定义文件名才能记录日志到文件。"
+msgstr "要记录到文件,必须定义文件名。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028
@@ -5758,8 +5946,10 @@
"Possible suffixes are k, K, m, M, g, and G.\n"
msgstr ""
"无效文件大小。\n"
-"它必须以格式 '数字[后缀]' 设定。\n"
-"可使用的后缀为 k、K、m、M、g 和 G。\n"
+"\n"
+"这必须以格式“number[suffix]”设置。\n"
+"\n"
+"可以使用后缀 k、K、m、M、g 和 G。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041
@@ -5777,8 +5967,8 @@
"Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n"
"Zone %1 is type %2.\n"
msgstr ""
-"只有从属区域才需要定义 master server。\n"
-"区域 %1 的类型为 %2。\n"
+"只有从属区域有一个已定义的主服务器。\n"
+"区域 %1 的类型是 %2。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440
@@ -5788,7 +5978,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver'
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449
msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones."
-msgstr "从属区域需要 masterserver 选项。"
+msgstr "masterserver 选项对于从属区域是必需的。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531
@@ -5805,349 +5995,3 @@
msgstr ""
"DNS 服务器管理的 %1 没有反向区域。\n"
"无法添加主机名 %2。"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "服务状态"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>当前状态</big></b><br>\n"
-"显示服务当前状态。保存设置后状态仍不变,独立于 '引导期间启动服务' 的值。</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>保存设置后重新加载</big></b><br>\n"
-"仅在服务当前正在运行时应用。会确保运行中的服务在保存设置后重新加载新的配置 (通过 '好' 或 '保存' 按钮)。</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>系统引导期间启动</big></b><br>\n"
-"勾选此框在系统引导时启用服务。反选禁用服务。这不会影响已在运行中的系统上的服务的当前状态。</p>\n"
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "当前状态:"
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "系统引导期间启动"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr "保存设置后重新加载"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "正在运行"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "立即停止"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr "已停止"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "立即启动"
-
-#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
-#~ msgstr "无法挂载正确的软件源介质。"
-
-#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..."
-#~ msgstr "正在下载补丁 RPM 包 %1 (%2)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package"
-#~ msgstr "正在下载补丁 RPM 包"
-
-#~ msgid "Read dynamic definitions of installed services"
-#~ msgstr "读取已安装服务的动态定义"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading dynamic definitions of installed services..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取已安装服务的动态定义..."
-
-#~ msgid "No running network detected."
-#~ msgstr "未检测到运行中的网络。"
-
-#~ msgid "or continue without network."
-#~ msgstr "或者不带网络继续。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n"
-#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies."
-#~ msgstr "当前系统不连贯,有些软件包有未解决的依赖关系。"
-
-#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-#~ msgstr "自动解决依赖关系失败,需要手动解决依赖关系。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
-#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n"
-#~ "in the software manager."
-#~ msgstr "YaST 自动添加或移除了一些软件包,请到软件管理器中检查计划的变更以修复系统。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n"
-#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
-#~ msgstr "启动软件管理器并修复问题,还是跳过修复并只安装已确认的软件包呢?"
-
-#~ msgid "Installed Size"
-#~ msgstr "已安装大小"
-
-#~ msgid "Empty service name: %1."
-#~ msgstr "空服务名称:%1。"
-
-#~ msgid "Service %1 does not exist in %2."
-#~ msgstr "服务 %1 不存在于 %2。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Unable to query '%1' unit Id\n"
-#~ "Command returned: %2\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "不能查询 '%1' 单元 Id\n"
-#~ "命令返回:%2\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to parse '%1' unit Id query output: '%2'\n"
-#~ msgstr "不能解析 '%1' 单元 Id 查询输出:'%2'\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Unable to disable service %1\n"
-#~ "Command '%2' returned:%3\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "无法禁用服务 %1:\n"
-#~ "命令 '%2' 返回了:%3\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Unable to enable service %1\n"
-#~ "Command %2 returned\n"
-#~ "%3"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "无法激活服务 %1\n"
-#~ "命令 %2 返回了 %3"
-
-#~ msgid "&Enter Password:"
-#~ msgstr "输入密码(&E):"
-
-#~ msgid "Scanning for hosts in the local network..."
-#~ msgstr "正在扫描本地网络中的主机..."
-
-#~ msgid "&Available Hosts:"
-#~ msgstr "可用主机(&A):"
-
-#~ msgid "&Host:"
-#~ msgstr "主机(&H):"
-
-#~ msgid "&User name:"
-#~ msgstr "用户名(&U):"
-
-#~ msgid "&Module to Start:"
-#~ msgstr "待启动模块(&M):"
-
-#~ msgid "Connection &Protocol:"
-#~ msgstr "连接协议(&P):"
-
-#~ msgid "&Launch"
-#~ msgstr "调用(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "Select the Serial &Interface to Use:"
-#~ msgstr "选择要使用的串行接口(&I):"
-
-#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
-#~ msgstr "安装摘要"
-
-#~ msgid "kB"
-#~ msgstr "kB"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot enable service '%1'."
-#~ msgstr "无法启用服务 '%1'。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot disable service '%1'."
-#~ msgstr "无法禁用服务 '%1'。"
-
-#~ msgid "Post-Installation log (SUSEconfig)"
-#~ msgstr "安装后日志(SUSEconfig)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Unable to enable service %1:\n"
-#~ "%2"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "无法启用服务 %1:\n"
-#~ "%2"
-
-#~ msgid "Import Public GnuPG Key"
-#~ msgstr "导入公共 GnuPG 密钥"
-
-#~ msgid "&Import"
-#~ msgstr "导入(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "Do &Not Import"
-#~ msgstr "不导入(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository %1 \n"
-#~ "%2:\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "%3\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n"
-#~ "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n"
-#~ "You should be sure that you can trust the owner and that\n"
-#~ "the key really belongs to that owner before importing it."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "在安装源 %1 中找到以下 GnuPG 密钥\n"
-#~ "%2:\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "%3\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "您可以选择将其导入可信公共密钥的\n"
-#~ "密钥环,这意味着您信任该密钥的所有者。\n"
-#~ "将其导入之前,应确保可以信任该所有者\n"
-#~ "并且该密钥确实属于该所有者。"
-
-#~ msgid "A&vailable are:"
-#~ msgstr "可用的(&V):"
-
-#~ msgid "Re&start detection"
-#~ msgstr "重启动检测(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Configure..."
-#~ msgstr "配置(&C)..."
-
-#~ msgid "C&hange..."
-#~ msgstr "更改(&H)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium."
-#~ msgstr "在介质上未找到包 %1。"
-
-#~ msgid "Package %1 could not be downloaded (input/output error)."
-#~ msgstr "无法下载软件包 %1(输入/输出错误)。"
-
-#~ msgid "Failed to download delta RPM"
-#~ msgstr "下载增量 RPM 失败"
-
-#~ msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM"
-#~ msgstr "应用增量 RPM 失败"
-
-#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM"
-#~ msgstr "下载增补程序 RPM 失败"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Download failed:\n"
-#~ " %1"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "下载失败:\n"
-#~ " %1"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Accessing the Package Management Failed"
-#~ msgid "Accessing the Softwaree Management Failed"
-#~ msgstr "访问包管理失败"
-
-#~ msgid "Automatically Retry After %1 Seconds"
-#~ msgstr "在 %1 秒后自动重试"
-
-#~ msgid "No package source defined."
-#~ msgstr "未定义任何包源。"
-
-#~ msgid "Skip Refresh"
-#~ msgstr "跳过刷新"
-
-#~ msgid "Size"
-#~ msgstr "大小"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading RPM DB..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取 RPM 数据库..."
-
-#~ msgid "RPM DB read"
-#~ msgstr "读取 RPM DB"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Another process is accessing the package database.\n"
-#~ "Package management cannot be used now.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "另一个进程正在访问该包数据库。\n"
-#~ "现在无法使用包管理。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Server"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "POP3 Server"
-#~ msgstr "POP3 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "POP3S Server"
-#~ msgstr "POP3S 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "IMAP Server"
-#~ msgstr "IMAP 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "IMAPS Server"
-#~ msgstr "IMAPS 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Samba Server"
-#~ msgstr "Samba 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Remote Synchronization"
-#~ msgstr "远程同步"
-
-#~ msgid "DNS Server"
-#~ msgstr "DNS 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "NFS Client"
-#~ msgstr "NFS 客户程序"
-
-#~ msgid "NFS Server"
-#~ msgstr "NFS 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "NIS Server"
-#~ msgstr "NIS 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Remote Administration"
-#~ msgstr "远程管理"
-
-#~ msgid "TFTP Server"
-#~ msgstr "TFTP 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "IPP Server"
-#~ msgstr "IPP 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "IPP Client"
-#~ msgstr "IPP 客户程序"
-
-#~ msgid "NTP Server"
-#~ msgstr "NTP 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP Server"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAPS Server"
-#~ msgstr "LDAPS 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "IPsec"
-#~ msgstr "IPsec"
-
-#~ msgid "SLP Daemon"
-#~ msgstr "SLP 守护程序"
-
-#~ msgid "Remote Access to Display Manager"
-#~ msgstr "到显示管理器的远程访问"
-
-#~ msgid "Remote File Alteration Monitor"
-#~ msgstr "远程文件变更监视器"
-
-#~ msgid "Portable Batch System (PBS)"
-#~ msgstr "灵活的批处理系统 (PBS)"
-
-#~ msgid "MySQL Remote Access"
-#~ msgstr "MySQL 远程访问"
-
-#~ msgid "iSCSI Target"
-#~ msgstr "iSCSI 目标"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,83 +1,176 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 21:30+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. command line help text for Bootloader module
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35
msgid "Boot loader configuration module"
-msgstr "引导加载器配置模块"
+msgstr "引导加载程序配置模块"
#. command line help text for summary action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48
msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader"
-msgstr "引导加载器配置摘要"
+msgstr "引导加载程序配置摘要"
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "删除一个全局选项"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "删除全局选项或某部分的选项"
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "设置全局选项"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "设置全局选项或某部分的选项"
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr "添加新节 - 请使用交互模式"
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr "打印指定选项的值"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr "部分的名称"
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
-msgstr "选项的键"
+msgstr "选项的密钥"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr "选项的值"
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr "未找到部分 %1。"
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr "未指定值。"
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr "添加选项仅在命令行交互模式下可用"
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
+msgstr "必须指定部分名称。"
+
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr "未指定选项。"
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
-msgstr "值:%s"
-
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
-msgstr "指定选项不存在。"
+msgstr "指定的选项不存在。"
+#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
+msgid "Value: %1"
+msgstr "值:%1"
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "正在保存 bootloader 配置..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"您的系统现将关闭。%1\n"
+"有关细节,请阅读文档中的\n"
+"相关章节。\n"
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "系统将立即重引导..."
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
+msgstr "未选择任何要安装的引导加载程序。您的系统可能无法引导。"
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr "由于分区,bootloader 无法正确安装"
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "引导"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "引导(&B)"
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr "磁盘顺序"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "磁盘顺序设置"
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr "引导菜单"
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr "引导加载程序选项"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -103,11 +196,11 @@
"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<b>在分区表中为引导分区设置活动旗标</b><br>\n"
-"激活包含引导加载器的分区。\n"
+"<b>在分区表中设置活动标志以引导分区</b><br>\n"
+"激活包含引导加载程序的分区。\n"
"之后通用 MBR 代码将引导活动分区。\n"
"较旧的 BIOS 要求有一个活动分区,\n"
-"即使引导加载器安装在主引导记录中也是如此。</p>"
+"即使引导加载程序安装在 MBR 中也是如此。</p>"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
@@ -129,8 +222,8 @@
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>超时(以秒计)</b><br>\n"
-"指定在默认内核加载前引导加载器将等待的时间。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>超时(以秒为单位)</b><br>\n"
+"指定引导加载程序等待直到装载默认内核的时间。</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
@@ -141,30 +234,44 @@
"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>按<b>设置为默认</b>您可以将所选引导项标记为默认引导项。\n"
-"当引导时,引导加载器将提供一个引导菜单并等待用户选择一个要引导的内核或操作系统。\n"
-"若超时前没有按下任何键,将引导默认内核或操作系统。\n"
-"引导加载器菜单中的引导项顺序可使用<b>向上</b>和<b>向下</b>按钮调整。</p>\n"
+"<p> 通过按<b>设置为默认值</b>,可将所选\n"
+"部分标记为默认值。引导时,引导加载程序将提供一个\n"
+"引导菜单,并等待用户选择要引导的内核或\n"
+"操作系统。如果在超时之前未按下任何键,则将引导默认\n"
+"内核或操作系统。使用<b>向上</b>和<b>向下</b>按钮可以更改引导加载程序\n"
+"菜单中各部分的顺序。</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>将通用引导代码写入主引导记录</b>将使用通用代码 (用于引导活动分区的独立于操作系统的代码) 替换您磁盘的主引导记录。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>将通用引导代码写入 MBR</b> 将使用通用代码(用于引导活动分区的独立于操作系统的代码)替换您磁盘的主引导记录。</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>从引导分区引导</b>是一个推荐选项,另一个是<b>从根分区引导</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>从引导分区引导</b>是一个推荐选项,另一个是\n"
+"<b>从根分区引导</b>。</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>使用可信 Grub</b> 表示安装并使用可信 Grub。将忽略<i>图形菜单文件</i>选项。\n"
+"建议将 Grub 安装到 MBR</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若您计算机上还安装着另一个操作系统,则不推荐使用<b>从主引导记录引导</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果计算机上安装有另一个操作系统,\n"
+"则不推荐使用<b>从主引导记录引导</b>。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
@@ -172,68 +279,82 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>当有合适的分区时,<b>从根分区引导</b>是推荐选项。\n"
-"若需要更新主引导记录,可选择在<b>引导加载器选项</b>中<b>在分区表中为引导分区设置活动旗标</b>并<b>写入通用引导代码到主引导记录</b>。或者也可以配置您其它的引导管理器去启动此引导项。</p>"
+" 在 <b>引导加载程序选项</b>中选择<b>在分区表中设置活动标记,以引导分区</b>和<b>将通用引导代码写入 MBR</b>\n"
+"以更新主引导记录(如果需要)或将其他引导管理器配置为\n"
+"启动此部分。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
-msgstr "若您的根分区位于逻辑分区上且没有 /boot 分区则应该选择<p><b>从扩展分区引导</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果您的根分区位于逻辑分区上,并且 /boot 分区不存在,\n"
+"则应选择<b>从扩展分区引导</b></p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>自定义引导分区</b>可让您选择要从之引导的分区。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>自定义引导分区</b>可以选择用于引导的分区。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>多设备 (MD) 阵列由两个磁盘构建而成。激活<b>启用多设备阵列冗余</b>可将 GRUB 写入两个磁盘的主引导记录。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>多设备 (MD) 阵列由两个磁盘构建而成。激活<b>启用 MD 阵列冗余</b>可将 GRUB 写入两个磁盘的 MBR。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>使用串行控制台</b>可让您定义用于串行控制台的参数。\n"
-"细节请参考 grub 文档 (<code>info grub2</code>)。</p>"
+"细节请参见 grub 文档 (<code>info grub</code>)。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>终端定义</b></p><br>\n"
-"定义您想要使用的终端类型。 \n"
-"对于串行终端 (如串行控制台),您必须指定 <code>serial</code>。\n"
-"您也可以向命令传递 <code>console</code> 参数,如 <code>serial console</code>。\n"
-"在这种情况下,将把您在其中按下了任何键的终端选择为 GRUB 终端。</p>"
+"定义要使用的终端类型。 对于串行终端(如串行控制台),\n"
+"必须指定 <code>serial</code>。 还可以向命令传递 <code>console</code> 作为\n"
+" <code>serial console</code>。 在这种情况下,将把在其中\n"
+"按任何键的终端选择为 GRUB 终端。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>默认项失败时的备用引导项</b>包含了一个引导项编号列表,\n"
-"当默认引导项无法引导时,可使用该列表来引导。</p>"
+"<p><b>如果默认部分无法使用,则使用后备部分</b>包含一个部分编号列表,\n"
+"当默认部分无法引导时,可使用该列表来引导。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择<b>引导时隐藏菜单</b>后将隐藏引导菜单。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择<b>引导时隐藏菜单</b>将隐藏引导菜单。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>图形菜单文件</b>定义要用于图形引导菜单的文件。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>启用 Acoustic 信号</b>开启/关闭 acoustic 信号。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>使用密码保护引导加载器</b><br>\n"
-"在引导时,修改甚至引导任何项都将需要密码。若勾选了<b>仅保护引导项不受修改</b>那么引导任何项都不受限制但修改引导项将需要密码 (这是 GRUB Legacy 的行为)。<br>YaST 仅在您于<b>再输入一次密码</b>中再输入一次密码后才会接受该密码。</p>"
+"<p><b>使用口令保护引导加载程序</b><br>\n"
+"定义访问引导菜单所需的口令。\n"
+"YaST 只在您在<b>再次键入口令</b>中重复了口令后才会接受该口令。</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -245,164 +366,231 @@
"要根据 BIOS 中的顺序指定磁盘顺序,请使用\n"
"<b>向上</b>和<b>向下</b>按钮来重新排列磁盘。\n"
"要添加磁盘,请按<b>添加</b>。\n"
-"要移除磁盘,请按<b>移除</b>。</p>"
+"要去除磁盘,请按<b>去除</b>。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
-msgstr "引导加载器位置"
+msgstr "引导加载程序位置"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
-msgstr "在分区表中为引导分区设置活动旗标(&A)"
+msgstr "在分区表中设置活动标志以引导分区(&A)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
-msgstr "超时 (以秒计)(&T)"
+msgstr "超时(&T)(以秒计)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
-msgstr "默认引导项(&D)"
+msgstr "默认引导部分(&D)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
-msgstr "将通用引导代码写入主引导记录(&G)"
+msgstr "将通用引导代码写入 MBR(&G)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr "使用可信 Grub(&T)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "自定义引导分区"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "从主引导记录引导"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "从根分区引导"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "从引导分区引导"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "从扩展分区引导"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "串行连接参数(&P)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
-msgstr "默认引导项失败时的备用引导项"
+msgstr "如果默认部分无法使用,则使用后备部分"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "引导时隐藏菜单(&H)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr "图形菜单文件(&M)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
-msgstr "菜单界面密码(&S)"
+msgstr "菜单界面口令(&S)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
-msgstr "调试旗标(&I)"
+msgstr "调试标志(&I)"
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain
+#. Joachim Plack
+#. Olaf Dabrunz
+#. Philipp Thomas
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr "选择新图形菜单文件"
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr "启用 Acoustic 信号(&S)"
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
-msgstr "使用密码保护引导加载器(&E)"
+msgstr "使用口令保护引导加载程序(&E)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr "仅保护启动项不受修改(&r)"
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "密码(&P)"
+msgstr "口令(&P)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
-msgstr "再次键入密码(&T)"
+msgstr "再次键入口令(&T)"
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr "使用串行控制台(&S)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr "控制台参数(&C)"
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "设备(&D)"
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "设备映射必须至少包含一个设备"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "磁盘(&I)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr "向上(&U)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr "向下(&D)"
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "从根分区引导(&R)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "从引导分区引导(&T)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "自定义引导分区(&U)"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
-msgstr "引导加载器位置"
+msgstr "引导加载程序位置"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "从主引导记录引导(&M)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "从扩展分区引导(&E)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "自定义引导分区(&U)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
-msgstr "启用多设备 (MD) 阵列冗余(&U)"
+msgstr "启用 MD 阵列冗余(&U)"
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr "引导加载程序安装细节(&D)"
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "引导代码选项"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "内核参数"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
-msgstr "引导加载器选项"
+msgstr "引导加载程序选项"
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "引导加载器选项"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
-msgstr "安全引导 (Secure Boot)"
+msgstr "安全引导"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
-msgstr "启用安全引导支持 (Secure Boot)"
+msgstr "启用安全引导支持(&S)"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
-msgstr "引导加载器位置(&L)"
+msgstr "引导加载程序位置(&L)"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
-msgstr "请选择将安装引导程序的分区。"
+msgstr "选择安装引导顺序的分区。"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
@@ -419,56 +607,86 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>可选内核命令行参数</b>可让您定义要传递给内核的额外参数。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>可选内核命令行参数</b>可以定义要传递到内核的其他参数。</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>VGA 模式</b>定义了引导时内核应设置的<i>控制台</i> VGA 模式。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Vga 模式</b>定义引导时内核应设置的<i>控制台</i>的 VGA 模式。</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr "<p>可通过 os-prober <b>探测外来操作系统</b>以与其它外来操作系统多重引导</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>安全模式内核命令行参数</b>可让您定义要传递给内核的安全模式参数。</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr "<p>可通过 os-prober <b>探测外来操作系统</b>以与其他外来发行套件多重引导</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>保护性 MBR 旗标</b>是一个专家设置,仅在一些诡异的硬件上需要。细节请参考 GPT 磁盘中的保护性 MBR。若您不确定则请不要碰它。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>保护性 MBR 标志</b>是一些仅面向专家的设置,只有外来硬件才需要使用该标志。有关细节,请参见 GPT 磁盘中的保护性 MBR。如果不确定,则不要触摸。</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>分发套件</b>指定用来创建引导项名称的内核分发套件名称。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "可选内核命令行参数(&P)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr "发行套件(&I)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
-msgstr "&VGA 模式"
+msgstr "VGA 模式(&V)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr "安全模式内核命令行参数(&F)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr "探测外来操作系统"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
-msgstr "保护性 MBR 旗标"
+msgstr "保护性 MBR 标志"
#. combo box item
#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
-msgstr "%1x%2,%3 位 (模式 %4)"
+msgstr "%1x%2,%3 位(模式 %4)"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr "标准 8 像素字体模式。"
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr "文本模式"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr "未指定"
@@ -480,79 +698,232 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104
msgid "remove"
-msgstr "移除"
+msgstr "删除"
#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106
msgid "do not change"
-msgstr "不变动"
+msgstr "不更改"
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr "由 grub2 自动检测"
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "选择新图形主题文件"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "使用图形控制台(&G)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "控制台分辨率(&C)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "控制台主题(&C)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr "使用串行控制台(&S)"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr "控制台参数(&C)"
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
-msgstr "不支持的引导加载器 '%s'。请调整您的 AutoYaST 方案。"
+msgstr "不支持引导加载程序“%s”。请相应调整您的 AutoYaST 配置文件。"
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "选择文件"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr "引导分区类型是 NFS。无法安装引导加载器。"
+msgstr "引导分区的类型为 NFS。无法安装引导加载程序。"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
-msgstr "引导加载器设置"
+msgstr "引导加载程序设置"
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
-msgstr "没有要为当前引导加载器设置的选项。"
+msgstr "没有要为当前引导加载程序设置的选项。"
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr "内核部分"
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr "部分设置"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr "引导加载程序设置:部分管理"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr "Xen 部分"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr "菜单部分"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr "转储选择"
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr "其他系统部分"
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr "文件名(&F)"
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr "文件名:%1"
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr "文件内容(&L)"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr "专家手动配置"
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr "其他"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr "映像"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr "Xen"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr "软盘"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr "菜单"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr "转储"
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr "默认"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "标签"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "类型"
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr "映像/设备"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr "设置为默认值(&F)"
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
-msgstr "引导加载器(&B)"
+msgstr "引导加载程序(&B)"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -561,78 +932,129 @@
"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"您若不安装任何引导加载器,系统可能无法启动。\n"
+"如果未安装任何引导加载程序,系统可能\n"
+"无法启动。\n"
+" \n"
+" 是否继续?\n"
+
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
"\n"
-"继续咩?后果很严重哦\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"您已选择了更改引导加载程序。转换配置时,\n"
+"一些设置可能会丢失。\n"
+" \n"
+"将保存当前配置,并且您可以在返回到当前\n"
+"引导加载程序时恢复配置。\n"
+" \n"
+"选择操作过程:\n"
+#. radiobutton
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
+msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
+msgstr "建议新配置(&P)"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr "转换当前配置(&N)"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr "从头开始配置(&S)"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr "读取保存在磁盘上的配置(&R)"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr "恢复转换前保存的配置(&T)"
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr "在编辑各部分之前,选择引导加载程序。"
+
+#. pushbutton
#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
msgstr "编辑配置文件(&D)"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
-msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
-msgstr "建议新配置(&P)"
-
-#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
-msgstr "从零开始(&S)"
+msgstr "从头开始配置(&S)"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
-msgstr "从磁盘重新读取配置(&R)"
+msgstr "从磁盘重读取配置(&R)"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr "恢复硬盘的主引导记录"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
-msgstr "将引导加载器引导代码写入磁盘"
+msgstr "将 bootloader 引导代码写入磁盘"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "其它"
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
-msgstr "已成功恢复主引导记录。"
+msgstr "已成功恢复 MBR。"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
-msgstr "恢复主引导记录失败。"
+msgstr "恢复 MBR 失败。"
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
-msgstr "写入引导加载器设置失败。"
+msgstr "写入引导加载程序设置失败。"
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
+msgstr "部分管理(&S)"
+
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr "引导加载程序安装(&I)"
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
-msgstr "引导加载器选项(&L)"
+msgstr "引导加载程序选项(&L)"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "引导加载器安装细节(&D)"
-
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n"
"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P><BIG><B>引导加载器配置工具</B></BIG><BR>\n"
-"修改您引导加载器的设置。</P>"
+"<P><BIG><B>引导加载程序配置工具</B></BIG><BR>\n"
+"更改引导加载程序的设置。</P>"
#. help text
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41
@@ -640,41 +1062,58 @@
"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B><BIG>正在保存引导加载器配置</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"<P><B><BIG>正在保存引导加载程序配置</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"请稍候...<br></p>"
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+"如果安装了多个 Linux 系统,则\n"
+" YaST 可以尝试查找它们并合并它们的菜单。"
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
-msgstr "<P>从<B>其它</B>中,您可以手动编辑引导加载器配置文件,清除当前配置并提出一个新方案,从零开始新配置,或重新读取保存在您磁盘上的配置。%1</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>从<B>其他</B>开始,<B>您可以手动编辑引导加载程序</B> 配置文件,然后清除当前配置,再从头开始建议一个新配置,或重新读取\n"
+"磁盘上保存的配置。%1</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>要手动编辑引导加载器配置文件,请点击<B>编辑配置文件</B>。</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>要手动编辑引导加载程序配置文件,\n"
+"请单击<B>编辑配置文件</B>。</P>"
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>表格中的每项均代表了引导菜单中的一个引导项。</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>在表中,每个部分代表引导菜单\n"
+"中的一个项目。</P>"
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>按<B>编辑</B>可显示所选引导项的属性。</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>按<B>编辑</B>可显示所选部分的\n"
+"属性。</P>"
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -683,43 +1122,45 @@
"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>按<b>设置为默认</b>您可以将所选引导项标记为默认引导项。\n"
-"当引导时,引导加载器将提供一个引导菜单并等待用户选择一个要引导的内核或操作系统。\n"
-"若超时前没有按下任何键,将引导默认内核或操作系统。\n"
-"引导加载器菜单中的引导项顺序客使用<b>向上</b>和<b>向下</b>按钮调整。</P>"
+"<P>通过按<b>设置为默认值</b>,可将所选部分\n"
+"标记为默认值。引导时,引导加载程序将提供一个\n"
+"引导菜单并等待用户选择要引导的内核或其他\n"
+"操作系统。如果在超时之前未按下任何键,则将引导默认\n"
+"内核或操作系统。使用<B>向上</B>和<B>向下</B>按钮可以更改引导加载程序\n"
+"菜单中各部分的顺序。</P>"
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>按<B>添加</B>可创建一个新引导加载器引导项,\n"
-"按<B>删除</B>可删除所选引导项。</P>"
+"<P>按<B>添加</B>可创建一个新的引导加载程序部分,\n"
+"按<B>删除</B>可删除所选部分。</P>"
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>引导加载器位置</b></big><br>\n"
-"引导管理器 (%1) 可以以下方式安装:</p>"
+"<p><big><b>引导加载程序位置</b></big><br>\n"
+"引导管理器 (%1) 可使用以下方式安装:</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
"on the computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>- 在<b>主引导记录</b> (MBR) 中。\n"
-"若计算机上安装了其它操作系统则不推荐此方法。</p>"
+"<p>- 在<b>主引导记录</b> (MBR)中。\n"
+"如果计算机上安装了其他操作系统,则不推荐此操作。</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -731,190 +1172,227 @@
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"- 在 <tt>/boot</tt> 或 <tt>/</tt>(根) 分区的<b>引导扇区</b>中。\n"
-"这是当有合适的分区存在时的推荐选项。\n"
-"若需要更新主引导记录,可以在<b>引导加载器安装细节</b>中设置<b>激活引导加载器分区</b>\n"
-"和<b>使用通用代码替换主引导记录</b>。\n"
-"或者也可以配置您其它的引导管理器去启动 &product;。</p>"
+"- 在 <tt>/boot</tt> 的<b>引导扇区</b>或 <tt>/</tt>(根)\n"
+"分区中。当有合适的分区时,这是推荐选项。\n"
+" 在<b>引导加载程序安装细节</b>中设置<b>激活引导加载程序分区</b> 和\n"
+" <b>使用通用代码替换 MBR</b> \n"
+"以在需要时更新主引导记录,或配置其他引导管理器\n"
+"以启动产品(&P)。</p>"
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- 在<b>软盘</b>上。\n"
+" 使用此选项可避免干扰现有引导机制的风险。\n"
+"在机器的 BIOS 中启用从软盘引导,\n"
+"以使用此选项。</p>"
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
"when selecting this option.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"- 在某些<b>其它</b>分区中。\n"
-"当选择此选项时请考虑到您系统的限制。</p>"
+"- 在某些<b>其他</b>分区中。在选择此选项时,\n"
+"请考虑系统的限制情况。</p>"
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n"
"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>例如,多数 PC 均有 BIOS 限制只能引导硬盘柱面小于 1024 的分区。\n"
-"取决于所用的引导管理器,您可能能够也可能不能从一个逻辑分区引导。</p>"
+"例如,大多数 PC 存在这样的 BIOS 限制,\n"
+"即只能引导小于 1024 的硬盘柱面。根据使用的引导管理器,\n"
+"您可能可以也可能不可以从逻辑分区引导。</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"请在输入字段中输入分区的设备名 (例如,<tt>/dev/hda3</tt> 或 <tt>/dev/sdb</tt>)。</p>"
+"在输入字段中输入分区的设备名(例如,<tt>/dev/hda3</tt> 或\n"
+"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>)。</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>引导加载器安装细节</b><br>\n"
-"要调整高级引导加载器安装选项 (诸如设备映射),\n"
-"请点击<b>引导加载器安装细节</b>。</p>"
+"<p><b>引导加载程序安装细节</b><br>\n"
+"要调整高级引导加载程序安装选项(如设备映射),\n"
+"请单击<b>引导加载程序安装细节</b>。</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>引导加载器类型</b><br>\n"
-"要选择是否安装引导加载器以及安装哪个引导加载器,请使用<b>引导加载器</b>。</p>"
+"<p><b>引导加载程序类型</b><br>\n"
+"要选择是否安装引导加载程序以及安装哪个引导加载程序,\n"
+"请使用<b>引导加载程序</b>。</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>引导加载器选项</b><br>\n"
-"要调整引导加载器的选项,诸如超时,请点击<b>引导加载器选项</b>。</p>"
+"<p><b>引导加载程序选项</b><br>\n"
+"要调整引导加载程序的选项(如超时),\n"
+"请单击<b>引导加载程序选项</b>。</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>专家手动配置</B><BR>\n"
-"在此处手动编辑引导加载器配置。</P>\n"
-"<P>注意:最终配置文件中的缩进可能有所不同。</P>"
+"在此处,请手动编辑引导加载程序配置。</P>\n"
+"<P>注意:最终配置文件中的缩排可能未对齐。</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
"name must be unique.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>引导项名称</b><br>\n"
-"请使用<b>引导项名称</b>来指定引导加载器引导项的名称。\n"
-"引导项必须是唯一。</p>"
+"<p><b>引导项</b><br>\n"
+"请使用<b>引导项</b>来指定引导加载程序引导项的名称。\n"
+"引导项必须唯一。</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>新引导项类型</b></big><br>\n"
-"选择要创建的新引导项类型。</p>"
+"<p><big><b>新部分的类型</b></big><br>\n"
+"选择要创建的新部分的类型。</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
"selected section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>可选择<b>克隆所选引导项</b>克隆当前所选引导项目。\n"
-"然后再修改应与所选引导项不同的选项。</p>"
+"<p>选择<b>复制选定部分</b>可复制当前选择的\n"
+"部分。然后修改应\n"
+"区分于选定部分的选项。</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择<b>映像项</b>可添加一个新的 Linux 内核或其它要加载并启动的映像。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>选择<b>映像部分</b>可添加一个新的 Linux 内核\n"
+"或其他要装载并启动的映像。</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择 <b>Xen 项</b>也可添加新的 Linux 内核或其它映像,但需要在 XEN 环境中启动它。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择 <b>Xen 部分</b>也可添加新的 Linux 内核或其他映像,但需要在 XEN 环境中启动它。</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>选择<b>其它系统 (链式加载器) </b>可添加一个加载并启动磁盘某分区的引导扇区的项。\n"
-"这用于引导其它操作系统。</p>"
+"<p>选择<b>其他系统 (Chainloader) </b>可添加将装载并启动磁盘\n"
+"分区某引导扇区的部分。这用于\n"
+"引导其他操作系统。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>选择<b>菜单项</b>可添加一个从磁盘某分区加载配置文件 (引导项列表)的项。\n"
-"这用于引导其它操作系统。</p>"
+"<p>选择<b>菜单部分</b>可添加一个从磁盘\n"
+"某分区装载配置文件(引导项列表)的部分。\n"
+"这用于引导其他操作系统。</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
-msgstr "硬盘顺序:%1"
+msgstr "硬盘的顺序:%1"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
-msgstr "不安装任何引导加载器"
+msgstr "不要安装任何引导加载程序"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
-msgstr "不安装任何引导加载器"
+msgstr "不要安装任何引导加载程序"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
-msgstr "安装默认引导加载器"
+msgstr "安装默认引导加载程序"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
-msgstr "安装默认引导加载器"
+msgstr "安装默认引导加载程序"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
-msgstr "引导加载器"
+msgstr "引导加载程序"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
-msgstr "引导加载器"
+msgstr "引导加载程序"
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr "已将 %1 引导扇区写入软盘。"
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr "将软盘留在驱动器中。"
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
"This function is not available if the boot\n"
"loader is not specified."
-msgstr "若未指定引导加载器则此功能不可用。"
+msgstr ""
+"如果未指定引导加载程序,\n"
+"此功能不可用。"
#. yes-no popup question
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48
@@ -922,49 +1400,127 @@
"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost.\n"
msgstr ""
-"真的不保存就离开引导加载器配置界面吗?\n"
-"全部修改均将不复存在。\n"
+"是否确实要放弃对引导加载程序配置的保存?\n"
+"所有更改都将丢失。\n"
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr "是否确实要删除部分 %1?"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
-msgstr "密码不能为空。"
+msgstr "口令不能为空。"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
-msgstr "'密码' 和 '再次键入密码' 中的内容不匹配。请再次键入密码。"
+msgstr ""
+"“口令”和“重输口令”\n"
+"不匹配。请重键入口令。"
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"磁盘设置已更改。\n"
+"请检查部分 %1 的设置。\n"
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"磁盘设置已更改,而且您手动编辑了引导加载程序\n"
+"配置文件。请检查引导加载程序设置。\n"
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
-msgstr "%1 设置默认引导装载器位置吗?\n"
+msgstr "%1 是否要设置默认引导加载程序位置?\n"
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr "不创建文件系统"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr "创建 ext2 文件系统"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr "创建 FAT 文件系统"
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"引导加载程序引导扇区将被写入\n"
+"软盘。请插入软盘并\n"
+"单击“确定”确认。\n"
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr "低级格式化(&L)"
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr "创建文件系统(&C)"
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr "低级格式化失败。是否重试?"
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr "创建文件系统失败。"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
msgstr ""
-"所选名称已在使用。\n"
-"请使用其它名称。\n"
+"所选名称已被使用。\n"
+"请使用其他名称。\n"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
-"引导加载器安装期间出错。\n"
-"重试引导加载器配置吗?\n"
+"引导加载程序安装期间\n"
+"出错。是否重试引导加载程序配置?\n"
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr "无法安装引导加载程序。"
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -978,1900 +1534,532 @@
msgstr ""
"警告!\n"
"\n"
-"目前 %1 主引导记录将被保存在 %2 的主引导记录覆盖。\n"
+"系统将立即使用保存在 %2 的主引导记录\n"
+"重写 %1 的当前主引导记录。\n"
"\n"
-"只有主引导记录中的引导代码会被覆盖。\n"
-"分区表仍将保持不变。\n"
+"仅重写主引导记录中的引导代码。\n"
+"分区表将保持不变。\n"
"\n"
-"继续吗?\n"
+"是否继续?\n"
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
-msgstr "是,覆盖(&Y)"
+msgstr "是,重写(&Y)"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr "出于分区原因,无法正确安装引导加载器。"
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>映象部分</b></p>"
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "设备映射必须包含至少一个设备"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>内核映像</b>定义要引导的内核。直接输入名称,或通过<b>浏览</b>进行选择。</p>"
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "磁盘顺序设置"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>根设备</b>设置要传递到内核作为根设备的设备。</p>"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "磁盘(&I)"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>初始 RAM 磁盘</b>(如果不为空)定义要使用的初始 RAM 磁盘。请直接输入路径和文件名,\n"
+"或通过使用<b>浏览</b>进行选择。</p>\n"
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "设备(&D)"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果要定义用于引导非 Linux 的操作系统的部分,请选择 <b>Chainloader 部分</b>。</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr "所选自定义引导分区 %s 不再可用。"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>设置<b>使用口令保护</p>将导致选择此部分时需要口令。</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr "所选引导加载器位置 %{path} 不再在 %{device} 上。"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>其他系统</b>,可以从计算机上的非 Linux 操作系统中选择。</p>"
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "正在保存引导加载器配置..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果 BIOS 需要设置此标志以引导此分区,则选择<b>在选择该分区用于引导时激活该分区</b></p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"您的系统即将关闭。%1\n"
-"细节请阅读文档中的相关章节。\n"
+"<p>使用<b>链式装载的块偏移量</b>可以指定要引导的块的列表。在多数情况下此处\n"
+"需要指定 <code>+1</code>。有关块列表表示法的细节,请参见 grub 文档。</p>\n"
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "系统将立即重引导..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果您想要添加一个新 Linux 内核或其他映像\n"
+"并在 Xen 环境中启动,请选择 <b>Xen 部分</b>。</p>\n"
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "引导"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>管理程序</b>指定要使用的管理程序。</p>"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "引导(&B)"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>其他 Xen 超级管理程序参数</b>可让您定义要传递给 Xen 超级管理程序的其他参数。</p>"
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "未选择安装任何引导加载器。您的系统可能无法引导。"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>菜单部分</b></p>"
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "出于分区原因,无法正确安装引导加载器"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>菜单文件的分区</b></p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>菜单说明文件</b>指定根设备上从中装载菜单文件的路径。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>将部分映射到设备映射中的首个磁盘</b>窗口通常需要在第一个磁盘上。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>度量</b>包括带有 PCR 的度量文件。可通过以下按钮更改表:<b>添加</b>、\n"
+"<b>编辑</b>和<b>删除</b>。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>允许重新定位</b>\n"
+"通常在全局部分中指定</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>装入根文件系统时强制为只读的</b><br>\n"
+"通常在全局部分指定</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>选择<b>转储部分</b>,从而将指定如何\n"
+"创建系统转储的部分添加到 DASD 磁盘分区、磁带设备或者 SCSI 磁盘分区的文件中。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>选择<b>菜单部分</b>,以向配置中添加新菜单。\n"
+"菜单部分表示分到一组的任务列表。</p>\n"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>选择<b>启用 SELinux</b> 可添加必要的内核引导参数来启用 SELinux 安全框架。\n"
+"请注意这也将禁用 AppArmor。</p>"
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr "映象部分"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr "内核映像(&K)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr "根设备(&R)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr "初始 RAM 磁盘(&I)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr "Chainloader 部分"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr "使用口令保护"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr "其他系统(&O)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr "引导前不校验文件系统(&V)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr "当选为引导分区时激活此分区(&A)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr "阻止链式装载的偏移(&L)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr "将引导项映射到设备映射中的第一个磁盘(&M)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr "超级管理程序(&H)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr "其他 Xen 超级管理程序参数(&A)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr "菜单文件的分区(&P)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr "菜单描述文件(&M)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr "装入根文件系统时强制为只读的(&F)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr "允许重新定位(&R)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr "引导项目标目录(&G)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr "可选参数文件(&T)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr "转储部分(过时)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr "转储设备(&D)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr "SCSI 转储设备(&S)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr "菜单项列表(&L)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr "默认项数量(&N)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr "超时(&S)(以秒计)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr "显示引导菜单(&S)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr "将映像复制到引导分区(&C)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr "出错时适当跳过出错部分(&S)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr "其他系统的引导分区(&P)"
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr "映像部分必须指定内核映像"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "映像文件当前不存在。您真的想要使用它吗?"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "Initrd 文件当前不存在。您真的想要使用它吗?"
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr "启用 SELinux(&S)"
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr "名称包含了不允许的字符"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr "引导期间询问分辨率。"
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr "克隆选定部分"
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr "其他系统 (Chainloader)"
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr "部分类型"
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr "部分名称(&N)"
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "由于分区原因,无法正确安装引导加载程序。"
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "安装引导代码至 MBR(不安装</a>)"
+msgstr "将引导代码装入 MBR(不安装</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)"
-msgstr "不安装引导代码至 MBR(安装</a>)"
+msgstr "不将引导代码装入 MBR(安装</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "安装引导代码至 /boot 分区(不安装</a>)"
+msgstr "将引导代码装入 /boot 分区(不安装</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)"
-msgstr "不安装引导代码至 /boot 分区(安装</a>)"
+msgstr "不将引导代码装入 /boot 分区(安装</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "安装引导代码至 \"/\" 分区(不安装</a>)"
+msgstr "将引导代码装入“/”分区(不安装</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)"
-msgstr "不安装引导代码至 \"/\" 分区(安装</a>)"
+msgstr "不将引导代码安装到“/”分区(安装</a>)"
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr "警告:没有为引导加载器 stage1 选择位置。除非您知道您正在做什么否则请选择上面的位置。"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
-msgstr "变动位置:%s"
+msgstr "更改位置:%s"
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
-msgstr "引导加载器类型:%1"
+msgstr "引导加载程序类型:%1"
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr "(“/boot”)"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
-msgstr " (扩展分区)"
+msgstr "(扩展分区)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr "(“/”)"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
-msgstr " (主引导记录)"
+msgstr " (MBR)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "状态位置:%1"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr " (默认值)"
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr "部分:<br>%1"
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr "不安装引导加载程序;仅创建配置文件"
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr "建议并与现有 GRUB 菜单合并(&M)"
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
+msgstr "警告:未选择 bootloader stage1 的位置。除非您了解正在执行的操作,否则请选择以上位置。"
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "启用安全引导:%1"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
-msgstr "未知引导加载器:%1"
+msgstr "未知引导加载程序:%1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
-msgstr "不支持硬件平台 %1 和引导加载器 %2 的组合"
+msgstr "硬件平台 %1 和引导加载程序 %2 的组合不受支持"
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr "从 MBR 引导不能与 btrfs 文件系统和没有 bios_grub 分区的 GPT 磁盘标签一起使用。要修复此问题,可创建 bios_grub 分区或使用任意 ext 文件系统作为引导分区,或不要把 stage 1 安装到 MBR。"
+msgstr "若没有 bios_grub 分区,从 MBR 引导无法与 btrfs 系统和 GPT 磁盘标签一起正常运行。要修复此问题,请创建 bios_grub 分区或使用引导分区的任何扩展文件系统或不将 stage 1 安装到 MBR。"
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr "引导设备在 RAID 类型 %1 上。系统将无法引导。"
+msgstr "引导设备在 raid 类型 %1 上,系统将不会引导。"
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "引导设备在软件 RAID1 上。请选择其他的引导加载器位置,例如,主引导记录"
+msgstr "引导设备正在运行软件 RAID1。请选择其他引导加载程序位置,例如主引导记录"
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
+msgstr "YaST 无法确定设备映射所需的确切磁盘引导顺序。请在“引导加载程序安装细节”中检查并根据需要调整磁盘引导顺序"
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr "缺失用于引导的 ext 分区。无法安装引导代码。"
+msgstr "缺少用于引导的 ext 分区,无法安装引导代码。"
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr "安装器未设置激活旗标。若根本未设置该旗标,某些 BIOS 可能会拒绝引导。"
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr "安装器将不会修改磁盘 MBR。除非它已包含了引导代码,否则 BIOS 将无法引导磁盘。"
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
-msgstr "检查引导加载器"
+msgstr "检查引导加载程序"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
-msgstr "读取分区"
+msgstr "读取分区设置"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
-msgstr "加载引导加载器设置"
+msgstr "装入引导加载程序设置"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
-msgstr "正在检查引导加载器..."
+msgstr "正在检查引导加载程序..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "正在读取分区..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
-msgstr "正在加载引导加载器设置..."
+msgstr "正在装入引导加载程序设置..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
-msgstr "正在初始化引导加载器配置"
+msgstr "正在初始化引导加载程序配置"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr "已添加的内核参数:%1"
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "创建 initrd"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
-msgstr "保存引导加载器配置文件"
+msgstr "保存引导加载程序配置文件"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
-msgstr "安装引导加载器"
+msgstr "安装引导加载程序"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "正在创建 initrd..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
-msgstr "正在保存引导加载器配置文件..."
+msgstr "正在保存引导加载程序配置文件..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
-msgstr "正在安装引导加载器..."
+msgstr "正在安装引导加载程序..."
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
-msgstr "正在保存引导加载器配置"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>发行方</b>指定了用于创建引导项名称的内核发行方名称。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "D&istributor"
-#~ msgstr "发行方(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>安全模式内核命令行参数</b>可让您定义要传递给内核的安全模式参数。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-#~ msgstr "安全模式内核命令行参数(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "删除全局选项或某引导项的选项"
-
-#~ msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "设置全局选项或某引导项的选项"
-
-#~ msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr "添加新引导项 - 请使用交互模式"
-
-#~ msgid "The name of the section"
-#~ msgstr "引导项名称"
-
-#~ msgid "Section %1 not found."
-#~ msgstr "未找到引导项 %1。"
-
-#~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr "添加选项只在命令行交互模式中可用"
-
-#~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
-#~ msgstr "必须指定引导项名称。"
-
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "磁盘顺序"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
-#~ msgstr "引导菜单"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
-#~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>使用信任的 Grub</b>是指安装并使用信任的 grub。选项<i>图形菜单文件</i>将被忽略。\n"
-#~ "推荐将 grub 安装到主引导记录。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>图形菜单文件</b>定义了要用于图形引导菜单的文件。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>启用声音信号</b>开启/关闭声音信号。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
-#~ msgstr "使用信任的 Grub(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "图形菜单文件(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
-#~ msgstr "选择新图形菜单文件"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
-#~ msgstr "启用声音信号(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Up"
-#~ msgstr "向上(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Down"
-#~ msgstr "向下(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Kernel Section"
-#~ msgstr "内核项"
-
-#~ msgid "Section Settings"
-#~ msgstr "引导项设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "引导加载器设置:引导项管理"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen Section"
-#~ msgstr "Xen 项"
-
-#~ msgid "Menu Section"
-#~ msgstr "菜单项"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump Section"
-#~ msgstr "转储项"
-
-#~ msgid "Other System Section"
-#~ msgstr "其它系统项"
-
-#~ msgid "&Filename"
-#~ msgstr "文件名(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "Filename: %1"
-#~ msgstr "文件名:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Fi&le Contents"
-#~ msgstr "文件内容(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "专家手动配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Image"
-#~ msgstr "映像"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen"
-#~ msgstr "Xen"
-
-#~ msgid "Floppy"
-#~ msgstr "软盘"
-
-#~ msgid "Menu"
-#~ msgstr "菜单"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump"
-#~ msgstr "转储"
-
-#~ msgid "Def."
-#~ msgstr "默认"
-
-#~ msgid "Label"
-#~ msgstr "标签"
-
-#~ msgid "Type"
-#~ msgstr "类型"
-
-#~ msgid "Image / Device"
-#~ msgstr "映像 / 设备"
-
-#~ msgid "Set as De&fault"
-#~ msgstr "设置为默认(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
-#~ "the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
-#~ "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Select a course of action:\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "您选择了修改您的引导加载器。\n"
-#~ "当转换配置时,可能丢失一些设置。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "当前配置将被保存,若您后面再使用现在这个引导加载器时可以恢复当前配置。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "请选择一个动作:\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "转换当前配置(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
-#~ msgstr "从零开始新配置(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
-#~ msgstr "读取保存在磁盘上的配置(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
-#~ msgstr "恢复转换前保存的配置(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
-#~ msgstr "在编辑各项前请选择引导加载器。"
-
-#~ msgid "&Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "引导项管理(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
-#~ msgstr "引导加载器安装(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
-#~ "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
-#~ msgstr "若您安装了多个 Linux 系统,YaST 可以尝试查找它们并合并它们的菜单。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
-#~ "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
-#~ "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
-#~ "the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- 在<b>软盘</b>上。\n"
-#~ "可使用此选项规避干扰已存在的引导机制的风险。\n"
-#~ "请先在您计算机的 BIOS 中启用从软盘引导再使用此选项。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
-#~ msgstr "已将 %1 引导扇区写入软盘。"
-
-#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
-#~ msgstr "请将软盘留在驱动器中。"
-
-#~ msgid "Really delete section %1?"
-#~ msgstr "真的删除引导项 %1 吗?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n"
-#~ "Check section %1 settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "磁盘设置已修改。\n"
-#~ "请检查引导项 %1 的设置。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
-#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "磁盘设置已修改并且您手动编辑了引导加载器配置文件。\n"
-#~ "请检查引导加载器设置。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
-#~ msgstr "不创建文件系统"
-
-#~ msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
-#~ msgstr "创建 ext2 文件系统"
-
-#~ msgid "Create a FAT File System"
-#~ msgstr "创建 FAT 文件系统"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
-#~ "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
-#~ "and confirm with OK.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "引导加载器引导扇区将被写入到一张软盘。\n"
-#~ "请插入软盘并按「好呢」确认。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "&Low Level Format"
-#~ msgstr "低级格式化(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Create File System"
-#~ msgstr "创建文件系统(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
-#~ msgstr "低级格式化失败。重试吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "Creating file system failed."
-#~ msgstr "创建文件系统失败。"
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
-#~ msgstr "无法安装引导加载器。"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>映像项</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>内核映像</b>定义了要引导的内核。可直接输入名称,或通过<b>浏览</b>选择。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>根设备</b>设置了要传递给内核作为根设备的设备。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
-#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>初始内存磁盘</b>,若非空则定义了要使用的初始 ramdisk。\n"
-#~ "可直接输入路径和文件名或通过<b>浏览</b>选择。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若您想要定义一个引导非 Linux 操作系统的引导项,请选择<b>链式加载器项</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>设置<b>使用密码保护</p>将会在选择此项时询问密码。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>其它系统</b>可让您从您计算机上发现的非 Linux 操作系统中选择。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若您 BIOS 需要设置此旗标才能引导之,请选择<b>当选为引导分区时激活此分区</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
-#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>阻止链式加载偏移</b>可让您指定要引导的块列表。 \n"
-#~ "在多数情况下您需要在此指定 <code>+1</code>。 \n"
-#~ "有关块列表的规范请参考 grub 文档。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
-#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若您想要添加一个新 Linux 内核或其它映像并在 Xen 环境中启动之,请选择 <b>Xen 项</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>管理程序</b>指定了要使用的管理程序。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Xen 管理程序额外参数</b>可让您定义要传递给 xen 管理程序的额外参数。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>菜单项</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>菜单文件的分区</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>菜单描述文件</b>指定了从其加载菜单文件的根设备路径。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>映射引导项到设备映射中的第一个磁盘</b> Windows 通常需要在第一个磁盘上。</p>l"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
-#~ "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>测量</b> 包含了用于 PCR 的测量文件。\n"
-#~ "可通过 <b>添加</b>,<b>编辑</b>和<b>删除</b>修改表格。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
-#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>允许尝试重新定位</b>\n"
-#~ "通常在全局项中指定</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>强制只读挂载根文件系统</b><br>\n"
-#~ "通常在全局项中指定</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
-#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
-#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>选择<b>转储项</b>来添加一个指定了如何\n"
-#~ "在 DASD 磁盘分区、磁带设备或者 SCSI 磁盘分区的文件中创建系统转储的项。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
-#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>选择<b>菜单项</b>来添加一个新菜单到配置。\n"
-#~ "菜单项代表了一系列组合在一起的任务。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
-#~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>选择<b>启用 SELinux</b> 来添加必要的内核引导参数来启用 SELinux 安全框架。\n"
-#~ "请注意这也将禁用 AppArmor。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Image Section"
-#~ msgstr "映像项"
-
-#~ msgid "&Kernel Image"
-#~ msgstr "内核映像(&K)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Root Device"
-#~ msgstr "根设备(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
-#~ msgstr "初始内存磁盘(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "Chainloader Section"
-#~ msgstr "链式加载器项"
-
-#~ msgid "Use Password Protection"
-#~ msgstr "使用密码保护"
-
-#~ msgid "&Other System"
-#~ msgstr "其它系统(&O)"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
-#~ msgstr "引导前不校验文件系统(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
-#~ msgstr "当选为引导分区时激活此分区(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
-#~ msgstr "阻止链式加载的偏移(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
-#~ msgstr "映射引导项到设备映射中的第一个磁盘(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Hypervisor"
-#~ msgstr "管理程序(&H)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
-#~ msgstr "Xen 管理程序额外参数(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "菜单文件的分区(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Menu Description File"
-#~ msgstr "菜单描述文件(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
-#~ msgstr "强制只读挂载根文件系统(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
-#~ msgstr "允许尝试重新定位(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
-#~ msgstr "引导项目标文件夹(&G)"
-
-#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
-#~ msgstr "可选参数文件(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
-#~ msgstr "转储项目(淘汰)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "转储设备(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "&SCSI 转储设备"
-
-#~ msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
-#~ msgstr "菜单项列表(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
-#~ msgstr "默认项数量(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
-#~ msgstr "超时(以秒计)(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Show boot menu"
-#~ msgstr "显示引导菜单(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
-#~ msgstr "复制映像到引导分区(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
-#~ msgstr "出错时优雅地跳过该项(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
-#~ msgstr "其它系统的引导分区(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
-#~ msgstr "映像项必须指定内核映像"
-
-#~ msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr "映像文件目前不存在。您真的想要使用它吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr "Initrd 文件目前不存在。您真的想要使用它吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable &SELinux"
-#~ msgstr "启用 &SELinux"
-
-#~ msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
-#~ msgstr "名称包含了不允许的字符"
-
-#~ msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
-#~ msgstr "引导期间询问分辨率。"
-
-#~ msgid "Clone Selected Section"
-#~ msgstr "克隆所选引导项"
-
-#~ msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
-#~ msgstr "其它系统 (链式加载器)"
-
-#~ msgid "Section Type"
-#~ msgstr "引导项类型"
-
-#~ msgid "Section &Name"
-#~ msgstr "引导项名称(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid " (\"/boot\")"
-#~ msgstr " (\"/boot\")"
-
-#~ msgid " (\"/\")"
-#~ msgstr " (根分区)"
-
-#~ msgid " (default)"
-#~ msgstr " (默认)"
-
-#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
-#~ msgstr "项:<br>%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
-#~ msgstr "不安装引导加载器;仅创建配置文件"
-
-#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
-#~ msgstr "建议并与已有 GRUB 菜单合并(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
-#~ msgstr ">3 的分区号正用于引导 GPT 分区表"
-
-#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
-#~ msgstr "YaST 无法确定设备映射所需的精确磁盘引导顺序。请在 \"引导加载器安装细节\" 中复核并调整磁盘的引导顺序"
-
-#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
-#~ msgstr "添加的内核参数:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)."
-#~ msgstr "引导加载器安装在一个不完全小于 %1 GB 的分区上。若 BIOS 只支持 lba24 (安装 grub 主引导记录时出现 error 18 即为表象),则系统可能无法引导。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\n"
-#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n"
-#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "继续前请配置一个有效的引导加载器位置。<br>\n"
-#~ "该设备映射包含了多于 8 个设备,引导设备落在了范围以外。\n"
-#~ "BIOS 将范围限制在前 8 个设备中。请调整 BIOS 引导顺序\n"
-#~ "(或若已经设置过了,则请在引导加载器配置中修正引导顺序)"
-
-#~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now."
-#~ msgstr "目前不支持 LILO。"
-
-#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable."
-#~ msgstr "所选引导路径在您的安装过程中不会被激活。您的系统可能无法引导。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
-#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "继续前请配置一个有效的引导加载器位置。<br>\n"
-#~ "若无法选择,可能有必要创建一个小的 Apple HFS 主分区。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
-#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "继续前请配置一个有效的引导加载器位置。<br>\n"
-#~ "若无法选择,可能有必要创建一个 PReP 引导分区。"
-
-#~ msgid "Stay &LILO"
-#~ msgstr "继续使用 &LILO"
-
-#~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB"
-#~ msgstr "转换设置并安装 &GRUB"
-
-#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB"
-#~ msgstr "不支持 LILO。推荐选项是将 LILO 转换为 GRUB"
-
-#~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options"
-#~ msgstr "&ELILO 全局选项"
-
-#~ msgid "Booting Mode"
-#~ msgstr "引导模式"
-
-#~ msgid "Global Section Options"
-#~ msgstr "全局引导项选项"
-
-#~ msgid "Root Filesystem"
-#~ msgstr "根文件系统"
-
-#~ msgid "&Detailed Global Options"
-#~ msgstr "详细全局选项(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Other Options"
-#~ msgstr "其它选项"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader Global Options"
-#~ msgstr "引导加载器全局选项"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>引导加载器位置</b></big><br>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Boot Image Location</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>引导映像位置</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br> Increase verbosity of ELILO\n"
-#~ "in case of boot problems.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>设置调试级别 [0-5]</b><br>若遇到引导问题可增加 ELILO 的调试级别。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
-#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>要传递给内核命令行的全局选项追加字符串</b><br>\n"
-#~ "可让您定义要传递给内核的额外全局参数。\n"
-#~ "要是给定项中未出现 'append' 那就会使用它们。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
-#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
-#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>默认 initrd 文件名称</b>,若非空,则定义了要使用的初始 ramdisk。\n"
-#~ "可直接输入路径和文件名或通过<b>浏览</b>选择</p>。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of default image file</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n"
-#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
-#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>默认映像文件名称</b>,若非空,则定义了要使用的映像文件。\n"
-#~ "可直接输入路径和文件名或通过<b>浏览</b>选择</p>。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>指定 ELILO 用户界面 ('简单' 或 '文本菜单')</b><br>\n"
-#~ "注意:'文本菜单' 在某些计算机上有时会造成问题。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>\n"
-#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n"
-#~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n"
-#~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n"
-#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>防止 EDD30 模式</b><br>\n"
-#~ "默认情况下,若 EDD30 为关,elilo 将尝试把该变量设为 TRUE。\n"
-#~ "然而,某些控制器不支持 EDD30,强制设置该变量可能会\n"
-#~ "造成问题。 因此,从 elilo-3.2 开始,有一个可避免强制设置\n"
-#~ "该变量的选项。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b><br>\n"
-#~ "In case of memory allocation error at initial load point of\n"
-#~ "kernel, allow attempt to relocate (assume this kernel is relocatable).\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>允许尝试重新定位</b><br>\n"
-#~ "若在内核的初始加载点遇到了内存分配错误,则允许尝试重新定位 (假设此内核可重新定位)。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Force Interactive Mode</b>\n"
-#~ "Force interactive mode during booting</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>强制交互模式</b>\n"
-#~ "引导时强制交互模式</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Set Default Root Filesystem</b>\n"
-#~ "Set global root filesystem for Linux/ia64</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>设置默认根文件系统</b>\n"
-#~ "为 Linux/ia64 设置全局根文件系统</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Set the User Interface for ELILO</b>\n"
-#~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>设置 ELILO 用户界面</b>\n"
-#~ "指定要使用的内核选择器:\"简单\" 或 \"文本菜单\"</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Display the Content of a File by Function Keys</b>\n"
-#~ "Some choosers may take advantage of this option to\n"
-#~ "display the content of a file when a certain function\n"
-#~ "key X is pressed. X can vary from 1-12 to cover\n"
-#~ "function keys F1 to F12</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>通过功能键显示文件内容</b>\n"
-#~ "一些选择器可能利用此选项来在某特定功能键按下时显示文件内容。功能键为 F1 到 F12。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load</b>\n"
-#~ "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load.\n"
-#~ "If this option is used then no other file will be tried.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>指定要加载的 FPSWA 文件名</b>\n"
-#~ "指定要加载的特定 FPSWA 文件名。若使用了此选项则不会尝试其它文件。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)</b>\n"
-#~ "A message that is printed on the main screen if supported by\n"
-#~ "the chooser.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>打印在主屏幕上的消息 (若支持)</b>\n"
-#~ "当选择器支持时在主屏幕上打印的一条信息。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds</b>\n"
-#~ "The number of 10th of seconds to wait before\n"
-#~ "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n"
-#~ "Default is 0</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>自动引导前等待延迟 (以秒计)</b>\n"
-#~ "非交互模式下以 10 秒计的自动引导前等待时间。默认为 0。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Image Location"
-#~ msgstr "引导映像位置"
-
-#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)"
-#~ msgstr "自动引导前等待延迟(以秒计)(仅在非交互模式使用)"
-
-#~ msgid "Force interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr "强制交互模式"
-
-#~ msgid "Set level of verbosity [0-5]"
-#~ msgstr "设置调试级别 [0-5]"
-
-#~ msgid "Set default root filesystem"
-#~ msgstr "设置默认根文件系统"
-
-#~ msgid "Force rootfs to be mounted read-only"
-#~ msgstr "强制只读挂载根文件系统"
-
-#~ msgid "Global append string of options to kernel command line"
-#~ msgstr "将选项字符串全局追加到内核命令行"
-
-#~ msgid "Name of default initrd file"
-#~ msgstr "默认 initrd 文件名称"
-
-#~ msgid "Name of default image file"
-#~ msgstr "默认映像文件名称"
-
-#~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')"
-#~ msgstr "指定 ELILO 用户界面 ('简单' 或 '文本菜单')"
-
-#~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)"
-#~ msgstr "打印在主屏幕上的消息 (若支持)"
-
-#~ msgid "Display the content of a file by function keys"
-#~ msgstr "用功能键显示文件内容"
-
-#~ msgid "Prevent EDD30 mode"
-#~ msgstr "防止 EDD30 模式"
-
-#~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load"
-#~ msgstr "指定要加载的特定 FPSWA 文件名"
-
-#~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate"
-#~ msgstr "允许尝试重新定位"
-
-#~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line"
-#~ msgstr "将选项字符串全局追加到内核命令行(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File"
-#~ msgstr "默认映像文件名称(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "Nam&e of Default Initrd File"
-#~ msgstr "默认 initrd 文件名称(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "Set Default &Root Filesystem"
-#~ msgstr "设置默认根文件系统(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Prevent EDD30 Mode"
-#~ msgstr "防止 EDD30 模式(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Force Interactive Mode"
-#~ msgstr "强制交互模式(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "Force rootfs to Be Mounted Read-Only"
-#~ msgstr "强制只读挂载根文件系统"
-
-#~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")"
-#~ msgstr "指定 ELILO 用户界面('简单' 或 '文本菜单')(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)"
-#~ msgstr "自动引导前等待延迟(以秒计)(仅在非交互模式使用)(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys"
-#~ msgstr "用功能键显示文件内容(&K)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Specify the Filename for a Specific FPSWA to Load"
-#~ msgstr "指定要加载的特定 FPSWA 文件名(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Set Level of &Verbosity [0-5]"
-#~ msgstr "设置调试级别 [0-5](&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)"
-#~ msgstr "打印在主屏幕上的消息(若支持)(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "EFI Label"
-#~ msgstr "EFI 标签"
-
-#~ msgid "&Create EFI Entry"
-#~ msgstr "创建 EFI 项(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "&EFI Entry Name"
-#~ msgstr "&EFI 项名称"
-
-#~ msgid "PReP Specific Settings"
-#~ msgstr "PReP (PowerPC 参考平台) 特殊设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Mac Specific Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Mac 特殊设置"
-
-#~ msgid "CHRP Specific Settings"
-#~ msgstr "CHRP (通用硬件参考平台) 特殊设置"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Boot Location</b>\n"
-#~ "This is the partition number of your boot partition. On a\n"
-#~ "PowerMac it must be in HFS format because we use the hfsutils to\n"
-#~ "copy the files to that partition. On CHRP you need a 41 PReP\n"
-#~ "boot partition, /boot/second from the quik package is stored there </p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>引导位置</b>\n"
-#~ "这是您引导分区的分区编号。\n"
-#~ "在 PowerMac 上它必须是 HFS 格式因为我们使用 hfsutils 来向那个分区复制文件。\n"
-#~ "在 CHRP (通用硬件参考平台) 上您需要一个 41 PReP (PowerPC 参考平台) 引导分区,quik 软件包的 /boot/second 将存放到那儿。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Boot Folder Path</b>\n"
-#~ "Only for Pmac. Folder that contains your boot stuff, this\n"
-#~ "folder will be blessed to mark it bootable.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>引导文件夹路径</b>\n"
-#~ "只用于 PowerMac。包含您的引导文件的文件夹,这个文件夹将被宇宙神秘力量赐福使其可引导。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
-#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>要传递给内核命令行的全局选项追加字符串</b><br>\n"
-#~ "可让您定义要传递给内核的额外全局参数。 \n"
-#~ "要是给定项里未出现 'append' 那就会使用它们。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
-#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
-#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>默认 initrd 文件名称</b>,若非空,则定义了要使用的初始 ramdisk。\n"
-#~ "可直接输入路径和文件名或通过<b>浏览</b>选择</p>。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of Default Image File</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n"
-#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
-#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>默认映像文件名称</b>,若非空,则定义了要使用的映像文件。 可直接输入路径和文件名或通过<b>浏览</b>选择。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Set Default Root Filesystem</b>\n"
-#~ "Set global root filesystem for Linux</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>设置默认根文件系统</b>\n"
-#~ "为 Linux 设置全局根文件系统</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Partition for Boot Loader Duplication</b>\n"
-#~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n"
-#~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n"
-#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>引导加载器副本所在分区</b>\n"
-#~ "指定应存储引导信息的其它 Linux 设备节点。\n"
-#~ "若给定此选项,引导分区将被转换为 FAT 格式。\n"
-#~ "此选项的意图是将引导文件写入到 RAID1 或 RAID5 系统的全部成员中去。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Change Boot Device in NV-RAM</b>\n"
-#~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n"
-#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n"
-#~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>修改 NV-RAM 中的引导设备</b>\n"
-#~ "此选项将通知 lilo 更新开源固件的 \"boot-device\" 变量为指向 \"boot=\" 中指定的设备的完整开源固件路径。\n"
-#~ "若缺失此选项,系统可能无法引导。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Do not Use OS-chooser</b>\n"
-#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n"
-#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n"
-#~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>不使用 OS-chooser</b>\n"
-#~ "将通知 lilo 使用 yaboot 作为引导文件而不是名为 \"os-chooser\" 的 Forth 脚本。\n"
-#~ "苹果 G5 系统携带的英伟达图形卡的开源固件驱动在未连接显示器的情况下会崩溃。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux</b>\n"
-#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n"
-#~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>MacOS/Linux 超时</b>\n"
-#~ "这包含了若未按任何键以引导 MacOS 时直到 Linux 成功引导前以秒计的 MacOS/Linux 间超时。(要不设置该选项的话,Mac OS X 会启动自己...)</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Always Boot from FAT Partition</b>\n"
-#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n"
-#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n"
-#~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n"
-#~ "the FAT formatted file system</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>始终从 FAT 分区引导</b>\n"
-#~ "通常 lilo 脚本会为更复杂的设置自动选择引导分区格式为 PReP 引导分区或经 FAT 格式化的文件系统。\n"
-#~ "这个选项强制 lilo 脚本使用经 FAT 格式化的文件系统。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Install Boot Loader Even on Errors</b>\n"
-#~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n"
-#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>即使有错误仍安装引导加载器</b>\n"
-#~ "即使不能确定您的固件是否故障重重是否会造成下次引导失败,仍然安装引导加载器。\n"
-#~ "这可能导致配置出引导程序支持不了的设置。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location"
-#~ msgstr "PPC 引导加载器位置"
-
-#~ msgid "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM"
-#~ msgstr "修改 NV-RAM 中的引导设备"
-
-#~ msgid "Time-Out in Tenths of Seconds"
-#~ msgstr "超时(以 10 秒计)"
-
-#~ msgid "Default Boot Section"
-#~ msgstr "默认引导项"
-
-#~ msgid "Default Root Device"
-#~ msgstr "默认根设备"
-
-#~ msgid "Append Options for Kernel Command Line"
-#~ msgstr "内核命令行的追加选项"
-
-#~ msgid "Default initrd Path"
-#~ msgstr "默认 initrd 路径"
-
-#~ msgid "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication"
-#~ msgstr "引导加载器副本所在分区"
-
-#~ msgid "Always Boot from FAT Partition"
-#~ msgstr "始终从 FAT 分区引导"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not use OS-chooser"
-#~ msgstr "不使用 OS-chooser"
-
-#~ msgid "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors"
-#~ msgstr "即使有错误仍安装引导加载器"
-
-#~ msgid "PReP or FAT Partition"
-#~ msgstr "PReP (PowerPC 参考平台) 或 FAT 分区"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Folder Path"
-#~ msgstr "引导文件夹路径"
-
-#~ msgid "PReP Partition"
-#~ msgstr "PReP (PowerPC 参考平台) 分区"
-
-#~ msgid "Write to Boot Slot"
-#~ msgstr "写入引导槽"
-
-#~ msgid "Create Boot Image in File"
-#~ msgstr "在文件中创建引导映像"
-
-#~ msgid "HFS Boot Partition"
-#~ msgstr "HFS 引导分区"
-
-#~ msgid "Partition for Boot Loader &Duplication"
-#~ msgstr "引导加载器副本所在分区(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "HFS Boot &Partition"
-#~ msgstr "HFS 引导分区(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "&PReP or FAT Partition"
-#~ msgstr "&PReP (PowerPC 参考品台) 或 FAT 分区"
-
-#~ msgid "&PReP partitions"
-#~ msgstr "&PReP (PowerPC 参考平台) 分区"
-
-#~ msgid "&PReP Partition"
-#~ msgstr "&PReP (PowerPC 参考平台) 分区"
-
-#~ msgid "Create Boot &Image in File"
-#~ msgstr "在文件中创建引导映像(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Write to Boot Slot"
-#~ msgstr "写入引导槽(&W)"
-
-#~ msgid "Change Boot Device in &NV-RAM"
-#~ msgstr "修改 &NV-RAM 中的引导设备"
-
-#~ msgid "&Always Boot from FAT Partition"
-#~ msgstr "始终从 FAT 分区引导(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Install Boot Loader Even on Errors"
-#~ msgstr "即使有错误仍安装引导加载器(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot &Folder Path"
-#~ msgstr "引导文件夹路径(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Do not Use OS-chooser"
-#~ msgstr "不使用 OS-chooser(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux"
-#~ msgstr "MacOS/Linux 超时(以秒计)(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "ELILO supports only the EFI boot architecture. If yor\n"
-#~ "firmware does not support it, your computer will not\n"
-#~ "boot."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "ELILO 仅支持 EFI 引导架构。\n"
-#~ "若您的固件不支持 EFI,您的计算机将无法引导。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Bootloader you selected does not support the EFI boot\n"
-#~ "architecture. If your firmware does not support legacy\n"
-#~ "booting, your computer will not boot."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "您所选的引导加载器不支持 EFI 引导架构。\n"
-#~ "若您的固件不支持传统引导,您的计算机将无法引导。"
-
-#~ msgid "Error occurred while installing %1."
-#~ msgstr "安装 %1 时出错。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Clone the selected section '%1' instead\n"
-#~ "of creating a new empty section?\n"
-#~ msgstr "克隆所选项 '%1' 而不是创建新的空引导项吗?\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Really reset your settings for sections?\n"
-#~ "All your changes made in section management will be lost.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "真的重置您的引导项设置吗?\n"
-#~ "您在引导项管理中的全部修改均将不复存在。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Really reset all\n"
-#~ "your settings? All your changes will be lost.\n"
-#~ msgstr "真的重置您的全部设置嘛?您的全部修改均将不复存在。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Set the boot loader location."
-#~ msgstr "设置引导加载器位置。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n"
-#~ "Check the gfxmenu settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "磁盘设置已修改。\n"
-#~ "请检查 gfxmenu 设置。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Really delete the selected option?"
-#~ msgstr "真的删除所选选项吗?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Sorry, there are currently\n"
-#~ "no options to set here."
-#~ msgstr "对不起,目前没有可设置的选项。"
-
-#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive. The system will now be rebooted."
-#~ msgstr "请将软盘留在驱动器中。系统将立即重新引导。"
-
-#~ msgid "Default Boot Section/Menu"
-#~ msgstr "默认引导项/菜单"
-
-#~ msgid "Master boot records of disks %1"
-#~ msgstr "磁盘 %1 的主引导记录"
-
-#~ msgid "Location: %1"
-#~ msgstr "位置:%1"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Do not install boot loader; just create \n"
-#~ "configuration files"
-#~ msgstr "不安装引导加载器;仅创建配置文件"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot loader type: %1"
-#~ msgstr "引导加载器类型:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Do Not Create EFI Boot Manager Entry"
-#~ msgstr "不创建 EFI 引导管理器项"
-
-#~ msgid "Create EFI Boot Manager Entry %1"
-#~ msgstr "创建 EFI 引导管理器项 %1"
-
-#~ msgid "Segmentation fault"
-#~ msgstr "分段错误"
-
-#~ msgid "Error Occurred while Installing %1"
-#~ msgstr "安装 %1 时出错"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "System was not booted via EFI firmware. To boot your\n"
-#~ "computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell."
-#~ msgstr "系统未通过 EFI 固件引导。为引导您的计算机,您需要通过 EFI 壳层加载 ELILO。"
-
-#~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported"
-#~ msgstr "不支持 LILO 引导加载器。"
-
-#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
-#~ msgstr "引导设备在 iSCSI 磁盘 %1 上。系统可能无法引导。"
-
-#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot."
-#~ msgstr "/boot 文件夹在 XFS 文件系统上。系统可能无法引导。"
-
-#~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed."
-#~ msgstr "复制硬件配置模板失败。"
-
-#~ msgid "Install S390 Boot Loader"
-#~ msgstr "安装 S390 引导加载器"
-
-#~ msgid "Linux"
-#~ msgstr "Linux"
-
-#~ msgid "Failsafe"
-#~ msgstr "安全模式"
-
-#~ msgid "Hard Disk"
-#~ msgstr "硬盘"
-
-#~ msgid "Memory Test"
-#~ msgstr "内存测试"
-
-#~ msgid "MBR before Installation"
-#~ msgstr "安装前的主引导记录"
-
-#~ msgid "Previous Kernel"
-#~ msgstr "之前的内核"
-
-#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics"
-#~ msgstr "制造商诊断"
-
-#~ msgid "_Linux"
-#~ msgstr "_Linux"
-
-#~ msgid "_Failsafe"
-#~ msgstr "_安全模式"
-
-#~ msgid "_Floppy"
-#~ msgstr "_软盘"
-
-#~ msgid "_Hard Disk"
-#~ msgstr "_硬盘"
-
-#~ msgid "_Memory Test"
-#~ msgstr "_内存测试"
-
-#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation"
-#~ msgstr "_安装前的主引导记录"
-
-#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel"
-#~ msgstr "_之前的内核"
-
-#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics"
-#~ msgstr "_制造商诊断"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Then reconnect and run the following:\n"
-#~ "%1\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "然后重新连接并运行:\n"
-#~ "%1\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The system will reboot now.\n"
-#~ "After reboot, reconnect and run the following:\n"
-#~ "%1"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "系统将立即重引导。\n"
-#~ "重引导后,请重新连接并运行:\n"
-#~ "%1"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The GRUB2 is still under develope and test.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Proceed?\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "GRUB2 仍在开发和测试中。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "是否继续?\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The grub2-efi is still under develope and test.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Proceed?\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "grub2-efi 仍在开发和测试中。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "是否继续?\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File<b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>菜单说明文件<b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the floppy.\n"
-#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the floppy.\n"
-#~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the hard disk?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "您已选择将 Boot Loader 安装到软盘。\n"
-#~ "Boot Loader 的菜单包含一个从软盘引导的项。\n"
-#~ "是否将其替换为从硬盘引导的项?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n"
-#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n"
-#~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "您已选择将 Boot Loader 安装到硬盘。\n"
-#~ "Boot Loader 的菜单包含一个从硬盘引导的项。\n"
-#~ "是否将其替换为从软盘引导的项?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You selected the master boot record of %1. According to the\n"
-#~ "current configuration, %1 is not meant to be the boot disk\n"
-#~ "of your machine.\n"
-#~ "If your machine is configured to boot from %1, the order\n"
-#~ "of the disks in the configuration of the boot loader should\n"
-#~ "be adapted.\n"
-#~ "Adapt it?\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "您选择了主引导记录 %1。根据\n"
-#~ "当前配置,并不准备将 %1 用作计算机\n"
-#~ "的引导磁盘。\n"
-#~ "如果已将您的计算机配置为从 %1 引导,则应\n"
-#~ "调整 Boot Loader 配置\n"
-#~ "中磁盘的顺序。\n"
-#~ "是否调整?\n"
-
-#~ msgid "other"
-#~ msgstr "其他"
-
-#~ msgid "image"
-#~ msgstr "映象"
-
-#~ msgid "Yes"
-#~ msgstr "是"
-
-#~ msgid "No"
-#~ msgstr "否"
-
-#~ msgid "Add Saved MBR to Boot Loader Menu"
-#~ msgstr "将已保存的主引导记录添加到 Boot Loader 菜单"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you set the password, the boot dialog is displayed\n"
-#~ "only in the text mode. Continue?\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "如果您设置了口令,则只有在文本方式下\n"
-#~ "才显示引导对话框。 是否继续?\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Use Dedicated Boot Loader Area"
-#~ msgstr "使用专用 Boot Loader 区域"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Using the dedicated boot loader area prevents\n"
-#~ "boot loader files from being moved during\n"
-#~ "automatic disk defragmentation. The movement could prevent the\n"
-#~ "boot loader from loading."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "通过使用专用 Boot Loader 区域,可防止\n"
-#~ "在自动磁盘碎片整理期间\n"
-#~ "移动 Boot Loader 文件。 这种移动可能会使 Boot Loader 不能\n"
-#~ "执行装载。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>XEN Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
-#~ "but to start it in a XEN environment.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>选择 <b>Xen 部分</b>可添加新的 Linux 内核或其他映象,\n"
-#~ "但需要在 XEN 环境中启动它。</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot partition with ext2 filesytem"
-#~ msgstr "/boot 目录在 XFS 文件系统上。系统将不会启动。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Kernel via XEN<b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
-#~ "but to start it in a XEN environment.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>选择<b>通过 XEN 的内核<b>可添加新的 Linux 内核或其他映像,\n"
-#~ "但需要在 XEN 环境中启动它。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Add a new section"
-#~ msgstr "添加新部分"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Default Boot Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>默认引导部分</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Timeout in tenths of a second</b><br> Specifies the time the\n"
-#~ "bootloader will wait in interactive mode until booting the default\n"
-#~ "entry.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>超时(以十分之一秒为单位)</b><br>指定在交互模式下\n"
-#~ "引导程序启动默认选项等待的时间。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Name of default image file</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>默认映象文件的名称</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Optional kernel command line parameter</b></p>\n"
-#~ "May be empty, if already specified in global section.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>可选的内核命令行参数</b></p>\n"
-#~ "可以为空(如果已在全局部分指定)。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Timeout in tenth of seconds (in interactive mode)"
-#~ msgstr "超时(以十分之一秒为单位)(交互模式)"
-
-#~ msgid "Optional kernel command line parameter"
-#~ msgstr "可选的内核命令行参数"
-
-#~ msgid "One line text description of the image"
-#~ msgstr "一行映象文本说明"
-
-#~ msgid "Kernel image"
-#~ msgstr "内核映象"
-
-#~ msgid "Initial RAM disk"
-#~ msgstr "初始 RAM 磁盘"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not verify filesystem before booting"
-#~ msgstr "引导前不校验文件系统"
-
-#~ msgid "Root device"
-#~ msgstr "根设备"
-
-#~ msgid "&Remove Old EFI Entry (%1)"
-#~ msgstr "删除旧的 EFI 项 (%1)(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "Nothing to select"
-#~ msgstr "无可选项"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader Device Map"
-#~ msgstr "启动引导程序设备映射"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "To show the boot loader menu during the boot process, set\n"
-#~ "<b>Show Boot Menu</b>. Otherwise the boot loader menu will be hidden.\n"
-#~ "To specify the time-out after which the default\n"
-#~ "kernel is loaded, set <b>Continue Booting after a Time-Out</b> and\n"
-#~ "<b>Boot Menu Time-Out</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>引导菜单</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "要在引导过程中显示引导程序菜单,请设置\n"
-#~ " <b>显示引导菜单</b>。否则,将隐藏引导程序菜单。\n"
-#~ " 要指定超时(在该时间后将装载默认内核),\n"
-#~ "请设置<b>超时后继续引导</b>和\n"
-#~ " <b>引导菜单超时</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Section List</b></big><br>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>部分列表</b></big><br>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Section Editor</b></big><br>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>部分编辑器</b></big><br>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Section Name</b></big><br>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>部分名称</b></big><br>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><big><b>Section Settings</b></big><br>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>部分设置</b></big><br>"
-
-#~ msgid "Section Summary"
-#~ msgstr "部分摘要"
-
-#~ msgid "Select a file name"
-#~ msgstr "选择文件名称。"
-
-#~ msgid "Section Editor"
-#~ msgstr "部分编辑器"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Do not verify Filesystem before Booting</b> will skip all file system checks.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>选择<b>引导前不校验文件系统</b>将跳过所有文件系统检查。</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>,if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
-#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>默认 RAM 磁盘</b>,如果非空,定义要使用的初始 ramdisk。 直接输入路径和文件名或通过使用\n"
-#~ "<b>浏览</b>选择</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Former default Image Flavor"
-#~ msgstr "以前的默认映象风格"
-
-#~ msgid "Terminal Definition"
-#~ msgstr "终端定义"
-
-#~ msgid "Kernel Image"
-#~ msgstr "内核映像"
-
-#~ msgid "Initial RAM Disk"
-#~ msgstr "初始 RAM 磁盘"
-
-#~ msgid "iSeries Boot Image Location"
-#~ msgstr "iSeries 引导映像未知"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Other System"
-#~ msgstr "引导其他系统"
-
-#~ msgid "Disk System Area Update"
-#~ msgstr "磁盘系统区域更新"
-
-#~ msgid "R&eplace MBR with Generic Code"
-#~ msgstr "将 MBR 替换为通用代码(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Activate Boot Loader Partition"
-#~ msgstr "激活引导程序分区(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "U&se Dedicated Boot Loader Area"
-#~ msgstr "使用专用引导程序区域(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader Installation Details"
-#~ msgstr "引导程序安装细节"
-
-#~ msgid "&Master Boot Record"
-#~ msgstr "主引导记录(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Master Boot Record of %1"
-#~ msgstr "%1 的主引导记录(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "MB&Rs of Disks %1"
-#~ msgstr "磁盘 %1 的主引导记录(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot &Sector of Boot Partition %1"
-#~ msgstr "引导分区 %1 的引导扇区(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Sector of Roo&t Partition %1"
-#~ msgstr "根分区 %1 的引导扇区(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Floppy Disk %1"
-#~ msgstr "软盘 %1(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "Ot&her"
-#~ msgstr "其他(&H)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The partition selected for boot loader installation\n"
-#~ "does not have enough free space in its boot sector\n"
-#~ "to hold the boot loader because of the file system\n"
-#~ "it contains. Using this partition for the boot loader\n"
-#~ "may lead to corruption of data on the partition.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Continue?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "由于所包含的文件系统,所选的用于安装引导程序的分区\n"
-#~ "的引导扇区中没有\n"
-#~ "足够的可用空间来\n"
-#~ "安装引导程序。使用此分区来安装引导程序\n"
-#~ "可能会导致分区上的数据损坏。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "是否继续?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Kernel</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use <b>Kernel</b> to specify the kernel image to load.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>内核</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "请使用<b>内核</b>来指定要装载的内核映像。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Initial RAM Disk</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use <b>Initial RAM Disk</b> to specify the initial RAM disk (initrd) to load. If it is\n"
-#~ "left empty, no initial RAM disk is loaded during boot.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>初始 RAM 磁盘</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "请使用<b>初始 RAM 磁盘</b>来指定要装载的初始 RAM 磁盘 (initrd)。如果这是空的,\n"
-#~ "在引导期间将不装载任何初始 RAM 磁盘。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Root Device<b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use <b>Root Device</b> to specify the root file system to mount after the kernel is\n"
-#~ "loaded.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>根设备<b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "请使用<b>根设备</b>来指定在装载内核\n"
-#~ "后要装入的根文件系统。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>VGA Mode</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use <b>VGA Mode</b> to specify the resolution and color depth to set after\n"
-#~ "the kernel has booted.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>VGA 方式</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "请使用 <b>VGA 方式</b>来指定在引导内核后\n"
-#~ "要设置的分辨率和颜色深度。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Other Kernel Parameters</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use <b>Other Kernel Parameters</b> to set other parameters to append\n"
-#~ "to the kernel command line.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>其他内核参数</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "请使用<b>其他内核参数</b> 来设置其他要追加至\n"
-#~ "内核命令行的参数。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Device</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use <b>Device</b> to set the device from which to load the operating system.\n"
-#~ "In most cases, it is the disk partition in which \n"
-#~ "the other system is installed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>设备</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "使用<b>设备</b>来设置要从中装载操作系统的设备。\n"
-#~ "在大多数情况下,这是安装了其他系统的磁盘分区。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Trusted GRUB Details</b><br>\n"
-#~ "allows to add aditional measured files and also to define own PCR for kernel, initrd or chainloader</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>信任的 GRUB 细节</b><br>\n"
-#~ "allows to add aditional measured files and also to define own PCR for kernel, initrd or chainloader</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n"
-#~ " To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>要添加磁盘,请按下<b>添加</b>。\n"
-#~ " 要删除磁盘,请按下<b>删除</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Replacing MBR With Generic Code</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "To replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (which\n"
-#~ "boots the active partition), set <b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>使用通用代码替换 MBR</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "要使用通用代码(引导活动分区)替换磁盘的主引导记录,请设置<b>使用通用代码替换 MBR</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Activating Bootloader Partition</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader, set\n"
-#~ "<b>Activate Bootloader Partition</b>. The generic MBR code boots\n"
-#~ "the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition active even\n"
-#~ "if boot loader is installed in MBR.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>激活引导程序分区</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "要激活含引导程序的分区,请设置\n"
-#~ "<b>激活引导程序分区</b>。通用 MBR 代码\n"
-#~ "引导活动分区。较旧的 BIOS 要求有一个分区是活动的,即使引导程序安装在 MBR 中也是如此。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Dedicated Boot Loader Area</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Using the dedicated boot loader area prevents\n"
-#~ "boot loader files from being moved during\n"
-#~ "automatic disk defragmentation. The movement could prevent the\n"
-#~ "boot loader from loading.\n"
-#~ "To use dedicated boot loader area, set <b>Use Dedicated Boot Loader\n"
-#~ "Area</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>专用引导程序区域</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "使用专用引导程序区域可防止引导程序文件在\n"
-#~ "自动整理磁盘碎片期间\n"
-#~ "被移动。该文件移动的话会阻止引导程序的装载。\n"
-#~ "要使用专用引导程序区域,请设置<b>使用专用引导程序\n"
-#~ "区域</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Password Protection</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "To protect the boot loader using a password,\n"
-#~ "set <b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b> and set the <b>Password</b>\n"
-#~ "and <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>密码保护</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "要通过密码来保护引导程序,\n"
-#~ "请设置<b>使用密码保护引导程序</b>并设置<b>密码</b>\n"
-#~ "和<b>重新输入密码</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Kernel (Linux)"
-#~ msgstr "内核 (Linux)"
-
-#~ msgid "Kernel via XEN"
-#~ msgstr "通过 XEN 的内核"
-
-#~ msgid "&Kernel"
-#~ msgstr "内核(&K)"
-
-#~ msgid "Root &Device"
-#~ msgstr "根设备(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "&VGA Mode"
-#~ msgstr "VGA 方式(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Show Boot Menu"
-#~ msgstr "显示引导菜单(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Continue Booting after a Time-Out"
-#~ msgstr "在超时之后继续引导(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot &Menu Time-Out"
-#~ msgstr "引导菜单超时(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "Password Protection"
-#~ msgstr "密码保护"
-
-#~ msgid "Target Directory for Image Section"
-#~ msgstr "映象部分的目标目录"
-
-#~ msgid "Optional Kernel Parameters"
-#~ msgstr "可选的内核参数"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "转储设备"
-
-#~ msgid "Target Directory for Menu Section"
-#~ msgstr "菜单部分的目标目录"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Edit Measure"
-#~ msgstr "编辑用户"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Add New Measure"
-#~ msgstr "添加新共享"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Measure File"
-#~ msgstr "稀疏文件"
-
-#~ msgid "PCR Index of File"
-#~ msgstr "文件 PCR 索引"
-
-#~ msgid "Please Select File"
-#~ msgstr "请选择文件"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Measures"
-#~ msgstr "马都拉语"
-
-#~ msgid "PCR"
-#~ msgstr "PCR"
-
-#~ msgid "PCR Index of &Kernel"
-#~ msgstr "内核的 PCR 索引(&K)"
-
-#~ msgid "PCR Index of &Initrd"
-#~ msgstr "Initrd 的 PCR 索引(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "PCR Index of &XEN"
-#~ msgstr "XEN 的 PCR 索引(&X)"
-
-#~ msgid "PCR &Index of Chainloader"
-#~ msgstr "Chainloader 的 PCR 索引(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "Trusted GRUB Options"
-#~ msgstr "可信任的 GRUB 选项"
-
-#~ msgid "&Trusted GRUB Details"
-#~ msgstr "可信任的 GRUB 细节(&T)"
+msgstr "保存引导加载程序配置"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ca-management.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ca-management.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ca-management.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,24 +1,18 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-08 10:25+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line definition
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48
@@ -31,11 +25,11 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52
msgid "Create a certificate of a CA"
-msgstr "创建 CA 证书"
+msgstr "创建 CA 的证书"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53
msgid "Create a CRL of a CA"
-msgstr "创建证书吊销列表"
+msgstr "创建 CA 的 CRL"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54
msgid "Export a CA to a file"
@@ -47,7 +41,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58
msgid "Export a CRL to a file"
-msgstr "将证书吊销列表导出到文件"
+msgstr "将 CRL 导出到文件"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65
msgid "E-mail address"
@@ -55,7 +49,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70
msgid "Organizational unit"
-msgstr "组织单位"
+msgstr "组织单元"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456
@@ -73,7 +67,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324
msgid "State"
-msgstr "省/州"
+msgstr "状态"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460
@@ -91,19 +85,19 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84
msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
-msgstr "密码 (安全:这应当由一个环境变量给出)"
+msgstr "口令(安全性:这应当由环境变量指定)"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93
msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
-msgstr "CA 密码 (安全:这应当由一个环境变量给出)"
+msgstr "CA 口令(安全性:这应当由环境变量指定)"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100
msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
-msgstr "P12 密码 (安全:这应当由一个环境变量给出)"
+msgstr "CA 口令(安全性:这应当由环境变量指定)"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112
msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL"
-msgstr "已导出 CA、证书或证书吊销列表的路径"
+msgstr "已导出 CA、证书或 CRL 的路径"
#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management
#. For use with autoinstallation.
@@ -121,19 +115,19 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST 自动生成了一个默认 CA 和证书。\n"
-"此 CA 和证书用于同 Apache 服务器通信。\n"
-"在此修改此 CA 和证书的设置或从文件中导入 CA 和证书。\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"YaST 将自动生成默认 CA 和证书。在与 Apache\n"
+" 服务器通信时将使用此 CA 和证书。\n"
+" 在此处更改此 CA 和证书的设置或从文件中导入 CA 和证书。\n"
+" </p>\n"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193
msgid "Import Common CA and Certificate"
-msgstr "导入通用 CA 和证书"
+msgstr "导入普通 CA 和证书"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209
msgid "&Path of Certificate"
-msgstr "证书路径(&P)"
+msgstr "证书的路径(&P)"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
@@ -141,27 +135,27 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
msgid "&Password:"
-msgstr "密码(&P):"
+msgstr "口令(&P):"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476
msgid "Co&nfirm Password"
-msgstr "确认密码(&N)"
+msgstr "确认口令(&N)"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256
msgid "Generate Common CA and Certificate"
-msgstr "生成通用 CA 和证书"
+msgstr "生成普通 CA 和证书"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585
msgid "&CA Name:"
-msgstr "&CA 名称:"
+msgstr "CA 名称(&C):"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216
msgid "&Common Name:"
-msgstr "通用名(&C):"
+msgstr "常用名(&C):"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482
msgid "E-Mail"
@@ -180,7 +174,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236
msgid "Or&ganizational Unit:"
-msgstr "组织单位(&G):"
+msgstr "组织单元(&G):"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247
@@ -194,7 +188,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381
msgid "Take Local Server Name"
-msgstr "采用本地服务器名称"
+msgstr "采用逻辑服务器名称"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418
msgid "&Server Name:"
@@ -214,23 +208,23 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
msgid "New passwords do not match."
-msgstr "新密码不匹配。"
+msgstr "新口令不匹配。"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540
msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters."
-msgstr "密码长度应超过三个字符。"
+msgstr "口令长度应该超过 3 个字符。"
#. finding entry in list
#. Error popup
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665
msgid "CA name required."
-msgstr "需要 CA 名称。"
+msgstr "要求 CA 名称。"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403
msgid "Common name required."
-msgstr "需要通用名。"
+msgstr "要求常用名。"
#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def;
#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the
@@ -240,7 +234,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428
msgid "Invalid e-mail format."
-msgstr "无效的电子邮件格式。"
+msgstr "电子邮件的格式无效。"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527
msgid "Server name required."
@@ -253,15 +247,15 @@
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831
msgid "Import Certificate from File"
-msgstr "从文件中导入证书"
+msgstr "从文件中导入证书。"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837
msgid "Server Name"
-msgstr "服务器名称"
+msgstr "服务器名"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839
msgid "[local server name]"
-msgstr "[本地服务器名称]"
+msgstr "[逻辑服务器名称]"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846
msgid "CA Name"
@@ -271,7 +265,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319
msgid "Common Name"
-msgstr "通用名"
+msgstr "常用名"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873
@@ -287,11 +281,11 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322
msgid "Organizational Unit"
-msgstr "组织单位"
+msgstr "组织单元"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895
msgid "Password"
-msgstr "密码"
+msgstr "口令"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904
msgid "[set]"
@@ -301,7 +295,7 @@
#. @return true on success
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916
msgid "Generating Common Server Certificate"
-msgstr "生成通用服务器证书"
+msgstr "生成普通服务器证书"
#. Progress stage 1/2
#. Progress stage 1/2
@@ -368,7 +362,7 @@
#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107
msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail."
-msgstr "无法评估本地计算机名称。请修改服务器名称和电子邮件的值。"
+msgstr "无法评估逻辑机器的名称。更改服务器名称和电子邮件的值。"
#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754)
#. NO FORCE RESET
@@ -386,19 +380,19 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442
msgid "Delete the old settings?"
-msgstr "删除旧设置吗?"
+msgstr "是否删除旧设置?"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338
msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue."
-msgstr "无法撷取系统根密码。请设置一个 CA 密码继续。"
+msgstr "无法检索到系统根口令。请设置一个 CA 口令再继续。"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325
msgid ""
"The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n"
"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n"
msgstr ""
-"密码用于证书过短。\n"
-"请为证书输入一个有效的密码或禁用证书创建。\n"
+"口令太短,不适合用于证书。\n"
+"请为证书输入一个有效的口令或禁用证书创建。\n"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351
msgid "Current default CA and certificate."
@@ -406,11 +400,11 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364
msgid "Creating default CA and certificate."
-msgstr "正在创建默认 CA 和证书。"
+msgstr "正在创建默认的 CA 和证书。"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357
msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password."
-msgstr "出于更高的安全性需求,您应修改该密码。"
+msgstr "由于需要更高的安全性,应更改该口令。"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369
msgid "[manually set]"
@@ -418,7 +412,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370
msgid "[root password]"
-msgstr "[根密码]"
+msgstr "[根口令]"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487
@@ -428,11 +422,11 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391
msgid "Common Name: "
-msgstr "通用名:"
+msgstr "常用名:"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392
msgid "Server Name: "
-msgstr "服务器名称:"
+msgstr "服务器名:"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Country: "
@@ -440,7 +434,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394
msgid "Password: "
-msgstr "密码:"
+msgstr "口令:"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395
msgid "E-Mail: "
@@ -448,19 +442,19 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396
msgid "Alternative Names: "
-msgstr "别名:"
+msgstr "备用名称: "
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406
msgid ""
"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n"
" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n"
msgstr ""
-"根密码用作证书密码过短。\n"
-"请为证书输入一个有效的密码或禁用证书创建。\n"
+"根口令太短,不适合用于证书。\n"
+"请为证书输入一个有效的口令或禁用证书创建。\n"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413
msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate."
-msgstr "不创建 CA 和证书。"
+msgstr "未创建 CA 和证书。"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415
msgid "Importing a CA and certificate from file"
@@ -468,12 +462,12 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427
msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>默认主机名 <b>linux</b> 真的是唯一的吗?证书只有在主机名正确时才有效。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>默认主机名 <b>linux</b> 是否确实唯一?证书只有在主机名正确时才有效。</p>"
#. menu title
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468
msgid "&CA Management"
-msgstr "&CA 管理"
+msgstr "CA 管理(&C)"
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. MAIN module
@@ -488,7 +482,7 @@
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72
msgid "Create &Default CA and Certificate"
-msgstr "创建默认 CA 和证书(&D)"
+msgstr "创建默认的 CA 和证书(&D)"
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81
msgid "Edit Default &Settings"
@@ -510,7 +504,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"在此框架中,选择期望的 <b>CA</b> 和<b>证书</b>安装方式,同时完成安装。\n"
+"在此框架中,选择要用于 <b>CA</b> 和<b>证书</b>的安装方式,\n"
+"同时完成安装。\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112
@@ -521,8 +516,9 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"若您不想要现在创建或导入默认 CA 和证书,您也可以在安装好的系统上创建它们。\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"如果不想马上创建或导入它,则可以在已安装的系统中创建默认 CA\n"
+" 和证书。\n"
+" </p>\n"
#. Creates Country items
#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table
@@ -555,7 +551,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830
msgid "critical"
-msgstr "紧急"
+msgstr "关键"
#. To translators: table headers
#. To translators: table headers
@@ -585,7 +581,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991
msgid "No item has been selected."
-msgstr "未选中任何项。"
+msgstr "未选中任何项目。"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
@@ -608,7 +604,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960
msgid "Really delete this entry?"
-msgstr "真的删除此项吗?"
+msgstr "确实要删除此项吗?"
#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries
#. @return `next,`back,`abort
@@ -621,14 +617,14 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST 自动生成了一个<b>默认 CA 和证书</b>。\n"
-"此 CA 和证书用于同 <b>Apache 服务器</b>通信。\n"
-"在此修改这些<b>默认设置</b>。\n"
+"YaST 会自动生成一个<b>默认的 CA 和证书</b>。该 CA 和证书\n"
+"用于与 <b>Apache 服务器</b>进行通讯。\n"
+"在此,更改这些<b>默认设置</b>。\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484
msgid "&Edit Alternative Names"
-msgstr "编辑别名(&E)"
+msgstr "编辑备用名称(&E)"
#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490
@@ -642,7 +638,7 @@
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313
msgid "Common Server Certificate"
-msgstr "通用服务器证书"
+msgstr "普通服务器证书"
#. help text 1/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77
@@ -652,22 +648,22 @@
#. help text 2/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84
msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. "
-msgstr "<p><b>通用服务器证书</b>的目的是为此主机上运行的多种服务提供一个证书。"
+msgstr "<p><b>通用服务器证书</b>的用途是为此主机上运行的多种服务提供一个证书。 "
#. help text 3/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92
msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>"
-msgstr "一些 YaST 模块提供了在配置这样的服务时使用此证书的能力。</p>"
+msgstr "一些 YaST 模块提供了在配置这样的服务时使用此证书的功能。</p>"
#. help text 4/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100
msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>导入/替换</b>按钮您可以添加一个新服务器证书或替换当前证书。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>导入/替换</b>按钮,您可以添加一个新服务器证书或替换当前证书。</p>"
#. help text 5/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108
msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>您可以点击<b>移除</b>按钮移除证书。但请确保它不再被其它服务使用。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您可以单击<b>去除</b>按钮去除证书。但请确保它不再被其他服务使用。</p>"
#. help text 6/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116
@@ -677,12 +673,12 @@
#. help text 7/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124
msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要从磁盘导入的证书必须是以<b>含 CA 链的 PKCS12 格式</b>写入的。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>从磁盘导入的证书必须是以<b>含 CA 链的 PKCS12 格式</b>写入的。</p>"
#. help text 8/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132
msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>更多信息请阅读手册。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>有关详细信息,请阅读手册。</p>"
#. popup text
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154
@@ -690,7 +686,7 @@
"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n"
"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>"
msgstr ""
-"<pre>未找到通用服务器证书。\n"
+"<pre>找不到通用服务器证书。\n"
"您可以从磁盘导入一个证书</pre>"
#. popup window header
@@ -707,7 +703,7 @@
#. push button label
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167
msgid "&Remove"
-msgstr "移除(&R)"
+msgstr "去除(&R)"
#. push button label
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169
@@ -731,24 +727,24 @@
#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3)
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215
msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?"
-msgstr "您确定您想要移除该证书吗?"
+msgstr "您确定您想要去除该证书吗?"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66
msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CA.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此查看该 CA 最重要的值。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在此可查看该 CA 最重要的值。</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70
msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>关于当前 CA 的特殊信息是由<b>证书</b>、<b>证书吊销列表</b> 和<b>高级</b>提供的。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>当前 CA 的特殊信息是由<b>证书</b>、<b>CRL</b> 和<b>高级</b>提供的。</p>"
#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA
#. @param CA name
#. @return a string with the CA description
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164
msgid "<p><b> Description for %1 </b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>%1 的描述</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b> %1 的描述 </b></p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177
msgid ""
@@ -756,11 +752,11 @@
"CA not found"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"CA 未找到"
+"找不到 CA"
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>签发用途:</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>发出原因:</b></p>"
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -770,7 +766,7 @@
"Common Name: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"通用名: "
+"常用名: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -780,7 +776,7 @@
"Organization: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"组织: "
+"组织: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -790,7 +786,7 @@
"Location: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"位置:"
+"位置: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -800,7 +796,7 @@
"State: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"州/省: "
+"省/州: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -810,7 +806,7 @@
"Country: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"国家/地区: "
+"国家/地区: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -820,11 +816,11 @@
"EMAIL: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"电子邮件: "
+"电子邮件: "
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220
msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>签发方:</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>发出方:</b></p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256
msgid ""
@@ -832,7 +828,7 @@
"Valid from: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"有效于:"
+"有效起始时间:"
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260
msgid ""
@@ -840,7 +836,7 @@
"Valid to: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"有效至:"
+"有效截止时间:"
#. To translators: pushbutton label
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283
@@ -856,7 +852,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286
msgid "&Change CA Password"
-msgstr "修改 CA 密码(&C)"
+msgstr "更改 CA 口令(&C)"
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287
msgid "C&reate SubCA"
@@ -868,7 +864,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289
msgid "Export to &LDAP"
-msgstr "导出到 &LDAP"
+msgstr "导出到 LDAP(&L)"
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290
msgid "&Edit Default"
@@ -882,14 +878,14 @@
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57
msgid "<p>With this workflow, change these default settings.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>按此流程修改这些默认设置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用此工作流程,更改这些默认设置。</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153
msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>不过,修改后的设置将仅用于<b>新</B>项。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>不过,修改后的设置仅用于<b>新</B>项。</p>"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69
@@ -898,7 +894,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79
msgid "Default Settings for:"
-msgstr "默认设置用于:"
+msgstr "以下项的默认设置:"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83
msgid "&Sub CA"
@@ -906,7 +902,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85
msgid "&Client Certificate"
-msgstr "客户端证书(&C)"
+msgstr "客户身份验证(&C)"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88
msgid "S&erver Certificate"
@@ -915,12 +911,12 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136
msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此框架给出了全部保存前默认设置的概览。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在保存所有默认的设置前,此框架将它们一一列出。</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142
msgid "<p>Click <b>Save</b> to finish the input.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>点击<b>保存</b>完成输入。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>单击<b>保存</b>,完成输入。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731
@@ -969,7 +965,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223
msgid " (critical)\n"
-msgstr "(紧急)\n"
+msgstr "(关键)\n"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156
msgid "Path Length: "
@@ -982,20 +978,20 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006
msgid "(critical) "
-msgstr "(紧急)"
+msgstr "(关键)"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011
msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA"
-msgstr "从 CA 复制主体别名"
+msgstr "从 CA 复制主题替换名称"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082
msgid "(critical)\n"
-msgstr "(紧急)\n"
+msgstr "(关键)\n"
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020
@@ -1014,12 +1010,12 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971
msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address"
-msgstr "复制标准电子邮件地址"
+msgstr "复制标准的电子邮件地址"
#. To translators: dialog label
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591
msgid "Save Settings (step 3/3)"
-msgstr "保存设置 (步骤 3/3)"
+msgstr "保存设置(步骤 3/3)"
#. creating new certificate
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609
@@ -1029,41 +1025,41 @@
#. help text 1/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46
msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>首先,查看从此 CA 获得的全部可用证书的列表视图。列是证书的判别名包括电子邮件地址和证书的状态 (诸如有效或已吊销)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>首先,请查看列表视图,其中列出了可从此 CA 处获得的所有证书。视图中的列有证书的 DN,包括电子邮件地址和证书的状态(例如有效或已撤消)。</p>"
#. help text 2/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52
msgid "<p>Select one of the certificates and execute some actions.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择其中一个证书并执行一些操作。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择其中一个证书并执行某些操作。</p>"
#. help text 3/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57
msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>查看</b>打开了一个其中有完整证书的文本表示的窗口。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>查看</b>用于打开一个窗口,其中有完整证书的文字叙述。</p>"
#. help text 4/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64
msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此外,您还可以<b>吊销</b>、<b>删除</b>或<b>导出</b>证书。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此外,还可以<b>撤消</b>、<b>删除</b>或<b>导出</b>证书。</p>"
#. help text 5/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71
msgid "<p>With <b>Add</b>, generate a new server or client certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>添加</b>生成新的服务器或客户端证书。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>添加</b>,生成新的服务器或客户端证书。</p>"
#. help text 6/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78
msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在下面区域中查看所选证书最重要的值。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在下列区域中,查看所选证书的最重要的值。</p>"
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142
msgid "Revoke Certificate"
-msgstr "吊销证书"
+msgstr "撤消证书"
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145
msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created."
-msgstr "您只是吊销该证书。不会创建新的证书吊销列表。"
+msgstr "您只是取消该证书。将不创建新的 CRL。"
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150
msgid "Reasons"
@@ -1086,7 +1082,7 @@
"Certificate not found"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"证书未找到"
+"找不到证书"
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -1097,7 +1093,7 @@
"Common Name: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"通用名: "
+"常用名: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -1108,7 +1104,7 @@
"Organization: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"组织: "
+"组织: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -1119,7 +1115,7 @@
"Location: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"位置: "
+"位置: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -1130,7 +1126,7 @@
"State: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"州/省: "
+"省/州: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -1141,7 +1137,7 @@
"Country: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"国家/地区: "
+"国家/地区: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -1152,7 +1148,7 @@
"EMAIL: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"电子邮件: "
+"电子邮件: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -1163,7 +1159,7 @@
"Is CA: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"是否为 CA: "
+"是否属于 CA: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -1174,7 +1170,7 @@
"Key Size: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"密钥长度: "
+"密钥大小: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343
@@ -1183,7 +1179,7 @@
"Serialnumber: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"序列号: "
+"序列号: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -1203,7 +1199,7 @@
"Valid from: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"有效期从: "
+"有效起始时间:"
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358
@@ -1212,7 +1208,7 @@
"Valid to: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"有效期至: "
+"有效截止时间:"
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -1223,7 +1219,7 @@
"algo. of pub. Key : "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"公钥算法: "
+"公共密钥的算法: "
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
@@ -1234,7 +1230,7 @@
"algo. of signature: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"签名算法: "
+"签名算法: "
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
#. Initialize the tab of the dialog
@@ -1246,7 +1242,7 @@
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406
msgid "Revoked"
-msgstr "已吊销"
+msgstr "已撤消"
#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired)
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410
@@ -1279,11 +1275,11 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351
msgid "&Change Password"
-msgstr "修改密码(&C)"
+msgstr "更改口令(&C)"
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478
msgid "&Revoke"
-msgstr "吊销(&R)"
+msgstr "撤消(&R)"
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361
@@ -1310,11 +1306,11 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487
msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate"
-msgstr "导出为通用服务器证书"
+msgstr "导出为普通服务器证书"
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586
msgid "Delete current certificate?"
-msgstr "删除当前证书吗?"
+msgstr "是否删除当前证书?"
#. Create a certificate via command line
#. @param option map
@@ -1326,38 +1322,38 @@
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55
msgid "<p>Here, see the most important values of the CRL.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此查看该证书吊销列表最重要的值。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在此可查看该 CRL 最重要的值。</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59
msgid "<p>With <b>Generate CRL</b>, a new CRL will be generated.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>生成证书吊销列表</b> 生成一个新的证书吊销列表。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>生成 CRL</b>,将生成一个新的 CRL。</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64
msgid "<p><b>View</b> shows a complete description.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>查看</b>显示了完整的描述。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>查看</b>显示完整的描述。</p>"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69
msgid "<p>You can <b>Export</b> the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>您可以将证书吊销列表<b>导出</b>到一个文件或 LDAP 文件夹。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您可以将 CRL <b>导出</b>到一个文件或 LDAP 目录中。</p>"
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95
msgid "Generate New CRL"
-msgstr "生成新证书吊销列表"
+msgstr "生成新的 CRL"
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99
msgid "&Valid to (days):"
-msgstr "有效到(天)(&V):"
+msgstr "有效期(天)(&V):"
#. getDescription - CRL description
#. @param CA name
#. @return a string with the CRL description
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210
msgid "<p><b>Certificate Revocation List (CRL):</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>吊销证书列表 (CRL):</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>撤销证书列表 (CRL):</b></p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225
msgid ""
@@ -1367,7 +1363,7 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\n"
-"上次更新:"
+"上次更新时间:"
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229
msgid ""
@@ -1375,7 +1371,7 @@
"Next Update: "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"下次更新:"
+"下次更新时间:"
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234
msgid ""
@@ -1385,13 +1381,13 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\n"
-"已吊销证书:"
+"已撤消的证书:"
#. Dialog Tab - CRL -
#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260
msgid "&Generate CRL"
-msgstr "生成证书吊销列表(&G)"
+msgstr "生成 CRL(&G)"
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129
@@ -1401,12 +1397,12 @@
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142
msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>创建新证书吊销列表时,系统会建议一些默认值。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>创建新 CRL 时,系统会建议一些默认值。</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148
msgid "<p>With this frame, change these default settings.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用此框架修改这些默认设置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用此框架更改这些默认设置。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602
@@ -1424,41 +1420,41 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207
msgid "C&opy Subject Alternative Name from CA"
-msgstr "从 CA 复制主体别名(&O)"
+msgstr "从 CA 复制主题备用名(&O)"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254
msgid "Default CRL Settings"
-msgstr "默认证书吊销列表设置"
+msgstr "默认 CRL 设置"
#. Translators: window caption
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108
msgid "Security Information"
-msgstr "安全信息"
+msgstr "安全性信息"
#. Translators: long help text - security information
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111
msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user."
-msgstr "警告!<br>激活自动创建和导出证书吊销列表将写入 CA 密码到一个磁盘上的配置文件。密码将被以纯文本格式存储,以用于创建一个证书吊销列表。该文件仅对 roor 用户可读。"
+msgstr "警告!<br>激活 CRL 的自动创建和导出会将 CA 口令写入到磁盘上的配置文件中。口令将以纯文本的形式存储在配置文件中,因为创建 CRL 需要该口令。仅 root 用户可读取该文件。"
#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA
#. @param selected CA
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522
msgid "Export CRL"
-msgstr "导出证书吊销列表"
+msgstr "导出 CRL"
#. this default can only be set inside this function
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381
msgid "<p>Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting <b>Export once</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择<b>导出一次</b>,可以导出一次此 CA 的证书吊销列表。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>导出一次此 CA 的 CRL,方法是选择<b>导出一次</b>。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384
msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要设置重复重建证书吊销列表,请选择<b>重复重建和导出</b>。在此例中,在<b>定时周期</b>中为重建设置周期。若您将周期设为 24 小时,您可以额外地选择导出的小时。请确保您阅读和理解了<b>安全信息</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要设置重复重建 CRL,请选择<b>反复再创建并导出</b>。在此例中,在<b>定时间隔</b>中为重建设置间隔。如果将间隔设为 24 小时,您可以额外地选择导出的小时。请确保您阅读和理解了<b>安全信息</b>。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387
msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>您可以导出一份证书吊销列表到本地文件或 LDAP 服务器或者两者兼有。在<b>导出到本地文件</b>和<b>导出到 LDAP</b>设置相关参数。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您可以将 CRL 导出到本地文件和/或 LDAP 服务器。在<b>导出到本地文件</b>和<b>导出到 LDAP</b> 中分别设置参数。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401
msgid "Export once"
@@ -1466,7 +1462,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407
msgid "Repeated recreation and export"
-msgstr "重复重建和导出"
+msgstr "反复再创建并导出"
#. fix space issue (bnc#446137)
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419
@@ -1482,16 +1478,16 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498
msgid "&DN:"
-msgstr "判别名(&D):"
+msgstr "DN(&D):"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499
msgid "&Bind DN:"
-msgstr "绑定判别名(&B):"
+msgstr "联结 DN(&B):"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427
msgid "Pass&word"
-msgstr "密码(&W)"
+msgstr "口令(&W)"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435
msgid "Save &as"
@@ -1513,13 +1509,13 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453
msgid "Periodic interval"
-msgstr "定时周期"
+msgstr "定期间隔"
#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )),
#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457
msgid "every"
-msgstr "每隔"
+msgstr "每"
#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463
@@ -1530,17 +1526,17 @@
#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472
msgid "at"
-msgstr "于"
+msgstr "在"
#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474
msgid "&o'clock"
-msgstr "时(&O)"
+msgstr "时钟(&O)"
#. (bnc#446137)
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479
msgid "&Security Information"
-msgstr "安全信息(&S)"
+msgstr "安全性信息(&S)"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497
msgid "Export to file"
@@ -1560,7 +1556,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673
msgid "Do you want to retry?"
-msgstr "您想要重试吗?"
+msgstr "是否要重试?"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468
@@ -1571,7 +1567,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603
msgid "Saved to LDAP successfully."
-msgstr "成功保存到 LDAP。"
+msgstr "已成功保存到 LDAP。"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672
msgid "Export to LDAP failed."
@@ -1580,12 +1576,12 @@
#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86
msgid "Software error - Unknown Tab"
-msgstr "软件错误 - 未知选项卡"
+msgstr "软件错误 - 未知的选项卡"
#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141
msgid "Certificate Authority (CA)"
-msgstr "数字证书认证机构 (CA)"
+msgstr "证书权限(CA)"
#. Menu Item - CA - Tab
#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147
@@ -1600,7 +1596,7 @@
#. Menu Item - CA - Tab
#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151
msgid "CR&L"
-msgstr "证书吊销列表(&L)"
+msgstr "CR&L(&L)"
#. Menu Item - CA - Tab
#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153
@@ -1610,15 +1606,15 @@
#. help text 1/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89
msgid "<p>To generate a new CA, some entries are needed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要生成新 CA,需要一些项。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要生成新的 CA,需要某些项。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91
msgid "<p>To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要生成新证书,需要一些项。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要生成新的证书,需要某些项。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96
msgid "<p>To generate a new request, some entries are needed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要生成新请求,需要一些项。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要生成新请求,需要一些条目。</p>"
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106
@@ -1628,24 +1624,24 @@
#. help text 4/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111
msgid "<p>Only US ASCII characters are allowed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>只允许 US ASCII 字符。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>仅允许 US ASCII 字符。</p>"
#. help text 5/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117
msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>CA 名称</b>是 CA 证书的名称。仅使用字符,\"a-z\",\"A-Z\",\"-\" 和 \"_\"。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>CA 名称</b>是 CA 证书的名称。仅允许使用字符、“a-z”、“A-Z”、“-”和“_”。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123
msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the CA.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>通用名</b>是 CA 的名称。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>常用名</b>是 CA 的名称。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129
msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>通用名</b>是指要给其创建该证书的用户的名称。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>常用名</b>是指要给其创建该证书的用户的名称。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136
msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>通用名</b>是服务器的完全限定域名。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>常用名</b>是服务器的完全限定的域名。</p>"
#. help text 6/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145
@@ -1655,7 +1651,7 @@
#. help text 7/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152
msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>组织</b>、<b>组织单位</b>、<b>位置</b>和<b>状态</b>经常是可选的。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>组织</b>、<b>组织单元</b>、<b>位置</b>和<b>状态</b>经常是可选的。</p>"
#. To translators: pushbutton label
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173
@@ -1687,17 +1683,17 @@
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469
msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>CA 的私有密钥需要最小长度为五个字符的<B>密码</B>。出于校验目的,请在下一个字段重新输入密码。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>CA 的私用密钥要求<B>口令</B>的长度最少为 5 个字符。为了校验,请在下一个字段中重新输入它。</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476
msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>每个 CA 都有其自己的<b>密钥长度</b>。某些使用证书的应用程序需要特殊的密钥长度。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>每个 CA 都有它自己的<b>密钥长度</b>。一些使用证书的应用程序需要特殊的密钥长度。</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484
msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>CA 只在特定时间段(<b>有效期</b>)内有效。请输入时间段(以天为单位)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>CA 只有在特定时间段(<b>有效期</b>)内才有效。输入时间段(以天为单位)。</p>"
#. help text 4/4
#. help text 4/4
@@ -1706,40 +1702,40 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543
msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>高级选项</b>是一些非常特殊的选项。若您修改了这些选项,SUSE 将无法保证生成的证书能够正常发挥作用。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>高级选项</b>是一些非常特殊的选项。如果更改这些选项,SUSE 将无法保证生成的证书能够正常发挥作用。</p>"
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498
msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>证书的私有密钥需要最小长度为五个字符的<B>密码</B>。出于校验目的,请在下一个字段重新输入密码。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>证书的私用密钥必须是至少五个字符的<B>口令</B>。为了校验,请在下一个字段中再次输入它。</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505
msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>每个证书都有其自己的<b>密钥长度</b>。某些使用证书的应用程序需要特殊的密钥长度。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>每个证书都有其自己的<b>密钥长度</b>。某些使用证书的应用程序要求特殊的密钥长度。</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513
msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>证书仅在特定时间段(<b>有效期</b>)内有效。请输入时间段(以天为单位)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>该证书仅在特定的期间(<b>有效期</b>)有效。输入时间范围(以天为单位)。</p>"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528
msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>请求的私有密钥需要最小长度为五个字符的<B>密码</B>。出于校验目的,请在下一个字段重新输入密码。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>请求的私用密钥要求<B>口令</B>的长度最少为 5 个字符。为了校验,请在下一个字段中重新输入它。</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535
msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>每个请求都有其自己的<b>密钥长度</b>。某些使用证书的应用程序需要特殊的密钥长度。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>每个请求都有它自己的<b>密钥长度</b>。一些使用证书的应用程序需要特殊的密钥长度。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561
msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password"
-msgstr "使用 CA 密码作为证书密码(&U)"
+msgstr "使用 CA 口令作为证书口令(&U)"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582
msgid "V&erify Password:"
-msgstr "校验密码(&E):"
+msgstr "校验口令(&E):"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590
msgid "&Key Length (bit):"
@@ -1757,41 +1753,41 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661
msgid "Passwords are different."
-msgstr "密码不相同。"
+msgstr "口令不相同。"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667
msgid "Password required."
-msgstr "需要密码。"
+msgstr "要求口令。"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700
msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此框架给出了将要创建的 CA 的全部设置的概览。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此框架概述了将要创建的 CA 的所有设置。</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706
msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the CA.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>点击<b>创建</b>生成 CA。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>单击<b>创建</b>生成 CA。</p>"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710
msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此框架给出了将要创建的证书的全部设置的概览。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此框架一一列出了将创建的证书的所有设置。</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716
msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>点击<b>创建</b>生成证书。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>单击<b>创建</b>,生成该证书。</p>"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721
msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此框架给出了将要创建的请求的全部设置的概览。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此框架概述了将要创建的请求的所有设置。</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727
msgid "<p>Click <b>Create</b> to generate the request.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>点击<b>创建</b>生成请求。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>单击<b>创建</b>生成请求。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736
msgid "CA Name: "
@@ -1799,15 +1795,15 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743
msgid "Common Name: "
-msgstr "通用名:"
+msgstr "常用名:"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752
msgid "Organization: "
-msgstr "组织:"
+msgstr "组织: "
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761
msgid "Organizational Unit: "
-msgstr "组织单位:"
+msgstr "组织单元:"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769
msgid "E-Mail Addresses: "
@@ -1815,11 +1811,11 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793
msgid "Locality: "
-msgstr "位置:"
+msgstr "位置: "
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801
msgid "State: "
-msgstr "省/州:"
+msgstr "省/州: "
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807
msgid "Country: "
@@ -1827,11 +1823,11 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812
msgid "Key Length: "
-msgstr "密钥长度:"
+msgstr "密钥长度: "
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817
msgid "Valid Period: "
-msgstr "有效期:"
+msgstr "有效期: "
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820
msgid " days\n"
@@ -1899,11 +1895,11 @@
#. Creating a new CA/Certificate
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55
msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>"
-msgstr "<p>此框架显示更多属性和可设置的 OpenSSL X509v3 扩展。若您不熟悉这些扩展,请参考文件 /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (软件包 openssl-doc 中)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此框架显示更多属性和可设置的 OpenSSL X509v3 扩展。如果您不熟悉这些扩展,请参考文件 /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt(包 openssl-doc 中)。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61
msgid "<P>Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>错误项可能导致证书不可用。</P>"
+msgstr "<P>错误项会导致证书不能用。</P>"
#. items for CA and Certificates
#. items for Requests
@@ -1921,74 +1917,75 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr "正在创建证书..."
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
-msgstr "默认证书也可以在 CA 管理模块中创建。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"默认证书也可以在 \n"
+"CA 管理模块中创建。\n"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "完成"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
-msgstr "真的保存配置吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实要保存配置?"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "退出"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
-msgstr "真的退出配置而不保存吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实退出配置而不保存?"
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr "细节"
#. help text 1/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47
msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>首先,查看此CA 的全部可用请求的列表视图。列是请求的判别名包括电子邮件地址。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>首先,请查看此CA 的所有可用请求的列表视图。列是包含电子邮件地址的请求的 DN。</p>"
#. help text 2/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53
msgid "<p>Select one of the requests and execute some actions.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择其中一个请求并执行一些操作。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择某个请求并执行一些操作。</p>"
#. help text 3/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58
msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>查看</b>打开了一个其中有完整请求的文本表示的窗口。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>查看</b>将打开一个窗口,在该窗口中用文本表示了整个请求。</p>"
#. help text 4/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65
msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>您也可以<b>签署</b>、<b>删除</b>或<b>导出</b>请求。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>还可以<b>签署</b>、<b>删除</b>或<b>导出</b>请求。</p>"
#. help text 5/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72
msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>导入</b>读取新请求。使用<b>添加</b>生成新请求。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>导入</b>,读取新请求。使用<b>添加</b>,生成新请求。</p>"
#. help text 6/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79
msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在下面区域中查看所选请求最重要的值。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在下面的区域中,可以看到选定请求的最重要的值。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326
msgid "Generate Time"
@@ -2032,7 +2029,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430
msgid "Delete current request?"
-msgstr "删除当前请求吗?"
+msgstr "是否删除当前请求?"
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58
msgid ""
@@ -2040,7 +2037,7 @@
"Request not found.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"请求未找到。\n"
+"未发现请求。\n"
#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74
@@ -2063,16 +2060,16 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686
msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found."
-msgstr "未找到扩展名 \"%1\"。"
+msgstr "找不到扩展名“%1”。"
#. IS CA ?
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644
msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?"
-msgstr "这是一个 CA 请求。真的将它签署为 %1 吗?"
+msgstr "这是 CA 请求。是否将它签署为“%1”?"
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651
msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?"
-msgstr "这不是一个 CA 请求。真的将它签署为 CA 请求吗?"
+msgstr "这不是 CA 请求。是否将它签署为 CA 请求?"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703
@@ -2082,30 +2079,30 @@
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此请求具有特殊请求扩展,您可以接受或拒绝它们。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此请求具有您可以接受的特殊请求扩展名。</p>"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若您拒绝了这些扩展,则将使用默认值代替之。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果拒绝这些扩展名,则将使用默认值替代。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
msgid "Requested Extensions"
-msgstr "请求扩展"
+msgstr "请求的扩展名"
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)"
-msgstr "将请求签署为 %1 (步骤 1/2)"
+msgstr "将请求作为“%1”(步骤 1/2)签署"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此框架给出了将要签署的请求的全部设置的概览。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此框架概述了将要签署的请求的所有设置。</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>点击<b>签署请求</b>继续。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>单击<b>签署请求</b>继续。</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801
msgid " days"
@@ -2122,7 +2119,7 @@
#. To translators: dialog label
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238
msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)"
-msgstr "将请求签署为 %1 (步骤 2/2)"
+msgstr "将请求作为“%1”(步骤 2/2)签署"
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244
msgid "Sign Request"
@@ -2131,12 +2128,12 @@
#. signing request
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257
msgid "The request has been signed."
-msgstr "请求已签署。"
+msgstr "请求已被签署。"
#. Deleting current CA
#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105
msgid "Really delete CA %1?"
-msgstr "真的删除 CA %1 吗?"
+msgstr "确实要删除 CA %1?"
#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118
msgid "Force Delete"
@@ -2144,22 +2141,22 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119
msgid "This CA is still in use. Delete it?"
-msgstr "此 CA 仍在使用。删除它吗?"
+msgstr "此 CA 仍在使用。是否删除它?"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145
msgid "<p>Select one CA and press <b>Enter CA</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择一个 CA 并按<b>输入 CA</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择一个 CA 并按 <b>输入 CA</b>。</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149
msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>创建根 CA</b> 将生成新的根证书认证机构。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>创建根 CA</b> 将生成新的根证书权限。</p>"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156
msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>关于 CA 管理的更多信息请阅读手册。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>关于 CA 管理的更多信息,请阅读手册。</p>"
#. To translators: pushbutton label
#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167
@@ -2193,45 +2190,45 @@
#. Change password Dialog
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173
msgid "Change Certificate Password"
-msgstr "修改证书密码"
+msgstr "更改证书口令"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174
msgid "Change CA Password"
-msgstr "修改 CA 密码"
+msgstr "更改 CA 口令"
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186
msgid "&Old Password:"
-msgstr "旧密码(&O):"
+msgstr "旧口令(&O):"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380
msgid "&New Password:"
-msgstr "新密码(&N):"
+msgstr "新口令(&N):"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189
msgid "&Verify Password:"
-msgstr "校验密码(&W):"
+msgstr "校验口令(&V):"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220
msgid ""
"The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n"
"Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n"
msgstr ""
-"新密码用于证书文件过短。\n"
-"请为证书输入一个有效的密码。\n"
+"新口令太多,不适合用于证书。\n"
+"请为证书输入一个有效的口令。\n"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245
msgid "CA Password changed."
-msgstr "CA 密码已修改。"
+msgstr "CA 口令已更改。"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247
msgid "Certificate Password changed."
-msgstr "证书密码已修改。"
+msgstr "证书口令已更改。"
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275
msgid "Enter CA Password"
-msgstr "输入 CA 密码"
+msgstr "输入 CA 口令"
#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP
#.
@@ -2239,18 +2236,18 @@
#. @return true ( success )
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
-msgstr "LDAP 密码(&A):"
+msgstr "LDAP 口令(&A):"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
-msgstr "证书密码(&P):"
+msgstr "证书口令(&P):"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039
msgid "&Verify Password"
-msgstr "校验密码(&V)"
+msgstr "校验口令(&V)"
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421
@@ -2262,12 +2259,12 @@
"LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n"
"Enter the required LDAP password.\n"
msgstr ""
-"LDAP 必须为 CA 管理初始化。\n"
-"请输入需要的 LDAP 密码。\n"
+"LDAP 必须初始化,以进行 CA 管理。\n"
+"输入所需的 LDAP 口令。\n"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428
msgid "P&assword:"
-msgstr "密码(&A):"
+msgstr "口令(&A):"
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625
@@ -2288,12 +2285,12 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
-msgstr "证书和以 PEM 格式解密的密钥(&R)"
+msgstr "PEM 格式的证书和未加密的密钥(&R)"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
-msgstr "证书和以 PEM 格式加密的密钥(&E)"
+msgstr "PEM 格式的证书和已加密的密钥(&E)"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
@@ -2303,17 +2300,17 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
-msgstr "证书和 PKCS12 格式的密钥(&T)"
+msgstr "PKCS12 格式的证书和密钥(&T)"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
-msgstr "偏好 PKCS12 并包含 CA 链(&L)"
+msgstr "类似 PKCS12 并包括 CA 链(&L)"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
msgid "&New Password"
-msgstr "新密码(&N)"
+msgstr "新口令(&N)"
#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk
#. @return success
@@ -2332,7 +2329,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523
msgid "File name required."
-msgstr "需要文件名。"
+msgstr "要求文件名。"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829
msgid "CA saved to file."
@@ -2341,24 +2338,24 @@
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850
msgid "Export CRL to File"
-msgstr "将证书吊销列表导出到文件"
+msgstr "将 CRL 导出到文件"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858
msgid "&PEM Format"
-msgstr "&PEM 格式"
+msgstr "PEM 格式(&P)"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860
msgid "&DER Format"
-msgstr "&DER 格式"
+msgstr "DER 格式(&D)"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941
msgid "CRL saved to file."
-msgstr "证书吊销列表已保存到文件。"
+msgstr "CRL 已保存到文件。"
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962
msgid "Export Certificate to File"
-msgstr "导出证书到文件"
+msgstr "将证书导出到文件"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973
msgid "&Only the Certificate in PEM Format"
@@ -2374,13 +2371,13 @@
"<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n"
" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>从磁盘导入通用服务器证书 (PKCS12 + CA 链格式):</big></b>\n"
-"选择一个文件名并按<b>下一步</b>继续。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正从磁盘导入普通服务器证书(PKCS12 + CA 链格式)\n"
+":</big></b>选择一个文件名,然后按<b>下一步</b>继续。</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222
msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate."
-msgstr "导入一个服务器证书和相关的 CA 并将它们复制到其它 YaST 模块查找这样的通用证书的位置。"
+msgstr "导入一个服务器证书和相关的 CA,并将它们复制到其他 YaST 模块查找这样的通用证书的位置。"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230
@@ -2388,12 +2385,12 @@
"<p><b>Password:</b><br>\n"
"Certificate password</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>密码:</b><br>\n"
-"证书密码</p>\n"
+"<p><b>口令:</b><br>\n"
+"证书口令</p>\n"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236
msgid "Importing Common Certificate from Disk"
-msgstr "正在从磁盘导入通用证书"
+msgstr "正在从磁盘导入普通证书"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267
msgid "Importing certificate..."
@@ -2406,7 +2403,7 @@
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315
msgid "This is not a server certificate. Continue?"
-msgstr "这不是一个服务器证书。继续吗?"
+msgstr "这不是服务器证书。是否继续?"
#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361
@@ -2422,12 +2419,12 @@
msgid ""
"The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n"
"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names."
-msgstr "此服务器的主机名 (命令:hostname --long) 需匹配证书的通用名 (CN) 或主体别名 (SubjectAltName) 的值。"
+msgstr "此服务器的主机名(命令:hostname --long)需匹配证书的通用名 (CN) 或主体别名的值。"
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383
msgid "Exporting as Common Server Certificate"
-msgstr "导出为通用服务器证书"
+msgstr "正在导出为普通服务器证书"
#. export to common certificate
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409
@@ -2436,7 +2433,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456
msgid "Certificate has been written as common server certificate."
-msgstr "证书已写入为通用服务器证书。"
+msgstr "证书已作为普通服务器证书写入。"
#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk
#. @param [String] CaName
@@ -2447,7 +2444,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537
msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files."
-msgstr "文件格式无效。请使用 PEM 或 DER 文件。"
+msgstr "文件格式无效。使用 PEM 或 DER 文件。"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671
@@ -2456,7 +2453,7 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560
msgid "Request has been imported."
-msgstr "请求已导入。"
+msgstr "请求已被导入。"
#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk
#. @return success
@@ -2466,25 +2463,25 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587
msgid "&Path of CA Certificate"
-msgstr "CA 证书路径(&P)"
+msgstr "CA 证书的路径(&P)"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597
msgid "&Path of Key"
-msgstr "密钥路径(&P)"
+msgstr "密钥的路径(&P)"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606
msgid "&Key Password"
-msgstr "密钥密码(&K)"
+msgstr "密钥口令(&K)"
#. Error popup
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649
msgid "Path to certificate file required."
-msgstr "需要证书文件路径。"
+msgstr "需要证书文件的路径。"
#. Error popup
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653
msgid "Path of the private key required."
-msgstr "需要私有密钥路径。"
+msgstr "需要私用密钥的路径。"
#. Error popup
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658
@@ -2492,8 +2489,8 @@
"Key Password is required. \n"
"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key."
msgstr ""
-"需要密钥密码。 \n"
-"它必须是已加密密钥的密码,或是未加密密钥的新密码。"
+"密钥口令是必需的。\n"
+"必须是加密密钥的口令或新口令(如果是不加密的密钥)。"
#. Error popup
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693
@@ -2515,51 +2512,51 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429
msgid "Missing value 'caName'."
-msgstr "缺少值 'caName'。"
+msgstr "缺少值“caName”。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683
msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd' or password is too short."
-msgstr "缺少值 'keyPasswd' 或密码过短。"
+msgstr "缺少值“keyPasswd”或口令太短。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451
msgid "Missing value 'commonName'."
-msgstr "缺少值 'commonName'。"
+msgstr "缺少值“commonName”。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457
msgid "According to 'basicConstraints', this is not a CA."
-msgstr "根据 'basicConstraints',这不是一个 CA。"
+msgstr "根据“basicConstraints”,这不是 CA。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604
msgid "Modifying RequestGenerationData failed."
-msgstr "修改 RequestGenerationData 失败。"
+msgstr "未能修改 RequestGenerationData。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735
msgid "Modifying CertificateIssueData failed."
-msgstr "修改 CertificateIssueData 失败。"
+msgstr "未能修改 CertificateIssueData。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945
msgid "Creating Root CA failed."
-msgstr "创建根 CA 失败。"
+msgstr "未能创建根 CA。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055
msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'."
-msgstr "缺少参数 'certType'。"
+msgstr "缺少参数“certType”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244
msgid "Getting defaults failed."
-msgstr "获取默认值失败。"
+msgstr "未能获取默认值。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140
msgid "Missing value 'certType'."
-msgstr "缺少值 'certType'。"
+msgstr "缺少值“certType”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007
@@ -2568,11 +2565,11 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327
msgid "Initializing the CA failed."
-msgstr "初始化 CA 失败。"
+msgstr "未能初始化 CA。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370
msgid "Writing the defaults failed."
-msgstr "写入默认值失败。"
+msgstr "未能写入默认值。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760
@@ -2585,68 +2582,68 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'."
-msgstr "参数 'caName' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“caName”的值无效。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'."
-msgstr "参数 'type' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“type”的值无效。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750
msgid "Parsing the CA failed."
-msgstr "解析 CA 失败。"
+msgstr "未能语法分析 CA。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441
msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd'."
-msgstr "缺少值 'keyPasswd'。"
+msgstr "缺少值“keyPasswd”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018
msgid "Creating request failed."
-msgstr "创建请求失败。"
+msgstr "未能创建请求。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129
msgid "Missing value 'request'"
-msgstr "缺少值 'request'"
+msgstr "缺少值“request”"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007
msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'."
-msgstr "缺少值 'caPasswd'。"
+msgstr "缺少值“caPasswd”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320
msgid "Signing certificate failed."
-msgstr "签署证书失败。"
+msgstr "证书签名失败。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770
msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'."
-msgstr "缺少参数 'caName'。"
+msgstr "缺少参数“caName”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553
msgid "Missing parameter 'caPasswd'."
-msgstr "缺少参数 'caPasswd'。"
+msgstr "缺少参数“caPasswd”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601
msgid "Getting the certificate list failed."
-msgstr "获取证书列表失败。"
+msgstr "未能获取证书列表。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'."
-msgstr "参数 'caPasswd' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“caPasswd”的值无效。"
#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685
msgid "Invalid password."
-msgstr "无效的密码。"
+msgstr "口令无效。"
#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692
@@ -2658,40 +2655,40 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'certificate'."
-msgstr "参数 'certificate' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“certificate”的值无效。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821
msgid "Parsing the certificate failed."
-msgstr "解析证书失败。"
+msgstr "未能语法分析证书。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892
msgid "Missing value 'certificate'."
-msgstr "缺少值 'certificate'。"
+msgstr "缺少值“certificate”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923
msgid "Revoking the certificate failed."
-msgstr "吊销证书失败。"
+msgstr "未能撤销证书。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988
msgid "Missing value 'days'."
-msgstr "缺少值 'days'。"
+msgstr "缺少值“days”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359
msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed."
-msgstr "修改 CRLGenerationData 失败。"
+msgstr "未能修改 CRLGenerationData。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053
msgid "Creating the CRL failed."
-msgstr "创建证书吊销列表失败。"
+msgstr "未能创建 CRL。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173
msgid "No CRL available."
-msgstr "无可用证书吊销列表。"
+msgstr "无可用 CRL。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177
msgid "Parsing the CRL failed."
-msgstr "解析证书吊销列表失败。"
+msgstr "未能语法分析 CRL。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578
@@ -2699,18 +2696,18 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093
#, perl-format
msgid "Cannot parse destinationFile %s."
-msgstr "无法解析目标文件 %s。"
+msgstr "无法分析目标文件 %s。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100
msgid "Directory does not exist."
-msgstr "文件夹不存在。"
+msgstr "目录不存在。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'exportFormat'."
-msgstr "参数 'exportFormat' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“exportFormat”的值无效。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416
@@ -2722,19 +2719,19 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168
msgid "Export failed."
-msgstr "导出失败。"
+msgstr "未能导出。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979
msgid "Parameter 'P12Password' missing."
-msgstr "缺少参数 'P12Password'。"
+msgstr "缺少参数“P12Password”。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'."
-msgstr "参数 'request' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“request”的值无效。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625
msgid "Request not found in"
@@ -2747,12 +2744,12 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'keyPasswd'."
-msgstr "参数 'keyPasswd' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“keyPasswd”的值无效。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'purpose'."
-msgstr "参数 'purpose' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“purpose”的值无效。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303
msgid "Verification failed."
@@ -2760,42 +2757,42 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435
msgid "Missing value 'newCaName'."
-msgstr "缺少值 'newCaName'。"
+msgstr "缺少值“newCaName”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750
msgid "Creating the SubCA failed."
-msgstr "创建子 CA 失败。"
+msgstr "未能创建 SubCA。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapHostname'."
-msgstr "参数 'ldapHostname' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“ldapHostname”的值无效。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPort'."
-msgstr "参数 'ldapPort' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“ldapPort”的值无效。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'destinationDN'."
-msgstr "参数 'destinationDN' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“destinationDN”的值无效。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'BindDN'."
-msgstr "参数 'BindDN' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“BindDN”的值无效。"
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPasswd'."
-msgstr "参数 'ldapPasswd' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“ldapPasswd”的值无效。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893
msgid "CA certificate does not exist."
@@ -2807,7 +2804,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912
msgid "Cannot parse the CA certificate."
-msgstr "无法解析 CA 证书。"
+msgstr "无法分析 CA 证书。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685
@@ -2819,12 +2816,12 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984
msgid "LDAP bind failed."
-msgstr "LDAP 绑定失败。"
+msgstr "LDAP 联结失败。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208
#, perl-format
msgid "Container %s is not available in the LDAP directory."
-msgstr "LDAP 文件夹中找不到容器 %s。"
+msgstr "LDAP 目录中找不到树枝 %s。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244
@@ -2833,39 +2830,39 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990
msgid "Cannot add CA certificate to the LDAP directory."
-msgstr "无法将 CA 证书添加到 LDAP 文件夹。"
+msgstr "无法将 CA 证书添加到 LDAP 目录。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002
msgid "Cannot modify CA certificate in the LDAP directory."
-msgstr "无法修改 LDAP 文件夹中的 CA 证书。"
+msgstr "无法修改 LDAP 目录中的 CA 证书。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148
msgid "CRL does not exist."
-msgstr "证书吊销列表不存在。"
+msgstr "CRL 不存在。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159
msgid "Cannot read the CRL."
-msgstr "无法读取证书吊销列表。"
+msgstr "无法读取 CRL。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167
msgid "Cannot parse the CRL."
-msgstr "无法解析证书吊销列表。"
+msgstr "无法分析 CRL。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265
msgid "Cannot add the CRL to the LDAP directory."
-msgstr "无法将证书吊销列表添加到 LDAP 文件夹。"
+msgstr "无法将 CRL 添加到 LDAP 目录。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278
msgid "Cannot modify the CRL in the LDAP directory."
-msgstr "无法修改 LDAP 文件夹中的证书吊销列表。"
+msgstr "无法修改 LDAP 目录中的 CRL。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381
msgid "Checking for new CRL Distribution Point failed."
-msgstr "检查新证书吊销列表分布点失败。"
+msgstr "未能检查新的 CRL 分布点。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474
msgid "Missing parameter 'commonName'."
-msgstr "缺少参数 'commonName'。"
+msgstr "缺少参数“commonName”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677
msgid "No LDAP server configured."
@@ -2883,15 +2880,15 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663
msgid "LDAP password required."
-msgstr "需要 LDAP 密码。"
+msgstr "要求 LDAP 口令。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717
msgid "Cannot add base configuration entry."
-msgstr "无法添加基本配置项。"
+msgstr "无法添加基本配置条目。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789
msgid "Cannot add CA configuration entry."
-msgstr "无法添加 CA 配置项。"
+msgstr "无法添加 CA 配置条目。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929
msgid "Certificate does not exist."
@@ -2899,98 +2896,98 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956
msgid "Cannot parse the certificate."
-msgstr "无法解析证书。"
+msgstr "无法对证书进行语法分析。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997
#, perl-format
msgid "%s is not available in the LDAP directory."
-msgstr "LDAP 文件夹中找不到 %s。"
+msgstr "LDAP 目录中找不到 %s。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008
msgid "Cannot modify userCertificate in the LDAP directory."
-msgstr "无法修改 LDAP 文件夹中的 userCertificate。"
+msgstr "无法修改 LDAP 目录中的 userCertificate。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026
msgid "Exporting the certificate failed."
-msgstr "导出证书失败。"
+msgstr "未能导出证书。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037
msgid "Cannot modify userPKCS12 in LDAP directory."
-msgstr "无法修改 LDAP 文件夹中的 userPKCS12。"
+msgstr "无法修改 LDAP 目录中的 userPKCS12。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139
msgid "Deleting the certificate failed."
-msgstr "删除证书失败。"
+msgstr "未能删除证书。"
#. parameter check
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207
msgid "Path to certificate file is needed."
-msgstr "需要证书文件路径。"
+msgstr "需要提供证书文件的路径。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214
msgid "Certificate not found in"
-msgstr "在以下位置未找到证书:"
+msgstr "在以下位置找不到证书:"
#. parameter check
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220
msgid "Password is required."
-msgstr "需要密码。"
+msgstr "要求口令。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232
msgid "Importing the certificate failed."
-msgstr "导入证书失败。"
+msgstr "未能导入证书。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321
msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'."
-msgstr "缺少参数 'inFile'。"
+msgstr "缺少参数“inFile”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326
msgid "File not found."
-msgstr "未找到文件。"
+msgstr "找不到文件。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332
msgid "Missing parameter 'type'."
-msgstr "缺少参数 'type'。"
+msgstr "缺少参数“type”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'."
-msgstr "'type' 中的值 '%s' 无效。"
+msgstr "“type”中的值“%s”无效。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343
msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'."
-msgstr "缺少参数 'datatype'。"
+msgstr "缺少参数“datatype”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'."
-msgstr "'datatype' 中的值 '%s' 未知。"
+msgstr "“datatype”中的值“%s”未知。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353
msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'."
-msgstr "缺少参数 'inForm'。"
+msgstr "缺少参数“inForm”。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'."
-msgstr "'inForm' 中的值 '%s' 未知。"
+msgstr "“inForm”中的值“%s”未知。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462
msgid "Parsing failed."
-msgstr "解析失败。"
+msgstr "语法分析失败。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590
msgid "Parsing the request failed."
-msgstr "解析请求失败。"
+msgstr "未能语法分析请求。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704
msgid "Getting the request list failed."
-msgstr "获取请求列表失败。"
+msgstr "未能获取请求列表。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779
#, perl-format
msgid "Request not found in %s."
-msgstr "在 %s 中未找到请求。"
+msgstr "未在 %s 中发现请求。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786
msgid "Cannot read the request."
@@ -2998,23 +2995,23 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792
msgid "No request data found."
-msgstr "未找到请求数据。"
+msgstr "找不到请求数据。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835
msgid "Importing the request failed."
-msgstr "导入请求失败。"
+msgstr "未能导入请求。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926
msgid "Deleting the request failed."
-msgstr "删除请求失败。"
+msgstr "未能删除请求。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'."
-msgstr "参数 'caCertifiCAte' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“caCertificate”的值无效。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994
msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'."
-msgstr "参数 'caKey' 的值无效。"
+msgstr "参数“caKey”的值无效。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001
#, perl-format
@@ -3023,11 +3020,11 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030
msgid "Importing the CA failed."
-msgstr "导入 CA 失败。"
+msgstr "未能导入 CA。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127
msgid "Deleting the CA failed."
-msgstr "删除 CA 失败。"
+msgstr "未能删除 CA。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483
msgid "Keyfile does not exist."
@@ -3035,16 +3032,16 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502
msgid "Password change failed."
-msgstr "密码修改失败。"
+msgstr "口令更改失败。"
#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid type for StringExtension '%s'."
-msgstr "StringExtension '%s' 的类型无效。"
+msgstr "StringExtension“%s”的类型无效。"
#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881
msgid "Missing 'data' map."
-msgstr "缺少 'data' 映射。"
+msgstr "缺少“data”映射。"
#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894
#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906
@@ -3070,12 +3067,12 @@
#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279
#, perl-format
msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'."
-msgstr "无效值 '%s',用于参数 '%s'。"
+msgstr "值“%s”(参数“'%s”)无效。"
#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918
#, perl-format
msgid "Password (%s) is too simple."
-msgstr "密码 (%s) 太简单。"
+msgstr "口令 (%s) 过于简单。"
#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986
#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012
@@ -3085,33 +3082,9 @@
#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259
#, perl-format
msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'."
-msgstr "'%s' 中的 'critical' 使用错误。"
+msgstr "“%s”中的“critical”使用错误。"
#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974
#, perl-format
msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'."
-msgstr "未知值 '%s' 于 '%s' 中。"
-
-#~ msgid "Currently not supported."
-#~ msgstr "当前不受支持。"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>The <b>Common Server Certificate</b> will be used by other YaST modules.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>该<b>普通服务器证书</b>将由其它 YaST 模块使用。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Invalid value'%s' for parameter '%s'."
-#~ msgstr "值 '%s'(参数 '%s')无效。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine."
-#~ msgstr "无法评估逻辑机器的名称。"
-
-#~ msgid "Request"
-#~ msgstr "请求"
-
-#~ msgid "View"
-#~ msgstr "查看"
-
-#~ msgid "to &File"
-#~ msgstr "到文件(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "to &LDAP"
-#~ msgstr "到 LDAP(&L)"
+msgstr "未知值 '%s'('%s' 中)。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cio.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cio.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cio.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,21 +1,18 @@
-# Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: \n"
+"Project-Id-Version: cio\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-08 10:32+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC.
#. All Rights Reserved.
@@ -43,33 +40,33 @@
msgstr "已用"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
-msgstr "是"
-
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "no"
msgstr "否"
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "是"
+
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
msgid "Filter channels"
-msgstr "过滤通道"
+msgstr "光纤通道"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162
msgid "&Select All"
-msgstr "全部选中(&S)"
+msgstr "全选(&S)"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163
msgid "&Clear selection"
-msgstr "清空选区(&C)"
+msgstr "清除选择(&C)"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164
msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels"
-msgstr "屏蔽所选通道(&B)"
+msgstr "将选定通道加入黑名单(&B)"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165
msgid "&Unban Channels"
-msgstr "取消屏蔽通道(&U)"
+msgstr "取消禁止通道(&U)"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170
msgid "&Exit"
@@ -78,11 +75,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'"
-msgstr "指定的值域无效。代码片段中有错误的值 '%s'"
+msgstr "指定的范围无效。错误值位于片段“%s”中"
#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels"
-msgstr "取消屏蔽输入/输出通道"
+msgstr "取消禁止输入/输出通道"
#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
msgid ""
@@ -90,10 +87,10 @@
"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n"
"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
msgstr ""
-"由逗号分隔的通道范围列表。\n"
-"范围可以是通道、将被填充到零或短划线指定的范围的部分通道。\n"
-"示例值:0.0.0001,AA00,0.1.0100-200"
+"列出要取消禁止的通道范围,以逗号分隔。\n"
+"范围可以是通道,也可以是通道的一部分,将使用零或以破折号指定的范围填充。\n"
+"值举例:0.0.0001、AA00、0.1.0100-200"
#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
msgid "Ranges to Unban."
-msgstr "要取消屏蔽的范围。"
+msgstr "要取消禁止的范围。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,38 +1,33 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: cluster\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-04 00:01+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module
#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of cluster"
-msgstr "集群配置"
+msgstr "群集配置"
#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals
#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83
msgid "Cluster"
-msgstr "集群"
+msgstr "群集"
#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals
#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87
msgid "&Cluster"
-msgstr "集群(&C)"
+msgstr "群集(&C)"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -61,7 +56,7 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47
msgid "Communication Channels"
-msgstr "通讯频道"
+msgstr "通讯通道"
#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48
msgid "Security"
@@ -82,7 +77,7 @@
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122
msgid "OK"
-msgstr "好"
+msgstr "确定"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Cancel"
@@ -104,11 +99,11 @@
#. Set need to require 'set'
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer"
-msgstr "节点 ID 必须是一个正整数"
+msgstr "必须使用正整数填写节点 ID"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Node ID must be unique"
-msgstr "节点 ID 必须是唯一的"
+msgstr "节点 ID 必须唯一"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247
@@ -117,7 +112,7 @@
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled"
-msgstr "必须填写集群名称"
+msgstr "必须填写群集名称"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216
msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled"
@@ -125,25 +120,21 @@
#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
-#| msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when udp is configured"
-msgid ""
-"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
-msgstr "当配置了多播传输时必须填写期望票数"
+msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
+msgstr "当配置了多路广播传输时,必须填写预期投票数"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
-msgstr "必须填写多播地址"
+msgstr "必须填写多路广播地址"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266
msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer"
-msgstr "多播端口必须为正整数"
+msgstr "多路广播端口必须是正整数"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
-msgid ""
-"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to"
-" passive."
-msgstr "若使用了多个接口则只能选择主动或被动。设置为被动。"
+msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
+msgstr "仅当使用多个接口时,才可以选择被动或主动。请设置为被动。"
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
@@ -152,32 +143,32 @@
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
msgid "Channel"
-msgstr "频道"
+msgstr "通道"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr "绑定网络地址:"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
-msgstr "多播地址:"
+msgstr "多路广播地址:"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Multicast Port:"
-msgstr "多播端口:"
+msgstr "多路广播端口:"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
msgid "Redundant Channel"
-msgstr "冗余频道"
+msgstr "冗余通道"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
msgid "Cluster Name:"
-msgstr "集群名称:"
+msgstr "群集名称:"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "Expected Votes:"
-msgstr "期望票数:"
+msgstr "预期投票数:"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "rrp mode:"
@@ -205,131 +196,127 @@
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
msgstr ""
-" 注意:检测到了旧的 corosync 配置。\n"
-" 请重新配置成员列表并确认全部其它设置。"
+" 注意:检测到旧的 corosync 配置。\n"
+"请重配置成员列表并确认所有其他设置。"
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
-msgstr "启用安全认证"
+msgstr "启用安全身份验证"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
-msgid ""
-"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate"
-" /etc/corosync/authkey."
-msgstr "新创建的集群,请按下面按钮生成 /etc/corosync/authkey。"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
+msgstr "对新建的群集按下面的按钮可生成 /etc/corosync/authkey。"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
-msgid ""
-"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other"
-" nodes manually."
-msgstr "要加入一个已有集群,请从其他节点手动复制 /etc/corosync/authkey。"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
+msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
+msgstr "要加入一个已有群集,请从其他节点手动复制 /etc/corosync/authkey。"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
-msgstr "创建 /etc/corosync/authkey 失败"
+msgstr "无法创建 /etc/corosync/authkey"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr "创建 /etc/corosync/authkey 成功"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
-msgstr "运行中"
+msgstr "正在运行"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "未运行"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "引导时"
+msgstr "正在引导"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
-msgstr "开 -- 引导时启动 pacemaker"
+msgstr "开 -- 引导期间启动 Pacemaker"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
-msgstr "关 -- 手动启动 pacemaker"
+msgstr "关 -- 手动启动 Pacemaker"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "打开和关闭"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "当前状态:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "立即启动 pacemaker"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "立即停止 pacemaker"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "同步主机"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr "添加"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr "删除"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "编辑"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "同步文件"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "添加建议的文件"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr "生成预共享密钥"
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr "Csync2 状态未知"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr "开启 csync2"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr "关闭 csync2"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "请输入一个主机名"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "编辑主机名"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "请输入要同步的文件名"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "编辑文件名"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
@@ -338,224 +325,123 @@
"您想要覆盖它吗?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "未能删除密钥文件 %1。"
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
"已生成密钥文件 %1。\n"
-"点击\"添加建议的文件\"按钮将它添加到同步列表。"
+"单击“添加建议的文件”按钮将它添加到同步列表。"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "未能生成密钥。"
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
-"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between"
-" cluster nodes.\n"
+"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-"Conntrackd 是一个辅助在集群节点间复制防火墙状态的守护进程。\n"
-"YaST 可辅助配置 conntrackd 的一些基础部分。\n"
-"您需要与 ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd 一起启动它。"
+"Conntrackd 是一个守护程序,可帮助在群集节点之间复制防火墙状态。\n"
+"YaST 可以帮助配置 conntrackd 的某些基本设置。\n"
+"您需要使用 ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd 将它启动。"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr "专用接口:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr "IP:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr "组编号:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr "生成 /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
-msgstr "组编号必须为正整数"
+msgstr "组编号必须是正整数"
#. All helps are here
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address"
-" which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in "
-" zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set"
-" bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which"
-" case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be"
-" specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface"
-" within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the"
-" nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used"
-" by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but"
-" the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address "
-" to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.
This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking"
-" will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be"
-" specified.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is"
-" possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais "
-" services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in"
-" the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using"
-" udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional "
-" when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value"
-" specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. "
-" If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from "
-" the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring"
-" identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should"
-" not be used.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring,"
-" which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers"
-" slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network"
-" environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly"
-" double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become "
-" cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network"
-" interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one"
-" interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple"
-" interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<"
-"br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. "
-" Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in"
-" corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or"
-" can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total"
-" node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast"
-" transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br>
\n"
-"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using"
-" IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>绑定网络地址</big></b><br>这指定了 openais 执行文件应绑定的地址。该地址应总以 0 结尾。若 totem"
-" 流量应通过 192.168.5.92 中转,则设置 bindnetaddr 为 192.168.5.0。<br>这里也可以为 IPV6"
-" 地址,那样将会使用 IPV6 网络。这种情况下,必须指定完整地址且无法像 IPV4 那样在特定子网中自动选择网络接口。若使用了 IPV6"
-" 网络,则必须指定节点 ID 字段。<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>多播地址</big></b><br>这是 openais 执行文件使用的多播地址。默认值应可用于多数网络,但也应询问网络管理员要使用的"
-"多播地址。请避免 224.x.x.x 因为这是一个 \"配置\" 多播地址。<br>这里也可以为 IPV6 多播地址,那样将会使用 IPV6"
-" 网络。若使用了 IPV6 网络,则必须指定节点 ID 字段。</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>端口</big></b><br>这指定了 UDP 端口号。可以在同一网络中为配置了不同的 UDP 端口的 openais"
-" 服务使用相同的多播地址。<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>成员地址</big></b><br>这个列表通过 IP 地址指定了集群中的全部节点。当使用 udpu (Unicast)"
-" 时这里是可以配置的。<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>节点 ID</big></b><br>该配置选项使用 IPv4 时为可选,IPv6 时为必选。这是一个 32"
-" 位值,指定了将传送给集群成员服务的节点标识符。若 IPv4 下该选项未指定,将使用该系统以环标识符 0 绑定到的 32 位 IP 地址。节点标识符值 0"
-" 是预留的,不应该使用。<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp 模式</big></b><br>这指定了冗余环的模式,可以为无,主动或被动。主动复制在故障网络环境中从发送到送达的延迟相对较低"
-",但性能较差。被动复制在 totem 协议未绑定 CPU 前可达到它的两倍速度。最后一个选项是无,仅使用一个网络接口来运行 totem"
-" 协议。若只指定了一个接口指令,则将自动选无。若指定了多个接口指令,则只能选择主动或被动。<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>期望票数</big></b><br>参与表决的法定节点数的期望票数。当 corosync.conf 中存在 nodelist{}"
-" 部分时将自动计算 (当使用 unicast 传输时将生成该列表),也可以在 quorum{} 部分指定 (期望票数应使用集群的全部节点数)。若"
-" unicast 传输中存在期望票数,该值将覆盖自动计算出的值。<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>自动生成节点 ID</big></b><br>当使用 IPv6 时需要节点 ID。启用自动生成节点 ID 将自动生成节点 ID。<"
-"br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>绑定网络地址</big></b><br>指定 openais 可执行文件应该绑定的地址。此地址应始终以 0 结尾。如果应该通过 192.168.5.92 路由 totem 流量,请将绑定网络地址设置为 192.168.5.0。<br>这也可以是 IPV6 地址,在此情况下,将使用 IPV6 网络。若如此,必须指定完整地址,系统不会像使用 IPv4 时一样自动选择特定子网中的网络接口。如果使用 IPv6 网络,必须指定“节点 ID”字段。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>多路广播地址</big></b><br>这是 openais 可执行文件使用的多路广播地址。默认值适用于大多数网络,但您应该咨询网络管理员要使用哪个多路广播地址。请勿指定 224.x.x.x,因为这是一个“config”多路广播地址。<br>这也可以是 IPV6 多路广播地址,在此情况下,将使用 IPV6 网络。如果使用 IPv6 网络,必须指定 nodeid 字段。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>端口</big></b><br>指定 UDP 端口号。在将 openais 服务配置为使用不同 UDP 端口的网络上,可以使用同一多路广播地址。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>成员地址</big></b><br>此列表按 IP 地址指定群集中的所有节点。使用 udpu(Unicast) 时可以配置此值。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>节点 ID</big></b><br>使用 IPv4 时,此配置选项是可选的,而使用 IPv6 时则为必填项。这是一个 32 位值,指定传递给群集成员资格服务的节点标识符。如果使用 IPv4 时未指定此选项,则节点 ID 将基于系统通过环标识符 0 绑定到的 32 位 IP 地址来确定。节点标识符值 0 是保留值,不应使用。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>指定冗余环的模式,可以是“无”、“主动”或“被动”。主动复制可使故障网络环境中从传输到递送的延迟时间略微降低,但性能有所下降。被动复制可使 totem 协议的速度增加近一倍,前提是该协议不受限于 CPU。最后一个选项为“无”,在此情况下,将仅使用一个网络接口运行 totem 协议。如果仅指定了一条接口指令,则自动选择“无”。如果指定了多个接口指令,则只能选择“主动”或“被动”。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>预期投票数</big></b><br>投票仲裁的预期投票数。当 corosync.conf 中存在 nodelist {} 部分时将自动计算该值(使用单路广播传输时将会生成该列表),您也可以在 quorum {} 部分中指定该值(“预期投票数”应使用群集的总节点数)。如果单路广播传输中存在预期投票数,该值将覆盖自动计算的值。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>自动生成节点 ID</big></b><br>使用 IPv6 时必须指定节点 ID。启用自动节点 ID 将自动生成节点 ID。<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n"
-#| "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on.
<br></p>\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1"
-" authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further"
-" specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128"
-" encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this"
-" option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces"
-" total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles"
-" in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks "
-" with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible"
-" with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A"
-" throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is"
-" disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions:"
-" A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz"
-" cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on"
-" 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>启用安全认证</big></b><br>这指定了是否应该使用 HMAC/SHA1 认证来认证全部消息。它进一步指定了是否应该使用"
-" sober128 加密算法加密全部数据来保护数据不受窃听。启用此选项将添加一个 36 字节的头部到每条 totem"
-" 发送的消息,这将降低总吞吐量。启用后,据 gprof 测量显示加密和认证在 aisexec 中消耗了 75% 的 CPU 周期。对于 1500 MTU"
-" 帧传输的 100mbit 网络来说,在开启了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上,100% CPU 使用率可达到 9mb/秒的吞吐量; 在关闭了此选项的"
-" 3ghz CPU 上,20% 的 CPU 使用率可以达到 10mb/秒的吞吐量。对于帧传输很大的 gig-e 网络来说:在启用了此选项的 3ghz"
-" CPU 上可以达到 20mb/秒的吞吐量; 在禁用了此选项的 3ghz CPU 上可以达到 60mb/秒的吞吐量。默认为开。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>启用安全身份验证</big></b><br>指定应使用 HMAC/SHA1 身份验证来对所有讯息进行身份验证。它还进一步指定应使用 sober128 加密算法对所有数据进行加密,以防止数据被窃听。启用此选项会对 totem 发送的每条讯息添加一个 36 字节的报头,因而会降低总吞吐量。gprof 的测量结果表明,启用加密和身份验证的情况下,会在 aisexec 中消耗 75% 的 CPU 周期。对于具有 1500 MTU 帧传送的 100 兆位网络:当在 3GHz CPU 上启用此选项时,在 CPU 利用率为 100% 的情况下,可达到 9 MB/秒的吞吐量。当在 3GHz CPU 上禁用此选项时,在 CPU 利用率为 20% 的情况下,可达到 10 MB/秒的吞吐量。对于具有较大帧传送的 gig-e 网络:当在 3 GHZ CPU 上启用此选项时,可达到 20 MB/秒的吞吐量。当在 3GHz CPU 上禁用此选项时,可达到 60 MB/秒的吞吐量。默认值为打开。<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot"
-" or not</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall"
-" is enabled</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>引导时</big></b><br>是否在引导期间启动 corosync 服务</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>防火墙设置</big></b><br>当启用防火墙时启用端口</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>引导</big></b><br>是否在引导期间启动 corosync 服务</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>防火墙设置</big></b><br>当启用了防火墙时启用该端口</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the"
-" local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the"
-" same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be"
-" synced.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using"
-" the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated"
-" with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be"
-" copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>同步主机</big></b><br>这里使用的主机名必须是集群节点的本地主机名。这意味着您必须输入与 hostname"
-" 命令的打印输出完全相同的内容。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>同步主机</big></b><br>这里使用的主机名必须是群集节点的本地主机名。这意味着您必须输入与 hostname 命令的打印输出完全相同的内容。</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b><big>同步文件</big></b><br>要同步的完整绝对文件名。</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>预共享密钥</big></b><br>在 Csync2 中使用 IP 地址和预共享密钥进行认证。可使用 csync2 -k"
-" /etc/csync2/key_hagroup 生成密钥文件。创建之后应将 key_hagroup 文件手动复制到所有集群成员中去。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>预共享密钥</big></b><br>在 Csync2 中使用 IP 地址和预共享密钥进行身份验证。可使用 csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup 生成密钥文件。创建之后应将 key_hagroup 文件手动复制到所有群集成员中。</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface"
-" for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You"
-" may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated"
-" network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be"
-" used for syncing.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for"
-" syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>专用接口</big></b><br>一个用于同步的专用网络接口。接口必须支持多播,并且是在线可使用的。您或许需要预先配置它。<"
-"/p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>指派给专用网络接口的 IPv4 地址。这是自动检测的。</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>多播地址</big></b><br>用于同步的多播地址。</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>组编号</big></b><br>同步时表示组的一个数字 ID。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>专用接口</big></b><br>用于同步的专用网络接口。该接口必须支持多路广播,并且已启动以供使用。您可能需要预先对它进行配置。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>指派给专用网络接口的 IPv4 地址。系统将自动检测此地址。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>多路广播地址</big></b><br>用于同步的多路广播地址。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>组编号</big></b><br>一个数字 ID,指出用于同步的组。</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
@@ -564,7 +450,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>正在初始化集群配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在初始化群集配置</big></b><br>\n"
"请稍候...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
@@ -574,7 +460,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
-"现在按<b>中止</b>安全地中止配置工具。</p>\n"
+"请立即按<b>中止</b>,以便安全中止配置实用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
@@ -582,7 +468,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>正在保存集群配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在保存群集配置</big></b><br>\n"
"请稍候...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
@@ -593,15 +479,15 @@
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中断保存:</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<B>中断</B>中断保存过程。\n"
-"另一个对话框将告之您这样做是否安全。\n"
+"<p><b><big>中止保存:</big></b><br>\n"
+"请按<B>中止</B>,以中止保存过程。\n"
+"一个附加对话框将告诉您这样做是否安全。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172
msgid "Cluster Configuration"
-msgstr "集群配置"
+msgstr "群集配置"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174
@@ -609,120 +495,96 @@
msgstr "正在初始化..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
-msgstr "正在初始化集群配置"
+msgstr "正在初始化群集配置"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "读取数据库"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "读取以前的设置"
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "读取 SuSEFirewall 设置"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "正在读取数据库..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "正在读取以前的设置..."
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr "正在读取 SuSEFirewall 设置..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "已完成"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
-msgstr "无法安装所需的软件包"
+msgstr "无法安装所需的包"
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
-msgstr "无法加载已有配置"
+msgstr "无法装载现有配置"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "无法读取数据库 1。"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "无法读取数据库 2。"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
-msgstr "无法检测设备。"
+msgstr "无法检测到设备。"
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
-msgstr "正在保存集群配置"
+msgstr "正在保存群集配置"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "写入设置"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
-msgstr "保存修改到 SuSEFirewall"
+msgstr "将更改保存到 SuSEFirewall"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "正在写入设置..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
-msgstr "正在保存修改到 SuSEFirewall..."
+msgstr "正在将更改保存到 SuSEFirewall..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "无法写入设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Number of threads must be integer"
-#~ msgstr "线程数必须为整数"
-
-#~ msgid "Number of threads must larger then 0"
-#~ msgstr "线程数必须大于 0"
-
-#~ msgid "Threads:"
-#~ msgstr "线程:"
-
-#~ msgid "nodeid"
-#~ msgstr "节点 ID"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter a member address"
-#~ msgstr "请输入一个成员地址"
-
-#~ msgid "Edit the member address"
-#~ msgstr "编辑成员地址"
-
-#~ msgid "Management Tool"
-#~ msgstr "管理工具"
-
-#~ msgid "Change the configuration of HAE here..."
-#~ msgstr "在此修改 SuSE 高可用性扩展的配置..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control-center.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control-center.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control-center.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,26 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu
, 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007.
-# margurite , 2012, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: control center\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: control-center\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-01 20:30+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: src/main_window.cpp:150
msgid "&Search"
@@ -33,7 +25,7 @@
#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,...
#: src/main_window.cpp:321
msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..."
-msgstr "正在启动配置模块 \"%1\"..."
+msgstr "正在启动配置模块“%1”..."
#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406
msgid "YaST Control Center"
@@ -44,12 +36,12 @@
"YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n"
"You will only see modules which do not require root privileges."
msgstr ""
-"没有以 root 用户身份运行 YaST 控制中心。\n"
+"YaST 控制中心当前不是以 root 用户身份。\n"
"您将只能看到不需要 root 权限的模块。"
#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73
msgid "Log files written successfully."
-msgstr "日志文件写入成功。"
+msgstr "已成功写入日志文件。"
#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77
msgid "Couldn't save y2logs."
@@ -62,7 +54,7 @@
#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file
#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180
msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?"
-msgstr "%1 已存在! 真的要覆盖吗?"
+msgstr "%1 已存在!确实要重写吗?"
#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1
#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185
@@ -71,7 +63,7 @@
"Really overwrite?"
msgstr ""
"%1 已存在并且是写保护的!\n"
-"真的要覆盖吗?"
+"确实要重写吗?"
#. Window title for confirmation dialog
#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190
@@ -85,115 +77,3 @@
#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193
msgid "&Cancel"
msgstr "取消(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "Starting module %1..."
-#~ msgstr "正在启动模块 %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Please enter keywords:"
-#~ msgstr "请输入关键字:"
-
-#~ msgid "YaST2 Control Center - Search"
-#~ msgstr "YaST2 控制中心 - 搜索"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading module list..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取模块列表..."
-
-#~ msgid "*** Reading module list failed ***"
-#~ msgstr "*** 读取模块列表失败 ***"
-
-#~ msgid "Quit"
-#~ msgstr "退出"
-
-#~ msgid "&File"
-#~ msgstr "文件(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Quit"
-#~ msgstr "退出(&Q)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Edit"
-#~ msgstr "编辑(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Search..."
-#~ msgstr "搜索(&S)..."
-
-#~ msgid "&Help"
-#~ msgstr "帮助(&H)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Close"
-#~ msgstr "关闭(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "Ready."
-#~ msgstr "就绪。"
-
-#~ msgid "YaST2 Control Center - Help"
-#~ msgstr "YaST2 控制中心 - 帮助"
-
-#~ msgid "Ok"
-#~ msgstr "确定"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "By clicking on icons to the left, you can choose the type of\n"
-#~ "configuration modules (e.g. Hardware or Software) to be displayed.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "单击左侧的图标,可以选择要显示的配置模块\n"
-#~ "(例如硬件或软件)的类型。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "To run one of the modules on the right side, simply single-click on the\n"
-#~ "corresponding icon. \n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Be patient, starting of modules can take some seconds.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "要运行右侧的模块之一,只需单击相应的\n"
-#~ "图标即可。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "模块启动将需要数秒钟时间,请稍候。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-
-#~ msgid "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search\" button"
-#~ msgstr "您还可以通过单击“搜索”按钮搜索关键字(例如调制解调器)"
-
-#~ msgid "Nothing found"
-#~ msgstr "找不到任何内容"
-
-#~ msgid "%1 module found"
-#~ msgid_plural "%1 modules found"
-#~ msgstr[0] "找到了 %1 个模块"
-
-#~ msgid "No search string specified"
-#~ msgstr "未指定搜索字符串"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No list of available sections could be created.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "This means that YaST2 or this Control Center is\n"
-#~ "not correctly installed or that you do not have sufficient\n"
-#~ "permissions.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "无法创建可用部分的列表。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "这意味着没有正确安装 YaST2 或此控制中心,\n"
-#~ "或者您没有足够的权限。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If the former describes your situation, re-install all YaST2 components;\n"
-#~ "if the latter is the case, try to run the Control Center as root. \n"
-#~ "Also make sure that you do not run out of disk space. "
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "如果是前者,则重安装所有 YaST2 组件;\n"
-#~ "如果是后者,则尝试以 root 用户身份运行控制中心。\n"
-#~ "还应确保有足够的磁盘空间。"
-
-#~ msgid "Directory %1 does not exist."
-#~ msgstr "目录 %1 不存在。"
-
-#~ msgid "Unnamed"
-#~ msgstr "未命名的"
-
-#~ msgid "no description available"
-#~ msgstr "无可用的描述"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,501 +1,227 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
-# Thruth Wang
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Eric Shan , 2008.
-# margurite , 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 17:30+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>恭喜!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>openSUSE 已在您的计算机上安装完毕。\n"
-"点击<b>完成</b>后,您就可以登入系统了。</p>\n"
-"<p>欢迎访问我们的站点:%1。</p>\n"
-"<p>祝您使用愉快!<br>您的 openSUSE 开发团队</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"已成功完成安装。\n"
+"您的系统现可供使用。\n"
+"单击<b>完成</b>可登录系统。\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"请访问我们的网站 http://www.suse.com/。\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-"您计算机上的桌面环境为您的计算机提供了图形用户界面,以及用于\n"
-"电子邮件、网络浏览、办公生产、游戏的一套应用程序\n"
-"和管理计算机的实用工具。\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE 提供了几种桌面环境供您选择。使用最广泛的\n"
-"桌面环境是 GNOME 和 KDE,它们在 openSUSE 下有着平等\n"
-"的支持。两者均易于使用、高度集成、外观诱人。\n"
-"每种桌面环境都有独特的风格,因此个人品味决定了哪款\n"
-"桌面最适合您。"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "CIM 服务器"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "GNOME 桌面"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "KDE 桌面"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "XFCE 桌面"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "LXDE 桌面"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr "极简 X 窗口系统"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "Enlightenment 桌面"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "极简服务器选集 (文本模式)"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "安装设置"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "概述"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "专家"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
-msgstr "Live 安装设置"
+msgstr "在线安装设置"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "更新设置"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "网络配置"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "硬件配置"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "准备"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
-msgstr "加载 Linuxrc 网络配置"
+msgstr "装载 linuxrc 网络配置"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
msgid "Network Autosetup"
-msgstr "自动网络设置"
+msgstr "网络自动设置"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "欢迎"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "网络激活"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "磁盘激活"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "系统分析"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "外接式附件"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "磁盘"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "时区"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "在线软件源"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "附加产品"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "桌面选择"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "用户设置"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "安装"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr "安装概览"
+msgstr "安装概述"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "执行安装"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "安装"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
-msgstr "待更新系统"
+msgstr "更新系统"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr "更新"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "更新摘要"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "执行更新"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "配置"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "基本安装"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "AutoYaST 设置"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "配置"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "系统配置"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ " "
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "已成功完成安装。\n"
-#~ "您的系统已经可以使用了。\n"
-#~ "请点击完成来登入系统。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "欢迎访问我们的站点 http://www.suse.com/。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ " "
-
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "通用信息模型 (CIM) 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "概览"
-
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "专家"
-
-#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "网络服务配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
-#~ msgstr "安装摘要"
-
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "更新摘要"
-
-#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
-#~ msgstr "附加产品安装"
-
-#~ msgid "Language Installation"
-#~ msgstr "语言安装"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "已成功完成安装。\n"
-#~ "您的系统已经可以使用了。\n"
-#~ "请点击<b>完成</b>来登入系统。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "欢迎访问我们的站点 http://www.suse.com/。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
-
-#~ msgid "Initialization..."
-#~ msgstr "初始化..."
-
-#~ msgid "Configuring network..."
-#~ msgstr "正在配置网络..."
-
-#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..."
-#~ msgstr "正在配置硬件..."
-
-#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在完成配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Repair"
-#~ msgstr "修复"
-
-#~ msgid "System Information"
-#~ msgstr "系统信息"
-
-#~ msgid "Perform Repair"
-#~ msgstr "执行修复"
-
-#~ msgid "Language"
-#~ msgstr "语言"
-
-#~ msgid "Network"
-#~ msgstr "网络"
-
-#~ msgid "Customer Center"
-#~ msgstr "客户中心"
-
-#~ msgid "Online Update"
-#~ msgstr "在线更新"
-
-#~ msgid "Release Notes"
-#~ msgstr "版本资讯"
-
-#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "自动配置"
-
-#~ msgid "root Password"
-#~ msgstr "根用户密码"
-
-#~ msgid "Check Installation"
-#~ msgstr "检查安装"
-
-#~ msgid "Hostname"
-#~ msgstr "主机名"
-
-#~ msgid "Users"
-#~ msgstr "用户"
-
-#~ msgid "Clean Up"
-#~ msgstr "清理"
-
-#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario"
-#~ msgstr "服务器基本场景"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n"
-#~ "Choose the one that matches your server the best."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "SUSE Linux 企业服务器针对一些基本使用场景提供了不同的方案。\n"
-#~ "请选择最适合您服务器的类型。"
-
-#~ msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)"
-#~ msgstr "物理计算机 (也适用于全虚拟的访客计算机)"
-
-#~ msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)"
-#~ msgstr "虚拟机 (适用于像 Xen 这样的半虚拟化环境)"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-#~ msgstr "Xen 虚拟化主机 (默认未配置本地 X11 窗口系统)"
-
-#~ msgid "Server Scenario"
-#~ msgstr "服务器场景"
-
-#~ msgid "Service"
-#~ msgstr "服务"
-
-#~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-#~ msgstr "KVM 虚拟化主机 (默认未配置本地 X11 窗口系统)"
-
-#~ msgid "Root Password"
-#~ msgstr "根用户密码"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-#~ "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
-#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p><b>恭喜!</b></p>\n"
-#~ "<p>&product; 已在您的计算机上成功安装。\n"
-#~ "单击<b>完成</b>后,您就可以登录系统了。</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>欢迎访问 %1。</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>祝使用愉快!<br>SUSE 开发团队</p>\n"
-#~ "\t"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "openSUSE offers you a choice of user interfaces. The two major complete \n"
-#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a full \n"
-#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and utilities. \n"
-#~ " \n"
-#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a recommendation."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "openSUSE 让您选择用户界面。两种完整的桌面环境是\n"
-#~ "KDE 和 GNOME。两者都很易用,并带有一整套应用程序,\n"
-#~ "包括 Email、文件管理器、游戏和各种工具等。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "桌面选择,事关品味,我们不给推荐。"
-
-#~ msgid "GNOME"
-#~ msgstr "GNOME"
-
-#~ msgid "KDE"
-#~ msgstr "KDE"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "GNOME 2.28 is the latest desktop from the GNOME Project. \n"
-#~ "It combines stability and maturity with incremental innovations."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "GNOME 2.24 是 GNOME 项目最新的桌面。\n"
-#~ "在不断创新的基础上,具有稳定性和成熟性。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "KDE 4.3 is the latest stable desktop released by the KDE Project.\n"
-#~ "It delivers an innovative, highly integrated desktop environment\n"
-#~ "with a modern look and feel."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "KDE 4.1 是 KDE 项目最新的桌面稳定版。\n"
-#~ "这是一个创新的高度整合的桌面环境,\n"
-#~ "并且有着新潮的感观。"
-
-#~ msgid "KDE 4.1"
-#~ msgstr "KDE 4.1"
-
-#~ msgid "KDE 3.5"
-#~ msgstr "KDE 3.5"
-
-#~ msgid "Physical Machine"
-#~ msgstr "物理机"
-
-#~ msgid "Virtual Machine"
-#~ msgstr "虚拟机"
-
-#~ msgid "XEN Virtualization Host"
-#~ msgstr "XEN 虚拟主机"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,28 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007, 2008.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2009.
-# margurite , 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 12:07+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_TW\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59
@@ -92,7 +82,7 @@
#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>此处所作的设置仅适用于控制台键盘。请使用其它工具来配置图形用户界面的键盘。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>此处所作的设置仅适用于控制台键盘。请使用其他工具来配置图形用户界面的键盘。</p>\n"
#. heading text
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
@@ -102,7 +92,7 @@
#. label text
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85
msgid "Repeat &Rate"
-msgstr "重复速率(&R)"
+msgstr "重复率(&R)"
#. label text
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93
@@ -117,7 +107,7 @@
#. combobox label
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "&Num Lock On"
-msgstr "数字键盘锁定打开(&N)"
+msgstr "Num Lock 打开(&N)"
#. combobox item
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108
@@ -144,7 +134,7 @@
#. label text
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125
msgid "D&isable Caps Lock"
-msgstr "禁用大小写锁定(&I)"
+msgstr "禁用 Caps Lock(&I)"
#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting
#. (no more than about 25 characters!)
@@ -203,9 +193,9 @@
"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"选择系统的<b>键盘布局</b>。\n"
-" 对于高级选项(如重复率和延迟),选择<b>专家设置</b>。</p>\n"
-" <p>使用桌面环境的键盘布局工具来查找更多的选项和键盘布局。</p>\n"
+"选择系统中使用的<b>键盘布局</b>。\n"
+"如想设置高级选项(如重复率和延迟),请选择<b>专家设置</b>。</p>\n"
+" <p>使用桌面环境的键盘布局工具,可找到更多的选项和键盘布局。</p>\n"
#. Screen title for keyboard screen
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
@@ -231,7 +221,7 @@
#. any error to the user
#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513
msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
-msgstr "设置 X11 键盘到 '%s' 失败"
+msgstr "无法将 X11 键盘设置为“%s”"
#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45
@@ -308,7 +298,7 @@
#. progress stage
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143
msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu"
-msgstr "更新引导程序菜单中的翻译"
+msgstr "更新引导加载程序菜单中的翻译"
#. progress step
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147
@@ -323,7 +313,7 @@
#. progress step
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151
msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..."
-msgstr "正在更新引导程序菜单中的翻译..."
+msgstr "正在更新引导加载程序菜单中的翻译..."
#. help for write dialog
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
@@ -395,7 +385,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"系统将安装支持所选主要语言和次要语言的额外包。同时删除不再需要的包。\n"
+"系统将安装支持所选主要语言和次要语言的其它包。同时删除不再需要的包。\n"
"</p>"
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
@@ -444,7 +434,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"您可以随时选择< b>中止安装</b> 来中止\n"
+"您可以随时选择< b>中止</b>来中止\n"
"安装过程。\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -480,8 +470,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"选择<b>更改键盘布局</b>,根据主要语言来更改键盘布局。\n"
-"选择<b>更改时区</b>,根据主要语言来更改当前时区。若键盘布局和时区已经适配为默认语言设定,对应选项会被禁用。\n"
+"选中<b>适应键盘布局</b>可将键盘布局更改为主要语言。\n"
+"选中<b>适应时区</b>可根据主要语言更改当前时区。如果键盘布局或时区已适应默认语言设置,则禁用各自选项。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
@@ -500,7 +490,7 @@
#. error message - package solver failed
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533
msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies."
-msgstr "有未能解决的包依赖关系。"
+msgstr "有未解决的包依赖性。"
#. error message
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550
@@ -535,7 +525,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>用户 root 的语言环境设置</b>\n"
-"确定 root 用户的语言环境变量 (LC_*)设置。</p>"
+"确定如何为 root 用户设置语言环境变量 (LC_*)。</p>"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
@@ -607,7 +597,7 @@
#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982
msgid "Installing Packages..."
-msgstr "正在安装软件包..."
+msgstr "正在安装包..."
#. continue/cancel message
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073
@@ -625,9 +615,9 @@
"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
-"介质上仅包含对选定语言的最小支持。\n"
-"请将语言附加 CD 添加为一个额外的软件源,\n"
-"以获得对此语言的更好支持。\n"
+"该媒体上仅包含对所选语言的最少支持。\n"
+"请将语言附加 CD 添加为另一个储存库,\n"
+"以获得对此语言的相应支持。\n"
#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316
@@ -635,7 +625,7 @@
"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
msgstr ""
-"该选定的语言无法在文本方式中使用。使用英文安装,\n"
+"该选定的语言无法在文本模式中使用。使用英文安装,\n"
"但是新系统将使用选定的语言。"
#. translators: command line help text for timezone module
@@ -685,7 +675,7 @@
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733
#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969
msgid "UTC"
-msgstr "协调世界时(UTC)"
+msgstr "UTC"
#. summary text (Clock setting)
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186
@@ -732,8 +722,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"在<b>硬件时钟设置为</b>中指定您的计算机设置为本地时间还是 UTC。\n"
-"多数同时安装了其他操作系统(像 Microsoft\n"
-"Windows)的 PC 使用本地时间。\n"
+"多数同时安装了其他操作系统(像 Microsoft\n"
+"Windows)的 PC 使用本地时间。\n"
"只装有 Linux 的计算机通常\n"
"设置为协调世界时 (UTC)。\n"
"如果硬件时钟设置为 UTC,您的系统可以自动在标准时\n"
@@ -752,9 +742,9 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"注意:Linux 内核所使用的系统内部时钟必须是 UTC,\n"
-"因为它会作为用户空间本地时间是否正确的参考系。\n"
-"如果你选择在 CMOS 主板时钟上使用本地时间,\n"
-"最好从用户手册里了解下硬件时钟的背景知识以及这么做的副作用。\n"
+"因为它会作为用户空间本地时间是否正确的参照。\n"
+"如果你选择为 CMOS 时钟使用本地时间,\n"
+"最好从用户手册中了解这方面的背景知识以及这么做的副作用。\n"
"</p>"
#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769)
@@ -773,20 +763,20 @@
"Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"你选择了本地时间,但似乎你的计算机上只有 Linux 系统。\n"
-"在这种情况下,强烈建议使用协调世界时(UTC)。\n"
+"您选择了本地时间,但似乎您的计算机上只有 Linux 系统。\n"
+"在这种情况下,强烈建议使用 UTC 并单击“取消”。\n"
"\n"
-"如果想要保持本地时间请点击取消,但你必须随着每年两次的夏令时调整来手动调整主板时钟。\n"
+"如果想要保持本地时间,必须随着每年两次的夏令时调整来手动调整 CMOS 时钟。\n"
"如果忘记调整时钟,备份也许会失败,邮件系统也可能丢失邮件,等等。\n"
"\n"
-"如果你使用协调世界时,Linux 会自动调整时间。\n"
+"如果使用 UTC,Linux 会自动调整时间。\n"
"\n"
-"你依然想要使用现在的选择(本地时间)并继续吗?"
+"要使用现在的选择(本地时间)并继续吗?"
#. help text for set time dialog
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>目前显示的是当前系统时间和日期。如有必要,手工将它们更改为正确的值,或者使用网络时间协议(NTP)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>现在显示的是当前系统时间和日期。如有必要,手动将它们更改为正确的值,或者使用网络时间协议 (NTP)。</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
@@ -796,12 +786,12 @@
#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY"
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format"
-msgstr "以 DD-MM-YYYY 格式显示的当前日期"
+msgstr "采用 DD-MM-YYYY 格式的当前日期"
#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS"
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278
msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format"
-msgstr "HH:MM:SS 格式显示的当前时间"
+msgstr "采用 HH:MM:SS 格式的当前时间"
#. label text
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293
@@ -816,12 +806,12 @@
#. radio button label (= how to setup time)
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "Manually"
-msgstr "手工"
+msgstr "手动"
#. check box label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Change the Time Now"
-msgstr "更改时间"
+msgstr "立即更改时间"
#. radio button label
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341
@@ -839,7 +829,7 @@
"Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n"
"Enter the correct time.\n"
msgstr ""
-"无效时间 (HH:MM:SS) %1。\n"
+"无效时间 (HH:MM:SS)%1。\n"
"请输入正确的时间。\n"
#. popup text, %1 is entered value
@@ -848,52 +838,52 @@
"Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n"
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""
-"无效日期 (DD-MM-YYYY) %1。\n"
+"无效日期 (DD-MM-YYYY)%1。\n"
"请输入正确的日期。\n"
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
-msgstr "其它设置(&S)..."
+msgstr "其他设置(&S)..."
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
-msgstr "日期和时间(NTP 已配置)"
+msgstr "日期和时间(NTP 已配置)"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "日期和时间"
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
-msgstr "硬件时钟设置为 UTC (&H)"
+msgstr "硬件时钟设置为 UTC(&H)"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "区域(&R)"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "时区(&Z)"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "日期和时间:"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -902,7 +892,7 @@
"<p><b><big>时区和时钟设置</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
@@ -913,11 +903,11 @@
"<p>\n"
"要选择在系统中使用的时区,请首先选择<b>区域</b>。\n"
"然后,在<b>时区</b>中,从那些可用选项中选择相应的\n"
-"时区、国家或地区。\n"
+"时区、国家或地区或者区域。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -928,12 +918,12 @@
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "时钟和时区"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "选择有效的时区。"
@@ -952,7 +942,7 @@
#. summary label
#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755
msgid "NTP configured"
-msgstr "网络时间协议(NTP)已配置"
+msgstr "NTP 已配置"
#. summary label
#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981
@@ -982,7 +972,7 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83
msgid "German (Switzerland)"
-msgstr "德语(瑞士)"
+msgstr "德语(瑞士)"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95
@@ -997,12 +987,12 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119
msgid "French (Canada)"
-msgstr "法语(加拿大)"
+msgstr "法语(加拿大)"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132
msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)"
-msgstr "加拿大语(多种语言)"
+msgstr "加拿大语(多语)"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145
@@ -1017,7 +1007,7 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
-msgstr "西班牙语(CP 850)"
+msgstr "西班牙语 (CP 850)"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
@@ -1147,7 +1137,7 @@
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Dvorak"
-msgstr "德沃夏克键盘"
+msgstr "Dvorak"
#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
@@ -1198,57 +1188,3 @@
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700
msgid "US International"
msgstr "美国国际"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "对于<b>锁定设备</b>,请输入一个以空格分隔的设备列表,这些是将应用 Scroll Lock、Num Lock 和 Caps Lock 设置的设备。\n"
-#~ " </p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On"
-#~ msgstr "大小写锁定打开(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Scroll Lock On"
-#~ msgstr "滚动锁定打开(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Devices for Lock"
-#~ msgstr "锁定设备(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Cha&nge..."
-#~ msgstr "更改(&N)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Starting SuSEconfig..."
-#~ msgstr "正在启动 SuSEconfig..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Creating initrd..."
-#~ msgid "Updating initrd..."
-#~ msgstr "正在创建 initrd..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "YaST can no longer be used for changing X11 keyboard layout.\n"
-#~ "Use the application provided for your desktop."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "YaST 不能再用来更改 X11 键盘布局。\n"
-#~ "请使用桌面所提供的软件。"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>点击<b>现在同步</b>,可以根据选定 NTP 服务器校正您的系统时间。如果您希望永久性使用 NTP, 请启用<b>保存 NTP 配置</b>选项。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration. Press <b>Accept</b> to save your changes.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>使用<b>配置</b>按钮打开高级 NTP 配置。点<b>接受</b>保存您所做更改。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>只有在网络已经配置好的情况下,才能与 NTP 服务器进行同步。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
-#~ msgstr "无效的 NTP 服务器主机名 %1。"
-
-#~ msgid "'ntpdate %1' failed. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
-#~ msgstr "\"ntpdate %1\"失败。是否检查 NTP 服务器配置?"
-
-#~ msgid "Time and Date"
-#~ msgstr "时间和日期"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dhcp-server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dhcp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dhcp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,26 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-23 02:05+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. command line help text for DHCP server module
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25
@@ -63,9 +55,7 @@
msgstr "管理 DHCP 子网选项"
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr "列出所有具有固定地址的已定义的主机"
@@ -105,244 +95,249 @@
msgstr "具有固定地址的主机的 IP 地址(或主机名)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr "选择要使用的网络接口"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr "输出当前使用的接口并列出其它可用的接口"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr "输出当前选项"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr "设置全局选项"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr "选项键(例如,ntp-servers)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr "选项键(例如,IP 地址)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "动态地址指派范围中最低的 IP 地址"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "动态地址指派范围中最高的 IP 地址"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr "默认租用时间(以秒为单位)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr "最长租用时间(以秒为单位)"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr "DHCP 服务器已启用"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr "DHCP 服务器已禁用"
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr "主机:%1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr "硬件:%1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr "IP 地址:%1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr "未指定主机名。"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr "指定的主机不存在。"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr "无"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "所选的接口:%1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "其它接口:%1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr "指定的接口不存在。"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr "未指定对接口的操作。"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr "必须设置选项键。"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr "必须设置值。"
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr "地址范围:%1-%2"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "默认租用时间:%1"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "最长租用时间:%1"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "保存配置失败。是否更改设置?"
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "保存配置失败"
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "DHCP 服务器配置"
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "全局选项"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr "子网配置"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr "具有固定地址的主机"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr "共享网络"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "地址池"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr "特定于组的选项"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr "类"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "子网(&S)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr "主机(&H)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr "共享网络(&N)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "组(&G)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "地址池(&P)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr "类(&C)"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr "声明类型"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr "声明类型"
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr "接口配置"
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
-msgstr "合约签名(TSIG) 密钥管理"
+msgstr "TSIG 密钥管理"
#. combo box item
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47
@@ -365,251 +360,213 @@
msgstr "秒"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr "DHCP 服务器:启动"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "启动"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr "DHCP 服务器:卡选择"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr "卡选择"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr "DHCP 服务器:全局设置"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "全局设置"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP 服务器:动态 DHCP"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "动态 DHCP"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr "DHCP 服务器:主机管理"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr "主机管理"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr "DHCP 服务器:专家设置"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "专家设置"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "引导时(&B)"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "手动(&M)"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "引导时"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "手动"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr "DHCP 服务器正在运行"
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr "DHCP 服务器未运行"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "立即启动 DHCP 服务器(&S)"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "立即停止 DHCP 服务器(&T)"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr "立即保存设置并重启 DHCP 服务器(&N)"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "立即启动 DHCP 服务器"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "立即停止 DHCP 服务器"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "立即保存设置并重启 DHCP 服务器"
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
-msgstr "DHCP 服务器启动参数"
+msgstr "DHCP 服务器启动自变量"
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr "DHCP 服务器的网卡"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "已选择"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr "接口名"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "设备名"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "选择(&S)"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "取消选择(&D)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP 地址"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "至少必须选择一个网络接口。"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
"and netmask)."
-msgstr "一个或多个所选网络接口尚未配置 (无指派的 IP 地址和网关)。"
+msgstr ""
+"一或多个选定的网络接口尚未配置(没有分配 IP 地址\n"
+"和网络掩码)。"
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "&LDAP 支持"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
-msgstr "DHCP 服务器名称(可选)(&N)"
+msgstr "D&HCP 服务器名称(可选)"
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "域名(&D)"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
-msgstr "主名称服务器 IP(&P)"
+msgstr "主名称服务器 I&P"
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
-msgstr "次名称服务器 IP(&S)"
+msgstr "二级名称服务器 IP(&S)"
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
-msgstr "默认网关(路由)(&G) "
+msgstr "默认网关(路由器)(&G) "
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "NTP 时间服务器(&T)"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "打印服务器(&P)"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "WINS 服务器(&W)"
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "默认租用时间(&L)"
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "单位(&U)"
@@ -617,48 +574,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "指定的值不是有效的主机名或 IP 地址。"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "子网信息"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "当前网络(&N)"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "当前网络掩码(&M)"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "掩码位(&T)"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr "最小 IP 地址(&I)"
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "最大 IP 地址(&X)"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "IP 地址范围"
@@ -666,10 +623,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr "第一个 IP 地址(&F)"
@@ -677,72 +634,72 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr "最后一个 IP 地址(&L)"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "允许动态 BOOTP(&B)"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "租用时间"
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "默认值(&D)"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "最大值(&M)"
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr "单位(&T)"
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "从头创建新的 DNS 区域"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "编辑当前 DNS 区域"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "获取当前区域信息"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "同步 DNS 服务器(&S)..."
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
msgstr ""
"DNS 区域 %1 不是主区域。\n"
-"所以您无法在此处更改它。\n"
+"因此,您无法在此处更改它。\n"
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr "请输入 IP 地址范围两端的值。"
@@ -750,8 +707,8 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
@@ -760,127 +717,127 @@
"IP %1 与网络 %2/%3 不匹配。"
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "已注册的主机"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名称"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "硬件地址"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "类型"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "列表设置"
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "名称(&N)"
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "IP 地址(&I)"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "硬件地址(&H)"
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "以太网(&E)"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
-msgstr "令环牌(&T)"
+msgstr "令牌环(&T)"
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "在列表中更改(&H)"
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr "从列表中删除(&T)"
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "以太网"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
-msgstr "令环牌"
+msgstr "令牌环"
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "硬件地址无效。\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "硬件地址必须是唯一的。"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "主机名不能为空。"
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "名为 %1 的主机已存在。"
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "请输入主机 IP 地址。"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
-msgstr "必须定义硬件地址。"
+msgstr "硬件地址必须定义。"
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "先选择一台主机。"
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "必须定义输入值。"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -891,24 +848,23 @@
"\n"
"Continue?"
msgstr ""
-"如果输入专家设置,则无法返回\n"
-"到此对话框。您可以通过保存更改\n"
-"并重新启动模块来显示此对话框。\n"
+"如果输入专家设置,则无法返回到此对话框。\n"
+"您可以通过保存更改并重启动模块来显示此对话框。\n"
"如果配置设置得过于复杂,那么当您启动 DHCP 服务器模块时,\n"
"将显示专家设置对话框。\n"
"\n"
"是否继续?"
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr "“-%1”不是有效的 DHCP 服务器命令行选项"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
-msgstr "DHCP 服务器命令行选项“-%1”需要参数"
+msgstr "DHCP 服务器命令行选项“-%1”需要自变量"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -921,13 +877,13 @@
"您为 DHCP 服务器指定了备用配置文件。\n"
"\n"
"YaST 不支持该文件,因为 DHCP 服务器模块只能读写\n"
-"/etc/dhcpd.conf。%1 中的新配置不能被导入,所有更改\n"
+"/etc/dhcpd.conf。%1 中的新配置无法导入,所有更改\n"
"将保存到默认的配置文件。\n"
" \n"
"确实要继续?\n"
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "DHCP 服务器向导 (第 %1 步/共 4 步)"
@@ -951,8 +907,8 @@
"<p><b><big>添加新的 DNS 记录范围</big></b><br />\n"
"<b>第一个 IP 地址</b>定义\n"
"该范围的起始地址。<b>最后一个 IP 地址</b>定义\n"
-"最后一个。<b>主机名基础</b>是一个字符串,\n"
-"设置创建主机名的方式(例如 <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> 或 <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>)。\n"
+"最后一个 IP 地址。<b>主机名基础</b>是一个字符串,\n"
+"决定创建主机名的方式(例如 <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> 或 <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>)。\n"
"<tt>%i</tt> 替换为该范围中主机的编号。\n"
"如果不定义 <tt>%i</tt>,则在字符串的结尾添加\n"
"该编号。在<b>主机名基础</b>中只能使用一次 <tt>%i</tt>。\n"
@@ -970,11 +926,11 @@
"create a reverse zone that translates IP addresses to names.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DNS 向导</big></b><br />\n"
-"此向导可以帮助您从 DHCP 服务器配置\n"
-"直接创建新的 DNS 区域。如果要按主机名标识 DHCP 客户机,\n"
-"则此 DNS 区域很重要。该 DNS 区域将名称转换为指派给它们\n"
-"的 IP 地址。您还可以创建一个反向区域,将 IP 地址转换为名\n"
-"称。</p>\n"
+"此向导可以帮助您基于 DHCP 服务器配置\n"
+"直接创建新的 DNS 区域。如果要按主机名标识 DHCP 客户端,\n"
+"则此 DNS 区域很重要。该 DNS 区域会将名称转换为指派给它们\n"
+"的 IP 地址。您还可以创建一个反向区域,\n"
+"用来将 IP 地址转换为名称。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42
@@ -1002,8 +958,8 @@
"They administer all the DNS zone records.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>名称服务器</b></big><br />\n"
-"名称服务器对 DNS 服务器正常工作是必需的。\n"
-"它们管理所有 DNS 区域记录。</p>\n"
+"要使 DNS 服务器正常运行,必须配备名称服务器。\n"
+"它们负责管理所有 DNS 区域记录。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56
@@ -1018,12 +974,12 @@
"the zone name servers.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DNS 查询</big></b><br />\n"
-"每个 DNS 查询 (例如在一个 DNS 区域查询一个主机名的 IP 地址) 先询问当前区域名称服务器的父区域\n"
+"每个 DNS 查询(例如在一个 DNS 区域查询一个主机名的 IP 地址)先询问当前区域名称服务器的父区域\n"
"(对于 <tt>example.com</tt> 为 <tt>com</tt>),\n"
"然后向这些名称服务器发送一个 DNS 查询,\n"
-"以获取包含所需 IP 地址的答复。<br />\n"
+"以请求获取所需 IP 地址。<br />\n"
"这就是为什么应将当前 DNS 服务器主机名\n"
-"列为一个区域名称服务器的原因。</p>\n"
+"指定为一个区域名称服务器的原因。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67
@@ -1059,9 +1015,9 @@
"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DNS 记录</big></b><br />\n"
-"此处,定义所有 DHCP 客户机的 DNS 主机名。不需要逐个\n"
-"定义所有主机名。仅为如何创建主机名创建\n"
-"一个或多个简单的规则即可。这些规则定义要使用的 IP 地址的范围,\n"
+"定义所有 DHCP 客户端的 DNS 主机名。不需要逐个\n"
+"定义每一个主机名。只需创建一个或多个简单的规则指定如何创建主机名\n"
+"即可。这些规则定义要使用的 IP 地址的范围,\n"
"以及用于生成一个范围的主机名的字符串。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2)
@@ -1073,8 +1029,8 @@
"to <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DNS 记录范围</big></b><br />\n"
-"例如,创建一组主机名,从 <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n"
-"到 <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt>,IP 地址从 <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n"
+"例如,创建一组从 <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n"
+"到 <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> 的主机名,其 IP 地址从 <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n"
"到 <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3)
@@ -1118,7 +1074,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DNS 同步</big></b><br />\n"
"这是一个高级工具,用于编辑 DNS 服务器设置以匹配您的\n"
-"DHCP 设置。此处仅维护“A”记录(将主机名转换为 IP 地址\n"
+"DHCP 设置。此处仅保留“A”记录(即将主机名转换为 IP 地址\n"
"的 DNS 记录)。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2)
@@ -1131,7 +1087,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<b>当前子网</b>和<b>网络掩码</b>显示当前网络设置。\n"
"<b>域</b>取自当前 DHCP 配置。\n"
-"<b>第一个 IP 地址</b>和<b>第二个 ID 地址</b>与当前\n"
+"<b>第一个 IP 地址</b>和<b>第二个 IP 地址</b>与当前\n"
"动态 DHCP 范围匹配。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3)
@@ -1185,7 +1141,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87
msgid "&Hostname Base"
-msgstr "主机基础(&H)"
+msgstr "主机名基础(&H)"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89
@@ -1216,7 +1172,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr "最后一个 IP 地址必须高于第一个。"
@@ -1243,7 +1199,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "主机名无效。"
@@ -1254,9 +1210,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "无效的 IP 地址。"
@@ -1274,44 +1230,44 @@
"允许的 IP 地址范围 (%2-%3) 之内。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr "正在重新生成 DNS 区域条目..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr "添加新 DNS 记录"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "主机名(&H)"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr "正在向 DNS 服务器添加 DHCP 范围 %1 - %2..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr "正在去除 DNS 记录匹配范围"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr "正在从 DNS 服务器去除范围 %1 - %2 中的记录..."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
@@ -1320,7 +1276,7 @@
"DNS 服务器无法向其写入任何记录。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1330,18 +1286,18 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr "无法创建区域 %1。"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr "正在同步 DNS 反向记录..."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
@@ -1350,62 +1306,62 @@
"确实取消此操作?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "域(&D)"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "网络(&N)"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "网络掩码(&M)"
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr "DNS 区域记录"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "主机名"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr "分配的 IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "添加(&A)..."
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr "特殊任务(&S)"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr "添加新的 DNS 记录范围"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "运行向导,从头重写 DNS 区域"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr "与反向区域 %1 同步"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "DHCP 服务器:DNS 服务器同步"
@@ -1445,8 +1401,8 @@
"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n"
"Really use the current settings?\n"
msgstr ""
-"在当前 DNS 区域中未提供名称服务器的 IP 地址。\n"
-"这可能无法工作,因为每个区域都需要定义\n"
+"当前 DNS 区域中未提供名称服务器的 IP 地址。\n"
+"如此可能无法工作,因为每个区域都需要定义\n"
"其名称服务器的名称和\n"
"IP。确实使用当前设置?\n"
@@ -1701,8 +1657,7 @@
"请稍候...</p>"
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1729,32 +1684,21 @@
"此选项仅当启用了防火墙\n"
"时才可用。</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP 服务器</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>要在每次启动计算机时运行 DHCP 服务器,请设置\n"
-"<b>启动 DHCP 服务器</b>。</p>"
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"要在 chroot 囚牢中运行 DHCP 服务器,请设置\n"
-"<b>在 Chroot 囚牢中运行 DHCP 服务器</b>。在 chroot 囚牢中启动任何守护精灵\n"
+"要在 chroot jail 中运行 DHCP 服务器,请设置\n"
+"<b>在 Chroot Jail 中运行 DHCP 服务器</b>。在 chroot jail 中启动任何守护程序\n"
"会更安全,强烈建议采用此方法。</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1765,7 +1709,7 @@
"请启用 <b>LDAP 支持</b>。</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1780,7 +1724,7 @@
"要删除声明,请选择该声明,然后单击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1794,7 +1738,7 @@
"或者管理用于认证动态 DNS 更新的 TSIG 密钥。</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
@@ -1803,7 +1747,7 @@
"设置子网的<b>网络地址</b>和<b>网络掩码</b>。</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1814,7 +1758,7 @@
"其它特殊选项。</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1827,7 +1771,7 @@
"不影响 DHCP 服务器的行为。</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1840,7 +1784,7 @@
"不影响 DHCP 服务器的行为。</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1853,7 +1797,7 @@
"不影响 DHCP 服务器的行为。</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
@@ -1862,7 +1806,7 @@
"在<b>类名称</b>中设置主机类的名称。</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1877,7 +1821,7 @@
"请先选择该选项,然后单击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
@@ -1886,7 +1830,7 @@
"要调整此子网中主机的动态 DNS,请使用<b>动态 DNS</b>。</p>"
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1897,7 +1841,7 @@
"<b>对此子网启用动态 DNS</b>。</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1906,13 +1850,13 @@
"and reverse zone.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG 密钥</big></b><br>\n"
-"要进行动态 DNS 更新,必须设置验证密钥。使用\n"
-"<b>TSIG 密钥</b>可选择用于验证的密钥。DHCP 服务器和 DNS 服务器的密钥必须\n"
-"相同。请同时指定正向区域和反向区域\n"
+"要进行动态 DNS 更新,必须设置身份验证密钥。使用\n"
+"<b>TSIG 密钥</b>可选择用于身份验证的密钥。DHCP 服务器和 DNS 服务器的密钥必须\n"
+"相同。指定正向区域和反向区域\n"
"的密钥。</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1925,7 +1869,7 @@
"<b>更新全局动态 DNS 设置</b>。</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1938,38 +1882,38 @@
"则可以不填写这些字段。</p>"
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n"
"consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP 服务器启动参数</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>DHCP 服务器启动自变量</big></b><br>\n"
"在此处可以指定要用于启动 DHCP 服务器的参数\n"
"(例如,对于要侦听的非标准端口,指定“-p 1234”)。有关所有可能的选项,\n"
"请参考 dhcpd 手册页。如果保留为空,将使用默认值。</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>网卡选择</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择用于 DHCP 服务器的列出的一张或多张网卡。</p>\n"
+"从列出的网卡中选择一张或多张,以用于 DHCP 服务器。</p>\n"
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
-"您也可选择指定 <b>DHCP 服务器名称</b>\n"
-"(dhcpServer LDAP 对象的名称),如果它和主机名不一样。\n"
+"您也可以指定 <b>DHCP 服务器名称</b>\n"
+"(dhcpServer LDAP 对象的名称),如果它与主机名不一致。\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1979,16 +1923,16 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>域名</b>设置 DHCP 服务器\n"
-"向客户机租用的 IP 所对应的域。</p>"
+"向客户端租用的 IP 所对应的域。</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1999,30 +1943,30 @@
"这些值必须是 IP 地址。</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>默认网关</b>将此值作为默认路由,\n"
-"插入客户机的路由表。</p>"
+"插入客户端的路由表。</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>时间服务器</b>指示客户机使用该服务器\n"
+"<p><b>时间服务器</b>指示客户端使用该服务器\n"
"进行时间同步。</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>打印服务器</b>提供此服务器作为默认打印服务器。</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
@@ -2031,16 +1975,16 @@
"(Windows 因特网命名服务)提供。</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>默认租用时间</b>用于设置租用的 IP 在多长时间后失效,\n"
-"在此之后客户机必须再申请一个 IP。</p>"
+"在此之后客户端必须再申请一个 IP。</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -2048,12 +1992,12 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>子网信息</big></b></br>\n"
-"在此查看当前子网信息,比如其地址,网关和提供给\n"
-"客户机的最小和最大 IP 地址。\n"
+"查看当前子网信息,比如其地址,网络掩码和提供给\n"
+"客户端的最小和最大 IP 地址。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2063,34 +2007,34 @@
"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IP 地址范围</big></b><br>\n"
-"设置将租用给客户机的<b>第一个 IP 地址</b>和\n"
+"设置将租用给客户端的<b>第一个 IP 地址</b>和\n"
"<b>最后一个 IP 地址</b>。这些地址必须具有相同的网络掩码。\n"
"例如,<tt>192.168.1.1</tt> 和 <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>。\n"
-"如果指定的范围除了适用于 DHCP 客户机,也可能会自动\n"
-"适用于 BOOTP 客户机,请勾选<b>允许动态 BOOTP</b>项</p>。\n"
+"如果指定的范围除了适用于 DHCP 客户端,也可能会自动\n"
+"指派给 BOOTP 客户端,请选中<b>允许动态 BOOTP</b>标志</p>。\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>租用时间</big></b><br>\n"
-"在此处,请设置当前 IP 地址范围的<b>默认</b>租用时间,\n"
-"它用来设置刷新客户机 IP 地址的最佳时间。<br></p>"
+"设置当前 IP 地址范围的<b>默认</b>租用时间,\n"
+"它用来设置最佳的客户端 IP 地址刷新时间。<br></p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>最长时间</b>(可选值)设置 DHCP 服务器上针对客户机阻塞此 IP\n"
+"<p><b>最长时间</b>(可选值)设置 DHCP 服务器上针对客户端阻塞此 IP\n"
"的最长时间。</p>"
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -2101,7 +2045,7 @@
"<b>输入 DHCP 服务器专家配置</b>。</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
@@ -2110,7 +2054,7 @@
"使用此对话框可编辑有静态地址联结的主机。</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2125,17 +2069,17 @@
"更改所有值,然后单击<b>在列表中更改</b>。</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>要删除某主机,请先选择该主机,然后单击<b>从列表中删除</b>。</p>"
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr "<p>选择要添加的声明的类型。</p>"
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
@@ -2144,7 +2088,7 @@
"请选择<b>子网</b>。</p>"
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
@@ -2153,7 +2097,7 @@
"(通常为固定地址),请选择<b>主机</b>。</p>"
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
@@ -2162,7 +2106,7 @@
",请选择<b>共享网络</b>。</p>"
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
@@ -2171,7 +2115,7 @@
"请选择<b>组</b>。</p>"
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -2182,36 +2126,36 @@
"请选择<b>地址池</b>。</p>"
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
"select <b>Class</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要创建一个可以用来根据客户机所属类\n"
-"而对客户机进行不同处理的条件类,\n"
+"<p>要创建一个可以用来根据客户端所属类\n"
+"而对客户端进行不同处理的条件类,\n"
"请选择<b>类</b>。</p>"
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr "地址(&D)"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr "输入的地址无效。"
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr "必须至少指定一个地址。"
@@ -2221,94 +2165,94 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr "值(&V)"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr "输入的地址无效。"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr "必须至少指定一个地址对。"
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr "开"
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr "关"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr "必须指定一个值。"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr "新建地址(&N)"
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr "新建值(&N)"
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr "使用空格分隔多个地址。"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr "添加地址对(&A)"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "最低地址必须低于最高地址。"
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr "如果对此进行更改,还应更新系统日志配置。"
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr "硬件类型(&H)"
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr "MAC 地址(&M)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr "最低 IP 地址(&L)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr "最高 IP 地址(&H)"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
@@ -2317,7 +2261,7 @@
"所有更改都将丢失。确实要退出吗?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2328,7 +2272,7 @@
"是否继续?"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2339,7 +2283,7 @@
"请运行 YaST 防火墙配置,将它们指定给某个区域。"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2349,8 +2293,8 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
@@ -2358,199 +2302,188 @@
"此功能在准备自动\n"
"安装期间不可用。"
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "重启 DHCP 服务器"
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "保存设置并重启 DHCP 服务器"
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr "已配置的声明(&C)"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr "动态 DNS(&D)"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "正向区域 TSIG 密钥(&K)"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "反向区域 TSIG 密钥(&K)"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
-msgstr "选择含有验证密钥的文件"
+msgstr "选择含有身份验证密钥的文件"
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr "启动 DHCP 服务器(&S)"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "应用更改"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
-msgstr "在 Chroot 囚牢中运行 DHCP 服务器(&R)"
+msgstr "在 Chroot Jail 中运行 DHCP 服务器(&R)"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "高级(&V)"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr "显示日志(&L)"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr "接口配置(&I)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr "网络地址(&N)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr "网路掩码(&M)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "组名(&N)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr "池名称(&N)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr "共享网络名称(&N)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr "类名称(&N)"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr "可用接口"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr "针对所选接口打开防火墙(&F)"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr "对此子网启用动态 DNS(&E)"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr "更新全局动态 DNS 设置(&U)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "区域(&Z)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr "主 DNS 服务器(&P)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr "反向区域(&V)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr "主 DNS 服务器(&I)"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "DHCP 服务器专家配置(&E)..."
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "初始化 DHCP 服务器配置"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "检查环境"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "读取防火墙设置"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "读取 DHCP 服务器设置"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "读取 DNS 服务器设置"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "正在检查环境..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "正在读取防火墙设置..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "正在读取 DHCP 服务器设置..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "正在读取 DNS 服务器设置..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "已完成"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2567,101 +2500,103 @@
"现在正在中止。"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
-msgstr "不能确定主机名。基于 LDAP 的DHCP 服务器配置将不可用。"
+msgstr ""
+"无法确定主机名。DHCP 服务器基于\n"
+"LDAP 的配置将不可用。"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr "DHCP 服务器似乎尚未配置。是否创建新配置?"
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "正在保存 DHCP 服务器配置"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "写入 DHCP 服务器设置"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "写入防火墙设置"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
-msgstr "重启 DHCP 服务器"
+msgstr "重启动 DHCP 服务器"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "写入 DNS 服务器设置"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "正在写入 DHCP 服务器设置..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "正在写入防火墙设置..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
-msgstr "正在重启 DHCP 服务器..."
+msgstr "正在重启动 DHCP 服务器..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "正在写入 DNS 服务器设置..."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
-msgstr "重新启动 DHCP 守护精灵时出错。"
+msgstr "重启动 DHCP 守护程序时出错。"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "在引导时启动 DHCP 服务器"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "在引导时不启动 DHCP 服务器"
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "监听:%1"
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "动态地址范围:%1"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "LDAP 配置无效。无法使用 LDAP。"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "没有实施对多 dhcpServiceDN 的支持。"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "未定义 DHCP 服务 DN。"
@@ -2669,36 +2604,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "创建 %1 时出错。"
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "更新 %1 时出错。"
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "创建 cn=%2、ou=DHCP 的 %1 时出错。"
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "写入 /etc/dhcpd.conf 时出错。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "IP address %1 does not match\n"
-#~ "the current network %2/%3\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "IP 地址 %1 和\n"
-#~ "当前网络 %2/%3 不匹配\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The IP address %1 is out of the current\n"
-#~ "dynamic DHCP range %2-%3.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "IP 地址 %1 超出了当前\n"
-#~ "动态 DHCP 范围 %2 - %3。\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dns-server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dns-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dns-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,26 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: dns server\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-03 23:17+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24
@@ -34,7 +26,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38
msgid "DNS forwarders"
-msgstr "DNS 转发对象"
+msgstr "DNS 转发器"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50
@@ -69,17 +61,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133
msgid "Start of authority (SOA)"
-msgstr "授权起始记录 (SOA)"
+msgstr "授权起始记录(SOA)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148
msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr "区域资源记录,诸如 A、CNAME、NS、MX 或 PTR"
+msgstr "区域资源记录,例如 A、CNAME、NS、MX 或 PTR"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166
msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once"
-msgstr "同时处理 A 和相应的 PTR 记录"
+msgstr "立即处理 A 和相应的 PTR 记录"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180
@@ -89,7 +81,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186
msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process"
-msgstr "在引导过程中启动 DNS 服务器"
+msgstr "在引导进程中启动 DNS 服务器"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192
@@ -104,7 +96,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204
msgid "Remove a record"
-msgstr "移除记录"
+msgstr "删除记录"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211
@@ -124,7 +116,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231
msgid "Filename for logging (full path)"
-msgstr "日志记录文件名 (完整路径)"
+msgstr "用于日志记录的文件名(完整路径)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238
@@ -134,18 +126,18 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245
msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation"
-msgstr "用于轮替的最大版本数,\"0\"表示不轮替"
+msgstr "旋转的最大版本数,\"0\"表示没有旋转"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273
msgid "Zone name"
-msgstr "区域名称"
+msgstr "区域名"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259
msgid "Zone type, master or slave"
-msgstr "区域类型 (主或从属)"
+msgstr "区域类型(主或从属)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266
@@ -164,71 +156,68 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid ""
-"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr "名称服务器 (使用以一个点结尾的完全限定格式或相对名称)"
+msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "名称服务器(使用以一个点结尾的完全限定格式或相对名称)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr "邮件服务器 (使用以一个点结尾的完全限定格式或相对名称)"
+msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr "邮件服务器(使用以一个点结尾的完全限定格式或相对名称)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)"
-msgstr "邮件服务器优先级 (从 0 到 65535 的数字)"
+msgstr "邮件服务器优先级(从 0 到 65535 的数字)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315
msgid "Serial number of zone update"
-msgstr "区域更新序列号"
+msgstr "区域更新的序列号"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322
msgid "General time to live of records in zone"
-msgstr "区域中记录的常规存活时间"
+msgstr "记录在区域中的一般存活时间"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329
msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed"
-msgstr "刷新区域记录的周期"
+msgstr "刷新区域记录的时间间隔"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336
msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh"
-msgstr "刷新失败后重试的周期"
+msgstr "刷新失败后重试的间隔"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343
msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative"
-msgstr "区域记录不再权威的周期"
+msgstr "区域记录不再权威的间隔"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350
msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone"
-msgstr "应与此区域中的记录一同导出的最小 TTL"
+msgstr "应通过本区域中的记录导出的最小 TTL"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357
msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR"
-msgstr "DNS 资源记录类型,诸如 A、CNAME、NS、MX 或 PTR"
+msgstr "DNS 资源记录类型,例如 A、CNAME、NS、MX 或 PTR"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166)
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364
msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record"
-msgstr "DNS 查询,诸如查询 example.org 的 A 记录"
+msgstr "DNS 查询,诸如 example.org 的 A 记录"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid ""
-"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
msgstr "DNS 资源记录值,诸如表示 example.org 的 A 记录的 192.0.34.166"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
msgid "Hostname for the DNS record"
-msgstr "DNS 记录主机名"
+msgstr "DNS 主机名记录"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386
@@ -243,12 +232,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)"
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402
msgid "Log zone transfers %1"
-msgstr "记录区域传输 %1"
+msgstr "记录区域传送 %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409
msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders"
-msgstr "逗号分隔的区域转发对象列表"
+msgstr "用逗号分隔的区域转发器列表"
#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494
@@ -277,17 +266,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530
msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..."
-msgstr "正在引导过程中启用 DNS 服务器..."
+msgstr "正在引导进程中启用 DNS 服务器..."
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540
msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..."
-msgstr "正在从引导过程中移除 DNS 服务器..."
+msgstr "正在从引导进程删除 DNS 服务器..."
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549
msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process."
-msgstr "已在引导进程中启用了 DNS 服务器。"
+msgstr "在引导进程中启用了 DNS 服务器。"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552
@@ -302,7 +291,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575
msgid "Forwarder IP"
-msgstr "转发对象 IP"
+msgstr "转发器 IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
@@ -313,7 +302,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed."
-msgstr "只允许一个动作参数。"
+msgstr "只允许一个操作参数。"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item
@@ -403,7 +392,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859
msgid "Name"
-msgstr "名称"
+msgstr "名字"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
@@ -426,10 +415,10 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
-msgstr "转发对象"
+msgstr "转发器"
#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925
@@ -444,7 +433,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935
msgid "ACLs:"
-msgstr "访问控制列表:"
+msgstr "ACL:"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975
@@ -469,7 +458,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982
msgid "Enabled ACL"
-msgstr "已启用的访问控制列表"
+msgstr "已启用的 ACL"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027
@@ -505,7 +494,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150
msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):"
-msgstr "授权起始记录 (SOA):"
+msgstr "授权起始记录(SOA):"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155
@@ -554,14 +543,14 @@
#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31
msgid "Forwarder Settings"
-msgstr "转发对象设置"
+msgstr "转发器设置"
#. Dialog caption (after a colon)
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "DNS 区域"
@@ -573,7 +562,7 @@
#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152
msgid "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>"
-msgstr "<li>转发对象:%1</li>"
+msgstr "<li>转发器:%1</li>"
#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155
@@ -583,9 +572,9 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
-msgstr "激活 &LDAP 支持"
+msgstr "LDAP 支持处于活动状态(&L)"
#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188
@@ -608,33 +597,32 @@
msgstr "DNS 服务器专家配置(&E)..."
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "DNS 服务器"
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
-#| msgid "Apply Changes to Dialog"
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
msgid "Apply Changes"
-msgstr "应用修改"
+msgstr "应用更改"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "启动"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr "基本选项"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "日志记录"
@@ -642,17 +630,17 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
-msgstr "访问控制列表"
+msgstr "ACL"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr "TSIG 密钥"
@@ -664,7 +652,7 @@
#. T: ComboBox item
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566
msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled"
-msgstr "已禁用了合并转发对象"
+msgstr "已禁用合并转发器"
#. T: ComboBox item
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568
@@ -674,7 +662,7 @@
#. T: ComboBox item
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570
msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled"
-msgstr "已启用了合并转发对象"
+msgstr "已启用合并转发器"
#. T: ComboBox item
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572
@@ -688,7 +676,7 @@
#. T: ComboBox label
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583
msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder"
-msgstr "本地 DNS 解析转发对象(&F)"
+msgstr "本地 DNS 解析转发器(&F)"
#. T: ComboBox item
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586
@@ -698,7 +686,7 @@
#. T: ComboBox item
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588
msgid "This name server (bind)"
-msgstr "此名称服务器 (bind)"
+msgstr "此名称服务器(绑定)"
#. T: ComboBox item
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590
@@ -720,17 +708,17 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669
msgid "Forwarder &List"
-msgstr "转发对象列表(&L)"
+msgstr "转发器列表(&L)"
#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813
msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}"
-msgstr "无法将本地转发对象设为 %{forwarder}"
+msgstr "无法将本地转发器设置为 %{forwarder}"
#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877
msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1."
-msgstr "无法找到 IP %1 的本地等价。"
+msgstr "找不到 IP %1 的本地同等对象。"
#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883
@@ -739,8 +727,9 @@
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
"been changed to its local equivalent %2."
msgstr ""
-"转发 DNS 查询到它自身将创建一个无限循环。\n"
-"IP 地址 %1 目前正由此服务器使用,因此它已被修改为它的本地等价 %2。"
+"将 DNS 查询转发给自己会产生无限循环。\n"
+"此服务器当前正在使用 IP 地址 %1,\n"
+"因此已将它更改为它的本地等效值 %2。"
#. both IPv4 and IPv6
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911
@@ -751,17 +740,17 @@
msgid ""
"A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n"
"and colons."
-msgstr "有效 IPv6 地址由字母 a 到 f,数字,和冒号组成。"
+msgstr "有效的 IPv6 地址由字母 a-f、数字和半角冒号组成。"
#. error report
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930
msgid "The specified forwarder is already present."
-msgstr "指定转发对象已存在。"
+msgstr "指定的转发器已存在。"
#. Frame label for Basic-Options
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959
msgid "Add or Change Option"
-msgstr "添加或修改选项"
+msgstr "添加或更改选项"
#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973
@@ -780,7 +769,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387
msgid "C&hange"
-msgstr "修改(&H)"
+msgstr "更改(&H)"
#. Table label for basic-options listing
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021
@@ -797,7 +786,9 @@
msgid ""
"Really set this\n"
"option without any value?\n"
-msgstr "真的要设置此选项为没有任何值吗?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"是否确实要设置此\n"
+"选项而不带任何值?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173
@@ -806,7 +797,7 @@
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
"选项 %1 的值只能设置为 yes 或 no。\n"
-"真的将它设为 %2 吗?\n"
+"确实要将它设置为 %2 吗?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option.
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190
@@ -815,7 +806,7 @@
"Really set it to %2?\n"
msgstr ""
"选项 %1 的值只能是数字。\n"
-"真的将它设置为 %2 吗?\n"
+"确实要将它设置为 %2 吗?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202
@@ -823,8 +814,8 @@
"Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
-"此选项中引号用得不正确。\n"
-"真的将它设为 %1 吗?\n"
+"此选项中的引号使用不正确。\n"
+"确实将它设置为 %1 吗?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option.
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214
@@ -832,8 +823,8 @@
"Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n"
"Really set it to %1?\n"
msgstr ""
-"此选项中方括号用得不正确。\n"
-"真的将它设为 %1 吗?\n"
+"此选项中的方括号使用不正确。\n"
+"确实将它设置为 %1 吗?\n"
#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258
@@ -842,7 +833,7 @@
"Really add another one?\n"
msgstr ""
"选项 %1 只能设置一次。\n"
-"真的要添加另一个吗?\n"
+"确实还要添加一个吗?\n"
#. Table header - logging options
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298
@@ -862,7 +853,7 @@
#. IntField - max. log size
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352
msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)"
-msgstr "最大大小 (MB)(&S)"
+msgstr "最大大小 (&MB)"
#. IntField - max. log age
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363
@@ -872,12 +863,12 @@
#. Frame label - additional-logging
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381
msgid "Additional Logging"
-msgstr "额外日志记录"
+msgstr "附加日志记录"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386
msgid "Log All DNS &Queries"
-msgstr "记录全部 DNS 查询(&Q)"
+msgstr "日志记录所有 DNS 查询(&Q)"
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389
@@ -887,12 +878,12 @@
#. Checkbox - additional-logging
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392
msgid "Log Zone &Transfers"
-msgstr "记录区域传输(&T)"
+msgstr "记录区域传送(&T)"
#. popup headline
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549
msgid "Select File for Log"
-msgstr "选择日志文件"
+msgstr "选择日志的文件"
#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566
@@ -907,12 +898,12 @@
#. Table header - ACL-options listing
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615
msgid "Current ACL List"
-msgstr "当前访问控制列表列表"
+msgstr "当前 ACL 列表"
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623
msgid "ACL"
-msgstr "访问控制列表"
+msgstr "ACL"
#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743
@@ -920,18 +911,18 @@
"This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n"
"Really remove it?\n"
msgstr ""
-"此访问控制列表正被 %1 区域使用。\n"
-"真的移除它吗?\n"
+"此 ACL 被 %1 区域使用。\n"
+"是否确实要删除它?\n"
#. An error popup message
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830
msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists."
-msgstr "指定访问控制列表项已存在。"
+msgstr "指定的 ACL 项已存在。"
#. frame label
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847
msgid "Add New Zone "
-msgstr "添加新区域"
+msgstr "添加新区域 "
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master
@@ -953,7 +944,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660
msgid "Slave"
-msgstr "从属"
+msgstr "从"
#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave
@@ -979,11 +970,10 @@
#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
-msgstr "保存配置失败。修改设置吗?"
+msgstr "保存配置失败。是否更改设置?"
#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169
-#| msgid "Save configuration files"
msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
msgstr "保存配置失败"
@@ -993,8 +983,8 @@
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?"
msgstr ""
-"全部修改均将不复存在。\n"
-"真的不保存就离开 DNS 服务器配置吗?"
+"所有更改都将丢失。\n"
+"是否确实要放弃对 DNS 服务器配置的保存?"
#. check box
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95
@@ -1016,7 +1006,7 @@
#. check box
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178
msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From"
-msgstr "自动生成记录自(&U)"
+msgstr "自动生成记录的位置(&U)"
#. multi selection box
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187
@@ -1026,14 +1016,16 @@
#. frame label
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199
msgid "Connected Reverse Zones"
-msgstr "连接的反向区域"
+msgstr "已连接的反向区域"
#. popup message
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation.\n"
-msgstr "此功能在自动安装准备期间不可用。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"此功能在准备自动\n"
+"安装期间不可用。\n"
#. error report
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476
@@ -1055,7 +1047,7 @@
#. error message
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653
msgid "The specified name server already exists."
-msgstr "指定名称服务器已存在。"
+msgstr "指定的名称服务器已存在。"
#. Frame label - adding mail server
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699
@@ -1086,12 +1078,12 @@
#. A popup error message
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
-msgstr "指定值不是一个有效的主机名或 IP 地址。"
+msgstr "指定的值不是有效的主机名或 IP 地址。"
#. error message
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893
msgid "The specified mail server already exists."
-msgstr "指定邮件服务器已存在。"
+msgstr "指定的邮件服务器已存在。"
#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item)
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940
@@ -1121,12 +1113,12 @@
#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960
msgid "Seri&al"
-msgstr "序列号(&A)"
+msgstr "序列(&A)"
#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969
msgid "TT&L"
-msgstr "TT&L"
+msgstr "TTL(&L)"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974
@@ -1152,7 +1144,7 @@
#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018
msgid "Ex&piration"
-msgstr "失效期(&P)"
+msgstr "失效时间(&P)"
#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026
@@ -1172,7 +1164,7 @@
#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166
msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified."
-msgstr "必须指定该区域的序列号。"
+msgstr "必须指定区域的序列号。"
#. error report, %1 is an integer
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174
@@ -1187,9 +1179,10 @@
"from slave name servers all the time.\n"
"Continue?"
msgstr ""
-"失效超时大于区域刷新的时间段。\n"
-"从属名称服务器将总是无法访问该区域。\n"
-"继续吗?"
+"失效超时大于区域刷新的\n"
+"时间段。始终不能从\n"
+"从属名称服务器访问该区域。\n"
+"是否继续?"
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name
@@ -1241,15 +1234,15 @@
#. reverse zone
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344
msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation"
-msgstr "A:IPv4 域名转译"
+msgstr "A:IPv4 域名转换"
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345
msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation"
-msgstr "AAAA:IPv6 域名转译"
+msgstr "AAAA:IPv6 域名转换"
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346
msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name"
-msgstr "CNAME:域名别名"
+msgstr "CNAME:域名的别名"
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347
msgid "NS: Name Server"
@@ -1261,7 +1254,7 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349
msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation"
-msgstr "PTR:反向转译"
+msgstr "PTR:反向转换"
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350
msgid "SRV: Services Record"
@@ -1300,7 +1293,8 @@
msgstr ""
"无效的 IPv6 反向 IP。\n"
"\n"
-"IPv6 反向记录支持完整格式 (%1) 或当前区域的相对格式。"
+"支持完整形式 (%1)\n"
+"或相对于当前区域的形式的 IPv6 反向记录。"
#. (hostname or FQ)
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883
@@ -1311,10 +1305,9 @@
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
msgid ""
-"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII"
-" characters excluding '='\n"
+"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
-msgstr "无效的 %{type} 记录键。它应由可打印的除 '=' 外的 US-ASCII 字符组成并且必须至少有一个字符的长度。"
+msgstr "无效的 %{type} 记录键。它应由可打印的 US-ASCII 字符(除“=”外)组成并且必须至少有一个字符的长度。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
@@ -1325,18 +1318,18 @@
"Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n"
"This message is %{current} characters long."
msgstr ""
-"%{type} 记录的最大长度是 %1 个字符。\n"
-"该消息的长度为 %{current} 个字符。"
+"%{type} 记录的最大长度是 %{max} 个字符。\n"
+"该讯息的长度为 %{current} 个字符。"
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965
msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself."
-msgstr "CNAME 无法指向自身。"
+msgstr "CNAME 不能指向自身。"
#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error)
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341
msgid "An internal error has occurred."
-msgstr "发生了一个内部错误。"
+msgstr "出现内部错误。"
#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor
#. dialog caption
@@ -1350,33 +1343,33 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446
msgid "&Basics"
-msgstr "基础(&B)"
+msgstr "基础"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448
msgid "NS Recor&ds"
-msgstr "NS 记录(&D)"
+msgstr "NS 记录"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452
msgid "&SOA"
-msgstr "授权起始记录(SOA)(&S)"
+msgstr "SOA"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454
msgid "R&ecords"
-msgstr "记录(&E)"
+msgstr "记录"
#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450
msgid "M&X Records"
-msgstr "M&X 记录"
+msgstr "MX 记录"
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone
@@ -1396,7 +1389,7 @@
#. at least one NS server must be set
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550
msgid "At least one NS server must be set."
-msgstr "必须设置至少一个 NS 服务器。"
+msgstr "必须至少设置一个 NS 服务器。"
#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name
#.
@@ -1405,11 +1398,10 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
-"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From"
-" feature."
+"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
msgstr ""
-"当前区域记录自动生成自 %1 区域。\n"
-"要手动修改记录,请禁用自动生成记录自这一功能。"
+"当前区域记录自动从 %1 区域生成。\n"
+"要手动更改记录,请禁用“自动生成记录的位置”功能。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
@@ -1428,29 +1420,29 @@
"Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n"
"If you continue, the current zone will be removed."
msgstr ""
-"每一从属区域均必须定义其主服务器 IP。\n"
-"一个没有主服务器的 DNS 服务器配置会失败。\n"
-"您若继续,当前区域将被移除。"
+"每一从属区域的主服务器 IP 必须都已定义。\n"
+"没有主服务器的 DNS 服务器配置将失败。\n"
+"如果您继续,当前区域将被删除。"
#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803
msgid "No master DNS server defined."
-msgstr "未定义主 DNS 服务器。"
+msgstr "未定义任何主 DNS 服务器。"
#. A popup error message
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815
msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address."
-msgstr "指定主名称服务器不是一个有效的 IP 地址。"
+msgstr "指定的主名称服务器不是有效的 IP 地址。"
#. Textentry - adding forwarder
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926
msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address"
-msgstr "新转发对象 IP 地址(&F)"
+msgstr "新转发器 IP 地址(&F)"
#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951
msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders"
-msgstr "当前区域转发对象(&Z)"
+msgstr "当前区域转发器(&Z)"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973
@@ -1464,9 +1456,9 @@
"that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n"
"Really deny these queries?"
msgstr ""
-"此转发区域未定义任何转发对象,这意味着\n"
-"全部对此区域的 DNS 查询都将被拒绝。\n"
-"真的拒绝这些查询吗?"
+"此转发区域未定义任何转发程序,这意味着\n"
+"对此区域的所有 DNS 查询都将被拒绝。\n"
+"确实拒绝这些查询?"
#. yes-no popup
#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34
@@ -1474,8 +1466,8 @@
"All changes will be lost.\n"
"Really exit?"
msgstr ""
-"全部修改均将不复存在。\n"
-"真的退出吗?"
+"所有更改都将丢失。\n"
+"是否确实要退出?"
#. message popup
#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81
@@ -1497,8 +1489,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中止初始化</big></b><br>\n"
-"现在按<b>中止</b>可安全地中止配置工具。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>正在中止初始化</big></b><br>\n"
+"可以按<b>中止</b>立即安全地中止配置实用程序。</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28
@@ -1516,9 +1508,9 @@
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中止保存</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<b>中止</b>可中止保存过程。\n"
-"另一个对话框将告知您这样做是否安全。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>正在中止保存</big></b><br>\n"
+"按<b>中止</b>,中止该保存过程。\n"
+"另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。</p>"
#. main dialog
#. help 1/4
@@ -1529,7 +1521,8 @@
"<b>Start DNS Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>启动 DNS 服务器</big></b><br>\n"
-"要在每次启动计算机时运行 DNS 服务器,请设置<b>启动DNS 服务器</b>。</p>"
+"要在每次启动计算机时运行 DNS 服务器,请设置\n"
+"<b>启动DNS 服务器</b>。</p>"
#. help 2/4
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45
@@ -1539,9 +1532,10 @@
"<b>Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Chroot 囚牢</big></b><br>\n"
-"要在 chroot 囚牢中运行 DNS 服务器,请设置<b>在 Chroot 囚牢中运行 DNS 服务器</b>。\n"
-"在 chroot 囚牢中启动任何守护进程都会更安全,强烈推荐。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
+"要在 chroot jail 中运行 DNS 服务器,请设置\n"
+"<b>在 Chroot Jail 中运行 DNS 服务器</b>。在 chroot jail 中启动任何守护程序\n"
+"会更安全,强烈建议采用此方法。</p>"
#. help 3/4
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52
@@ -1553,9 +1547,10 @@
"a configured DNS zone, select it and click <B>Delete</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑 DNS 区域</big></b><br>\n"
-"要编辑 DNS 区域设置,请在表中选择适宜的项并点击<B>编辑</B>。\n"
-"要添加新 DNS 区域,请使用<B>添加</B>。\n"
-"要移除已配置的 DNS 区域,请选择此区域并点击<B>删除</B>。</P>"
+"要编辑 DNS 区域的设置,请在表中选择\n"
+"适当的项并单击<B>编辑</B>。\n"
+"要添加新的 DNS 区域,请使用<B>添加</B>。要删除\n"
+"已配置的 DNS 区域,请选择此区域,然后单击<B>删除</B>。</P>"
#. help 4/4
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60
@@ -1568,8 +1563,11 @@
"use <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>高级功能</big></b><br>\n"
-"要编辑全局选项、调整防火墙设置、管理用于区域动态更新的 TSIG 密钥,\n"
-"或显示 DNS 服务器日志,请使用<b>高级</b>。</p>"
+"要编辑全局选项,\n"
+"调整防火墙设置,\n"
+"管理用于区域动态更新的 TSIG 密钥,\n"
+"或显示 DNS 服务器的日志,请\n"
+"使用<b>高级</b>。</p>"
#. zone dialog
#. help 1/5
@@ -1578,8 +1576,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>区域名称</big></b><br>\n"
-"请在<b>区域名称</b>中输入区域(域)名称。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>区域名</big></b><br>\n"
+"在<b>区域名</b>中输入区域(域)的名称。</p>"
#. help 2/5, alt. 1
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74
@@ -1592,9 +1590,11 @@
"both DHCP and DNS servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>动态 DNS 区域更新</big></b><br>\n"
-"区域可以自动更新,通常是因为 DHCP 服务器动态地指派了 IP 地址。\n"
-"要允许 DDNS 更新,请设置<b>允许动态更新</b>和用于认证的 <b>TSIG 密钥</b>。\n"
-"用于 DHCP 和 DNS 服务器的密钥必须相同。</p>"
+"为了管理由 DHCP 服务器动态指派的 IP 地址,\n"
+"可以自动更新 DNS 区域。要允许 DDNS 更新,请设置\n"
+"<b>允许动态更新</b>和用于身份验证的 <b>TSIG 密钥</b>\n"
+"。DHCP 服务器和 DNS 服务器的\n"
+"密钥必须相同。</p>"
#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83
@@ -1604,7 +1604,8 @@
"entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑 DNS 区域</big></b><br>\n"
-"要编辑区域设置,请在表中选择适宜的项然后点击<b>编辑</b>。</p>"
+"要编辑区域设置,请在表中选择\n"
+"适当的项,然后单击<b>编辑</b>。</p>"
#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89
@@ -1612,8 +1613,8 @@
"<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要向区域添加一条新记录,请点击<b>添加</b>。\n"
-"要移除某记录,请选择它并点击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
+"<p>要将新记录添加到区域中,请单击<b>添加</b>。要删除\n"
+"某选项,请先选择该选项,然后单击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93
@@ -1622,39 +1623,37 @@
"To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n"
"<b>Edit SOA</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>授权起始记录 (SOA)</big></b><br>\n"
-"要编辑区域的 SOA (起始授权机构)记录,请点击<b>编辑 SOA</b>。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>SOA 记录</big></b><br>\n"
+"要编辑区域的 SOA(起始授权机构)记录,请单击\n"
+"<b>编辑 SOA</b>。</p>"
#. help 2/5 alt. 2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n"
-"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add\n"
-"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete<"
-"/b>\n"
+"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
+"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n"
"to remove an existing one.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>主服务器</big></b><br>\n"
-"设置此区域的主名称服务器的 IP 地址。\n"
-"使用<b>添加</b>添加新的主名称服务器。\n"
-"选择一个已有主名称服务器并点击<b>删除</b>\n"
-"可移除一个已有主名称服务器。</p>"
+"设置此区域的主名称服务器的 IP 地址。使用<b>添加</b>\n"
+"可添加新的主名称服务器。选择一个现有的主名称服务器,然后单击<b>删除</b>\n"
+"可删除现有的主名称服务器。</p>"
#. help 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n"
"To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n"
-"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave<"
-"/b>\n"
+"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n"
"or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n"
"server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>区域类型</big></b><br>\n"
-"要使此名称服务器成为区域的主要数据来源,请选择<b>主</b>。\n"
-"要使它成为二级名称服务器,请选择<b>从属</b>或<b>存根</b>,\n"
-"那样该区域的数据将从主服务器镜像而来。</p>"
+"要使此名称服务器成为区域的主要数据源,\n"
+"请选择<b>主</b>。要使它成为二级名称服务器,请选择<b>从属</b>\n"
+"或<b>只存储</b>,则区域数据将从主服务器镜像\n"
+"而来。</p>"
#. help 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
@@ -1667,7 +1666,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>区域方向</big></b><br>\n"
"DNS 用于将域名转译为 IP 地址以及将 IP 地址转译为域名。\n"
-"选择此区域将用于将域名转译为 IP 地址 (<b>转发</b>) 还是将 IP 地址转译为域名 (<b>反向</b>)。</p>\n"
+"选择此区域将用于将域名转译为 IP 地址(<b>正向</b>)还是将 IP 地址转译为域名(<b>反向</b>)。</p>\n"
#. firewall dialog
#. help text 1/2
@@ -1678,7 +1677,7 @@
"interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>接口类</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择哪些接口类应可访问 DNS 服务器。接口类定义在防火墙配置组件中。</p>\n"
+"选择哪些接口类应可访问 DNS 服务器。接口类在防火墙配置组件中定义。</p>\n"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129
@@ -1689,7 +1688,7 @@
"<b>Adapt Firewall Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>调整防火墙设置</big></b><br>\n"
-"要调整防火墙设置,以便 DNS 服务器可被全部其监听的网络接口访问,请勾选<b>调整防火墙设置</b>。</p>\n"
+"要调整防火墙设置,以便 DNS 服务器可被全部其侦听的网络接口访问,请选中<b>调整防火墙设置</b>。</p>\n"
#. soa dialog
#. help text 1/9
@@ -1707,32 +1706,36 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>$TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n"
"zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>$TTL</b> 指定了区域中全部没有显式 TTL 的记录的存活时间。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>$TTL</b> 指定区域中所有没有显式 TTL 的记录\n"
+"的存活时间。</p>"
#. help text 3/9 - Primary source
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n"
"of the primary name server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>主要数据来源</b>必须包含主名称服务器的完全限定域名。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>主要源</b>必须包含主名称服务器的\n"
+"完全限定的域名。</p>"
#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n"
"the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>管理员邮件地址</b>必须包含负责该区域的管理员的电子邮件地址。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>管理员邮件</b>必须包含负责该区域的管理员的电子邮件地址。</p>\n"
#. help text 5/9 - Serial
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n"
-"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize"
-" the\n"
+"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>序列号</b>用于确定该区域在主服务器上是否有所修改\n"
-"(因此从属服务器不必总是需要同步整个区域)。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>序列号</b>用于确定该区域在主服务器上是否有所更改\n"
+"(因此从属服务器不必总是同步整个\n"
+"区域)。</p>\n"
#. help text 6/9 - Refresh
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7
@@ -1740,7 +1743,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Refresh</b> sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n"
"master name server to slave name servers.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>刷新</b>设置了该区域在主名称服务器和从属名称服务器之间同步的频率。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>刷新</b>设置该区域在主名称服务器和从属名称\n"
+"服务器之间同步的频率。</p>"
#. help text 7/9 - Retry
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7
@@ -1748,7 +1753,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n"
"the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>重试</b>设置了若同步失败从属服务器尝试从主服务器同步该区域的频率。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>重试</b>设置在同步失败时,从属服务器尝试与\n"
+"主服务器同步该区域的频率。</p>"
#. help text 8/9 - Expiry
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167
@@ -1757,7 +1764,7 @@
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>失效</b>是指该区域在从属服务器上失效的时间,\n"
+"<p><b>失效</b>是指该区域在从属服务器上的失效时间,\n"
"超过该时间后,从属服务器将停止对该区域的应答,直到被同步为止。\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1767,7 +1774,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum</b> sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n"
"negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>最小值</b>设置了从属服务器应缓存否定应答 (名称解析失败) 的时间。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>最小值</b>设置从属服务器应缓存\n"
+"否定应答(名称解析失败)的时间。</p>"
#. ddns keys dialog
#. help text 1/1
@@ -1776,17 +1785,15 @@
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n"
"To add a new TSIG key, use the \n"
-"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add.\n"
-"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete.\n"
+"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG 密钥管理</big></b><br>\n"
-"定义了用于动态区域更新的 TSIG 密钥。\n"
+"定义用于动态区域更新的 TSIG 密钥。\n"
"要添加新的 TSIG 密钥,请使用\n"
-"<b>文件名</b>文本字段或<b>浏览</b>按钮然后点击<b>添加</b>。\n"
-"要删除一个已有 TSIG 密钥,请在列表中选择它并点击<b>删除</b>。\n"
+"<b>文件名</b>文本字段或<b>浏览</b>按钮,然后单击<b>添加</b>。\n"
+"要删除现有的 TSIG 密钥,请在列表中选择该密钥,然后单击<b>删除</b>。\n"
"</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
@@ -1797,7 +1804,8 @@
"<b>On</b>. Otherwise set <b>Off</b>.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>引导</big></b><br>\n"
-"要在每次引导计算机时启动 DNS 服务器,请设为<b>开</b>。否则设为<b>关</b>。</p> "
+"要在每次引导计算机时启动 DNS 服务器,请设置为\n"
+"<b>开</b>。否则,设置为<b>关</b>。</p> "
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194
@@ -1807,8 +1815,8 @@
"set <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP 支持</big></b><br>\n"
-"要在 LDAP 而不是原生配置文件中存储 DNS 区域,\n"
-"请设置 <b>激活 LDAP 支持</b>。</p>"
+"要在 LDAP 而不是本机配置文件中存储 DNS 区域,\n"
+"请设置 <b>LDAP 支持处于活动状态</b>。</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201
@@ -1830,8 +1838,9 @@
"Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n"
"it cannot answer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>转发对象</big></b><br>\n"
-"转发对象是您的 DNS 服务器应将其无法应答的查询发送至的 DNS 服务器。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>转发器</big></b><br>\n"
+"转发器是指您的 DSN 服务器应将查询发送到的 DNS 服务器\n"
+"它无法应答。</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3
#. _("<p>To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full
@@ -1845,8 +1854,8 @@
"<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要添加新的转发对象,请设置其 <b>IP 地址</b>并点击<b>添加</b>。\n"
-"要删除一个已配置的转发对象,请选择它并点击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
+"<p>要添加新的转发器,请设置其 <b>IP 地址</b>,然后单击<b>添加</b>。\n"
+"要删除已配置的转发器,请先选择该转发器,然后单击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225
@@ -1855,7 +1864,7 @@
"Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑 DNS 服务器选项</big></b><br>\n"
-"使用此对话框编辑 DNS 服务器选项。</p>"
+"使用此对话框可以编辑 DNS 服务器的选项。</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229
@@ -1866,14 +1875,14 @@
"change the <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Change</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>要添加新选项,请选择<b>选项</b>,\n"
-"输入选项的<b>值</b>,并点击<b>添加</b>。</p>\n"
-"<p>要修改已配置的选项,请在表中选择它,\n"
-"修改<b>值</b>,并点击<b>修改</b>。</p>\n"
+"输入选项的<b>值</b>,然后单击<b>添加</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p>要修改已配置的选项,请在表中选择该选项,\n"
+"更改<b>值</b>,然后单击<b>更改</b>。</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236
msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要移除某选项,请选择它并点击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要删除某选项,请先选择该选项,然后单击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238
@@ -1882,26 +1891,26 @@
"Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>日志记录</big></b><br>\n"
-"使用此对话框定义 DNS 服务器日志记录的各种选项。</p>"
+"使用此对话框可以定义 DNS 服务器日志记录的各种选项。</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system"
-" log. \n"
+"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n"
"To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n"
"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n"
-"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions<"
-"/b>\n"
+"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n"
"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"选择<b>记录到系统日志</b>可将 DNS 服务器日志消息保存至系统日志。\n"
-"要将 DNS 服务器日志消息保存至一个独立文件,请选择\n"
-"<b>记录到文件</b>并设置保存日志的<b>文件名</b>和日志的<b>最大大小</b>。\n"
-"DNS 服务器将自动轮替日志文件。使用<b>最大版本数</b>可指定应保存多少个日志文件。</p>\n"
+"要将 DNS 服务器日志消息另保存至一个文件,请选择\n"
+"<b>记录到文件</b>并将<b>文件名</b>设置为保存日志的文件名,然后设置日志文件的\n"
+"<b>最大大小</b>。\n"
+"DNS 服务器将自动循环使用这些日志文件。使用<b>最大版本数</b>\n"
+"可指定日志文件可保存的次数。</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252
@@ -1914,10 +1923,13 @@
"secondary\n"
"name server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>在<b>额外日志记录</b>中,设置应记录哪些动作。常见动作总是会被记录的。\n"
-"<b>记录全部 DNS 查询</b>记录了客户端发给 DNS 服务器的全部查询。\n"
-"<b>记录区域更新</b>记录了 DNS 的更新时间。\n"
-"<b>记录区域传送</b> 记录了区域完整传输到二级名称服务器的时间。</p>\n"
+"<p>在<b>附加日志记录</b>中,\n"
+"设置应记录哪些操作。始终会记录普通操作。\n"
+"<b>记录所有 DNS 查询</b>会记录客户端发给 DNS 服务器的所有查询。\n"
+"<b>记录区域更新</b>会记录 DNS 的更新时间。\n"
+"<b>记录区域传送</b>会记录区域完全传送到二级\n"
+"名称服务器的时间。\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262
@@ -1926,8 +1938,9 @@
"In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n"
"access to zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>访问控制列表</big></b><br>\n"
-"在此对话框中,定义控制区域访问的访问控制列表。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>ACL</big></b><br>\n"
+"在此对话框中,定义访问控制列表来控制\n"
+"对区域的访问。</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268
@@ -1936,8 +1949,8 @@
"and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n"
"ACL entry, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要添加新的访问控制列表项,只需输入选项的<b>名称</b>和<b>值</b>然后点击<b>添加</b>。\n"
-"要移除一个访问控制列表项,请选择它并点击<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p>要添加新的访问控制列表项,只需输入选项的<b>名称</b>和<b>值</b>,然后单击<b>添加</b>。\n"
+"要去除一个访问控制列表项,请选择它并单击<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274
@@ -1948,8 +1961,9 @@
"for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG 密钥</big></b><br>\n"
-"TSIG 密钥用于在远程修改 DNS 服务器配置时认证。\n"
-"这时动态更新 DNS 区域 (DDNS) 所需的。</p>\n"
+"TSIG 密钥用于在远程\n"
+"更改 DNS 服务器的配置时进行身份验证。\n"
+"动态更新 DNS 区域 (DDNS) 时,需要使用该密钥。</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281
@@ -1957,20 +1971,21 @@
"<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n"
"(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n"
-"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.\n"
+"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>要添加已创建的密钥,请设置<b>文件名</b>\n"
-"(或使用<b>浏览</b>按钮来选择文件名)并点击<b>添加</b>。\n"
-"要生成新的密钥,请输入<b>文件名</b>和<b>密钥 ID</b>\n"
-"然后点击<b>生成</b>。这样,将生成并添加新的密钥。</p>\n"
+"(或使用<b>浏览</b>按钮来选择文件名)并单击<b>添加</b>。\n"
+" 要生成新的密钥,请输入<b>文件名</b>和<b>密钥标识</b>\n"
+",然后单击<b>生成</b>。这样,将生成并添加新的密钥。</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288
msgid ""
"<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\n"
"click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要移除一个已有密钥,请选择它并点击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要删除现有的密钥,请选择该密钥,\n"
+"然后单击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294
@@ -1979,48 +1994,47 @@
"Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DNS 区域</big></b><br>\n"
-"使用此对话框管理 DNS 区域。</p>\n"
+"使用此对话框可以管理 DNS 区域。</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type,\n"
+"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n"
"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>要添加新的区域,请输入它的<b>区域名称</b>,选择<b>区域类型</b>,并点击<b>添加</b>。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要添加一个新区域,请输入其<b>区域名称</b>,选择<b>区域类型</b>,\n"
+"然后单击<b>添加</b>。</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address"
-" followed by\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n"
"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n"
"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要添加新 IPv4 反向区域,请输入一部分反向 IPv4 地址,加上 <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> 作为它的<b>区域名称</b>\n"
-"(例如,网络 <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> 的区域名称为 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt>),选择区域类型</t>,并点击 <b>添加</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p>要添加新的 IPv4 反向区域,请在\n"
+"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> 后面输入反向 IPv4 地址的一部分作为其<b>区域名称</b>(例如,网络 <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> 的区域名称\n"
+"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt>),选择\n"
+"<b>区域类型</b>,然后单击<b>添加</b>。</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4
#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address"
-" followed by\n"
-"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone"
-" name are\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n"
+"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n"
"supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
"(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要添加新 IPv6 反向区域,请输入一部分反向 IPv6 地址,加上 <tt>%1</tt> 作为其<b>区域名称</b>。\n"
-"支持以这些格式输入区域名称:\n"
-"标准格式:<tt>%2</tt>;\n"
-"转发格式:<tt>%3</tt>;\n"
-"无网络掩码位的转发格式:<tt>%4</tt>\n"
-"(默认使用 <tt>64</tt> 位网络掩码位)。</p>\n"
+"<p>要添加新的 IPv6 反向区域,请输入反向 IPv6 地址的一部分再输入\n"
+"<tt>%1</tt> 作为其<b>区域名称</b>。支持使用多种格式来输入\n"
+"区域名称:标准形式:<tt>%2</tt>;\n"
+"转发形式:<tt>%3</tt>;\n"
+"不带子网掩码位的转发形式:<tt>%4</tt>\n"
+"(默认情况下使用 <tt>64</tt> 子网掩码位)。</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326
@@ -2029,20 +2043,20 @@
"mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"To remove a configured zone, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要修改一个区域的设置,如区域传输以及名称和邮件服务器,\n"
-"请选择它,并点击<b>编辑</b>。\n"
-"要移除一个已配置的区域,请选择它并点击<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p>要更改一个区域的设置,如区域传输以及名称和邮件服务器,\n"
+"请选择它,并单击<b>编辑</b>。\n"
+"要去除一个已配置的区域,请选择它并单击<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n"
-"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control"
-" access\n"
+"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n"
"to the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS 和区域传输</big></b><br>\n"
-"使用此对话框修改区域动态 DNS 设置并控制对该区域的访问。</p>\n"
+"使用此对话框可以更改区域的动态 DNS 设置,\n"
+"控制对区域的访问。</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342
@@ -2053,8 +2067,9 @@
"before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"要允许动态更新区域,请设置<b>允许动态更新</b>并选择 <b>TSIG 密钥</b>。\n"
-"必须定义至少一个 TSIG 密钥才能动态更新区域。</p>\n"
+"要允许动态更新区域,请设置<b>允许动态更新</b>\n"
+",并选择 <b>TSIG 密钥</b>。必须至少先定义一个 TSIG 密钥,\n"
+"然后才能动态更新区域。</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350
@@ -2067,9 +2082,9 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"要允许区域传输,请设置<b>启用区域传输</b>\n"
-"并选择当远程主机尝试传输区域时需要检查的\n"
-"<b>访问控制列表</b>。\n"
-"必须定义至少一个访问控制列表才能允许区域传输。</p>"
+",并选择当远程主机尝试传送区域时\n"
+"需要检查的 <b>ACL</b>。必须至少先定义一个 ACL,\n"
+"才能进行区域传输。</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358
@@ -2081,7 +2096,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"反向区域记录可以从另一个主区域生成。\n"
-"选择 <b>自动生成记录自</b>复选框并选择要生成记录自的区域。</p>\n"
+"选择<b>自动生成记录的位置</b>复选框并选择要自其生成记录的区域。</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365
@@ -2091,20 +2106,21 @@
"from the current on in the <b>Connected Reverse Zones</b> field.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"若这不是一个反向区域,您可以在<b>连接的反向区域</b>字段中查看当前区域生成的反向区域。</p>"
+"如果这不是反向区域,您可以在<b>已连接\n"
+"反向区域</b>字段中查看从当前区域生成的区域。</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n"
-"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add.\n"
+"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>NS 记录</big></b><br>\n"
-"要添加新的名称服务器,请输入该名称服务器的地址并点击<b>添加</b>。\n"
-"要移除一个列出的名称服务器,请选择它并点击<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
+"要添加新的名称服务器,请输入该名称服务器的地址,然后单击<b>添加</b>。\n"
+"要删除列出的名称服务器之一,请选择该名称服务器,然后单击\n"
+"<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378
@@ -2116,8 +2132,10 @@
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>MX 记录</big></b><br>\n"
-"要添加新邮件服务器,请输入<b>地址</b>和<b>优先级</b>并点击<b>添加</b>。\n"
-"要移除一个列出的邮件服务器,请选择它并点击<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
+"要添加新的邮件服务器,请输入<b>地址</b>和<b>优先级</b>\n"
+",然后单击<b>添加</b>。\n"
+"要删除所列的邮件服务器之一,请选择该邮件服务器,然后单击\n"
+"<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390
@@ -2127,15 +2145,17 @@
"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>序列号</b>是用于确定该区域在主服务器上是否有所修改的数字\n"
-"(因而从属服务器不必总是需要同步整个区域)。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>序列号</b>是用于确定该区域在主服务器上是否有所更改的数字\n"
+"(因此从属服务器不必总是同步整个区域)。</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397
msgid ""
"<p><b>TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n"
"zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>TTL</b> 指定了区域中全部没有显式 TTL 的记录的存活时间。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>TTL</b> 指定区域中所有没有显式 TTL 的记录\n"
+"的存活时间。</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409
@@ -2144,8 +2164,8 @@
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>失效期</b>是指区域在从属服务器上失效的时间,\n"
-"超过该时间后,从属服务器将停止对该区域的应答,直到被同步为止。\n"
+"<p><b>失效时间</b>是指区域在从属服务器上到期的时间,\n"
+"超过该时间后,从属服务器将停止应答该区域,直到被同步为止。\n"
"</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5
@@ -2157,9 +2177,9 @@
"click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>记录</big></b><br>\n"
-"在此对话框中,编辑区域的资源记录。\n"
-"要添加新的资源记录,请设置<b>记录键</b>、<b>类型</b>和<b>值</b>,\n"
-"然后点击<b>添加</b>。</p>"
+"在此对话框中,编辑区域的资源记录。要添加新的资源记录,\n"
+"请设置<b>记录键</b>、<b>类型</b>和<b>值</b>,\n"
+"然后单击<b>添加</b>。</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426
@@ -2168,8 +2188,9 @@
"and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要修改已有记录,请选择它,修改期望的项,并点击<b>修改</b>。\n"
-"要删除一条记录,请选择它并点击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
+"<p>要更改现有记录,请选择它,修改要修改的条目,\n"
+"然后单击<b>更改</b>。要删除记录,请选择它然后单击\n"
+"<b>删除</b>。</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432
@@ -2178,7 +2199,7 @@
"Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"RFC 中定义了每种类型记录的自有语法。</p>\n"
+"RFC 中定义了每种类型记录的语法。</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1)
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436
@@ -2188,8 +2209,9 @@
"hostname followed by a dot.\n"
" <b>Value</b> is an IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>A:域名转译</b>:\n"
-"<b>记录键</b>是没有域的主机名或是完全限定主机名后跟一个点。\n"
+"<p><b>A:域名转换</b>:\n"
+"<b>记录键</b>是没有域的主机名\n"
+"或是完全限定主机名后跟一个点。\n"
"<b>值</b>是一个 IP 地址。</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1)
@@ -2202,9 +2224,12 @@
"qualified hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by\n"
"an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>CNAME:域名别名</b>:\n"
-"</b>记录键</b>是相对于当前区域的主机名或是完全限定主机名后跟一个点。\n"
-"<b>值</b>是相对于当前区域的主机名或是完全限定主机名后跟一个点。它必须用 A 记录表示。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>CNAME:域名的别名</b>:\n"
+"</b>记录键</b>是相对于当前区域的主机名\n"
+"或是完全限定主机名后跟一个点。\n"
+"<b>值</b>是相对于当前区域的主机名\n"
+"或是完全限定主机名后跟一个点。它必须用 A 记录\n"
+"表示。</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1)
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2)
@@ -2217,7 +2242,8 @@
"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>NS:名称服务器</b>:\n"
-"<b>记录键</b>是相对于当前区域的区域名称或是绝对域名后跟一个点。\n"
+"<b>记录键</b>是相对于当前区域的区域名\n"
+"或是绝对域名后跟一个点。\n"
"<b>值</b>是相对于当前区域的主机名或完全限定主机名后跟一个点。它必须用 A 记录表示。</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1)
@@ -2230,8 +2256,10 @@
"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>MX:邮件中继</b>:\n"
-"<b>记录键</b>是相对于当前区域的主机名或区域名称或是绝对主机名或区域名称后跟一个点。\n"
-"<b>值</b>是相对于当前区域的主机名或完全限定主机名后跟一个点。它必须用 A 记录表示。</p>\n"
+"<b>记录键</b>是相对于当前区域的主机名或区域名\n"
+"或是绝对主机名或区域名后跟一个点。\n"
+"<b>值</b>是相对于当前区域的主机名\n"
+"或完全限定主机名后跟一个点。它必须用 A 记录表示。</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2)
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468
@@ -2239,19 +2267,18 @@
"<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n"
"followed by a dot\n"
-"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1<"
-"/tt>)\n"
+"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n"
" or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n"
"(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>PTR:反向转译</b>:\n"
-"<b>记录键</b>是完整反向区域名称 (派生自 IP 地址) 后跟一个点\n"
-"(例如,IP 地址为 <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>,则记录键为 </tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.<tt>)\n"
-"或者是相对于当前区域的反向区域名称的一部分\n"
-"(例如,区域 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> 中 IP 地址 <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> 的记录键为 <"
-"tt>1</tt>)。\n"
+"<p><b>PTR:反向转换</b>:\n"
+"<b>记录键</b>是完整反向区域名(派生自 IP 地址)\n"
+"后跟一个点(例如,IP 地址为 <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>,则记录键为 </tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.<tt>),\n"
+"或者是相对于当前区域的反向区域名的一部分\n"
+"(例如,区域 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> 中的 IP 地址 \n"
+"<tt>192.168.0.1</tt> 的记录键为 <tt>1</tt>)。\n"
"<b>值</b>是完全限定主机名后跟一个点。</p>\n"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5
@@ -2268,7 +2295,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\n"
"SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择<b>打开防火墙中的端口</b>以调整 SuSEfirewall2 设置以允许到您 DNS 服务器的全部连接。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>选择<b>打开防火墙中的端口</b>以改变\n"
+"SuSEfirewall2 设置,使得所有连接都可连接到 DNS 服务器。</p>"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495
@@ -2278,7 +2307,8 @@
"start-up behavior to <b>On</b>. Otherwise set it to <b>Off</b>.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"要在每次引导计算机时启动 DNS 服务器,请将启动行为设为<b>开</b>。否则设为<b>关</b>。</p> \n"
+"要在每次引导计算机时启动 DNS 服务器,\n"
+"请将启动行为设为<b>开启</b>。否则设为<b>关闭</b>。</p> \n"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502
@@ -2288,7 +2318,8 @@
"set <b>LDAP Support Active</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"要在 LDAP 而不是原生配置文件中存储 DNS 区域,请设置 <b>激活 LDAP 支持</b>。</p>"
+"要在 LDAP 而不是本机配置文件中存储 DNS 区域,\n"
+"请设置 <b>LDAP 支持处于活动状态</b>。</p>"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509
@@ -2298,7 +2329,8 @@
"<b>DNS Server Expert Configuration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"要进入 DNS 服务器配置的专家方式,请点击 <b>DNS 服务器专家配置</b>。</p>"
+"要进入 DNS 服务器配置的专家模式,请单击 \n"
+"<b>DNS 服务器专家配置</b>。</p>"
#. slave zone help text 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515
@@ -2308,8 +2340,8 @@
"<b>Master DNS Server IP</b> to define the master name server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>从属 DNS 区域</b></big><br>\n"
-"每一从属区域均必须定义其主名称服务器。\n"
-"使用<b>主 DNS 服务器 IP</b> 定义其主名称服务器。</p>"
+"必须为每个从属区域定义主名称服务器。使用\n"
+"<b>主 DNS 服务器 IP</b> 可以定义主名称服务器。</p>"
#. slave zone help text 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521
@@ -2321,9 +2353,10 @@
"to allow zone transports.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>区域传输</b></big><br>\n"
-"要允许区域传输,请设置<b>启用区域传输</b>\n"
-"并选择当远程主机尝试传输区域时需要检查的\n"
-"<b>访问控制列表</b>。必须至少定义一个访问控制列表才能允许区域传输。</p>"
+"要允许传输,请设置<b>启用区域传输</b>\n"
+"并选择当远程主机尝试传送区域时\n"
+"需要检查的 <b>ACL</b>。必须至少先定义一个 ACL,\n"
+"才能进行区域传输。</p>"
#. forward zone help text 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529
@@ -2333,7 +2366,8 @@
"defined in it.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>转发 DNS 区域</b></big><br>\n"
-"这类 DNS 区域只向其中定义的转发对象转发 DNS 查询。</p>"
+"这类 DNS 区域只向其中定义的\n"
+"转发器转发 DNS 查询。</p>"
#. forward zone help text 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535
@@ -2342,13 +2376,14 @@
"for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n"
"server to which that query should be forwarded.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若未定义转发对象,则全部对相关区域的 DNS 查询都将被拒绝,\n"
-"因为没有查询应被转发给的 DNS 服务器。</p>"
+"<p>如果没有定义转发器,将拒绝对各区域的\n"
+"所有 DNS 查询,因为没有查询应转发到的 DNS \n"
+"服务器。</p>"
#. %1 is usually an IP address
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159
msgid "Unknown Record Type: %1"
-msgstr "未知记录类型:%1"
+msgstr "未知的记录类型:%1"
#. table entry, %1 is IP address
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180
@@ -2358,12 +2393,12 @@
#. combo box item, A is more technical description
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188
msgid "A -- Domain Name Translation"
-msgstr "A -- 域名转译"
+msgstr "A -- 域名转换"
#. text entry
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201
msgid "&IP Addresses"
-msgstr "&IP 地址"
+msgstr "IP 地址(&I)"
#. table entry, %1 is host name
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218
@@ -2373,7 +2408,7 @@
#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226
msgid "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name"
-msgstr "CNAME -- 域名别名"
+msgstr "CNAME -- 域名的别名"
#. text entry
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237
@@ -2393,12 +2428,12 @@
#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265
msgid "PTR -- Reverse Translation"
-msgstr "PTR -- 反向转译"
+msgstr "PTR -- 反向转换"
#. text entry
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276
msgid "&IP Address"
-msgstr "&IP 地址"
+msgstr "IP 地址(&I)"
#. table entry, %1 is host name
#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295
@@ -2453,7 +2488,7 @@
#. progress stage
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337
msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon"
-msgstr "刷新 DNS 守护进程的缓存"
+msgstr "清理 DNS 守护程序的缓存"
#. progress stage
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968
@@ -2473,7 +2508,7 @@
#. progress step
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353
msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..."
-msgstr "正在刷新 DNS 守护进程的缓存..."
+msgstr "正在清理 DNS 守护程序的缓存..."
#. progress step
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978
@@ -2496,7 +2531,7 @@
"Error: "
msgstr ""
"调用 netconfig 时出错。\n"
-"错误:"
+"错误: "
#. DNS server read dialog caption
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333
@@ -2511,7 +2546,7 @@
#. progress stage
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341
msgid "Restart the DNS daemon"
-msgstr "重启 DNS 守护进程"
+msgstr "重启动 DNS 守护程序"
#. progress stage
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343
@@ -2541,7 +2576,7 @@
#. progress step
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357
msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..."
-msgstr "正在重启 DNS 守护进程..."
+msgstr "正在重启动 DNS 守护程序..."
#. progress step
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359
@@ -2569,13 +2604,13 @@
"Error occurred while starting service named.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
-"启动 named 服务时出错。\n"
+"启动指定的服务时出错。\n"
"\n"
#. type of zone to be used in summary
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662
msgid "Stub"
-msgstr "存根"
+msgstr "只存储"
#. type of zone to be used in summary
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664
@@ -2601,12 +2636,12 @@
#. error message
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
-msgstr "无效的 LDAP 配置。无法使用 LDAP。"
+msgstr "LDAP 配置无效。无法使用 LDAP。"
#. yes-no popup
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802
msgid "Enable LDAP support?"
-msgstr "激活 LDAP 支持吗?"
+msgstr "是否启用 LDAP 支持?"
#. error popup
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890
@@ -2614,8 +2649,8 @@
"Installation of required packages failed.\n"
"LDAP support will not be active."
msgstr ""
-"安装所需软件包失败。\n"
-"LDAP 支持将不会激活。"
+"安装必需的包失败。\n"
+"LDAP 支持将不处于活动状态。"
#. BNC #679960
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949
@@ -2630,7 +2665,7 @@
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
-msgstr "创建 cn=defaultDNS,%1 时出错。未在使用 LDAP。"
+msgstr "创建 cn=defaultDNS 的 %1 时出错。未使用 LDAP。"
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
@@ -2640,384 +2675,4 @@
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP."
-msgstr "创建 %1 时出错。未在使用 LDAP。"
-
-#~ msgid "When &Booting"
-#~ msgstr "引导时(&B)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Manually"
-#~ msgstr "手动(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "When Booting"
-#~ msgstr "引导时"
-
-#~ msgid "Manually"
-#~ msgstr "手动"
-
-#~ msgid "DNS server is running."
-#~ msgstr "DNS 服务器正在运行。"
-
-#~ msgid "DNS server is not running."
-#~ msgstr "DNS 服务器没有运行。"
-
-#~ msgid "&Start DNS Server Now"
-#~ msgstr "立即启动 DNS 服务器(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "S&top DNS Server Now"
-#~ msgstr "立即停止 DNS 服务器(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server &Now"
-#~ msgstr "保存设置并立即重载 DNS 服务器(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "Start DNS Server Now"
-#~ msgstr "立即启动 DNS 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Stop DNS Server Now"
-#~ msgstr "立即停止 DNS 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server Now"
-#~ msgstr "保存设置并立即重载 DNS 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Now and When Booting"
-#~ msgstr "立即和在引导时"
-
-#~ msgid "Only Manually"
-#~ msgstr "仅手动"
-
-#~ msgid "Switch On and Off"
-#~ msgstr "打开和关闭"
-
-#~ msgid "Current Status: "
-#~ msgstr "当前状态:"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "All your changes will be lost. Settings will\n"
-#~ "be reread from new data storage.\n"
-#~ "Continue?\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "您的全部修改均将不复存在。\n"
-#~ "将从新数据存储重新读取设置。\n"
-#~ "继续吗?\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Netconfig DNS policy"
-#~ msgstr "Netconfig DNS 策略"
-
-#~ msgid "&Start DNS Server"
-#~ msgstr "启动 DNS 服务器(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail"
-#~ msgstr "在 Chroot 囚牢中运行 DNS 服务器(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "For&ward"
-#~ msgstr "正向(&W)"
-
-#~ msgid "Re&verse"
-#~ msgstr "反向(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "Zone Direction"
-#~ msgstr "区域方向"
-
-#~ msgid "&Master"
-#~ msgstr "主(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Slave"
-#~ msgstr "从属(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "S&tub"
-#~ msgstr "存根(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "$TT&L"
-#~ msgstr "$TTL(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "Primary &Source"
-#~ msgstr "主要源(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Administrator's Mail"
-#~ msgstr "管理员的邮件地址(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "Serial"
-#~ msgstr "序列号"
-
-#~ msgid "Re&try"
-#~ msgstr "重试(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "E&xpiration"
-#~ msgstr "失效(&X)"
-
-#~ msgid "Mi&nimum"
-#~ msgstr "最小值(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "Edit &SOA"
-#~ msgstr "编辑 SOA(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Edit &NS and MX Records"
-#~ msgstr "编辑 NS 和 MX 记录(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "No zone is selected."
-#~ msgstr "未选中任何区域。"
-
-#~ msgid "Delete selected zone?"
-#~ msgstr "是否删除选定的区域?"
-
-#~ msgid "&Edit Global Options"
-#~ msgstr "编辑全局选项(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Firewall Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "防火墙配置(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "Manage &TSIG Keys"
-#~ msgstr "管理 TSIG 密钥(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Display Log"
-#~ msgstr "显示日志(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Reload DNS Server"
-#~ msgstr "重新装载 DNS 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Save Settings and Reload DNS Server"
-#~ msgstr "保存设置并重新装载 DNS 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "No name server selected."
-#~ msgstr "没有选中任何名称服务器。"
-
-#~ msgid "&Name Servers"
-#~ msgstr "名称服务器(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Mail Relays"
-#~ msgstr "邮件中继(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "Set &Priority"
-#~ msgstr "设置优先级(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Delete selected resource record?"
-#~ msgstr "是否删除选定的资源记录?"
-
-#~ msgid "Address of &Master"
-#~ msgstr "主服务器地址(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "Master Name Servers"
-#~ msgstr "主名称服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Interface Classes"
-#~ msgstr "接口类"
-
-#~ msgid "Allow &Internal Interfaces"
-#~ msgstr "允许使用内部接口(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "Allow &External Interfaces"
-#~ msgstr "允许使用外部接口(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "Allow &Demilitarized Zone"
-#~ msgstr "允许使用隔离区域(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "No TSIG key is defined. Define it now?"
-#~ msgstr "未定义 TSIG 密钥。是否立即定义?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Required LDAP schemas (yast, dnszone) are not included.\n"
-#~ "Cannot write to LDAP."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "未包含所需的 LDAP 方案 (yast, dnszone)。\n"
-#~ "不能写到 LDAP。"
-
-#~ msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system"
-#~ msgstr "在引导系统时启动 DNS 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system"
-#~ msgstr "在引导系统时不启动 DNS 服务器。"
-
-#~ msgid "Start-Up Behavior"
-#~ msgstr "启动行为"
-
-#~ msgid "DNS server is running"
-#~ msgstr "DNS 服务器正在运行"
-
-#~ msgid "DNS server is not running"
-#~ msgstr "DNS 服务器未运行"
-
-#~ msgid "IP A&ddress"
-#~ msgstr "IP 地址(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "&PPP Daemon Sets Forwarders"
-#~ msgstr "&PPP 守护程序设置转发器"
-
-#~ msgid "Set Forwarders &Manually"
-#~ msgstr "手动设置转发器(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n"
-#~ "it cannot answer.\n"
-#~ "For a dial-up connection, it can be useful\n"
-#~ "to allow the PPP daemon to update the forwarders after the connection\n"
-#~ "is established. For this, select <b>PPP Daemon Sets Forwarders</b>. To update forwarders\n"
-#~ "only manually, select <b>Set Forwarders Manually</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>转发器</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "转发器是您的 DNS 服务器将它无法回答的查询\n"
-#~ "发送所往的 DNS 服务器。\n"
-#~ "对于拨号连接,允许 PPP 守护程序在\n"
-#~ "连接建立之后更新转发器\n"
-#~ "会很有用。要执行此操作,请选择 <b>PPP 守护程序设置转发器</b>。要仅手动更新转发器,\n"
-#~ "请选择<b>手动设置转发器</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address."
-#~ msgstr "%1 不是有效的 Ipv4 地址。"
-
-#~ msgid "The zone name must be defined."
-#~ msgstr "必须定义区域名。"
-
-#~ msgid "DNS zone %1 does not exist."
-#~ msgstr "DNS 区域 %1 不存在。"
-
-#~ msgid "DNS zone %1 is not type master."
-#~ msgstr "DNS 区域 %1 不是主类型"
-
-#~ msgid "The zone type must be defined."
-#~ msgstr "必须定义区域类型。"
-
-#~ msgid "Zone type %1 is not supported."
-#~ msgstr "不支持区域类型 %1。"
-
-#~ msgid "The ACL name must be defined."
-#~ msgstr "必须定义 ACL 名称。"
-
-#~ msgid "An ACL named %1 does not exist."
-#~ msgstr "不存在名为 %1 的 ACL。"
-
-#~ msgid "The hostname must be defined."
-#~ msgstr "必须定义主机名。"
-
-#~ msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format."
-#~ msgstr "主机名必须使用完全限定的域名格式。"
-
-#~ msgid "The fully qualified hostname must end with a dot."
-#~ msgstr "完全限定的主机名必须以一个点结束。"
-
-#~ msgid "The hostname is invalid."
-#~ msgstr "主机名无效。"
-
-#~ msgid "The mail exchange priority must be defined."
-#~ msgstr "必须定义邮件交换优先级。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The mail exchange priority is invalid.\n"
-#~ "It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "邮件交换优先级无效。\n"
-#~ "它必须是一个从 0 到 65535 的数字。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The hostname must be relative to the zone or must end \n"
-#~ "with the zone name followed by a dot, for example,\n"
-#~ "'dhcp1' or 'dhcp1.example.org.' for the zone 'dhcp.org'.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "主机名 %1 不是区域 %2 的一部分。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "主机名必须相对于区域或必须以\n"
-#~ "区域名后跟一个点结束,例如,\n"
-#~ "区域 'dhcp.org' 的名称应为 'dhcp1' 或 'dhcp1.example.org.'。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n"
-#~ "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-#~ "For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "该反向 IPv4 地址 %1 无效。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "有效的反向 IPv4 包含由点分隔的 4 个范围在 0-255\n"
-#~ "之间的整数,再后跟字符串 '.in-addr.arpa.'。\n"
-#~ "例如,IPv4 地址 '192.168.32.1' 的反向地址是 '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.'。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n"
-#~ "Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n"
-#~ "such as 'host.example.org.'.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "不能对区域 %2 使用相对主机名 %1。\n"
-#~ "请使用以点结束的完全限定的主机名,\n"
-#~ "诸如 'host.example.org.'。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Invalid MX record.\n"
-#~ "Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "MX 记录无效。\n"
-#~ "请使用格式\"priority server-name\"。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Invalid SOA record.\n"
-#~ "%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "无效 SOA 记录。\n"
-#~ "%1 必须在 %2 到 %3 秒之间。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Invalid SOA record.\n"
-#~ "%1 must be a BIND time type.\n"
-#~ "A BIND time type consists of numbers and the case-insensitive\n"
-#~ "suffixes W, D, H, M, and S. Time in seconds is allowed without the suffix.\n"
-#~ "Enter values such as 12H15m, 86400, or 1W30M.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "无效 SOA 记录。\n"
-#~ "%1 必须是 BIND 时间类型。\n"
-#~ "BIND 时间类型由数字和不区分大小写的\n"
-#~ "后缀 W、D、H、M 和 S 组成。以秒为单位的时间允许不带后缀。\n"
-#~ "请输入诸如这样的值,12H15m、86400 或 1W30M。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Invalid SOA record.\n"
-#~ "%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "无效 SOA 记录。\n"
-#~ "%1 必须是 %2 到 %2 之间的一个数字。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file."
-#~ msgstr "要记录到文件,必须定义文件名。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Invalid file size.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "It must be set in the format 'number[suffix]'.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Possible suffixes are k, K, m, M, g, and G.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "无效文件大小。\n"
-#~ "这必须以格式 'number[suffix]' 设\n"
-#~ "置。可以使用后缀 k、K、m、M、g 和 G。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "The count of file versions must be a number."
-#~ msgstr "文件版本的计数必须是一个数字。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n"
-#~ "Zone %1 is type %2.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "只有从属区域有一个已定义的主服务器。\n"
-#~ "区域 %1 的类型是 %2。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Zone name %1 already exists."
-#~ msgstr "区域名 %1 已存在。"
-
-#~ msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones."
-#~ msgstr "masterserver 选项对于从属区域是必需的。"
-
-#~ msgid "Host's IP cannot be empty."
-#~ msgstr "主机 IP 不能为空。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
-#~ "Hostname %2 cannot be added."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "DNS 服务器管理的 %1 没有反向区域。\n"
-#~ "无法添加主机名 %2."
-
-#~ msgid "Error occurred while configuring firewall settings."
-#~ msgstr "配置防火墙设置时出错。"
-
-#~ msgid "Adapt &Firewall Settings"
-#~ msgstr "调整防火墙设置(&F)"
+msgstr "创建 %1 时出错。未使用 LDAP。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,48 +1,43 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# marguerite , 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: docker\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 12:06+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-05 16:59\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Only root can start process
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74
msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits."
-msgstr "Docker 服务未运行。YaST 应启动 docker 吗?否则 YaST 将退出。"
+msgstr "Docker 服务未运行。YaST 是否应启动 Docker?如果不启动 Docker,YaST 会退出。"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78
msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually."
-msgstr "Docker 服务未运行。请以 root 身份运行此模块或手动启动 docker 服务。"
+msgstr "Docker 服务未运行。请以 root 身份运行此模块,或者手动启动 Docker 服务。"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141
msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again."
-msgstr "与 docker 通信失败,错误:%s。请重试。"
+msgstr "与 Docker 通讯失败,返回错误:%s。请重试。"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152
msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?"
-msgstr "您真的想要停止运行中的容器吗?"
+msgstr "确实要停止正在运行的容器吗?"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163
msgid "Do you want to remove the container?"
-msgstr "您想要移除该容器吗?"
+msgstr "是否要去除该容器?"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161
msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?"
-msgstr "您真的想要杀死运行中的容器吗?"
+msgstr "确实要终止正在运行的容器吗?"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173
msgid "&Images"
@@ -58,15 +53,15 @@
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194
msgid "Running Docker Containers"
-msgstr "运行中的 Docker 容器"
+msgstr "正在运行的 Docker 容器"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217
msgid "Repository"
-msgstr "仓库"
+msgstr "储存库"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218
msgid "Tag"
-msgstr "标签"
+msgstr "标记"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219
msgid "Image ID"
@@ -78,11 +73,11 @@
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221
msgid "Virtual Size"
-msgstr "虚拟尺寸"
+msgstr "虚拟大小"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231
msgid "Container ID"
-msgstr "映像 ID"
+msgstr "容器 ID"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232
msgid "Image"
@@ -102,11 +97,11 @@
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293
msgid "Re&fresh"
-msgstr "刷新(&f)"
+msgstr "刷新(&F)"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284
msgid "R&un"
-msgstr "运行(&u)"
+msgstr "运行(&U)"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285
msgid "&Delete"
@@ -114,7 +109,7 @@
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294
msgid "S&how Changes"
-msgstr "显示变动(&h)"
+msgstr "显示更改(&H)"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295
msgid "Inject &Terminal"
@@ -126,7 +121,7 @@
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297
msgid "&Kill Container"
-msgstr "杀死容器(&K)"
+msgstr "终止容器(&K)"
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298
msgid "&Commit"
@@ -138,4 +133,4 @@
#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315
msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?"
-msgstr "您真的想要删除映像 \"%s\" 吗?"
+msgstr "确实要删除映像“%s”吗?"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/drbd.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/drbd.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/drbd.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,39 +1,33 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: drbd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-03 22:37+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xdrbd module
#: src/clients/drbd.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
-msgstr "分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 配置"
+msgstr "DRBD 配置"
#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals
#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86
msgid "DRBD"
-msgstr "分布式复制块设备"
+msgstr "DRBD"
#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals
#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88
msgid "&DRBD"
-msgstr "分布式复制块设备(&D)"
+msgstr "DRBD(&D)"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -78,11 +72,11 @@
#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48
msgid "Resource Basic Configuration"
-msgstr "基本资源配置"
+msgstr "资源基本配置"
#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:49
msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration"
-msgstr "高级资源配置"
+msgstr "资源高级配置"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -111,7 +105,7 @@
#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51
msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n"
-msgstr "警告:YaST2 分布式块设备模块将重命名全部\n"
+msgstr "警告:YaST2 DRBD 模块将全部重命名\n"
#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52
msgid ""
@@ -119,42 +113,42 @@
"\n"
"Do you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-"个分布式复制块设备所包含的文件为一个能支持的方案。\n"
+"已将 DRBD 文件包含在支持的纲要中。\n"
"\n"
-"您想要继续吗?"
+"要继续吗?"
#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n"
-msgstr "读取分布式复制块设备配置文件失败:\n"
+msgstr "无法读取 DRBD 配置文件:\n"
#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n"
-msgstr "写入配置到磁盘失败:\n"
+msgstr "无法将配置写入磁盘:\n"
#. Drbd configure1 dialog caption
#. Drbd configure2 dialog caption
#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138
msgid "DRBD Configuration"
-msgstr "分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 配置"
+msgstr "DRBD 配置"
#. Drbd configure1 dialog contents
#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD"
-msgstr "分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 配置的第一部分"
+msgstr "DRBD 配置的第一部分"
#. Drbd configure2 dialog contents
#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141
msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD"
-msgstr "分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 配置的第二部分"
+msgstr "DRBD 配置的第二部分"
#. encoding: utf-8
#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:36
msgid "Global Configuration of DRBD"
-msgstr "分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 全局配置"
+msgstr "DRBD 全局配置"
#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:42
msgid "Minor Count"
-msgstr "最少次数"
+msgstr "次要计数"
#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:51
msgid "Dialog Refresh"
@@ -162,7 +156,7 @@
#: src/include/drbd/global_conf.rb:61
msgid "Disable IP Verification"
-msgstr "禁用 IP 验证"
+msgstr "禁用 IP 校验"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36
@@ -170,7 +164,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>正在初始化分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在初始化 DRBD 配置</big></b><br>\n"
"请稍候...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
@@ -179,8 +173,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
-"现在按<b>中止</b>可安全地中止配置工具。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
+"现在按<b>中止</b>可安全中止配置实用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
@@ -188,7 +182,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>正在保存分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在保存 DRBD 配置</big></b><br>\n"
"请稍候...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
@@ -199,18 +193,18 @@
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中止保存:</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>中止保存:</big></b><br>\n"
"按<B>中止</B>可中止保存过程。\n"
-"另一个对话框将告之您这样做是否安全。\n"
+"将显示另一个对话框告诉您这样做是否安全。\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:54
msgid "Start to configure DRBD."
-msgstr "开始配置分布式复制块设备 (DRBD)。"
+msgstr "开始配置 DRBD。"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55
msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b><big>分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 启动配置</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>DRBD 的启动配置</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
@@ -221,237 +215,153 @@
"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>引导</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p>勾选 \"开\" 来立即和在引导时启动分布式复制块设备服务器</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p>勾选 \"关\" 来仅手动启动分布式复制块设备服务器</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>切换开关:</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p>立即启动或停止分布式复制块设备服务器</p>\n"
+"<p><b>引导:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>选中“打开”可立即启动或在引导时启动 DRBD 服务器</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>选中“关闭”后,DRBD 服务器只能手动启动</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>打开和关闭:</b></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>立即启动或停止 DRBD 服务器</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b><big>分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 资源配置</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>DRBD 的资源配置</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a"
-" resource</p>\n"
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>点击 \"添加\"、\"编辑\"、\"删除\" 按钮来添加、编辑或删除一个资源</p>\n"
+"<p>单击“添加”、“编辑”、“删除”按钮可添加、编辑或删除资源</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
-#| msgid ""
-#| "\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Or either omit the name or minor and the minor number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbdminor will be used.\n"
-#| "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
-#| "\t\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of"
-" one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is"
-" used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the"
-" device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the"
-" node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being"
-" described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and"
-" you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk"
-" parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or"
-" the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of"
-" /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
-"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or"
-" '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve"
-" the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.<"
-"/p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the"
-" backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"名称\" 是必需的并且必须匹配其中某个节点的 Linux 主机名 (uname -n)。主机名中不应包含 \".\"。</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"地址:端口\":一个资源针对每个设备都需要一个 IP 地址,用于等待来自父设备的进站连接以访问设备。每个分布式复制块设备资源都需要一个"
-" TCP 端口,用于连接到节点的父设备。</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"设备\":所描述的资源的块设备节点的名称。在您的应用程序 (文件系统) 中您必须使用此设备,而不能使用由磁盘参数及其 minor"
-" 编号指定的底层块设备。或者要么省略名称,要么省略 minor 关键字及其编号。若您省略了名称则将使用默认的 /dev/drbd'minor 编号'。<"
-"/p>\n"
-"\t\t如:'/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' 或"
-" '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"磁盘\":分布式复制块设备使用此块设备来真正存储和撷取数据。当其上正在运行分布式复制块设备时请永远不要访问这样的设备。</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"元磁盘\":内部使用。内部使用意味着后备设备的最后一部分用于存储元数据。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>“名称”是强制字段,并且必须与其中一个节点的 Linux 主机名 (uname -n) 匹配。主机名中不应包含“.”。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>“地址:端口”:资源需要每个设备对应一个 IP 地址,用于等待各自伙伴设备的传入连接到达该设备。每个 DRBD 资源需要一个 TCP 端口,用于连接到节点的伙伴设备。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>“设备”:所描述资源的块设备节点的名称。您必须将此设备与您的应用程序(文件系统)结合使用,并且不能使用以磁盘参数(次要编号后面)指定的低级别块设备。除此以外,您可以省略名称或词语“minor”及其编号。如果您省略该名称,系统将使用默认值 /dev/drbd“次要编号”。\n"
+"\t\t例如:“/dev/drbd{服务} minor {次要 DRBD 编号 [0...255]}”或“/dev/drbd{次要 DRBD 编号 [0...255]}”</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>“磁盘”:DRBD 实际上使用此块设备来储存和检索数据。当 DRBD 在此类设备上运行时,切勿访问该设备。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>“元磁盘”:内部。“内部”表示该支持设备的最后一部分用于储存元数据。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>“节点 ID”:节点 ID 是 drbd 的内部值,yast 将会自动生成该值。主机的不同资源中可以具有不同的“节点 ID”。</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local"
-" disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local"
-" disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both"
-" local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was"
-" a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports"
-" io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by"
-" DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response"
-" packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead"
-" and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than"
-" connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1"
-" seconds.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a"
-" keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time"
-" period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default"
-" unit is 100ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive"
-" packet</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two"
-" write barriers</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write"
-" request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The"
-" default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top"
-" of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by"
-" background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is"
-" KB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (="
-" active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7,"
-" Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>协议</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local"
-" disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local"
-" disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both"
-" local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>协议 A:如果写入 IO 已连接本地磁盘和本地 TCP 发送缓冲区,则报告为“已完成”。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>协议 B:如果写入 IO 已链接本地磁盘和远程缓冲区超速缓存,则报告为“已完成”。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>协议 C:如果写入 IO 已连接本地磁盘和远程磁盘,则报告为“已完成”。</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was"
-" a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>:等待连接超时</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>:如果此节点是一个降级的群集,则等待连接超时</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports"
-" io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by"
-" DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>:当级别较低的设备向上层报告 IO 错误时应执行的操作</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>:TCP 套接字发送缓冲区的大小</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>:DRBD 分配的最大请求数</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response"
-" packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead"
-" and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than"
-" connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1"
-" seconds.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a"
-" keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time"
-" period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default"
-" unit is 100ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive"
-" packet</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>:如果合作伙伴节点无法在 0.1 秒内发送预期的响应包,则该合作伙伴节点将被视为“不活动”,并因此而放弃 TCP/IP 连接。该时间必须低于 connect-int 和 ping-int 的时间。默认值为 60 = 6 秒,单位为 0.1 秒。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>:对等体应答保活包的时间。如果对等体的回复在此时段内未收到,则被视为“不活动”。默认值为 500 毫秒,默认单位为 100 毫秒</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>:对等体应答保活包的时间</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two"
-" write barriers</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write"
-" request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The"
-" default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top"
-" of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by"
-" background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is"
-" KB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (="
-" active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7,"
-" Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>:两个写入屏障之间的最高数据块数量</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>:二级节点无法完成用于计算超时次数的单次写入请求,因此被驱逐出群集。默认值为 0,将禁用此功能。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>:为确保应用程序在 DRBD 的上层平稳运行,可以限制后台同步可能使用的带宽。默认值为 250 KB/秒,默认单位为 KB/秒。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>:用于控制热点区域(= 活动集)大小的参数。默认区域数为 127。(最小值:7,最大值:3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
-#| msgid "<p><b><big>Connection Configuration</big></b></p>"
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>LVM 配置</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the"
-" LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file"
-" layout.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the"
-" list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is"
-" instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than"
-" from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>:"
-" According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed"
-" automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n"
-"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These"
-" expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed"
-" with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example,"
-" setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default."
-" Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM 配置文件 /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>要在 DRBD 中使用 LVM,必须修改 LVM 配置文件中的一些选项并移除节点上的旧缓存项。</p>\t\t更多消息,包括文件布局,请参考 'man lvm.conf'。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>要将 LVM 与 DRBD 配合使用,需要在 LVM 配置文件中更改某些选项,并去除节点上已过时的超速缓存项。</p>\t\t<p>有关更多信息(包括文件布局),请参见“man lvm.conf”。</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>设备过滤器</b>:这标记了来自 LVM 扫描物理卷签名得到的设备列表的底层块设备。通过这种方式,引导 LVM 从 DRBD"
-" 设备读取物理卷,而不是从底层后备块设备读取。</p>\t\t<p><b>自动过滤器</b>:根据 DRBD 的配置,LVM"
-" 过滤器将总是自动修改的。要手动修改,请禁用自动过滤器复选框。</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>过滤器由一个正则表达式列表组成。这些表达式可由您选择的一个字符分隔,并带有 'a' (接受) 或 'r' (拒绝) 前缀。</p>\t\t<"
-"p>例如,这样设置过滤器 [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>设备过滤器</b>:此选项可从 LVM 在其中扫描物理卷签名的设备列表中屏蔽底层块设备。这样,便可以指示 LVM 从 DRBD 设备而非底层支持块设备中读取物理卷签名。</p>\t\t<p><b>自动过滤器</b>:根据 DRBD 的配置,LVM 过滤器总是会自动更改。要手动更改该过滤器,请取消选中“自动过滤器”复选框。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>该过滤器由一系列正则表达式构成。这些表达式可以使用您所选的字符来分隔,并可加上前缀“a”(表示接受)或“r”(表示拒绝)。</p>\t\t<p>例如,将过滤器设置为 [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM 缓存</b>:启用/开启写入 LVM 缓存是默认的。当使用网络存储如 NFS 时请禁用缓存。</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM 超速缓存</b>:默认值为启用/开启写入 LVM 超速缓存。当 DRBD 与 LVM 结合使用时,应禁用 LVM 超速缓存。</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>:启用了 lvmetad 时,会从 lvmetad 实例获取卷组元数据和 PV 状态标志,并且单独的命令不会执行扫描。由于 lvmetad 的超速缓存无法与节点之间同步,建议用户在群集环境中禁用 lvmetad。</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b><big>分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 全局配置</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>DRBD 全局配置</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's"
-" sanity check</p>"
-msgstr "<p>勾选<b>\"禁用 IP 验证\"</b>来禁用 drbdadm 的一个合理性检查</p>"
-
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选中“<b>禁用 IP 校验</b>”以禁用 drbdadm 的其中一个健全性检查</p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it"
-" waited so\n"
+"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n"
" limited logging capacity.\n"
-" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh'"
-" seconds,\n"
+" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n"
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>对话框刷新:</b> 用户对话框计数并显示当前等待的秒数。\n"
-" 若您服务器的终端连接到了一个日志功能有限的串行终端服务器上,您可能想要禁用此功能。\n"
-" 该对话框每到 '对话框刷新' 秒数时将打印计数,设为 0 将完全禁用重绘功能。</p>"
+"<p><b>对话框刷新:</b>该用户对话框计算并显示到\n"
+" 目前为止其等待的秒数。如果服务器的控制台已通过有限的记录容量连接到\n"
+" 串行终端服务器,\n"
+"您可能希望禁用此选项。\n"
+" 该对话框将以秒为单位打印“对话框刷新”的计数,\n"
+" 将其设置为 0 可完全禁用重绘。</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -459,156 +369,212 @@
" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n"
" as configured mentioned in this file. </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>最少次数:</b>\n"
-" 若您想要稍后不用重新加载模块 就定义更多资源,请使用此选项。\n"
-" 默认在加载模块时会加载此文件 中配置的全部设备。</p>"
+"<p><b>次要计数:</b>\n"
+" 如果希望稍后定义更多资源而不重新装载模块\n"
+" 则使用此选项。\n"
+" 默认情况下,我们装载模块使用的\n"
+" 设备数量与此文件中提到的配置完全相同。</p>"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>分布式复制块设备 (DRBD)配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"在此配置分布式复制块设备 (DRBD)。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>DRBD 配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"在此配置 DRBD。<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
"If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>添加一个分布式复制块设备 (DRBD):</big></b><br>\n"
-"请从检测到的分布式复制块设备列表中选择一个设备。\n"
-"若未检测到您的设备,请使用<b>其它 (未检测到)</b>。\n"
+"<p><b><big>添加 drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"从检测到的 drbd 列表中选择一个 drbd。\n"
+"如果未自动检测到您的 drbd,请使用<b>其他(未检测)</b>。\n"
"然后按<b>配置</b>。</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>编辑或删除:</big></b><br>\n"
-"您若按<b>编辑</b>,将打开另一个对话框,在其中您可修改相应配置。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>编辑或删除:</big></b><br>\n"
+"如果按<b>编辑</b>,将打开另一个对话框,\n"
+"在此对话框中可更改配置。</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 配置概览</big></b><br>\n"
-"获取已安装的分布式复制块设备的概览。 \n"
-"此外,还可编辑它们的配置。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>DRBD 配置概述</big></b><br>\n"
+"获取已安装的 DRBD 的概述。此外,\n"
+"对它们的配置进行编辑。<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>添加分布式复制块设备 (DRBD):</big></b><br>\n"
-"请按<b>添加</b>来配置一个分布式复制块设备。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>添加 drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
+"按<b>添加</b>配置 drbd。</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑或删除:</big></b><br>\n"
-"请选择要变动或移除的分布式复制块设备 (DRBD)。\n"
-"然后按需按<b>编辑</b>或<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
+"选择要更改或去除的 drbd。\n"
+"然后根据需要按<b>编辑</b>或<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
"<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>第一部分配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"请按<b>下一步</b>继续。\n"
-" <br></p>"
+"按<b>下一步</b>继续。\n"
+"<br></p>"
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>进行选择</big></b><br>\n"
-"这是不可能滴。您必须先写代码,啧啧。\n"
-" </p>"
+"暂不可用,必须先对其进行编码。:-)\n"
+"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>第二部分配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"请按<b>下一步</b>继续。\n"
-" <br></p>\n"
+"按<b>下一步</b>继续。\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
-#| msgid "Configuration of DRBD"
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "DRBD 的 LVM 过滤器配置"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr "自动修改 LVM 设备过滤器"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
-#| msgid "Device type"
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "设备过滤器"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
-#| msgid "Writing the SCPM database..."
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
-msgstr "正在写入 LVM 缓存..."
+msgstr "写入 LVM 超速缓存"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
-#| msgid "Enable Microphone."
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
-msgstr "启用 LVM 缓存"
+msgstr "启用 LVM 超速缓存"
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr "警告!应禁用 LVM 超速缓存以使用 drbd。"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr "对 LVM 使用 lvmetad"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr "使用 LVM metad"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr "警告!不应对群集使用 lvmetad。"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "资源名称"
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr "节点"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "添加"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "编辑"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "删除"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr "保存"
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "协议"
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
-msgstr "节点名称不能相同。"
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr "确定"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "取消"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr "节点名称不能为空。"
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
-msgstr "节点名称必须不包含 \".\",使用本机主机名。"
+msgstr "节点名称不能包含“.”,请使用本地主机名。"
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
-msgstr "请填写全部字段。"
+msgstr "请填写所有字段。"
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr "请至少配置两个节点。"
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr "输入节点名称:"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "节点名称必须不同。"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar
@@ -616,16 +582,15 @@
#. $Id: startup_conf.ycp 30707 2006-05-04 13:19:08Z lslezak $
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:29
msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "引导时"
+msgstr "正在引导"
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:37
-#| msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server Now and when Booting"
msgid "On -- Start DRBD Server when Booting"
-msgstr "开 -- 引导时启动 DRBD"
+msgstr "开 -- 引导时启动 DRBD 服务器"
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:41
msgid "Off -- Server Only Starts Manually"
-msgstr "关 - 仅手动启动服务器"
+msgstr "关 - 只能手动启动服务器"
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:50
msgid "Switch On and Off"
@@ -637,46 +602,48 @@
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:62
msgid "Start DRBD Server Now"
-msgstr "立即启动分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 服务器"
+msgstr "立即启动 DRBD 服务器"
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:67
msgid "Stop DRBD Server Now"
-msgstr "立即停止分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 服务器"
+msgstr "立即停止 DRBD 服务器"
#. firewall_layout is just a dialog
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:89
msgid "Propagate Configuration"
-msgstr "传布配置"
+msgstr "传播配置"
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:96
msgid ""
"To propagate this configuration ,\n"
"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually."
-msgstr "要传播此配置,请手动复制配置文件 '/etc/drbd.conf' 到剩余节点。"
+msgstr ""
+"要传播此配置,\n"
+"请将配置文件“/etc/drbd.conf”手动复制到节点的其他部分。"
#. }
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:141
msgid "DRBD server is running."
-msgstr "分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 服务器运行中。"
+msgstr "DRBD 服务器正在运行。"
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142
msgid "DRBD server is not running."
-msgstr "分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 服务器未运行。"
+msgstr "DRBD 服务器未在运行。"
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error());
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:166
msgid "Start DRBD service failed"
-msgstr "启动分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 服务失败"
+msgstr "启动 DRBD 服务失败"
#. Report::Error ( Service::Error() );
#: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:174
msgid "Stop DRBD service failed"
-msgstr "停止分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 服务失败"
+msgstr "停止 DRBD 服务失败"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139
msgid "Heartbeat Configuration"
-msgstr "心跳配置"
+msgstr "Heartbeat 配置"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:141
@@ -711,149 +678,130 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
-msgstr "合并独立的 DRBD 配置文件失败\n"
+msgstr "无法合并分隔的 DRBD conf 文件\n"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
-msgstr "写入 drbd.conf.YaST2prepare 失败"
+msgstr "无法写入 drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
-msgstr "正在初始化分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 配置"
+msgstr "正在初始化 DRBD 配置"
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "读取全局设置"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "读取资源"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
-#| msgid "LVM configuration"
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "读取 LVM 配置"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "读取守护程序状态"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
-#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings."
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
-msgstr "读取 SuSEFirewall 设置。"
+msgstr "读取 SuSEFirewall 设置"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "正在读取全局设置..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "正在读取资源..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
-#| msgid "Reading the configuration..."
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "正在读取 LVM 配置..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "正在读取守护程序状态..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "已完成"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
-msgstr "备份 drbd.conf 失败"
+msgstr "无法备份 drbd.conf"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
-msgstr "清理 drbd.conf 以进行 drbdadm 测试失败"
+msgstr "无法清理 drbdadm 测试的 drbd.conf"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-"无效的资源配置 %1\n"
+"资源 %1 的配置无效\n"
"%2"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
-msgstr "恢复 drbd.conf 失败"
+msgstr "无法恢复 drbd.conf"
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
-msgstr "正在写入分布式复制块设备 (DRBD) 配置"
+msgstr "正在写入 DRBD 配置"
#. Comment code below due to change the "booting" status
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "写入全局设置"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "写入资源"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
-#| msgid "Write configuration"
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "写入 LVM 配置"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "设置守护程序状态"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
-#| msgid "Write the firewall settings"
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "写入 SuSEfirewall 设置"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "正在写入全局设置..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "正在写入资源..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
-#| msgid "Writing configuration..."
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "正在写入 LVM 配置..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "正在设置守护程序状态..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
-#| msgid "Writing the firewall settings..."
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
-msgstr "正在写入 SuSEFirewall 设置..."
+msgstr "正在写入 SuSEFirewall 设置"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
-msgstr "创建文件夹 /etc/drbd.d 失败"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration of drbd"
-#~ msgstr "分布式复制块设备配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Drbd"
-#~ msgstr "分布式复制块设备"
-
-#~ msgid "&Drbd"
-#~ msgstr "分布式复制块设备(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Disable IO Hint"
-#~ msgstr "禁用 IO 提示"
+msgstr "无法创建目录 /etc/drbd.d"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fcoe-client.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fcoe-client.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fcoe-client.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,44 +1,38 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-11 13:33+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module
#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of fcoe-client"
-msgstr "以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 客户端配置"
+msgstr "fcoe 客户端的配置"
#. progress step title
#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67
msgid "Saving fcoe configuration..."
-msgstr "正在保存以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 配置..."
+msgstr "正在保存 fcoe 配置..."
#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals
#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82
msgid "FcoeClient"
-msgstr "以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 客户端"
+msgstr "FcoeClient"
#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals
#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86
msgid "&FcoeClient"
-msgstr "以太网光纤通道 (&FCoE) 客户端"
+msgstr "FcoeClient(&F)"
#. setting of config value is 'yes'
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48
@@ -56,7 +50,7 @@
"Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n"
"Command %1 failed."
msgstr ""
-"无法移除以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 接口。\n"
+"无法去除 FCoE 接口。\n"
"命令 %1 失败。"
#. FCoE is not available on the interface
@@ -72,12 +66,12 @@
#. the flag is 'true'
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203
msgid "true"
-msgstr "真"
+msgstr "True"
#. the flag is 'false'
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205
msgid "false"
-msgstr "假"
+msgstr "False"
#. the flag is not set at all
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207
@@ -87,7 +81,7 @@
#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306
msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2"
-msgstr "位于 %2 上的虚拟局域网 (VLAN) 接口 %1 的配置"
+msgstr "位于 %2 上的 VLAN 接口 %1 的配置"
#. text of an error popup
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368
@@ -96,8 +90,8 @@
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
"network interface %2 itself."
msgstr ""
-"无法在虚拟局域网 (VLAN) 接口 %1 上启动以太网光纤通道 (FCoE)\n"
-"因为以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 已在网络接口 %2 自身上配置过了。"
+"无法在 VLAN 接口 %1 上启动 FCoE,\n"
+"因为 FCoE 已在网络接口 %2 自身上配置过。"
#. text of an error popup
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383
@@ -106,13 +100,13 @@
"because FCoE is already configured on\n"
"VLAN interface(s) %2."
msgstr ""
-"无法在网络接口 %1 自身上启动以太网光纤通道 (FCoE)。\n"
-"因为以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 已在虚拟局域网 (VLAN) 接口 %2 上配置过了。"
+"无法在网络接口 %1 自身上启动 FCoE,\n"
+"因为 FCoE 已在 VLAN 接口 %2 上配置过。"
#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417
msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device"
-msgstr "正在检测到的虚拟局域网 (VLAN) 设备上创建并启动以太网光纤通道 (FCoE)"
+msgstr "正在检测到的 VLAN 设备上创建并启动 FCoE"
#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420
@@ -121,31 +115,31 @@
"interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n"
"on %2 and start the FCoE initiator?"
msgstr ""
-"您真的想要为发现的位于 %2 上的虚拟局域网 (VLAN) 接口 %1\n"
-"创建一个以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 网络接口并启动以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 发起端吗?"
+"确定要在 %2 上为发现的 VLAN 接口 %1\n"
+"创建一个 FCoE 网络接口并启动 FCoE 发起端吗?"
#. text of an error popup
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443
msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1."
-msgstr "无法在 %1 上创建并启动以太网光纤通道 (FCoE)。"
+msgstr "无法在 %1 上创建并启动 FCoE。"
#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480
msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed."
-msgstr "%2 上的命令 \"%1\" 失败。"
+msgstr "命令“%1”在 %2 上失败。"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488
msgid ""
"Creating FCoE interface failed.\n"
"Continue because running in test mode"
msgstr ""
-"创建以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 接口失败。\n"
-"仍将继续,因为正运行在测试模式下。"
+"创建 FCoE 接口失败。\n"
+"仍将继续,因为正运行在测试模式下"
#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583
msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?"
-msgstr "您真的想要移除以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 接口 %1 吗?"
+msgstr "确定要去除以 FCoE 接口 %1 吗?"
#. popup text continues
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591
@@ -155,31 +149,33 @@
"Removing it may result in an unusable system."
msgstr ""
"注意:\n"
-"请确保该接口不是一个已用设备必需的。\n"
-"移除这样的接口或许会导致系统没法用。"
+"请确保该接口不是一个已用设备必需的接口。\n"
+"去除这样的接口或许会导致系统无法使用。"
#. popup text continues
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601
msgid ""
"Don't remove the interface if it's related\n"
"to an already activated multipath device."
-msgstr "若接口和一个已激活的多路径设备相关则不要移除该接口。"
+msgstr ""
+"如果接口和一个已激活的多路径\n"
+"设备相关,则不要去除该接口。"
#. replace values in table
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750
msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed."
-msgstr "移除接口 %1 失败。"
+msgstr "去除接口 %1 失败。"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762
msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed."
-msgstr "销毁接口 %1 失败。"
+msgstr "删除接口 %1 失败。"
#. text of a warning popup
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794
msgid ""
"DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n"
"interface isn't DCB capable."
-msgstr "需要数据中心桥接 (DCB) 设为了 \"是\" 但接口不可数据中心桥接。"
+msgstr "“需要 DCB”设为“是”,但接口不支持数据中心桥接。"
#. text of an information (notify) popup
#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831
@@ -187,8 +183,8 @@
"Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n"
"Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'."
msgstr ""
-"服务 'fcoe' 需要启用的 'lldpad' 服务。\n"
-"正在启用引导时启动 'lldpad' 服务。"
+"服务“fcoe”需要启用“lldpad”服务。\n"
+"正在启用引导时启动“lldpad”服务设置。"
#. radio button: start service on boot
#. radio button: start service on boot
@@ -205,7 +201,7 @@
#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no)
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "&FCoE Enable"
-msgstr "启用以太网光纤通道 (&FCoE)"
+msgstr "启用 FCoE(&F)"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118
@@ -226,22 +222,22 @@
#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no)
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117
msgid "&DCB Required"
-msgstr "需要数据中心桥接 (&DCB)"
+msgstr "需要 DCB(&D)"
#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no)
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124
msgid "&AUTO_VLAN"
-msgstr "自动虚拟局域网(&A)"
+msgstr "AUTO_VLAN(&A)"
#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150
msgid "FCoE Service Start"
-msgstr "启动以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 服务"
+msgstr "FCoE 服务启动"
#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "Lldpad Service Start"
-msgstr "启动 Lldpad 服务"
+msgstr "Lldpad 服务启动"
#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short)
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179
@@ -258,43 +254,43 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "VLAN"
-msgstr "虚拟局域网 (VLAN)"
+msgstr "VLAN"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "FCoE VLAN Interface"
-msgstr "以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 虚拟局域网接口"
+msgstr "FCoE VLAN 接口"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "FCoE Enable"
-msgstr "以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 已启用"
+msgstr "启用 FCoE"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "DCB Required"
-msgstr "需要数据中心桥接 (DCB)"
+msgstr "需要 DCB"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "AUTO VLAN"
-msgstr "自动虚拟局域网"
+msgstr "自动 VLAN"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187
msgid "DCB capable"
-msgstr "可数据中心桥接 (DCB)"
+msgstr "支持 DCB"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188
msgid "Driver"
-msgstr "驱动"
+msgstr "驱动程序"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Flag FCoE"
-msgstr "标记 FCoE"
+msgstr "标志 FCoE"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190
msgid "Flag iSCSI"
-msgstr "标记 iSCSI"
+msgstr "标志 iSCSI"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191
msgid "Storage Only"
-msgstr "仅存储"
+msgstr "仅限储存"
#. button labels
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198
@@ -303,15 +299,15 @@
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199
msgid "Change &Settings"
-msgstr "修改设置(&S)"
+msgstr "更改设置(&S)"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Create &FCoE Interface"
-msgstr "创建以太网光纤通道 (&FCoE) 接口"
+msgstr "创建 FCoE 接口(&F)"
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "&Remove Interface"
-msgstr "移除接口(&R)"
+msgstr "删除接口(&R)"
#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222
@@ -326,7 +322,7 @@
#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no)
#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "&Use syslog"
-msgstr "使用 syslog(&U)"
+msgstr "使用系统日志(&U)"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35
@@ -334,7 +330,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>正在初始化 fcoe-client 配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在初始化 fcoe 客户端配置</big></b><br>\n"
"请稍候...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
@@ -344,7 +340,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
-"现在按<b>中止</b>可安全地中止配置工具。</p>\n"
+"现在按<b>中止</b>以安全地中止配置实用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43
@@ -352,7 +348,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>正在保存 fcoe-client 配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在保存 fcoe 客户端配置</big></b><br>\n"
"请稍候...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
@@ -364,8 +360,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>中止保存:</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<B>中止</B>中止保存过程。\n"
-"另一个对话框将告之您这样做是否安全。\n"
+"按<B>中止</B>以中止保存过程。\n"
+"将出现另一个对话框,告知您这样做是否安全。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
@@ -374,8 +370,8 @@
"<p><b><big>FcoeClient Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure fcoe-client here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 客户端配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"在此配置以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 客户端。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>FcoeClient 配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"在此处配置 fcoe 客户端。<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58
@@ -385,9 +381,9 @@
"If your fcoe-client was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>添加以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 客户端:</big></b><br>\n"
-"请从已检测到的以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 客户端列表中选择一个客户端。\n"
-"若未检测到您的以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 客户端,请使用<b>其它 (未检测到)</b>。\n"
+"<p><b><big>添加 FCoE 客户端:</big></b><br>\n"
+"请从已检测到的 FCoE 客户端列表中选择一个 FCoE 客户端。\n"
+"如果未检测到您的 FCoE 客户端,请使用<b>其他(未检测到)</b>。\n"
"然后按<b>配置</b>。</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -398,24 +394,23 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑或删除:</big></b><br>\n"
-"您若按<b>编辑</b>,将打开另一个对话框供您修改配置。</p>\n"
+"如果按<b>编辑</b>,将打开另一个对话框,\n"
+"您可在此对话框中更改配置。</p>\n"
#. Services dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71
msgid "<p><b><big>Starting of services</big><br></b><br>Enable or disable the start of the services <b>fcoe</b> and <b>lldpad</b> at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>启动服务</big><br></b><br>\n"
-"在引导时启用或禁用服务 <b>fcoe</b> 和 <b>lldpad<b> 的启动。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>启动服务</big><br></b><br>启用或禁用在引导时启动服务 <b>fcoe</b> 和 <b>lldpad</b> 的功能。</p>"
#. Services dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76
msgid "<p>Starting the service <b>fcoe</b> means starting the <i>Fibre Channel over Ethernet</i> service daemon <i>fcoemon</i> which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon <i>lldpad</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>启动服务 <b>fcoe</b> 意味着启动<i>以太网光纤通道 (FCoE)</i> 服务守护进程 <i>fcoemon</i>,其控制了以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 接口并与 <i>lldpad</i> 守护进程建立连接。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>启动服务 <b>fcoe</b> 意味着启动<i>以太网光纤通道</i>服务守护程序 <i>fcoemon</i>,该守护程序控制 FCoE 接口并建立与守护程序 <i>lldpad</i> 的连接。</p>"
#. Services dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82
msgid "<p>The <b>lldpad</b> service provides the <i>Link Layer Discovery Protocol</i> agent daemon <i>lldpad</i>, which informs <i>fcoemon</i> about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>lldpad</b> 服务提供了<i>链接层发现协议</i>代理守护进程 <i>lldpad</i>,它会将数据中心桥接 (DCB) 功能和接口配置知会给 <i>fcoemon</i>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>lldpad</b> 服务提供<i>链接层发现协议</i>代理守护程序 <i>lldpad</i>,它会将数据中心桥接 (DCB) 功能和接口配置知会给 <i>fcoemon</i>。</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88
@@ -425,32 +420,32 @@
#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92
msgid "<p>The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration.<br>FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch.<br>For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>接口对话框显示了全部检测到的网卡包括虚拟局域网的状态和以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 配置。<br>若交换机上已为以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 配置了虚拟局域网接口,以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 就是可行的。每个网卡 (网络接口) 的以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 虚拟局域网接口都显示在 <i>以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 虚拟局域网接口</i>列中。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>接口对话框中会显示检测到的所有网卡,包括 VLAN 和 FCoE 配置的状态。<br>如果在交换机上为 FCoE 配置了 VLAN 接口,则可以使用 FCoE。<br>对于每个网卡(网络接口),此信息将显示在 <i>FCoE VLAN 接口</i>列中。</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99
msgid "<p>It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using <b>Retry Detection</b>(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>可以使用<b>重试检测</b>来重新检查 FCoE 服务(对于需要一些时间才能启动的接口来说可能是必须的)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>可以使用<b>重试检测</b>对 FCoE 服务重新进行检查(对于需要花费一段时间才能启动的接口,可能需要这样做)。</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103
msgid "<p>The values for <i>FCoE VLAN Interface</i> in detail:<br><b>not available</b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first).<br><b>not configured</b>: FCoE is possible but not yet activated.<br>Press <b>Create FCoE VLAN Interface</b> to activate.<br>If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><i>以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 虚拟局域网接口</i>值的细节:<br><b>不可用</b>:以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 不可用 (必须先在交换机上启用)。<br><b>未配置</b>:以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 可用但尚未激活。<br>按<b>创建以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 虚拟局域网接口</b>激活之。<br>若已创建了以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 虚拟局域网,其名称会显示在列中,如 eth3.200。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><i>FCoE VLAN 接口</i>值的详细说明:<br><b>不可用</b>:无法使用以太网光纤通道(必须先在交换机上启用)。<br><b>未配置</b>:FCoE 可用,但尚未激活。<br>按<b>创建 FCoE VLAN 接口</b>即可激活。<br>如果已创建 FCoE VLAN 接口,则该列中将显示其名称,例如 eth3.200。</p>"
#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p>To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on <b>Change Settings</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要修改一个以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 虚拟局域网接口的配置,请点击<b>修改设置</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要更改 FCoE VLAN 接口的配置,请单击<b>更改设置</b>。</p>"
#. Configuration dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117
msgid "<p><b><big>General Configuration of FCoE</big></b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b><big>以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 常规配置</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>FCoE 一般配置</big></b></p>"
#. Configuration dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121
msgid "<p>Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>配置以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 系统服务的常规设置。设置会被写入 '/etc/fcoe/config'。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>配置 FCoE 系统服务的一般设置。设置会写入“/etc/fcoe/config”。</p>"
#. Configuration dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125
@@ -458,8 +453,8 @@
"<p>The values are:<br>\n"
"<b>Debug</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and <i>fcoemon</i>.<br><b>Use syslog</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Messages are sent to the system log if set to <i>yes</i> (data are logged to /var/log/messages).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>这些值为:<br>\n"
-"<b>调试</b>:<i>是</i>或<i>否</i><br>这用于启用或禁用来自 fcoe 服务脚本和 <i>fcoemon</i> 的调试消息。<br><b>使用 syslog</b>:<i>是</i>或<i>否</i><br>若设为<i>是</i>,消息会发送给系统日志 (数据被记录到 /var/log/messages)。</p>"
+"<p>值为:<br>\n"
+"<b>调试</b>:<i>是</i>或<i>否</i><br>用于启用或禁用来自 fcoe 服务脚本和 <i>fcoemon</i> 的调试讯息。<br><b>使用系统日志</b>:<i>是</i>或<i>否</i><br>如果设置为<i>是</i>,讯息将发送到系统日志(数据记录到 /var/log/messages 中)。</p>"
#. edit dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133
@@ -469,14 +464,14 @@
#. Edit dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137
msgid "<p>The daemon <i>fcoemon</i> reads these configuration files on initialization.<br>There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>守护进程 <i>fcoemon</i> 将在初始化时读取这些配置文件。<br>\n"
-"每个接口都有一个文件,这些值说明了是否应创建以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 实例和是否需要数据中心桥接 (DCB)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>守护程序 <i>fcoemon</i> 在初始化时会读取这些配置文件。<br>每个接口都有一个文件,其中的值指示是否应创建 FCoE 实例,以及是否需要 DCB。</p>"
#. Edit dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143
msgid "<p>The values are:<br><b>FCoE Enable</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances.<br><b>DCB Required</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>The default is <i>yes</i>, DCB is usually required.<br><b>AUTO VLAN</b>: <i>yes</i> or <i>no</i><br>If set to <i>yes</i> 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>这些值为:<br><b>启用以太网光纤通道 (FCoE)</b>:<i>是</i>或<i>否</i><br>启用或禁用以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 实例的创建。<br><b>需要数据中心桥接 (DCB)</b>:<i>是</i>或<i>否</i><br>默认为<i>是</i>,数据中心桥接通常都是需要的。<br><b>自动创建虚拟局域网</b>:<i>是</i>或<i>否</i><br>若设为<i>是</i>,'fcoemon' 会自动创建虚拟局域网接口。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>值为:<br><b>启用 FCoE</b>:<i>是</i>或<i>否</i><br>启用或禁用 FCoE 实例的创建功能。<br><b>需要 DCB</b>:<i>是</i>或<i>否</i><br>默认值为<i>是</i>,通常都需要 DCB。<br><b>自动 VLAN</b>:<i>是</i>或<i>否</i><br>\n"
+"如果设置为<i>是</i>,“fcoemon”将会自动创建 VLAN 接口。</p>"
#. Header of tab in tab widget
#. Header of tab in tab widget
@@ -500,17 +495,17 @@
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184
msgid "Fibre Channel over Ethernet Configuration"
-msgstr "以太网光纤通道 (FCoE)"
+msgstr "以太网光纤通道配置"
#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package)
#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209
msgid "Change FCoE Settings"
-msgstr "修改以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 设置"
+msgstr "更改 FCoE 设置"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315
msgid "FcoeClient Configuration"
-msgstr "以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 客户端配置"
+msgstr "FcoeClient 配置"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317
@@ -521,20 +516,20 @@
#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413
msgid "<p>To continue the FCoE configuration, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要继续配置以太网光纤通道 (FCoE),必须安装 <b>%1</b> 软件包。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要继续 FCoE 配置,必须安装 <b>%1</b> 包。</p>"
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
-msgstr "<p>现在安装它吗?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>是否立即安装?</p>"
#. start service lldpad first
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868
msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'"
-msgstr "无法启动服务 'lldpad'"
+msgstr "无法启动服务“lldpad”"
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877
msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'"
-msgstr "无法启动服务 'fcoe'"
+msgstr "无法启动服务“fcoe”"
#. first start lldpad
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897
@@ -561,17 +556,18 @@
"VLAN interface to get a valid configuration."
msgstr ""
"无法读取 %1 的配置文件。\n"
-"您或许可以编辑设置并重新创建以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 虚拟局域网接口以获得一个有效的配置。"
+"您或许可以编辑设置并重新创建 FCoE\n"
+"VLAN 接口以获得一个有效的配置。"
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466
msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration"
-msgstr "正在初始化以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 客户端配置"
+msgstr "正在初始化 fcoe 客户端配置"
#. Progress stage 1/3
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481
msgid "Check installed packages"
-msgstr "检查已安装软件包"
+msgstr "检查已安装的包"
#. Progress stage 2/3
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483
@@ -591,7 +587,7 @@
#. Progress step 1/3
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491
msgid "Checking for installed packages..."
-msgstr "正在检查已安装软件包..."
+msgstr "正在检查已安装的包..."
#. Progress step 2/3
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493
@@ -632,7 +628,7 @@
#. FcoeClient read dialog caption
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564
msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration"
-msgstr "正在保存以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 客户端配置"
+msgstr "正在保存 fcoe 客户端配置"
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579
@@ -642,12 +638,12 @@
#. Progress stage 2/3
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581
msgid "Restart FCoE service"
-msgstr "重启以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 服务"
+msgstr "重启动 FCoE 服务"
#. Progress stage 3/3
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583
msgid "Adjust start of services"
-msgstr "调整服务启动状态"
+msgstr "调整服务的启动"
#. Progress step 1/2
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587
@@ -657,12 +653,12 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589
msgid "Restarting FCoE service..."
-msgstr "正在重启以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 服务..."
+msgstr "正在重启动 FCoE 服务..."
#. Progress sstep 3/3
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591
msgid "Adjusting start of services..."
-msgstr "正在调整服务启动状态..."
+msgstr "正在调整服务的启动..."
#. Error message
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611
@@ -674,23 +670,23 @@
"Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n"
"For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log."
msgstr ""
-"无法写入以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 接口设置。\n"
-"细节请参考 /var/log/YaST2/y2log。"
+"无法写入 FCoE 接口设置。\n"
+"细节请参见 /var/log/YaST2/y2log。"
#. Error message
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629
msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed."
-msgstr "重启以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 服务失败。"
+msgstr "重启动服务 fcoe 失败。"
#. Error message
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636
msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files."
-msgstr "无法写入 /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files。"
+msgstr "无法写入 /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg- 文件。"
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693
msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>"
-msgstr "<b>以太网光纤通道 (FCoE) 常规配置</b>"
+msgstr "<b>常规 FCoE 配置</b>"
#. options from config file, not meant for translation
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707
@@ -706,7 +702,7 @@
#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface)
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725
msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>"
-msgstr "<b>服务启动</b>"
+msgstr "<b>启动服务</b>"
#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled
#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled
@@ -717,26 +713,3 @@
#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "已禁用"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Cannot read the configuration."
-#~ msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/cfg-file for %1"
-#~ msgstr "无法读取配置。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Command %1 failed"
-#~ msgid "Command: %1 failed"
-#~ msgstr "命令 %1 失败"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Deleting the request failed."
-#~ msgid "/etc/init.d/fcoe restart failed."
-#~ msgstr "未能删除请求。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Restarting service..."
-#~ msgid "Removing FCoE VLAN device"
-#~ msgstr "正在重启动服务..."
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration summary..."
-#~ msgstr "配置摘要..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall-services.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall-services.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall-services.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,34 +1,28 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-02 02:16+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37
msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS"
-msgstr "Zeroconf/Bonjour 多播 DNS"
+msgstr "Zeroconf/Bonjour 多路广播 DNS"
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40
msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)"
-msgstr "服务探索 (DNS-SD) 用 Zeroconf/Bonjour 多播 DNS (mDNS) 端口"
+msgstr "适用于服务发现 (DNS-SD) 的 Zeroconf/Bonjour 多路广播 DNS (mDNS) 端口"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45
@@ -72,37 +66,37 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72
msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP"
-msgstr "用于 HPLIP mDNS/Bonjour 支持的防火墙配置文件"
+msgstr "HPLIP 的 mDNS/Bonjour 支持的防火墙配置文件"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77
msgid "icecream daemon"
-msgstr "icecream 守护精灵"
+msgstr "icecream 守护程序"
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80
msgid "opens socket for the icecream compilation daemon"
-msgstr "为 icecream 汇编守护精灵打开套接字"
+msgstr "为 icecream 编译守护程序打开套接字"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83
msgid "icecream scheduler"
-msgstr "icecream 调度器"
+msgstr "icecream 调度程序"
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86
msgid "Opens ports for the icecream scheduler"
-msgstr "为 Icecream 调度器打开端口"
+msgstr "为 Icecream 调度程序打开端口"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89
msgid "iSNS Daemon"
-msgstr "iSNS 守护精灵"
+msgstr "iSNS 守护程序"
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92
msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed."
-msgstr "为 iSNS 守护精灵打开端口并允许广播。"
+msgstr "为 iSNS 守护程序打开端口并允许广播。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95
@@ -132,7 +126,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114
msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect."
-msgstr "NFS 内核服务器的防火墙配置。为 NFS 打开端口以便让其他主机连接。"
+msgstr "NFS 内核服务器的防火墙配置。为 NFS 打开端口以便允许其他主机连接。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119
@@ -162,7 +156,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134
msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services."
-msgstr "允许 OpenSLP 服务器广播其服务。"
+msgstr "允许 OpenSLP 服务器广播服务。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137
@@ -197,7 +191,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157
msgid "SMTP with sendmail"
-msgstr "带 sendmail 的 SMTP"
+msgstr "使用 Sendmail 的 SMTP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160
@@ -207,12 +201,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163
msgid "Secure Shell Server"
-msgstr "安全壳层服务器"
+msgstr "Secure Shell 服务器"
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166
msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server."
-msgstr "为安全壳层服务器打开端口。"
+msgstr "为安全外壳服务器打开端口。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169
@@ -232,7 +226,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178
msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect."
-msgstr "打开 VNC HTTP 端以便让浏览器连接。"
+msgstr "打开 VNC HTTP 端口,以便能够连接浏览器。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181
@@ -242,7 +236,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184
msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect."
-msgstr "打开 VNC 服务器端口以便查看器连接。"
+msgstr "打开 VNC 服务器端口以便查看器能连接。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box...
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187
@@ -262,155 +256,4 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table
#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196
msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain."
-msgstr "ypbind 守护精灵为 NIS 域绑定 NIS 客户端。"
-
-#~ msgid "HTTP Server"
-#~ msgstr "HTTP 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Opens ports for Apache Web Server."
-#~ msgstr "为 Apache 网页服务器打开端口。"
-
-#~ msgid "HTTPS Server"
-#~ msgstr "HTTPS 服务器"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Bacula Director"
-#~ msgstr "Bacula 定向程序"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Bacula File Daemon"
-#~ msgstr "Bacula 文件守护程序"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Bacula Storage Daemon"
-#~ msgstr "Bacula 存储守护程序"
-
-#~ msgid "bind DNS server"
-#~ msgstr "绑定 DNS 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Open ports for the bind DNS server"
-#~ msgstr "为绑定 DNS 服务器打开端口"
-
-#~ msgid "courier-imapd"
-#~ msgstr "courier-imapd"
-
-#~ msgid "Opens ports for courier-imapd."
-#~ msgstr "为 courier-imapd 服务器打开端口。"
-
-#~ msgid "cups"
-#~ msgstr "cups"
-
-#~ msgid "Firewall Configuration file for printing service CUPS"
-#~ msgstr "打印服务 CUPS 的防火墻设置文件"
-
-#~ msgid "Finger Server"
-#~ msgstr "Finger 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Opens ports for Finger Server."
-#~ msgstr "为 Finger 服务器打开端口"
-
-#~ msgid "imap Server"
-#~ msgstr "imap 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "iSCSI Target Daemon"
-#~ msgstr "iSCSI 目标守护程序"
-
-#~ msgid "Opens ports for iSCSI Target Daemon with broadcast allowed."
-#~ msgstr "为 iSCSI 目标守护程序打开窗口允许广播。"
-
-#~ msgid "Kerberos Admin Server"
-#~ msgstr "Kerberos 管理服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Open ports for kadmind Server"
-#~ msgstr "为 kadmind 服务器打开端口"
-
-#~ msgid "Key Distribution Center"
-#~ msgstr "密钥发布中心"
-
-#~ msgid "Open ports for the Key Distribution Center"
-#~ msgstr "为密钥发布中心打开端口"
-
-#~ msgid "lighttpd"
-#~ msgstr "lighttpd"
-
-#~ msgid "Open the http port for lighttpd."
-#~ msgstr "为 lighttpd 打开 http 端口。"
-
-#~ msgid "Open the https port for lighttpd."
-#~ msgstr "为 lighttpd 打开 https 端口。"
-
-#~ msgid "MySQL server"
-#~ msgstr "MySQL 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Network UPS Tools"
-#~ msgstr "网络 UPS 工具"
-
-#~ msgid "Opens ports for remote UPS signalling for Network UPS Tools."
-#~ msgstr "为网络 UPS 工具打开端口,以便远程 UPS 信号传输。"
-
-#~ msgid "PostgreSQL Server"
-#~ msgstr "PostgreSQL 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Opens TCP port 5432 to allow remote connections to the PostgreSQL server."
-#~ msgstr "打开 TCP 5432 端口允许访问 PostgreSQL 的远程连接。"
-
-#~ msgid "pureftpd"
-#~ msgstr "pureftpd"
-
-#~ msgid "Opens ports for pureftpd with broadcast allowed."
-#~ msgstr "打开 pureftpd 端口允许广播。"
-
-#~ msgid "Squid Service"
-#~ msgstr "Squid 服务"
-
-#~ msgid "Opens ports for Squid"
-#~ msgstr "为 Squid 服务器打开端口"
-
-#~ msgid "Talk Server"
-#~ msgstr "聊天服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Open ports for Talk Server"
-#~ msgstr "为聊天服务器打开端口"
-
-#~ msgid "Telnet Server"
-#~ msgstr "Telnet 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Opens ports for Telnet Server."
-#~ msgstr "为 Telnet 服务器打开端口"
-
-#~ msgid "Tetrinet Server"
-#~ msgstr "Tetrinet 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Opens ports in firewall to make possible to connect clients to your server. "
-#~ msgstr "在防火墙中打开端口,使得客户端可以连接到您的服务器。"
-
-#~ msgid "xdmcp"
-#~ msgstr "xdmcp"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Allow other hosts to access your display manager via XDMCP"
-#~ msgstr "允许其他主机通过 XDMCP 访问您的显示管理器"
-
-#~ msgid "VNC Server"
-#~ msgstr "VNC 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Opens ports for VNC Server"
-#~ msgstr "为 DHCP 服务器打开端口"
-
-#~ msgid "NIS Server"
-#~ msgstr "NIS 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration for a NIS master/slave server"
-#~ msgstr "NIS 主/从服务器配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Apache 2"
-#~ msgstr "Apache 2"
-
-#~ msgid "telnet-server Server"
-#~ msgstr "telnet-server 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Opens ports for telnet-server Server."
-#~ msgstr "为 telnet-server 服务器打开端口。"
-
-#~ msgid "Open ports for lighttpd including the HTTPS port."
-#~ msgstr "为 lighttpd 打开端口,包含 HTTPS 端口。"
+msgstr "ypbind 守护程序可将 NIS 客户端绑定到某个 NIS 域。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,27 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-14 15:52+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: American English \n"
-"Language: en_US\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: message popup
#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113
@@ -29,8 +20,8 @@
"Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n"
"The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed."
msgstr ""
-"无法修改防火墙配置。\n"
-"未安装 SuSEfirewall2 软件包。"
+"无法更改防火墙配置。\n"
+"SuSEfirewall2 包未安装。"
#. RichText label
#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233
@@ -57,8 +48,8 @@
"Continue with configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
"在您的系统中有另一种防火墙处于活动状态。\n"
-"您若继续,SuSEfirewall2 可能会产生未定义错误。\n"
-"配置 SuSEfirewall2 前最好移除其它防火墙。\n"
+"如果继续,SuSEfirewall2 可能会产生未定义的错误。\n"
+"建议删除其它防火墙,然后再配置 SuSEfirewall2。\n"
"继续配置吗?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
@@ -72,8 +63,8 @@
"All changes would be lost.\n"
"Really abort configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
-"全部修改均将不复存在。\n"
-"真的中止配置吗?\n"
+"所有更改都将丢失。\n"
+"是否确实要中止配置?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65
@@ -118,7 +109,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Firewall Now"
-msgstr "保存设置并立即重启防火墙(&V)"
+msgstr "立即保存设置并重启动防火墙(&V)"
#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119
@@ -133,12 +124,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now"
-msgstr "保存设置并立即重启防火墙"
+msgstr "立即保存设置并重启动防火墙"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "防火墙配置"
+msgstr "防火墻设置"
#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
@@ -164,13 +155,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331
msgid "Network Masquerading"
-msgstr "网络伪装"
+msgstr "网络掩蔽"
#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210
msgid "Masquerading"
-msgstr "伪装 (Masquerading)"
+msgstr "掩蔽"
#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item
@@ -202,7 +193,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438
msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "摘要"
+msgstr "小结"
#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42
@@ -237,13 +228,14 @@
"Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>接口</big></b>\n"
-"<br>在此通过选择表中的设备并点击<b>修改</b>来将您的网络设备指派至防火墙区域。</p>\n"
+"<br>在此处,请通过选择表中的设备,然后单击<b>更改</b>,\n"
+"将您的网络设备指定给防火墙区域。</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>请使用<b>自定义</b>来输入特殊字符串,如 <tt>any</tt>。您也可在此处输入尚未配置的接口。\n"
-"若您需要伪装网络,则不允许字符串 <tt>any</tt>。</p>\n"
+"<p>请使用\n"
+"<b>自定义</b>来输入特殊字符串,诸如 <tt>any</tt>。您还可以在此处输入尚未配置的接口。如果需要掩蔽,字符串 <tt>any</tt> 是不受支持的。</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>每个网络设备均应指派至一个防火墙区域。\n"
-"任何通过未指派的接口的网络流量均会被阻挡。</p>\n"
+"<p>所有网络设备均应指定给某个防火墙区域。\n"
+"通过任何未指定接口的网络流量均将被阻塞。</p>\n"
#. Network Manager
#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ?
@@ -273,13 +265,14 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>允许的服务</big></b>\n"
"<br>指定应可从网络访问的服务或端口。\n"
-"网络分为若干防火墙区域。</p>\n"
+"网络分为如果干个防火墙区域。</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>要允许服务,请选择<b>区域</b>和<b>要允许的服务</b>然后按<b>添加</b>。</p>\n"
-"<p>要移除已允许的服务,请选择<b>区域</b>和<b>已允许的服务</b>然后按<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p>要允许访问某个服务,请依次选择<b>区域</b>和<b>要允许的服务</b>,然后按<b>添加</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p>要去除允许的服务,请依次选择<b>区域</b>和<b>允许的服务</b>,然后按<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>反选<b>从内部区域保护防火墙</b>,您将移除对该区域的保护。\n"
-"您内部区域的全部服务和端口将不再受到保护。</p>\n"
+"<p>取消选择<b>从内部区域保护防火墙</b>,\n"
+"您将去除对该区域的保护。\n"
+"您内部网络的全部服务和端口将不再受到保护。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89
@@ -293,13 +286,14 @@
"Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>可使用<b>高级</b>配置额外设置。\n"
-"项目必须以空格分隔。您可在其中允许 TCP、UDP、RPC 端口和 IP 协议。</p>\n"
-"<p>TCP 和 UDP 端口可输入为端口名称 (<tt>ftp-data</tt>)、\n"
+"<p>使用<b>高级</b>可以配置其它设置。\n"
+"项必须由空格分隔。您可以在此处启用 TCP、UDP、RPC 端口和\n"
+" IP 协议。</p>\n"
+"<p>TCP 和 UDP 端口的输入方式可以是端口名称(<tt>ftp 数据</tt>)、\n"
"端口号 (<tt>3128</tt>) 和端口范围 (<tt>8000:8520</tt>)。\n"
-"RPC 端口必须输入为服务名称 (<tt>portmap</tt> 或 <tt>nlockmgr</tt>)。\n"
-"IP 协议输入为协议名称 (<tt>esp</tt>)。\n"
-"</p>\n"
+"RPC 端口必须输入为服务名称(<tt>portmap</tt> 或 <tt>nlockmgr</tt>)。\n"
+" 将 IP 协议输入为协议名称 (<tt>esp</tt>)。\n"
+" </p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100
@@ -311,9 +305,12 @@
"Select <b>Masquerade Networks</b> to masquerade your networks\n"
"to the external network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>伪装</big></b>\n"
-"<br>伪装功能可将您的内部网络隐藏在防火墙后,并允许您的内部网络透明地访问外部网络,诸如互联网。\n"
-"但外部网络对内部网络的请求会被阻挡。选择<b>伪装网络</b>来对外部网络伪装您的网络。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>掩蔽</big></b>\n"
+"<br>掩蔽功能可将您的内部网络隐藏在防火墙后,并允许\n"
+"您的内部网络透明地访问外部网络(例如因特网)。它还将阻塞\n"
+"外部网络对内部网络的请求。\n"
+"选择<b>掩蔽网络</b>可对外部网络掩蔽\n"
+"您的网络。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109
@@ -326,10 +323,11 @@
"<p>To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"尽管来自外部网络的请求无法触及您的内部网络,但可以透明地将您防火墙上任何被请求的端口重定向至任何内部 IP。\n"
-"要添加新的重定向规则,请按<b>添加</b>并完成重定向表单。</p>\n"
+"尽管来自外部网络的请求无法访问您的内部网络,\n"
+"但可以透明地将您防火墙上任何所请求的端口重定向至任何内部 IP。\n"
+"要添加新的重定向规则,请按下<b>添加</b>,并填写重定向表单。</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>要移除任何重定向规则,请在表中选择它然后按<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p>要去除任何重定向规则,请在表中选择它,然后按下<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118
@@ -348,15 +346,17 @@
"for the desired zones.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>广播配置</big></b>\n"
-"<br>广播数据包是发送到整个网络的特殊 UDP 数据包,\n"
-"用于发现邻近的计算机或向网络中的每台计算机发送信息。\n"
-"例如,CUPS 服务器使用广播数据包提供有关其打印队列的信息。</p>\n"
+"<br>广播包是发送到整个网络的特殊 UDP 包,用于查找\n"
+"邻近的计算机或向网络中的每台计算机发送信息。\n"
+"例如,CUPS 服务器使用广播包提供有关其打印队列的信息。</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>在允许的接口中所选的 SuSEfirewall2 服务会自动在此添加所需的广播端口。\n"
-"要移除或添加任何其它端口,请编辑特定区域的以空格分隔的端口列表。</p>\n"
+"<p>在允许的接口中选择的 SuSEfirewall2 服务自动在这里添加所需的广播\n"
+"端口。要删除或添加任何其它端口,请编辑特定区域的\n"
+"端口(用空格分隔)列表。</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>计算机将记录其它被丢弃的广播包。在较大的网络中可能有很多数据包。\n"
-"要压制对这些数据包的记录,请对所需区域反选<b>记录未接受的广播数据包</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p>计算机将记录其它删除的广播包。在较大的网络中可能有很多的包。\n"
+"为了限制对这些包的记录,\n"
+"请对所需区域取消选择<b>记录未接受的广播包</b>。</p>\n"
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132
msgid ""
@@ -368,12 +368,12 @@
"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n"
"some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>广播回应</big></b><br>\n"
-"防火墙通常会丢弃由其它计算机作为对您系统发送的广播数据包的回应发送的数据包,\n"
+"<p><b><big>广播答复</big></b><br>\n"
+"防火墙通常会丢弃其他计算机为答复您系统所发送的广播包而发送的包,\n"
"例如,Samba 浏览或 SLP 浏览。</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>在此您可以配置哪些数据包允许穿越防火墙。使用<b>添加</b>按钮可添加一条新规则。\n"
-"您将需要选择防火墙区域和从一些已定义的服务中选择或完全手动设置您的规则。</p>\n"
+"<p>在此,您可以配置哪些包允许穿越防火墙。使用<b>添加</b>按钮可添加一条新规则。\n"
+"您将需要选择防火墙区域,并从一些已定义的服务中选择服务,或完全手动设置您的规则。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142
@@ -387,11 +387,11 @@
"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IPsec 支持</big></b>\n"
-"<br>Ipsec 是可信主机或网络之间在通过不可信网络诸如互联网时采用的一种加密通信方式。\n"
-"此对话框将通过<b>已启用</b>为某个外部区域打开 Ipsec。</p>\n"
+"<br>Ipsec 是可信主机或网络之间在通过不可信网络诸如因特网时采用的一种加密通信方式。此对话框将为\n"
+"<b>已启用</b>该功能的外部区域打开 Ipsec。</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>细节</b>可配置如何处理已成功解密的 IPSec 数据包。\n"
-"例如,它们可能像是来自内部区域的数据包一样被处理。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>细节</b>配置如何处理已成功解密的\n"
+" Ipsec 包。例如,它们可能象是来自内部区域一样被处理。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152
@@ -406,15 +406,13 @@
"for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>日志记录级别</big></b>\n"
-"<br>这是有关 IP 数据包日志记录设置的一个基本配置对话框。\n"
-"在此可配置进站连接数据包的日志记录级别。出站数据包则完全不记录。</p>\n"
-"\n"
-"<p>被记录的 IP 数据包分为两组:<b>接受的数据包</b>和<b>未接受的数据包</b>。\n"
-"您可以从以下三种日志记录级别中为每个组选择一个级别:\n"
-"<b>全部记录</b>表示记录每个数据包,\n"
-"<b>只记录关键信息</b>表示仅记录感兴趣的数据包,\n"
-"<b>不记录任何信息</b>表示不作记录。\n"
-"您至少应记录关键的已接受的数据包。</p>\n"
+"<br>这是有关 IP 包日志记录设置的一个基本配置对话框。在此处,\n"
+"请配置进来的连接包的日志记录级别。出去的包完全不记录。</p>\n"
+" \n"
+" <p>被记录的 IP 包分为两组:<b>接受的包</b>和<b>未接受的包</b>。\n"
+" 您可以从以下三种日志记录级别中为每个组选择一个级别:<b>全部记录</b>表示记录所有\n"
+"包,<b>只记录关键信息</b>表示仅记录感兴趣的包,<b>不记录任何信息</b>\n"
+"表示不作记录。您应至少记录关键的已接受的包。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163
@@ -436,26 +434,29 @@
"ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>摘要</big></b>\n"
-"<br>此处可找到您配置设置的摘要。\n"
-"此摘要分为常规配置和针对每个防火墙区域的配置部分。\n"
-"每个已有区域均摘要于此。</p>\n"
+"<br>此处提供配置设置的摘要。\n"
+"此摘要包括总体配置和针对每个防火墙区域的部分。\n"
+"这里有每个现有区域的摘要。</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>防火墙启动</b>显示了是在<b>引导过程</b>中启动防火墙还是仅<b>手动</b>启动防火墙。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>防火墙启动</b>显示是在\n"
+"<b>引导进程</b>中启动防火墙还是仅<b>手动</b>启动防火墙。</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p>必须为防火墙区域指派一个网络接口才能在摘要中列出以下项目:</p>\n"
+"<p>必须为防火墙区域指派一个网络接口以在摘要中列出以下项目:</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>接口</b>:使用接口配置名和设备名列出全部接口。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>接口</b>:使用接口配置名和设备名列出所有接口。</p>\n"
"\n"
-"<p><b>打开的服务、端口和协议</b>:列出了全部允许的网络服务、额外\n"
-"TCP (传送控制协议) 端口、UDP (用户数据报文协议) 端口和 RPC (远程过程调用)\n"
-"端口以及 IP (互联网协议) 协议。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>打开的服务、端口和协议</b>:列出所有允许的网络服务、附加\n"
+"TCP(传送控制协议)端口、UDP(用户数据报文协议)端口和 RPC(远程过程调用)\n"
+"端口以及 IP(因特网协议)协议。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p>Here, enter additional\n"
"ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此处可输入要在防火墙区域中启用的额外端口或协议。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>在此处,可以输入要在\n"
+"防火墙区域中启用的其它端口或协议。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6
#. please, do not modify examples
@@ -465,9 +466,9 @@
"a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n"
"such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>可将 <b>TCP 端口</b>和 <b>UDP 端口</b>输入为\n"
-"一份使用空格分隔的端口号、端口名称或端口范围列表,\n"
-"诸如 <tt>22</tt>、<tt>http</tt> 或 <tt>137:139</tt>。</p>"
+"<p>可以将 <b>TCP 端口</b>和 <b>UDP 端口</b>输入为\n"
+"使用空格隔开的端口号、端口名称或端口范围的列表,\n"
+"例如 <tt>22</tt>、<tt>http</tt> 或 <tt>137:139</tt>。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6
#. please, do not modify examples
@@ -476,8 +477,8 @@
"<p><b>RPC Ports</b> is a list of RPC services, such as\n"
"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>RPC 端口</b>是一份 RPC 服务列表 (诸如\n"
-"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>、<tt>ypbind</tt> 或 <tt>portmap</tt>),以空格分隔。</p>"
+"<p><b>RPC 端口</b>是 RPC 服务的列表(例如\n"
+"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>、<tt>ypbind</tt> 或 <tt>portmap</tt>),使用空格隔开。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6
#. please, do not modify examples
@@ -488,10 +489,10 @@
"Find the current list of protocols at\n"
"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>IP 协议</b>是一份协议列表,诸如\n"
-"<tt>esp</tt>、<tt>smp</tt> 或 <tt>chaos</tt>,以空格分隔。\n"
-"可在 http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers\n"
-"找到目前协议列表。</p>"
+"<p><b>IP 协议</b>是 IP 协议的列表,例如\n"
+"<tt>esp</tt>、<tt>smp</tt> 或 <tt>chaos</tt>,使用空格隔开。\n"
+"请在以下地址查找当前协议列表\n"
+"http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6
#. please, do not modify examples
@@ -502,8 +503,8 @@
"The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n"
"for example, <tt>200:215</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>端口范围</b>由两个以冒号分隔的端口号组成,\n"
-"代表了位于该区间的全部端口号,包括这两个端口号本身。\n"
+"<p><b>端口范围</b>由以冒号隔开的两个端口号组成,\n"
+"表示包含这两个端口号在内的此范围中的所有端口号。\n"
"第一个端口号必须小于第二个端口号,\n"
"例如,<tt>200:215</tt>。</p>"
@@ -514,9 +515,9 @@
"organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n"
"the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>端口名称</b>是由 IANA 组织指派给一个端口号的名称。\n"
-"一个端口号可以指派多个端口名称。\n"
-"可在 <tt>/etc/services</tt> 文件中查找目前使用的指派映射。</p>"
+"<p><b>端口名称</b>是由 IANA 组织指派给一个端口号的\n"
+"名称。一个端口号可以指派多个端口名称。请在\n"
+"<tt>/etc/services</tt> 文件中查找当前指派的名称。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219
@@ -535,7 +536,7 @@
"matching these rules.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>自定义规则</big></b><br>\n"
-"设置特殊防火墙规则,只允许匹配这些规则的新连接。<p>\n"
+"设置特殊防火墙规则,只允许与这些规则匹配的新连接通过。<p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4
@@ -547,9 +548,9 @@
"or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> or <tt>0/0</tt> (which means <tt>all</tt>).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>来源网络</b><br>\n"
-"连接源自的网络或 IP 地址,例如\n"
+"发起连接的网络或 IP 地址,例如\n"
"<tt>192.168.0.1</tt> 或 <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n"
-"或 <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> 或 <tt>0/0</tt> (意思是<tt>全部</tt>)。<p>\n"
+"或 <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> 或 <tt>0/0</tt>(表示<tt>全部</tt>)。<p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4
@@ -560,8 +561,8 @@
"RPC services.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>协议</b><br>\n"
-"该数据包所用的协议。\n"
-"特殊协议 <tt>RPC</tt> 用于 RPC 服务。<p>"
+"数据包所用的协议。特殊协议 <tt>RPC</tt> 用于\n"
+"RPC 服务。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4
@@ -574,10 +575,10 @@
"This entry is optional.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>目标端口</b><br>\n"
-"允许访问的端口名称、端口号或端口范围,例如\n"
-"<tt>smtp</tt>或<tt>25</tt>或<tt>100:110</tt>。\n"
-"若是<tt>RPC</tt>协议,请使用 RPC 服务名称。\n"
-"此项可选。<p>"
+"允许访问的端口名称、端口号或端口范围,比如\n"
+"<tt>smtp</tt> 或 <tt>25</tt> 或 <tt>100:110</tt>。\n"
+"如果是 <tt>RPC</tt> 协议,使用 RPC 服务名。\n"
+"此项是可选的。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5
#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4
@@ -588,12 +589,12 @@
"originates from. This entry is optional.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>来源端口</b><br>\n"
-"数据包源自的端口名称、端口号或端口范围。\n"
-"此项可选。<p>"
+"包所源自的端口名称、端口号或端口范围。\n"
+"此项是可选的。</p>"
#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289
msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!"
-msgstr "修我吧:%1 的帮助丢失了!"
+msgstr "FIXME:缺少“%1”的帮助!"
#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87
@@ -613,12 +614,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99
msgid "Configured In"
-msgstr "配置于"
+msgstr "配置位置"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108
msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "修改(&C)..."
+msgstr "更改(&C)..."
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114
@@ -638,12 +639,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182
msgid "Additional Interface Settings for Zones"
-msgstr "区域的额外接口设置"
+msgstr "区域的附加接口设置"
#. TRANSLATORS: check box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224
msgid "&Masquerade Networks"
-msgstr "伪装网络(&M)"
+msgstr "掩蔽网络(&M)"
#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267
@@ -681,7 +682,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339
msgid "Expert Rules Services for Selected Zone"
-msgstr "所选区域的专家规则服务"
+msgstr "选定区域的专家规则服务"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
@@ -691,7 +692,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405
msgid "Source Network"
-msgstr "来源网络"
+msgstr "源网络"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
@@ -715,42 +716,42 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059
msgid "Source Port"
-msgstr "来源端口"
+msgstr "源端口"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports"
-msgstr "额外允许的端口"
+msgstr "允许的其它端口"
#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone"
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392
msgid "Settings for Zone: %1"
-msgstr "区域设置:%1"
+msgstr "区域的设置:%1"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395
msgid "&TCP Ports"
-msgstr "&TCP 端口"
+msgstr "TCP 端口(&T)"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397
msgid "&UDP Ports"
-msgstr "&UDP 端口"
+msgstr "UDP 端口(&U)"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399
msgid "&RPC Ports"
-msgstr "&RPC 端口"
+msgstr "RPC 端口(&R)"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404
msgid "&IP Protocols"
-msgstr "&IP 协议"
+msgstr "IP 协议(&I)"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP"
-msgstr "将请求重定向到伪装的 IP"
+msgstr "将请求重定向到掩蔽的 IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested
@@ -783,7 +784,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546
msgid "Add Masqueraded Redirect Rule"
-msgstr "添加伪装重定向规则"
+msgstr "添加掩蔽重定向规则"
#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550
@@ -793,12 +794,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557
msgid "&Source Network"
-msgstr "来源网络(&S)"
+msgstr "源网络(&S)"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564
msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)"
-msgstr "请求的 IP(可选)(&Q)"
+msgstr "请求的 IP(&Q)(可选)"
#. TRANSLATORS: select box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573
@@ -820,12 +821,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592
msgid "Re&direct to Masqueraded IP"
-msgstr "重定向到伪装的 IP(&D)"
+msgstr "重定向到已掩蔽的 IP(&D)"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599
msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)"
-msgstr "重定向到端口(可选)(&R)"
+msgstr "重定向到端口(&R)(可选)"
#. TRANSLATORS: select box item
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831
@@ -845,12 +846,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: select box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846
msgid "&Logging Accepted Packets"
-msgstr "记录接受的数据包(&L)"
+msgstr "记录接受的包(&L)"
#. TRANSLATORS: select box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854
msgid "L&ogging Not Accepted Packets"
-msgstr "记录未接受的数据包(&O)"
+msgstr "记录未接受的包(&O)"
#. Only for Expert configuration
#.
@@ -889,7 +890,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908
msgid "Accepting the Broadcast Reply"
-msgstr "正在接受广播回应"
+msgstr "正在接受广播答复"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
@@ -909,7 +910,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911
msgid "Accepted from Network"
-msgstr "从网络接受的"
+msgstr "已从网络接受"
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916
msgid "&Add..."
@@ -978,7 +979,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990
msgid "Same Zone as Original Source Network"
-msgstr "与原始来源网络相同的区域"
+msgstr "与原始源网络相同的区域"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996
@@ -1017,23 +1018,23 @@
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082
msgid "Add New Allowing Rule"
-msgstr "加入新允许规则"
+msgstr "添加新的允许规则"
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087
msgid "Source &Network"
-msgstr "来源网络(&N)"
+msgstr "源网络(&N)"
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106
msgid "&Destination Port (Optional)"
-msgstr "目的端口(可选)(&D)"
+msgstr "目标端口(&D)(可选)"
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111
msgid "&Source Port (Optional)"
-msgstr "来源端口(可选)(&S)"
+msgstr "源端口(&S)(可选)"
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116
msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)"
-msgstr "附加选项(可选)(&O)"
+msgstr "附加选项(可选)(&O)"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144
@@ -1082,7 +1083,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114
msgid "Currently supported only in external zone."
-msgstr "目前仅在外部区域中支持。"
+msgstr "当前仅在外部区域中支持。"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121
@@ -1098,12 +1099,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351
msgid "Open Services, Ports, and Protocols"
-msgstr "打开服务、端口和协议"
+msgstr "打开的服务、端口和协议"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362
msgid "Internal zone is unprotected. All ports are open."
-msgstr "内部区域未受保护。全部端口都是打开的。"
+msgstr "内部区域未受保护。所有端口都是打开的。"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431
@@ -1116,7 +1117,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486
msgid "Network: <i>%1</i>, Protocol: <i>%2</i>, Destination port: <i>%3</i>, Source port: <i>%4</i>, Options: <i>%5</i>"
-msgstr "网络:<i>%1</i>,协议:<i>%2</i>,目标端口: <i>%3</i>,来源端口:<i>%4</i>,选项:<i>%5</i>"
+msgstr "网络:<i>%1</i>,协议:<i>%2</i>,目标端口:<i>%3</i>,源端口:<i>%4</i>,选项:<i>%5</i>"
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504
@@ -1172,7 +1173,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary
#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690
msgid "No network traffic is permitted through these interfaces."
-msgstr "网络流量不允许通过这些接口。"
+msgstr "不允许通过这些接口进行任何网络交通。"
#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall
#. to be started after exiting YaST
@@ -1184,7 +1185,7 @@
#. to be stopped after exiting YaST
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147
msgid "Stopping firewall..."
-msgstr "正在停止防火墻..."
+msgstr "正在关闭防火墻..."
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184
@@ -1216,13 +1217,13 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500
msgid "Invalid Port Definition"
-msgstr "无效的端口定义"
+msgstr "端口定义无效"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number
#. that is possible to use in port-range
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506
msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)."
-msgstr "该端口号必须位于 1 到 %1(含) 的区间内。"
+msgstr "该端口号必须在从 1 到 %1(含)的间隔之间。"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584
@@ -1237,7 +1238,7 @@
"max_port_number must be bigger than min_port_number."
msgstr ""
"端口范围 %1 无效。\n"
-"端口范围必须定义为最小端口号:最大端口号,\n"
+"端口范围必须定义为最小端口号:最大端口号,\n"
"且最大端口号必须大于最小端口号。"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
@@ -1252,14 +1253,14 @@
"It probably would not work.\n"
"Really use this port?\n"
msgstr ""
-"端口名 %1 对您目前的系统未知。\n"
-"它很可能用不了。\n"
-"真的使用此端口吗?\n"
+"端口名 %1 在您当前的系统中是未知的。\n"
+"它可能不起作用。\n"
+"确实要使用该端口吗?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636
msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition"
-msgstr "无效的额外服务定义"
+msgstr "附加服务定义无效"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long)
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639
@@ -1270,9 +1271,11 @@
"which are not allowed.\n"
"Really use the current settings?"
msgstr ""
-"额外服务设置 %1 似乎是错的。 \n"
-"应以空格而不是逗号分隔项,后者是不允许的。\n"
-"真的使用当前设置吗?"
+"附加服务定义设置\n"
+"%1\n"
+"错误。应使用空格而不是逗号隔开项,\n"
+"不允许使用逗号。\n"
+"是否确实使用当前设置?"
#. :
#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration"))
@@ -1281,7 +1284,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: informative label
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035
msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface."
-msgstr "伪装至少需要一个外部接口和另一个接口。"
+msgstr "掩蔽至少需要一个外部接口和另一个接口。"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
@@ -1291,7 +1294,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080
msgid "Wrong port definition."
-msgstr "错误的端口定义。"
+msgstr "端口定义错误。"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107
@@ -1300,7 +1303,7 @@
"No port number found for this port name.\n"
"Use the port number instead of the port name.\n"
msgstr ""
-"错误的端口定义。\n"
+"端口定义错误。\n"
"未找到与此端口名对应的端口号。\n"
"请使用端口号而不是端口名。\n"
@@ -1312,7 +1315,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: check box
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463
msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets"
-msgstr "记录未接受的广播数据包(&L)"
+msgstr "记录未接受的广播包(&L)"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524
@@ -1322,8 +1325,8 @@
"\n"
"Stop the firewall after the new configuration has been written?\n"
msgstr ""
-"防火墙自动启动已被禁用\n"
-"但防火墙现在正在运行。\n"
+"防火墙自动启动已被禁用,\n"
+"但防火墙当前正在运行。\n"
"\n"
"在写入新配置后停止防火墙吗?\n"
@@ -1331,28 +1334,28 @@
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910
msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'"
-msgstr "无效的网络定义 '%1'"
+msgstr "网络定义“%1”无效"
#. destination port is optional
#. source port is optional
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752
msgid "Invalid port range '%1'"
-msgstr "无效的端口范围 '%1'"
+msgstr "端口范围“%1”无效"
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924
msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'"
-msgstr "无效的端口名或端口号 '%1'"
+msgstr "端口名称或端口号“%1”无效"
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827
msgid "All services using UDP"
-msgstr "全部使用 UDP 的服务"
+msgstr "使用 UDP 的所有服务"
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829
msgid "All services using TCP"
-msgstr "全部使用 TCP 的服务"
+msgstr "使用 TCP 的所有服务"
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831
msgid "Samba browsing"
@@ -1364,7 +1367,7 @@
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845
msgid "All networks"
-msgstr "全部网络"
+msgstr "所有网络"
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847
msgid "Subnet: %1"
@@ -1394,7 +1397,7 @@
#. redraw table
#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089
msgid "Select an item to delete."
-msgstr "选择要删除的项。"
+msgstr "选择要删除的项目。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55
@@ -1424,17 +1427,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102
msgid "Broadcast packet settings"
-msgstr "广播数据包设置"
+msgstr "广播包设置"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110
msgid "Masquerading settings"
-msgstr "伪装设置"
+msgstr "掩蔽设置"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116
msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP"
-msgstr "将请求重定向到伪装的 IP"
+msgstr "将请求重定向到掩蔽的 IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124
@@ -1464,7 +1467,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158
msgid "Start firewall in the boot process"
-msgstr "在引导过程中启动防火墙"
+msgstr "在引导进程中启动防火墙"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164
@@ -1474,7 +1477,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170
msgid "List configured entries"
-msgstr "列出已经配置项"
+msgstr "列出已经配置的条目"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177
@@ -1499,17 +1502,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197
msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
-msgstr "记录接受的数据包 (all|crit|none)"
+msgstr "记录接受的包 (all|crit|none)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204
msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)"
-msgstr "记录未接受的数据包 (all|crit|none)"
+msgstr "记录未接受的包 (all|crit|none)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211
msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)"
-msgstr "记录广播数据包 (yes|no)"
+msgstr "记录广播包 (yes|no)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217
@@ -1569,7 +1572,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283
msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
-msgstr "来源网络,例如 0/0 或 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
+msgstr "源网络,例如 0/0 或 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290
@@ -1599,7 +1602,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323
msgid "Record number"
-msgstr "记录编号"
+msgstr "记录号"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327
@@ -1640,7 +1643,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440
msgid "Shortcut"
-msgstr "快捷键"
+msgstr "快捷方式"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
@@ -1673,17 +1676,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509
msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..."
-msgstr "正在引导过程中启用防火墙..."
+msgstr "正在引导进程中启用防火墙..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518
msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..."
-msgstr "正在从引导过程中移除防火墙..."
+msgstr "正在从引导进程中删除防火墙..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528
msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process"
-msgstr "防火墙已在引导过程中启用"
+msgstr "引导进程中防火墙已启用"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531
@@ -1723,12 +1726,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671
msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..."
-msgstr "正在将特殊字符串 %1 从区域 %2 中移除..."
+msgstr "正在将特殊字符串 %1 从区域 %2 中删除..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681
msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..."
-msgstr "正在将接口 %1 从区域 %2 中移除..."
+msgstr "正在将接口 %1 从区域 %2 中删除..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702
@@ -1758,7 +1761,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726
msgid "Value"
-msgstr "值"
+msgstr "数值"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732
@@ -1768,12 +1771,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738
msgid "Not accepted"
-msgstr "未接受"
+msgstr "不可接受"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750
msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:"
-msgstr "记录广播数据包:"
+msgstr "日志记录广播包:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763
@@ -1827,7 +1830,7 @@
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304
msgid "Only one action command is allowed here."
-msgstr "这里只允许一个动作命令。"
+msgstr "这里只允许一个操作命令。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974
@@ -1871,12 +1874,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021
msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:"
-msgstr "区域中允许的服务:"
+msgstr "区域中允许的服务"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone)
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034
msgid "All services"
-msgstr "全部服务"
+msgstr "所有服务"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all)
@@ -1895,22 +1898,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098
msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:"
-msgstr "额外允许的端口:"
+msgstr "允许的其它端口:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone)
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111
msgid "All ports"
-msgstr "全部端口"
+msgstr "所有端口"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145
msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:"
-msgstr "区域中允许的额外 IP 协议:"
+msgstr "区域中允许的其它 IP 协议:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone)
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160
msgid "All IP protocols"
-msgstr "全部 IP 协议"
+msgstr "所有 IP 协议"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178
@@ -1935,12 +1938,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348
msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set."
-msgstr "必须设置至少一个来自 %1 的动作命令。"
+msgstr "至少必须设置 %1 中的一个操作命令。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365
msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:"
-msgstr "将请求重定向到伪装的 IP:"
+msgstr "将请求重定向到掩蔽的 IP:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491
@@ -1950,12 +1953,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541
msgid "Masquerading Settings:"
-msgstr "伪装设置:"
+msgstr "掩蔽设置:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled"
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547
msgid "Masquerading is %1"
-msgstr "伪装为 %1"
+msgstr "掩蔽为 %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550
@@ -1966,23 +1969,3 @@
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "已禁用"
-
-#~ msgid "Re&quested IP"
-#~ msgstr "请求的 IP(&Q)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Invalid network definition '%1'.\n"
-#~ "Network can be defined as an IP or IP with slash and netmask.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "For instance: 192.168.0.1\n"
-#~ "or 192.168.0.0/20\n"
-#~ "or 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0\n"
-#~ "or 0/0"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "无效网络定义 '%1'。\n"
-#~ "可以通过 IP 或 IP 斜杠加网络掩码定义网络。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "比如:192.168.0.1\n"
-#~ "或 192.168.0.0/20\n"
-#~ "或 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0\n"
-#~ "或 0/0"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firstboot.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firstboot.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firstboot.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,31 +1,23 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-03 00:40+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65
msgid "Firstboot Configuration"
-msgstr "首次启动配置"
+msgstr "首次引导配置"
#. text label, describing the check box meaning
#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length
@@ -34,13 +26,13 @@
"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n"
"firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
-"在此勾选启用首次引导序列以在配置完毕首次启动时启动 YaST\n"
-"首次启动工具。\n"
+"在此选中“启用首次引导顺序”以在配置完毕首次引导时启动 YaST\n"
+"首次引导实用工具。\n"
#. check box label
#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79
msgid "Enable Firstboot Sequence"
-msgstr "启用首次启动序列"
+msgstr "启用首次引导顺序"
#. help text
#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89
@@ -48,8 +40,8 @@
"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n"
"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>勾选<b>启用首次启动序列</b>来在配置完毕后的首次启动启动 YaST 首次启动工具。</p>\n"
-"<p>进一步信息请参阅 yast2-firstboot 模块的文档。</p>\n"
+"<p>选中<b>启用首次启动顺序</b>以在配置完毕后首次引导时启动 YaST 首次引导实用工具。</p>\n"
+"<p>其他信息,请参见 yast2-firstboot 模块的文档。</p>\n"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -121,13 +113,13 @@
msgstr "标签"
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
-msgstr "模块名"
-
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Status"
msgstr "状态"
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Module Name"
+msgstr "模块名"
+
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -175,15 +167,15 @@
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>已在您的计算机上完成了 &product; 的安装。\n"
-"点击<b>完成</b>后,您就可以登入该系统了。</p>\n"
+"<p>已在您的计算机上完成 &product; 的安装。\n"
+"单击<b>完成</b>后,就可以登录该系统了。</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language
#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original.
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81
msgid "<p>Visit us at www.suse.com.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>请访问我们的网站 zh.opensuse.org。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>请访问我们的网站 www.suse.com。</p>"
#. congratulation text 4/4
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83
@@ -200,7 +192,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n"
"to the login screen.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>完成</b>将关闭 YaST 安装模块并继续到登录屏幕。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>完成</b>将关闭 YaST 安装并进入登录屏幕。</p>\n"
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118
@@ -209,9 +201,9 @@
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
"our SuSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若选择了默认的图形桌面 KDE,您可以\n"
-"针对硬件调整一些 KDE 设置。还请留意\n"
-"我们的 SUSE 欢迎屏幕。</p>\n"
+"<p>如果选择默认的图形桌面 KDE,则可以\n"
+"针对硬件调整一些 KDE 设置。还请注意\n"
+"我们的 SUSE 欢迎对话框。</p>\n"
#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128
@@ -221,8 +213,8 @@
"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n"
"return to this installation sequence.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>如果需要,专家门可在此时使用全系列 SuSE 配置模块。勾选<b>启动 YaST 控制中\n"
-"心</b>将在<b>完成</b>后启动控制中心。注意:控制中心没有可返回到此安装过程\n"
+"<p>如果需要,专家可以在此时使用各种 SuSE 配置模块。选中<b>启动 YaST 控制中\n"
+"心</b>,它将在您单击<b>完成</b>后启动。注意:控制中心没有可返回到此安装过程\n"
"的后退按钮。</p>\n"
#. popup text
@@ -236,7 +228,7 @@
"您的语言设置已更改。\n"
"\n"
"如果需要,您可能要根据新语言来调整键盘设置。\n"
-"那样请在登入后使用键盘布局配置工具来调整。"
+"请在登录后使用键盘布局配置工具来调整。"
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. Build dialog
@@ -277,7 +269,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"点击<b>下一步</b>继续到下一个对话框。\n"
+"单击<b>下一步</b>继续到下一个对话框。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
@@ -289,13 +281,14 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"可随时选择<b>中断</b>来中止安装进程。\n"
+"选择<b>中止</b>可随时中止\n"
+"安装过程。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. error message
#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271
msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages."
-msgstr "磁盘空间不足以安装全部的附加软件包。"
+msgstr "没有足够的空间可用于安装所有附加包。"
#. progress stages
#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45
@@ -305,7 +298,7 @@
#. progress stages
#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47
msgid "Prepare system for first login"
-msgstr "准备系统以进行首次登录"
+msgstr "准备系统以进行第一次登录"
#. progress stages
#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52
@@ -315,7 +308,7 @@
#. progress stages
#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54
msgid "Preparing system for first login..."
-msgstr "正在准备系统以进行首次登录..."
+msgstr "正在准备系统以进行第一次登录..."
#. Help text for last dialog of base installation
#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59
@@ -325,13 +318,13 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"正在配置系统,请稍候。\n"
+"系统正在配置中,请稍候。\n"
"</p>"
#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow
#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70
msgid "Completing the System Configuration"
-msgstr "正在完成系统配置"
+msgstr "完成系统配置"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -363,91 +356,14 @@
#. Input and output routines.
#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51
msgid "No Text Available"
-msgstr "无可用文本"
+msgstr "无文本"
#. summary item
#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172
msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled"
-msgstr "已禁用首次启动配置"
+msgstr "已禁用首次引导配置"
#. summary item
#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175
msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled"
-msgstr "已启用首次启动配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Hardware Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "硬件配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Network Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "网络配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Language and Keyboard"
-#~ msgstr "语言和键盘"
-
-#~ msgid "Language"
-#~ msgstr "语言"
-
-#~ msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-#~ msgstr "键盘布局"
-
-#~ msgid "Welcome"
-#~ msgstr "欢迎"
-
-#~ msgid "License Agreements"
-#~ msgstr "许可协议"
-
-#~ msgid "License Agreement"
-#~ msgstr "许可协议"
-
-#~ msgid "Host Name"
-#~ msgstr "主机名"
-
-#~ msgid "Network"
-#~ msgstr "网络"
-
-#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "自动配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Time and Date"
-#~ msgstr "时间和日期"
-
-#~ msgid "NTP Client"
-#~ msgstr "网络时间协议客户端"
-
-#~ msgid "Desktop"
-#~ msgstr "桌面"
-
-#~ msgid "Root Password"
-#~ msgstr "根用户密码"
-
-#~ msgid "Users"
-#~ msgstr "用户"
-
-#~ msgid "Customer Center"
-#~ msgstr "客户中心"
-
-#~ msgid "Hardware"
-#~ msgstr "硬件"
-
-#~ msgid "Finish Setup"
-#~ msgstr "完成设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuring network..."
-#~ msgstr "正在配置网络..."
-
-#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..."
-#~ msgstr "正在配置硬件..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Network Configuration II"
-#~ msgstr "网络配置"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
-#~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "该选定的语言无法在文本方式中使用。使用英文安装,\n"
-#~ "但是新系统将使用选定的语言。"
+msgstr "已启用首次引导配置"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ftp-server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ftp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ftp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,23 +1,18 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-13 17:45+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: Marguerite Su\n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xftpd module
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:43
@@ -37,58 +32,58 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:70
msgid "Enable/disable chrooting."
-msgstr "启用/禁用 chrooting 。"
+msgstr "启用/禁用 chrooting。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:78
msgid "Saved log messages into the log file."
-msgstr "已保存记录信息到 log 文件。"
+msgstr "已将日志消息保存到日志文件。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86
msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>"
-msgstr "用户遮罩 vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>"
+msgstr "Umask vsftpd:<本地用户数>:<匿名用户数>,pure-ftpd:<文件数>:<目录数>"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94
msgid "Enter the existing directory for anonymous users."
-msgstr "为匿名用户输入已有目录。"
+msgstr "输入匿名用户的已有目录。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102
msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)."
-msgstr "为认证用户输入已有目录(仅 pure-ftpd)"
+msgstr "为经身份验证的用户输入现有目录(仅 pure-ftpd)。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110
msgid "The port range for passive connection replies"
-msgstr "被动连接回复的端口范围"
+msgstr "被动连接答复的端口范围"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:118
msgid "The maximum idle time in minutes"
-msgstr "最长发呆时间(分钟)"
+msgstr "最长空闲时间 [分钟]"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:126
msgid "The maximum number of clients connected via IP"
-msgstr "通过 IP 的最大连接数"
+msgstr "通过 IP 连接的客户端的最大数量"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:134 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:317
msgid "The maximum connected clients"
-msgstr "客户端最大连接数"
+msgstr "可连接的最大客户端数"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142
msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)"
-msgstr "本地认证的用户允许的最大数据传输速度 (KB/s)"
+msgstr "经身份验证的本地用户具有的最大数据传输速度 (KB/s)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150
msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)"
-msgstr "匿名用户允许的最大数据传输速度 (KB/s)"
+msgstr "匿名客户端具有的最大数据传输速度 (KB/s)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158
@@ -103,53 +98,53 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181
msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)."
-msgstr "欢迎信息是当有人连接到服务器时显示的文字。(仅 vsftpd)"
+msgstr "欢迎讯息是当有人连接到服务器时显示的文本(仅 vsftpd)。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190
msgid "vsftpd supports secure connections via SSL (vsftpd only)."
-msgstr "vsftpd 支持 SSL 安全连接。(仅 vsftpd)"
+msgstr "vsftpd 支持 SSL 安全连接(仅 vsftpd)。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199
msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)."
-msgstr "如果启用该项,将允许 SSL v2 协议的连接。(仅 vsftpd)"
+msgstr "如果启用该选项,将允许 SSL v2 协议的连接(仅 vsftpd)。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208
msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)."
-msgstr "如果启用该项,将允许 SSL v3 协议的连接。(仅 vsftpd)"
+msgstr "如果启用该选项,将允许 SSL v3 协议的连接(仅 vsftpd)。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217
msgid "vsftpd supports connections via TLS (vsftpd only)."
-msgstr "vsftpd 支持 TLS 连接(仅 vsftpd)"
+msgstr "vsftpd 支持 TLS 连接(仅 vsftpd)。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226
msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)."
-msgstr "不允许下载没有得到本地管理员确认的上传文件。(仅 pure-ftpd)"
+msgstr "不允许下载没有得到本地管理员确认的上载文件(仅 pure-ftpd)。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235
msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)"
-msgstr "SSL 和 TLS 协议的安全设置(仅 pure-ftpd)"
+msgstr "SSL 和 TLS 协议的安全性设置(仅适用于 pure-ftpd)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244
msgid "Start FTP daemon in the boot process."
-msgstr "在引导过程中启动 FTP 守护精灵。"
+msgstr "在引导过程中启动 FTP 守护程序。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:250
msgid "Start FTP daemon manually."
-msgstr "手动启动 FTP 守护精灵。"
+msgstr "手动启动 FTP 守护程序。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:256 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:698
msgid "Start FTP daemon via xinetd"
-msgstr "通过 xinetd 启动 FTP 守护精灵"
+msgstr "通过 xinetd 启动 FTP 守护程序"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:262
@@ -170,52 +165,52 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:282
msgid "Directory for anonymous users"
-msgstr "匿名用户目录"
+msgstr "匿名用户的目录"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:289
msgid "Directory for authenticated users"
-msgstr "认证用户目录"
+msgstr "经身份验证的用户的目录"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296
msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies"
-msgstr "回应被动连接的端口范围最小值"
+msgstr "被动连接答复的端口范围最小值"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303
msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies"
-msgstr "回应被动连接的端口范围最大值"
+msgstr "被动连接答复的端口范围最大值"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310
msgid "Maximum Idle Time (in minutes)"
-msgstr "最长发呆时间(分钟)"
+msgstr "最长空闲时间(分钟)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:324
msgid "The maximum data transfer rate for ftp users (KB/s)"
-msgstr "FTP 用户最高传输速度(KB/s)"
+msgstr "FTP 用户最高传输速度 (KB/s)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:330
msgid "Access only for anonymous"
-msgstr "仅允许匿名访问"
+msgstr "仅允许匿名用户访问"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:336
msgid "Access only for authenticated users"
-msgstr "仅允许认证访问"
+msgstr "仅允许经身份验证的用户访问"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:342
msgid "Access for anonymous and authenticated users"
-msgstr "匿名和认证用户的访问"
+msgstr "匿名用户和经身份验证的用户均可访问"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:348
msgid "Anonymous users can upload."
-msgstr "匿名用户可以上传。"
+msgstr "匿名用户可以上载。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:354
@@ -225,17 +220,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362
msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server."
-msgstr "欢迎信息是当有人连接到服务器时显示的文字。"
+msgstr "欢迎讯息是当有人连接到服务器时显示的文本。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369
msgid "SSL version 2"
-msgstr "SSL 版本 2"
+msgstr "SSL v2"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:374
msgid "SSL version 3"
-msgstr "SSL 版本 3"
+msgstr "SSL v3"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379
@@ -258,22 +253,22 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:459
msgid "FTP daemon is started via xinetd."
-msgstr "FTP 守护精灵通过 xinetd 启动。"
+msgstr "FTP 守护程序通过 xinetd 启动。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:463
msgid "FTP daemon is enabled in the boot process."
-msgstr "FTP 守护精灵在引导过程中启动。"
+msgstr "FTP 守护程序在引导过程中启用。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:466
msgid "FTP daemon needs manual starting."
-msgstr "FTP 守护精灵需要手动启动。"
+msgstr "FTP 守护程序需要手动启动。"
#. logging settings
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:470
msgid "Verbose Logging:"
-msgstr "详尽日志记录:"
+msgstr "详细日志记录:"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:472 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:481
msgid "Enable"
@@ -293,11 +288,11 @@
#. UMASK settings
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:491 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:753
msgid "Umask for Anonymous: "
-msgstr "匿名用户的用户遮罩:"
+msgstr "匿名用户的 Umask:"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:494
msgid "Umask for Anonymous:"
-msgstr "匿名用户的用户遮罩:"
+msgstr "匿名用户的 Umask:"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:495 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:503
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:513 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:524
@@ -306,13 +301,13 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:565 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:573
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:581 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:615
msgid "Option is not set now."
-msgstr "选项未设定。"
+msgstr "选项目前未设置。"
#. CommandLine::Print("");
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:498 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:502
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:755
msgid "Umask for Authenticated Users: "
-msgstr "认证用户的用户遮罩:"
+msgstr "经身份验证的用户的 Umask:"
#. CommandLine::Print("");
#. CommandLine::Print("");
@@ -320,17 +315,17 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:508 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:512
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:783
msgid "Umask: "
-msgstr "用户遮罩: "
+msgstr "Umask:"
#. end of if (FtpServer::vsftpd_edit)
#. authenticated and anonymous dirs
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:520
msgid "Authenticated dir: "
-msgstr "认证用户目录:"
+msgstr "经身份验证的用户的目录:"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:528
msgid "Anonymous dir: "
-msgstr "匿名用户目录:"
+msgstr "匿名用户的目录:"
#. port range
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:535
@@ -344,32 +339,32 @@
#. idle time
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:545
msgid "Maximum Idle Time [minutes]: "
-msgstr "最长空闲时间[分钟]:"
+msgstr "最长空闲时间 [分钟]:"
#. maximum clients per IP
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:553
msgid "Maximum Clients per IP: "
-msgstr "每 IP 最大连接数:"
+msgstr "一个 IP 的最大客户端数:"
#. maximum clients
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:561
msgid "Maximum Number of Clients: "
-msgstr "最大连接数:"
+msgstr "最大客户端数:"
#. max rate for authenticated users
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:569
msgid "Maximum Rate for Authenticated Users [KB/s]: "
-msgstr "认证用户最大限速 [KB/s]:"
+msgstr "经身份验证的用户的最大上载/下载速度 [KB/s]:"
#. max rate for anonymous users
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:577
msgid "Maximum Rate for Anonymous Users [KB/s]: "
-msgstr "匿名用户最大限速 [KB/s]:"
+msgstr "匿名用户的最大上载/下载速度 [KB/s]:"
#. general settings for access
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:585
msgid "Access Allowed for: "
-msgstr "允许访问:"
+msgstr "具有访问权限的用户:"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:587
msgid "Anonymous Users"
@@ -377,11 +372,11 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:589
msgid "Authenticated Users"
-msgstr "认证用户"
+msgstr "经身份验证的用户"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:591
msgid "Anonymous and Authenticated Users"
-msgstr "匿名用户和认证用户"
+msgstr "匿名用户和经身份验证的用户"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:593
msgid "Option has wrong value."
@@ -390,23 +385,23 @@
#. access permissions for anonymous users
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:597
msgid "Access Permissions for Anonymous: "
-msgstr "匿名访问权限:"
+msgstr "匿名用户的访问权限:"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:599
msgid "Upload enabled; "
-msgstr "上传已启用;"
+msgstr "上载已启用; "
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:601
msgid "Upload disabled; "
-msgstr "上传已禁用;"
+msgstr "上载已禁用; "
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:604
msgid "Create directories enabled"
-msgstr "创建目录已启用"
+msgstr "已启用创建目录"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:606
msgid "Create directories disabled"
-msgstr "创建目录已禁用"
+msgstr "已禁用创建目录"
#. welcome message vsftpd only
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:611
@@ -425,19 +420,19 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:628
msgid "SSL version 2 is disabled"
-msgstr "已禁用 SSL 版本 2"
+msgstr "SSL v2 已禁用"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:630
msgid "SSL version 2 is enabled"
-msgstr "已启用 SSL 版本 2"
+msgstr "SSL v2 已启用"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:634
msgid "SSL version 3 is disabled"
-msgstr "已禁用 SSL 版本 3"
+msgstr "SSL v3 已禁用"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:636
msgid "SSL version 3 is enabled"
-msgstr "已启用 SSL 版本 3"
+msgstr "SSL v3 已启用"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:640
msgid "TLS is disabled"
@@ -454,11 +449,11 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:648
msgid "Antiwarez enabled"
-msgstr "已启用反破解"
+msgstr "反破解已启用"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:650
msgid "Antiwarez disabled"
-msgstr "已禁用反破解"
+msgstr "反破解已禁用"
#. SSL/TLS settings
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:653
@@ -480,28 +475,28 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:673
msgid "Only one parameter (atboot/manual) is allowed."
-msgstr "仅允许单参数(引导时/手动)。"
+msgstr "只允许一个参数 (atboot/manual)。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:680
msgid "Enabling FTP daemon in the boot process..."
-msgstr "正在引导进程中启用 FTP 守护精灵..."
+msgstr "正在在引导进程中启用 FTP 守护程序..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:689
msgid "Removing FTP daemon from the boot process..."
-msgstr "正在引导进程中移除 FTP 守护精灵..."
+msgstr "正在从引导进程中去除 FTP 守护程序..."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:712 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:726
msgid "Only one parameter (enable/disable) is allowed."
-msgstr "只允许一个参数(启用/禁用)。"
+msgstr "只允许一个参数 (enable/disable)。"
#. end of else if (options["show"]:nil!=nil
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:741
msgid "Umask:"
-msgstr "用户遮罩:"
+msgstr "Umask:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:745
@@ -511,15 +506,15 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:761 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:770
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:788
msgid "Entered umask is not valid."
-msgstr "输入的用户遮罩无效。"
+msgstr "输入的 umask 无效。"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:763 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:772
msgid "Example of correct umask <local users>:<anonymous> (177:077)"
-msgstr "正确的用户遮罩示例 <local users>:<anonymous> (177:077)"
+msgstr "正确 umask 的示例:<本地用户数>:<匿名用户数> (177:077)"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:790
msgid "Example of correct umask <files>:<dirs> (set_umask=177:077)"
-msgstr "正确的用户遮罩示例 <文件>:<目录> (set_umask=177:077)"
+msgstr "正确 umask 的示例:<文件数>:<目录数> (set_umask=177:077)"
#. end of if (vsftpd_edit)
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:803
@@ -528,7 +523,7 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:809
msgid "Anonymous directory:"
-msgstr "匿名用户目录:"
+msgstr "匿名用户的目录:"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:814 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:844
msgid "Option is empty."
@@ -536,7 +531,7 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:816
msgid "Example of correct input set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp"
-msgstr "正确输入示例 set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp"
+msgstr "正确输入 set_anon_dir=/srv/ftp 的示例"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
@@ -554,20 +549,20 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:832
msgid "Authenticated users:"
-msgstr "认证用户:"
+msgstr "经身份验证的用户:"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:839
msgid "Authenticated directory:"
-msgstr "认证目录:"
+msgstr "经身份验证的用户的目录:"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:846
msgid "Example of correct input set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp"
-msgstr "正确输入示例 set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp"
+msgstr "正确输入 set_authen_dir=/srv/ftp 的示例"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:858
msgid "Option is not supported in pure-ftpd server."
-msgstr "选项仅支持 pure-ftp-server。"
+msgstr "pure-ftpd 服务器不支持此选项。"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:867
msgid "Port range:"
@@ -580,7 +575,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:894
msgid "Enter minimal port < maximal port."
-msgstr "请输入最小端口号 < 最大端口号。"
+msgstr "请输入小于最大端口号的最小端口号。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:899
@@ -599,11 +594,11 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1004
msgid "Access (Anonymous/Authenticated):"
-msgstr "权限 (匿名/认证):"
+msgstr "访问权限(匿名用户/经过身份验证的用户):"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1008
msgid "Access allowed for: "
-msgstr "允许访问:"
+msgstr "具有访问权限的用户:"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1011
msgid "Anonymous users"
@@ -611,11 +606,11 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1014
msgid "Authenticated users"
-msgstr "认证用户"
+msgstr "经身份验证的用户"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1017
msgid "Anonymous and authenticated users"
-msgstr "匿名用户和认证用户"
+msgstr "匿名用户和经身份验证的用户"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1020
@@ -624,15 +619,15 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1040
msgid "Access permission for anonymous users:"
-msgstr "匿名用户访问权限:"
+msgstr "匿名用户的访问权限:"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1047
msgid "Upload enabled"
-msgstr "上传已启用"
+msgstr "上载已启用"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1050
msgid "Upload disabled"
-msgstr "上传已禁用"
+msgstr "上载已禁用"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1052
msgid "; "
@@ -649,7 +644,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1062
msgid "Only one or two parameters are allowed."
-msgstr "只允许一或两个参数。"
+msgstr "只允许一个或两个参数。"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1075
msgid "Welcome Message:"
@@ -659,7 +654,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1079 src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1120
msgid "This option is allowed only in vsftpd."
-msgstr "此选项仅仅适用于 vsftpd。"
+msgstr "此选项仅适用于 vsftpd。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1094
@@ -668,12 +663,12 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1103
msgid "Example of correct input: welcome_message=\"Hello everybody\""
-msgstr "正确输入示例:welcome_message=\"Hello everybody\""
+msgstr "正确输入的示例:welcome_message=\"Hello everybody\""
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1127
msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftpd."
-msgstr "此选项仅用于 pure-ftpd。"
+msgstr "此选项仅适用于 pure-ftpd。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
@@ -683,20 +678,20 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1211
msgid "Security Settings:"
-msgstr "安全设置:"
+msgstr "安全性设置:"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1215
msgid "This option is allowed only in pure-ftp-server."
-msgstr "选项仅可用于 pure-ftp-server。"
+msgstr "此选项仅适用于 pure-ftp 服务器。"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1222
msgid "SSL and TLS are enabled"
-msgstr "SSL 和 TLS 被启用"
+msgstr "SSL 和 TLS 均已启用"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1227
msgid "SSL and TLS are disabled"
-msgstr "SSL 和 TLS 被禁用"
+msgstr "SSL 和 TLS 均已禁用"
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1231
msgid "Refuse connection without SSL/TLS"
@@ -704,34 +699,34 @@
#: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:1244
msgid "Example of correct input: SSL_TLS enable/disable/only"
-msgstr "正确输入举例:SSL_TLS enable/disable/only"
+msgstr "正确输入的示例:SSL_TLS enable/disable/only"
#. Checking if ftp daemons are installed
#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:70
msgid "Packages for vsftpd and pure-ftpd are not available."
-msgstr "vsftpd 和 pure-ftpd 包不可用。"
+msgstr "vsftpd 包和 pure-ftpd 包均不可用。"
#. end of `VBox(
#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:82
msgid "No server package installed."
-msgstr "未安装服务器软件包。"
+msgstr "未安装服务器包。"
#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:83
msgid "Choose an FTP daemon."
-msgstr "选择一个 FTP 守护精灵。"
+msgstr "选择一个 FTP 守护程序。"
#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:84
msgid "Press Cancel to cancel FTP configuration."
-msgstr "按取消来取消 FTP 配置。"
+msgstr "按“取消”来取消 FTP 配置。"
#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:85 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:196
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "&vsftpd"
-msgstr "&vsftpd"
+msgstr "vsftpd(&V)"
#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:86 src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:204
msgid "&pure-ftpd"
-msgstr "&pure-ftpd"
+msgstr "pure-ftpd(&P)"
#. result = Package::Available(daemon);
#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:134
@@ -740,26 +735,26 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:146
msgid "Package for FTP is not available."
-msgstr "FTP 软件包不可用。"
+msgstr "FTP 包不可用。"
#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:150
msgid "Package not found."
-msgstr "未找到软件包。"
+msgstr "未找到包。"
#. open dialog for choosing ftp daemon
#: src/include/ftp-server/complex.rb:191
msgid "Choose daemon?"
-msgstr "选择守护精灵?"
+msgstr "是否要选择守护程序?"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:150
msgid "Aborting FTP Configuration"
-msgstr "中止 FTP 配置"
+msgstr "正在中止 FTP 配置"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "All changes will be lost. Really abort configuration?"
-msgstr "所有更改都将丢失。是否确实要中止配置?"
+msgstr "所有更改都将丢失。确实要中止配置吗?"
#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188
@@ -829,25 +824,25 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:273
msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart FTP Now"
-msgstr "立即保存设置并重启 FTP(&V)"
+msgstr "立即保存设置并重启动 FTP(&V)"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:242 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "Start FTP Daemon Now"
-msgstr "立即启动 FTP 守护精灵"
+msgstr "立即启动 FTP 守护程序"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:244 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "Stop FTP Daemon Now"
-msgstr "立即停止 FTP 守护精灵"
+msgstr "立即停止 FTP 守护程序"
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:246 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "Save Settings and Restart FTP Daemon Now"
-msgstr "立即保存设置并重启 FTP 守护精灵"
+msgstr "立即保存设置并重启动 FTP 守护程序"
#. Init function where are added UI hadle functions
#. Start widget radiobuttons for switching daemons
@@ -859,7 +854,7 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:315
msgid "p&ure-ftpd"
-msgstr "p&ure-ftpd"
+msgstr "pure-ftpd(&U)"
#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============----------
#.
@@ -885,7 +880,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:422
msgid "&Verbose Logging"
-msgstr "详细记录(&V)"
+msgstr "详细日志记录(&V)"
#. Umask (umask files:umask dirs) only pure-ftpd
#. General Settings widget
@@ -893,7 +888,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "&Umask (umask files:umask dirs)"
-msgstr "用户遮罩 (用户遮罩文件:用户遮罩目录) (&U)"
+msgstr "Umask(umask 文件:umask 目录)(&U)"
#. Umask for Anonynous for vsftpd
#. General Settings widget
@@ -901,7 +896,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "&Umask for Anonymous"
-msgstr "匿名用户的用户遮罩(&U)"
+msgstr "匿名用户的 Umask(&U)"
#. Umask for Authenticated Users for vsftpd
#. General Settings widget
@@ -909,7 +904,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:519
msgid "Uma&sk for Authenticated Users"
-msgstr "认证用户的用户遮罩(&S)"
+msgstr "经身份验证的用户的 Umask(&S)"
#. Ftp Directory for Anonymous Users
#. General Settings widget
@@ -930,7 +925,7 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:644
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1220
msgid " "
-msgstr " "
+msgstr " "
#. Ftp Directory for Authenticated Users
#. General Settings widget
@@ -938,7 +933,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:604
msgid "&FTP Directory for Authenticated Users"
-msgstr "认证用户的 FTP 目录(&F)"
+msgstr "经身份验证的用户的 FTP 目录(&F)"
#. "Browse" button for FTP Dir Local/Authenticated
#. General Settings widget
@@ -961,7 +956,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:663
msgid "&Max Idle Time [minutes]"
-msgstr "最大闲置时间[分钟](&M)"
+msgstr "最长空闲时间 [分钟] (&M)"
#. Max Clients for One IP
#. Performance Settings widget
@@ -969,7 +964,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:699
msgid "Max Cli&ents for One IP"
-msgstr "每 IP 最大连接数(&E)"
+msgstr "一个 IP 的最大客户端数(&E)"
#. Max Clients
#. Performance Settings widget
@@ -977,7 +972,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:732
msgid "Ma&x Clients"
-msgstr "最大连接数(&X)"
+msgstr "最大客户端数(&X)"
#. Local Max Rate [KB/s]
#. Performance Settings widget
@@ -985,7 +980,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "&Local Max Rate [KB/s]"
-msgstr "本地最高限速[KB/s](&L)"
+msgstr "本地用户最大上载/下载速度 [KB/s] (&L)"
#. Anonymous Max Rate [KB/s]
#. Performance Settings widget
@@ -993,7 +988,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:798
msgid "Anonymous Max &Rate [KB/s]"
-msgstr "匿名用户最高限速[KB/s](&R)"
+msgstr "匿名用户最大上载/下载速度 [KB/s] (&R)"
#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============----------
#.
@@ -1003,7 +998,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:836
msgid "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users"
-msgstr "启用/禁用匿名和本地用户"
+msgstr "启用/禁用匿名用户和本地用户"
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:842
msgid "Anonymo&us Only"
@@ -1011,11 +1006,11 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:843
msgid "Aut&henticated Users Only"
-msgstr "仅认证用户(&H)"
+msgstr "仅经身份验证的用户(&H)"
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:844
msgid "&Both"
-msgstr "两者均可(&B)"
+msgstr "两者(&B)"
#. Enable Upload
#. Authentication Settings widget
@@ -1023,7 +1018,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "&Enable Upload"
-msgstr "启用上传(&E)"
+msgstr "启用上载(&E)"
#. Anonymous Can Upload
#. Authentication Settings widget
@@ -1031,7 +1026,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:903
msgid "Anon&ymous Can Upload"
-msgstr "匿名用户允许上传(&Y)"
+msgstr "允许匿名用户上载(&Y)"
#. Anonymous Can Create Directories
#. Authentication Settings widget
@@ -1039,7 +1034,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:935
msgid "Anonymou&s Can Create Directories"
-msgstr "匿名用户可以创建目录(&S)"
+msgstr "允许匿名用户创建目录(&S)"
#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============----------
#.
@@ -1099,7 +1094,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1155
msgid "Enable &TLS"
-msgstr "启用 TLS (&T)"
+msgstr "启用 TLS(&T)"
#. DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections
#. Expert Settings widget
@@ -1115,7 +1110,7 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1237
msgid "Disable Downloading &Unvalidated Data"
-msgstr "禁用下载未验证数据(&U)"
+msgstr "禁用下载未经验证的数据(&U)"
#. Security Settings
#. Expert Settings widget
@@ -1123,15 +1118,15 @@
#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Security Settings"
-msgstr "安全设置"
+msgstr "安全性设置"
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1270
msgid "Disable SSL/&TLS"
-msgstr "禁用 SSL/TLS (&T)"
+msgstr "禁用 SSL/TLS(&T)"
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1271
msgid "Accept &SSL and TLS"
-msgstr "接受 SSL 和 TLS (&S)"
+msgstr "接受 SSL 和 TLS(&S)"
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1272
msgid "&Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS"
@@ -1166,7 +1161,7 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1420
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1473
msgid "General Settings"
-msgstr "一般设置"
+msgstr "常规设置"
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1359
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1428
@@ -1211,7 +1206,7 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1562
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1597
msgid "Uploading"
-msgstr "正在上传"
+msgstr "正在上载"
#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
@@ -1247,7 +1242,7 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1671
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1726
msgid "SUSEfirewall Settings"
-msgstr "SuSE 防火墙设置"
+msgstr "SUSE 防火墙设置"
#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption
@@ -1265,7 +1260,7 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "Additional Settings"
-msgstr "额外设置"
+msgstr "其他设置"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:17
@@ -1282,8 +1277,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>终止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
-"请您现在点击<b>终止</b>, 以便安全中断配置工具。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
+"现在按<b>中止</b>可安全中止配置实用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25
@@ -1302,9 +1297,9 @@
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中断保存:</big></b><br>\n"
-"请点击<B>中断</B>,以便中断保存.\n"
-"一个附加对话框将告诉您这样做是否安全.\n"
+"<p><b><big>中止保存:</big></b><br>\n"
+"按<B>中止</B>可中止保存过程。\n"
+"将显示另一个对话框告诉您这样做是否安全。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. -----------================= START_UP SCREEN =============----------
@@ -1318,8 +1313,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>所选服务</b><br>\n"
-" 这一栏显示的是当前配置的守护精灵:<b>vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n"
-" </b>。如果你两个守护进程都安装了,可以从中切换。\n"
+" 这一部分示的是当前配置的守护程序:<b>vsftpd、pure-ftpd \n"
+" </b>。如果两个守护进程都已安装,您可以在他们之间切换。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============----------
@@ -1332,9 +1327,9 @@
"text to display when someone connects to the server.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>欢迎信息</b><br>\n"
-"这个选项是一个文件名,该文件包含\n"
-"当有人连接到服务器时显示的文字。\n"
+"<p><b>欢迎讯息</b><br>\n"
+"指定包含当有人连接到服务器时\n"
+"所显示文本的文件名。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general chroot help 1/1
@@ -1349,11 +1344,11 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Chroot</b><br>\n"
-"在启用时,本地用户在登陆后将被(默认)置于\n"
-"其 home 目录下的 chroot() 囚牢中。\n"
-"<b>警告:</b>此选项有安全方面的影响,\n"
-"尤其在用户拥有上传权限或者 shell 访问权\n"
-"限的情况下,请谨慎开启。\n"
+"启用后,本地用户在登录后将被(默认)置于\n"
+"其主目录下的 chroot() jail 中。\n"
+"<b>警告:</b>此选项有安全方面的隐患,\n"
+"尤其在用户拥有上载权限或者 shell 访问权\n"
+"限的情况下。请仅在您确定自己的目的时启用 Chroot。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general logging help 1/1
@@ -1363,8 +1358,8 @@
"When enabled, all FTP requests and responses are logged.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>详细记录</b><br>\n"
-"一旦启用,所有 FTP 请求和回复将被记录。\n"
+"<p><b>详细日志记录</b><br>\n"
+"启用后,所有 FTP 请求和响应都将被记录。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general umask help - only pure-ftpd 1/1
@@ -1375,9 +1370,9 @@
"177:077 if you feel paranoid.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>用户遮罩</b><br>\n"
-"文件创建遮罩:(文件用户遮罩):(目录用户遮罩) \n"
-"如果你很偏执,就用 177:077。\n"
+"<p><b>Umask</b><br>\n"
+"文件创建掩码:(文件 umask 数):(目录 umask 数)\n"
+"如果您存有怀疑,请将其设置为 177:077。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general umask for anonymous help - only vsftpd 1/1
@@ -1389,10 +1384,10 @@
"the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>匿名用户用户遮罩:</b><br>\n"
-"为匿名用户创建的文件设定的用户遮罩值。 \n"
-"如果您想指定为八进制的值,请注意\"0\"前缀,否则\n"
-"该值会被当作十进制使用。\n"
+"<p><b>匿名用户的 Umask:</b><br>\n"
+"为匿名用户创建的文件设置的 umask 值。\n"
+"如果您想指定为八进制的值,请记得加上“0”前缀,否则\n"
+"该值会被当作十进制整数处理。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general umask for authenticated users help - only vsftpd 1/1
@@ -1404,10 +1399,10 @@
"the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>认证用户的用户遮罩:</b><br>\n"
-"为认证用户创建的文件设定的用户遮罩值。 \n"
-"如果您想指定为八进制的值,请注意\"0\"前缀,否则\n"
-"该值会被当作十进制使用。\n"
+"<p><b>经身份验证的用户的 Umask:</b><br>\n"
+"为经身份验证的用户创建的文件设置的 umask 值。 \n"
+"如果您想指定为八进制的值,请记得加上“0”前缀,否则\n"
+"该值会被当作十进制整数处理。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general FTP dir for anonymous help 1/1
@@ -1420,7 +1415,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>匿名用户的 FTP 目录:</b><br>\n"
"在此处指定用于 FTP 匿名用户的目录。 \n"
-"按 <b>浏览</b> 您可以从本地文件系统中选择一个目录。\n"
+"按<b>浏览</b>可以从本地文件系统中选择一个目录。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1
@@ -1431,9 +1426,9 @@
"Press <b>Browse</b> to select a directory from the local filesystem.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>认证用户的 FTP 目录:</b><br>\n"
-"在此处指定用于 FTP 认证用户的目录。 \n"
-"按 <b>浏览</b> 您可以从本地文件系统中选择一个目录。\n"
+"<p><b>经身份验证的用户的 FTP 目录:</b><br>\n"
+"在此处指定用于经身份验证的 FTP 用户的目录。 \n"
+"按<b>浏览</b>可以从本地文件系统中选择一个目录。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============----------
@@ -1447,8 +1442,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>最长空闲时间:</b><br>\n"
-"一个远程客户端在发送 ftp 命令间的最长\n"
-"时间间隔(超时)。\n"
+"一个远程客户端在两次发送 FTP 命令间相隔的最长\n"
+"时间(超时)。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. performance max clients per IP help 1/1
@@ -1459,9 +1454,9 @@
"from the same source internet address. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>单 IP 最大连接数:</b><br>\n"
-"在此规定允许来自同一个源网络地址的最大\n"
-"连接数。\n"
+"<p><b>一个 IP 的最大客户端数:</b><br>\n"
+"允许从同一源因特网地址连接的\n"
+"最大客户端数。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. performance max clients help 1/1
@@ -1474,7 +1469,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>最大客户端数:</b><br>\n"
"可以连接到服务器的最大客户端数。\n"
-"任何超出的客户端连接时将收到一个错误信息。\n"
+"达到此连接数后,任何尝试连接的其他客户端将收到一个错误讯息。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. performance local max rate help 1/1
@@ -1484,8 +1479,8 @@
"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>最高本地速度:</b><br>\n"
-"本地认证用户所可以拥有的最高数据传输速度。\n"
+"<p><b>本地用户最大上载/下载速度:</b><br>\n"
+"经身份验证的本地用户具有的最大数据传输速度。\n"
"</p>"
#. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1
@@ -1494,8 +1489,8 @@
"<p><b>Anonymous Max Rate:</b><br>\n"
"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>匿名用户最高速率</b><br>\n"
-"对匿名客户端允许的最大数据传输速率。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>匿名用户最大上载/下载速度:</b><br>\n"
+"匿名客户端具有的最大数据传输速度。</p>\n"
#. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============----------
#.
@@ -1509,9 +1504,9 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>启用/禁用匿名和本地用户</b><br>\n"
-"<b>仅匿名</b> 如果启用,仅允许匿名登陆。\n"
-"<b>仅认证用户</b> 如果启用,仅允许认证用户登陆。\n"
-"<b>两者</b> 如果启用,允许匿名和认证用户登陆。\n"
+"<b>仅匿名</b>:如果启用,仅允许匿名登录。\n"
+"<b>仅验证用户</b>:如果启用,仅允许经验证的用户登录。\n"
+"<b>两者</b>:如果启用,允许匿名用户和经验证的用户登录。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1
@@ -1522,9 +1517,9 @@
"to upload, enable <b>Anonymous Can Upload</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>启用上传</b><br>\n"
-"如果启用 ftp 用户可以上传。匿名用户则需点击\n"
-" <b>匿名用户可以上传</b>启用上传。\n"
+"<p><b>启用上载</b><br>\n"
+"如果启用,FTP 用户可以上载。要允许匿名用户上载,\n"
+"请启用<b>允许匿名用户上载</b>。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1
@@ -1536,10 +1531,10 @@
"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>匿名用户可以上传</b><br>\n"
-"如果启用匿名用户将可以上传。\n"
-"<i>仅 vsftpd:</i>如果您希望允许匿名用户上传,您\n"
-"需要在 home 目录下有一个登陆后可以写入的目录。\n"
+"<p><b>允许匿名用户上载</b><br>\n"
+"如果启用,将允许匿名用户上载。\n"
+"<i>仅 vsftpd:</i>如果您想允许匿名用户上载,\n"
+"主目录下需要有一个您登录后可以写入的现有目录。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1
@@ -1550,10 +1545,10 @@
"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n"
"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>匿名用户可以创建目录</b><br>\n"
-"如果启用,匿名用户可以创建目录。\n"
-"<i>仅 vsftpd:</i>如果您希望匿名用户可以创建目录,\n"
-"您需要在 home 目录下有一个登陆后可以写入的目录。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>允许匿名用户创建目录</b><br>\n"
+"如果启用,匿名用户将可以创建目录。\n"
+"<i>仅 vsftpd:</i>如果您想允许匿名用户创建目录,\n"
+"主目录下需要有一个您登录后可以写入的现有目录。</p>\n"
#. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============----------
#.
@@ -1565,7 +1560,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>启用被动模式</b><br>\n"
-"如果启用,ftp 服务器将允许为连接提供被动模式。\n"
+"如果启用,FTP 服务器将允许连接采用被动模式。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1
@@ -1576,8 +1571,9 @@
"This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>被动模式最小端口号</b><br>\n"
-"被动连接回复的端口范围最小值。它被用来通过防火墙的方式进行保护。\n"
+"<p><b>被动模式的最小端口</b><br>\n"
+"被动连接答复的端口范围的最小值。\n"
+"这用于通过防火墙提供保护。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. expert settings Max Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1
@@ -1588,8 +1584,9 @@
" This is used for protection by means of a firewall. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>被动模式最大端口号</b><br>\n"
-"被动连接回复的端口范围最大值。它被用来通过防火墙的方式进行保护。\n"
+"<p><b>被动模式的最大端口</b><br>\n"
+"被动连接答复的端口范围的最大值。\n"
+"这用于通过防火墙提供保护。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. expert settings Enable SSL help 1/1
@@ -1611,7 +1608,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>启用 SSL v2</b><br>\n"
-"如果启用,将允许 SSL version 2 连接。\n"
+"如果启用,将允许 SSL v2 连接。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. expert settings Enable SSL v3 help 1/1
@@ -1622,7 +1619,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>启用 SSL v3</b><br>\n"
-"如果启用,将允许 SSL version 3 连接。\n"
+"如果启用,将允许 SSL v3 连接。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. expert settings Enable TLS help 1/1
@@ -1644,9 +1641,9 @@
"use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing <b>Browse</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SSL 加密连接使用的 DSA 证书</b><br>\n"
-"这个选项指定 SSL 加密连接使用的 DSA 证书的位置 \n"
-"按下 <b>浏览</b> 你可以选择文件。\n"
+"<p><b>用于 SSL 加密连接的 DSA 证书</b><br>\n"
+"这个选项指定 SSL 加密连接使用的 DSA 证书的位置。\n"
+"请按下<b>浏览</b>选择文件。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1
@@ -1658,7 +1655,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>禁止下载未经验证的数据</b><br>\n"
-"不允许下载已经上传但是并未通过\n"
+"不允许下载已经上载但未经过\n"
"本地管理员验证的文件。\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1672,9 +1669,9 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>安全设置</b><br>\n"
-"<i>禁用 SSL/TLS</i> 禁用 SSL/TLS 加密层。\n"
-"<i>接受 SSL 和 TLS</i> 接受两种连接,传统和加密会话。\n"
-"<i>拒绝非 SSL/TLS</i> 拒绝不使用 SSL/TLS 安全机制的连接,包括匿名会话。\n"
+"<i>禁用 SSL/TLS</i> 会禁用 SSL/TLS 加密层。\n"
+"<i>接受 SSL 和 TLS</i> 会接受传统会话和加密两种连接。\n"
+"<i>拒绝非 SSL/TLS</i> 会拒绝不使用 SSL/TLS 安全机制的连接,包括匿名会话。\n"
"</p>"
#. -----------================= SUMMARY =============----------
@@ -1698,7 +1695,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>添加一个 FTP 服务器:</big></b><br>\n"
"请从已检测到的 FTP 服务器列表中选择一个 FTP 服务器。\n"
-"如果没有检测到您的 FTP 服务器,请使用<b>其它(未检测到)</b>。\n"
+"如果没有检测到您的 FTP 服务器,请使用<b>其他(未检测到)</b>。\n"
"然后按<b>配置</b>。</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -1709,8 +1706,8 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑或删除</big></b><br>\n"
-"如果按下<b>编辑</b>,则将会打开另外一个对话框,可以在其中更改 \n"
-" 配置。</p>\n"
+"如果按<b>编辑</b>,则将打开另一个对话框,可在其中更改\n"
+"配置。</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:268
@@ -1740,7 +1737,7 @@
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑或删除</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择一个要更改或删除的 FTP 服务器。\n"
+"选择一个要更改或去除的 FTP 服务器。\n"
"然后根据需要按<b>编辑</b>或<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
#. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value
@@ -1758,7 +1755,7 @@
#. only pure-ftpd
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:623
msgid "Not a valid umask."
-msgstr "无效的用户遮罩。"
+msgstr "umask 无效。"
#. Handle function of "Browse"
#. handling value in textentry of "Umask for Anonynmous Users"
@@ -1772,11 +1769,11 @@
#. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") {
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059
msgid "Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n"
-msgstr "在 %1 中创建 \"upload\" 目录\n"
+msgstr "在 %1 中创建“upload”目录\n"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064
msgid "and enable write access?\n"
-msgstr "是否启用写入权限?\n"
+msgstr "并启用写访问权?\n"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066
msgid ""
@@ -1784,8 +1781,8 @@
" you need to create a directory with write access.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
-"如果要让匿名用户能够上传,\n"
-"您需要创建一个可以写入的目录。\n"
+"如果希望匿名用户能够进行上载,\n"
+"您需要创建一个具有写入权限的目录。\n"
"\n"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1073
@@ -1793,7 +1790,7 @@
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1120
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1143
msgid " is a home directory after the login of anonymous users."
-msgstr " 是匿名用户登录后的主目录。"
+msgstr " 是匿名用户登录后的用户主目录。"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1084
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1131
@@ -1801,29 +1798,29 @@
"Do you want to change permissions\n"
"for\n"
msgstr ""
-"您是否希望改变权限\n"
-"为\n"
+"是否希望更改其权限\n"
+"\n"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1087
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1134
msgid "Upload (allow writing)?"
-msgstr "上传(允许写入)?"
+msgstr "上载(允许写入)?"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1089
msgid ""
"To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
-"如果要让匿名用户可以上传,您需要创建一个可以写入的目录。\n"
+"如果要让匿名用户可以上载,您需要创建一个可以写入的目录。\n"
"\n"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108
msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n"
-msgstr "您要创建一个目录吗?\n"
+msgstr "要创建一个目录吗?\n"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111
msgid "Upload with write access?"
-msgstr "是否带写入权限上传?"
+msgstr "是否要上载具有写入权限的文件?"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1113
msgid ""
@@ -1831,8 +1828,8 @@
" you have to create a directory with write access.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
-"如果您希望匿名用户可以创建目录,\n"
-"您需要创建一个可以写入的目录。\n"
+"如果您想允许匿名用户创建目录,\n"
+"需要创建一个可以写入的目录。\n"
"\n"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1136
@@ -1842,7 +1839,7 @@
"\n"
msgstr ""
"如果您希望匿名用户可以创建目录,\n"
-"您需要一个有写入权限的目录。\n"
+"需要一个分配了写入权限的目录。\n"
"\n"
#. Handle function of "Anonymous Can Upload"
@@ -1866,22 +1863,22 @@
"If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n"
"you need a directory with write access for them."
msgstr ""
-"如果您希望允许\"匿名\"用户上传,\n"
-"您需要为他们准备一个具有写入权限的目录。"
+"如果希望“匿名”用户能够进行上载,\n"
+"您需要为他们创建一个具有写入权限的目录。"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227
msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n"
-msgstr "对于匿名连接,其匿名用户不具有 home 目录写入权限。\n"
+msgstr "对于匿名连接,匿名用户的用户主目录不具有写入权限。\n"
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314
msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access."
-msgstr "对于匿名连接,其匿名用户不具有 home 目录写入权限。"
+msgstr "对于匿名连接,匿名用户的用户主目录不具有写访问权。"
#. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode"
#. check values Max Port >= Min Port
#: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1457
msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port."
-msgstr "端口限制,最大端口号要大于最小端口号。"
+msgstr "端口条件最大端口号必须大于最小端口号。"
#. Valid function of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections"
#. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty
@@ -1914,7 +1911,7 @@
#. Part for commandline - it is necessary choose daemon if both are installed
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:827
msgid "You have installed both daemons:"
-msgstr "您安装了两个守护精灵:"
+msgstr "您安装了两个守护程序:"
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:829
msgid "Choose one of them for configuration."
@@ -1922,21 +1919,21 @@
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:831
msgid "Do you want to configure vsftpd? Alternatively choose pure-ftpd."
-msgstr "您想配置 vsftpd 么?或者您也可以选择 pure-ftpd"
+msgstr "是否要配置 vsftpd?或者您也可以选择 pure-ftpd。"
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839
msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode."
-msgstr "您安装了两个守护精灵。所以,您必须以交互模式运行配置。"
+msgstr "您已同时安装了两种守护程序。因此您必须以交互模式运行配置。"
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:858
msgid "Read settings from the config file"
-msgstr "从配置文件中读取设置"
+msgstr "从 config 文件读取设置"
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:860
msgid "Read the previous settings"
-msgstr "读取以前的设置"
+msgstr "读取先前的设置"
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:864
@@ -1946,7 +1943,7 @@
#. calling read function for reading settings form config file
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:874
msgid "Cannot Read Current Settings."
-msgstr "不能读取当前设置。"
+msgstr "无法读取当前设置。"
#. FtpServer read dialog caption
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:891
@@ -1956,12 +1953,12 @@
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:901
msgid "Write the settings to the config file"
-msgstr "写入设置到配置文件"
+msgstr "将设置写入 config 文件"
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:903
msgid "Write the settings for starting daemon"
-msgstr "写入启动守护精灵的设置"
+msgstr "写入设置以启动守护程序"
#. Progress step 1/1
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:907
@@ -1976,133 +1973,28 @@
#. write settings for starting daemon
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:923
msgid "Cannot write settings for xinetd!"
-msgstr "无法写入 xinetd 设置!"
+msgstr "无法为 xinetd 写入设置!"
#. write settings for starting daemon
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:931
msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections."
-msgstr "无法为匿名连接创建上传目录。"
+msgstr "无法为匿名连接创建上载目录。"
#. anonymous dir
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1079
msgid "<p><ul><i>FTP daemon is not configured.</i></ul></p>"
-msgstr "<p><ul><i>FTP 守护精灵未配置。</i></ul></p>"
+msgstr "<p><ul><i>FTP 守护程序未配置。</i></ul></p>"
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1089
msgid "FTP daemon"
-msgstr "FTP 守护精灵"
+msgstr "FTP 守护程序"
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1094
msgid "FTP daemon %1"
-msgstr "FTP 守护精灵 %1"
+msgstr "FTP 守护程序 %1"
#: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1098
msgid "These options will be configured"
-msgstr "这些选项将被配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Please choose an ftp daemon."
-#~ msgstr "请选择一个 FTP 守护程序。"
-
-#~ msgid "ftp is running"
-#~ msgstr "FTP 正在运行"
-
-#~ msgid "ftp is not running"
-#~ msgstr "FTP 不在运行"
-
-#~ msgid "Ftp daemon is started via xinetd"
-#~ msgstr "FTP 守护程序通过 xinetd 启动"
-
-#~ msgid "Ftp daemon is enabled in the boot process"
-#~ msgstr "FTP 守护程序在引导过程中启动"
-
-#~ msgid "Ftp daemon needs manual starting"
-#~ msgstr "FTP 守护程序需要手动启动"
-
-#~ msgid "Enabling ftp daemon in the boot process..."
-#~ msgstr "正在将 FTP 守护程序加入引导进程中..."
-
-#~ msgid "Removing ftp daemon from the boot process..."
-#~ msgstr "正在从引导进程中移除 FTP 守护程序..."
-
-#~ msgid "Start ftp daemon via xinetd"
-#~ msgstr "通过 xinetd 启动 FTP 守护程序"
-
-#~ msgid "Only 1 parameter is allowed."
-#~ msgstr "只允许一个参数。"
-
-#~ msgid "Only 1 or 2 parameters are allowed."
-#~ msgstr "只允许 1 个或 2 个参数。"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration of ftp server"
-#~ msgstr "FTP 服务器配置"
-
-#~ msgid "The access permissions for anonymous users"
-#~ msgstr "匿名用户访问权限"
-
-#~ msgid "Start ftp daemon in the boot process"
-#~ msgstr "在引导过程中启动 FTP 守护程序"
-
-#~ msgid "Start ftp daemon manually"
-#~ msgstr "手动启动 FTP 守护程序"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>正在初始化 FTP 服务器配置</big></b>\n"
-#~ "<br>\n"
-#~ "请稍候...<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>正在保存 FTP 服务器配置</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "请稍候...<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Configure the ftp server here.<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>FTP 服务器配置</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "在此处配置 FTP 服务器。<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adding an FTP Server:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Choose an ftp server from the list of detected ftp servers.\n"
-#~ "If your ftp server was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n"
-#~ "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>添加一个 FTP 服务器:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "请从已检测到的 FTP 服务器列表中选择一个 FTP 服务器。\n"
-#~ "如果没有检测到您的 FTP 服务器,请使用<b>其它(未检测到)</b>。\n"
-#~ "然后按<b>配置</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>FTP Server Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Obtain an overview of the installed ftp servers. Additionally,\n"
-#~ "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>FTP 服务器配置概述</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "获得已安装的 FTP 服务器的概述。此外,\n"
-#~ "可以编辑它们的配置。<br></p>\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a FTP Server</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a ftp server.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>添加 FTP 服务器</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "按<b>添加</b>以配置一个 FTP 服务器。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Please select directory..."
-#~ msgstr "请选择目录..."
-
-#~ msgid "Please Select File"
-#~ msgstr "请选择文件"
-
-#~ msgid "Press <b>Cancel</b> to cancel the configuration of the ftp."
-#~ msgstr "按<b>取消</b>来取消 FTP 配置。"
+msgstr "将配置这些选项"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/geo-cluster.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/geo-cluster.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/geo-cluster.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,36 +1,33 @@
-# Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: \n"
+"Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-21 15:05+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module
#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster"
-msgstr "地理集群配置"
+msgstr "geo-cluster 配置"
#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals
#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83
msgid "GeoCluster"
-msgstr "地理集群"
+msgstr "GeoCluster"
#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals
#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87
msgid "&GeoCluster"
-msgstr "地理集群(&G)"
+msgstr "GeoCluster(&G)"
#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption
#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption
@@ -61,17 +58,17 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
-msgstr "地理集群配置"
+msgstr "地域群集配置"
#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143
msgid "Geo Cluster Overview"
-msgstr "地理集群概览"
+msgstr "地域群集概览"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -112,20 +109,20 @@
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "arbitrator"
-msgstr "仲裁主机"
+msgstr "仲裁方"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr "添加"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "编辑"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "删除"
@@ -134,204 +131,212 @@
msgstr "站点"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr "票据"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
-msgstr "认证"
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "身份验证"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
-msgstr "取消(&n)"
+msgstr "取消(&N)"
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
-msgstr "好"
+msgstr "确定"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
-msgstr "启用安全认证"
+msgstr "启用安全性身份验证"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
-msgstr "认证文件"
+msgid "Authentication file"
+msgstr "身份验证文件"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
-msgstr "相对路径将被保存在 /etc/booth 中,或直接使用绝对路径。"
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
+msgstr "文件将写入 /etc/booth。"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
-msgstr "对于新创建的地理集群,请按下面按钮来生成 /etc/booth/<key>。"
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
+msgstr "要将其写入另一个目录,请输入一个绝对路径。"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
-msgstr "要加入一个已有地理集群,请从其它节点手动复制 /etc/booth/<key>。"
+msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
+msgstr "对新建的地域群集按下面的按钮可生成 /etc/booth/<密钥>。"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
-msgstr "生成认证密钥文件"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually."
+msgstr "要加入现有地域群集,请从其他节点手动复制 /etc/booth/<key>。"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
+msgstr "生成身份验证密钥文件"
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
-msgstr "基础"
+msgstr "基本"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "取消"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
-msgstr "请输入一个有效的 IP 地址"
+msgstr "请输入有效的 IP 地址"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
-msgstr "请输入票据和超时"
+msgstr "输入票据和超时"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr "超时"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
-msgstr "重试次数"
+msgstr "retries"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
-msgstr "权重"
+msgstr "weights"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
-msgstr "过期时间"
+msgstr "expire"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr "acquire-after"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr "before-acquire-handler"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "超时无效"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
-msgstr "过期时间无效"
+msgstr "失效时间无效"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
-msgstr "acquireafter 无效"
+msgstr "获取前等待时间无效"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "重试次数无效"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
-msgstr "小于 3 的重试次数值是非法的"
+msgstr "小于 3 的 retries 是非法值"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "权重无效"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "票据不能为空"
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
-msgstr "防火墙配置"
+msgstr "防火墻配置"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
-msgstr "请输入一个您的仲裁主机的 IP 地址"
+msgstr "输入仲裁方的 IP 地址"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
-msgstr "编辑您仲裁主机的 IP 地址"
+msgstr "编辑仲裁方的 IP 地址"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
-msgstr "请输入您站点的 IP 地址"
+msgstr "输入站点的 IP 地址"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
-msgstr "编辑您站点的 IP 地址"
+msgstr "编辑站点的 IP 地址"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr "票据名称已存在!"
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "配置名称不能为空。"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
-msgstr "无法复制配置名称。"
+msgstr "配置名称不能重复。"
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "端口无效!"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
-msgstr "必须填写「传输」!"
+msgstr "必须填写传输!"
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
-msgstr "必须填写仲裁主机!"
+msgstr "必须填写仲裁方!"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
-msgstr "必须填写「站点」!"
+msgstr "必须填写站点!"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr "必须填写票据!"
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
-msgstr "创建认证文件失败"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
+msgstr "无法创建身份验证文件 "
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
-msgstr "成功创建了认证文件 "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "身份验证文件 "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr " 已成功创建。"
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
-msgstr "地理集群配置选择"
+msgstr "GeoCluster 配置选择"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
-msgstr "请选择配置文件:"
+msgstr "选择配置文件:"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
-msgstr "认证配置"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
+msgstr "身份验证配置"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143
@@ -358,7 +363,7 @@
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284
msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration"
-msgstr "正在初始化地理集群配置"
+msgstr "正在初始化地域群集配置"
#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages
@@ -367,7 +372,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143
msgid "Read the previous settings"
-msgstr "读取之前的设置"
+msgstr "读取以前的设置"
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
@@ -377,7 +382,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
-msgstr "正在读取之前的设置..."
+msgstr "正在读取以前的设置..."
#. Progress finished
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369
@@ -388,7 +393,7 @@
#. GeoCluster write dialog caption
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343
msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration"
-msgstr "正在保存地理集群配置"
+msgstr "正在保存地域群集配置"
#. Progress stage 1/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223
@@ -425,7 +430,7 @@
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129
msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration"
-msgstr "正在初始化地理集群配置"
+msgstr "正在初始化 geo-cluster 配置"
#. Progress stage 1/3
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141
@@ -449,11 +454,11 @@
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164
msgid "Cannot read the database1."
-msgstr "无法读取 database1。"
+msgstr "无法读取数据库1。"
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173
msgid "Cannot read the database2."
-msgstr "无法读取数据库?"
+msgstr "无法读取数据库 2。"
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
@@ -462,7 +467,7 @@
#. GeoCluster read dialog caption
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211
msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration"
-msgstr "正在保存地理集群配置"
+msgstr "正在保存 geo-cluster 配置"
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225
@@ -472,35 +477,8 @@
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr "正在运行 SuSEconfig..."
+msgstr "正在运行SuSEconfig..."
#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
-msgstr "配置摘要 ..."
-
-#~ msgid "site have to be filled"
-#~ msgstr "必须填写「站点」"
-
-#~ msgid "ticket have to be filled"
-#~ msgstr "必须填写票据"
-
-#~ msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!"
-#~ msgstr "仲裁主机 IP 地址是无效的!"
-
-#~ msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure"
-#~ msgstr "地理集群 (geo-cluster) 防火墙配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Geo Cluster configure"
-#~ msgstr "地理集群配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration name can not be null"
-#~ msgstr "配置名称不能为 null"
-
-#~ msgid "GeoCluster Configurations"
-#~ msgstr "GeoCluster 配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot write sites settings."
-#~ msgstr "无法写入站点设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot write ticket settings."
-#~ msgstr "无法写入票据设置。"
+msgstr "配置摘要..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/gtk.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/gtk.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/gtk.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,24 +1,18 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: gtk\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-03 00:24+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. translator: byte shorthand
#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:25
@@ -43,11 +37,11 @@
#: src/YGProgressBar.cc:115
msgid "of"
-msgstr "共"
+msgstr "的"
#: src/YGTreeView.cc:119
msgid "Total selected:"
-msgstr "总选:"
+msgstr "所选项总计:"
#: src/YGTreeView.cc:358
msgid "No entries."
@@ -67,12 +61,12 @@
"--help prints this help text\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
-"YaST2 图形界面 (GTK 插件) 的命令行选项:\n"
+"YaST2 UI(Gtk 插件)的命令行选项:\n"
"\n"
-"-noborder 主对话框无窗口管理器边框\n"
-"-fullscreen 对主对话框使用全屏模式\n"
-"-nothreads 没有额外的图形界面进程\n"
-"--help 打印此帮助文本\n"
+"--noborder 主对话框无窗口管理器边界\n"
+"--fullscreen 对主对话框使用全屏\n"
+"--nothreads 运行时无额外 UI 线程\n"
+"--help 打印此帮助文本\n"
"\n"
#: src/YGUI.cc:327
@@ -89,28 +83,28 @@
#: src/YGUI.cc:358
msgid "Save y2logs"
-msgstr "保存 y2log"
+msgstr "保存 y2logs"
#: src/YGUI.cc:368
#, c-format
msgid "Could not run: '%s' (exit value: %d)"
-msgstr "无法运行:'%s' (退出值:%d)"
+msgstr "无法运行:“%s”(退出值:%d)"
#: src/YGUI.cc:394
msgid "No dialog to take screenshot of."
-msgstr "没有可截图的对话框。"
+msgstr "没有要拍摄屏幕快照的对话框。"
#: src/YGUI.cc:409
msgid "Could not take screenshot."
-msgstr "无法截图。"
+msgstr "无法拍摄屏幕快照。"
#: src/YGUI.cc:450
msgid "Save screenshot"
-msgstr "保存截图"
+msgstr "保存屏幕快照"
#: src/YGUI.cc:462
msgid "Could not save to:"
-msgstr "无法保存至:"
+msgstr "无法保存到:"
#: src/YGUI.cc:505
msgid "Select"
@@ -130,7 +124,7 @@
#: src/YGUtils.cc:629
msgid "OK"
-msgstr "好"
+msgstr "确定"
#: src/YGUtils.cc:630
msgid "Cancel"
@@ -190,7 +184,7 @@
#: src/YGUtils.cc:644
msgid "Next"
-msgstr "下一步"
+msgstr "下一项"
#: src/ygtksteps.c:75
msgid "Current step"
@@ -198,11 +192,11 @@
#: src/ygtktreeview.c:135
msgid "Loading..."
-msgstr "正在加载..."
+msgstr "正在装载..."
#: src/ygtktreeview.c:214
msgid "&Show column"
-msgstr "显示分栏(&S)"
+msgstr "显示列(&S)"
#: src/ygtkwizard.c:83
msgid "Clear"
@@ -219,901 +213,3 @@
#: src/ygtkwizard.c:448
msgid "more"
msgstr "更多"
-
-#~ msgid "Name"
-#~ msgstr "名称"
-
-#~ msgid "Version"
-#~ msgstr "版本"
-
-#~ msgid "Size"
-#~ msgstr "大小"
-
-#~ msgid "Action"
-#~ msgstr "动作"
-
-#~ msgid "Repository"
-#~ msgstr "软件源"
-
-#~ msgid "Supportability"
-#~ msgstr "支持程度"
-
-#~ msgid "Package _listing:"
-#~ msgstr "软件包清单:"
-
-#~ msgid "<h1>Overview</h1><p>Press a patch in the list to see more information about it.</p><p>To install a patch, just click on its \"checkbox\".</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<h1>概览</h1><p>按列表中的补丁可查看其更多信息。</p><p>要安装一个补丁,只需点击其 \"复选框\"。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<h1>Overview</h1><p>Browse packages using the groups list on the left.</p><p>Press a package in the list to see more information about it.</p><p>To install or remove a package, just click on its \"checkbox\".</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<h1>概览</h1><p>使用左侧的分组列表浏览软件包。</p><p>按列表中的软件包可查看其更多信息。</p><p>要安装或移除一个软件包,只需点击其 \"复选框\"。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Priorities"
-#~ msgstr "优先级"
-
-#~ msgid "Repositories"
-#~ msgstr "软件源"
-
-#~ msgid "Groups"
-#~ msgstr "分组"
-
-#~ msgid "RPM Groups"
-#~ msgstr "RPM 组"
-
-#~ msgid "Support"
-#~ msgstr "支持"
-
-#~ msgid "Patterns"
-#~ msgstr "软件集"
-
-#~ msgid "Languages"
-#~ msgstr "语言"
-
-#~ msgid "License Agreement"
-#~ msgstr "许可协议"
-
-#~ msgid "Do you accept the terms of this license?"
-#~ msgstr "您接受此许可条款吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "Warning Message"
-#~ msgstr "警告消息"
-
-#~ msgid "Install anyway?"
-#~ msgstr "强制安装吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually."
-#~ msgstr "在处理过程中有一些冲突需要手动解决。"
-
-#~ msgid "Changes not saved!"
-#~ msgstr "修改未保存!"
-
-#~ msgid "Quit anyway?"
-#~ msgstr "依然退出吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "Unsupported packages"
-#~ msgstr "不支持的软件包"
-
-#~ msgid "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support."
-#~ msgstr "请意识到下列软件要么系统不支持,要么需签署额外客户合同才能获得支持。"
-
-#~ msgid "Online Update"
-#~ msgstr "在线更新"
-
-#~ msgid "Software Manager"
-#~ msgstr "软件管理器"
-
-#~ msgid "Please wait..."
-#~ msgstr "请稍候..."
-
-#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.</p><p>Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying <i>dependencies</i>. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<h1>宗旨</h1><p>此工具让您可以安装,移除和更新应用程序。</p><p>&product 中的软件是拆分成软件包,以软件包形式分发的。这种方法下,若多个应用程序依赖了某个通用的系统文件,该系统文件将在它自身的软件包中分发,需要时只需安装一次。用户不需要关心这样的底层<i>依赖关系</i>。同样,某给定应用程序的插件和非必要数据也可能在它们自身的软件包中分发,这样用户才可以按需安装。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Common suffixes for complementary packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>补充软件包的常见后缀:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>:为应用程序扩展额外功能。</li><li><b>-devel</b>:软件开发用头文件。</li><li><b>-debuginfo-</b>:软件测试用调试符号。</li><li><b>-fr</b>,<b>-pl</b> 或其它语言缩写:翻译文件 (当需要时会标记并自动安装您的语言)。</li></ul>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages that are available from the <i>repositories</i> you have configured will be listed together. <i>Status</i> filters are available in the right-bottom box.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>您系统上安装的软件包,和您已配置的<i>软件源</i>中可用的软件包将列示在一起。<i>状态</i>过滤器在右下角。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can also be accessed via the <b>Configuration > Repositories</b> menu item.</blockquote>"
-#~ msgstr "<blockquote>软件源是一个软件包介质; 它可以是本地的 (比如安装 CD),也可以是远程互联网服务器。您可以在 YaST 控制中心找到一个设置软件源的工具,该工具也可通过<b>配置 > 软件源</b>菜单项访问。</blockquote>"
-
-#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>"
-#~ msgstr "<h1>用法</h1>"
-
-#~ msgid "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2><p>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a <i>status</i> filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.</p><p>The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The <b>Undo</b> option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.</p><p>Use the <b>Version</b> list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.</p><p>Press the <b>Apply</b> button when you want your changes to be performed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<h2>安装、升级、移除、撤销标签页</h2><p>除非您从右下角选择了一个<i>状态</i>过滤器,否则全部软件包均列在一起。挨着软件包名称的复选框指示了该软件包是否安装。若某个已安装软件包有更新版本可用,版本文本会以蓝色高亮并在旁边贴心地放置了一个升级按钮。若已安装的版本不再属于任何已配置的源,版本文本会以红色高亮。</p><p>交互菜单 (右键点击软件包) 提供了额外的选项。<b>撤销</b> 选项可用于复原您做出的任何修改。也可以选中多个软件包 (使用 Ctrl 键) 并统一修改。</p><p>可使用描述框上的<b>版本</b>列表标签页选择软件包的指定版本。</p><p>当您想要执行您所做出的改动时请按按<b>应用</b>按钮。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<h2>Lock software</h2><p>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.</p><p>Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<h2>锁定软件</h2><p>可通过交互菜单锁定软件包以避免自动变动。</p><p>锁定只在极其非正常情况下才有用:例如,您可能不想安装一个给定驱动,因为它扰乱了您的系统,但您又想安装一些包含了它的集合。不管软件安装没安装都可以对它应用锁定。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>"
-#~ msgstr "<h2>过滤器</h2>"
-
-#~ msgid "<h3>Search</h3><p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<h3>搜索</h3><p>可输入任意文本到搜索框来搜索匹配这个名称和描述的软件包。(搜索 'office' 会得到 'LibreOffice' 和 'Abiword',因为后者的描述中有关键词 'office')。您可通过空格分隔以搜索多个关键词 (例如,'spread sheet' 会返回 'libreoffice-calc')。您也可以结合过滤器使用搜索,比如在给定软件源中搜索某个软件包。也可以搜索其它属性,诸如某个给定文件。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<h3>Groups</h3><p>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the <b>RPM Groups</b> filter.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<h3>分组</h3><p>&product 中的全部软件均索引于此,因此当您不清楚有哪些软件包可供选择时,您可在此查找用于特定任务的软件。更加具体、分层的分类是由 <b>RPM 组</b>过滤器提供的。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3><p><b>Patterns</b> are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the <i>File Server</i> pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.</p><p>If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the <b>Language</b> tool from the YaST control center.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<h3>软件集和语言</h3><p><b>软件集</b>是任务导向的多个软件包集合,可以像一个软件包一样安装。例如,安装<i>文件服务器</i>软件集将安装多个运行文件服务器所需的软件包。</p><p>若您想要安装一个特定语言,您可以通过 YaST 控制中心的<b>语言</b>工具来安装语言集合。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2><p>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.</p><p>You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<h2>下框中的软件细节</h2><p>可在下框中发掘软件包的可用信息。注意已安装软件包的信息比源中未安装的软件包多。</p><p>您也可以在此框中选择安装软件包的指定版本。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<h1>宗旨</h1><p>这个工具赋予了您概览和挑选补丁所需的控制力。您也可以卸载已应用到系统上的补丁。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2><p>Patches are grouped as follows:</p><ul><li><b>Security</b>: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li><b>Recommended</b>: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li><li><b>Optional</b>: ones that only apply to few users.</li><li><b>Documentation</b>: fixes documentation errors.</li><li><b>YaST</b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>"
-#~ msgstr "<h1>用法</h1><h2>分类</h2><p>补丁分组如下:</p><ul><li><b>安全</b>:补缀可能被利用来获得受限特权的软件缺陷。</li><li><b>推荐</b>:修复非安全相关的缺陷 (例如,数据损坏,运行缓慢)</li><li><b>可选</b>:只适用于少数用户的补丁。</li><li><b>文档</b>:修复文档错误。</li><li><b>YaST</b>:YaST 控制中心工具的补丁。</li></ul>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</p><p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for <i>upgrades</i> on the <b>Software Manager</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>只有适合您系统的补丁才可见。您可以确定的是哪些补丁「适合」您的系统这种决定不是随随便便就做出的,这要经过我们社区专业维护团队层层遴选。很抱歉我们在未经您同意的情况下默认拿走了一些东西,谁都不想的。但真心说安全漏洞/软件缺陷/故障并不是壁纸,无法随便置喙。否则您只会装上系统上根本没有装的软件的补丁,甚至修坏您正常运行的系统。当然若您已经达到了专家级,您仍可使用 `zypper lp` 查看全部补丁,同时也欢迎您加入我们的团队,一起为小白用户们把家门守牢。</p><p>若您正在寻找应用程序扩展,您应该检查的是<b>软件管理器</b>上的<i>升级</i>选项。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages."
-#~ msgstr "只有已安装软件包的信息可用。"
-
-#~ msgid "Several selected"
-#~ msgstr "选中了一些软件包"
-
-#~ msgid "Web site:"
-#~ msgstr "网站:"
-
-#~ msgid "Patch issued:"
-#~ msgstr "发布的补丁:"
-
-#~ msgid "as"
-#~ msgstr "作为"
-
-#~ msgid "Details"
-#~ msgstr "细节"
-
-#~ msgid "Size:"
-#~ msgstr "大小:"
-
-#~ msgid "License:"
-#~ msgstr "许可:"
-
-#~ msgid "Versions"
-#~ msgstr "版本"
-
-#~ msgid "Installed"
-#~ msgstr "已安装"
-
-#~ msgid "Remove"
-#~ msgstr "移除"
-
-#~ msgid "Upgrade"
-#~ msgstr "升级"
-
-#~ msgid "Downgrade"
-#~ msgstr "降级"
-
-#~ msgid "Re-install"
-#~ msgstr "重装"
-
-#~ msgid "Undo"
-#~ msgstr "撤销"
-
-#~ msgid "Supportability:"
-#~ msgstr "支持程度:"
-
-#~ msgid "Dependencies"
-#~ msgstr "依赖关系"
-
-#~ msgid "Installed Version:"
-#~ msgstr "已安装版本:"
-
-#~ msgid "Available Version:"
-#~ msgstr "可用版本:"
-
-#~ msgid "File list"
-#~ msgstr "文件列表"
-
-#~ msgid "Changelog"
-#~ msgstr "修订历史"
-
-#~ msgid "Changelog applies only to the installed version."
-#~ msgstr "修订历史只对已安装的软件包可用。"
-
-#~ msgid "Authors"
-#~ msgstr "作者"
-
-#~ msgid "Attribute not-specified."
-#~ msgstr "未指定属性。"
-
-#~ msgid "Developed by:"
-#~ msgstr "开发者:"
-
-#~ msgid "Packaged by:"
-#~ msgstr "打包者:"
-
-#~ msgid "Applies to"
-#~ msgstr "应用于"
-
-#~ msgid "Available"
-#~ msgstr "可用"
-
-#~ msgid "Modified"
-#~ msgstr "已修改"
-
-#~ msgid "All packages"
-#~ msgstr "全部软件包"
-
-#~ msgid "Not installed"
-#~ msgstr "未安装"
-
-#~ msgid "Upgrades"
-#~ msgstr "升级"
-
-#~ msgid "Locked"
-#~ msgstr "已锁定"
-
-#~ msgid "Only Upgrade Patches"
-#~ msgstr "只升级补丁"
-
-#~ msgid "Upgrade All"
-#~ msgstr "升级全部"
-
-#~ msgid "(uploaded last 7 days)"
-#~ msgstr " (最近 7 天内上传)"
-
-#~ msgid "All repositories"
-#~ msgstr "全部软件源"
-
-#~ msgid "None"
-#~ msgstr "无"
-
-#~ msgid "Repository not refreshed in a long time."
-#~ msgstr "软件源很久未刷新了。"
-
-#~ msgid "Switch installed packages to the versions in this repository"
-#~ msgstr "切换已安装软件包到此软件源中的版本"
-
-#~ msgid "Edit Repositories"
-#~ msgstr "编辑软件源"
-
-#~ msgid "All patches"
-#~ msgstr "全部补丁"
-
-#~ msgid "automatic"
-#~ msgstr "自动"
-
-#~ msgid "user:"
-#~ msgstr "用户:"
-
-#~ msgid "install"
-#~ msgstr "安装"
-
-#~ msgid "upgrade"
-#~ msgstr "升级"
-
-#~ msgid "remove"
-#~ msgstr "移除"
-
-#~ msgid "downgrade"
-#~ msgstr "降级"
-
-#~ msgid "re-install"
-#~ msgstr "重装"
-
-#~ msgid "patch"
-#~ msgstr "补丁"
-
-#~ msgid "auto"
-#~ msgstr "自动"
-
-#~ msgid "add repository"
-#~ msgstr "添加软件源"
-
-#~ msgid "remove repository"
-#~ msgstr "移除软件源"
-
-#~ msgid "change repository alias"
-#~ msgstr "修改软件源别名"
-
-#~ msgid "change repository url"
-#~ msgstr "修改软件源 URL"
-
-#~ msgid "Save to"
-#~ msgstr "保存至"
-
-#~ msgid "Version / URL"
-#~ msgstr "版本 / URL"
-
-#~ msgid "Requested by"
-#~ msgstr "被需要"
-
-#~ msgid "Date"
-#~ msgstr "日期"
-
-#~ msgid "Show History (%s)"
-#~ msgstr "显示历史 (%s)"
-
-#~ msgid "Save to File"
-#~ msgstr "保存到文件"
-
-#~ msgid "&Install"
-#~ msgstr "安装(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Upgrade"
-#~ msgstr "升级(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Re-install"
-#~ msgstr "重装(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Remove"
-#~ msgstr "移除(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Undo"
-#~ msgstr "撤销(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Unlock"
-#~ msgstr "解锁(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Lock"
-#~ msgstr "锁定(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "No matches."
-#~ msgstr "无匹配。"
-
-#~ msgid "modify"
-#~ msgstr "修改"
-
-#~ msgid "locked: right-click to unlock"
-#~ msgstr "已锁定:右击解锁"
-
-#~ msgid "To install"
-#~ msgstr "待安装"
-
-#~ msgid "To remove"
-#~ msgstr "待移除"
-
-#~ msgid "(upgrade available)"
-#~ msgstr "(可升级)"
-
-#~ msgid "status changed by the dependencies resolver"
-#~ msgstr "状态已被依赖关系解决器修改"
-
-#~ msgid "Installed packages"
-#~ msgstr "已安装软件包"
-
-#~ msgid "Import from"
-#~ msgstr "导入自"
-
-#~ msgid "Could not open:"
-#~ msgstr "无法打开:"
-
-#~ msgid "Export to"
-#~ msgstr "导出至"
-
-#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver."
-#~ msgstr "用这个来生成详尽日志来帮助跟踪依赖关系解决器中的故障。"
-
-#~ msgid "The logs will be saved to the directory:"
-#~ msgstr "日志将被保存至以下文件夹:"
-
-#~ msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver Testcase"
-#~ msgstr "生成依赖关系解决器试例"
-
-#~ msgid "Success"
-#~ msgstr "成功"
-
-#~ msgid "Dependencies resolver test case written to:"
-#~ msgstr "依赖关系解决器试例已写入至:"
-
-#~ msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?"
-#~ msgstr "也创建 <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> 存档以便附到 Bugzilla 吗?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n"
-#~ "Please check disk space and permissions for:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "创建依赖关系解决器试例失败。\n"
-#~ "请检查磁盘空间和权限:"
-
-#~ msgid "F&ile"
-#~ msgstr "文件(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Import..."
-#~ msgstr "导入(&I)..."
-
-#~ msgid "&Export..."
-#~ msgstr "导出(&E)..."
-
-#~ msgid "&Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "配置(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Repositories..."
-#~ msgstr "软件源(&R)..."
-
-#~ msgid "&Online Update..."
-#~ msgstr "在线更新(&O)..."
-
-#~ msgid "&Dependencies"
-#~ msgstr "依赖关系(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Check Now"
-#~ msgstr "立刻检查(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Autocheck"
-#~ msgstr "自动检查(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Options"
-#~ msgstr "选项(&O)"
-
-#~ msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
-#~ msgstr "显示 -de&vel 开发包"
-
-#~ msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
-#~ msgstr "显示 -&debuginfo/-debugsource 调试包"
-
-#~ msgid "&System Verification Mode"
-#~ msgstr "系统校验模式(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Ignore recommended packages for already installed packages"
-#~ msgstr "忽略已安装软件包的推荐软件包(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
-#~ msgstr "删除软件包时清理(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Allow vendor change"
-#~ msgstr "允许厂商变化(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "E&xtras"
-#~ msgstr "额外(&X)"
-
-#~ msgid "Show &Products"
-#~ msgstr "显示产品(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Show &Changes"
-#~ msgstr "显示变动(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "Show &History"
-#~ msgstr "显示历史(&H)"
-
-#~ msgid "Show &Unneeded Dependencies"
-#~ msgstr "显示不需要的依赖(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
-#~ msgstr "安装全部匹配的 -&devel 开发包"
-
-#~ msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&info Packages"
-#~ msgstr "安装全部匹配的 -debug&info 调试包"
-
-#~ msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&source Packages"
-#~ msgstr "安装全部匹配的 -debug&source 调试包"
-
-#~ msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver &Testcase"
-#~ msgstr "生成依赖关系解决器试例(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "Reset &Ignored Dependencies Conflicts"
-#~ msgstr "重置已忽略的依赖关系冲突(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "Remove: cannot remove patterns"
-#~ msgstr "移除:无法移除软件集"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Installed: cannot remove a pattern.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to keep."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "已安装:无法移除一个软件集。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "您必须手动移除您不想保留的软件包。"
-
-#~ msgid "Candidate provides:"
-#~ msgstr "候选包提供了:"
-
-#~ msgid "Installed provides:"
-#~ msgstr "已安装软件包提供了:"
-
-#~ msgid "Vendor"
-#~ msgstr "厂商"
-
-#~ msgid "Products Listing"
-#~ msgstr "产品列表"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<b>Package search:</b> Use spaces to separate your keywords.\n"
-#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd tool)"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<b>软件包搜索</b>使用空格分隔关键词。\n"
-#~ "(使用实例:搜索 \"yast dhcp\" 将会匹配 yast 的 dhcpd 工具)"
-
-#~ msgid "Name & Summary"
-#~ msgstr "名称摘要(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Description"
-#~ msgstr "描述"
-
-#~ msgid "File name"
-#~ msgstr "文件名"
-
-#~ msgid "by"
-#~ msgstr "由"
-
-#~ msgid "%sPatterns are available%s that correspond to your search criteria."
-#~ msgstr "对应您的搜索条件有 %s集合可用%s 。"
-
-#~ msgid "Search by file name only reliable for installed packages."
-#~ msgstr "按文件名搜索只对已安装软件包可靠。"
-
-#~ msgid "view all changes"
-#~ msgstr "查看全部变动"
-
-#~ msgid "<b>%s</b> %d preselected packages"
-#~ msgstr "<b>%s</b> %d 个预选的软件包"
-
-#~ msgid "plus 1 dependency"
-#~ msgstr "还有 1 个依赖"
-
-#~ msgid "plus %d dependencies"
-#~ msgstr "还有 %d 个依赖"
-
-#~ msgid "No changes to perform"
-#~ msgstr "没有要执行的修改"
-
-#~ msgid "To install:"
-#~ msgstr "待安装:"
-
-#~ msgid "To upgrade:"
-#~ msgstr "待升级:"
-
-#~ msgid "To remove:"
-#~ msgstr "待移除:"
-
-#~ msgid "Space available:"
-#~ msgstr "可用空间:"
-
-#~ msgid "Disk space required:"
-#~ msgstr "所需磁盘空间:"
-
-#~ msgid "Download size:"
-#~ msgstr "下载大小:"
-
-#~ msgid "Partition %s is %s over-capacity"
-#~ msgstr "分区 %s 已过载 %s"
-
-#~ msgid "%s filled out of %s"
-#~ msgstr "%s 溢出了 %s"
-
-#~ msgid "Close software manager when done"
-#~ msgstr "完成时关闭软件管理器"
-
-#~ msgid "Revert?"
-#~ msgstr "复原吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "Summary of changes"
-#~ msgstr "变动摘要"
-
-#~ msgid "Review the changes to perform."
-#~ msgstr "请复核要执行的修改。"
-
-#~ msgid "See History"
-#~ msgstr "查看历史"
-
-#~ msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies"
-#~ msgstr "显示不需要的依赖"
-
-#~ msgid "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, nor comprehensive. Use with care."
-#~ msgstr "这是一个不再需要的依赖列表。它既不准确,也不全面。请小心使用。"
-
-#~ msgid "Remove All"
-#~ msgstr "全部移除"
-
-#~ msgid "Education"
-#~ msgstr "教育"
-
-#~ msgid "Games"
-#~ msgstr "游戏"
-
-#~ msgid "Graphics"
-#~ msgstr "图形"
-
-#~ msgid "Office"
-#~ msgstr "办公"
-
-#~ msgid "Programming"
-#~ msgstr "编程"
-
-#~ msgid "Multimedia"
-#~ msgstr "多媒体"
-
-#~ msgid "System"
-#~ msgstr "系统"
-
-#~ msgid "Desktop (GNOME)"
-#~ msgstr "桌面 (GNOME)"
-
-#~ msgid "Desktop (KDE)"
-#~ msgstr "桌面 (KDE)"
-
-#~ msgid "Desktop (XFCE)"
-#~ msgstr "桌面 (XFCE)"
-
-#~ msgid "Desktop (Others)"
-#~ msgstr "桌面 (其它)"
-
-#~ msgid "Publishing"
-#~ msgstr "出版"
-
-#~ msgid "Admin Tools"
-#~ msgstr "管理工具"
-
-#~ msgid "Localization"
-#~ msgstr "本地化"
-
-#~ msgid "Security"
-#~ msgstr "安全"
-
-#~ msgid "Communication"
-#~ msgstr "通讯"
-
-#~ msgid "Network"
-#~ msgstr "网络"
-
-#~ msgid "Documentation"
-#~ msgstr "文档"
-
-#~ msgid "Utilities"
-#~ msgstr "工具"
-
-#~ msgid "Unknown"
-#~ msgstr "未知"
-
-#~ msgid "Suggested"
-#~ msgstr "建议"
-
-#~ msgid "Recommended"
-#~ msgstr "推荐"
-
-#~ msgid "Unmaintained"
-#~ msgstr "失去维护"
-
-#~ msgid "Recent"
-#~ msgstr "当前"
-
-#~ msgid "Multiversion"
-#~ msgstr "多版本"
-
-#~ msgid "Installed:"
-#~ msgstr "已安装:"
-
-#~ msgid "Reboot required:"
-#~ msgstr "需要重启:"
-
-#~ msgid "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take effect."
-#~ msgstr "需要重启系统以使此补丁生效。"
-
-#~ msgid "Relogin required:"
-#~ msgstr "需要重登录:"
-
-#~ msgid "you must logout and login again for this patch to take effect."
-#~ msgstr "您必须重新登录以使此补丁生效。"
-
-#~ msgid "Optional"
-#~ msgstr "可选"
-
-#~ msgid "Other"
-#~ msgstr "其它"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Common suffixes for complementory packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</b>: headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>补充软件包的常用后缀:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>:为应用程序扩展额外功能。</li><li><b>-devel</b>:软件开发的头文件。</li><li><b>-debuginfo-</b>:软件测试的调试符号。</li><li><b>-fr</b>,<b>-pl</b> 或其他语言的缩写:翻译文件 (当需要时您的语言会被标记并自动安装)。</li></ul>"
-
-#~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..."
-#~ msgstr "从网络上搜索软件包(&W)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&sinfo Packages"
-#~ msgstr "安装全部匹配的 -debuginfo 调试包(&s)"
-
-#~ msgid "_Cancel"
-#~ msgstr "取消(_C)"
-
-#~ msgid "_Apply"
-#~ msgstr "应用(_A)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Package is locked"
-#~ msgstr "未找到软件包"
-
-#~ msgid "_Install"
-#~ msgstr "安装(_I)"
-
-#~ msgid "_Upgrade"
-#~ msgstr "升级(_U)"
-
-#~ msgid "_Remove"
-#~ msgstr "移除(_R)"
-
-#~ msgid "_Undo"
-#~ msgstr "撤销(_U)"
-
-#~ msgid "_Lock"
-#~ msgstr "锁定(_L)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "File"
-#~ msgid "F_ile"
-#~ msgstr "文件"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Import..."
-#~ msgid "_Import..."
-#~ msgstr "导入..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "_Export..."
-#~ msgstr "导出(&E)..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Configuration"
-#~ msgid "_Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "配置"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "_Repositories..."
-#~ msgstr "安装源(&R)..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "_Online Update..."
-#~ msgstr "在线更新(&O)..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Search Packages on _Web..."
-#~ msgstr "从网络上搜索软件包(&W)..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Dependencies"
-#~ msgid "_Dependencies"
-#~ msgstr "依赖关系"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "_Check Now"
-#~ msgstr "立刻检查(&C)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "_Autocheck"
-#~ msgstr "自动检查(&A)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Options"
-#~ msgid "_Options"
-#~ msgstr "选项"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
-#~ msgid "Show -de_vel Packages"
-#~ msgstr "显示 -devel 开发包(&V)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Show -_debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
-#~ msgstr "显示 -debuginfo/-debugsource 软件包(&D)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "_System Verification Mode"
-#~ msgstr "系统验证方式(&S)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Show _Products"
-#~ msgstr "显示产品(&P)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Unsatisfied Dependencies:"
-#~ msgid "Show _Unneeded Dependencies"
-#~ msgstr "不令人满意的相关性"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Install All Matching -_devel Packages"
-#~ msgstr "安装相应的 -devel 软件包(&D)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Install All Matching -debug-_source Packages"
-#~ msgstr "安装全部和 -debugsource 匹配的软件包(&S)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
-#~ msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver _Testcase"
-#~ msgstr "生成依赖关系解析试例(&T)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Select Macro File to Play"
-#~ msgstr "选择要装载的文件。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Select Macro File to Record to"
-#~ msgstr "选择要装载的文件。"
-
-#~ msgid "Couldn't save screenshot to file "
-#~ msgstr "不能保存截屏"
-
-#~ msgid "Choose"
-#~ msgstr "选择"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<i>Information only available for installed packages.</i>"
-#~ msgstr "只有已安装的包的信息可用。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "_Open"
-#~ msgstr "打开"
-
-#~ msgid "Provides:"
-#~ msgstr "提供:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Pre-requires:"
-#~ msgstr "前提条件:"
-
-#~ msgid "Requires:"
-#~ msgstr "需要:"
-
-#~ msgid "Conflicts:"
-#~ msgstr "冲突:"
-
-#~ msgid "Obsoletes:"
-#~ msgstr "已过时:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Recommends:"
-#~ msgstr "推荐"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Suggests:"
-#~ msgstr "建议"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Enhances:"
-#~ msgstr "财务"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Supplements:"
-#~ msgstr "补充模式"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<i>Not specified.</i>"
-#~ msgstr "未指定 IP。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Apply Patches"
-#~ msgstr "所有补丁"
-
-#~ msgid "Import"
-#~ msgstr "导入"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Could not load package list: '%s'"
-#~ msgstr "不能加载软件包列表,来源:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Could not export package list: '%s'"
-#~ msgstr "不能将软件包列表保存到:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency solver.\n"
-#~ "The logs will be stored in directory: "
-#~ msgstr "用这个来生成扩充日志,以便定位依赖关系解析器的错误。这些日志将保存在目录:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Create Dependency Solver Test Case"
-#~ msgstr "创建依赖关系解析程序试例"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Dependency solver test case written to"
-#~ msgstr "依赖关系解析器测试例子写到"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to create dependency solver test case.\n"
-#~ "Please check disk space and permissions for"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "未能创建依赖关系解析器测试例子。\n"
-#~ "请检查磁盘空间和权限:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Show -devel packages"
-#~ msgstr "显示 -devel 开发包(&V)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Generate Dependency Solver Test Case"
-#~ msgstr "生成依赖性解析程序测试用例"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/http-server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/http-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/http-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,25 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007, 2012.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: http server\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: http-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-20 05:03+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: Marguerite Su\n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36
@@ -108,7 +101,7 @@
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166
msgid "Set wizard mode \"on\" or \"off\"."
-msgstr "设定向导模式\"开\"或\"关\"。"
+msgstr "将向导模式设置为“开启”或“关闭”。"
#. translators: error message in configure command line action
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238
@@ -217,7 +210,7 @@
#. remove and setdefault
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520
msgid "Argument can be only existing host"
-msgstr "参数只能为现有主机"
+msgstr "自变量只能为现有主机"
#. popup - it is already the default host
#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324
@@ -311,7 +304,7 @@
#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item
#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329
msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate"
-msgstr "使用通用服务器证书(&U)"
+msgstr "使用普通服务器证书(&U)"
#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name
#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354
@@ -336,7 +329,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>正在中止初始化</big></b><br>\n"
-"可以按<b>中止</b>立即安全地中止配置工具。</p>\n"
+"可以按<b>中止</b>立即安全地中止配置使用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28
@@ -430,7 +423,7 @@
"<b>Disabled</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>HTTP 服务器设置</big></b><br>\n"
-"通过选择<b>已启用</b>激活 HTTP 服务器。要取消激活它,请选择\n"
+"通过选择<b>已启用</b>激活 HTTP 服务器。要停用它,请选择\n"
"<b>已禁用</b>。</p>\n"
#. firewall adapting help 1/1
@@ -444,7 +437,7 @@
"<p>启用<b>打开所选端口上的防火墙</b>,\n"
"从而根据 Apache2 监听的端口来更改防火墙。\n"
"防火墙的接口不会被添加或删除。\n"
-"此选项仅当启用了防火墙时才可用。</p>\n"
+" 此选项仅当启用了防火墙时才可用。</p>\n"
#. server configuration overview help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88
@@ -528,8 +521,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>服务器解析</b>选项在使用\n"
"\t虚拟主机时设置解析。但是,如果选择<b>通过 HTTP 报头解析</p>,\n"
-"\t默认服务器将永远不会为请求基于名称的虚拟主机的 IP 地址提供服务。\n"
-"\t如果您计划配置基于 SSL 的虚拟主机,请使用 <b>通过 IP 地址解析</b></p>"
+"\t默认服务器将永远不会为针对基于名称的虚拟主机 IP 地址的请求提供服务。\n"
+"\t如果您计划配置基于 SSL 的虚拟主机,请使用<b>通过 IP 地址解析</b></p>"
#. listen dialog editor help 1/2
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133
@@ -598,8 +591,8 @@
"<p><b>证书</b>菜单用于\n"
"导入服务器证书。<b>导入服务器证书</b> \n"
"允许使用特殊用途的证书。\n"
-"<b>使用通用证书</b>配置使用为此主机颁发的\n"
-"通用证书。</p>\n"
+"<b>使用普通证书</b>配置为此主机颁发的\n"
+"普通证书的使用。</p>\n"
#. ssl options dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171
@@ -652,10 +645,10 @@
"<p><big><b>服务器解析</b></big><br>\n"
"Apache2 必须能够确定应将哪些虚拟主机\n"
"设置用于创建对 HTTP 请求的响应。\n"
-"原则上有两种基本方法。如果使用进来的请求中的 HTTP 报头,服务器会查询由\n"
-"HTTP 请求报头指定的主机名称。另一种可行方法是通过客户机连接到服务器时使用的\n"
+"有两种基本方法。如果使用进来的请求中的 HTTP 报头,服务器会查询由\n"
+"HTTP 请求报头指定的主机名称。另一种可行方法是通过客户端连接到服务器时使用的\n"
"IP 地址来确定虚拟主机。\n"
-"如果您计划配置基于 SSL 的虚拟主机,使用 <b>通过 IP 地址解析</b>\n"
+"如果您计划配置基于 SSL 的虚拟主机,请使用<b>通过 IP 地址解析</b>\n"
"有关进一步的细节,请查询 Apache2 手册。</p>\n"
#. advanced new host dialog 1/5
@@ -686,7 +679,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>对于此虚拟主机的 HTTPS 访问,请选择<b>启用 SSL 支持</b>。\n"
"\n"
-"然后在<b>证书文件路径<b>中输入证书文件的路径。此选项只适用于基于 IP 的虚拟主机。</p>\n"
+"然后在<b>证书文件路径<b>中输入证书文件的路径。\n"
+"此选项只适用于基于 IP 的虚拟主机。</p>\n"
#. advanced new host dialog 4/5
#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215
@@ -702,7 +696,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>公共 HTML</b>\n"
"\n"
-"使您能够访问所有用户的 <tt>.public_html</tt> 目录。</p>"
+" 使您能够访问所有用户的 <tt>.public_html</tt> 目录。</p>"
#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon.
#.
@@ -837,7 +831,7 @@
msgstr ""
"程序包 %1 不可用。\n"
"\n"
-"配置无法在未安装该程序包\n"
+" 配置无法在未安装该程序包\n"
" \n"
"的情况下继续。"
@@ -938,7 +932,7 @@
#. translators: assiciation server name with document root
#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799
msgid " in "
-msgstr " 于 "
+msgstr " 位置 "
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled
#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable
@@ -1002,7 +996,7 @@
#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688
msgid "Determine Request Server by Server IP &Address"
-msgstr "通过服务器 IP 地址确定请求服务器(&A)"
+msgstr "通过服务器 I&P 地址确定请求服务器"
#. table cell description
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171
@@ -1012,7 +1006,7 @@
#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350
msgid "HTTP &Service"
-msgstr "HTTP 服务(&S)"
+msgstr "HTTP 服务"
#. translators: radio button group label
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387
@@ -1121,7 +1115,7 @@
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722
msgid "Enable &CGI for This Virtual Host"
-msgstr "为此虚拟主机启用 CGI(&C)"
+msgstr "为此虚拟主机启用 &CGI"
#. translators: textentry, certificate file path
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727
@@ -1201,7 +1195,7 @@
#. configured for another virtual host
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010
msgid "The IP address is already configured on another virtual host"
-msgstr "此 IP 地址已配置在另一台虚拟主机上。"
+msgstr "另一个虚拟主机上已配置此 IP 地址"
#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026
@@ -1274,7 +1268,7 @@
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709
msgid "All addresses (*)"
-msgstr "全部地址(*)"
+msgstr "全部地址 (*)"
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714
msgid "IP Addresses"
@@ -1297,9 +1291,9 @@
"Also * for all addresses and *:port are acceptable."
msgstr ""
"要使用基于名称的虚拟主机,\n"
-"您必须在服务器上指定为\n"
-"主机接受请求的 IP 地址。\n"
-" * 为全部地址,*:port 可接受。"
+"必须在将接受主机请求的服务器上\n"
+"指定 IP 地址。\n"
+"同时 * 代表所有地址,可以接受 *:port。"
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854
msgid "Master Zone %1"
@@ -1394,7 +1388,7 @@
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111
msgid "Enable required module or disable first one."
-msgstr "启用需要的模块或禁用第一个模块。"
+msgstr "启用所需模块或禁用第一个模块。"
#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules
#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221
@@ -1450,7 +1444,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753
#, perl-format
msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'."
-msgstr "虚拟主机\"%s\"中密钥非法。"
+msgstr "虚拟主机“%s”中的密钥非法。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739
#, perl-format
@@ -1502,7 +1496,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770
msgid "Parsing the key file failed."
-msgstr "解析密钥文件失败。"
+msgstr "对密钥文件的语法分析失败。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803
msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID."
@@ -1510,7 +1504,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13
msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc."
-msgstr "根据客户机主机名、IP 地址等提供访问控制。"
+msgstr "根据客户端主机名、IP 地址等提供访问控制。"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21
msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method"
@@ -1518,31 +1512,31 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30
msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection"
-msgstr "在文档树中映射主机文件系统的不同部分和 URL 重定向"
+msgstr "映射文档树中主机文件系统的不同部分和 URL 重定向"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45
msgid "Basic authentication"
-msgstr "基础身份验证"
+msgstr "基本身份验证"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54
msgid "User authentication using text files"
-msgstr "使用文本文件进行用户验证"
+msgstr "使用文本文件的用户身份验证"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62
msgid "User Authorization"
-msgstr "用户验证"
+msgstr "用户授权"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70
msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files"
-msgstr "使用纯文本文件进行组验证"
+msgstr "使用纯文本文件的组授权"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79
msgid "User authentication using DBM files"
-msgstr "使用 DBM 文件进行验证"
+msgstr "使用 DBM 文件的用户身份验证"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94
msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command"
-msgstr "自动生成与 Unix ls 命令类似的目录索引"
+msgstr "自动生成目录索引(与 Unix ls 命令类似)"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115
msgid "Execution of CGI scripts"
@@ -1550,7 +1544,7 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125
msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files"
-msgstr "提供尾部反斜线重定向和目录索引文件服务"
+msgstr "提供用于尾部斜线重定向和目录索引文件服务"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134
msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages"
@@ -1558,19 +1552,19 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144
msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria"
-msgstr "根据用户指定的条件生成 HTTP 报头的失效信息"
+msgstr "根据用户指定的准则生成 HTTP 报头的失效信息"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159
msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)"
-msgstr "服务器解析的 HTML 文档(服务器端包含)"
+msgstr "服务器分析的 HTML 文档(服务器端的包含文档)"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173
msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server"
-msgstr "记录发往服务器的请求"
+msgstr "对服务器做出的请求进行日志记录"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185
msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content"
-msgstr "将被请求文件名的扩展名与文件的行为和内容相关联"
+msgstr "将所请求文件名的扩展名与文件的行为和内容相关联"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210
msgid "Provides for content negotiation"
@@ -1590,27 +1584,27 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250
msgid "User-specific directories"
-msgstr "用户特定的目录"
+msgstr "特定于用户的目录"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258
msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers"
-msgstr "发送包含它们自己的 HTTP 报头的文件"
+msgstr "发送包含自己的 HTTP 报头的文件"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264
msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas"
-msgstr "允许\"匿名\"用户访问已验证的区域"
+msgstr "允许“匿名”用户访问已经过身份验证的区域"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285
msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication"
-msgstr "使用 MD5 摘要验证进行验证"
+msgstr "使用 MD5 文摘身份验证的用户身份验证"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300
msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication"
-msgstr "允许 LDAP 目录用于储存 HTTP 基本验证的数据库"
+msgstr "允许使用 LDAP 目录存储 HTTP 基本身份验证的数据库"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493
msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs"
-msgstr "用 URI 索引的内容缓存"
+msgstr "用 URI 索引的内容超速缓存"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335
msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding"
@@ -1626,11 +1620,11 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371
msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client"
-msgstr "在将内容提供给客户机前压缩内容"
+msgstr "在将内容提供给客户端前压缩内容"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390
msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs"
-msgstr "用 URI 索引的内容缓存储存管理器"
+msgstr "用 URI 索引的内容超速缓存存储管理器"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403
msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules"
@@ -1638,11 +1632,11 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411
msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client"
-msgstr "在提供给客户机前,通过外部程序传递响应正文"
+msgstr "在提供给客户端前,通过外部程序传递响应正文"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424
msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory"
-msgstr "在内存中缓存文件的静态列表"
+msgstr "在内存中超速缓存文件的静态列表"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434
msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers"
@@ -1650,23 +1644,23 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447
msgid "Server-side image map processing"
-msgstr "服务器端图象映射处理"
+msgstr "服务器端映像映射处理"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458
msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration"
-msgstr "提供服务器配置的全面概览"
+msgstr "提供服务器配置的全面概述"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467
msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules"
-msgstr "由其他 LDAP 模块使用的 LDAP 连接池和结果缓存服务"
+msgstr "用于其他 LDAP 模块的 LDAP 连接池和结果超速缓存服务"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487
msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request"
-msgstr "记录每个请求的输入和输出字节"
+msgstr "对每个请求的输入和输出字节数进行日志记录"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507
msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents"
-msgstr "通过查看文件内容的几个字节确定它的 MIME 类型"
+msgstr "通过查看文件内容的几个字节来确定其 MIME 类型"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516
msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server"
@@ -1706,31 +1700,31 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672
msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site"
-msgstr "站点上用户活动的点击流日志记录 "
+msgstr "对站点上用户活动的点击流进行日志记录"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692
msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting"
-msgstr "提供对动态配置的大量虚拟主机的支持"
+msgstr "提供对动态配置的大批量虚拟主机的支持"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709
msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages"
-msgstr "提供对 PHP5 动态生成页的支持"
+msgstr "提供对 PHP5 动态生成页面的支持"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715
msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages"
-msgstr "提供对 Perl 动态生成页的支持"
+msgstr "提供对 Perl 动态生成页面的支持"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721
msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages"
-msgstr "提供对 Python 动态生成页的支持"
+msgstr "提供对 Python 动态生成页面的支持"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727
msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache"
-msgstr "提供在 apache 限制 AppArmor 子进程支持"
+msgstr "提供在 apache 内限制 AppArmor 子进程的支持"
#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740
msgid "Provides support for subversion"
-msgstr "提供对 subversion 的支持"
+msgstr "提供子版本支持"
#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22
msgid "Host not found"
@@ -1739,23 +1733,8 @@
#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58
#, perl-format
msgid "Illegal '%s' parameter"
-msgstr "非法的“%s”参数"
+msgstr "非法 '%s' 参数"
#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62
msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible"
msgstr "不能对“基于名称的虚拟接口”使用 ssl"
-
-#~ msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Ports"
-#~ msgstr "打开所选端口的防火墙(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 ports on the firewall.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>启用防火墙后,可以选择是否在防火墙上启用 Apache2 端口。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "IP Adresses"
-#~ msgstr "IP 地址"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable &Ruby Scripting"
-#~ msgstr "启用 Ruby 脚本(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "Open &Firewall on Selected Ports"
-#~ msgstr "打开所选端口上的防火墙(&F)"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/inetd.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/inetd.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/inetd.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,25 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007, 2012.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-20 02:04+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: Marguerite Su\n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
#. is this proposal or not?
#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63
@@ -64,7 +57,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option
#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144
msgid "Wait attribute"
-msgstr "等待属性"
+msgstr "等待特性"
#. translators: command line help text for "user" option
#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152
@@ -107,11 +100,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr "\"ID\"选项不能与其它选项结合使用。"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr "状态"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr "服务"
@@ -123,15 +116,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr "协议"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr "等待"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr "用户"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr "服务器"
@@ -146,12 +139,12 @@
msgstr "关"
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "是"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr "否"
@@ -167,127 +160,127 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr "在写入过程中将安装包 %1。"
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr "未安装包 %1。无法编辑该服务。"
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr "已成功安装包 %1。"
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr "激活所有服务(&A)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
-msgstr "取消激活所有服务(&D)"
+msgstr "停用所有服务(&D)"
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr "禁用(&I)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr "启用(&L)"
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr "当前可用的服务"
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr "已更改"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
-msgstr "类型 "
+msgstr "类型"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "协议"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
-msgstr "服务器/参数"
+msgstr "服务器/自变量"
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "添加(&A)"
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "编辑(&E)"
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "删除(&D)"
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr "转换状态(开或关)(&T)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr "所有服务的状态(&S)"
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr "网络服务配置 (xinetd)"
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr "添加一个新的服务项"
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr "无法删除服务。没有安装该服务。"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "要删除服务,请在主对话框中选择一个服务。"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
-msgstr "要激活或取消激活服务,请在主对话框中选择一个服务。"
+msgstr "要激活或停用服务,请在主对话框中选择一个服务。"
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr "编辑服务项"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr "要编辑服务,请在主对话框中选择一个服务。"
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
@@ -296,54 +289,54 @@
"将禁用因特网超级服务器。"
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "服务(&S)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr "RPC 版本(&N)"
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr "服务处于活动状态。(&V)"
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr "套接字类型(&Y)"
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "协议(&P)"
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr "等待(&W)"
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr "用户(&U)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "组(&G)"
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr "服务器(&E)"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
-msgstr "服务器参数(&T)"
+msgstr "服务器自变量(&T)"
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr "注释(&M)"
@@ -357,14 +350,14 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr "--默认值--"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
@@ -373,12 +366,12 @@
"请输入有效的值。\n"
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
-msgstr "服务名称包含不允许的字符 \"/\"。"
+msgstr "服务名称包含不允许使用的字符“/”。"
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr "用户 %1 只能用于内部服务器进程。"
@@ -408,7 +401,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>中止初始化进程:</big></b><br>\n"
-"可以按<b>中止</b>立即安全地中止配置工具。</p>\n"
+"可以按<b>中止</b>立即安全地中止配置实用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54
@@ -440,8 +433,7 @@
"configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>网络服务配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"单击<b>启用</b>启用由超级服务器\n"
-"配置管理的网络服务。要停止超级服务器,请单击<b>禁用</b>。</p>\n"
+"单击“启用”以启用由超级服务器配置管理的网络服务。要停止超级服务器,请单击<b>禁用</b>。</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70
msgid ""
@@ -503,8 +495,8 @@
"Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n"
"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中止配置:</big></b>\n"
-"按<b>中止</b>按钮保持配置不变。\n"
+"<p><b><big>取消配置:</big></b>\n"
+"按<b>取消</b>按钮取消配置。\n"
"如果这样做,则所有更改都将丢失,最初的配置将保持不变。</p>\n"
#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog.
@@ -597,15 +589,15 @@
"<p><b>等待/不等待</b>项确定该服务是\n"
"单线程还是多线程,以及是 xinetd 接受连接还是服务器程序\n"
"接受连接。如果其值为\n"
-"<b>yes</b>,则该服务为单线程。这意味着 xinetd\n"
+"<b>是</b>,则该服务为单线程。这意味着 xinetd\n"
"启动服务器,然后停止处理服务请求,\n"
"直到该服务器停止并且服务器软件接受\n"
-"连接。如果属性值为 <b>no</b>,则该服务为\n"
+"连接。如果属性值为 <b>否</b>,则该服务为\n"
"多线程且 xinetd 将一直处理新服务请求,同时\n"
"xinetd 接受连接。\n"
-"<i>udp/dgram</i> 服务通常需要该值为 <b>yes</b>,\n"
+"<i>udp/dgram</i> 服务通常需要该值为 <b>是</b>,\n"
"因为 udp 不是面向连接的。<i>tcp/stream</i> 服务器\n"
-"则通常需要该值为 <b>no</b>。</p>\n"
+"则通常需要该值为 <b>否</b>。</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153
msgid ""
@@ -643,7 +635,7 @@
#. translation as short as possible.
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206
msgid "NI"
-msgstr "未装"
+msgstr "NI"
#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing.
#. For use with autoinstallation.
@@ -657,57 +649,57 @@
msgstr "正在初始化..."
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr "正在初始化 inetd 配置"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr "读取配置"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "正在读取配置..."
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "已完成"
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr "正在保存 inetd 配置"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "写入设置"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "正在写入设置..."
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr "无法写入设置!"
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr "<p><ul><i>所有服务都被标记为停止。</i></ul></p>"
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr "网络服务"
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr "网络服务通过 %1 进行管理"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr "这些服务将被启用"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/installation.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/installation.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/installation.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,27 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-21 15:18+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. help for the dialog - busy message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
@@ -43,7 +34,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "正在初始化..."
@@ -52,7 +43,9 @@
msgid ""
"No installation control file has been found,\n"
"the installer cannot continue."
-msgstr "未找到安装控制文件,安装器无法继续。"
+msgstr ""
+"找不到安装控制文件,\n"
+"安装程序无法继续。"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. progress step title
@@ -82,11 +75,12 @@
"differ from those in the manual.\n"
msgstr ""
"您的计算机不满足图形安装的全部要求。\n"
-"要么您的内存小于 %1 MB,要么系统无法启动 X 服务器。\n"
+"可能是您的内存小于 %1 MB,或者系统无法启动 X 服务器。\n"
"\n"
-"作为后备措施,YaST2 的文本前端将指引您完成安装过程。\n"
-"该前端与图形前端提供了相同的功能,只不过看到的屏幕与手\n"
-"册中的屏幕有所不同。\n"
+"作为后备措施,YaST2 的文本前端\n"
+"将指引您完成安装过程。\n"
+"该前端与图形前端提供了相同的功能,\n"
+"只不过看到的屏幕与手册中的屏幕有所不同。\n"
#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the
#. option no_x11 but it's broken.
@@ -107,11 +101,12 @@
msgstr ""
"无法启动图形界面。\n"
"\n"
-"要么没有安装必需的包 (极简安装),要么显卡支持不够好。\n"
+"可能是没有安装必需的包(极简安装),或者显卡支持不够好。\n"
"\n"
-"作为后备措施,YaST2 的文本前端将指引您完成安装过程。\n"
-"该前端与图形前端提供了相同的功能,只不过看到的屏幕\n"
-"与手册中的屏幕有所不同。\n"
+"作为后备措施,YaST2 的文本前端将\n"
+"指引您完成安装过程。\n"
+"该前端与图形前端提供了相同的功能,\n"
+"只不过看到的屏幕与手册中的屏幕有所不同。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277
@@ -128,7 +123,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297
msgid "Adjusting Network Settings"
-msgstr "正在调整网络设置"
+msgstr "调整网络设置"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303
@@ -143,10 +138,10 @@
"\n"
"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
msgstr ""
-"上一次安装失败了。\n"
-"您希望继续上一次安装吗?\n"
+"前一次安装已失败。\n"
+"是否继续?\n"
"\n"
-"注意:您可能需要再次输入一些信息。"
+"注意:可能必须重新输入一些信息。"
#. popup question (#x1)
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364
@@ -156,10 +151,10 @@
"\n"
"Note: You may have to enter some information again."
msgstr ""
-"上一次安装被中止了。\n"
-"您希望继续上一次安装吗?\n"
+"上一次安装已中止。\n"
+"是否继续?\n"
"\n"
-"注意:您可能需要再次输入一些信息。"
+"注意:可能需要重新输入某些信息。"
#. popup headline (#x1)
#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process
@@ -187,8 +182,10 @@
"(<b>erasing any existing data</b> in those partitions) according to the\n"
"installation settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>现在您若继续,则会根据之前对话框中的安装设置<b>删除</b>或<b>格式化</b>\n"
-"您硬盘上的<b>已有分区</b>。(这些分区将被<b>擦除任何已有数据</b>)</p>"
+"<p>如果现在继续,则会根据以前对话框中的安装设置\n"
+"<b>删除</b>或<b>格式化</b>硬盘上的<b>现有\n"
+"分区</b>\n"
+"(<b>删除这些分区中的任何现有数据</b>)。</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193
@@ -196,144 +193,101 @@
"<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n"
"hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n"
"previous dialogs.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>现在您若继续,则会根据之前对话框中的安装设置修改您硬盘上的分区。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果现在继续,则会根据以前对话框中的安装设置修改硬盘上的分区。</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若您不确定请返回并检查设置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>回退并检查不能确定的设置。</p>"
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "确认更新"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr "<p>现在已完成了执行更新所需的信息。</p>"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
"according to the settings in the previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>现在您若继续,则会根据之前对话框中的设置覆盖您硬盘上的数据。</p>"
+"<p>如果现在继续,则会根据以前对话框中的设置\n"
+"重写硬盘上的数据。</p>"
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "开始更新(&U)"
#. this is a heading
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66
msgid "Blacklist Devices"
-msgstr "屏蔽设备"
+msgstr "将设备加入黑名单"
#. this is a menu entry
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68
msgid "B&lacklist Devices"
-msgstr "屏蔽设备(&L)"
+msgstr "将设备加入黑名单(&L)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87
msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (disable</a>)."
-msgstr "已启用屏蔽设备功能 (禁用</a>)。"
+msgstr "将设备加入黑名单已启用(禁用</a>)。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93
msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (enable</a>)."
-msgstr "已禁用屏蔽设备功能 (启用</a>)。"
+msgstr "将设备加入黑名单已禁用(启用</a>)。"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102
msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若您想要为某些设备创建黑名单通道以降低内核内存占用,请使用<b>屏蔽设备</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果您想对此类设备创建黑名单通道,以减少内核内存占用量,请使用<b>将设备加入黑名单</b>。</p>"
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157
msgid "Blacklisting Devices..."
-msgstr "正在屏蔽设备..."
+msgstr "正在将设备加入黑名单..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr "若需要则生成 AutoYaST 方案..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>若您想要创建一个 AutoYaST 方案请使用<b>复制系统设置</b>。\n"
-"AutoYaST 是一种无需用户干预即可完整安装 SUSE Linux 的方式。\n"
-"AutoYaST 需要一个方案来获知安装后的系统应该长什么样子。\n"
-"若选择了此选项,将把当前 系统的方案存储到 <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>。</p>"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr "安装结束后写入 AutoYaST 方案到 /root/autoinst.xml 吗?"
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "复制系统配置"
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "复制系统配置(&C)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr "AutoYaST 方案将被写入在 /root/autoinst.xml 下(不写入</a>)。"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (write it</a>)."
-msgstr "将不会保存 AutoYaST 方案(写入</a>)。"
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
-msgstr "正在将文件复制到安装好的系统..."
+msgstr "正在将文件复制到已安装的系统..."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60
msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..."
-msgstr "正在将系统文件复制到安装好的系统..."
+msgstr "正在将系统文件复制到安装的系统..."
#. Create a summary
#. return string
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>"
-msgstr "从映像安装已<b>启用</b>"
+msgstr "从映像安装:<b>已启用</b>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92
msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>"
-msgstr "从映像安装已<b>禁用</b>"
+msgstr "从映像安装:<b>已禁用</b>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. this is a heading
@@ -345,7 +299,7 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121
msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation."
-msgstr "在此您可以选择使用 Novell 预制映像来加速 RPM 安装。"
+msgstr "您可以在此处选择使用 Novell 预定义映像来加速 RPM 安装。"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135
msgid "&Install from Images"
@@ -357,20 +311,20 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155
msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source"
-msgstr "自定义映像部署 - 这需要配置一个 URL 作为安装来源"
+msgstr "自定义映像部署 - 这需要配置一个 URL 作为安装源"
#. Image name, Image location
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164
msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n"
-msgstr "在此您可以创建自定义映像。\n"
+msgstr "您可以在此处创建自定义映像。\n"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165
msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here"
-msgstr "您必须先配置软件选集才能在此创建映像"
+msgstr "您必须先配置软件选择才能在此创建映像"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)"
-msgstr "创建一个映像文件 (AutoYaST 将在安装时从给定位置撷取它)"
+msgstr "创建一个映像文件(AutoYaST 将在安装时从给定位置获取该映像)"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183
msgid "Create Image"
@@ -378,15 +332,15 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188
msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)"
-msgstr "AutoYaST 查找映像位置 (例如 http://主机名/)"
+msgstr "AutoYaST 查找映像的位置(例如 http://主机名/)"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200
msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)"
-msgstr "映像名称 (例如 my_image)"
+msgstr "映像名称(例如 my_image)"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213
msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)"
-msgstr "创建 ISO (介质上会有映像和 autoinst.xml)"
+msgstr "创建 ISO(媒体上会有映像和 autoinst.xml)"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
@@ -399,8 +353,8 @@
"images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>从映像安装</b>用于加快安装速度。\n"
-"映像包含了一份匹配您的软件选集的已安装系统的压缩快照。\n"
-"其余映像未包含的软件包将按标准方法从软件包安装。</p>\n"
+"映像包含了一份与您的软件选择匹配的已安装系统的压缩快照。\n"
+"映像未包含的其余包将按标准方法从包安装。</p>\n"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235
msgid ""
@@ -409,9 +363,9 @@
"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n"
"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若您想要跳过整个 RPM 安装步骤可使用<b>创建自用映像</b>。\n"
+"<p>如果想要跳过整个 RPM 安装步骤,可使用<b>创建自用映像</b>。\n"
"AutoYaST 将转储一个安装更快、可预配置好的映像到硬盘。\n"
-"除了 RPM 安装步骤其他都跟正常的自动安装一样。</p>"
+"除了 RPM 安装步骤,其他都跟正常的自动安装一样。</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349
@@ -423,14 +377,16 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n"
"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>注意当从映像安装时,全部源自映像的软件包的时间戳记将不会匹配安装日期,而是映像创建日期。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>注意,当从映像安装时,所有源自映像的包的时戳都将与映像创建日期一致,而不是与安装日期一致。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n"
"pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若当前软件选集不匹配任何一组映像,将默认禁用从映像安装。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果当前模式选择与任何映像都不匹配,\n"
+"默认情况下将禁用从映像安装。</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90
msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1."
@@ -444,9 +400,10 @@
"Currently selected patterns do not fit the images\n"
"stored on the installation media.\n"
msgstr ""
-"无法启用从映像安装。\n"
+"无法启用从映像安装的功能。\n"
"\n"
-"当前所选软件集不匹配安装介质上存储的映像。\n"
+"当前所选模式不适合\n"
+"安装媒体上储存的映像。\n"
#. this is a menu entry
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135
@@ -456,19 +413,19 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155
msgid "No installation images are available"
-msgstr "没有可用安装映像"
+msgstr "没有可用的安装映像"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166
msgid "Installation from images is enabled (disable</a>)."
-msgstr "从映像安装已启用 (禁用</a>)。"
+msgstr "从映像安装已启用(禁用</a>)。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181
msgid "Installation from images is disabled (enable</a>)."
-msgstr "从映像安装已禁用 (启用</a>)。"
+msgstr "从映像安装已禁用(启用</a>)。"
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70
@@ -478,12 +435,12 @@
#. feedback heading
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51
msgid "Add-on Product Installation"
-msgstr "附加产品安装"
+msgstr "外接式附件安装"
#. feedback message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53
msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..."
-msgstr "正在读取软件源中可用的软件包..."
+msgstr "正在读取储存库中可用的包..."
#. popup error message
#. %1 represents the the error message details
@@ -494,19 +451,19 @@
"\n"
"Try again?"
msgstr ""
-"连接到服务器时出错。\n"
+"连接到服务器时发生错误。\n"
"细节:%1\n"
"\n"
-"重试吗?"
+"是否重试?"
#. bnc #542792
#. Repository name must be generated from product details
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165
msgid "Updates for %1 %2"
-msgstr "%1 的更新 %2"
+msgstr "%1 %2 更新"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "未知产品"
@@ -521,66 +478,40 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73
msgid "Online Update"
-msgstr "在线更新"
+msgstr "联机更新"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74
msgid "Run Online Update now?"
-msgstr "立即运行在线更新吗?"
+msgstr "立即运行联机更新?"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76
msgid ""
"Select whether to run an online update now.\n"
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
msgstr ""
-"选择是否立即运行在线更新。\n"
-"您可以跳过该步骤,稍后再运行在线更新。\n"
+"选择是否立即运行联机更新。\n"
+"可以跳过此步骤并在以后运行联机更新。\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr "语言、键盘和许可协议"
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "语言(&L)"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "发行说明(&L)..."
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "键盘布局(&K)"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "我同意许可条款。(&A)"
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "键盘测试(&e)"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "许可协议"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "许可译文(&T)..."
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -588,12 +519,13 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"选择要在安装过程中和安装好的系统中使用的<b>语言</b>和<b>键盘布局</b>。\n"
+"选择要在安装过程及已安装系统中\n"
+"使用的<b>语言</b>和<b>键盘布局</b>。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -601,23 +533,23 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"继续安装前必须接受许可。\n"
-"使用<b>许可译文</b>来显示全部可用的许可译文。\n"
+"继续安装前必须接受许可证。\n"
+"使用<b>许可证译文版本...</b>可显示许可证的所有可用译文版本。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"点击<b>下一步</b>前往下一个对话框。\n"
+"单击<b>下一步</b>继续到下一个对话框。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -625,11 +557,12 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"在最后一个安装对话框中确认全部设置后才会真正执行安装。\n"
+"在最后一个安装对话框中确认所有设置前,\n"
+"您的计算机不会执行任何操作。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -637,25 +570,52 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"您可以随时选择<b>中止</b>来中止安装进程。\n"
+"选择<b>中止</b>可随时中止\n"
+"安装过程。\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "版本资讯(&L)..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "许可协议"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "语言(&L)"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "键盘布局(&K)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "我接受许可证条款(&A)。"
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
-msgstr "您必须接受许可才能安装本产品"
+msgstr "您必须接受许可证后才能安装此产品"
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "键盘测试(&E)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "许可证转换(&T)..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -666,23 +626,25 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n"
"the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>选择<b>禁用 ZMD 服务</b>来停止和禁用在系统启动时运行 ZMD 服务。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>选择<b>禁用 ZMD 服务</b>可停止和禁用\n"
+"在系统启动时运行 ZMD 服务功能。</p>\n"
#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST
#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149
msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST"
-msgstr "为 Autoyast 克隆本系统(&C)"
+msgstr "为 Autoyast(&C) 复制此系统"
#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155
msgid "Installation Completed"
-msgstr "安装完成"
+msgstr "安装已完成"
#. congratulation text 1/4
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163
msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>愿原力与你同在!德玛西亚!</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>祝贺您!</b></p>"
#. congratulation text 2/4
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165
@@ -690,13 +652,13 @@
"<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n"
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>您计算机上的 &product; 已安装完毕。\n"
-"点击<b>完成</b>后,您就可以登入该系统了。</p>\n"
+"<p>已在您的计算机上完成 &product; 的安装。\n"
+"单击<b>完成</b>后,就可以登录该系统了。</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169
msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>欢迎访问我们的官网 %1。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>请访问 %1。</p>"
#. congratulation text 4/4
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172
@@ -713,7 +675,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n"
"to the login screen.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>完成</b>将关闭 YaST 安装程序并带您到登录屏幕。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>完成</b>将关闭 YaST 安装进程,\n"
+"并将您转到登录屏幕。</p>\n"
#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203
@@ -722,8 +686,9 @@
"adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n"
"our SUSE Welcome Dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若您选择了默认的图形桌面 KDE,您可以针对您的硬件调整一些 KDE 设置。\n"
-"也请留意我们的 SUSE 欢迎界面。</p>\n"
+"<p>如果选择默认的图形桌面 KDE,则可以\n"
+"针对硬件调整一些 KDE 设置。还请注意\n"
+"我们的 SUSE 欢迎对话框。</p>\n"
#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215
@@ -733,37 +698,37 @@
"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n"
"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若您想要创建一个 AutoYaST 方案请使用<b>克隆</b>。\n"
-"AutoYaST 是一种无需用户干预即可完整安装 SUSE Linux 的方式。\n"
-"AutoYaST 需要一个方案来了解安装好的系统应该是怎样的。\n"
-"若选中此选项,将把一份匹配当前系统的方案导出到 <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>。</p>"
+"<p>使用<b>克隆</b>可创建 AutoYaST 配置文件。\n"
+"AutoYaST 是在无用户交互的情况下安装完整的 SUSE Linux 的一种方式。AutoYaST\n"
+"需要通过配置文件来了解安装后的系统的具体情况。如果选中此选项,\n"
+"那么当前系统的配置文件将保存在 <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt> 中。</p>"
#. #187558
#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310
msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要克隆当前系统,您必须安装 <b>%1</b> 软件包。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要克隆当前系统,您必须安装 <b>%1</b> 包。</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
-msgstr "<p>立即安装它吗?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>是否立即安装?</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315
msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled."
-msgstr "未安装 autoyast2 软件包。克隆已禁用。"
+msgstr "未安装 autoyast2 包。克隆已禁用。"
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "系统将立即重新引导..."
+msgstr "系统将立即重引导..."
#. bnc #395030
#. Use less memory
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -771,49 +736,49 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
-"部署映像失败。\n"
+"部署映像已失败。\n"
"正在中止安装...\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages."
msgstr ""
-"已经打开调试功能。\n"
-"YaST 将打开一个软件包管理器来让您检查软件包当前状态。"
+"已经开启调试功能。\n"
+"YaST 将打开一个软件管理器供您检查包当前的状态。"
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
-msgstr "正在下载映像,速度:%1/秒"
+msgstr "正在以 %1/s 的速度下载映像"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
-msgstr "正在下载映像 %1,速度:%2/秒"
+msgstr "正在以 %2/s 的速度下载映像 %1"
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "正在部署映像..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "正在部署映像 %1..."
#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84
msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to."
-msgstr "选择要部署映像的磁盘。"
+msgstr "选择要将映像部署到的磁盘。"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85
msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!"
-msgstr "该磁盘上的全部数据均将被摧毁!!!"
+msgstr "该磁盘上的所有数据都将丢失!"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87
msgid "&Disk to Use"
@@ -821,46 +786,47 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93
msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
-msgstr "请选择将部署映像的磁盘。该磁盘上的全部数据均将被摧毁,磁盘将以映像中定义的方式被重新分区。"
+msgstr "选择要将映像部署到的磁盘。该磁盘上的所有数据都将丢失,并且磁盘将按映像中的定义分区。"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr "用于部署映像的硬盘"
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
-msgstr "正在检测可用控制器"
+msgstr "正在检测可用的控制器"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "磁盘激活"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
-msgstr "配置 &DASD 磁盘"
+msgstr "配置 DASD 磁盘(&D)"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
-msgstr "配置 &ZFCP 磁盘"
+msgstr "配置 ZFCP 磁盘(&Z)"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
-msgstr "配置以太网络光纤通道接口(&F)"
+msgstr "配置 FCoE 接口(&F)"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
-msgstr "配置 &iSCSI 磁盘"
+msgstr "配置iSCSI 磁盘(&I)"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
-msgstr "修改网络配置(&W)"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "网络配置(&W)..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56
msgid "Installation - Warming Up"
-msgstr "安装 - 热身"
+msgstr "安装 - 准备工作"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63
@@ -873,7 +839,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "正在初始化"
@@ -881,22 +847,22 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
-msgstr "正在初始化安装..."
+msgstr "正在初始化安装程序..."
#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142
msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:"
-msgstr "在这些额外的软件源中找到了软件包更新:"
+msgstr "在这些额外的储存库中找到了包更新:"
#. yes/no popup question
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160
msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?"
-msgstr "启动软件包管理器来检查和安装这些更新吗?"
+msgstr "是否启动软件管理器以检查和安装这些更新?"
#. check box
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501
msgid "Show &package updates"
-msgstr "显示软件包更新(&P)"
+msgstr "显示包更新(&P)"
#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured
#. kilobytes
@@ -905,7 +871,7 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158
msgid "Finishing Basic Installation"
-msgstr "正在完成基础安装"
+msgstr "正在完成基本安装"
#. Might be left from the previous stage
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105
@@ -913,65 +879,65 @@
msgstr "正在创建要调用的收尾脚本列表..."
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
-msgstr "复制文件到安装好的系统"
+msgstr "将文件复制到已安装的系统"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "保存配置"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "保存安装设置"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "安装引导管理器"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
-msgstr "为首次引导准备系统"
+msgstr "为初次引导准备系统"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "正在检查阶段:%1..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "正在调用步骤 %1..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr " * %1"
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "已完成"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
-msgstr "安装出错"
+msgstr "安装错误"
#. Button to accept a license agreement
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63
msgid "I &Agree"
-msgstr "我愿意(&A)"
+msgstr "我同意(&A)"
#. Button to reject a license agreement
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67
msgid "I Do &Not Agree"
-msgstr "我当时就不干了(&N)"
+msgstr "我不同意(&N)"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42
@@ -981,57 +947,59 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
-msgstr "正在准备初始系统配置..."
+msgstr "正在准备初始化系统配置..."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "安装选项"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
-msgstr "在安装前添加在线软件源(&A)"
+msgstr "在安装前添加联机储存库(&A)"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
-msgstr "包括独立介质中的附加产品(&C)"
+msgstr "包括独立媒体中的外接式附件(&C)"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>安装选项</b></big></p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
"<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"要在安装或者更新时使用建议的远程软件源,请选择<b>在安装前添加在线软件源</b>。</p>"
+"要在安装或更新期间使用建议的远程储存库,请选择\n"
+"<b>在安装前添加联机储存库</b>。</p>"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
"<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"要在安装 &product; 时从独立介质安装附加产品,请选择<b>包括独立介质中的附加产品</b>。</p>\n"
+"要在安装 &product; 时从独立媒体安装外接式附件,\n"
+"请选择<b>包括独立媒体中的外接式附件</b>。</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若您需要安装特种硬件驱动,请参考 <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> 站点。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果您需要安装特殊硬件驱动程序,请访问 <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> 网站。</p>"
#. Error message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show"
-msgstr "内部错误:缺少应显示的许可"
+msgstr "内部错误:缺少要显示的许可证"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82
@@ -1045,14 +1013,14 @@
"It is important if using remote repositories,\n"
"otherwise you can safely skip it.\n"
msgstr ""
-"未找到网络设置。\n"
-"若您使用远程软件源那这很重要。\n"
-"否则您可以放心地跳过该步骤。\n"
+"找不到网络设置。\n"
+"它对使用远程储存库很重要,\n"
+"如果不使用远程储存库,您可以放心地跳过此项。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105
msgid "Configure your network card now?"
-msgstr "立即配置您的网卡吗?"
+msgstr "是否立即配置网卡?"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109
@@ -1074,7 +1042,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p>The current installation system does not\n"
"have a configured network.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>当前安装的系统没有配置好的网络。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>当前安装的系统不具有\n"
+"配置好的网络。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143
@@ -1082,8 +1052,8 @@
"<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n"
"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>您需要配置一个网络连接来使用远程的软件源或附加产品。\n"
-"若您不使用远程软件源也可以跳过该配置。</p>\n"
+"<p>要使用远程储存库或外接式附件,您需要一个配置好的网络。\n"
+"如果您不想使用任何远程储存库,可以跳过此配置。</p>\n"
#. error popup
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185
@@ -1091,7 +1061,7 @@
"Network configuration has failed.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for details."
msgstr ""
-"网络配置失败。\n"
+"网络配置已失败。\n"
"详情请查看日志文件 %1。"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
@@ -1102,7 +1072,8 @@
"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>对于 Linux,<b>选择</b>至关重要。<i>openSUSE</i> 提供了几种不同的桌面环境。\n"
-"下面您可以看到两种主流的桌面:<b>GNOME</b> 和 <b>KDE</b>。</p>"
+"下面您可以看到两种主流的桌面:\n"
+"<b>GNOME</b> 和 <b>KDE</b>。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
@@ -1112,8 +1083,10 @@
"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n"
"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>您也可以使用<b>其它</b>选项选择更满足您需要的其它桌面环境 (或者选择一个极简安装软件集)。\n"
-"稍后在软件选择中或安装后,您仍可以修改您的选择或添加额外桌面环境。本屏幕允许您设置默认桌面环境。</p>"
+"<p>您也可以使用<b>其他</b>选项选择更满足您需要的\n"
+"其他桌面环境(或者选择一个极简安装模式)。\n"
+"稍后在软件选择中或安装后,您仍可以更改您的选择或添加额外桌面环境。\n"
+"此屏幕允许您设置默认桌面环境。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
@@ -1127,17 +1100,17 @@
"Select the desired desktop environment."
msgstr ""
"未选择桌面类型。\n"
-"请选择中意的桌面环境。"
+"请选择所需的桌面环境。"
#. BNC #449818
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
msgid "Other"
-msgstr "其它"
+msgstr "其他"
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
-msgstr "无法找到基础产品。将不会显示版本资讯。"
+msgstr "找不到基础产品。将不显示发行说明。"
#. 1 GB is a good approximation
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104
@@ -1148,12 +1121,12 @@
#. BNC #439104
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126
msgid "Installing Packages..."
-msgstr "正在安装软件包..."
+msgstr "正在安装包..."
#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59
msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
-msgstr "该模块没有可用的用户界面。"
+msgstr "此模块没有可用的用户界面。"
#. combobox item
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159
@@ -1163,7 +1136,7 @@
#. caption for dialog "Release Notes"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206
msgid "Release Notes"
-msgstr "版本资讯"
+msgstr "发行说明"
#. +2 thingies on the right
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248
@@ -1175,12 +1148,12 @@
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n"
"summary of new features and changes.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>安装好的 Linux 系统的<b>版本资讯</b>摘要说明了其新功能和改动。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>安装好的 Linux 系统的<b>发行说明</b>概述了新功能和一些改动。</p>\n"
#. informative message in RichText widget
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457
msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>未安装版本资讯。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>未安装任何发行说明。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108
@@ -1189,17 +1162,17 @@
"Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>请选择一个最适合您的使用场景。\n"
-"稍后可在软件提案中选择额外需要的软件。</p>\n"
+"稍后可在软件建议中选择额外需要的软件。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138
msgid "Choose one scenario, please."
-msgstr "请选择一个使用场景。"
+msgstr "请选择一个方案。"
#. TRANSLATORS: frame label
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300
msgid "Choose Scenario"
-msgstr "选择使用场景"
+msgstr "选择方案"
#. This dialog in not interactive
#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog
@@ -1210,19 +1183,19 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99
msgid "Probe USB devices"
-msgstr "检测 USB 设备"
+msgstr "侦测 USB 设备"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100
msgid "Probing USB devices..."
-msgstr "正在检测 USB 设备..."
+msgstr "正在侦测 USB 设备..."
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103
msgid "Probe FireWire devices"
-msgstr "检测火线设备..."
+msgstr "侦测 FireWire 设备..."
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104
msgid "Probing FireWire devices..."
-msgstr "正在检测火线设备..."
+msgstr "正在检测 FireWire 设备..."
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107
msgid "Probe floppy disk devices"
@@ -1234,27 +1207,27 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112
msgid "Probe hard disk controllers"
-msgstr "检测硬盘控制器"
+msgstr "侦测硬盘控制器"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113
msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..."
-msgstr "正在检测硬盘控制器..."
+msgstr "正在侦测硬盘控制器..."
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116
msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers"
-msgstr "为硬盘控制器加载内核模块"
+msgstr "为硬盘控制器装载内核模块"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117
msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..."
-msgstr "正在为硬盘控制器加载内核模块..."
+msgstr "正在为硬盘控制器装载内核模块..."
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120
msgid "Probe hard disks"
-msgstr "检测硬盘"
+msgstr "侦测硬盘"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121
msgid "Probing hard disks..."
-msgstr "正在检测硬盘..."
+msgstr "正在侦测硬盘..."
#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128
@@ -1267,33 +1240,33 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132
msgid "Initialize software manager"
-msgstr "初始化软件包管理器"
+msgstr "初始化软件管理器"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133
msgid "Initializing software manager..."
-msgstr "正在初始化软件包管理器..."
+msgstr "正在初始化软件管理器..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138
msgid "System Probing"
-msgstr "系统检测"
+msgstr "系统侦测"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144
msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now."
-msgstr "YaST 现在正在检测计算机硬件和已安装的系统。"
+msgstr "YaST 现在正在探测计算机硬件和已安装的系统。"
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"若您需要安装特种硬件驱动请查看 'drivers.suse.com'。"
+"如果您需要安装特数硬件驱动程序,请查看“drivers.suse.com”。"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1303,41 +1276,79 @@
"请检查您的硬件!\n"
"%1\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
"(especially on S/390 or iSCSI systems)\n"
msgstr ""
-"未找到可用于安装的磁盘。\n"
+"未找到可用于安装的硬盘。\n"
"在自动安装过程中,稍后可能会检测到它们。\n"
-"(尤其是在 S/390 或 iSCSI 系统上)\n"
+"(尤其是在 S/390 或 iSCSI 系统上)\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
"Check your hardware.\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-"未找到可用于安装的硬盘和硬盘控制器。\n"
+"未找到可用于安装的\n"
+"硬盘和硬盘控制器。\n"
"请检查您的硬件。\n"
"%1\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
-"初始化软件源失败。\n"
-"即将中止安装。"
+"未能初始化软件储存库。\n"
+"正在中止安装。"
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"在以下位置未找到有效的更新:\n"
+"%s。\n"
+"\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+"无法从以下位置提取更新:\n"
+"%s。\n"
+"\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+"从 \n"
+"%s\n"
+" 下载安装程序更新失败。\n"
+"\n"
+"是否要检查网络配置?"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
-msgstr "已移除"
+msgstr "已删除"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113
@@ -1356,7 +1367,7 @@
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676
msgid "Previously Used Repositories"
-msgstr "之前用过的软件源"
+msgstr "以前使用过的储存库"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline,
#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line.
@@ -1364,7 +1375,9 @@
msgid ""
"These repositories were found on the system\n"
"you are upgrading:"
-msgstr "在您正在升级的系统中发现以下软件源:"
+msgstr ""
+"在系统中找到这些储存库\n"
+"您将要升级:"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236
@@ -1374,7 +1387,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238
msgid "Repository"
-msgstr "软件源"
+msgstr "储存库"
#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240
@@ -1385,15 +1398,15 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "修改(&C)..."
+msgstr "更改(&C)..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250
msgid "&Toggle Status"
-msgstr "切换状态(&T)"
+msgstr "转换状态(&T)"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256
@@ -1401,8 +1414,8 @@
"<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n"
"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>在此您可以看到从您正在升级的系统中发现的全部软件源。\n"
-"请启用您想要在升级过程中使用的软件源。</p>"
+"<p>将在此处显示从您要升级的系统上找到的\n"
+"所有软件储存库。请启用希望包含在升级过程中的软件储存库。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260
@@ -1410,13 +1423,13 @@
"<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n"
"<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要启用、移除或禁用一个 URL,请点击\n"
-"<b>切换状态</b>按钮或双击相应的表格项。</p>"
+"<p>要启用、删除或禁用某个 URL,请单击\n"
+"<b>转换状态</b>按钮,或双击相应的表项。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264
msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要修改 URL,请点击<b>修改...</b>按钮。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要更改 URL,请单击<b>更改...</b>按钮。</p>"
#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted
#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key
@@ -1430,12 +1443,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: textentry
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373
msgid "&Repository URL"
-msgstr "软件源 URL(&R)"
+msgstr "储存库 URL(&R)"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587
msgid "Network is not Configured"
-msgstr "网络尚未配置"
+msgstr "网络未配置"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589
@@ -1443,56 +1456,56 @@
"Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n"
"Configure it?"
msgstr ""
-"远程软件源需要互联网连接。\n"
-"配置互联网连接吗?"
+"远程储存库需要因特网连接。\n"
+"是否要配置它?"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677
msgid "Adding and removing repositories..."
-msgstr "正在添加和移除软件源..."
+msgstr "正在添加或去除储存库..."
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682
msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>正在添加和移除软件源。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>正在添加和去除储存库。</p>"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642
msgid "Remove unused repositories"
-msgstr "移除无用的软件源"
+msgstr "去除未使用的储存库"
#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803
msgid "Removing unused repositories..."
-msgstr "正在移除无用的软件源..."
+msgstr "正在去除未使用的储存库..."
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653
msgid "Add enabled repositories"
-msgstr "添加已启用的软件源"
+msgstr "添加已启用的储存库"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt>
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869
msgid "Adding enabled repositories..."
-msgstr "正在添加已启用的软件源..."
+msgstr "正在添加已启用的储存库..."
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665
msgid "Add disabled repositories"
-msgstr "添加已禁用的软件源"
+msgstr "添加已禁用的储存库"
#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt>
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026
msgid "Adding disabled repositories..."
-msgstr "正在添加已禁用的软件源..."
+msgstr "正在添加已禁用的储存库..."
#. true - OK, continue
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843
msgid "Correct Media Requested"
-msgstr "需要正确的介质"
+msgstr "已请求正确媒体"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845
msgid ""
@@ -1501,9 +1514,9 @@
"\n"
"If you skip it, the repository will not be added.\n"
msgstr ""
-"请确保 CD/DVD 驱动器中有标签为 %1 的介质。\n"
+"请确保 CD/DVD 驱动器中有标签为 %1 的媒体。\n"
"\n"
-"若您选择跳过,将不会添加软件源。\n"
+"如果您选择跳过,将不会添加储存库。\n"
#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them
#. for the system upgrade
@@ -1515,10 +1528,10 @@
"\n"
"Repository will be added in disabled state."
msgstr ""
-"无法添加软件源 %1\n"
+"无法添加储存库 %1\n"
"URL:%2\n"
"\n"
-"该软件源将以已禁用模式添加。"
+"该储存库将添加为禁用状态。"
#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945
@@ -1527,7 +1540,7 @@
"Name: %1\n"
"URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-"无法添加已启用的软件源\n"
+"无法添加已启用的储存库\n"
"名称:%1\n"
"URL:%2"
@@ -1539,7 +1552,7 @@
"Name: %1\n"
"URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-"刷新软件源时出错\n"
+"刷新储存库时出错\n"
"名称:%1\n"
"URL:%2"
@@ -1551,7 +1564,7 @@
"Name: %1\n"
"URL: %2\n"
msgstr ""
-"启用软件源时出错\n"
+"启用储存库时出错\n"
"名称:%1\n"
"URL:%2\n"
@@ -1562,7 +1575,7 @@
"Name: %1\n"
"URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-"无法添加已禁用的软件源\n"
+"无法添加已禁用的储存库\n"
"名称:%1\n"
"URL:%2"
@@ -1584,9 +1597,9 @@
"<b>Next</b> to continue. </p>\n"
" \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>还需要完成几个步骤,您的系统就可以使用了。\n"
-"YaST 现在将指引您进行一些基本配置。 \n"
-"请点击<b>下一步</b>继续。</p>\n"
+"<p>还需要完成几个步骤,您的系统才可\n"
+"使用。YaST 现在将引导您完成一些基本配置。 单击\n"
+"<b>下一步</b>继续。</p>\n"
" \n"
#. help ttext
@@ -1594,12 +1607,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n"
"basic configuration of the system.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>请点击<b>下一步</b>执行基本系统配置。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>请单击<b>下一步</b>执行\n"
+"基本系统配置。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83
msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation."
-msgstr "没有为此类安装方式定义安装流程。"
+msgstr "没有为此类安装定义任何工作流程。"
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60
@@ -1609,7 +1624,7 @@
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63
msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..."
-msgstr "正在更新内核模块依赖关系..."
+msgstr "正在更新内核模块依赖性..."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60
@@ -1617,14 +1632,14 @@
msgstr "正在设置链接器超速缓存..."
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "正在保存网络配置..."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65
msgid "Checking the installed system..."
-msgstr "正在检查安装好的系统..."
+msgstr "正在检查已安装的系统..."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62
@@ -1634,12 +1649,12 @@
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
msgid "Saving time zone..."
-msgstr "正在保存时区设置..."
+msgstr "正在保存时区..."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143
msgid "Saving language..."
-msgstr "正在保存语言设置..."
+msgstr "正在保存语言..."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148
@@ -1664,7 +1679,7 @@
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183
msgid "Saving security settings..."
-msgstr "正在保存安全设置..."
+msgstr "正在保存安全性设置..."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66
@@ -1674,22 +1689,22 @@
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64
msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..."
-msgstr "正在将 SSH 设置复制到安装好的系统..."
+msgstr "正在将 SSH 设置复制到已安装的系统..."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65
msgid "Moving to installed system..."
-msgstr "正在移动到安装好的系统..."
+msgstr "正在移动到已安装的系统..."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71
msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..."
-msgstr "正在卸载全部已挂载的设备..."
+msgstr "正在卸下所有已装入的设备..."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65
msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..."
-msgstr "正在将 X 窗口系统配置复制进系统..."
+msgstr "正在将 X Windows 系统配置复制到系统..."
#. call command
#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108
@@ -1708,9 +1723,9 @@
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
"\n"
-"正在使用 kexec 加载安装好的内核。\n"
+"正在使用 kexec 装载已安装的内核。\n"
"\n"
-"正在尝试不重启而使用 kexec 加载安装好的内核\n"
+"正在尝试通过 kexec 装载已安装的内核而非重引导\n"
"请稍候。\n"
"\n"
"**************************************************************\n"
@@ -1736,66 +1751,57 @@
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
-msgstr "正在将日志文件复制到安装好的系统..."
+msgstr "正在将日志文件复制到已安装的系统..."
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
-msgstr "正在收缩 PREP (PowerPC 参考平台) 分区..."
+msgstr "正在收缩 PREP 分区..."
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
-msgstr "真的全部重置为默认值吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实要将所有值都重设置为默认值?"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
-msgstr "您将丢失全部修改。"
+msgstr "您将丢失所有更改。"
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "已存储配置位置"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr "存储配置失败。可在日志中找到细节。"
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "根据用户请求跳过配置"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
-msgstr "提案存在一处错误,继续前必须解决掉它。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"建议存在错误,必须在解决错误后\n"
+"才能继续。\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
-msgstr "正在调整提案到当前设置..."
+msgstr "正在调整当前设置的建议..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "正在分析您的系统..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
-msgstr "错误:无提案"
+msgstr "错误:无建议"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1808,49 +1814,43 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "跳过配置(&S)"
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "使用以下配置(&U)"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "导出配置(&E)"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
-msgstr "点击任一标题或使用下面的 \"修改...\" 菜单进行修改。"
+msgstr "单击任一标题或使用下面的“更改...”菜单进行更改。"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
-msgstr "点击标题作出修改。"
+msgstr "单击标题可进行更改。"
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
-msgstr "重置为默认值(&R)"
+msgstr "重设置为默认值(&R)"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "更新(&U)"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "安装(&I)"
#. @return [String] translated headline
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57
msgid "Installation Overview"
-msgstr "安装概览"
+msgstr "安装概述"
#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals
#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77
@@ -1861,7 +1861,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"点击相应的标题或使用<b>修改...</b>菜单修改这些值。\n"
+"单击相应的标题\n"
+"或使用<b>更改...</b>菜单更改这些值。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for installation proposal, continued
@@ -1877,7 +1878,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1890,7 +1891,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1902,63 +1903,65 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"按<b>下一步</b>使网络设置生效。\n"
+"按<b>下一步</b>将使网络设置生效。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"按<b>下一步</b>使服务设置生效。\n"
+"按<b>下一步</b>将使服务设置生效。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"按<b>下一步</b>使硬件设置生效。\n"
+"按<b>下一步</b>将使硬件设置生效。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>UML 安装提案</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>UML 安装建议</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>UML (用户模式 Linux) 安装允许您在主机系统中启动独立的 Linux 虚拟机。</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>UML(用户模式 Linux)安装允许在主机系统中\n"
+"启动独立的 Linux 虚拟机。</P>"
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"要使用显示的设置,请按<b>下一步</b>。\n"
+"要将设置配置为显示的设置,请按<b>下一步</b>。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Text to display
@@ -1968,6 +1971,16 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "正在启用远程管理..."
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "系统角色"
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr "更改系统角色可能会撤消您所做的调整。"
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -1975,16 +1988,77 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "正在创建根文件系统快照..."
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr "无法找到通过 HTTP(S) 协议的 URL“%1”。服务器返回了代码 %2。"
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr "无法找到通过 HTTP(S) 协议的 URL“%1”。服务器返回了代码 %2。"
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr "读取 %1/%2 上的文件失败。\n"
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr "读取 %1 上的文件失败。\n"
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr "装入 %1 失败。"
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr "读取 CD 上的文件时失败。路径:%1/%2."
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr "无法获取到远程文件 %1"
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr "%1 未装入,装入尝试失败"
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr "找不到文件 %1"
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr "无法找到通过 TFTP 协议的 URL“%1”。"
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "未知协议 %1。"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840
msgid "Failed to read information about installation images"
-msgstr "无法读取安装映像信息"
+msgstr "未能读取安装映像信息"
#. count megabytes
#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196
@@ -1997,14 +2071,14 @@
#. @see #objects_state
#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219
msgid "Storing user preferences..."
-msgstr "正在储存用户偏好..."
+msgstr "正在储存用户首选项..."
#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] if successful
#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351
msgid "Restoring user preferences..."
-msgstr "正在恢复用户偏好..."
+msgstr "正在恢复用户首选项..."
#. Error message
#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448
@@ -2012,890 +2086,5 @@
"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n"
"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually."
msgstr ""
-"安装未能自动解决软件包依赖关系。\n"
-"将打开软件包管理器来让您手动解决那些依赖关系。"
-
-#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
-#~ msgstr "错误:缺少标题"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Some proposals might be\n"
-#~ "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n"
-#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>系统管理员可能锁定了某些提案,因而您无法修改它们。\n"
-#~ "若需要修改锁定的提案,请垂询您的系统管理员。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
-#~ msgstr "正在初始化安装环境..."
-
-#~ msgid "Dummy"
-#~ msgstr "演示"
-
-#~ msgid "&Dummy"
-#~ msgstr "演示(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在保存引导脚本设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions"
-#~ msgstr "搜索 Linux 分区"
-
-#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..."
-#~ msgstr "正在搜索 Linux 分区..."
-
-#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility"
-#~ msgstr "评估更新可能性"
-
-#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..."
-#~ msgstr "正在评估更新可能性..."
-
-#~ msgid "Enabling random number generator..."
-#~ msgstr "正在启用随机数字生成器..."
-
-#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted"
-#~ msgstr "需要接受许可"
-
-#~ msgid "Network Device: %1"
-#~ msgstr "网络设备:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Network type: %1"
-#~ msgstr "网络类型:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Wireless"
-#~ msgstr "无线"
-
-#~ msgid "Wired"
-#~ msgstr "有线"
-
-#~ msgid "Model: %1"
-#~ msgstr "型号:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "MAC Address: %1"
-#~ msgstr "MAC 地址:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Hardware Vendor: %1"
-#~ msgstr "硬件厂商:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Link is: %1"
-#~ msgstr "连接状态:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Connected"
-#~ msgstr "已连接"
-
-#~ msgid "Disconnected"
-#~ msgstr "已断开"
-
-#~ msgid "Network Setup Wizard: Probing Hardware..."
-#~ msgstr "网络安装向导:正在检测硬件..."
-
-#~ msgid "Probing network cards..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检测网卡..."
-
-#~ msgid "Network cards are being probed now."
-#~ msgstr "正在检测网卡。"
-
-#~ msgid "Unknown Network Card"
-#~ msgstr "未知网卡"
-
-#~ msgid "No additional information"
-#~ msgstr "无额外信息"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No network card has been selected.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Select a network card to configure it later.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "没有选择网卡。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "请选择一个网卡,稍后将对它进行配置。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Warning"
-#~ msgstr "警告"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The link of the selected interface %1 is disconnected.\n"
-#~ "It needs to be connected for a proper network configuration.\n"
-#~ "Are you sure you want to use it?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "所选接口 %1 的连接已断开。\n"
-#~ "正确配置网络需要连接上该连接。\n"
-#~ "您确定您想要使用该连接吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "&Yes, Use it"
-#~ msgstr "是的,就用它(&Y)"
-
-#~ msgid "Select a network card to be configured."
-#~ msgstr "请选择要配置的网卡。"
-
-#~ msgid "Network Card"
-#~ msgstr "网卡"
-
-#~ msgid "Device"
-#~ msgstr "设备"
-
-#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card"
-#~ msgstr "所选网卡的硬件信息"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>在此您可以配置您要立即使用的网卡。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\n"
-#~ "you can safely skip the configuration.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>若您现在不需要网络连接,\n"
-#~ "您可以放心地跳过该配置。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To configure a network card, select it from the list\n"
-#~ "and click the <b>Next</b> button.\n"
-#~ "Otherwise, click <b>Cancel</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>要配置网卡请从列表中选中网卡并点击<b>下一步</b>按钮。\n"
-#~ "否则,请点击<b>取消</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "IP address cannot be empty."
-#~ msgstr "IP 地址不能为空。"
-
-#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address."
-#~ msgstr "'%1' 不是一个有效的 IP 地址。"
-
-#~ msgid "Netmask cannot be empty."
-#~ msgstr "网络掩码不能为空。"
-
-#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid netmask."
-#~ msgstr "'%1' 不是一个有效的网络掩码。"
-
-#~ msgid "Gateway IP address cannot be empty."
-#~ msgstr "网关 IP 地址不能为空。"
-
-#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address of the gateway."
-#~ msgstr "'%1' 不是一个有效的网关 IP 地址。"
-
-#~ msgid "DNS server IP address cannot be empty."
-#~ msgstr "DNS 服务器 IP 地址不能为空。"
-
-#~ msgid "'%1' is an invalid IP address of the DNS server."
-#~ msgstr "'%1' 不是一个有效的 DNS 服务器 IP 地址。"
-
-#~ msgid "Proxy server name or IP address must be set."
-#~ msgstr "必须设置代理服务器名称或 IP 地址。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "'%1' is an invalid IP address or invalid hostname\n"
-#~ "of a proxy server."
-#~ msgstr "'%1' 不是一个有效的 IP 地址或代理服务器主机名。"
-
-#~ msgid "Proxy port must be set."
-#~ msgstr "必须设置代理端口。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "'%1' is an invalid proxy port number.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Port number must be between 1 and 65535 inclusive."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "'%1' 不是一个有效的代理端口号。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "端口号只能介于 1 和 65535 之间。"
-
-#~ msgid "Select your network setup type for %1"
-#~ msgstr "请为 %1 选择网络设置类型"
-
-#~ msgid "Automatic Address Setup (via &DHCP)"
-#~ msgstr "自动地址设置 (通过 &DHCP)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Static Address Setup"
-#~ msgstr "静态地址设置(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Static Address Settings"
-#~ msgstr "静态地址设置"
-
-#~ msgid "&IP Address"
-#~ msgstr "&IP 地址"
-
-#~ msgid "Net&mask"
-#~ msgstr "网络掩码(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "Default &Gateway IP"
-#~ msgstr "默认网关 IP(&G)"
-
-#~ msgid "D&NS Server IP"
-#~ msgstr "D&NS 服务器 IP"
-
-#~ msgid "&Use Proxy for Accessing the Internet"
-#~ msgstr "使用代理访问互联网(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "&HTTP Proxy Server"
-#~ msgstr "&HTTP 代理服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "&Port"
-#~ msgstr "端口(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Us&er (optional)"
-#~ msgstr "用户名 (可选) (&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "Pass&word (optional)"
-#~ msgstr "密码 (可选) (&W)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Network Setup</b></big>\n"
-#~ "<br>Configure your network card.\n"
-#~ "Select either DHCP or static setup. DHCP fits for most cases.\n"
-#~ "For details contact your Internet provider or your network\n"
-#~ "administrator.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>网络设置</b></big>\n"
-#~ "<br>配置您的网卡。\n"
-#~ "选择 DHCP 或者静态设置。DHCP 适合大多数情况。\n"
-#~ "详情请垂询您的网络提供商或者您的网络管理员。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Proxy</b></big>\n"
-#~ "<br>Proxy is a server-based cache for accessing the web.\n"
-#~ "In most cases, if you have a direct connection to the Internet,\n"
-#~ "you do not need to use one.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>代理</b></big>\n"
-#~ "<br>代理是一个基于服务器的网络访问缓存。\n"
-#~ "在大多数情况下,若您能直接连接到互联网,就没有必要使用代理。(注意,这不是科学上网代理。科学上网的软件需要您另装,具体垂询https://forum.suse.org.cn 请以暗号形式转义掉敏感词!)</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Command: <tt>%1</tt> has failed.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>The output of the command was:\n"
-#~ "<pre>%2</pre></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>命令:<tt>%1</tt> 失败了。</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>命令输出为:\n"
-#~ "<pre>%2</pre></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Setting up Network Failed"
-#~ msgstr "设置网络失败"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "A failure occurred during preparing\n"
-#~ "the installation system for writing the proxy configuration."
-#~ msgstr "在准备安装系统以写入代理配置时失败。"
-
-#~ msgid "Internet Test Failed"
-#~ msgstr "互联网测试失败"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The Internet connection test failed. You should be\n"
-#~ "redirected to the previous dialog to change the configuration.\n"
-#~ "Go back and change it?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "互联网连接测试失败。\n"
-#~ "您应该返回到之前的对话框修改配置。\n"
-#~ "返回并修改设置吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "Go Back"
-#~ msgstr "返回"
-
-#~ msgid "Skip"
-#~ msgstr "跳过"
-
-#~ msgid "Adjust automatic network setup (via DHCP)"
-#~ msgstr "调整自动网络设置 (通过 DHCP)"
-
-#~ msgid "Adjusting automatic network setup (via DHCP)..."
-#~ msgstr "正在调整自动网络设置 (通过 DHCP)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Adjust static network setup"
-#~ msgstr "调整静态网络设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Adjusting static network setup..."
-#~ msgstr "正在调整静态网络设置..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Unknown network setup.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Please, go back and provide a valid network setup."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "未知的网络设置。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "请返回并提供一个有效的网络设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Write proxy settings"
-#~ msgstr "写入代理设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Writing proxy settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入代理设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Adjust installation system"
-#~ msgstr "调整安装系统"
-
-#~ msgid "Adjusting installation system..."
-#~ msgstr "正在调整安装系统..."
-
-#~ msgid "Test Internet connection"
-#~ msgstr "测试互联网连接"
-
-#~ msgid "Testing Internet connection..."
-#~ msgstr "正在测试互联网连接..."
-
-#~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入网络设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>正在写入和测试网络配置, 请稍候...</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Writing the network settings failed.\n"
-#~ "You will be returned to the previous dialog to either\n"
-#~ "change the settings or cancel the network setup.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "写入网络设置失败。\n"
-#~ "您将返回到之前的对话框,可以修改设置或取消网络设置。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Enabling SSH service on installed system..."
-#~ msgstr "正在安装好的系统上启用 SSH 服务..."
-
-#~ msgid "Creating automatic configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在创建自动配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Automatic configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "自动配置..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "******************************************************\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ " Do not panic!\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ " X11 Configuration must switch to console for a while\n"
-#~ " to detect your videocard properly...\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "******************************************************\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "******************************************************\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "别慌!我会自己回家的...\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "X11 配置必须切换到控制台一会儿来正确检测您的显卡...\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "******************************************************\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Preparing configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在准备配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Writing automatic configuration...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>正在写入自动配置...</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "An error has occurred while calling '%1' AC script."
-#~ msgstr "调用 '%1' AC 脚本时出错。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "YaST was unable to find the correct control file.\n"
-#~ "We are using a fall-back one. This should not happen\n"
-#~ "and it is worth reporting a bug."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "YaST 未能找到正确的控制文件。\n"
-#~ "现在正在使用备用文件。\n"
-#~ "这不应该发生,值得您上报故障。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>A fallback control file contains installation and update\n"
-#~ "workflows unified for all products.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>备用控制文件包含了全部产品统一的安装和更新流程。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Choose one of the\n"
-#~ "options to continue."
-#~ msgstr "请选择其中一个选项并继续。"
-
-#~ msgid "Select Mode"
-#~ msgstr "选择模式"
-
-#~ msgid "New &Installation"
-#~ msgstr "全新安装(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Update an Existing System"
-#~ msgstr "更新已有系统(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Use Automatic Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "使用自动配置(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
-#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
-#~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "若您的计算机上还没有 Linux 系统,\n"
-#~ "或者您想要完全替换已有系统,丢弃其全部配置数据,\n"
-#~ "请选择<b>全新安装</b>。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>Update an Existing System</b> to update a Linux system already\n"
-#~ "installed on your machine. This option preserves configuration settings\n"
-#~ "from your existing system whenever possible.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "选择<b>更新已有系统</b>可更新您计算机上已安装的 Linux 系统。\n"
-#~ "该选项将尽可能保留已有系统的配置设置。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation program\n"
-#~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n"
-#~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n"
-#~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n"
-#~ "configuration.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "选择<b>使用自动配置</b>可以让安装程序自动配置您的网络和硬件。\n"
-#~ "否则,系统将提供您一个可以手动调节全部设置的配置提案。\n"
-#~ "建议缺乏经验的用户使用自动配置。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Update mode does not support automatic configuration.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>更新模式不支持自动配置。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\n"
-#~ "available if an existing Linux system has been detected.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>更新</b>功能只在检测到已有 Linux 系统时才可以使用。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "&Show Release Notes"
-#~ msgstr "显示版本资讯(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot load release notes."
-#~ msgstr "无法加载版本资讯。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes for the initial release. They are\n"
-#~ "part of the installation media. During installation, if a connection\n"
-#~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n"
-#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>这是初始发布时的版本资讯。它们是安装介质的一部分。\n"
-#~ "安装期间若互联网连接可用,您可从 SUSE Linux 网络服务器下载\n"
-#~ "更新的版本资讯。</b></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuring the superuser's environment..."
-#~ msgstr "正在配置超级用户环境..."
-
-#~ msgid "Passed"
-#~ msgstr "通过"
-
-#~ msgid "Switching to the Installed System Failed"
-#~ msgstr "切换到安装好的系统失败"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Switching to the installed system has failed.\n"
-#~ "Find more information near the end of the '%1' file.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "This is worth reporting a bug at %2.\n"
-#~ "Please, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%3' directory.\n"
-#~ "See %4 for more information about YaST logs.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "切换到安装好的系统失败。\n"
-#~ "可在文件 '%1' 接近结尾处找到更多信息。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "这值得去 %2 上报故障。\n"
-#~ "请附上存储在 '%3' 文件夹中的全部 YaST 日志。\n"
-#~ "关于 YaST 日志的更多信息请参考 %4。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug"
-#~ msgstr "http://zh.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug"
-
-#~ msgid "&Checking the Installed System..."
-#~ msgstr "检查安装好的系统(&C)..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n"
-#~ "Please, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "这值得去 %1 上报故障。\n"
-#~ "请附上存储在 '%2' 文件夹中的全部 YaST 日志。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Checking for %1 binary..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检查可执行文件 %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Checking for chroot directory %1..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检查 chroot 文件夹 %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Checking for chroot directory content (%1)..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检查 chroot 文件夹内容 (%1)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Checking for binary %1..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检查可执行文件 %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Trying to chroot..."
-#~ msgstr "正在尝试 chroot..."
-
-#~ msgid "Checking for %1 in %2..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检查 %2 中的 %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Checking free space"
-#~ msgstr "正在检查空闲空间"
-
-#~ msgid "Checking for free space in the %1 directory: %2"
-#~ msgstr "正在检查文件夹 %1 中的空闲空间:%2"
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to find out"
-#~ msgstr "未能找到"
-
-#~ msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检查已安装的 RPM 包..."
-
-#~ msgid "Checking whether RPM package %1 is installed..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检查是否安装了 RPM 包 %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Checking what requires RPM package %1..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检查需要 RPM 包 %1 的对象..."
-
-#~ msgid "Running complex check on package %1..."
-#~ msgstr "正在对软件包 %1 运行综合检查..."
-
-#~ msgid "Checking YaST log file %1..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检查 YaST 日志文件 %1..."
-
-#~ msgid "Opening file..."
-#~ msgstr "正在打开文件..."
-
-#~ msgid "SCR process has died, printing the last log lines..."
-#~ msgstr "SCR 进程已死,正在打印其最后几行日志..."
-
-#~ msgid "YaST process got killed."
-#~ msgstr "YaST 进程被谋杀了。"
-
-#~ msgid "Checking YaST log..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检查 YaST 日志..."
-
-#~ msgid "System Checking"
-#~ msgstr "系统检查"
-
-#~ msgid "Unknown chroot path. The debugger cannot continue."
-#~ msgstr "未知 chroot 路径。调试工具无法继续。"
-
-#~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue."
-#~ msgstr "连接 inst-sys 失败,调试工具无法继续。"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>要访问 X11 系统,必须安装 <b>%1</b> 软件包。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>您希望立即安装它吗?</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No system type was selected.\n"
-#~ "Select the default type."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "没有选择系统类型。\n"
-#~ "使用默认的类型。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><tt>SuSEconfig</tt> must write the configuration\n"
-#~ "of your &product; system. Depending on the CPU and the amount of memory,\n"
-#~ "this process can take some time.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><tt>SuSEconfig</tt> 必须写入 &product; 系统的配置。\n"
-#~ "本过程所花费的时间取决于 CPU 和内存量。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Progress"
-#~ msgstr "进度"
-
-#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig.%1"
-#~ msgstr "正在运行 SuSEconfig。%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Finishing SuSEconfig"
-#~ msgstr "正在完成 SuSEconfig"
-
-#~ msgid "SuSEconfig disabled in /etc/sysconfig/suseconfig"
-#~ msgstr "在 /etc/sysconfig/suseconfig 中已禁用 SuSEconfig"
-
-#~ msgid "Done."
-#~ msgstr "已完成。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Reboot your system\n"
-#~ "to activate the new kernel.\n"
-#~ msgstr "请重新引导您的系统以激活新内核。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Cannot add repository %1\n"
-#~ "URL: %2"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "无法添加软件仓库 %1\n"
-#~ "URL:%2"
-
-#~ msgid "Initializing fonts..."
-#~ msgstr "正在初始化字体..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up. \n"
-#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n"
-#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n"
-#~ "packages the standard way.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>从映像安装</b>可以用来加快安装速度。\n"
-#~ "映像中包含压缩的安装系统快照,和您选择的模式相匹配。\n"
-#~ "其他不在映像中的软件包将以标准方法安装。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>安装程序正在写入自动安装配置。请稍等...</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
-#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
-#~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "如果您的计算机没有安装 Linux 系统,\n"
-#~ "或者希望完全替换现有的 Linux 系统\n"
-#~ "并放弃所有配置数据,请选择<b>全新安装</b>。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
-#~ "<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "要安装 &product; 并从另外的介质安装附加产品,请选择\n"
-#~ "<b>包括个别媒体中的附加产品</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..."
-#~ msgstr "安装程序正在检测网卡,请稍候..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "您的硬盘没有进行任何修改,因此仍可安全中止。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Probe floppy disks devices"
-#~ msgstr "检测软盘设备"
-
-#~ msgid "Probing floppy disks devices..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检测软盘设备..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading Repositories Used on the System"
-#~ msgstr "正在读取系统使用过的安装源"
-
-#~ msgid "Read previously used repositories"
-#~ msgstr "读取之前使用的源"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading previously used repositories..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取之前使用的安装源..."
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Reading repositories. Please wait...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>正在读取安装源。请稍候...</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Re&pair Installed System"
-#~ msgstr "修复已安装系统(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n"
-#~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>如果硬盘上的 Linux 系统损坏,请选择<b>修复已安装系统</b>\n"
-#~ "此选项会尝试自动解决问题。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
-#~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "选择的语言无法在文本方式中使用。安装过程将使用英文,\n"
-#~ "但是新系统将使用选择的语言。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Selecting <b>Other</b>, you can chose a minimal installation that\n"
-#~ "could fit your needs better.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "另外,除了选择桌面,您可以选择最小化安装,\n"
-#~ "以便更好的符合您的要求。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Accessing the YaST module %1 has failed.\n"
-#~ "More information can be found in the '%2' file.\n"
-#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' directory."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "访问 YaST 模块 %1 失败。\n"
-#~ "更多信息可以在文件“%2”中找到。\n"
-#~ "请到 %3 报告这个问题,并附上在目录“%4”中的 YaST 日志。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please wait while the base system is being installed.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "正在安装基本系统,请稍候。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Preparing installation finish-scripts..."
-#~ msgstr "正在准备安装结束脚本..."
-
-#~ msgid "Finished."
-#~ msgstr "已完成。"
-
-#~ msgid "New installation"
-#~ msgstr "全新安装"
-
-#~ msgid "Update"
-#~ msgstr "更新"
-
-#~ msgid "Mode"
-#~ msgstr "方式"
-
-#~ msgid "M&ode"
-#~ msgstr "方式(&O)"
-
-#~ msgid "Saving mouse configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在保存鼠标配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Failed"
-#~ msgstr "已失败"
-
-#~ msgid "Running the debugger..."
-#~ msgstr "正在运行调试程序..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number\n"
-#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones\n"
-#~ "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>. Both provide an easy to use desktop with a large number\n"
-#~ "of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many others.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>对于 Linux,<b>选择</b>至关重要。<i>openSUSE</i>提供了几种\n"
-#~ " 不同的桌面环境。下面您可以看到两种主流的桌面:\n"
-#~ "<b>GNOME</b> 和 <b>KDE</b>。两者都简单好用,\n"
-#~ "带有很多桌面软件,比如 Email、文件浏览器、游戏等。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>As desktop selection is a matter of taste a clear <i>recommendation can't be\n"
-#~ "given</i>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>桌面选择,在于品味,所以并<i>没有明确的推荐</i>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Additionally, not only desktop but you can also chose a minimalistic\n"
-#~ "installation that could fit your needs better."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "另外,除了选择桌面,您可以选择最小化安装,\n"
-#~ "以便更好的符合您的要求。"
-
-#~ msgid "Select a system to get its description."
-#~ msgstr "选中一个系统可以获得关于它的说明"
-
-#~ msgid "No description available..."
-#~ msgstr "无可用的描述..."
-
-#~ msgid "Select a System Type"
-#~ msgstr "选择系统类型"
-
-#~ msgid "Description"
-#~ msgstr "描述"
-
-#~ msgid "System Type"
-#~ msgstr "系统类型"
-
-#~ msgid "Image deployed"
-#~ msgstr "映像已部署"
-
-#~ msgid "Deploying Installation Images"
-#~ msgstr "正在部署安装映像"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Please wait, while system images are just being deployed...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>正在部署系统映像,请稍候...</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Installation images are part of the installation media.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>安装映像是安装介质的一部分。</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Installation from images is faster than installation from RPM packages\n"
-#~ "because it does not need to handle with RPM database, locks etc.\n"
-#~ "One of the images also contains the joint RPM database and other metadata.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>从映像安装比从 RPM 软件包安装的速度块。\n"
-#~ "因为不需要处理 RPM 数据库,比如锁定等。\n"
-#~ "映像之一也包括了联合的 RPM 数据库和其他元信息。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If there is no direct access to installation images,\n"
-#~ "installation program has to download them first before they are deployed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>如果不能直接访问到安装映像,\n"
-#~ "安装程序必须先下载它们,然后才能部署。<p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n"
-#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
-#~ "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b> (in two different versions). Both provide an easy to use desktop\n"
-#~ "with a large number of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many others.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>对于 Linux,<b>选择</b>至关重要。<i>openSUSE</i>提供了\n"
-#~ "几种不同的桌面环境。下面您可以看到两种主流的桌面:\n"
-#~ "<b>GNOME</b> 和 <b>KDE</b> (有两个不同的版本)。两者都容易使用,\n"
-#~ "带有很多桌面软件,比如 Email、文件浏览器、游戏等。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "openSUSE offers you a choice of user interfaces. The two major complete \n"
-#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a full \n"
-#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and utilities.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a recommendation."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "openSUSE 给您用户界面的选择。两种主流桌面 KDE 和 GNOME\n"
-#~ "都容易使用,并带有一整套应用程序,包括 Email、文件管理器、\n"
-#~ "游戏和工具等。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "桌面选择,事关品味,我们不给推荐。"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Please wait while repositories are being read...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>正在读取软件源,请稍候...</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "An error occurred while switching to the installed system\n"
-#~ "and no recovery is possible.\n"
-#~ "Run the automatic debugger to find out why it has failed?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "切换到已安装系统时\n"
-#~ "发生错误,不可恢复。\n"
-#~ "是否运行自动调试程序找出失败的原因?"
-
-#~ msgid "&Show License..."
-#~ msgstr "显示许可(&B)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Initialization..."
-#~ msgstr "初始化..."
-
-#~ msgid "Configuring network..."
-#~ msgstr "正在配置网络..."
-
-#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..."
-#~ msgstr "正在配置硬件..."
-
-#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在完成配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Deploying mages..."
-#~ msgstr "正在部署映像..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Fasten your seatbelts, please,\n"
-#~ "we are taking off in a few seconds..."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "请系好您的安全带,\n"
-#~ "几秒钟之后,我们就要起飞..."
+"安装无法自动解决包的依赖性。\n"
+"系统将为您打开软件管理器,以便手动解决依赖性。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/instserver.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/instserver.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/instserver.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,22 +1,18 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: instserver\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-31 22:44+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. repository overview - %1 is product name (e.g. "SUSE LINUX Version 10.0")
#: src/include/instserver/complex.rb:78
@@ -61,28 +57,28 @@
#. @return [Object]
#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:49
msgid "Change Media"
-msgstr "变更介质"
+msgstr "改变介质"
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr "插入 CD %1 然后按继续."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr "请选择 ISO 映像 %1,然后按继续."
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr "插入 CD %1(共 %2 张 CD)。"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr "选择 ISO 映像 %1(共 %2 个映像)。"
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
@@ -91,81 +87,81 @@
"%1"
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr "选择 %1"
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
"\n"
"Select the base product medium first."
msgstr ""
-"该介质需要产品 %1,\n"
-"而当前软件源未提供该产品 %1。\n"
+"此媒体需要产品 %1,\n"
+"而当前储存库未提供该产品。\n"
" \n"
-"请先选择基本产品介质。"
+"请先选择基本产品媒体。"
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr "增在将 CD 内容拷贝到本地目录"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
-msgstr "这或许需要一点时间..."
+msgstr "- 这将需要一点时间..."
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
-msgstr "移动软件源内容时出错。"
+msgstr "移动储存库内容时出错。"
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Repository Configuration"
-msgstr "软件源配置"
+msgstr "储存库配置"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
-msgstr "读取 CD 或 DVD 介质(&C)"
+msgstr "读取 CD 或 DVD 媒体(&C)"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr "数据源(&S)"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr "使用 ISO 映像(&I)"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr "存放 CD 映像的目录:(&R)"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr "选择目录(&D)"
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "选择目录"
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr "缺少安装服务器名称."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
@@ -174,51 +170,51 @@
"不拷贝光盘."
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
msgstr ""
-"添加一项附加产品(服务包、附加软件包 CD 等)\n"
-"到软件源?"
+"是否要将其他产品(服务包、其他包 CD 等)\n"
+"添加到储存库?"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid "Repository &Name:"
-msgstr "软件源名称:(&N)"
+msgstr "储存库名称(&N):"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr "公布为带有 SLP 的安装服务(&N)"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
-msgstr "无效软件源名称。"
+msgstr "储存库名称无效。"
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
msgstr ""
-"软件源 \"%1\" 已存在,\n"
-"请输入其它名称。"
+"储存库“%1”已存在,\n"
+"请输入其他名称。"
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
" %1 \n"
"is writable and try again.\n"
msgstr ""
-"创建<tt>软件源<tt>目录时出错。\n"
-"校验目录\n"
-" %1 \n"
+"创建<tt>储存库<tt>目录时出错。\n"
+"请校验目录\n"
+"%1\n"
"是否可写入,然后重试。\n"
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -226,96 +222,96 @@
"\n"
"Really delete the old content and create it from scratch?"
msgstr ""
-"软件源 '%1' 已经标记将要删除。\n"
-"当添加一个同名的新软件源时,\n"
+"储存库“%1”已经标记为待删除。\n"
+"当添加一个同名的新储存库时,\n"
"必须立刻删除旧的内容。\n"
"\n"
-"是否确定删除旧的内容并从头新建软件源?"
+"确实要删除旧的内容并从头新建储存库?"
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr "初始设置 -- 初始设置"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr "不配置任何网络服务(&W)"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
-msgstr "包含软件源的目录(&R):"
+msgstr "包含储存库的目录(&R):"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
-msgstr "配置为 HTTP 软件源(&C)"
+msgstr "配置为 HTTP 储存库(&C)"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
-msgstr "配置为 FTP 软件源(&C)"
+msgstr "配置为 FTP 储存库(&C)"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
-msgstr "配置为 NFS 软件源(&C)"
+msgstr "配置为 NFS 储存库(&C)"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr "安装服务器的目录不存在."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr "安装服务器 -- NFS"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "主机通配符(&H)"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "选项(&O)"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr "在配置 NFS 时出现错误."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr "安装服务器 -- FTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr "FTP 服务器根目录(&F):"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr "目录别名(&D):"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr "在配置 FTP 时出现错误."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr "安装服务器 -- HTTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr "目录别名(&D)"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
-msgstr "创建 HTTPD 配置时出现错误."
+msgstr "在建立 HTTPD 配置时出现错误."
#. All helps are here
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:16
@@ -332,8 +328,8 @@
"should be hosted on the local system.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>选择其中一个服务器选项, 并且指定所有软件源\n"
-"位于本地系统的什么位置。\n"
+"<p>选择其中一个服务器选项,并指定所有储存库\n"
+"在本地系统上的位置。\n"
"</p>"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:24
@@ -394,7 +390,7 @@
"<p>The repository will be available at the following URL:\n"
"<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>将在以下 URL 提供可用软件源:\n"
+"<p>将通过以下 URL 提供可用储存库:\n"
"<tt>nfs://Host_IP/Repository_Name</tt></p>"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:53
@@ -419,11 +415,11 @@
"FTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>如果所选的软件源目录位于\n"
-" FTP 服务器层次之外,则会向 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 添加一个载入项。\n"
-"这样使软件源目录在 FTP 服务器下可用。\n"
-"(使用 <tt>mount</tt> 的 <tt>--bind</tt> 参数)\n"
-" </p>\n"
+"<p>如果所选软件储存库目录位于\n"
+"FTP 服务器层次结果之外,则会向 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 添加一个装入项。\n"
+"这就使软件储存库目录在 FTP 服务器下可用\n"
+"(使用<tt>装入</tt>的 <tt>--bind</tt> 选项)。\n"
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
@@ -463,8 +459,8 @@
"<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n"
"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>请选择一个简短并且好记的别名。例如,如果您选择\n"
-"<em>SUSE</em> 作为别名,那么软件源将如下显示:</p>\n"
+"<p>请选择一个简洁好记的别名。例如,如果选择\n"
+"<em>SUSE</em> 作为别名,那么可用储存库将显示如下:</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
@@ -479,7 +475,7 @@
"<p><b>Configuration of the Repository</b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>软件源配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b>储存库配置</b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85
@@ -488,9 +484,9 @@
"CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n"
"configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>软件源名称用于创建一个目录,在此目录下复制和管理所有产品\n"
-"CD。软件源是通过\n"
-"配置的协议(NFS、FTP 或 HTTP)访问的。</p> \n"
+"<p>储存库名称用于创建一个目录,在此目录下复制和管理所有产品\n"
+"CD。储存库是通过\n"
+"配置好的协议(NFS、FTP 或 HTTP)访问的。</p> \n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90
msgid "<p><b><big>SLP Support</big></b></p>"
@@ -501,24 +497,24 @@
"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n"
"If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>SLP(服务定位协议)可以协助寻找安装服务器的工作。\n"
-"如果选中该选项,将使用 SLP 在网络上发布软件源。</p>\n"
+"<p>SLP(服务定位协议)可以简化查找安装服务器的工作。\n"
+"如果选中该选项,将使用 SLP 在网络上发布储存库。</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n"
"<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>从列表中选择一个源驱动器,插入基本产品的第一个介质,然后按\n"
-"<b>下一步</b>将内容复制到本地软件源中。</p>\n"
+"<p>从列表中选择一个源驱动器,插入基本产品的第一个媒体,然后按\n"
+"<b>下一步</b>将内容复制到本地资源库中。</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n"
"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>将基本介质复制到本地软件源后,您可以将附加\n"
-"CD 添加到软件源(例如,服务包 CD 或附加 CD)。</p>\n"
+"<p>将基本媒体复制到本地储存库后,就可以向储存库添加其他\n"
+"CD 了(例如,服务包 CD 或任何外接式附件 CD)。</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101
msgid "<p><b><big>ISO Images</big></b></p>"
@@ -529,7 +525,7 @@
"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n"
"select ISO image files.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>ISO 映像可以取代 CD 或 DVD 介质。按<b>下一步</b>后,您可以\n"
+"<p>ISO 映像可以取代 CD 或 DVD 媒体。按<b>下一步</b>后,您可以\n"
"选择 ISO 映像文件。</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
@@ -548,7 +544,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>终止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
-"请您现在点击<b>终止</b>, 以便安全中断配置工具。</p>\n"
+"请您现在点击<b>终止</b>, 以便安全中断配置公用程序.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114
@@ -556,7 +552,7 @@
"<p><b>Saving Repository Configuration</b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>正在保存软件源配置</b><br>\n"
+"<p><b>正在保储存存库配置</b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
@@ -578,8 +574,8 @@
"<p><b>Repository Configuration</b><br>\n"
"Configure the installation server here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>软件源配置</b><br>\n"
-"在此处配置安装服务器。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b>储存库配置</b><br>\n"
+"可以在此处配置安装服务器。<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129
@@ -589,11 +585,10 @@
"available for configuration.\n"
"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>添加软件源:</b><br>\n"
-"在软件源目录中检测到未配置的目录,\n"
-"随后使其可以进行配置。\n"
-"添加软件源,请从未配置的软件源列表中选取\n"
-"然后按<b>配置</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>添加储存库:</b><br>\n"
+"在储存库目录中检测到未配置的目录,\n"
+"稍后可以对其进行配置。\n"
+"要添加储存库,请从未配置的储存库列表中选择某个储存库,然后按<b>配置</b>。</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136
@@ -613,9 +608,9 @@
"Get an overview of the configured repositories and edit their \n"
"configuration if necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>软件源概览</b><br>\n"
-"获取已配置的软件源的概述。此外,\n"
-"您可以对它们的配置进行编辑。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b>储存库概述</b><br>\n"
+"获取已配置储存库的概述,以及根据需要\n"
+"对它们的配置进行编辑。<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:148
@@ -623,8 +618,8 @@
"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>添加软件源:</b><br>\n"
-"点击<b>添加</b>以配置一个软件源。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>添加储存库:</b><br>\n"
+"按<b>添加</b>以配置储存库。</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:152
@@ -634,11 +629,11 @@
"press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>, respectively.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑或删除:</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择要更改或删除的软件源。\n"
+"选择要更改或去除的储存库,\n"
"然后根据需要按<b>编辑</b>或<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
@@ -649,7 +644,7 @@
#. @return [void]
#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:450
msgid "Unable to write /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
-msgstr "无法写入 /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
+msgstr "不能写入 /etc/sysconfig/apache2"
#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458
msgid ""
@@ -661,84 +656,81 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
msgstr ""
-"目录已经通过 NFS 导出。\n"
+"目录已通过 NFS 导出。\n"
"是否保持 NFS 导出不变?\n"
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr "正在初始化配置"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr "读取配置文件"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
-msgstr "搜索新软件源"
+msgstr "搜索新的储存库"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr "正在读取配置文件..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
-msgstr "正在搜索新软件源..."
+msgstr "正在搜索新的储存库..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "已完成"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr "不能读取当前设置."
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr "正在保存安装服务器配置"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "写入设置"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "运行 SuSEconfig"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "正在写入设置..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr "正在运行 SuSEconfig..."
+msgstr "正在运行SuSEconfig..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "不能写入设置."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
msgid "Configured Repositories"
-msgstr "已配置软件源"
-
-#~ msgid "Ski&p"
-#~ msgstr "跳过(&P)"
+msgstr "已配置储存库"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iplb.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iplb.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iplb.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,36 +1,33 @@
-# Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: \n"
+"Project-Id-Version: iplb\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-14 16:43+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module
#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of IPLB"
-msgstr "IP 负载平衡配置"
+msgstr "IPLB 配置"
#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals
#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81
msgid "Iplb"
-msgstr "IP 负载平衡"
+msgstr "Iplb"
#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals
#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83
msgid "&Iplb"
-msgstr "&IP 负载平衡"
+msgstr "IPLB(&I)"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -74,22 +71,22 @@
#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46
#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140
msgid "IPLB Configuration"
-msgstr "IP 负载平衡配置"
+msgstr "IPLB 配置"
#. Iplb overview dialog caption
#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142
msgid "IPLB Overview"
-msgstr "IP 负载平衡概览"
+msgstr "IPLB 概述"
#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents
#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49
msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB"
-msgstr "IP 负载平衡配置第一部分"
+msgstr "IPLB 配置的第一部分"
#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents
#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB"
-msgstr "IP 负载平衡配置第二部分"
+msgstr "IPLB 配置的第二部分"
#. ids of widget of global dialog
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61
@@ -110,7 +107,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75
msgid "Check Interval"
-msgstr "检查周期"
+msgstr "检查间隔"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205
msgid "Check Timeout"
@@ -118,7 +115,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214
msgid "Failure Count"
-msgstr "失败计数"
+msgstr "故障计数"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208
msgid "Negotiate Timeout"
@@ -138,23 +135,23 @@
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186
msgid "Email Alert"
-msgstr "邮件提醒"
+msgstr "电子邮件警报"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187
msgid "Email Alert Freq"
-msgstr "邮件提醒频率"
+msgstr "电子邮件警报频率"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190
msgid "Email Alert Status"
-msgstr "邮件提醒状态"
+msgstr "电子邮件警报状态"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100
msgid "Auto Reload"
-msgstr "自动重载"
+msgstr "自动重新装载"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216
msgid "Quiescent"
-msgstr "静默"
+msgstr "静止"
#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102
msgid "Fork"
@@ -264,97 +261,93 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check interval</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>定义了服务器检查间隔的秒数。\n"
-"</p><p>默认:10 秒\n"
+"</p><p>定义两次服务器检查相隔的秒数。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:10 秒\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>连接、外部和 ping 检查的超时秒数。若超过超时时间则宣称真实服务器已死。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>若未定义则使用协商超时。协商超时也是一个可为单个虚拟服务器设置覆盖的全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>若检查超时和协商超时均未设置,则使用默认超时。\n"
-"</p><p>默认:5 秒\n"
+"</p><p>连接、外部检查和 ping 检查的超时时间(以秒为单位)。如果超过超时时间,则将真实服务器声明为死亡。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p>如果未定义该值,则使用 negotiatetimeout 的值。Negotiatetimeout 也是个全局值,可能会被虚拟服务器级别的设置覆盖。\n"
+"</p><p>如果 checktimeout 和 negotiatetimeout 都未设置,则使用默认值。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:5 秒\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>认定真实服务器已失败前检查需报告的连续失败次数。值 1 将在首次失败即认定真实服务器已失败。一次成功的检查将把失败计数重置为 0。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>默认:1\n"
+"</p><p>在将真实服务器视为有故障前,检查必须连续报告真实服务器发生故障的次数。如果指定 1,则第一次发生故障时,就将真实服务器视为有故障。成功执行检查之后,会将故障计数器重设置为 0。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:1\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p> 协商检查的超时秒数。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>若未定义则使用连接超时值。连接超时也是一个可为单个虚拟服务器设置覆盖的全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>若协商超时和连接超时均未设置,则使用默认超时。\n"
-"</p><p>默认:30 秒\n"
+"</p><p>协商检查的超时时间(以秒为单位)。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p>如果未定义该值,则使用 connecttimeout 的值。Connecttimeout 也是个全局值,可能会被虚拟服务器级别的设置覆盖。\n"
+"</p><p>如果 negotiatetimeout 和 connecttimeout 都未设置,则使用默认值。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:30 秒\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>IP 地址|主机名[:端口号|服务名]</i> [<b>网关</b>|<b>伪装</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>全部真实服务器均离线时网络服务将中转到的服务器。\n"
-"</p><p>通常这将是带有紧急公告页面的 127.0.0.1。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>当所有真实服务器都停机时将 Web 服务重定向到的服务器。通常,这是地址为 127.0.0.1 的一个紧急页面。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>日志文件路径</i><b>\"</b>|syslog 设施\n"
-"</p><p>可用此指令指定替代日志文件。若日志文件未以 '/' 开头,则假定为 <b>syslog</a></b>(3) 设施名。\n"
-"</p><p>默认:直接记录至 <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i> 文件。\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>log file</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/logfile</i><b>\"</b>|syslog_facility\n"
+"</p><p>可以使用此指令指定一个备用的日志文件。如果该日志文件没有前置的“/”,则假定它是 <b>syslog</a></b>(3) 功能名称。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:直接记录到文件 <i>/var/log/ldirectord.log</i> 中。\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>电邮地址</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>用于投递关于虚拟服务中定义的真实服务器的连接状态变化提醒的有效电邮地址。此选项需要安装 perl 的 MailTools 模块。会自动尝试使用内置方法发送邮件。\n"
-"关于方法的更多信息请参考 perldoc Mail::Mailer。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>一个有效的电子邮件地址,用于将有关连接状态已更改的警报发送到虚拟服务中定义的任何真实服务器。此选项要求安装 perl\n"
+"module MailTools。它会自动尝试使用任一内置方法发送电子邮件。有关各种方法的更多信息,请参见“perldoc Mail::Mailer”。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>虚拟服务中任意给定真实服务器无法访问时重复邮件提醒的延迟秒数。\n"
-"设置为 0 将禁用重复提醒。此设置的邮件计时精度取决于 checkinterval 配置选项\n"
-"中定义的秒数。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: 0\n"
+"</p><p>当虚拟服务中的任一给定真实服务器持续不可访问时,两次重复发送电子邮件警报之间的延缓时间(以秒为单位)。设置为零秒会\n"
+"禁止重复警报。此设置的电子邮件计时准确性取决于 checkinterval 配置选项中定义的\n"
+"秒数。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:0\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>逗号划分的应发送邮件提醒的服务器状态列表。\n"
-"<b>all</b> 是针对 \"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\" 的简写。\n"
-"若指定 <b>none</b> 则不会指定其它任何选项,否则选项间是「或」 的关系。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: all\n"
+"</p><p>服务器状态的逗号分隔列表,服务器处于该状态时,应发送电子邮件警报。<b>all</b> 是\n"
+"“<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>”的简写。如果指定 <b>none</b>,则不能指定其他选项,否则,将由其他选项决定\n"
+"是否发送电子邮件警报。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:all\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>callback 路径</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>若定义了此指令,<b>ldirectord</b> 将在硬盘上配置文件变动后自动调用\n"
-"<i>callback 路径</i>的可执行文件。这有助于通过 <b>scp</b> 在其它心跳主机上\n"
-"更新配置文件。callback 的第一个参数是配置名称。\n"
-"</p><p>此指令也可用于在硬盘上配置文件变动后自动重启 <b>ldirectord</b>。\n"
-" 然而若 <b>autoreload</b> 设为 yes 则无论如何均会重载配置。\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>callback</big> = \"</b><i>/path/to/callback</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>如果定义此指令,则磁盘上的配置文件发生更改后,<b>ldirectord</b> 将自动调用可执行程序 <i>/path/to/callback</i>\n"
+"。在另一台接收到检测信号的主机上通过 <b>scp</b> 更新配置文件时可使用该选项。callback 的第一个自变量是配置的\n"
+"名称。\n"
+"</p><p>当磁盘上的配置文件发生更改后,也可以使用此指令来自动重启动 <b>ldirectord</b>。但是,如果 <b>autoreload</b> 设置\n"
+"为 yes,则仍会重新装载配置。\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>配置</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>使用此指令来为指名<i>配置</i>启动一个 ldirectord 设施。\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>execute</big> = \"</b><i>configuration</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>使用此指令可以启动指定<i>配置</i> 的 ldirectord 实例。\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>auto reload</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>定义了 <ldirectord> 是否应持续检查配置文件的改动。\n"
-"若这设为 'yes' 且磁盘上配置文件发生了变化且其修订时间 (mtime) 新于之前版本,\n"
-"则将自动重载配置。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: no\n"
+"</p><p>定义 <ldirectord> 是否应持续检查配置文件有无修改。如果将它设置为“yes”,并且磁盘上的配置文件发生\n"
+"更改,而其修改时间 (mtime) 晚于前一版本,将自动重新装载该配置。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:no\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>若为 <i>yes</i> 则当真实或回退服务器被认定为离线时,它们不会真的从内核的 <small>LVS</small> 表中移除。\n"
-"然而,它们的权重会被设为零,即意味着不再接受新连接。\n"
-"</p><p>这有一个副作用,即若真实服务器有持续连接,来自已有客户端的新连接将被继续中继到真实服务器,\n"
-"直到超过持续超时。持续连接的更多信息请见 ipvsadm。\n"
-"</p><p>此副作用可通过运行如下命令避免:\n"
+"</p><p>如果为 <i>yes</i>,则确定真实服务器或故障回复服务器已停机时,不会真正将它们从内核的 <small>LVS</small> 表中去除。\n"
+"而是将它们的权重设置为零,也就是说,不接受任何新的连接。\n"
+"</p><p>这会造成负面影响:因为如果真实服务器具有永久连接,则来自任何现有客户端的新连接将继续路由到\n"
+"真实服务器,直到永久超时失效。有关永久连接的更多信息,请参见“ipvsadm”。\n"
+"</p><p>可通过运行以下命令避免这种负面影响:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>若该 proc 文件不存在这可能意味着内核没有 lvs 支持、<small>LVS</small> 支持未加载,\n"
-"或内核太老完全没有该 proc 文件。若可行以 root 身份运行 ipvsadm 应能加载 <small>LVS</small> 到内核。\n"
-"</p><p>若为 <i>no</i> 则真实或回退服务器将从内核的 <small>LVS</small> 表中移除。默认为 <i>yes</i>。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: <i>yes</i>\n"
+"</p><p>如果 proc 文件不存在,则可能意味着内核不提供 lvs 支持、未装载 <small>LVS</small> 支持,或者内核太旧,\n"
+"不包含 proc 文件。在可能的情况下,以 root 身份运行 ipvsadm 应该可以将 <small>LVS</small> 载入内核。\n"
+"</p><p>如果为 <i>no</i>,则会从内核的 <small>LVS</small> 表中去除真实服务器或故障回复服务器。默认值为 <i>yes</i>。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:<i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>fork</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>若为 <i>yes</i> 则 ldirectord 将为每个虚拟服务器滋生一个子进程,\n"
-"并从子进程运行针对真实服务器的检查。\n"
-"这将增加对于有许多虚拟服务器的配置的真实服务器状态变化的响应时间。\n"
-"比起运行许多独立 ldirectord 设施这可能也会使用更少的内存。\n"
-"若子进程死掉则会自动重启。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: <i>no</i>\n"
+"</p><p>如果为 <i>yes</i>,则 ldirectord 将衍生每个虚拟服务器的子进程,并从这些子进程对真实服务器进行检查。这会增加\n"
+"含有许多虚拟服务器的配置中真实服务器状态更改的响应时间。与运行 ldirectord 的许多独立实例相比,这也可以减少内存的\n"
+"使用。子进程在死亡时将自动重启动。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:<i>no</i>\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>supervised</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>若为 <i>yes</i> 则 ldirectord 不会进入后台模式。\n"
-"全部日志消息均将中转到 stdout 而非日志文件。这有助于从 daemontools以监控模式运行 <b>ldirectord</b>。细节请参考 http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> 或 http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: <i>no</i>\n"
+"</p><p>如果为 <i>yes</i>,则 ldirectord 不进入后台模式。所有日志讯息将重定向到 stdout 而不是日志文件中。这可用于从守护程序工具运行受监控的\n"
+"<b>ldirectord</b>。有关细节,请参见 http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> 或 http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:<i>no</i>\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127
@@ -577,232 +570,218 @@
"\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(IP 地址|主机名:端口号|服务名)|防火墙标记</i>\n"
-"</p><p>通过 IP 地址 (或主机名) 和端口 (或服务名) 或防火墙标记定义了一个虚拟服务。\n"
-"防火墙标记是一个大于零的整数。标记数据包配置由 <b>ipchains</b>(8) 的 <tt>\"-m\"</tt> 选项控制。\n"
-"某个虚拟服务的全部真实服务和旗标必须紧随此行并缩进。\n"
+"<p><b><big>virtual server</big> =</b> <i>(ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark</i>\n"
+"</p><p>按 IP 地址(或主机名)和端口(或服务名称)或防火墙标记定义虚拟服务。防火墙标记是大于零的整数。使用\n"
+"<b>ipchains</b>(8) 的 <tt>\"-m\"</tt> 选项控制标记包的配置。虚拟服务的所有真实服务和标志\n"
+"必须紧跟在此行之后,并且必须缩排。\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>IP 地址|主机名[->IP 地址|主机名][:端口号|服务名</i>]\n"
-"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>权重</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>通过 IP 地址 (或主机名) 和端口 (或服务名) 定义了一个真实服务。\n"
-"若省略端口则将使用 0,这主要用意是为了 fwmark 服务,它会忽略真实服务器的端口。\n"
-"可选地也可赋予一段 <small>IP</small> 地址 (或两个主机名), 在这种情况下将用给定端口测试\n"
-"区段中的 <small>IP</small> 地址作为真实服务器。\n"
-"第二个参数定义了转发方式,必须为 <b>gate</b>,<b>ipip</b> 或 <b>masq</b>。\n"
-"第三个参数是可选的,定义了该真实服务器的权重。若省略则权重为 1。\n"
-"最后两个参数也是可选的。它们定义了一个「请求 - 接收」对用于检查服务器是否仍活跃。\n"
-"它们覆盖了虚拟服务器部分的「请求 - 接收」对。这两个字符串必须被引用起来。\n"
-"若请求字符串以 http://... 开始,则将覆盖真实服务器的 IP 地址和端口,否则将\n"
-"使用真实服务器的 IP 地址和端口。\n"
-"</p><p>针对 <small>TCP</small> 和 <small>UDP</small> (非 fwmark) 虚拟服务,\n"
-"只有转发方式为 masq 且真实服务器的 <small>IP</small> 地址是非本地的\n"
-"(未在运行 ldirectord 的主机的接口上呈现),真实服务器的端口才能被设为其\n"
-"虚拟服务的端口。即,端口映射仅当真实服务器是另外一台机器且\n"
-"转发方式为 masq 时才可用。这是由于内核函数中的相关 <small>LVS</small> 代码的写法导致的。\n"
-"</p><p>一个虚拟服务器部分可以有多于一个这样的项。\n"
-"上面列出的 checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq 和\n"
-"quiescent 选项也可在虚拟服务器部分出现,那样将覆盖全局设置。\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>real servers</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename</i>]\n"
+"<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b> [<i>weight</i>] [<b>\"</b><i>request</i><b>\", \"</b><i>receive</i><b>\"</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>按 IP 地址(或主机名)和端口(或服务名称)定义真实服务。如果省略端口,将使用 0,该值主要用于\n"
+"其中忽略了真实服务器端口的防火墙标记服务。或者,也可以指定 <small>IP</small> 地址范围(或两个主机名),在此情况下,\n"
+"该范围中的每个 <small>IP</small> 地址都会被视为使用给定端口的一个真实服务器。第二个自变量定义转发方法,它必须是\n"
+"<b>gate</b>、<b>ipip</b> 或 <b>masq</b>。第三个自变量是可选的,用于定义该真实服务器的权重。如果省略该自变量,将使用权重\n"
+"1。最后两个自变量也是可选的。它们定义请求接收对,该对用于检查服务器是否处于活动状态。它们将会覆盖虚拟服务器部分中的\n"
+"请求接收对。这两个字符串必须括在引号中。如果请求字符串以 http://... 开头,真实服务器的\n"
+"IP 地址和端口将会被覆盖,否则,将使用真实服务器的 IP 地址和端口。\n"
+"</p><p>对于 <small>TCP</small> 和 <small>UDP</small>(非防火墙标记)虚拟服务,除非转发方法为 masq 并且真实服务器的 <small>IP</small> 地址\n"
+"不在本地(不在运行 ldirectord 的主机中的某个接口上),否则真实服务器的端口会设置为其虚拟服务的\n"
+"端口。也就是说,仅当真实服务器是其他计算机并且转发方法是 masq 时,端口映射才可用。具体原因在于内核功能中\n"
+"底层 <small>LVS</small> 代码的运行方式。\n"
+"</p><p>这些项中的多个项可能位于虚拟部分中。上面列出的 checktimeout、negotiatetimeout、failurecount、fallback、emailalert、emailalertfreq 和\n"
+"quiescent 选项也可能在虚拟部分中,在此情况下,全局设置将会被覆盖。\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>检查超时</b><i>N</i>\n"
-"</p><p>要执行的检查类型。协商会发送一个请求并匹配收到的字符串。\n"
-"连接仅尝试进行一次 <small>TCP/IP</small> 连接,因此发送和接收的字符串可能会被省略。\n"
-"若检查类型为一个数字则将混合协商和连接,以便每执行 N 次连接尝试后执行一次协商尝试。\n"
-"这有助于频繁检查服务是否响应以及协商检查要在更长间隔才能完成的情况。\n"
-"Ping 意味着将使用 <small>ICMP</small> ping 来测试真实服务器可用性。\n"
-"Ping 也被用于对 <small>UDP</small> 服务进行连接检查。\n"
-"Off 意味着不进行检查也不激活真实或回退服务器。\n"
-"On 意味着不进行检查并将一直激活着真实服务器。\n"
-"默认是 <i>negotiate</i>。\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>check type</big> = connect</b>|<b>external</b>|<b>negotiate</b>|<b>off</b>|<b>on</b>|<b>ping</b>|<b>checktimeout</b><i>N</i>\n"
+"</p><p>要执行的检查类型。如果指定 negotiate,则会发送请求并匹配接收字符串。如果指定 connect,则只尝试建立 <small>TCP/IP</small> 连接,因此,可以省略\n"
+"请求和接收字符串。如果 checktype 是数字,则 negotiate 和 connect 结合起来指定在每经过 N 次连接尝试后,执行\n"
+"一次协商尝试。通常,这可用于检查某个服务是否做出应答,执行协商检查的间隔要长得多。Ping 表示要使用\n"
+"<small>ICMP</small> ping 来测试真实服务器的可用性。Ping 也用来检查 <small>UDP</small> 服务的连接性。Off\n"
+"表示不进行检查,并且不激活任何真实服务器或回复服务器。On 表示不进行检查,并且始终激活真实\n"
+"服务器。默认值为 <i>negotiate</i>。\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>service</big> = dns</b>|<b>ftp</b>|<b>http</b>|<b>https</b>|<b>imap</b>|<b>imaps</b>|<b>ldap</b>|<b>mysql</b>|<b>nntp</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>oracle</b>|<b>pgsql</b>|<b>pop</b>|<b>pops</b>|<b>radius</b>|<b>simpletcp</b>|<b>sip</b>|<b>smtp</b>\n"
-"</p><p>当所用的检查类型为 negotiate 时要监视的服务类型。\n"
-"None 表示将不监视服务。\n"
-"</p><p>simpletcp 将发送 <b>request</b> 字符串到服务器并将返回结果与 <b>receive</b> 正则表达式进行匹配测试。\n"
-"其它类型的检查会使用特定协议连接服务器。\n"
-"协议相关信息请参考 <b>request</b> 和 <b>receive</b> 部分。\n"
-"</p><p>默认:\n"
+"</p><p>使用 checktype=negotiate 时要监视的服务类型。None 表示不监视服务。\n"
+"</p><p>如果指定 simpletcp,则将 <b>request</b> 字符串发送到服务器,并根据 <b>receive</b> regexp 测试该服务器。其他类型的检查将使用指定的协议连接到\n"
+"服务器。有关特定于协议的信息,请参见 <b>request</b> 和 <b>receive</b> 部分。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 21: ftp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 25: smtp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 53: dns\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 80: http\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 110: pop\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 119: nntp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 143: imap\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 389: ldap\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 443: https\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 993: imaps\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 995: pops\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 1521: oracle\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 1812: radius\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 3306: mysql\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 5432: pgsql\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口为 5060: sip\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 其它: 无\n"
+"<dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 21,则为:ftp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 25,则为:smtp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 53,则为:dns\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 80,则为:http\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 110,则为:pop\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 119,则为:nntp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 143,则为:imap\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 389,则为:ldap\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 443,则为:https\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 993,则为:imaps\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 995,则为:pops\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 1521,则为:oracle\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 1812,则为:radius\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 3306,则为:mysql\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 5432,则为:pgsql\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 5060,则为:sip\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 其他:none\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>脚本路径</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>若检查类型为 external 则使用此设置,且此设置将作为检查真实服务器状态要运行的命令。\n"
-"若一切正常它的退出值应为 0,否则可不为 0。\n"
-"</p><p>将传给该脚本四个参数:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器 ip/防火墙标记\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>check command</big> = \"</b><i>脚本的路径</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>如果 checktype 为 external,并且运行命令的目的是为了检查真实服务器状态,则使用此设置。如果一切正常,则此命令退出时应返回\n"
+"状态 0,否则返回非零值。\n"
+"</p><p>有四个参数会传递给脚本:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器 IP/防火墙标记\n"
"</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器端口\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 真实服务器 ip\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 真实服务器 IP\n"
"</dt><dt>* 真实服务器端口\n"
-"</dt><dt>默认: /bin/true\n"
+"</dt><dt>默认值:/bin/true\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"<p><b><big>check port</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>要监视的端口号。有时检查端口与服务端口不同。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: 指派给每个真实服务器的端口\n"
+"</p><p>要监视的端口号。有时,check port 不同于 service port。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:为每个真实服务器指定的端口\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>所请求对象的 uri</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>每过 checkinterval 秒将在每个真实服务器上请求此对象。该字符串必须括起来。注意此字符串可能被可选的基于单个真实服务器的请求字符串覆盖。\n"
-"</p><p>对于 <small>DNS</small> 检查这应为一个 A 记录的名称,或 <small>PTR</small> 记录的地址才能查询。\n"
-"</p><p>对于 MySQL、Oracle 或 PostgeSQL 检查这应为一条 <small>SQL</small> 查询。返回数据不做检查,仅检查回应是否为一个或多个列。\n"
-"这是一个必需的设置。\n"
-"</p><p>对于 simpletcp 检查,此字符串将逐字发送,除了出现的空格会被替换为表示新行的字符。\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>request</big> = \"</b><i>所请求对象的 URI</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>将在每个真实服务器上每隔 checkinterval 参数指定的秒数请求此对象一次。字符串必须括在引号中。请注意,此字符串可能会被可选的基于每个真实服务器的\n"
+"请求字符串覆盖。\n"
+"</p><p>对于 <small>DNS</small> 检查,这应该是 A 记录的名称,或者要查找的 <small>PTR</small> 记录的地址。\n"
+"</p><p>对于 MySQL、Oracle 或 PostgeSQL 检查,这应该是 <small>SQL</small> 查询。系统不会检查返回的数据,应答为一行或\n"
+"多行。这是必需的设置。\n"
+"</p><p>对于 simpletcp 检查,将按原义发送此字符串,不过,出现的所有 \n"
+" 都将替换为换行符。\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>待比较正则表达式</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>若所请求结果包含此<i>待比较正则表达式</i>则宣称真实服务器是活跃的。\n"
-"该正则表达式必须括起来。\n"
-"请留意正则表达式不是普通字符串,若特殊字符是文字您需要将其转义。\n"
-"注意此正则表达式可能被可选的基于单个真实服务器的接收正则表达式覆盖。\n"
-"</p><p>对于 <small>DNS</small> 检查这应为任意 A 记录地址或任意 <small>PTR</small> 记录名称。\n"
-"</p><p>对于 MySQL 检查不会使用接收设置。\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>receive</big> = \"</b><i>要比较的 regexp</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>如果请求的结果包含这个<i>要比较的 regexp</i>,则将真实服务器声明为活动。该 regexp 必须括在引号中。请记住,\n"
+"regexps 不是纯文本字符串,如果特殊字符应该以字面出现,则您需要转义这些字符。请注意,此 regexp 可能会被可选的基于每个真实服务器的\n"
+"接收 regexp 覆盖。\n"
+"</p><p>对于 <small>DNS</small> 检查,这应该是 A 记录的任一地址,或 <small>PTR</small> 记录的任一名称。\n"
+"</p><p>对于 MySQL 检查,不使用 receive 设置。\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>http method</big> = <small>GET</small></b> | <b><small>HEAD</small></b>\n"
-"</p><p>设置应用于撷取在请求字符串中指定的 <small>URI</small> 的 <small>HTTP</small> 方法。\n"
-"<small>GET</small> 是未设置参数时的默认方法。\n"
-"若使用了 <small>HEAD</small> 则应取消接收字符串的设置。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: <small>GET</small>\n"
+"</p><p>设置要用于提取 request 字符串中指定的 <small>URI</small> 的 <small>HTTP</small> 方法。如果不设置该参数,默认\n"
+"将使用 <small>GET</small> 方法。如果使用 <small>HEAD</small>,应取消设置接收字符串。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:<small>GET</small>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>主机名</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>当使用带 <small>HTTP</small> 或 <small>HTTPS</small> 的 negotiate 检查时所用。\n"
-"其设置了 <small>HTTP</small> 请求中所用的主机头部。\n"
-"在 <small>HTTPS</small> 的情况下这一般需要匹配 <small>SSL</small> 证书的通用名。\n"
-"若未设置则将从可能存在的真实服务器的请求 URL 中提取主机头部。最后一招是使用真实服务器的 <small>IP</small> 地址。\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>virtual host</big> = \"</b><i>hostname</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>将 negotiate check 与 <small>HTTP</small> 或 <small>HTTPS</small> 结合使用时使用。设置 <small>HTTP</small> 请求中使用的主机报头。对于\n"
+"<small>HTTPS</small>,这通常需要与 <small>SSL</small> 证书的常用名匹配。如果不设置此参数,则从真实服务器\n"
+"的请求 URL(如果存在)派生主机报头。最后的办法是使用真实服务器的 <small>IP</small> 地址。\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>用户名</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>对于 <small>FTP</small>、<small>IMAP</small>、<small>LDAP</small>、MySQL、Oracle、<small>POP</small> 和 PostgreSQL 来说,该用户名将用于登入。\n"
-"</p><p>对于 Radius 将使用密码作为 User-Name 属性\n"
-"</p><p>对于 <small>SIP</small>,该用户名将用作 <small>OPTIONS</small> 查询的 to 和 from 地址。\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> Anonymous\n"
-"</dt><dt>* MySQL、Oracle 和 PostgreSQL: 必须在配置中有所指定\n"
-"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>,hostname 从下面的 passwd 选项中提取。\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 其它: 空字符串,表示不尝试认证。\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>login</big> = \"</b><i>username</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>对于 <small>FTP</small>、<small>IMAP</small>、<small>LDAP</small>、MySQL、Oracle、<small>POP</small> 和 PostgreSQL,此为用于登录的用户名。\n"
+"</p><p>对于 Radius,此为用于属性 User-Password 的 passwd。\n"
+"</p><p>对于 <small>SIP</small>,此为用作 <small>OPTIONS</small> 查询的目标地址和来源地址的用户名。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small>Anonymous\n"
+"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle 和 PostgreSQL:必须在配置中指定\n"
+"</dt><dt>* <small>SIP:</small>ldirectord@<hostname>,hostname 根据下面的 passwd 选项派生。\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 其他:空字符串,表示不尝试大小写身份验证。\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>密码</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>用于登入到 <small>FTP</small>、<small>IMAP</small>、<small>LDAP</small> 、MySQL、Oracle、<small>POP</small>、PostgreSQL 和\n"
-"<small>SIP</small> 服务器的密码。\n"
-"</p><p>对于 Radius 该密码用作 User-Password 属性\n"
-"</p><p>默认:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small> ldirectord@<hostname>,主机名是运行时评估出的环境变量 <small>HOSTNAME</small>,或者若未设置则从 uname 中提炼出来。\n"
-"</dt><dt>* 其它: 空字符串。在 <small>LDAP</small>、MySQL、Oracle 和 PostgreSQL 的情况下这意味着将不执行认证。\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>password</big> = \"</b><i>password</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>用于登录 <small>FTP</small>、<small>IMAP</small>、<small>LDAP</small>、MySQL、Oracle、<small>POP</small>、PostgreSQL 和\n"
+"<small>SIP</small> 服务器的口令。\n"
+"</p><p>对于 Radius,此为用于属性 User-Password 的 passwd。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* <small>FTP:</small>ldirectord@<hostname>,其中,hostname 是运行时求值的环境变量 <small>HOSTNAME</small>,如果未设置该变量,则根据\n"
+" uname 派生。\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 其他:空字符串。对于 <small>LDAP</small>、MySQL、Oracle 和 PostgreSQL 而言,这表示不执行身份验证。\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>数据库名称</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"<p>用于 MySQL、Oracle 和 PostgreSQL 服务器的数据库,这是执行查询 (由上面的 <b>receive</b> 设置) 的数据库。\n"
-"这是一个必需的设置。\n"
+"</dt><dt><b><big>database name</big> = \"</b><i>databasename</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"<p>用于 MySQL、Oracle 和 PostgreSQL 服务器的数据库,这是要针对其执行查询(由上面的 <b>receive</b> 设置)的数据库。这是\n"
+"必需的设置。\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radius 密码</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>用于 Radius 服务器的密码。这是与用户名 (由上面的 <b>login</b> 设置) 和密码 (由上面的<b>passwd</b> 设置) 一起执行访问请求所用的密码。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: 空字符串\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>radius secret</big> = \"</b><i>radiussecret</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>用于 Radius 服务器的机密,这是用于结合 username(由上面的 <b>login</b> 设置)和 passwd(由上面的\n"
+"<b>passwd</b> 设置)执行访问请求的机密。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:空字符串\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>persistent</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>持续客户端连接的秒数。\n"
+"</p><p>永久客户端连接的秒数。\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>netmask</big> =</b> <i>w.x.y.z</i>\n"
-"</p><p>用于持续客户端连接的粒度的网关。\n"
+"</p><p>用于指定永久客户端连接粒度的网络掩码。\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>scheduler</big> =</b> <i>scheduler_name</i>\n"
-"</p><p>被 <small>LVS</small> 用于负载平衡的计划器。\n"
-"可用计划器信息请参考 <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) 手册页。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: \"wrr\"\n"
+"</p><p><small>LVS</small> 用来进行负载平衡的调度程序。有关可用调度程序的信息,请参见 <b>ipvsadm</a></b>(8) 手册页。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:\"wrr\"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>protocol</big> = tcp</b>|<b>udp</b>|<b>fwm</b>\n"
-"</p><p>要使用的协议。若 virtual 被指定为 <small>IP</small> 地址和端口则其必须是 tcp 或 udp 之一,若是防火墙标记则协议必须是 fwm。\n"
-"</p><p>默认:\n"
-"</p></dt><dt>* Virtual 是 <small>IP</small> 地址和端口,且端口不是 53: tcp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Virtual 是 <small>IP</small> 地址和端口,且端口是 53: udp\n"
-"</dt><dt>* Virtual 是防火墙标记: fwm\n"
+"</p><p>要使用的协议。如果将 virtual 指定为 <small>IP</small> 地址和端口,则该值必须是 tcp 或 udp。如果指定防火墙标记,则\n"
+"protocol 必须是 fwm。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:\n"
+"</p></dt><dt>* 如果 Virtual 是 <small>IP</small> 地址和端口,并且端口不是 53,则默认值为:tcp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果 Virtual 是 <small>IP</small> 地址和端口,并且端口是 53,则默认值为:udp\n"
+"</dt><dt>* 如果 Virtual 是防火墙标记,则默认值为:fwm\n"
"</dt></dl>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>check timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>用于 connect、external 和 ping 检查的超时秒数。\n"
-"checks. If the 若超时则宣称真实服务器已死。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>若未定义则使用 negotiatetimeout 值。negotiatetimeout 也是一个可为单一虚拟服务器设置覆盖的全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>若 checktimeout 和 negotiatetimeout 均未设置则用默认。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: 5 秒\n"
+"</p><p>连接、外部检查和 ping 检查的超时时间(以秒为单位)。如果超过超时时间,则将真实服务器声明为死亡。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p>如果未定义该值,则使用 negotiatetimeout 的值。Negotiatetimeout 也是个全局值,可能会被虚拟服务器级别的设置覆盖。\n"
+"</p><p>如果 checktimeout 和 negotiatetimeout 都未设置,则使用默认值。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:5 秒\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>negotiate timeout</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>negotiate 检查的超时秒数。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>若未定义则使用 connecttimeout 值。\n"
-"connecttimeout 也是一个可为单一虚拟服务器设置覆盖的全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>若 negotiatetimeout 和 connecttimeout 均未设置则用默认。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: 30 秒\n"
+"</p><p>协商检查的超时时间(以秒为单位)。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p>如果未定义该值,则使用 connecttimeout 的值。Connecttimeout 也是个全局值,可能会被虚拟服务器级别的设置覆盖。\n"
+"</p><p>如果 negotiatetimeout 和 connecttimeout 都未设置,则使用默认值。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:30 秒\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>failure count</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>认定真实服务器已失败前检查需报告的连续失败次数。\n"
-"值 1 将在首次失败即认定真实服务器已失败。\n"
-"一次成功的检查将把失败计数重置为 0。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: 1\n"
+"</p><p>在将真实服务器视为有故障前,检查必须连续报告真实服务器发生故障的次数。如果指定值 1,则第一次发生故障时,就将真实服务器视为有故障。成功执行检查之后,会将故障计数器重设置为 0。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:1\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>邮件地址</i><b>\"</b>\n"
-"</p><p>用于投递关于虚拟服务中定义的真实服务器的连接状态变化提醒的有效电邮地址。\n"
-"此选项需要安装 perl 的 MailTools 模块。会自动尝试使用内置方法发送邮件。\n"
-"关于方法的更多信息请参考 perldoc Mail::Mailer。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>email alert</big> = \"</b><i>emailaddress</i><b>\"</b>\n"
+"</p><p>一个有效的电子邮件地址,用于将有关连接状态已更改的警报发送到虚拟服务中定义的任何真实服务器。此选项要求安装 perl\n"
+"module MailTools。它会自动尝试使用任一内置方法发送电子邮件。有关各种方法的更多信息,请参见“perldoc Mail::Mailer”。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert freq</big> =</b> <i>n</i>\n"
-"</p><p>虚拟服务中任意给定真实服务器无法访问时重复邮件提醒的延迟秒数。\n"
-"设置为 0 将禁用重复提醒。此设置的邮件计时精度取决于 checkinterval 配置选项\n"
-"中定义的秒数。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: 0\n"
+"</p><p>当虚拟服务中的任一给定真实服务器持续不可访问时,两次重复发送电子邮件警报之间的延缓时间(以秒为单位)。设置为零秒会\n"
+"禁止重复警报。此设置的电子邮件计时准确性取决于 checkinterval 配置选项中定义的\n"
+"秒数。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:0\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n"
-"</p><p>逗号划分的应发送邮件提醒的服务器状态列表。\n"
-"<b>all</b> 是针对 \"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\" 的简写。\n"
-"若指定 <b>none</b> 则不会指定其它任何选项,否则选项间是「或」 的关系。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: all\n"
+"</p><p>服务器状态的逗号分隔列表,服务器处于该状态时,应发送电子邮件警报。<b>all</b> 是\n"
+"“<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>”的简写。如果指定 <b>none</b>,则不能指定其他选项,否则,这些选项将会\n"
+"相互冲突。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:all\n"
"\n"
-"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>IP 地址|主机名[:端口号|服务名]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
-"</p><p>若全部真实服务器均离线时网络服务将中转到的服务器。\n"
-"通常这将是带有紧急公告页面的 127.0.0.1。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p><b><big>fallback</big> =</b> <i>ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename]</i> [<b>gate</b>|<b>masq</b>|<b>ipip</b>]\n"
+"</p><p>当所有真实服务器都停机时将 Web 服务重定向到的服务器。通常,这是地址为 127.0.0.1 的一个紧急页面。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
"\n"
"</p><p><b><big>quiescent</big> = yes</b>|<b>no</b>\n"
-"</p><p>若为 <i>yes</i> 则当真实或回退服务器被认定为离线时,它们不会真的从内核的 <small>LVS</small> 表中移除。\n"
-"然而,它们的权重会被设为零,即意味着不再接受新连接。\n"
-"</p><p>这有一个副作用,即若真实服务器有持续连接,来自已有客户端的新连接将被继续中继到真实服务器,\n"
-"直到超过持续超时。持续连接的更多信息请见 ipvsadm。\n"
-"</p><p>此副作用可通过运行如下命令避免:\n"
+"</p><p>如果为 <i>yes</i>,则确定真实服务器或故障回复服务器已停机时,不会真正将它们从内核的 <small>LVS</small> 表中去除。\n"
+"而是将它们的权重设置为零,也就是说,不接受任何新的连接。\n"
+"</p><p>这会造成负面影响:因为如果真实服务器具有永久连接,则来自任何现有客户端的新连接将继续路由到\n"
+"真实服务器,直到永久超时失效。有关永久连接的更多信息,请参见“ipvsadm”。\n"
+"</p><p>可通过运行以下命令避免这种负面影响:\n"
"</p><p>echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n"
-"</p><p>若该 proc 文件不存在这可能意味着内核没有 lvs 支持、<small>LVS</small> 支持未加载,\n"
-"或内核太老完全没有该 proc 文件。若可行以 root 身份运行 ipvsadm 应能加载 <small>LVS</small> 到内核。\n"
-"</p><p>若为 <i>no</i> 则真实或回退服务器将从内核的 <small>LVS</small> 表中移除。默认为 <i>yes</i>。\n"
-"</p><p>若定义在虚拟服务器部分则将覆盖全局值。\n"
-"</p><p>默认: <i>yes</i>\n"
+"</p><p>如果 proc 文件不存在,则可能意味着内核不提供 lvs 支持、未装载 <small>LVS</small> 支持,或者内核太旧,\n"
+"不包含 proc 文件。在可能的情况下,以 root 身份运行 ipvsadm 应该可以将 <small>LVS</small> 载入内核。\n"
+"</p><p>如果为 <i>no</i>,则会从内核的 <small>LVS</small> 表中去除真实服务器或故障回复服务器。默认值为 <i>yes</i>。\n"
+"</p><p>如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值,则会覆盖全局值。\n"
+"</p><p>默认值:<i>yes</i>\n"
"\n"
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -826,7 +805,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157
msgid "Http Method"
-msgstr "Http 方式"
+msgstr "HTTP 方法"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160
msgid "Request"
@@ -842,11 +821,11 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177
msgid "Login"
-msgstr "登入"
+msgstr "登录"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178
msgid "Password"
-msgstr "密码"
+msgstr "口令"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180
msgid "Database Name"
@@ -854,11 +833,11 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181
msgid "Radius Secret"
-msgstr "Radius 密码"
+msgstr "Radius 机密"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199
msgid "Persistent"
-msgstr "保持"
+msgstr "永久"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200
msgid "Netmask"
@@ -866,7 +845,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202
msgid "Scheduler"
-msgstr "计划器"
+msgstr "调度程序"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211
msgid "Protocol"
@@ -895,7 +874,7 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298
msgid "Real Servers"
-msgstr "实体服务器"
+msgstr "真实服务器"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310
msgid "Check type"
@@ -903,16 +882,16 @@
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311
msgid "Auth type"
-msgstr "认证类型"
+msgstr "身份验证类型"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312
msgid "Others"
-msgstr "其它"
+msgstr "其他"
#. return `cacel or a string
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427
msgid "OK"
-msgstr "好"
+msgstr "确定"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428
msgid "Cancel"
@@ -923,15 +902,17 @@
msgid ""
"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n"
"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
-msgstr "若使用 IPv6,则格式应像这样 [fe80::5054::ff:fe00:2]"
+msgstr ""
+"如果使用的是 IPv6,格式应该是:\n"
+"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413
msgid "Real Server's IP Address"
-msgstr "实体服务器 IP 地址"
+msgstr "真实服务器的 IP 地址"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419
msgid "Forward Method"
-msgstr "转发方式"
+msgstr "转发方法"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422
msgid "weight"
@@ -945,11 +926,11 @@
#. tab switch events end
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547
msgid "Add a new real server:"
-msgstr "添加新的实体服务器:"
+msgstr "添加新的真实服务器:"
#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564
msgid "Edit the real server:"
-msgstr "编辑实体服务器:"
+msgstr "编辑真实服务器:"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142
@@ -960,7 +941,7 @@
#. @return true on success
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214
msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration"
-msgstr "正在初始化 IP 负载平衡配置"
+msgstr "正在初始化 IPLB 配置"
#. Names of real stages
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221
@@ -987,7 +968,7 @@
#. @return true on success
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320
msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration"
-msgstr "正在保存 IP 负载平衡配置"
+msgstr "正在保存 IPLB 配置"
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326
msgid "Write the settings"
@@ -1003,7 +984,7 @@
#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-msgstr "正在运行 SuSEconfig..."
+msgstr "正在运行SuSEconfig..."
#. write global conf
#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "="
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-client.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-client.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-client.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,29 +1,23 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-03 22:40+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module
#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56
msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator"
-msgstr "iSCSI 发起端配置"
+msgstr "iSCSI 发起端的配置"
#. progress step title
#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69
@@ -38,7 +32,7 @@
#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals
#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89
msgid "&iSCSI Initiator"
-msgstr "&iSCSI 发起端"
+msgstr "iSCSI 发起端(&I)"
#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64
@@ -78,7 +72,7 @@
#. shifting load from processor to card)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Offload Car&d"
-msgstr "减负卡(&D)"
+msgstr "加速卡(&D)"
#. table of connected targets
#. table of discovered targets
@@ -93,7 +87,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217
msgid "Portal Address"
-msgstr "门户地址"
+msgstr "门户网站地址"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185
@@ -116,9 +110,8 @@
msgstr "编辑"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-#| msgid "Disconnected"
-msgid "Disconnect"
-msgstr "断开"
+msgid "Log Out"
+msgstr "注销"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
@@ -129,6 +122,9 @@
msgstr "发现"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr "登录"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "连接"
@@ -138,12 +134,12 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272
msgid "No Authentication"
-msgstr "无认证"
+msgstr "无身份验证"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
-msgstr "进站认证"
+msgstr "进来的身份验证"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249
@@ -157,12 +153,12 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "Password"
-msgstr "密码"
+msgstr "口令"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
-msgstr "出站认证"
+msgstr "发出的身份验证"
#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth,
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301
@@ -180,7 +176,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Key"
-msgstr "键"
+msgstr "密钥"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328
msgid "Value"
@@ -204,14 +200,14 @@
#. main tabbed dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview"
-msgstr "iSCSI 发起端概览"
+msgstr "iSCSI 发起端概述"
#. discovery new target
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI 发起端</h1>"
@@ -239,8 +235,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中止初始化</big></b><br>\n"
-"现在按<b>中止</b>可安全地中止配置工具。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在中止初始化</big></b><br>\n"
+"可以按<b>中止</b>立即安全地中止配置使用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46
@@ -261,8 +257,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>中止保存</big></b><br>\n"
"按<b>中止</b>中止保存过程。\n"
-"另一个对话框将告之您这样做是否安全。\n"
-"</p>\n"
+" 另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。\n"
+" </p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57
@@ -282,9 +278,9 @@
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>添加 iSCSI 发起端</big></b><br>\n"
-"从检测到的发起端列表中选择一个 iSCSI 发起端。\n"
-"若未检测到您的 iSCSI 发起端,请使用<b>其它(未检测到)</b>。\n"
-"然后按<b>配置</b>。</p>\n"
+"从检测到的 iSCSI 发起端的列表进行选择。\n"
+" 如果没有检测到 iSCSI 发起端,请使用<b>其它(未检测到)</b>。\n"
+" 然后按<b>配置</b>。</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68
@@ -294,7 +290,8 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑或删除</big></b><br>\n"
-"若您按了<b>编辑</b>,将会打开另一个对话框,在其中可修改配置。</p>\n"
+"如果按下<b>编辑</b>,则将会打开另外一个对话框,可以在其中更改 \n"
+" 配置。</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74
@@ -303,9 +300,9 @@
"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n"
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big> iSCSI 发起端配置概览</big></b><br>\n"
-"获取已安装的 iSCSI 发起端的概览。\n"
-"另外还可编辑它们的配置。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big> iSCSI 发起端配置概述</big></b><br>\n"
+"获取已安装的 iSCSI 发起端的概述。此外,\n"
+"对它们的配置进行编辑。<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80
@@ -314,7 +311,7 @@
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>添加 iSCSI 发起端</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<b>添加</b>配置一个 iSCSI 发起端。</p>\n"
+"按<b>添加</b>以配置一个 iSCSI 发起端。</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84
@@ -324,77 +321,64 @@
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑或删除</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择一个要修改或移除的 iSCSI 发起端。\n"
-"然后根据需要按<b>编辑</b>或<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
+"选择一个要更改或删除的 iSCSI 发起端。\n"
+" 然后根据需要按<b>编辑</b>或<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
-"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get"
-" additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the"
-" start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from"
-" the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>当前会话列表。</p><p>使用<b>添加</b>按钮来获取额外目标。将启动探索来检测新目标和已连接目标的启动模式是否保持未变。<br>使用断开连接</b>来取消连接并从列表中移除该目标。<br>要修改启动状态,请按<b>编辑</b>。</p>"
+"当前会话的列表。要添加新目标,请选中它并按<b>添加</b>。\n"
+"要去除它,请按<b>注销</b>。\n"
+"要更改启动状态,请按<b>转换</b>。\n"
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>警告</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that"
-" this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data"
-" corruption.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>当<b>读</b>/<b>写</b>访问一个 iSCSI 设备时,请确保此访问是排它的。否则会有潜在的数据损坏风险。</p>\n"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
+msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>当访问 iSCSI 设备 <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b> 时,确保此访问是排它的。否则会有潜在的数据损坏风险。</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
-#| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi<"
-"/tt>. \n"
-"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only"
-" able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
+"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>发起端名称</b> 是 <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> 中的一个值。\n"
-"若您有 iBFT,此值将从那里添加,并且您只能在 BIOS 设置中修改它。</p>"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> 是 <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> 中的值。\n"
+"如果有 iBFT,将添加 iBFT 中的值,并且您只能在 BIOS 设置中更改它。</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
-"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for"
-" discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
-"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should"
-" be 3205.\n"
+"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
+"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-"若您想用 <b>iSNS</b> (互联网存储名称服务) 来发现目标,而不是用默认的 SendTargets 方法,\n"
-"请填上 iSNS 服务器的 IP 地址和端口。默认端口应是 3205。\n"
+"如果要使用 <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) 来发现目标,而不使用默认的 SendTargets 方法,\n"
+"请填写 iSNS 服务器的 IP 地址和端口。默认端口是 3205。\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
-#| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
-#| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
-"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b>"
-" and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-"请输入 iSCSI 目标服务器的 <b>IP 地址</b>。\n"
-"若有需要请只修改<b>端口</b>。认证请使用<b>用户名</b>和<b>密码</b>。若您不需要认证,请选择<b>无认证</b>。\n"
+"输入已发现的服务器的 <b>IP 地址</b>。\n"
+"如果需要,仅更改<b>端口</b>。为了身份验证,请使用<b>用户名</b>和<b>口令</b>。如果不需要身份验证,则\n"
+"请选择<b>无身份验证</b>。\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
-msgid ""
-"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect</b>. "
-msgstr "iSCSI 目标提供的节点列表。请选择一项并按<b>连接</b>。"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
+msgstr "iSCSI 目标提供的节点的列表。选择一项,然后单击<b>连接</b>。"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr "选择身份验证的类型,然后输入<b>用户名</b>和<b>口令</b>"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>启动</h1>"
@@ -405,55 +389,20 @@
"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n"
"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n"
"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI"
-" service\n"
+"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n"
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>手动</b>用于默认不连接的 iSCSI 目标,用户需要手动连接它们</p>\n"
-"<p><b>引导时</b>用于在引导时连接的 iSCSI 目标,例如,当 root 在 iSCSI 上时。因为这样 initrd 就需要评估位于"
-" iSCSI 上的 root 分区了。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>引导时</b>用于在引导时连接的 iSCSI 目标,例如,当根分区在 iSCSI 上时。\n"
+"因为这样 initrd 就需要评估位于 iSCSI 上的根分区了。</p>\n"
"<p><b>自动</b>用于当 iSCSI 服务启动时自动连接的 iSCSI 目标。</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-#| msgid "Authentication"
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr "<h1>认证</h1>"
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid ""
-"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox"
-" if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and"
-" <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or"
-" for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here"
-" correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the"
-" other way round.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>这里的默认设置是<i>无认证</i>。若出于安全原因需要认证请反选复选框。在'进站认证','出站认证',或两者中输入<b>用户名</b>和密码</b>。</p><p><b>请注意:</b><br>这里的'进站认证'与 iSCSI 目标服务器端的'出站认证'相关联,反之亦然。</p>"
+msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
+msgstr "已发现的目录的列表。启动新<b>发现</b>或<b>连接</b>任何目标。"
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified"
-" by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If"
-" login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the"
-" target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a"
-" target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is"
-" only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly"
-" will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default"
-" 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b>"
-" button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>这个屏幕显示了已发现的目标列表。</p><p>使用<b>发现</b>按钮来从由 IP 地址指定的服务器上获取可用 iSCSI 目标。<br>使用连接</b>来建立到目标的连接。若登录成功,<i>已连接</i>列显示状态为'真'且目标将出现在<i>已连接目标</i>屏幕。<br>要移除目标请使用<"
-"b>删除</b>按钮。<br><b>提示:</b>仅可以移除未连接的目标。若需要,请先在<i>已连接目标</i>屏幕点击<b>断开连接</b>。</p><"
-"p><b>请注意:</b>再次启动<b>探索</b>意味着重新探索目标,可能会修改已连接目标的启动模式(为默认的'手动')。若您想要添加新目标而不修改启动模"
-"式,请切换到<i>已连接目标</i>屏幕并使用<b>添加</b>按钮。</p>"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
@@ -461,18 +410,18 @@
#. function for run command in background
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65
msgid "Command timed out"
-msgstr "命令超时"
+msgstr "命令已超时"
#. validation for authentication dialog entry
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Insert the username."
-msgstr "请输入用户名。"
+msgstr "插入用户名。"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140
msgid "Insert the password."
-msgstr "请输入密码。"
+msgstr "插入口令。"
#. init table of connected sessions
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152
@@ -482,7 +431,7 @@
#. delete (logout from) connected target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214
msgid "Really log out from the selected target?"
-msgstr "真的从所选目标注销吗?"
+msgstr "确实要从所选目标注销吗?"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
@@ -492,99 +441,80 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266
msgid "No record found."
-msgstr "未找到记录。"
+msgstr "找不到记录"
#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305
msgid "No valid IP address"
-msgstr "无有效 IP 地址"
+msgstr "没有有效的 IP 地址"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310
msgid "Port field cannot be empty"
-msgstr "端口号不能为空"
+msgstr "端口字段不能为空"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-#| msgid "Initiator Name"
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr "不正确的发起端名称"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
-#| "The correct syntax is\n"
-#| "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
-#| "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
-#| "\n"
-#| "Example:\n"
-#| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"正确的语法为\n"
+"InitiatorName 错误。\n"
+"正确的语法是\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
-"或 eui:yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
+"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
-"例如:\n"
+"示例:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"您想要使用该名称吗?\n"
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
-msgstr "请输入 IP 地址。"
+msgstr "插入 IP 地址。"
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
-msgstr "请输入端口。"
+msgstr "插入端口。"
#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]");
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
-msgstr "真"
+msgstr "True"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
-msgstr "假"
+msgstr "False"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
-msgid ""
-"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that"
-" multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
-msgstr "已连接名称为此目标名称的目标。请确保启用了多路径以防止数据损坏。"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
+msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
+msgstr "已连接名称为此 TargetName 的目标。 请确保启用了 Multipathing 以防止数据损坏。"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "继续"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "取消"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "目标已连接。"
@@ -601,14 +531,12 @@
#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300)
#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96
-msgid ""
-"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be"
-" installed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>必须安装 <b>%1</b> 软件包才能配置 iSCSI 发起端。</p>"
+msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要配置 iSCSI 发起端,必须安装 <b>%1</b> 包。</p>"
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
-msgstr "<p>现在安装它吗?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>是否立即安装?</p>"
#. IscsiClient read dialog caption
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152
@@ -623,7 +551,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2/3
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170
msgid "Read the previous settings"
-msgstr "读取之前的设置"
+msgstr "读取以前的设置"
#. Progress stage 3/3
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172
@@ -638,7 +566,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
-msgstr "正在读取之前的设置..."
+msgstr "正在读取以前的设置..."
#. Progress step 3/3
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180
@@ -668,67 +596,26 @@
#. interface type for hardware offloading
#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72
msgid "default (Software)"
-msgstr "默认 (软件)"
+msgstr "默认(软件)"
#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73
msgid "all"
-msgstr "全部"
+msgstr "所有"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
"backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n"
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-"iBFT 和 <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> 中的发起端名称不同。\n"
-"旧的发起端名称将替换为 iBFT 中的值并创建备份。\n"
-"您若想要使用不同的发起端名称,请到 BIOS 中修改之。\n"
+"iBFT 和 <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> 中的 InitiatorName 不同。\n"
+"旧的发起端名称将替换为 iBFT 中的值,\n"
+"并且系统会创建一个备份。您如果想要使用不同的\n"
+"发起端名称,请在 BIOS 中更改它。\n"
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-#| msgid "Image creation failed."
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr "目标连接失败。\n"
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "配置摘要..."
-
-#~ msgid "Log Out"
-#~ msgstr "注销"
-
-#~ msgid "Log In"
-#~ msgstr "登入"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "当前会话列表。要添加新目标,请选择它并按<b>添加</b>。\n"
-#~ "要移除某个目标,请按<b>注销</b>。\n"
-#~ "要修改启动状态,请按<b>切换</b>。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-#~ msgstr "选择认证类型并输入<b>用户名</b>和<b>密码</b>。"
-
-#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
-#~ msgstr "已发现的目标列表。可启动新<b>发现</b>或<b>连接</b>到任意目标。"
-
-#~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up"
-#~ msgstr "转换启动"
-
-#~ msgid "Write the settings"
-#~ msgstr "写入设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-#~ msgstr "运行 SuSEconfig"
-
-#~ msgid "Writing the settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-#~ msgstr "正在运行SuSEconfig..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,28 +1,23 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 11:30+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module
#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56
msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO"
-msgstr "iSCSI LIO 目标配置"
+msgstr "通过 LIO 配置 iSCSI 目标"
#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals
#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85
@@ -32,7 +27,7 @@
#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals
#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89
msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target"
-msgstr "&iSCSI LIO 目标"
+msgstr "iSCSI LIO 目标(&I)"
#. first tab - service status and firewall
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57
@@ -48,7 +43,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr "目标"
@@ -61,11 +56,11 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Identifier"
-msgstr "辨识符"
+msgstr "标识符"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr "门户组"
@@ -79,16 +74,16 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143
msgid "Bind all IP addresses"
-msgstr "绑定全部 IP 地址"
+msgstr "绑定所有 IP 地址"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145
msgid "Use Authentication"
-msgstr "使用认证"
+msgstr "使用身份验证"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301
msgid "LUN"
-msgstr "逻辑单元编号"
+msgstr "LUN"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Name"
@@ -99,153 +94,159 @@
msgstr "路径"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr "添加"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "编辑"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "删除"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
-msgstr "客户端"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
+msgstr "发起端"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
-msgstr "逻辑单元编号映射"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
+msgstr "LUN 映射"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
-msgstr "认证"
+msgstr "身份验证"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
-msgstr "编辑逻辑单元编号"
+msgstr "编辑 LUN"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
-msgstr "编辑认证"
+msgstr "编辑身份验证"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr "复制"
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
-msgstr "无认证"
+msgstr "无身份验证"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
-msgstr "进站认证"
+msgstr "进来的身份验证"
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr "用户名"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
-msgstr "密码"
+msgstr "口令"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
-msgstr "出站认证"
+msgstr "发出的身份验证"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "引导时(&B)"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "手动(&M)"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "引导时"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "手动"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr "TPG 状态"
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr "键"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr "值"
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
-msgstr "iSCSI LIO 目标概览"
+msgstr "iSCSI LIO 目标概述"
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI 目标</h1>"
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr "添加 iSCSI 目标"
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
-msgstr "修改 iSCSI 目标客户端设置"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
+msgstr "修改 iSCSI 目标发起端设置"
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
-msgstr "修改 iSCSI 目标逻辑单元编号设置"
+msgstr "修改 iSCSI 目标 Lun 设置"
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr "iSCSI 目标专家设置"
@@ -264,8 +265,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中止初始化</big></b><br>\n"
-"现在按<b>中止</b>可安全地中止配置工具。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在中止初始化</big></b><br>\n"
+"可以按<b>中止</b>立即安全地中止配置实用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47
@@ -285,15 +286,17 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>中止保存:</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<B>中止</B>中止保存过程。\n"
-"另一个对话框将告之您这样做是否安全。\n"
+"按<B>中止</B>以中止保存过程。\n"
+"将另外显示一个对话框,说明执行此操作是否安全。\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\n"
"targets into selected file.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>保存</b>按钮将导出目标的一些信息到所选文件。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>保存</b>按钮会将目标的一些相关信息导出到\n"
+"选定文件中。</p>"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61
@@ -313,8 +316,8 @@
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>添加 iSCSI 目标</big></b><br>\n"
-"从检测到的 iSCSI 目标列表选择一个 iSCSI 目标。\n"
-"若未检测到您的目标,请使用<b>其它(未检测到)</b>。\n"
+"从检测到的 iSCSI 目标列表选择 iSCSI 目标。\n"
+"如果没有检测到您的目标,请使用<b>其他(未检测到)</b>。\n"
"然后按<b>配置</b>。</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -325,7 +328,8 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑或删除</big></b><br>\n"
-"若您按了<b>编辑</b>,则会打开另外一个对话框,可以在其中修改配置。</p>\n"
+"如果按<b>编辑</b>,则将打开另一个对话框,您可在其中更改\n"
+"配置。</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78
@@ -334,9 +338,9 @@
"Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n"
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>iSCSI 目标配置概览</big></b><br>\n"
-"获取已安装的 iSCSI 目标的概览。\n"
-"另外还可以编辑它们的配置。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>iSCSI 目标配置概述</big></b><br>\n"
+"获取已安装的 iSCSI 目标的概述。此外,\n"
+"对它们的配置进行编辑。<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84
@@ -345,7 +349,7 @@
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>添加 iSCSI 目标</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<b>添加</b>配置一个 iSCSI 目标。</p>"
+"按<b>添加</b>以配置一个 iSCSI 目标。</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89
@@ -355,7 +359,7 @@
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑或删除</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择一个要修改或删除的 iSCSI 目标。\n"
+"选择一个要更改或删除的 iSCSI 目标。\n"
"然后根据需要按<b>编辑</b>或<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
@@ -367,7 +371,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>第一部分配置</big></b><br>\n"
"按<b>下一步</b>继续。\n"
-" <br></p>"
+"<br></p>"
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
@@ -379,8 +383,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>进行选择</big></b><br>\n"
-"这是不可能的。您必须先把这部分代码写了。括弧笑。\n"
-" </p>"
+"暂不可用,必须先对其进行编码。:-)\n"
+"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107
@@ -391,43 +395,53 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>第二部分配置</big></b><br>\n"
"按<b>下一步</b>继续。\n"
-" <br></p>\n"
+"<br></p>\n"
#. discovery authentication
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119
msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr "选择认证类型。可使用<b>无认证</b>,或<b>进站</b>和<b>出站</b>之一 (进出站可同时选)。然后插入<b>用户</b>和<b>密码</b>。"
+msgstr "选择身份验证类型。使用<b>无身份验证</b>或<b>接收</b>和<b>寄出</b>两者之一(也可使用这两者)。然后插入<b>用户</b>和<b>口令</b>。"
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>添加</b>来给予一个客户端从目标门户组导入的逻辑单元编号的访问权限。请指定允许访问逻辑单元编号的客户端 (客户端名称为 iscsi 发起端上的 '/etc/iscsi/initatorname.iscsi' 中的<i>发起端名称</i>)。<b>删除</b>将移除该客户端对逻辑单元编号的访问权限。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>使用<b>添加</b>可向某个发起端(iSCSI 客户端)授予访问从目标门户组导入的 LUN 的权限。\n"
+"请指定允许哪个发起端连接它(使用 iSCSI 发起端上“/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi”中的 <i>InitiatorName</i>)。\n"
+"单击<b>删除</b>将会去除发起端对该 LUN 的访问权限。</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>编辑逻辑单元编号</b>可修改逻辑单元编号映射。请注意逻辑单元编号目标数字必须唯一。<br>在按下<b>编辑认证</b>后,请选择认证类型。可使用<b>进站</b>、<b>出站</b>或两者。然后插入<b>用户</b>和<b>密码</b>。若在之前对话框禁用了<b>使用认证</b>,那这里的<b>编辑认证</b>也是禁用的。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>使用<b>编辑 LUN</b> 可以修改 LUN 映射。请注意,LUN 目标编号必须唯一。<br>按<b>编辑身份验证</b>后,请选择身份验证类型。请使用<b>传入</b>、<b>传出</b>或同时使用这两项。然后插入<b>用户</b>和<b>口令</b>。请务必为传入和传出身份验证设置不同的值。\n"
+"如果在上个对话框中禁用了<b>使用身份验证</b>,则此处的<b>编辑身份验证</b>将被禁用。</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>复制</b>提供了给予另一个客户端逻辑单元编号访问权限的可能。</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>复制</b>可向一个额外的发起端授予对该 LUN 的访问权限。</p>"
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
msgstr ""
-"所提供的目标和目标门户组列表。点击<b>添加</b>可创建一个新目标。\n"
-"要删除或修改某项,请选择它并按<b>修改</b>或<b>删除</b>。"
+"提供的目标和目标门户组的列表。单击<b>添加</b>可创建新目标。\n"
+"要删除或修改某个项目,请选择该项目并按<b>编辑</b>或<b>删除</b>。"
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
-msgstr "<h1>iSCSI 目标 IP/端口和逻辑单元编号设置</h1>"
+msgstr "<h1>iSCSI 目标 IP/端口和 LUN 设置</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -435,27 +449,28 @@
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"可以让任意块设备或文件在某个<b>逻辑单元编号</b>下可用。\n"
-"您需要提供块设备或文件的 <b>路径</b>。\n"
-"<b>逻辑单元编号名称</b>是任何能够独特辨识该<b>逻辑单元编号</b>的名称。\n"
-"该名称需要在目标门户组中唯一。若用户没有为逻辑单元编号提供一个名称,\n"
-"它将自动生成。"
+"任何块设备或文件都可以通过 <b>LUN</b> 来使用。\n"
+"您必须提供块设备或文件的<b>路径</b>。\n"
+"<b>LUN 名称</b>为可唯一标识 <b>LUN</b> 的任意名称。\n"
+"该名称在目标门户组中必须唯一。如果用户\n"
+"未提供 LUN 的名称,则系统会自动生成一个。"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-"<p>在<b>IP 地址</b>和<b>端口号</b>下您可以指定服务在哪个地址和端口可用。默认端口号是 3260。\n"
-"只有指定到一个网卡的 IP 地址才可以。"
+"<p>在<b>IP 地址</b>和<b>端口号</b>下,指定可以使用服务的地址\n"
+"和端口。默认端口号为 3260。\n"
+"只能使用指派给其中一个网卡的 IP 地址。"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
-msgstr "创建一个新目标。请使用正确的值替换模板值。"
+msgstr "创建新目标。使用正确的值替换模板值。"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -463,55 +478,55 @@
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"可以让任意块设备或文件在某个逻辑单元编号下可用。\n"
-"您需要提供块设备或文件的 <b>路径</b>。\n"
-"<b>逻辑单元编号名称</b>是任何能够独特辨识该<b>逻辑单元编号</b>的名称。\n"
-"该名称需要在目标门户组中唯一。若用户没有提供为逻辑单元编号提供一个名称,\n"
-"它将自动生成。"
+"LUN 下的任意块设备或文件可供使用。\n"
+"您必须提供块设备或文件的<b>路径</b>。\n"
+"<b>LUN 名称</b>为可唯一标识 <b>LUN</b> 的任意名称。\n"
+"该名称在目标门户组中必须是唯一的。如果用户\n"
+"未提供 LUN 的名称,则系统会自动生成一个。"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
-msgstr "可以<b>添加</b>、<b>编辑</b>或<b>删除</b>全部额外配置选项。"
+msgstr "可以<b>添加</b>、<b>编辑</b>或<b>删除</b>所有其他配置选项。"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
-"如有需要可编辑 <b>逻辑单元编号</b>,设置<b>类型</b> (nullio 用于测试目的)。\n"
-"若类型为 fileio,则请设置磁盘设备或文件的<b>路径</b>。<b>SCSI ID</b> 和<b>扇区</b>为可选项。"
+"编辑 <b>LUN</b> 编号(如果需要),设置 <b>Type</b>(nullio 用于测试)。\n"
+"如果 Type = fileio,则请设置磁盘设备或文件的 <b>Path</b>。<b>SCSI ID</b> 和 <b>Sectors</b> 为可选项。"
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
msgid "Problem changing authentication"
-msgstr "修改认证出现问题"
+msgstr "更改身份验证时出现问题"
#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Invalid Username"
-msgstr "无效的用户名"
+msgstr "无效用户名"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Invalid Password."
-msgstr "无效的密码。"
+msgstr "口令无效。"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
-msgstr "所选逻辑单元编号已被使用!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
+msgstr "选定的 LUN 已在使用中!"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
msgid "Selected Name is already in use!"
-msgstr "所选名称 %1 已被使用!"
+msgstr "所选名称已在使用!"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
-msgstr "所选路径必须是块设备或常规文件!"
+msgstr "选定的路径必须为块设备或一般文件的路径!"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
-msgstr "所选路径已被使用!"
+msgstr "选定的路径已在使用!"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310
msgid "Path:"
@@ -526,51 +541,51 @@
msgstr "选择文件或设备"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
-msgstr "客户端逻辑单元编号"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
+msgstr "发起端 LUN"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
msgid "Target LUN"
-msgstr "目标逻辑单元编号"
+msgstr "目标 LUN"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444
msgid "Change:"
-msgstr "修改:"
+msgstr "更改:"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
-msgstr "目标逻辑单元编号 %1 使用了不止一次!"
+msgstr "目标 LUN %1 已使用多次!"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599
msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!"
-msgstr "需要至少启用一个认证!"
+msgstr "需要至少启用一项身份验证!"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
-msgstr "客户端名称:"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgstr "发起端名称:"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
-msgstr "从目标门户组导入逻辑单元编号"
+msgstr "从 TPG 中导入 LUN"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
-msgstr "客户端名称不能为空!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
+msgstr "发起端名称不能为空!"
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
-msgstr "客户端名称已存在!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
+msgstr "发起端名称已存在!"
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
-msgstr "新客户端名称:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
+msgstr "新发起端名称:"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
msgid "OK"
@@ -580,98 +595,105 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "取消"
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "已启用"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "已禁用"
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
-msgstr "真的删除所选项吗?"
+msgstr "确定要删除所选的项目吗?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
-msgstr "使用目标门户组 %2 创建目标 %1 时出现问题"
+msgstr "使用 tpg %2 创建目标 %1 时出现问题"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
-msgstr "设置网络门户为 %1 时出现问题"
+msgstr "将网络门户设置为 %1 时出现问题"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
-msgstr "移除逻辑单元编号 %1 时出现问题"
+msgstr "删除 LUN %1 时出现问题"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
-msgstr "设置逻辑单元编号 %1 (名称:%2) 到路径 %3 时出现问题"
+msgstr "将 LUN %1(名称:%2)设置为路径 %3 时出现问题"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
-msgstr "设置 %1:%2 上的认证为 %3 时出现问题"
+msgstr "将 %1:%2 上的身份验证设置为 %3 时出现问题"
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "目标不能为空。"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "目标门户组不能为空。"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "目标已存在。"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
-msgstr "进站"
+msgstr "接收"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "Outgoing"
-msgstr "出站"
+msgstr "寄出"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr "无"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "已禁用"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-"未指定任何客户端。\n"
-"要允许客户端登入到目标,请使用 ’添加‘ 按钮并输入名称\n"
-"(可参考发起端上的 /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)。\n"
-"真的想要继续而不指定可访问客户端吗?"
+"未指定任何发起端。\n"
+"要允许发起端登录到目标,\n"
+"请使用“添加”按钮并输入名称\n"
+"(请参见发起端上的 /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi)。\n"
+"确实要继续而不提供发起端访问信息吗?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
-msgstr "在 %1:%2 中为客户端 %3 移除逻辑单元编号 %4 时出现问题"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
+msgstr "去除 %1:%2 中发起端 %3 的 LUN %4 时出现问题"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
-msgstr "在 %1:%2 中为客户端 %3 添加逻辑单元编号 %4:%5 时出现问题"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
+msgstr "为 %1:%2 中的发起端 %3 添加 LUN %4:%5 时出现问题"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
-msgstr "从 %1:%2 中移除客户端 %3 时出现问题"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
+msgstr "从 %1:%2 中去除发起端 %3 时出现问题"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
-msgstr "为 %1:%2 创建客户端 %3 时出现问题"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
+msgstr "为 %1:%2 创建发起端 %3 时出现问题"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
-msgstr "在 %1:%2 中为客户端 %3 修改认证时出现问题"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
+msgstr "更改 %1:%2 中发起端 %3 的身份验证时出现问题"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110
@@ -684,23 +706,23 @@
msgstr "正在初始化..."
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
-msgstr "无法保存 LIO 设置"
+msgstr "无法保存 lio 设置"
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr "无法保存 tcm 设置"
#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136
msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package"
-msgstr "未安装 lio-utils 软件包,无法继续"
+msgstr "如果未安装 lio-utils 包,则无法继续"
#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177
msgid "Could not start service \"%1\""
-msgstr "无法启动服务 \"%1\""
+msgstr "无法启动服务“%1”"
#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190
@@ -715,7 +737,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2/3
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208
msgid "Read the previous settings"
-msgstr "读取之前的设置"
+msgstr "读取以前的设置"
#. Progress stage 3/3
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210
@@ -730,7 +752,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
-msgstr "正在读取之前的设置..."
+msgstr "正在读取以前的设置..."
#. Progress step 3/3
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218
@@ -750,12 +772,13 @@
"to be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \n"
"try to import setting from /etc/ietd.conf into LIO?"
msgstr ""
-"您当前没有活动的 LIO 目标但似乎有一个有效的配置 /etc/ietd.conf。\n"
-"本模块应该尝试从 /etc/ietd.conf 将设置导入进 LIO 吗?"
+"您当前没有处于活动状态的 LIO 目标,但是 /etc/ietd.conf 中可能\n"
+"有一个有效的配置。模块\n"
+"应该尝试将设置从 /etc/ietd.conf 导入到 LIO 中吗?"
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254
msgid "Errors during import. Check LIO state!"
-msgstr "导入出错。请检查 LIO 状态!"
+msgstr "导入时发生错误。请检查 LIO 状态!"
#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281
@@ -770,7 +793,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298
msgid "Write lio configuration"
-msgstr "写入 LIO 配置"
+msgstr "写入 lio 配置"
#. Progress step 1/2
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302
@@ -780,22 +803,10 @@
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304
msgid "Writing lio configuration..."
-msgstr "正在写入 LIO 配置..."
+msgstr "正在写入 lio 配置..."
#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
#. @return summary of the current configuration
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "配置摘要..."
-
-#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-#~ msgstr "运行 SuSEconfig"
-
-#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-#~ msgstr "正在运行 SuSEconfig..."
-
-#~ msgid "Initializing LIO iSCSI Target Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "正在初始化 LIO iSCSI 目标配置"
-
-#~ msgid "LIO iSCSI Target Overview"
-#~ msgstr "LIO iSCSI 目标概述"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/isns.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/isns.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/isns.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,29 +1,23 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: isns\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 17:18+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xisns module
#: src/clients/isns.rb:35
msgid "Configuration of an isns service"
-msgstr "iSNS 服务配置"
+msgstr "isns 服务的配置"
#. progress step title
#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44
@@ -38,7 +32,7 @@
#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals
#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69
msgid "&iSCSI Initiator"
-msgstr "&iSCSI 发起端"
+msgstr "iSCSI 发起端(&I)"
#. first tab - service status and firewall
#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34
@@ -48,7 +42,7 @@
#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes
#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "iSCSI Nodes"
-msgstr "iSCSI 节点"
+msgstr "ISCSI 节点"
#. third tab - Discovery Domains
#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120
@@ -61,7 +55,7 @@
#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88
msgid "&Manually"
-msgstr "手工(&M)"
+msgstr "手动(&M)"
#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91
msgid "When Booting"
@@ -69,7 +63,7 @@
#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Manually"
-msgstr "手工"
+msgstr "手动"
#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156
#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66
@@ -87,7 +81,7 @@
#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29
msgid "Discovery Domain Name"
-msgstr "发现域名称"
+msgstr "发现域名"
#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132
msgid "Create Discovery Domain"
@@ -107,19 +101,19 @@
#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164
msgid "Remove"
-msgstr "移除"
+msgstr "删除"
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "iSNS Service"
-msgstr "iSNS 服务"
+msgstr "isns 服务"
#. curr_target = "";
#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>"
-msgstr "<h1>iSNS 服务</h1>"
+msgstr "<h1>isns 服务</h1>"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17
@@ -127,7 +121,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>正在初始化 iSNS 守护精灵配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在初始化 iSNS 守护程序配置</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
@@ -137,7 +131,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>正在中止初始化</big></b><br>\n"
-"现在按<b>中止</b>安全地中止配置工具。</p>\n"
+"可以按<b>中止</b>立即安全地中止配置使用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25
@@ -157,8 +151,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>中断保存:</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<B>中断</B>可中断保存。\n"
-"另一个对话框将告之您这样做是否安全。\n"
+"请点击<B>中断</B>,以便中断保存.\n"
+"一个附加对话框将告诉您这样做是否安全.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
@@ -172,38 +166,38 @@
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39
msgid "<p>The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed.</p> <p>Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets.</p> <p> It is only possible to <b>delete</b> them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>显示了全部与 iSNS 服务注册的可用 iSCSI 节点列表</p> <p>节点由 iSCSI 发起端和 iSCSI 目标端注册。</p> <p>只能<b>删除</b>它们。删除一个节点将从 iSNS 数据库移除它。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>显示了向 iSNS 服务注册的所有可用 iSCSI 节点的列表。</p> <p>由 iSCSI 发起端和 iSCSI 目标注册的节点。</p> <p>仅能将其<b>删除</b>。删除某个节点会将其从 iSNS 数据库中去除。</p>"
#. discovery domains
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43
msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to <b>Create</b> a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> one. <p>Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members.</p>"
-msgstr "显示了全部发现域列表。可以<b>创建</b>或<b>删除</b>一个发现域。<p>删除一个发现域将从此域移除成员但不会删除 iSCSI 节点成员本身。</p>"
+msgstr "显示了全部发现域列表。可以<b>创建</b>或<b>删除</b>一个发现域。<p>删除一个发现域将从此域去除成员,但不会删除 iSCSI 节点成员本身。</p>"
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46
msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to <b>Add</b> an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or <b>Delete</b> the node. <p>Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node</p> <p>Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain</p> <p>When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains.</p> "
-msgstr "发现域显示了全部 iSCSI 节点列表。选择另一个发现域将刷新那个发现域的成员列表。可以<b>添加</b>一个 iSCSI 节点到一个发现域,或从一个发现域<b>删除</b>一个 iSCSI 节点</p> <p>创建一个 iSCSI 节点允许添加一个尚未注册的节点为发现域的成员。当发起端或目标端注册了此节点时,此节点就变成了此域的一部分</p> <p>当一个 iSCSI 发起端做出域发现请求时,iSNS 服务将返回属于同一发现域的全部 iSCSI 节点目标。</p>"
+msgstr "发现域显示了全部 iSCSI 节点列表。选择另一个发现域将刷新列表,显示该发现域的成员。可以将一个 iSCSI 节点<b>添加</b>到一个发现域,或从一个发现域<b>删除</b>节点。<p>删除节点会将其从发现域中去除</p><p>创建一个 iSCSI 节点允许将一个尚未注册的节点添加为发现域的成员。当发起端或目标注册了此节点时,此节点就变成了此域的一部分</p> <p>当一个 iSCSI 发起端发出域发现请求时,iSNS 服务将返回属于该发现域的全部 iSCSI 节点目标。</p> "
#. dds table dialog
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50
msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. <p>A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. </p><p>In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members.</p>"
-msgstr "在列表上部显示了全部发现域集。发现域属于发现域集。<p>一个发现域必须是一个发现域集的成员才能处于活动状态。</p><p>在一个 iSNS 数据库中,发现域集包含发现域,发现域包含 iSCSI 节点成员。</p>"
+msgstr "列表顶部会显示全部发现域集。发现域属于发现域集。<p>一个发现域必须是一个发现域集的成员才能处于活动状态。</p><p>在 iSNS 数据库中,一个发现域集包含多个发现域,而一个发现域包含多个 iSCSI 节点成员。</p>"
#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53
msgid "<p>The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>当选择了不同的发现域集时,将刷新发现域集成员列表。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>每当您选择不同的发现域集时,发现域集成员列表便会刷新。</p>"
#. **************** global funcions and variables *****
#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25
msgid "Create New Discovery Domain"
-msgstr "创建新发现域"
+msgstr "创建新的发现域"
#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102
msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain"
-msgstr "添加 iSCSI 节点到发现域"
+msgstr "将 iSCSI 节点添加到发现域"
#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105
msgid "Available Nodes to Add"
-msgstr "可供添加的节点"
+msgstr "要添加的可用节点"
#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108
msgid "Name"
@@ -219,26 +213,26 @@
#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168
msgid "Target or Initiator"
-msgstr "目标端或发起端"
+msgstr "目标或发起端"
#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
-msgstr "真的删除所选项吗?"
+msgstr "确实要删除所选的项吗?"
#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270
msgid "Really delete this domain?"
-msgstr "真的删除此域吗?"
+msgstr "确实要删除此域吗?"
#. boolean display = true;
#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10);
#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351
msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running."
-msgstr "无法连接到 iSNS 服务器。请检查 iSNS 服务器是否运行。"
+msgstr "无法连接到 iSNS 服务器。请检查 iSNS 服务器是否正在运行。"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70
msgid "isns Daemon Configuration"
-msgstr "iSNS 守护精灵配置"
+msgstr "iSNS 守护程序配置"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72
@@ -248,95 +242,18 @@
#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed
#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149
msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>必须安装 <b>%1</b> 软件包才能配置 iSNS 服务。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要配置 ISNS 服务,必须安装 <b>%1</b> 包。</p>"
#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
-msgstr "<p>现在安装它吗?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>是否立即安装?</p>"
#. IsnsServer read dialog caption
#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277
msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration"
-msgstr "正在初始化 iSNS 守护精灵配置"
+msgstr "正在初始化 isns 守护程序配置"
#. IsnsServer write dialog caption
#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300
msgid "Saving isns Configuration"
-msgstr "正在保存 iSNS 配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Discovery Domains Sets"
-#~ msgstr "发现域集"
-
-#~ msgid "Address of iSNS Server"
-#~ msgstr "iSNS 服务器地址"
-
-#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Set Name"
-#~ msgstr "发现域集名称"
-
-#~ msgid "Create Discovery Domain Set"
-#~ msgstr "创建发现域集"
-
-#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Set Members"
-#~ msgstr "发现域集成员"
-
-#~ msgid "Add Discovery Domain"
-#~ msgstr "添加发现域"
-
-#~ msgid "<b><big>iSNS Server location</big></b><br>The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n"
-#~ msgstr "<b><big>iSNS 服务器位置</big></b><br> iSNS 服务的 DNS 名称或 IP 地址可以作为 iSNS 地址输入。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added."
-#~ msgstr "选择发现域将被添加到的发现域集"
-
-#~ msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set"
-#~ msgstr "发现域名称集"
-
-#~ msgid "Add Discovery Domain to Set"
-#~ msgstr "添加发现域到集"
-
-#~ msgid "Available Discovery Domains"
-#~ msgstr "可用发现域"
-
-#~ msgid "Read the database"
-#~ msgstr "读取数据库"
-
-#~ msgid "Read the previous settings"
-#~ msgstr "读取以前的设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Detect the devices"
-#~ msgstr "检测设备"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取数据库..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取以前的设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Detecting the devices..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检测设备..."
-
-#~ msgid "Finished"
-#~ msgstr "已完成"
-
-#~ msgid "Write the settings"
-#~ msgstr "写入设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-#~ msgstr "运行 SuSEconfig"
-
-#~ msgid "Writing the settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-#~ msgstr "正在运行 SuSEconfig..."
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot write settings."
-#~ msgstr "无法写入设置。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>正在保存 VPN 配置</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "请稍候...<br></p>\n"
+msgstr "正在保存 isns 配置"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,38 +1,33 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# marguerite , 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: journal\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 12:43+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Header
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43
msgid "Journal entries"
-msgstr "日志项"
+msgstr "日记项"
#. Filters
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47
msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
-msgstr "显示具有以下文本的项"
+msgstr "显示包含以下文本的项"
#. Return the result as an array of Items
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117
msgid "Change filter..."
-msgstr "变更过滤器..."
+msgstr "更改过滤器..."
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119
msgid "Refresh"
@@ -41,7 +36,7 @@
#. Header
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50
msgid "Entries to display"
-msgstr "待显示项"
+msgstr "要显示的项"
#. Interval
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53
@@ -56,20 +51,20 @@
#. User readable description of the current filters
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65
msgid "With no additional conditions"
-msgstr "无附加条件"
+msgstr "没有附加条件"
#. User readable description of the time interval
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82
msgid "Since system's boot"
-msgstr "自系统引导"
+msgstr "自系统引导以来"
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84
msgid "From previous boot"
-msgstr "自上次引导"
+msgstr "从上次引导"
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90
msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}"
-msgstr "介于 %{since} 和 %{until}"
+msgstr "从 %{since} 到 %{until}"
#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms
#.
@@ -77,15 +72,15 @@
#. :value and :label
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102
msgid "Between these dates"
-msgstr "介于这段日期"
+msgstr "在这些日期之间"
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104
msgid "Since system's boot (%s)"
-msgstr "自系统引导 (%s)"
+msgstr "自系统引导以来 (%s)"
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108
msgid "From previous boot (%s)"
-msgstr "自上次引导 (%s)"
+msgstr "从上次引导 (%s)"
#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object
#.
@@ -98,11 +93,11 @@
#. * :values optional list of valid values
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128
msgid "Units"
-msgstr "单元"
+msgstr "单员"
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129
msgid "For these systemd units"
-msgstr "仅这些 systemd 单元"
+msgstr "对于这些 systemd 单元"
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134
msgid "Files"
@@ -110,7 +105,7 @@
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135
msgid "For these files (executable or device)"
-msgstr "仅这些文件 (可执行文件或设备)"
+msgstr "对于这些文件(可执行文件或设备)"
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140
msgid "Priority"
@@ -118,7 +113,7 @@
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141
msgid "With at least this priority"
-msgstr "至少有此优先级"
+msgstr "至少具有此优先级"
#. Fields to display for listing the entries
#.
@@ -133,4 +128,4 @@
#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166
msgid "Message"
-msgstr "消息"
+msgstr "讯息"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/kdump.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/kdump.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/kdump.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,29 +1,23 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: kdump\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-21 14:10+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Command line help text for the kdump module
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59
msgid "Configuration of kdump"
-msgstr "kdump 配置"
+msgstr "Kdump 的配置"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69
@@ -38,72 +32,72 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81
msgid "Dump Level number 0-31"
-msgstr "转储级别编号 0-31"
+msgstr "转储级别号 0-31"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89
msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo"
-msgstr "转储映像的转储格式 none/ELF/compressed/lzo"
+msgstr "转储映像的转储格式 - none/ELF/compressed/lzo"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102
msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images"
-msgstr "转储标的包括保存转储映像的位置"
+msgstr "转储目标包含用于保存转储映像的目标"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr "命名方式是:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] 请只输入 \"kernel_string\"。"
+msgstr "命名模式为:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] 请仅输入“kernel_string”。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
-msgstr "kdump 命令行是需要被传送到 kdump 内核的命令行。"
+msgstr "Kdump 命令行是需要对 Kdump 内核传递的命令行。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
-msgstr "如果您想要附加值到默认命令行字符串,请设定此变量。"
+msgstr "仅当希望将 _append_ 值设置为默认的命令行字符串时设置此变量。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel."
-msgstr "在保存 kdump 内核核心后立即重启。"
+msgstr "将核心保存到 Kdump 内核之后立即重引导。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158
msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory."
-msgstr "复制内核到转储目录。"
+msgstr "将内核复制到转储目录中。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
-msgstr "指定保留多少旧转储文件。0 意味着保留全部。"
+msgstr "指定保留的旧转储数。0 表示全部保留。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages."
-msgstr "发送通知消息的 SMTP 服务器"
+msgstr "用于发送通知讯息的 SMTP 服务器。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182
msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages."
-msgstr "发送通知消息的 SMTP 用户名。"
+msgstr "用于发送通知讯息的 SMTP 用户名。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
-msgstr "发送通知消息的 SMTP 密码。密码文件 (普通文本文件) 的路径。"
+msgstr "用于发送通知讯息的 SMTP 口令。口令所在文件(普通文本文件)的路径。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
msgid "Email address for sending notification messages"
-msgstr "发送通知消息的电子邮件地址"
+msgstr "用于发送通知讯息的电子邮件地址。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209
msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages"
-msgstr "发送通知消息副本的电子邮件地址"
+msgstr "用于发送通知讯息副本的电子邮件地址"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221
@@ -123,12 +117,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234
msgid "Size of allocated memory MB"
-msgstr "分配的内存大小 MB"
+msgstr "分配的内存大小 (MB)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241
msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving"
-msgstr "转储级别的数目包括要保存的页面"
+msgstr "用于保存的转储级别包含页面数"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248
@@ -138,7 +132,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
-msgstr "转储标的包括下列标的类型:文件(本地文件系统), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
+msgstr "转储目标包括以下来源的目标类型:文件(本地文件系统)、ftp、ssh、sftp、nfs、cifs"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262
@@ -148,17 +142,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267
msgid "Port for connection"
-msgstr "连接端口"
+msgstr "用于连接的端口"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272
msgid "Directory for saving dump images"
-msgstr "转储映像保存目录"
+msgstr "用于保存转储映像的目录"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279
msgid "Exported share"
-msgstr "导出共享"
+msgstr "导出的共享"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284
@@ -168,32 +162,32 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289
msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)"
-msgstr "密码文件 (普通文本文件) 路径"
+msgstr "包含口令的文件(纯文本文件)的路径"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296
msgid "udev_id of raw partition"
-msgstr "原始分区的 udev_id"
+msgstr "原始分区的 udev_id "
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr "命名方式是:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] 内核只意味着 \"kernel_string\"。"
+msgstr "命名模式为:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz] 内核仅表示“kernel_string”。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
msgid "Include command line options."
-msgstr "包括命令行选项。"
+msgstr "包含命令行选项。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
-msgstr "选项意味着引导 kdump 内核的运行级别。只允许如 1,2,3,5 这样的数值或 s"
+msgstr "选项表示引导 Kdump 内核的运行级别。仅允许使用 1、2、3、5 或 s 之类的值"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all."
-msgstr "转储数目。0 表示全部保留。"
+msgstr "转储数。0 表示全部保留。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331
@@ -203,7 +197,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365
msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump"
-msgstr "处理使用固件辅助转储"
+msgstr "处理固件辅助转储的使用"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415
@@ -213,17 +207,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420
msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)"
-msgstr "已启用 Kdump (引导选项 \"crashkernel\" 已添加)"
+msgstr "Kdump 将启用(添加引导选项“crashkernel”)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425
msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1"
-msgstr "为 kdump 分配的内存为 (MB) :%1"
+msgstr "为 Kdump 分配的内存 (MB) 为:%1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431
msgid "Kdump is disabled"
-msgstr "已禁用 kdump"
+msgstr "Kdump 已禁用"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437
@@ -238,12 +232,12 @@
#. parsing target info
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452
msgid "Dump Target Settings"
-msgstr "转储标的设置"
+msgstr "转储目标设置"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457
msgid "target: %1"
-msgstr "标的:%1"
+msgstr "目标:%1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
@@ -262,7 +256,7 @@
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575
msgid "server name: %1"
-msgstr "服务器名:%1"
+msgstr "服务器名称:%1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
@@ -296,7 +290,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618
msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1"
-msgstr "自定义 kdump 内核:%1"
+msgstr "自定义 Kdump 内核:%1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629
@@ -306,12 +300,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640
msgid "Kdump command line append: %1"
-msgstr "Kdump 命令行附加:%1"
+msgstr "Kdump 命令行追加:%1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650
msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1"
-msgstr "Kdump 立即重启:%1"
+msgstr "Kdump 立即重引导:%1"
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262
msgid "Enabled"
@@ -324,12 +318,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
-msgstr "旧转储数目:保存所有转储,不删除旧转储"
+msgstr "旧转储数:保存所有转储而不删除旧转储"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1"
-msgstr "旧转储数目:%1"
+msgstr "旧转储数:%1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681
@@ -344,17 +338,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701
msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********"
-msgstr "Kdump SMTP 密码:********"
+msgstr "Kdump SMTP 口令:********"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709
msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1"
-msgstr "Kdump 发送通知给:%1"
+msgstr "Kdump 正在将通知发送到:%1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720
msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1"
-msgstr "Kdump 发送通知副本给:%1"
+msgstr "Kdump 正在将通知副本发送到:%1"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747
@@ -362,17 +356,15 @@
"Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n"
"It will be rewritten."
msgstr ""
-"内核选项 \"crashkernel\" 包含了范围和/或冗余值。\n"
-"它将被重写。"
+"内核选项“crashkernel”包含范围和/或冗余值。\n"
+"将会重写。"
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
-msgstr "需要重启来应用变更。"
+msgstr "要应用更改,需要重引导。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
@@ -402,7 +394,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781
msgid "Dump level was set."
-msgstr "已设置转储级别。"
+msgstr "设置了转储级别。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
@@ -413,12 +405,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806
msgid "Dump format was set."
-msgstr "已设置转储格式。"
+msgstr "设置了转储格式。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813
msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
-msgstr "选项只能包括 \"none\"、\"ELF\"、\"compressed\" 或 \"lzo\" 值。"
+msgstr "选项只能包含“none”、“ELF”、“compressed”或“lzo”值。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833
@@ -432,7 +424,7 @@
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019
msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing."
-msgstr "\"文件夹\" 的值缺失。"
+msgstr "缺少“目录”的值。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
@@ -441,38 +433,38 @@
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986
msgid "Value for \"server\" missing."
-msgstr "\"服务器\" 的值缺失。"
+msgstr "缺少“服务器”的值。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998
msgid "Value for \"share\" missing."
-msgstr "\"共享\" 的值缺失。"
+msgstr "缺少“共享”的值。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040
msgid "Wrong value for target."
-msgstr "错误的标的值。"
+msgstr "目标的值错误。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151
msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"."
-msgstr "错误的选项值 \"无\"。"
+msgstr "选项“否”的值错误。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171
msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"."
-msgstr "错误的选项值 \"服务器\"。"
+msgstr "错误的选项值“服务器”。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191
msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"."
-msgstr "错误的选项值 \"用户\"。"
+msgstr "错误的选项值“用户”。"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248
msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"."
-msgstr "错误的选项值 \"电子邮件\"。"
+msgstr "错误的选项值“电子邮件”。"
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260
msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}"
@@ -481,12 +473,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278
msgid "No option has been defined."
-msgstr "未定义选项。"
+msgstr "未定义任何选项。"
#. progress step title
#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47
msgid "Saving kdump configuration..."
-msgstr "正在保存 kdump 配置..."
+msgstr "正在保存 Kdump 配置..."
#. proposal part - kdump label
#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82
@@ -505,16 +497,16 @@
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62
msgid "Enable Kd&ump"
-msgstr "启用 Kdump(&U)"
+msgstr "启用内核转储(&U)"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63
msgid "&Disable Kdump"
-msgstr "禁用 Kdump(&D)"
+msgstr "禁用Kdump(&D)"
#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111
msgid "Include in Dumping"
-msgstr "包含在转储中"
+msgstr "加入转储"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero"
@@ -523,11 +515,11 @@
#. `VStretch ()
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124
msgid "Cach&e Pages"
-msgstr "缓存页面(&E)"
+msgstr "超速缓存页面(&E)"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134
msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages"
-msgstr "缓存隐私页面(&T)"
+msgstr "超速缓存专用页面(&T)"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139
msgid "&User Data Pages"
@@ -535,7 +527,7 @@
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140
msgid "&Free Pages"
-msgstr "空余页面(&F)"
+msgstr "可用页面(&F)"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168
@@ -548,7 +540,7 @@
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "&ELF Format"
-msgstr "&ELF 格式"
+msgstr "ELF 格式(&E)"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "C&ompressed Format"
@@ -556,12 +548,12 @@
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174
msgid "&LZO Compressed Format"
-msgstr "&LZO 压缩格式"
+msgstr "LZO 压缩格式(&L)"
#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "&Select Target"
-msgstr "选择标的(&S)"
+msgstr "选择目标(&S)"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198
msgid "Local Directory"
@@ -608,17 +600,17 @@
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215
msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "密码(&P)"
+msgstr "口令(&P)"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264
msgid "Notification &To"
-msgstr "通知接收对象(&T)"
+msgstr "通知收件人(&T)"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280
msgid "Notifica&tion CC"
-msgstr "通知抄送对象(&t)"
+msgstr "通知副本(&T)"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297
@@ -628,32 +620,32 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309
msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line"
-msgstr "Kdump 命令行(&m)"
+msgstr "Kdump 命令行(&M)"
#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append"
-msgstr "Kdump 命令行附加(&L)"
+msgstr "Kdump 命令行追加(&L)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338
msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core"
-msgstr "启用保存核心后立即重启(&E)"
+msgstr "启用保存核心后立即重引导(&E)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory"
-msgstr "启用复制内核到转储目录(&r)"
+msgstr "启用将内核复制到转储目录中(&R)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366
msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images"
-msgstr "启用删除旧的转储映像(&D)"
+msgstr "启用删除旧转储映像(&D)"
#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps"
-msgstr "旧的转储的数量(&U)"
+msgstr "旧转储数(&U)"
#. "handle" :
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408
@@ -678,11 +670,11 @@
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
-msgstr "Kdump 映像的保存标的"
+msgstr "正在保存 Kdump 映像的目标"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Dump Target"
-msgstr "转储标的"
+msgstr "转储目标"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450
msgid "SMTP Server"
@@ -698,7 +690,7 @@
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482
msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump"
-msgstr "自定义转储内核"
+msgstr "Kdump 的自定义内核"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Command Line"
@@ -718,7 +710,7 @@
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529
msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]"
-msgstr "Kdump 低内存(&L) [MiB]"
+msgstr "Kdump 内存不足(&L) [MiB]"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531
msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]"
@@ -726,7 +718,7 @@
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537
msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:"
-msgstr "全部系统内存 [MiB]:"
+msgstr "系统内存总量 [MiB]:"
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544
msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:"
@@ -734,7 +726,7 @@
#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567
msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]"
-msgstr "Kdump 高内存(&H) [MiB]"
+msgstr "Kdump 内存较大(&H) [MiB]"
#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36
@@ -744,8 +736,8 @@
" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>启用/禁用 Kdump</b><br>\n"
-" 启用或禁用 kdump。添加或删除引导选项 crashkernel 参数。\n"
-" 需要重引导以应用变更。<br></p>\n"
+" 启用或禁用 kdump。添加/去删除引导选项 crashkernel 参数。\n"
+" 需要重引导才能应用更改。<br></p>\n"
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42
@@ -754,7 +746,7 @@
" Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kdump 内存</b><br>\n"
-" 为 kdump 内核分配内存。<br></p>\n"
+" Kdump 内核的内存分配。<br></p>\n"
#. T: help text for a combo box
#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19
@@ -764,7 +756,7 @@
" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>固件辅助转储</b><br>\n"
-" 转储在分区重新初始化前不会生成,而是在分区重启时生成。当执行固件辅助转储时,将冻结系统内存并重启分区,这将允许以一个新操作系统实例来从之前崩溃的内核中转储数据。此功能只适合于有多于 1.5 GB 内存的系统。</p>"
+"在重新初始化分区之前不生成转储,但重启动分区时进行转储。执行固件辅助转储时,将会冻结系统内存并重引导分区,这样,操作系统的新实例便可以转储上一次内核崩溃时的数据。仅当系统具有 1.5 GB 以上的内存时,才适合使用此功能。</p>"
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57
@@ -775,9 +767,9 @@
" The page type marked in the following table is included. <br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>转储级别</b><br>\n"
-" 指定要分析的必要页面类型。\n"
-" 指定类型的页面将被复制到转储文件中。\n"
-" 将包括下表中标记的页面类型。<br></p>"
+" 指定分析必需的页面类型。\n"
+" 指定类型的页面已复制到转储文件。\n"
+" 包含下表中标记的页面类型。<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64
@@ -789,11 +781,11 @@
" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>转储格式</b></br>\n"
+"<p><b>转储格式</b><br>\n"
" <i>无转储</i> - 仅保存内核日志。<br>\n"
-" <i>ELF 格式</i> - 以 ELF 格式创建转储文件。<br>\n"
-" <i>压缩格式</i> - 使用 gzip 按页面压缩转储数据。<br>\n"
-" <i>LZO 压缩格式</i> - 文件会大一些,但更快速。<br>\n"
+" <i>ELF 格式</i> - 创建 ELF 格式的转储文件。<br>\n"
+" <i>压缩格式</i> - 使用 gzip 分页压缩转储数据。<br>\n"
+" <i>LZO 压缩格式</i> - 文件稍大一些,但速度会快很多。<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
@@ -802,8 +794,8 @@
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kdump 映像的保存标的</b><br>\n"
-" 保存 Kdump 映像的标的。选择保存转储的标的类型。<br></p>"
+"<p><b>正在保存 Kdump 映像的目标</b><br>\n"
+" 保存 Kdump 映像的目标。选择保存转储的目标类型。<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
@@ -813,8 +805,9 @@
" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>本地文件系统</b> - 保存 kdump 映像到本地文件系统。\n"
-" <i>保存转储的目录</i> - 保存 kdump 映像的路径。n 通过按浏览选择对话框中的文件夹作为保存 kdump 映像的位置。</i>\n"
+"<p><b>本地文件系统</b> - 将 Kdump 映像保存在本地文件系统中。\n"
+" <i>保存转储的目录</i> - 用于保存 Kdump 映像的路径。\n"
+" 通过按<i>浏览</i>,使用对话框选择用于保存 Kdump 映像的目录。\n"
" <br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
@@ -827,12 +820,12 @@
" <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n"
" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>FTP</b> - 通过 FTP 保存 kdump 映像。\n"
-" <i>服务器名</i> - FTP 服务器的名称。\n"
-" <i>端口</i> - 链接的端口号。\n"
-" <i>服务器目录</i> - 保存 kdump 映像的路径。\n"
-" <i>启用匿名 FTP</i> 启用服务器匿名连接。\n"
-" FTP 连接的<i>用户名</i>。FTP 连接的<i>密码</i>。<br></p>"
+"<p><b>FTP</b> - 通过 FTP 保存 Kdump 映像。\n"
+" <i>服务器名称</i> - FTP 服务器的名称。\n"
+" <i>端口</i> - 用于连接的端口号。\n"
+" <i>服务器上的目录</i> - 用于保存 Kdump 映像的路径。\n"
+" <i>启用匿名 FTP</i> 可以启用到服务器的匿名连接。\n"
+" <i>用户名</i>是用于 FTP 连接的用户名。<i>口令</i>是用于 FTP 连接的口令。<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
@@ -844,12 +837,12 @@
" <i>User Name</i> for SSH connection. \n"
" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>SSH</b> - 通过 SSH 保存 kdump 映像并 'dd' 到目标计算机上。\n"
-" <i>服务器名</i> - 服务器的名称。\n"
-" <i>端口</i> - 连接的端口号。\n"
-" <i>服务器目录</i> - 保存 kdump 映像的路径。\n"
-" SSH 连接的 <i>用户名</i>。\n"
-" SSH 连接的 <i>密码</i>。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b>SSH</b> - 通过 SSH 和“dd”在目标计算机上保存 kdump 映像。\n"
+" <i>服务器名称</i> - 服务器的名称。\n"
+" <i>端口</i> - 用于连接的端口号。\n"
+" <i>服务器上的目录</i> - 用于保存 kdump 映像的路径。\n"
+" <i>用户名</i>用于建立 SSH 连接。\n"
+" <i>口令</i>用于建立 SSH 连接<br></p>\n"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101
@@ -862,18 +855,21 @@
" <i>Password</i> for SSH connection.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>SFTP</b> - 通过 SFTP 保存 kdump 映像。\n"
-" <i>服务器名</i> - 服务器的名称。\n"
-" <i>端口</i> - 连接的端口号。\n"
-" <i>服务器目录</i> - 保存 kdump 映像的路径。\n"
-" SSH 连接的 <i>用户名</i>。\n"
-" SSH 连接的 <i>密码</i>。<br></p>\n"
+" <i>服务器名称</i> - 服务器的名称。\n"
+" <i>端口</i> - 用于连接的端口号。\n"
+" <i>服务器上的目录</i> - 用于保存 kdump 映像的路径。\n"
+" <i>用户名</i>用于建立 SSH 连接。\n"
+" <i>口令</i>用于建立 SSH 连接<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n"
"on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n"
"by default.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>SSH 和 SFTP 之间的选择取决于服务器配置细节。SLE 服务器默认支持两者。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>选择 SSH 还是 SFTP 取决于\n"
+"服务器配置的细节。SLE 服务器默认支持\n"
+"这两种方式。</p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115
@@ -882,9 +878,9 @@
" <i>Server Name</i> - The name of nfs server.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>NFS</b> - 在 NFS 上保存 kdump 映像。\n"
-" <i>服务器名</i> - NFS 服务器的名称。\n"
-" <i>服务器目录</i> - 保存 kdump 映像的路径。<br></p>"
+"<p><b>NFS</b> - 在 NFS 上保存 Kdump 映像。\n"
+" <i>服务器名称</i> - NFS 服务器的名称。\n"
+" <i>服务器上的目录</i> - 用于保存 Kdump 映像的路径。<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
@@ -896,12 +892,12 @@
" <i>Use Authentication</i> enables authenticated connection to server.\n"
" <i>User Name</i> for connection. <i>Password</i> for connection.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>CIFS</b> - 通过 CIFS 保存 kdump 映像。\n"
-" <i>服务器名</i> - 服务器名称。\n"
-" <i>导出共享</i> - Windows 共享名称。\n"
-" <i>服务器目录</i> - 保存 kdump 映像的路径。\n"
-" <i>使用验证</i> 启用服务器验证连接。\n"
-" 连接的 <i>用户名</i>。连接的 <i>密码</i>。<br></p>"
+"<p><b>CIFS</b> - 通过 CIFS 保存 Kdump 映像。\n"
+" <i>服务器名称</i> - 服务器的名称。\n"
+" <i>导出的共享</i> - Windows 共享名称。\n"
+" <i>服务器上的目录</i> - 用于保存 Kdump 映像的路径。\n"
+" <i>使用身份验证</i>启用到服务器的已通过验证的连接。\n"
+" <i>用户名</i>是用于连接的用户名。<i>口令</i>是用于连接的口令。<br></p>"
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
@@ -910,9 +906,9 @@
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n"
" Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>自定义 Kdump 内核</b> 用户可以输入自定义内核。\n"
-" 命名方式是:<i>/boot/vmlun[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n"
-" 请只输入 <i>kernel_string</i>。<br></p>"
+"<p><b>自定义 Kdump 内核</b> 用户可输入自定义内核。\n"
+" 命名模式为:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-[.gz]</i>\n"
+" 请仅输入 <i>kernel_string</i>。<br></p>"
#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136
@@ -921,7 +917,7 @@
" Additional arguments passed to kexec. <br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kdump 命令行</b>\n"
-" 要传递给 kexec 的额外参数。<br></p>"
+" 传递到 kexec 的其他自变量。<br></p>"
#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140
@@ -932,8 +928,8 @@
" is set. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kdump 命令行附加</b>\n"
-" 设置此选项以附加值到默认命令行字符串。\n"
-" 只有设置了 <i>Kdump 命令行</i> 该字符串才能附加。<br></p>\n"
+" 设置此选项可在默认命令行字符串中附加值。\n"
+" 只有设置了 <i>Kdump 命令行</i>,才能在该字符串中附加值。<br></p>\n"
#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147
@@ -941,8 +937,8 @@
"<p><b>Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core</b> - \n"
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>启用保存核心后立即重启</b> - \n"
-" 启用保存核心到 kdump 后立即重新引导。<br></p>"
+"<p><b>启用保存核心后立即重引导</b> - \n"
+" 启用在 Kdump 中保存核心之后立即重引导。<br></p>"
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
@@ -952,7 +948,8 @@
" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>启用删除旧转储映像</b> - \n"
-" 启用删除旧转储映像。如果转储文件数目超出了 <i>旧转储数目</i> 指定的数字,将删除旧转储映像。<br></p>"
+" 启用删除旧转储映像。如果<i>旧转储数</i>中的转储文件数量\n"
+" 超过了该数字,将去除较旧的转储。<br></p>"
#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157
@@ -963,46 +960,55 @@
" directory. The default is \"off\". It is useful to have\n"
" everything in place for debugging.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>启用复制内核到转储目录</b> - \n"
-" 如果选中了此选项,内核和调试信息 (若安装) 将复制到转储目录。默认为 \"关\"。备份所有文件有助于调试。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b>启用将内核复制到转储目录中</b> - \n"
+" 如果选中了此选项,内核和调试\n"
+"信息(如果安装)将复制到转储目录。\n"
+"默认设为“关闭”。\n"
+"备份所有文件有助于调试。<br></p>\n"
#. SMTP Server
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>SMTP 服务器</b>用来在转储后发送通知邮件。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>SMTP 服务器</b>用来在转储后发送通知电子邮件。</p>"
#. SMTP User Name
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>当设置了 <i>SMTP 服务器</i>后的 SMTP 验证<b>用户名</b>。可选。如果您不指定用户名和密码,将使用普通 SMTP。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>当设置了 <i>SMTP 服务器</i>后用于 SMTP 身份验证的<b>用户名</b>。可选项目。\n"
+"如果您不指定用户名和口令,将使用普通 SMTP。</p>\n"
#. SMTP Password
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>当设置了 <i>SMTP 服务器</i>后的 SMTP 验证<b>密码</b>。可选。如果您不指定用户名和密码,将使用普通 SMTP。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>当设置了 <i>SMTP 服务器</i>后用于 SMTP 身份验证的<b>口令</b>。可选项目。\n"
+"如果您不指定用户名和口令,将使用普通 SMTP。</p>\n"
#. Notification To (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>通知接收对象</b>指定了当转储保存后发送通知邮件的电子邮件地址。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>通知收件人</b>指定在保存转储后将通知电子邮件发送到哪个电子邮件地址。</p>\n"
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>通知抄送对象</b>指定了当转储保存后,通过抄送方式发送通知电子邮件的以空格分割的电子邮件地址列表。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>通知副本</b>指定在保存转储后,发送通知电子邮件时抄送给其的电子邮件地址列表(以空格分隔)。</p>\n"
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n"
"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>旧转储数目</b>指定了保存多少旧转储文件。如果转储文件数目超过了该数字,旧转储文件将被删除。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>旧转储数</b>指定保留的旧转储数。如果转储文件数\n"
+"超过该数字,将删除旧的转储。</p>"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
@@ -1019,8 +1025,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>终止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
-"请您现在点击<b>终止</b>, 以便安全中断配置工具.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
+"请现在按<b>中止</b>,以便安全中止配置实用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
@@ -1039,9 +1045,9 @@
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中断保存:</big></b><br>\n"
-"请点击<B>中断</B>,以便中断保存.\n"
-"一个附加对话框将告诉您这样做是否安全.\n"
+"<p><b><big>中止保存:</big></b><br>\n"
+"请按<B>中止</B>,以便中止保存。\n"
+"将另外显示一个对话框,说明执行此操作是否安全。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
@@ -1051,7 +1057,7 @@
"Configure kdump here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Kdump 配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"请在此配置 kdump。<br></p>\n"
+"请在此处配置 Kdump。<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212
@@ -1062,8 +1068,8 @@
"Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>添加 Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
-"从检测到的 kdump 列表中选择一个 kdump。\n"
-"如果没有检测到您的 kdump,选择<b>其他 (未检测到)</b>。\n"
+"从检测到的 Kdump 的列表选择一个 Kdump。\n"
+"如果未检测到 Kdump,请选择<b>其他(未检测到的)</b>。\n"
"然后按<b>配置</b>。</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -1073,9 +1079,9 @@
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>编辑或删除:</big></b><br>\n"
-"如果您点击<b>编辑</b>, 将开启一个额外对话框,\n"
-"在这个对话框里, 您可以更改您的配置。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>编辑或删除:</big></b><br>\n"
+"如果按<b>编辑</b>,将另外打开一个对话框,\n"
+"可以在其中更改配置。</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225
@@ -1084,9 +1090,9 @@
"Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n"
"edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Kdump 配置概览</big></b><br>\n"
-"获取已安装的 kdump 的概览。 此外,\n"
-"对它们的配置进行编辑。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Kdump 配置概述</big></b><br>\n"
+"获取已安装 Kdump 的概述。进一步\n"
+"编辑其配置。<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231
@@ -1095,7 +1101,7 @@
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a kdump.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>添加 Kdump:</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<b>添加</b>以配置 kdump。</p>"
+"按<b>添加</b>可配置 Kdump。</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235
@@ -1105,7 +1111,7 @@
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑或删除:</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择要更改或删除的 kdump。\n"
+"选择要更改或去除的 Kdump。\n"
"然后根据需要按<b>编辑</b>或<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target
@@ -1117,16 +1123,16 @@
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91
msgid "&Directory for Saving Dumps"
-msgstr "转储文件保存目录(&D)"
+msgstr "用于保存转储的目录(&D)"
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94
msgid "B&rowse"
-msgstr "浏览(&B)"
+msgstr "浏览(&R)"
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192
msgid "Server Nam&e"
-msgstr "服务器名(&E)"
+msgstr "服务器名称(&E)"
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151
msgid "P&ort"
@@ -1137,347 +1143,226 @@
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198
msgid "&Directory on Server"
-msgstr "服务器目录(&D)"
+msgstr "服务器上的目录(&D)"
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124
msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP"
-msgstr "启用匿名 FTP (&Y)"
+msgstr "启用匿名 FTP(&Y)"
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143
msgid "SSH / SFTP"
-msgstr "SSH / SFTP"
+msgstr "SSH/SFTP"
#. text entries
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196
msgid "Exported Sha&re"
-msgstr "导出共享(&r)"
+msgstr "导出的共享(&R)"
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205
msgid "Use Aut&hentication"
-msgstr "使用验证(&H)"
+msgstr "使用身份验证(&H)"
#. Function validates options in
#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image"
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661
msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\""
-msgstr "您需要指定 \"转储文件保存目录\""
+msgstr "需指定“用于保存转储的目录”"
#. install cifs-mount package
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729
msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\""
-msgstr "您需要指定 \"服务器名\""
+msgstr "需指定“服务器名称”"
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736
msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\""
-msgstr "您需要指定 \"服务器目录\""
+msgstr "需指定“服务器上的目录”"
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753
msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\""
-msgstr "您需要指定 \"用户名\""
+msgstr "需指定“用户名”"
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743
msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\""
-msgstr "您需要指定 \"导出共享\""
+msgstr "需指定“导出的共享”"
#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]="";
#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]="";
#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794
msgid "Select directory for saving dump images"
-msgstr "选择保存转储映像的目录"
+msgstr "选择用于保存转储映像的目录"
#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
-msgstr "内核选项包括一些范围或冗余值。重写它吗?"
+msgstr "内核选项包含若干范围或冗余值,是否将其重写?"
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr "使用固件辅助转储(&F)"
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"此系统上不支持 Kdump。\n"
+"如果您现在继续,该模块可能无法正常工作。\n"
+"例如,将无法正确读取某些设置,\n"
+"并且产生的配置可能无用。\n"
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr "不支持 Kdump"
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
-"调用 '%{cmd}' 更新 initrd 时出错。\n"
-"细节请参考 %{log}。"
+"调用“%{cmd}”时,更新 initrd 出错。\n"
+"有关细节,请参见 %{log}。"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
-msgstr "初始化 kdump 配置"
+msgstr "正在初始化 Kdump 配置"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "正在读取配置文件..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "正在读取内核引导选项..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr "正在计算内存限制..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "正在读取磁盘分区..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
-msgstr "正在读取可用内存并校准用量..."
+msgstr "正在读取可用内存以及校准用量..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "无法读取配置文件 /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "无法读取内核引导选项。"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "无法读取可用内存。"
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
-msgstr "保存 kdump 配置"
+msgstr "正在保存 Kdump 配置"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "写入设置"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "更新引导选项"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "正在写入设置..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "正在更新引导选项..."
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "已完成"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "无法写入设置。"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
-msgstr "添加 crashkernel 参数到引导加载器失败。"
+msgstr "正在将 crashkernel 参数添加到引导加载程序默认值中。"
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Kdump 状态:%1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "已启用"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "已禁用"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "crashkernel 选项的值:%1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "转储格式:%1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
-msgstr "转储标的:%1"
+msgstr "转储的目标:%1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
-msgstr "转储数目:%1"
+msgstr "转储数:%1"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
-msgstr "警告!可能没有足够的剩余空间。需要 %{required},但只有 %{available} 可用。"
+msgstr "警告!可用的空间可能不足。需要 %{required},但可用空间只有 %{available}。"
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
msgstr ""
"无法使用固件辅助转储。\n"
-"此硬件不支持。"
-
-#~ msgid "SSH (scp)"
-#~ msgstr "SSH (scp)"
-
-#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available."
-#~ msgstr "kexec-tools 的软件包不可用。"
-
-#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available."
-#~ msgstr "kdump 的软件包不可用。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n"
-#~ " <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page.\n"
-#~ " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF format<br></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>转储格式</b><br>\n"
-#~ " <i>压缩格式</i> - 分页压缩转储数据。\n"
-#~ " <i>ELF 格式</i> - 创建 ELF 格式转储文件。<br></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added"
-#~ msgstr "不支持的架构,\"crashkernel\" 未添加"
-
-#~ msgid "ENABLED"
-#~ msgstr "启用"
-
-#~ msgid "DISABLED"
-#~ msgstr "禁用"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading disk partitions..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取磁盘分区..."
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot read disk partitions."
-#~ msgstr "无法读取磁盘分区。"
-
-#~ msgid "User Name"
-#~ msgstr "用户名"
-
-#~ msgid "Password"
-#~ msgstr "密码"
-
-#~ msgid "&The Runlevel to Boot the Kdump Kernel"
-#~ msgstr "引导 Kdump 内核的运行级别(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "1 - Single User Mode"
-#~ msgstr "1 - 单用户方式"
-
-#~ msgid "2 - Local Multiuser Without Remote Network"
-#~ msgstr "2 - 不带远程网络的本地多用户方式"
-
-#~ msgid "3 - Full Multiuser With Network"
-#~ msgstr "3 - 带网络的完全多用户方式"
-
-#~ msgid "5 - Full Multiuser With Network and xdm"
-#~ msgstr "5 - 完全多用户网络模式并带有 xdm"
-
-#~ msgid "The Runlevel to Boot"
-#~ msgstr "引导的运行级别"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b>...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>访问服务器</b></p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>User Name</b>...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>用户和组</b></p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Password</b>...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>口令策略</b></p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b>...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>使用 SMB 身份验证</b>:%1</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Notification CC</b>...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>撤销证书列表 (CRL):</b></p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Save first to raw partition: %1"
-#~ msgstr "将分区状态更改为 %1。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Kdump runlevel: %1"
-#~ msgstr "在运行级别 %1 中"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Wrong value of options \"level\"."
-#~ msgstr "选项值错误。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Partition does not exist on your disks"
-#~ msgstr "找到磁盘 %1 的分区表"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Read the config file"
-#~ msgstr "读取配置"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Read available memory"
-#~ msgstr "列出所有可用时区"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "File %1 doesn't exist."
-#~ msgstr "文件 %1 不存在。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Package for kernel-kdump is not available."
-#~ msgstr "%1 个软件包不可用。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Installation failed!"
-#~ msgstr "安装失败。"
-
-#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-#~ msgstr "运行 SuSEconfig"
-
-#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-#~ msgstr "正在运行SuSEconfig..."
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration summary..."
-#~ msgstr "配置摘要..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Kdump Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "转储配置"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Kdump to Configure"
-#~ msgstr "要配置的调制解调器"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Kdump Overview"
-#~ msgstr "概览"
-
-#~ msgid "Number"
-#~ msgstr "编号"
-
-#~ msgid "Initializing..."
-#~ msgstr "正在初始化..."
+"此硬件不支持该功能。"
Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/kernel-update-tool.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/kernel-update-tool.zh_CN.po (rev 0)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/kernel-update-tool.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: kernel-update-tool\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:209
+msgid "Warning"
+msgstr "警告"
+
+#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:210
+msgid "Abort the kernel upgrade?"
+msgstr "中止内核升级?"
+
+#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:267
+msgid "Alternate Download Location"
+msgstr "备用下载位置"
+
+#: src/clients/kernel-update.ycp:530
+msgid "Kernel Update Status Log"
+msgstr "内核更新状态日志"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/languages_db.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/languages_db.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/languages_db.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,22 +1,18 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-02 16:59+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36
@@ -76,17 +72,17 @@
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36
msgid "Greek"
-msgstr "希腊语"
+msgstr "希腊"
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36
msgid "English (UK)"
-msgstr "英式英语"
+msgstr "英语(英国)"
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36
msgid "English (US)"
-msgstr "美式英语"
+msgstr "英语(美国)"
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36
@@ -141,7 +137,7 @@
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36
msgid "Indonesian"
-msgstr "印尼语"
+msgstr "印度尼西亚语"
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36
@@ -176,7 +172,7 @@
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36
msgid "Macedonian"
-msgstr "马其顿语"
+msgstr "斯拉夫语"
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36
@@ -191,12 +187,12 @@
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36
msgid "Dutch"
-msgstr "荷兰语"
+msgstr "荷兰"
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36
msgid "Nynorsk"
-msgstr "新挪威语"
+msgstr "尼诺斯克语"
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36
@@ -211,7 +207,7 @@
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36
msgid "Portuguese (Brazilian)"
-msgstr "巴西葡萄牙语"
+msgstr "葡萄牙语(巴西葡萄牙语)"
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36
@@ -226,7 +222,7 @@
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36
msgid "Russian"
-msgstr "俄语"
+msgstr "俄罗斯语"
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36
@@ -236,7 +232,7 @@
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36
msgid "Slovak"
-msgstr "斯洛伐克语"
+msgstr "斯洛伐克"
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36
@@ -251,7 +247,7 @@
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36
msgid "Swedish"
-msgstr "瑞典语"
+msgstr "瑞士语"
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36
@@ -306,4 +302,4 @@
#. language name
#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36
msgid "Zulu"
-msgstr "祖鲁语"
+msgstr "祖鲁"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap-client.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap-client.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap-client.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,31 +1,23 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
-# Thruth Wang
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: ldap client\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-18 19:44+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. popup text
#: src/ui.rb:88
msgid "Really abort the writing process?"
-msgstr "真的中止写入过程吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实要中止写入过程?"
#. help text
#: src/ui.rb:96
@@ -37,14 +29,16 @@
msgid ""
"If you reread settings from the server,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really reread?\n"
-msgstr "若您从服务器重新读取设置将丢失全部修改。真的重新读取吗?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"从服务器重读设置\n"
+"将导致所有更改丢失。确实要重读吗?\n"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/ui.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>Configure the template used for creating \n"
"new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>配置用于创建新对象 (如用户或组) 的模板。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>配置用于创建新对象(如用户或组)的模板。</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/ui.rb:172
@@ -52,8 +46,8 @@
"<p>Edit the template attribute values with <b>Edit</b>.\n"
"Changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the template.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>使用<b>编辑</b>编辑模板属性值。\n"
-"修改 <b>CN</b> 值可重命名模板。</p>\n"
+"<p>使用<b>编辑</b>来编辑模板特性值。\n"
+"更改 <b>CN</b> 值可以重命名模板。</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/ui.rb:176
@@ -61,13 +55,16 @@
"<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b> used\n"
"for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n"
"removing current ones.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>第二个表包含一个用于新对象的<b>默认值</b>列表。可以通过添加新值、编辑或删除当前值修改该列表。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>第二个表包含一个用于新对象的\n"
+"<b>默认值</b>列表。可以通过添加新值、\n"
+"编辑或去除当前值修改该列表。</p>\n"
#. table header 1/2
#. table header 1/2
#: src/ui.rb:245 src/ui.rb:580
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr "属性"
+msgstr "特性"
#. table header 2/2
#. table header 2/2
@@ -78,12 +75,12 @@
#. label (table folows)
#: src/ui.rb:253
msgid "Default Values for New Objects"
-msgstr "新对象默认值"
+msgstr "新对象的默认值"
#. table header 1/2
#: src/ui.rb:259
msgid "Attribute of Object"
-msgstr "对象属性"
+msgstr "对象的特性"
#. table header 2/2
#: src/ui.rb:261
@@ -108,7 +105,7 @@
#. yes/no popup, %1 is name
#: src/ui.rb:384
msgid "Really delete default attribute \"%1\"?"
-msgstr "真的删除默认属性 \"%1\" 吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实要删除默认特性\"%1\"?"
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
@@ -117,13 +114,13 @@
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
msgstr ""
-"'%1' 属性是必需的。\n"
-"请输入一个值。"
+"\"%1\"特性是必备的。\n"
+"请输入值。"
#. helptext 1/4
#: src/ui.rb:438
msgid "<p>Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>管理存储在 LDAP 文件夹中的配置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>管理储存在 LDAP 目录中的配置。</p>"
#. helptext 2/4
#: src/ui.rb:442
@@ -133,9 +130,10 @@
"create one with <b>New</b>. Delete the current module\n"
"using <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>每个配置集都被称为一个 \"配置模块\"。\n"
-"若给定位置中没有配置模块 (基本配置),请使用<b>新建</b>创建一个。\n"
-"使用<b>删除</b>删除当前模块。</p>\n"
+"<p>每个配置集都称为一个“配置模块”。如果\n"
+"给定位置中不存在配置模块(基本配置),\n"
+"请使用<b>新建</b>来创建一个。使用<b>删除</b>\n"
+"来删除当前的模块。</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/4
#: src/ui.rb:449
@@ -144,8 +142,9 @@
"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the <b>cn</b> value renames the\n"
"current module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>使用<b>编辑</b>编辑表中属性的值。\n"
-"某些值具有特殊含义,例如修改 <b>cn</b> 值可以重命名当前模块。</p>\n"
+"<p>使用<b>编辑</b>可编辑表中特性的值。\n"
+"某些值具有特殊含义,例如更改 <b>cn</b> 值可以重命名\n"
+"当前模块。</p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4
#: src/ui.rb:455
@@ -154,7 +153,8 @@
"click <b>Configure Template</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要配置当前模块的默认模板,请点击<b>配置模板</b>。\n"
+"<p>要配置当前模块的默认模板,请\n"
+"单击<b>配置模板</b>。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. combobox label
@@ -171,1124 +171,3 @@
#: src/ui.rb:598
msgid "Module Configuration"
msgstr "模块配置"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP client configuration module"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 客户端配置模块"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable or disable authentication with LDAP"
-#~ msgstr "启用或禁用 LDAP 认证"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the LDAP client"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 客户端配置摘要"
-
-#~ msgid "Change the global settings of the LDAP client"
-#~ msgstr "修改 LDAP 客户端全局设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable the service"
-#~ msgstr "启用服务"
-
-#~ msgid "Disable the service"
-#~ msgstr "禁用服务"
-
-#~ msgid "The LDAP server name"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 服务器名称"
-
-#~ msgid "Distinguished name (DN) of the search base"
-#~ msgstr "搜索基址判别名 (DN)"
-
-#~ msgid "Create default configuration objects."
-#~ msgstr "创建默认配置对象。"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 服务器密码"
-
-#~ msgid "Start or stop automounter"
-#~ msgstr "启动或停止自动挂载器"
-
-#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-#~ msgstr "在登录时创建家文件夹"
-
-#~ msgid "Encrypted connection (StartTLS)"
-#~ msgstr "加密连接 (StartTLS)"
-
-#~ msgid "Use System Security Services Daemon (SSSD)"
-#~ msgstr "使用系统安全服务守护程序 (SSSD)"
-
-#~ msgid "SSSD Offline Authentication"
-#~ msgstr "SSSD 脱机认证"
-
-#~ msgid "Kerberos Realm"
-#~ msgstr "Kerberos 领域"
-
-#~ msgid "KDC Server Address"
-#~ msgstr "KDC 服务器地址"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 服务器密码:"
-
-#~ msgid "Scanning for LDAP servers provided by SLP..."
-#~ msgstr "正在扫描 SLP 提供的 LDAP 服务器..."
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP &Servers Provided by SLP"
-#~ msgstr "SLP 提供的 LDAP 服务器(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "The certificate file does not seem to have valid format."
-#~ msgstr "证书文件格式似乎不是有效的。"
-
-#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "SSL/TLS 配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Use SSL/TLS"
-#~ msgstr "使用 SSL/TLS"
-
-#~ msgid "Protocols"
-#~ msgstr "协议"
-
-#~ msgid "StartTLS"
-#~ msgstr "StartTLS"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAPS"
-#~ msgstr "LDAPS"
-
-#~ msgid "TLS Options"
-#~ msgstr "TLS 选项"
-
-#~ msgid "Request server certificate"
-#~ msgstr "需要服务器证书"
-
-#~ msgid "Certificates"
-#~ msgstr "证书"
-
-#~ msgid "Cer&tificate Directory"
-#~ msgstr "证书文件夹(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "B&rowse"
-#~ msgstr "浏览(&B)"
-
-#~ msgid "CA Cert&ificate File"
-#~ msgstr "CA 证书文件(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "Brows&e"
-#~ msgstr "浏览(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "CA Certificate URL for Download"
-#~ msgstr "CA 证书下载 URL"
-
-#~ msgid "Do&wnload CA Certificate"
-#~ msgstr "下载 CA 证书(&W)"
-
-#~ msgid "Choose the directory with certificates"
-#~ msgstr "选择证书文件夹"
-
-#~ msgid "Choose the certificate file"
-#~ msgstr "选择证书文件"
-
-#~ msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL."
-#~ msgstr "无法从指定 URL 下载证书文件。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The downloaded certificate file\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "'%1'\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "has been copied to '%2' directory.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "下载的证书文件\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "'%1'\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "已复制到 '%2' 文件夹。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Set up your machine as an LDAP client.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p>将您的计算机设置为 LDAP 客户端。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select <b>Use LDAP</b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>要与 OpenLDAP 服务器认证您的用户,请选择<b>使用 LDAP</b>。相应地还将配置 NSS 和 PAM。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To deactivate LDAP services, click <b>Do Not Use LDAP</b>.\n"
-#~ "If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n"
-#~ "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n"
-#~ "removed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>要取消激活 LDAP 服务,请点击<b>不使用 LDAP</b>。\n"
-#~ "若您取消激活了 LDAP,则将移除 /etc/nsswitch.conf 中的当前 LDAP 密码项。\n"
-#~ "PAM 配置将被修改并且 LDAP 项将被移除。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select <b>Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>要激活 LDAP 但禁止用户登录到此计算机,请选择<b>启用 LDAP 用户但禁用登录</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Use System Security Services Daemon</b> if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若您想要系统使用 SSSD 而不是 nss_ldap,请勾选<b>使用系统安全服务守护程序</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in <b>Addresses</b> and the distinguished name of the search base (<b>Base DN</b>, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n"
-#~ "by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n"
-#~ "addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>请在<b>地址</b>中输入 LDAP 服务器的地址 (诸如 ldap.example.com 或 10.20.0.2) 和搜索基址的判别名 (<b>基本判别名</b>,如 dc=example,dc=com)。\n"
-#~ "指定多个服务器时请使用空格分隔它们的地址。\n"
-#~ "地址必须在不使用 LDAP 的情况下也能解析。\n"
-#~ "您也可以使用语法 \"服务器:端口\" 来指定服务器运行的端口,\n"
-#~ "例如,<tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>With <b>Find</b>, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using <b>Fetch DN</b>, read the base DN from server.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>通过<b>查找</b>可从服务定位协议 (SLP) 提供的列表中选择 LDAP 服务器。使用<b>提取判别名</b>可从服务器读取基本判别名。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n"
-#~ "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>有些 LDAP 服务器支持 StartTLS (RFC2830)。\n"
-#~ "若您的服务器支持并已配置了 StartTLS,请激活 <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b> 以加密您与 LDAP 服务器的通讯。\n"
-#~ "您或许需要从给定 URL 下载一个 PEM 格式的 CA 证书文件。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n"
-#~ " options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n"
-#~ " The value is the <b>level</b> that can be specified with keywords <i>never</i>, <i>allow</i>,\n"
-#~ " <i>try</i> and <i>demand</i>. In the <b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b> dialog there is\n"
-#~ " the option <b>Request server certificate</b> which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n"
-#~ " configuration option to <i>demand</i> if it's enabled or to <i>allow</i> if it's disabled.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>TLS 会话可能需要特殊的客户端配置。\n"
-#~ " 配置选项之一是 TLS_REQCERT 其指定了要对服务器证书执行哪些检查。\n"
-#~ " 该值为 <b>level</b> 可以使用关键字 <i>never</i>、<i>allow</i>、\n"
-#~ " <i>try</i> 和 <i>demand</i> 指定。在 <b>SSL/TLS 配置</b> 对话框中\n"
-#~ " 有一个 <b>请求服务器证书</b> 选项,若启用则其将把 TLS_REQCERT\n"
-#~ " 配置选项设为 <i>demand</i>,若禁用则设为 <i>allow</i>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n"
-#~ " LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n"
-#~ " similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n"
-#~ " is 636 instead of 389.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>除了 LDAP URLs 和 TLS/SSL 加密外,LDAP 也支持 LDAPS URLs。\n"
-#~ " LDAPS URLs 使用 SSL 连接而非普通连接。\n"
-#~ " 它们的语法和 LDAP URLs 很相似除了样式有所不同\n"
-#~ " 且 LDAPS URLs 的默认端口是 636 而非 389。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To configure advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>To configure security settings, click\n"
-#~ "<b>SSL/TLS Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>要配置高级 LDAP 设置,请点击<b>高级配置</b>。</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>要配置安全设置,请点击<b>SSL/TLS 配置</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n"
-#~ "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n"
-#~ "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n"
-#~ "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>自动挂载器</b>是一个自动挂载文件夹,例如用户的家文件夹,的守护程序。\n"
-#~ "其配置文件 (auto.*) 应已存在于本地或通过 LDAP 存在。\n"
-#~ "若尚未安装自动挂载器,而您又想要使用它,那么将自动安装它。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-#~ msgstr "启动自动挂载器(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "C&reate Home Directory on Login"
-#~ msgstr "登录时创建家文件夹(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "Disable User &Logins"
-#~ msgstr "禁用用户登录(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "User Authentication"
-#~ msgstr "用户认证"
-
-#~ msgid "Do &Not Use LDAP"
-#~ msgstr "不使用 LDAP(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Use LDAP"
-#~ msgstr "使用 LDAP(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP Client"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 客户端"
-
-#~ msgid "Addresses of LDAP &Servers"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 服务器地址(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "F&ind"
-#~ msgstr "查找(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP Base &DN"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 基本判别名(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "F&etch DN"
-#~ msgstr "提取判别名(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "SSL/TLS Configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "SSL/TLS 配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "&Advanced Configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "高级配置(&A)..."
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP Client Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 客户端配置"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Previous LDAP client configuration was detected.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Current configuration does not use SSSD but nss_ldap.\n"
-#~ "Only SSSD based configurations are supported by YaST.\n"
-#~ "Do you want to continue and use SSSD or cancel to keep the old configuration?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "检测到之前的 LDAP 客户端配置。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "当前配置没有使用 SSSD,而是用了 nss_ldap。\n"
-#~ "YaST 只支持基于 SSSD 的配置。\n"
-#~ "您想要继续并使用 SSSD 还是取消并保留旧配置?"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter an LDAP base DN."
-#~ msgstr "请输入 LDAP 基本判别名。"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter at least one address of an LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr "请至少输入一个 LDAP 服务器地址。"
-
-#~ msgid "The LDAP server address is invalid."
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 服务器地址无效。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "When you configure your machine as an LDAP client,\n"
-#~ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "若您将您的计算机配置为了 LDAP 客户端,\n"
-#~ "您将无法使用 NIS 撷取数据。真的使用 LDAP 而不是 NIS 吗?\n"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP is now enabled."
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 现已启用。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n"
-#~ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
-#~ "the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "此修改只影响新创建的进程和尚未运行的服务。\n"
-#~ "请手动重启服务或重启计算机以为全部服务启用它。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "To enable remote login for LDAP users, sshd is\n"
-#~ "restarted automatically by YaST.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "为启用 LDAP 用户远程登录,YaST 将自动重启 sshd。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n"
-#~ "Enable certificate checks now?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "已启用了安全连接,但服务器证书校验被禁用。\n"
-#~ "现在启用证书检查吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Advanced LDAP Client Settings</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>高级 LDAP 客户端设置</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the <b>realm</b> and <b>KDC Address</b>.\n"
-#~ "Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking <b>SSSD Offline Authentication</b>.\n"
-#~ "For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>若应使用 Kerberos 认证,请指定<b>领域</b>和 <b>KDC 地址</b>。\n"
-#~ "通过点击 <b>SSSD 脱机认证</b>来决定是否本地缓存用户机要资料。\n"
-#~ "更多 SSSD 设置信息,请参考 <tt>sssd.conf</tt> 的 man 页面。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n"
-#~ "<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>密码修改协议</b>指的是 <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> 文件的 pam_password 属性。请参考 <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> 了解其值的解释。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Set the type of LDAP groups to use.\n"
-#~ "The default value for <b>Group Member Attribute</b> is <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>请设置要使用的 LDAP 组类型。\n"
-#~ "<b>组成员属性</b>的默认值为 <i>%1</i>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n"
-#~ "certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n"
-#~ "or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若安全连接要求证书检查,请指定您证书文件的位置。请输入包含证书的文件夹或一个证书文件的明确路径。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Access to Server</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>服务器访问</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-#~ "This is the base for storing your configuration data on the LDAP\n"
-#~ "server.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>首先请设置<b>配置基本判别名</b>。\n"
-#~ "它是 LDAP 服务器上存储您的配置数据的基础。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n"
-#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>要访问存储在服务器上的数据,请输入<b>管理员判别名</b>。\n"
-#~ "您可以输入完整判别名 (例如 cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com),也可以只输入相对判别名 (例如 cn=Administrator)。\n"
-#~ "若勾选了适当的选项则会自动追加 LDAP 基本判别名。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n"
-#~ "check <b>Create Default Configuration Objects</b>. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>要为 LDAP 用户和组创建默认的配置对象,请勾选<b>创建默认配置对象</b>。\n"
-#~ "只有在不存在时才会创建这些对象。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-#~ "LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
-#~ "have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>按<b>配置</b>配置存储在 LDAP 服务器上的设置。\n"
-#~ "若您尚未连接或已修改了配置,系统将请求您输入密码。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n"
-#~ "set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>若特定映射 (用户或组) 的搜索基址与基本判别名不同请指定用于特定映射的搜索基址。\n"
-#~ "这些值将被设置到 /etc/sssd/sssd.conf 文件中的 ldap_user_search_base 和 ldap_group_search_base 和 ldap_autofs_search_base 属性。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "C&lient Settings"
-#~ msgstr "客户端设置(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "Ad&ministration Settings"
-#~ msgstr "管理设置(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "Naming Contexts"
-#~ msgstr "命名环境"
-
-#~ msgid "&User Map"
-#~ msgstr "用户映射(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Browse"
-#~ msgstr "浏览(&B)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Group Map"
-#~ msgstr "组映射(&G)"
-
-#~ msgid "Bro&wse"
-#~ msgstr "浏览(&W)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Autofs Map"
-#~ msgstr "&Autofs 映射"
-
-#~ msgid "&Use Kerberos"
-#~ msgstr "使用 Kerberos(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "Default Real&m"
-#~ msgstr "默认领域(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "&KDC Server Address"
-#~ msgstr "&KDC 服务器地址"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP Schema"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 方案"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable user and group enumeration"
-#~ msgstr "启用用户和组枚举"
-
-#~ msgid "SSSD O&ffline Authentication"
-#~ msgstr "SSSD 脱机认证(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "Passwor&d Change Protocol"
-#~ msgstr "密码修改协议(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Group Member &Attribute"
-#~ msgstr "组成员属性(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration &Base DN"
-#~ msgstr "配置基本判别名(&B)"
-
-#~ msgid "Administrator &DN"
-#~ msgstr "管理员判别名(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "A&ppend Base DN"
-#~ msgstr "追加基本判别名(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Crea&te Default Configuration Objects"
-#~ msgstr "创建默认配置对象(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..."
-#~ msgstr "配置用户管理设置(&S)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Advanced Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "高级配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter the DN used for binding to the LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr "输入用于绑定到 LDAP 服务器的判别名。"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter the configuration base DN."
-#~ msgstr "请输入配置基本判别名。"
-
-#~ msgid "Really delete module \"%1\"?"
-#~ msgstr "真的删除模块 \"%1\" 吗?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You currently have a configuration module of each \n"
-#~ "type, therefore you cannot add a new one.\n"
-#~ msgstr "您当前已经有了每种类型的配置模块,因此您不能添加新模块。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Initializing..."
-#~ msgstr "正在初始化..."
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>在对话框左侧浏览 LDAP 树。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>一旦在树中选中 LDAP 对象,表格将显示该对象数据。使用<b>编辑</b>修改所选属性的值。使用<b>保存</b>将修改保存到 LDAP。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n"
-#~ "Discard these changes?\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "当前项中有未保存的修改。\n"
-#~ "放弃这些修改吗?\n"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP Browser"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 浏览器"
-
-#~ msgid "Current LDAP Client settings"
-#~ msgstr "当前 LDAP 客户端设置"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP Connections"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 连接"
-
-#~ msgid "Administrator DN"
-#~ msgstr "管理员判别名"
-
-#~ msgid "&LDAP Server Password"
-#~ msgstr "&LDAP 服务器密码"
-
-#~ msgid "L&DAP TLS"
-#~ msgstr "L&DAP TLS"
-
-#~ msgid "A&nonymous Access"
-#~ msgstr "匿名访问(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection"
-#~ msgstr "输入新 LDAP 连接的名称。"
-
-#~ msgid "&Open"
-#~ msgstr "打开(&O)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Reload"
-#~ msgstr "重载(&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "Use TLS for Identity Resolve"
-#~ msgstr "使用 TLS 进行身份解析"
-
-#~ msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable."
-#~ msgstr "确认 LDAP 服务器正在运行并可连接。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n"
-#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "建立 TLS 加密失败。\n"
-#~ "请确认安装了正确的 CA 证书并使用了有效的服务器证书。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n"
-#~ "Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "建立 TLS 加密失败。\n"
-#~ "请确认服务器启用了 StartTLS 支持。"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP Client Enabled"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 客户端已启用"
-
-#~ msgid "Yes"
-#~ msgstr "是"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP Domain"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 域"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP TLS/SSL"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP TLS/SSL"
-
-#~ msgid "System Security Services Daemon (SSSD) Set"
-#~ msgstr "系统安全服务守护程序 (SSSD) 集"
-
-#~ msgid "<b>Servers</b>:%1<br>"
-#~ msgstr "<b>服务器</b>:%1<br>"
-
-#~ msgid "<b>Base DN</b>:%1<br>"
-#~ msgstr "<b>基本判别名</b>:%1<br>"
-
-#~ msgid "<b>Client Enabled</b>:%1"
-#~ msgstr "<b>已启用客户端</b>:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "No"
-#~ msgstr "否"
-
-#~ msgid "Automounter Configured"
-#~ msgstr "自动挂载器已配置"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP TLS/SSL Configured"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP TLS/SSL 已配置"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The server could be down or unreachable.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "服务器可能正怠机或无法连接。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "判别名值缺失或无效。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Attribute type not found.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "未找到属性类型。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Object class not found.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "未找到对象类。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
-#~ msgstr "无法建立到 LDAP 服务器的连接。"
-
-#~ msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr "连接到 LDAP 服务器时出现问题。"
-
-#~ msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr "从 LDAP 服务器读取数据时出现问题。"
-
-#~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users."
-#~ msgstr "写入 LDAP 用户时出现问题。"
-
-#~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups."
-#~ msgstr "写入 LDAP 组时出现问题。"
-
-#~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr "写入数据到 LDAP 服务器时出现问题。"
-
-#~ msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr "从 LDAP 服务器读取方案时出现问题。"
-
-#~ msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred."
-#~ msgstr "发生了未知的 LDAP 错误。"
-
-#~ msgid "&Show Details"
-#~ msgstr "显示细节(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available."
-#~ msgstr "未知错误。或许 'yast2-ldap' 不可用。"
-
-#~ msgid "Really keep this configuration?"
-#~ msgstr "真的保留此配置吗?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\n"
-#~ "configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "连接失败的一个可能原因或许是您的客户端被配置为使用 TLS/SSL 但服务器并不支持。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "不使用 TLS/SSL 重试吗?\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Server: %1:%2"
-#~ msgstr "服务器:%1:%2"
-
-#~ msgid "Administrator: %1"
-#~ msgstr "管理员:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "&Anonymous Access"
-#~ msgstr "匿名访问(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "A direct parent for DN '%1' \n"
-#~ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n"
-#~ "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "LDAP 文件夹中不存在判别名 '%1' 的直接父项。\n"
-#~ "无法创建具有所选判别名的对象。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n"
-#~ "Select another one.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "已存在带有所选判别名的对象,但它不是模板对象。\n"
-#~ "请选择另一个对象。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Writing LDAP Configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入 LDAP 配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Stop services"
-#~ msgstr "停止服务"
-
-#~ msgid "Update configuration files"
-#~ msgstr "更新配置文件"
-
-#~ msgid "Start services"
-#~ msgstr "启动服务"
-
-#~ msgid "Update configuration in LDAP directory"
-#~ msgstr "更新 LDAP 文件夹中的配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Stopping services..."
-#~ msgstr "正在停止服务..."
-
-#~ msgid "Updating configuration files..."
-#~ msgstr "正在更新配置文件..."
-
-#~ msgid "Starting services..."
-#~ msgstr "正在启动服务..."
-
-#~ msgid "Updating configuration in LDAP directory..."
-#~ msgstr "正在更新 LDAP 文件夹中的配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Finished"
-#~ msgstr "已完成"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No entry with DN '%1'\n"
-#~ "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 服务器中不存在具有判别名 '%1' 的项。现在创建它吗?\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>为当前属性设置新值。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n"
-#~ "with <b>Add Value</b>. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n"
-#~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n"
-#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n"
-#~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>若该属性可具有更多值,请使用<b>添加值</b>添加新项。\n"
-#~ "有时该按钮会包含可用于当前属性的可行值的列表。\n"
-#~ "若所编辑属性的值应该是一个判别名 (DN),则可使用<b>浏览</b>从 LDAP 树选择该值。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>属性 \"%1\" 的描述:<br></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute"
-#~ msgstr "'%1' 属性的值(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute"
-#~ msgstr "'%1' 属性的值(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Add Value"
-#~ msgstr "添加值(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Empty Entry"
-#~ msgstr "清空项(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The value '%1' already exists.\n"
-#~ "Please select another one."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "值 '%1' 已存在。\n"
-#~ "请选择另一个值。"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration of user management tools"
-#~ msgstr "用户管理工具配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration of group management tools"
-#~ msgstr "组管理工具配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Object Class of New Module"
-#~ msgstr "新模块对象类"
-
-#~ msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)"
-#~ msgstr "新模块名称 (\"cn\" 值)(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The entered value already exists.\n"
-#~ "Select another one.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "输入值已存在。\n"
-#~ "请选择另一个值。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter the module name."
-#~ msgstr "请输入模块名称。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n"
-#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
-#~ "the new object is created.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>在此,使用当前模板设置属于某个对象的属性的值。\n"
-#~ "这些值在创建新对象时将用作默认值。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n"
-#~ "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n"
-#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n"
-#~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>您可以使用特殊语法从已有值创建属性值。\n"
-#~ "表达式 <i>%attr_name</i> 将被属性 \"attr_name\" 的值替换\n"
-#~ "(例如,将 \"/home/%uid\" 用作 \"homeDirectory\" 的值)。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Attribute &Name"
-#~ msgstr "属性名称(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "Attribute &Value"
-#~ msgstr "属性值(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP Version 2"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 版本 2"
-
-#~ msgid "There was a problem with writing LDAP users."
-#~ msgstr "写入 LDAP 用户时出现问题。"
-
-#~ msgid "There was a problem with writing LDAP groups."
-#~ msgstr "写入 LDAP 组时出现问题。"
-
-#~ msgid "There was a problem with writing data to the LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr "将数据写入 LDAP 服务器时出现问题。"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>请选择<b>密码更改策略</b>、<b>密码过期策略</b>和<b>锁定策略</b>选项卡,以选择要配置属性的 LDAP 密码策略组。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>请指定<b>历史中储存密码的最大数量</b>,以设置应保存的以前所用密码的数量。不能使用已保存的密码。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>请选中<b>用户必须在重置后更改密码</b>,以强制用户在管理员重置或更改密码后更改其密码。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>请选中<b>用户可以更改密码</b>,以允许用户更改其密码。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>如果提供新密码的同时还必须提供现有密码,则选中<b>更改密码时要求提供旧密码</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>请选择修改或添加密码时是否应校验密码的强度。如果根本不用检查密码,请选择<b>不检查</b>。如果选择了<b>接受不可检查的密码</b>,则即使无法执行检查(例如,用户提供的密码是加密的),密码也将被接受。如果选择<b>只接受已检查的密码</b>,则当密码强度测试失败或无法检查密码时,将拒绝该密码。<p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "在<b>最小密码长度</b>中设置密码必须使用的字符的最小数量。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>最小密码有效期</b>设置修改密码的最小时间间隔。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>最大密码有效期</b>用于设置密码在修改后多长时间过期。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>提前多长时间发出密码失效警告</b>设置在密码失效前多长时间向正在验证的用户发出失效警告消息。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>在<b>失效密码的允许使用次数</b>中设置允许使用失效密码进行验证的次数。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>选中<b>启用密码锁定</b>,以禁止在指定次数的连续联结尝试失败后使用密码。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>在<b>锁定密码的联结失败次数</b>中设置在多少次连续联结尝试失败后禁止使用密码进行验证。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>在<b>密码锁定持续时间</b>中设置无法使用密码的持续时间。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>联结失败缓存持续时间</b>设置从失败计数器清除密码失败次数的时间间隔(即使未成功验证)。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "&Password Change Policies"
-#~ msgstr "密码更改策略(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Pa&ssword Aging Policies"
-#~ msgstr "密码过期策略(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Lockout Policies"
-#~ msgstr "锁定策略(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Passwords Stored in History"
-#~ msgstr "历史中储存密码的最大数量(&X)"
-
-#~ msgid "U&ser Must Change Password after Reset"
-#~ msgstr "重置后用户必须更改密码(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "&User Can Change Password"
-#~ msgstr "用户可以更改密码(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Old Password Required for Password Change"
-#~ msgstr "更改密码时要求提供旧密码(&O)"
-
-#~ msgid "Password Quality Checking"
-#~ msgstr "密码强度检查"
-
-#~ msgid "&No Checking"
-#~ msgstr "不检查(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "Acc&ept Uncheckable Passwords"
-#~ msgstr "接受不可检查的密码(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Only Accept Checked Passwords"
-#~ msgstr "只接受已检查的密码(&O)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Minimum Password Length"
-#~ msgstr "最小密码长度(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "Days"
-#~ msgstr "天"
-
-#~ msgid "Hours"
-#~ msgstr "小时"
-
-#~ msgid "Minutes"
-#~ msgstr "分钟"
-
-#~ msgid "Seconds"
-#~ msgstr "秒"
-
-#~ msgid "Minimum Password Age"
-#~ msgstr "最小密码有效期"
-
-#~ msgid "Maximum Password Age"
-#~ msgstr "最大密码有效期"
-
-#~ msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning"
-#~ msgstr "提前多长时间发出密码失效警告"
-
-#~ msgid "Allowed Uses of an Expired Password"
-#~ msgstr "失效密码的允许使用次数"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable Password Locking"
-#~ msgstr "启用密码锁定"
-
-#~ msgid "Bind Failures to Lock the Password"
-#~ msgstr "锁定密码的联结失败次数"
-
-#~ msgid "Password Lock Duration"
-#~ msgstr "密码锁定持续时间"
-
-#~ msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration"
-#~ msgstr "联结失败缓存持续时间"
-
-#~ msgid "Password Policy Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "密码策略配置"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here, your machine can be set up as an\n"
-#~ "LDAP client.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>在此处,可将计算机设置为\n"
-#~ "LDAP 客户机。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n"
-#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>有些 LDAP 服务器支持 StartTLS (RFC2830)。\n"
-#~ "如果服务器支持 StartTLS 并且 StartTLS 已配置,请激活 <b>LDAP TLS/SSL</b>\n"
-#~ ",以对与 LDAP 服务器的通讯进行加密。您或许可以从给出的 URL 下载 PEM 格式的 CA 证书。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>For configuration of advanced LDAP settings, click\n"
-#~ "<b>Advanced Configuration</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>要配置高级 LDAP 设置,请单击\n"
-#~ "<b>高级配置</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Automounter</b> is a daemon that automatically mounts directories,\n"
-#~ "such as users' home directories.\n"
-#~ "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist\n"
-#~ "locally or over LDAP.\n"
-#~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n"
-#~ "automatically.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>自动挂载</b> 是一种自动挂载目录的守护精灵,\n"
-#~ "例如用户的主目录。\n"
-#~ "假定其配置文件 (auto.*) 已经存在于\n"
-#~ "本地或通过 LDAP 存在。\n"
-#~ "如果尚未安装该程序,而您又需要使用它,那么将\n"
-#~ "自动安装。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Do N&ot Use LDAP"
-#~ msgstr "不使用 LDAP(&O)"
-
-#~ msgid "Use LDAP but Disable &Logins"
-#~ msgstr "使用 LDAP 但禁用登录(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "Secure Connection"
-#~ msgstr "安全连接"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP &TLS/SSL"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP TLS/SSL(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "Download CA Certificate"
-#~ msgstr "下载 CA 证书"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The downloaded certificate file\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "'%1'\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "was copied to '%2' directory"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "下载的证书文件\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "'%1'\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "已被复制到 '%2' 目录"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Password Change Protocol</b> refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>密码更改协议</b>指的是 <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> 文件的 pam_password 属性。请参阅<tt>《pam_ldap 手册》</tt>以了解该属性的值的含义。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>如果安全连接要求证书检查,您可以指定您证书文件的位置。可以输入证书所在的目录或一个证书文件的绝对路径。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n"
-#~ "an LDAP server using protocol 2 (for example, OpenLDAP v1), activate\n"
-#~ "<b>LDAP Version 2</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>通常情况下使用 LDAP 版本 3 协议。如果具有\n"
-#~ "使用协议 2(例如,OpenLDAP v1)的 LDAP 服务器,则激活\n"
-#~ "<b>LDAP 版本 2</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>First, set <b>Configuration Base DN</b>.\n"
-#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n"
-#~ "server.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>首先,设置<b>配置基础判别名</b>。\n"
-#~ "它是存储配置数据的基础,这些数据保存在 LDAP \n"
-#~ "服务器上。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n"
-#~ "<b>Administrator DN</b>.\n"
-#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n"
-#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>要访问存储在服务器上的数据,请输入\n"
-#~ "<b>管理员判别名</b>。\n"
-#~ "可输入完整判别名(例如 cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com),也可以只输入\n"
-#~ "相对判别名(例如 cn=Administrator)。如果选中了适当的选项,则会自动追加 LDAP 基础判别名。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Home Directories</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>主目录</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n"
-#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n"
-#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n"
-#~ "user home directories.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>如果用户的主目录应存储在该机器上,\n"
-#~ "请选择相应的选项。更改该值不会直接引起任何\n"
-#~ "操作。它只是有关 YaST 用户模块的信息,该模块可以管理\n"
-#~ "用户主目录。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Password Policy</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>密码策略</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
-#~ " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>使用<b>编辑</b>配置选中的密码策略。使用<b>添加</b>可添加新的密码策略。仅仅在 LDAP 服务器上启用密码策略的情况下,配置才会生效。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "&Password Map"
-#~ msgstr "密码映射(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Brow&se"
-#~ msgstr "浏览(&s)"
-
-#~ msgid "Certificate Directory"
-#~ msgstr "证书目录"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP &Version 2"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 版本 2(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Home Directories on This Machine"
-#~ msgstr "本机主目录(&H)"
-
-#~ msgid "Password Policy"
-#~ msgstr "密码策略"
-
-#~ msgid "Name of Password Policy Object"
-#~ msgstr "密码策略对象的名称"
-
-#~ msgid "Suffix:"
-#~ msgstr "后缀:"
-
-#~ msgid "Change Suffix"
-#~ msgstr "更改后缀"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The Policy '%1' already exists.\n"
-#~ "Please select another one."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "策略“%1”已存在。\n"
-#~ "请选择其他策略。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here, configure the template used for\n"
-#~ "creating new objects (like users or groups).</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>在此,配置用于\n"
-#~ "创建新对象(用户或组)的模板。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The second table contains a list of <b>default values</b>, used\n"
-#~ "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values and editing or\n"
-#~ "removing current ones.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>第二个表包含一个用于\n"
-#~ "新对象的<b>默认值</b>的列表。可以通过添加新值、编辑或\n"
-#~ "删除当前值修改该列表。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>在此,管理存储在 LDAP 目录中的配置。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You currently have configuration modules\n"
-#~ "of each type, so you cannot add a new one."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "当前您已拥有各种类型的配置模块,\n"
-#~ "因此无法添加新模块。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Basic Settings"
-#~ msgid "Basic SSSD Settings"
-#~ msgstr "基本设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings"
-#~ msgstr "基本 Kerberos 设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Br&owse"
-#~ msgstr "浏览(&O)"
-
-#~ msgid "Pa&ssword Change Protocol"
-#~ msgstr "密码更改协议(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Edit attributes of the selected LDAP object in the <b>Entry Data</b> tab.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>在<b>项数据</b>选项卡中编辑所选 LDAP 对象的属性。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "LDAP &Tree"
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 树(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "Entry &Data"
-#~ msgstr "项数据(&D)"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,23 +1,23 @@
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2014.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
+#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: ldap\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-17 10:22+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. hint to error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:252
msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable."
-msgstr "请验证 LDAP 服务器正在运行且可访问。"
+msgstr "校验 LDAP 服务器是否正在运行且可到达。"
#. hint to error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:256
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
"Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n"
"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid."
msgstr ""
-"建立 TLS 加密失败。\n"
-"请验证是否安装了正确的 CA 证书并且服务器证书是否有效。"
+"无法建立 TLS 加密。\n"
+"请校验是否安装了正确的 CA 证书,以及服务器证书是否有效。"
#. hint to error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:260
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@
"Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n"
"Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled."
msgstr ""
-"建立 TLS 加密失败。\n"
-"请验证服务器是否启用了 StartTLS 支持。"
+"无法建立 TLS 加密。\n"
+"请校验服务器是否启用了 StartTLS 支持。"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:530
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
"The server could be down or unreachable.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"服务器可能是下线或无法访问了。\n"
+"服务器可能已关机或无法连接。\n"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:534
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
"The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"判别名的值缺失或无效。\n"
+"缺少 DN 值或该值无效。\n"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:538
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
"Attribute type not found.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"未找到属性类型。\n"
+"未找到特性类型。\n"
#. error message:
#: src/Ldap.rb:540
@@ -78,42 +78,42 @@
#. error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848
msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established."
-msgstr "无法建立到 LDAP 服务器的连接。"
+msgstr "无法建立与 LDAP 服务器的连接。"
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:549
msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server."
-msgstr "连接到 LDAP 服务器时发生了一个问题。"
+msgstr "连接到 LDAP 服务器时出现问题。"
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:553
msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server."
-msgstr "从 LDAP 服务器读取数据时发生了一个问题。"
+msgstr "从 LDAP 服务器读取数据时出现问题。"
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:557
msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users."
-msgstr "写入 LDAP 用户时发生了一个问题。"
+msgstr "写入 LDAP 用户时出现问题。"
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:561
msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups."
-msgstr "写入 LDAP 组时发生了一个问题。"
+msgstr "写入 LDAP 组时出现问题。"
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:565
msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server."
-msgstr "写入数据到 LDAP 服务器时发生了一个问题。"
+msgstr "将数据写入到 LDAP 服务器时出现问题。"
#. error message, more specific description follows
#: src/Ldap.rb:569
msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server."
-msgstr "从 LDAP 服务器读取方案时发生了一个问题。"
+msgstr "从 LDAP 服务器读取纲要时出现问题。"
#. default error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:594
msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred."
-msgstr "发生了一个未知 LDAP 错误。"
+msgstr "发生了未知的 LDAP 错误。"
#. checkbox label
#. checkbox label
@@ -127,12 +127,12 @@
#. error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912
msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available."
-msgstr "未知错误。或许 'yast2-ldap' 不可用。"
+msgstr "未知的错误。可能\"yast2-ldap\"不可用。"
#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow)
#: src/Ldap.rb:800
msgid "Really keep this configuration?"
-msgstr "真的保留此配置吗?"
+msgstr "确定要保留该配置?"
#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow)
#: src/Ldap.rb:865
@@ -142,22 +142,23 @@
"\n"
"Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n"
msgstr ""
-"连接失败的可能原因有您的客户端配置了 TLS/SSL 但服务器并不支持它们。\n"
+"连接失败的一个可能原因是您的客户端被配置为使用 TLS/SSL,\n"
+"但服务器不支持此配置。\n"
"\n"
-"真的不使用 TLS/SSL 连接吗?\n"
+"不使用 TLS/SSL 并重试?\n"
#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server
#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed
#. @return password
#: src/Ldap.rb:973
msgid "BindDN"
-msgstr "绑定判别名"
+msgstr "绑定 DN"
#. password entering label
#. password entering label
#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155
msgid "&LDAP Server Password"
-msgstr "&LDAP 服务器密码"
+msgstr "LDAP 服务器口令(&L)"
#. label
#: src/Ldap.rb:979
@@ -176,8 +177,9 @@
"does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n"
"The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n"
msgstr ""
-"LDAP 目录中不存在判别名 '%1' 的直接父元素。\n"
-"无法创建所选判别名的对象。\n"
+"LDAP 目录中不存在 DN\"%1\"的\n"
+"直接父项。\n"
+"无法创建具有选定 DN 的对象。\n"
#. error message
#: src/Ldap.rb:1431
@@ -185,7 +187,7 @@
"An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n"
"Select another one.\n"
msgstr ""
-"已存在一个所选判别名的对象,但它不是一个模板对象。\n"
+"已存在具有选定 DN 的对象,但它不是模板对象。\n"
"请选择另一个对象。\n"
#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN
@@ -194,8 +196,8 @@
"No entry with DN '%1'\n"
"exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n"
msgstr ""
-"LDAP 服务器上不存在判别名 '%1' 的条目。\n"
-"现在创建它吗?\n"
+"LDAP 服务器中不存在\n"
+"具有 DN\"%1\"的项。是否立即创建?\n"
#. button label
#. button label
@@ -206,7 +208,7 @@
#. help text 1/3
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262
msgid "<p>Set the new value for the current attribute.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>请为当前属性设置新值。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>为当前特性设置新值。</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264
@@ -218,10 +220,12 @@
"it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using <b>Browse</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若属性可拥有多个值,请使用<b>添加值</b>添加新条目。\n"
-"有时按钮会包含可用于当前属性的值的列表。\n"
-"若编辑的属性的值应为一个判别名 (DN),则可以使用<b>浏览</b>\n"
-"从 LDAP 树中选择。</p>\n"
+"<p>如果该特性可具有更多值,请使用\n"
+"<b>添加值</b>来添加新项。有时,该按钮包含\n"
+"可用于当前特性的值的列表。\n"
+"如果所编辑特性的值应该是一个判别名 (DN),\n"
+"则可使用<b>浏览</b>从 LDAP 树选择该值。\n"
+" </p>\n"
#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows.
#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note
@@ -232,17 +236,17 @@
#. "<p>The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287
msgid "<p>The description of attribute \"%1\":<br></p>"
-msgstr "<p>属性 \"%1\" 的描述:<br></p>"
+msgstr "<p>特性\"%1\"的描述:<br></p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311
msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute"
-msgstr "属性 \"%1\" 的值(&V)"
+msgstr "\"%1\"特性的值(&V)"
#. textentry label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322
msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute"
-msgstr "属性 \"%1\" 的值(&V)"
+msgstr "\"%1\"特性的值(&V)"
#. button label
#. button label
@@ -253,7 +257,7 @@
#. menubutton item (default value)
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350
msgid "&Empty Entry"
-msgstr "空条目(&E)"
+msgstr "清除项(&E)"
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351
msgid "Bro&wse"
@@ -265,18 +269,18 @@
"The value '%1' already exists.\n"
"Please select another one."
msgstr ""
-"值 '%1' 已存在。\n"
+"值\"%1\"已存在。\n"
"请选择另一个值。"
#. description of configuration object
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467
msgid "Configuration of user management tools"
-msgstr "用户管理工具配置"
+msgstr "用户管理工具的配置"
#. description of configuration object
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471
msgid "Configuration of group management tools"
-msgstr "组管理工具配置"
+msgstr "组管理工具的配置"
#. label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476
@@ -286,7 +290,7 @@
#. textentry label, do not translate "cn"
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504
msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)"
-msgstr "新模块名称(&N)(\"cn\" 值)"
+msgstr "新模块的名称(“cn”值)(&N)"
#. error popup
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530
@@ -300,7 +304,7 @@
#. error popup
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536
msgid "Enter the module name."
-msgstr "请输入模块名称。"
+msgstr "请输入模块名。"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555
@@ -309,8 +313,9 @@
"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n"
"the new object is created.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>在此,设置属于正在使用当前模板的对象的属性值。\n"
-"这些值将在创建新对象时用于默认。</p>\n"
+"<p>在此,使用当前模板设置属于某个\n"
+"对象的特性的值。这些值在\n"
+"创建新对象时用作默认值。</p>\n"
#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass"
#. _("<p>The list of attributes provided in <b>Attribute Name</b> is the
@@ -325,32 +330,30 @@
"with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n"
"as a value of \"homeDirectory\").</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>您可以使用特殊语法从已有属性值创建属性值。\n"
-"表达式 <i>%attr_name</i> 将被替换为 \"attr_name\" 的属性值\n"
-"(例如,使用 \"/home/%uid\" 作为 \"homeDirectory\" 的值)。</p>\n"
+"<p>可以使用特殊语法从现有的\n"
+"值创建特性值。表达式 <i>%attr_name</i> 将被\n"
+"特性\"attr_name\"的值替换(例如,将\"/home/%uid\"\n"
+"用作\"homeDirectory\"的值)。</p>\n"
#. combobox label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590
msgid "Attribute &Name"
-msgstr "属性名称(&N)"
+msgstr "特性名(&N)"
#. textentry label
#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596
msgid "Attribute &Value"
-msgstr "属性值(&V)"
+msgstr "特性值(&V)"
#. general help text for LDAP browser
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62
msgid "<p>Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在对话框左侧部分浏览 LDAP 树。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在对话框的左侧部分浏览 LDAP 树。</p>"
#. help text for LDAP browser
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64
msgid "<p>Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use <b>Edit</b> to change the value of the selected attribute. Use <b>Save</b> to save your changes to LDAP.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>一旦在树中选择了 LDAP 对象,表格将显示对象数据。\n"
-"使用<b>编辑</b>来修改所选属性的值。\n"
-"使用<b>保存</b>来将您的修改保存到 LDAP。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在树中选择 LDAP 对象后,该表显示对象数据。使用<b>编辑</b>可更改所选属性的值。使用<b>保存</b>可将更改保存到 LDAP。</p>"
#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows)
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69
@@ -358,8 +361,8 @@
"There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n"
"Discard these changes?\n"
msgstr ""
-"当前条目中有未保存的修改。\n"
-"丢弃这些修改吗?\n"
+"当前项中存在未保存的更改。\n"
+"要放弃这些更改吗?\n"
#. dialog caption
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85
@@ -385,12 +388,12 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152
msgid "Administrator DN"
-msgstr "管理员判别名"
+msgstr "管理员 DN"
#. check box label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162
msgid "L&DAP TLS"
-msgstr "L&DAP TLS"
+msgstr "LDAP TLS(&D)"
#. button label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168
@@ -400,7 +403,7 @@
#. InputField label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230
msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection"
-msgstr "请输入新 LDAP 连接的名称"
+msgstr "输入新 LDAP 配置的名称"
#. error popup, %1 is attribute name
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452
@@ -408,18 +411,18 @@
"The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n"
"Enter a value."
msgstr ""
-"\"%1\" 属性是必需的。\n"
-"请输入一个值。"
+"\"%1\"特性是必备的。\n"
+"请输入值。"
#. button label
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550
msgid "&Reload"
-msgstr "重载(&R)"
+msgstr "重新装载(&R)"
#. table header 1/2
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691
msgid "Attribute"
-msgstr "属性"
+msgstr "特性"
#. table header 2/2
#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693
Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/linux-user-mgmt.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/linux-user-mgmt.zh_CN.po (rev 0)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/linux-user-mgmt.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: linux-user-mgmt\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:207
+msgid "Searching for eDirectory trees"
+msgstr "正在搜索 eDirectory 树"
+
+#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:208
+msgid "This may take a while"
+msgstr "这将需要一段时间"
+
+#: src/EdirUtilsLUM.ycp:477
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "%1 is an invalid fully distinguished name. The name must be typeful (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme or o=acme)"
+msgstr "%1 是无效的完全判别名。该名称必须是可输入的(例如 cn=admin,o=acme 或 o=acme)"
+
+#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:90
+msgid "Initializing Linux User Management"
+msgstr "正在初始化 Linux 用户管理"
+
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:102
+msgid "Read the database"
+msgstr "读取数据库"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:103 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:107
+msgid "Checking dependencies"
+msgstr "正在检查依赖性"
+
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:106
+msgid "Reading the database..."
+msgstr "正在读取数据库..."
+
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:109 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:246
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:282
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "已完成"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:166
+#, ycp-format
+msgid ""
+"It appears that %1 has already been configured. \n"
+"Continue configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+"%1 似乎已配置。\n"
+"继续配置吗?"
+
+#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ EDIR:%1", Edirectory::EdirSettings);
+#. y2debug("LINUXUSTERMANAGEMENT READ LDAP:%1", Edirectory::LDAPSettings);
+#. Error message
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:212
+msgid "Cannot read the database1."
+msgstr "无法读取数据库1。"
+
+#. LinuxUserMgmt read dialog caption
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:261
+msgid "Saving Linux User Management Configuration"
+msgstr "正在保存 Linux 用户管理配置"
+
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:273
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr "写入设置"
+
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:275
+msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
+msgstr "运行 SuSEconfig"
+
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:278
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "正在写入设置..."
+
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:280
+msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
+msgstr "正在运行SuSEconfig..."
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391
+msgid "Please Wait"
+msgstr "请稍候"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:391
+msgid "Running namconfig for LUM, this may take a while..."
+msgstr "正在运行 LUM 的 namconfig,请稍候..."
+
+#. Error message
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:421
+#, ycp-format
+msgid ""
+"Unable to connect to LDAP server %1 or the\n"
+"specified user %2 does not have enough\n"
+"privileges to configure Linux User Management.\n"
+"Please correct the problem and re-run namconfig\n"
+"after the install."
+msgstr ""
+"无法连接到 LDAP 服务器 %1,或\n"
+"指定的用户 %2 没有足够的\n"
+"特权配置 Linux 用户管理。\n"
+"请更正问题,\n"
+"安装后重新运行 namconfig。"
+
+#. Error message
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:554
+msgid "Cannot write settings."
+msgstr "无法写入设置。"
+
+#. Error message
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:561
+msgid "SuSEconfig script failed."
+msgstr "SuSEconfig 脚本执行失败。"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:676
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "LDAP admin name with context: %1"
+msgstr "LDAP admin 名称,环境:%1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:680 src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:682
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "LDAP server IP Address: %1"
+msgstr "LDAP 服务器 IP 地址: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:684
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "LDAP port number: %1"
+msgstr "LDAP 端口号: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:686
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "LDAP secure port: %1"
+msgstr "LDAP 安全端口: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:688
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "Linux/Unix config context: %1"
+msgstr "Linux/Unix config 环境:%1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:690
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "LUM workstation context: %1"
+msgstr "LUM 工作站环境: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:692
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "Proxy user name with context: %1"
+msgstr "代理用户名,环境:%1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:695
+msgid "PAM-enabled services to allow authentication via eDirectory:"
+msgstr "启用 PAM 的服务,允许通过 eDirectory 进行身份验证:"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:696
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "login: %1"
+msgstr "login: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:698
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "ftp: %1"
+msgstr "ftp: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:700
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "sshd: %1"
+msgstr "sshd: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:702
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "su: %1"
+msgstr "su: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:704
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "rsh: %1"
+msgstr "rsh: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:706
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "rlogin: %1"
+msgstr "rlogin: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:708
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "passwd: %1"
+msgstr "passwd: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:710
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "xdm: %1"
+msgstr "xdm: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:712
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "openwbem: %1"
+msgstr "openwbem: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:715
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "gdm: %1"
+msgstr "gdm: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:717
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "gdm-autologin: %1"
+msgstr "gdm-autologin:%1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:719
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "gnome-passwd: %1"
+msgstr "gnome-passwd:%1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:721
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "gnome-screensaver: %1"
+msgstr "gnome-screensaver: %1"
+
+#: src/LinuxUserMgmt.ycp:723
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "gnomesu-pam: %1"
+msgstr "gnomesu-pam:%1"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:30 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:52 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:350
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:383 src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:461
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:556
+msgid "Local Host"
+msgstr "本地主机"
+
+#. LDAP_Dialog caption
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:270
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "%1 LDAP Server Configuration"
+msgstr "%1 LDAP 服务器配置"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:391
+msgid "Local or Remote Directory Server"
+msgstr "本地或远程目录服务器"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:398
+msgid "&Local system"
+msgstr "本地系统(&L)"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:404
+msgid "&Remote system"
+msgstr "远程系统(&R)"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:411
+msgid "Directory server address"
+msgstr "目录服务器地址"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:413
+msgid "Admin name with context (i.e. cn=admin,o=novell). Optional for Desktop."
+msgstr "Admin 名称,环境(即 cn=admin, o=novell)。桌面可选。"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:415
+msgid "Admin password. Optional for Desktop."
+msgstr "Admin 口令。桌面可选。"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:418
+msgid "Port Details"
+msgstr "端口细节"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:477
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=admin,o=acme)"
+msgstr "%1 是无效的 LDAP 语法。名称必须使用逗号分隔(如 cn=admin,o=acme)"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:521
+msgid ""
+"The attempt to perform a secure LDAP bind did not respond in 2 minutes\n"
+"This may indicate a problem with LDAP on the target server.\n"
+"If you are confident that your credentials are correct you may continue,\n"
+"otherwise please determine if LDAP is running correctly on the target system\n"
+"Do you want to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+"执行安全 LDAP 联结的尝试 2 分钟内无响应。\n"
+"这可能是因为目标服务器上 LDAP 有问题。\n"
+"如果您确信提交的身份凭证正确,可继续;\n"
+"否则请检查确认 LDAP 是否在目标系统上正确运行。\n"
+"要继续吗?"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:522
+msgid "LDAP secure bind timeout"
+msgstr "LDAP 安全联结超时"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:530
+#, ycp-format
+msgid ""
+"Could not authenticate via LDAP using the following parameters:\n"
+" user name: %1\n"
+" address: %2\n"
+" port: %3\n"
+" \n"
+" This may indicate that one of the parameters is in error.\n"
+" However, if LDAP is not enabled on the eDirectory server\n"
+" or configured to listen on a different port than the\n"
+" above port, we will not get a response back.\n"
+" \n"
+" Do you want to continue and use these parameters anyway?"
+msgstr ""
+"无法用以下参数通过 LDAP 进行身份验证:\n"
+" 用户名:%1\n"
+" 地址:%2\n"
+" 端口:%3\n"
+" \n"
+" 这可能是因为某个参数有错。\n"
+" 但如果 LDAP 未在 eDirectory 服务器上启用,\n"
+"或配置为在其他端口\n"
+"而不是上述端口监听,将得不到反馈。\n"
+" \n"
+"仍要继续使用这些参数吗?"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:591
+msgid "LDAP port"
+msgstr "LDAP 端口"
+
+#: src/NovellLDAPLUM.ycp:592
+msgid "LDAP secure port"
+msgstr "LDAP 安全端口"
+
+#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:532 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:74
+msgid ""
+"The first and the second version\n"
+"of the password don't match!\n"
+"Please try again."
+msgstr ""
+"口令的第 1 个和第 2 个版本\n"
+"不匹配!\n"
+"请重试。"
+
+#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:539 src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:81
+msgid ""
+"The password may only contain the following\n"
+"characters:\n"
+" 0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}\".\n"
+"Please try again."
+msgstr ""
+"口令中只能包含以下\n"
+"字符:\n"
+"0-9、a-z、A-Z 和“#*,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}”中的任意字符。\n"
+"请重试。"
+
+#. TODO - fix this message
+#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:847
+msgid "Unable to add the tree self-signed certificate to the root certificate store"
+msgstr "无法向根证书存储添加树自签名证书"
+
+#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:873
+msgid "Unable to change the group owner of the root certificate store to www"
+msgstr "无法将根证书的组所有者改成 www"
+
+#: src/NovellUtilsLUM.ycp:879
+msgid "Unable to change the group permissions on the root certificate store for write access by www"
+msgstr "无法由 www 更改根证书的写访问组权限"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:39
+msgid "Cannot have an empty tree name"
+msgstr "树名不能为空"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:44
+msgid "Tree name cannot be longer than 32 characters"
+msgstr "树名不能超过 32 个字符"
+
+#. FIXEME
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:50
+msgid "Tree name cannot end in a backslash (\"\\\")"
+msgstr "树名不能以反斜杠结尾 (“\\\"”)"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:55
+msgid "Tree names may only contain the following characters [A-Z], [a-z], [0-9] and \"-\" or \"_\""
+msgstr "树名只能包含以下字符:[A-Z]、[a-z]、[0-9] 和“-”或“_”"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:107
+msgid ""
+"Valid port numbers are from 0 to 65536.\n"
+"Please try again."
+msgstr ""
+"有效的端口号是从 0 到 65536。\n"
+"请重试。"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:114
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "Port %1 is in use, use anyway?"
+msgstr "端口 %1 正在使用中,仍要用它吗?"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:132
+msgid "none"
+msgstr "无"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:141
+msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a fully distinguished name"
+msgstr "树枝“o=security”被保留,不能用在完全判别名中"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:171
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "%1 does not specify a full name from the tree root."
+msgstr "%1 没有从树的根开始指定完全名称。"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:201
+msgid "The container 'o=security' is reserved and cannot be used in a context"
+msgstr "树枝“o=security”被保留,不能用在环境中"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:232
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "%1 is an invalid context"
+msgstr "%1 是无效的环境"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261
+msgid "Verifying user credentials"
+msgstr "正在校验用户身份凭证"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:261
+msgid "Please wait..."
+msgstr "请稍候..."
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:325
+msgid "Enter the existing server IP address."
+msgstr "请输入现有服务器的 IP 地址。"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:399
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "%1 is not a valid pathname"
+msgstr "%1 不是有效的路径名"
+
+#: src/NovellValidatorsLUM.ycp:412
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "%1 is not a valid absolute pathname"
+msgstr "%1 不是有效的绝对路径名"
+
+#. LinuxUserMgmt summary dialog caption
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/complex.ycp:67 src/wizards.ycp:98
+msgid "Linux User Mgmt Configuration"
+msgstr "Linux 用户管理配置"
+
+#. Frame label
+#: src/complex.ycp:75
+msgid "Linux User Mgmt to Configure"
+msgstr "要配置的 Linux 用户管理"
+
+#. LinuxUserMgmt overview dialog caption
+#: src/complex.ycp:127
+msgid "Linux User Mgmt Overview"
+msgstr "Linux 用户管理概述"
+
+#. Table header
+#: src/complex.ycp:134
+msgid "Number"
+msgstr "编号"
+
+#: src/complex.ycp:134
+msgid "Linux User Mgmt"
+msgstr "Linux 用户管理"
+
+#. LinuxUserMgmt configure2 dialog caption
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:62 src/dialogs.ycp:208
+msgid "Linux User Management Configuration"
+msgstr "Linux 用户管理配置"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:95
+msgid "Linux/Unix config context"
+msgstr "Linux/Unix config 环境"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:96
+msgid "LUM workstation context (e.g. o=novell). Optional for Desktop."
+msgstr "LUM 工作站环境(如 e.g. o=novell)。桌面可选。"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:97
+msgid "Proxy user name with context (e.g. cn=proxy.o=novell)"
+msgstr "代理用户名称,环境(如 cn=proxy.o=novell)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:98
+msgid "(optional)"
+msgstr "(可选)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:99
+msgid "Proxy user password"
+msgstr "代理用户口令"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:129 src/dialogs.ycp:148
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. ou=xyz,o=acme)"
+msgstr "%1 是无效的 LDAP 语法。该名称必须用逗号分隔(如 ou=xyz,o=acme)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:168
+#, ycp-format
+msgid "%1 is an invalid LDAP syntax. The name must use commas for separators (e.g. cn=proxyuser,o=acme)"
+msgstr "%1 是无效的 LDAP 语法。该名称必须用逗号分隔(如 cn=proxyuser,o=acme)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:300
+msgid "Select PAM-enabled services to allow"
+msgstr "请选中“启用 PAM 的服务”以允许"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:301
+msgid "authentication via eDirectory"
+msgstr "通过 eDirectory 进行身份验证"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:303
+msgid "Sele&ct All"
+msgstr "全选(&C)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:304
+msgid "Deselec&t All"
+msgstr "全部不选(&T)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:306
+msgid "&login"
+msgstr "登录(&L)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:307
+msgid "&ftp"
+msgstr "ftp(&F)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:308
+msgid "ssh&d"
+msgstr "sshd(&D)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:309
+msgid "&su"
+msgstr "su(&S)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:310
+msgid "rs&h"
+msgstr "rsh(&H)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:311
+msgid "rl&ogin"
+msgstr "rlogin(&O)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:312
+msgid "&passwd"
+msgstr "passwd(&P)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:313
+msgid "&xdm"
+msgstr "xdm(&X)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:314
+msgid "op&enwbem"
+msgstr "openwbem(&E)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:316
+msgid "&gdm"
+msgstr "gdm(&G)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:317
+msgid "gdm-&autologin"
+msgstr "gdm-autologin(&A)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:318
+msgid "g&nome-passwd"
+msgstr "gnome-passwd(&N)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:319
+msgid "gnome-s&creensaver"
+msgstr "gnome-screensaver(&C)"
+
+#: src/dialogs.ycp:320
+msgid "gnomesu-pa&m"
+msgstr "gnomesu-pam(&M)"
+
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/helps.ycp:20
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Linux User Management Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>正在初始化 Linux 用户管理配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"请稍候...<br></p>\n"
+
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/helps.ycp:25
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>终止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
+"请您现在点击<b>终止</b>, 以便安全中断配置公用程序.</p>\n"
+
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/helps.ycp:30
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Saving Linux User Management Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>正在保存 Linux 用户管理配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"请稍候...<br></p>\n"
+
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/helps.ycp:35
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
+"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>中断保存:</big></b><br>\n"
+"请点击<B>中断</B>,以便中断保存.\n"
+"一个附加对话框将告诉您这样做是否安全.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. Configure2 dialog help 1/3
+#: src/helps.ycp:42
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Linux/Unix config context</big></b><br>\n"
+"The eDirctory context (existing or created here) where the Linux/UNIX\n"
+"Config object will be created. LDAP searches for LUM User, LUM Group,\n"
+"and LUM Workstation objects begin here, so it must be at the same level\n"
+"or higher than the LUM objects searched for.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Linux/Unix 配置环境</big></b><br>\n"
+"将创建的 Linux/UNIX\n"
+" 配置对象所在的 eDirctory 环境(现有或在此创建)。LDAP 从这里开始搜索 LUM 用户、LUM 组\n"
+" 和 LUM 工作站对象,所以该环境必须处于搜索的 LUM 对象的同层\n"
+"或更高层位置。</p>\n"
+
+#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3
+#: src/helps.ycp:50
+msgid ""
+"<P><b><big>LUM workstation context</big></b><br>\n"
+"The eDirectory context (existing or created here) for the LUM Workstation\n"
+"object created by the install for this server. The context must be the same\n"
+"as or below the Base Context specified above.\n"
+"</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><b><big>LUM 工作站环境</big></b><br>\n"
+"此服务器安装程序创建的 LUM 工作站\n"
+"对象的 eDirctory 环境(现有或在此创建)。该环境必须处于上述“基础环境”\n"
+"的同层或更低层位置。\n"
+" </P>"
+
+#. Configure2 dialog help 3/3
+#: src/helps.ycp:57
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Proxy user name with context (Optional)</big></b><br>\n"
+"A user (existing or created here) with rights to search the LDAP tree for LUM\n"
+"objects.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>带有环境的代理用户名称(可选)</big></b><br>\n"
+"有权搜索 LDAP 树以查找 LUM \n"
+"对象的用户(现有或在此创建)。\n"
+" </p>"
+
+#. Configure3 dialog help 1/3
+#: src/helps.ycp:63
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>PAM-enabled Services</big></b><br>\n"
+"The PAM-enabled services on this server that will be available to\n"
+"authenticated LUM users.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>启用 PAM 的服务</big></b><br>\n"
+"此服务器上将可用于\n"
+"已通过身份验证的 LUM 用户且启用 PAM 的服务。</p>\n"
+
+#: src/helps.ycp:68
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Local or Remote Directory Server</big></b><br>\n"
+"Select either Local system or Remote system, depending on the server you are configuring.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>本地或远程目录服务器</big></b><br>\n"
+"根据正在配置的服务器选择本地系统或远程系统。</p>\n"
+
+#: src/helps.ycp:72
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Directory server address</big></b><br>\n"
+"This field is only active if you select Remote system. Enter the IP address of the remote server you want to configure.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>目录服务器地址</big></b><br>\n"
+"此字段只有在选择远程系统时才处于活动状态。输入要配置的远程服务器的 IP 地址。</p>\n"
+
+#: src/helps.ycp:76
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Admin name with context</big></b><br>\n"
+"Enter the LDAP Admin name and context. This is the fully distinguished name of a User object with administrative rights to LDAP. For example: cn=admin,o=acme</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>带有环境的 Admin 名称</big></b><br>\n"
+"输入 LDAP Admin 名称和环境。该名称是具有 LDAP 管理权限的用户对象的完整判定名。例如:cn=admin,o=acme</p>\n"
+
+#: src/helps.ycp:80
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Admin password</big></b><br>\n"
+"Enter the LDAP Admin password. This is the password of the user specified as the LDAP Admin.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Admin 口令</big></b><br>\n"
+"输入 LDAP Admin 口令。该口令是指定为 LDAP Admin 的用户的口令。</p>\n"
+
+#: src/helps.ycp:84
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Port Details</big></b><br>\n"
+"Click Port Details to view or modify the LDAP port or the secure LDAP port number this server uses to communicate with other servers. The default LDAP port is 389. The default secure LDAP port is 636.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>端口细节</big></b><br>\n"
+"单击“端口细节”可查看或修改此服务器用来与其它服务器通讯的 LDAP 端口或安全 LDAP 端口的编号。默认 LDAP 端口为 389。默认安全 LDAP 端口为 636。</p>\n"
+
+#. Command line help text for the Xlinux-user-mgmt module
+#: src/linux-user-mgmt.ycp:34
+msgid "Configuration of Linux User Mgmt"
+msgstr "Linux 用户管理的配置"
+
+#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:51
+msgid "Linux User Management needs to be configured."
+msgstr "需要配置 Linux 用户管理。"
+
+#. Rich text title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals
+#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:81
+msgid "Linux User Management"
+msgstr "Linux 用户管理"
+
+#. Menu title for LinuxUserMgmt in proposals
+#: src/linux-user-mgmt_proposal.ycp:83
+msgid "&Linux User Management"
+msgstr "Linux 用户管理(&L)"
+
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/wizards.ycp:100
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "正在初始化..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/mail.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/mail.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/mail.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,24 +1,18 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: mail\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 17:33+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the mail module
#: src/clients/mail.rb:60
@@ -52,7 +46,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<P><B><BIG>中止初始化:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"可以按<B>中止</B>\n"
-"立即安全地中止配置工具。\n"
+"立即安全地中止配置实用程序。\n"
"</P>\n"
#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs!
@@ -109,7 +103,7 @@
"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>如果选择<b>无连接</b>,邮件服务器会启动,\n"
-"但仅支持本地邮件传输。邮件传输代理在本机上监听。</p>\n"
+"但仅支持本地邮件传输。MTA 会侦听 localhost。</p>\n"
#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88
@@ -160,7 +154,7 @@
"<p>Enter your password in the <b>Password</b> field.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>在<b>密码</b>字段中输入密码。</p>\n"
+"<p>在<b>口令</b>字段中输入口令。</p>\n"
#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4
#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115
@@ -195,7 +189,7 @@
"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>此表重定向本地投递的邮件。\n"
+"<p>此表重定向本地传递的邮件。\n"
"将邮件重定向到另一个本地用户(对系统帐户,\n"
"特别是 <b>root</b> 用户很有用)、远程地址或地址列表。</p>\n"
@@ -243,8 +237,10 @@
"If you continue, it will be turned on and\n"
"Config Postfix will overwrite manual changes.\n"
msgstr ""
-"已关闭设置 %1。您可能已直接修改了配置文件。\n"
-"若您继续,将打开该配置文件并运行 Postfix 配置覆盖之前的手工更改。\n"
+"设置 %1 处于关闭状态。\n"
+"您可能已直接修改了配置文件。\n"
+"如果您继续,将开启该设置,并且 Config Postfix\n"
+"将覆盖手动更改的内容。\n"
#. After text freeze, but
#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know
@@ -279,7 +275,7 @@
#. Translators: dialog caption
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279
msgid "General Settings"
-msgstr "常规设置"
+msgstr "一般设置"
#. Translators: frame label
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282
@@ -304,7 +300,7 @@
#. Translators: radio button label
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306
msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon"
-msgstr "无法启动 Postfix 守护精灵"
+msgstr "无法将 Postfix 作为守护程序启动"
#. Translators: dialog caption
#. frame label
@@ -328,7 +324,7 @@
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406
msgid "Enforce"
-msgstr "强制"
+msgstr "强制使用"
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410
msgid "&Masquerading"
@@ -350,7 +346,7 @@
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522
msgid "Start &fetchmail"
-msgstr "启动 &fetchmail"
+msgstr "启动 fetchmail(&F)"
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
msgid "manual"
@@ -358,7 +354,7 @@
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523
msgid "daemon"
-msgstr "守护进程"
+msgstr "守护程序"
#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail)
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529
@@ -384,7 +380,7 @@
"the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n"
"\"%3\"."
msgstr ""
-"为了能将邮件传递到您的本地邮件传输代理,\n"
+"为了能将邮件传递到您的本地 MTA,\n"
"%2 中 %1 的值将被设置为\n"
"\"%3\"。"
@@ -434,7 +430,7 @@
#. Translators: dialog caption
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785
msgid "Masquerading"
-msgstr "掩蔽(Masquerading)"
+msgstr "掩蔽"
#. Translators: radio button label
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800
@@ -513,7 +509,7 @@
#. password entry
#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964
msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "密码(&P)"
+msgstr "口令(&P)"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
#. Translators: dialog caption
@@ -643,7 +639,7 @@
#. Translators: text entry label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122
msgid "&Domains for locally delivered mail"
-msgstr "用于本地投递的邮件的域(&D)"
+msgstr "用于本地传递的邮件的域(&D)"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126
@@ -654,7 +650,7 @@
"the local host name is assumed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>在此指定本地投递的\n"
+"<p>在此指定本地传递的\n"
"邮件的域。如果不输入任何内容,\n"
"则使用本地主机名。</p>\n"
@@ -689,7 +685,8 @@
"with AMaViS.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>启用病毒扫描(AMaViS)</b>使用 AMaViS 检查进来的和外发的邮件。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>启用病毒扫描 (AMaViS)</b> 将使用 AMaViS 检查\n"
+"进来的和出去的邮件。</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168
@@ -699,10 +696,10 @@
"<p><b>DKIM</b> checks Domain Key signed incomming mails</p>\n"
"<p><b>Clamav</b> open source virus scanner engine</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>启用 AMaViS 也将启用如下模块:</p>\n"
-"<p><b>Spamassassin</b> 垃圾邮件扫描</p>\n"
-"<p><b>DKIM</b>检查域密钥签名的进站邮件</p>\n"
-"<p><b>Clamav</b>开源病毒扫描引擎</p>"
+"<p>启用 AMaViS 还将启用以下模块:</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Spamassassin</b> 垃圾邮件扫描程序</p>\n"
+"<p><b>DKIM</b> 检查域密钥签名的进来的邮件</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Clamav</b> 开放源病毒扫描程序引擎</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175
@@ -718,7 +715,7 @@
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186
msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails."
-msgstr "为外发邮件启用 DKIM 签名。(&E)"
+msgstr "启用出去的邮件的 DKIM 签名(&E)。"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190
@@ -727,7 +724,7 @@
"<p><b>Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.</b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>为外发邮件启用 DKIM 签名。</b></p>\n"
+"<p><b>启用出去的邮件的 DKIM 签名。</b></p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194
@@ -741,9 +738,12 @@
"the domain key.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>为外发邮件启用 DKIM 要求额外的操作。将为 Postfix 中定义的 'mydomain' 值生成一个 SSL 密钥。\n"
-"Postfix 中也将配置一个新服务 'submission'。在此设置之后您就可以使用 'mynetworks' 的 'submission' 服务\n"
-"发送启用了 SASL 验证的邮件了。只有此服务发送的电子邮件才会被用域密钥签名。</p>\n"
+"<p>为外发电子邮件邮件启用 DKIM 要求进行额外的操作。\n"
+"系统将为 Postfix 中定义的“mydomain”值生成一个 SSL 密钥。\n"
+"Postfix 中也将配置一个新服务“submission”。\n"
+"在此设置之后,您就可以使用“mynetworks”的“submission”服务\n"
+"发送启用了 SASL 身份验证的电子邮件。\n"
+"只有这个新服务发送的电子邮件才会用域密钥签名。</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204
@@ -758,13 +758,18 @@
"automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>域密钥的公共密钥需要由域名服务提供。公共密钥必须以 DNS TXT 记录格式存储在 <b>/var/db/dkim/[我的域名].public.txt</b>\n"
-"并且需要部署到相应域名服务。如果此服务器上运行了名称服务器,该名称服务器又是那个域的验证服务器,那么公共密钥可以自动添加为那个域区域的 TXT 记录。</p>\n"
+"<p>域密钥的公共密钥需要由域名服务提供。\n"
+"公共密钥将以 DNS TXT 记录格式储存在\n"
+"<b>/var/db/dkim/[我的域名].public.txt</b>,并且需要部署到\n"
+"相应域名服务。如果此服务器上正在运行名称服务器,\n"
+"该名称服务器又是那个域的身份验证服务器,\n"
+"那么公共密钥将自动添加为该域区域的 TXT 记录。\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215
msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too."
-msgstr "如果您想要启用 DKIM 支持,同时也会启用病毒扫描 (AMaViS)。"
+msgstr "如果启用 DKIM 支持,病毒扫描 (AMaViS) 同时也会启用。"
#. Translators: text entry label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224
@@ -784,7 +789,7 @@
#. Translators: text entry label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255
msgid "P&assword"
-msgstr "密码(&A)"
+msgstr "口令(&A)"
#. Translators: text entry label
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282
@@ -804,12 +809,12 @@
#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301
msgid "&Delivery Mode"
-msgstr "投递方式(&D)"
+msgstr "递送模式(&D)"
#. help text
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306
msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>投递方式</b>通常是 <b>直接</b>,除非不转发 root 用户的邮件或要通过 IMAP 来访问邮件。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>递送模式</b>通常是<b>直接</b>,除非不转发 root 用户的邮件或想要通过 IMAP 来访问邮件。</p>"
#. LogView label. take a string from users?
#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345
@@ -881,13 +886,14 @@
"to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n"
"Configure a scanner manually."
msgstr ""
-"AMaViS 需要 ClamAV 等病毒扫描程序来执行实际的扫描,但未找到 ClamAV。\n"
+"AMaViS 需要 ClamAV 等病毒扫描程序\n"
+"来执行实际的扫描,但未找到 ClamAV。\n"
"请手动配置一个扫描程序。"
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247
msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n"
-msgstr "将安装 Fetchmail,它是一种邮件下载工具。\n"
+msgstr "将安装 Fetchmail,它是一种邮件下载实用程序。\n"
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256
@@ -940,8 +946,8 @@
"a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-"读取文件 %1 时出错。文件必须采用\n"
-"可由 YaST 读取的固定格式。有关细节,请参见\n"
+"读取文件 %1 时出错。文件必须具有\n"
+"固定格式才可由 YaST 读取。有关细节,请参见\n"
"%2"
#. Translators: error message
@@ -1002,7 +1008,7 @@
#. Translators: progress label
#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088
msgid "Running Config Postfix"
-msgstr "正在运行 Postfix 配置"
+msgstr "正在运行 Config Postfix"
#. Translators: progress label
#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098
@@ -1037,7 +1043,7 @@
#. summary header; mail transfer agent
#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319
msgid "MTA"
-msgstr "邮件传输代理"
+msgstr "MTA"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322
@@ -1102,1139 +1108,3 @@
#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "身份验证"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration of mail server"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Advanced mail server setup with LDAP back-end"
-#~ msgstr "使用 LDAP 后端的高级邮件服务器设置"
-
-#~ msgid "You have configured your MTA without LDAP support.<br>"
-#~ msgstr "您已经配置您的邮件传输代理不含有 LDAP 支持。<br>"
-
-#~ msgid "This modul will configure your MTA with LDAP support.<br>"
-#~ msgstr "此模块将配置您的邮件传输代理的 LDAP 支持。<br>"
-
-#~ msgid "This will corrupt your current configuration."
-#~ msgstr "这将损坏您当前的配置。"
-
-#~ msgid "You have not installed all needed packages."
-#~ msgstr "尚未安装所有所需的包。"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Server"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "&Mail Server"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Server Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Set Up the Mail Server Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "设置邮件服务器配置"
-
-#~ msgid "<P><B>Mail Server Configuration</B><BR>"
-#~ msgstr "<P><B>邮件服务器配置</B><BR>"
-
-#~ msgid "<P>This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server.</P>"
-#~ msgstr "<P>此模块将配置并启动 Postfix,如果需要,还会配置启动 Cyrus IMAP 服务器。</P>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B>Warning:</B></P>\n"
-#~ "<P>Most home users can use the built-in \n"
-#~ "features of their email application to send and\n"
-#~ "receive email. They do not need this module.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B>注意:</B></P>\n"
-#~ "<P>大部分家庭用户可以使用电子邮件\n"
-#~ "应用程序的内置功能发送和收取邮件。\n"
-#~ "他们不需要此模块。</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>You need Postfix only to store\n"
-#~ "email on your local system or for some special cases.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>只有在您希望在本地系统存储电子邮件,\n"
-#~ "或有其它特殊需要时,才需要 Postfix。</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Skip this page in the future"
-#~ msgstr "将来跳过此页"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail server is not configured."
-#~ msgstr "未配置邮件服务器。"
-
-#~ msgid "Select configuration type according your needs."
-#~ msgstr "根据您个人需要选择配置类型"
-
-#~ msgid "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard configuration."
-#~ msgstr "如果您想使用 sendmail 作为邮件传输代理,您就必须使用标准配置。"
-
-#~ msgid "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary."
-#~ msgstr "高级配置使用 LDAP 作为后端并将配置您的系统作为 LDAP 客户机,有必要的话也将设置一个 LDAP 服务器。"
-
-#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type."
-#~ msgstr "正在运行的邮件服务器配置基于「标准」类型。"
-
-#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings."
-#~ msgstr "可以改变为「高级」,此操作将覆盖所有已有设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type."
-#~ msgstr "正在运行的邮件服务器配置基于「高级」类型。"
-
-#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings."
-#~ msgstr "可以改变为「标准」设置,此操作将覆盖所有已有设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Standard"
-#~ msgstr "标准"
-
-#~ msgid "Advanced"
-#~ msgstr "高级"
-
-#~ msgid "You have to select a configuration type"
-#~ msgstr "您必须选择一种配置类型"
-
-#~ msgid "Set up the mail server"
-#~ msgstr "设置邮件服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Read needed packages"
-#~ msgstr "读取所需的包"
-
-#~ msgid "Read LDAP settings"
-#~ msgstr "读取 LDAP 设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Choose LDAP and CA settings"
-#~ msgstr "选择 LDAP 和 CA 设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Configure LDAP server and CA management"
-#~ msgstr "配置 LDAP 服务器和 CA 管理"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading packages..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取包..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading LDAP settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取 LDAP 设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Choosing LDAP and CA settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在选择 LDAP 和 CA 设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Configuring LDAP server and CA management..."
-#~ msgstr "正在配置 LDAP 服务器和 CA 管理..."
-
-#~ msgid "Finished"
-#~ msgstr "已完成"
-
-#~ msgid "Your computer is not configured as an LDAP client."
-#~ msgstr "您的计算机尚未被配置为 LDAP 客户端。"
-
-#~ msgid "We suggest you set up a local LDAP server for the mail server."
-#~ msgstr "我们建议为邮件服务器设置一个本地 LDAP 服务器。"
-
-#~ msgid "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your system."
-#~ msgstr "为了使您的系统更安全,创建 LDAP 和邮件服务器的证书。"
-
-#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is local."
-#~ msgstr "您的计算机已被配置为 LDAP 客户端,且 LDAP 服务器在本地。"
-
-#~ msgid "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server."
-#~ msgstr "我们建议为邮件服务器调整 LDAP 服务器的配置。"
-
-#~ msgid "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator account:"
-#~ msgstr "所以您必须知道 LDAP 管理帐户的密码:"
-
-#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not local."
-#~ msgstr "您的计算机被配置为 LDAP 客户端,而 LDAP 服务器不在本地。"
-
-#~ msgid "We suggest you configure the LDAP server for the mail server."
-#~ msgstr "我们建议为邮件服务器配置 LDAP 服务器。"
-
-#~ msgid "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the <b>suse-mailserver.schema</b> and the corresponding index entries."
-#~ msgstr "此外,LDAP 服务器必须包含<B>suse-mailserver.schema</B>及对应索引项。"
-
-#~ msgid "Create certificates."
-#~ msgstr "创建证书。"
-
-#~ msgid "Set up a local LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr "设置一个本地 LDAP 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Configure dedicated LDAP server."
-#~ msgstr "配置专用 LDAP 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Really abort the writing process?"
-#~ msgstr "是否确实要中止写入过程?"
-
-#~ msgid "You must configure LDAP to use the mail server."
-#~ msgstr "必须配置 LDAP,使之使用该邮件服务器。"
-
-#~ msgid " The LDAP configuration starts now."
-#~ msgstr "LDAP 配置现在开始。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You have not created server certificate and key.\n"
-#~ "You will not able to use server side SSL and TSL on the mail server.\n"
-#~ "Create the certificate with the YaST2 CA management module.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "尚未创建服务器证书和密钥。\n"
-#~ "您将不能使用邮件服务器上的服务器端 SSL 和 TSL。\n"
-#~ "使用 YaST2 CA 管理模块创建该证书。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Do Not Use TLS"
-#~ msgstr "不使用 TLS"
-
-#~ msgid "Use TLS If Possible"
-#~ msgstr "如果可能,请使用 TLS"
-
-#~ msgid "Enforce TLS"
-#~ msgstr "强制 TLS"
-
-#~ msgid "Relay Host Requires Authentication"
-#~ msgstr "转接主机要求身份验证"
-
-#~ msgid "Host Name or IP"
-#~ msgstr "主机名或 IP"
-
-#~ msgid "Account"
-#~ msgstr "帐户"
-
-#~ msgid "Password"
-#~ msgstr "密码"
-
-#~ msgid "Confirm Password"
-#~ msgstr "确认密码"
-
-#~ msgid "Server Identification"
-#~ msgstr "服务器标识"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Size"
-#~ msgstr "邮件大小"
-
-#~ msgid "No Limit"
-#~ msgstr "无限制"
-
-#~ msgid "Maximum Mail Size"
-#~ msgstr "最大邮件大小"
-
-#~ msgid "KByte"
-#~ msgstr "KB"
-
-#~ msgid "Outgoing Mails"
-#~ msgstr "外发邮件"
-
-#~ msgid "Direct Delivery (DNS)"
-#~ msgstr "直接投递 (DNS)"
-
-#~ msgid "No Outgoing Mail"
-#~ msgstr "没有外发邮件"
-
-#~ msgid "Use Relay Host"
-#~ msgstr "使用转接主机"
-
-#~ msgid "Security"
-#~ msgstr "安全"
-
-#~ msgid "Destination"
-#~ msgstr "目标"
-
-#~ msgid "With Subdomains"
-#~ msgstr "使用子域"
-
-#~ msgid "Transport"
-#~ msgstr "传输"
-
-#~ msgid "Suppress MX Lookups"
-#~ msgstr "抑制 MX 查找"
-
-#~ msgid "Server Requires Authentication"
-#~ msgstr "服务器要求身份验证"
-
-#~ msgid "Manage Mail Routing"
-#~ msgstr "管理邮件路由"
-
-#~ msgid "TLS Mode:"
-#~ msgstr "TLS 方式:"
-
-#~ msgid "Cancel"
-#~ msgstr "取消"
-
-#~ msgid "OK"
-#~ msgstr "确定"
-
-#~ msgid "The destination is invalid."
-#~ msgstr "目标无效。"
-
-#~ msgid "The server is invalid."
-#~ msgstr "服务器无效。"
-
-#~ msgid "There is already a transport defined for this destination."
-#~ msgstr "已为该目标定义了传输。"
-
-#~ msgid "The passwords are not identical."
-#~ msgstr "密码不相同。"
-
-#~ msgid "Defined Mail Transport Route"
-#~ msgstr "定义的邮件传输路由"
-
-#~ msgid "Add"
-#~ msgstr "添加"
-
-#~ msgid "Change"
-#~ msgstr "更改"
-
-#~ msgid "Delete"
-#~ msgstr "删除"
-
-#~ msgid "&Use Defined Mail Transport Route"
-#~ msgstr "使用定义的邮件传输路由(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "Configure Spam Learning Extension"
-#~ msgstr "配置垃圾邮件学习扩展"
-
-#~ msgid "Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS"
-#~ msgstr "启动病毒扫描程序 AMAVIS"
-
-#~ msgid "Count of Virus Scanner Process"
-#~ msgstr "病毒扫描进程计数"
-
-#~ msgid "SPAM Prevention"
-#~ msgstr "垃圾邮件预防"
-
-#~ msgid "Basic Settings:"
-#~ msgstr "基本设置:"
-
-#~ msgid "Off"
-#~ msgstr "关"
-
-#~ msgid "Medium"
-#~ msgstr "介质"
-
-#~ msgid "Hard"
-#~ msgstr "硬盘"
-
-#~ msgid "Configured RBL Server"
-#~ msgstr "已配置的 RBL 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Sender Restrictions"
-#~ msgstr "寄件人限制"
-
-#~ msgid "Sender Address"
-#~ msgstr "寄件人地址"
-
-#~ msgid "Action"
-#~ msgstr "操作"
-
-#~ msgid "Option"
-#~ msgstr "选项"
-
-#~ msgid "Add New RBL Server"
-#~ msgstr "添加新的 RBL 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Add New Sender Restriction"
-#~ msgstr "添加新的寄件人限制"
-
-#~ msgid "Require SASL Authentication"
-#~ msgstr "要求 SASL 身份验证"
-
-#~ msgid "TLS Mode for the SMTPD Daemon"
-#~ msgstr "SMTPD 守护精灵的 TLS 模式"
-
-#~ msgid "No TLS"
-#~ msgstr "没有 TLS"
-
-#~ msgid "Use TLS"
-#~ msgstr "使用 TLS"
-
-#~ msgid "Use TLS Only for SASL Authentication"
-#~ msgstr "仅使用 TLS 来进行 SASL 身份验证"
-
-#~ msgid "Trusted Local Networks"
-#~ msgstr "可信本地网络"
-
-#~ msgid "New Network"
-#~ msgstr "新网络"
-
-#~ msgid "Defined Trusted Networks"
-#~ msgstr "已定义的可信网络"
-
-#~ msgid "Security Settings for Sending Mail via the Server"
-#~ msgstr "通过服务器发送邮件的安全设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Cyrus IMAP Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Cyrus IMAP 设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Security (SSL and TLS)"
-#~ msgstr "安全性(SSL 和 TLS)"
-
-#~ msgid "Enabled"
-#~ msgstr "已启用"
-
-#~ msgid "Default Mailbox Size (KB)"
-#~ msgstr "默认邮箱大小 (KB)"
-
-#~ msgid "Quota Warning Limit (%)"
-#~ msgstr "配额警告限制 (%)"
-
-#~ msgid "IMAP Idle Time (Min)"
-#~ msgstr "IMAP 空闲时间(分钟)"
-
-#~ msgid "POP Idle Time (Min)"
-#~ msgstr "POP 空闲时间(分钟)"
-
-#~ msgid "Hard Quota Limit"
-#~ msgstr "硬盘配额限制"
-
-#~ msgid "Use Alternate Name Space"
-#~ msgstr "使用替换名称空间"
-
-#~ msgid "Fallback Mailbox"
-#~ msgstr "故障回退邮箱"
-
-#~ msgid "Settings for File System Delivery"
-#~ msgstr "文件系统投递设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Type"
-#~ msgstr "类型"
-
-#~ msgid "Mailbox"
-#~ msgstr "邮箱"
-
-#~ msgid "Maildir"
-#~ msgstr "邮件目录"
-
-#~ msgid "Repository"
-#~ msgstr "源"
-
-#~ msgid "Mailbox Size"
-#~ msgstr "邮箱大小"
-
-#~ msgid "Settings for Procmail"
-#~ msgstr "Procmail 的设置"
-
-#~ msgid "There are no settings for procmail."
-#~ msgstr "没有 procmail 的设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Local Delivery Type"
-#~ msgstr "本地投递类型"
-
-#~ msgid "Cyrus IMAP"
-#~ msgstr "Cyrus IMAP"
-
-#~ msgid "Procmail"
-#~ msgstr "Procmail"
-
-#~ msgid "File System"
-#~ msgstr "文件系统"
-
-#~ msgid "No Local Delivery"
-#~ msgstr "没有本地投递"
-
-#~ msgid "There is no local mail delivery defined."
-#~ msgstr "未定义本地邮件投递。"
-
-#~ msgid "You cannot define mail fetching jobs."
-#~ msgstr "您不能定义邮件提取任务。"
-
-#~ msgid "Fetch Mail Regularly"
-#~ msgstr "定期提取邮件"
-
-#~ msgid "Fetching Interval"
-#~ msgstr "提取时间间隔"
-
-#~ msgid "Min"
-#~ msgstr "分钟"
-
-#~ msgid "Fetch Mail by Connecting to Internet"
-#~ msgstr "通过连接因特网提取邮件"
-
-#~ msgid "Choose the Internet interface."
-#~ msgstr "选择因特网接口。"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Fetching Scheduler"
-#~ msgstr "邮件提取日程安排器"
-
-#~ msgid "Defined Fetchmail Jobs"
-#~ msgstr "定义的邮件提取任务"
-
-#~ msgid "Local User"
-#~ msgstr "本地用户"
-
-#~ msgid "Add New Fetchmail Job"
-#~ msgstr "添加新的邮件提取任务"
-
-#~ msgid "Server Address"
-#~ msgstr "服务器地址"
-
-#~ msgid "Remote User"
-#~ msgstr "远程用户"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The passwords do not match.\n"
-#~ "Try again."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "密码不匹配。\n"
-#~ "请重试。"
-
-#~ msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server."
-#~ msgstr "您不能为该邮件服务器定义本地域。"
-
-#~ msgid "Defined Domains"
-#~ msgstr "定义的域"
-
-#~ msgid "Domain"
-#~ msgstr "域"
-
-#~ msgid "Configure Mail Domains"
-#~ msgstr "配置邮件域"
-
-#~ msgid "Name"
-#~ msgstr "名称"
-
-#~ msgid "There is no main mail domain defined. Please fix it!"
-#~ msgstr "未定义主邮件域。请确定一个主邮件域!"
-
-#~ msgid "You have defined more then one main mail domain. Please fix it!"
-#~ msgstr "您已定义了一个以上的主邮件域。请确定一个主邮件域!"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Server Global Settings"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器全局设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Server Transport Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器传输配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Server SPAM Basic Prevention Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器的垃圾邮件基本预防配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Server Relaying Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器转接配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Server Local Delivery Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器本地投递配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Server Mail Fetching Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器邮件提取配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Server Local Domain Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器本地域配置"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n"
-#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>\n"
-#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>管理员授权</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "要使用 YaST 邮件服务器部件,您的系统必须使用 LDAP\n"
-#~ "作为用户帐号和组帐号以及 DNS 服务的源。<br>\n"
-#~ "某些邮件服务器设置也将存储在 LDAP 源中。<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>设置邮件服务器配置</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>正在初始化邮件服务器配置</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "请稍候... <br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>终止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "请您现在点击<b>终止</b>, 以便安全中断配置工具。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>正在保存邮件服务器配置</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "请稍候... <br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
-#~ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>中断保存:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "请点击<B>中断</B>,以便中断保存.\n"
-#~ "一个附加对话框将告诉您这样做是否安全.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Server Identification:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "This is the SMTP server's greeting banner.</b>.\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>服务器标识:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "这是 SMTP 服务器的问候语。</b>\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Size:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n"
-#~ "including envelope information.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>邮件大小:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "此参数对每封邮件(发送或接收)的总大小(包括信封信息)\n"
-#~ "以字节为单位加以限制。\n"
-#~ " </p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Outgoing Mails:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Set the transport type for outgoing mails.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>外发邮件:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "设置外发邮件的传输类型。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Manage Mail Routing</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Add or modify mail transport routes.\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>管理邮件路由选择</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "添加或修改邮件传输路由。\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Defined Mail Transport Routes</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "This is the list of the defined mail transports.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>定义的邮件传输路由</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "这是已定义的邮件传输的列表。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>SPAM Prevention</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n"
-#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n"
-#~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>垃圾邮件预防</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Postfix 提供各种参数,这些参数限制投递未请求的广告性电子邮件 (UCE)。\n"
-#~ "在此对话框中,配置这些设置。例如,设置访问列表或 RBL\n"
-#~ "(实时黑名单)名称服务器。\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n"
-#~ "The virus scanner engine <b>Clamavd</b> and the spam finder <b>SpamAssassin</b> will be installed \n"
-#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>启动病毒扫描 AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "如果您启动了病毒扫描 AMAVIS,您的电子邮件将做防毒和防垃圾邮件扫描。\n"
-#~ "同时也将安装和配置病毒扫描引擎 <b>Clamavd</b> 和垃圾邮件嗅探家 <b>SpamAssassin</b>。您也可以安装其他商业的病毒扫描引擎。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is <b>cyrus imapd</b>.\n"
-#~ "In this case the shared folders <b>NewSpam</b> and <b>NoSpam</b> will be created. Spam email \n"
-#~ "which was not detected by <b>SpamAssassin</b> should be put into the folder <b>NewSpam</b>.\n"
-#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n"
-#~ "the folder <b>NoSpam</b>. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>配置垃圾邮件学习扩展:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "此垃圾邮件学习扩展只有在本地投递方法是 <b>cyrus imapd</b> 时才可以配置。\n"
-#~ "在这种情况下将创建 <b>新垃圾邮件</b> 和 <b>不是垃圾邮件</b> 共享文件夹。由 <b>SpamAssassin</b> 检测到的\n"
-#~ "垃圾邮件将被放到 <b>新垃圾邮件</b> 文件夹。\n"
-#~ "如果您想要您的垃圾邮件嗅探家能够更加有效,您也应该把非垃圾邮件放到 <b>不是垃圾邮件</b> 文件夹。此文件夹中的电子邮件可以被所有人阅读。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Trusted Local Networks:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Clients from these networks can use your mail server for mail relaying.\n"
-#~ "(Sending non-local mails)\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>可信本地网络:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "来自这些网络的客户机可以使用您的邮件服务器进行邮件转接。\n"
-#~ "(发送非本地邮件)\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Require SASL Authentication:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "If set to true, clients must authenticate to use\n"
-#~ "the mail server for mail relaying. \n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>要求 SASL 身份验证:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "如果设置为真,客户机必须身份验证才能使用\n"
-#~ "该邮件服务器进行邮件转接。\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Local Delivery Type</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n"
-#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n"
-#~ "protocol, choose <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>. \n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>本地投递类型</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "在此框架中,选择本地邮件投递方法。\n"
-#~ "为使客户机能够通过 POP 协议或 IMAP 协议连接到您的邮件服务器,\n"
-#~ "请选择 <b>Cyrus IMAP</p>。\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Depending on the local delivery method, you have\n"
-#~ "different possibilities of settings.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>根据本地投递方法,\n"
-#~ "设置也不同。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n"
-#~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>邮件提取日程安排器</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "如果您在因特网提供商的网络上有邮箱,则可以定期\n"
-#~ "在指定的时间间隔通过连接因特网来提取邮件。\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Note: If you have not defined any local delivery type, you cannot\n"
-#~ "define mail fetching jobs.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>注意:如果未定义任何本地投递类型,则不能\n"
-#~ "定义邮件提取任务。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Mail Server Domains</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Here, define the domains for which your mail server considers itself \n"
-#~ "the final destination.\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>邮件服务器域</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "在此,定义您的邮件服务器认为其本身\n"
-#~ "是最终目的地的域。\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n"
-#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n"
-#~ "concerning the mail server.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>注意:您可以使用 YaST DNS 服务器模块创建\n"
-#~ "并设置域。在此模块中,只能设置与该邮件服务器\n"
-#~ "相关的属性。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "You can define virtual and local domains. In virtual domains, only users\n"
-#~ "assigned an email address in the domain can receive emails.\n"
-#~ "In local domains, all users can get emails. Assign virtual email \n"
-#~ "addresses in the YaST user module.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>类型:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "您可以定义虚拟域和本地域。在虚拟域中,只有在该域中为其指派了\n"
-#~ "邮件地址的用户才能接收邮件。\n"
-#~ "在本地域中,所有用户都能收到邮件。在 YaST 用户模块中\n"
-#~ "指派虚拟邮件地址。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "The server uses &TLS."
-#~ msgstr "服务器使用 &TLS。"
-
-#~ msgid "Global Settings"
-#~ msgstr "全局设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Local Delivery"
-#~ msgstr "本地投递"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Transports"
-#~ msgstr "邮件传输"
-
-#~ msgid "Mailserver Prevention"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器预防"
-
-#~ msgid "Mailserver Relaying"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器转接"
-
-#~ msgid "Fetching Mail"
-#~ msgstr "正在提取邮件"
-
-#~ msgid "Mailserver Domains"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器域"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading the Mail Server Settings"
-#~ msgstr "正在读取邮件服务器设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Read mail server global settings"
-#~ msgstr "读取邮件服务器全局设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Read mail server transports"
-#~ msgstr "读取邮件服务器传输"
-
-#~ msgid "Read mail server prevention settings"
-#~ msgstr "读取邮件服务器预防设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Read mail server relaying settings"
-#~ msgstr "读取邮件服务器转接设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Read mail server local delivery settings"
-#~ msgstr "读取邮件服务器本地投递设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Read mail fetching jobs"
-#~ msgstr "读取邮件提取任务"
-
-#~ msgid "Read mail server domains"
-#~ msgstr "读取邮件服务器域"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading mail server global settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取邮件服务器全局设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading mail server transports..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取邮件服务器传输..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading mail server prevention settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取邮件服务器预防设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading mail server relaying settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取邮件服务器转接设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading mail server local delivery settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取邮件服务器本地投递设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading mail fetching jobs..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取邮件提取任务..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading mail server domains..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取邮件服务器域..."
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server global settings."
-#~ msgstr "无法读取邮件服务器全局设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot read mail server transports."
-#~ msgstr "无法读取邮件服务器传输。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot read mail server preventions."
-#~ msgstr "无法读取邮件服务器预防设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server relay settings."
-#~ msgstr "无法读取邮件服务器转接设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server local delivery settings."
-#~ msgstr "无法读取邮件服务器本地投递设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server fetching jobs."
-#~ msgstr "无法读取邮件服务器提取任务。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server domains."
-#~ msgstr "无法读取邮件服务器域。"
-
-#~ msgid "Saving Mail Server Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "正在保存邮件服务器配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Write mail server global settings"
-#~ msgstr "写入邮件服务器全局设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Write mail server local delivery settings"
-#~ msgstr "写入邮件服务器本地投递设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Write mail server transports"
-#~ msgstr "写入邮件服务器传输"
-
-#~ msgid "Write mail server prevention settings"
-#~ msgstr "写入邮件服务器预防设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Write mail server relaying settings"
-#~ msgstr "写入邮件服务器转接设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Write mail fetching jobs"
-#~ msgstr "写入邮件提取任务"
-
-#~ msgid "Write mail server domains"
-#~ msgstr "写入邮件服务器域"
-
-#~ msgid "Writing mail server global settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入邮件服务器全局设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Writing mail server local delivery settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入邮件服务器本地投递设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Writing mail server transports..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入邮件服务器传输..."
-
-#~ msgid "Writing mail server prevention settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入邮件服务器预防设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Writing mail server relaying settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入邮件服务器转接设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Writing mail fetching jobs..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入邮件提取任务..."
-
-#~ msgid "Writing mail server domains..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入邮件服务器域..."
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server global settings."
-#~ msgstr "无法写入邮件服务器全局设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server local delivery settings."
-#~ msgstr "无法写入邮件服务器本地投递设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot write mail server transports."
-#~ msgstr "无法写入邮件服务器传输。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot write mail server preventions."
-#~ msgstr "无法写入邮件服务器预防设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server relay settings."
-#~ msgstr "无法写入邮件服务器转接设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server fetching jobs."
-#~ msgstr "无法写入邮件服务器提取任务。"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server domains."
-#~ msgstr "无法写入邮件服务器域。"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration summary ..."
-#~ msgstr "配置摘要..."
-
-#~ msgid "Change E-Mail"
-#~ msgstr "更改电子邮件"
-
-#~ msgid "&E-Mail Address:"
-#~ msgstr "电子邮件地址(&E):"
-
-#~ msgid "Invalid e-mail format."
-#~ msgstr "电子邮件的格式无效。"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user .</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>在此对话框中,您可以对某一用户的邮件设置进行配置。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>首先您可以为该用户设置邮件地址和别名。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n"
-#~ " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>如果您为邮件的本地投递选择了\"cyrus\",则可以设置用户邮箱的大小限制。\n"
-#~ " 如果您不设置任何值,则邮箱大小将没有限制。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "E-Mail Addresses "
-#~ msgstr "电子邮件地址 "
-
-#~ msgid "IMAP Quota"
-#~ msgstr "IMAP 配额"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable IMAP Quota"
-#~ msgstr "启用 IMAP 配额"
-
-#~ msgid "in kByte"
-#~ msgstr "以 KB 为单位"
-
-#~ msgid "IMAP quota already in use: %1 kByte"
-#~ msgstr "已在使用的 IMAP 配额:%1 KB"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Settings"
-#~ msgstr "邮件设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Entry already exists."
-#~ msgstr "条目已存在。"
-
-#~ msgid "Forwarding E-Mail Addresses "
-#~ msgstr "转发电子邮件地址"
-
-#~ msgid "Delivery of group Mails"
-#~ msgstr "组邮件的投递"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable Delivery to the Members"
-#~ msgstr "启用投递给成员"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable Shared Folder"
-#~ msgstr "启用共享文件夹"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Settings for the group:"
-#~ msgstr "组的邮件设置:"
-
-#~ msgid "User Mail Attributes"
-#~ msgstr "用户邮件属性"
-
-#~ msgid "Edit user mail parameters"
-#~ msgstr "编辑用户邮件参数"
-
-#~ msgid "Edit group mail parameters"
-#~ msgstr "编辑组邮件参数"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The attribute '%s' is required for this object according\n"
-#~ "to its LDAP configuration, but it is currently empty."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "根据此对象的 LDAP 配置,它必须具有属性\"%s\",\n"
-#~ "但此属性当前为空。"
-
-#~ msgid "Run the mail server module first."
-#~ msgstr "先运行邮件服务器模块。"
-
-#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig"
-#~ msgstr "正在运行 SuSEconfig"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>设定邮件服务器配置</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "请稍候... <br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "E-Mail Server Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Server to Configure"
-#~ msgstr "要配置的邮件服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Mail Server Overview"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器概述"
-
-#~ msgid "Number"
-#~ msgstr "编号"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n"
-#~ "a fixed format to be readable by YaST2. For details, see\n"
-#~ "%2"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "读取文件 %1 时出错。文件必须采用\n"
-#~ "可由 YaST2 读取的固定格式。有关细节,请参见\n"
-#~ "%2"
-
-#~ msgid "Choose LDAP/CA settings"
-#~ msgstr "选择 LDAP/CA 设置"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Set up/Configure LDAP server and CA management"
-#~ msgstr "配置 LDAP 服务器和 CA 管理"
-
-#~ msgid "Choosing LDAP/CA settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在选择 LDAP/CA 设置..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Setting up /Configuring LDAP server and CA management..."
-#~ msgstr "正在配置 LDAP 服务器和 CA 管理..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Administrator Authorization</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "To use the YaST2 mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n"
-#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services.<br>\n"
-#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too.<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>管理员授权</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "要使用 YaST2 邮件服务器部件,您的系统必须使用 LDAP\n"
-#~ "作为用户帐号和组帐号以及 DNS 服务的仓库。<br>\n"
-#~ "某些邮件服务器设置也将存储在 LDAP 仓库中。<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus scanner engine. \n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>启动病毒扫描程序 AMAVIS:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "如果您启动病毒扫描程序 AMAVIS,请不要忘记安装病毒扫描器引擎。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Trusted Local Networks:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Clients from these networks can use your mail server for mail relaying. \n"
-#~ "(Sending non-local mails)\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>可信本地网络:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "来自这些网络的客户机可以使用您的邮件服务器进行邮件转接。\n"
-#~ "(发送非本地邮件)\n"
-#~ "<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST2 \n"
-#~ "DNS server module. In this module, you only can set the properties\n"
-#~ "concerning the mail server.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>注意:您可以使用 YaST2\"DNS 服务器\"模块创建\n"
-#~ "并设置域。在此模块中,只能设置与该邮件服务器\n"
-#~ "相关的属性。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Type:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "You can define virtual and local domains. In virtual domains, only users\n"
-#~ "assigned a mail address in the domain can receive mail.\n"
-#~ "In local domains, all user can get mails. Assign virtual mail \n"
-#~ "addresses in the YaST2 user module.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>类型:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "您可以定义虚拟域和本地域。在虚拟域中,只有在该域中为其指派了\n"
-#~ "邮件地址的用户才能接收邮件。\n"
-#~ "在本地域中,所有用户都能收到邮件。在 YaST2 用户模块中\n"
-#~ "指派虚拟邮件地址。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Warning:</b><p>\n"
-#~ "Most home users can use the built-in \n"
-#~ "features of their e-mail application to send and\n"
-#~ "receive e-mail. They do not need this module.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B>注意:</B><BR>\n"
-#~ "大部分家庭用户可以使用电子邮件\n"
-#~ "应用程序的内置功能发送和收取邮件。\n"
-#~ "他们不需要此模块。</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the <b>Standard</b> type."
-#~ msgstr "正在运行的邮件服务器配置基于<b>标准</b>类型。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "It is possible to change to <b>Advanced</b> settings. This will overwrite all existing settings."
-#~ msgstr "可以改变为<b>高级</b>,此操作将覆盖所有已有设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the <b>Advanced</b> type."
-#~ msgstr "正在运行的邮件服务器配置基于<b>高级</b>类型。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "It is possible to change to <b>Standard</b> settings. This will overwrite all existing settings."
-#~ msgstr "可以改变为<b>标准</b>,此操作将覆盖所有已有设置。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "YaST2 can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n"
-#~ "but neither of them is installed."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "YaST2 只能配置 Postfix 和 Sendmail,\n"
-#~ "但这两者都没有安装。"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>procmail</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>递送方式</b>通常是 <b>procmail</b>,除非不转发 root 用户的邮件或要通过 IMAP 来访问邮件。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "This will corrupt your actual configuration."
-#~ msgstr "这将损坏您的实际配置。"
-
-#~ msgid "To secure your system we suggest to create certificates for the LDAP and Mail Server."
-#~ msgstr "为了保证您系统的安全,我们建议为 LDAP 和邮件服务器创建证书。"
-
-#~ msgid "Now we will start the LDAP configuration."
-#~ msgstr "现在我们将开始配置 LDAP。"
-
-#~ msgid "Email Server Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "邮件服务器配置"
Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/migration.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/migration.zh_CN.po (rev 0)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/migration.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: migration\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-13 10:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
+#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Migration Finished"
+msgstr "迁移已完成"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage
+#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes."
+msgstr "系统将立即重启动以激活更改。"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart
+#. the system immediately
+#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "&Restart Now"
+msgstr "立即重启动(&R)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog)
+#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible.</b>"
+msgstr "<p>单击<b>完成</b>将关闭迁移,您应尽快重启动系统。</b>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration,
+#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page
+#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101
+msgid ""
+"<h2>Congratulations!</h2><br>\n"
+"<p>You have just successfully finished the on-line migration.<br>\n"
+"The system has been upgraded, it should be restarted\n"
+"as soon as possible to activate the changes.</p>\n"
+"<p>Please visit us at %s.</p>\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"<p>Have a lot of fun!</p>\n"
+"<p> \n"
+"Your SUSE Development Team</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<h2>祝贺您!</h2><br>\n"
+"<p>您已成功完成联机迁移。<br>\n"
+"系统已升级,请尽快\n"
+"重启动已激活更改。</p>\n"
+"<p>请访问我们的网站 %s。</p>\n"
+"<br>\n"
+"<p>祝您使用愉快!</p>\n"
+"<p> \n"
+"SUSE 开发团队</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now
+#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169
+msgid ""
+"There are some online updates available to installation,\n"
+"it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to install the updates now?"
+msgstr ""
+"有一些可安装的联机更新。\n"
+"建议安装所有更新后再继续。\n"
+"\n"
+"是否要立即安装更新?"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed
+#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored
+#. from a snapshot or backup
+#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216
+msgid ""
+"The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n"
+"likely in an inconsistent state.\n"
+"\n"
+"We strongly recommend to rollback to a snapshot created before the\n"
+"migration was started (via selecting the snapshot in the boot menu\n"
+"if you use snapper) or restore the system from a backup."
+msgstr ""
+"迁移到新服务包失败。\n"
+"系统很可能处于不一致的状态中。\n"
+"\n"
+"强烈建议您回滚到开始迁移之前所创建的快照\n"
+"(如果您使用了快照程序,则可通过选择引导菜单中的快照来实现此操作)\n"
+"或从备份恢复系统。"
+
+#. create a filesystem snapshot
+#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post)
+#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users
+#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed
+#. only for "post" type snapshots)
+#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed)
+#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277
+msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot."
+msgstr "无法创建文件系统快照。"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83
+msgid "Migration Summary"
+msgstr "迁移摘要"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85
+msgid "&Migration Summary"
+msgstr "迁移摘要(&M)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal
+#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152
+msgid "Warning: Repository <b>%{name}</b> is obsolete and should be excluded from migration.<br>It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (Disable</a>)"
+msgstr "警告:储存库 <b>%{name}</b> 已过时,应从迁移范围中排除。<br>强烈建议您禁用此储存库。(禁用</a>)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190
+msgid "<p>This is an overview of the product migration.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>这是产品迁移的概览。</p>\n"
+
+#. @return [String] translated headline
+#. to get the _() method
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34
+msgid "Migration proposal"
+msgstr "迁移建议"
+
+#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with
+#. list of modules
+#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all
+#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients
+#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To start online migration, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"要开始联机迁移,请按<b>下一步</b>。\n"
+"</p>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/multipath.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/multipath.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/multipath.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,29 +1,23 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: multipath\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-03 00:21+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module
#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of multipath"
-msgstr "多路径配置"
+msgstr "多路径的配置"
#. Multipath summary dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -46,7 +40,7 @@
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148
msgid "Item"
-msgstr "项"
+msgstr "项目"
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148
@@ -60,7 +54,7 @@
#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults..
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143
msgid "Defaults"
-msgstr "默认"
+msgstr "默认值"
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166
msgid "Devices"
@@ -68,7 +62,7 @@
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171
msgid "vendor"
-msgstr "制造商"
+msgstr "供应商"
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171
msgid "product"
@@ -85,11 +79,11 @@
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955
msgid "wwid"
-msgstr "万维标识符"
+msgstr "wwid"
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215
msgid "Configure Defaults"
-msgstr "配置默认"
+msgstr "配置默认值"
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216
msgid "Configure Devices"
@@ -122,14 +116,14 @@
#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258
msgid "Illegal parameters:\n"
-msgstr "非法的参数:\n"
+msgstr "非法参数:\n"
#. duplicated configuraton checking
#. duplicated configuraton checking
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329
msgid "Duplicated configuration."
-msgstr "冗余配置。"
+msgstr "重复配置。"
#. used for store undecided input
#. used for store undecided input
@@ -156,16 +150,16 @@
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943
msgid "item"
-msgstr "项"
+msgstr "项目"
#. duplicated configuraton checking
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343
msgid "Duplicated configuration"
-msgstr "冗余配置"
+msgstr "配置重复"
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607
msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath"
-msgstr "未找到 /sbin/multipath"
+msgstr "找不到 /sbin/multipath"
#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647
@@ -174,11 +168,11 @@
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653
msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd."
-msgstr "* 无法启用多路径后台服务。"
+msgstr "* 无法启用 multipathd。"
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663
msgid "* Cannot start multipathd."
-msgstr "* 无法启动多路经后台服务。"
+msgstr "* 无法启动 multipathd。"
#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd");
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683
@@ -191,7 +185,7 @@
#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699
msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd."
-msgstr "* 无法禁用多路经后台服务。"
+msgstr "* 无法禁用 multipathd。"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36
@@ -225,14 +219,14 @@
"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>多路径状态</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t启动或停止多路经后台服务,检查多路径信息。<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t启动或停止 multipathd,检查多路径信息。<br><br>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<b><big>停止/启动多路经后台服务</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t点击<b>\"使用多路径\"</b> 来启动多路经后台服务。点击<b>\"不使用多路径\"</b>来停止多路经后台服务。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t多路径状态信息在多路经后台服务停止时仍可显示。<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b><big>停止/启动 Multipathd</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t单击<b>“使用多路径”</b>可启动 multipathd。单击<b>“不使用多路径”</b>可停止 multipathd。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t当 multipathd 已停止时,多路径状态信息仍可显示。<br><br>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t\t<b><big>配置多路径</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t点击<b>配置</b>标签来制作多路径配置。<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t单击<b>配置</b>选项卡可进行多路径配置。<br></p>\n"
#. dialog help for Configure tab
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56
@@ -252,18 +246,18 @@
"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t在此可以配置全部 /etc/multipath.conf 中的内容。配置文件有四个部分:\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>多路径</b>,<b>默认</b>,<b>黑名单</b>,<b>黑名单例外</b>,<b>设备</b>。<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>多路径:</b> 最好最精密的多路径设置列表。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>默认:</b> 多路径工具的默认设置。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t点击<b>\"配置默认\"</b>按钮来配置默认设置。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>黑名单:</b> 被抛弃不作为多路径候选的设备名列表。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t点击<b>\"配置黑名单\"</b>按钮来配置黑名单设置。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>黑名单例外:</b> 从黑名单中排除的设备名列表。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t点击<b>\"配置黑名单例外\"</b>按钮来配置黑名单例外设置。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>设备:</b> 每个存储的控制器设置列表。会覆盖默认设置,也可被每个多路径设置覆盖。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t点击 <b>\"配置设备\"</b>按钮来配置设备设置。<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t点击 <b>\"完成\"</b>按钮来保存和更新配置。<br><br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t在此可以配置 /etc/multipath.conf 中的全部内容。配置文件有四个部分:\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>、<b>defaults</b>、<b>blacklist</b>、<b>blacklist_exception</b>、<b>devices</b>。<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>多路径s:</b>最精密的多路径设置列表。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>默认值:</b>多路径工具的默认设置。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t单击<b>配置默认值</b>按钮可配置默认设置。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>黑名单:</b>不将其作为多路径候选的设备名称列表。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t单击<b>配置黑名单</b>按钮可配置黑名单设置。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>黑名单例外:</b>从黑名单中排除的设备名称列表。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t单击<b>配置黑名单例外</b>按钮可配置黑名单例外设置。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>设备:</b>每个储存的控制器设置列表。会覆盖默认设置,也可被每个多路径设置覆盖。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t单击 <b>配置设备</b>按钮可配置设备设置。<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t单击<b>完成</b>按钮可保存和更新配置。<br><br></p>\n"
#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72
@@ -273,10 +267,10 @@
"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n"
"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>默认配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t可以在此配置和清除全局默认设置。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t任何此处的默认设置都可在全部多路径配置中生效,除非一个相应的本地设置覆盖了它。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t若清除了此处的默认设置,多路径将使用它自身的值作为默认设置。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>默认值配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t可在此配置和清除全局默认设置。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t此处的任意默认设置都将在所有多路径配置中生效,除非对应的局部设置重写它。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t如果此处的默认设置已清除,多路径将取其自身值作为默认设置。<br></p>\n"
#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3
#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79
@@ -290,11 +284,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>黑名单配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t列示在此的设备名将被抛弃,不作为多路径候选。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t有三种方法来识别一个设备名:<b>万维标识符</b>,<b>dev 节点</b>,<b>设备</b>。<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>万维标识符</b>:识别黑名单中设备的万维 ID。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>dev 节点</b>:在此可用正则表达式来识别 udev_dir (默认为 /dev 文件夹) 中的设备名。 常用的设备名有 cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>设备</b>:用于识别黑名单中特定的存储控制器。设备可由制造商和产品名来识别。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t可丢弃此处所列的设备名,不将其作为多路径候选。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t标识设备名的方法有三种:<b>wwid</b>、<b>devnode</b> 和 <b>device</b>。<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>:标识黑名单中的设备的全球 ID。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>:可在此用于标识 udev_dir(目录 /dev 中的默认值)中的设备名的正则表达式。常用设备名为 cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw 和 loop。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>:用于标识黑名单中的特定储存控制器。设备可由供应商和产品名来指定。<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3
@@ -309,11 +303,11 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>黑名单例外配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t列示在此的设备名将从黑名单中排除。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t有三种方法来识别一个设备名:<b>万维标识符</b>,<b>dev 节点</b>,<b>设备</b>。<br><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>万维标识符</b>:识别从黑名单中排除的设备的万维标识符。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>dev 节点</b>:在此可用正则表达式来识别 udev_dir (默认为 /dev 文件夹) 中的设备名。 常用的设备名有 cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t<b>设备</b>:用于识别从黑名单中排除的特定存储控制器。设备可由制造商和产品名来识别。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t此处所列的设备名会从黑名单中排除。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t标识设备名的方法有三种:<b>wwid</b>、<b>devnode</b> 和 <b>device</b>。<br><br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>:标识排除在黑名单之外的设备的全球 ID。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>:可在此用于标识 udev_dir(目录 /dev 中的默认值)中的设备名的正则表达式。常用设备名为 cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw 和 loop。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t<b>device</b>:用于标识排除在黑名单之外的特定储存控制器。设备可由供应商和产品名指定。<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3
@@ -324,8 +318,8 @@
"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>设备配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"\t\t\t每个存储的控制器设置都列示于此,它们会覆盖默认设置并被单个多路径设置覆盖。<br>\n"
-"\t\t\t每个设备都由<b>制造商</b>和<b>产品</b>名识别。<br></p>\n"
+"\t\t\t每个储存的控制器设置都列在此处,它们会覆盖默认设置,也可被单个多路径设置覆盖。<br>\n"
+"\t\t\t每个设备都通过<b>供应商</b>和<b>产品</b>名称识别。<br></p>\n"
#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words.
#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it.
@@ -348,7 +342,7 @@
#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171
#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396
msgid "illegal value"
-msgstr "非法值"
+msgstr "值非法"
#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674
msgid "should be greater than 0"
@@ -356,7 +350,7 @@
#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737
msgid "invalid decimal integer"
-msgstr "无效十进制整数"
+msgstr "十进制整数无效"
#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118
#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278
@@ -371,23 +365,23 @@
#. prepare for loading built-in configurations
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98
msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration."
-msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的多路径部分。"
+msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的 multipath 部分。"
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106
msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration."
-msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的默认部分。"
+msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的 defaults 部分。"
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114
msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration."
-msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的黑名单部分。"
+msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的 blacklist 部分。"
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122
msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration."
-msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的黑名单例外部分。"
+msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的 blacklist_exceptions 部分。"
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132
msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration."
-msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的设备部分。"
+msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的 devices 部分。"
#. Multipath read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145
@@ -434,7 +428,7 @@
#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible)
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
-msgstr "无法安装所需的软件包。"
+msgstr "无法安装所需的包。"
#. Error message
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233
@@ -454,7 +448,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2/3
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266
msgid "Restart multipathd"
-msgstr "重启多路经后台服务"
+msgstr "重启动 multipathd"
#. Progress step 1/2
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270
@@ -464,7 +458,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/2
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272
msgid "Restarting multipathd..."
-msgstr "正在重启多路经后台服务..."
+msgstr "正在重启动 multipathd..."
#. write settings
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284
@@ -474,25 +468,8 @@
#. restart multipathd
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299
msgid "Restarting multipathd failed."
-msgstr "重启多路经后台服务失败。"
+msgstr "重启动 multipathd 失败。"
#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432
msgid "Ignore your modification?"
-msgstr "忽略您的修改吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "* Cannot enable boot.multipath."
-#~ msgstr "* 无法启用 boot.multipath。"
-
-#~ msgid "* Cannot disable boot.multipath."
-#~ msgstr "* 无法禁用 boot.multipath。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Cannot install required packages"
-#~ msgstr "无法安装所需的包。"
-
-#~ msgid "Duplicated configuraton"
-#~ msgstr "重复的配置"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "illgal value"
-#~ msgstr "新语言值"
+msgstr "是否忽略您的修改?"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses-pkg.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,41 +1,33 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007, 2008.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: packages\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-27 21:11+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
#. headline of package versions popup
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:990
msgid "Package Versions"
-msgstr "软件包版本"
+msgstr "包版本"
#. text above of list of all package versions
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:992
msgid "List of all available package versions:"
-msgstr "列出全部可用软件包版本:"
+msgstr "所有可用包版本的列表:"
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1105
msgid "&Packages with Status"
-msgstr "具有状态的软件包(&P)"
+msgstr "具有状态的包(&P)"
#. headline - packages with automatic status change
#. headline of a popup with packages
@@ -48,21 +40,21 @@
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes (it's a label; text continous)
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1282 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:596
msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following"
-msgstr "除了您手选的软件包,还更改了以下"
+msgstr "除手动选择外,以下"
#. text part2 of popup with automatic changes
#. text part1 of popup with automatic changes continous
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1284 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:603
msgid "packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
-msgstr "个软件包以解决依赖关系:"
+msgstr "包已更改以解决依赖性:"
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307
msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system."
-msgstr "您可选择强行安装,但有可能损坏系统。"
+msgstr "可以选择任意方式进行安装,但可能会有系统损坏的风险。"
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308
msgid "&Continue anyway"
-msgstr "强行继续(&C)"
+msgstr "仍然继续(&C)"
#. headline of a popup showing the package license
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1502
@@ -101,12 +93,12 @@
#: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1747
msgid "C&onfiguration"
-msgstr "配置(&C)"
+msgstr "配置(&O)"
#. fill seclection box
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:74
msgid "Recommended"
-msgstr "推荐"
+msgstr "建议"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:77
msgid "Suggested"
@@ -118,23 +110,23 @@
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:83
msgid "Unneeded"
-msgstr "不再需要"
+msgstr "不需要"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203
msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package."
-msgstr "这是一个有用软件包的列表。若被一个新安装软件包推荐,它们将被附加安装。"
+msgstr "这是一些实用包的列表。如果新安装的包推荐安装这些包,将会另外安装它们。"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207
msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user."
-msgstr "推荐安装这些软件包,因为它们适合已安装的软件包。是否安装它们由用户决定。"
+msgstr "建议安装这些包,因为它们适合已安装的包。是否安装它们由用户决定。"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211
msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible."
-msgstr "解析器检测到这些软件包背后没有软件源,即无法更新。"
+msgstr "解析程序检测到这些包没有储存库,也就是说,它们无法更新。"
#: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215
msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer."
-msgstr "这些软件包可能不再需要了,因为之前的依赖关系不再适用了。"
+msgstr "这些包可能不再需要了,因为之前的依赖性不再适用。"
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65
msgid "Delete"
@@ -150,7 +142,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:71
msgid "Taboo"
-msgstr "禁手"
+msgstr "禁止"
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:73
msgid "Protected"
@@ -158,7 +150,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:75
msgid "Keep"
-msgstr "保留"
+msgstr "保留 "
#: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:77
msgid "Do not install"
@@ -168,12 +160,12 @@
#: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178
#, c-format
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale"
-msgstr "<b>%s</b> 区域的翻译、词典和其它语言相关文件"
+msgstr "<b>%s</b> 区域设置的翻译、词典和其他语言相关文件"
#. the label of the selections
#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:326
msgid "Patterns"
-msgstr "软件集"
+msgstr "模式"
#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:71
msgid "Languages"
@@ -185,7 +177,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:77
msgid "Repositories"
-msgstr "软件源"
+msgstr "储存库"
#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:80
msgid "Search"
@@ -197,22 +189,21 @@
#: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:87
msgid "Package Classification"
-msgstr "软件包分类"
+msgstr "包分类"
#: src/NCPkgFilterPattern.cc:183
#, c-format
msgid "%d of %d package installed"
msgid_plural "%d of %d packages installed"
-msgstr[0] "已安装 %d 个软件包共 %d 个"
-msgstr[1] "已安装 %d 个软件包共 %d 个"
+msgstr[0] "已安装 %d 个包(共 %d 个)"
#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:196
msgid "<b>@System</b>: local RPM database"
-msgstr "<b>本地系统</b>:本地 RPM 数据库"
+msgstr "<b>@System</b>:本地 RPM 数据库"
#: src/NCPkgFilterRepo.cc:199
msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b>"
-msgstr "<b>软件源 URL:</b>"
+msgstr "<b>储存库 URL:</b>"
#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:126
msgid "&Ignore Case"
@@ -228,7 +219,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:135
msgid "Begins with"
-msgstr "开始为"
+msgstr "开头是"
#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:136
msgid "Exact Match"
@@ -240,7 +231,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:138
msgid "Use RegExp"
-msgstr "使用正则表达式"
+msgstr "使用 RegExp"
#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:241
msgid "Searching..."
@@ -250,44 +241,44 @@
#. entered for package search isn't correct
#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:262
msgid "Query Error:"
-msgstr "查询出错:"
+msgstr "查询错误:"
#: src/NCPkgFilterSearch.cc:275
#, c-format
msgid "%d packages found"
-msgstr "找到 %d 个软件包"
+msgstr "找到 %d 个包"
#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well
#. formated menu (the [ ]s should be in one column) and use unique hotkeys until end:
#. begin: Actions menu, toggle the status of a package, e.g. change from installed to delete
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:72
msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]"
-msgstr "切换(&T) [空格]"
+msgstr "转换(&T) [空格]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:73
msgid "&Install [+]"
-msgstr "安装(&I) [+]"
+msgstr "安装(&I) [+]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:74
msgid "&Delete [-]"
-msgstr "删除(&D) [-]"
+msgstr "删除(&D) [-]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:75
msgid "&Update [>]"
-msgstr "更新(&U) [>]"
+msgstr "更新(&U) [>]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:76
msgid "Ta&boo [!]"
-msgstr "禁手(&B) [!]"
+msgstr "禁止(&B) [!]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:77
msgid "&Lock [*]"
-msgstr "锁定(&L) [*]"
+msgstr "锁定(&L) [*]"
#. end: Actions menu, set status of all packages (title of a submenu)
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:79
msgid "&All Listed Packages"
-msgstr "全部列出的软件包(&A)"
+msgstr "所有列出包(&A)"
#. begin: submenu items actions concerning all packages
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:90
@@ -300,16 +291,16 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:92
msgid "&Keep All"
-msgstr "全部保留(&K)"
+msgstr "保留全部(&K)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:93
msgid "U&pdate All Unconditionally"
-msgstr "全部无条件更新(&P)"
+msgstr "无条件全部更新(&P)"
#. end: submenu items: actions concerning all packages
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:95
msgid "&Update If Newer Version Available"
-msgstr "若有较新版本则更新(&U)"
+msgstr "如有较新版本可用则更新(&U)"
#. YOU mode
#. Please note: add an appropriate number of whitespaces to get a well
@@ -317,39 +308,39 @@
#. begin: Online Update Actions menu
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:103
msgid "&Toggle [SPACE]"
-msgstr "切换(&T) [空格]"
+msgstr "转换(&T) [空格]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:104
msgid "&Install [+]"
-msgstr "安装(&I) [+]"
+msgstr "安装(&I) [+]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:105
msgid "&Do Not Install [-]"
-msgstr "不安装(&D) [-]"
+msgstr "不安装(&D) [-]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuAction.cc:106
msgid "&Lock or Taboo [!]"
-msgstr "锁定或禁手(&L) [!]"
+msgstr "锁定或禁止(&L) [!]"
#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:81
msgid "Launch &Repository Manager"
-msgstr "启动软件源管理器(&R)"
+msgstr "启动储存库管理器(&R)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:82
msgid "Launch &Online Update Configuration"
-msgstr "启动在线更新配置(&O)"
+msgstr "启动联机更新配置(&O)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:83
msgid "&Action after Package Installation"
-msgstr "安装软件包后的动作(&A)"
+msgstr "安装包后的操作(&A)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:92
msgid "&Restart Package Manager"
-msgstr "重启软件包管理器(&R)"
+msgstr "重启动包管理器(&R)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:93
msgid "&Close Package Manager"
-msgstr "关闭软件包管理器(&C)"
+msgstr "关闭包管理器(&C)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuConfig.cc:94
msgid "&Show Summary"
@@ -357,11 +348,11 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:84
msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check"
-msgstr "自动检查依赖关系(&A)"
+msgstr "自动检查依赖性(&A)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:88
msgid "&Check Dependencies Now"
-msgstr "立即检查依赖关系(&C)"
+msgstr "立即检查依赖性(&C)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:91
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
@@ -373,59 +364,59 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:98
msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
-msgstr "安装推荐的软件包(&R)"
+msgstr "安装推荐的包(&R)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:102
msgid "&Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages Now"
-msgstr "立即安装已安装软件包的推荐软件包(&I)"
+msgstr "立即为已安装的包安装推荐的包(&I)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105
msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)"
-msgstr "删除软件包时清理(&C) (临时修改)"
+msgstr "删除包时清理(&C)(临时更改)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109
msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)"
-msgstr "允许变更厂商(&A) (临时修改)"
+msgstr "允许变更厂商(&A)(临时更改)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113
msgid "&Generate Dependency Solver Testcase"
-msgstr "生成依赖关系解决器试例(&G)"
+msgstr "生成依赖性解析程序测试用例(&G)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:169
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
-msgstr "全部软件包依赖关系都满足。"
+msgstr "所有包依赖性都正确。"
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:194
msgid "Being recommended by already installed packages, the following"
-msgstr "被已安装软件包推荐,以下"
+msgstr "根据已安装包的推荐,以下"
#. part 2 of the text
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:196 src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:293
msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:"
-msgstr "个软件包已被自动选中并将被安装:"
+msgstr "包已被自动选中进行安装:"
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:226
msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to "
-msgstr "已将依赖关系解决器试例写入到"
+msgstr "依赖性解析程序测试用例将写入"
#. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:291
msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following"
-msgstr "为满足已安装软件包的依赖关系,"
+msgstr "为满足已安装包的依赖性要求,"
#. dependencies OK, no automatic changes/the user has accepted the changes
#: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:305
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
-msgstr "系统依赖关系校验成功。"
+msgstr "系统依赖性校验通过。"
#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:78
msgid "&Export Package List to File"
-msgstr "导出软件包列表到文件(&E)"
+msgstr "导出包列表到文件(&E)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:81
msgid "&Import Package List from File"
-msgstr "从文件导入软件包列表(&I)"
+msgstr "从文件导入包列表(&I)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:84
msgid "&Show Available Disk Space"
@@ -433,31 +424,31 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:191
msgid "Export List of All Packages and Patterns to File"
-msgstr "将全部软件包和软件集列表导出到文件"
+msgstr "将所有包和模式的列表导出到文件"
#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:224
msgid "Error exporting list of packages and patterns to "
-msgstr "将软件包和软件集列表导出到以下文件时出错"
+msgstr "将包和模式的列表导出到以下文件时出错"
#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:246
msgid "Import List of All Packages and Patterns from File"
-msgstr "从文件导入全部软件包和软件集列表"
+msgstr "从文件导入所有包和模式的列表"
#: src/NCPkgMenuExtras.cc:310
msgid "Error importing list of packages and patterns from "
-msgstr "从以下文件导入软件包和软件集列表时出错"
+msgstr "从以下文件导入包和模式的列表时出错"
#. menu items of the filter menu for patches - keep them short
#. and use unique hotkeys from begin: to end:
#. begin:
#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:72
msgid "&Needed Patches"
-msgstr "需要的补丁(&N)"
+msgstr "需要的增补程序(&N)"
#. _( "Re&levant Patches" )
#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:74
msgid "&Installed Patches"
-msgstr "已安装补丁(&I)"
+msgstr "已安装增补程序(&I)"
#. _( "&Satisfied Patches" ) );
#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:76
@@ -466,7 +457,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:77
msgid "&Security"
-msgstr "安全(&S)"
+msgstr "安全性(&S)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:78
msgid "&Optional"
@@ -474,7 +465,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:79
msgid "&All Patches"
-msgstr "全部补丁(&A)"
+msgstr "所有增补程序(&A)"
#. end:
#: src/NCPkgMenuFilter.cc:81
@@ -487,7 +478,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:74
msgid "&Package Status and Symbols"
-msgstr "软件包状态和符号(&P)"
+msgstr "包状态和符号(&P)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:77
msgid "&How to Use the Filters"
@@ -495,11 +486,11 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:80
msgid "&Useful Functions in Menu"
-msgstr "菜单中好用的功能(&U)"
+msgstr "有用的菜单功能(&U)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuHelp.cc:84
msgid "&Patch Status and Patch Installation"
-msgstr "补丁状态和安装(&P)"
+msgstr "增补程序状态和安装(&P)"
#. begin: menu items of the view (package information) menu
#. please note: use unique hotkeys until end:
@@ -509,11 +500,11 @@
#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:72
msgid "&Package Description"
-msgstr "软件包描述(&P)"
+msgstr "包说明(&P)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:73
msgid "Package &Versions"
-msgstr "软件包版本(&V)"
+msgstr "包版本(&V)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:74
msgid "&File List"
@@ -523,18 +514,18 @@
#. menu entry 1 - all about pkg dependencies
#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:76 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:57
msgid "&Dependencies"
-msgstr "依赖关系(&D)"
+msgstr "依赖性(&D)"
#. menu items of the patch view menu - keep them short and
#. use unique hotkeys from begin: to end:
#. begin:
#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:91
msgid "&Long Description"
-msgstr "详尽描述(&L)"
+msgstr "详细说明(&L)"
#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:92
msgid "&Package List"
-msgstr "软件包列表(&P)"
+msgstr "包列表(&P)"
#. end: menu items of the view menu
#: src/NCPkgMenuView.cc:94
@@ -544,23 +535,23 @@
#. name of the source package
#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:216
msgid "Source Package: "
-msgstr "源代码包:"
+msgstr "源包:"
#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257
msgid "<i>This information is available for installed packages only.</i>"
-msgstr "<i>已安装的软件包才有此信息。</i>"
+msgstr "<i>已安装的包才会显示此信息。</i>"
#: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429
msgid "References:<br>"
-msgstr "参考:<br>"
+msgstr "参照:<br>"
#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:75
msgid "Search for Patches"
-msgstr "搜索补丁"
+msgstr "搜索增补程序"
#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:124
msgid "Name of the Patch"
-msgstr "补丁名称"
+msgstr "增补程序名称"
#. column header package description (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgPatchSearch.cc:126 src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:64
@@ -576,18 +567,18 @@
#. the list containing the solutions of a dependency problem
#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:190
msgid "Possible &Solutions"
-msgstr "潜在解决方案(&S)"
+msgstr "可能的解决方法(&S)"
#. hint for the user: more information below
#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:357
msgid " see below"
-msgstr " 见下"
+msgstr " 请参见以下内容"
#. hint for the user: there isn't any additional information
#. (for the currently selected solution of a dependency problem)
#: src/NCPkgPopupDeps.cc:542
msgid "No further solution details available"
-msgstr "没有更进一步的解决方案细节"
+msgstr "未提供进一步的解决方案细节"
#. a help line for the dependency popup
#: src/NCPkgPopupDescr.cc:128
@@ -604,7 +595,7 @@
#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:62
msgid "Name of the Package"
-msgstr "软件包名称"
+msgstr "包名称"
#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:66
msgid "Keywords"
@@ -612,20 +603,20 @@
#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:68
msgid "Description (time-consuming)"
-msgstr "描述(费时)"
+msgstr "说明(耗时)"
#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:70
msgid "Provides"
-msgstr "提供"
+msgstr "提供内容"
#: src/NCPkgSearchSettings.cc:72
msgid "Required by"
-msgstr "被需要"
+msgstr "需要用于"
#. menu entry 2 - display different kinds of info on pkgs
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:64
msgid "&View"
-msgstr "视图(&V)"
+msgstr "查看(&V)"
#. menu entry 3 - miscellaneous stuff
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:71
@@ -640,17 +631,17 @@
#. All installed Packages
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:86
msgid "Installed Packages"
-msgstr "已安装软件包"
+msgstr "已安装的包"
#. Label under the pkg table - pkg name follows
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:93
msgid "Package: "
-msgstr "软件包:"
+msgstr "包:"
#. Actions on pkgs (install, remove,..)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:100
msgid "A&ctions"
-msgstr "动作(&C)"
+msgstr "操作(&C)"
#. the headline of the help window
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:114
@@ -660,47 +651,47 @@
#. part1 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121
msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>欢迎使用软件包选择器</b></p><p>本工具将帮助您管理您系统上的软件。您可以安装、更新或者移除单一软件包、整个软件集 (服务于特定目的的一套软件包) 或语言。通常,在安装或移除任何东西时您都不需要关心软件包依赖关系 -- 解决器会帮您搞定。软件包选择器包括三个主要部分:<b>过滤器</b>、<b>软件包表</b>和<b>菜单</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>欢迎使用包选择器</b></p><p>这个工具将帮助您管理系统中的软件。您可以安装、更新或去除单个包、模式(一系列有特定用途的包)或语言。通常,无论是安装还是去除包,您都不需要关心包的依赖性问题,解析程序会自己解决。包选择器包括三个主要部分:<b>过滤器</b>、<b>包表</b>和<b>菜单</b>。</p>"
#. part of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129
msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>左边面板上的<b>过滤器</b>设计用于方便在大量软件包中定位。使用过滤器来只显示出自特定软件源或所选软件集中 (例如,游戏或 C/C++ 开发) 的软件包或搜索特定关键字。更多关于过滤器的信息可在<i>过滤器用法</i>中找到。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>左边面板上的<b>过滤器</b>用于轻松在大量包中定位。使用过滤器可以只显示特定储存库或所选模式(例如,游戏或 C/C++ 开发)中的包,或搜索特定关键字。更多关于过滤器的信息可在<i>过滤器用法</i>中找到。</p>"
#. additional help text for post installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136
msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>软件包表</b>是软件包选择器的主要部件。您将看到一个列表的匹配当前过滤规则 (例如,所选 RPM 组或者搜索结果) 的软件包。软件包表的每一行均分为几列:</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>包表</b>是包选择器的主要组件。您将看到一个与当前过滤器(例如,所选 RPM 组或者搜索结果)匹配的包列表。包表的每一行均分为几列:</p>"
#. part2 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143
msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>"
-msgstr "<ol><li>软件包状态 (更多信息见 <i>软件包状态和符号</i>)</li><li>软件包名称</li><li>软件包摘要</li><li>可用版本 (在已配置的软件源中)</li><li>已安装版本 (尚未安装则为空)</li><li>软件包大小</li></ol>"
+msgstr "<ol><li>包状态(更多信息见<i>包状态和符号</i>)</li><li>包名称</li><li>包摘要</li><li>可用版本(在已配置的储存库中)</li><li>已安装版本(如果是尚未安装的包,则为空)</li><li>包大小</li></ol>"
#. part3 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151
msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>表格下方的<b>动作</b>菜单可修改所选 (或列表中全部) 软件包的状态,例如,删除一个软件包或者选择安装一个额外的软件包。也可按菜单项中指定的键来更改状态 (软件包状态详情,参见<i>软件包状态和符号</i>)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>表下方的<b>操作</b>菜单可用来更改所选包(或列表中的所有包)的状态。例如,删除一个包或选择安装一个额外的包。也可直接按菜单项中指定的键来更改状态(有关包状态的细节,请参见<i>包状态和符号</i>)。</p>"
#. part4 of help text package installation
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158
msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>菜单</b>提供了同处理软件包依赖关系相关的功能。如显示软件包相关信息或执行像打开软件源编辑器等动作等。更多信息,请见<i>菜单中好用的功能</i>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>菜单</b>提供与处理包依赖性相关的功能。如显示包相关信息或执行诸如打开储存库编辑器之类的操作等。更多信息,请参见<i>有用的菜单功能</i>。</p>"
#. the headline of the help window
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165
msgid "Package Status and Symbols"
-msgstr "软件包状态和符号"
+msgstr "包状态和符号"
#. part 1 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172
msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>可用<i>动作</i>菜单或菜单项中指定的按键修改软件包状态。例如,用 '+' 安装一个额外的软件包。</p><p>\"禁手\" 状态意味着永远不应安装该软件包。反之,\"锁定\" 状态意味着应总是保持某软件包已安装的版本。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您可以使用<i>操作</i>菜单或菜单项中指定的按键更改包状态。例如,用“+”安装一个额外的包。</p><p>“禁止”状态意味着永远不应安装该包。反之,“锁定”状态意味着应永远保留某个包的已安装版本。</p>"
#. part 2 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179
msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>"
-msgstr "<p>您也可用<b>回车</b>或者<b>空格</b>来切换软件包状态。<i>动作</i>菜单也允许您修改列表中全部软件包的状态 (选择 \"全部列出的软件包\")。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您也可用<b>回车</b>或者<b>空格</b>按键来切换包状态。<i>操作</i>菜单也可用来更改列表中所有包的状态(选择“所有列出包”)。</p>"
#. part 3 of help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185
@@ -710,80 +701,80 @@
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192
msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b> + </b>:将安装软件包</p><p><b>a+ </b>:将自动安装软件包</p><p><b> > </b>:将更新软件包</p><p><b>a> </b>:将自动更新软件包</p><p><b> i </b>:已安装软件包</p><p><b> - </b>:将删除软件包</p><p><b>---</b>:永不安装此软件包 (禁手)</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b> + </b>:包将安装</p><p><b>a+ </b>:包将自动安装</p><p><b> > </b>:包将更新</p><p><b>a> </b>:包将自动更新</p><p><b> i </b>:包已安装</p><p><b> - </b>:包将删除</p><p><b>---</b>:不安装此包(禁止)</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199
msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b>:保留已安装版本且永不更新或删除 (锁定软件包)</p><p>软件集和语言状态信息:</p><p><b> i</b>:已满足此软件集/语言的全部需求</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>-i-</b>:保留已安装版本且永不更新或删除(锁定包)</p><p>模式和语言的状态信息:</p><p><b>i</b>:已满足此模式/语言的全部需求</p>"
#. label for an error popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206
msgid "How to Use Filters"
-msgstr "过滤器用法"
+msgstr "如何使用过滤器"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213
msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>过滤器</b>允许您根据所选条件过滤全部可用软件包。软件包过滤器基于软件包属性 (软件源、RPM 组)、软件包「容器」(软件集、语言)、软件包分类或搜索结果。从下拉列表中选择中意的过滤器。特种过滤器描述见下。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>过滤器</b>可用于根据所选准则过滤全部可用包。包过滤器基于包属性(储存库、RPM 组)、包“容器”(模式、语言)、包分类或搜索结果工作。请从下拉菜单中选择所需过滤器。特定过滤器描述见下。</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220
msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>软件集</b>描述了某系统应拥有的特性和功能 (例如,X 服务器或控制台工具)。每个软件集都囊括了一系列其需要的软件包 (必须有)、推荐的软件包 (应该有) 和建议的软件包 (可以有)。若您选择安装、更新或删除软件集,会运行解决器并相应变更从属软件包的状态。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>模式</b>描述了某系统应拥有的特性和功能(例如,X 服务器或控制台工具)。每个模式都囊括了一系列其需要的包(必须有)、推荐的包(应该有)和建议的包(可以有)。若您选择安装、更新或删除某个模式,解析程序将会运行并相应更改从属包的状态。</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227
msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>语言</b>是非常像软件集的软件包容器。它们囊括了一种所选语言的翻译、字典和其它语言相关文件软件包。<b>RPM 组</b>不是可以安装的软件包容器。相反,某特定 RPM 组的成员资格是软件包自身的一项属性。RPM 组是分层结构 (树形) 的。<b>软件源</b>过滤器显示了来自特定软件源的软件包。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>语言</b>是非常像模式的包容器。它们囊括了一种所选语言的翻译、字典和其他语言相关文件的包。<b>RPM 组</b>不是可以安装的包容器。相反,某特定 RPM 组中的成员资格是包自身的一项属性。RPM 组具有分层结构(树形)。<b>储存库</b>过滤器显示来自特定储存库的包。</p>"
#. help text package search
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234
msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要使用<b>搜索</b>过滤器,请输入关键字 (或一部分关键字) 开始软件包搜索。例如,使用 \"3d\" 表达式来搜索全部 3D 软件包。您也可搜索软件包描述、RPM 提供、或 RPM 需要,只需选择恰当的复选框并点击 '搜索' 按钮即可。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要使用<b>搜索</b>过滤器,请输入关键字(或一部分关键字)开始搜索包。例如,使用“3d”表达式来搜索全部的 3D 包。您也可搜索包描述、RPM 提供的项、或 RPM 需要的项,只需选择恰当的复选框并单击“搜索”按钮即可。</p>"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241
msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>安装摘要</b>呈现了在此会话中状态发生改变的软件包的概览 (例如,标记安装或移除),这些改变可以是用户指定的,也可以是解决器自动做出的。<b>软件包分类</b>过滤器提供了关于<i>推荐</i>、<i>建议</i>、<i>孤立</i>和<i>不再需要</i>的软件包的信息。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>安装摘要</b>呈现了在此会话中状态发生改变的包的概览(例如,标记为待安装或去除),这些改变可以是用户指定的,也可以是解析程序自动做出的。<b>包分类</b>过滤器提供关于<i>推荐</i>、<i>建议</i>、<i>孤立</i>和<i>不需要</i>的包的信息。</p>"
#. label for an error popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248
msgid "Useful Functions in Menu"
-msgstr "菜单中好用的功能"
+msgstr "有用的菜单功能"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254
msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>依赖关系:</b><br>这个菜单提供了许多与软件包依赖关系处理有关的动作。默认情况下,每次状态变化都将检查软件包依赖关系。有软件包冲突将在一个对话框中通知您,并提出可能的冲突解决方案。要解决冲突,可选择其提供的一种解决方案并按 '好 -- 重试'。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>依赖性:</b><br>这个菜单提供了许多与处理包依赖性有关的操作。默认情况下,每次状态变化都将检查包依赖性。如有包冲突,系统将会显示对话框通知您,并提出可能的冲突解决方案。要解决冲突,可选择所提供的一种解决方案并按“确定 -- 重试”。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260
msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要禁用每次状态变化时的依赖关系检查,可切换<i>自动依赖关系检查</i>为关。您可选择<i>立即检查依赖关系</i>手动检查依赖关系。<i>校验系统</i>项将检查已安装软件包的依赖关系并无交互地解决冲突,有必要时会标记并自动安装缺失的软件包。调试请用<i>生成依赖关系解决器试例</i>。这将转储软件包依赖关系数据到 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> 文件夹。当您在 Bugzilla 上被要求提供 \"解决器试例\" 时,这通常就是您需要的。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>>要禁止对每一次状态更改都进行依赖性检查,请关闭<i>自动检查依赖性</i>。在这种情况下,可通过选中<i>立即检查依赖性</i>来手动检查依赖性。<i>校验系统</i>菜单项将检查已安装包的依赖性,并以非交互的模式来解决冲突,如果需要,会将缺少的包标记为自动安装。如果要进行调试,可以使用<i>生成依赖性解析程序测试用例</i>。它会将包依赖性数据转储到 <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt> 目录中。当您在 Bugzilla 中被要求提供“解析程序测试用例”时,通常需要用到该数据。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267
msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>依赖关系检查的可用选项有:<br><i>自动检查依赖关系</i> (见上),<i>安装推荐软件包</i>:若为开,将尊重弱依赖关系,<i>系统校验模式</i>:修复已安装软件包的依赖关系并立即解决。请注意:在使用<i>立即校验系统</i>检查完系统后,<i>系统校验模式</i>选项将是开着的 (若需要请反选该选项)。这些选项保存在 YaST 配置文件 <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> 中。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>依赖性检查的可用选项为:<br><i>自动检查依赖性</i>(请参见上文);<i>安装推荐的包</i>:如果为“打开”状态,将遵循弱依赖性;<i>系统校验模式</i>:修复已安装包的依赖性并立即解决。请注意:在使用<i>立即校验系统</i>检查系统后,<i>系统校验模式</i>选项会处于“打开”状态(如果需要,请取消选中该选项)。这些选项保存在 YaST 配置文件 <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt> 中。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279
msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>高级选项:<br><i>删除软件包时清理</i>:移除无用的依赖软件包。<i>允许变更厂商</i>:软件包厂商可以和已安装软件包的厂商不同。这些选项将不会被保存,它们只可以在软件包库的配置文件 <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt> 中设置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>高级选项:<br><i>删除包时清理</i>:去除不使用的依赖包。<i>允许变更厂商</i>:包厂商可以和已安装包的厂商不同。系统不会保存这些选项,它们只能在包库的配置文件 <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt> 中设置。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285
msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>视图:</b><br>选择软件包表下方窗口将显示所选软件包的哪些信息。可用选项有:软件包描述、技术数据 (版本、大小、许可等)、软件包版本 (全部可用版本)、文件列表 (该软件包携带的全部文件) 和依赖关系 (提供、需要等)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>视图:</b><br>选择在包表下方的窗口显示所选包的哪些信息。可用选项有:包描述、技术数据(版本、大小、许可证等)、包版本(全部可用版本)、文件列表(该包所包含的全部文件)和依赖性(提供的项、需要的项等)。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291
msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>配置:</b><br>该菜单整合了软件包选择器与余下的软件包管理工具。在此,您可<b>启动软件源管理器</b> 并编辑已配置的软件源或注册到更新源并配置定时下载可用更新 (<b>启动在线更新配置</b>)。您也可在<b>安装软件包后的动作</b>菜单中从三个可行的软件包选择器退出行为中挑选一个。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>配置:</b><br>该菜单将包选择器与其余包管理工具进行了集成。在此,您可<b>启动储存库管理器</b>、编辑已配置的储存库,或注册到储存库并配置可用更新定时下载(<b>启动联机更新配置</b>)。您也可在<b>安装包后的操作</b>菜单中,从包选择器退出时的三个可能行为中挑选一个。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296
msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>额外:</b><br>杂项功能放在这里。<i>导出软件包列表到文件</b>将转储已安装软件包、软件集和语言的数据到一个指定的 XML 文件。该文件稍后可被例如其它计算机上的<i>从文件导入软件包列表</b>选项读取。它将使得目标计算机的软件包序列与提供的 XML 文件中描述的状态相同。<i>显示可用磁盘空间</i>将显示一个弹出表格,表格显示了当前挂载分区的磁盘使用率和空闲磁盘空间。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>额外:</b><br>其他功能都在此处。<i>导出包列表到文件</i>会将有关已安装的包、模式和语言的数据转储到指定 XML 文件中。之后,可在另一计算机(举例来说)上通过<i>从文件导入包列表</i>选项来读取该文件。它将按提供的 XML 文件所述设置目标计算机上的包组的状态。<i>显示可用磁盘空间</i>将显示一个弹出表,显示当前已装入的分区的磁盘使用量和可用空间。</p>"
#. label of a frame with search settings
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:304
msgid "&Search in "
-msgstr "搜索位置(&S)"
+msgstr "搜索范围(&S)"
#. begin: text/labels for search popups (use unique hotkeys until the end:)
#. text for the package search popup
@@ -816,7 +807,7 @@
#. column header - repository of the package (e.g. openSUSE 10.3)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:366
msgid "Repository"
-msgstr "软件源"
+msgstr "储存库"
#. column header available package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:373
@@ -826,7 +817,7 @@
#. column header installed package version (keep it short - use abbreviation!)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:380
msgid "Inst. Vers."
-msgstr "已安装版本"
+msgstr "已安装的版本"
#. column header package size (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:395
@@ -836,7 +827,7 @@
#. column header package architecture (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:402
msgid "Architecture"
-msgstr "架构"
+msgstr "体系结构"
#. column header patch kind (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:409
@@ -861,7 +852,7 @@
#. the headline of the disk space popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:435
msgid "Disk Usage Overview"
-msgstr "磁盘使用率概览"
+msgstr "磁盘使用概述"
#. column header name of the partition (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:442
@@ -871,17 +862,17 @@
#. column header used disk space (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:449
msgid "Used"
-msgstr "已用空间"
+msgstr "已用"
#. column header free disk space (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:456
msgid "Free"
-msgstr "空闲空间"
+msgstr "可用"
#. column header total disk space (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:463
msgid "Total"
-msgstr "总空间"
+msgstr "总大小"
#.
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:470
@@ -926,17 +917,17 @@
#. part of the package description
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:526
msgid "<b>License: </b>"
-msgstr "<b>许可:</b>"
+msgstr "<b>许可证:</b>"
#. part of the package description
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:533
msgid "<b>Media No.: </b>"
-msgstr "<b>介质编号:</b>"
+msgstr "<b>媒体编号:</b>"
#. part of the package description
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:540
msgid "<b>Package Group: </b>"
-msgstr "<b>软件包分组:</b>"
+msgstr "<b>包组:</b>"
#. part of the package description
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:547
@@ -951,7 +942,7 @@
#. part of the package description
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:561
msgid "<b>Prerequires: </b>"
-msgstr "<b>前提条件:</b>"
+msgstr "<b>必备软件:</b>"
#. part of the package description
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:569
@@ -961,42 +952,42 @@
#. headline for a list of installed files
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:576
msgid "<i>List of Installed Files:</i><br>"
-msgstr "<i>已安装文件列表:</i><br>"
+msgstr "<i>已安装文件的列表:</i><br>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:582
msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for "
-msgstr "翻译、词典和其它语言相关文件,用于:"
+msgstr "以下项的翻译、词典和其他语言相关文件 "
#. the headline of the help popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:610
msgid "Patch Status and Patch Installation"
-msgstr "补丁状态和安装"
+msgstr "增补程序状态和安装"
#. help text online udpate
#. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text.
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618
msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>关于补丁的常规信息:</p><p><b>安全</b>类的补丁解决安装问题,我们强烈推荐安装之。您也应该安装<b>推荐</b>类补丁,它们通常包含重要的故障修复。若您对新功能感兴趣也可以安装<b>功能</b>类补丁。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>关于增补程序的常规信息:</p><p><b>安全</b>类的增补程序用于解决安全问题,强烈建议您安装。您还应该安装<b>推荐</b>类增补程序,它们通常包含重要的错误修复。若您对新功能感兴趣,也可以安装<b>功能</b>类增补程序。</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625
msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>总是会首先安装用于 \"libzypp\" (软件包、补丁、软件集和产品管理) 的补丁。其它补丁必须在第二轮才能安装。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>用于“libzypp”(包、增补程序、模式和产品管理)的增补程序总是最先安装。其他增补程序必须在其后安装。</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632
msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>状态旗标含义:</p><p><b>a+</b>:与您的系统有关的补丁是预选的。它们将被下载并安装在您的系统上。若不想要某个特定补丁,可用 '-' 反选。</p><p><b>i</b>:已满足此补丁的全部需求。</p><p><b>+</b>:您已选择安装此补丁。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>状态旗标含义:</p><p><b>a+</b>:与您的安装相关的增补程序已预先选定。它们会被下载并安装到您的系统上。如果不想安装某个特定增补程序,可用“-”将其取消选择。</p><p><b>i</b>:已满足此增补程序的全部需求。</p><p><b>+</b>:您已选择安装此增补程序。</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639
msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>更多关于状态的细节:<br>若有好几个适用于某个软件包 (或一系列软件包) 但尚未应用到系统的补丁,它们全都会被预选并标记状态为 <b>a+</b>。若使用 '-' 反选了一个补丁,其之后可能会显示为 <b>i</b> 状态。这是由于仍然选择中着其它与相同软件包有关的补丁。仍会安装该软件包的新版本,这个补丁还是会被打上。若不想要补丁则需要反选全部补丁。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>更多关于状态的细节:<br>如果有数个增补程序与某个包(或一系列包)相关但尚未应用到系统,它们全部被预先选定并标记为 <b>a+</b> 状态。如果用“-”取消选择其中某个增补程序,之后它可能会显示为 <b>i</b> 状态。这是由于其他与该包相关的增补程序仍处于选中状态,系统将安装较新版本的包,如此便满足此增补程序的需求。如果所有增补程序都不需要,请将它们全部取消选择。</p>"
#. help text online udpate continue
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646
msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>菜单:</p><p><b>过滤器</b>菜单允许过滤补丁,例如显示 '已安装' 的补丁或列出 '安全' 类补丁。它也提供了补丁搜索功能。<br>可使用<b>动作</b>菜单修改补丁状态。<br><b>视图</b>菜单可以查看补丁将补缀哪些软件包。请注意:若将过滤器调为 '全部补丁',某些补丁的软件包列表可能为空。这意味着没有软件包会被补缀,因为需补缀的软件包都没装在系统上。<br><b>依赖关系</b>菜单收录了依赖关系检查和 '生成解决器试例' 项。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>菜单:</p><p><b>过滤器</b>菜单可用于过滤增补程序,例如显示“已安装”的增补程序或列出“安全”类增补程序。它也提供了增补程序搜索功能。<br>使用<b>操作</b>菜单可更改增补程序的状态。<br><b>视图</b>菜单可用于查看增补程序与哪些包相关。请注意:如果过滤器是“所有增补程序”,某些增补程序的包列表可能为空。这意味着没有包与之关联,因为增补程序关联的包都未安装在系统上。<br><b>依赖性</b>菜单包含依赖性检查和“生成解析程序测试用例”菜单项。</p>"
#. label for a warning popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:655
@@ -1016,12 +1007,12 @@
#. the label of an OK button
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:677
msgid "&OK"
-msgstr "好(&O)"
+msgstr "确定(&O)"
#. begin: the label of the Contiunue button
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:684
msgid "C&ontinue"
-msgstr "继续(&o)"
+msgstr "继续(&O)"
#. the label of the Yes button
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:698
@@ -1037,12 +1028,12 @@
#. has to make some action (#213602)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:720
msgid "&OK -- Try Again"
-msgstr "好 -- 重试(&O)"
+msgstr "确定(&O) -- 重试"
#. text for a Notify popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728
msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>"
-msgstr "<p>将丢失软件包、补丁或软件集选集中的全部修改。<br>真的退出吗?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>所有包、增补程序或模式选择更改都将丢失。<br>确实要退出吗?</p>"
#. the label of language table
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:736
@@ -1052,7 +1043,7 @@
#. the label of language table
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:743
msgid "Available Repositories"
-msgstr "可用软件源"
+msgstr "可用的储存库"
#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max 25 chars!
#. (the list shows all patches which are needed)
@@ -1060,23 +1051,23 @@
#. static const std::string value = _( "Relevant Patches" );
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:753
msgid "Needed Patches"
-msgstr "需要的补丁"
+msgstr "需要的增补程序"
#. A label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
#. (the list shows all patches which are already installed)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:761
msgid "Installed Patches"
-msgstr "已安装补丁"
+msgstr "已安装增补程序"
#. A common label for a list of YOU Patches - keep it short - max. 25 chars!
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:769
msgid "Online Update Patches"
-msgstr "在线更新补丁"
+msgstr "联机更新增补程序"
#. the label Filter: Update Problem ( keep it short - max. 25 chars )
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:776
msgid "Update Problem -- see help"
-msgstr "更新问题 -- 参见帮助"
+msgstr "更新问题 -- 请参见帮助"
#. the label for Filter: Search results
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783
@@ -1086,17 +1077,17 @@
#. the headline of the dependency popup
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790
msgid "Package Dependencies"
-msgstr "软件包依赖关系"
+msgstr "包依赖性"
#. help text package status
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797
msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>"
-msgstr "<b>更新问题列表</b><br><p>无法自动更新列表中的软件包。</p><p>可能原因:</p><p>其它软件包淘汰了它们。</p><p>在任何安装介质上都没有可更新的较新版本。</p><p>它们是第三方软件包。</p><p>请手动选择要对这些包执行的动作。最安全的做法是将它们删除。</p>"
+msgstr "<b>更新问题列表</b><br><p>无法自动更新列表中的包。</p><p>可能的原因:</p><p>其他包已不再使用它们。</p><p>在任何安装媒体上都没有可供更新的较新版本。</p><p>它们是第三方包</p><p>请手动选择要对这些包执行的操作。最安全的操作是将它们删除。</p>"
#. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!)
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:804
msgid "Source"
-msgstr "源代码"
+msgstr "源"
#. menu entry Update List
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:812
@@ -1106,12 +1097,12 @@
#. part of the patch description
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:819
msgid "<b>Patch: </b>"
-msgstr "<b>补丁:</b>"
+msgstr "<b>增补程序:</b>"
#. info line is shown if YOU patch list is empty
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:826
msgid "No patches available"
-msgstr "无可用补丁"
+msgstr "无可用的增补程序"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:832
msgid "Script"
@@ -1119,116 +1110,16 @@
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:838
msgid "Incompatible Package Versions"
-msgstr "不兼容的软件包版本"
+msgstr "不兼容的包版本"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845
msgid "<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>您正试图同时安装此软件包的可多版本并存版本和不可多版本并存版本。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您正在尝试同时安装此包具有多版本功能和不具有多版本功能的两个版本。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854
msgid "<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>此版本是可多版本并存的。</p><p>按 \"继续\" 安装此版本并反选不可多版本并存的版本,\"取消\" 反选此版本并保留另一个。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>此版本具有多版本功能。</p><p>按“继续”会安装此版本并取消选择不具有多版本功能的版本,按“取消”会取消选择此版本而保留另一个版本。</p>"
#: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864
msgid "<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>"
-msgstr "<p>此版本不是可多版本并存的。</p><p>请按 \"继续\" 只安装此版本并反选全部其它版本,\"取消\" 反选此版本并保留其它版本。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option <b>Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages</b> from <b>Dependencies</b> menu has to be set."
-#~ msgstr "这是一个有用软件包的列表。若新安装的软件包推荐了它们,则将附加安装它们。要获得已安装软件包推荐的软件包,需设置<b>依赖关系</b>菜单下的<b>安装已安装软件包的推荐软件包</b>选项。"
-
-#~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----"
-#~ msgstr "----- 此补丁已损坏!!! -----"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>\"推荐\"类型意味着您应安装该补丁。\"安全\"类型意味着该补丁是系统安全补丁,强烈推荐安装。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web"
-#~ msgstr "在线搜索软件包(&W)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Unneeded Patches"
-#~ msgstr "不需要的补丁(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "Requires"
-#~ msgstr "需要"
-
-#~ msgid "&Technical data"
-#~ msgstr "技术数据(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "The meaning of the status flags:"
-#~ msgstr "状态标志的含义:"
-
-#~ msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check [ ]"
-#~ msgstr "自动检查依赖性(&A) [ ]"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "S&tart Repository Manager"
-#~ msgstr "启动安装源管理器"
-
-#~ msgid "Online Update Help"
-#~ msgstr "联机更新帮助"
-
-#~ msgid "T&aboo [!]"
-#~ msgstr "禁止(&A) [!]"
-
-#~ msgid "Export Package List to File"
-#~ msgstr "导出软件包列表到文件"
-
-#~ msgid "Import Package List from File"
-#~ msgstr "从文件导入软件包列表"
-
-#~ msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check [x]"
-#~ msgstr "自动检查依赖性(&A) [x]"
-
-#~ msgid "&Automatic Dependency Check [ ]"
-#~ msgstr "自动检查依赖性(&A) [ ]"
-
-#~ msgid "Check Dependencies Now"
-#~ msgstr "立即检查依赖性"
-
-#~ msgid "Verify System"
-#~ msgstr "校验系统"
-
-#~ msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
-#~ msgstr "生成依赖性解析程序测试用例(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "Package Description"
-#~ msgstr "软件包描述"
-
-#~ msgid "Technical Data"
-#~ msgstr "技术数据"
-
-#~ msgid "File List"
-#~ msgstr "文件列表"
-
-#~ msgid "Dependencies"
-#~ msgstr "依赖关系"
-
-#~ msgid "&Install [+]"
-#~ msgstr "安装(&I) [+]"
-
-#~ msgid "All &Packages List"
-#~ msgstr "所有包的列表(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Install All"
-#~ msgstr "全部安装"
-
-#~ msgid "Delete All"
-#~ msgstr "全部删除"
-
-#~ msgid "Keep All"
-#~ msgstr "全部保持"
-
-#~ msgid "Update All Unconditionally"
-#~ msgstr "无条件全部更新"
-
-#~ msgid "Update If Newer Version Available"
-#~ msgstr "如有新版本就更新"
-
-#~ msgid "&Search"
-#~ msgstr "搜索(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid " S&earch in "
-#~ msgstr " 搜索位置(&E) "
-
-#~ msgid "Technical data"
-#~ msgstr "技术数据"
+msgstr "<p>此版本没有多版本功能。</p><p>按“继续”只会安装此版本并取消选择所有其他版本,按“取消”会取消选择此版本并保留其他版本。<p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ncurses.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,45 +1,40 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-19 15:00+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. label for text field showing the selected dir
#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:84 src/NCAskForFile.cc:126
msgid "Selected Directory:"
-msgstr "所选文件夹:"
+msgstr "所选目录:"
#. label for checkbox
#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:92 src/NCAskForFile.cc:134
msgid "&Detailed View"
-msgstr "细节视图(&D)"
+msgstr "详细视图(&D)"
#. column header name of diretcory
#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:98 src/NCFileSelection.cc:666
#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:675 src/NCFileSelection.cc:686
msgid "Directory Name"
-msgstr "文件夹名称"
+msgstr "目录名"
#. stretchable = true
#. add the OK button
#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:114 src/NCAskForFile.cc:195
msgid "&OK"
-msgstr "好(&O)"
+msgstr "确定(&O)"
#. add the Cancel button
#: src/NCAskForDirectory.cc:121 src/NCAskForFile.cc:202
@@ -48,7 +43,7 @@
#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:143
msgid "Directory name"
-msgstr "文件夹名称"
+msgstr "目录名"
#. column header name of the file
#: src/NCAskForFile.cc:155 src/NCFileSelection.cc:434
@@ -85,18 +80,3 @@
#: src/NCFileSelection.cc:451 src/NCFileSelection.cc:678
msgid "Group"
msgstr "组"
-
-#~ msgid "Press F1 for Help"
-#~ msgstr "按 F1 获取帮助"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> again to get further help or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>再次按 <b>F1</b> 获取进一步帮助,或按 <b>ESC</b> 关闭此对话框。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>F1</b> or <b>ESC</b> to close this dialog.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>按 <b>F1</b> 或 <b>ESC</b> 关闭此对话框。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Text Mode Navigation"
-#~ msgstr "文本模式导航"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Function key bindings:</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>功能键绑定:</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/network.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/network.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/network.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,28 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007, 2008.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-02 22:27+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Commandline help title
#: src/clients/dns.rb:63
@@ -45,7 +35,7 @@
#: src/clients/dns.rb:89
msgid "Used machine hostname"
-msgstr "所用计算机主机名"
+msgstr "使用的计算机的主机名"
#: src/clients/dns.rb:94
msgid "IP address of first nameserver."
@@ -69,19 +59,19 @@
#. fail message: a string is expected
#: src/clients/dns.rb:186
msgid "InvalidHostname. "
-msgstr "无效主机名。"
+msgstr "无效主机名。 "
#: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208
msgid "Invalid IP. "
-msgstr "无效 IP。"
+msgstr "无效 IP 地址。 "
#: src/clients/dns.rb:223
msgid "Cannot set "
-msgstr "无法设置"
+msgstr "无法设置 "
#: src/clients/dns.rb:224
msgid ". Network is managed by NetworkManager."
-msgstr "。网络正由 NetworkManager 管理。"
+msgstr ". 网络由 NetworkManager 管理。"
#: src/clients/dns.rb:243
msgid "Invalid option value."
@@ -128,33 +118,31 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network"
-" attacks.\n"
-"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via"
-" dedicated\n"
+"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
+"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n"
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>防火墙和 SSH</big></b><br />\n"
"防火墙是保护您的计算机免受网络攻击的防御机制。\n"
-"SSH 是允许通过专用 SSH 客户端远程登入此计算机的服务。</p>"
+"SSH 是允许通过专用 SSH 客户端远程登录此计算机的服务。</p>"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled"
-" after\n"
+"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此您可以选择在安装后启用或禁用防火墙。推荐保持启用。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>您可以在此处选择安装后是启用还是\n"
+"禁用防火墙。建议保持启用状态。</p>"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
-"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for"
-" SSH\n"
-"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH"
-" service (i.e. it\n"
+"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
+"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
"will be started on computer boot).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若启用了防火墙,您可以决定是否为 SSH 服务打开防火墙端口并允许远程 SSH 登入。\n"
-"另外您也可以决定是否启用 SSH 服务(即,它将在计算机引导时启动)。</p>"
+"<p>在启用了防火墙的情况下,您可以决定是否为 SSH 服务打开\n"
+"防火墙端口并允许远程 SSH 登录。您也可以单独启用 SSH 服务(也就是说,\n"
+"它将在计算机引导时启动)。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211
@@ -163,26 +151,26 @@
"the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n"
"started by the installer automatically if needed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>您也可在防火墙上打开 VNC 端口。\n"
-"它不会启用运行中系统上的远程管理服务但如有需要服务可被安装程序自动启动。</p>"
+"<p>您也可在防火墙上打开 VNC 端口。它不会启用运行中系统上的\n"
+"远程管理服务,但如有需要,安装程序会自动启动服务。</p>"
#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog
#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing)
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Firewall will be enabled (disable</a>)"
-msgstr "将启用防火墙 (禁用</a>)"
+msgstr "将启用防火墙(禁用</a>)"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288
msgid "Firewall will be disabled (enable</a>)"
-msgstr "将禁用防火墙 (启用</a>)"
+msgstr "将禁用防火墙(启用</a>)"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294
msgid "SSH service will be enabled (disable</a>)"
-msgstr "将启用 SSH 服务 (禁用</a>)"
+msgstr "将启用 SSH 服务(禁用</a>)"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298
msgid "SSH service will be disabled (enable</a>)"
-msgstr "将禁用 SSH 服务 (启用</a>)"
+msgstr "将禁用 SSH 服务(启用</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315
@@ -192,27 +180,27 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: check-box label
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:329
msgid "Open &VNC Ports"
-msgstr "打开 &VNC 端口"
+msgstr "打开 VNC 端口(&V)"
#. Show VNC port only if installing over VNC
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:347
msgid "VNC ports will be open (close</a>)"
-msgstr "将打开 VNC 端口 (关闭</a>)"
+msgstr "将打开 VNC 端口(关闭</a>)"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:349
msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (open</a>)"
-msgstr "将屏蔽 VNC 端口 (打开</a>)"
+msgstr "将阻止 VNC 端口(打开</a>)"
#. Returns the SSH-port part of the firewall proposal description
#. Returns nil if this part should be skipped
#. @return [String] proposal html text
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:361
msgid "SSH port will be open (block</a>)"
-msgstr "将打开 SSH 端口 (屏蔽</a>)"
+msgstr "将打开 SSH 端口(阻止</a>)"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:363
msgid "SSH port will be blocked (open</a>)"
-msgstr "将屏蔽 SSH 端口 (打开</a>)"
+msgstr "将阻止 SSH 端口(打开</a>)"
#. Commandline help title
#. configuration of hosts
@@ -223,19 +211,19 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "主机配置摘要:"
#. Progress step 1/3
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107
msgid "Connecting to Internet..."
-msgstr "正在连接到互联网..."
+msgstr "正在连接到因特网..."
#. Progress step 2/3
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:109
msgid "Downloading the latest release notes..."
-msgstr "正在下载最新的版本资讯..."
+msgstr "正在下载最新的发行说明..."
#. Progress step 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:111
@@ -245,28 +233,34 @@
#. Test dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:239
msgid "Running Internet Connection Test"
-msgstr "正在运行互联网连接测试"
+msgstr "正在运行因特网连接测试"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>Here, view the progress of the\n"
"Internet connection test.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>在此查看互联网连接测试的进度。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>在此查看因特网\n"
+"连接测试的进度。</p>\n"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:246
msgid ""
"<p>The test can be aborted by pressing\n"
"<b>Abort Test</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>可以按<b>中止测试</b>来中止测试。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>可以按\n"
+"<b>中止测试</b>来中止测试。</p>\n"
#. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test"
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254
msgid ""
"<p>If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n"
"and correct the settings.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>若测试失败,请返回网络配置并修正设置。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果测试失败,请返回到网络配置\n"
+"并更正设置。</p>\n"
#. Label for result of internet test
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288
@@ -306,12 +300,12 @@
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:386
msgid "Kernel Routing Table"
-msgstr "内核路由表"
+msgstr "内核路由选择表"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406
msgid "Hostname Lookup"
-msgstr "主机名查询"
+msgstr "主机名查找"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426
@@ -321,7 +315,7 @@
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:576
msgid "Download of Release Notes"
-msgstr "下载版本资讯"
+msgstr "下载发行说明"
#. popup error message
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:719
@@ -329,13 +323,13 @@
"Cannot install downloaded release notes.\n"
"RPM signature check failed."
msgstr ""
-"无法安装下载好的版本资讯。\n"
+"无法安装下载的发行说明。\n"
"RPM 签名检查失败。"
#. popup error message
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:746
msgid "Installation of downloaded release notes failed."
-msgstr "安装下载好的版本资讯失败。"
+msgstr "安装下载的发行说明失败。"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782
@@ -349,14 +343,13 @@
"Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
-"连接到互联网失败。\n"
-"细节请查看日志。\n"
+"连接到因特网失败。有关细节,\n"
+"请查看日志。\n"
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
-msgid ""
-"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
-msgstr "未定义版本资讯的 URL。无法执行互联网测试。"
+msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
+msgstr "未定义发行说明的 URL。无法执行因特网测试。"
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
@@ -366,16 +359,15 @@
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
"\n"
"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n"
-"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network"
-" configuration,\n"
+"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n"
"click 'Cancel'.\n"
msgstr ""
-"由于服务器端错误,下载最新的版本资讯失败。\n"
+"由于服务器端错误,下载最新的版本说明失败。\n"
"这不一定意味着网络配置不正确。\n"
"\n"
-"继续下一个安装步骤,请点击 '继续'。要跳过\n"
+"要继续下面的安装步骤,请单击“继续”。要跳过\n"
"任何需要网络连接的步骤或者回到网络配置,\n"
-"请点击 '取消'。\n"
+"请单击“取消”。\n"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898
@@ -383,8 +375,8 @@
"Download of latest release notes failed. View\n"
"the logs for details."
msgstr ""
-"下载最新的版本资讯失败。\n"
-"细节请查看日志。"
+"下载最新发行说明失败。有关细节,\n"
+"请查看日志。"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945
@@ -397,8 +389,8 @@
"Check for latest updates failed. View\n"
"the logs for details.\n"
msgstr ""
-"检查最新的更新失败。\n"
-"细节请查看日志。\n"
+"检查最新的更新失败。有关细节,\n"
+"请查看日志。\n"
#. label of combobox where the log is selected
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980
@@ -421,7 +413,7 @@
#: src/clients/lan.rb:99
msgid "Change existing configuration"
-msgstr "修改已有配置"
+msgstr "更改现有配置"
#. Commandline command help
#: src/clients/lan.rb:107
@@ -431,12 +423,12 @@
#. Commandline option help
#: src/clients/lan.rb:117
msgid "List only configured cards"
-msgstr "只列出已配置的网卡"
+msgstr "只列出已配置的卡"
#. Commandline option help
#: src/clients/lan.rb:121
msgid "List only unconfigured cards"
-msgstr "只列出未配置的网卡"
+msgstr "只列出未配置的卡"
#. Commandline option help
#: src/clients/lan.rb:127
@@ -480,20 +472,20 @@
#. Commandline option help
#: src/clients/lan.rb:166
msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN"
-msgstr "虚拟局域网以太设备"
+msgstr "VLAN 的以太网设备"
#. Commandline option help
#: src/clients/lan.rb:171
msgid "Interfaces for Bridging"
-msgstr "桥接用接口"
+msgstr "桥接接口"
#. see bnc#498993
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
-msgstr "配置错误:未初始化的接口。"
+msgstr "配置错误:接口未初始化。"
#. translators: command line help for network module
#: src/clients/network.rb:60
@@ -505,7 +497,7 @@
"lan\t"
msgstr ""
"网络配置。\n"
-"这只是网络子模块的执行程序。\n"
+"这只是网络子模块的代理程序。\n"
"您可以运行这些网络模块:\n"
"\n"
"lan\t"
@@ -525,16 +517,18 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the available network modules to configure\n"
" the corresponding devices and press <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择一个可用网络模块配置相关设备并按<b>启动</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>选择用于配置相应设备的可用网络模块之一,\n"
+"然后按<b>起动</b>。</p>"
#. Selection box label
#: src/clients/network.rb:105
msgid "&Available Network Modules:"
-msgstr "可用网络模块(&A):"
+msgstr "可用的网络模块(&A):"
#: src/clients/network.rb:123
msgid "&Launch"
-msgstr "启动(&L)"
+msgstr "起动(&L)"
#. Commandline help title
#: src/clients/remote.rb:54
@@ -549,7 +543,7 @@
#. Commandline command help
#: src/clients/remote.rb:85
msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration"
-msgstr "请设为 \"yes\" 允许远程管理或 \"no\" 不允许远程管理"
+msgstr "设置为\"是\",允许远程管理,或为\"否\",不允许远程管理"
#. Command line output Headline
#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
@@ -561,7 +555,9 @@
msgid ""
"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n"
"or 'no' to disallow it."
-msgstr "请设为 'yes' 允许远程管理或 'no' 不允许远程管理。"
+msgstr ""
+"请设置为\"是\",允许远程管理,\n"
+"或设置为\"否\",不允许远程管理。"
#. RichText label
#: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:78
@@ -576,18 +572,18 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
-msgstr "路由配置"
+msgstr "路由选择配置"
#. FIXME
#: src/clients/routing.rb:64
msgid "Show complete routing table"
-msgstr "显示完整路由表"
+msgstr "显示完整的路由选择表"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:71
msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination"
-msgstr "显示所选目的地的路由表项"
+msgstr "显示所选目标的路由选择表条目"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:79
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding settings"
@@ -595,11 +591,11 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:87
msgid "IPv4 only forwarding settings"
-msgstr "IPv4 转发设置"
+msgstr "仅限 IPv4 转发设置"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:95
msgid "IPv6 only forwarding settings"
-msgstr "IPv6 转发设置"
+msgstr "仅限 Ipv6 转发设置"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:103
msgid "Add new route"
@@ -607,15 +603,15 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:111
msgid "Edit an existing route"
-msgstr "编辑已有路由"
+msgstr "编辑现有的路由"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:119
msgid "Delete an existing route"
-msgstr "删除已有路由"
+msgstr "删除现有的路由"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:130
msgid "Destination IP address"
-msgstr "目的地 IP 地址"
+msgstr "目标 IP 地址"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:132
msgid "Gateway IP address"
@@ -649,12 +645,12 @@
#. Frame label
#: src/clients/routing.rb:203 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:77
msgid "Routing Table"
-msgstr "路由表"
+msgstr "路由选择表"
#. Table header 1/4
#: src/clients/routing.rb:206 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:85
msgid "Destination"
-msgstr "目的地"
+msgstr "目标"
#. Table header 2/4
#: src/clients/routing.rb:207 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:87
@@ -683,7 +679,7 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377
#: src/clients/routing.rb:423
msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table"
-msgstr "路由表中无目的地 '%1' 项"
+msgstr "路由选择表中没有目标“%1”的条目"
#. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:261
@@ -711,7 +707,7 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:288
msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:"
-msgstr "IPv6 转发:"
+msgstr "IPV6 转发:"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:298
msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:"
@@ -723,37 +719,35 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
-msgstr "正在将目的地 '%1' 添加到路由表中..."
+msgstr "正在将“%1”目标添加到路由选择表中..."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:343
msgid "Destination IP address must be specified."
msgstr "必须指定目的地 IP 地址。"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
-msgid ""
-"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options)"
-" must be specified"
-msgstr "必须指定至少一个以下参数 (网关、网络掩码、设备、选项)"
+msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
+msgstr "必须至少指定以下参数(网关、网络掩码、设备、选项)之一"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
-msgstr "正在更新路由表中的目的地 '%1'..."
+msgstr "正在更新路由选择表中的“%1”目标..."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:415
msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..."
-msgstr "正在从路由表中删除目的地 '%1'..."
+msgstr "正从路由选择表中删除“%1”目标..."
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "警告:未使用加密。"
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
-msgstr "修改。"
+msgstr "更改。"
#. Table item
#. this is what used to be Virtual Interface
@@ -765,7 +759,7 @@
#. Summary text
#: src/include/network/complex.rb:171
msgid "Already Configured Devices:"
-msgstr "已配置设备:"
+msgstr "已配置的设备:"
#. Summary text
#: src/include/network/complex.rb:176
@@ -867,51 +861,51 @@
#. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider)
#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2"
-msgstr "已配置为 %1,服务提供商 %2"
+msgstr "用服务制造商 %2 设置为 %1"
#. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol)
#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333
msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)"
-msgstr "已配置为%1,服务提供商 %2 (协议 %3)"
+msgstr "用服务制造商%2设置为%1(协议%3)"
#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348
msgid "Configured without address (NONE)"
-msgstr "已配置为不带地址 (NONE)"
+msgstr "不配置地址 (NONE)"
#. Network card status
#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351
msgid "Configured without an address"
-msgstr "已配置为不带地址"
+msgstr "不配置地址"
#. Network card status (%1 is address)
#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355
msgid "Configured with address %1"
-msgstr "已配置为地址 %1"
+msgstr "配置为具有地址%1"
#. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address)
#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361
msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)"
-msgstr "已配置为地址 %1 (远程 %2)"
+msgstr "配置为地址%1(远程%2)"
#. Network card status (%1 is protocol)
#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369
msgid "Configured with %1"
-msgstr "已配置为 %1"
+msgstr "配置为%1"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address)
#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2"
-msgstr "已配置为 %1,地址 %2"
+msgstr "用地址 %2 设置为 %1 "
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address)
#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394
msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)"
-msgstr "已配置为 %1,地址 %2 (远程 %3)"
+msgstr "用地址 %2 配置为 %1 (远程 %3)"
#. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol)
#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403
msgid "Configured as %1 with %2"
-msgstr "已配置为 %1, %2"
+msgstr "用 %2 配置为 %1 "
#. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager"
#. ComboBox item
@@ -922,74 +916,86 @@
#. Heading text
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:59
msgid "Enter Provider Password"
-msgstr "请输入服务提供商密码"
+msgstr "输入服务提供商口令"
#. Steps dialog caption
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:121
msgid "Test Internet Connection"
-msgstr "测试互联网连接"
+msgstr "测试因特网连接"
#. Steps dialog caption 1/2
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>Here, validate the Internet connection just\n"
"configured. The test is entirely optional.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此校验刚配置的互联网连接。该测试完全是可选的。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>在此校验刚配置的因特网连接。\n"
+" 此测试是可选的。</p>"
#. Steps dialog caption 2/2
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:132
msgid ""
"<p>A successful result enables you to run\n"
"the YaST Online Update.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>成功的测试结果意味着您可以运行 YaST 在线更新。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>成功的测试结果意味着您可以运行\n"
+"YaST 联机更新。</p>"
#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long)
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:139
msgid ""
"To validate your Internet access,\n"
"activate the test procedure."
-msgstr "要校验互联网访问,请激活测试过程。"
+msgstr ""
+"要校验因特网访问,\n"
+"请激活测试过程。"
#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long)
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:145
msgid ""
"To validate your DSL Internet access,\n"
"activate the test procedure."
-msgstr "要校验 DSL 互联网访问,请激活测试过程。"
+msgstr ""
+"要校验 DSL 因特网访问,\n"
+"请激活测试过程。"
#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long)
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:149
msgid ""
"To validate your ISDN Internet access,\n"
"activate the test procedure."
-msgstr "要校验 ISDN 互联网访问,请激活测试过程。"
+msgstr ""
+"要校验 ISDN 因特网访问,\n"
+"请激活测试过程。"
#. Label text (keep lines max. 65 chars long)
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:153
msgid ""
"To validate your modem Internet access,\n"
"activate the test procedure."
-msgstr "要校验调制解调器互联网访问,请激活测试过程。"
+msgstr ""
+"要校验调制解调器因特网访问,\n"
+"请激活测试过程。"
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:175
msgid "&Yes, Test Connection to the Internet Via"
-msgstr "好的,测试互联网连接。通过(&Y)"
+msgstr "是,通过以下方式测试因特网连接(&Y)"
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "N&o, Skip This Test"
-msgstr "不要,跳过此测试(&O)"
+msgstr "否,跳过此测试(&O)"
#. label text - one step of during network test
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:196
msgid "- Connect to the Internet"
-msgstr "- 连接到互联网"
+msgstr "- 连接到因特网"
#. label text - one step of during network test
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "- Download latest release notes"
-msgstr "- 下载最新的版本资讯"
+msgstr "- 下载最新的发行说明"
#. label text - one step of during network test
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:207
@@ -1014,7 +1020,7 @@
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:284
msgid "&Yes, Run Online Update Now"
-msgstr "是,立即运行在线更新(&Y)"
+msgstr "是,立即运行联机更新(&Y)"
#. RadioButton label
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:286
@@ -1024,17 +1030,17 @@
#. Heading text
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:296
msgid "Online Updates Available"
-msgstr "在线更新可用"
+msgstr "联机更新可用"
#. Label text
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?"
-msgstr "通过 YaST 在线更新下载并安装它们吗?"
+msgstr "是否通过 YaST 联机更新下载并安装它们?"
#. Heading
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Internet Connection Test Logs:"
-msgstr "互联网连接测试日志:"
+msgstr "因特网连接测试日志:"
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:352
@@ -1054,7 +1060,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP 地址"
@@ -1062,7 +1068,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr "添加(&D)"
@@ -1072,7 +1078,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1083,7 +1089,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1123,24 +1129,24 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181
msgid "Tunnel owner"
-msgstr "隧道所有者"
+msgstr "隧道拥有者"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182
msgid "Tunnel group"
msgstr "隧道组"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
msgid "Bridged Devices"
-msgstr "桥接设备"
+msgstr "桥接的设备"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211
msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN"
-msgstr "虚拟局域网的真实接口(&V)"
+msgstr "VLAN 的实际接口(&V)"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214
msgid "VLAN ID"
-msgstr "虚拟局域网 ID"
+msgstr "VLAN ID"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231
msgid "Bond Slaves and Order"
@@ -1152,27 +1158,27 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236
msgid "Down"
-msgstr "向下"
+msgstr "停机"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240
msgid "Bond &Slaves"
-msgstr "绑定从属(&S)"
+msgstr "联接从属(&S)"
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256
msgid "&Bond Driver Options"
-msgstr "绑定驱动选项(&B)"
+msgstr "联接驱动程序选项(&B)"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择绑定驱动选项并在需要时加以编辑。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择绑定驱动程序选项,并在需要时加以编辑。</p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
-msgstr "无链接和 IP 设置 (绑定从属)"
+msgstr "无链接和 IP 设置(绑定从属)"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286
msgid "Use iBFT Values"
@@ -1203,9 +1209,9 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
-msgstr "&IP 地址"
+msgstr "IP 地址(&I)"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327
msgid "&Subnet Mask"
@@ -1228,53 +1234,54 @@
#. push button label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377
msgid "&S/390"
-msgstr "&S/390"
+msgstr "S/390(&S)"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
"if you know that the detection is wrong."
msgstr ""
-"您修改了某个检测到的接口类型。\n"
-"这只有在您知道检测有误时才有意义。"
+"您已经从已检测到的\n"
+"接口更改了接口类型。这只有在您知道检测错误时\n"
+"才有意义。"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "配置 %1 已存在。"
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
"Assign it to a zone now?"
msgstr ""
-"防火墙处于活动状态,但此接口尚不属于任何区域。\n"
-"其全部流量均将被阻挡。\n"
-"现在将其指派到某个区域吗?"
+"防火墙处于活动状态,但此接口未在\n"
+"任何区域中。将阻塞所有其交通。\n"
+"是否立即将其指派到某个区域?"
#. Validator for network masks adresses
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
msgid "No valid IP address."
-msgstr "无效的 IP 地址。"
+msgstr "没有有效 IP 地址。"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "无效的网络掩码或前缀长度。"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
msgid "Invalid hostname."
-msgstr "无效的主机名。"
+msgstr "主机名无效。"
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1282,104 +1289,103 @@
"\n"
"Really leave the hostname blank?\n"
msgstr ""
-"未指定主机名。我们推荐为每个主机名绑定一个静态 IP,\n"
-"否则机器名在没有活动网络连接时将不能解析。\n"
+"未指定主机名。建议为每个主机名\n"
+"关联一个静态 IP,否则计算机名\n"
+"在没有活动网络连接时将无法解析。\n"
"\n"
-"真的要把主机名留空吗?\n"
+"确实要把主机名留空吗?\n"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
msgstr ""
"检测到重复的 IP 地址。\n"
-"真的继续吗?\n"
+"是否确实要继续?\n"
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr "常规(&G)"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "设备激活"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "防火墙区域"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr "最大传输单元 (MTU)"
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr "<p>在此配置详细网卡设置。</p>"
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "地址(&A)"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>配置您的 IP 地址。</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "硬件(&H)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "绑定从属(&B)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "无线(&W)"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr "Ifplugd 优先级"
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with"
-" IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
-" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable"
-" Connection</b>\n"
-" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have"
-" to\n"
+"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
+" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n"
+" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n"
" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD 优先级</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>全部配置为<b>在网线连接时</b>和 IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 的接口都将是互斥的。\n"
-"若大于一个这样的接口是<b>在网线连接时</b>那么我们需要一种方法决定激活哪个接口。\n"
-"因此我们需要设置每个接口的优先级。</p>\n"
+"<p>配置为<b>在电缆连接时</b>且 IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 的所有接口都将是互斥的。\n"
+"如果有多个这样的接口都配置为<b>在电缆连接时</b>,\n"
+"那么我们需要一种方法决定激活哪个接口。\n"
+"因此需要设置每个接口的优先级。</p>\n"
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "网卡设置"
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
msgstr ""
-"至少有一个所选设备已经配置过了。\n"
-"为网桥调整配置吗?\n"
+"至少有一个选定设备已配置。\n"
+"是否为网桥调整配置?\n"
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55
@@ -1459,27 +1465,27 @@
#. Network card name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:208
msgid "AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek pocket adapter"
-msgstr "AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek 口袋适配器"
+msgstr "AT-LAN-TEC/RealTek 微型适配器"
#. Network card name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:231
msgid "D-Link DE600 pocket adapter"
-msgstr "D-Link DE600 口袋适配器"
+msgstr "D-Link DE600 微型适配器"
#. Network card name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:237
msgid "D-Link DE620 pocket adapter"
-msgstr "D-Link DE620 口袋适配器"
+msgstr "D-Link DE620 微型适配器"
#. Network card name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:299
msgid "ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 (experimental)"
-msgstr "ICL EtherTeam 16i/32 (实验性)"
+msgstr "ICL EtherTeam 16i/32(实验)"
#. Network card name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:320
msgid "Intel PRO/100 / EtherExpress PRO/100 (alternate driver)"
-msgstr "Intel PRO/100/EtherExpress PRO/100 (备用驱动)"
+msgstr "Intel PRO/100/EtherExpress PRO/100(备用驱动程序)"
#. Network card name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:440
@@ -1504,12 +1510,12 @@
#. Network card name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:473
msgid "ARCnet COM90xx (standard)"
-msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx (标准)"
+msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx(标准)"
#. Network card name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:479
msgid "ARCnet COM90xx (in IO-mapped mode)"
-msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx (IO 映射模式下)"
+msgstr "ARCnet COM90xx(采用 IO 映射模式)"
#. Network card name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:510
@@ -1519,7 +1525,7 @@
#. Network card name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:516
msgid "SysKonnect FDDI adapter (SK-55xx, SK-58xx, Netelligent 100)"
-msgstr "SysKonnect FDDI 适配器 (SK-55xx、SK-58xx、Netelligent 100)"
+msgstr "SysKonnect FDDI 适配器(SK-55xx、SK-58xx 和 Netelligent 100)"
#. Network subsystem name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:533
@@ -1529,7 +1535,7 @@
#. Network subsystem name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:541
msgid "Hipersockets (HSI) Network"
-msgstr "超速套接字 (HSI) 网络"
+msgstr "Hipersockets (HSI) 网络"
#. Network subsystem name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:548
@@ -1544,7 +1550,7 @@
#. Network subsystem name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:561
msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON) Network"
-msgstr "光纤通道系统连接器 (FICON) 网络"
+msgstr "Fiberchannel 系统连接器 (FICON) 网络"
#. Network subsystem name
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:569
@@ -1559,13 +1565,11 @@
#. list
\n"
+"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
+"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要搜索并静态指派 IP 地址,请选择<b>Zeroconf</b>。\n"
-"要使用 DHCP,不行再回到 zeroconf,请选择 <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>。\n"
-"否则,必须<b>静态</b>指派网络地址。</p>\n"
+"<p>要搜索并以静态方式分配 IP 地址,请选择 <b>Zeroconf</b>。\n"
+"要使用 DHCP 并回退到 zeroconf,请选择 <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>。\n"
+"否则,网络地址必须<b>静态</b>指派。</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for"
-" your computer, and the \n"
+"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
"for your peer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>请输入您计算机的 <b>IP 地址</b> (例如,<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>)\n"
-"和对等点的<b>远程 IP 地址</b> (例如,<tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)。</p>\n"
+"<p>输入计算机的 <b>IP 地址</b>(例如,<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>)\n"
+"和对等计算机的<b>远程 IP 地址</b>\n"
+"(例如,<tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)。</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
-"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your"
-" computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
-"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix /24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
-"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written"
-" to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
+"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
+"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>对于<b>静态地址设置</b>, 请输入您计算机的静态 IP 地址 (例如,<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) 和\n"
-"网络掩码 (通常是 <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>或前缀长度 <tt>/24</tt>)。此外,您还可以为此 IP 地址\n"
-"输入一个完全限定主机名。主机名将被写入<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>。</p>\n"
+"<p>对于<b>静态地址设置</b>,请输入您计算机的静态 IP 地址(例如,<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>)和\n"
+"网络掩码(通常是 <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>或前缀长度 <tt>/24</tt>)。此外,您还可以选择为此 IP 地址\n"
+"输入一个完全限定的主机名。主机名将写入<tt>/etc/hosts</tt> 中。</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>有关网络配置的更多信息,请垂询您的<b>网络管理员</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>有关网络配置的更多信息,请联系\n"
+"您的<b>网络管理员</b>。</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>此产品不推荐 DHCP 配置。\n"
-"此产品的组件可能无法与 DHCP 协作。</p>"
+"<p>不建议对此产品执行 DHCP 配置。\n"
+"此产品的组件不能使用 DHCP。</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228
msgid ""
@@ -2466,18 +2459,16 @@
"the firewall will be disabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>防火墙区域</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>请选择要将该接口放进的防火墙区域。\n"
-"若您选择了某个区域,则将启用防火墙。\n"
-"若您虽未选择,但仍存在其它位于此防火墙中的接口,\n"
-"则防火墙仍将保持启用,但将阻挡此接口的全部流量。\n"
-"若您未选择区域且不存在其它位于此防火墙中的接口,\n"
-"则将禁用防火墙。</p>"
+"<p>选择要包含该接口的防火墙区域。如果\n"
+"选择某个区域,将启用防火墙。如果不选择区域\n"
+"且存在其他受此防火墙保护的接口,此防火墙\n"
+"仍保持为启用状态,但阻塞此接口的所有通信。\n"
+"如果不选择区域且不存在任何其他受此防火墙保护的接口,\n"
+"那么此防火墙将被禁用。</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports"
-" failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>必备接口</b>指定了若引导时接口未能启动,网络服务是否报告失败。</p>"
+msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>必备接口</b>指定如果接口在引导时启动失败,网络服务是否报告故障。</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid ""
@@ -2489,18 +2480,18 @@
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>最大传输单元</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>最大传输单元 (<b>MTU</b>) 是网络中一帧能够传输的数据包最大大小。\n"
-"通常,您不需要设置 MTU,但使用较小的 MTU 或许会改善网络性能,尤其是在慢速拨号连接下。\n"
-"您可从推荐值中择一,或定义另一个值。</p>\n"
+"<p>最大传输单元 (<b>MTU</b>) 是网络中一帧能够传输的包的最大大小。\n"
+"通常,您不需要设置 MTU,但使用较小的 MTU 或许会\n"
+"改善网络性能,尤其是在慢速拨号连接下。\n"
+"您可从推荐值中选择一个,或定义另一个值。</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
-"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No"
-" Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
+"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>请选择绑定设备的从属设备。\n"
-"只有设备激活设为<b>从不</b>和设置了<b>无地址设置</b>的设备才可用。</p>"
+"<p>选择联接设备的从属设备。\n"
+"只有“设备激活”设置为“从不”和设置为“无地址设置”的设备才可用。</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255
@@ -2516,31 +2507,32 @@
"identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n"
"network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若 <b>DHCP 客户端标识符</b>为空,则默认其为网络接口的硬件地址。\n"
-"必须为同一网络上的每个 DHCP 客户端使用不同的标识符。\n"
-"因此,若您有几台使用相同网络接口因而硬件地址相同的 (虚拟) 机器,\n"
-"请在此指定一个唯一的格式自由的标识符。</p>"
+"<p>如果 <b>DHCP 客户端标识符</b>为空,则其默认值为网络接口的\n"
+"硬件地址。对于单一网络上的每个 DHCP 客户端,\n"
+"此标识符不能相同。因此,如果您有几台(虚拟)计算机使用相同的网络接口\n"
+"(因而具有相同的硬件地址),\n"
+"请在此指定唯一的自由格式标识符。</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
-"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server."
-" Some \n"
+"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
"DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n"
"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n"
"Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n"
-"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO\n"
-"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in /etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
+"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n"
+"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>要发送的主机名</b>指定了 DHCP 客户端发送消息到 DHCP 服务器时主机名选项字段所用的字符串。\n"
-"某些 DHCP 服务器 (动态 DNS) 会根据此主机名来更新名称服务器区域 (转发和反向记录)。</p>\n"
-"某些 DHCP 服务器则要求客户端发来的 DHCP 消息中的<b>要发送的主机名</b>选项字段包含某个指定字符串。\n"
-"保持<b>自动</b>则会发送当前主机名 (例如 <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt> 中定义的主机名)。\n"
-"若您不想要发送主机名,请将该字段留空。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>要发送的主机名</b>指定 DHCP 客户端向 DHCP 服务器\n"
+"发送讯息时主机名选项字段所用的字符串。\n"
+"有些 DHCP 服务器会根据此主机名(动态 DNS)\n"
+"来更新名称服务器区域(正向和反向记录)。</p>\n"
+"有些 DHCP 服务器要求<b>要发送的主机名</b>选项字段包含客户端\n"
+"发来的 DHCP 讯息中的一个特定字符串。\n"
+"保留<b>自动</b>则会发送当前的主机名(例如,<tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt> 中定义的主机名)。\n"
+"如果您不想发送主机名,请将该字段留空。</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276
@@ -2549,38 +2541,32 @@
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>附加地址</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>在此表中配置接口的附加地址。</p>\n"
+"<p>在此表格中配置接口的附加地址。</p>\n"
#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>请输入一个 <b>IPv4 地址标签</b>、一个 <b>IP 地址</b>和<b>网络掩码</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>输入 <b>IPv4 地址标签</b>、\n"
+"<b>IP 地址</b>和<b>网络掩码</b>。</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
-#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and"
-" legacy. The total\n"
+"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9"
-" characters.</p>"
+"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>IPv4 地址标签</b>,之前叫做别名,是可选的,并且使用别名是很久以前的事了。\n"
-"接口名全长 (包括冒号和标签) 的限制为 15 个字符,并且过时的 ifconfig 工具会把它截断为 9 个字符。</p>"
+"<p><b>IPv4 地址标签</b>(以前称为“别名”)是可选的,它是一个旧式选项。接口名称\n"
+"的总长度(包括冒号和标签)\n"
+"限制为 15 个字符。过时的 ifconfig 实用程序会截掉第 9 个字符后面的部分。</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
-#| msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
-msgid ""
-"<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo<"
-"/b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>不要在标签中包含接口名称。例如,请输入 <b>foo</b> 而不是 <b>eth0:foo</b>。</p>"
+msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>请不要在标签中包含接口名称。例如,输入 <b>foo</b> 而不是 <b>eth0:foo</b>。</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
@@ -2601,14 +2587,16 @@
"</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p>在三种<b>密钥输入类型</b>中,为您的密钥选择一种。\n"
-"<br><b>密码短语</b>:密钥是根据输入的短语生成的。\n"
+"<br><b>通行口令</b>:密钥是根据输入的短语生成的。\n"
"<br><b>ASCII</b>:输入字符的 ASCII 值形成密钥。\n"
"64 位密钥要输入 5 个字符,128 位密钥最多可输入 13 个字符。\n"
"156 位密钥最多可输入 16 个字符,256 位密钥最多可输入 29 个字符。\n"
+"\n"
"<br><b>十六进制</b>:直接输入密钥的十六进制代码。\n"
"64 位密钥要输入 10 个十六进制数字,128 位密钥要输入 26 个十六进制数字,\n"
"156 位密钥要输入 32 个十六进制数字,256 位密钥要输入 58 个十六进制数字。\n"
-"您可使用破折号 <tt>-</tt> 分隔数字对或数字组,例如,<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>。\n"
+"您可使用破折号 <tt>-</tt> 分隔数字对或数字组,\n"
+"例如,<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
@@ -2616,7 +2604,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此设置无线联网最重要的设置。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>在此可设置用于无线联网的\n"
+"最重要的设置。</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315
msgid ""
@@ -2626,27 +2616,28 @@
"called <i>Infrastructure Mode</i>), or <b>Master</b> (the network card\n"
"acts as an access point).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>运行模式</b>取决于网络拓扑结构。\n"
-"运行模式可为 <b>点对点 (Ad-Hoc)</b> (没有访问点的点对点网络)、\n"
-"<b>受管</b> (由访问点管理的网络,有时也称为<i>基础模式</i>)\n"
-"或<b>主控</b> (网卡作为访问点使用)。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>操作模式</b>取决于网络拓扑结构。操作模式\n"
+"可以是<b>专用</b>(对等网络,没有接入点)、\n"
+"<b>受管</b>(由接入点管理的网络,有时也\n"
+"称为<i>基础结构模式</i>)或<b>主控</b>(网卡\n"
+"作为接入点)。</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
"wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n"
-"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication"
-" mode,\n"
+"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n"
"you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n"
"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n"
"signal strength.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>设置用于识别属于同一虚拟网络的各单元的<b>网络名称 (ESSID)</b>。\n"
-"无线局域网中的全部基站都需要同样的 ESSID 来互相通信。\n"
-"若您选择了运行模式为<b>受管</b>且无 <b>WPA</b> 认证模式,\n"
-"则可以留空此处,或将其设为<tt>任意</tt>。\n"
-"在此情况下,您的 WLAN 卡将关联到信号强度最好的访问点。</p>\n"
+"<p>设置用于标识属于同一虚拟网络的\n"
+"各单元的<b>网络名称 (ESSID)</b>。\n"
+"无线 LAN 中的所有站都需要同样的 ESSID 来互相通信。如果\n"
+"选择操作方式 <b>受管</b> 且无 <b>WPA</b> 身份验证方式,则可以保留此字段为空,或将其设置为<tt>任何</tt>。在此情况下,\n"
+"您的 WLAN 卡就与\n"
+"信号强度最好的接入点相关联。</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331
msgid ""
@@ -2661,26 +2652,28 @@
"NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n"
"potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n"
"specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n"
-"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected"
-" Access)\n"
+"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
"was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n"
"WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n"
"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n"
"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>在某些网络中,您需要设置<b>认证模式</b>。\n"
-"认证模式取决于所用的保护技术是 WEP 还是 WPA。<b>WEP</b>\n"
-"(有线等效隐私,Wired Equivalent Privacy) 是一种基于所用的加密密钥\n"
-"使用可选认证来加密无线网络流量的系统。\n"
-"在大多数使用 WEP 的情况下,选择 <b>WEP 开放式</b>模式 (根本无需认证) 就可以。\n"
-"这并不意味着您没有使用 WEP 加密 (那种情况请用<b>无加密</b>)。\n"
-"某些网络可能要求 <b>WEP 共享密钥</b> 认证。\n"
-"注意:共享密钥认证使得潜在攻击者更加容易侵入您的网络。\n"
-"除非您对共享密钥认证有特殊需求,否则应使用<b>开放式</b>模式。\n"
-"由于 WEP 已被证明是不安全的了,所以定义了 <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi 保护访问)\n"
-"弥补其安全漏洞,但并非全部硬件都支持 WPA。\n"
-"若您想要使用 WPA,请选择 <b>WPA-PSK</b> 或 <b>WPA-EAP</b> 作为认证模式。\n"
-"只有在运行模式为 <b>受管</b> 时才能这样做。</p>\n"
+"<p>在某些网络中,需要设置<b>身份验证方式</b>。\n"
+"具体设置取决于所使用的保护技术是 WEP 还是 WPA。<b>WEP</b>\n"
+"(有线等效加密,Wired Equivalent Privacy)是一种基于所使用的加密密钥\n"
+"采用可选身份验证对无线网络通讯进行加密的\n"
+"系统。在使用 WEP 的大多数情况下,选择 <b>WEP 打开</b>模式(根本无需\n"
+"身份验证)。但这并不意味着您不能\n"
+"使用 WEP 加密(在这种情况下使用<b>不加密</b>)。\n"
+"某些网络可能要求采用 <b>WEP 共享密钥</b>\n"
+"身份验证。注意:使用共享密钥身份验证,潜在的攻击者\n"
+"更容易侵入您的网络。除非对共享密钥身份验证\n"
+"有特定的需求,否则应使用<b>打开</b>\n"
+"模式。由于 WEP 经证明是不安全的,所以定义了 <b>WPA</b>(Wi-Fi 保护访问)\n"
+"弥补其安全漏洞,但并非所有硬件都\n"
+"支持 WPA。如果要使用 WPA,请将 <b>WPA-PSK</b> 或 <b>WPA-EAP</b> 选为\n"
+"身份验证模式。只有在操作模式为<b>受管</b>时\n"
+"才可行。</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349
msgid ""
@@ -2690,8 +2683,11 @@
"supported by all devices. Of these keys, 24 bits\n"
"are dynamically generated, so you only need to enter 40 to 232 bits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要使用 WEP,请输入要使用的 WEP 加密密钥。密钥长度可以为 64、128、156 或 256 位,但并非全部设备都支持全部长度。\n"
-"在这些密钥中,有 24 位是动态生成的,所以您只需输入 40 到 232 位。</p>\n"
+"<p>要使用 WEP,请输入要使用\n"
+"的 WEP 加密钥。它的密钥长度\n"
+"可以是 64、128、156 或 256 位,但并非所有设备都支持\n"
+"所有这些大小。在这些密钥中,有 24 位是动态生成的,\n"
+"所以只需输入 40 到 232 位。</p>\n"
#. Wireless dialog help
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357
@@ -2703,31 +2699,32 @@
"dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n"
"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要使用 WPA-PSK (有时也叫做 WPA 家庭版),请输入预共享密钥。\n"
-"该密钥用于认证和生成加密密钥。\n"
-"这些加密密钥不易受到已知的针对 WEP 密钥的攻击攻击,\n"
-"但仍可能受到字典攻击。\n"
-"请不要使用易猜出的词作为密码短语。</p>\n"
+"<p>要使用 WPA-PSK(通常是指 WPA 主页),\n"
+"请输入预先共享的密钥。该\n"
+"密钥用于身份验证,而加密钥是从\n"
+"它生成的。对于这些加密钥而言,它们不易受到针对 WEP 密钥的那些已知攻击,但\n"
+"仍可能受到字典攻击。请不要使用易猜出的词\n"
+"作为通行口令。</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要使用 WPA-EAP (有时也叫做 WPA 企业版),\n"
-"请在下一个对话框中输入一些额外参数。</p>\n"
+"<p>要使用 WPA-EAP(通常是指 WPA 企业),\n"
+"请在下一对话框中输入一些其它参数。</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
-"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for"
-" all\n"
+"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n"
"available options.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>这些值将被写入 '/etc/sysconfig/network' 中的接口配置文件 \"ifcfg-*\"。\n"
-"若您需要额外设置,请手动添加它们。\n"
-"全部可用选项请参考同名文件夹中的 'wireless' 文件。</p>"
+"<p>这些值将被写入\"/etc/sysconfig/network\"中的\n"
+"接口配置文件\"ifcfg-*\"。如果需要附加设置,\n"
+"请手动添加它们。有关所有可用的选项,请参考相同目录下\n"
+"的文件\"wireless\"。</p>"
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209
@@ -2747,7 +2744,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "IP 地址无效。"
@@ -2765,12 +2762,12 @@
#. Translators: input type for a wireless key
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:58
msgid "&Passphrase"
-msgstr "密码短语(&P)"
+msgstr "通行口令(&P)"
#. Translators: input type for a wireless key
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:61
msgid "&ASCII"
-msgstr "&ASCII"
+msgstr "ASCII(&A)"
#. Translators: input type for a wireless key
#. (Hexadecimal)
@@ -2804,9 +2801,9 @@
"are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n"
"perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>WPA-EAP 使用 RADIUS 服务器认证用户。\n"
-"EAP 中有一些不同的连接到服务器并执行认证的方法,\n"
-"即 TLS,TTLS 和 PEAP。</p>\n"
+"<p>WPA-EAP 使用 RADIUS 服务器来身份验证用户。EAP 中\n"
+"连接到服务器并\n"
+"执行身份验证有不同的方式,即 TLS、TTLS 和 PEAP。</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:98
@@ -2818,12 +2815,12 @@
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
"If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n"
-"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<"
-"/p>\n"
+"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>对 TTLS 和 PEAP,请按服务器上的配置输入您的<b>身份</b>和<b>密码</b>。\n"
-"若您有特殊需要,要把使用的用户名设为<b>匿名身份</b>,您可以在这里设置。\n"
-"这通常是不需要的。</p>\n"
+"<p>对 TTLS 和 PEAP,请按服务器上的配置输入您的<b>身份</b>\n"
+"和<b>口令</b>。\n"
+"如果您有特殊需要,要把使用的用户名设为\n"
+"<b>匿名身份</b>,您可以在这里设置。通常这是不需要的。</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:110
@@ -2834,26 +2831,26 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:118
msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "密码(&P)"
+msgstr "口令(&P)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:125
msgid "&Client Certificate"
-msgstr "客户证书(&C)"
+msgstr "客户身份验证(&C)"
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
-"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key"
-" pair\n"
+"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
"to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n"
"a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n"
"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>TLS 使用<b>客户证书</b>进行认证,而非用户名和密码的组合。\n"
-"它使用一个公共和私用密钥对来加密协商通信,因此您另外还需要\n"
-"一个<b>客户密钥</b>文件,该文件包含您的私用密钥和适宜该文件\n"
-"的<b>客户密钥密码</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p>TLS 使用<b>客户证书</b>来进行身份验证,而非用户名和\n"
+"口令的组合。</p> 它使用一个公共和私用密钥对\n"
+"来加密协商通信,因此您另外还需要\n"
+"一个<b>客户密钥</b>文件,此文件包含您的私用密钥和对应于此文件\n"
+"的<b>客户密钥口令</b>。</p>\n"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:143
@@ -2864,7 +2861,7 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:156
msgid "Client Key Pass&word"
-msgstr "客户密钥密码(&W)"
+msgstr "客户密钥口令(&W)"
#. text entry label
#. aka certificate of the CA (certification authority)
@@ -2878,8 +2875,9 @@
"a <b>Server Certificate</b>. It is used\n"
"to validate the server's authenticity.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>为提高安全性,推荐配置一个<b>服务器证书</b>。\n"
-"它用于验证服务器真伪。</p>\n"
+"<p>要提高安全性,建议配置\n"
+"<b>服务器证书</b>。用于\n"
+"验证服务器证书。</p>\n"
#. push button label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211
@@ -2890,12 +2888,14 @@
msgid ""
"If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n"
"any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n"
-msgstr "若您不知道您的 ID 和密码,或者没有证书或密钥文件,请垂询您的系统管理员。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"如果您不知道您的 ID 和口令,或者没有\n"
+"证书或密钥文件,请联系您的系统管理员。\n"
#. combo box label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238
msgid "&Authentication Method"
-msgstr "认证方法(&A)"
+msgstr "身份验证方法(&A)"
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239
msgid ""
@@ -2904,23 +2904,23 @@
"allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n"
"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>您可在此处配置内部认证 (也称为第 2 阶段) 方法。\n"
-"默认允许全部方法。\n"
-"若您想要限制允许的方法,或者遇到了认证方面的困难,\n"
-"请在此选择您想要使用的内部认证方法。</p>\n"
+"<p>您可以在此处配置内部身份验证(也称为第 2 阶段)\n"
+"方法。默认情况下允许所有方法。如果要限制\n"
+"允许的方法,或者您遇到了\n"
+"身份验证方面的困难,请选择内部身份验证方法。</p>\n"
#. radio button group label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:249
msgid "&PEAP Version"
-msgstr "&PEAP 版本"
+msgstr "PEAP 版本(&P)"
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:250
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n"
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若您正在使用 PEAP,您也可以强制使用特定的 PEAP 实现 (版本 0 或 1)。\n"
-"正常情况下这不应该是必须的。</p>\n"
+"<p>如果您使用的是 PEAP,则也可以强制使用特定的 PEAP\n"
+"实施(版本 0 或 1)。一般没有必要这样做。</p>\n"
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255
@@ -2931,12 +2931,12 @@
#. ComboBox item
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357
msgid "No Encryption"
-msgstr "无加密"
+msgstr "不加密"
#. ComboBox item
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361
msgid "WEP - Open"
-msgstr "WEP - 开放式"
+msgstr "WEP - 打开"
#. ComboBox item
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363
@@ -2947,12 +2947,12 @@
#. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366
msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)"
-msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA 版本 1 或 2)"
+msgstr "WPA-PSK(WPA 版本 1 或 2)"
#. ComboBox item
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370
msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)"
-msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA 版本 1 或 2)"
+msgstr "WPA-EAP(WPA 版本 1 或 2)"
#. Wireless dialog caption
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394
@@ -2967,12 +2967,12 @@
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433
msgid "O&perating Mode"
-msgstr "运行模式(&P)"
+msgstr "操作模式(&P)"
#. ComboBox item
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436
msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "点对点 (Ad-Hoc)"
+msgstr "专用"
#. ComboBox item
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440
@@ -2991,12 +2991,12 @@
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459
msgid "&Authentication Mode"
-msgstr "认证模式(&A)"
+msgstr "身份验证模式(&A)"
#. Text entry label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466
msgid "&Encryption Key"
-msgstr "加密密钥(&E)"
+msgstr "加密钥(&E)"
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475
@@ -3006,162 +3006,168 @@
#. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478
msgid "&WEP Keys"
-msgstr "&WEP 密钥"
+msgstr "WEP 密钥(&W)"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
-msgstr "WPA 认证模式只能在受管运行模式下使用。"
+msgstr "WPA 身份验证模式只能在 受管 操作模式下使用。"
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
-msgstr "请指定此模式的网络名称。"
+msgstr "指定此此模式的网络名称。"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
-msgstr "网络名称必须短于 32 个字符。"
+msgstr "网络名称必须少于 32 个字符。"
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
-msgstr "密码短语的长度必须在 8 到 63 (包括两者) 个字符之间。"
+msgstr "通行口令的长度必须在 8 到 63(包括两者)个字符之间。"
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "密钥必须有 %1 个十六进制数字。"
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
-msgstr "加密密钥无效。"
+msgstr "加密钥无效。"
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
-msgstr "必须为此认证模式指定加密密钥。"
+msgstr "必须为此身份验证模式指定加密钥。"
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
msgstr ""
-"不使用加密存在安全风险。\n"
-"真的继续吗?\n"
+"不使用任何加密存在安全性风险。\n"
+"是否确实要继续?\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr "无线专家设置"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此设置额外配置参数 (极少需要)。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>在此设置附加配置参数\n"
+"(极少数情况下需要)。</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
-"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for"
-" access\n"
+"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n"
"points in that case.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要以主控或点对点模式使用您的无线局域网卡,请在此设置该卡应使用的<b>通道</b>。\n"
-"受管模式下无需这样做 -- 该模式下该卡将在各通道间跳跃以搜索访问点。</p>\n"
+"<p>要在 主控 或 专用 模式下使用无线 LAN 卡,\n"
+"请在此设置该卡应使用的<b>通道</b>。在 受管 模式下\n"
+"则无需这样做,因为在这种情况下,无线 LAN 卡将在各通道之间跳跃以搜索\n"
+"接入点。</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>在极少数情况下,您可能需要显式设置一个传输<b>比特率</b>。\n"
-"默认值为传输得越快越好。</p>"
+"<p>在极少数情况下,可能需要显式设置一个传送\n"
+"<b>位率</b>。默认值为可能的最大速率。</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在有多个<b>访问点</b>的环境中,您可能想要通过输入访问点的 MAC 地址定义要连接的访问点。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>在有多个<b>接入点</b>的环境中,\n"
+"可以通过输入接入点的 MAC 地址定义要连接的接入点。</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>使用电源管理</b>可启用省电机制。\n"
-"这通常是一个好主意,尤其是当您正在使用便携式计算机且可能未连接交流电源供电时。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>使用电源管理</b>可以启用省电机制。\n"
+"这在使用便携式计算机且\n"
+"没有交流电源供电的情况下很有用。</p>\n"
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "自动"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "通道(&C)"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
-msgstr "比特率(&I)"
+msgstr "位率(&I)"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
-msgstr "访问点(&A)"
+msgstr "接入点(&A)"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr "使用电源管理(&P)"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
msgid "AP ScanMode"
-msgstr "访问点扫描模式"
+msgstr "接入点扫描模式"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
-msgstr "输入加密密钥"
+msgstr "输入加密钥"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "密钥(&K)"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr "帮助"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "无线密钥"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -3169,12 +3175,14 @@
"The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n"
"one key.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>在此对话框中,定义用于在传输数据前对其进行加密的 WEP 密钥。\n"
-"您最多可以有四个密钥,但只会使用一个密钥来加密数据。这将是默认密钥。\n"
-"其它密钥可用于解密数据。通常,您只需要一个密钥。</p>"
+"<p>在此对话框中,定义用于在传送数据前\n"
+"对数据进行加密的 WEP 密钥。尽管只使用一个密钥来加密数据,\n"
+"但您最多可以有四个密钥。这是默认密钥。\n"
+"其它密钥可用于解密数据。通常,您只有\n"
+"一个密钥。</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3183,102 +3191,105 @@
"value to 64.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>密钥长度</b>定义了 WEP 密钥的位长度。\n"
-"可行的长度为 64 或 128 位,有时也称为 40 和 104 位。\n"
-"某些较老的硬件可能无法处理 128 位密钥,因此,若\n"
-"无法建立无线局域网连接,您或许需要将此值设为 64。</p>"
+"可能的长度为 64 或 128 位,有时也表示为 40 和 104 位。\n"
+"有些较老的硬件可能无法处理 128 位密钥,因此,如果\n"
+"无法建立无线 LAN 连接,则可能需要将此值\n"
+"设置为 64。</p>"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP 密钥"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "密钥长度(&K)"
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
-msgstr "编号"
+msgstr "数目"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr "密钥"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
-msgstr "默认"
+msgstr "默认值"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
-msgstr "设为默认(&S)"
+msgstr "设置为默认值(&S)"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "选择证书"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
-msgstr "不使用数字证书认证机构 (CA) 证书可能导致连接到不安全、流氓的无线网络。不使用 CA 继续吗?"
+msgstr "不使用证书颁发机构(CA)证书可能导致连接到不安全的无线流氓网络。不使用 CA 继续吗?"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
-msgstr "请输入身份和密码或客户证书。"
+msgstr ""
+"输入身份和口令\n"
+"或客户证书。"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr "任意"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "WPA-EAP 细节"
@@ -3309,15 +3320,15 @@
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/).\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>远程管理设置</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>若启用了此功能,您将可以从另一台计算机远程管理这台计算机。\n"
-"可以使用 VNC 客户端管理,例如 krdc (连接到 <i><hostname>:%1</i>),\n"
-"或者使用支持 Java 的网络浏览器管理 (连接到 <i>http://<hostname>:%2/</i>)。\n"
-"与使用 SSH 相比,使用这种形式的远程管理安全性较差。</p>\n"
+"<p>如果启用了此功能,则可以\n"
+"从另一台计算机远程管理这台计算机。使用一种 VNC\n"
+"客户端,例如 krdc(连接到 <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>),或使用支持 Java 的\n"
+"万维网浏览器(连接到 <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>)。\n"
+"与使用 SSH 相比,这种形式的远程管理的安全性较差。</p>\n"
#. Dialog frame title
#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109
@@ -3325,130 +3336,80 @@
msgstr "远程管理设置"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
-msgstr "需要安装这些软件包:"
+msgstr "需要安装这些包:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
"\n"
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-"未安装所需软件包。\n"
+"没有安装所需的包。\n"
"配置将中止。\n"
"\n"
-"重试吗?\n"
+"是否重试?\n"
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "未知"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "已成功保存配置"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "已成功保存 DNS 配置"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "已成功保存 DSL 配置"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "已成功保存主机配置"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "已成功保存 ISDN 配置"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "已成功保存网卡配置"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "已成功保存调制解调器配置"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "已成功保存代理配置"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "已成功保存服务提供商配置"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "已成功保存路由配置"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr "现在配置邮件吗?"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "运行 %1 的配置吗?"
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
-"目前网络正由 NetworkManager 管理,或者完全禁用着。\n"
-"YaST 无法配置某些选项。"
+"网络当前由 NetworkManager 处理\n"
+"或者已完全禁用。YaST 无法配置部分选项。"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "网卡"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "调制解调器"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN 卡"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL 设备"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
-msgstr "全部网络设备"
+msgstr "所有网络设备"
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "主机名无效。"
@@ -3464,12 +3425,12 @@
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134
msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP"
-msgstr "通过 DHCP 修改主机名(&C)"
+msgstr "通过 DHCP 更改主机名(&C)"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144
msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP"
-msgstr "指定主机名到回路 IP(&A)"
+msgstr "指派主机名给回写 IP(&A)"
#. help
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151
@@ -3495,7 +3456,7 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177
msgid "Name Server &1"
-msgstr "名称服务器 &1"
+msgstr "名称服务器 1(&1)"
#. validation error popup
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193
@@ -3510,18 +3471,18 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228
msgid "Name Server &2"
-msgstr "名称服务器 &2"
+msgstr "名称服务器 2(&2)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230
msgid "Name Server &3"
-msgstr "名称服务器 &3"
+msgstr "名称服务器 3(&3)"
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "主机名和域名"
@@ -3547,30 +3508,28 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
-msgid ""
-"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it"
-" at your own risk?"
-msgstr "由于多播 DNS 的原因,不推荐使用 .local 作为域名。风险自担吗?"
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
+msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
+msgstr "由于多路广播 DNS 的原因,不推荐使用 .local 作为域名。您要自担风险吗?"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "搜索列表最多可有 %1 个域。"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "搜索列表最多可有 %1 个字符。"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
-msgstr "搜索域 '%1' 无效。"
+msgstr "搜索域\"%1\"无效。"
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "主机名和名称服务器配置"
@@ -3582,49 +3541,51 @@
#. Warning popup text 2/2
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:61
msgid "Really delete it?"
-msgstr "真的删除它吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实要删除它?"
#. Warning popup text 2/2
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:64
msgid "Really change it?"
-msgstr "真的修改它吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实要更改它?"
#. Hosts dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:78
msgid "<p>The hosts can be set up in this dialog.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>可在此对话框中设置主机。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>可以在此对话框中设置主机。</p>"
#. Hosts dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:80
msgid ""
"<p>Enter a host <b>IP Address</b>, a <b>Hostname</b>, and optional\n"
"<b>Host Aliases</b>, separated by spaces.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>输入一个主机 <b>IP 地址</b>、<b>主机名</b>和可选的<b>主机别名</b>,以空格分隔。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>输入一个主机 <b>IP 地址</b>、<b>主机名</b> 和可选的\n"
+"<b>主机别名</b>(以空格分隔)。</p>\n"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr "当前主机"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "主机名"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr "主机别名"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "主机别名(&T)"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
-msgstr "别名 \"%1\" 无效。"
+msgstr "别名\"%1\"无效。"
#. ComboBox label
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:67
@@ -3638,60 +3599,60 @@
#. Table header 3/4
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89
msgid "Genmask"
-msgstr "网络掩码"
+msgstr "子网掩码"
#. CheckBox label
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110
msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding"
-msgstr "启用 &IPv4 转发"
+msgstr "启用 IPv4 转发(&I)"
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111
msgid "Enable I&Pv6 Forwarding"
-msgstr "启用 I&Pv6 转发"
+msgstr "启用 IPv6 转发(&P)"
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:136
msgid "Routing"
-msgstr "路由"
+msgstr "路由选择"
#. Route edit dialog
#. @param [Fixnum] id id of the edited route
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
-msgstr "目的地(&D)"
+msgstr "目标(&D)"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
msgid "Ge&nmask"
-msgstr "网络掩码(&N)"
+msgstr "子网掩码(&N)"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "网关(&G)"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "设备(&V)"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
-msgstr "目的地无效。"
+msgstr "目标无效。"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "网关 IP 地址无效。"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "子网掩码无效。"
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "默认网关无效。"
@@ -3729,10 +3690,11 @@
"and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n"
"to change the prefix.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>设置<b>拨号前缀正则表达式</b>后,用户可在 KInternet 中\n"
-"修改拨号前缀,只要改动后的前缀仍与表达式匹配就可以。\n"
-"推荐值为 <tt>[09]?</tt>,同时允许 <tt>0</tt>、<tt>9</tt> 和空白前缀。\n"
-"若该表达式为空,则不允许用户修改拨号前缀。</p>\n"
+"<p>设置<b>拨号前缀正则表达式</b>时,如果 KInternet 中的拨号\n"
+"前缀与表达式相匹配,则用户可以更改该前缀。\n"
+"建议将其设置为 <tt>[09]?</tt>,此外还可以设置为 <tt>0</tt>、<tt>9</tt> 和\n"
+"空白前缀。如果此表达式为空,则不允许用户\n"
+"更改前缀。</p>\n"
#. radio button group label,method of setup
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:69
@@ -3742,7 +3704,7 @@
#. radio button label
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:75
msgid "A&utomatic Address Setup (via DHCP)"
-msgstr "自动地址设置 (通过 DHCP)(&U)"
+msgstr "自动地址设置(通过 DHCP)(&U)"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:77
@@ -3761,13 +3723,13 @@
#. is a part of the static help text
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:102
msgid "Never"
-msgstr "从不"
+msgstr "不启动"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:106
msgid "By NetworkManager"
-msgstr "由 NetworkManager"
+msgstr "通过 NetworkManager"
#. help text for Device Activation
#. DO NOT TRANSLATE NetworkManager, it is a program name
@@ -3775,7 +3737,9 @@
msgid ""
"<b>By NetworkManager</b>: a desktop applet\n"
"controls the interface. There is no need to set it up in YaST."
-msgstr "<b>由 NetworkManager</b>:由一个桌面小程序来控制接口。无需在 YaST 中设置它。"
+msgstr ""
+"<b>通过 NetworkManager</b>:桌面小程序\n"
+"控制接口。无需在 YaST 中对它进行设置。"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:117
@@ -3788,13 +3752,13 @@
"<p><b>Manually</b>: You control the interface manually\n"
"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>手动</b>:通过 'ifup' 或 'qinternet' 手动控制接口\n"
-"(参考下面的 '用户控制的')。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>手动</b>:通过“ifup”或“qinternet”手动控制接口\n"
+"(参考下面的“用户控制”)。</p>\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125
msgid "On Cable Connection"
-msgstr "在网线连接时"
+msgstr "在电缆连接时"
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:129
@@ -3804,9 +3768,10 @@
"network connection. That means either the cable is connected or the\n"
"wireless interface can connect to an access point.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<b>在网线连接时</b>:\n"
-"监视接口是否存在物理网络连接。\n"
-"物理意味着要么连接了网线,要么无线接口可连接到一个访问点。\n"
+"<b>在电缆连接时</b>:\n"
+"监视接口是否存在物理\n"
+"网络连接。这意味着要么已连接了电缆,要么可以\n"
+"将无线接口连接到接入点。\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:138
@@ -3821,27 +3786,26 @@
"nearly the same as 'At Boot Time', but does not result in an error at\n"
"boot time if the interface is not present.\n"
msgstr ""
-"使用<b>在热插拔时</b>,只要接口可用就会立即设置它。\n"
-"这几乎与 '在引导时' 相同,但若接口不存在,该选项不会导致引导时出错。\n"
+"如果选择<b>在热插拔时</b>,则\n"
+"在接口可用时立即进行设置。这几乎\n"
+"与\"在引导时\"相同,但在接口不存在的情况下,不会在引导时\n"
+"产生错误。\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149
msgid "On NFSroot"
-msgstr "在 NFSroot 时"
+msgstr "通过 NFSroot"
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this"
-" startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still"
-" available.\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
+"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n"
"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"使用<b>在 NFSroot 时</b>与使用<tt>自动</tt>相似。\n"
-"但使用此启动模式的接口将永远不能通过 <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> 关闭。\n"
-"<tt>ifdown <iface></tt> 仍然有效。\n"
-"若您有 NFS 或 iSCSI 根文件系统请使用此启动模式。\n"
+"使用<b>通过 NFSroot</b> 类似于使用<tt>自动</tt>。但使用此启动模式的接口将\n"
+"不能通过 <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt> 来关闭。<tt>ifdown <iface></tt> 仍然可用。\n"
+"具有 NFS 或 ISCSI 根文件系统时请考虑使用此启动模式。\n"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184
@@ -3853,8 +3817,7 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b>"
-" activates it during system boot, \n"
+"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
"<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -3875,29 +3838,29 @@
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:253
msgid "1500 (Ethernet, DSL broadband)"
-msgstr "1500 (以太网,DSL 宽带)"
+msgstr "1500(以太网、DSL 宽带)"
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:254
msgid "1492 (PPPoE broadband)"
-msgstr "1492 (PPPoE 宽带)"
+msgstr "1492(PPPoE 宽带)"
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:255
msgid "576 (dial-up)"
-msgstr "576 (拨号)"
+msgstr "576(拨号)"
#. translators: MTU value description (size in bytes, desc)
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:262
msgid "65520 (IPoIB in connected mode)"
-msgstr "65520 (连接模式下的 IPoIB)"
+msgstr "65520(连接模式的 IPoIB)"
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:263
msgid "2044 (IPoIB in datagram mode)"
-msgstr "2044 (数据报模式下的 IPoIB)"
+msgstr "2044(数据报模式的 IPoIB)"
#. textentry label, Maximum Transfer Unit
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:271
msgid "Set &MTU"
-msgstr "设置 &MTU"
+msgstr "设置 MTU(&M)"
#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:287
@@ -3907,24 +3870,24 @@
#. ifup is a program name
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:295
msgid "Traditional ifup"
-msgstr "传统的 ifup 方法"
+msgstr "传统的 ifup"
#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:303
msgid "Wicked Service"
-msgstr "怪兽 (Wicked) 服务"
+msgstr "Wicked 服务"
#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:311
msgid "Network Services Disabled"
-msgstr "禁用的网络服务"
+msgstr "网络服务已禁用"
#. Store the NetworkManager widget
#. @param [String] key id of the widget
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:342
msgid "Applet needed"
-msgstr "需要挂件"
+msgstr "需要小程序"
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
@@ -3932,8 +3895,9 @@
"(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n"
"Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually."
msgstr ""
-"NetworkManager 由桌面小挂件 (KDE 是 Plasma 挂件,GNOME 是 nm-applet) 控制。\n"
-"请确保该挂件正在运行,若未运行请手动启动之。"
+"NetworkManager 由桌面小程序\n"
+"(KDE 是 Plasma 控件,GNOME 是 nm-applet)控制。\n"
+"请确保下小程序正在运行,如果未运行,请手动将其启动。"
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358
msgid "General Network Settings"
@@ -3941,10 +3905,10 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402
msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings"
-msgstr "IPn6 协议设置"
+msgstr "IPv6 协议设置"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "启用 IPv6"
@@ -3974,7 +3938,7 @@
#. #186102
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492
msgid "&Change Device"
-msgstr "修改设备(&C)"
+msgstr "更改设备(&C)"
#. popup dialog title
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525
@@ -3995,13 +3959,11 @@
#. Returns :ok when user agreed, :cancel otherwise
#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:23
msgid "Confirm Network Restart"
-msgstr "确认重启网络"
+msgstr "确认网络重启动"
#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24
-msgid ""
-"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply"
-" the settings."
-msgstr "由于是桥接网络,YaST2 需要重启网络以应用设置。"
+msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
+msgstr "由于该桥接网络的缘故,YaST2 需要重启动网络才能应用设置。"
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93
@@ -4010,7 +3972,7 @@
#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99
msgid "Base Udev Rule On"
-msgstr "将 udev 规则基于"
+msgstr "启用基本 Udev 规则"
#. make sure there is enough space (#367239)
#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108
@@ -4019,7 +3981,7 @@
#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114
msgid "BusID: %s"
-msgstr "BusID:%s"
+msgstr "总线 ID:%s"
#. check if the name is assigned to another device already
#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151
@@ -4037,7 +3999,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "更新配置"
@@ -4049,7 +4011,7 @@
#. Write dialog caption
#: src/modules/DNS.rb:385
msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration"
-msgstr "正在保存主机名和 DNS 配置..."
+msgstr "正在保存主机名和 DNS 配置"
#. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427)
#. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) {
@@ -4060,7 +4022,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "正在更新配置..."
@@ -4072,487 +4034,476 @@
msgstr "正在更新 /etc/resolv.conf ..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
-msgstr "主机名:由 DHCP 设置"
+msgstr "主机名:按 DHCP 排序"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "主机名:%1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "主机名将不会写入 /etc/hosts"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "名称服务器:%1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "搜索列表:%1"
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "更新 /etc/hosts"
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "正在保存主机名配置"
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "正在更新 /etc/hosts ..."
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
-msgstr "正在初始化网络配置"
+msgstr "初始化网络配置"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "检测网络设备"
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
-msgstr "读取驱动信息"
+msgstr "读取驱动程序信息"
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "读取设备配置"
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "读取网络配置"
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "读取防火墙设置"
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "读取主机名和 DNS 配置"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "读取安装信息"
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
-msgstr "读取路由配置"
+msgstr "读取路由选择配置"
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "检测当前状态"
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "正在检测 ndiswrapper..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-"检测到了 ndiswrapper 配置,\n"
-"但内核模块尚未加载。\n"
-"您想要加载 ndiswrapper 模块吗?\n"
+"检测到 ndiswrapper 配置,\n"
+"但该内核模块尚未加载。\n"
+"您想要加载 ndiswrapper 吗?\n"
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
-"ndiswrapper 内核模块尚未加载。\n"
+"ndiswrapper 内核模块尚未装载。\n"
"请手动检查配置。\n"
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "正在检测网络设备..."
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "正在读取设备配置..."
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "正在读取网络配置..."
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "正在读取防火墙设置..."
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "正在读取主机名和 DNS 配置..."
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "正在读取安装信息..."
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
-msgstr "正在读取路由配置..."
+msgstr "正在读取路由选择配置..."
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "正在检测当前状态..."
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "已完成"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
-msgstr "要应用此改动,需要重启。"
+msgstr "要应用此更改,需要重引导。"
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
-msgstr "正在保存网络配置"
+msgstr "保存网络配置"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
-msgstr "写入驱动信息"
+msgstr "写入驱动程序信息"
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "写入设备配置"
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
-msgstr "写入网络配置"
+msgstr "写入网路配置"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
-msgstr "写入路由配置"
+msgstr "写入路由选择配置"
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "写入主机名和 DNS 配置"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "设置网络服务"
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "写入防火墙设置"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "激活网络服务"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "正在写入 /etc/modprobe.conf..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "正在写入设备配置..."
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "正在写入网络配置..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
-msgstr "正在写入路由配置..."
+msgstr "正在写入路由选择配置..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "正在写入主机名和 DNS 配置..."
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "正在设置网络服务..."
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "正在写入防火墙设置..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "正在激活网络服务..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
msgid "No network running"
-msgstr "无网络运行"
+msgstr "无运作中的网络"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid ""
-"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked"
-" will be used."
-msgstr "AutoYaST 设置网络/受管:NetworkManager 不可用,将使用 Wicked。"
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "网络模式"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
-msgstr "由 NetworkManager 控制的接口"
+msgstr "NetworkManager 控制的接口"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "禁用 NetworkManager"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "使用 NetControl 的传统网络设置 - ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "启用 NetworkManager"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
-msgstr "已启用 IPv6 协议支持"
+msgstr "启用了对 IPv6 协议的支持"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "禁用 IPv6"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "禁用了对 IPv6 协议的支持"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "connected"
msgstr "已连接"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr "数据报"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "引导时自动启动"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
-msgstr "连接网线时自动启动"
+msgstr "连接电缆时自动启动"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "由 NetworkManager 管理"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
-msgstr "根本不会启动"
+msgstr "不会启动"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "手动启动"
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address assigned using"
-msgstr "IP 地址指派自"
+msgstr "使用以下方式指派 IP 地址"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP 地址:%s/%s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
-msgstr "IP 地址:%s,子网掩码 %s"
+msgstr "IP 地址:%s,子网掩码:%s"
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "未配置"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
msgid "Device Name: %s"
-msgstr "设备名称:%s"
+msgstr "设备名:%s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "绑定从属"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr "从属于 %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "绑定主体"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "未连接"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
-msgstr "无硬件信息"
+msgstr "无 hwinfo"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
-msgid ""
-"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0)"
-" is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan"
-" devices). See dmesg output for details."
-msgstr ""
-"由于没有内核设备 (eth0, wlan0),无法配置网卡。这大多是缺少固件 (对于 wlan 设备) 造成的。细节请参考 dmesg 输出。"
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
+msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
+msgstr "由于内核设备(eth0、wlan0)不存在,无法配置网卡。这主要是因为缺少固件(对于 WLAN 设备)而导致的。有关细节,请参见 dmesg 输出。"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
-msgstr "设备尚未配置。请按<b>编辑</b>配置。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"未配置该设备。请按<b>编辑</b>\n"
+"进行配置。\n"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
-msgstr "所需固件"
+msgstr "需要的固件"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "未知"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
-"未安装软件包 %{package}\n"
-"将禁用防火墙设置。"
+"包 %{package} 未安装\n"
+"防火墙设置将禁用。"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "配置显示管理器"
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
msgid "Restart the services"
-msgstr "重启服务"
+msgstr "重启动服务"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "正在保存远程管理配置"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "正在配置显示管理器..."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Restarting the service..."
-msgstr "正在重启服务..."
+msgstr "正在重启动服务..."
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
-msgstr "启动服务 %{service} 失败"
+msgstr "启用服务 %{service} 失败"
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
"please restart it manually or log out and log in again."
msgstr ""
-"您必须重启您的显示管理器。\n"
-"考虑到远程管理部分也有所变动,\n"
-"请手动重启显示管理器或重新登录。"
+"必须重启动显示管理器。\n"
+"要使远程管理过程中所做的更改生效,\n"
+"请手动重启动显示管理器,或者注销然后重新登录。"
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "已启用远程管理。"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "已禁用远程管理。"
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "写入 IP 转发设置"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
-msgstr "写入路由设置"
+msgstr "写入路由选择设置"
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
-msgstr "正在保存路由配置"
+msgstr "正在保存路由选择配置"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "正在写入 IP 转发设置..."
@@ -4561,24 +4512,24 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "正在写入路由设置..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "网关:%s"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
-msgstr "IPv4 转发:%s"
+msgstr "IPv4 的 IP 转发:%s"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
-msgstr "IPv6 转发:%s"
+msgstr "Ipv6 的 IP 转发:%s"
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:124
@@ -4588,2285 +4539,9 @@
#. item in combo box Firewall Zone
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Disabled"
-msgstr "已禁用防火墙"
+msgstr "防火墙已禁用"
#. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)"
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(无保护的)"
-
-#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
-#~ msgstr "设备引导协议"
-
-#~ msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "手动网卡配置"
-
-#~ msgid "&Hotplug Type"
-#~ msgstr "热插拔类型(&H)"
-
-#~ msgid "P&CI"
-#~ msgstr "P&CI"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To specify the <b>Frequency</b> instead of\n"
-#~ "the channel, select the desired value.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p>要指定<b>频率</b>而不是通道,请选择期望的值。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "&Frequency"
-#~ msgstr "频率(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "unplugged"
-#~ msgstr "拔出"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
-#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
-#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "使用<b>在 NFSroot 时</b>与使用 '自动' 相似。\n"
-#~ "但使用此启动模式的接口将永远不能通过 'rcnetwork stop' 关闭。\n"
-#~ "'ifdown <iface>' 仍然有效。\n"
-#~ "当您有 nfs 或 iscsi 根文件系统时请使用此启动模式。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n"
-#~ "cannot be edited by YaST.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
-#~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "网络目前由 NetworkManager 控制,它的设置不能被 YaST 编辑。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "要编辑设置,请使用 NetworkManager 连接编辑器或切换网络设置方法为传统的 ifup 方法。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Device name:"
-#~ msgstr "设备名称:"
-
-#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (disable and close</a>)"
-#~ msgstr "将启用 SSH 服务并打开 SSH 端口 (禁用并关闭</a>)"
-
-#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (enable and open</a>)"
-#~ msgstr "将禁用 SSH 服务并屏蔽 SSH 端口 (启用并打开</a>)"
-
-#~ msgid "General &Network Settings"
-#~ msgstr "常规网络设置(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "Internal error. Please report a bug."
-#~ msgstr "内部错误。请汇报故障。"
-
-#~ msgid "Detecting network cards..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检测网卡..."
-
-#~ msgid "Network Interfaces"
-#~ msgstr "网络接口"
-
-#~ msgid "&Network Interfaces"
-#~ msgstr "网络接口(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "Alias Name"
-#~ msgstr "别名"
-
-#~ msgid "Persistent Tunnel"
-#~ msgstr "持久性隧道"
-
-#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager"
-#~ msgstr "由用户通过 NetworkManager 控制(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
-#~ msgstr "由 &wicked 控制"
-
-#~ msgid "Alias &Name"
-#~ msgstr "别名(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "Proposed bridged configuration for virtual machine network"
-#~ msgstr "为虚拟机网络提议的桥接配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Use non-bridged configuration"
-#~ msgstr "使用非桥接配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Proposed non-bridged network configuration"
-#~ msgstr "提议的非桥接网络配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Use bridged configuration"
-#~ msgstr "使用桥接配置"
-
-#~ msgid "There is no user interface available for this module."
-#~ msgstr "此模块没有可用的用户界面。"
-
-#~ msgid "Detecting DSL devices..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检测 DSL设备..."
-
-#~ msgid "DSL Connections"
-#~ msgstr "DSL 连接"
-
-#~ msgid "&DSL Connections"
-#~ msgstr "&DSL 连接"
-
-#~ msgid "PPP Daemon"
-#~ msgstr "PPP 守护进程"
-
-#~ msgid "Detecting ISDN cards..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检测 ISDN 卡..."
-
-#~ msgid "ISDN Adapters"
-#~ msgstr "ISDN 适配器"
-
-#~ msgid "&ISDN Adapters"
-#~ msgstr "&ISDN 适配器"
-
-#~ msgid "Detecting modems..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检测调制解调器..."
-
-#~ msgid "&Modems"
-#~ msgstr "调制解调器(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "ISDN Card"
-#~ msgstr "ISDN 卡"
-
-#~ msgid "Modem"
-#~ msgstr "调制解调器"
-
-#~ msgid "DSL Connection"
-#~ msgstr "DSL 连接"
-
-#~ msgid "(not connected)"
-#~ msgstr "(未连接)"
-
-#~ msgid "Mode: %1"
-#~ msgstr "模式:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "IP address assigned using DHCP"
-#~ msgstr "由 DHCP 指派的 IP 地址"
-
-#~ msgid "Bond slaves"
-#~ msgstr "绑定从属"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b> for configuration.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>设备尚未配置。请按<b>编辑</b>进行配置。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n"
-#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>正在初始化 DSL 配置\n"
-#~ "</BIG></B><BR>请稍候...<BR></P>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting the Initialization\n"
-#~ "</BIG></B><BR>You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing\n"
-#~ "<B>Abort</B> now.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>中止初始化\n"
-#~ "</BIG></B><BR>现在按<B>中止</B>可安全地中止配置工具。</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving DSL Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Please wait...<BR></P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>正在保存 DSL 配置</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "请稍候...<BR></P>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting Saving</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "You can abort the save process by pressing <B>Abort</B>. An additional\n"
-#~ "dialog may inform you whether it is safe to do so.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>中止保存</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "您可按<B>中止</B>中止保存过程。\n"
-#~ "另一个对话框将告知您这样做是否安全。</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use."
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商 %1 已在使用。"
-
-#~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use. Really delete it?"
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商 %1 已在使用。真的删除它吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Overview"
-#~ msgstr "DSL 配置概览"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>DSL Overview</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Here, get an overview of installed DSL devices. Additionally,\n"
-#~ "edit their configuration.<BR></P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>DSL 概览</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "在此获取已安装 DSL 设备的概览。\n"
-#~ "此外,还可编辑其配置。<BR></P>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding a DSL Device:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a DSL device.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>添加 DSL 设备:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "您可按<B>添加</B>手动配置 DSL 设备。</P>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Choose a DSL device for which to change or remove the configuration.\n"
-#~ "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>编辑或删除:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "选择要修改或移除配置的 DSL 设备。\n"
-#~ "然后按相应的按钮:<B>编辑</B>或<B>删除</B>。</P>"
-
-#~ msgid "Type"
-#~ msgstr "类型"
-
-#~ msgid "Provider"
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商"
-
-#~ msgid "Providers"
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商"
-
-#~ msgid "DSL Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "DSL 配置"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
-#~ "for the DSL connection.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p>在此设置 DSL 连接最重要的设置。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>First, choose your <b>PPP mode</b>. This is either\n"
-#~ "<i>PPP over Ethernet</i> (PPPoE), <i>PPP over ATM</i> (PPPoATM),\n"
-#~ "<i>CAPI for ADSL</i> or <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> (PPTP).\n"
-#~ "Use <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n"
-#~ "Use <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n"
-#~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. </p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>首先,请选择您的 <b>PPP 模式</b>。\n"
-#~ "这可以是 <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> (PPPoE),<i>PPP over ATM</i> (PPPoATM),\n"
-#~ "<i>用于 ADSL 的 CAPI</i> 或者<i>点对点隧道协议</i> (PPTP)。\n"
-#~ "若您的 DSL 调制解调器通过以太网与计算机连接,请用 <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>。\n"
-#~ "若您想要连接到一个 VPN 服务器,请用<i>点对点隧道协议</i>。\n"
-#~ "若您不确定使用哪种模式,请垂询您的服务提供商。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you are using <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>, first configure your\n"
-#~ "ethernet card.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若您正在使用 <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>,则请先配置以太网卡。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set up\n"
-#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</i>\n"
-#~ "connections, <b>Ethernet Card</b> is needed for <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>\n"
-#~ "connections.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>PPP 模式相关设置</b>是设置 DSL 连接所需的设置。\n"
-#~ "<b>VPI/VCI</b> 仅适用于 <i>PPP over ATM</i> 连接,\n"
-#~ "<i>PPP over Ethernet</i> 连接需要 <b>以太网卡</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, <i>0.38</i>\n"
-#~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>对于 PPPoATM,请输入您的 VPI/VCI 对,例如,\n"
-#~ "英国电信请输入 <i>0.38</i>。若不确定,请垂询您的服务提供商。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>For PPPoE, enter the device of the ethernet card to which your DSL\n"
-#~ "modem is connected. If you did not set up your ethernet card yet, do\n"
-#~ "so by pressing <b>Configure Network Cards</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>对于 PPPoE,请输入您的 DSL 调制解调器连接的以太网卡设备。\n"
-#~ "若尚未设置以太网卡,请按<b>配置网卡</b>配置一个以太网卡。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>对于 PPTP,请输入服务器名称或 IP 地址。</P>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Activation during boot may\n"
-#~ "be appropriate for dial-on-demand connections.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>引导时激活可能适用于按需拨号连接。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "PPP over Ethernet"
-#~ msgstr "PPP over Ethernet"
-
-#~ msgid "PPP over ATM"
-#~ msgstr "PPP over ATM"
-
-#~ msgid "CAPI for ADSL"
-#~ msgstr "用于 ADSL 的 CAPI"
-
-#~ msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol"
-#~ msgstr "点对点隧道协议"
-
-#~ msgid "PPP &Mode"
-#~ msgstr "PPP 模式(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "DSL Connection Settings"
-#~ msgstr "DSL 连接设置"
-
-#~ msgid "PPP Mode-Dependent Settings"
-#~ msgstr "PPP 模式相关设置"
-
-#~ msgid "&VPI/VCI"
-#~ msgstr "&VPI/VCI"
-
-#~ msgid "&Ethernet Card"
-#~ msgstr "以太网卡(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Configure Network Cards"
-#~ msgstr "配置网卡(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Server Name or IP Address"
-#~ msgstr "服务器名称或 IP 地址(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter the VPI/VCI."
-#~ msgstr "请输入 VPI/VCI。"
-
-#~ msgid "At least one ethernet interface must be configured."
-#~ msgstr "至少要配置一个以太接口。"
-
-#~ msgid "Server IP address or domain name is invalid."
-#~ msgstr "服务器 IP 地址或域名称无效。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing ISDN Card Configuration\n"
-#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>正在初始化 ISDN 卡配置\n"
-#~ "</BIG></B><BR>请稍候...<BR></P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving ISDN Card Configuration\n"
-#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>正在保存 ISDN 卡配置\n"
-#~ "</BIG></B><BR>请稍候...<BR></P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Aborting Saving:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "You can abort the save procedure by pressing <B>Abort</B>.\n"
-#~ "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>中止保存:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "您可以按<B>中止</B>中止保存过程。\n"
-#~ "另一个对话框将告知您这样做是否安全。</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Select the item to edit."
-#~ msgstr "选择要编辑的项。"
-
-#~ msgid "Select the item to delete."
-#~ msgstr "选择要删除的项。"
-
-#~ msgid "&Interface"
-#~ msgstr "接口(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Provider"
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You tried to delete a provider that\n"
-#~ "is the default provider for interface\n"
-#~ "%1. First select another\n"
-#~ "default provider for interface %2\n"
-#~ "or delete the interface itself.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "您尝试删除接口 %1 的默认服务提供商。\n"
-#~ "首先请为接口 %2 选择另一个默认服务器提供商,或者删除该接口本身。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Overview"
-#~ msgstr "ISDN 配置概览"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>ISDN Card Overview</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Here, get an overview of installed ISDN cards and connection setups.\n"
-#~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations.<BR></P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>ISDN 卡概览</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "在此获取已安装 ISDN 卡和连接设置的概览。\n"
-#~ "此外,还可编辑其配置。<BR></P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Card:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Press <B>Add</B> to configure an ISDN card manually.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>添加 ISDN 卡:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "按<B>添加</B>手动配置 ISDN 卡。</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "If you press <B>Test</B>, the system tries to load the driver for the\n"
-#~ "selected card.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>测试 ISDN 卡设置:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "您若按<B>测试</B>,系统将尝试为所选网卡加载驱动。</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>添加 ISDN 连接:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "按<B>添加</B>可以配置 ISDN 拨号连接。</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Choose an ISDN card or connection to change or remove.\n"
-#~ "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>编辑或删除:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "选择要修改或移除的 ISDN 卡或连接。\n"
-#~ "然后按相应的按钮:<B>编辑</B>或<B>删除</B>。</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Hardware"
-#~ msgstr "硬件"
-
-#~ msgid "Phone"
-#~ msgstr "电话"
-
-#~ msgid "ISDN Devices"
-#~ msgstr "ISDN 设备"
-
-#~ msgid "ISDN Detail Settings"
-#~ msgstr "ISDN 细节设置"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are\n"
-#~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>远程电话号码列表</b>控制了允许哪些远程计算机连接到此接口。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Deselect <b>Only Listed Numbers Allowed</b> \n"
-#~ "to allow all caller IDs.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p>反选<b>只允许列出的号码</b>可允许全部来电 ID。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally without special \n"
-#~ "processing.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若回拨模式为<b>关闭</b>,则将以正常方式处理呼叫,而不进行特殊处理。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n"
-#~ "is triggered.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若回拨模式为<b>服务器</b>,则将在收到来电后触发回拨。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the initial call then \n"
-#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若回拨模式为<b>客户端</b>,则本地系统将进行初始呼叫,然后等待来自远程计算机的回拨。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n"
-#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n"
-#~ "the client.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>回拨延迟</b>是指在初始呼叫和回拨 (服务器) 或挂断 (客户端) 之间的秒数。\n"
-#~ "这段时间在服务器上比在客户端上要长。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In <b>Additional ipppd Options</b>, add extra options for ipppd,\n"
-#~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>在<b>额外 ipppd 选项</b>中,为 ipppd 添加额外选项,\n"
-#~ "例如用于拨入服务器认证的 +pap +chap。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options"
-#~ msgstr "额外 ipppd 选项(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "Callback Functions"
-#~ msgstr "回拨功能"
-
-#~ msgid "Callback Of&f"
-#~ msgstr "回拨关闭(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "Callback &Server"
-#~ msgstr "回拨服务器(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Callback &Client"
-#~ msgstr "回拨客户端(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "Callback &Delay"
-#~ msgstr "回拨延迟(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Remote &Phone Number List"
-#~ msgstr "远程电话号码列表(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Only &Listed Numbers Allowed"
-#~ msgstr "只允许列出的号码(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "ISDN Service Selection"
-#~ msgstr "ISDN 服务选择"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n"
-#~ "connection via <b>Add DSL CAPI Interface</b>. You can also do this later\n"
-#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>若您有一个组合式 ISDN 和 DSL CAPI 控制器,请通过<b>添加 DSL CAPI 接口</b>配置您的 DSL 连接。\n"
-#~ "您也可以稍后在 DSL 配置对话框中这么做。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>For networking over ISDN, there are two types of interfaces:\n"
-#~ "<b>RawIP</b> and <b>SyncPPP</b>. In most cases, use SyncPPP. It is\n"
-#~ "the default for all common Internet providers.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>通过 ISDN 上网有两种类型的接口:<b>RawIP</b> 和 <b>SyncPPP</b>。\n"
-#~ "大多数情况下使用 SyncPPP。全部常见互联网服务提供商默认均使用 SyncPPP。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To switch between various Internet providers, an\n"
-#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n"
-#~ "same interface.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>要在多个互联网服务提供商间切换,不需要为每个服务提供商都指定一个接口。\n"
-#~ "只需要将多个服务提供商添加到同一接口即可。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To avoid adding an interface now, use\n"
-#~ "<b>Skip</b> not to enter the interface and provider dialogs.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>要避免现在添加接口,可使用<b>跳过</b>,\n"
-#~ "这样就不会进入接口和服务提供商对话框。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>You have a DSL CAPI controller. Configure your DSL\n"
-#~ "connection via <b>Add DSL CAPI Interface</b>. You can also do this later\n"
-#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>您有一个 DSL CAPI 控制器。\n"
-#~ "请通过<b>添加 DSL CAPI 接口</b>配置您的 DSL 连接。\n"
-#~ "您也可以稍后在 DSL 配置对话框中这么做。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Add &DSL CAPI Interface"
-#~ msgstr "添加 &DSL CAPI 接口"
-
-#~ msgid "Add New &SyncPPP Network Interface"
-#~ msgstr "添加新的 &SyncPPP 网络接口"
-
-#~ msgid "Add New Raw&IP Network Interface"
-#~ msgstr "添加新的 Raw&IP 网络接口"
-
-#~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface"
-#~ msgstr "添加服务提供商到已有接口(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "S&kip"
-#~ msgstr "跳过(&K)"
-
-#~ msgid "Edit %1 Interface %2"
-#~ msgstr "编辑 %1 接口 %2"
-
-#~ msgid "Add %1 Interface %2"
-#~ msgstr "添加 %1 接口 %2"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n"
-#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n"
-#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n"
-#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n"
-#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n"
-#~ "the default MSN is actually used.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>我的电话号码 -- 作为您自己的电话号码 (MSN),\n"
-#~ "若您的 ISDN 卡直接与电话公司提供的插口相连,则请输入您的电话号码 (不带区号)。\n"
-#~ "若您的 ISDN 卡与 PBX 相连,则请输入存储在 PBX 中的 MSN (例如,您的分机或\n"
-#~ "分机的最后一位或几位数字)。\n"
-#~ "若这么做失败了,可尝试使用 0,其通常表示使用默认的 MSN。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you select manual, start and stop the service manually by\n"
-#~ "issuing the following commands (while logged in as 'root'):\n"
-#~ "<tt>\n"
-#~ " <br> <b>start: </b>ifup ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br> <b>stop : </b>ifdown ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ "</tt>\n"
-#~ "Note: ippp0 is an example</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>若您选择了手动方式,可以发出以下命令启动和停止服务 (当以 'root' 登入时):\n"
-#~ "<tt>\n"
-#~ " <br> <b>启动:</b>ifup ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br> <b>停止:</b>ifdown ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ "</tt>\n"
-#~ "注意:ippp0 是一个示例</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Selecting <b>channel bundling</b> sets up a 128-kBit connection\n"
-#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n"
-#~ "use the following commands:\n"
-#~ "<tt>\n"
-#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ "</tt>\n"
-#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen automatically. If\n"
-#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n"
-#~ "removes a channel.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>选择<b>通道捆绑</b>设置 128 kBit 连接也称为 Multilink PPP。\n"
-#~ "要激活或取消激活第二个通道,请使用以下命令:\n"
-#~ "<tt>\n"
-#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
-#~ " <br>\n"
-#~ "</tt>\n"
-#~ "您也可以安装软件包 <b>xibod</b> 来自动执行此操作。\n"
-#~ "若需要更多带宽,它就会增加一个通道。\n"
-#~ "若流量减少,它就会移除一个通道。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Selecting\n"
-#~ "<b>External Firewall Interface</b> activates the firewall\n"
-#~ "and sets this interface as external.\n"
-#~ "<b>Restart Firewall</b> restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>选择<b>外部防火墙接口</b>可激活防火墙并将此接口设为外部接口。\n"
-#~ "若已建立了连接可使用<b>重启防火墙</b>重启防火墙。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "D&efault Provider"
-#~ msgstr "默认服务提供商(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "External Fire&wall Interface"
-#~ msgstr "外部防火墙接口(&W)"
-
-#~ msgid "Restart Fire&wall"
-#~ msgstr "重启防火墙(&W)"
-
-#~ msgid "Connection Settings"
-#~ msgstr "连接设置"
-
-#~ msgid "My &Phone Number"
-#~ msgstr "我的电话号码(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Charge&HUP"
-#~ msgstr "Charge&HUP"
-
-#~ msgid "Ch&annel Bundling"
-#~ msgstr "通道捆绑(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Details..."
-#~ msgstr "细节(&D)..."
-
-#~ msgid "ISDN IP Address Settings"
-#~ msgstr "ISDN IP 地址设置"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter the IP addresses if you received a fixed IP address\n"
-#~ "from your provider for syncppp or you use raw IP.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若您从服务提供商处收到了一个用于 syncppp 的固定 IP 地址或您使用裸 IP 请输入 IP 地址。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Dynamic IP Address</b> if your provider\n"
-#~ "assigns you one temporary address per connection. In this case, the\n"
-#~ "outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n"
-#~ "This is the default with most providers.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>若服务提供商在每次连接时为您指派一个临时地址则请勾选<b>动态 IP 地址</b>。\n"
-#~ "在这种情况下,外发地址直到链接建立前的那个时刻前都是未知的。\n"
-#~ "这时多数服务提供商的默认设置。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Default Route</b> to use this interface as the\n"
-#~ "default route. Only one interface can be the default\n"
-#~ "route.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>勾选<b>默认路由</b>将此接口作为默认路由使用。\n"
-#~ "只有一个接口可以是默认路由。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "IP Address Settings"
-#~ msgstr "IP 地址设置"
-
-#~ msgid "&Dynamic IP Address"
-#~ msgstr "动态 IP 地址(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Local IP Address of Your Machine"
-#~ msgstr "您计算机的本地 IP 地址(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "Re&mote IP Address"
-#~ msgstr "远程 IP 地址(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "D&efault Route"
-#~ msgstr "默认路由(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "Local and remote IP addresses must be completed correctly."
-#~ msgstr "必须正确完成本地和远程 IP 地址。"
-
-#~ msgid "Manual ISDN Card Selection"
-#~ msgstr "手动 ISDN 卡选择"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select the ISDN card to configure. Filter cards for \n"
-#~ "particular vendors by selecting a vendor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>选择要配置的 ISDN 卡。可通过选择制造商过滤特定制造商的网卡。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "All"
-#~ msgstr "全部"
-
-#~ msgid "Select &Vendor"
-#~ msgstr "选择制造商(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "Se&lect ISDN Card"
-#~ msgstr "选择 ISDN 卡(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "&T1B Version"
-#~ msgstr "&T1B 版本"
-
-#~ msgid "&IO Address"
-#~ msgstr "&IO 地址"
-
-#~ msgid "IR&Q"
-#~ msgstr "IR&Q"
-
-#~ msgid "&Membase"
-#~ msgstr "&Membase"
-
-#~ msgid "Parameter"
-#~ msgstr "参数"
-
-#~ msgid "Dri&ver"
-#~ msgstr "驱动(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "ISDN Low-Level Configuration for %1%2"
-#~ msgstr "%1%2 的 ISDN 低级配置"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n"
-#~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n"
-#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>若您有一块旧版 ISA 卡,您可以输入 IO 端口号或内存地址以及所用中断的值。\n"
-#~ "要获得正确的值,请阅读您 ISA 卡的技术手册或与销售商联系。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Start Mode: </b> With <b>OnBoot</b>, the driver is loaded during\n"
-#~ "system boot. For <b>Manual</b>, the driver must be started with the\n"
-#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> command. Only the user root can do this.\n"
-#~ "<b>HotPlug</b> is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>启动模式:</b>使用<b>引导时</b>则在系统引导时加载驱动。\n"
-#~ "<b>手动</b>则必须使用 <b>rcisdn start</b> 命令启动驱动。\n"
-#~ "只有根用户才能这么做。\n"
-#~ "<b>热插拔</b>是一种特殊情况,用于 PCMCIA 和 USB 设备。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Multiple drivers exist for your ISDN card.\n"
-#~ "Select one from the list.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>您的 ISDN 卡存在多个驱动。\n"
-#~ "请从列表中选择一个。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ISDN 协议:</b>在多数情况下,此协议为 Euro-ISDN。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Area Code: </b> Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n"
-#~ "line here, without a leading zero and without a country prefix.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>区号:</b>在此输入 ISDN 线路的本地区号,不包括最前面的 0 和国家/地区前缀。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Dial Prefix: </b> If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n"
-#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>拨号前缀:</b>若您需要前缀以获取公用线路,请在此输入。\n"
-#~ "此前缀仅在内部 S0 总线上使用,最常见的是 \"0\"。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN Log</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若您不想要记录全部 ISDN 流量,请反选<b>启动 ISDN 日志</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol"
-#~ msgstr "ISDN 协议"
-
-#~ msgid "&Euro-ISDN (EDSS1)"
-#~ msgstr "&Euro-ISDN (EDSS1)"
-
-#~ msgid "1TR&6"
-#~ msgstr "1TR&6"
-
-#~ msgid "&Leased Line"
-#~ msgstr "专线(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "NI&1"
-#~ msgstr "NI&1"
-
-#~ msgid "Austria"
-#~ msgstr "奥地利"
-
-#~ msgid "Germany"
-#~ msgstr "德国"
-
-#~ msgid "Luxemburg"
-#~ msgstr "卢森堡"
-
-#~ msgid "Netherlands"
-#~ msgstr "荷兰"
-
-#~ msgid "Norway"
-#~ msgstr "挪威"
-
-#~ msgid "Poland"
-#~ msgstr "波兰"
-
-#~ msgid "Slovakia"
-#~ msgstr "斯洛伐克"
-
-#~ msgid "Switzerland"
-#~ msgstr "瑞士"
-
-#~ msgid "Czech Republic"
-#~ msgstr "捷克共和国"
-
-#~ msgid "North America"
-#~ msgstr "北美洲"
-
-#~ msgid "Other"
-#~ msgstr "其它"
-
-#~ msgid "&Country"
-#~ msgstr "国家/地区(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "Co&de"
-#~ msgstr "代码(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Area Code"
-#~ msgstr "区号(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Dial Prefix"
-#~ msgstr "拨号前缀(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Start &ISDN Log"
-#~ msgstr "启动 &ISDN 日志"
-
-#~ msgid "binary only CAPI with FAX G3"
-#~ msgstr "支持 FAX G3 的制式 CAPI"
-
-#~ msgid "under development"
-#~ msgstr "开发中"
-
-#~ msgid "OpenSource without FAX G3"
-#~ msgstr "不支持 FAX G3 的开源 CAPI"
-
-#~ msgid "binary only CAPI with FAX G3 and DSL"
-#~ msgstr "支持 FAX G3 和 DSL 的制式 CAPI"
-
-#~ msgid "DSL only card with CAPI2.0"
-#~ msgstr "支持 CAPI 2.0 的 DSL 单功能卡"
-
-#~ msgid "Bluetooth Dongle, need ISDN Access point"
-#~ msgstr "蓝牙加密狗,需要 ISDN 访问点"
-
-#~ msgid "ISDN Card Information"
-#~ msgstr "ISDN 卡信息"
-
-#~ msgid "Vendor"
-#~ msgstr "制造商"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ " WARNING\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "You have selected a binary-only driver that is not\n"
-#~ "part of our distribution. You can only use this driver\n"
-#~ "after installing additional packages from AVM manually.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Continue?\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ " 警告\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "您选择了不属于我们发行版一部分的制式驱动。\n"
-#~ "只有从 AVM 手动安装好额外软件包后才能使用此驱动。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "继续吗?\n"
-
-#~ msgid "The test was successful."
-#~ msgstr "测试已成功。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The test was not successful.\n"
-#~ " ReturnValue: %1\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "测试未成功。\n"
-#~ " 返回值:%1\n"
-
-#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "ISDN 配置"
-
-#~ msgid "&Advanced..."
-#~ msgstr "高级(&A)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Detailed Settings"
-#~ msgstr "详细设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Device Control"
-#~ msgstr "设备控制"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "All additional addresses belonging to the interface %1\n"
-#~ "will be deleted as well.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Really continue?\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "全部属于接口 %1 的附加地址也将被删除。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "真的继续吗?\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Rule by:"
-#~ msgstr "规则:"
-
-#~ msgid "Change DeviceName"
-#~ msgstr "修改设备名称"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing Modem Configuration\n"
-#~ "</BIG></B><BR>Please wait...<BR></P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>正在初始化调制解调器配置\n"
-#~ "</BIG></B><BR>请稍候...<BR></P>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Saving Modem Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Please wait...<BR></P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>正在保存调制解调器配置</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "请稍候...<BR></P>"
-
-#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Overview"
-#~ msgstr "调制解调器配置概览"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Modem Overview</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Here, get an overview of installed modems. Additionally,\n"
-#~ "edit their configuration.<BR></P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>调制解调器概览</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "在此获得已安装的调制解调器的概览。\n"
-#~ "此外,还可编辑其配置。<BR></P>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding a Modem:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a modem.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>添加调制解调器:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "按<B>添加</B>可手动配置调制解调器。</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Choose a modem for which to change or remove the configuration.\n"
-#~ "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P><B><BIG>编辑或删除:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "选择要修改或移除配置的调制解调器。\n"
-#~ "然后按相应的按钮:<B>编辑</B>或<B>删除</B>。</P>"
-
-#~ msgid "Modem Devices"
-#~ msgstr "调制解调器设备"
-
-#~ msgid "Modem Parameters"
-#~ msgstr "调制解调器参数"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Enter all modem configuration values.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>请输入全部调制解调器配置值。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n"
-#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n"
-#~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>调制解调器设备</b>指定了您调制解调器连接的端口。\n"
-#~ "ttyS0、ttyS1 等指串行端口,通常与 DOS/Windows 中的 COM1、COM2 等相对应。\n"
-#~ "ttyACM0 和 ttyACM1 指 USB 端口。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a <b>Dial Prefix</b>.\n"
-#~ "Often, this is <i>9</i> or <i>0</i>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若您位于 PBX 上,您可能需要输入一个<b>拨号前缀</b>,通常是 <i>9</i> 或 <i>0</i>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Choose <b>Dial Mode</b> according to your phone link. Most telephone\n"
-#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the additional\n"
-#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for your\n"
-#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>根据您的电话连接方式选择<b>拨号模式</b>。\n"
-#~ "大多数电话公司使用<i>音频拨号</i>作为<b>拨号模式</b>。\n"
-#~ "勾选附加复选框打开您调制解调器的扬声器 (<i>开启扬声器</i>),\n"
-#~ "或让调制解调器保持等待,直到检测到拨号音 (<i>检测拨号音</i>)。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Press <b>Details</b> to configure the baud rate and the modem \n"
-#~ "initialization strings.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>按<b>细节</b>配置波特率和调制解调器初始化字符串。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Modem Device:"
-#~ msgstr "调制解调器设备:"
-
-#~ msgid "Modem De&vice"
-#~ msgstr "调制解调器设备(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "Dial Prefi&x (if needed)"
-#~ msgstr "拨号前缀 (若需要)(&X)"
-
-#~ msgid "Dial Mode"
-#~ msgstr "拨号模式"
-
-#~ msgid "&Tone Dialing"
-#~ msgstr "音频拨号(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Pulse Dialing"
-#~ msgstr "脉冲拨号(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Special Settings"
-#~ msgstr "特殊设置"
-
-#~ msgid "&Speaker On"
-#~ msgstr "开启扬声器(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "D&etect Dial Tone"
-#~ msgstr "检测拨号音(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "Modem Parameter Details"
-#~ msgstr "调制解调器参数细节"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Baud Rate</b> is a transmission speed that tells\n"
-#~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>波特率</b>表示传输速度,\n"
-#~ "即您的计算机与调制解调器间通信时每秒传输的字节。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>All the relevant information about <b>Init Strings</b>\n"
-#~ "should be in your modem manual.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>初始化字符串</b>的全部相关信息应该在您的调制解调器手册中。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "B&aud Rate"
-#~ msgstr "波特率(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "Modem Initialization Strings"
-#~ msgstr "调制解调器初始化字符串"
-
-#~ msgid "Init &1"
-#~ msgstr "初始化字符串 &1"
-
-#~ msgid "Init &2"
-#~ msgstr "初始化字符串 &2"
-
-#~ msgid "Init &3"
-#~ msgstr "初始化字符串 &3"
-
-#~ msgid "Modem Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "调制解调器配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Provider Type"
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商类型"
-
-#~ msgid "&Available Provider Types:"
-#~ msgstr "可用服务提供商类型(&A):"
-
-#~ msgid "Modem Provider"
-#~ msgstr "调制解调器服务提供商"
-
-#~ msgid "ISDN Provider"
-#~ msgstr "ISDN 服务提供商"
-
-#~ msgid "DSL Provider"
-#~ msgstr "DSL 服务提供商"
-
-#~ msgid "Provider Overview"
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商概览"
-
-#~ msgid "Connection Parameters"
-#~ msgstr "连接参数"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Dial on Demand</b> means that the Internet\n"
-#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n"
-#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one <i>name server</i>. Use\n"
-#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n"
-#~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>按需拨号</b>意味着当请求来自互联网的数据时自动建立互联网连接。\n"
-#~ "要使用此功能,请指定至少一个<i>名称服务器</i>。\n"
-#~ "只有当您的互联网连接收费不贵时才能使用此功能,\n"
-#~ "因为有些程序会定期从互联网请求数据。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>When <b>Modify DNS</b> is enabled, the <i>name server</i> will be\n"
-#~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若启用了<b>修改 DNS</b>,则会在连接到互联网时自动修改<i>名称服务器</i>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the provider does not transmit its domain name server (DNS)\n"
-#~ "after connecting, disable <b>Automatically Retrieve DNS</b> and\n"
-#~ "manually enter the DNS.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>若在建立连接后服务提供商未传输其域名服务器 (DNS),\n"
-#~ "请禁用<b>自动撷取 DNS</b> 并手动输入 DNS。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name Servers</b> are required to convert hostnames\n"
-#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n"
-#~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n"
-#~ "disable <b>DNS Modification</b> when connected.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>名称服务器</b>是将主机名 (诸如 www.suse.com)\n"
-#~ "转译为 IP 地址 (例如 213.95.15.200) 所必需的。\n"
-#~ "您若启用了按需拨号或禁用了<b>连接后修正 DNS </b>,\n"
-#~ "则只需指定名称服务器。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n"
-#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n"
-#~ "option.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>忽略提示</b>禁用了对来自拨号服务器的任何提示的检测。\n"
-#~ "若建立连接速度很慢,或根本不能建立连接,可尝试此选项。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Selecting <b>External Firewall Interface</b> activates the firewall\n"
-#~ "and sets this interface as external.\n"
-#~ "Choosing this option makes dial-up connections\n"
-#~ "to the Internet safe from external attacks.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>选择<b>外部防火墙接口</b>将激活防火墙并将此接口设为外部接口。\n"
-#~ "选择此选项使得互联网拨号连接更加安全,不会受到外部攻击。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>Idle Time-Out</b> specifies the time after which an idle\n"
-#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>空闲超时</b>指定了在多长时间后将关闭空闲连接 (0 意味着连接永不超时)。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "min"
-#~ msgstr "分钟"
-
-#~ msgid "I&gnore Prompts"
-#~ msgstr "忽略提示(&G)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Connection Details"
-#~ msgstr "连接细节(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "I&P Details"
-#~ msgstr "I&P 细节"
-
-#~ msgid "How the interface should be set up"
-#~ msgstr "接口设置方式"
-
-#~ msgid "Automatically"
-#~ msgstr "自动"
-
-#~ msgid "Off"
-#~ msgstr "关"
-
-#~ msgid "Provider:"
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商:"
-
-#~ msgid "Dial on D&emand"
-#~ msgstr "按需拨号(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Modify DNS When Connected"
-#~ msgstr "连接后修正 DNS(&M)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Automatically Retrieve DNS"
-#~ msgstr "自动撷取 DNS(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "Name Servers"
-#~ msgstr "名称服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "F&irst"
-#~ msgstr "主要(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Second"
-#~ msgstr "次要(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "I&dle Time-Out (seconds)"
-#~ msgstr "空闲超时 (秒)(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Set the idle time-out."
-#~ msgstr "设置空闲超时。"
-
-#~ msgid "The primary name server is invalid."
-#~ msgstr "主名称服务器无效。"
-
-#~ msgid "The secondary name server is invalid."
-#~ msgstr "次名称服务器无效。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter the IP addresses if you received fixed\n"
-#~ "IP addresses from your provider.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若您从服务提供商处收到了固定 IP 地址,请输入这些 IP 地址。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Dynamic IP Address</b>\n"
-#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n"
-#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n"
-#~ "This is the default with most providers.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>若您的服务提供商在每次连接时都指派一个临时地址,则请勾选<b>动态 IP 地址</b>。\n"
-#~ "在这种情况下,外发地址直到连接建立前都是未知的。\n"
-#~ "这是大多数服务提供商的默认设置。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Use Peer DNS</b> to change\n"
-#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n"
-#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n"
-#~ "providers support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>连接后,勾选<b>使用对等点 DNS</b> 来修改您的域名服务器。\n"
-#~ "这将用获取到的 DNS 服务器 IP 地址替换您的静态 DNS 配置。\n"
-#~ "现在几乎全部服务提供商都支持<b>使用对等点 DNS</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n"
-#~ "processing.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若回拨模式为关,则将正常处理呼叫不作特殊处理。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n"
-#~ "is triggered.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>若回拨模式为服务器,则将在收到来电后触发回拨。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n"
-#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n"
-#~ msgstr "若回拨模式为客户端,则本地系统将进行初始呼叫,然后等待来自远程计算机的回拨。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Default Route</b> to set the default\n"
-#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n"
-#~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>勾选<b>默认路由</b>为此服务提供商设置默认路由。\n"
-#~ "这通常都是正确的,除非您想要通过此服务提供商连接单一计算机或子网。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Select Internet Service Provider (ISP)"
-#~ msgstr "选择互联网服务提供商 (ISP)"
-
-#~ msgid "C&ustom Providers"
-#~ msgstr "自定义服务提供商(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Countries"
-#~ msgstr "国家/地区(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "C&ountry:"
-#~ msgstr "国家/地区(&O):"
-
-#~ msgid "Ne&w"
-#~ msgstr "新建(&W)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Providers"
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Home Page: %1"
-#~ msgstr "主页:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Hot Line: %1"
-#~ msgstr "热线:%1"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Initializing Provider\n"
-#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>正在初始化服务提供商配置</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "请稍候...<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Saving Provider\n"
-#~ "Configuration</big></b><br>Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>正在保存服务提供商配置</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "请稍候...<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Setup</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Configure your provider here.<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>服务提供商设置</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "在此配置您的服务提供商。<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Choose a provider from the list of available providers\n"
-#~ "then press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>添加服务提供商:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "从可用服务提供商列表中选择一个服务提供商,\n"
-#~ "然后按<b>编辑</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which\n"
-#~ "to change the configuration opens.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>编辑或删除:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "若您按<b>编辑</b>,会打开另一个对话框供您修改配置。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Provider Overview</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Obtain an overview of installed providers. Additionally,\n"
-#~ "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>服务提供商概览</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "获得已安装的服务提供商的概览。\n"
-#~ "此外,还可编辑其配置。<br></p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Adding a Provider:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new provider manually.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>添加服务提供商:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "按<b>添加</b>手动配置一个新的服务提供商。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Choose a provider to change or remove.\n"
-#~ "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>编辑或删除:</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "选择要修改或移除的服务提供商。\n"
-#~ "然后根据需要按<b>编辑</b>或<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select the appropriate <b>provider</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>请选择合适的<b>服务提供商</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Choose the country or region where you are\n"
-#~ "located then choose one of the listed providers.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>请选择您所在的国家/地区或区域,\n"
-#~ "然后从列出的服务提供商中选择一个。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to add a provider not in the list.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>可使用<b>新建</b>添加一个列表中没有的服务提供商。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Choose one of the available provider types.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>请从可用服务提供商类型中择一。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Home Page: %1</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>主页:%1</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Hot Line: %1</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>热线:%1</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\n"
-#~ "dialing number, connect to the home page <b>%2</b> or call the hot line\n"
-#~ "<b>%3</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>要注册 <b>%1</b> 并找到最佳拨号号码,\n"
-#~ "请访问主页 <b>%2</b> 或拨打热线 <b>%3</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\n"
-#~ "dialing number, connect to the home page <b>%2</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>要注册 <b>%1</b> 并找到最佳拨号号码,请访问主页 <b>%2</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>To register for <b>%1</b> and find the best\n"
-#~ "dialing number, call the hot line <b>%2</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p>要注册 <b>%1</b> 并找到最佳拨号号码,请拨打热线 <b>%2</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Provider Parameters"
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商参数"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\n"
-#~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>配置您的互联网提供商连接。\n"
-#~ "若您已从列表中选出了您的服务提供商,则这些值已经提供过了。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>请为服务提供商输入一个<b>服务提供商名称</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</b>\n"
-#~ "to access your provider.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>请为服务提供商输入一个<b>服务提供商名称</b>和一个<b>电话号码</b>以访问您的服务提供商。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n"
-#~ "<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands for\n"
-#~ "Synchronous PPP.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>选择包封装类型。\n"
-#~ "<b>RawIP</b> 意味着截去了 MAC 报头。<b>SyncPPP</b> 代表同步 PPP。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter the <b>Line ID</b>\n"
-#~ "(e.g., 00056780362), the <b>T-Online Number</b> (e.g., 870008594732),\n"
-#~ "the <b>User Code</b> (typically 0001), and the <b>Password</b>\n"
-#~ "to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure).</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>请输入<b>线路 ID</b>\n"
-#~ "(例如 00056780362)、<b>T-Online 号码</b> (例如 870008594732)、\n"
-#~ "<b>用户代码</b> (典型的是 0001) 和登入时所用的<b>密码</b>\n"
-#~ "(若不确定请垂询您的服务提供商)。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter the <b>User Name</b> and the\n"
-#~ "<b>Password</b> to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure).</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>请输入登入时所用的<b>用户名</b>和<b>密码</b> (若不确定请垂询您的服务提供商)。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>User Name</b> will be extended\n"
-#~ "with the <i>t-online-com/</i> at the start and with <i>@t-online-com.de</i>\n"
-#~ "at the end.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>用户名</b>开头将扩展为 <i>t-online-com/</i>,\n"
-#~ "结尾将扩展为 <i>@t-online-com.de</i>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password every time.\n"
-#~ "Your\n"
-#~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n"
-#~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n"
-#~ "(readable by root only).\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>勾选<b>始终询问密码</b>以每次都询问密码。\n"
-#~ "您的互联网服务提供商可能不允许将密码保存在磁盘上。\n"
-#~ "若您在此处输入了密码,它将以明文保存在磁盘上 (仅 root 可读)。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Authorization"
-#~ msgstr "认证"
-
-#~ msgid "&User Name"
-#~ msgstr "用户名(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Always Ask for Password"
-#~ msgstr "始终询问密码(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "Packet &Encapsulation"
-#~ msgstr "包封装(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "Synchronous PPP"
-#~ msgstr "同步 PPP"
-
-#~ msgid "Raw IP"
-#~ msgstr "裸 IP"
-
-#~ msgid "Pr&ovider Name"
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商名称(&O)"
-
-#~ msgid "P&hone Number"
-#~ msgstr "电话号码(&H)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Info"
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商信息(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Line ID"
-#~ msgstr "线路 ID(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "&T-Online Number"
-#~ msgstr "&T-Online 号码"
-
-#~ msgid "&User Code"
-#~ msgstr "用户代码(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "Name for Dialing:"
-#~ msgstr "拨号名称:"
-
-#~ msgid "Provider Information"
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商信息"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter the line ID."
-#~ msgstr "请输入线路 ID。"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter the T-Online number."
-#~ msgstr "请输入 T-Online 号码。"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter the user code."
-#~ msgstr "请输入用户代码。"
-
-#~ msgid "Provider name %1 already exists."
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商名称 %1 已存在。"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter the provider name."
-#~ msgstr "请输入服务提供商名称。"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter the phone number."
-#~ msgstr "请输入电话号码。"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter the user name."
-#~ msgstr "请输入用户名。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "NetworkManager cannot ask for the password.\n"
-#~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "NetworkManager 无法询问密码。\n"
-#~ "请使用 KInternet (不用 NetworkManager),或将密码保存在系统上。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Continue?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "您在电话号码字段输入了一些不是数字的字符。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "继续吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp DSL.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Kamp DSL 连接</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space\n"
-#~ "(after the <b>/</b>) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n"
-#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>在<b>用户名</b>字段中,用您的 Kamp 登录名替换空格 (<b>/</b> 后面)。\n"
-#~ "然后输入您的密码并点击<b>下一步</b>。若遇到困难请垂询您的服务提供商。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Access AOL-DSL.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>AOL-DSL 连接</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (before\n"
-#~ "the <b>@</b>) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
-#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n"
-#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n"
-#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n"
-#~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>在<b>用户名</b>字段中,用您的 AOL 登录名替换空格 (<b>@</b> 前面)。\n"
-#~ "然后您的输入密码并点击<b>下一步</b>。\n"
-#~ "您若是 AOL 新客户并想要进行首次拨号,则需要输入一次您的 AOL PIN 号码。\n"
-#~ "您若有 Windows 系统,则可在 AOL 拨号软件中输入 PIN。\n"
-#~ "若没有 Windows 系统,则可拨打 AOL 热线并请求 AOL 工作人员为您输入 PIN 号码。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Kamp 1&1 DSL 连接</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
-#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
-#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>在<b>用户名</b>字段中,用您的 1&1 登录名替换空格 (<b>/</b> 后面)。\n"
-#~ "然后输入您的密码并点击<b>下一步</b>。若遇到困难请垂询您的服务提供商。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Kamp Eggenet DSL 连接</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
-#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>输入您的密码并点击<b>下一步</b>。\n"
-#~ "若遇到困难请垂询您的服务提供商。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp T-Online Business DSL.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Kamp T-Online Business DSL 连接</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
-#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n"
-#~ "click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>在<b>用户名</b>字段中,用您的 T-Online Business 登录名替换空格 (<b>/</b> 后面)。\n"
-#~ "然后输入您的密码并点击<b>下一步</b>。若遇到困难请垂询您的服务提供商。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Provider Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "服务提供商配置"
-
-#~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet"
-#~ msgstr "通过 QInternet 为非 root 用户启用设备控制(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>\n"
-#~ "<p>Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n"
-#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n"
-#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n"
-#~ "<b>smpppd</b> installed and running.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>设备控制</big></b></p>\n"
-#~ "<p>通常只允许系统管理员激活和取消激活网络接口。\n"
-#~ "启用<b>通过 QInternet 为非 root 用户启用设备控制</b>后,\n"
-#~ "任何用户都可以通过 QInternet 控制接口。这需要安装和运行 <b>smpppd</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "正在初始化 DSL 配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Detect DSL devices"
-#~ msgstr "检测 DSL 设备"
-
-#~ msgid "Read current configuration"
-#~ msgstr "读取当前配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Read firewall configuration"
-#~ msgstr "读取防火墙配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Read providers"
-#~ msgstr "读取服务提供商"
-
-#~ msgid "Read network card configuration"
-#~ msgstr "读取网卡配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading current configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取当前配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading firewall configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取防火墙配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading providers..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取服务提供商..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading network card configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取网卡配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "PPPoE DSL Devices"
-#~ msgstr "PPPoE DSL 设备"
-
-#~ msgid "Saving DSL Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "正在保存 DSL 配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Write configuration"
-#~ msgstr "写入配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Write network card configuration"
-#~ msgstr "写入网卡配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Write providers"
-#~ msgstr "写入服务提供商"
-
-#~ msgid "Set up smpppd"
-#~ msgstr "设置 smpppd"
-
-#~ msgid "Writing configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Writing network card configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入网卡配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Writing providers..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入服务提供商..."
-
-#~ msgid "Setting up smpppd(8)..."
-#~ msgstr "正在设置 smpppd(8)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Unknown (PPPoE-style) DSL Device Detected"
-#~ msgstr "检测到未知 (PPPoE 式) DSL 设备"
-
-#~ msgid "Initializing ISDN Card Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "正在初始化 ISDN 卡配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Detect devices"
-#~ msgstr "检测设备"
-
-#~ msgid "Read current device configuration"
-#~ msgstr "读取当前设备配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Read current connection setup"
-#~ msgstr "读取当前连接设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading current device configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取当前设备配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading current connection setup..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取当前连接设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Saving ISDN Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "正在保存 ISDN 配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Stop ISDN networking"
-#~ msgstr "停止 ISDN 联网"
-
-#~ msgid "Stop ISDN subsystem"
-#~ msgstr "停止 ISDN 子系统"
-
-#~ msgid "Write controller configuration"
-#~ msgstr "写入控制器配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Write interface configuration"
-#~ msgstr "写入接口配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Write firewall"
-#~ msgstr "写入防火墙"
-
-#~ msgid "Start ISDN subsystem"
-#~ msgstr "启动 ISDN 子系统"
-
-#~ msgid "Run drdsl"
-#~ msgstr "运行 drdsl"
-
-#~ msgid "Start ISDN networking"
-#~ msgstr "启动 ISDN 联网"
-
-#~ msgid "Stopping ISDN networking..."
-#~ msgstr "正在停止 ISDN 联网..."
-
-#~ msgid "Stopping ISDN subsystem..."
-#~ msgstr "正在停止 ISDN 子系统..."
-
-#~ msgid "Writing controller configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入控制器配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Writing interface configuration..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入接口配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Loading ISDN driver..."
-#~ msgstr "正在加载 ISDN 驱动..."
-
-#~ msgid "Running drdsl (could take over a minute)..."
-#~ msgstr "正在运行 drdsl (可能要一分钟)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Loading ISDN network..."
-#~ msgstr "正在加载 ISDN 网络..."
-
-#~ msgid "Testing ISDN Configuration %1"
-#~ msgstr "正在测试 ISDN 配置 %1"
-
-#~ msgid "Stop ISDN network"
-#~ msgstr "停止 ISDN 网络"
-
-#~ msgid "Unload ISDN driver"
-#~ msgstr "卸载 ISDN 驱动"
-
-#~ msgid "Load controller"
-#~ msgstr "加载控制器"
-
-#~ msgid "Unload controller"
-#~ msgstr "卸载控制器"
-
-#~ msgid "Stopping ISDN network..."
-#~ msgstr "正在停止 ISDN 网络..."
-
-#~ msgid "Unloading ISDN driver..."
-#~ msgstr "正在卸载 ISDN 驱动..."
-
-#~ msgid "Loading controller..."
-#~ msgstr "正在加载控制器..."
-
-#~ msgid "Unloading controller..."
-#~ msgstr "正在卸载控制器..."
-
-#~ msgid "&Select Interface"
-#~ msgstr "选择接口(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Initializing Modem Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "正在初始化调制解调器配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Detect modems"
-#~ msgstr "检测调制解调器"
-
-#~ msgid "Read routing"
-#~ msgstr "读取路由"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading routes..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取路由..."
-
-#~ msgid "Saving Modem Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "正在保存调制解调器配置"
-
-#~ msgid "No home page"
-#~ msgstr "无主页"
-
-#~ msgid "Product Name: %1"
-#~ msgstr "产品名称:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Username: %1"
-#~ msgstr "用户名:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Nothing is configured."
-#~ msgstr "未配置任何内容。"
-
-#~ msgid "Configured Providers:"
-#~ msgstr "已配置的服务提供商:"
-
-#~ msgid "Configured as %1 (phone %2)"
-#~ msgstr "已配置为 %1 (电话 %2)"
-
-#~ msgid "IP Forwarding: on"
-#~ msgstr "IP 转发:开"
-
-#~ msgid "IP Forwarding: off"
-#~ msgstr "IP 转发:关"
-
-#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
-#~ msgstr "运行 SuSEconfig"
-
-#~ msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
-#~ msgstr "正在运行 SuSEconfig..."
-
-#~ msgid "Firewall Settings"
-#~ msgstr "防火墙设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Password:"
-#~ msgstr "密码:"
-
-#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "代理配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable proxy settings"
-#~ msgstr "启用代理设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Disable proxy settings"
-#~ msgstr "禁用代理设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
-#~ msgstr "更改当前代理设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-#~ msgstr "设置代理身份验证"
-
-#~ msgid "Show the summary of the current settings"
-#~ msgstr "显示当前设置的摘要"
-
-#~ msgid "Set HTTP proxy"
-#~ msgstr "设置 HTTP 代理"
-
-#~ msgid "Set HTTPS proxy"
-#~ msgstr "设置 HTTPS 代理"
-
-#~ msgid "Set FTP proxy"
-#~ msgstr "设置 FTP 代理"
-
-#~ msgid "Clear all options listed"
-#~ msgstr "清除所有列出的选项"
-
-#~ msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-#~ msgstr "设置域以便不使用代理设置"
-
-#~ msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
-#~ msgstr "将用于代理身份验证的用户名"
-
-#~ msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
-#~ msgstr "将用于代理身份验证的密码"
-
-#~ msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "代理配置状态"
-
-#~ msgid "Enabled"
-#~ msgstr "已启用"
-
-#~ msgid "HTTP"
-#~ msgstr "HTTP"
-
-#~ msgid "HTTPS"
-#~ msgstr "HTTPS"
-
-#~ msgid "FTP"
-#~ msgstr "FTP"
-
-#~ msgid "Proxy"
-#~ msgstr "代理"
-
-#~ msgid "&Proxy"
-#~ msgstr "代理(&P)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective."
-#~ msgstr "建议恢复 RPM 数据库。"
-
-#~ msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "正在保存代理配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Proxy is disabled."
-#~ msgstr "已禁用代理。"
-
-#~ msgid "Proxy is enabled."
-#~ msgstr "已启用代理。"
-
-#~ msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1"
-#~ msgstr "HTTP 代理:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1"
-#~ msgstr "HTTPS 代理:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "FTP Proxy: %1"
-#~ msgstr "FTP 代理:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "No details available."
-#~ msgstr "无可用的细节。"
-
-#~ msgid "&Details <<"
-#~ msgstr "细节 <<(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Details >>"
-#~ msgstr "细节 >>(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Unknown Error Code"
-#~ msgstr "未知的错误代码"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n"
-#~ "Proxy return code: %2.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "在 %1 代理测试时出现错误。\n"
-#~ "代理返回代码:%2.\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n"
-#~ "Proxy return code: %2.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "在 %1 代理测试时出现未知错误。\n"
-#~ "代理返回代码:%2.\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在测试当前代理设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test."
-#~ msgstr "在 HTTP 代理测试时出现错误。"
-
-#~ msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test."
-#~ msgstr "在 HTTPS 代理测试时出现错误。"
-
-#~ msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test."
-#~ msgstr "在 FTP 代理测试时出现错误。"
-
-#~ msgid "Proxy settings work correctly."
-#~ msgstr "代理设置正确运行。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>HTTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n"
-#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>HTTP 代理 URL</b> 是您访问\n"
-#~ "万维网 (WWW) 的代理服务器的名称。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n"
-#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>HTTP 代理 URL</b> 是代理服务器的名称,\n"
-#~ "您可以通过该代理服务器安全访问万维网 (WWW)。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>示例:<i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n"
-#~ "to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>FTP 代理 URL</b> 是代理服务器的名称,\n"
-#~ "您可以通过该代理服务器访问文件传送服务 (FTP)。</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>If you have the <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b> option checked, it is\n"
-#~| "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n"
-#~| "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you check <b>Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols</b>, it is\n"
-#~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n"
-#~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>在选中<b>对所有协议使用同一代理</b>选项的情况下,\n"
-#~ "只需填写 HTTP 代理 URL,然后该 URL 将用于所有协议\n"
-#~ "(HTTP、HTTPS 和 FTP)。\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>No Proxy Domains</b> is a comma-separated list of domains\n"
-#~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n"
-#~ "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>无代理域</b>是不进行缓存而直接对其进行请求的域的列表,\n"
-#~ "列表中各域用逗号分隔,例如\n"
-#~ " <i>%1</i>。</p>\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n"
-#~| "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n"
-#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n"
-#~ "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n"
-#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>如果使用的代理服务器需要授权,则输入\n"
-#~ "<b>代理用户名</b>和<b>代理口令</b>。有效用户名\n"
-#~ "仅由可打印的 ASCII 字符组成(引号除外)。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n"
-#~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>按<b>测试代理设置</b>,以测试\n"
-#~ "HTTP、HTTPS 和 FTP 代理的当前配置。</p> \n"
-
-#~ msgid "&Enable Proxy"
-#~ msgstr "启用代理(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "Proxy Settings"
-#~ msgstr "代理设置"
-
-#~ msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL"
-#~ msgstr "HTTP 代理 URL(&H)"
-
-#~ msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL"
-#~ msgstr "HTTPS 代理 URL(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "F&TP Proxy URL"
-#~ msgstr "FTP 代理 URL(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols"
-#~ msgstr "对所有协议使用同一代理(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "No Proxy &Domains"
-#~ msgstr "无代理域(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "Proxy Authentication"
-#~ msgstr "代理身份验证"
-
-#~ msgid "Proxy &User Name"
-#~ msgstr "代理用户名(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "Proxy &Password"
-#~ msgstr "代理密码(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings"
-#~ msgstr "测试代理设置(&O)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n"
-#~ "Really use these settings?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "代理已启用,但未指定代理 URL。\n"
-#~ "确实要使用这些设置吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty."
-#~ msgstr "不能只输入密码而将用户名留空。"
-
-#~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid."
-#~ msgstr "HTTP 代理 URL 无效。"
-
-#~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-#~ msgstr "HTTP 代理 URL 必须包含模式指定 (http)。"
-
-#~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid."
-#~ msgstr "HTTPS 代理 URL 无效。"
-
-#~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-#~ msgstr "HTTPS 代理 URL 必须包含模式指定 (http)。"
-
-#~ msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
-#~ msgstr "FTP 代理 URL 无效。"
-
-#~ msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-#~ msgstr "FTP 代理 URL 必须包含模式指定 (http)。"
-
-#~ msgid "No IP Address (for Bonding Devices)"
-#~ msgstr "没有 IP 地址(对于绑定设备)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "VLAN"
-#~ msgid "VLAN id"
-#~ msgstr "VLAN"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n"
-#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for example,\n"
-#~ "eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Udev 规则</b> 用于内核设备管理器的规则,这允许\n"
-#~ "把网络设备的 MAC 地址或者 BusID 和名称(比如,\n"
-#~ "eth1, wlan0 ) 相关联,并保证重启后设备名称的一致。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Providers to Configure"
-#~ msgstr "要配置的提供程序"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
-#~ "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just lenght of prefix <tt>/24</tt>). For special case - unconfigured interface use <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and <tt>/32</tt>.Optionally, you can enter\n"
-#~ "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>对于<b>静态地址设置</b>, 请输入您的计算机的 IP 地址(例如,<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>)、\n"
-#~ "网络掩码(通常是 <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>)。此外,您可以为这个 IP 地址\n"
-#~ "输入一个合格的主机名。主机名将被写入<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "No valid hostname."
-#~ msgstr "主机名无效。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If <b>Automatically Reconnect</b> is enabled, the connection will\n"
-#~ "be reestablished automatically after failure.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>如果启用了<b>自动重新连接<b>, 在连接失败后,\n"
-#~ "会自动重新建立连接。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Automatically &Reconnect"
-#~ msgstr "自动重新连接 (&R)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Netmask"
-#~ msgstr "网络掩码(&N)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p>Enable <b>IP Forwarding</b> if the system is a router. This will apply on both IPv4 and IPv6.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>如果系统是路由器,请启用 <b>IP 转发</b>。</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Your hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> and will be \n"
-#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this modification, \n"
-#~ "uncheck <b>Write Hostname to /etc/hosts</b> box. In that case your \n"
-#~ "hostname will not be resolvable without an active network.\n"
-#~ "</p> \n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>如果使用 DHCP 来获取 IP 地址,则将把主机名\n"
-#~ "写到 <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> 并可解析为 IP 地址 <tt>127.0.0.2</tt>。\n"
-#~ "这是默认的操作。如果要禁用该操作,请取消选中此框。\n"
-#~ "这样主机名在无活动网络时将不可解析。 </p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "&Write Hostname to /etc/hosts"
-#~ msgstr "将主机名写到 /etc/hosts(&W)"
-
-#~ msgid "Firewall"
-#~ msgstr "防火墙"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Request Broadcast Response</b> causes the DHCP client\n"
-#~ "to ask the server always to broadcast its responses. You may need this,\n"
-#~ "for example, if your machine is a mobile client moving between different\n"
-#~ "networks.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>请求广播响应</b>设置 DHCP 客户机请求服务器始终\n"
-#~ "广播其响应。例如,如果您的计算机是\n"
-#~ "在不同网络之间切换的移动客户机,\n"
-#~ "则需要此设置。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Request Broad&cast Response"
-#~ msgstr "请求广播响应(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "WPA-PSK"
-#~ msgstr "WPA-PSK"
-
-#~ msgid "IP address %1 is already present."
-#~ msgstr "IP 地址 %1 已存在。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> In some cases you may need to relogin for the settings to take effect</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>在此设置互联网代理(缓存)。</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>注意:</b>在某些情况下,您需要重新登录才能让设置生效</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "NetworkManager is enabled. Some features, such as\n"
-#~ "multiple providers for one modem, will not work.\n"
-#~ "You may want to use kinternet instead."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "已启用 NetworkManager。某些功能将不起作用,例如\n"
-#~ "一台调制解调器用于多个供应方。\n"
-#~ "您需要使用 kinternet 替代。"
-
-#~ msgid "Run KInternet"
-#~ msgstr "运行 KInternet"
-
-#~ msgid "Running KInternet..."
-#~ msgstr "正在运行 KInternet..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p>The <b>%1</b> packages must be installed because device control for non-root users has been established.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>由于要让非 root 用户也能够控制设备,必须安装 <b>%1</b> 软件包。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>是否要立即安装?</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
-#~ "This does not necessarily mean misconfigured network.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Click <b>Continue</b> to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n"
-#~ "requiring internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n"
-#~ "click <b>Cancel</b>."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "由于服务器方面的错误,下载最新的发行说明失败。\n"
-#~ "这不一定意味着网络配置不正确。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "继续下一个安装步骤,请点击“继续”。要跳过\n"
-#~ "任何需要网络连接的步骤或者回到网络配置,\n"
-#~ "请点击“取消”。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Destination addresss IP"
-#~ msgstr "目标 IP 地址。"
-
-#~ msgid "Propose a configuration"
-#~ msgstr "建议配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Summary:"
-#~ msgstr "路由选择配置摘要:"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you plan to use a dial-up Internet connection and have set up your\n"
-#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be temporarily\n"
-#~ "disabled during the connection.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>如果要使用拨号因特网连接并已建立连接来使用\n"
-#~ "动态 DNS 指派,则在连接过程中,\n"
-#~ "这些值将被临时禁用。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Optionally enter the name server list and domain search list.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>(可选)输入名称服务器列表和域搜索列表。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Note that the hostname is global--it applies to all\n"
-#~ "interfaces, not just this one.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>请注意,主机名是全局的--它会应用到所有\n"
-#~ "接口,而不仅仅是此接口。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The resolver configuration file (/etc/resolv.conf)\n"
-#~ "has been temporarily modified by %1. You have two options:</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>%1 临时修改了解析程序配置文件 (/etc/resolv.conf)。\n"
-#~ "您有两种选择:</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Modify the current version of the file.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>Press <b>Accept</b> and continue editing other data. You are able to return to this dialog at a later time, \n"
-#~ "when the above service has terminated.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>修改文件的当前版本。</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>按<b>接受</b>并继续编辑其它数据。\n"
-#~ "在以上服务终止时您可以返回此对话框。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Name Servers: Set by DHCP"
-#~ msgstr "名称服务器:由 DHCP 设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Search List: Set by DHCP"
-#~ msgstr "搜索列表:由 DHCP 设置"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Enter the name for this computer and the DNS domain that it belongs to.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>输入此计算机的名称以及所属的 DNS 域。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>如果此计算机是邮件服务器,则该域特别重要。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "&Change /etc/resolv.conf manually"
-#~ msgstr "手动修改 /etc/resolv.conf(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Update DNS data via DHCP"
-#~ msgstr "通过 DHCP 更新 DNS 数据(&U)"
-
-#~ msgid "Device type"
-#~ msgstr "设备类型"
-
-#~ msgid "Impossible value for type!"
-#~ msgstr "类型的值非法!"
-
-#~ msgid "Device Type"
-#~ msgstr "设备类型"
-
-#~ msgid "Bootproto"
-#~ msgstr "Bootproto"
-
-#~ msgid "Mask"
-#~ msgstr "掩码"
-
-#~ msgid "Updating <tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt>..."
-#~ msgstr "正在更新 <tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt>..."
-
-#~ msgid "Updating <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>..."
-#~ msgstr "正在更新 <tt>/etc/horts</tt>..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Press <b>Manually</b> tocontrol the interface manually\n"
-#~ "via ifup or KInternet (See <b>User Controlled</b> below).\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>点击<b>手动</b>以通过 ifup 或者 KInternet\n"
-#~ "手动控制接口(请参见下面的<b>用户控制</b>)。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "No Zone, All Traffic Blocked"
-#~ msgstr "无区域,阻塞所有交通"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,80 +1,71 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-19 17:47+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Command line help text for the nfs module
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29
msgid "Configuration of NFS client"
-msgstr "网络文件系统客户端配置"
+msgstr "NFS 客户端的配置"
#. command line action help
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43
msgid "List configured NFS mounts"
-msgstr "列出已配置的网络文件系统载具"
+msgstr "列出已配置的 NFS 装入"
#. command line action help
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50
msgid "Add an NFS mount"
-msgstr "添加网络文件系统载具"
+msgstr "添加 NFS 装入"
#. command line action help
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55
msgid "Edit an NFS mount"
-msgstr "编辑网络文件系统载具"
+msgstr "编辑 NFS 装入"
#. command line action help
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60
msgid "Delete an NFS mount"
-msgstr "删除网络文件系统载具"
+msgstr "删除 NFS 装入"
#. host:path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_spec
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70
msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')"
-msgstr "远程文件系统 (采用 'host:path' 形式)"
+msgstr "远程文件系统(采用\"host:path\"形式)"
#. path
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_file
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79
msgid "Local mount point"
-msgstr "本地挂载点"
+msgstr "本地安装点"
#. a list?
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_mntops
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89
msgid "Mount options"
-msgstr "挂载选项"
+msgstr "装入选项"
#. nfs or nfs4
#. command line option help
#. fstab(5): fs_type
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98
msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs."
-msgstr "文件系统 ID,支持网络文件系统和第四版网络文件系统。默认值是网络文件系统。"
+msgstr "文件系统 ID,支持 nfs 和 nfs4。默认值为 nfs。"
#. CLI action handler.
#. Print summary in command line
@@ -92,7 +83,7 @@
#. table header
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484
msgid "Mount Point"
-msgstr "挂载点"
+msgstr "安装点"
#. table header
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488
@@ -104,23 +95,23 @@
#. @return whether successful
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236
msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"."
-msgstr "选项 \"type\" 的值未知。"
+msgstr "选项“类型”的值未知。"
#. error
#. error
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334
msgid "No NFS mount specified."
-msgstr "未指定任何网络文件系统载具。"
+msgstr "未指定任何 NFS 装入。"
#. error message
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253
msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found."
-msgstr "未找到符合条件的网络文件系统载具。"
+msgstr "未找到符合条件的 NFS 装入。"
#. error message
#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271
msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:"
-msgstr "多个网络文件系统载具符合条件:"
+msgstr "多个 NFS 装入符合条件:"
#. error popup message
#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83
@@ -132,7 +123,9 @@
"Valid IPv6: %2\n"
"Valid domain: %3"
msgstr ""
-"输入的主机名无效。它必须短于 50 个字符并仅使用有效的 IPv4, IPv6 或域名。\n"
+"输入的主机名无效。\n"
+"它必须短于 50 个字符\n"
+"并仅使用有效的 IPv4、IPv6 或域名。\n"
"有效的 IPv4 地址:%1\n"
"有效的 IPv6 地址:%2\n"
"有效的域名:%3"
@@ -142,7 +135,9 @@
msgid ""
"fstab already contains an entry\n"
"with mount point '%1'."
-msgstr "fstab 已经包含一个带有挂载点 '%1' 的项。"
+msgstr ""
+"fstab 已经包含一个带有\n"
+"安装点“%1”的项。"
#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed)
#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139
@@ -151,15 +146,18 @@
"It must be shorter than 70 characters\n"
"and it must begin with a slash (/)."
msgstr ""
-"输入路径无效。\n"
-"路径必须短于 70 个字符且必须以斜线 (/) 开头。"
+"输入的路径无效。\n"
+"它必须少于 70 个字符且\n"
+"必须以斜线 (/) 开头。"
#. Help, part 1 of 3
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p>The table contains all directories \n"
"exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>该表格包含所有从远程服务器导出并通过网络文件系统本地挂载的目录 (网络文件系统共享盘)。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>该表包含从远程服务器导出\n"
+"并已通过 NFS(NFS 共享)在本地装入的所有目录。</p>"
#. Help, part 2 of 3
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46
@@ -169,8 +167,10 @@
"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n"
"about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>每个网络文件系统共享盘都由远程 网络文件系统主机地址和导出目录、挂载远程目录的本地目录、网络文件系统类型 (普通网络文件系统 或第四版网络文件系统)、以及挂载选项标识。\n"
-"关于挂载网络文件系统和挂载选项的进一步信息,请参考 <tt>man nfs</tt>。</p>"
+"<p>每个 NFS 共享由远程 NFS 服务器地址与\n"
+"已导出的目录、装入远程目录的本地目录、\n"
+"NFS 类型(纯文本 nfs 或 nfsv4)以及装入选项来标识。\n"
+"有关装入 NFS 和装入选项的进一步信息,请参见 <tt>man nfs</tt>。</p>"
#. Help, part 3 of 3
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53
@@ -178,7 +178,10 @@
"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n"
"a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n"
"share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>要挂载一个新的网络文件系统共享盘,请点击<B>添加</B>。要修改当前挂载的共享盘的配置,请点击<B>编辑</B>。也可用<B>删除</B>来移除和卸载所选共享盘。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要装入一个新的 NFS 共享,请单击<B>添加</B>。\n"
+"要更改当前装入的共享的配置,请单击<B>编辑</B>。\n"
+"也可用<B>删除</B>来去除和卸载所选共享。</p>\n"
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60
msgid ""
@@ -187,25 +190,27 @@
"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n"
"of file/directory access rights.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>您若需要访问网络文件系统 (第四版) 共享盘 (网络文件系统第四版是较新版本的网络文件系统协议),请勾选<b>启用第四版网络文件系统</b>选项。\n"
-"这时,您可能需要提供一个特定的<b>网络文件系统 (第四版) 域名</b>以正确设置文件/目录访问权限。</p>\n"
+"<p>如果您需要访问 NFSv4 共享(NFSv4 是较新版本的 NFS 协议),\n"
+"请选中<b>启用 NFSv4</b> 选项。\n"
+"在此情况下,您可能需要提供一个特定的 <b>NFSv4 域名</b>\n"
+"以正确设置文件/目录访问权限。</p>\n"
#. selection box label
#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows
#. NFS servers only
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164
msgid "&NFS Servers"
-msgstr "网络文件系统服务器(&N)"
+msgstr "NFS 服务器(&N)"
#. selection box label
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176
msgid "&Exported Directories"
-msgstr "导出目录(&E)"
+msgstr "导出的目录(&E)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249
msgid "&NFS Server Hostname"
-msgstr "网络文件系统服务器主机名(&N)"
+msgstr "服务器主机名(&N)"
#. pushbutton label
#. choose a host from a list
@@ -229,17 +234,17 @@
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275
msgid "NFS&v4 Share"
-msgstr "网络文件系统 (第四版) 共享盘(&v)"
+msgstr "NFSv4 共享(&V)"
#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278
msgid "pNFS (v4.1)"
-msgstr "pNFS (v4.1)"
+msgstr "pNFS(4.1 版)"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287
msgid "&Mount Point (local)"
-msgstr "挂载点 (本地) (&M)"
+msgstr "安装点(本地)(&M)"
#. button label
#. browse directories to select a mount point
@@ -256,12 +261,12 @@
#. label message
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319
msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..."
-msgstr "正在扫描本局域网上的主机..."
+msgstr "正在扫描此 LAN 上的主机..."
#. Translators: 1st part of error message
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325
msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network."
-msgstr "您的网络中未找到网络文件系统服务器。"
+msgstr "在您的网络中没有找到 NTP 服务器。"
#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...)
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331
@@ -271,17 +276,18 @@
"which probably blocks the network scanning."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"这可能是由运行中的 SuSEfirewall2 导致的,它可能阻断了网络扫描。"
+"这可能是由正在运行的 SuSEfirewall2 造成,\n"
+"SuSEfirewall2 可能会阻止网络扫描。"
#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356
msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..."
-msgstr "正在获取 \"%1\" 的目录列表..."
+msgstr "正在获取\"%1\"的目录列表..."
#. heading for a directory selection dialog
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371
msgid "Select the Mount Point"
-msgstr "选择挂载点"
+msgstr "选择安装点"
#. help text 1/4
#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN
@@ -291,8 +297,9 @@
"<b>Choose</b>, browse through a list of\n"
"NFS servers on the local network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>请输入<b>网络文件系统服务器主机名</b>。可用\n"
-"<b>选择</b>浏览本地网络中的网络文件系统服务器列表。</p>\n"
+"<p>输入 <b>NFS 服务器主机名</b>。使用\n"
+"<b>选择</b>,可以浏览本地网络中\n"
+"NFS 服务器的列表。</p>\n"
#. help text 2/4
#. added "Select" button
@@ -303,9 +310,10 @@
"<b>Select</b> to select one from those exported by the server.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>请在<b>远程文件系统</b>中,输入网络文件系统服务器上的目录路径。\n"
-"可用<b>选择</b>来从服务器导出路径中择一。\n"
-"</p>"
+"<p>在<b>远程文件系统</b>中,\n"
+"在 NFS 服务器上输入目录路径。使用\n"
+" <b>选择</b>来从那些服务器已导出的目录路径中选择。\n"
+" </p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439
@@ -316,8 +324,9 @@
"interactively.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\t\t\n"
-"<b>挂载点</b>可输入本地文件系统中应挂载目录的路径。\n"
-"<b>浏览</b>可交互地选择挂载点。</p>"
+"对于 <b>安装点</b>,输入本地文件系统中应装入目录的路径。使用\n"
+"<b>浏览</b>,可以通过交互模式\n"
+"选择安装点。</p>"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450
@@ -325,8 +334,8 @@
"<p>For a list of <b>Options</b>,\n"
"read the man page mount(8).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要获知<b>选项</b>列表,\n"
-"请阅读 mount(8) 帮助手册。</p>"
+"<p>有关<b>选项</b>的列表,\n"
+"请阅读 manpage mount(8)。</p>"
#. popup heading
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455
@@ -340,43 +349,43 @@
#. table header
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486
msgid "NFS Type"
-msgstr "网络文件系统类型"
+msgstr "NFS 类型"
#. #211570
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
-msgstr "启用第四版网络文件系统"
+msgstr "启用 NFSv4"
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508
msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name"
-msgstr "网络文件系统 (第四版) 域名称"
+msgstr "NFSv4 域名"
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
-msgstr "启用 &GSS 安全"
+msgstr "启用 GSS 安全(&G)"
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527
msgid "&NFS Shares"
-msgstr "网络文件系统共享盘(&N)"
+msgstr "NFS 共享(&N)"
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528
msgid "NFS &Settings"
-msgstr "网络文件系统设置(&S)"
+msgstr "NFS 设置(&S)"
#. Default values
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640
msgid "Really delete %1?"
-msgstr "真的要删除 %1 吗?"
+msgstr "确实要删除 %1 吗?"
#. dialog heading
#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681
msgid "NFS Client Configuration"
-msgstr "网络文件系统客户端配置"
+msgstr "NFS 客户端配置"
#. error popup message
#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387
msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'."
-msgstr "无法创建目录 '%1'。"
+msgstr "无法创建目录\"%1\"。"
#. error popup message
#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405
@@ -386,12 +395,13 @@
"the NFS client configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
"无法写入 /etc/fstab。\n"
-"将不会修改网络文件系统客户端配置。\n"
+"将不对 NFS 客户端配置\n"
+"进行任何更改。\n"
#. dialog label
#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447
msgid "Writing NFS Configuration"
-msgstr "正在写入网络文件系统配置"
+msgstr "正在写入 NFS 配置"
#. progress stage label
#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452
@@ -421,17 +431,17 @@
#. help text
#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468
msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..."
-msgstr "正在写入网络文件系统客户端设置。请稍候..."
+msgstr "正在写入 NFS 客户端设置。请稍候..."
#. error popup message
#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488
msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab."
-msgstr "无法在 /etc/fstab 中挂载网络文件系统项。"
+msgstr "无法在 /etc/fstab 中装入 NFS 项。"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510
msgid "NFS Entries"
-msgstr "网络文件系统项"
+msgstr "NFS 项"
#. summary item, %1 is a number
#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514
@@ -441,49 +451,24 @@
#. To translators: error popup
#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140
msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed."
-msgstr "选项字符串不能为空。"
+msgstr "选项字符串不允许为空。"
#. To translators: error popup
#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151
msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'"
-msgstr "选项 '%{key}' 出现了非预期值 '%{value}'"
+msgstr "对选项“%{key}”使用了意外值“%{value}”"
#. To translators: error popup
#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155
msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'"
-msgstr "未知选项:'%{key}'"
+msgstr "未知选项:“%{key}”"
#. To translators: error popup
#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159
msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'"
-msgstr "无效选项:'%{opt}'"
+msgstr "无效选项:“%{opt}”"
#. To translators: error popup
#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163
msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'"
-msgstr "空值选项:'%{key}'"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>The table contains all the NFS entries \n"
-#~ "for /etc/fstab.\n"
-#~ "To change the configuration, use <B>Add</B>, <B>Edit</B>, and\n"
-#~ "<B>Delete</B>.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>此表包含 /etc/fstab 的\n"
-#~ "所有 NFS 项。\n"
-#~ "要更改此配置,请使用<B>添加</B>、<B>编辑</B>和\n"
-#~ "<B>删除</B>。</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>To confirm the changes, press <B>Finish</B>. To cancel them,\n"
-#~ "use <B>Back</B>.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>要确认您的更改,请按<B>完成</B>。要取消更改,请\n"
-#~ "使用<B>上一步</B>。</P>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<P>For further information about fstab,\n"
-#~ "refer to <tt>man fstab</tt>.</P>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<P>要获取有关 fstab 的更多信息,\n"
-#~ "请参阅 <tt>man fstab</tt>。</P>\n"
+msgstr "选项“%{key}”的值为空"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs_server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs_server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs_server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,52 +1,44 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: nfs server\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 10:38+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46
msgid "Configuration of NFS server"
-msgstr "网络文件系统服务器配置"
+msgstr "NFS 服务器的配置"
#. command line action help
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59
msgid "NFS server configuration summary"
-msgstr "网络文件系统服务器配置摘要"
+msgstr "NFS 服务器配置摘要"
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68
msgid "Start NFS server"
-msgstr "启动网络文件系统服务器"
+msgstr "启动 NFS 服务器"
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72
msgid "Stop NFS server"
-msgstr "停止网络文件系统服务器"
+msgstr "停止 NFS 服务器"
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76
msgid "Add a directory to export"
-msgstr "将目录添加到导出表"
+msgstr "将目录添加到导出中"
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83
msgid "Delete a directory from export"
-msgstr "从导出表中删除目录"
+msgstr "从导出中删除目录"
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90
msgid "Set the parameters for domain, security and enablev4."
@@ -58,62 +50,64 @@
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102
msgid "Host wild card for setting the access to directory"
-msgstr "用于设置目录访问权限的主机通配符"
+msgstr "用于设置对目录的访问的主机通配符"
#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports')
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107
msgid "Export options (see 'man exports')"
-msgstr "导出选项 (参见 'man exports')"
+msgstr "导出选项(请参见\"man exports\")"
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113
msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc."
-msgstr "第四版网络文件系统 ID 映射的域名规格,如 'localdomain' 或者 'abc.com' 等。"
+msgstr "NFSv4 ID 映射的域名规格,如“localdomain”或者“abc.com”等。"
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119
msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4."
-msgstr "启用/禁用第四版网络文件系统支持的是/否选项。"
+msgstr "是/否选项表示启用/禁用 NFSv4 支持。"
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125
msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling secure NFS."
-msgstr "启用/禁用安全网络文件系统的是/否选项。"
+msgstr "是/否选项表示启用/禁用安全 NFS。"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
-msgstr "已启用网络文件系统服务器"
+msgstr "NFS 服务器已启用"
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
-msgstr "已禁用网络文件系统服务器"
+msgstr "NFS 服务器已禁用"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
-msgstr "未安装必需的软件包 (%1)。"
+msgstr "未安装必需的包 (%1)。"
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
-msgstr "未指定挂载点。"
+msgstr "未指定任何安装点。"
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
-msgstr "导出表已包含该目录。"
+msgstr ""
+"exports 表已\n"
+"包含此目录。"
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
-msgstr "未启用第四版网络文件系统不能设置域。请使用 'set enablev4' 命令。"
+msgstr "未启用 NFSv4 不能设置域。请使用“set enablev4”命令。"
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
-msgstr "命令 'set' 必须以 'set 选项=值' 格式使用。请使用 'set help' 获知可用选项信息。"
+msgstr "命令“set”必须以“set 选项=值”格式使用。请使用“set help”获得可用选项信息。"
#. Then no need to check for conflict.
#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205
@@ -121,7 +115,7 @@
msgid ""
"%3 and %4 are both exported with the option fsid=0\n"
"for the same client '%1' (contained in '%2')"
-msgstr "同一客户端 '%1' 中 (包含在 '%2' 中),%3 和 %4 均使用了选项 fsid=0 导出。这是不允许的。"
+msgstr "对于同一台客户端“%1”(包含在“%2”中),%3 和 %4 均使用选项 fsid=0 导出。"
#. selection box label
#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313
@@ -136,7 +130,8 @@
"must not contain spaces.\n"
msgstr ""
"通配符或选项字符串无效。\n"
-"必须短于 70 个字符且不能包含空格。\n"
+"它必须少于 70 个字符且\n"
+"不能包含空格。\n"
#. error popup message
#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353
@@ -150,12 +145,12 @@
#. error popup message
#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401
msgid "Unknown option: '%1'"
-msgstr "未知选项:'%1'"
+msgstr "未知的选项:\"%1\""
#. error popup message
#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406
msgid "Invalid option: '%1'"
-msgstr "无效选项:'%1'"
+msgstr "无效选项:\"%1\""
#. %1 is a list of exported paths
#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438
@@ -166,352 +161,339 @@
msgstr ""
"%1 的导出选项中有未配对的括号。\n"
"配置文件中也可能有伪空格。\n"
+"\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "要导出的目录(&D)"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "浏览(&B)..."
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
-msgstr "请输入非空导出路径。 如: /exports。"
+msgstr "请输入非空导出路径。如:/exports"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr "导出表已包含此目录。"
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+"用户模式 NFS 服务器 (%1) 无法导出名称中包含空格的目录。\n"
+"请使用基于内核的服务器 (%2) 完成此操作。"
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
-msgstr "该目录不存在。创建它吗?"
+msgstr "该目录不存在。是否创建?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "选择要导出的目录"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "主机通配符(&H)"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "选项(&P)"
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
-msgstr "启用第四版网络文件系统 (见前页) 后 'fsid=0' 才是有效的选项。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"NFSv4 启用(见前页)后\n"
+"“fsid=0”才是有效的选项。\n"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
-msgstr "早已设置了该通配符的选项。"
+msgstr ""
+"已设置此通配符\n"
+"的选项。"
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
-msgstr "无法读取 /etc/idmapd.conf 文件。正在将域默认设置设为 'localdomain'。"
+msgstr "无法读取 /etc/idmapd.conf 文件。正在将域默认设置为“localdomain”。"
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>在此可选择是否启动您计算机上的网络文件系统服务器,\n"
+"<P>在此可以选择是否要启动计算机上的 NFS 服务器,\n"
"并且将某些目录导出到其它目录中。</P>"
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>若您选择了<B>启动网络文件系统服务器</B>,点击<B>下一步</B>将打开一个\n"
-"配置对话框,在其中可指定要导出的目录。</P>"
+"<P>如果选择<B>启动 NFS 服务器</B>,请单击<B>下一步</B>,将打开一个\n"
+"配置对话框,在此可以指定要导出的目录。</P>"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>若服务器需要处理网络文件系统第四版客户端,请勾选<B>启用第四版网络文件系统</B>,\n"
-"并填写供 ID 映射守护精灵使用的第四版网络文件系统域名。若不确定要填的域名,请保留为\n"
-"'localdomain' 或参考 idmapd 和 idmapd.conf 的帮助手册。</P>\n"
+"<P>如果服务器需要处理 NFSv4 客户端,请选中<B>启用 NFSv4</B>,\n"
+"并填写供 ID 映射守护程序使用的 NFSv4 域名。如果不确定要填的域名,请保留为\n"
+"“localdomain”或参考 idmapd 和 idmapd.conf 的手册页。</P>\n"
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>若服务器和客户端必须使用 GSS 库认证,请勾选<B>启用 GSS 安全</B>\n"
-"复选框。要使用 GSS API,当前系统上必须装有 kerberos 和 gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)。</P>\n"
+"<P>如果服务器和客户端必须使用 GSS 库进行身份验证,请选中<B>启用 GSS 安全</B>\n"
+"复选框。要使用 GSS API,当前系统上必须安装 Kerberos 和 gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)。</P>\n"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
-msgstr "网络文件系统服务器"
+msgstr "NFS 服务器"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "启动(&S)"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "不启动(&N)"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
-msgstr "启用第四版网络文件系统"
+msgstr "启用 NFSv4"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
-msgstr "启用第四版网络文件系统(&V)"
+msgstr "启用 NFSv4(&V)"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
-msgstr "输入第四版网络文件系统域名(&M):"
+msgstr "输入 NFSv4 域名(&M):"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
-msgstr "启用 &GSS 安全"
+msgstr "启用 GSS 安全(&G)"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
-msgstr "网络文件系统服务器配置"
+msgstr "NFS 服务器配置"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
"mount this directory.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>上面的框包含全部要导出的目录。\n"
-"若选中了一个目录,下面的框将显示\n"
-"允许挂载该目录的主机。</P>\n"
+"<P>上面的框包含所有要导出的目录。\n"
+"如果选择一个目录,则下面的框将显示\n"
+"允许装入此目录的主机。</P>\n"
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><b>主机通配符</b>设置可访问所选目录的主机。\n"
-"它可以是单个主机、组、通配符或 IP 网络。</P>\n"
+"<P><b>主机通配符</b>设置可以访问所选目录的主机。\n"
+"它可以是单个主机、组、通配符或\n"
+"IP 网络。</P>\n"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>输入星号 (<tt>*</tt>) 而不是名称可指定全部主机。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>输入星号 (<tt>*</tt>) 而不是某个名称可指定所有主机。</p>"
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>保留字段为空表示指定所有主机。</p>"
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
-msgstr "<P>更多信息请参考 <tt>man exports</tt>。</P>\n"
+msgstr "<P>请参见 <tt>man exports</tt>,获取更多信息。</P>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "添加目录(&D)"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "编辑(&E)"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "删除(&L)"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "主机通配符"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr "选项"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "添加主机(&H)"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "编辑(&I)"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "删除(&T)"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "要导出的目录"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
-"无法创建缺失的目录:\n"
+"无法创建缺少的目录:\n"
"%1"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
"exported directories.\n"
msgstr ""
"无法写入 /etc/exports。\n"
-"将不会修改导出目录。\n"
+"将不对导出的目录进行\n"
+"任何更改。\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
-msgstr "正在写入网络文件系统服务器配置"
+msgstr "正在写入 NFS 服务器配置"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr "保存 /etc/exports"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
-msgstr "重启服务"
+msgstr "重启动服务"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "正在保存 /etc/exports..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
-msgstr "正在重启服务..."
+msgstr "正在重启动服务..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "已完成"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
-msgstr "正在写入网络文件系统服务器设置。请稍候..."
+msgstr "正在写入 NFS 服务器设置。请稍候..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
-msgstr "无法写入 idmapd.conf。"
+msgstr "无法写到 idmapd.conf。"
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr "无法启动 idmapd。请检查您的域设置。"
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr "无法重启动 idmapd。"
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr "无法停止 idmapd。"
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
msgstr "无法启动 svcgssd。请确保 kerberos 和 gssapi (nfs-utils) 设置正确。"
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
-msgstr "无法重启 'svcgssd' 服务。"
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
+msgstr "“svcgssd”已经在运行。无法将其重启动。"
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
-msgstr "'svcgssd' 正在运行。无法停止它。"
+msgstr "“svcgssd”正在运行。无法停止它。"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-"无法重启网络文件系统服务器。\n"
-"您的修改将在重引导后生效。\n"
+"无法重启动 NFS 服务器。\n"
+"您进行的更改将在重引导后生效。\n"
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
-msgstr "网络文件系统导出表"
+msgstr "NFS 导出"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
-msgstr "用于 ID 映射的第四版网络文件系统域是 %1 。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-#~ "with spaces in their names.\n"
-#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "用户模式网络文件系统服务器 (%1) 无法导出名称中包含空格的目录。\n"
-#~ "请使用基于内核的服务器 (%2) 完成本操作。"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>留空字段来指定全部主机。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-#~ msgstr "无法启动 idmapd。请检查您的域设置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-#~ msgstr "无法停止 idmapd。"
-
-#~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
-#~ msgstr "'svcgssd' 已在运行。无法重启它。"
-
-#~ msgid "Directories"
-#~ msgstr "目录"
-
-#~ msgid "Bindmount Targets"
-#~ msgstr "绑定挂载目标"
-
-#~ msgid "Firewall"
-#~ msgstr "防火墙"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>已启用第四版网络文件系统。请确保对于一个特定客户端,只有一个导出的文件系统标记有 fsid=0 选项。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n"
-#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n"
-#~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n"
-#~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use<br />\n"
-#~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n"
-#~ "/Eve/husband 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,...)</pre>\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>若网络文件系统第四版客户端有多个导出表,您需要将不带 fsid=0 选项的导出路径绑定到带有 fsid=0 选项的导出路径。\n"
-#~ "要将服务器路径 <tt>/Eve</tt> 和 <tt>/Adam</tt> 导出为 <tt>/</tt> 和 <tt>/husband</tt>,相应地,可使用<br/>\n"
-#~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n"
-#~ "/Eve/husband 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,...)</pre>\n"
-#~ "</p>"
+msgstr "idmapping 的 NFSv4 域名是 %1 。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,26 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Nis\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: nis\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-04 15:48+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module
#: src/clients/nis.rb:74
@@ -40,12 +32,12 @@
#. command line help text for 'summary' action
#: src/clients/nis.rb:98
msgid "Configuration summary of NIS client"
-msgstr "NIS 客户端配置摘要"
+msgstr "NIS 客户端的配置摘要"
#. command line help text for 'configure' action
#: src/clients/nis.rb:109
msgid "Change the global settings of NIS client"
-msgstr "修改 NIS 客户端全局设置"
+msgstr "更改 NIS 客户端的全局设置"
#. command line help text for 'find' action
#: src/clients/nis.rb:116
@@ -65,19 +57,19 @@
#. help text for the 'automounter' option
#: src/clients/nis.rb:138
msgid "Start or stop automounter"
-msgstr "启动或停止自动挂载器"
+msgstr "启动或停止自动装载器"
#. help text for the 'broadcast' option
#: src/clients/nis.rb:146
msgid "Set or unset broadcast search"
-msgstr "设置或取消设置广播搜索"
+msgstr "设置广播搜索或取消对广播搜索的设置"
#. Print summary of basic options
#. @return [Boolean] false
#. summary header
#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862
msgid "Automounter enabled"
-msgstr "已启用自动挂载器"
+msgstr "已启用自动装载器"
#. summary item: an option is turned on
#. summary item: an option is turned on
@@ -101,9 +93,9 @@
"in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n"
"fail to respond. It is a security risk.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>广播</b>选项可在指定服务器\n"
-"失去响应后启用本地网络\n"
-"搜索来查找服务器。这存在安全风险。</p>\n"
+"<p>使用<b>广播</b>选项可以在指定服务器\n"
+"响应失败后,在本地网络中\n"
+"进行搜索来查找服务器。这存在安全风险。</p>\n"
#. Translators: short for Expert settings
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71
@@ -130,12 +122,12 @@
#. LAN: local area network
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190
msgid "Scanning for NIS servers in domain %1 on this LAN..."
-msgstr "正在此局域网的域 %1 中扫描 NIS 服务器..."
+msgstr "正在此 LAN 的域 %1 中扫描 NIS 服务器..."
#. selection box label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209
msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1"
-msgstr "域 %1 中的 &NIS 服务器"
+msgstr "域 %1 中的 NIS 服务器(&N)"
#. firewall opening help
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228
@@ -147,9 +139,9 @@
"This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>防火墙设置</b><br>\n"
-"要打开防火墙以便远程计算机访问 \"ypbind\" 服务,\n"
+"要打开防火墙,以便访问远程计算机中的\"ypbind\"服务,\n"
"请设置<b>打开防火墙中的端口</b>。\n"
-"要选择将在其上打开端口的接口,请点击<b>防火墙细节</b>。\n"
+"要选择将在其上打开端口的接口,请单击<b>防火墙细节</b>。\n"
"此选项只有在启用了防火墙后才可用。</p>\n"
#. help text
@@ -158,8 +150,8 @@
"<p>Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n"
" and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>输入您的 NIS 域,例如 example.com,\n"
-"和 NIS 服务器地址,例如 nis.example.com 或 10.20.1.1。</p>\n"
+"<p>输入您的 NIS 域(例如 example.com)\n"
+"和 NIS 服务器的地址(例如 nis.example.com 或 10.20.1.1)。</p>\n"
#. help text for netconfig part
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244
@@ -175,9 +167,16 @@
"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n"
"the netconfig manual page.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>选择修改 NIS 配置的方式。通常,它由 netconfig 脚本处理,脚本会合并静态定义的数据和动态获取的数据 (例如从 DHCP 客户端,NetworkManager 等)。这是默认策略,对大多数配置来说足够。\n"
-"通过选择仅手动修改,将不允许 netconfig 修改配置。然而,您可以手动编辑文件。通过选择自定义策略,您可以指定一个自定义策略字符串,\n"
-"其包含一个由空格分隔的接口名列表,和通配符,并使用 STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK 作为其预定义的特殊值。更多信息,请见 netconfig 帮助手册。</p>\n"
+"<p>选择更改 NIS 配置的方式。通常,\n"
+"它由 netconfig 脚本处理,脚本会合并静态定义的数据和\n"
+"动态获取的数据(例如来自 DHCP 客户端、NetworkManager 等的\n"
+"数据)。这是默认策略,对大多数配置来说足够。\n"
+"选择“仅手动更改”将不允许 netconfig 修改配置。\n"
+"不过,您可以手动编辑文件。通过选择“自定义策略”,\n"
+"您可以指定一个自定义策略字符串,\n"
+"其包含一个由空格分隔的接口名列表,\n"
+"可包括通配符以及以及 STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK 预定义特殊值。\n"
+"有关更多信息,请参见 netconfig 手册页。</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260
@@ -186,7 +185,7 @@
"by separating their addresses with spaces.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>指定多台服务器,\n"
-"服务器地址间用空格分隔。</p>\n"
+"服务器的地址之间用空格分隔。</p>\n"
#. help text
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271
@@ -196,20 +195,20 @@
"It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n"
"either locally or over NIS.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>自动挂载器</b>是一个守护精灵,\n"
-"它会自动挂载目录,例如用户的主目录。\n"
+"<p><b>自动装入器</b>是一个守护程序,\n"
+"它会自动装入目录,例如用户的主目录。\n"
"它假定在本地或 NIS 中已存在其配置\n"
"文件 (auto.*)。</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279
msgid "<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>影响自动挂载器运行方式的 NFS 设置可在 NFS 客户端中设置,可用<b>NFS 配置</b>按钮配置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>影响自动装入器运行方式的 NFS 设置可在 NFS 客户端中设置,可用 <b>NFS 配置</b>按钮配置。</p>"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333
msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (Via NetworkManager and DHCP)"
-msgstr "自动设置(通过 NetworkManager 和 DHCP)(&T)"
+msgstr "自动设置(通过 NetworkManager 和 DHCP)(&T) "
#. radio button label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335
@@ -230,7 +229,7 @@
#. combo box item
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355
msgid "Only Manual Changes"
-msgstr "仅手动修改"
+msgstr "仅手动更改"
#. combo box item
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357
@@ -245,7 +244,7 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367
msgid "C&ustom Policy"
-msgstr "自定义策略(&u)"
+msgstr "自定义策略(&U)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393
@@ -255,7 +254,7 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401
msgid "&Addresses of NIS servers"
-msgstr "NIS 服务器地址(&A)"
+msgstr "NIS 服务器的地址(&A)"
#. check box label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411
@@ -297,18 +296,18 @@
#. button label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495
msgid "NFS Configuration..."
-msgstr "网络文件系统配置..."
+msgstr "NFS 配置..."
#. check box label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499
msgid "Start Auto&mounter"
-msgstr "启动自动挂载器(&m)"
+msgstr "启动自动装载器(&M)"
#. dialog title
#. dialog title
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036
msgid "Configuration of NIS client"
-msgstr "NIS 客户端配置"
+msgstr "NIS 客户端的配置"
#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers
#. but the domain is unknown.
@@ -325,25 +324,25 @@
"you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n"
"Are you sure?"
msgstr ""
-"您若将计算机配置为 NIS 客户端,\n"
+"如果将计算机配置为 NIS 客户端,\n"
"则无法从 LDAP 获取用户数据。\n"
-"您确定吗?"
+"是否确定?"
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676
msgid "<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>通常,任何主机都可查询客户端正在使用哪个服务器。禁用<b>应答远程主机</b>限制只有本地主机才能使用此功能。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>通常,任何主机都可以查询客户程序正在使用哪个服务器。禁用<b>回答远程主机</b>限制只有本地主机才能使用此功能。</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#. Check, ie. turn on a check box
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684
msgid "<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>如果应接受运行在非特权端口上的服务器的回答,请选中<b>服务器容错</b>。这存在安全风险,最好替换这种服务器。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果应接受运行在非特权端口上的服务器的回答,请选中<b>错误的服务器</b>。这存在安全风险,最好替换这种服务器。</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692
msgid "<p>See <b>man ypbind</b> for details on other options.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>其它选项细节请参见 <b>man ypbind</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>有关其它选项的细节,请参见 <b>man ypbind</b>。</p>"
#. frame label
#. dialog title
@@ -354,17 +353,17 @@
#. check box label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708
msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts"
-msgstr "应答远程主机(&W)"
+msgstr "回答远程主机(&W)"
#. check box label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712
msgid "Br&oken server"
-msgstr "服务器容错(&O)"
+msgstr "错误的服务器(&O)"
#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind')
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719
msgid "Other &ypbind options"
-msgstr "其它 &ypbind 选项"
+msgstr "其它 ypbind 选项(&Y)"
#. Translators: multilineedit label
#. comma: ","
@@ -380,7 +379,7 @@
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859
msgid "&SLP"
-msgstr "&SLP"
+msgstr "SLP"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874
@@ -401,7 +400,7 @@
#. Translators: error message
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937
msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct."
-msgstr "服务器地址 \"%1\" 的格式不正确。"
+msgstr "服务器地址\"%1\"的格式不正确。"
#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946
@@ -443,7 +442,7 @@
#. table header - Service Location Protocol
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009
msgid "SLP"
-msgstr "服务定位协议"
+msgstr "SLP"
#. table header
#. summary item
@@ -459,7 +458,7 @@
#. Translators: a yes-no popup
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123
msgid "Really delete this domain?"
-msgstr "真的删除此域吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实要删除此域?"
#. popup text FIXME better...
#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253
@@ -474,7 +473,7 @@
"and it must be at most 64 characters long.\n"
msgstr ""
"NIS 域名不能为空,\n"
-"它不能是\"(无)\",\n"
+"它不能是“(无)”,\n"
"并且不能超过 64 个字符。\n"
#. message popup
@@ -491,7 +490,7 @@
#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline
#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647
msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n"
-msgstr "将安装 Automounter 软件包。\n"
+msgstr "将安装自动装载器包。\n"
#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the
#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol.
@@ -499,7 +498,7 @@
#. actual settings.
#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826
msgid "by DHCP"
-msgstr "由 DHCP"
+msgstr "使用 DHCP"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829
@@ -529,7 +528,7 @@
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855
msgid "Broken server"
-msgstr "服务器容错"
+msgstr "错误的服务器"
#. summary header
#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859
@@ -585,19 +584,3 @@
#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260
msgid "NIS server not found."
msgstr "未找到 NIS 服务器。"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>If you are using <b>DHCP</b> and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>如果您正在使用 <b>DHCP</b> 并且服务器提供 NIS 域名或服务器,则可以在此使用它们。DHCP 本身可以在网络模块中进行设置。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Error while running portmapper."
-#~ msgstr "运行 Portmapper 时出错。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "NIS configuration is not currently provided by DHCP.\n"
-#~ "Change the DHCP server configuration to provide it.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "DHCP 当前不提供 NIS 配置。\n"
-#~ "请更改 DHCP 服务器配置以提供该配置。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "&Static Setup"
-#~ msgstr "静态设置(&S)"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis_server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis_server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis_server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,26 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Nis Server\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 10:37+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. translators: command line help text for nis server module
#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58
@@ -172,7 +164,7 @@
"file (only possible if the <i>shadow</i> file exists).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>在以下情况选择此选项:<i>passwd</i> 文件应该与 <i>shadow</i> 文件合并\n"
-"(只有在 <i>shadow</i> 文件存在时才有可能)。</p>\n"
+"(只有当 <i>shadow</i> 文件存在时才有可能)。</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81
@@ -182,12 +174,12 @@
#. To translators: intfield label
#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86
msgid "Minimum &UID"
-msgstr "最小 UID(&U)"
+msgstr "最小 &UID"
#. To translators: intfield label
#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89
msgid "Minimum &GID"
-msgstr "最小 GID(&G)"
+msgstr "最小 &GID"
#. To translators: textentry label
#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98
@@ -197,7 +189,7 @@
#. check box label
#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103
msgid "Merge pa&sswords"
-msgstr "合并密码(&S)"
+msgstr "合并口令"
#. To translators: dialog label
#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111
@@ -228,7 +220,7 @@
"<p>Enter a NIS <b>domain</b>. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n"
"the corresponding option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>输入 NIS <b>域</b>。如果此主机也是一个将此计算机用作服务器的 NIS 客户机,\n"
+"<p>输入 NIS <b>域</b>。如果此主机也是一个将此计算机用作服务器的 NIS 客户端,\n"
"请选中相应的选项。</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
@@ -252,9 +244,9 @@
"changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n"
"be used to set up these more specific options.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><i>允许更改密码</i>使用户可以更改\n"
-" NIS 的密码。可以使用\n"
-"允许更改登录壳层或 GECOS(全名和相关信息)的按钮\n"
+"<p><i>允许更改口令</i>使用户可以更改\n"
+" NIS 的口令。可以使用\n"
+"允许更改登录外壳或 GECOS(全名和相关信息)的按钮\n"
"设置这些更具体的选项。</p>\n"
#. To translators: checkbox label
@@ -265,23 +257,23 @@
#. To translators: checkbox label
#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114
msgid "Allow changes to login &shell"
-msgstr "允许更改登录壳层(&S)"
+msgstr "允许更改登录外壳(&S)"
#. To translators: checkbox label
#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130
msgid "Allow changes to &passwords"
-msgstr "允许更改密码(&P)"
+msgstr "允许更改口令(&P)"
#. To translators: checkbox label
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98
msgid "This host is also a NIS &client"
-msgstr "这台主机也是一个 NIS 客户机(&C)"
+msgstr "这台主机也是一个 NIS 客户端(&C)"
#. To translators: frame label
#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164
msgid "NIS &Domain Name"
-msgstr "NIS 域名(&D)"
+msgstr "NIS 域名"
#. To translators: checkbox label
#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170
@@ -296,7 +288,7 @@
#. To translators: frame label
#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185
msgid "Changing of passwords"
-msgstr "更改密码"
+msgstr "更改口令"
#. To translators: pushbutton label
#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193
@@ -317,7 +309,7 @@
msgstr ""
"您的计算机被设置为通过 DHCP 更改 NIS 域名。\n"
"此操作可能会替换刚输入的域名。请检查\n"
-"设置,并考虑不在 NIS 服务器上运行 DHCP 客户机。\n"
+"设置,并考虑不在 NIS 服务器上运行 DHCP 客户端。\n"
#. firewall openning help
#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154
@@ -414,12 +406,12 @@
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69
msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>如果此主机也是一个将此计算机用作服务器的 NIS 客户机,请选中相应的选项。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果此主机也是一个将此计算机用作服务器的 NIS 客户端,请选中相应的选项。</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82
msgid "N&IS Domain Name:"
-msgstr "N&IS 域名:"
+msgstr "NIS 域名(&I):"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90
@@ -588,7 +580,7 @@
#. To translators: label in the dialog
#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132
msgid "&Deactivate any NIS server configuration"
-msgstr "取消激活所有 NIS 服务器配置(&D)"
+msgstr "停用所有 NIS 服务器配置(&D)"
#. To translators: checkbox label
#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146
@@ -782,7 +774,7 @@
#. To translators: message in the popup dialog
#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973
msgid "Error while configuring the client.\n"
-msgstr "配置客户机时出错。\n"
+msgstr "配置客户端时出错。\n"
#. To translators: progress label
#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996
@@ -881,46 +873,19 @@
#. To translators: progress label
#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161
msgid "Start NIS client."
-msgstr "启动 NIS 客户机。"
+msgstr "启动 NIS 客户端。"
#. To translators: progress label
#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163
msgid "Starting NIS client."
-msgstr "正在启动 NIS 客户机。"
+msgstr "正在启动 NIS 客户端。"
#. To translators: progress label
#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176
msgid "Stop NIS client."
-msgstr "停止 NIS 客户机。"
+msgstr "停止 NIS 客户端。"
#. To translators: progress label
#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178
msgid "Stopping NIS client."
-msgstr "正在停止 NIS 客户机。"
-
-#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:"
-#~ msgstr "NIS 域名(&I):"
-
-#~ msgid "NIS &master server:"
-#~ msgstr "NIS 主服务器(&M):"
-
-#~ msgid "&Browse"
-#~ msgstr "浏览(&B)"
-
-#~ msgid "A&dd"
-#~ msgstr "添加(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Edit"
-#~ msgstr "编辑(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "De&lete"
-#~ msgstr "删除(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "No"
-#~ msgstr "否"
-
-#~ msgid "Yes"
-#~ msgstr "是"
-
-#~ msgid "Merge g&roups"
-#~ msgstr "合并组(&R)"
+msgstr "正在停止 NIS 客户端。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ntp-client.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ntp-client.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ntp-client.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,27 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Ntp Client\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-04 14:05+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. progress step title
#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37
@@ -31,36 +22,36 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
-msgstr "<p>按<b>立即同步</b>用所选 NTP 服务器校正您的系统时间。若您想要永久使用 NTP, 请启用<b>保存 NTP 配置</b>选项。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>按<b>立即同步</b>可使用所选的 NTP 服务器正确设置您的系统时间。如果您希望永久使用 NTP,请启用<b>保存 NTP 配置</b>选项</p>"
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98
msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若启用了<b>以守护进程方式运行 NTP</b>选项,NTP 服务将作为守护进程启动。否则将定时同步系统时间。默认同步周期为 15 分钟。您可在安装完成后通过 <b>yast2 ntp-client 模块</b>修改同步周期。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果启用了<b>将 NTP 作为守护程序运行</b>选项,NTP 服务将作为守护程序启动。否则将定时同步系统时间。默认同步间隔为 15 分钟。您可在安装完成后通过 <b>yast2 ntp-client 模块</b>更改同步间隔。</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>用<b>配置</b>按钮打开高级 NTP 配置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>用<b>配置</b>按钮可打开高级 NTP 配置。</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>只有在网络已经配置好的情况下才能与 NTP 服务器同步。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>只有在网络已配置好的情况下,才能与 NTP 服务器同步。</p>"
#. translators: error popup
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1"
-msgstr "无效的 NTP 服务器主机名 %1"
+msgstr "NTP 服务器主机名 %1 无效"
#. combo box label
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240
msgid "&NTP Server Address"
-msgstr "&NTP 服务器地址"
+msgstr "NTP 服务器地址(&N)"
#. check box label
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250
msgid "&Run NTP as daemon"
-msgstr "以守护进程方式运行 NTP(&R)"
+msgstr "将 NTP 作为守护程序运行(&R)"
#. check box label
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259
@@ -76,36 +67,38 @@
#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275
msgid "&Configure..."
-msgstr "配置(&C)..."
+msgstr "配置(&O)..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
-msgstr "未安装软件包 %1,无法与 NTP 服务器同步。"
+msgstr ""
+"未安装包 %1,无法\n"
+"与 NTP 服务器同步。"
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "正在与 NTP 服务器同步..."
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
-msgstr "连接至所选 NTP 服务器失败。"
+msgstr "连接到选定的 NTP 服务器失败。"
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
msgstr ""
-"对服务器 '%1' 的测试查询失败。\n"
-"若服务器还不可访问或尚未配置网络请点击 '否' 忽略。\n"
-"再次访问 NTP 服务器配置吗?"
+"对服务器“%1”测试查询失败。\n"
+"如果服务器尚不可访问或者未配置网络,\n"
+"请单击“否”忽略该讯息。要重新访问 NTP 服务器配置吗?"
#. local clock type name
#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17
@@ -140,12 +133,12 @@
#. local clock type name
#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59
msgid "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder"
-msgstr "Radio CHU 音频解调器/解码器"
+msgstr "无线电 CHU 音频解调器/解码器"
#. local clock type name
#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67
msgid "Generic Reference Driver"
-msgstr "通用参考驱动"
+msgstr "通用参考驱动程序"
#. local clock type name
#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73
@@ -242,7 +235,7 @@
#. local clock type name
#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195
msgid "Shared Memory Driver"
-msgstr "共享内存驱动"
+msgstr "共享内存驱动程序"
#. local clock type name
#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201
@@ -282,7 +275,7 @@
#. local clock type name
#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249
msgid "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder"
-msgstr "Radio WWV/H 音频解调器/解码器"
+msgstr "无线电 WWV/H 音频解调器/解码器"
#. local clock type name
#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257
@@ -312,22 +305,22 @@
#. command line help text for an action
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33
msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon"
-msgstr "输出 NTP 守护进程的状态"
+msgstr "输出 NTP 守护程序的状态"
#. command line help text for an action
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40
msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships"
-msgstr "输出全部已配置同步关系"
+msgstr "输出所有已配置的同步关系"
#. command line help text for an action
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47
msgid "Enable the NTP daemon"
-msgstr "启用 NTP 守护进程"
+msgstr "启用 NTP 守护程序"
#. command line help text for an action
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54
msgid "Disable the NTP daemon"
-msgstr "禁用 NTP 守护进程"
+msgstr "禁用 NTP 守护程序"
#. command line help text for an action
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61
@@ -337,7 +330,7 @@
#. command line help text for an action
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68
msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship"
-msgstr "编辑已有的同步关系"
+msgstr "编辑现有的同步关系"
#. command line help text for an action
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75
@@ -352,17 +345,17 @@
#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90
msgid "The address of the peer"
-msgstr "对等点地址"
+msgstr "同级地址"
#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97
msgid "The address to which to broadcast"
-msgstr "发送广播的地址"
+msgstr "要广播的地址"
#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104
msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts"
-msgstr "接受广播的地址"
+msgstr "要接受广播的地址"
#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111
@@ -372,7 +365,7 @@
#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118
msgid "Options for clock driver calibration"
-msgstr "时钟驱动校准选项"
+msgstr "时钟驱动程序校准选项"
#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125
@@ -387,22 +380,22 @@
#. error report for command line
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191
msgid "The synchronization peer not specified."
-msgstr "未指定同步对等点。"
+msgstr "未指定同步同级。"
#. error report for command line
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found."
-msgstr "未找到指定的同步对等点。"
+msgstr "未找到指定的同步同级。"
#. status information for command line
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252
msgid "NTP daemon is enabled."
-msgstr "已启用 NTP 守护进程。"
+msgstr "已启用 NTP 守护程序。"
#. status information for command line
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254
msgid "NTP daemon is disabled."
-msgstr "已禁用 NTP 守护进程。"
+msgstr "已禁用 NTP 守护程序。"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
@@ -416,7 +409,7 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567
msgid "Peer"
-msgstr "对等点"
+msgstr "同级"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272
@@ -426,14 +419,14 @@
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274
msgid "Accepting Broadcasts"
-msgstr "接受广播"
+msgstr "正在接受广播"
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3
#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587
msgid "Unit Number: %1"
-msgstr "单元编号:%1"
+msgstr "单元号:%1"
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
@@ -468,7 +461,7 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Security Settings"
-msgstr "安全设置"
+msgstr "安全性设置"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229
@@ -506,7 +499,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420
msgid "NTP Peer"
-msgstr "NTP 对等点"
+msgstr "NTP 同级"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459
@@ -517,18 +510,18 @@
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569
msgid "Outgoing Broadcast"
-msgstr "出站广播"
+msgstr "发出的广播"
#. dialog caption
#. table cell, NTP relationship type
#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573
msgid "Incoming Broadcast"
-msgstr "进站广播"
+msgstr "进来的广播"
#. text entry
#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547
msgid "&Reference ID"
-msgstr "参考 ID(&R)"
+msgstr "参考ID(&R)"
#. int field
#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550
@@ -548,27 +541,27 @@
#. check box
#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563
msgid "Flag &1"
-msgstr "旗标 &1"
+msgstr "标志 1(&1)"
#. check box
#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566
msgid "Flag &2"
-msgstr "旗标 &2"
+msgstr "标志 2(&2)"
#. check box
#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571
msgid "Flag &3"
-msgstr "旗标 &3"
+msgstr "标志 3(&3)"
#. check box
#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574
msgid "Flag &4"
-msgstr "旗标 &4"
+msgstr "标志 4(&4)"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582
msgid "Clock Driver Calibration"
-msgstr "时钟驱动校准"
+msgstr "时钟驱动程序校准"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17
@@ -586,7 +579,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
-"现在按<b>中止</b>安全地中止配置工具。</p>"
+"可以按<b>中止</b>立即安全地中止配置实用程序。</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
@@ -605,8 +598,8 @@
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>中止保存:</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<b>中止</b>中止保存过程。\n"
-"另一个对话框将告之您这样做是否安全。</p>"
+"按<b>中止</b>,中止该保存过程。\n"
+"另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。</p>"
#. help text 1/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35
@@ -619,13 +612,13 @@
"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>启动 NTP 守护进程</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择是否立即以及在每次系统引导时启动 NTP 守护进程。\n"
-"NTP 守护进程在初始化时解析主机名。\n"
-"网络连接必须在 NTP 守护进程启动前启动。</p>\n"
-"选择<b>不用守护进程同步</b>将不会激活 NTP 守护进程。\n"
-"系统时间将被定期设置。周期是可配置的。默认是 15 分钟。\n"
-"您可以在系统设置好后修改此选项。"
+"<p><b><big>启动 NTP 守护程序</big></b><br>\n"
+"选择是否立即启动以及在每次引导系统时启动 NTP 守护程序。\n"
+"NTP 守护程序会在初始化时解析主机名。\n"
+"启动 NTP 守护程序前,必须启动您的网络连接。</p>\n"
+"如果选择<b>不用守护程序同步</b>,NTP 守护程序将不会激活。\n"
+"系统时间将会定期设置,设置间隔可以配置。默认为 15 分钟。\n"
+"您可以在系统设置好后更改此值。"
#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45
@@ -635,9 +628,10 @@
"<b>Run NTP Daemon in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Chroot 囚牢</big></b><br>\n"
-"要在 chroot 囚牢中运行 NTP 守护进程,请设定<b>在 Chroot 囚牢中运行 NTP 守护进程</b>。\n"
-"在 chroot 囚牢中启动任何守护进程都会更加安全,因此强烈推荐采用此方法。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
+"要在 chroot jail 中运行 NTP 守护程序,请设置\n"
+"<b>在 Chroot Jail 中运行 NTP 守护程序</b>。在 chroot jail 中启动任何守护程序\n"
+"会更安全,强烈建议采用此方法。</p>"
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
@@ -647,9 +641,9 @@
"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>安全 NTP 配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择<b>限制 NTP 服务到配置过的服务器</b>,远程主机将不能查看和修改您计算机上的 NTP 设置。\n"
+"选择<b>限制 NTP 服务仅用于已配置的服务器</b>,远程主机将不能查看和修改您计算机上的 NTP 设置。\n"
"NTP 服务将被限制用于 <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> 文件中的服务器及本地主机。<br> \n"
-"访问控制旗标可以在服务器概览表中优化调整。在通过 DHCP 配置 NTP 时此选项不可用。</p>\n"
+"访问控制标志可以在服务器概览表中优化调整。在通过 DHCP 配置 NTP 时此选项不可用。</p>\n"
#. help text 3/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58
@@ -661,9 +655,10 @@
"the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>通过 DHCP 配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"要通过 DHCP 协议从网络服务器中撷取有关 NTP 服务器的信息,而非手动设置这些信息,\n"
-"请设定<b>通过 DHCP 配置 NTP 守护进程</b>。\n"
-"请垂询您的网络管理员看 DHCP 服务器是否提供了有关 NTP 服务器的信息。</p>"
+"要通过 DHCP 协议从网络服务器中获取有关 NTP 服务器的信息,\n"
+"而不是手动设置这些信息,请设置\n"
+"<b>通过 DHCP 配置 NTP 守护程序</b>。如果有关 NTP 服务器的信息\n"
+"由 DHCP 服务器提供,则询问您的网络管理员。</p>"
#. help text 4/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
@@ -675,9 +670,10 @@
"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>已配置的服务器</big></b><br>\n"
-"要调整 NTP 服务器、对等点、本地时钟和 NTP 广播,请选择适宜的行并点击<b>编辑</b>。\n"
-"要添加新的同步对等点,请点击<b>添加</b>。\n"
-"要删除已有的同步对等点,请选择该对等点并点击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
+"要调整 NTP 服务器、同级、本地时钟和 NTP 广播,\n"
+"请选择适当的行,然后单击<b>编辑</b>。要添加新的同步同级,\n"
+"请单击<b>添加</b>。要删除现有的同步同级,\n"
+"请选择该同级,然后单击<b>删除</b>。</p>"
#. help text 5/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
@@ -686,7 +682,7 @@
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>显示日志</big></b><br>\n"
-"要查看 NTP 守护进程的日志,请点击<b>显示日志</b>。</p>\n"
+"要查看 NTP 守护程序的日志,请单击<b>显示日志</b>。</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
@@ -696,7 +692,8 @@
"a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>高级配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"要配置该主机与多个远程主机或本地连接的时钟同步,请使用<b>高级配置</b>。"
+"要配置该主机与多个远程主机或\n"
+"本地连接的时钟同步,请使用<b>高级配置</b>。"
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
@@ -705,7 +702,7 @@
"Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>时钟类型</big></b><br>\n"
-"请选择要配置的时钟的驱动。</p>"
+"选择要配置的时钟的驱动程序。</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88
@@ -714,8 +711,9 @@
"If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n"
"<b>Unit Number</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>单元编号</big></b><br>\n"
-"若您有多个相同类型的时钟,则必须设定<b>单元编号</b>。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>单元号</big></b><br>\n"
+"如果有多个相同类型的时钟,则必须设置\n"
+"<b>单元号</b>。</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
@@ -729,10 +727,11 @@
"it must be created manually.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>设备</big></b><br>\n"
-"为使时钟工作,可能需要创建指向时钟连接到的设备的特殊符号链接。\n"
-"要执行此操作,请勾选<b>创建符号链接</b>并设定<b>设备</b>。\n"
-"要浏览设备,请点击<b>浏览</b>。\n"
-"对于某些时钟类型,则不必创建符号链接或必须手动创建符号链接。\n"
+"为使时钟工作,需要创建指向时钟连接到的\n"
+"设备的特殊符号链接。要执行此操作,请选中\n"
+"<b>创建符号链接</b>并设置<b>设备</b>。要浏览设备,\n"
+" 请单击<b>浏览</b>。\n"
+"对于某些时钟类型,不必创建符号链接或必须手动创建符号链接。\n"
"</p> "
#. help text 4/4
@@ -741,8 +740,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n"
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>驱动校准</big></b><br>\n"
-"要校准时钟驱动,请点击<b>驱动校准</b>。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>驱动程序校准</big></b><br>\n"
+"要校准时钟驱动程序,请单击<b>驱动程序校准</b>。</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
@@ -752,9 +751,10 @@
"To find an NTP server, ask your network administrator or Internet service\n"
"provider.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>NTP 服务器地址</big></b><br>\n"
-"要设定 NTP 服务器地址,请使用<b>地址</b>项。\n"
-"要查找 NTP 服务器,请垂询您的网络管理员或互联网服务提供商。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>NTP 服务器的地址</big></b><br>\n"
+"要设置 NTP 服务器的地址,请使用<b>地址</b>项。\n"
+"要查找 NTP 服务器,请询问您的网络管理员或因特网服务\n"
+"提供商。</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115
@@ -765,8 +765,9 @@
"choose between <b>Local NTP Server</b> and <b>Public NTP Server</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>选择服务器</big></b><br>\n"
-"要从本地网络中找到的服务器或从已知服务器列表中选择一台 NTP 服务器,\n"
-"请点击<b>选择</b>并在<b>本地 NTP 服务器</b>和<b>公共 NTP 服务器</b>间进行选择。</p>"
+"要从本地网络中找到的服务器或\n"
+"从已知服务器列表中选择一台 NTP 服务器,请单击<b>选择</b>\n"
+"并在<b>本地 NTP 服务器</b>和<b>公共 NTP 服务器</b>之间进行选择。</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
@@ -776,7 +777,8 @@
"click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>测试服务器的可访问性</big></b><br>\n"
-"要测试所选服务器是否当值并能正常响应,请点击<b>测试</b>。</p>"
+"要测试所选的服务器是否已启动并能正确响应,\n"
+"请单击<b>测试</b>。</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128
@@ -786,7 +788,8 @@
"use <b>Address</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>地址</big></b><br>\n"
-"要设定与之彼此同步的主机的地址,请使用<b>地址</b>。</p>"
+"要设置用于相互同步的主机的地址,\n"
+"请使用<b>地址</b>。</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134
@@ -796,7 +799,8 @@
"text field.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>地址</big></b><br>\n"
-"要设定用于广播的地址,请使用<b>地址</b>文本字段。</p>"
+"要设置要广播的地址,请使用<b>地址</b>\n"
+"文本字段。</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 4
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140
@@ -806,7 +810,8 @@
"<b>Address</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>地址</big></b><br>\n"
-"要设定接受广播数据包的地址,请使用<b>地址</b>。</p>"
+"要设置接受广播包的地址,请使用\n"
+"<b>地址</b>。</p>"
#. help text 2/4, was removed
#. help text 3/4, optional
@@ -818,8 +823,8 @@
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>选项</big></b><br>\n"
-"要优化调整同步来源,请将相关选项输入<b>选项</b>文本字段。\n"
-"细节请参阅 <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>。</p>\n"
+"要优化调整同步来源,请在<b>选项</b>文本字段输入相关选项。\n"
+"细节请参见 <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>。</p>\n"
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
@@ -832,9 +837,12 @@
"<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>访问控制选项</big></b><br>\n"
-"为此服务器定义访问控制旗标 (<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i> 中的 <b><tt>restrict</tt></b> 指令),\n"
-"标明远程主机可在您的 NTP 守护进程上执行的操作。默认设为<i>notrap nomodify noquery</i>。\n"
-"此选项仅在您在<b>安全设置</b>中勾选了<b>限制 NTP 服务到配置过的服务器</b>选项后方可用。</p>\n"
+"为此服务器定义访问控制标识(<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i> 中\n"
+"的 <b><tt>restrict</tt></b> 命令),表明远程主机可以对您的 NTP 守护程\n"
+"序执行哪些操作。默认情况下,它设置为 <i>notrap nomodify noquery</i>。\n"
+"此选项仅在您在<b>安全设置</b>中选中选项\n"
+"<b>限制 NTP 服务仅用于已配置的服务器</b>\n"
+"后可用。</p>\n"
#. help text 1/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164
@@ -842,43 +850,53 @@
"<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>同步对等点类型</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择要添加到此的同步对等点的类型。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>同步同级类型</big></b><br>\n"
+"选择要在此添加的同步同级的类型。</p>"
#. help text 2/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n"
"select <b>Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要添加与之同步的 NTP 服务器,请选择<b>服务器</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要添加与其同步的 NTP 服务器,\n"
+"请选择<b>服务器</b>。</p>"
#. help text 3/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n"
"<b>Peer</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要添加彼此同步的 NTP 对等点,请选择<b>对等点</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要添加相互同步的 NTP 同级,请选择\n"
+"<b>同级</b>。</p>"
#. help text 4/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n"
"select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要配置直接连接到您的计算机的本地时钟,请选择<b>无线电时钟</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要配置直接连接到计算机的本地时钟,\n"
+"请选择<b>无线电时钟</b>。</p>"
#. help text 5/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n"
"<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要通过网络广播时间信息,请选择<b>出站广播</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要通过网络广播时间信息,请选择\n"
+"<b>发出的广播</b>。</p>"
#. help text 6/6
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要接受网络中其它主机广播的 NTP 数据包并将它们用于设定本地时间,请选择<b>进站广播<b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要接受网络中其它主机广播的 NTP 包\n"
+"并将它们用于设置本地时间,请选择<b>进来的广播<b>。</p>"
#. help text 1/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
@@ -888,7 +906,8 @@
"the NTP server from the list of known NTP servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>服务器位置</b></big>\n"
-"选择是在本地网络中查找 NTP 服务器,还是从已知 NTP 服务器列表中选择 NTP 服务器。</p>"
+"选择是在本地网络中查找 NTP 服务器,还是\n"
+"从已知的 NTP 服务器列表中选择 NTP 服务器。</p>"
#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194
@@ -899,9 +918,11 @@
"Service Location Protocol (SLP), click <b>Lookup</b>.\n"
"Then select a server from the list of found servers.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>查找本地网络中的服务器</b></big><br>\n"
-"要使用服务定位协议 (SLP) 在本地网络中查找 NTP 服务器,请点击<b>查找</b>。\n"
-"然后从找到的服务器的列表中选择一个服务器。</p>"
+"<p><big><b>查找本地网络中\n"
+"的服务器</b></big><br>\n"
+"要使用服务定位协议 (SLP) 在本地网络中查找 NTP 服务器,\n"
+"请单击<b>查找</b>。\n"
+"然后从找到的服务器的列表中选择服务器。</p>"
#. help text 3/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
@@ -911,8 +932,8 @@
"NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>选择公共 NTP 服务器</b></big><br>\n"
-"从<b>公共 NTP 服务器</b>列表中选择要使用的 NTP 服务器。\n"
-"要显示只适用于某个特定国家/地区的 NTP 服务器,请在<b>国家/地区</b>中进行选择。</p>"
+"从<b>公共 NTP 服务器</b>列表中选择要使用的 NTP 服务器。要显示\n"
+"只适用于特定国家/地区的 NTP 服务器,请在<b>国家/地区</b>中进行选择。</p>"
#. help text 4/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
@@ -927,10 +948,12 @@
"to find an NTP server near you.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>注意</b></big><br>\n"
-"所列 NTP 服务器可能不是在任何国家/地区都是可用的,而是只对某个特定的国家/地区或区域可用。\n"
-"在使用列表中的任一 NTP 服务器前,请垂询您的系统管理员或互联网服务提供商\n"
-"看是否有离您更近的 NTP 服务器,请尽量使用这个推荐的服务器而非此列表中的任何其它服务器。\n"
-"您也可以查看 <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i> 找到一个离您较近的 NTP 服务器。\n"
+"列出的 NTP 服务器可能不是在任何国家/地区都是可用的,而是只对\n"
+"特定的国家/地区或区域可用。\n"
+"在使用列表中的任一 NTP 服务器前,请询问您的系统管理员\n"
+"或因特网服务提供商是否有离您较近的 NTP 服务器,请\n"
+"尽量使用这个推荐的服务器而非此列表中的任何其它服务器。\n"
+"要找到您附近的 NTP 服务器,还可以访问 <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n"
"。</p>"
#. help text 5/5
@@ -940,7 +963,7 @@
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>测试服务器的可访问性</b></big><br>\n"
-"要测试所选服务器是否能正常响应,请点击<b>测试</b>。</p>"
+"要测试所选的服务器是否能正确响应,请单击<b>测试</b>。</p>"
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
@@ -953,9 +976,10 @@
"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>使用随机服务器</b></big><br>\n"
-"此服务由 pool.ntp.org 提供。若您选择此选项,则会将三个不同的服务器添加到配置中。\n"
-"服务器名称是永久的,但它们的 DNS 记录 (IP) 每小时变动一次。\n"
-"这意味着您的 NTP 客户端每小时将与不同的服务器同步。</p>\n"
+"此服务由 pool.ntp.org 提供。如果选中此选项,\n"
+"则将三个不同的服务器添加到配置中。服务器名称是\n"
+"永久的,但它们的 DNS 记录 (IP) 每小时变更一次。这意味着\n"
+"您的 NTP 客户端每小时与不同的服务器同步。</p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
@@ -965,9 +989,10 @@
"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n"
"driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>时钟驱动校准</b></big><br>\n"
-"可能需要校准时钟驱动。在此对话框中,可以设定各种校准选项。\n"
-"特定选项的含义取决于特定驱动。某些驱动不使用全部选项。</p>"
+"<p><big><b>时钟驱动程序校准</b></big><br>\n"
+"可能需要校准时钟驱动程序。在此对话框中,可以设置各种\n"
+"校准选项。特定选项的含义取决于特定的\n"
+"驱动程序。某些驱动程序不使用所有选项。</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
@@ -975,7 +1000,7 @@
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"要获知可用选项的更多信息,请安装软件包 <i>ntp-doc</i> 并参阅 \n"
+"要了解可用选项的更多信息,请安装包 <i>ntp-doc</i> 并参见 \n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>。</p>\n"
#. yes-no popup
@@ -984,18 +1009,18 @@
"Really exit?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
-"真的退出吗?\n"
-"将丢失全部修改。"
+"是否确实要退出?\n"
+"所有更改都将丢失。"
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65
msgid "Restart NTP Daemon"
-msgstr "重启 NTP 守护进程"
+msgstr "重启动 NTP 守护程序"
#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70
msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon"
-msgstr "保存设置并重启 NTP 守护进程"
+msgstr "保存设置并重启动 NTP 守护程序"
#. continue-cancel popup
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179
@@ -1008,16 +1033,18 @@
msgstr ""
"警告!\n"
"\n"
-"若您没有永久性互联网连接,\n"
-"启动 NTP 守护进程会花费很长时间,\n"
-"而且该守护进程可能无法正常运行。"
+"如果没有永久因特网连接,\n"
+"则启动 NTP 守护程序可能需要很长的时间,\n"
+"而且该守护程序可能无法正常运行。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240
msgid ""
"NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n"
"fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address."
-msgstr "NTP 服务器 '%1' 不是有效的主机名、完全限定的主机名、Ipv4 地址或 IPv6 地址。"
+msgstr ""
+"NTP 服务器\"%1\"不是有效的主机名、\n"
+"完全限定的主机名、Ipv4 地址或 IPv6 地址。"
#. if there is already some server defined
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531
@@ -1027,14 +1054,15 @@
"\n"
"Really replace the current NTP server?"
msgstr ""
-"启用来自 pool.ntp.org 的随机服务器将会替换当前 NTP 服务器。\n"
+"通过 pool.ntp.org 启用随机服务器将\n"
+"会替换当前 NTP 服务器。\n"
" \n"
-"真的替换当前 NTP 服务器吗?"
+"是否确定要替换当前 NTP 服务器?"
#. popup header
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067
msgid "Select the Device"
-msgstr "请选择设备"
+msgstr "选择设备"
#. selection box header
#. selection box header
@@ -1048,7 +1076,7 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Select an NTP server."
-msgstr "请选择一个 NTP 服务器。"
+msgstr "选择 NTP 服务器。"
#. combo box item
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172
@@ -1075,14 +1103,14 @@
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
"which probably blocks the network scanning."
msgstr ""
-"在网络中未找到 NTP 服务器。\n"
-"这可能是由运行中的 SuSEfirewall2 导致的,\n"
-"它可能阻断了网络扫描。"
+"在网络中尚未找到 NTP 服务器。\n"
+"可能是由于运行中的 uSEfirewall2 导致的,\n"
+"这可能会阻止网络扫描。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network.
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network."
-msgstr "在网络中未找到 NTP 服务器。"
+msgstr "在网络中尚未找到 NTP 服务器。"
#. combo box label
#. table header
@@ -1094,7 +1122,7 @@
#. popup message
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347
msgid "No server is selected."
-msgstr "未选择服务器。"
+msgstr "未选择任何服务器。"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389
@@ -1109,16 +1137,16 @@
#. push button label
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409
msgid "&Driver Calibration"
-msgstr "驱动校准(&D)"
+msgstr "驱动程序校准(&D)"
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419
msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes"
-msgstr "以分钟计的同步周期(&I)"
+msgstr "同步间隔(&I)(以分钟计)"
#. frame
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430
msgid "Start NTP Daemon"
-msgstr "启动 NTP 守护进程"
+msgstr "启动 NTP 守护程序"
#. radio button
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433
@@ -1128,7 +1156,7 @@
#. radio button
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435
msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon"
-msgstr "不用守护进程同步(&S)"
+msgstr "不用守护程序同步(&S)"
#. radio button
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437
@@ -1138,12 +1166,12 @@
#. check box
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452
msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail"
-msgstr "在 Chroot 囚牢中运行 NTP 守护进程(&J)"
+msgstr "在 Chroot Jail 中运行 NTP 守护程序(&J)"
#. TRANSLATORS:
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464
msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only "
-msgstr "限制 NTP 服务到配置过的服务器(&R)"
+msgstr "限制 NTP 服务仅用于已配置的服务器(&R)"
#. combo box item FIXME usability
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478
@@ -1172,7 +1200,7 @@
#. check box
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508
msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org"
-msgstr "使用来自 pool.ntp.org 的随机服务器(&U)"
+msgstr "通过 pool.ntp.org 使用随机服务器(&U)"
#. text entry label
#. text entry
@@ -1215,7 +1243,7 @@
#. int field
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622
msgid "Unit &Number"
-msgstr "单元编号(&N)"
+msgstr "单元号(&N)"
#. check box
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632
@@ -1240,7 +1268,7 @@
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695
msgid "&Peer"
-msgstr "对等点(&P)"
+msgstr "同级(&P)"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697
@@ -1250,12 +1278,12 @@
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699
msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast"
-msgstr "出站广播(&O)"
+msgstr "发出的广播(&O)"
#. radio button, NTP relationship type
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701
msgid "&Incoming Broadcast"
-msgstr "进站广播(&I)"
+msgstr "进来的广播(&I)"
#. frame
#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704
@@ -1342,7 +1370,7 @@
#. progress stage
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759
msgid "Restart NTP daemon"
-msgstr "重启 NTP 守护进程"
+msgstr "重启动 NTP 守护程序"
#. progress step
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763
@@ -1352,7 +1380,7 @@
#. progress step
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765
msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..."
-msgstr "正在重启 NTP 守护进程..."
+msgstr "正在重启动 NTP 守护程序..."
#. error message
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850
@@ -1362,17 +1390,17 @@
#. error report
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888
msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon."
-msgstr "无法重启 NTP 守护进程。"
+msgstr "无法重启动 NTP 守护程序。"
#. summary string
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998
msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system."
-msgstr "将在系统启动时启动 NTP 守护进程。"
+msgstr "启动导系统时 NTP 守护程序将启动。"
#. summary string
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004
msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically."
-msgstr "不自动启动 NTP 守护进程。"
+msgstr "NTP 守护程序不自动启动。"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010
@@ -1387,22 +1415,22 @@
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018
msgid "Peers: %1"
-msgstr "对等点:%1"
+msgstr "同级:%1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022
msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1"
-msgstr "广播时间信息到:%1"
+msgstr "向外广播时间信息:%1"
#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026
msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1"
-msgstr "接受广播的时间信息自:%1"
+msgstr "接受外部广播的时间信息:%1"
#. summary string, FIXME
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042
msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration."
-msgstr "混合静态和 DHCP 配置。"
+msgstr "合并静态配置和 DHCP 配置。"
#. summary string, FIXME
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046
@@ -1422,46 +1450,19 @@
#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103
msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly."
-msgstr "服务器可访问且响应正常。"
+msgstr "服务器能被访问,并能正确响应。"
#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server
#. report error instead of simple message (#306018)
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107
msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly."
-msgstr "服务器不可访问,或响应不正常。"
+msgstr "服务器不可访问,或未正确响应。"
#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659)
#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125
msgid ""
"Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n"
"without package %1 installed.\n"
-msgstr "未安装软件包 %1,无法在本地网络中搜索 NTP 服务器。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables."
-#~ msgstr "无法写入系统配置变量。"
-
-#~ msgid "'ntpdate %1' failed. Revisit NTP server configuration?"
-#~ msgstr "\"ntpdate %1\"失败。是否检查 NTP 服务器配置?"
-
-#~ msgid "Configure..."
-#~ msgstr "配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Configure NTP daemon via DHCP."
-#~ msgstr "通过 DHCP 配置 NTP 守护程序。"
-
-#~ msgid "Configure NTP Daemon via &DHCP"
-#~ msgstr "通过 DHCP 配置 NTP 守护程序(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Initial Synchronization</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "The first synchronization of the clock is performed before the NTP daemon is\n"
-#~ "started. To use this host for initial synchronization, select\n"
-#~ "<b>Use for Initial Synchronization</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>初始同步</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "第一次时钟同步在启动 NTP 守护程序前\n"
-#~ "执行。要使用此主机进行初始同步,请选择\n"
-#~ "<b>用于初始同步</b>。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Use for &Initial Synchronization"
-#~ msgstr "用于初始同步(&I)"
+msgstr ""
+"未安装 %1 包,无法在本地\n"
+"网络中搜索 NTP 服务器。\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update-configuration.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update-configuration.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update-configuration.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,29 +1,23 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-16 14:58+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050)
#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59
msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help"
-msgstr "在线更新配置模块帮助"
+msgstr "联机更新配置模块帮助"
#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139)
#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256
@@ -37,7 +31,7 @@
#. module title
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41
msgid "Online Update Configuration"
-msgstr "在线更新配置"
+msgstr "联机更新配置"
#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43
@@ -47,22 +41,22 @@
#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45
msgid "(none)"
-msgstr "(无)"
+msgstr "(无)"
#. frame title
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48
msgid "Update Repository"
-msgstr "更新源"
+msgstr "更新储存库"
#. frame title
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50
msgid "Automatic Online Update"
-msgstr "自动在线更新"
+msgstr "自动联机更新"
#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53
msgid "Set Default"
-msgstr "设为默认"
+msgstr "设置默认值"
#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55
@@ -72,12 +66,12 @@
#. for category filter
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58
msgid "Filter by Category"
-msgstr "按分类过滤"
+msgstr "按类别过滤"
#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60
msgid "Patch Categories"
-msgstr "补丁分类"
+msgstr "增补程序类别"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62
msgid "enabled"
@@ -89,23 +83,23 @@
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65
msgid "Edit Software Repositories"
-msgstr "编辑软件源"
+msgstr "编辑软件储存库"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66
msgid "Register for support and get update repository"
-msgstr "注册以获得支持和更新源"
+msgstr "请注册以获得支持和更新储存库"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67
msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project"
-msgstr "发送硬件信息到 smolt 项目"
+msgstr "将硬件信息发送到 smolt 项目"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68
msgid "Interval"
-msgstr "更新周期"
+msgstr "间隔"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69
msgid "Skip Interactive Patches"
-msgstr "跳过交互式补丁"
+msgstr "跳过交互式增补程序"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70
msgid "Agree with Licenses"
@@ -117,33 +111,35 @@
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72
msgid "Use delta rpms"
-msgstr "使用增量 RPM"
+msgstr "使用增量 rpms"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73
msgid "Current Update Repository:"
-msgstr "当前更新源:"
+msgstr "当前更新储存库:"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74
msgid ""
"In order to add the default update repository\n"
"you have to register this product."
-msgstr "您必须先注册本产品才能添加默认更新源。"
+msgstr ""
+"为了添加默认更新储存库,\n"
+"必须注册该产品。"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77
msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?"
-msgstr "您想要现在注册吗?"
+msgstr "是否希望立即注册?"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81
msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> the current update repository is shown.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>当前更新源在 <b>%1</b> 中显示。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在 <b>%1</b> 中显示了当前更新储存库。</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85
msgid "<p>Press <b>%1</b> to use the default update repository.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>按 <b>%1</b> 使用默认更新源。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>按 <b>%1</b> 可使用默认更新储存库。</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89
msgid "<p>Find related actions in the <b>%1</b> menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在 <b>%1</b> 菜单中查找相关动作。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>请在 <b>%1</b> 菜单中查找相关操作。</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93
msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update.</p>"
@@ -151,43 +147,43 @@
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97
msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择一个更新周期并指定是否忽略交互补丁和是否自动同意许可。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择一个更新间隔,并指定是否忽略交互增补程序和是否自动同意许可。</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102
msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>启用了 <b>%1</b> 后,将安装全部由某个更新的软件包推荐的软件包。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>启用了 <b>%1</b> 后,将安装某个更新的软件包推荐的所有软件包。</p>"
#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108
msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>补丁分类过滤器可在 <b>%1</b> 部分配置。只有属于已列出分类的补丁才会被安装。其它的将被跳过。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>增补程序类别过滤器可在 <b>%1</b> 部分配置。只有所列类别的增补程序才会安装。其他增补程序将会跳过。</p>"
#. cache the base product details
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73
msgid "daily"
-msgstr "按日"
+msgstr "每日"
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74
msgid "weekly"
-msgstr "按周"
+msgstr "每周"
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75
msgid "monthly"
-msgstr "按月"
+msgstr "每月"
#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82
msgid "Packagemanager and YaST"
-msgstr "软件包管理器和 YaST"
+msgstr "包管理器和 YaST"
#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87
msgid "Security"
-msgstr "安全"
+msgstr "安全性"
#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92
msgid "Recommended"
-msgstr "推荐"
+msgstr "建议"
#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97
@@ -203,6 +199,3 @@
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107
msgid "Other"
msgstr "其它"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>In <b>%1</b> set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the updater will use the default answers.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>在 <b>%1</b> 中设置自动在线更新。选择要使用的周期,是否忽略要与用户交互的补丁,否则升级挂件会使用默认。</p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,26 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: online Update\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: online-update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 12:09+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. nothing to do
#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80
@@ -30,7 +22,7 @@
#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons
#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264
msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?"
-msgstr "您接受此许可协议吗?"
+msgstr "是否接受此许可协议?"
#. message popup
#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298
@@ -38,38 +30,38 @@
"Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n"
"reboot now then continue the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-"一些需要重启的应用程序已经更新。\n"
-"系统现在将重启然后继续安装。\n"
+"一些需要重启动的应用程序已经更新。\n"
+"系统现在将重引导,然后继续安装。\n"
#. command line help text
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55
msgid "Online Update module"
-msgstr "在线更新模块"
+msgstr "联机更新模块"
#. command line help text for cd_update action
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61
msgid "Start Patch CD Update"
-msgstr "开始补丁 CD 更新"
+msgstr "启动增补程序 CD 更新"
#. command line help text for simple_mode action
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68
msgid "Use simple package selector"
-msgstr "使用简易软件包选择器"
+msgstr "使用简单的包选择器"
#. command line help text for cd_url option
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77
msgid "URL for Patch CD (default value is '%1')"
-msgstr "补丁光盘的 URL (默认值为 '%1')"
+msgstr "增补程序 CD 的 URL(默认值是“%1”)"
#. command line help text for cd_directory option
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85
msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')"
-msgstr "补丁光盘中的补丁数据目录 (默认值为 '%1')"
+msgstr "增补程序 CD 上增补程序数据的目录(默认值是“%1”)"
#. help text for online-update initialization
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130
msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>系统正在初始化安装和更新源。可在<b>安装资源</b>模块中修改软件源。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>系统正在初始化安装和更新储存库。 软件储存库可以在<b>安装源</b>模块中进行修改。</p>"
#. progress stage label
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137
@@ -79,7 +71,7 @@
#. progress stage label
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139
msgid "Refresh software repositories"
-msgstr "刷新软件源"
+msgstr "刷新软件储存库"
#. progress stage label
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141
@@ -94,7 +86,7 @@
#. progress step label
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147
msgid "Refreshing software repositories..."
-msgstr "正在刷新软件源..."
+msgstr "正在刷新软件储存库..."
#. progress step label
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149
@@ -114,7 +106,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158
msgid "Initializing Online Update"
-msgstr "正在初始化在线更新"
+msgstr "正在初始化联机更新"
#. yes/no question
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209
@@ -122,13 +114,13 @@
"No update repository\n"
"configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?"
msgstr ""
-"目前尚未配置更新源。\n"
-"现在运行配置流程吗?"
+"尚未配置任何更新\n"
+"储存库。立即运行配置工作流程?"
#. error message
#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222
msgid "No update repository configured yet."
-msgstr "尚未配置更新源。"
+msgstr "尚未配置更新储存库。"
#. progress window label
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49
@@ -138,7 +130,7 @@
#. progress bar label
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54
msgid "Package Progress"
-msgstr "软件包进度"
+msgstr "包进程"
#. progress bar label
#. progress bar label
@@ -155,13 +147,13 @@
"This could take some time. Download details are shown in the log window.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>连接到更新服务器后,\n"
-"YaST2 将下载全部所选补丁。\n"
+"YaST 将下载全部所选增补程序。\n"
"这可能要花费点时间。下载细节将显示在日志窗口中。</p>"
#. help text for online update
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73
msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>若补丁带有特别信息,将在补丁安装时弹出一个对话框提示。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>如果增补程序包含可用的特殊消息,则将在安装增补程序时弹出一个额外的对话框。</p>\n"
#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp)
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81
@@ -171,12 +163,12 @@
#. progress information
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114
msgid "Installation finished.\n"
-msgstr "已完成安装。\n"
+msgstr "安装已完成。\n"
#. label
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121
msgid "Patch installation finished."
-msgstr "补丁安装完成。"
+msgstr "增补程序安装完成。"
#. error message
#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130
@@ -226,7 +218,9 @@
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
-msgstr "只有安装了软件包 %1 才能配置在线升级源"
+msgstr ""
+"只有安装了包 %1 才能\n"
+"配置联机更新储存库"
#. popup message
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46
@@ -234,8 +228,8 @@
"At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n"
"Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n"
msgstr ""
-"至少有一个已安装的更新需要重启会话。\n"
-"请尽快重新登录。\n"
+"至少有一个已安装的更新需要重启动会话。\n"
+"请尽快注销,然后再重新登录。\n"
#. popup message
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51
@@ -243,8 +237,8 @@
"Packages for package management were updated.\n"
"Finishing and restarting YaST now."
msgstr ""
-"用于软件包管理的软件包已更新。\n"
-"现在将完成更新并重启 YaST。"
+"用于包管理的包已更新。\n"
+"将立即完成并重启动 YaST。"
#. popup message
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62
@@ -252,8 +246,8 @@
"At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n"
"properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
-"至少有一个已安装的更新需要重启系统后才能正常\n"
-"工作。 请尽快重启系统。"
+"至少有一个已安装更新要求重引导系统,才能正常\n"
+"工作。 请尽快重引导系统。"
#. popup message
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67
@@ -264,11 +258,11 @@
"\n"
"Reboot the system as soon as possible."
msgstr ""
-"这些更新需要重启系统后才能正常工作:\n"
+"这些更新要求系统重引导以正常工作:\n"
"\n"
"%1。\n"
"\n"
-"请尽快重启系统。"
+"请尽快重引导系统。"
#. continue/cancel popup text
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76
@@ -280,27 +274,27 @@
"\n"
"Continue with installing your selection?"
msgstr ""
-"有用于软件包管理的补丁可用,它们需要重启 YaST。\n"
-"应优先安装这些补丁,重启后再安装其它补丁。\n"
+"存在可用于包管理程序的增补程序,但它们要求重启动 YaST。\n"
+"应当先安装这些增补程序,在重启动后再安装其他增补程序。\n"
"\n"
-"您选择了现在就安装其它的一些补丁。\n"
+"您选择了要立即安装的一些其他增补程序。\n"
"\n"
-"继续根据您的选择来安装吗?"
+"是否继续以安装您所选的增补程序?"
#. progress log item (%1 is name of package)
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111
msgid "Retrieving %1..."
-msgstr "正在撷取 %1..."
+msgstr "正在获取 %1..."
#. progress bar label
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117
msgid "Package Download Progress"
-msgstr "软件包下载进度"
+msgstr "包下载进程"
#. progress log action (what is being done with the package)
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146
msgid "Removing"
-msgstr "正在移除"
+msgstr "正在去除"
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146
msgid "Installing"
@@ -309,43 +303,43 @@
#. progress bar label
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161
msgid "Package Installation Progress"
-msgstr "软件包安装进度"
+msgstr "包安装进程"
#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly)
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174
msgid "OK"
-msgstr "好"
+msgstr "确定"
#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 "
-msgstr "正在下载增量 RPM %1 "
+msgstr "正在下载增量 RPM %1"
#. progress bar label
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236
msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress"
-msgstr "增量 RPM 下载进度"
+msgstr "增量 RPM 下载进程"
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262
msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1"
-msgstr "未能下载增量 RPM:%1"
+msgstr "下载增量 RPM 失败:%1"
#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM).
#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow.
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277
msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 "
-msgstr "正在应用增量 RPM:%1 "
+msgstr "正在应用增量 RPM:%1"
#. progress bar label
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284
msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress"
-msgstr "增量 RPM 应用进度"
+msgstr "增量 RPM 应用进程"
#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason)
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313
msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1"
-msgstr "未能应用增量 RPM:%1"
+msgstr "应用增量 RPM 失败:%1"
#. progress bar label
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354
@@ -363,13 +357,13 @@
"Patch %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
-"补丁 %1\n"
+"增补程序 %1\n"
"\n"
#. error popoup (detailed info follows)
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549
msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization."
-msgstr "软件源初始化时出错。"
+msgstr "初始化储存库时发生错误。"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -394,7 +388,7 @@
#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43
msgid "No details available."
-msgstr "无可用细节。"
+msgstr "无可用的细节。"
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45
msgid "&Details <<"
@@ -436,7 +430,7 @@
"If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n"
"Your installation will remain untouched.\n"
msgstr ""
-"若您现在中止安装,则不会安装任何补丁。\n"
+"如果立即中止安装,则将不安装任何补丁。\n"
"您的安装将保持原样不变。\n"
#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not
@@ -447,8 +441,8 @@
"Repeat the update, including the download, if desired.\n"
msgstr ""
"正在进行补丁下载和安装。\n"
-"若您现在中止安装,则无法完成更新。\n"
-"如有需要,请再次下载和更新。\n"
+"如果立即中止安装,则无法完成更新。\n"
+"如果需要,请再次更新,包括下载。\n"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164
@@ -457,14 +451,14 @@
"at least one patch is not installed correctly.\n"
"You will need to do the update again."
msgstr ""
-"若您现在中止安装,\n"
-"则至少有一个补丁无法正确安装。\n"
+"如果立即中止安装,\n"
+"则至少一个补丁未正确安装。\n"
"您需要再次执行更新。"
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187
msgid "Really abort YaST Online Update?"
-msgstr "真的要中止 YaST 在线更新吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实要中止 YaST 联机更新?"
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194
@@ -486,7 +480,7 @@
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288
msgid "<b>Packages:</b>"
-msgstr "<b>软件包:</b>"
+msgstr "<b>包:</b>"
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302
msgid "Patch &Details <<"
@@ -503,7 +497,7 @@
#. Dialog label above a list of patches
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424
msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation"
-msgstr "安装这些补丁后将需要重新引导"
+msgstr "安装这些增补程序后需要重引导系统"
#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433
@@ -513,7 +507,7 @@
#. Solver can't solve it automatically
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457
msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting."
-msgstr "在线更新无法反选某些需要重新引导的补丁。"
+msgstr "联机更新无法取消选择某些需要重引导的增补程序。"
#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support)
#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539
@@ -526,207 +520,10 @@
"\n"
"Contact us if you need further assistance."
msgstr ""
-"这些产品的常规支持期已到尽头,因此不再提供新的更新。\n"
+"这些产品的一般支持期已经结束,\n"
+"因此不会再提供新的更新。\n"
"\n"
-"若您的订阅包含了扩展支持,请确保您激活了该扩展。\n"
+"如果您的订阅包含扩展支持,\n"
+"请确保您已激活该扩展。\n"
"\n"
-"若您需要进一步援助请联系我们。"
-
-#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 "
-#~ msgstr "正在下载补丁 RPM %1 "
-
-#~ msgid "Patch RPM Download Progress"
-#~ msgstr "补丁 RPM 下载进度"
-
-#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-#~ msgstr "未能下载补丁 RPM:%1"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you abort the installation now, SuSEconfig will\n"
-#~ "not be run. The patches have been installed\n"
-#~ "correctly, but without running SuSEconfig\n"
-#~ "some of them might not work as expected."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "如果立即中止安装,则 SuSEconfig 将\n"
-#~ "不运行。补丁已正确安装,但如果未运行 SuSEconfig,\n"
-#~ "则某些补丁可能无法按预期\n"
-#~ "方式工作。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "YaST2\n"
-#~ "Initializing ..."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "YaST2\n"
-#~ "正在初始化..."
-
-#~ msgid "The value of 'day' must be between 0 and 7."
-#~ msgstr "'周序列'的值必须在 0 到 23 之间。"
-
-#~ msgid "The value of 'hour' must be between 0 and 23."
-#~ msgstr "'小时'的值必须在 0 到 23 之间。"
-
-#~ msgid "The value of 'minute' must be between 0 and 59."
-#~ msgstr "'分钟'的值必须在 0 到 59 之间。"
-
-#~ msgid "Automatic online update is enabled."
-#~ msgstr "自动在线更新已经启用。"
-
-#~ msgid "Automatic online update is disabled."
-#~ msgstr "自动在线更新已经禁用。"
-
-#~ msgid "Interactive patches will be skipped."
-#~ msgstr "将跳过交互不顶。"
-
-#~ msgid "at %1.%2"
-#~ msgstr "在每天 %1:%2"
-
-#~ msgid "At random time"
-#~ msgstr "在随机时间"
-
-#~ msgid "Update is scheduled on %1, %2."
-#~ msgstr "计划更新在 %1,%2。"
-
-#~ msgid "Update is scheduled daily %1."
-#~ msgstr "计划更新在每天 %1。"
-
-#~ msgid "Set up automatic online update"
-#~ msgstr "设置自动在线更新"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable automatic online update"
-#~ msgstr "启用自动在线更新"
-
-#~ msgid "Disable automatic online update"
-#~ msgstr "禁用自动在线更新"
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration Summary"
-#~ msgstr "配置摘要"
-
-#~ msgid "Modify current configuration"
-#~ msgstr "修改当前配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Skip interactive patches"
-#~ msgstr "跳过交互式补丁"
-
-#~ msgid "Set update to be done daily"
-#~ msgstr "设为每天更新"
-
-#~ msgid "Set update to be done weekly"
-#~ msgstr "设为每周更新"
-
-#~ msgid "Day in a week to do the weekly update (0-7)"
-#~ msgstr "每周更新时间 (0-7)"
-
-#~ msgid "Hour to do the update (0-23)"
-#~ msgstr "更新时间钟点 (0-23)"
-
-#~ msgid "Minute to do the update (0-59)"
-#~ msgstr "更新时间分钟 (0-59)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No active update repository available.\n"
-#~ "Exit Online Update now?\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "没有活动的更新源可用。\n"
-#~ "现在是否退出在线更新?\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Sunday"
-#~ msgstr "星期日"
-
-#~ msgid "Monday"
-#~ msgstr "星期一"
-
-#~ msgid "Tuesday"
-#~ msgstr "星期二"
-
-#~ msgid "Wednesday"
-#~ msgstr "星期三"
-
-#~ msgid "Thursday"
-#~ msgstr "星期四"
-
-#~ msgid "Friday"
-#~ msgstr "星期五"
-
-#~ msgid "Saturday"
-#~ msgstr "星期六"
-
-#~ msgid "Scheduled Online Update Enabled"
-#~ msgstr "已启用预定联机更新"
-
-#~ msgid "Yes"
-#~ msgstr "是"
-
-#~ msgid "No"
-#~ msgstr "否"
-
-#~ msgid "Daily"
-#~ msgstr "每日"
-
-#~ msgid "%1 at %2:%3"
-#~ msgstr "在 %2:%3 执行 %1"
-
-#~ msgid "%1 at a Random Time"
-#~ msgstr "在随机时间执行 %1"
-
-#~ msgid "Time of Scheduled Online Update"
-#~ msgstr "预定联机更新的时间"
-
-#~ msgid "Skip packages with preinstall information?"
-#~ msgstr "是否跳过带有预安装信息的包?"
-
-#~ msgid "Automatic Online Update Setup"
-#~ msgstr "激活在线更新"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Automatic update is executed by a daily cronjob. \n"
-#~ "A network connection must be available when\n"
-#~ "the update takes place."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "由每日 cronjob 执行自动更新。\n"
-#~ "在执行更新时,\n"
-#~ "网络连接必须可用。"
-
-#~ msgid "Set Random Time"
-#~ msgstr "设置随机时间"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable Automatic Update"
-#~ msgstr "启用自动更新"
-
-#~ msgid "Time when update is performed:"
-#~ msgstr "更新执行时间:"
-
-#~ msgid "Hour"
-#~ msgstr "小时"
-
-#~ msgid "Minute"
-#~ msgstr "分钟"
-
-#~ msgid "Day:"
-#~ msgstr "周序列:"
-
-#~ msgid "Weekly"
-#~ msgstr "每周"
-
-#~ msgid "Skip Interactive Patches"
-#~ msgstr "跳过交互式补丁"
-
-#~ msgid "Skip Patches with Preinstall Information"
-#~ msgstr "跳过带有预安装信息的补丁"
-
-#~ msgid "Writing settings..."
-#~ msgstr "正在写入设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Installing %1: \"%2\" "
-#~ msgstr "正在安装 %1:“%2”"
-
-#~ msgid "Refresh update sources"
-#~ msgstr "刷新更新源"
-
-#~ msgid "Refreshing update sources ..."
-#~ msgstr "正在刷新更新源..."
-
-#~ msgid "Configuration summary"
-#~ msgstr "配置摘要"
-
-#~ msgid "Only Download Patches"
-#~ msgstr "仅下载补丁"
+"如需更多帮助,请与我们联系。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/packager.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/packager.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/packager.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,37 +1,28 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007, 2008.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 12:15+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. module description
#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37
msgid "Check CD or DVD media integrity"
-msgstr "检查 CD 或 DVD 介质完整性"
+msgstr "检查 CD 或 DVD 媒体完整性"
#. dialog caption
#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67
msgid "Editor for 'Do Not Show Again'"
-msgstr "\"不要再次显示\" 编辑器"
+msgstr "“不要再次显示”的编辑者"
#. help text
#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70
@@ -39,7 +30,7 @@
"<p>Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n"
"<b>Delete</b> button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n"
"the current configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>在表中选择项,点击<b>删除</b>按钮可立即从当前配置中移除该项。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>在表中选择项,然后单击<b>删除</b>按钮可立即从当前配置中去除这些项。</p>\n"
#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79
msgid "Type"
@@ -51,7 +42,7 @@
#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79
msgid "Additional Info"
-msgstr "额外信息"
+msgstr "其他信息"
#. FIXME: Add filter
#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")),
@@ -63,7 +54,7 @@
#. error popup
#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36
msgid "Could not read package information."
-msgstr "无法读取软件包信息。"
+msgstr "无法读取包信息。"
#. explanation text for GNOME
#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55
@@ -72,8 +63,8 @@
"environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n"
"Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n"
msgstr ""
-"GNOME 是一个强大且直观的桌面环境,\n"
-"它使用 Evolution 作为邮件应用,Firefox 作为浏览器,Nautilus 作为文件管理器。\n"
+"GNOME 是一个强大而直观的桌面环境,\n"
+"它使用 Evolution 作为邮件程序,Firefox 作为浏览器,Nautilus 作为文件管理器。\n"
#. explanation text for KDE
#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63
@@ -83,9 +74,9 @@
"Dolphin as file manager, and offers\n"
"both Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n"
msgstr ""
-"KDE 是一个强大且直观的桌面环境,\n"
-"它使用 Kontact 作为邮件应用,Dolphin 作为文件管理器,\n"
-"并同时提供 Firefox 和 Konqueror 作为网络浏览器。\n"
+"KDE 是一个强大而直观的桌面环境,\n"
+"它使用 Kontact 作为邮件程序,Dolphin 作为文件管理器,\n"
+"并同时提供 Firefox 和 Konqueror 作为 Web 浏览器。\n"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71
@@ -95,8 +86,10 @@
"and attractive graphical interfaces with their\n"
"own sets of perfectly integrated applications.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>KDE</b> 和 <b>GNOME</b> 都是强大且直观的桌面环境,\n"
-"它们将易用性、诱人的图形界面与它们自身完美集成的应用程序结合了起来。</p>"
+"<p><b>KDE</b> 和 <b>GNOME</b> 都是功能强大且直观的\n"
+"桌面环境。通过其自身完美集成的应用程序集,\n"
+"它们组成了易于使用\n"
+"并且吸引人的图形界面。</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78
@@ -106,8 +99,9 @@
"most important desktop applications on your\n"
"system.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>选择默认的 <b>GNOME</b> 或 <b>KDE</b> 桌面环境\n"
-"将在您的系统上安装一大篮子最关键的桌面应用程序。\n"
+"<p>选择默认 <b>GNOME</b> 或 <b>KDE</b> 桌面\n"
+"环境后会在系统上安装各种最重要的\n"
+"桌面应用程序。\n"
"</p>"
#. help text 3/3
@@ -117,18 +111,19 @@
"an alternative, such as a text-only system or a minimal graphical\n"
"system with a basic window manager.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>选择<b>其它</b>然后选择一个替代桌面,\n"
-"诸如命令行系统或携带一个基本窗口管理器的最小图形系统。</p>"
+"<p>选择<b>其他</b>,然后选择\n"
+"替代系统,如仅文本系统或带有基本窗口管理器的\n"
+"最小图形系统。</p>"
#. radio button
#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97
msgid "&KDE"
-msgstr "&KDE"
+msgstr "KDE(&K)"
#. radio button
#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124
msgid "&GNOME"
-msgstr "&GNOME"
+msgstr "GNOME(&G)"
#. radio button
#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162
@@ -146,7 +141,9 @@
msgid ""
"No desktop was selected. Select the\n"
"desktop to install."
-msgstr "未选择桌面。请选择要安装的桌面。"
+msgstr ""
+"未选择桌面。请选择要安装的\n"
+"桌面。"
#. radio button
#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273
@@ -165,12 +162,12 @@
#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544
#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677
msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details."
-msgstr "备份 %1 失败。细节请参考 %2。"
+msgstr "%1 的备份失败。有关细节,请参见 %2。"
#. dialog heading
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49
msgid "Copy Installation Media"
-msgstr "复制安装介质"
+msgstr "复制安装媒体"
#. help text
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51
@@ -178,18 +175,21 @@
"<p>The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n"
"to create a repository that can be used to install\n"
"other systems.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>安装 CD 将被复制到系统中以创建一个可用于安装其它系统的软件源。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>安装 CD 将复制到系统中,\n"
+"以创建一个可用于安装其他系统\n"
+"的储存库。</p>\n"
#. label for showing repositories
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57
msgid "Registered Repositories"
-msgstr "已注册软件源"
+msgstr "已注册储存库"
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名称"
@@ -201,31 +201,31 @@
#. feedback popup 1/2
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118
msgid "Copying CD contents to a local directory..."
-msgstr "正在将 CD 内容复制到本地文件夹..."
+msgstr "正在将 CD 内容复制到本地目录..."
#. feedback popup 2/2
#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120
msgid "Please wait..."
-msgstr "请稍候..."
+msgstr "请稍等..."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346
msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository"
-msgstr "中止在线软件源配置"
+msgstr "正在中止联机储存库的配置"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348
msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?"
-msgstr "您确定您想要中止配置吗?"
+msgstr "是否确实要中止配置?"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup header
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302
msgid "Network is not configured."
-msgstr "网络尚未配置。"
+msgstr "尚未配置网络。"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304
@@ -234,9 +234,9 @@
"\n"
"Would you like to configure it?"
msgstr ""
-"产品定义的在线资源需要一个互联网连接。\n"
+"产品定义的联机源需要因特网连接。\n"
"\n"
-"您想要配置网络吗?"
+"是否要配置?"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648
msgid "Download list of online repositories"
-msgstr "下载在线软件源列表"
+msgstr "下载联机储存库列表"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653
@@ -256,50 +256,56 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655
msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..."
-msgstr "正在下载在线软件源列表..."
+msgstr "正在下载联机储存库列表..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664
msgid "Initialize the repository manager"
-msgstr "初始化软件源管理器"
+msgstr "正在初始化储存库管理器"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669
msgid "Initializing the repository manager..."
-msgstr "正在初始化软件源管理器..."
+msgstr "正在初始化储存库管理器..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679
msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories"
-msgstr "读取在线软件源列表"
+msgstr "正在读取联机储存库列表"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685
msgid ""
"<p>The packager is being initialized and \n"
"the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>正在初始化包管理器并从网络下载服务器列表。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>正在初始化打包程序\n"
+"并从网络下载服务器列表。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717
msgid ""
"Cannot download list of repositories,\n"
"no network configured."
-msgstr "无法下载软件源列表,尚未配置网络。"
+msgstr ""
+"无法下载储存库列表,\n"
+"未配置网络。"
#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795
msgid ""
"No product URL defined from which to download\n"
"list of repositories.\n"
-msgstr "未定义从其下载软件源列表的产品 URL。\n"
+msgstr "未定义从中下载储存库列表的产品 URL。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809
msgid ""
"Unable to download list of repositories\n"
"or no repositories defined."
-msgstr "无法下载软件源列表或尚未定义软件源。"
+msgstr ""
+"无法下载储存库列表\n"
+"或未定义储存库。"
#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text
#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes")
@@ -331,17 +337,17 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n"
-"<b>链接自:</b> %2<br>\n"
-"<b>摘要:</b> %3<br>\n"
-"<b>描述:</b> %4<br>\n"
+"<b>URL:</b>%1<br>\n"
+"<b>链接自:</b>%2<br>\n"
+"<b>摘要:</b>%3<br>\n"
+"<b>说明:</b>%4<br>\n"
"%5\n"
"</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237
msgid "List of Online Repositories"
-msgstr "在线软件源列表"
+msgstr "联机储存库列表"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
#. push button
@@ -352,12 +358,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254
msgid "&List of Repositories"
-msgstr "软件源列表(&L)"
+msgstr "储存库列表(&L)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260
msgid "Repository Description"
-msgstr "软件源描述"
+msgstr "储存库说明"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264
@@ -365,35 +371,35 @@
"<p>List of default online repositories.\n"
"Click on a repository for details.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>默认在线软件源列表。\n"
-"点击软件源可显示细节。</p>\n"
+"<p>默认联机储存库列表。\n"
+"单击储存库可显示细节。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>选择您想要使用的在线软件源并点击<b>下一步</b>。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>选择您要使用的联机储存库并单击<b>下一步</b>。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>选择您想要使用的在线软件源并点击<b>完成</b>。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>选择您要使用的联机储存库并单击<b>完成</b>。</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要移除一个用过的软件源,只需反选它。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要去除一个用过的储存库,只需取消选择它。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374
msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories"
-msgstr "写入在线软件源列表"
+msgstr "正在写入联机储存库列表"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
-msgstr "<p>软件源管理器正在下载软件源详情...</p>"
+msgstr "<p>储存库管理器正在下载储存库细节...</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
@@ -405,39 +411,39 @@
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514
msgid "Adding repository %1 failed."
-msgstr "添加软件源 %1 失败。"
+msgstr "添加储存库 %1 失败。"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591
msgid "Delete deselected online repositories"
-msgstr "删除未选的在线软件源"
+msgstr "删除取消选择的联机储存库"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593
msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..."
-msgstr "正在删除未选的在线软件源..."
+msgstr "正在删除取消选择的联机储存库..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601
msgid "Add all selected online repositories"
-msgstr "添加全部所选在线软件源"
+msgstr "添加所有选择的联机储存库"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606
msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..."
-msgstr "正在添加全部所选在线软件源..."
+msgstr "正在添加所有选择的联机储存库..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615
msgid "Add repository: %1"
-msgstr "添加软件源: %1"
+msgstr "添加储存库: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress step,
#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624
msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..."
-msgstr "正在添加软件源:%1..."
+msgstr "正在添加储存库:%1..."
#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736
@@ -453,39 +459,42 @@
"Using the online repositories later in the installed system is\n"
"recommended in this case."
msgstr ""
-"检测到内存过小。\n"
+"检测到内存不足。\n"
"\n"
-"若系统内存小于 %dMib 则不推荐在初始安装期间使用在线软件源。\n"
+"如果系统内存低于 %dMiB,则不建议在初始安装期间\n"
+"使用联机储存库。\n"
"\n"
-"若额外软件包数据需要太多内存则安装器可能崩溃或僵死。\n"
+"如果附加包数据需要过多的内存,安装程序可能\n"
+"崩溃或冻结。\n"
"\n"
-"在这种情况下推荐稍候在安装好的系统上再使用在线软件源。"
+"在此情况下,建议以后在安装的系统中使用\n"
+"联机储存库。"
#. continue-cancel popup
#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81
msgid "Initializing the target directory failed."
-msgstr "初始化目标文件夹失败。"
+msgstr "初始化目标目录失败。"
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
msgid "Installing Packages..."
-msgstr "正在安装软件包..."
+msgstr "正在安装包..."
#. error report, %1 is number
#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322
msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation."
-msgstr "未能选择安装 %1 个软件包。"
+msgstr "未能选择 %1 个软件包供安装"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
-msgstr "无法设置软件集:%1。"
+msgstr "无法设置模式:%1。"
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368
msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile."
-msgstr "软件包依赖关系解决器运行失败。 请检查您的 AutoYaST 方案中的软件部分。"
+msgstr "包解析程序运行失败。 请检查您的 AutoYaST 配置文件中的软件部分。"
#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area
#. %1 - an error message (details)
@@ -503,35 +512,35 @@
"细节:\n"
"%1\n"
"\n"
-"将中止软件包安装。\n"
+"将中止包安装。\n"
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "正在初始化..."
#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement
#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39
msgid "Reading package information..."
-msgstr "正在读取软件包信息..."
+msgstr "正在读取包信息..."
#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext
#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52
msgid "No Valid Installation Media"
-msgstr "无有效安装介质"
+msgstr "无有效的安装媒体"
#. this is a heading
#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87
msgid "Installation Media"
-msgstr "安装介质"
+msgstr "安装媒体"
#. this is a menu entry
#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89
msgid "&Media"
-msgstr "介质(&M)"
+msgstr "媒体(&M)"
#. progress step title
#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50
@@ -539,202 +548,187 @@
msgstr "正在保存软件管理器配置..."
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "优先级(&P)"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
-msgstr "保留已下载的软件包"
+msgstr "保留下载的包"
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr "安装软件源 - 此模块不支持命令行界面,请使用 '%1' 代替。"
+msgstr "安装储存库 - 此模块不支持命令行界面,请使用“%1”代替。"
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr "默认"
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr "未知名称"
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "未知"
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL:%1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr "裸 URL:%s"
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
-msgstr "未知软件源名称"
+msgstr "未知储存库名称"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
msgid "Category: %1"
-msgstr "分类:%1"
+msgstr "类别:%1"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr "服务:%1"
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
msgid "All repositories"
-msgstr "全部软件源"
+msgstr "所有储存库"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
msgid "All services"
-msgstr "全部服务"
+msgstr "所有服务"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
msgid "Service '%1'"
-msgstr "服务 '%1'"
+msgstr "服务“%1”"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr "只有软件源未由服务提供"
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr "视图"
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "优先级"
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
-msgstr "已启用"
+msgstr "激活"
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr "自动刷新"
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr "服务"
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr "替换(&R)..."
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
-msgstr "刷新所选(&F)"
+msgstr "刷新所选项(&F)"
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
msgid "Status &on or off"
-msgstr "状态(开或关)(&O)"
+msgstr "开启或关闭状态(&O)"
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
-msgstr "自动刷新或禁止刷新(&S)"
+msgstr "开启或关闭刷新(&S)"
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr "设置名称(&N)..."
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "属性"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr "已启用(&E)"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr "自动刷新(&R)"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
-msgstr "&GPG 密钥..."
+msgstr "GPG 密钥(&G)..."
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "刷新"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
-msgstr "刷新全部自动刷新的软件源(&E)"
+msgstr "刷新所有自动刷新的项目(&E)"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
-msgstr "刷新全部启用的软件源(&E)"
+msgstr "刷新所有启用的项目(&E)"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
-msgstr "已配置软件源"
+msgstr "已配置的软件储存库"
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"管理已配置的软件源和服务。</p>\n"
+"管理已配置的软件储存库和服务。</p>\n"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>服务</B>或<B>软件源索引服务(RIS)</B>是软件源管理的一种协议。一个服务可提供一个或多个软件源,它们都可被服务管理员动态调整。</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>服务</B>或<B>储存库索引服务 (RIS) </B>是用于进行包储存库管理的协议。服务可以提供一个或多个软件储存库,这些储存库可由服务管理员动态更改。</P>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -743,13 +737,13 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>添加新的软件源或服务</b><br>\n"
-"要添加新的软件源,请使用<b>添加</b>并指定软件源或服务。\n"
-"YaST 将自动检测输入的位置是服务还是软件源。\n"
+"<b>添加新的储存库或服务</b><br>\n"
+"要添加新的储存库,请使用<b>添加</b>并指定软件储存库或服务。\n"
+"YaST 将自动检测输入的位置提供的是服务还是储存库。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -757,12 +751,12 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"要从 <b>CD</b> 安装软件包,\n"
+"要从 <b>CD</b> 安装包,\n"
"请准备好 CD 集或 DVD。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -774,13 +768,16 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"可将 CD 复制到<b>硬盘</b>上,然后使用该硬盘作为软件源。\n"
-"请输入第一张 CD 所在的路径名,例如,/data1/<b>CD1</b>。\n"
-"若已将全部 CD 复制进了一个文件夹,则只需输入其基本路径。\n"
+"可以将 CD 复制到<b>硬盘</b>上。\n"
+"然后,将此硬盘用作储存库。\n"
+"请输入第一张 CD 所在的路径名,\n"
+"例如,/data1/<b>CD1</b>。\n"
+"如果将所有这些 CD 都复制到\n"
+"一个目录中,则只需提供基本路径。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -789,47 +786,52 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>修改软件源或服务状态</b><br>\n"
-"要修改软件源位置,请使用<b>编辑</b>。要移除软件源,请使用<b>删除</b>。\n"
-"要启用或禁用软件源,或者设置初始化时是否刷新,请在表中选中软件源并使用下面的复选框。\n"
+"<b>修改储存库或服务的状态</b>\n"
+"要更改储存库位置,请使用<b>编辑</b>。要去除储存库,请使用\n"
+"<b>删除</b>。要启用或禁用储存库,或者更改初始化时的刷新状态,请在表中选择储存库,并使用下面的复选框。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>软件源优先级</B><BR>\n"
-"软件源优先级是一个介于 0 (最高优先级) 到 200 (最低优先级) 之间的整数值。默认优先级为 99。若多个软件源提供了同一个软件包,将使用优先级最高的软件源。</P>\n"
+"<P><B>储存库优先级</B><BR>\n"
+"储存库优先级是一个介于 0(最高优先级)和 200(最低优先级)之间的整数值。默认优先级为 99。如果多个储存库提供了同一个包,将使用优先级最高的储存库。</P>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>请在软件源和服务中的导航窗口顶部选择合适的选项。</P>"
+msgstr "<P>请在储存库和服务中的导航窗口顶部选择合适的选项。</P>"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>保留已下载的软件包</B><BR>选中此选项以在本地缓存中保留已下载的软件包,从而可在稍后重装软件包时重复使用它们。若未选中,已下载的软件包将在安装后被删除。</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B>保留下载的包</B><BR>选中此选项会在本地超速缓存中保留下载的包,\n"
+"从而可在以后重新安装装包时重复使用它们。\n"
+"如果未选中,下载的包将在安装后删除。</P>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>默认本地缓存位于 <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B> 文件夹中。可在 <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> 文件中修改该位置。</P>"
+msgstr "<P>默认本地超速缓存位于 <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B> 目录。可在 <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> 文件中更改该位置。</P>"
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
-msgstr "无法将修改保存到软件源配置。"
+msgstr ""
+"无法将更改保存到\n"
+"储存库配置。"
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "细节:"
@@ -837,111 +839,114 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "重试吗?"
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
-msgstr "中止软件源配置"
+msgstr "中止储存库配置"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
-"中止软件源配置吗?\n"
-"全部修改将不复存在。"
+"是否要中止储存库配置?\n"
+"所有的更改都将丢失。"
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
-"该 URL 没有服务:\n"
+"以下 URL 中不存在任何服务:\n"
"%1"
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
-msgstr "正在刷新软件源"
+msgstr "正在刷新储存库..."
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "正在刷新服务"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
-msgstr "刷新软件源"
+msgstr "刷新储存库"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "刷新服务"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
-msgstr "正在刷新软件源 %1..."
+msgstr "正在刷新储存库 %1..."
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "正在刷新服务 %1..."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
-msgstr "从列表中删除所选软件源吗?"
+msgstr "从列表删除所选储存库吗?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
-msgstr "删除服务 %1 及其软件源吗?"
+msgstr ""
+"删除服务 %1\n"
+"及其储存库?"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
-msgstr "无法设置所选软件源的刷新状态。"
+msgstr "无法对所选储存库设置刷新。"
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
"\n"
"Really add the repository again?"
msgstr ""
-"软件源 %1 早已添加过了。每个软件源只应添加一次。\n"
+"储存库 %1 已添加过。\n"
+"每个储存库只应添加一次。\n"
"\n"
-"真的再次添加该软件源吗?"
+"确实要再次添加该储存库吗?"
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>恢复软件源配置时出错。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>恢复储存库配置时出错。</p>\n"
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93
#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48
msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values."
-msgstr "软件提案已重置为默认值。"
+msgstr "将该软件建议重设置为默认值。"
#. warning text
#. warning text
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103
#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58
msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
-msgstr "无法自动解决依赖关系。需手工干预。"
+msgstr "不能自动解决依赖性。需手动干预。"
#. this is a heading
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145
@@ -956,23 +961,23 @@
#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64
msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr "软件安装 - 此模块不支持命令行界面,请使用 '%1' 代替。"
+msgstr "软件安装 - 此模块不支持命令行界面,请使用“%1”代替。"
#. error message (%1 is a package file name)
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194
msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository."
-msgstr "错误:无法将软件包 %1 复制到临时软件源。"
+msgstr "错误:无法将包 %1 复制到临时储存库。"
#. error message
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216
msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed."
-msgstr "错误:无法添加临时文件夹,不能安装软件包。"
+msgstr "错误:无法添加临时目录,不能安装包。"
#. error message
#. error message
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266
msgid "Error: Cannot query package file %1."
-msgstr "错误:无法查询软件包文件 %1。"
+msgstr "错误:无法查询包文件 %1。"
#. Error message:
#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name)
@@ -984,7 +989,7 @@
"Details:\n"
"%2\n"
msgstr ""
-"无法安装软件包 %1。\n"
+"无法安装包 %1。\n"
"\n"
"细节:\n"
"%2\n"
@@ -992,20 +997,20 @@
#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313
msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium."
-msgstr "在介质上未找到软件包 %1。"
+msgstr "在媒体上未找到包 %1。"
#. start package manager
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362
msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization."
-msgstr "软件源初始化时出错。"
+msgstr "储存库初始化时出错。"
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369
msgid ""
"No repository is defined.\n"
"Only installed packages are displayed."
msgstr ""
-"未定义软件源。\n"
-"仅显示了已安装的软件包。"
+"未定义储存库。\n"
+"仅会显示已安装的包。"
#. a stage in the progress dialog
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501
@@ -1014,12 +1019,12 @@
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502
msgid "Load the Configured Repositories"
-msgstr "加载已配置软件源"
+msgstr "加载已配置的储存库"
#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510
msgid "Reset the target system to %1"
-msgstr "重置目标系统到 %1"
+msgstr "将目标系统重设置为 %1"
#. a stage in the progress dialog
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516
@@ -1033,29 +1038,31 @@
"several packages failed to install.\n"
"Install them now?\n"
msgstr ""
-"上次安装软件包时,一些软件包安装失败了。\n"
-"现在还安装它们吗?\n"
+"上次安装包时,一些包安装失败。\n"
+"现在要安装它们吗?\n"
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
-msgstr "未安装 %1 软件包无法配置在线更新软件源"
+msgstr "只有安装了包 %1 才能配置联机更新储存库"
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
-msgstr "未安装 %1 软件包无法在在线软件源中搜索软件包"
+msgstr ""
+"未安装 %1 包,将无法\n"
+"在联机储存库中搜索包"
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-"在介质上未找到以下软件包:\n"
+"在媒体上未找到以下包:\n"
"%1\n"
#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification
@@ -1066,7 +1073,7 @@
#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2...
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99
msgid "<UL><LI>Medium: %1</LI></UL>"
-msgstr "<UL><LI>介质:%1</LI></UL>"
+msgstr "<UL><LI>媒体:%1</LI></UL>"
#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103
@@ -1082,37 +1089,37 @@
#. rich text - error message
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112
msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken."
-msgstr "驱动器中没有介质或 ISO 文件系统已损坏。"
+msgstr "驱动器中没有媒体或 ISO 文件系统已损坏。"
#. result of the check - success
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122
msgid "<B>OK</B> -- The medium has been successfully verified."
-msgstr "<B>好的</B> -- 介质校验成功。"
+msgstr "<B>OK</B> -- 媒体已成功校验。"
#. wrong MD5
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126
msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
-msgstr "<B>错误</B> -- MD5 校验和不匹配<BR>不应使用此介质。"
+msgstr "<B>错误</B> -- MD5 和不匹配<BR>不应使用该媒体。"
#. the correct MD5 is unknown
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131
msgid "<B>Unknown</B> -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown."
-msgstr "<B>未知</B> -- 该介质的正确 MD5 校验和未知。"
+msgstr "<B>未知</B> -- 该媒体的正确 MD5 和未知。"
#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1)
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251
msgid "Insert the first installation medium."
-msgstr "请插入第一个安装介质。"
+msgstr "请插入第一个安装媒体。"
#. dialog header
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299
msgid "Media Check"
-msgstr "介质检查"
+msgstr "媒体检查"
#. help text - media check (header) 1/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302
msgid "<P><B>Media Check</B></P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>介质检查</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>媒体检查</B></P>"
#. help text - media check 2/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304
@@ -1120,7 +1127,7 @@
"<P>When you have a problem with\n"
"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n"
"whether the medium is broken.</P>\n"
-msgstr "<P>若您使用 CD 或 DVD 介质安装时遇到了问题,您应检查介质是否损坏。</P>\n"
+msgstr "<P>若您在使用 CD 或 DVD 安装媒体进行安装时出现问题,应检查媒体是否损坏。</P>\n"
#. help text - media check 3/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310
@@ -1130,10 +1137,10 @@
"The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n"
"drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> "
msgstr ""
-"<P>选择驱动器,将介质插入驱动器并按<B>开始检查</B>\n"
-"或者使用<B>检查 ISO 文件</B>并选择一个 ISO 文件。\n"
-"取决于驱动器的速度和介质的大小,检查可能需要几分钟。\n"
-"该检查将校验 MD5 校验和。</P>"
+"<P>选择驱动器,将媒体插入驱动器,然后按<B>开始检查</B>\n"
+"或使用<B>检查 ISO 文件</B>并选择一个 ISO 文件。\n"
+"根据驱动器的速度和媒体的大小,检查可能需要几分钟。\n"
+"此检查将校验 MD5 校验和。</P>"
#. help text - media check 4/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317
@@ -1141,8 +1148,8 @@
"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n"
"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>若介质检查失败,则不应继续安装。\n"
-"继续安装可能失败或导致丢失数据。您最好更换损坏的介质。</P>\n"
+"<P>如果媒体检查未通过,则不应继续安装。\n"
+"继续安装可能失败或导致丢失数据。您最好更换损坏的媒体。</P>\n"
#. help text - media check 5/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321
@@ -1150,25 +1157,25 @@
"After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n"
"The order of the media is irrelevant.\n"
msgstr ""
-"检查后,插入下一张介质并重复以上过程。\n"
-"介质的顺序无关紧要。\n"
+"检查后,插入下一张媒体并重复以上过程。\n"
+"媒体的顺序无关紧要。\n"
#. help text - media check 6/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325
msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>注意:</B> 当介质正被系统使用时,您不能更换它。</P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>注意:</B>当媒体由系统使用时,您不能更换它。</P>"
#. help text - media check 7/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329
msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>要在开始安装前检查介质,请使用引导菜单中的介质检查一项。<P>"
+msgstr "<P>要在开始安装前检查媒体,请使用引导菜单中的媒体检查一项。<P>"
#. help text - media check 8/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333
msgid ""
"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n"
"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n"
-msgstr "<P>若自行刻录介质,请使用刻录软件中的 <B>pad</B> 选项。它可避免在检查过程中介质末尾出现读取错误。</P>\n"
+msgstr "<P>如果自行刻录媒体,请使用刻录软件中的 <B>pad</B> 选项。它可避免在检查过程中媒体末尾出现读取错误。</P>\n"
#. advice check of the media
#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line
@@ -1176,17 +1183,19 @@
msgid ""
"It is recommended to check all installation media\n"
"to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'"
-msgstr "推荐检查全部安装介质以避免出现安装问题。要跳过此步骤请按 '下一步'"
+msgstr ""
+"建议检查所有安装媒体以避免出现\n"
+"安装问题。要跳过此步骤请按“下一步”"
#. combo box
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352
msgid "&CD or DVD Drive"
-msgstr "&CD 或 DVD 驱动器"
+msgstr "CD 或 DVD 驱动器(&C)"
#. push button label
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360
msgid "&Start Check"
-msgstr "开始检查(&S)"
+msgstr "启动检查(&S)"
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685
msgid "&Eject"
@@ -1210,12 +1219,12 @@
#. window title - open file dialog
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421
msgid "Select an ISO File to Check"
-msgstr "选择要检查的 ISO"
+msgstr "选择要检查的 ISO 文件"
#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461
msgid "Cannot read medium in drive %1."
-msgstr "无法读取驱动器 %1 中的介质。"
+msgstr "无法读取驱动器 %1 中的媒体。"
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471
msgid ""
@@ -1224,10 +1233,10 @@
"\n"
"Only readability of the medium will be checked.\n"
msgstr ""
-"介质不包含 MD5 检验和。\n"
-"无法校验介质内容。\n"
+"媒体不包含 MD5 校验和。\n"
+"无法校验媒体的内容。\n"
"\n"
-"将仅检查介质的可读性。\n"
+"将只检查媒体的可读性。\n"
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530
msgid "<B>Canceled</B>"
@@ -1247,22 +1256,22 @@
#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000')
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63
msgid "Created: %1"
-msgstr "创建于:%1"
+msgstr "创建日期:%1"
#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70
msgid "Expires: %1</font> (The key is expired.)"
-msgstr "失效于:%1</font> (该密钥已经失效。)"
+msgstr "失效日期:%1</font>(该密钥已经失效。)"
#. summary string - the GPG key never expires
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75
msgid "The key never expires."
-msgstr "该密钥永不失效。"
+msgstr "密钥永不失效。"
#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never"
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78
msgid "Expires: %1"
-msgstr "失效于:%1"
+msgstr "失效日期:%1"
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Key: %1"
@@ -1291,11 +1300,11 @@
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188
msgid "Created: "
-msgstr "创建于:"
+msgstr "创建日期:"
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Expires: "
-msgstr "失效于:"
+msgstr "失效日期:"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205
@@ -1321,8 +1330,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>添加一个新 GPG 密钥</b><br>\n"
-"要添加一个新 GPG 密钥,请指定密钥文件的路径。\n"
+"<b>添加新的 GPG 密钥</b><br>\n"
+"要添加新的 GPG 密钥,请指定密钥文件的路径。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. header in file selection popup
@@ -1348,8 +1357,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>添加新 GPG 密钥</b><br>\n"
-"要添加新 GPG 密钥,请使用<b>添加</b>并指定密钥文件路径。\n"
+"<b>添加新的 GPG 密钥</b><br>\n"
+"要添加新的 GPG 密钥,请使用<b>添加</b>并指定密钥文件的路径。\n"
"</p>"
#. help, continued
@@ -1363,7 +1372,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>修改 GPG 密钥状态</b>\n"
-"要修改信任旗标,请使用<b>编辑</b>。要移除 GPG 密钥,请使用\n"
+"要修改信任标志,请使用<b>编辑</b>。要去除 GPG 密钥,请使用\n"
"<b>删除</b>。\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1377,45 +1386,47 @@
msgid ""
"Really delete key '%1'\n"
"'%2'?"
-msgstr "真的删除密钥 '%1' '%2' 吗?"
+msgstr ""
+"确实要删除密钥 “%1”\n"
+"“%2”吗?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
-msgstr "添加新软件源"
+msgstr "添加新储存库"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Check Repository Type"
-msgstr "检查软件源类型"
+msgstr "检查储存库类型"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
msgid "Add Repository"
-msgstr "添加软件源"
+msgstr "添加储存库"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
msgid "Read Repository License"
-msgstr "读取软件源许可"
+msgstr "读取储存库许可证"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
-msgstr "正在检查软件源类型"
+msgstr "正在检查储存库类型"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Adding Repository"
-msgstr "正在添加软件源"
+msgstr "正在添加储存库"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
msgid "Reading Repository License"
-msgstr "正在读取软件源许可"
+msgstr "正在读取储存库许可证"
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
-msgstr "软件源"
+msgstr "储存库"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1425,38 +1436,42 @@
"in the packages selection, continue.\n"
msgstr ""
"给定位置无可用产品信息。\n"
-"若期望指明产品,请返回并输入正确的位置。\n"
-"要使位于指定位置的 rpm 包在软件包选择中可用,请继续。\n"
+"如果需要指明产品,请返回并输入正确的位置。\n"
+"要使位于指定位置的 rpm 包在包选择中可用,请继续。\n"
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
-msgstr "无法从 URL '%1' 创建软件源。"
+msgstr ""
+"无法从 URL“%1”\n"
+"创建储存库。"
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
"不能通过 FTP 或 HTTP 协议使用 ISO 映像。\n"
-"请修改协议或在服务器端解压 ISO 映像。"
+"请更改协议或在服务器端解压 ISO 映像。"
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
-msgstr "修改 URL 并重试吗?"
+msgstr "要更改 URL 并重试吗?"
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
-msgstr "未安装 %1 软件包无法搜索 SLP 软件源。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"未安装 %1 包,无法\n"
+"搜索 SLP 储存库。\n"
#. New add-on product might add also new agents.
#. Functions Rereads all available agents.
@@ -1465,82 +1480,82 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr "准备安装系统时出错。"
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
-msgstr "在介质上未找到控制文件 %1。"
+msgstr "在媒体上找不到控制文件 %1。"
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
msgstr ""
-"软件包 '%s' 未安装。\n"
-"无法注册附加产品。"
+"未安装包“%s”。\n"
+"无法注册该外接式附件。"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "无法使用附加产品。"
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1,URL:%2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL:%1,路径:%2"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "附加产品"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-"安装软件源还包含了下面列出的额外软件源。\n"
-"请选择您想要使用的软件源。\n"
+"安装储存库还包含了下面列出的额外储存库。\n"
+"请选择您想要使用的储存库。\n"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
-msgstr "供选择的附加产品"
+msgstr "要选择的附加产品"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "添加所选产品(&P)"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
-msgstr "请插入附加的 %1 介质"
+msgstr "插入附加的 %1 媒体"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
-msgstr "请插入 %1 %2 介质"
+msgstr "插入 %1 %2 媒体"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "无法添加产品 %1。"
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "未知产品"
@@ -1551,7 +1566,7 @@
"File '%1'\n"
"does not contain a valid GPG key.\n"
msgstr ""
-"文件 '%1'\n"
+"文件“%1”\n"
"未包含有效的 GPG 密钥。\n"
#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key ")
@@ -1561,19 +1576,19 @@
"'%2'\n"
"is already known, it cannot be added again."
msgstr ""
-"密钥 '%1'\n"
-"'%2'\n"
+"密钥“%1”\n"
+"“%2”\n"
"已知。不能重复添加。"
#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write())
#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279
msgid "Cannot copy the key to the temporary directory."
-msgstr "无法将密钥复制到临时文件夹。"
+msgstr "无法将密钥复制到临时目录。"
#. button label
#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53
msgid "&Show Failed Packages List"
-msgstr "显示失败软件包列表(&S)"
+msgstr "显示失败的包列表(&S)"
#. button label
#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62
@@ -1583,7 +1598,7 @@
#. dialog headline
#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74
msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed"
-msgstr "某些软件包安装失败了"
+msgstr "某些包安装失败"
#. collect and set installation summary data
#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206
@@ -1593,7 +1608,7 @@
#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1"
#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50
msgid "Medium %1"
-msgstr "介质 %1"
+msgstr "媒体 %1"
#. Overflow (indicated by negative value)
#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.),
@@ -1607,7 +1622,7 @@
#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!)
#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237
msgid "Done."
-msgstr "完毕。"
+msgstr "已完成。"
#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used
#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???)
@@ -1629,7 +1644,7 @@
#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install
#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918
msgid "Total"
-msgstr "总计"
+msgstr "总数"
#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited
#. Update the current slide if applicable
@@ -1639,22 +1654,22 @@
#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297
#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349
msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)"
-msgstr "正在下载 %1 (下载大小 %2)"
+msgstr "正在下载 %1(下载大小 %2)"
#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075
msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)"
-msgstr " (还剩:%1%2 个软件包)"
+msgstr "(剩余:%1%2 个包)"
#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode
#. translations: progress message (part1)
#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108
msgid "Downloading Packages..."
-msgstr "正在下载软件包..."
+msgstr "正在下载包..."
#. progress message (part2)
#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111
msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)"
-msgstr " (已下载 %1/%2 个软件包)"
+msgstr "(已下载 %1 个包,共 %2 个)"
#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package
#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name.
@@ -1666,7 +1681,7 @@
#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB)
#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254
msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)"
-msgstr "正在安装 %1 (安装后大小 %2)"
+msgstr "正在安装 %1(已安装的大小为 %2)"
#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name,
#. %2 is package size
@@ -1677,18 +1692,18 @@
#. warning text
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
-msgstr "您的计算机是 64 位 x86-64 系统,但是您正试图安装 32 位发行版。"
+msgstr "您的计算机是 64 位 x86-64 系统,但是您正试图安装 32 位发行套件。"
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>该软件集列表说明了安装系统后可用的功能。</P>"
+msgstr "<P>模式列表指出了系统安装后将可用的功能。</P>"
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>该提案汇报了将安装到系统的文件总大小。然而,系统将包含一些其它文件 (缓存和工作文件) 所以所用空间将会比提案中的值稍微大一些。因此最好在启动安装前有至少 25% (或大约 300 MB) 的空闲空间。<P>"
+msgstr "<P>该建议报告了将安装到系统的文件总大小。不过,系统将包含一些其他文件(临时文件和工作文件),所以所用空间将会比建议的值稍微大一些。因此在启动安装前最好至少有 25%(或大约 300 MB)的可用空间。<P>"
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
@@ -1696,13 +1711,13 @@
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>总'下载大小'是指将从远程 (网络) 软件源中下载的软件包大小。\n"
-"若网速慢或有数据流量限制,该数值至关重要。</P>\n"
+"<P>总下载大小是指将从远程(网络)储存库中下载的包的大小。\n"
+"如果网速慢或有数据流量限制,该数值非常重要。</P>\n"
#. help text for software proposal - header
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>软件提案</B></P>"
+msgstr "<P><B>软件建议</B></P>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
@@ -1717,86 +1732,86 @@
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
-msgstr "软件集:<br>"
+msgstr "模式:<br>"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB)
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
-msgstr "待安装软件包大小:%1"
+msgstr "要安装的包大小:%1"
#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
-msgstr "正在从远程软件源中下载:%1"
+msgstr "正从远程储存库中下载:%1"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
-msgstr "这些附加产品已被标记为待自动移除:%1"
+msgstr "这些外接式附件已被标记为待自动去除:%1"
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
-msgstr "请联系这些附加产品的厂商为您提供新的安装介质。"
+msgstr "请联系这些外接式附件的供应商,要求其为您提供新的安装媒体。"
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
-msgstr "请联系这些附加产品的厂商为您提供新的安装介质。"
+msgstr "请联系该外接式附件的供应商,要求其为您提供新的安装媒体。"
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
-msgstr "错误:无法检查基础文件夹 %1 (设备 %2) 中的空闲空间,无法启动安装。"
+msgstr "错误:无法检查基本目录 %1(设备 %2)中的可用空间,无法启动安装。"
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
-msgstr "警告:无法检查文件夹 %1 (设备 %2) 中的空闲空间。"
+msgstr "警告:无法检查目录 %1(设备 %2)中的可用空间。"
#. summary warning
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
msgid "Not enough disk space."
-msgstr "磁盘空间不足。"
+msgstr "磁盘空间不够。"
#. summary warning
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
-msgstr "磁盘空间不足。请从孤立软件包选集中移除一些软件包。"
+msgstr "磁盘空间不足。请去除单一选择内容中的某些包。"
#. add a backslash if it's missing
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
-msgstr "分区 %3 上只有 %1 (%2%%) 的空闲空间。<BR>"
+msgstr "分区 %3 上只有 %1 (%2%%) 的可用空间。<BR>"
#. newly installed products
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704
msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
-msgstr "即将安装新产品 <b>%s</b>"
+msgstr "将安装新产品 <b>%s</b>"
#. product update: %s is a product name
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
-msgstr "即将更新产品 <b>%s</b>"
+msgstr "将更新产品 <b>%s</b>"
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
-msgstr "产品 <b>%{old_product}</b> 将更新至 <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr "产品 <b>%{old_product}</b> 将更新为 <b>%{new_product}</b>"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
-msgstr "产品 <b>%s</b> 仍将保持安装状态"
+msgstr "仍将安装产品 <b>%s</b>"
#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
-msgstr "<b>警告:</b>即将移除产品 <b>%s</b>。"
+msgstr "<b>警告:</b>将去除产品 <b>%s</b>。"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
-msgstr "<b>错误:</b>即将自动移除产品 <b>%s</b>。</font>"
+msgstr "<b>错误:</b>将自动去除产品 <b>%s</b>。</font>"
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
@@ -1809,16 +1824,17 @@
"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li><b>某些产品被标记为自动移除。</b></li>\n"
-"<ul><li>请联系所移除附加组件的厂商来为您提供新的安装介质</li>\n"
-"<li>或在注册步骤选择适宜的在线扩展或模块</li>\n"
-"<li>或前往软件选集并标记移除产品 (-release 软件包) 以继续产品升级。</li>\n"
-"</ul></li></ul>"
+"<ul><li><b>部分产品标记为将自动去除。</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li>请联系去除的外接式附件的供应商获取新\n"
+"安装媒体</li><li>或在注册步骤中选择相应的\n"
+"联机扩展或模块</li><li>或继续升级产品,转到\n"
+"软件选择屏幕并将产品(-release 包)标记为待去除。\n"
+"</li></ul></li></ul>"
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
-msgstr "在 '%1' 下找不到软件源。"
+msgstr "在“%1”找不到储存库。"
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
@@ -1827,32 +1843,33 @@
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>初始发布时的版本资讯是安装介质的一部分。\n"
-"安装期间若互联网连接可用,您可从 SUSE Linux 网络服务器下载更新的版本资讯。</b></p>\n"
+"<p><b>初始版本的发行说明随附在安装媒体中。\n"
+"配置期间如果能联网,您可从 SUSE Linux Web 服务器\n"
+"下载更新的发行说明。</b></p>\n"
#. popup - information label
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
-msgstr "正在集成已引导的介质..."
+msgstr "正在集成引导的媒体..."
#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
-msgstr "集成服务包软件源失败。"
+msgstr "未能集成服务包储存库。"
#. popup - information label
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
-msgstr "正在初始化软件源..."
+msgstr "正在初始化储存库..."
#. message popup, %1 is product name
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
-msgstr "请插入 %1 CD 1"
+msgstr "插入 %1 CD 1"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
-msgstr "%1 未找到 CD 1"
+msgstr "%1 CD 1 没找到"
#. an error message
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044
@@ -1860,8 +1877,8 @@
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
msgstr ""
-"初始化软件包描述时出错。\n"
-"更多细节请检查日志文件 %1。"
+"初始化包说明时出错。\n"
+"有关细节,请查看日志文件 %1。"
#. bnc #436925
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305
@@ -1869,13 +1886,13 @@
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
msgstr ""
-"软件选集被外界变动了。\n"
-"将再次调出软件提案。"
+"软件选择已从外部更改。\n"
+"将会再次调用软件建议。"
#. popup label
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
-msgstr "正在评估软件包选集..."
+msgstr "正在评估包选择..."
#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621
@@ -1883,19 +1900,19 @@
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
msgstr ""
-"选择默认产品集合 %{pattern_name} 失败。\n"
-"未找到该集合。"
+"无法选择默认产品模式 %{pattern_name}。\n"
+"找不到该模式。"
#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted
#.
#. @param [String] license_ident file name
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157
msgid "Cannot read license file %1"
-msgstr "无法读取许可文件 %1"
+msgstr "无法读取协议许可文件 %1"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
-msgstr "要正确显示产品许可,请在构建映像时把 license.tar.gz 文件放到 live 介质的根目录。"
+msgstr "为了正确显示产品许可证,请在生成映像时将 license.tar.gz 文件放入当前媒体的 root。"
#. combo box
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
@@ -1905,7 +1922,7 @@
#. check box label
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345
msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "是,我的大斧已经饥渴难耐了。(&A)"
+msgstr "我接受许可证条款(&A)。"
#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information
#. %1 is replaced with the filename
@@ -1913,7 +1930,9 @@
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n"
"on the first media in the file %1"
-msgstr "若想打印此最终用户许可协议,您可在第一个介质的 %1 文件中找到许可全文。"
+msgstr ""
+"如果您想打印此 EULA,您可以在\n"
+"第一个媒体的文件 %1 中找到。"
#. help text
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400
@@ -1922,10 +1941,9 @@
"one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n"
"the configuration will be aborted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>请仔细阅读许可协议并在可用选项中择一。\n"
-"当然若您不同意该许可协议 (<del>傲娇的霸王条款</del>...才没有啦),配置会立即中止。\n"
-"您亦无法畅享 openSUSE 这一最低调奢华有内涵的 Linux 发行版。\n"
-"这会是人生中怎样遗憾的事啊!为了避免您的人生有所缺憾,请选择是。这只是您电脑生涯中的一小步,却会是您精彩人生中的一大步!</p>\n"
+"<p>请仔细阅读许可协议,然后选择\n"
+"可用选项之一。如果您不同意此许可协议,\n"
+"配置将中止。</p>\n"
#. dialog title
#. #459391
@@ -1939,7 +1957,7 @@
#. popup question
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021
msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?"
-msgstr "真的中止附加产品安装吗?"
+msgstr "确实要中止外接式附件的安装吗?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045
@@ -1947,8 +1965,8 @@
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n"
"Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
-"拒绝许可协议将取消安装。\n"
-"真的拒绝协议吗?你一定会后悔的!"
+"拒绝许可协议会取消安装。\n"
+"确实拒绝该协议吗?"
#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup)
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048
@@ -1956,13 +1974,13 @@
"Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n"
"product installation. Really refuse the agreement?"
msgstr ""
-"拒绝许可协议将取消安装附加产品。\n"
-"真的拒绝协议吗?"
+"拒绝此证书协议将取消外接式附件的安装。\n"
+"确实要拒绝该协议吗?"
#. timed ok/cancel popup
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058
msgid "The system is shutting down..."
-msgstr "系统正在关机..."
+msgstr "系统正在关闭..."
#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153
@@ -1974,14 +1992,18 @@
msgid ""
"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n"
"%{license_url}"
-msgstr "若想打印此最终用户许可协议,您可从 %{license_url} 下载全文。"
+msgstr ""
+"如果您要打印此 EULA,可以从下面的网站下载:\n"
+"%{license_url}"
#. popup yes-no
#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
-msgstr "您真的想要退出安装吗?"
+msgstr ""
+"是否确实要\n"
+"退出安装?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71
@@ -1999,7 +2021,7 @@
"Patch %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
-"补丁 %1\n"
+"增补程序 %1\n"
"\n"
#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot)
@@ -2008,8 +2030,8 @@
"The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n"
"Continue with the installation?"
msgstr ""
-"分区 %1 的磁盘空间几乎用光。\n"
-"继续安装吗?"
+"磁盘分区 %1 的空间几乎用完。\n"
+"是否继续安装?"
#. yes-no popup
#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367
@@ -2017,13 +2039,13 @@
"The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n"
"Continue with the installation?"
msgstr ""
-"磁盘空间几乎用光。\n"
-"继续安装吗?"
+"磁盘空间几乎用完。\n"
+"是否继续安装?"
#. remote
#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443
msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)"
-msgstr "正在下载增量 RPM %1 (下载大小 %2)"
+msgstr "正在下载增量 RPM %1(下载大小 %2)"
#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description
#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472
@@ -2043,53 +2065,53 @@
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35
msgid "Commun&ity Repositories"
-msgstr "社区软件源(&I)"
+msgstr "社区储存库(&I)"
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37
msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..."
-msgstr "来自注册服务器的扩展和模块(&E)..."
+msgstr "注册服务器上的扩展和模块(&E)..."
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39
msgid "Specify &URL..."
-msgstr "指定 &URL..."
+msgstr "指定 URL(&U)..."
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41
msgid "&FTP..."
-msgstr "&FTP..."
+msgstr "FTP(&F)..."
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43
msgid "&HTTP..."
-msgstr "&HTTP..."
+msgstr "HTTP(&H)..."
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45
msgid "HTT&PS..."
-msgstr "HTT&PS..."
+msgstr "HTTPS(&P)..."
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
-msgstr "S&MB/CIFS"
+msgstr "SMB/CIFS(&M)"
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49
msgid "NF&S..."
-msgstr "NF&S..."
+msgstr "NFS(&S)..."
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51
msgid "&CD..."
-msgstr "&CD..."
+msgstr "CD(&C)..."
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53
msgid "&DVD..."
-msgstr "&DVD..."
+msgstr "DVD(&D)..."
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55
@@ -2099,12 +2121,12 @@
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57
msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..."
-msgstr "&USB 大容量存储 (USB 记忆棒、磁盘)..."
+msgstr "&USB 大容量储存(USB 记忆棒、磁盘)..."
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59
msgid "&Local Directory..."
-msgstr "本地文件夹(&L)..."
+msgstr "本地目录(&L)..."
#. radio button
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61
@@ -2114,56 +2136,60 @@
#. check box
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63
msgid "&Download repository description files"
-msgstr "下载软件源描述文件(&D)"
+msgstr "下载储存库说明文件(&D)"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116
msgid ""
"<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若该位置是保存介质 ISO 映像的文件,请设置 <b>ISO 映像</b>。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果该位置是保存媒体的 ISO \n"
+"映像的文件,请设置 <b>ISO 映像</b>。</p>"
#. Help text suffix for some types of the media
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n"
"set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>若该软件源位于多个介质上,请设置该组介质的第一个介质的位置。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果该储存库在多个媒体上,\n"
+"请设置该组第一个媒体的位置。</p>\n"
#. text entry
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135
msgid "&Server Name"
-msgstr "服务器名称(&S)"
+msgstr "服务器名(&S)"
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
-msgstr "文件夹或 ISO 映像路径(&P)"
+msgstr "到目录或 ISO 映像的路径(&P)"
#. checkbox label
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151
msgid "&ISO Image"
-msgstr "&ISO 映像"
+msgstr "ISO 映像(&I)"
#. checkbox label
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153
msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol"
-msgstr "N&FS v4 协议"
+msgstr "NFS v4 协议(&F)"
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159
msgid "Mount Options"
-msgstr "挂载选项"
+msgstr "装入选项"
#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp
#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable)
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163
msgid "(default)"
-msgstr "(默认)"
+msgstr "(默认)"
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174
msgid "URL of the Repository"
-msgstr "软件源 URL"
+msgstr "储存库的 URL"
#. frame
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183
@@ -2173,14 +2199,14 @@
#. input field label
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193
msgid "&URL of the Repository"
-msgstr "软件源 &URL"
+msgstr "储存库 URL(&U)"
#. label / dialog caption
#. bugzilla #219759
#. service label can be empty (not defined)
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323
msgid "Repository URL"
-msgstr "软件源 URL"
+msgstr "储存库 URL"
#. label / dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210
@@ -2191,7 +2217,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214
msgid "CD or DVD Media"
-msgstr "CD 或 DVD 介质"
+msgstr "CD 或 DVD 媒体"
#. label / dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216
@@ -2205,9 +2231,9 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
-msgstr "本地文件夹"
+msgstr "本地目录"
#. label / dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222
@@ -2223,154 +2249,159 @@
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230
#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232
msgid "Server and Directory"
-msgstr "服务器和文件夹"
+msgstr "服务器和目录"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
-msgstr "软件源名称不能为空。"
+msgstr "储存库名称不能为空。"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
msgid "&Repository Name"
-msgstr "软件源名称(&R)"
+msgstr "储存库名称(&R)"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>软件源名称</b></big><br>\n"
-"使用<b>软件源名称</b>指定软件源名称。若留空,YaST 将使用产品名 (若有) 或 URL 作为其名称。</p>\n"
+"<p><big><b>储存库名称</b></big><br>\n"
+"使用<b>储存库名称</b>指定储存库的名称。如果名称为空,YaST 将会使用产品名称(如果有)或 URL 作为名称。</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "服务名称(&S)"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>服务名称</b></big><br>\n"
-"使用<b>服务名称</b>指定服务名。若留空,YaST 将使用服务 URL 的一部分作为其名称。</p>\n"
+"使用<b>服务名称</b>指定服务的名称。如果名称为空,YaST 将会使用服务 URL 的一部分作为名称。</p>\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "URL 不能为空。"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
-msgstr "&URL"
+msgstr "URL(&U)"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>软件源 URL</b></big><br>\n"
-"请使用 <b>URL</b> 指定软件源的 URL。<p>"
+"<p><big><b>储存库 URL</b></big><br>\n"
+"请使用 <b>URL</b> 指定储存库的 URL。<p>"
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr "编辑部分 URL"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr "编辑完整 URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>NFS 服务器</b></big><br>\n"
-"使用<b>服务器名称</b>和<b>文件夹或 ISO 映像路径</b>\n"
-"指定 NFS 服务器主机名和服务器上的路径。<p>"
+"用<b>服务器名称</b>和<b>目录或 ISO 映像的路径</b>\n"
+"指定 NFS 服务器主机名称和服务器上的路径。<p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"for details and the list of supported options."
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>挂载选项</b></big><br>\n"
-"您可指定用于挂载 NFS 卷的额外选项。\n"
-"这是一个专家选项,推荐保持默认值。细节和支持选项列表请参考 <b>man 5 nfs</b>。"
+"<p><big><b>装入选项</b></big><br>\n"
+"您可指定用于装入 NFS 卷的额外装入选项。\n"
+"这是一个专家选项,推荐保持默认值。细节和支持选项的列表,\n"
+"请参见 <b>man 5 nfs</b>。"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
-msgstr "&CD-ROM"
+msgstr "CD-ROM(&C)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
-msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
+msgstr "DVD-ROM(&D)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>CD 或 DVD 介质</b></big><br>\n"
-"设置 <b>CD-ROM</b> 或 <b>DVD-ROM</b> 以指定介质类型。</p>"
+"<p><big><b>CD 或 DVD 媒体</b></big><br>\n"
+"设置 <b>CD-ROM</b> 或 <b>DVD-ROM</b> 指定媒体类型。</p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "ISO 映像文件"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
-msgstr "输入路径不是一个文件夹或该文件夹不存在。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"输入的路径不是一个目录,\n"
+"或目录不存在。\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
-msgstr "输入路径不是一个文件或该文件不存在。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"输入的路径不是一个文件,\n"
+"或文件不存在。\n"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
-"文件 '%1'\n"
+"文件“%1”\n"
"好像不是一个 ISO 映像。\n"
-"仍然使用它吗?\n"
+"还是要使用它吗?\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
-msgstr "文件夹路径(&P)"
+msgstr "目录路径(&P)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
-msgstr "纯 RPM 文件夹(&P)"
+msgstr "纯 RPM 目录(&P)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2378,27 +2409,27 @@
"any metadata (i.e. there is no product information), then check option\n"
"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>本地文件夹</b></big><br>\n"
-"使用<b>文件夹路径</b>指定文件夹路径。\n"
-"若文件夹中仅有 RPM 软件包而无任何元数据\n"
-"(如,无产品信息) 则可勾选\n"
-"<b>纯 RPM 文件夹</b>选项。</p>\n"
+"<p><big><b>本地目录</b></big><br>\n"
+"使用<b>目录路径</b>指定目录路径。\n"
+"如果目录中只有 RPM 包而无任何元数据\n"
+"(如,无产品信息),则可选中\n"
+"<b>纯 RPM 目录</b>选项。</p>\n"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
-msgstr "&USB 大容量存储设备"
+msgstr "USB 大容量储存设备(&U)"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "文件系统(&F)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Dire&ctory"
-msgstr "文件夹(&C)"
+msgstr "目录(&C)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2409,30 +2440,31 @@
"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>USB 记忆棒或磁盘</b></big><br>\n"
-"选择软件源所在的 USB 设备。\n"
-"使用<b>文件夹路径</b>指定软件源的文件夹。\n"
-"若省略路径,系统将使用磁盘根目录。\n"
-"若文件夹中仅有 RPM 软件包而无任何元数据\n"
-"(如,无产品信息) 则可勾选\n"
-"<b>纯 RPM 文件夹</b>选项。</p>\n"
+"选择储存库所在的 USB 设备。\n"
+"使用<b>目录路径</b>指定储存库的目录。\n"
+"如果省略路径,系统将使用磁盘根目录。\n"
+"如果目录中只有 RPM 包而无任何元数据\n"
+"(如,无产品信息),则可选中\n"
+"<b>纯 RPM 目录</b>选项。</p>\n"
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
"want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若选择文件系统为 'auto',将自动检测设备上使用的文件系统。\n"
-"若检测失败,或您想要使用特定文件系统,还可从列表中选择。</p>\n"
+"<p>如果选择文件系统“auto”,将自动检测设备上\n"
+"使用的文件系统。如果检测失败,或您想要使用特定文件\n"
+"系统,则可从列表中选择。</p>\n"
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "磁盘设备(&D)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2443,93 +2475,95 @@
"<b>Plain RPM Directory</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>磁盘</b></big><br>\n"
-"选择软件源所在的磁盘。\n"
-"使用<b>文件夹路径</b>指定软件源的文件夹。\n"
-"若省略路径,系统将使用磁盘根目录。\n"
-"若文件夹中仅有 RPM 软件包而无任何元数据 (如,无产品信息) 则可勾选\n"
-"<b>纯 RPM 文件夹</b>选项。</p>\n"
+"选择储存库所在的磁盘。\n"
+"使用<b>目录路径</b>可指定储存库的目录。\n"
+"如果省略路径,系统将使用磁盘根目录。\n"
+"如果目录中只有 RPM 包而无任何元数据\n"
+"(如,无产品信息),则可选中\n"
+"<b>纯 RPM 目录</b>选项。</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "ISO 映像路径(&P)"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
"ISO image file.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>本地 ISO 映像</b></big><br>\n"
-"使用<b>ISO 映像路径</b>指定 ISO 映像文件的路径。</p>"
+"用<b>ISO 映像路径</b>指定 ISO 映像\n"
+"文件的路径。</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
-msgstr "服务器名称(&N)"
+msgstr "服务器名(&N)"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "端口(&P)"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "共享(&S)"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
msgid "ISO &Image"
-msgstr "&ISO 映像"
+msgstr "ISO 映像(&I)"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
-msgstr "服务器上的文件夹(&D)"
+msgstr "服务器上的目录(&D)"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
-msgstr "认证(&T)"
+msgstr "身份验证(&T)"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "匿名(&A)"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "工作组或域(&W)"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "用户名(&U)"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "密码(&P)"
+msgstr "口令(&P)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
-msgstr "&FTP"
+msgstr "FTP(&F)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
-msgstr "H&TTP"
+msgstr "HTTP(&T)"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
-msgstr "HTT&PS"
+msgstr "HTTPS(&P)"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2542,41 +2576,46 @@
"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>服务器和文件夹</b></big><br>\n"
-"使用<b>服务器名称</b>和<b>文件夹或 ISO 映像路径</b>指定 NFS 服务器主机名和在服务器上的路径。\n"
-"要启用认证,请反选<b>匿名</b>并指定<b>用户名</b>和<b>密码</b>。<p>\n"
+"<p><big><b>服务器和目录</b></big><br>\n"
+"用<b>服务器名称</b>和<b>目录或 ISO 映像的路径</b>\n"
+"指定 NFS 服务器主机名和在服务器上的路径。\n"
+"要启用认证,取消选择<b>匿名</b>并指定\n"
+"<b>用户名</b>和<b>口令</b>。<p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"要启用 SMB/CIFS 软件源,请指定<b>共享</b>名和<b>文件夹或 ISO 映像路径</b>。\n"
-"若该位置是保存介质 ISO 映像的文件,请设置 <b>ISO 映像</b>。</p>\n"
+"对 SMB/CIFS 储存库,请指定<b>共享</b>名和<b>目录\n"
+"或 ISO 映像的路径</b>。\n"
+"如果位置是包含媒体的 ISO 映像\n"
+"的文件,请设置 <b>ISO 映像</b>。</p>\n"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>可为 HTTP/HTTPS 软件源设置<b>端口</b>号。\n"
-"留空将使用默认端口。</p>\n"
+"<p>可以为一个 HTTP/HTTPS 软件储存库设置<b>端口</b>号。\n"
+"将它留空会使用默认端口。</p>\n"
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
-msgstr "我想要安装一个额外的附加产品"
+msgstr "我要安装其他外接式附件"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
"or on the hard disk.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><big><b>介质类型</b></big><br>\n"
-"软件源可位于 CD、网络服务器或硬盘上。</p>"
+"<p><big><b>媒体类型</b></big><br>\n"
+"软件储存库可位于 CD、网络服务器\n"
+"或硬盘上。</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2584,10 +2623,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"要添加 <b>CD</b> 或 <b>DVD</b>,\n"
-"请准备好产品 CD 集或 DVD。</p>"
+"请备好产品 CD 或 DVD。</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2598,10 +2637,11 @@
"<p>\n"
"可将产品 CD 复制到硬盘上。\n"
"请输入第一张 CD 所在的路径,例如 /data1/<b>CD1</b>。\n"
-"若已将全部 CD 复制进了相同文件夹,则只需输入基本路径。</p>\n"
+"如果已将全部 CD 复制到了相同目录,\n"
+"则只需输入基本路径。</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2610,28 +2650,29 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"网络安装需要连通的网络连接。\n"
-"请指定第一张 CD 中的软件包所在的文件夹,诸如 /data1/CD1。</p>\n"
+"请指定第一张 CD 中的包所在的目录,\n"
+"例如 /data1/CD1。</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
msgid "Select the media type"
-msgstr "选择介质类型"
+msgstr "选择媒体类型"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
-msgstr "请插入附加产品 CD"
+msgstr "插入外接式附件 CD"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
-msgstr "请插入附加产品 DVD"
+msgstr "插入外接式附件 DVD"
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "未检测到 USB 磁盘。"
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2640,51 +2681,52 @@
"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>下载文件</b><br>\n"
-"每个软件源都有描述源中内容的描述文件。\n"
-"勾选<b>下载软件源描述文件</b>以在关闭此 YaST 模块时下载这些文件。\n"
-"若不选该选项,则 YaST 将在稍后需要这些文件时自动下载它们。</p>\n"
+"每个储存库都有描述储存库内容的说明文件。\n"
+"选中<b>下载储存库说明文件</b>可在关闭此 YaST 模块时下载这些文件。\n"
+"如果不选该选项,则 YaST 将\n"
+"在稍后需要这些文件时自动下载它们。</p>\n"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
-msgstr "介质类型"
+msgstr "媒体类型"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
msgid "Add On Product"
-msgstr "附加产品"
+msgstr "外接式附件"
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
-msgstr "URL 方案 '%s' 无效。"
+msgstr "URL 模式“%s”无效。"
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100
msgid "Initializing Available Repositories"
-msgstr "正在初始化可用软件源"
+msgstr "正在初始化可用的储存库"
#. Progress stage 1/3
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112
msgid "Read configured repositories"
-msgstr "读取已配置软件源"
+msgstr "读取已配置的储存库"
#. Progress stage 2/3
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114
msgid "Detect available repositories via SLP"
-msgstr "通过服务定位协议检测可用的软件源"
+msgstr "通过 SLP 检测可用的储存库"
#. Progress step 1/3
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118
msgid "Reading configured repositories..."
-msgstr "正在读取已配置软件源..."
+msgstr "正在读取已配置的储存库..."
#. Progress step 2/3
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120
msgid "Detecting available repositories..."
-msgstr "正在检测可用软件源..."
+msgstr "正在检测可用的储存库..."
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
@@ -2695,27 +2737,27 @@
#. Error message
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133
msgid "Cannot read repositories."
-msgstr "无法读取软件源。"
+msgstr "无法读取储存库。"
#. Error message
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141
msgid "Cannot detect available repositories."
-msgstr "无法检测可用软件源。"
+msgstr "无法检测可用的储存库。"
#. popup message header
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160
msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository.\n"
-msgstr "无法保存对软件源的修改。\n"
+msgstr "无法保存对储存库的更改。\n"
#. SourceManager read dialog caption
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183
msgid "Saving Repository Configuration"
-msgstr "正在保存软件源配置"
+msgstr "正在保存储存库配置"
#. Progress stage 1/1
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194
msgid "Write repository settings"
-msgstr "写入软件源设置"
+msgstr "写入储存库设置"
#. Progress step 1/1
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198
@@ -2725,12 +2767,12 @@
#. Create a repository from an URL
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296
msgid "Adding repository..."
-msgstr "正在添加软件源..."
+msgstr "正在添加储存库..."
#. status info, to be used inside summary
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395
msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "已禁用"
+msgstr "屏蔽"
#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407
@@ -2750,24 +2792,24 @@
#. summary header
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472
msgid "Configured Repositories"
-msgstr "已配置软件源"
+msgstr "已配置储存库"
#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label
#. (and add some extra space for the frame)
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671
msgid "&Drive to eject"
-msgstr "要弹出的驱动器(&D)"
+msgstr "弹出驱动器(&D)"
#. translators: popup heading (progress popup)
#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51
msgid "SLP Search"
-msgstr "通过服务定位协议搜索"
+msgstr "SLP 搜索"
#. progress information
#. progress information
#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81
msgid "Scanning network for installation services..."
-msgstr "正在扫描网络以发现安装服务..."
+msgstr "正在扫描网络中安装的服务..."
#. frame label
#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106
@@ -2777,7 +2819,7 @@
#. translators: popup heading
#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158
msgid "Choose SLP Repository"
-msgstr "选择 SLP 软件源"
+msgstr "选择 SLP 储存库"
#. tree label (tree of available products)
#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171
@@ -2792,17 +2834,17 @@
#. message popup
#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217
msgid "No details are available."
-msgstr "无可用细节。"
+msgstr "无细节可用。"
#. min Y in UI
#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274
msgid "Repository Details"
-msgstr "软件源细节"
+msgstr "储存库细节"
#. table header item
#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281
msgid "Key"
-msgstr "键"
+msgstr "密钥"
#. table header item
#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283
@@ -2816,7 +2858,7 @@
"More repositories are available for this product.\n"
msgstr ""
"请选择提供的选项之一。\n"
-"本产品有更多软件源可用。\n"
+"本产品有更多储存库可用。\n"
#. popup error
#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423
@@ -2824,13 +2866,13 @@
"An internal error occurred.\n"
"The selected repository has no URL."
msgstr ""
-"发生了一个内部错误。\n"
-"所选软件源没有 URL。"
+"发生内部错误。\n"
+"所选的储存库没有 URL。"
#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services
#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493
msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..."
-msgstr "正在嵬集发现的 %1 服务的信息..."
+msgstr "正在收集发现的 %1 服务的信息..."
#. error popup
#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591
@@ -2839,268 +2881,30 @@
"This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n"
"which probably blocks the network scanning."
msgstr ""
-"没有在您的网络上发现 SLP 软件源。\n"
-"这可能是由运行中的 SuSEfirewall2 导致的,\n"
-"它可能阻断了网络扫描。"
+"您的网络上没有发现 SLP 储存库。\n"
+"这可能是由于运行 SuSEfirewall2 引起的,\n"
+"它可能阻止了网络扫描。"
#. error popup
#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600
msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network."
-msgstr "没有在您的网络上发现 SLP 软件源。"
+msgstr "您的网络上未找到 SLP 储存库。"
#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space
#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869
msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space."
-msgstr "分区 \"%1\" 需要 %2 更多磁盘空间。"
+msgstr "分区\"%1\"磁盘空间不足,还需要 %2。"
#. popup message
#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889
msgid ""
"Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n"
"before updating the system.\n"
-msgstr "在更新系统前请反选一些软件包或者删除一些数据或临时文件。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"在更新系统前请取消选择一些\n"
+"包或删除一些数据或临时文件。\n"
#. popup message
#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898
msgid "Deselect some packages."
-msgstr "请反选一些软件包。"
-
-#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
-#~ msgstr "正在下载补丁 RPM %1 (下载大小 %2)"
-
-#~ msgid "Failed to download patch RPM: %1"
-#~ msgstr "下载补丁 RPM 失败:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree"
-#~ msgstr "否,岁月很长就此别过(&O)"
-
-#~ msgid "&USB Stick or Disk..."
-#~ msgstr "&USB 记忆棒或磁盘..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>All registered repositories are shown here.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>在此显示全部已注册的软件源。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "All changes will be lost. Really exit?"
-#~ msgstr "全部修改将不复存在。真心退出吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "Search expression must not be empty!"
-#~ msgstr "搜索表达式不能为空!"
-
-#~ msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>"
-#~ msgstr "<b>软件源 URL:</b> %1<br>"
-
-#~ msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>"
-#~ msgstr "<b>版本:</b> %1<br>"
-
-#~ msgid "<b>Architecture:</b> %1<br>"
-#~ msgstr "<b>架构:</b> %1<br>"
-
-#~ msgid "Check Network Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "检查网络配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Initialize Software Manager"
-#~ msgstr "初始化软件管理器"
-
-#~ msgid "Checking Network Configuration ..."
-#~ msgstr "正在检查网络配置..."
-
-#~ msgid "Initializing Software Manager ... "
-#~ msgstr "正在初始化软件管理器..."
-
-#~ msgid "Reading Package Search Setup..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取软件包搜索设置..."
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Packager is initializing...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>正在初始化软件包管理器...</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Package Search"
-#~ msgstr "软件包搜索"
-
-#~ msgid "Search &Expression"
-#~ msgstr "搜索表达式(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Search"
-#~ msgstr "搜索(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Search &in"
-#~ msgstr "搜索范围(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "Description"
-#~ msgstr "描述"
-
-#~ msgid "Contents"
-#~ msgstr "内容"
-
-#~ msgid "&Found Packages"
-#~ msgstr "找到软件包(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "&All Selected Packages"
-#~ msgstr "全部所选软件包(&A)"
-
-#~ msgid "Package Description"
-#~ msgstr "软件包描述"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>软件包搜索</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "使用<i>Webpin 软件包搜索</i>功能来搜索全部已知的 openSUSE 编译服务和社区软件源。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of the\n"
-#~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n"
-#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr "<p><big><b>安全性</b></big><br>找到的软件通常不是发行版自身的一部分。您需要决定是否信任软件包的来源。我们不为安装了这样的软件导致的问题负责。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Select packages to install."
-#~ msgstr "选择要安装的软件包。"
-
-#~ msgid "Searching for packages..."
-#~ msgstr "正在搜索软件包..."
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Search failed</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>搜索失败</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>No packages matching entered criteria were found.</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>未找到匹配输入关键词的软件包。</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n"
-#~ "To add a new GPG key, specify the path to the key file.\n"
-#~ "Check the <B>Trusted</B> check box if the key is trusted.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>添加新 GPG 密钥</b><br>\n"
-#~ "要添加新 GPG 密钥,请指定密钥文件路径。\n"
-#~ "若密钥可信,请勾选<B>信任</B>选框。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "No further information available."
-#~ msgstr "没有进一步的信息。"
-
-#~ msgid "Unknown repository"
-#~ msgstr "未知软件源"
-
-#~ msgid "No further information available, use at your own risk."
-#~ msgstr "没有进一步的信息,使用风险自负。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Search failed.\n"
-#~ "Remote server returned error code %1"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "搜索失败。\n"
-#~ "远程服务器返回错误代码 %1"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you want one or more online repositories to be used,\n"
-#~ "select those you want and click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>如果您希望使用一个或者更多在线软件安装源,\n"
-#~ "请选取您想要的并点击<b>下一步</b>。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Reading package information. One moment please..."
-#~ msgstr "正在读取包信息。请稍候..."
-
-#~ msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization."
-#~ msgstr "安装源初始化过程中发生错误。"
-
-#~ msgid "Search &In"
-#~ msgstr "搜索范围(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n"
-#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n"
-#~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n"
-#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>这些是为第一次发行时编写的发行说明。\n"
-#~ "它们是安装介质的一部分。在安装期间,如果因特网\n"
-#~ "连接可用,则您可以从 SUSE Linux 万维网服务器下载\n"
-#~ "最新的发行说明。</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
-#~ msgstr "附加产品安装"
-
-#~ msgid "Adding software that fits your system."
-#~ msgstr "正在添加适合您系统的软件。"
-
-#~ msgid "No package has been selected for installation."
-#~ msgstr "没有选择任何要安装的包。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The following packages will be installed:\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "%1\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Continue installation?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "将安装以下软件包:\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "%1\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "继续安装吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "Selections:<br>"
-#~ msgstr "选择:<br>"
-
-#~ msgid "Medium"
-#~ msgstr "介质"
-
-#~ msgid "Next %1: %2 -- %3"
-#~ msgstr "下一个 %1:%2 -- %3"
-
-#~ msgid "Re&fresh Now"
-#~ msgstr "立即刷新(&F)"
-
-#~ msgid "Accept or decline the license agreement."
-#~ msgstr "接受或拒绝该许可协议。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Repository synchronization with ZMD failed.\n"
-#~ "Save changes anyway?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "与 ZMD 同步源失败。\n"
-#~ "是否要保存更改?"
-
-#~ msgid "Synchronize Changes with &ZENworks"
-#~ msgstr "与 ZENworks 同步更改(&Z)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Synchronize Changes with ZENworks</b> will also call <tt>rug</tt>\n"
-#~ "to perform the changes in that package management system.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>与 ZENworks 同步更改</b>将调用 <tt>rug</tt>\n"
-#~ "以执行在包管理系统中的更改。</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid " On "
-#~ msgstr " 开 "
-
-#~ msgid "Synchronizing with ZENworks"
-#~ msgstr "正在与 ZENworks 同步"
-
-#~ msgid "Your service was added successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks."
-#~ msgstr "您的服务已使用 YaST 成功添加,但无法与 ZenWorks 同步。"
-
-#~ msgid "Your service was deleted successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks."
-#~ msgstr "您的服务已使用 YaST 成功删除,但无法与 ZenWorks 同步。"
-
-#~ msgid "Command timed out after %1 milliseconds."
-#~ msgstr "%1 微秒后命令超时。"
-
-#~ msgid "Command timed out after %1 seconds."
-#~ msgstr "%1 秒后命令超时。"
-
-#~ msgid "Services"
-#~ msgstr "服务"
-
-#~ msgid "Repositories"
-#~ msgstr "安装源"
+msgstr "请取消选择一些包。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pam.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pam.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pam.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,26 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pam\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-01 20:18+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. popup text (%1 is user name, %2 is additional info,
#. like "Now LDAP was enabled")
@@ -32,4 +24,4 @@
msgstr ""
"已为用户 %1 启用了自动登录功能。\n"
"%2\n"
-"禁用其自动登录吗?"
+"是否禁用自动登录?"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pkg-bindings.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pkg-bindings.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pkg-bindings.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,22 +1,18 @@
# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-01 21:40+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#: src/GPGMap.cc:54
msgid "Never"
@@ -25,49 +21,49 @@
#. help text
#: src/HelpTexts.h:36
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while...</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>正在加载可用软件包</B></BIG></P><P>正在从已配置的软件源中加载可用软件包。这可能要一会儿...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>加载可用的包</B></BIG></P><P>正在从已配置的储存库中加载可用的包。这可能需要一会儿...</P>"
#. help text
#: src/HelpTexts.h:42
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is reading installed packages...</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>正在加载已安装的软件包</B><BIG></P><P>软件包管理器正在读取已安装的软件包...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>正在加载已安装的包</B></BIG></P><P>包管理器正在读取已安装的包...</P>"
#. help text
#: src/HelpTexts.h:47
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository...</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>正在注册新软件源</B></BIG></P><P>正在注册一个新软件源。软件包管理器正在读取其中可用的软件包列表...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>正在注册新储存库</B></BIG></P><P>正在注册新的储存库。包管理器正在读取储存库中可用包的列表...</P>"
#: src/HelpTexts.h:52
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating configured repositories...</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>正在保存软件源</B></BIG></P><P>软件包管理器正在更新已配置的软件源...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>保存储存库</B></BIG></P><P>包管理器正在更新已配置的储存库...</P>"
#: src/HelpTexts.h:55
msgid "<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating the repository content...</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>正在刷新软件源</B></BIG></P><P>软件包管理器正在更新软件源内容...</P>"
+msgstr "<P><BIG><B>刷新软件源</B></BIG></P><P>包管理器正在更新软件源内容...</P>"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
-msgstr "不能选择安装该软件包。"
+msgstr "无法选择该包以供安装。"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
-msgstr "软件包不可用。"
+msgstr "该包不可用。"
#. still not initialized, throw an exception
#. translators: this is an error message
#: src/PkgFunctions.cc:129
msgid "Cannot connect to the package manager"
-msgstr "无法连接软件包管理器"
+msgstr "无法连接到包管理器"
#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:129
msgid "Refreshing repository "
-msgstr "正在刷新软件源"
+msgstr "正在刷新储存库"
#: src/Source_Callbacks.cc:150
msgid "Probing repository "
-msgstr "正在检测软件源"
+msgstr "正在检测储存库"
#: src/Source_Create.cc:52
msgid "Scanning products in "
@@ -75,15 +71,15 @@
#: src/Source_Create.cc:581
msgid "Search Available Products"
-msgstr "搜索可用产品"
+msgstr "搜索可用的产品"
#: src/Source_Create.cc:586
msgid "Probe Source Type"
-msgstr "检测资源类型"
+msgstr "检测源类型"
#: src/Source_Create.cc:589
msgid "Download Descriptions"
-msgstr "下载描述"
+msgstr "下载说明"
#: src/Source_Create.cc:590 src/Source_Download.cc:407 src/Source_Load.cc:155
#: src/Source_Load.cc:479
@@ -101,7 +97,7 @@
#: src/Source_Download.cc:56 src/Source_Download.cc:325
msgid "Downloading "
-msgstr "正在下载 "
+msgstr "正在下载"
#. stages: "download", "build cache"
#: src/Source_Download.cc:406
@@ -116,7 +112,7 @@
#. error message (followed by directory name)
#: src/Source_Installation.cc:73
msgid "Target is not a directory: "
-msgstr "目标不是一个目录: "
+msgstr "目标不是目录:"
#. error message (followed by directory name)
#: src/Source_Installation.cc:103
@@ -126,7 +122,7 @@
#. error message (followed by directory name)
#: src/Source_Installation.cc:112
msgid "Cannot check status of directory "
-msgstr "无法检查目录状态 "
+msgstr "无法检查目录的状态 "
#. error message (followed by detailed description)
#: src/Source_Installation.cc:190 src/Source_Installation.cc:216
@@ -145,36 +141,36 @@
#: src/Source_Load.cc:154 src/Source_Load.cc:478
msgid "Refresh Sources"
-msgstr "刷新资源"
+msgstr "刷新源"
#. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables)
#: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83
#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204
msgid "Loading the Package Manager..."
-msgstr "正在加载软件包管理器..."
+msgstr "正在加载包管理器..."
#: src/Source_Load.cc:477
msgid "Load Sources"
-msgstr "加载资源"
+msgstr "加载源"
#. TODO: improve the error message
#: src/Source_Misc.cc:70
msgid "Cannot find source"
-msgstr "未找到资源"
+msgstr "无法找到源"
#: src/Source_Save.cc:132
msgid "Remove Repositories"
-msgstr "移除软件源"
+msgstr "删除储存库"
#. stages: "download", "build cache"
#: src/Source_Save.cc:137
msgid "Save Repositories"
-msgstr "保存软件源"
+msgstr "保存储存库"
#. start the process
#: src/Source_Save.cc:145
msgid "Saving Repositories..."
-msgstr "正在保存软件源..."
+msgstr "正在保存储存库..."
#: src/Target_Load.cc:70
msgid "Initialize the Target System"
@@ -182,4 +178,4 @@
#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200
msgid "Read Installed Packages"
-msgstr "读取已安装的软件包"
+msgstr "读取已安装的包"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/printer.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/printer.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/printer.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,33 +1,23 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Eric Shan , 2008.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007, 2008, 2012, 2013.
-# marguerite , 2015, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: printer\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-02 21:53+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. Command line help text for the printer module
#: src/clients/printer.rb:54
msgid "Configuration of printer"
-msgstr "打印机配置"
+msgstr "打印机的配置"
#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system
#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map
@@ -45,25 +35,25 @@
#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read.
#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301
msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)."
-msgstr "警告:无法读取 %1 (文件可能不存在)。"
+msgstr "警告:无法读取 %1(文件可能不存在)。"
#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST
#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read.
#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338
msgid "Error: Failed to read %1 (possibly empty file)."
-msgstr "错误:无法读取 %1 (文件可能为空)。"
+msgstr "错误:无法读取 %1(文件可能为空)。"
#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST
#. where %1 is replaced by the file name.
#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383
msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2save"
-msgstr "警告:无法备份 %1 为 %1.yast2save"
+msgstr "警告:无法将 %1 备份 %1.yast2save"
#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST
#. where %1 is replaced by the file name.
#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411
msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2orig"
-msgstr "警告:无法备份 %1 为 %1.yast2orig"
+msgstr "警告:无法将 %1 备份为 %1.yast2orig"
#. Propose configuration for each local printer:
#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed
@@ -73,20 +63,17 @@
#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is
#. mandatory to set up local print queues.
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92
-msgid ""
-"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)."
-msgstr "无法配置打印 (未安装需要的 cups-client 软件包)。"
+msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)."
+msgstr "无法配置打印(必需包 cups-client 未安装)。"
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)."
-msgstr "无法配置本地打印机 (未安装需要的软件包 cups)。"
+msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)."
+msgstr "无法配置本地打印机(必需包 cups 未安装)。"
#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config:
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117
-msgid ""
-"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)."
-msgstr "没有可访问的本地打印机 (使用远程 CUPS 服务器 %1 打印)。"
+msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)."
+msgstr "没有可访问的本地打印机(使用远程 CUPS 服务器“%1”进行打印)。"
#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd:
#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because
@@ -99,8 +86,8 @@
"Started the CUPS daemon.\n"
"Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n"
msgstr ""
-"CUPS 守护精灵已启动。\n"
-"等待半分钟,让它准备好接受操作指令...\n"
+"CUPS 守护程序已启动。\n"
+"请等待半分钟,让它准备好接受操作指令...\n"
#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system)
#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate.
@@ -117,8 +104,8 @@
"The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n"
"Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..."
msgstr ""
-"尚不能访问 CUPS 守护精灵。\n"
-"等待一分钟让它准备好接受操作指令..."
+"尚不能访问 CUPS 守护程序。\n"
+"请等待一分钟,让它准备好接受操作指令..."
#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now.
#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).
@@ -128,7 +115,7 @@
#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done.
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196
msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)."
-msgstr "无法配置本地打印机 (没有可访问的本地 cupsd)。"
+msgstr "无法配置本地打印机(没有可访问的本地 cupsd)。 "
#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here)
#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces
@@ -136,7 +123,7 @@
#. space between table columns:
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223
msgid "No local printer detected."
-msgstr "未检测到本地打印机。"
+msgstr "没有检测到本地打印机。"
#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls
#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp).
@@ -160,7 +147,7 @@
#. has almost no additional space between table columns:
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389
msgid "Found existing configuration"
-msgstr "找到已有配置"
+msgstr "发现已有配置"
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397
msgid "Created configuration"
@@ -168,7 +155,7 @@
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410
msgid "No local printer configured."
-msgstr "没有配置好的本地打印机。"
+msgstr "未配置本地打印机。"
#. Create titles:
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438
@@ -184,53 +171,48 @@
#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now.
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49
msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now"
-msgstr "立即对本地连接上的打印机进行自动配置(&D)"
+msgstr "立即对本地连接的打印机进行自动配置(&D)"
#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically:
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61
-msgid ""
-"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in"
-msgstr "指定是否在插入 USB 打印机时进行自动配置"
+msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in"
+msgstr "指定是否在插入 USB 打印机时自动进行配置"
#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers
#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer.
#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name.
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75
-msgid ""
-"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer"
-" configuration"
-msgstr "使用 udev-configure-printer 软件包进行自动 USB 打印机配置(&U)"
+msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration"
+msgstr "使用 udev-configure-printer 包自动配置 USB 打印机(&U)"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'"
-msgstr "禁用远程 CUPS 服务器 '%1'"
+msgstr "禁用远程 CUPS 服务器“%1”"
#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of"
-" printers for the local system."
-msgstr "一个远程 CUPS 服务器设置与本地系统的打印机自动配置冲突。"
+msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system."
+msgstr "远程 CUPS 服务器设置与本地系统打印机自动配置冲突。"
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
-msgstr "从 /etc/cups/client.conf 移除 'ServerName' 项失败"
+msgstr "未能去除 /etc/cups/client.conf 中的“ServerName”条目"
#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp).
#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage
@@ -242,7 +224,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201
msgid "Failed to remove udev-configure-printer."
-msgstr "移除 udev-configure-printer 失败。"
+msgstr "去除 udev-configure-printer 失败。"
#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality:
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247
@@ -259,12 +241,12 @@
#. @return dialog result
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51
msgid "any model"
-msgstr "任何型号"
+msgstr "任意模型"
#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog):
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51
msgid "Add New Printer Configuration"
-msgstr "添加新打印机配置"
+msgstr "添加新的打印机配置"
#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically
#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed:
@@ -278,7 +260,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994
msgid "Enter your printer model here."
-msgstr "输入打印机型号。"
+msgstr "在此处输入打印机型号。"
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87
msgid "Specify the Connection"
@@ -351,14 +333,14 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
-msgstr "描述"
+msgstr "说明"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131
msgid "Find and Assign a Driver"
-msgstr "查找并指定驱动"
+msgstr "查找并指派驱动程序"
#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string
#. and then show the search result:
@@ -386,7 +368,7 @@
#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before):
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434
msgid "Driver &Packages"
-msgstr "驱动包(&P)"
+msgstr "驱动程序包(&P)"
#. By default there is no UserInput()
#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox
@@ -411,25 +393,25 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980
msgid "Select a driver."
-msgstr "选择一个驱动。"
+msgstr "选择驱动程序。"
#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver,
#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271
msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)"
-msgstr "默认纸张大小(若打印机和驱动都支持)"
+msgstr "默认纸张大小(如果打印机和驱动程序支持它)"
#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name:
#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574
msgid "Set Arbitrary &Name"
-msgstr "设置专有名称(&N)"
+msgstr "设置任意名称(&N)"
#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue:
#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478
msgid "&Use as Default"
-msgstr "用作默认(&U)"
+msgstr "作为默认打印机(&U)"
#. to set up HP printers:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241
@@ -440,7 +422,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249
msgid "Run &hp-setup"
-msgstr "运行 hp-setup (&H)"
+msgstr "运行 hp-setup(&H)"
#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
@@ -455,8 +437,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "未选择任何项"
@@ -464,7 +446,7 @@
#. nor a driver was selected:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340
msgid "Select a connection and then assign a driver."
-msgstr "选定一个连接之后指定一款驱动。"
+msgstr "请选择连接,然后指派驱动程序。"
#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function
#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table
@@ -475,7 +457,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936
msgid "No Connection Selected"
-msgstr "没有选定连接"
+msgstr "未选择连接"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected:
@@ -483,38 +465,36 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938
msgid "Select a connection."
-msgstr "选择一个连接。"
+msgstr "选择连接。"
#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080
msgid "No Driver Selected"
-msgstr "无选定驱动"
+msgstr "未选择任何驱动程序"
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365
msgid "No Queue Name"
-msgstr "无队列名"
+msgstr "无队列名称"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367
msgid "Enter a queue name."
-msgstr "输入一个队列名。"
+msgstr "输入队列名称。"
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377
msgid "Invalid Queue Name"
-msgstr "无效队列名"
+msgstr "无效队列名称"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379
-msgid ""
-"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed"
-" for the queue name."
-msgstr "队列名中仅允许使用字母 (a-z 和 A-Z),数字 (0-9) 和下划线 '_' 。"
+msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name."
+msgstr "队列名称中仅允许使用字母(a-z 和 A-Z),数字 (0-9) 和下划线“_”。"
#. when a queue name is changed to be valid:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389
msgid "Confirm Validated Queue Name"
-msgstr "确认有效队列名"
+msgstr "确认已验证的队列名"
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid
@@ -522,7 +502,7 @@
#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395
msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?"
-msgstr "'%1' 无效或者已经存在。使用 '%2' 替代么?"
+msgstr "“%1”无效或已存在。是否改为使用“%2”?"
#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails.
#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
@@ -531,17 +511,15 @@
#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821
-msgid ""
-"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected,"
-" wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
-msgstr "如果下一个对话框未如预期的显示新打印机配置,请点击 '刷新列表' 按钮。"
+msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
+msgstr "如果下一个对话框未按预期显示新打印机配置,请等待一段时间,然后单击“刷新列表”按钮。"
#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called
#. and this function would have shown more specific messages.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802
msgid "Failed to run hp-setup."
-msgstr "运行 hp-setup 失败。"
+msgstr "未能运行 hp-setup。"
#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated:
@@ -554,14 +532,14 @@
#. which is currently used for a print queue:
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147
msgid "All &Options for the Current Driver"
-msgstr "当前驱动所有选项(&O)"
+msgstr "当前驱动程序的所有选项(&O)"
#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification.
#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs)
#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD:
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224
msgid "Default Paper Size of the Current Driver"
-msgstr "当前驱动默认纸张大小"
+msgstr "当前驱动程序的默认纸张大小"
#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list.
#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection
@@ -580,24 +558,22 @@
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used.
#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term.
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315
-msgid ""
-"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script'"
-" is used)"
-msgstr "没有使用驱动(在使用一个“原始”队列或者“System V 风格接口脚本”)"
+msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)"
+msgstr "未使用驱动程序(使用的是“原始”队列或“系统 V 样式接口脚本”)"
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323
msgid "Current Driver"
-msgstr "当前驱动"
+msgstr "当前驱动程序"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384
msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver"
-msgstr "调整当前驱动的选项或指定一个不同的驱动"
+msgstr "调整当前驱动程序的选项或指派其他驱动程序"
#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line):
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461
msgid "Description &Text"
-msgstr "描述文本(&T)"
+msgstr "说明文本(&T)"
#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string:
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469
@@ -607,7 +583,7 @@
#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs:
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485
msgid "Accept Print &Jobs"
-msgstr "接受打印任务(&J)"
+msgstr "接受打印作业(&J)"
#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue:
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492
@@ -619,7 +595,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759
msgid "Failed to modify %1."
-msgstr "修改 %1 失败。"
+msgstr "未能修改 %1。"
#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files:
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816
@@ -634,10 +610,8 @@
#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823
-msgid ""
-"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time"
-" and use the 'Refresh List' button."
-msgstr "如果下一个对话框未如预期显示修改内容,请点击 '刷新列表' 按钮。"
+msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
+msgstr "如果下一个对话框未按预期显示修改内容,请等待一段时间,然后单击“刷新列表”按钮。"
#. Exit this dialog in any case:
#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed:
@@ -645,38 +619,37 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335
msgid "No driver options available"
-msgstr "无可用的驱动选项"
+msgstr "无可用的驱动程序选项"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected:
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855
msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration."
-msgstr "可能原因:未选定任何项目或是远程配置。"
+msgstr "可能的原因:未作任何选择或为远程配置。"
#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416
msgid "Keep the printer model or select another &manufacturer"
-msgstr "保留打印机型号或选择另一个生产厂商(&m)"
+msgstr "保留打印机型号或选择其他制造商(&M)"
#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally
#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer.
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432
-msgid ""
-"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up"
-msgstr "如果不应该设置 '原始队列‘ 的话,保留打印机型号或选择另一个生产厂商"
+msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up"
+msgstr "如果不应该设置“原始队列”,则保留打印机型号或选择一个制造商(&M)"
#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452
msgid "Select the printer &manufacturer"
-msgstr "选择打印机生产厂商(&m)"
+msgstr "选择打印机制造商(&M)"
#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer.
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467
msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up."
-msgstr "如果不应该设置 '原始队列‘ 的话,选择另一个生产厂商(&m)"
+msgstr "如果不应该设置“原始队列”,则选择一个打印机制造商(&M)"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server
@@ -696,7 +669,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734
msgid "&IP Address or Host Name [percent-encoded]"
-msgstr "IP 地址或主机名 [百分号编码](&I) "
+msgstr "IP 地址或主机名 [百分号编码](&I)"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755
@@ -714,7 +687,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774
msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]"
-msgstr "额外的 '选项=值' 参数 (通常为空) [百分号编码]"
+msgstr "选用的“选项=值”参数(通常为空)[百分号编码]"
#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine
#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine
@@ -731,11 +704,13 @@
msgid ""
"To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n"
"the RPM package hplip must be installed."
-msgstr "要通过 'hp' 后端访问惠普设备,必须安装 hplip RPM 软件包。"
+msgstr ""
+"要通过“hp”后端访问 HP 设备,\n"
+"必须安装 RPM 包 hplip。"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644
msgid "The RPM package hplip is not installed."
-msgstr "未安装 hplip RPM 软件包。"
+msgstr "未安装 RPM 包 hplip。"
#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1)
@@ -749,7 +724,7 @@
#. can be selected or entered:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007
msgid "&Baud rate"
-msgstr "调制解调器传输数据速率 (Baud rate)(&B)"
+msgstr "波特率(&B)"
#. Label for an editable ComboBox where
#. the number of data bits for a serial device
@@ -780,16 +755,15 @@
msgstr "停止位(&T)"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076
-msgid ""
-"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed."
-msgstr "要访问蓝牙打印机,必须安装 bluez-cups RPM 软件包。"
+msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed."
+msgstr "要访问蓝牙打印机,必须安装 RPM 包 bluez-cups。"
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092
msgid "The RPM package bluez-cups is not installed."
-msgstr "RPM 软件包 bluez-cups 未安装。"
+msgstr "RPM 包 bluez-cups 未安装。"
#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails
#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs:
@@ -800,14 +774,14 @@
"Enter the ID without colons like '1A2B3C4D5E6F'."
msgstr ""
"似乎没有蓝牙设备 ID。\n"
-"运行 'hcitool scan' 来获取蓝牙设备 ID。\n"
-"输入 ID 时去掉冒号如 '1A2B3C4D5E6F'。"
+"请运行“hcitool scan”获取蓝牙设备 ID。\n"
+"输入 ID 时去掉冒号,如“1A2B3C4D5E6F”。"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107
msgid "Retrieving bluetooth device IDs..."
-msgstr "正在获取蓝牙设备 ID..."
+msgstr "正在检索蓝牙设备 ID..."
#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up.
#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because
@@ -850,11 +824,11 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653
msgid "Scan for LPD Servers"
-msgstr "扫描行式打印机守护进程协议 (LPD) 服务器"
+msgstr "扫描 LPD 服务器"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327
msgid "Queue Name (see the printer's manual)"
-msgstr "队列名称(参见打印机手册)"
+msgstr "队列名(请参见打印机手册)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393
@@ -862,39 +836,38 @@
msgstr "URI(参见打印机手册)[百分号编码]"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402
-msgid ""
-"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed."
-msgstr "要访问 SMB 打印机共享,必须安装 samba-client RPM 软件包。"
+msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed."
+msgstr "要访问 SMB 打印机共享,必须安装 RPM 包 samba-client。"
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418
msgid "The RPM package samba-client is not installed."
-msgstr "未安装 RPM 软件包 samba-client。"
+msgstr "未安装 RPM 包 samba-client。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526
msgid "&Server (NetBIOS Host Name)"
-msgstr "服务器(NetBIOS 主机名)(&S)"
+msgstr "服务器(&S)(NetBIOS 主机名)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535
msgid "&Printer (Share Name)"
-msgstr "打印机(共享名)(&P)"
+msgstr "打印机(&P)(共享名)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545
msgid "&Workgroup (Domain Name)"
-msgstr "工作组(域名)(&W)"
+msgstr "工作组(&W)(域名)"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552
msgid "Authentication (if needed)"
-msgstr "验证(若需要)"
+msgstr "身份验证(如果需要)"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555
msgid "Use fixed username and password"
-msgstr "使用固定的用户名和密码"
+msgstr "使用固定的用户名和口令"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication)
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565
@@ -904,12 +877,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication)
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573
msgid "Pass&word"
-msgstr "密码(&W)"
+msgstr "口令(&W)"
#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R):
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585
msgid "Support for &Active Directory (R)"
-msgstr "活动目录服务器 (R) (&A)"
+msgstr "Active Directory (R) 支持(&A)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue
@@ -921,22 +894,22 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757
msgid "Scan for IPP Servers"
-msgstr "扫描网络打印协议 (IPP) 服务器"
+msgstr "扫描 IPP 服务器"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758
msgid "Scan for IPP Broadcasts"
-msgstr "扫描网络打印协议广播"
+msgstr "扫描 IPP 广播"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792
msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed."
-msgstr "要访问互联网交换分组协议 (IPX) 打印队列,必须安装 ncpfs RPM 软件包。"
+msgstr "要访问 IPX 打印队列,必须安装 RPM 包 ncpfs。"
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808
msgid "The RPM package ncpfs is not installed."
-msgstr "未安装 RPM 软件包 ncpfs。"
+msgstr "未安装 RPM 包 ncpfs。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864
@@ -955,16 +928,16 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication)
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889
msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "密码(&P)"
+msgstr "口令(&P)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976
msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]"
-msgstr "URI(唯一资源标识符)[百分号加密]"
+msgstr "URI(唯一资源标识符)[百分号编码]"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985
msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
-msgstr "要通过 '管道 pipe' 打印,必须安装 cups-backends RPM 软件包。"
+msgstr "要通过“pipe”打印,必须安装 RPM 包 cups-backends。"
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
@@ -975,42 +948,41 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061
msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed."
-msgstr "未安装 RPM 软件包 cups-backends。"
+msgstr "未安装 RPM 包 cups-backends。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034
msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]"
-msgstr "程序 (/到/指令?选项=值/的/路径) [百分号编码]"
+msgstr "程序 (/指令/的/路径?选项=值) [百分号编码]"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044
-#| msgid "<p>To configure Heartbeat, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
-msgstr "要使用 'beh',必须安装 RPM 软件包 cups-backends。"
+msgstr "要使用“beh”,必须安装 RPM 包 cups-backends。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163
msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]"
-msgstr "设备 URI ('beh'应被应用于它) [百分号编码]"
+msgstr "设备 URI(对其应该应用“beh”)[百分号编码]"
#. TRANSLATORS: Check box
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173
msgid "Never Disable the Queue"
-msgstr "永不禁用队列"
+msgstr "从不禁用队列"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181
msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)"
-msgstr "重试次数(0指无限)"
+msgstr "重试次数(“0”表示无限次重试)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189
msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries"
-msgstr "两次重试时间间隔秒数"
+msgstr "两次重试间的延迟(以秒为单位)"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293
msgid "Select a specific connection type."
-msgstr "选择一个指定的连接类型。"
+msgstr "选择特定的连接类型。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215
@@ -1020,7 +992,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220
msgid "Directly Connected Device"
-msgstr "直连设备"
+msgstr "直接连接的设备"
#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")),
@@ -1032,7 +1004,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228
msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)"
-msgstr "惠普设备 (HPLIP)"
+msgstr "HP 设备 (HPLIP)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog:
@@ -1045,7 +1017,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239
msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via"
-msgstr "连接网络打印机或打印服务器盒的方式"
+msgstr "访问网络打印机或打印服务器盒的途径为"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242
msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)"
@@ -1054,17 +1026,17 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244
msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr "行式打印机守护精灵(LPD)协议"
+msgstr "行式打印机守护程序 (LPD) 协议"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246
msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "网络打印协议(IPP)"
+msgstr "因特网打印协议 (IPP)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252
msgid "Print via Print Server Machine"
-msgstr "通过打印服务器打印"
+msgstr "通过打印服务器计算机打印"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255
msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)"
@@ -1079,7 +1051,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260
msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)"
-msgstr "通用 UNIX 打印系统服务器 (网络打印协议)"
+msgstr "CUPS 服务器 (IPP)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269
@@ -1088,17 +1060,17 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272
msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI"
-msgstr "指定专有设备 URI"
+msgstr "指定任意设备 URI"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276
msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)"
-msgstr "将打印数据发送到其他程序 (管道 pipe)"
+msgstr "将打印数据发送到其他程序(管道)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279
msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)"
-msgstr "Daisy-chain 后端错误处理 (beh)"
+msgstr "菊型链 (Daisy-chain) 后端错误处理程序 (beh)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290
@@ -1127,7 +1099,7 @@
#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366
msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped."
-msgstr "CUPS 1.5 版中移除了微机接口 SCSI 打印机支持。"
+msgstr "CUPS 1.5 版中移除了 SCSI 打印机支持。"
#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only):
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368
@@ -1136,8 +1108,9 @@
"to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n"
"and use a DeviceURI like 'file:/dev/sg...'"
msgstr ""
-"一个未经测试和不安全的临时办法或许是在 cupsd.conf 中设置 'FileDevice Yes'。\n"
-"并使用像 'file:/dev/sg...' 这样的设备 URI"
+"一个未经测试的不安全临时办法或许\n"
+"是在 cupsd.conf 中设置“FileDevice Yes”,\n"
+"并使用像“file:/dev/sg...”这样的设备 URI"
#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP
#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here
@@ -1154,7 +1127,8 @@
"to access the device via this type of connection.\n"
"Was the printer connected and switched on all the time?"
msgstr ""
-"如果这里没有显示连接,就无法使用此类连接访问设备。\n"
+"如果这里没有显示连接,\n"
+"就无法使用此类连接访问设备。\n"
"打印机是一直连接并开机的吗?"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454
@@ -1169,21 +1143,21 @@
"it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n"
"Is the printer still connected and switched on?"
msgstr ""
-"当当前连接不再有效时,就不再可以通过此连接访问设备。\n"
+"当目前连接不再有效时,\n"
+"就不再可以通过此连接访问设备。\n"
"打印机依然连接并开着吗?"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497
msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty."
-msgstr "串口设备和 baud 比率不能为空。"
+msgstr "串行设备和波特率不能为空。"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501
msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits."
-msgstr "'space' 奇偶校验只支持 7 个数据位。"
+msgstr "“space”奇偶校验只支持 7 个数据位。"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509
-msgid ""
-"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
-msgstr "'mark' 奇偶校验只支持 7 个数据位和一个停止位。"
+msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
+msgstr "“mark”奇偶校验只支持 7 个数据位和一个停止位。"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551
msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty."
@@ -1198,11 +1172,11 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574
msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty."
-msgstr "服务器名和打印机不能为空。"
+msgstr "服务器名称和打印机不能为空。"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580
msgid "Both user and password must be specified."
-msgstr "必须指定用户名和密码。"
+msgstr "必须指定用户名和口令。"
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options
@@ -1213,7 +1187,7 @@
#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible.
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348
msgid "Servername could not be empty."
-msgstr "服务器名不能为空。"
+msgstr "服务器名称不能为空。"
#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options
@@ -1225,11 +1199,11 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748
msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty."
-msgstr "服务器名和队列名不能为空。"
+msgstr "服务器名称和队列名称不能为空。"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775
msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty."
-msgstr "设备 URI,重试次数,和延迟不能为空。"
+msgstr "设备 URI、重试次数和延迟不能为空。"
#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe
@@ -1242,7 +1216,7 @@
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812
msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'."
-msgstr "选择生产厂商或 '原始队列'。"
+msgstr "选择制造商或“原始队列”。"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830
msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network"
@@ -1299,14 +1273,14 @@
"Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n"
"(Network issue or firewall active?)"
msgstr ""
-"扫描网络没有发现任何主机。\n"
-"(网络问题或防火墙活动中?)"
+"扫描网络时没有发现任何主机。\n"
+"(是否存在网络问题或防火墙处于活动状态?)"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969
msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'."
-msgstr "主机 '%2' 上的端口 '%1' 的访问测试失败。"
+msgstr "对于主机“%2”上的端口“%1”的访问测试失败。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
@@ -1318,7 +1292,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121
msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'."
-msgstr "主机 '%2' 上的队列 '%1' 的访问测试失败。"
+msgstr "对于主机“%2”上的队列“%1”的访问测试失败。"
#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040
@@ -1328,38 +1302,38 @@
"In this case a user who is allowed to print via Active Directory (R)\n"
"should log in and test by himself if he can print from Gnome or KDE."
msgstr ""
-"这只是一个通用测试,如果需要通过活动目录 (R) 认证则可能失真地报告失败。\n"
-"在这种情况下允许通过活动目录 (R) 打印的用户应该自己登陆并测试从 Gnome/KDE 打印。"
+"这只是一个通用测试,如果要求通过 Active Directory (R)\n"
+"进行身份验证,则可能会误报失败。在这种情况下,\n"
+"允许通过 Active Directory (R) 打印的用户应该登录\n"
+"并测试自己是否可从 Gnome 或 KDE 打印。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071
msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'."
-msgstr "通用测试报告了主机 '%2' 上的共享 '%1' 的错误。"
+msgstr "通用测试报告主机“%2”上的共享“%1”的错误。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091
msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'."
-msgstr "主机 ‘%2’ 上的共享 ‘%1’ 的访问测试失败。"
+msgstr "对于主机“%2”上的共享“%1”的访问测试失败。"
#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133
msgid "Test OK"
-msgstr "测试成功"
+msgstr "测试完成"
#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client)
#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD):
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273
-msgid ""
-"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be"
-" installed."
-msgstr "要访问活动目录 (R),必须安装 RPM 软件包 samba-krb-printing。"
+msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed."
+msgstr "要支持 Active Directory (R),必须安装 RPM 包 samba-krb-printing。"
#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313
msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues."
-msgstr "所有 SMB 打印队列的活动目录 (R) 支持都将禁用。"
+msgstr "Active Directory (R) 支持将对所有 SMB 打印队列禁用。"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1433,40 +1407,40 @@
#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel".
#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222
msgid "AutoYaST Settings for Printing with CUPS via Network"
-msgstr "通过网络上的通用 UNIX 打印系统打印的 AutoYaST 设置"
+msgstr "AutoYaST 通过网络上的 CUPS 打印的设置"
#. AddDriver dialog
#. @return dialog result
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47
msgid "Driver Packages"
-msgstr "驱动包"
+msgstr "驱动程序包"
#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
#. add or remove printer driver packages:
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98
msgid "Install or Remove Printer Driver Packages"
-msgstr "安装或删除打印机驱动包"
+msgstr "安装或删除打印机驱动程序包"
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript.
#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111
msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers"
-msgstr "Ghostscript 驱动的打印描述文件"
+msgstr "Ghostscript 驱动程序的打印机描述文件"
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs.
#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122
msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers"
-msgstr "一些打印机命令语言 (PCL) 打印机的打印机描述文件"
+msgstr "一些 PCL 打印机的打印机描述文件"
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript.
#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133
msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers"
-msgstr "PostScript 打印机的打印机描述文件"
+msgstr "PostScript 的打印机描述文件"
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint.
#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text
@@ -1475,35 +1449,35 @@
#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name.
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146
msgid "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print Driver"
-msgstr "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print 驱动"
+msgstr "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print 驱动程序"
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs.
#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text
#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157
msgid "Driver for HP Printers and HP All-in-One Devices"
-msgstr "惠普打印机和多合一设备驱动"
+msgstr "HP 打印机和 HP 多功能一体机的驱动程序"
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs.
#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168
msgid "Manufacturer's PostScript Printer Description Files"
-msgstr "生产厂商的 PostScript 打印机描述文件"
+msgstr "制造商的 PostScript 打印机描述文件"
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix.
#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179
msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG"
-msgstr "不带 JBIG 图像格式支持的 SPL 打印机的 SpliX 驱动"
+msgstr "不带 JBIG 支持的 SPL 打印机的 SpliX 驱动程序"
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr.
#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202
msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver"
-msgstr "爱普生 ESC/P-R 喷墨打印机驱动"
+msgstr "Epson ESC/P-R 喷墨打印机驱动程序"
#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available
@@ -1515,7 +1489,7 @@
#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file:
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225
msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located"
-msgstr "包含完整路径的打印机描述文件名(&f)"
+msgstr "包含完整路径的打印机描述文件名(&F)"
#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
@@ -1527,31 +1501,29 @@
#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file:
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274
msgid "Select a printer description file"
-msgstr "选择打印机描述文件"
+msgstr "选择一个打印机描述文件"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name:
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666
msgid "Cannot access '%1'"
-msgstr "无法访问 '%1'"
+msgstr "无法访问“%1”"
#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here
#. and there is nothing else to be done after this:
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685
-msgid ""
-"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
+msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
msgstr "打印机描述文件不符合规格。"
#. when a PPD file is not in compliance:
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700
msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?"
-msgstr "忽略错误继续使用打印机描述文件?"
+msgstr "忽略错误而继续使用打印机描述文件吗?"
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when PPD file is not in compliance:
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705
-msgid ""
-"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
-msgstr "一个不兼容的打印机描述文件可能导致任何错误。"
+msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
+msgstr "不兼容的打印机描述文件可能导致任何错误。"
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722
msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available"
@@ -1561,14 +1533,14 @@
#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated:
#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55
msgid "Driver Options for Queue %1"
-msgstr "队列 %1 的驱动选项"
+msgstr "队列 %1 的驱动程序选项"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138
msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1."
-msgstr "为队列 %1 设定驱动参数失败。"
+msgstr "未能设置队列 %1 的驱动程序选项。"
#. Read dialog help 1/1:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37
@@ -1599,23 +1571,24 @@
"<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
-"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the"
-" printer\n"
+"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n"
"device.<br>\n"
"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n"
"device.\n"
"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n"
-"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL"
-" printer.\n"
+"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>打印队列概览</big></b><br>\n"
-"打印机设备不能直接访问,需要通过打印队列访问。<br>\n"
-"当多种应用程序自发提交打印任务时,这些任务被放队列,一个接一个的发送到打印机设备。<br>\n"
-"相同的打印机设备可以接受一些不同的打印队列。\n"
-"例如彩色设备的一个使用黑白驱动的二级队列或者PostScript+PCL 打印机的一个 PostScript 队列和一个使用 PCL 驱动的队列。\n"
+"<b><big>打印队列概述</big></b><br>\n"
+"打印机设备不能直接使用,需要通过打印队列来使用。<br>\n"
+"当有多个应用程序同时提交打印作业时,\n"
+"这些作业会列入队列,\n"
+"逐个发送到打印机设备。<br>\n"
+"同一个打印机设备可以有若干个\n"
+"不同的打印队列。\n"
+"例如,一个彩色设备可以有一个使用黑白驱动程序的二级队列,\n"
+"或者一个 PostScript+PCL 打印机可以有一个 PostScript 队列和一个使用 PCL 驱动程序的队列。</p>\n"
#. Overview dialog help 2/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65
@@ -1632,9 +1605,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>使用远程队列:</big></b><br>\n"
-"远程队列存在于网络中的其他主机上,因此他们不能在本主机更改。<br>\n"
-"列示于此的远程打印队列是本主机上已知的队列。\n"
-"通常它们可以被应用程序直接使用,因此不需要再为一个提供了可用的远程队列的打印机设置一个本地队列。<br></p>\n"
+"远程队列存在于网络中的其他主机上,\n"
+"因此在此主机上无法更改他们。<br>\n"
+"此处列出的远程打印队列是此主机上已知的队列。\n"
+"通常它们可以被应用程序直接使用,因此不需要再为\n"
+"一个可通过远程队列使用的打印机设置一个本地队列。<br></p>\n"
#. Overview dialog help 3/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77
@@ -1646,7 +1621,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>配置打印机:</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<b>添加</b>为打印设备设置一个新的队列。\n"
+"按<b>添加</b>可为打印机设备设置新队列。\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 4/7:
@@ -1658,8 +1633,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>修改队列设置:</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择一个本地队列,然后按<b>编辑</b>。\n"
+"<b><big>更改队列设置:</big></b><br>\n"
+"请选择一个本地队列并按<b>编辑</b>。\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 5/7:
@@ -1671,8 +1646,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>移除队列:</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择一个本地队列,然后按<b>删除</b>。\n"
+"<b><big>去除队列:</big></b><br>\n"
+"请选择一个本地队列并按<b>删除</b>。\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 6/7:
@@ -1685,7 +1660,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>打印测试页:</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择队列,然后按<b>打印测试页</b>。\n"
+"请选择该队列并按<b>打印测试页</b>。\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 7/7:
@@ -1703,9 +1678,13 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>刷新队列列表:</big></b><br>\n"
-"在修改了网络打印设置后,可用远程队列可能发生变化。\n"
-"通常需要一些时间(最多几分钟),本地主机才能获知这些更改。\n"
-"按下 <b>刷新列表</b>,过一会儿就能获得一个最新的可用远程队列列表。</p>\n"
+"在更改了网络打印设置后,\n"
+"可用远程队列可能会发生变化。\n"
+"通常需要一些时间(最多几分钟),\n"
+"本地主机才能获知这些更改。\n"
+"按下<b>刷新列表</b>,过一会儿就能获得\n"
+"一个最新的可用远程队列列表。\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118
@@ -1717,8 +1696,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>AutoYaST 打印队列概览</big></b><br>\n"
-"AutoYaST 只支持设置通过网络中的 CUPS 打印。<br>\n"
+"<b><big>AutoYaST 打印队列概述</big></b><br>\n"
+"AutoYaST 只支持通过网络上的 CUPS 打印的设置。<br>\n"
"不支持设置本地打印队列。\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1729,29 +1708,28 @@
"<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n"
"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
-"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.
\n"
-"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer"
-" device.\n"
-"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer"
-" drivers\n"
+"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n"
+"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n"
+"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n"
"should be used for the same printer device.\n"
"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n"
"to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n"
-"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL"
-" printer\n"
-"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less"
-" quality).\n"
+"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n"
+"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>为打印设备设置一个新队列</big></b><br>\n"
-"打印设备不能直接使用,需要通过打印队列使用。<br>\n"
-"当多种应用程序自发提交打印任务时,任务会排队,一个接一个的发送到打印设备。<br>\n"
-"相同的打印机设备可以接受一些不同的打印队列。\n"
-"通常当同一个打印设备使用了一些不同的打印机驱动时,就需要一些不同的打印队列。\n"
-"例如彩色设备的一个使用黑白驱动来强制黑白输出的二级队列或者PostScript+PCL 打印机的一个 PostScript 队列和一个使用 PCL"
-" 驱动的队列,因为通过 PCL 驱动打印通常更快 (但质量会降低)。</p>"
+"<b><big>为打印机设备设置一个新队列</big></b><br>\n"
+"打印机设备不能直接使用,需要通过打印队列来使用。<br>\n"
+"当有多个应用程序同时提交打印作业时,\n"
+"这些作业会列入队列,逐个发送到打印机设备。<br>\n"
+"同一个打印机设备可以有若干个不同的打印队列。\n"
+"通常,当同一个打印机设备使用了若干个不同的\n"
+"打印机驱动程序时,就需要数个不同的打印队列。\n"
+"例如,彩色设备上要有一个使用黑白驱动程序的二级队列\n"
+"来强制进行黑白输出,\n"
+"或者,PostScript+PCL 打印机要有一个 PostScript 队列和一个使用 PCL 驱动程序的队列,\n"
+"因为通过 PCL 驱动程序打印通常更快(但质量会降低)。</p>"
#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143
@@ -1764,18 +1742,17 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"要设置一个新队列:<br>\n"
-"选择匹配的打印设备的连接,<br>\n"
-"查找并指定一个合适的打印机驱动,并<br>\n"
-"设置一个独一无二的队列名称。\n"
+"设置新队列:<br>\n"
+"请选择匹配打印机设备的连接,<br>\n"
+"找到并指派合适的打印机驱动程序,并<br>\n"
+"设置唯一队列名。\n"
"</p>"
#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer"
-" device.<br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
@@ -1783,21 +1760,23 @@
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
-"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything"
-" else\n"
-"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one"
-" device)\n"
+"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
+"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>连接</b>决定数据被发送到打印机设备的方式。<br>\n"
-"如果选择了一个错误连接,就没有数据可以发送到设备,因此就没有任何打印输出。<br>\n"
-"如果一个打印设备可以通过多种连接类型访问,它可以显示在每个连接类型中。<br>\n"
-"尤其是惠普设备通常既可以通过 'usb:/...' 也可以通过 'hp:/...' 连接访问。\n"
-"后者是由惠普驱动软件包 'hplip' 提供的。\n"
-"一般打印可以选择任何连接类型,但是一些特殊任务 (例如通过 'hp-toolbox' 获取设备状态或\n"
-"使用惠普多合一设备扫描) 就必须使用 'hp:/...' 连接。\n"
+"<b>连接</b>决定数据发送到打印机设备的方式。<br>\n"
+"如果选择了一个错误连接,任何数据都无法发送到设备,\n"
+"因此就不会有任何打印输出。<br>\n"
+"如果一个打印机设备可以通过多种连接类型访问,\n"
+"对于每个连接类型,它都会显示出来。<br>\n"
+"尤其是 HP 设备,往往既可以通过“usb:/...”\n"
+"也可以通过“hp:/...”连接访问。\n"
+"后者是由 HP 驱动程序包“hplip”提供的。\n"
+"对于一般打印,可以选择这两种连接中的任何一种,但对于一些特殊任务\n"
+"(例如通过“hp-toolbox”获取设备状态或使用 HP 多功能一体机扫描),\n"
+"就必须使用“hp:/...”连接。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7:
@@ -1807,8 +1786,7 @@
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<"
-"br>\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
"with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n"
"and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n"
@@ -1833,8 +1811,7 @@
"and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n"
"to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n"
"If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n"
-"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the"
-" model.\n"
+"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n"
"Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n"
"is different from the autodetected model name.\n"
"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n"
@@ -1854,20 +1831,51 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>驱动</b>使指定型号的打印机可以输出正确的数据。<br>\n"
-"如果指定了错误的驱动,会发送错误的数据到打印机,这将造成难看的、混乱的打印输出,或完全没有打印输出。<br>\n"
-"驱动搜索的搜索关键词输入框初始预设为当前选中连接的自动检测到的型号名称,那些驱动描述匹配型号名称的驱动默认自动显示。<br>\n"
-"如果驱动描述匹配自动检测到的型号名称,或所有匹配的驱动描述都属于同一个型号,驱动描述会被分类,最有可能的驱动列示在最上方并被自动预选中。如果没有驱动被自动预"
-"选中,您必须手动查找和选择一个合适的驱动。<br>\n"
-"另外如果一个驱动被自动预选中,也不意味着这个驱动就一定是能满足您特殊需要的最佳驱动。严格的说一个自动预选中的驱动可能在您的特殊打印机型号上完全不能用。原因是"
-"由于自动驱动选择只能基于比较字符串(自动检测到的型号名和驱动描述)来作业,因此结果只是如何设置您的特殊打印机型号的最佳猜想的方案。<br>\n"
-"因此请检查当前预选中的值是否正确,如果您知道您的打印机使用哪种驱动更好的话也可以任意修改设置。<br>\n"
-"如果没有匹配自动检测到的型号名的驱动描述,这也不意味着没有该型号的驱动可用。通常只是驱动描述中的型号名和自动检测到的型号名不同。因此您可以输入您想要的驱动搜"
-"索关键词并搜索全部可用驱动描述。<br>\n"
-"通常默认驱动选项设置应该是合理的,所以该驱动可以用于您的打印机型号。一些驱动选项设置必须匹配您的打印机。尤其是驱动的默认纸张大小设置必须匹配您打印机中实际装"
-"载的纸张。您可以明确的选择 A4 或 Letter 作为默认纸张大小,或者不选以使用驱动内置的默认纸张大小,该内置选项也是当驱动不支持 A4 和"
-" Letter 时的回退选项 (例如小尺寸相片打印机的驱动)。如果您喜欢调整除了 A4 或 Letter"
-" 以外的驱动选项,您必须先设定好队列,然后在下一步的 '编辑/修改' 对话框中调整所有驱动选项。\n"
+"<b>驱动程序</b>是指定型号的打印机\n"
+"可以输出正确数据的决定因素。<br>\n"
+"如果指派了错误的驱动程序,错误的数据会发送到打印机,\n"
+"这将造成难看的、混乱的打印输出,或完全没有打印输出。<br>\n"
+"驱动程序搜索字符串的输入字段初始预设为\n"
+"当前选中连接的自动检测到的型号名称,\n"
+"那些驱动程序描述与型号名称匹配的驱动\n"
+"程序默认会自动显示。<br>\n"
+"如果驱动程序描述与自动检测到的型号名称匹配,\n"
+"并且所有匹配的驱动程序描述都属于同一个型号,\n"
+"驱动程序描述会按如下方式排序:\n"
+"最适合的驱动程序列在最上方并被自动预先选中。\n"
+"如果没有驱动程序被自动预先选中,\n"
+"您必须手动查找并选择一个合适的驱动程序。<br>\n"
+"另一方面,如果一个驱动程序被自动预先选中,\n"
+"也不意味着这个驱动程序就一定是能满足\n"
+"您特殊需要的最佳驱动程序。\n"
+"严格的说,一个自动预先选中的驱动程序\n"
+"或许在您的特定打印机型号上完全不能用。\n"
+"原因是系统只能根据比较字符串\n"
+"(自动检测到的型号名和驱动程序描述)来自动\n"
+"选择\n"
+"驱动程序,因此结果只是如何设置\n"
+"您的特定打印机型号的最佳猜想的建议。<br>\n"
+"因此,请检查当前预先选中的值是否合适,\n"
+"如果您知道您的打印机使用哪种驱动程序更好的话,\n"
+"也可以视情况更改设置。<br>\n"
+"如果没有与自动检测到的型号名称匹配的驱动程序描述,\n"
+"这也不意味着没有该型号的驱动程序可用。\n"
+"通常只是因为驱动程序描述中的型号名称\n"
+"和自动检测到的型号名称不同。\n"
+"因此,您可以输入您需要的字符串作为驱动程序搜索字符串,\n"
+"搜索所有可用驱动程序描述。<br>\n"
+"通常,默认驱动程序选项设置应该是合适的,\n"
+"所以该驱动程序可以用于您的特定打印机型号。\n"
+"而有些驱动程序选项设置就必须与您的特定打印机匹配。\n"
+"尤其是驱动程序的默认纸张大小设置\n"
+"必须与您打印机中实际装入的纸张匹配。\n"
+"您可以明确选择 A4 或 Letter 作为默认纸张大小,\n"
+"或者不选择纸张大小,而是使用驱动程序的内置默认纸张大小,\n"
+"该内置选项也是当驱动程序不支持 A4 和 Letter 时的回退选项\n"
+"(例如小尺寸相片打印机的驱动程序)。\n"
+"如果您喜欢调整除了 A4 或 Letter 以外的驱动程序选项,\n"
+"您必须先设置队列,然后在下一步的“编辑/修改”\n"
+"对话框中调整所有驱动程序选项。\n"
"</p>"
#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7:
@@ -1881,8 +1889,10 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"应用程序不显示实际的打印机设备而是它相关联的 <b>队列名称</b>。<br>\n"
-"队列名必须以字母开头,只允许字母 (a-z 和 A-Z),数字 (0-9),和下划线 '_'。\n"
+"应用程序不显示实际的打印机设备,\n"
+"而是它相关联的<b>队列名称</b>。<br>\n"
+"队列名必须以字母开头,只允许使用字母(a-z 和 A-Z)、\n"
+"数字 (0-9) 和下划线“_”。\n"
"</p>"
#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7:
@@ -1903,12 +1913,15 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"必须设置一个打印队列为 <b>默认使用</b>。<br>\n"
-"应用程序应该在用户没有指定其他打印队列时使用系统默认打印队列。\n"
-"但是没有类似 '唯一' 默认队列。\n"
-"除了系统默认队列之外,任何用户都可以维护它自己的默认队列设置,\n"
-"任何应用程序也可以实现它自己的特殊默认队列设置 (例如应用程序或许会记住上一次使用的队列)。<br>\n"
-"详情请见 openSUSE 支持数据库的 'CUPS 的打印设置' 于<br>\n"
+"其中一个打印队列必须设置为<b>默认使用</b>。<br>\n"
+"应用程序应该在用户没有指定\n"
+"其他打印队列时使用系统默认打印队列。\n"
+"但是没有类似“唯一”的默认队列。\n"
+"除了系统默认队列之外,任何用户\n"
+"都可以维护自己的默认队列设置,\n"
+"任何应用程序也可以实现自己的特殊默认队列设置\n"
+"(例如,应用程序可以记住上一次使用的队列)。<br>\n"
+"详情请见 openSUSE 支持数据库文章《CUPS 的打印设置》,网址为:<br>\n"
"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1931,11 +1944,17 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"另外一种设置惠普设备的方法是运行 <b>hp-setup</b>。<br>\n"
-"惠普自有工具 'hp-setup' 提供了需要从惠普下载私有驱动插件并在最终用户系统中正确安装的惠普打印机和惠普多合一设备的设置支持。\n"
-"另外 'hp-setup' 可以为惠普的网络打印机和惠普的多合一网络设备提供更好的支持,因为惠普的自有工具可以实现针对特殊惠普网络设备的特殊处理。
\n"
-"详情请见 openSUSE 支持数据库文章 '如何设置惠普打印机' 于<br>\n"
+"另外一种设置 HP 设备的方法是运行 <b>hp-setup</b>。<br>\n"
+"HP 自有工具“hp-setup”特别提供了需要\n"
+"从 HP 网站下载私有驱动程序插件\n"
+"并将其正确安装在最终用户系统中的 HP 打印机\n"
+"和 HP 多功能一体机的设置支持。\n"
+"另外,“hp-setup”可以为 HP 的网络打印机\n"
+"和 HP 多功能一体机网络设备提供\n"
+"更好的支持,因为 HP 的自有工具可以实现\n"
+"针对特殊 HP 网络设备的特殊处理。<br>\n"
+"详情请见 openSUSE 支持数据库文章\n"
+"《如何设置 HP 打印机》,网址为:<br>\n"
"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set_up_a_HP_printer\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1949,7 +1968,7 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>修改打印队列</big></b><br>\n"
-"要修改一个队列,请只选中您真心想要改动的条目。<br>\n"
+"要修改队列,请只选择确实要更改的队列。<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4:
@@ -1964,10 +1983,8 @@
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
-"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything"
-" else\n"
-"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one"
-" device)\n"
+"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
+"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n"
"When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n"
"the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
@@ -1997,21 +2014,44 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>连接</b>决定数据被发送到打印机设备的方式。<br>\n"
-"如果选择了一个错误连接,就没有数据可以发送到设备,因此就没有任何打印输出。<br>\n"
-"如果一个打印设备可以通过多种连接类型访问,它可以显示在每个连接类型中。<br>\n"
-"尤其是惠普设备通常既可以通过 'usb:/...' 也可以通过 'hp:/...' 连接访问。\n"
-"后者是由惠普驱动软件包 'hplip' 提供的。\n"
-"一般打印可以选择任何连接类型,但是一些特殊任务 (例如通过 'hp-toolbox' 获取设备状态或\n"
-"使用惠普多合一设备扫描) 就必须使用 'hp:/...' 连接。\n"
-"当您变更目前使用的连接为另一个时,驱动搜索关键词输入框将预设为新选择的连接的自动检测到型号名。\n"
-"驱动描述匹配型号名称的驱动也将默认显示。<br>\n"
-"如果驱动描述匹配自动检测到的型号名,或者所有匹配的驱动描述属于同一型号,驱动描述将被分类,最有可能的驱动列示在最顶部"
-" (但依然在当前使用的驱动下面)。另一方面,它并不意味着该驱动能合理的满足您的特殊需求。最顶部列示的驱动可能在您的打印机型号上完全不能用。自动驱动选择基于自"
-"动检测到的型号名称和驱动描述的字符串对比,因此结果只是如何设置您的打印机型号的最佳猜想方案。<br>\n"
-"因此请检查当前预选中的值满足需求,如果您知道哪款驱动最适合您的打印机,请随意修改设置。<br>\n"
-"如果没有驱动描述匹配自动检测到的型号名,它也不意味着该型号没有驱动。通常是驱动描述中的型号名和自动检测到的型号名不符。因此您可以输入你喜欢的驱动搜索字符串并"
-"搜索所有可用驱动描述。\n"
+"<b>连接</b>决定数据发送到打印机设备的方式。<br>\n"
+"如果选择了一个错误连接,任何数据都无法发送到设备,\n"
+"因此就不会有任何打印输出。<br>\n"
+"如果一个打印机设备可以通过多种连接类型访问,\n"
+"对于每个连接类型,它都会显示出来。<br>\n"
+"尤其是 HP 设备,往往既可以通过“usb:/...”\n"
+"也可以通过“hp:/...”连接访问。\n"
+"后者是由 HP 驱动程序包“hplip”提供的。\n"
+"对于一般打印,可以选择这两种连接中的任何一种,但对于一些特殊任务\n"
+"(例如通过“hp-toolbox”获取设备状态或使用 HP 多功能一体机扫描),\n"
+"就必须使用“hp:/...”连接。<br>\n"
+"当您将当前使用的连接更换为另一个连接时,\n"
+"驱动程序搜索字符串的输入字段将预设为\n"
+"通过新选择的连接自动检测到的型号名称。\n"
+"驱动程序描述与型号名称匹配的\n"
+"驱动程序默认会显示。<br>\n"
+"如果驱动程序描述与自动检测到的型号名称匹配,\n"
+"并且所有匹配的驱动程序描述都属于同一个型号,\n"
+"驱动程序描述会按如下方式排序:\n"
+"最适合的驱动程序列在最上方(但在当前使用的驱动程序下面)。\n"
+"另一方面,这不意味着此驱动程序就一定是能满足\n"
+"您特殊需要的最佳驱动程序。\n"
+"列在最上方的驱动程序\n"
+"或许在您的特定打印机型号上完全不能用。\n"
+"系统是根据比较字符串\n"
+"(自动检测到的型号名称和驱动程序描述)\n"
+"来自动选择驱动程序的,\n"
+"因此结果只是如何设置\n"
+"您的特定打印机型号的最佳猜想的建议。<br>\n"
+"因此,请检查当前预先选中的值是否合适,\n"
+"如果您知道您的打印机使用哪种驱动程序更好的话,\n"
+"也可以视情况修改设置。<br>\n"
+"如果没有与自动检测到的型号名称匹配的驱动程序描述,\n"
+"这也不意味着没有该型号的驱动程序可用。\n"
+"通常只是因为驱动程序描述中的型号名称\n"
+"和自动检测到的型号名称不同。\n"
+"因此,您可以输入您需要的驱动程序搜索字符串,\n"
+"搜索所有可用驱动程序描述。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4:
@@ -2021,12 +2061,9 @@
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<"
-"br>\n"
-"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings"
-" later\n"
-"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<"
-"br>\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
+"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n"
+"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n"
"Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n"
"For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n"
"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n"
@@ -2043,8 +2080,7 @@
"and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n"
"by using this dialog again.<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
-"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not"
-" changed.\n"
+"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n"
"This results usually only one single driver which matches\n"
"so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n"
"to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n"
@@ -2054,17 +2090,31 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>驱动</b>使指定型号的打印机可以输出正确的数据。<br>\n"
-"如果指定了错误的驱动,会发送错误的数据到打印机,这将造成难看的、混乱的打印输出,或完全没有打印输出。<br>\n"
-"您既可以选择另一款驱动并稍后修改它的驱动选项设置,或者保留当前使用的驱动并立即修改它的驱动选项设置。<br>\n"
-"一些驱动选项设置必须匹配您的打印机。例如驱动的默认纸张大小设置必须匹配您打印机中实际装载的纸张。\n"
-"其它驱动选项您可以选择您喜欢的。例如任何可用打印分辨率都能够用在该驱动上。除非您的驱动在高分辨率下不能打印。\n"
-"例如镭射打印机的内置内存不足以处理高分辨率的页面。<br>\n"
-"当您变更了当前使用的驱动到另一个时,您必须先应用此修改到队列 (例如您必须完成此对话框以作为第一步),然后在第二步您可以再次使用此对话框调整所有的驱动选项。"
-"<br>\n"
-"通常当连接没有变更时,驱动搜索字符串输入框初始预设为当前使用中的驱动的描述。\n"
-"此结果通常是一个匹配的驱动,因此您可以输入一个更宽泛的驱动搜索字符串来获取其他驱动,或者可以使用 '查找更多' 按钮。\n"
-"如果没有驱动匹配,也不意味着没有驱动。因此您可以输入你喜欢的字符串作为驱动搜索字符串并搜索全部可用驱动描述。\n"
+"<b>驱动程序</b>是指定型号的打印机\n"
+"可以输出正确数据的决定因素。<br>\n"
+"如果指派了错误的驱动程序,错误的数据会发送到打印机,\n"
+"这将造成难看的、混乱的打印输出,或完全没有打印输出。<br>\n"
+"您可以选择另一款驱动程序并稍后修改它的驱动程序选项设置,也可以保留当前使用的驱动程序并立即修改它的驱动程序选项设置。<br>\n"
+"有些驱动程序选项设置必须与您的打印机匹配。例如,驱动程序的默认纸张大小设置必须与您打印机中实际装入的纸张匹配。<br>\n"
+"对于其他驱动程序选项,您可以根据自己的喜好选择。\n"
+"例如,任何可用打印分辨率都能够用于该驱动程序。\n"
+"除非您的驱动程序在高分辨率下不能打印。\n"
+"例如,镭射打印机的内置内存不足以\n"
+"处理高分辨率的页面。<br>\n"
+"当您将当前使用的驱动程序更换为另一个驱动程序时,\n"
+"必须先将此更改应用于打印队列,\n"
+"以对此队列使用新驱动程序\n"
+"(例如,作为第一步,您必须完成此对话框),\n"
+"然后在第二步,您可以再次使用\n"
+"此对话框调整所有驱动程序选项。<br>\n"
+"当连接没有更改时,驱动程序搜索字符串输入字段\n"
+"初始预设为当前使用的驱动程序的描述。\n"
+"此结果通常是一个匹配的驱动程序,\n"
+"要获取其他驱动程序,您必须输入一个更宽泛的驱动程序\n"
+"搜索字符串,或者使用“查找更多”按钮。\n"
+"如果没有匹配的驱动程序,也不意味着没有驱动程序可用。\n"
+"因此,您可以输入您需要的字符串作为驱动程序搜索字符串,\n"
+"搜索所有可用驱动程序描述。\n"
"</p>"
#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4:
@@ -2072,10 +2122,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n"
-"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and location</b>.\n"
-"Application programs often show description and location in the print"
-" dialog.\n"
+"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n"
+"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n"
"To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n"
"which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n"
"it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n"
@@ -2088,11 +2136,18 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"不同于连接和驱动,您必须选择正确的哪个,您可以自由的输入任何字符串来作为 <b>描述</b> 和 <b>位置</b>。\n"
-"应用程序通常在打印对话框中显示描述和位置。n为了确保这些字符串能正确的以任何应用程序的用户可能使用的语言显示,您只使用不带特殊字符的普通 ASCII"
-" 文本会更安全,例如,纯 ASCII 字符 (a-z 和 A-Z),ASCII 数字 (0-9),和 ASCII 空格字符 (20 hex)。\n"
-"通常描述描述了型号,偶尔也描述驱动 (例如 '使用通用 PCL 驱动的 ACME FunPrinter 1000 '),位置描述了打印机的物理位置 (例如"
-" '房间 123' 或 '前台')。\n"
+"对于连接和驱动程序,您必须做出正确选择,\n"
+"而<b>描述</b>和<b>位置</b>则不同,您可以自由的输入任何字符串。\n"
+"应用程序通常会在打印对话框中显示描述和位置。\n"
+"为了确保这些字符串能正确地以任何应用程序\n"
+"的特定用户都能使用的语言显示,\n"
+"您只使用不带特殊字符的普通 ASCII 文本会更安全,\n"
+"例如,纯 ASCII 字符(a-z 和 A-Z)、ASCII 数字 (0-9)\n"
+"和 ASCII 空格字符(20 位十六进制)。\n"
+"通常,描述中会说明型号,偶尔也会说明驱动程序\n"
+"(例如“使用通用 PCL 驱动程序的 ACME FunPrinter 1000”),\n"
+"位置则说明打印机的物理位置\n"
+"(例如“123 房间”或“前台”)。\n"
"</p>"
#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3:
@@ -2110,10 +2165,14 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>设置驱动选项</big></b><br>\n"
-"通常最好保留驱动的默认选项,因为默认在大多数情况下都是合理的。<br>\n"
-"另外,大多数应用程序的打印对话框也显示驱动选项,所以用户可以指定每个打印输出的驱动选项。<br>\n"
-"任何情况下都应该检查的唯一设置是纸张大小,该选项必须被设置为打印机实际默认使用的纸张大小。\n"
+"<b><big>设置驱动程序选项</big></b><br>\n"
+"一般来说,最好保留驱动程序的默认选项,\n"
+"因为默认选项在大多数情况下都是适合的。<br>\n"
+"另外,大多数应用程序的打印对话框\n"
+"也会显示驱动程序选项,这样每个用户都可以指定\n"
+"驱动程序选项以产生各自的打印输出。<br>\n"
+"任何情况下,都应该检查的唯一设置是纸张大小,\n"
+"该选项必须设置为打印机实际默认使用的纸张大小。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3:
@@ -2129,9 +2188,12 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"非默认设置可能不能工作于所有情况,或导致非预期后果。<br>\n"
-"例如,一个高分辨率设定可能不能在镭射打印机上工作,因为它的默认内置内存不足以处理高分辨率的页面。<br>\n"
-"或者一个高质量设置在喷墨打印机上可能会打印得让人忍不了的慢。\n"
+"非默认设置可能无法适用于所有情况,\n"
+"或导致非预期后果。<br>\n"
+"例如,高分辨率设置可能在镭射打印机上不起作用,\n"
+"因为该打印机的默认内置内存不足以处理\n"
+"高分辨率的页面。<br>\n"
+"或者,高质量设置在喷墨打印机上的打印速度可能让人无法接受。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3:
@@ -2148,9 +2210,13 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"在一些情况下打印机特有的驱动设置必须调整以让打印机获得完整功能。<br>\n"
-"尤其是,当打印机安装了额外单元如全双工单元或者额外的送纸机时,应该检查和调整相应的驱动设置。<br>\n"
-"例如,全双工单元选项必须设置为 '已安装' 或 '真' 否则驱动可能忽略全双工打印选项设置。\n"
+"在一些情况下,打印机特有的驱动程序设置\n"
+"必须加以调整,以获得打印机的完整功能。<br>\n"
+"尤其是,当打印机安装了额外单元\n"
+"(如双面打印单元或者选用送纸机)时,\n"
+"应该检查和调整相应的驱动程序设置。<br>\n"
+"例如,双面打印单元选项必须设置为“已安装”或“真”,\n"
+"否则驱动程序可能会忽略双面打印选项设置。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2:
@@ -2167,12 +2233,12 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>添加或移除打印机驱动软件包</big></b><br>\n"
-"如果打印机驱动包没有被标记,它就是未安装的。\n"
-"如果您想要安装一个包,请选中它。<br>\n"
-"如果打印机驱动包被标记,它就是已安装的。\n"
-"如果您想要移除一个包,请取消选中它。\n"
-"在后一种情况,确保没有需要该驱动的打印机配置。<br>\n"
+"<b><big>添加或去除打印机驱动程序包</big></b><br>\n"
+"如果某个打印机驱动程序包没有标记,则表明该包未安装。\n"
+"如果想要安装该包,请选中它。<br>\n"
+"如果某个打印机驱动程序包被标记,表明它已安装。\n"
+"如果想要去除该包,请取消选中它。\n"
+"在后一种情况中,请确保没有任何打印机配置需要用到该驱动程序。<br>\n"
"</p>\n"
#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2:
@@ -2207,18 +2273,31 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>添加一个打印机描述文件</big></b><br>\n"
-"要设置一个打印机配置,需要一个打印机描述文件 (PPD 文件)。<br>\n"
-"如果 PPD 文件的位置不在 /usr/share/cups/model 目录,就无法用它设定一个打印机配置。\n"
-"因此若 PPD 文件的位置在其他目录,你可以指定 PPD 文件的完整路径,来把它安装到 /usr/share/cups/model 目录。<br>\n"
-"注意一个打印机描述文件不是一个驱动。<br>\n"
-"对于非 PostScript 打印机来说,只有 PPD 文件是不足以设置一个能够工作的打印机配置的。\n"
-"尤其是,非 PostScript 打印机无法从互联网下载 PPD 文件,然后使用该 PPD 文件设置打印机。\n"
-"一般打印机可以设置但无法实际打印,因为驱动可能缺失。\n"
-"对于非 PostScript 打印机来说,您需要一个打印机驱动和一个匹配驱动的 PPD 文件。当您安装上述打印机驱动包时,匹配的 PPD"
-" 文件会自动安装到正确的位置.<br>\n"
-"只有 PostScript 打印机才可以只用 PPD 文件设定一个可工作的 PostScript 打印机配置。尤其是当 PPD 文件不包含"
-" 'cupsFilter' 项时,因为这样的条目会指向一个打印机驱动。<br>\n"
+"<b><big>添加打印机描述文件</big></b><br>\n"
+"要设置一个打印机配置,需要有\n"
+"打印机描述文件(PPD 文件)。<br>\n"
+"如果 PPD 文件的位置不在 /usr/share/cups/model 目录,\n"
+"就无法用它设置打印机配置。\n"
+"因此,如果 PPD 文件的位置在系统中的其他目录,\n"
+"您可以指定 PPD 文件的完整路径,\n"
+"把它安装到 /usr/share/cups/model 目录。<br>\n"
+"注意,打印机描述文件不是驱动程序。<br>\n"
+"对于非 PostScript 打印机来说,只有 PPD 文件\n"
+"不足以设置能够工作的打印机配置。\n"
+"尤其是,非 PostScript 打印机无法\n"
+"从因特网下载 PPD 文件,\n"
+"然后使用该 PPD 文件设置打印机。\n"
+"一般打印机可以设置但无法实际打印,\n"
+"因为驱动程序可能缺失。\n"
+"对于非 PostScript 打印机来说,您需要有打印机驱动程序\n"
+"和与该驱动程序完全匹配的 PPD 文件。\n"
+"当您安装上述打印机驱动程序包时,\n"
+"匹配的 PPD 文件会自动安装到正确的位置。<br>\n"
+"只有 PostScript 打印机才可以\n"
+"只用 PPD 文件设置可工作的 PostScript 打印机配置。\n"
+"尤其是当 PPD 文件不包含\n"
+"“cupsFilter”一项时,因为这样的条目\n"
+"会指向一个打印机驱动程序。<br>\n"
"</p>\n"
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7:
@@ -2233,63 +2312,30 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>指定连接</big></b><br>\n"
-"<b>连接</b>决定了数据发送到打印机设备的方式。<br>\n"
-"如果指定了一个错误的连接,没有数据能够发送到设备,因此也就没有任何打印输出。\n"
+"<b>连接</b>决定数据发送到打印机设备的方式。<br>\n"
+"如果选择了一个错误连接,任何数据都无法发送到设备,\n"
+"因此就不会有任何打印输出。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
-#| "Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
-#| "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
-#| "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
-#| "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
-#| "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
-#| "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n"
-#| "is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n"
-#| "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n"
-#| "colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n"
-#| "Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n"
-#| "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n"
-#| "a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n"
-#| "ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n"
-#| "Some examples:<br>\n"
-#| "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n"
-#| "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
-#| "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
-#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.1 which is accessible\n"
-#| "via port 9100 may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
-#| "socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n"
-#| "A network printer with IP 192.168.100.2 which is accessible\n"
-#| "via LPD protocol with a remote LPD queue name 'LPT1'\n"
-#| "may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
-#| "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
-"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of"
-" data-transfer,\n"
+"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
"Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n"
-"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).
\n"
+"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n"
"The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n"
-"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign"
-" '='.<br>\n"
-"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark"
-" '?')\n"
+"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n"
+"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n"
"of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n"
"a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n"
-"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false"
-"<br>\n"
+"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n"
"Some examples:<br>\n"
"A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n"
"with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
@@ -2305,23 +2351,30 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>打印机设备 URI</big></b><br>\n"
-"连接指定为所谓的<b>设备 URI</b>。<br>\n"
-"它的第一个词 (所谓 URI 制式) 指定了数据传输的类型,例如 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', 或者 'ipp'。<br>\n"
-"制式之后有或多或少的附加组件指定了这种数据传输类型的细节。<br>\n"
-"URI 中不允许出现空格,因此URI 组件的值中的空格字符是编码为 '%20' 的 (20 是空格字符的十六进制值)。<br>\n"
-"URI 的组件之间由特殊的保留字符分隔,如冒号 ':',斜线 '/',问号 '?',符号 '&',或者等号 '='。<br>\n"
-"最后可以有可选参数 (由问号 '?' 分隔),格式为 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=valu"
-"e3',因此一个完整的设备 URI 的示例如下:<br>\n"
-"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false"
-"<br>\n"
+"连接以所谓的<b>设备 URI</b> 来指定。<br>\n"
+"其第一个单词(所谓的 URI 模式)指定数据传输类型,\n"
+"例如,“usb”、“socket”、“lpd”或“ipp”。<br>\n"
+"该模式后面或多或少都会有附加的组成部分\n"
+"指定此类数据传输的细节。<br>\n"
+"URI 中不允许包含空格字符。\n"
+"因此,URI 组成部分值中的空格字符\n"
+"将编码为“%20”(20 是空格字符的十六进制值)。<br>\n"
+"URI 组成部分由冒号“:”、斜杠“/”、问号“?”、\n"
+"“&”号或等号“=”等特殊保留字符分隔。<br>\n"
+"最后,可能会有可选参数(以问号“?”分隔),\n"
+"形式为“选项 1=值 1&选项 2=值 2&选项 3=值 3”,所以\n"
+"举例来说完整的设备 URI 可能为:<br>\n"
+"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n"
"一些示例:<br>\n"
-"一个由 ‘ACME’ 制造的型号为 ‘Fun Printer 1000+’ 的串号为 'A1B2C3' 的 USB 打印机的设备 URI 可能是:
\n"
+"由“ACME”和序列号“A1B2C3”构成的 USB 打印机型号\n"
+"“Fun Printer 1000+”的设备 URI 可能类似于:<br>\n"
"usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
-"一个可通过 9100 端口访问的 IP 地址为 192.168.100.1 的网络打印机的设备 URI 可能是:<br>\n"
+"IP 为 192.168.100.1 且可通过端口 9100 访问的\n"
+"网络打印机的设备 URI 可能类似于:<br>\n"
"socket://192.168.100.1:9100<br>\n"
-"一个可通过 LPD 端口访问的 IP 地址为 192.168.100.2 的远程 LPD 队列名为 ‘LPT1’ 的网络打印机的设备 URI 可能是:<"
-"br>\n"
+"IP 为 192.168.100.2 且可通过 LPD 协议\n"
+"使用远程 LPD 队列名“LPT1”访问 的网络\n"
+"打印机的设备 URI 可能类似于:<br>\n"
"lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2405,48 +2458,73 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>百分号编码</big></b><br>\n"
"该问题很复杂。\n"
-"建议您避免在 URI 中使用保留字符和空格作为组件值,如果您能控制的话 (例如当您必须在 URI"
-" 中指定这样的字符作为值以访问远程打印队列,但远程打印队列又不在您控制下时,您就无法避免使用它们)。\n"
-"可能的情况下请只使用 '非保留值'。\n"
-"非保留值包括大小写字母,十位数字,连字符,句号,下划线和波浪号。\n"
-"甚至在特殊情况下,连字符,句号,波浪号和大小写都会导致特殊问题 (例如,只有字符,数字和下划线已知可以用作 CUPS"
-" 打印队列名,它们一般没有什么显著问题)。\n"
-"因此若可能最好只使用小写字母,数字,和下划线作为 URI 中的值。<br>\n"
-"组件中的保留字符和空格字符必须以百分比编码 (也叫做 URL 编码)。<br>\n"
-"当对话框中输入框是用来输入 URI 的一个组件的一个值时 (例如,用户名和密码的输入框是分开的),您必须按字面输入空格和保留字符"
-" (非百分比编码)。这样的输入框会自动编码所有空格和保留字符。\n"
-"例如密码实际上是 'Foo%20Bar' (非百分比编码),您必须在对话框中的密码输入框中按字面输入 'Foo%20Bar'。URI"
-" 中的密码组件值实际上储存的是自动百分比编码的结果 'Foo%2520Bar'。相反当对话框中输入框是用来输入 URI 的一个组件的多于一个值时"
-" (例如,一个给所有可选参数如 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3'"
-" 的输入框或者一个输入框里输入整个 URI),您必须输入编码过的空格和保留字符,因为这时没有自动编码。\n"
-"假设一个可选参数 'option=value' 的输入,value 就应该是 'this&that' 因此整个可选参数应该是"
-" 'option=this&that' (字面上)。\n"
-"但是字面上的 '&' 字符意味着不同可选参数的分隔符,因此 URI 中的 'option=this&that' 意思是第一个可选参数是"
-" 'option=this',第二个可选参数只是 'that'。\n"
-"因此一个单独的可选参数 'option=this&that' 必须以百分比编码格式输入为 'option=this%26%that'。<br>\n"
-"要求百分比编码输入的输入框由 '[percent-encoded]' 提示语表示。<br>\n"
-"下面是字符和它们的百分比编码的列表:<br>\n"
-"空格 '' 的百分比编码是 %20<br>\n"
-"感叹号 ! 的百分比编码是 %21<br>\n"
-"数字符号 # 的百分比编码是 %23<br>\n"
-"美元符号 $ 的百分比编码是 %24<br>\n"
-"百分号 % 的百分比编码是 %25<br>\n"
-"符号 & 的百分比编码是 %26<br>\n"
-"单引号 ‘ 的百分比编码是 %27<br>\n"
-"左括号 ( 的百分比编码是 %28<br>\n"
-"右括号 ) 的百分比编码是 %29<br>\n"
-"星号 * 的百分比编码是 %2A<br>\n"
-"加号 + 的百分比编码是 %2B<br>\n"
-"逗号 , 的百分比编码是 %2C<br>\n"
-"斜杠 / 的百分比编码是 %2F<br>\n"
-"冒号 : 的百分比编码是 %3A<br>\n"
-"分号 ; 的百分比编码是 %3B<br>\n"
-"等号 = 的百分比编码是 %3D<br>\n"
-"问号 ? 的百分比编码是 %3F<br>\n"
-"at 号 @ 的百分比编码是 %40<br>\n"
-"左大括号 [ 的百分比编码是 %5B<br>\n"
-"右大括号 ] 的百分比编码是 %5D<br>\n"
-"详情见 '统一资源标识符 (URI): 通用语法' 于<br>\n"
+"建议您避免在 URI 中使用保留字符和空格\n"
+"作为组件值,前提是您能控制这些值\n"
+"(例如当您必须在 URI 中指定这样的字符\n"
+"作为值以访问远程打印队列,\n"
+"但远程打印队列又不在您控制下时,您就无法避免使用它们)。\n"
+"可能的情况下,请只使用“非保留字符”。\n"
+"非保留字符包括大小写字母、\n"
+"十进位数字、连字符、句号、下划线和波浪号。\n"
+"甚至在特殊情况下,连字符、句号、波浪号和大小写\n"
+"都会导致特殊问题\n"
+"(例如,只有字符、数字和下划线已知可以用在 CUPS 打印\n"
+"队列名称中,一般不会有什么显著问题)。\n"
+"因此,如果可能,所有 URI 中的所有值最好\n"
+"只使用小写字母、数字 和下划线。<br>\n"
+"组件值中的保留字符和空格字符\n"
+"必须进行百分号编码(也叫做 URL 编码)。<br>\n"
+"当对话框中输入字段是用来输入\n"
+"URI 的一个组件的一个值时\n"
+"(例如,用户名和口令的输入字段是分开的),\n"
+"您必须按字面输入空格和保留字符\n"
+"(非百分号编码)。\n"
+"这样的输入字段会自动对所有空格\n"
+"和保留字符进行百分号编码。\n"
+"例如,口令实际上是“Foo%20Bar”(非百分号编码),\n"
+"您必须在对话框中的口令输入字段中按字面输入该口令。\n"
+"URI 中的口令组件值实际上储存的是\n"
+"自动进行了百分号编码的结果“Foo%2520Bar”。<br>\n"
+"相反,当对话框中的输入字段是用来\n"
+"输入 URI 的一个组件的多个值时\n"
+"(例如,一个用于输入类似于“option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3”\n"
+"的所有可选参数的输入字段\n"
+"或者一个用于输入整个 URI 的输入字段),\n"
+"您必须输入编码过的空格和保留字符,\n"
+"因为系统不会再自动编码。\n"
+"假设要输入可选参数“选项=值”,\n"
+"值是“this&that”,那么整个可选\n"
+"参数应该是“选项=this&that”(字面上)。\n"
+"但是字面上的“&”字符代表\n"
+"不同可选参数的分隔符,\n"
+"因此 URI 中的“选项=this&that”意思是\n"
+"第一个可选参数是“选项=this”,\n"
+"第二个可选参数只是“that”。\n"
+"因此,单个可选参数“选项=this&that”必须以百分号编码格式“选项=this%26that”输入。<br>\n"
+"要求以百分号编码格式输入的输入字段\n"
+"通过“[percent-encoded]”提示标出。<br>\n"
+"下面是字符和它们的百分号编码的列表:<br>\n"
+"空格“ ”的百分号编码码是 %20<br>\n"
+"感叹号 ! 的百分号编码是 %21<br>\n"
+"数字符号 # 的百分号编码是 %23<br>\n"
+"美元符号 $ 的百分号编码是 %24<br>\n"
+"百分号 % 的百分号编码是 %25<br>\n"
+"符号 & 的百分号编码是 %26<br>\n"
+"单引号 ‘ 的百分号编码是 %27<br>\n"
+"左括号 ( 的百分号编码是 %28<br>\n"
+"右括号 ) 的百分号编码是 %29<br>\n"
+"星号 * 的百分号编码是 %2A<br>\n"
+"加号 + 的百分号编码是 %2B<br>\n"
+"逗号 , 的百分号编码是 %2C<br>\n"
+"斜线 / 的百分号编码是 %2F<br>\n"
+"冒号 : 的百分号编码是 %3A<br>\n"
+"分号 ; 的百分号编码是 %3B<br>\n"
+"等号 = 的百分号编码是 %3D<br>\n"
+"问号 ? 的百分号编码是 %3F<br>\n"
+"at 号 @ 的百分号编码是 %40<br>\n"
+"左方括号 [ 的百分号编码是 %5B<br>\n"
+"右方括号 ] 的百分号编码是 %5D<br>\n"
+"详情见“统一资源标识符 (URI):通用语法”,网址为:<br>\n"
"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2461,15 +2539,15 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>直接连接设备的设备 URI</big></b><br>\n"
-"将会自动检测通过 USB 连接的设备并生成设备 URI。\n"
+"系统会自动检测通过 USB 连接的设备,\n"
+"并会自动生成适当的设备 URI。\n"
"例如:<br>\n"
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
"A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n"
"and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n"
"A network printer has such a device built-in.\n"
@@ -2507,109 +2585,43 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>访问网络打印机或打印服务器盒的设备 URI</big></b><br>\n"
-"一个打印服务器盒是一个通过网络连接和 USB 或并口连接连接到真实打印机的小型设备。\n"
+"一个打印服务器盒是一个通过网络连接和 USB\n"
+"或并行端口连接连到实际打印机的小型设备。\n"
"网络打印机内置了该设备。\n"
-"可通过三种不同的网络协议访问,查找您网络打印机或打印服务器盒的手册来获知您的设备支持哪一种:<br>\n"
+"您可通过三种不同的网络协议访问该设备。\n"
+"请参见您网络打印机或打印服务器盒的手册\n"
+"来获知您的设备支持哪一种:<br>\n"
"<b>TCP 端口 (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n"
-"需要 IP 地址和端口号来访问。通常端口号为 9100。\n"
-"这是最简单、快速、和最稳定的协议。\n"
+"需要 IP 地址和端口号来访问。\n"
+"通常端口号为 9100。\n"
+"这是最简单快速,一般也是最稳定的协议。\n"
"匹配的设备 URI 是:<br>\n"
-"socket://ip地址:端口号<br>。\n"
-"<b>行式打印机守护精灵 (LPD) 协议</b><br>\n"
-"IPP 是运行在真实计算机上的 CUPS 的原生协议,但是如果 IPP 是实现在小型打印服务器盒中的,那它通常实现的不好。只有在生产厂商确实提供了官方支持时"
-"再使用 IPP。\n"
-"匹配的设备 URI 是:<br>\n"
+"socket://IP 地址:端口号<br>。\n"
+"<b>行式打印机守护程序 (LPD) 协议</b><br>\n"
+"LPD 运行在设备上,会提供一个或多个 LPD 队列。\n"
+"需要通过 IP 地址和 LPD 队列名称来访问。\n"
+"基本上所有网络打印机和打印服务器盒都支持该协议。\n"
+"一般来说,任意队列名称或“LPT1”都能用。\n"
+"但要想确保稳定的打印结果,\n"
+"使用不会更改数据或额外\n"
+"添加表单源或标题页的正确\n"
+" LPD 队列名称至关重要。\n"
+"匹配的设备 URI 为:<br>\n"
+"lpd://ip-address/queue<br>.\n"
+"<b>因特网打印协议 (IPP)</b><br>\n"
+"IPP 是运行在真实计算机上的 CUPS 的原生协议,\n"
+"但是如果 IPP 是在小型打印服务器盒中实施的,\n"
+"它往往无法确实施。只有在供应商确实\n"
+"提供了官方支持时,才应使用 IPP。\n"
+"匹配的设备 URI 为:<br>\n"
"ipp://ip地址:端口号/资源<br>。\n"
-"端口号和资源由网络打印机和打印服务器盒的型号而定。<br>\n"
-"详情参考 http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n"
+"端口号和资源由特定网络打印机和打印服务器盒的型号而定。<br>\n"
+"<b>详情</b>请参考<br>\n"
+"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n"
"</p>\n"
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "In contrast to a printserver box a print server machine\n"
-#| "means a real computer which offers a print service.<br>\n"
-#| "Access happens via various different network protocols.\n"
-#| "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n"
-#| "provides in your particular network:<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
-#| "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n"
-#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n"
-#| "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-#| "to a SMB printer share.<br>\n"
-#| "A server name and a printer share name and optionally a workgroup name\n"
-#| "is needed to access it.\n"
-#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
-#| "Have in mind that spaces and special characters in those values\n"
-#| "must be percent-encoded (see above).<br>\n"
-#| "By default CUPS runs backends (here smbspool) as user 'lp'.\n"
-#| "When printing in an Active Directory (R) environment (AD)\n"
-#| "the user 'lp' is not allowed to print in this environment\n"
-#| "so that the traditional way to print via smbspool as user 'lp'\n"
-#| "would not work.<br>\n"
-#| "For printing in an AD environment additionally\n"
-#| "the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed.\n"
-#| "In this case the CUPS backend 'smb' link\n"
-#| "is changed to <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>\n"
-#| "which is a wrapper to run smbspool as the original user\n"
-#| "who submitted a particular print job.\n"
-#| "When the Kerberos protocol is used for authentication\n"
-#| "in an AD environment, a user gets a ticket granting ticket (TGT)\n"
-#| "via the display manager during login at the Gnome or KDE desktop.\n"
-#| "When smbspool is run as the original user who submitted\n"
-#| "a particular print job, it can access the TGT of this user\n"
-#| "and use it to pass the printing data to the SMB printer share\n"
-#| "even in an AD environment with Kerberos authentication.\n"
-#| "In this case neither a fixed user name nor a fixed password\n"
-#| "has to be specified for authentication.\n"
-#| "A precondition is that get_printing_ticket runs on the same host\n"
-#| "where the user who submitted a particular print job is logged in.\n"
-#| "This means that it must be set up on the workstation\n"
-#| "for the particular user who will submit such print jobs\n"
-#| "and the user's workstation must send its printing data\n"
-#| "directly to the SMB printer share in the AD environment.\n"
-#| "In particular it does not work on a separated CUPS server machine\n"
-#| "where users who submit print jobs are not logged in.<br>\n"
-#| "For the traditional way a matching full device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer<br>\n"
-#| "For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n"
-#| "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n"
-#| "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
-#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n"
-#| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
-#| "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n"
-#| "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n"
-#| "A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n"
-#| "and provides one or more LPD queues.\n"
-#| "The IP address and a LPD queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "lpd://ip-address/queue<br>\n"
-#| "<b>CUPS Server</b><br>\n"
-#| "Usually you should not set up a local print queue to access\n"
-#| "a remote queue on a CUPS server. Instead do the setup\n"
-#| "in the <b>Print Via Network</b> dialog.\n"
-#| "Only if you really know that you must set up a local print queue\n"
-#| "to access a remote queue on a CUPS server proceed here.<br>\n"
-#| "IPP is the native protocol for CUPS which runs on a server.\n"
-#| "The official IANA port for IPP is 631.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)</b><br>\n"
-#| "To access print queues on a Novell Netware print server,\n"
-#| "the RPM package ncpfs must be installed.\n"
-#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'novell' which runs\n"
-#| "the <tt>nprint</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
-#| "to a Novell Netware print queue.\n"
-#| "A server name and a printer queue name is needed to access it.\n"
-#| "Furthermore a user name and a password may be required to get access.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "novell://username:password@server/queue<br>\n"
-#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man nprint</tt> and\n"
-#| "the other documentation in the RPM package ncpfs.\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2619,8 +2631,7 @@
"Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n"
"provides in your particular network:<br>\n"
"<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
-"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be"
-" installed.\n"
+"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n"
"the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
"to a SMB printer share.<br>\n"
@@ -2663,8 +2674,7 @@
"the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n"
"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n"
-"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share
\n"
+"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
"'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n"
"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n"
"<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n"
@@ -2685,87 +2695,78 @@
"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>通过打印服务器打印的设备 URI</big></b><br>\n"
-"不同于打印服务器盒,打印服务器意味着一台提供打印服务的真实计算机。<br>\n"
-"可以通过多种网络协议访问。\n"
-"询问您的网络管理员以获知您的网络中哪台计算机是打印服务器,是哪种打印服务器:<br>\n"
+"<b><big>用于通过打印服务器计算机打印的设备 URI</big></b><br>\n"
+"与打印服务器盒相反,打印服务器计算机\n"
+"表示一台会提供打印服务的真实计算机。<br>\n"
+"访问是通过各种不同的网络协议来进行的。\n"
+"请咨询网络管理员了解您的特定网络中提供了哪种\n"
+"打印服务器计算机:<br>\n"
"<b>Windows (R) 或 Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
-"要访问 SMB 打印机共享,必须安装 RPM 软件包 samba-client。\n"
-"该软件包提供了 CUPS 后端 'smb',它是对 <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> 程序的一个链接,由其实际发送数据到 SMB"
-" 打印机共享。<br>\n"
-"需要服务器名称和打印机共享名称以及可选的工作组名称来访问它。\n"
-"此外,还可能需要用户名和密码来获取访问权限。\n"
-"请记住这些值中的空格和特殊字符必须以百分比编码 (见上)。<br>\n"
-"默认 CUPS 以用户 'lp' 运行后端 (这里是 smbspool)。当在活动目录 (R) 环境 (AD) 中打印时,用户 'lp'"
-" 不允许在该环境打印,因此传统的以 'lp' 用户身份通过 smbspool 打印的方法行不通。<br>\n"
-"要在活动目录环境中打印,必须安装 RPM 软件包 samba-krb-printing。这时 CUPS 后端 'smb' 的链接变成了 /usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>,它是一个以提交打印任务的原始用户身份执行 smbspool 的封装。\n"
-"当活动目录环境 (AD) 使用了 Kerberos 协议认证时,用户在登陆 GNOME 或 KDE 桌面时会通过显示管理器得到一个豁免券 (TGT)。\n"
-"当 smbspool 由提交打印任务的原始用户运行时,即使在使用 Kerberos 认证的活动目录 (AD)"
-" 环境下,它依然可以访问该用户的豁免券,使用它来向 SMB 打印机共享传输打印数据。这时不需要指定固定用户名或固定密码进行认证。\n"
-"这样做的前提是 get_printing_ticket 要运行在提交打印任务的用户登录的那台主机上。这意味着它必须在用户提交打印任务的工作站上设置,且用户的"
-"这台工作站必须直接发送打印数据给活动目录 (AD) 环境中的 SMB 打印机共享。尤其是它不能运行在提交打印任务的用户没有登录的独立 CUPS"
-" 服务器机上。<br>\n"
-"传统方式下,一个匹配的完整设备 URI 是:<br>\n"
-"smb://用户名:密码@工作组/服务器/打印机<br>\n"
-"例如用户名 'John Doe'、密码 '@home!' 可能会使用像下面的设备 URI 来访问 'Fun Printer 1000+' 共享:<br>\n"
-"smb://Jhon%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
-"<b>更多信息</b>请参考 <tt>man smbspool</tt> 和 <br>\n"
-"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share
\n"
-"'Windows' 和 '活动目录' 是微软公司在美国和/或其它国家的注册商标。<br>\n"
+"要访问 SMB 打印机共享,必须安装 RPM 包 samba-client。\n"
+"该包提供了 CUPS 后端“smb”,它链接到 <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> 程序,\n"
+"后者是将数据发送到\n"
+"SMB 打印机共享的实际执行者。<br>\n"
+"访问它需要服务器名称和打印机共享名称,\n"
+"也可能需要工作组名称。\n"
+"此外,可能还需要提供用户名和口令,以获取访问权。\n"
+"请记住,这些值中的空格和特殊字符\n"
+"必须经过百分号编码(见上方)。<br>\n"
+"默认情况下,CUPS 以用户“lp”的身份运行后端(此处为 smbspool)。\n"
+"在 Active Directory (R) 环境中打印时,\n"
+"不允许用户“lp”在此环境中打印,\n"
+"因此,以用户“lp”身份通过 smbspool 打印的传统方法\n"
+"行不通。<br>\n"
+"要在 AD 环境中打印,必须另外安装\n"
+"RPM 包 samba-krb-printing。\n"
+"如此,CUPS 后端“smb”链接\n"
+"会变成 <tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt>,\n"
+"这是一个以提交特定打印作业的原始用户身份运行 smbspool 的\n"
+"封装程序。\n"
+"如果在 AD 环境中使用 Kerberos 协议\n"
+"进行身份验证,用户在登录 Gnome 或 KDE 桌面期间,\n"
+"将通过显示管理器获取票据授权票据 (TGT)。\n"
+"如果以提交特定打印作业的原始用户身份\n"
+"运行 smbspool,smbspool 将可以访问此用户的 TGT,\n"
+"并使用该 TGT 来向 SMB 打印机共享传递打印数据,\n"
+"即使是在使用 Kerberos 身份验证的 AD 环境中也是如此。\n"
+"如此,就不需要指定固定的用户名或固定的口令\n"
+"进行身份验证,\n"
+"前提条件是 get_printing_ticket 要运行在提交特定打印作业的\n"
+"用户登录的那台主机上。\n"
+"这意味着,必须在用户将要提交此类\n"
+"打印作业的的工作站上\n"
+"安装该包,并且该用户的工作站必须将其打印数据\n"
+"直接发送到 AD 环境中的 SMB 打印机共享。\n"
+"具体而言,在提交打印作业的用户没有登录的另一台 CUPS 服务器计算机上,\n"
+"这种方法将不起作用。<br>\n"
+"对于传统方法,匹配的完整设备 URI 为:<br>\n"
+"smb://用户名:口令@工作站/服务器/打印机<br>\n"
+"例如,口令为“@home!”的用户“John Doe”可以使用类似于下面的\n"
+"设备 URI 来访问“Fun Printer 1000+”共享:<br>\n"
+"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
+"有关<b>更多信息</b>,请参见 <tt>man smbspool</tt> 和<br>\n"
+"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
+"“Windows”和“Active Directory”是 Microsoft Corporation 在\n"
+"美国和/或其他国家/地区的注册商标。<br>\n"
"<b>传统 UNIX 服务器 (LPR)</b><br>\n"
-"运行在传统 UNIX 服务器上的行式打印机守护精灵 (LPD) 可以提供一个或多个 LDP 队列。\n"
-"需要 IP 地址和 LPD 队列名来访问它。\n"
-"匹配的设备 URI 是:<br>\n"
-"lpd://ip地址/队列名<br>\n"
+"行式打印机守护程序 (LPD) 在传统 UNIX 服务器上运行,\n"
+"并提供一个或多个 LPD 队列。\n"
+"访问它需要 IP 地址和 LPD 队列名。\n"
+"匹配的设备 URI 为:<br>\n"
+"lpd://IP 地址/队列<br>\n"
"<b>CUPS 服务器</b><br>\n"
-"通常您不需要设定本地打印队列来访问 CUPS 服务器上的远程队列,而是在 <b>网络打印</b> 对话框中设置。\n"
-"除非您真的知道您必须设置一个本地打印队列来访问 CUPS 服务器上的远程队列才可以在这里继续。<br>\n"
-"IPP 是服务器上运行的 CUPS 的原生协议。IPP 的官方 IANA 端口是 631。\n"
-"匹配的设备 URI 是:<br>\n"
-"ipp://ip地址:631/打印机/队列<br>\n"
+"通常情况下,不应设置本地打印队列\n"
+"来访问 CUPS 服务器上的远程队列,而应在\n"
+"<b>通过网络打印</b>对话框中进行设置。\n"
+"除非您确定必须设置本地打印队列\n"
+"才能访问 CUPS 服务器上的远程队列时才应如此。<br>\n"
+"IPP 是在服务器上运行的 CUPS 的本机协议。\n"
+"IPP 的官方 IANA 端口为 631。\n"
+"匹配的设备 URI 为:<br>\n"
+"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "<b>Specify an Arbitrary Device URI</b>\n"
-#| "if you know the exact right device URI for your particular case\n"
-#| "or to modify an existing device URI in a special way.<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)</b><br>\n"
-#| "To do this, the RPM package cups-backends must be installed.\n"
-#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'pipe' which runs\n"
-#| "the program that you specified here.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand<br>\n"
-#| "<b>Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)</b><br>\n"
-#| "To do this, the RPM package foomatic-filters must be installed.\n"
-#| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'beh'.<br>\n"
-#| "The backend 'beh' is a wrapper for the usual backend,\n"
-#| "which is then called by beh.\n"
-#| "This way beh can, depending on its configuration,\n"
-#| "repeat the call of the backend or simply hide the error status\n"
-#| "of the backend from being seen by the CUPS daemon.\n"
-#| "The matching device URI is:<br>\n"
-#| "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>\n"
-#| "If nodisable is '1' beh always exits successfully\n"
-#| "so that the queue gets never disabled but on the other hand\n"
-#| "print jobs are lost if there is an error.<br>\n"
-#| "Attempts is the number of attempts to recall the backend\n"
-#| "in case of an error. '0' means infinite retries.<br>\n"
-#| "Delay is the number of seconds between two attempts\n"
-#| "to call the backend.<br>\n"
-#| "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n"
-#| "Example:<br>\n"
-#| "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n"
-#| "The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n"
-#| "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n"
-#| "and the print job is lost.<br>\n"
-#| "For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n"
-#| "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Special Device URIs</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2798,39 +2799,48 @@
"The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n"
"Example:<br>\n"
"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n"
-"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second"
-" delay\n"
+"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n"
"between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n"
"and the print job is lost.<br>\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh<"
-"/tt> and<br>\n"
+"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n"
"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>特殊设备 URI</big></b><br>\n"
-"<b>任意指定一个设备 URI</b>\n"
-"如果您知道您特殊设备的绝对正确的设备 URI 或者用特殊方法修改现有设备 URI。<br>\n"
-"<b>发送打印数据到其他程序 (管道 pipe)</b><br>\n"
-"必须安装 RPM 软件包 cups-backends。\n"
-"该软件包提供了 CUPS 后端 'pipe',它能运行您在此指定的程序。\n"
-"匹配的设备 URI 为:<br>\n"
+"<b>指定任意设备 URI</b>\n"
+"如果您知道适合您特殊情况的具体设备 URI,\n"
+"或者要以特殊方法修改现有设备 URI,请选择此项。<br>\n"
+"<b>将打印数据发送到其他程序(管道)</b><br>\n"
+"要实现此目的,必须安装 RPM 包 cups-backends。\n"
+"该包提供了能够运行此处指定的程序\n"
+"的 CUPS 后端“管道”。\n"
+"匹配的设备 URI 为:<br>\n"
"pipe:/目标命令/的/路径<br>\n"
-"<b>菊链后端错误处理器 (beh)</b><br>\n"
-"必须安装 RPM 软件包 foomatic-filters。\n"
-"该软件包提供了 CUPS 后端 'beh'。<br>\n"
-"后端 'beh' 是常用后端的一个封装,使用 beh 调用常用后端。通过这种方法,根据 beh 的配置,它可以重复调用后端,或对 CUPS"
-" 守护精灵简单隐藏后端的错误状态。\n"
-"匹配的设备 URI 为:<br>\n"
-"beh://nodisable/尝试次数/延迟/原始设备 URI<br>\n"
-"如果 nodisable 是 '1' 的话,beh 总能成功退出因此队列从不禁用,但另一方面说如果出错的话整个队列剩余的打印任务都会丢失。<br>\n"
-"尝试次数是出错时重新调用后端的次数。'0' 意味着永远。<br>\n"
-"延迟是两次调用后端的操作之间的间隔秒数。<br>\n"
+"<b>菊型链 (Daisy-chain) 后端错误处理程序 (beh)</b><br>\n"
+"必须安装 RPM 包 cups-backends 才能实现此目的。\n"
+"该包提供了 CUPS 后端“beh”。<br>\n"
+"后端“beh”是常用后端 Daisy-chain 的封装程序,\n"
+"Daisy-chain 会被 beh 调用。\n"
+"通过这种方式,根据 beh 的配置,\n"
+"它可以重复调用 Daisy-chain 后端,或直接对\n"
+"CUPS 守护程序隐藏 Daisy-chain 后端的错误状态。\n"
+"匹配的设备 URI 为:<br>\n"
+"beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI<br>\n"
+"如果 nodisable 为“1”,beh 总能成功退出,\n"
+"这样就不会禁用队列,但另一方面,\n"
+"如果出错,打印作业会丢失。<br>\n"
+"Attempts 是出错时尝试重新调用\n"
+"后端的次数。“0”表示无限次重试。<br>\n"
+"Delay 是两次调用后端相隔的\n"
+"秒数。<br>\n"
"最后一个参数是原始 URI,就是队列之前的 URI。<br>\n"
-"实例:<br>\n"
-"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip地址:端口号<br>\n"
-"beh 后端尝试访问网络打印机 3 次,间隔为 5 秒。如果访问仍然失败,不禁用打印队列,丢失打印任务。<br>\n"
-"<b>更多信息</b>请参考 <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> 和<br>\n"
+"示例:<br>\n"
+"beh:/1/3/5/socket://IP 地址:端口号<br>\n"
+"beh 后端尝试访问网络打印机 3 次, \n"
+"间隔为 5 秒。如果访问仍然失败,\n"
+"队列不会被禁用,打印作业会丢失。<br>\n"
+"有关<b>更多信息</b>,请参见 <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> 和<br>\n"
"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2873,20 +2883,37 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>网络打印</big></b><br>\n"
-"通常使用 CUPS (通用 UNIX 打印系统) 来通过网络打印。<br>\n"
-"默认 CUPS 使用它的所谓 '浏览' 模式来向网络发布打印机。<br>\n"
-"在这种情况下远程 CUPS 服务器必须通过网路发布它的打印机,您的主机必须运行 CUPS 守护精灵进程 (cupsd) 以监听发布的打印机的进站信息。<"
-"br>\n"
+"<b><big>通过网络打印</big></b><br>\n"
+"通常使用 CUPS(通用 UNIX 打印系统)来通过网络打印。<br>\n"
+"默认情况下,CUPS 使用它的所谓“浏览”\n"
+"模式通过网络提供打印机。<br>\n"
+"在这种情况下,远程 CUPS 服务器必须通过网路发布它的打印机,\n"
+"您的主机上必须运行 CUPS 守护程序进程 (cupsd)\n"
+"以侦听发布的打印机的进站信息。<br>\n"
"CUPS 浏览信息是通过 UDP 端口 631 来接收的。<br>\n"
"防火墙相关:<br>\n"
-"检查防火墙是否监控着打印机发布的网络区域。\n"
-"默认 SuSE 防火墙允许任何通过属于 '内部区域 的网络接口进站的信息,因此此区域默认是信任的。<br>\n"
-"通过属于不信任的 '外部区域' 的网络接口来在信任的内部网络打印是不安全的 (网络接口出于安全考虑默认属于外部区域)。\n"
-"尤其不要禁用 CUPS 的针对不信任的 '外部区域' 的防火墙保护 (例如 IPP 使用的 TCP 端口 631 和 UDP 端口 631)。<br>\n"
-"要在信任的内部网络使用远程打印机,且保护其不受任何外部网络的无谓访问 (尤其是因特网访问),请指派属于内部网络的网络接口到防火墙的内部区域。\n"
-"可以使用 YaST 防火墙设置模块来完成此基础设定,以获取网络的安全和易用。在受信任的内部网络使用远程打印机将不需要额外的防火墙设置。<br>\n"
-"详情请见 openSUSE 支持数据库文章 'CUPS 和 SANE 的防火墙设定' 于<br>\n"
+"检查防火墙是否监控着通过网络\n"
+"发布了打印机的网络区域。\n"
+"默认情况下,SuSEfirewall 允许任何通过\n"
+"属于“内部区域”的网络接口进站的信息,\n"
+"因为此区域默认是可信的。<br>\n"
+"通过属于不可任的“外部区域”的网络接口\n"
+"来在可信的内部网络中打印是不安全的\n"
+"(出于安全考虑,网络接口默认属于外部区域)。\n"
+"尤其不要禁用 CUPS 针对不可信的“外部区域”\n"
+"的防火墙保护(例如 IPP 使用的\n"
+"TCP 端口 631 和 UDP 端口 631)。<br>\n"
+"要在可信的内部网络使用远程打印机,\n"
+"且通过防火墙保护其不受任何外部网络的\n"
+"无谓访问(尤其是因特网访问),\n"
+"请向防火墙的内部区域指派\n"
+"属于内部网络的网络接口。\n"
+"可以使用 YaST 防火墙设置模块\n"
+"来完成此基础设置,以实现网络的安全和易用。\n"
+"在可信的内部网络使用远程打印机\n"
+"将不需要额外的防火墙设置。<br>\n"
+"详情请见 openSUSE 支持数据库文章\n"
+"《CUPS 和 SANE 的防火墙设置》,网址为:<br>\n"
"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2907,11 +2934,15 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"如果您可以访问远程 CUPS 服务器来打印,但这些服务器没有通过网络发布它们的打印机信息,\n"
-"或者当您不能接受发布的打印机发来的进站信息时 (例如您的防火墙屏蔽了打印机发布到的网络区域),\n"
-"您可以从 CUPS 服务器请求打印机信息 (假设 CUPS 服务器允许您访问)。<br>\n"
-"您主机上的 CUPS 守护精灵进程 (cupsd) 会为每个被请求的 CUPS 服务器启动一个 cups-polld 进程。\n"
-"默认每个 cups-polld 每隔 30 秒向远程 CUPS 服务器查询一次打印机信息。\n"
+"如果您可以访问远程 CUPS 服务器来打印,\n"
+"但这些服务器没有通过网络发布它们的打印机信息,\n"
+"或者当您不能接受有关发布打印机的进站信息时\n"
+"(例如您的防火墙屏蔽了打印机发布到的网络区域),\n"
+"您可以从 CUPS 服务器请求打印机信息(假设 CUPS 服务器允许您访问)。<br>\n"
+"您主机上的 CUPS 守护程序进程 (cupsd) 会为\n"
+"每个被请求的 CUPS 服务器启动一个 cups-polld 进程。\n"
+"默认情况下,每个 cups-polld 每隔 30 秒\n"
+"向远程 CUPS 服务器轮询一次打印机信息。\n"
"</p>"
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4:
@@ -2919,8 +2950,7 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
-"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your"
-" host.\n"
+"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n"
"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n"
"A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n"
"for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n"
@@ -2931,11 +2961,15 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"如果您只通过网络打印且您只使用一个 CUPS 服务器,没有必须使用 CUPS 浏览模式和在您的主机上运行一个 CUPS 守护精灵。\n"
+"如果您只通过网络打印且您只使用一个 CUPS 服务器\n"
+",则不需要使用 CUPS 浏览模式以及在您的主机上运行 CUPS 守护程序。\n"
"指定 CUPS 服务器并直接访问它会更简单。<br>\n"
-"一个或有缺陷就是应用程序在访问 CUPS 服务器但服务器不可用时 (比如笔记本带出了公司),它可能会延迟直到超时"
-" (卡死的文雅说法啦)。通常延迟是由主机名称解析 (DNS) 超时造成的,因此在 /etc/hosts 文件中指定一个硬编码的 CUPS"
-" 服务器条目可能会有帮助。\n"
+"这样做可能会有一个缺陷,就是当应用程序尝试\n"
+"访问 CUPS 服务器而服务器实际上不可用时\n"
+"(比如笔记本带出了公司),它可能会延迟一段时间(直到超时)。\n"
+"通常,延迟是因主机名解析 (DNS) 超时造成的,\n"
+"因此在 /etc/hosts 文件中指定一个硬编码的 CUPS 服务器\n"
+"条目可能会有帮助。\n"
"</p>"
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4:
@@ -2953,9 +2987,14 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"如果您的网络中没有 CUPS 服务器,或者您可以直接访问网络打印机,或您使用另外种类的打印服务器,例如通过 Windows (R) 或 Samba"
-" 服务器或传统 UNIX 服务器打印,您需要在您的主机上设置一个合适的打印队列。<br>\n"
-"'Windows' 是美国和/或其他国家的微软的注册商标 (屁咧)。\n"
+"如果您的网络中没有 CUPS 服务器,\n"
+"或您必须直接访问网络打印机,\n"
+"或者您使用的是另一种类的打印服务器\n"
+"(例如通过 Windows (R)、Samba 服务器\n"
+"或传统 UNIX 服务器打印),\n"
+"您需要在您的主机上设置一个合适的打印队列。<br>\n"
+"“Windows”是 Microsoft Corporation\n"
+"在美国和/或其他国家/地区的注册商标。\n"
"</p>"
#. SharingDialog help 1/4:
@@ -2966,17 +3005,18 @@
"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n"
"its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
"In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n"
-"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must"
-" run\n"
+"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n"
"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n"
"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>通过网络分享和发布打印队列</big></b><br>\n"
-"通常 CUPS (通用 UNIX 打印系统) 应该设置使用它所谓的 '浏览' 模式来向网络发布打印机。<br>\n"
-"在这种情况下 CUPS 服务器通过网络发布它的本地打印队列,CUPS 客户端系统必须运行 CUPS 守护精灵进程 (cupsd)"
-" 来监听发布的打印机的进站信息。<br>\n"
+"通常 CUPS(通用 UNIX 打印系统)应该设置为使用\n"
+"它所谓的“浏览”模式来通过网络提供打印机。<br>\n"
+"在这种情况下,CUPS 服务器通过网络发布它的本地打印队列,\n"
+"相应地,CUPS 客户端系统上必须运行 CUPS 守护程序进程 (cupsd)\n"
+"来侦听有关发布的打印机的进站信息。<br>\n"
"CUPS 浏览信息是通过 UDP 端口 631 接收的。\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2990,19 +3030,21 @@
"to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n"
"and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n"
"It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n"
-"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS"
-" Browsing.\n"
+"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n"
"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n"
"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"首先 CUPS 客户端系统必须允许访问 CUPS 服务器。\n"
-"然后指定是否发布打印机给客户机。<br>\n"
-"在局域网中通常设置 CUPS 浏览的方法是允许局域网内所有主机的远程访问,并通告打印机给所有这些主机。<br>\n"
-"在局域网中任何情况下都不需要公开发布打印机。<br>\n"
-"如果你只有一台 CUPS 服务器,没有必要使用 CUPS 浏览模式。\n"
-"在客户端系统上指定 CUPS 服务器 (通过 '网络打印') 以使客户机直接访问服务器会更简单一些。\n"
+"首先,CUPS 客户端系统必须允许访问 CUPS 服务器。\n"
+"然后指定是否应向客户端发布打印机。<br>\n"
+"通常,在本地网路中设置 CUPS 浏览的方法是\n"
+"允许本地网络内所有主机的远程访问,\n"
+"并将打印机发布给所有这些主机。<br>\n"
+"任何情况下都不需要公开发布打印机。<br>\n"
+"如果您只有一台 CUPS 服务器,就没有必要使用 CUPS 浏览模式。\n"
+"在客户端系统上指定 CUPS 服务器(使用“通过网络打印”选项),\n"
+"让客户端直接访问服务器会更简单一些。\n"
"</p>"
#. SharingDialog help 3/4:
@@ -3025,12 +3067,19 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"如何指派哪些远程主机可以访问 CUPS 服务器有多种方法,这些方法可以共存。<br>\n"
-"允许本地网络内的计算机的远程访问将允许所有本地网络内的主机访问。\n"
-"当一个远程主机拥有属于 CUPS 服务器所在网络的 IP 地址时,或主机的网络连接接入了 CUPS 服务器上的非 PPP 接口 (没有设置"
-" IFF_POINTTOPOINT 标记的接口),它就属于本地网络。<br>\n"
-"另外可以指定一个允许远程访问的网络接口白名单。<br>\n"
-"另外也可以指定一个 IP 地址或网络地址的白名单。\n"
+"如何指定哪些远程主机可以访问 CUPS 服务器\n"
+"有多种方法,这些方法可以共存。<br>\n"
+"允许本地网络内的计算机的远程访问\n"
+"将允许本地网络内的所有主机的访问。\n"
+"当一个远程主机拥有属于 CUPS 服务器\n"
+"所在网络的 IP 地址,\n"
+"或主机的网络连接接入了 CUPS 服务器上的非 PPP 接口\n"
+"(没有设置 IFF_POINTTOPOINT 标志的接口)时,\n"
+"它就属于本地网络。<br>\n"
+"或者,可以指定一个允许\n"
+"远程访问的网络接口白名单。<br>\n"
+"另外,也可以指定一个 IP 地址\n"
+"和/或网络的白名单。\n"
"</p>"
#. SharingDialog help 4/4:
@@ -3069,15 +3118,35 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"关于防火墙:<br>\n"
-"防火墙用来保护在您的主机上运行的服务器进程 (本例中是 CUPS 服务器进程 'cupsd') 不受无谓的网络访问。<br>\n"
-"网络打印发生在信任的内部网络环境中 (没人会让外部网络的任意用户来在他的打印机上打印),通常用户需要能够接触物理的打印机来取回他们打印的纸张。<br>\n"
-"SuSE 防火墙默认允许任何来自属于 '内部区域' 的网络接口的网络流量通过,因为此区域默认是信任的。<br>\n"
-"通过属于不信任的 '外部区域' 的网络接口来在信任的内部网络打印是不安全的 (网络接口出于安全考虑默认属于外部区域)。\n"
-"尤其不要禁用 CUPS 的针对不信任的 '外部区域' 的防火墙保护 (例如 IPP 使用的 TCP 端口 631 和 UDP 端口 631)。<br>\n"
-"要在信任的内部网络使用远程打印机,且保护其不受任何外部网络的无谓访问 (尤其是因特网访问),请指派属于内部网络的网络接口到防火墙的内部区域。\n"
-"可以使用 YaST 防火墙设置模块来完成此基础设定,以获取网络的安全和易用。在受信任的内部网络分享打印机将不需要额外的防火墙设置。<br>\n"
-"详情请见 openSUSE 支持数据库文章 'CUPS 和 SANE 的防火墙设定' 于<br>\n"
+"防火墙相关:<br>\n"
+"防火墙用来保护在您的主机上运行的服务器进程\n"
+"(本例中是 CUPS 服务器进程“cupsd”)\n"
+"不受无谓的网络访问。<br>\n"
+"网络打印发生在可信的内部网络中\n"
+"(没人会让外部网络的任意用户在他的打印机上\n"
+"打印),\n"
+"通常,用户需要能够接触\n"
+"物理的打印机来取回他们打印的纸张。<br>\n"
+"SuSEfirewall 默认允许任何来自属于“内部区域”\n"
+"的网络接口的网络流量通过,\n"
+"因为此区域默认是可信的。<br>\n"
+"通过属于不可信的“外部区域”的网络接口\n"
+"在可信内部网络打印是不安全的(出于安全考虑,\n"
+"网络接口默认属于外部区域)。\n"
+"请不要禁用 CUPS 的针对不可信的“外部区域”\n"
+"的防火墙保护(例如 IPP 使用的 TCP 端口 631\n"
+"和 UDP 端口 631)。<br>\n"
+"要在可信的内部网络使用打印机,\n"
+"且保护其不受任何外部网络的无谓访问\n"
+"(尤其是因特网访问),\n"
+"请向防火墙的内部区域指派\n"
+"属于内部网络的网络接口。\n"
+"可以使用 YaST 防火墙设置模块来完成此基础设置,\n"
+"以实现网络的安全和易用。\n"
+"在可信的内部网络分享打印机\n"
+"将不需要额外的防火墙设置。<br>\n"
+"详情请见 openSUSE 支持数据库文章\n"
+"《CUPS 和 SANE 的防火墙设置》,网址为:<br>\n"
"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3094,33 +3163,14 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS 操作策略</big></b><br>\n"
-"操作策略是 CUPS 中用于每个操作,例如 '打印东西','取消打印','配置打印机','修改或移除打印机配置' 和 '启用或禁用打印' 的规则。\n"
+"操作策略是用于 CUPS 各操作的规则。\n"
+"例如,这样的操作有“打印一些内容”、“取消打印输出”、\n"
+"“配置打印机”、“修改或去除打印机配置”\n"
+"及“启用或禁用打印”。\n"
"</p>"
#. Policies help 2/2:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<p>\n"
-#| "<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
-#| "The error policy defines the default policy that is used when\n"
-#| "CUPS fails to send a print job to the printer device.<br>\n"
-#| "Depending on the particular way how the printer is connected\n"
-#| "(for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'),\n"
-#| "and depending on the actual kind of failure,\n"
-#| "the CUPS backend which actually sends the data to the printer\n"
-#| "can overwrite the default error policy\n"
-#| "and enforce another error policy (see <tt>man backend</tt>).\n"
-#| "For example it can stop any further printing attempt\n"
-#| "even when the default error policy is to retry the job.\n"
-#| "This could happen when any attempt to establish\n"
-#| "the communication with the printer is useless\n"
-#| "so that it does no make sense to retry the job.\n"
-#| "<br>\n"
-#| "The following error policies exist:<br>\n"
-#| "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n"
-#| "Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n"
-#| "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n"
-#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS Error Policy</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -3140,21 +3190,30 @@
"<br>\n"
"The following error policies exist:<br>\n"
"Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n"
-"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by"
-" default).<br>\n"
+"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n"
"Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS 错误策略</big></b><br>\n"
-"错误策略定义了当 CUPS 未能发送打印任务给打印机设备时所用的默认策略。<br>\n"
-"根据打印机的连接方式 (例如 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', 或 'ipp'),和错误类型,实际发送数据到打印机的 CUPS"
-" 后端可以覆写默认错误策略并强制执行另一个错误策略 (参考 <tt>man backend</tt>)。\n"
-"例如它可以停止任何进一步打印尝试即使默认错误策略是重试任务。这可能发生在当任何与打印机建立通信的尝试都是无用的,因此没必要重试任务时。<br>\n"
+"该错误策略定义当 CUPS 无法向打印机设备\n"
+"发送打印作业时所使用的默认策略。<br>\n"
+"根据打印机的特定连接方式\n"
+"(例如,“usb”、“socket”、“lpd”或“ipp”)和故障的实际类型,\n"
+"实际将数据发送到打印机的 CUPS 后端\n"
+"可以重写默认错误策略\n"
+"并实施另一个错误策略(请参见 <tt>man backend</tt>)。\n"
+"例如,即使默认错误策略要重试作业,\n"
+"CUPS 后端也可能会停止任何进一步的打印尝试。\n"
+"当任何与打印机建立通讯的\n"
+"尝试均不奏效,\n"
+"因而重试作业毫无含义时,可能会出现这种情况。\n"
+"<br>\n"
"存在以下错误策略:<br>\n"
-"停止打印机并保留任务以供未来打印。<br>\n"
-"在等待过后 (默认 30 秒) 重头重新发送任务。<br>\n"
-"终止并删除任务,继续下一个任务。\n"
+"停止打印机并保留作业以供将来打印。<br>\n"
+"等待一段时间(默认情况下为 30 秒)后\n"
+"从头开始重新发送作业。<br>\n"
+"中止并删除作业,然后继续下一作业。\n"
"</p>"
#. Autoconfig help 1/2:
@@ -3176,10 +3235,18 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>自动配置本地连接上的打印机</big></b><br>\n"
-"选中复选框以为自动连接到本地主机的打印机运行 YaST 的自动配置。<br>\n"
-"YaST 为每个自动检测到的本地连接上的打印机测试是否已有配置。如果没有,YaST 尝试为打印机查找一个匹配的驱动以自动配置打印机。<br>\n"
-"最终的配置基本上和用户在 '添加新打印机配置' 对话框中选中了自动检测到的打印机并接受了预设值的配置相同。\n"
+"<b><big>对本地连接的打印机进行自动配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"选中该复选框可为连接到本地主机的打印机\n"
+"运行 YaST 的自动配置进程。<br>\n"
+"YaST 会为每个自动检测到的\n"
+"本地连接打印机测试是否已有配置。\n"
+"如果没有,\n"
+"YaST 会尝试为打印机查找一个匹配的驱动程序\n"
+"以自动配置打印机。<br>\n"
+"最终的配置基本上和用户\n"
+"在“添加新打印机配置”对话框中\n"
+"选中了自动检测到的打印机\n"
+"并接受了预设值的配置相同。\n"
"</p>"
#. Autoconfig help 2/2:
@@ -3204,14 +3271,21 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>自动配置 USB 打印机</big></b><br>\n"
-"RPM 软件包 'udev-configure-printer' 为插入的 USB 打印机提供自动配置。<br>\n"
-"当它的复选框初始未选中时,它没有安装。当您选中它时,它将被安装。<br>\n"
-"当它的复选框初始选中时,它已经安装。当您取消选中时,它将被卸载。<br>\n"
-"当已安装了 udev-configure-printer 时,自动 USB 打印机配置通过 udev 配置文件"
-" /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules 的条目执行,该条目在有 USB 打印机插入时会触发运行"
-" 'udev-configure-printer add',有 USB 打印机拔出时会触发运行 'udev-configure-printer"
-" remove'。该文件没有可调整的设置,除非用户手动编辑 70-printers.rules 文件。\n"
+"<b><big>USB 打印机的自动配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"RPM 包 udev-configure-printer 可为\n"
+"插入的 USB 打印机提供自动配置。<br>\n"
+"如果该包的复选框初始未选中,表明尚未安装它。\n"
+"您可以选中它加以安装。<br>\n"
+"如果该包的复选框初始已选中,表明它已经安装。\n"
+"您可以取消选中该复选框,将其去除。<br>\n"
+"如果已安装了 udev-configure-printer,\n"
+"自动 USB 打印机配置通过 udev 配置文件\n"
+"/lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules 中的条目执行,\n"
+"该条目在有 USB 打印机插入时会触发\n"
+"“udev-configure-printer add”的运行,\n"
+"当有 USB 打印机拔出时会触发“udev-configure-printer remove”的运行\n"
+"。udev-configure-printer 没有可调整的设置,\n"
+"除非用户手动更改 70-printers.rules 文件。\n"
"</p>"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -3239,56 +3313,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr "显示"
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "本地(&L)"
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "远程(&R)"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "配置"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名称"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr "位置"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr "默认值"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "状态"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "刷新列表(&F)"
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr "打印测试页(&T)"
@@ -3298,16 +3372,15 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
-"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not"
-" accessible.\n"
+"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
"A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n"
msgstr ""
-"需要一个本地运行的 CUPS 守护程序,但看来它不能被访问。\n"
-"使用 'lpstat -h localhost -r' 检查本地的 cupsd 是否可以访问。\n"
-"一个不可访问的 cupsd 会导致将来出现无尽的错误。\n"
+"需要一个本地运行的 CUPS 守护程序,但它似乎无法访问。\n"
+"请使用“lpstat -h localhost -r”检查本地的 cupsd 是否可以访问。\n"
+"一个不可访问的 cupsd 会导致以后出现无尽的错误。\n"
#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631).
@@ -3315,7 +3388,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -3327,91 +3400,90 @@
"If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n"
"the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n"
msgstr ""
-"CUPS 守护精灵似乎没有监听官方 IANA IPP 端口 (631)。\n"
-"使用 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' 来检查 cupsd 是否在监听该端口。\n"
-"当 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中有 'Listen ....1234' 或者 'Port 1234' 设置 (1234 意味着除了官方端口"
-" 631 以外的任何端口号) 时 (也检查下有没有 'BrowsePort 1234') 才会发生。\n"
-"YaST 打印机模块不支持非官方端口,使用非官方端口会导致未来无尽的错误。\n"
-"如果你真的必须使用非官方端口的话,您就不能使用 YaST 打印机模块来配置您的打印机。\n"
+"CUPS 守护程序似乎没有侦听官方 IANA IPP 端口 (631)。\n"
+"请使用“netstat -nap | grep cupsd”检查 cupsd 是否在侦听该端口。\n"
+"当 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中有“Listen ...:1234”或者“Port 1234”设置\n"
+"(1234 意味着除了官方端口 631 以外的任何端口号)时\n"
+"才会发生(也检查下有没有“BrowsePort 1234”)。\n"
+"YaST 打印机模块不支持非官方端口,\n"
+"使用非官方端口会导致以后出现无尽的错误。\n"
+"如果您确实必须使用非官方端口,\n"
+"就不能使用 YaST 打印机模块来配置您的打印机。\n"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
"正在运行一些 CUPS 服务器连接性测试...\n"
-"(这可能花费一些时间)"
+"(这可能会花费一些时间)"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
-msgstr "不再使用无法访问的 CUPS 服务器 '%1'?"
+msgstr "不再使用无法访问的 CUPS 服务器“%1”?"
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
-msgstr "您应该同意不再使用 '%1' 才能继续进行。"
+msgstr "您应该同意不再使用“%1”才能继续进行。"
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
-msgid ""
-"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
-msgstr "无法访问的服务器会导致将来无尽的错误。"
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
+msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
+msgstr "无法访问的服务器会导致以后出现无尽的延迟和错误。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "CUPS 服务器 %1"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
-msgstr "正在检测打印服务器是否可访问..."
+msgstr "正在测试 CUPS 服务器是否可访问..."
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "请选择一项。"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "无法删除"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
-msgid ""
-"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
-msgstr "这是远程配置。仅本地配置可以被删除。"
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
+msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
+msgstr "这是远程配置。只能删除本地配置。"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "确认删除"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
-msgid ""
-"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be"
-" restored."
-msgstr "选定配置会被立即删除且无法恢复。"
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
+msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
+msgstr "将立即删除所选配置,且无法恢复。"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "删除配置 %1"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
-msgstr "不删除"
+msgstr "不删除它"
#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because
#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes
@@ -3420,72 +3492,70 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "确认删除一个类"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr "此工具不能重新创建一个已被删除的类。"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
-msgstr "拒绝打印任务"
+msgstr "正在拒绝打印作业"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
-msgstr "无法打印测试页,打印机任务被拒绝。"
+msgstr "无法打印测试页,因为打印作业已被拒绝。"
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "打印输出已禁用"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
-msgstr "无法打印测试页,因为打印输出被禁用。"
+msgstr "无法打印测试页,因为打印输出已禁用。"
#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue.
#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
-msgid ""
-"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is"
-" printed."
-msgstr "有可能在打印测试页前被删除的等待中的任务。"
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
+msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
+msgstr "在打印测试页前有待发打印任务,您可以选择删除它们。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
-msgstr "为 %1 删除等待中的打印任务"
+msgstr "为 %1 删除等待中的打印作业"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr "在打印测试页前删除它们"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
-msgstr "在其它任务完成后打印测试页"
+msgstr "在其他作业完成后打印测试页"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
-msgstr "删除 %1 所有等待中的任务失败。"
+msgstr "未能删除 %1 的所有待发任务。"
#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see
#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617
@@ -3502,56 +3572,56 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
-msgstr "测试打印"
+msgstr "测试打印输出"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
-msgstr "打印一到两页来测试全双工打印"
+msgstr "打印一到两页来测试双面打印"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
-msgstr "单一测试页"
+msgstr "单张测试页"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr "两张测试页"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
-msgstr "为 %1 打印测试页失败。"
+msgstr "无法打印 %1 的测试页。"
#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues)
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
-msgstr "等待打印测试页完成"
+msgstr "等待测试页打印完成"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
-msgstr "发送测试页到 %1。应该很快开始打印。"
+msgstr "已向 %1 发送测试页。很快就会开始打印。"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr "测试页打印成功"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
-msgstr "测试打印失败"
+msgstr "测试页打印失败"
#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing
#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now.
@@ -3569,66 +3639,62 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
-msgstr "有可能立即被删除的等待中的打印任务。"
+msgstr "现在有可能要删除的待发打印任务。"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
-msgstr "删除所有等待中的任务"
+msgstr "删除所有等待中的作业"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
-msgstr "不删除"
+msgstr "不删除它们"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
-msgstr "完整日志请见 /var/log/cups/error_log 文件。"
+msgstr "完整日志,请见 /var/log/cups/error_log 文件。"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
-msgid ""
-"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
-msgstr "处理 %1 的测试页的 CUPS 日志信息 (仅英文)"
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
+msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
+msgstr "处理 %1 的测试页的 CUPS 日志信息(仅英文)"
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
-msgstr "CUPS 日志信息见 /var/log/cups/error_log 文件。"
+msgstr "CUPS 日志信息,见 /var/log/cups/error_log 文件。"
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
-msgid ""
-"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote"
-" system."
-msgstr "当通过远程系统打印失败时,您或许可以询问远程系统管理员。"
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
+msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
+msgstr "当通过远程系统打印失败时,您可以咨询远程系统管理员。"
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
-msgstr "添加一项配置与远程 CUPS 服务器设定相冲突。"
+msgstr "远程 CUPS 服务器设置与添加配置冲突。"
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "无法修改"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
-msgid ""
-"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
-msgstr "这是远程配置。仅可以修改本地配置。"
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
+msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
+msgstr "这是远程配置。只能修改本地配置。"
#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy
#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to
#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing:
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45
msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing"
-msgstr "停止打印机但保留任务供将来打印"
+msgstr "停止打印机并保留作业以供将来打印"
#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy
#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to
@@ -3636,14 +3702,14 @@
#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed):
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52
msgid "re-send the job after waiting some time"
-msgstr "稍候重新发送任务"
+msgstr "等待一段时间后重新发送作业"
#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy
#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to
#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job:
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58
msgid "abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job"
-msgstr "放弃并删除任务,继续下一个任务"
+msgstr "中止并删除作业,然后继续下一作业"
#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy:
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77
@@ -3657,7 +3723,7 @@
#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term:
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93
msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations"
-msgstr "应用错误策略到所有本地打印机配置(&A)"
+msgstr "将此错误策略应用于所有本地打印机配置(&A)"
#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy:
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101
@@ -3671,32 +3737,30 @@
#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term:
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113
msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations"
-msgstr "应用此操作策略到所有本地打印机配置(&P)"
+msgstr "将此操作策略应用于所有本地打印机配置(&P)"
#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139
-msgid ""
-"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local"
-" system."
-msgstr "一个远程 CUPS 服务器设定与本地系统的设定策略冲突。"
+msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system."
+msgstr "远程 CUPS 服务器设置与本地系统的设置策略冲突。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name.
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331
msgid "Failed to apply the policy to '%1'"
-msgstr "应用策略到“%1”失败"
+msgstr "将策略应用于“%1”失败"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value.
#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354
msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
-msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设定 'DefaultPolicy %1' 失败"
+msgstr "未能设置 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中的“DefaultPolicy %1”"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value.
#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373
msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
-msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设定 'ErrorPolicy %1' 失败"
+msgstr "未能设置 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中的“ErrorPolicy %1”"
#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step
#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp).
@@ -3717,7 +3781,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037
msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system."
-msgstr "应用设置到系统失败。"
+msgstr "未能将设置应用于系统。"
#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select
#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers:
@@ -3730,14 +3794,14 @@
#. all remote CUPS servers:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56
msgid "accept all announcements from anywhere"
-msgstr "接受来自其他位置的所有打印机声明"
+msgstr "接受来自任何位置的所有声明"
#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select
#. that printer information is accepted from
#. remote CUPS servers in the local network:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60
msgid "accept from all hosts in the local network"
-msgstr "接受本地网络中的所有主机的打印机声明"
+msgstr "接受本地网络中的所有主机的声明"
#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select
#. that printer information is accepted only from
@@ -3745,7 +3809,7 @@
#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67
msgid "accept only from the specific addresses below"
-msgstr "只接受如下地址的打印机声明"
+msgstr "只接受如下地址的声明"
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74
msgid "Use CUPS to Print Via Network"
@@ -3754,33 +3818,33 @@
#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81
msgid "&Accept Printer Announcements from CUPS Servers"
-msgstr "接受来自 CUPS 服务器的打印机声明 (&A)"
+msgstr "接受来自 CUPS 服务器的打印机声明(&A)"
#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select
#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers
#. printer information is accepted:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96
msgid "&General Setting"
-msgstr "常规设置(&G)"
+msgstr "一般设置(&G)"
#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally
#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask
#. from where remote printer information is accepted:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121
msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)"
-msgstr "可选 IP 地址或网络/网络掩码(用空格分开)(&N)"
+msgstr "其他 IP 地址或网络/网络掩码(&N)(以空格分隔)"
#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134
msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers"
-msgstr "向 CUPS 服务器请求打印机信息 (&R)"
+msgstr "向 CUPS 服务器请求打印机信息(&R)"
#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter
#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses
#. from where remote printer information is polled:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146
msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)"
-msgstr "查询到的 CUPS 服务器名称或 IP 地址 (以空格分开) (&I)"
+msgstr "轮询到的 CUPS 服务器名称或 IP 地址(&I)(以空格分隔)"
#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly
#. only via one single remote CUPS server:
@@ -3793,7 +3857,7 @@
#. to do all his printing tasks:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170
msgid "&One single CUPS server name or IP Address"
-msgstr "单一服务器名或 IP 地址(&O)"
+msgstr "单一 CUPS 服务器名称或 IP 地址(&O)"
#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server
#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible:
@@ -3804,20 +3868,20 @@
#. or to set up to use a network printer directly:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189
msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly"
-msgstr "使用另一个打印服务器或者直接使用网络打印机"
+msgstr "使用另一台打印服务器或直接使用网络打印机"
#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers"
#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208
msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers"
-msgstr "防火墙可能阻止 CUPS 服务器的打印机声明"
+msgstr "防火墙可以拒绝 CUPS 服务器的打印机声明"
#. Popup::AnyMessage message:
#. Popup::AnyMessage message:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263
msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog."
-msgstr "防火墙设置相关请见本对话框的帮助文本。"
+msgstr "有关防火墙设置,请参见本对话框的帮助文本。"
#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name.
#. Such a client-only config does not make sense:
@@ -3829,24 +3893,24 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391
msgid "Continue regardless that '%1' is not accessible?"
-msgstr "服务器 %1 不可访问,仍然继续?"
+msgstr "“%1”不可访问,是否仍要继续?"
#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when a client-only server is not accessible:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures."
-msgstr "无法访问的服务器会导致将来无尽的错误。"
+msgstr "无法访问的服务器会导致以后出现无尽的错误。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430
msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf."
-msgstr "试图在 /etc/cups/client.conf 设定 'ServerName %1'。"
+msgstr "试图在 /etc/cups/client.conf 中设置“ServerName %1”。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441
msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf."
-msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设定 'ServerName %1' 失败。"
+msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置“ServerName %1”失败。"
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467
@@ -3864,12 +3928,12 @@
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575
msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设定 'Browsing On' 失败。"
+msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置“Browsing On”失败。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow.
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569
msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设定 BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' 失败。"
+msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置 BrowseAllow 值“%1”失败。"
#. but now the user has deactivated it
#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled.
@@ -3879,25 +3943,25 @@
#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597
msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设定 'BrowseAllow none' 失败。"
+msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置“BrowseAllow none”失败。"
#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names.
#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615
msgid "At least one valid CUPS server name must be entered."
-msgstr "至少必须输入一个有效的 CUPS 服务器名称。"
+msgstr "必须至少输入一个有效的 CUPS 服务器名称。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll.
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659
msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
-msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设定 BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' 失败"
+msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置 BrowsePoll 值“%1”失败"
#. but now the user has deactivated it
#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled:
#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684
msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
-msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设定 'BrowsePoll none' 失败"
+msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置“BrowsePoll none”失败"
#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd
#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or
@@ -3916,18 +3980,18 @@
#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727
msgid ""
-"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept"
-" announcements'\n"
+"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n"
"or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n"
"it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..."
msgstr ""
-"在“接收打印机声明”和“不接收声明”间转换时,或在 '从 CUPS 服务器请求打印机信息' 禁用后,\n"
-"一般会花费5分钟时间使已经接收到的信息消失..."
+"在“接受打印机声明”和“不接受声明”间切换时,\n"
+"或在“向 CUPS 服务器请求打印机信息”禁用后,\n"
+"一般会花费 5 分钟时间使已经接收到的信息消失..."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144
msgid "The server '%1' is accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)."
-msgstr "服务器 '%1' 可以通过端口 631 (IPP/CUPS) 访问。"
+msgstr "服务器“%1”可以通过端口 631 (IPP/CUPS) 访问。"
#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64
@@ -3948,7 +4012,7 @@
#. for computers within the local network:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100
msgid "For computers within the &local network"
-msgstr "本地网络中的计算机(&L)"
+msgstr "对于本地网络中的计算机(&L)"
#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111
@@ -3994,28 +4058,25 @@
#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169
msgid "For Specific IP Addresses or Networks"
-msgstr "指定 IP 地址或网络"
+msgstr "针对特定 IP 地址或网络"
#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues
#. for hosts and/or networks:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180
-msgid ""
-"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)"
-msgstr "允许来自这些 IP 地址或网络/网络掩码的访问(用空格分开)(&N)"
+msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)"
+msgstr "允许来自这些 IP 地址或网络/网络掩码的访问(&N)(以空格分隔)"
#. TextEntry to publish local print queues
#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192
-msgid ""
-"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by"
-" space)"
-msgstr "向这些 IP 地址或网络广播地址发布打印机(用空格分开)(&B)"
+msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)"
+msgstr "向这些 IP 地址或网络广播地址发布(&B)(以空格分隔)"
#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default
#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214
msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below."
-msgstr "默认通过以下网络接口发布打印机(&P)。"
+msgstr "默认情况下,通过以下网络接口发布打印机(&P)。"
#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221
@@ -4026,48 +4087,46 @@
#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261
msgid "A firewall may prevent remote access"
-msgstr "防火墙可能屏蔽远程访问"
+msgstr "防火墙可以阻止远程访问"
#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396
msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 设定仅 'Listen localhost' 失败"
+msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置仅侦听 localhost 失败。"
#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406
msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "移除 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中的“Allow”项失败。"
+msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中去除“Allow”项失败。"
#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name.
#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594
msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 移除 'BrowseAddress' 项失败"
+msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中去除“BrowseAddress”项失败。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values.
#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536
msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设定 'Allow' 项 '%1' 失败。"
+msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置 Allow 项“%1”失败。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values.
#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560
msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设定 'BrowseAddress' 项 '%1' 失败。"
+msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置 BrowseAddress 项“%1”失败。"
#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613
msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设定 'Listen *:631' 失败。"
+msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置“Listen *:631”失败。"
#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643
-msgid ""
-"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer"
-" configurations."
-msgstr "一个远程 CUPS 服务器设定与本地打印机共享配置冲突。"
+msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations."
+msgstr "远程 CUPS 服务器设置与共享本地打印机配置冲突。"
#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer.
#. For use with autoinstallation.
@@ -4097,7 +4156,7 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"通过网络上的通用 UNIX 打印系统 (CUPS) 打印的 AutoYaST 设置。<br>\n"
+"AutoYaST 提供的通过网络上的 CUPS 打印的设置。<br>\n"
"AutoYaST 不支持本地打印队列。\n"
"</p>"
@@ -4105,7 +4164,7 @@
#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367
msgid "Retrieving printer driver information..."
-msgstr "正在获取打印机驱动信息..."
+msgstr "正在获取打印机驱动程序信息..."
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
@@ -4114,14 +4173,14 @@
"Retrieving printer driver information...\n"
"(this could take more than a minute)"
msgstr ""
-"正在获取打印机驱动信息...\n"
-"(这可能会花一分多钟的时间)"
+"正在获取打印机驱动程序信息...\n"
+"(这可能需要一分多钟)"
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396
msgid "Failed to create PPD database."
-msgstr "无法创建 PostScript 打印机描述 (PPD) 数据库。"
+msgstr "未能创建 PPD 数据库。"
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
@@ -4163,7 +4222,7 @@
#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses).
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459
msgid "Retrieved Printer Driver Information"
-msgstr "获取的打印机驱动信息"
+msgstr "检索到的打印机驱动程序信息"
#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning.
#. Don't care if this command is successful.
@@ -4179,7 +4238,7 @@
#. The latter results no error.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522
msgid "Failed to detect printers automatically."
-msgstr "未能自动检测打印机。"
+msgstr "未能自动检测到打印机。"
#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above).
#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar
@@ -4202,7 +4261,7 @@
#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678
msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1."
-msgstr "为队列 %1 确定驱动程序参数失败。"
+msgstr "未能确定队列 %1 的驱动程序选项。"
#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see
#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_Pr...:
@@ -4250,7 +4309,7 @@
#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098
msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)."
-msgstr "无法显示打印队列(检测打印队列失败)。"
+msgstr "无法显示打印队列(未能检测到打印队列)。"
#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119
@@ -4280,11 +4339,11 @@
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128
msgid "Rejecting print jobs, printout disabled"
-msgstr "拒绝打印任务,禁用打印输出"
+msgstr "正在拒绝打印作业,打印输出已禁用"
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130
msgid "Rejecting print jobs"
-msgstr "拒绝打印任务"
+msgstr "正在拒绝打印作业"
#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167
@@ -4295,7 +4354,7 @@
#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212
msgid "Failed to autodetect printers."
-msgstr "未能自动检测打印机。"
+msgstr "未能自动检测到打印机。"
#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474
@@ -4307,54 +4366,54 @@
#. button lables and must be translated accordingly:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478
msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'."
-msgstr "尝试 ‘检测更多’ 或使用 ‘连接向导’。"
+msgstr "尝试“检测更多”或使用“连接向导”。"
#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase
#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496
msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database."
-msgstr "创建打印机驱动数据库失败。"
+msgstr "未能创建打印机驱动程序数据库。"
#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected.
#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525
msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here."
-msgstr "选择一个连接,之后匹配的驱动将在此处出现。"
+msgstr "请选择连接,然后此处会显示匹配的驱动程序。"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543
msgid "Determining matching printer drivers..."
-msgstr "正在确定匹配的驱动程序..."
+msgstr "正在确定匹配的打印机驱动程序..."
#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label).
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588
msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'."
-msgstr "未找到匹配的驱动。请更换搜索关键词或尝试 '查找更多'。"
+msgstr "未找到匹配的驱动程序。请更换搜索字符串或尝试“查找更多”。"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613
msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..."
-msgstr "正在处理多个驱动。请稍候..."
+msgstr "正在处理多个打印机驱动程序。请稍候..."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059
msgid "Failed to add queue %1."
-msgstr "添加队列 %1 失败。"
+msgstr "未能添加队列 %1。"
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179
msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1."
-msgstr "删除配置 %1 失败。"
+msgstr "未能删除配置 %1。"
#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case
#. which should not happen at all:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202
msgid "Failed to determine the driver options."
-msgstr "确定驱动程序参数失败。"
+msgstr "未能确定驱动程序选项。"
#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209
@@ -4364,11 +4423,11 @@
#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211
msgid "saved value"
-msgstr "保存值"
+msgstr "保存的值"
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358
msgid "The server '"
-msgstr "服务器 '"
+msgstr "服务器“"
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
@@ -4381,11 +4440,11 @@
"or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n"
"In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n"
msgstr ""
-"无法运行 hp-setup 因为没有打开图形显示屏幕。\n"
-"这经常在 YaST 运行在文本模式下时发生,或者在\n"
+"无法运行 hp-setup,因为没有打开图形显示。\n"
+"这经常在 YaST 在文本模式下运行时发生,或者在\n"
"运行 YaST 的用户没有设置 DISPLAY 环境变量时发生,\n"
-"又或者在 YaST 进程不允许访问图形显示屏幕时发生。\n"
-"在这种情况下您应该直接以 'root' 用户身份手动运行 hp-setup。\n"
+"又或者在 YaST 进程不允许访问图形显示时发生。\n"
+"在这种情况下,您应该直接以“root”用户身份手动运行 hp-setup。\n"
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
@@ -4395,8 +4454,8 @@
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
"or does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
-"无法运行 hp-setup 由于\n"
-"/usr/bin/hp-setup 不具有可执行权限\n"
+"无法运行 hp-setup,因为\n"
+"/usr/bin/hp-setup 不可执行\n"
"或不存在。\n"
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
@@ -4404,8 +4463,7 @@
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
-"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer"
-" configuration.\n"
+"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
"hp-setup 已启动。\n"
"在继续配置打印机前,您必须完成 hp-setup。\n"
@@ -4419,22 +4477,19 @@
"To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
"Use 'Driver Packages' to install it."
msgstr ""
-"必须安装 RPM 软件包 hplip 才能运行 hp-setup。\n"
-"使用 '驱动软件包' 来安装它。"
+"必须安装 RPM 包 hplip 才能运行 hp-setup。\n"
+"请使用“驱动程序包”来安装它。"
#. Is the package available to be installed?
#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository"
-" available."
-msgstr "未安装必需的包 %1 且没有可用的软件源。"
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available."
+msgstr "未安装必需的包 %1 且无储存库可用。"
#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194
-msgid ""
-"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
-msgstr "未安装必需的软件包 %1 且软件源中没有该软件包。"
+msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
+msgstr "必需的包 %1 未安装且不在储存库中。"
#. Only a simple message because:
#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
@@ -4448,69 +4503,69 @@
#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242
msgid "Remove package %1?"
-msgstr "移除软件包 %1?"
+msgstr "是否删除包 %1?"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278
msgid "Removing package %1 would break dependencies."
-msgstr "移除软件包 %1 将会破坏依赖关系。"
+msgstr "删除包 %1 将会破坏依赖性。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name
#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287
msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?"
-msgstr "移除 %1,即使会破坏依赖关系?"
+msgstr "删除 %1 而不考虑依赖性中断问题吗?"
#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292
msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere."
-msgstr "破坏依赖关系会导致其它地方发生任何故障。"
+msgstr "破坏依赖性会导致其他位置出现任何故障。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309
msgid "Failed to remove package %1."
-msgstr "移除软件包 %1 失败。"
+msgstr "未能删除包 %1。"
#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started
#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335
msgid "Start locally running CUPS daemon"
-msgstr "启动本地运行中的 CUPS 守护精灵"
+msgstr "启动本地正在运行的 CUPS 守护程序"
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337
msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is needed."
-msgstr "需要本地运行中的 CUPS 守护精灵。"
+msgstr "需要有本地正在运行的 CUPS 守护程序。"
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343
msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon"
-msgstr "启动 CUPS 守护精灵失败"
+msgstr "未能启动 CUPS 守护程序"
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432
msgid "No locally running CUPS daemon is accessible."
-msgstr "没有可访问的本地运行中的 CUPS 守护精灵。"
+msgstr "没有可访问的本地运行中 CUPS 守护程序。"
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445
msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot"
-msgstr "在系统引导时启动 CUPS 守护精灵失败"
+msgstr "系统引导时未能启动 CUPS 守护程序"
#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment
#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400
msgid "Restart locally running CUPS daemon"
-msgstr "重启本地运行中的 CUPS 守护精灵"
+msgstr "重启动本地正在运行的 CUPS 守护程序"
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402
msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs."
-msgstr "重启会干扰所有当前活动的打印任务。"
+msgstr "重启动会干扰所有当前活动的打印作业。"
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408
msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon"
-msgstr "重启 CUPS 守护精灵失败"
+msgstr "未能重启动 CUPS 守护程序"
#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because
#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config
@@ -4522,40 +4577,40 @@
"Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n"
"Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n"
msgstr ""
-"重启了 CUPS 守护精灵。\n"
-"等待半分钟让它准备好接受操作指令...\n"
+"已重启动 CUPS 守护程序。\n"
+"请等待半分钟,让它准备好接受操作指令...\n"
#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd
#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439
msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot"
-msgstr "启用开机引导时自动启动 CUPS 守护精灵"
+msgstr "系统引导时可以启动 CUPS 守护程序"
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441
msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot."
-msgstr "目前 CUPS 守护精灵未随系统引导而启动。"
+msgstr "当前,CUPS 守护程序在系统引导时未启动。"
#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment
#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461
msgid "Stop locally running CUPS daemon"
-msgstr "停止本地运行中的 CUPS 守护精灵"
+msgstr "停止本地正在运行的 CUPS 守护程序"
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463
msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs."
-msgstr "停止会干扰所有当前活动的打印任务。"
+msgstr "停止会干扰所有当前活动的打印作业。"
#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup):
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479
msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is still accessible."
-msgstr "本地运行中的 CUPS 守护精灵仍可以访问。"
+msgstr "本地正在运行的 CUPS 守护程序仍可以访问。"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516
msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible."
-msgstr "CUPS 服务器 '%1' 不可访问。"
+msgstr "CUPS 服务器“%1”不可访问。"
#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649
@@ -4566,318 +4621,3 @@
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657
msgid "&Skip waiting"
msgstr "跳过等待(&S)"
-
-#~ msgid "Parallel Port"
-#~ msgstr "并行端口"
-
-#~ msgid "Serial Port"
-#~ msgstr "串行端口"
-
-#~ msgid "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)"
-#~ msgstr "Novell Netware 打印服务器 (IPX)"
-
-#~ msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)"
-#~ msgstr "Konica Minolta 2300W 和 2400W 的驱动(失去维护)"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b><big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Devices which are connected via the parallel port or via USB\n"
-#~ "are autodetected and the appropriate device URI is autogenerated.\n"
-#~ "For example:<br>\n"
-#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n"
-#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
-#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
-#~ "Usually only the autogenerated device URIs work.\n"
-#~ "When the device is not autodetected, there is usually no communication\n"
-#~ "with the device possible and no data can be sent to the device.<br>\n"
-#~ "To access a HP printer or all-in-one device via the backend 'hp',\n"
-#~ "the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n"
-#~ "The package provides HP's printing and scanning software HPLIP.<br>\n"
-#~ "In contrast devices which are connected via serial port or bluetooth\n"
-#~ "are not autodetected so that the device URI must be manually specified.\n"
-#~ "The serial device URI parameters must comply with\n"
-#~ "what the serial port in the printer requires,\n"
-#~ "see the manual of your serial printer.\n"
-#~ "Example device URIs:<br>\n"
-#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
-#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
-#~ "To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n"
-#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n"
-#~ "to a bluetooth printer.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b><big>直连设备的设备 URI, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-21 14:27+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module
#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45
@@ -34,7 +28,7 @@
msgid ""
"Installation of required packages\n"
"failed."
-msgstr "安装所需软件包失败。"
+msgstr "安装所需包失败。"
#. command line help text for the kiwi module
#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48
@@ -59,7 +53,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for create-config action
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78
msgid "Create new product configuration"
-msgstr "创建新产品配置"
+msgstr "新建产品配置"
#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85
@@ -74,7 +68,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for show action
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99
msgid "Show the summary of selected configuration"
-msgstr "显示所选配置摘要"
+msgstr "显示所选配置的摘要"
#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107
@@ -84,32 +78,32 @@
#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114
msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source."
-msgstr "签名源代码所需的 GPG 密码。"
+msgstr "对源进行签名所需的 GPG 通行口令。"
#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121
msgid "File with GPG passphrase required for signing the source"
-msgstr "签名源代码所需的 GPS 密码文件"
+msgstr "具有用于对源进行签名所需的 GPG 通行口令的文件"
#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129
msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1)"
-msgstr "配置文件路径 (默认为 %1)"
+msgstr "配置文件路径(默认值为 %1)"
#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136
msgid "Path to the output directory"
-msgstr "输出文件夹路径"
+msgstr "输出目录路径"
#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144
msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree"
-msgstr "输出应为 ISO 映像而不是目录树"
+msgstr "输出应为 ISO 映像,不应为目录树"
#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150
msgid "Name of the output ISO image"
-msgstr "输出 ISO 映像名称"
+msgstr "输出 ISO 映像的名称"
#. command line help text for 'savespace' option
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157
@@ -119,27 +113,27 @@
#. command line help text for 'profile' option
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile"
-msgstr "AutoYaST 方案路径"
+msgstr "AutoYaST 配置文件路径"
#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170
msgid "Copy AutoYaST profile to CD image"
-msgstr "复制 AutoYaST 方案到 CD 映像"
+msgstr "将 AutoYaST 配置文件复制到 CD 映像"
#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176
msgid "Path to isolinux.cfg file"
-msgstr "isolinux.cfg 文件路径"
+msgstr "到 isolinux.cfg 文件的路径"
#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183
msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product"
-msgstr "用来签名产品的 GPG 密钥 ID"
+msgstr "用于对产品签名的 GPG 密钥 ID"
#. command line help text for 'repositories' option
#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190
msgid "List of package repositories (separated by commas)"
-msgstr "软件包源列表 (用逗号分隔)"
+msgstr "包储存库列表(用逗号分隔)"
#. command line error message
#. command line error message
@@ -151,22 +145,22 @@
#. command line error message, %1 is a name
#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86
msgid "There is no configuration %1."
-msgstr "不存在配置 %1。"
+msgstr "没有配置 %1。"
#. command line error message
#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104
msgid "Path to output directory is missing."
-msgstr "缺少输出文件夹路径。"
+msgstr "缺少到输出目录的路径。"
#. command line error message
#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116
msgid "List of package repositories is empty."
-msgstr "软件包源列表是空的。"
+msgstr "包储存库列表为空。"
#. command line error message
#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124
msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile is missing."
-msgstr "缺少 AutoYaST 方案路径。"
+msgstr "缺少到 AutoYaST 配置文件的路径。"
#. command line error message
#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164
@@ -176,12 +170,12 @@
#. Command line handler for Create ISO action
#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233
msgid "Loading configuration %1..."
-msgstr "正在加载配置 %1..."
+msgstr "正在装载配置 %1..."
#. command line error message
#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240
msgid "Cannot load configuration %1."
-msgstr "无法加载配置 %1。"
+msgstr "无法装载配置 %1。"
#. command line error message (%1 is path)
#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290
@@ -196,7 +190,7 @@
#. command line error message
#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303
msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty."
-msgstr "配置名称不能为空。"
+msgstr "配置名称不得为空。"
#. summary caption
#. summary caption
@@ -204,12 +198,12 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904
msgid "Package Source"
-msgstr "软件包来源"
+msgstr "包源"
#. summary line (%1 is file path)
#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369
msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1"
-msgstr "使用 AutoYaST 方案 %1"
+msgstr "正在使用 AutoYaST 配置文件 %1"
#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path)
#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path)
@@ -221,19 +215,19 @@
#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path)
#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389
msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2"
-msgstr "正在创建目录树于 %1/%2"
+msgstr "正在 %1/%2 中创建目录树"
#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined)
#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412
msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2"
-msgstr "使用 GPG 密钥 %1%2 对介质进行数字签名"
+msgstr "使用 GPG 密钥 %1%2 对媒体进行数字签名"
#. summary text
#. summary text
#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990
msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed"
-msgstr "将不会对介质进行数字签名"
+msgstr "媒体将不会进行数字签名"
#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc...
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100
@@ -243,14 +237,15 @@
"\n"
"Kiwi cannot create images for different architectures."
msgstr ""
-"当前配置的目标架构 (%1) 不匹配系统架构 (%2)。\n"
+"当前配置的目标体系结构 (%1)\n"
+"与系统体系结构 (%2) 不匹配。\n"
"\n"
-"Kiwi 无法为不同架构创建映像。"
+"Kiwi 无法为不同的体系结构创建映像。"
#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133
msgid "Product Creator Configuration Overview"
-msgstr "产品创建器配置概览"
+msgstr "产品创建者配置概述"
#. Table header
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146
@@ -298,7 +293,7 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022
msgid "Live ISO Image"
-msgstr "Live ISO 映像"
+msgstr "在线 ISO 映像"
#. menu button label
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175
@@ -313,12 +308,12 @@
#. button label
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180
msgid "Directory Tree"
-msgstr "目录树"
+msgstr "目录树 "
#. menu button label
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186
msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..."
-msgstr "使用 KIWI 创建映像(&A)..."
+msgstr "用 KIWI 创建映像(&A)..."
#. TreeDialog
#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data.
@@ -341,33 +336,33 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339
msgid "Copy additional and customized files"
-msgstr "复制补充文件和自定义文件"
+msgstr "复制附加和自定义文件"
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340
msgid "Copy selected packages"
-msgstr "复制所选软件包"
+msgstr "复制所选包"
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344
msgid "Creating skeleton with essential files"
-msgstr "正在使用核心文件创建主干"
+msgstr "正在使用关键文件创建主干"
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345
msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..."
-msgstr "正在将补充文件和自定义文件复制到目录树..."
+msgstr "正在将附加文件和自定义文件复制到目录树..."
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346
msgid "Copying selected packages"
-msgstr "正在复制所选软件包"
+msgstr "正在复制所选包"
#. label
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354
msgid "Sign the source with a GPG key"
-msgstr "使用 GPG 密钥对源代码进行签名"
+msgstr "使用 GPG 密钥对源进行签名"
#. progressbar label
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359
msgid "Signing the source with a GPG key..."
-msgstr "正在使用 GPG 密钥对源代码进行签名..."
+msgstr "正在使用 GPG 密钥对源进行签名..."
#. label
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365
@@ -381,7 +376,7 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375
msgid "Creating ISO image directory..."
-msgstr "正在创建 ISO 映像文件夹..."
+msgstr "正在创建 ISO 映像目录..."
#. redirect the download callbacks
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404
@@ -390,7 +385,7 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449
msgid "ISO image directory ready"
-msgstr "ISO 映像文件夹已就绪"
+msgstr "ISO 映像目录已就绪"
#. if (!Mode::commandline())
#. {
@@ -420,11 +415,11 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373
msgid "Packages"
-msgstr "软件包"
+msgstr "包"
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548
msgid "Missing Packages"
-msgstr "缺失的软件包"
+msgstr "缺少包"
#. combo box label
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552
@@ -437,8 +432,8 @@
"<p>Verify the data in the summary box then\n"
"press Finish to return to main dialog.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>请核对摘要框中的数据,然后\n"
-"按 \"完成\" 返回主对话框。</p>\n"
+"<p>请校验摘要框中的数据,\n"
+"然后按“完成”返回主对话框。</p>\n"
#. caption
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583
@@ -451,7 +446,7 @@
" </p>\n"
" \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>正在校验数据和软件包...\n"
+"<p>正在校验数据和包...\n"
" </p>\n"
" \n"
@@ -461,21 +456,21 @@
"Fix the problem and try again.</p>\n"
" "
msgstr ""
-"<p>若有映像内容缺失将中止进程。\n"
-"请修正问题并重试。</p>\n"
+"<p>如果缺少某些内容,则进程将中止。\n"
+"请解决问题,然后重试。</p>\n"
" "
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600
msgid "Set up Package Source"
-msgstr "设置软件包来源"
+msgstr "设置包源"
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601
msgid "Create Package List"
-msgstr "创建软件包列表"
+msgstr "创建包列表"
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602
msgid "Verify Package Availability"
-msgstr "校验软件包可用性"
+msgstr "校验包可用性"
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603
msgid "Check Destination"
@@ -483,15 +478,15 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607
msgid "Configuring package source..."
-msgstr "正在配置软件包来源..."
+msgstr "正在配置包源..."
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608
msgid "Creating package list..."
-msgstr "正在创建软件包列表..."
+msgstr "正在创建包列表..."
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609
msgid "Verifying package availability..."
-msgstr "正在校验软件包可用性..."
+msgstr "正在校验包可用性..."
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610
msgid "Checking destination..."
@@ -505,20 +500,20 @@
#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true);
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636
msgid "Enabling sources..."
-msgstr "正在启用来源..."
+msgstr "正在启用源..."
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645
msgid "Selecting packages..."
-msgstr "正在选择软件包..."
+msgstr "正在选择包..."
#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667
msgid "Checking packages..."
-msgstr "正在检查软件包..."
+msgstr "正在检查包..."
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675
msgid "Verifying the destination directory..."
-msgstr "正在检验目标文件夹..."
+msgstr "正在校验目标目录..."
#. help text
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785
@@ -528,22 +523,22 @@
#. help text
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787
msgid "<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>编辑</b>修改所选映像配置或创建映像。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>编辑</b>更改所选的映像配置或创建映像。</p>"
#. help text
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791
msgid "<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择<b>删除</b>删除所选配置所在文件夹。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择<b>删除</b>可删除所选配置所在目录。</p>"
#. help text, %1 is directory
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796
msgid "<p>All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>全部映像配置均保存在 <tt>%1</tt> 文件夹。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>所有映像配置都保存在 <tt>%1</tt> 目录中。</p>"
#. main dialog caption
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804
msgid "Image Creator Configuration Overview"
-msgstr "映像创建器配置概览"
+msgstr "映像创建者配置概述"
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812
msgid "Version"
@@ -551,12 +546,12 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812
msgid "Size"
-msgstr "容量"
+msgstr "大小"
#. yes/no popup
#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881
msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?"
-msgstr "现在删除配置 %1 (%2) 吗?"
+msgstr "是否立即删除配置 %1 (%2)?"
#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button
#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button
@@ -577,12 +572,12 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223
msgid "Product Creator Configuration"
-msgstr "产品创建器配置"
+msgstr "产品创建者配置"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202
msgid "Profile Loca&tion:"
-msgstr "方案位置(&T):"
+msgstr "配置文件位置(&T):"
#. push button label
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209
@@ -592,12 +587,12 @@
#. check box label
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218
msgid "Copy Profile to CD I&mage"
-msgstr "复制方案到 CD 映像(&M)"
+msgstr "将配置文件复制到 CD 映像(&M)"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232
msgid "Pac&kage Manager"
-msgstr "软件包管理器(&K)"
+msgstr "包管理器(&K)"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241
@@ -614,20 +609,22 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512
msgid "Enter the name of the configuration."
-msgstr "请输入配置的名称。"
+msgstr "输入配置的名称。"
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319
msgid ""
"A configuration with this name already exists.\n"
" Select a new name.\n"
msgstr ""
-"同名配置已存在。\n"
-"请选择一个新名称。\n"
+"已存在一个具有此名称的配置。\n"
+" 请选择其它名称。\n"
#. error message
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one."
-msgstr "文件 '%1' 不存在。请选择正确的文件。"
+msgstr ""
+"文件“%1”不存在。\n"
+"请选择正确的文件。"
#. abort?
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369
@@ -648,7 +645,7 @@
#. push button label
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "&Select Directory"
-msgstr "选择文件夹(&S)"
+msgstr "选择目录(&S)"
#. radio button label
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443
@@ -678,17 +675,17 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "CD Publisher:"
-msgstr "CD 发行方:"
+msgstr "CD 发行人:"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509
msgid "CD Preparer:"
-msgstr "CD 制作方:"
+msgstr "CD 制作人:"
#. ask for directory widget label
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Select Directory"
-msgstr "选择文件夹"
+msgstr "选择目录"
#. error popup
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562
@@ -698,7 +695,7 @@
#. preselect the first item
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646
msgid "Target Architecture"
-msgstr "目标架构"
+msgstr "目标体系结构"
#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it
#. %1 is URL of the repository
@@ -709,18 +706,18 @@
"does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n"
"Change the target architecture?\n"
msgstr ""
-"来源 %1\n"
-"不支持当前目标架构 (%2)。\n"
-"变更目标架构吗?\n"
+"源 %1\n"
+"不支持当前的目标体系结构 (%2)。\n"
+"是否更改目标体系结构?\n"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802
msgid "Source Selection"
-msgstr "来源选择"
+msgstr "源选择"
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Selected"
-msgstr "已选"
+msgstr "已选择"
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Status"
@@ -734,7 +731,7 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930
msgid "Target architecture: %1"
-msgstr "目标架构:%1"
+msgstr "目标体系结构:%1"
#. push button label
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835
@@ -755,11 +752,11 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078
msgid "Target Architecture: %1"
-msgstr "目标架构:%1"
+msgstr "目标体系结构:%1"
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969
msgid "Select at least one source."
-msgstr "请至少选择一个来源。"
+msgstr "选择至少一个源。"
#. error message
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004
@@ -770,24 +767,26 @@
"Either select a different repository or\n"
"change the target architecture.\n"
msgstr ""
-"所选软件源与机器架构不匹配。\n"
+"所选储存库与计算机\n"
+"体系结构不匹配。\n"
"\n"
-"请要么选择一个不同的软件源,要么变更目标架构。\n"
+"请选择一个不同的储存库,\n"
+"或更改目标体系结构。\n"
#. ask for the target architecture
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045
msgid "Select the new target architecture."
-msgstr "请选择新目标架构。"
+msgstr "请选择新的目标体系结构。"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139
msgid "Base Source Selection"
-msgstr "基础来源选择"
+msgstr "基础源选择"
#. convert the URL to Id
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167
msgid "Selected Base Source"
-msgstr "所选基础来源"
+msgstr "选择基础源"
#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234
@@ -796,7 +795,7 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237
msgid "Load File"
-msgstr "加载文件"
+msgstr "装载文件"
#. Pkg::TargetFinish ();
#. busy message
@@ -804,7 +803,7 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522
#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286
msgid "Reading data from Package Database..."
-msgstr "正在从软件包数据库中读取数据..."
+msgstr "正在读取包数据库中的数据..."
#. popup
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298
@@ -820,7 +819,7 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537
msgid "Reading package database..."
-msgstr "正在读取软件包数据库..."
+msgstr "正在读取包数据库..."
#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
@@ -833,8 +832,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"请从以下<b>基本</b>选集中择一并点击<i>细节<i>以添加\n"
-"更多<b>附加</b>选集和软件包。\n"
+"选择以下<b>基本</b>选择之一,然后单击<i>细节<i>以添加\n"
+"更多的<b>外接式附件</b>选择和包。\n"
"</p>"
#. dialog caption
@@ -851,14 +850,14 @@
"\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-"无法解决依赖关系。\n"
+"无法解析依赖性。\n"
"\n"
"%1\n"
#. refresh table and pushbutton state
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822
msgid "&Digitally Sign the Product on the Medium"
-msgstr "在介质上对产品进行数字签名(&D)"
+msgstr "在媒体上对产品进行数字签名(&D)"
#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected?
#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...")
@@ -869,8 +868,8 @@
"This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>签名</b></big><br>\n"
-"为了使用户能够校验您的产品,请使用一个 GPG 密钥对它进行签名。\n"
-"当该产品被添加为软件源时将会检查该密钥。</p>"
+"要允许用户校验您的产品,请用 GPG 密钥对产品进行签名。\n"
+"当将产品作为储存库添加时,将检查此密钥。</p>"
#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language
#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!)
@@ -878,11 +877,13 @@
msgid ""
"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n"
"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information.</P>"
-msgstr "<p>若未签名产品,YaST 将自动添加 '不安全:1' 选项到 linuxrc 配置文件,否则 linuxrc 将拒绝在引导时加载未签名的安装系统。详情见 http://zh.opensuse.org/Linuxrc。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果未签名产品,YaST 将自动在 linuxrc 配置文件中添加“Insecure:\n"
+"1”选项,否则,linuxrc 将拒绝在引导时装载未签名的安装系统。详情见 http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc。</p>"
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846
msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium"
-msgstr "正在介质上对产品进行签名"
+msgstr "正在媒体上对产品进行签名"
#. Configuration Summary
#. @return [void]
@@ -893,17 +894,17 @@
#. summary line
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917
msgid "Selected %1 packages"
-msgstr "所选 %1 软件包"
+msgstr "选择的 %1 包"
#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925
msgid "Architecture"
-msgstr "架构"
+msgstr "体系结构"
#. summary caption
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935
msgid "Output Directory"
-msgstr "输出文件夹"
+msgstr "输出目录"
#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path)
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952
@@ -918,14 +919,14 @@
#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined)
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981
msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key <b>%1</b>%2"
-msgstr "使用 GPG 密钥 <b>%1</b>%2 对介质进行数字签名"
+msgstr "使用 GPG 密钥 <b>%1</b>%2 对媒体进行数字签名"
#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996
msgid ""
"<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>请核对摘要中的数据,然后按 \"下一步\" 继续。\n"
+"<p>请校验摘要中的数据,然后按“下一步”继续。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. All helps are here
@@ -936,7 +937,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>引导选项</big></b><br>\n"
-"请添加额外引导菜单项并填充引导选项。\n"
+"添加额外引导菜单项和引导选项。\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40
@@ -946,8 +947,8 @@
"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>例如,\n"
-"配置用于自动安装的 CD,并指定安装\n"
-"来源位置。若不确定,请保持该文件不变,那样将使用原始文件。</p>\n"
+"配置 CD 进行自动安装,并指定安装\n"
+"源位置。如果您不能确定,则保留文件不动,并使用原始文件。</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46
@@ -960,8 +961,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
-"现在按<b>中止</b>可安全地中止配置工具。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>终止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
+"请您现在点击<b>终止</b>, 以便安全中断配置公用程序.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54
@@ -988,8 +989,8 @@
"Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n"
"edit those configurations.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>产品创建器配置概览</big></b><br>\n"
-"获取可用配置的概览。还可以编辑\n"
+"<p><b><big>产品创建程序配置概述</big></b><br>\n"
+"获取可用配置的概述。还可以编辑\n"
"这些配置。<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
@@ -1009,7 +1010,7 @@
"Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> respectively.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑或删除:</big></b><br>\n"
-"请选择要修改或删除的配置。\n"
+"请选择要更改或去除的配置。\n"
"然后分别按<b>编辑</b>或<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
#. overview dialog help part 4
@@ -1017,14 +1018,18 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Create Product</b> to create the ISO image or installation\n"
"repository directory with the selected product.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>创建产品</b>创建所选产品的 ISO 映像或安装源文件夹。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>使用<b>创建产品</b>创建所选产品\n"
+"的 ISO 映像或安装储存库目录。</p>"
#. overview dialog help part 5
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various\n"
"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>按<b>使用 KIWI 创建映像</b> 来使用 KIWI 映像系统的多种映像类型,如 Live 介质或 Xen 映像,的外加配置。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>按<b>用 KIWI 创建映像</b>可使用 KIWI 映像系统为各种\n"
+"映像添加配置,如在线媒体或 Xen 映像。</p>"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89
@@ -1033,8 +1038,9 @@
"Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n"
"the packages to add to the ISO image.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>配置名称和软件包</big></b><br>\n"
-"请选择一个配置名称和选择添加到 ISO 映像的软件包的方法。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>配置名称和包</big></b><br>\n"
+"选择配置名称和选择包的方法,将所选的包添加到 ISO 映像\n"
+"中。<br></p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95
@@ -1043,8 +1049,8 @@
"Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<b>AutoYaST 方案</b><p>\n"
-"请选择一个包含软件配置的 AutoYaST 方案。\n"
+"<b>AutoYaST 配置文件</b><p>\n"
+"选择一个包含软件配置的 AutoYaST 配置文件。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4
@@ -1057,9 +1063,11 @@
"creating this CD.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<b>软件包管理器</b><p>\n"
-"使用软件包管理器而不要任何预选的软件包。\n"
-"全部应在安装时被自动选中的软件包都必须基于您创建的 CD 将用于的硬件和架构来手动选择。\n"
+"<b>软件管理器</b><p>\n"
+"使用软件管理器而不预先选定任何包。\n"
+"所有应在安装时自动选中的包都必须\n"
+"基于您创建的 CD 将用于的硬件\n"
+"和体系结构手动选择。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Source selection help 1/2
@@ -1068,8 +1076,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Select Package Sources</big></b><br>\n"
"Select at least one package source.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>选择软件包来源</big></b><br>\n"
-"请至少选择一个软件包来源。<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>选择包源</big></b><br>\n"
+"至少选择一个包源。<br></p>\n"
#. Source selection help 2/2
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114
@@ -1081,10 +1089,12 @@
"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n"
"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>目标架构</big></b><br>\n"
-"创建一个与您当前正在用其工作的机器架构不同的产品是可行的。\n"
-"全部所选软件源必须支持该目标架构。<br>\n"
-"<b>注意:</b>KIWI 尚未支持不同架构,若您意图用当前配置创建出一个 KIWI 映像,就不要修改架构。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>目标体系结构</big></b><br>\n"
+"您可以创建一个适用于与您当前所使用计算机\n"
+"体系结构不同的计算机体系结构的产品。\n"
+"全部所选储存库必须支持该目标体系结构。<br>\n"
+"<b>注意:</b>KIWI 尚不支持其他体系结构,如果您意图用\n"
+"当前配置创建出一个 KIWI 映像,就不要更改体系结构。</p>\n"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123
@@ -1095,10 +1105,10 @@
"space.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>ISO 文件夹和映像</big></b><br>\n"
-"请输入一个位置,将在其中创建主干文件夹。\n"
-"全部所需文件均将被复制到此文件夹中。\n"
-"请选择具有足够磁盘空间的位置。\n"
+"<p><b><big>ISO 目录和映像</big></b><br>\n"
+"输入在其中创建主干目录的位置。所有需要的\n"
+"文件都将被复制到此目录中。选择具有足够磁盘空间\n"
+"的位置。\n"
"<br></p>\n"
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3
@@ -1108,7 +1118,8 @@
"creating an ISO image at a later time.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>创建一个 ISO 映像,或创建一个适合于稍后创建 ISO 映像的文件夹。\n"
+"<p>创建一个 ISO 映像,或创建一个\n"
+"适合于稍后创建 ISO 映像的目录。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3
@@ -1118,7 +1129,7 @@
"to the skeleton. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若要节省空间,请勾选此选框以仅复制所需文件到主干下。\n"
+"<p>为了节省空间,请对此复选框进行相应选择,以便仅将需要的文件复制到主干。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4
@@ -1133,13 +1144,14 @@
"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n"
"bootable.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>必须将一个所用到的软件源标记为基础产品。\n"
-"基础产品软件源应是可引导的,以保证新创建的产品也是可引导的。</p>\n"
+"<p>所用的储存库之一必须标记为基础产品。该基础\n"
+"产品储存库应可以引导,以便确保新创建的产品也\n"
+"可以引导。</p>\n"
#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153
msgid "<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>其它软件源将被用作基础软件源的附加源。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>其他储存库将用作基础储存库的附加项。</p>"
#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4
#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157
@@ -1148,43 +1160,44 @@
"the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n"
"repository from the list.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>产品创建器会解决所选产品的依赖关系并提议基础产品。\n"
-"若 (您认为) 提议的值不正确,可从列表中选择正确的基础软件源。</p>\n"
+"<p>产品创建器会解析所选产品的依赖性并提议基础产品。\n"
+"如果提议的值不正确,请从列表中\n"
+"选择正确的基础储存库。</p>\n"
#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...)
#. combo box label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610
msgid "Packages for Image"
-msgstr "映像中的软件包"
+msgstr "映像包"
#. combo box label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621
msgid "Bootstrap"
-msgstr "引导"
+msgstr "引导 (BOOTP)"
#. combo box label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624
msgid "Xen Specific Packages"
-msgstr "Xen 相关软件包"
+msgstr "Xen 特定包"
#. richtext header
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361
msgid "Patterns"
-msgstr "软件集"
+msgstr "模式"
#. label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419
msgid "&Ignored Software"
-msgstr "已忽略软件(&I)"
+msgstr "已忽略的软件(&I)"
#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466
msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image"
-msgstr "要刻入引导映像的软件包"
+msgstr "要包含在引导映像中的包"
#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575
@@ -1193,13 +1206,14 @@
"are also included in the list for deletion.\n"
"Continue anyway?"
msgstr ""
-"一些已选的待安装软件包也被纳入了待删除列表。\n"
-"依然继续吗?"
+"为安装选择的某些包\n"
+"也包含在删除列表中。\n"
+"是否仍继续?"
#. combo box label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613
msgid "Packages to Delete"
-msgstr "待删除软件包"
+msgstr "要删除的包"
#. combo box label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627
@@ -1209,12 +1223,12 @@
#. combo box label, %1 is profile name
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634
msgid "Image, Profile %1"
-msgstr "映像,方案 %1"
+msgstr "映像,配置文件 %1"
#. combo box label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644
msgid "Include in Boot Image"
-msgstr "刻入引导映像"
+msgstr "在引导映像中包含"
#. popup label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086
@@ -1234,12 +1248,12 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094
msgid "&Home Directory"
-msgstr "家目录(&H)"
+msgstr "用户主目录(&H)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096
msgid "&UID"
-msgstr "用户编号(&UID)"
+msgstr "UID(&U)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099
@@ -1249,7 +1263,7 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101
msgid "&GID"
-msgstr "用户组编号(&GID)"
+msgstr "GID(&G)"
#. popup label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138
@@ -1259,7 +1273,7 @@
#. popup message
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150
msgid "Enter the user name."
-msgstr "请输入用户名。"
+msgstr "输入用户名。"
#. popup message
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156
@@ -1267,7 +1281,7 @@
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
-"密码不匹配。\n"
+"口令不匹配。\n"
"请重试。"
#. popup for file selection dialog
@@ -1275,22 +1289,22 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377
msgid "Directory to Import"
-msgstr "要导入的文件夹"
+msgstr "要导入的目录"
#. popup for file selection dialog
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347
msgid "Script to Import"
-msgstr "要导入的脚本"
+msgstr "要导入的底稿"
#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate)
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Path to root Directory"
-msgstr "root 文件夹路径"
+msgstr "根目录路径"
#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate)
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401
msgid "Path to config Directory"
-msgstr "配置文件夹路径"
+msgstr "config 目录路径"
#. removing 'import_' button id prefix
#. popup for file selection dialog
@@ -1306,19 +1320,19 @@
#. generic popup
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460
msgid "Feature not implemented yet."
-msgstr "功能尚未实现。"
+msgstr "尚未实现的功能。"
#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after
#. deleting some repository)
#. return true if there was no conflict
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476
msgid "Checking packages availability..."
-msgstr "正在检查软件包可用性..."
+msgstr "正在检查包可用性..."
#. do not check bootinclude packages
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508
msgid "Missing packages"
-msgstr "缺失的软件包"
+msgstr "缺少包"
#. popup text
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513
@@ -1331,23 +1345,23 @@
"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>来自部分 \"%1\" 的软件包在所选软件源中不可用:</p>\n"
+"<p>所选储存库中没有“%1”部分指定的包:</p>\n"
"<p>%2。</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"要么检查详细软件包选集并从该部分中移除软件包,要么忽略此窘境。</p>\n"
+"请检查详细包选择并从该部分中去除包,或忽略此状况。</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"前往详细软件包选集并不做修改地接受视图将导致从该部分中移除有问题的软件包。\n"
+"转至详细包选择屏幕并不做更改地接受视图将导致从该部分中去除有问题的包。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. button label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528
msgid "Remove Packages"
-msgstr "移除软件包"
+msgstr "去除包"
#. button label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530
msgid "Check Package Selection"
-msgstr "检查软件包选择"
+msgstr "检查包选择"
#. button label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534
@@ -1361,17 +1375,17 @@
#. popup question
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651
msgid "Create ISO image now?"
-msgstr "创建 ISO 映像吗?"
+msgstr "是否立即创建 ISO 映像?"
#. popup question
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653
msgid "Create Xen image now?"
-msgstr "创建 Xen 映像吗?"
+msgstr "是否立即创建 Xen 映像?"
#. popup question
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655
msgid "Create virtual disk image now?"
-msgstr "创建虚拟磁盘映像吗?"
+msgstr "是否立即创建虚拟磁盘映像?"
#. popup message, %1 is a dir
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660
@@ -1380,9 +1394,9 @@
"%1\n"
"directory."
msgstr ""
-"ISO 映像成功创建于\n"
+"已在\n"
"%1\n"
-"文件夹。"
+"目录中成功创建 ISO 映像。"
#. popup message, %1 is a dir
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666
@@ -1391,9 +1405,9 @@
"%1\n"
"directory.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Xen 映像文件成功创建于\n"
+"已在\n"
"%1\n"
-"文件夹。\n"
+"目录中成功创建 Xen 映像文件。\n"
#. popup message, %1 is a dir
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672
@@ -1402,16 +1416,16 @@
"%1\n"
"directory."
msgstr ""
-"虚拟磁盘映像成功创建于\n"
+"已在\n"
"%1\n"
-"文件夹。"
+"目录中成功创建虚拟磁盘映像。"
#. popup label
#. default question
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748
msgid "Create image now?"
-msgstr "创建映像吗?"
+msgstr "是否立即创建映像?"
#. default popup message, %1 is a dir
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778
@@ -1420,14 +1434,14 @@
"%1\n"
"directory."
msgstr ""
-"映像成功创建于\n"
+"已在\n"
"%1\n"
-"文件夹。"
+"目录中成功创建映像。"
#. busy popup
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821
msgid "Reading current image configuration..."
-msgstr "正在读取当前映像配置..."
+msgstr "正在读当前的映像配置..."
#. tab header
#. default dialog caption
@@ -1438,12 +1452,12 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178
msgid "Installed Software"
-msgstr "已安装软件"
+msgstr "已安装的软件"
#. tab header
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204
msgid "Description"
-msgstr "描述"
+msgstr "说明"
#. frame label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217
@@ -1458,17 +1472,17 @@
#. tab header
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259
msgid "Scripts"
-msgstr "脚本"
+msgstr "底稿"
#. informative label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277
msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio."
-msgstr "对于从 Studio 导入的配置已禁止编辑以下文件。"
+msgstr "已禁止编辑下列文件以处理从工作室导入的配置。"
#. tab header
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305
msgid "Directories"
-msgstr "文件夹"
+msgstr "目录"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365
@@ -1480,7 +1494,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\n"
"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>请选择映像<b>压缩</b>的值。这将修改映像类型的<i>旗标</i>值。可用值的解释请参考 kiwi 手册。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>请选择映像<b>压缩</b>的值。这将修改映像类型的<i>标志</i>值。\n"
+"有关可用值的解释,请参考 kiwi 手册。</p>"
#. combo box label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384
@@ -1490,26 +1506,26 @@
#. pusbutton label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407
msgid "Ch&ange..."
-msgstr "修改(&A)..."
+msgstr "更改(&A)..."
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408
msgid "<p>Adapt the software selection with <b>Change</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>修改</b>调整软件选择。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>用<b>更改</b>调整软件选择。</p>"
#. help text for "&Ignored software"
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424
msgid "<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>每行只能输入一个<b>已忽略软件</b>项 (如 'smtp_daemon')。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>每行只能输入一个<b>已忽略软件</b>项(如“smtp_daemon”)。</p>"
#. label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431
msgid "Packages to &Delete"
-msgstr "待删除软件包(&D)"
+msgstr "要删除的包(&D)"
#. help text for "&Ignored software"
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436
msgid "<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>每个<b>待删除软件包</b>项都是一个将要从目标映像卸载的软件包名称。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>要删除的包</b>中的每一项都是要从目标映像卸装的一个包名称。</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443
@@ -1518,7 +1534,7 @@
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Version</b> of your image configuration.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>请输入您映像配置的<b>版本</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>输入映像配置的<b>版本</b>。</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459
@@ -1531,8 +1547,8 @@
"<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n"
"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>以指定的<b>单位</b>来设定映像的<b>大小</b>。\n"
-"若勾选了<b>相加法</b>,<b>大小</b>的含义就不同了:它是映像中可用的最小自由空间。</p>"
+"<p>在<b>单元</b>中指定映像<b>大小</b>。\n"
+"如果选中<b>加性</b>,则<b>大小</b>的含义将有所不同:它是映像上的最小可用空间。</p>"
#. combo box label (MB/GB values)
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473
@@ -1542,22 +1558,22 @@
#. check box label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480
msgid "Additive"
-msgstr "相加法"
+msgstr "加性"
#. check box label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487
msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS"
-msgstr "使用 LUKS(Linux 统一密钥设置) 加密映像"
+msgstr "使用 LUKS 加密映像"
#. help text
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489
msgid "<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> and enter the password.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>要创建一个加密文件系统,请勾选<b>使用 LUKS 加密</b>并输入密码。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要创建一个加密文件系统,请选中<b>使用 LUKS 加密映像</b>并输入口令。</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500
msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password"
-msgstr "加密映像的 LUKS(Linux 统一密钥设置) 密码"
+msgstr "加密映像 LUKS 口令"
#. general help for directory structure tab
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513
@@ -1567,37 +1583,37 @@
#. general help for directory structure tab
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520
msgid "<p>Point to the configuration directories for building your image.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>指向您构建映像的配置文件夹。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>指向您构建映像的配置目录。</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527
msgid "Directory with System Configur&ation"
-msgstr "系统配置文件夹(&A)"
+msgstr "系统配置目录(&A)"
#. help text
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531
msgid "<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>定义到 <b>系统配置文件夹</b> (<tt>root</tt> 文件夹) 的路径。整个文件夹都将被 <tt>cp -a</tt> 命令复制进映像树的根目录。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>定义到<b>系统配置目录</b>(<tt>根</tt>目录)的路径。将使用 <tt>cp -a</tt> 把整个目录复制到映像树的根中。</p>"
#. label (above table)
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551
msgid "Directory with System Configuration"
-msgstr "系统配置文件夹"
+msgstr "系统配置目录"
#. table header
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556
msgid "Path to Directory"
-msgstr "文件夹路径"
+msgstr "目录路径"
#. help for table with users
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561
msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>配置<b>系统配置文件夹</b> (<tt>root</tt> 文件夹)。整个文件夹都将被 <tt>cp -a</tt> 命令复制进映像树的根目录。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>配置<b>系统配置目录</b>(<tt>根 tt>目录)。使用 <tt>cp -a</tt> 将整个目录复制到映像树的根中。</p>"
#. label (above table)
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588
msgid "Directory with Scripts"
-msgstr "脚本文件夹"
+msgstr "底稿目录"
#. table header
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593
@@ -1607,12 +1623,12 @@
#. help for table with users
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598
msgid "<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>配置<b>脚本文件夹</b> (<tt>config</tt> 文件夹)。它存放了将在安装完全部映像中的软件包后运行的脚本。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>配置<b>底稿目录</b>(<tt>config</tt> 目录)。它包含在安装所有映像包后运行的底稿。</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627
msgid "Studio Custom Build Script"
-msgstr "Studio 自定义构建脚本"
+msgstr "工作室自定义编译脚本"
#. textentry label
#. textentry label
@@ -1624,20 +1640,20 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645
msgid "I&mage Configuration Script"
-msgstr "映像配置脚本(&M)"
+msgstr "映像配置底稿(&M)"
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646
msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>编辑您的<b>映像配置脚本</b>,叫做 <tt>config.sh</tt>。此脚本将在安装后期软件包脚本运行前运行。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>编辑名为 <tt>config.sh</tt> 的<b>映像配置底稿</b>。此底稿将在安装结束时运行包底稿前运行。</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666
msgid "Pa&th to Directory with Scripts"
-msgstr "脚本文件夹路径(&T)"
+msgstr "底稿目录路径(&T)"
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667
msgid "<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>可选的<b>脚本文件夹</b> (<tt>config</tt> 文件夹) 存放了将在安装完全部映像中的软件包后运行的脚本。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>可选的<b>底稿目录</b>(<tt>config</tt> 目录)包含在安装所有映像包后运行的底稿。</p>"
#. push button label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677
@@ -1647,11 +1663,11 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687
msgid "C&leanup Script"
-msgstr "清理脚本(&L)"
+msgstr "清理底稿(&L)"
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688
msgid "<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>编辑您的<b>清理脚本</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>)。此脚本将在映像创建过程开始时运行。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>编辑<b>清理底稿</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>)。此底稿在映像创建处理开始时运行。</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698
@@ -1666,12 +1682,12 @@
#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711
msgid "<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>设置映像<b>作者</b>,<b>联系信息</b>和映像<b>规范</b>的值。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>为映像的<b>作者</b>、<b>联系人信息</b>和映像<b>规范</b>设置值。</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724
msgid "C&ontact"
-msgstr "联系信息(&O)"
+msgstr "联系人(&O)"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736
@@ -1681,7 +1697,7 @@
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750
msgid "&Locale"
-msgstr "区域(&L)"
+msgstr "区域设置(&L)"
#. help text for locale (heading)
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758
@@ -1691,7 +1707,7 @@
#. help text for locale
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762
msgid "<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>区域</b>值 (例如 <tt>en_US</tt>) 定义了 <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt> 中 RC_LANG 变量的内容。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>区域设置</b>的值(例如 <tt>en_US</tt>)定义 <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt> 中 RC_LANG 变量的内容。</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770
@@ -1701,7 +1717,7 @@
#. help text for keytable
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778
msgid "<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>键盘布局</b>指定了要使用的控制台键盘映射名称。映射文件相关值在 <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>键盘布局</b>指定要使用的控制台键映射名称。其值与 <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt> 中的映射文件对应。</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787
@@ -1711,7 +1727,7 @@
#. help text for timezone
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795
msgid "<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>可以设置一个特定<b>时区</b>。可用时区位于 <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> 文件夹。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>可以设置一个特定<b>时区</b>。可用时区位于 <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> 目录。</p>"
#. general help for users tab
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803
@@ -1721,7 +1737,7 @@
#. table header
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814
msgid "Login Name"
-msgstr "登录名"
+msgstr "登录用户名"
#. table header
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816
@@ -1731,34 +1747,37 @@
#. table header
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818
msgid "UID"
-msgstr "用户编号(UID)"
+msgstr "UID"
#. table header
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820
msgid "Home Directory"
-msgstr "家目录"
+msgstr "用户主目录"
#. table header
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822
msgid "Group"
-msgstr "用户组"
+msgstr "组"
#. table header
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824
msgid "GID"
-msgstr "用户组编号(GID)"
+msgstr "GID"
#. help for table with users
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828
msgid ""
"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and group\n"
"to which the users belongs.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>请为每个用户指定<b>用户名</b>、<b>密码</b>、<b>家目录</b>和用户所属的用户组。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>为每个用户指定<b>名称</b>、<b>口令</b>、<b>用户主目录</b>以及\n"
+"用户所属的组。</p>\n"
+"\n"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911
msgid "Live CD Configuration"
-msgstr "Live CD 配置"
+msgstr "在线 CD 配置"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913
@@ -1783,12 +1802,12 @@
#. help text for kiwi UI preparation
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973
msgid "<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>输入您映像配置的名称。基于列表中的模板或文件夹中的现有配置来创建新配置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>输入映像配置的名称。使新配置基于列表中的模板或基于现有配置的目录。 p>"
#. help text for kiwi UI preparation
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980
msgid "<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>将自定义配置模板放到 <tt>%1</tt> 文件夹。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>将自定义配置模板放在 <tt>%1</tt> 目录下。</p>"
#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988
@@ -1798,17 +1817,17 @@
#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991
msgid "<p>Select <b>Output Directory</b> for the created image.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>为所创建映像选择<b>输出文件夹</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>为创建的映像选择<b>输出目录</b>。</p>"
#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont.
#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994
msgid "<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current system repositories.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>修改将用于创建映像的<b>软件源</b>列表。使用<b>从系统添加</b>来添加一个当前系统软件源。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>修改将用于创建映像的<b>包储存库</b>列表。使用<b>从系统添加, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: proxy\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-06 04:31+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Informative label
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "No details available."
-msgstr "无可用细节。"
+msgstr "无可用的细节。"
#. A push button
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104
@@ -38,7 +33,7 @@
#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "Unknown Error Code"
-msgstr "未知错误代码"
+msgstr "未知的错误代码"
#. Error message,
#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP"
@@ -48,8 +43,8 @@
"An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n"
"Proxy return code: %2.\n"
msgstr ""
-"测试 %1 代理时出错。\n"
-"代理返回代码:%2。\n"
+"在 %1 代理测试时出现错误。\n"
+"代理返回代码:%2.\n"
#. Unknown return code,
#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP,
@@ -59,8 +54,8 @@
"An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n"
"Proxy return code: %2.\n"
msgstr ""
-"测试 %1 代理时出现未知错误。\n"
-"代理返回代码:%2。\n"
+"在 %1 代理测试时出现未知错误。\n"
+"代理返回代码:%2.\n"
#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227
@@ -70,22 +65,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237
msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test."
-msgstr "测试 HTTP 代理时出错。"
+msgstr "在 HTTP 代理测试时出现错误。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test."
-msgstr "测试 HTTPS 代理时出错。"
+msgstr "在 HTTPS 代理测试时出现错误。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test."
-msgstr "测试 FTP 代理时出错。"
+msgstr "在 FTP 代理测试时出现错误。"
#. Popup message
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "Proxy settings work correctly."
-msgstr "代理设置运行正确。"
+msgstr "代理设置正确运行。"
#. Proxy dialog caption
#. Commandline help title
@@ -101,10 +96,10 @@
"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n"
"what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>在此配置您的互联网代理 (缓存) 设置。</p>\n"
-"<p><b>注意:</b>一般建议重登录以让设置生效,\n"
-"然而某些情况下应用程序也可以立即适配新设置。请检查\n"
-"您的应用程序 (网络浏览器,FTP 客户端,...) 的支持情况。</p>"
+"<p>在此配置您的因特网代理(超速缓存)设置。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>注意:</b>一般情况下,建议您重新登录以让设置生效,\n"
+"但某些情况下,应用程序也可以立即适配新设置。请检查\n"
+"您的应用程序(Web 浏览器、FTP 客户端、...)的支持情况。</p>"
#. Proxy dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412
@@ -113,7 +108,7 @@
"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>HTTP 代理 URL</b> 是您访问\n"
-"互联网 (WWW) 的代理服务器的名称。</p>\n"
+"万维网 (WWW) 的代理服务器的名称。</p>\n"
#. Proxy dialog help 3/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416
@@ -121,13 +116,13 @@
"<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n"
"to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>HTTP 代理 URL</b> 是您安全访问\n"
-"互联网 (WWW) 的代理服务器的名称。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>HTTP 代理 URL</b> 是代理服务器的名称,\n"
+"您可以通过该代理服务器安全访问万维网 (WWW)。</p>\n"
#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420
msgid "<p>Example: <i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>"
-msgstr "<p>例如:<i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>"
+msgstr "<p>示例:<i>http://proxy.example.com:3128/</i></p>"
#. Proxy dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422
@@ -135,8 +130,8 @@
"<p><b>FTP Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your access\n"
"to the file transfer services (FTP).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>FTP 代理 URL</b> 是您访问\n"
-"文件传输服务 (FTP) 的代理服务器的名称。</p>"
+"<p><b>FTP 代理 URL</b> 是代理服务器的名称,\n"
+"您可以通过该代理服务器访问文件传送服务 (FTP)。</p>"
#. Proxy dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426
@@ -145,9 +140,9 @@
"enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n"
"(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若您选择了<b>对全部协议使用相同代理</b>,只要\n"
-"填写 HTTP 代理 URL 就足够了。该 URL 将用于全部协议\n"
-"(HTTP、HTTPS 和 FTP)。\n"
+"<p>如果您选择了<b>对所有协议使用同一代理</b>,只要\n"
+"填写 HTTP 代理 URL 就足够了。该 URL 将用于所有协议\n"
+"(HTTP、HTTPS 和 FTP)。\n"
#. Proxy dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433
@@ -156,9 +151,9 @@
"for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n"
"for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>无代理域</b>是不进行缓存而直接对其进行请求的域\n"
-"的以逗号分隔的列表,\n"
-"例如,<i>%1</i>。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>无代理域</b>是不进行缓存而直接对其进行请求的域的列表,\n"
+"列表中各域用逗号分隔,例如\n"
+" <i>%1</i>。</p>\n"
#. Proxy dialog help 7/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442
@@ -167,9 +162,9 @@
"the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n"
"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若您使用了需要认证的代理服务器,请输入\n"
-"<b>代理用户名</b>和<b>代理密码</b>。有效用户名\n"
-"仅由可打印的 ASCII 字符组成 (引号除外)。</p>\n"
+"<p>如果您使用了需要身份验证的代理服务器,请输入\n"
+"<b>代理用户名</b>和<b>代理口令</b>。有效用户名\n"
+"仅由可打印的 ASCII 字符组成(引号除外)。</p>\n"
#. Proxy dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450
@@ -177,7 +172,7 @@
"<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n"
"the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>按<b>测试代理设置</b>来测试\n"
+"<p>按<b>测试代理设置</b>,以测试\n"
"HTTP、HTTPS 和 FTP 代理的当前配置。</p> \n"
#. CheckBox entry label
@@ -193,20 +188,20 @@
#. Text entry label
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL"
-msgstr "&HTTP 代理 URL"
+msgstr "HTTP 代理 URL(&H)"
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481
msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL"
-msgstr "HTTP&S 代理 URL"
+msgstr "HTTPS 代理 URL(&S)"
#. Text entry label
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484
msgid "F&TP Proxy URL"
-msgstr "F&TP 代理 URL"
+msgstr "FTP 代理 URL(&T)"
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols"
-msgstr "对全部协议使用相同代理(&E)"
+msgstr "对所有协议使用同一代理(&E)"
#. Text entry label
#. domains without proxying
@@ -216,7 +211,7 @@
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "Proxy Authentication"
-msgstr "代理认证"
+msgstr "代理身份验证"
#. Text entry label
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513
@@ -226,7 +221,7 @@
#. Password entry label
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521
msgid "Proxy &Password"
-msgstr "代理密码(&P)"
+msgstr "代理口令(&P)"
#. Test Proxy Settings - push button
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533
@@ -239,8 +234,8 @@
"Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n"
"Really use these settings?"
msgstr ""
-"已启用代理,但未指定代理 URL。\n"
-"真的使用这些设置吗?"
+"代理已启用,但未指定代理 URL。\n"
+"确实要使用这些设置吗?"
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628
msgid ""
@@ -250,13 +245,13 @@
"Really use these settings?"
msgstr ""
"安全警告:\n"
-"用户名和密码将不加密地存储到一个全民可读的普通文本文件中。\n"
-"真的使用这些设置吗?"
+"用户名和口令将不加密地储存到一个全民可读的纯文本文件中。\n"
+"确实要使用这些设置吗?"
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643
msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty."
-msgstr "不能只输入密码而留空用户名。"
+msgstr "不能只输入口令而将用户名留空。"
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651
@@ -266,7 +261,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659
msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-msgstr "HTTP 代理 URL 必须包含前缀 (http)。"
+msgstr "HTTP 代理 URL 必须包含模式指定 (http)。"
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668
@@ -276,7 +271,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676
msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-msgstr "HTTPS 代理 URL 必须包含前缀 (https)。"
+msgstr "HTTPS 代理 URL 必须包含模式指定 (http)。"
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687
@@ -286,7 +281,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695
msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-msgstr "FTP 代理 URL 必须包含前缀 (ftp)。"
+msgstr "FTP 代理 URL 必须包含模式指定 (http)。"
#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy
#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705
@@ -298,12 +293,12 @@
"* Fully qualified hostname\n"
"* Domain name prefixed by '.'"
msgstr ""
-"一个或多个无代理域无效。\n"
-"请检查是否全部域都匹配以下某个格式:\n"
+"一个或多个代理域无效。\n"
+"检查所有域是否与以下之一匹配:\n"
"* IP 地址\n"
-"* IP 地址/网关\n"
-"* 完全限定主机名\n"
-"* 以 '.' 开头的域名"
+"* IP 地址/网络掩码\n"
+"* 完全限定的主机名\n"
+"* 前缀为“.”的域名"
#. Return a modification status
#. @return true if data was modified
@@ -340,12 +335,12 @@
#. command-line help
#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51
msgid "Change the current proxy settings"
-msgstr "修改当前代理设置"
+msgstr "更改当前代理设置"
#. command-line help
#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61
msgid "Set the authentication for proxy"
-msgstr "设置代理认证"
+msgstr "设置代理身份验证"
#. command-line help
#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71
@@ -370,28 +365,28 @@
#. command-line option help
#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98
msgid "Clear all options listed"
-msgstr "清空所有列出的选项"
+msgstr "清除所有列出的选项"
#. command-line option help
#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102
msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-msgstr "设置不使用代理设置的域"
+msgstr "设置域以便不使用代理设置"
#. command-line option help
#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109
msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr "将用于代理认证的用户名"
+msgstr "将用于代理身份验证的用户名"
#. command-line option help
#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116
msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication"
-msgstr "将用于代理认证的密码"
+msgstr "将用于代理身份验证的口令"
#. ask the user
#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password
#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233
msgid "Password:"
-msgstr "密码:"
+msgstr "口令:"
#. Popup headline
#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38
@@ -442,9 +437,3 @@
#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447
msgid "FTP Proxy: %1"
msgstr "FTP 代理:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Proxy"
-#~ msgstr "代理"
-
-#~ msgid "&Proxy"
-#~ msgstr "代理(&P)"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/qt-pkg.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/qt-pkg.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/qt-pkg.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,27 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007, 2008.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2009, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: packages-qt\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-21 15:18+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:318
msgid "&Update Problems"
@@ -29,15 +20,15 @@
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:345
msgid "Patter&ns"
-msgstr "软件集(&N)"
+msgstr "模式(&N)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:367
msgid "Package &Groups"
-msgstr "软件包分组(&G)"
+msgstr "包组(&G)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:379
msgid "&RPM Groups"
-msgstr "&RPM 组"
+msgstr "RPM 组(&R)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:392
msgid "&Languages"
@@ -45,7 +36,7 @@
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:408
msgid "&Repositories"
-msgstr "软件源(&R)"
+msgstr "储存库(&R)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:422
msgid "S&earch"
@@ -62,7 +53,7 @@
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:526
msgid "D&escription"
-msgstr "描述(&E)"
+msgstr "说明(&E)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:539
msgid "&Technical Data"
@@ -70,7 +61,7 @@
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:552 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115
msgid "Dependencies"
-msgstr "依赖关系"
+msgstr "依赖性"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:567
msgid "&Versions"
@@ -82,7 +73,7 @@
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:602
msgid "Change Log"
-msgstr "修订历史"
+msgstr "更改日志"
#. "Cancel" button
#. button #0
@@ -117,24 +108,24 @@
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:689
msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes"
-msgstr "退出 -- 丢弃修改(&X)"
+msgstr "退出 -- 放弃更改(&X)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:690
msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes"
-msgstr "退出 -- 保存修改(&Q)"
+msgstr "退出 -- 保存更改(&Q)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:702
msgid "&Package"
-msgstr "软件包(&P)"
+msgstr "包(&P)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149
msgid "All Packages"
-msgstr "全部软件包"
+msgstr "所有包"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:744 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430
msgid "Update if newer version available"
-msgstr "若有较新版本则更新"
+msgstr "如果有较新版本可用,则更新"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:747 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436
@@ -143,7 +134,7 @@
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:761
msgid "&Patch"
-msgstr "补丁(&P)"
+msgstr "增补程序(&P)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:788
msgid "Confi&guration"
@@ -151,15 +142,15 @@
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:789
msgid "&Repositories..."
-msgstr "软件源(&R)..."
+msgstr "储存库(&R)..."
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:790
msgid "&Online Update..."
-msgstr "在线更新(&O)..."
+msgstr "联机更新(&O)..."
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:800
msgid "&Dependencies"
-msgstr "依赖关系(&D)"
+msgstr "依赖性(&D)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:802
msgid "&Check Now"
@@ -171,7 +162,7 @@
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:809
msgid "Install &Recommended Packages"
-msgstr "安装推荐软件包(&R)"
+msgstr "安装推荐的包(&R)"
#. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!)
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822
@@ -181,12 +172,12 @@
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:825
msgid "Show -de&vel Packages"
-msgstr "显示 -de&vel 开发包"
+msgstr "显示 -devel 包(&V)"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:834
msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages"
-msgstr "显示 -&debuginfo/-debugsource 调试包"
+msgstr "显示 -debuginfo/-debugsource 包(&D)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842
msgid "&System Verification Mode"
@@ -194,11 +185,11 @@
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:847
msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages"
-msgstr "删除软件包时清理(&C)"
+msgstr "删除包时清理(&C)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:851
msgid "&Allow vendor change"
-msgstr "允许厂商变化(&A)"
+msgstr "允许供应商更改(&A)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:864
msgid "E&xtras"
@@ -210,7 +201,7 @@
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:867
msgid "Show P&ackage Changes"
-msgstr "显示软件包变动(&A)"
+msgstr "显示包更改(&A)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:868
msgid "Show &History"
@@ -219,25 +210,25 @@
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"!
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:876
msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages"
-msgstr "安装全部匹配的 -&devel 开发包"
+msgstr "安装所有匹配的 -devel 包(&D)"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"!
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:880
msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages"
-msgstr "安装全部匹配的 -de&buginfo 调试包"
+msgstr "安装所有匹配的 -debuginfo 包(&B)"
#. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"!
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883
msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages"
-msgstr "安装全部匹配的 -debug&source 调试包"
+msgstr "安装所有匹配的 -debugsource 包(&S)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:885
msgid "Install All Matching &Recommended Packages"
-msgstr "安装全部匹配的推荐软件包(&R)"
+msgstr "安装所有匹配的推荐包(&R)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:891
msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case"
-msgstr "生成依赖关系解决器试例(&T)"
+msgstr "生成依赖性解析程序测试用例(&T)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911
msgid "&Help"
@@ -248,7 +239,7 @@
#. Menu entry for help overview
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:917
msgid "&Overview"
-msgstr "概览(&O)"
+msgstr "概述(&O)"
#. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons )
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:920
@@ -258,21 +249,21 @@
#. Menu entry for keyboard help
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:923
msgid "&Keys"
-msgstr "按键(&K)"
+msgstr "键(&K)"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1109
msgid "All package dependencies are OK."
-msgstr "全部软件包依赖关系均已满足。"
+msgstr "所有包依赖性都正确。"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1125
msgid "P&atches"
-msgstr "补丁(&A)"
+msgstr "增补程序(&A)"
#. startsWith
#. filter
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1187
msgid "Save Package List"
-msgstr "保存软件包列表"
+msgstr "保存包列表"
#. Post error popup
#. parent
@@ -287,22 +278,22 @@
#. caption
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1227
msgid "Error exporting package list to %1"
-msgstr "将软件包列表导出到 %1 时出错"
+msgstr "将包列表导出到 %1 时出错"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1239
msgid "Load Package List"
-msgstr "加载软件包列表"
+msgstr "加载包列表"
#. caption
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1321
msgid "Error loading package list from %1"
-msgstr "从 %1 加载软件包列表时出错"
+msgstr "从 %1 加载包列表时出错"
#. caption
#. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1423
msgid "%1 packages will be updated"
-msgstr "将更新 %1 个软件包"
+msgstr "将更新 %1 个包"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1424
msgid "&Continue"
@@ -314,15 +305,15 @@
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463
msgid "<p><small>Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>"
-msgstr "<p><small>取消切换</a>系统软件包到软件源 %2 中的版本</small></p>"
+msgstr "<p><small>取消将</a>系统包切换为储存库 %2 中的版本</small></p>"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482
msgid "<p>Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>"
-msgstr "<p>切换系统软件包</a>到该软件源 (%2) 中的版本</p>"
+msgstr "<p>将系统包</a>切换为此储存库 (%2) 中的版本</p>"
#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726
msgid "Added Subpackages:"
-msgstr "添加的子软件包:"
+msgstr "添加的子包:"
#. "OK" button
#. addHStretch( hbox );
@@ -332,15 +323,15 @@
#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165
#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71
msgid "&OK"
-msgstr "好(&O)"
+msgstr "确定(&O)"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:93
msgid "Reset &Ignored Dependency Conflicts"
-msgstr "重置忽略的依赖关系冲突(&I)"
+msgstr "重设置忽略的依赖性冲突(&I)"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:164
msgid "System dependencies verify OK."
-msgstr "系统依赖关系校验成功。"
+msgstr "系统依赖性校验通过。"
#. Translators: RichText ( HTML-like ) format
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:185
@@ -349,19 +340,19 @@
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186
msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>您若知道您正在做什么,您可选择强行安装,自行承担有可能损坏系统而需要手动修复的风险。若您不能完全确定如何处理这种情况,请立即按<b>取消</b>并反选某些软件包。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果您了解要执行的操作,则可以选择无论如何都进行安装,但这样做可能会损坏您的系统,需要手动修复。如果不能确定如何处理这种情况,请立即按<b>取消</b>并取消选择某些包。</p>"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194
msgid "C&ontinue Anyway"
-msgstr "强行继续(&O)"
+msgstr "无论如何都继续(&O)"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:208
msgid "The following items will be changed: "
-msgstr "将修改以下项:"
+msgstr "将更改以下项目:"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:248
msgid "Abandon all changes?"
-msgstr "放弃全部修改吗?"
+msgstr "是否放弃所有更改?"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249
msgid "&Abandon"
@@ -370,11 +361,11 @@
#. Dialog header
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:297 src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:116
msgid "Automatic Changes"
-msgstr "自动变动"
+msgstr "自动更改"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301
msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:"
-msgstr "除了您手选的软件包,还变动了以下软件包以解决依赖关系:"
+msgstr "除了手动选择外,已更改以下包以解决依赖性:"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:412
@@ -384,125 +375,125 @@
#. Dialog header
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:318
msgid "Unsupported Packages"
-msgstr "不支持的软件包"
+msgstr "不支持的包"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322
msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support."
-msgstr "请意识到以下所选软件要么系统不支持,要么需签署额外客户合同才能获得支持。"
+msgstr "请注意,以下所选软件不受支持或需要附加的客户合同才会受支持。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421
msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry."
-msgstr "尚未实现。抱歉。"
+msgstr "尚未实施,很抱歉。"
#. Translators: Headline for help about the package manager in general
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:62
msgid "The YaST Package Manager"
-msgstr "YaST 软件包管理器"
+msgstr "YaST 包管理器"
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65
msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details."
-msgstr "<b>注意:</b>这只是个简短的概览。细节请参考其使用手册。"
+msgstr "<b>注意:</b>这只是个简短概述。有关细节,请参考手册。"
#. Help specific to online update mode
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72
msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install."
-msgstr "在此对话框中,选择要下载并安装的补丁。"
+msgstr "在此对话框中,选择要下载和安装的增补程序。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73
msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size."
-msgstr "左侧列表显示可用补丁及相应的补丁类型 (安全、推荐或可选) 和 (预计) 下载大小。"
+msgstr "左侧列表包含可用增补程序及相应的增补程序类型(安全性、推荐或可选)和(估计的)下载大小。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76
msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list."
-msgstr "此列表通常只包含尚未安装在您的系统上的补丁。可用列表下方<b>包含已安装补丁</b>复选框列出已安装的补丁。"
+msgstr "此列表通常只包含尚未在您的系统上安装的那些增补程序。选中列表下方的<b>包含已安装的增补程序</b>复选框可列出已安装的增补程序。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78
msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here."
-msgstr "<b>补丁描述</b>字段包含当前所选补丁较详细的解释。点击列表中的补丁可在此查看其描述。"
+msgstr "<b>增补程序说明</b>字段包含当前所选增补程序较详细的解释。单击列表中的增补程序可在此处查看其说明。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80
msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies."
-msgstr "右侧软件包列表显示当前所选补丁的内容,即它所补缀的软件包。您不能安装或删除补丁中的单个软件包,只能整体应用补丁。蓄意为之是为了避免系统不协调。"
+msgstr "右侧的包列表显示当前所选增补程序的内容,即它所包含的包。您不能安装或删除增补程序中的单个包,只能将增补程序作为整体进行安装或删除。这样做的目的是为了避免系统出现不一致的情况。"
#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list )
#. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88
msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:"
-msgstr "除了<b>补丁</b>,您还可从左上角的<b>过滤器</b>选择其它过滤视图之一:"
+msgstr "除了<b>增补程序</b>,您还可以从左上角的<b>过滤器</b>中选择其他过滤器视图之一:"
#. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96
msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"."
-msgstr "在此对话框中,选择要安装、更新或删除的软件包。您可选择单个软件包或整个软件包\"选集\"。"
+msgstr "在此对话框中,选择要安装、更新或删除的包。您可以选择单个包或整个包的“精选”。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98
msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu."
-msgstr "点击软件包或选集的状态图标来更改其状态,或右击该图标打开交互菜单。"
+msgstr "单击包或精选的状态图标以更改其状态,或右键单击此图标打开上下文菜单。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100
msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts."
-msgstr "使用<b>检查依赖关系</b>按钮解决软件包依赖关系。某些软件包需要安装其它软件包。某些软件包只有在未安装其它特定软件包时才能安装。此检查将自动标记安装所需软件包,并在发生依赖关系冲突时示警。"
+msgstr "使用<b>检查依赖性</b>按钮解决包依赖性。某些包要求安装其他的包。某些包只有在未安装特定的其他包的情况下才能进行安装。此检查将自动标记进行安装所必需的包,并在出现依赖性冲突时发出警告。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105
msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed."
-msgstr "此检查将在您按<b>接受</b>离开此对话框后自动执行。"
+msgstr "如果通过选择<b>接受</b>退出此对话框,将自动执行此检查。"
#. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that
#. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list)
#. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111
msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:"
-msgstr "使用左上角的<b>过滤器</b>组合框选择可用过滤视图之一:"
+msgstr "使用左上角的<b>过滤器</b>组合框选择可用过滤器视图之一:"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115
msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together."
-msgstr "<b>选集</b>显示了逻辑上同类的某些预定义软件包集合。"
+msgstr "<b>精选</b>显示通过逻辑关系被组织在一起的某些预定义包的集合。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116
msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right."
-msgstr "使用选集旁的复选框进行全选。您也可在右侧软件包列表中选择或反选单个软件包。"
+msgstr "使用精选旁边的复选框将它作为一个整体进行选择。您还可以在右侧的包列表中选择或取消选择单个包。"
#. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124
msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side."
-msgstr "<b>软件包分组</b>归类显示了软件包。您可展开和折叠树项目来详列或概览分类。点击任意分类来在右侧软件包列表中显示该分类下的软件包。"
+msgstr "<b>包组</b>按类别显示包。可以展开和折叠树项目,从而详细列出或概括列出类别。单击任何类别可在右侧的包列表中显示此类别中的包。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127
msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines."
-msgstr " <b>提示:</b>在显示全部软件包的列表最末端有一个 \"zzz 全部\" 项。在龟速计算机上显示这些内容可能花费数秒。"
+msgstr " <b>提示:</b>在显示所有包的列表的末尾处有一个“zzz 全部”项。在速度较慢的计算机上,显示这些内容可能需要数秒时间。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130
msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name."
-msgstr "<b>搜索</b>允许您搜索满足不同条件的软件包。若您知道其名称,这通常是最便捷的软件包查找方法。"
+msgstr "<b>搜索</b>允许搜索符合不同条件的包。如果知道包的名称,通常这是查找包最便捷的方法。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132
msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field."
-msgstr "<b>提示:</b>您也可用此方法来找出哪个软件包携带了特定的库。在<b>提供</b> RPM 字段中搜索即可。"
+msgstr "<b>提示:</b>您还可以使用此方法来确定包含特定库的包。在<b>提供</b> RPM 字段中搜索。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135
msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated."
-msgstr "默认情况下,<b>安装摘要</b>显示了对您系统的修改 -- 将安装、删除或更新哪些软件包。"
+msgstr "默认情况下,<b>安装摘要</b>显示对系统的更改 -- 将安装、删除或更新哪些包。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137
msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system."
-msgstr "通常在点击<b>接受</b>前先使用<b>检查依赖关系</b>,然后再切换到<b>安装摘要</b>看看是个好习惯。这样您可以看到将对系统进行的全部修改。"
+msgstr "通常较好的做法是:使用<b>检查依赖性</b>,然后在单击<b>接受</b>前切换到<b>安装摘要</b>。这样,您就可以看到将对系统进行的所有更改。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140
msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side."
-msgstr "您也可在此显式选择查看具有何种状态的软件包;请使用左侧复选框。"
+msgstr "您还可以显式选择要在此处查看具有哪种状态的包;请使用左侧的复选框。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142
msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else."
-msgstr "<b>提示:</b>您也可反转此过滤器的效果。您可查看哪些包在您的系统上保持不变。只需勾选<b>保留</b>并清空其它选项即可。"
+msgstr "<b>提示:</b>您还可以对此过滤器的效果执行反向操作,从而可以看到哪些包在系统上保持不变。只需选中<b>保留</b>并取消选中其他选项即可。"
#. Make sure all images used here are specified in
#. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am !
#. Translators: Headline for help about package status icons
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:159
msgid "Symbols Overview"
-msgstr "符号概览"
+msgstr "符号概述"
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:166 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:108
@@ -512,7 +503,7 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:168
msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed."
-msgstr "未安装此软件包且不会安装此软件包。"
+msgstr "此包尚未安装且将不会安装。"
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:172 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:278
@@ -523,18 +514,18 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:174
msgid "This package will be installed. It is not installed yet."
-msgstr "将安装此软件包。目前尚未安装。"
+msgstr "即将安装此包,目前尚未安装。"
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:178 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:279
#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:107
msgid "Keep"
-msgstr "保留"
+msgstr "保留 "
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:180
msgid "This package is already installed. Leave it untouched."
-msgstr "已安装此软件包。将保持不变。"
+msgstr "此包已安装,保留不变。"
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
@@ -546,7 +537,7 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186
msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)."
-msgstr "已安装此软件包。将更新或重装此软件包(若版本相同)。"
+msgstr "此包已安装,将更新或重新安装(如果版本相同)。"
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277
@@ -557,23 +548,23 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:193
msgid "This package is already installed. Delete it."
-msgstr "已安装此软件包。将删除之。"
+msgstr "此包已安装,将删除它。"
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:197 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:310
#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:100
msgid "Taboo"
-msgstr "禁手"
+msgstr "禁止"
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199
msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
-msgstr "未安装此软件包且在任何情况下都不应安装此软件包,尤其是不要出于其它软件包可能与此软件包有未解决的依赖关系而安装此软件包。"
+msgstr "此包尚未安装,并且在任何情况下都不应安装,尤其是当其他包可能与此包有未解决的依赖性时。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316
msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media."
-msgstr "将视设为 \"禁手\" 的软件包为不存在于任何安装介质上。"
+msgstr "系统将把设置为“禁止”的包视为它们不存在于任何安装媒体上。"
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101
@@ -583,11 +574,11 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209
msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get."
-msgstr "已安装此软件包且不应进行修改,尤其是不要出于其它软件包可能与此软件包有未解决的依赖关系而修改此软件包。"
+msgstr "此包已安装且不应进行任何修改,尤其是当其他包可能与此包有未解决的依赖性时。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213
msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr "可对不应为发行版可能分发的较新版本所覆盖的第三方软件包使用此状态。"
+msgstr "对于不应使用分发时可能附带的较新版本进行重写的第三方包,使用此状态。"
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275
@@ -598,11 +589,11 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220
msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it."
-msgstr "将自动安装此软件包,因为某些其它软件包需要它。"
+msgstr "此包将自动安装,因为某些其他包需要它。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222
msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package."
-msgstr "<b>提示:</b>您可能需要使用 \"禁手\" 来清除这样的软件包。"
+msgstr "<b>提示:</b>您最好使用“禁止”来清除这样的包。"
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276
@@ -613,7 +604,7 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228
msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated."
-msgstr "已安装此软件包,但某些其它软件包需要更新的版本,因此将自动更新此软件包。"
+msgstr "此包已安装,但某些其他包需要较新的版本,因此将自动更新此包。"
#. Translators: Package status short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274
@@ -624,22 +615,22 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235
msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted."
-msgstr "已安装此软件包,但软件包依赖关系要求将其删除。"
+msgstr "此包已安装,但包依赖性要求将其删除。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236
msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one."
-msgstr "这种情况可能发生在,例如,若某些其它软件包淘汰了此软件包时。"
+msgstr "例如,如果某些其他包已不再使用此包,则可能发生这种情况。"
#. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265
msgid "Special Keys Overview"
-msgstr "特殊键概览"
+msgstr "特殊键概述"
#. Translators: Additional hint that will be added to any of the following keyboard actions.
#. Automatic word wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:269
msgid "In any case, go to the next list item."
-msgstr "不管怎样啦,我都去下一个列表项了。"
+msgstr "在任何情况下,转到下一个列表项。"
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:276
@@ -649,37 +640,37 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278
msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version."
-msgstr "撷取此软件包。若尚未安装则安装此软件包。若已安装但有较新版本则更新到最新版本。"
+msgstr "获取此包。如果此包尚未安装,则安装它。如果此包已安装但存在较新的版本,则将其更新为最新版本。"
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285
msgid "Remove"
-msgstr "移除"
+msgstr "去除"
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287
msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed."
-msgstr "清除此软件包。若尚未安装则将其标记为 \"不安装\"。若已安装则将其删除。"
+msgstr "清除此包。如果此包尚未安装,则将其标记为“不安装”。如果此包已安装,则将其删除。"
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295
msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed."
-msgstr "若已安装但有较新版本则更新此软件包。忽略尚未安装的软件包。"
+msgstr "如果此包已安装但存在较新的版本,则更新此包。将忽略尚未安装的包。"
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302
msgid "Undo Update"
-msgstr "撤消更新"
+msgstr "撤销更新"
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304
msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages."
-msgstr "撤消上面 \">\" 的效果:若软件包当前设为 \"更新\",则将其设为 \"保留\"。忽略全部其它软件包。"
+msgstr "撤销上面“>”的效果:如果当前已将包设置为“更新”,则将其设置为“保留”。将忽略所有其他包。"
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312
msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr "若尚未安装则将此软件包设置为 \"禁手\":确保不安装此软件包,尤其是不要出于其它软件包可能与此软件包有未解决的依赖关系而安装此软件包。"
+msgstr "如果尚未安装此包,则将其设置为“禁止”:确保不会安装此包,尤其是当其他包可能与此包有未解决的依赖性时。"
#. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322
@@ -689,11 +680,11 @@
#. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping.
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324
msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. "
-msgstr "若已安装则将此软件包设为 \"受保护\":确保不修改此软件包,尤其是不要出于其它软件包可能与此软件包有未解决的依赖关系而修改此软件包。"
+msgstr "如果已安装此包,则将其设置为“受保护”:确保不会修改此包,尤其是当其他包可能与此包有未解决的依赖性时。"
#: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328
msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution."
-msgstr "可对不应为发行版可能分发的较新版本所覆盖的第三方软件包使用此状态。"
+msgstr "对于不应使用分发时可能附带的较新版本进行重写的第三方包,使用此状态。"
#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248
#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208
@@ -702,12 +693,12 @@
#: src/YQPkgChangeLogView.cc:87 src/YQPkgFileListView.cc:94
msgid "Information only available for installed packages."
-msgstr "只有已安装软件包的信息可用。"
+msgstr "只有已安装包的信息才可用。"
#. Dialog title
#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:76
msgid "Changed Packages"
-msgstr "有变动的软件包"
+msgstr "已更改的包"
#. add the items.
#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:114
@@ -716,7 +707,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:115
msgid "Selected by the user"
-msgstr "用户选择的"
+msgstr "按用户选择"
#. Set the dialog title.
#.
@@ -731,7 +722,7 @@
#. "OK" button
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:134
msgid "&OK -- Try Again"
-msgstr "好 -- 重试(&O)"
+msgstr "确定 -- 重试(&O)"
#. "Expert" menu button
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:145
@@ -745,25 +736,25 @@
#. Busy popup
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:174
msgid "Checking Dependencies..."
-msgstr "正在检查依赖关系..."
+msgstr "正在检查依赖性..."
#. Heading for popup dialog
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:388
msgid "Create Dependency Resolver Test Case"
-msgstr "创建依赖关系解决器试例"
+msgstr "创建依赖性解析程序测试用例"
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391
msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用此选项生成详尽日志来帮助跟踪依赖关系解决器中的故障。这些日志将储存在 <br><tt>%1</tt></p> 文件夹"
+msgstr "<p>使用此选项可生成详尽日志,以帮助跟踪依赖性解析程序中的错误。这些日志将储存在目录 <br><tt>%1</tt></p>"
#. parent
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395
msgid "Solver Test Case"
-msgstr "解决器试例"
+msgstr "解析程序测试用例"
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410
msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>"
-msgstr "<p>已将依赖关系解决器试例写入 <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>准备 <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> 存档以附加到 Bugzilla 吗?</p>"
+msgstr "<p>依赖性解析程序测试用例写入以下路径 <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>是否准备 <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> 存档以挂接到 Bugzilla?</p>"
#. parent
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413
@@ -773,7 +764,7 @@
#. caption
#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426
msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>"
-msgstr "<p>创建依赖关系解决器试例时<b>出错</b></p><p>请检查 <tt>%1</tt> 的磁盘空间和权限</p>"
+msgstr "<p>创建依赖性解析程序测试用例时<b>出错</b></p><p>请检查磁盘空间和 <tt>%1</tt> 的权限</p>"
#. startsWith
#. filter
@@ -792,7 +783,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:329
msgid "<a href='/'>%1 more...</a>"
-msgstr "<a href='/'>%1 更多...</a>"
+msgstr "<a href='/'>多于 %1...</a>"
#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:104 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:134
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:154 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:196
@@ -805,7 +796,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:107 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:137
msgid "Prerequires:"
-msgstr "前提:"
+msgstr "先决条件:"
#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:108 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:138
msgid "Requires:"
@@ -817,7 +808,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:110 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:140
msgid "Obsoletes:"
-msgstr "淘汰:"
+msgstr "过时:"
#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:111 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:141
msgid "Recommends:"
@@ -829,7 +820,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:113 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:143
msgid "Enhances:"
-msgstr "扩展:"
+msgstr "增强:"
#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:114 src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:144
msgid "Supplements:"
@@ -837,16 +828,16 @@
#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:127 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:189
msgid "<b>Alternate Version</b>"
-msgstr "<b>替代版本</b>"
+msgstr "<b>替换版本</b>"
#: src/YQPkgDependenciesView.cc:128 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:190
msgid "<b>Installed Version</b>"
-msgstr "<b>已安装版本</b>"
+msgstr "<b>已安装的版本</b>"
#. Dialog title
#: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:72
msgid "Package Description"
-msgstr "软件包描述"
+msgstr "包说明"
#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:114
msgid "References:"
@@ -859,7 +850,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgDescriptionView.cc:262
msgid "This package contains: "
-msgstr "此软件包含有:"
+msgstr "此包含有:"
#: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:155
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Out of disk space!"
@@ -884,7 +875,7 @@
#. existing one if it's open already
#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:172 src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:176
msgid "&View"
-msgstr "视图(&V)"
+msgstr "查看(&V)"
#: src/YQPkgFilterTab.cc:530
msgid "Move page &left"
@@ -901,7 +892,7 @@
#. Dialog title
#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:83
msgid "Package History"
-msgstr "软件包历史"
+msgstr "包历史"
#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:98
msgid "Show History (/var/log/zypp/history)"
@@ -913,7 +904,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114
msgid "Action"
-msgstr "动作"
+msgstr "操作"
#: src/YQPkgHistoryDialog.cc:114
msgid "Version/URL"
@@ -943,7 +934,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:84 src/YQPkgList.cc:626
msgid "Package"
-msgstr "软件包"
+msgstr "包"
#. headers << _( "Patch" ); _nameCol = numCol++;
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:85 src/YQPkgList.cc:627 src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:114
@@ -953,7 +944,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:90 src/YQPkgList.cc:628
msgid "Installed (Available)"
-msgstr "已安装 (可用)"
+msgstr "已安装(可用)"
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:94
msgid "Avail. Ver."
@@ -975,7 +966,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:247 src/YQPkgList.cc:517 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:579
#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:436
msgid "&All in This List"
-msgstr "此列表中全部(&A)"
+msgstr "此列表中的全部内容(&A)"
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:474 src/YQPkgList.cc:495
msgid "Export This List to &Text File..."
@@ -983,27 +974,27 @@
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:526
msgid "&Install Source"
-msgstr "安装源代码(&I)"
+msgstr "安装源(&I)"
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:530
msgid "Do &Not Install Source"
-msgstr "不安装源代码(&N)"
+msgstr "不安装源(&N)"
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:534
msgid "&Install All Available Sources"
-msgstr "安装全部可用源代码(&I)"
+msgstr "安装所有可用的源(&I)"
#. key
#. enabled
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:540
msgid "Do &Not Install Any Sources"
-msgstr "不安装任何源代码(&N)"
+msgstr "不安装任何源(&N)"
#. startsWith
#. filter
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:582
msgid "Export Package List"
-msgstr "导出软件包列表"
+msgstr "导出包列表"
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:625
#, c-format
@@ -1012,19 +1003,19 @@
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:887
msgid "Install Sources"
-msgstr "安装源代码"
+msgstr "安装源"
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:888
msgid "Do Not Install Sources"
-msgstr "不安装源代码"
+msgstr "不安装源"
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:892
msgid "No Sources Available"
-msgstr "无可用源代码"
+msgstr "无可用的源"
#: src/YQPkgList.cc:907
msgid "Installed Version: %1"
-msgstr "已安装版本:%1"
+msgstr "已安装的版本:%1"
#. Translators: This is the relation between two versions of one package
#. if both versions are the same, e.g., both "1.2.3-42", "1.2.3-42"
@@ -1055,40 +1046,40 @@
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:281
msgid "Protected -- Do Not Modify"
-msgstr "受保护 -- 不修改"
+msgstr "受保护 -- 请勿修改"
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:282
msgid "Taboo -- Never Install"
-msgstr "禁手 -- 从不安装"
+msgstr "禁止 -- 始终不安装"
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:422
msgid "Show solver information"
-msgstr "显示依赖关系解决器信息"
+msgstr "显示解析程序信息"
#. Translators: Additional hint what caused an auto-status
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1472
msgid "(by a software selection)"
-msgstr "(按软件选集)"
+msgstr "(按软件选择)"
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1474
msgid "(by dependencies)"
-msgstr "(按依赖关系)"
+msgstr "(按依赖性)"
#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are installed,
#. but whose dependencies are broken (no longer satisfied)
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1490
msgid "Dependencies broken"
-msgstr "依赖关系破损"
+msgstr "依赖性已破坏"
#. Translators: tool tip for patches / patterns that are not installed,
#. but whose dependencies are satisfied
#: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:1500
msgid "All dependencies satisfied"
-msgstr "全部依赖关系均已满足"
+msgstr "所有依赖性均已满足"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:62
msgid "Accessibility"
-msgstr "辅助功能"
+msgstr "可存取性"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:63
msgid "Accessories"
@@ -1108,7 +1099,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:67
msgid "Internet"
-msgstr "互联网"
+msgstr "因特网"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:68
msgid "Office"
@@ -1116,7 +1107,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:69
msgid "Other"
-msgstr "其它"
+msgstr "其他"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:70
msgid "Programming"
@@ -1142,10 +1133,9 @@
msgid "XFCE Desktop"
msgstr "XFCE 桌面"
-# button label for other/more options
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:76
msgid "Other Desktops"
-msgstr "其它桌面"
+msgstr "其他桌面"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:77
msgid "Publishing"
@@ -1165,7 +1155,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:81
msgid "Legacy"
-msgstr "中古"
+msgstr "旧式"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:82
msgid "Localization"
@@ -1177,7 +1167,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:84
msgid "Security"
-msgstr "安全"
+msgstr "安全性"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:85
msgid "Power Management"
@@ -1193,61 +1183,61 @@
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:88
msgid "Maps"
-msgstr "地图"
+msgstr "映射"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:89
msgid "Software Sources"
-msgstr "软件源代码"
+msgstr "软件源"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:90
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:102
msgid "Unknown Group"
-msgstr "未知分组"
+msgstr "未知组"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:93
msgid "Suggested Packages"
-msgstr "建议软件包"
+msgstr "建议的包"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:94
msgid "Recommended Packages"
-msgstr "推荐软件包"
+msgstr "推荐的包"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:95
msgid "Orphaned Packages"
-msgstr "孤立软件包"
+msgstr "孤立的包"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:96
msgid "Unneeded Packages"
-msgstr "不需要的软件包"
+msgstr "不需要的包"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:97
msgid "Multiversion Packages"
-msgstr "多版本软件包"
+msgstr "多版本包"
#: src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:197 src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:165
#: src/YQPkgRpmGroupTagsFilterView.cc:59
msgid "Package Groups"
-msgstr "软件包分组"
+msgstr "包组"
#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:92
msgid "&Show Patch Category:"
-msgstr "显示补丁分类(&S):"
+msgstr "显示增补程序类别(&S):"
#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:99
msgid "Needed Patches"
-msgstr "需要的补丁"
+msgstr "必需的增补程序"
#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:100
msgid "Unneeded Patches"
-msgstr "不需要的补丁"
+msgstr "不必需的增补程序"
#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:101
msgid "All Patches"
-msgstr "全部补丁"
+msgstr "所有增补程序"
#: src/YQPkgPatchFilterView.cc:113
msgid "Patch Description"
-msgstr "补丁描述"
+msgstr "增补程序说明"
#. Translators: These are patch categories
#. Dialog title
@@ -1257,7 +1247,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:615
msgid "security"
-msgstr "安全"
+msgstr "安全性"
#: src/YQPkgPatchList.cc:616
msgid "recommended"
@@ -1273,7 +1263,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgPatternList.cc:170
msgid "Pattern"
-msgstr "软件集"
+msgstr "模式"
#. Dialog title
#: src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:73
@@ -1286,7 +1276,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgProductList.cc:68
msgid "Vendor"
-msgstr "厂商"
+msgstr "供应商"
#. Translators: This is a combo box where the user can apply a secondary filter
#. in addition to the primary filter by repository - one of
@@ -1297,11 +1287,11 @@
#. above it.
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:139
msgid "&Secondary Filter:"
-msgstr "辅助过滤器(&S):"
+msgstr "次过滤器(&S):"
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:157
msgid "Unmaintained Packages"
-msgstr "失去维护的软件包"
+msgstr "未维护的包"
#: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:177
msgid "Search"
@@ -1334,7 +1324,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:112
msgid "Nam&e"
-msgstr "名称(&E)"
+msgstr "名称"
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:116
msgid "Su&mmary"
@@ -1342,15 +1332,15 @@
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:118
msgid "Descr&iption"
-msgstr "描述(&I)"
+msgstr "说明(&I)"
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:123
msgid "RPM \"P&rovides\""
-msgstr "RPM \"提供\"(&R)"
+msgstr ""
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:125
msgid "RPM \"Re&quires\""
-msgstr "RPM \"需要\"(&Q)"
+msgstr ""
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:128
msgid "File list"
@@ -1370,7 +1360,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:157
msgid "Begins with"
-msgstr "开始为"
+msgstr "开头是"
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:158
msgid "Exact Match"
@@ -1403,23 +1393,23 @@
#. the original (translated) error message.
#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:349
msgid "Query Error"
-msgstr "查询出错"
+msgstr "查询错误"
#: src/YQPkgSelList.cc:64
msgid "Selection"
-msgstr "选集"
+msgstr "选择"
#. Headline
#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:77
msgid "Changes Overview"
-msgstr "变动概览"
+msgstr "更改概述"
#.
#. Packages with what status to show
#.
#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:87
msgid "Show packages with status"
-msgstr "显示软件包,状态为"
+msgstr "显示具有以下状态的包"
#. Refresh button
#: src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:120
@@ -1428,7 +1418,7 @@
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:155 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:197
msgid "Build Time:"
-msgstr "编译时间:"
+msgstr "构建时间:"
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:159 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:198
msgid "Install Time:"
@@ -1436,15 +1426,15 @@
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:161 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:199
msgid "Package Group:"
-msgstr "软件包分组:"
+msgstr "包组:"
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:162 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:200
msgid "License:"
-msgstr "许可:"
+msgstr "许可证:"
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:163 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:201
msgid "Installed Size:"
-msgstr "安装后大小:"
+msgstr "已安装的大小:"
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:164 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:202
msgid "Download Size:"
@@ -1452,23 +1442,23 @@
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:165 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:203
msgid "Distribution:"
-msgstr "发行版:"
+msgstr "分发:"
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:166 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:204
msgid "Vendor:"
-msgstr "厂商:"
+msgstr "供应商:"
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:167 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:205
msgid "Packager:"
-msgstr "打包者:"
+msgstr "包装程序:"
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:168 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:206
msgid "Architecture:"
-msgstr "架构:"
+msgstr "体系结构:"
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:169 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:207
msgid "Build Host:"
-msgstr "编译主机:"
+msgstr "构建主机:"
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:170 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:208
msgid "URL:"
@@ -1476,11 +1466,11 @@
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:171 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:209
msgid "Source Package:"
-msgstr "源代码包:"
+msgstr "源包:"
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:172 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:211
msgid "Media No.:"
-msgstr "介质编号:"
+msgstr "媒体编号:"
#: src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:173 src/YQPkgTechnicalDetailsView.cc:212
msgid "Authors:"
@@ -1508,23 +1498,23 @@
"<br>\n"
"<h2>更新问题</h2>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"此列表中的软件包无法自动更新。\n"
+"无法自动更新此列表中的包。\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>潜在原因:</p>\n"
+"<p>可能的原因:</p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li>它们被其它软件包淘汰了\n"
-"<li>在任何安装介质上都没有可更新的版本\n"
-"<li>它们是第三方软件包\n"
+"<li>它们已经被其他包废弃\n"
+"<li>在任何安装媒体上都没有可供更新的较新版本\n"
+"<li>它们是第三方的包\n"
"</ul>\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"请手动选择要对这些软件包做些什么。\n"
-"最安全的做法是将它们删除。\n"
+"请手动选择要对这些包执行的操作。\n"
+"最安全的操作是删除它们。\n"
"</p>"
#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:207
msgid "%1-%2 from vendor %3 (installed)"
-msgstr "%1-%2 来自厂商 %3 (已安装)"
+msgstr "来自供应商 %3 的 %1-%2(已安装)"
#. Translators: Popup dialog text. Try to keep the lines about the same length.
#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:382
@@ -1532,7 +1522,10 @@
"You are trying to install multiversion-capable\n"
"and non-multiversion-capable versions of this\n"
"package at the same time."
-msgstr "您正试图同时安装此软件包的可多版本并存版本和不可多版本并存版本。"
+msgstr ""
+"您正在尝试同时安装\n"
+"此包具有多版本功能和不具有多版本功能的\n"
+"两个版本。"
#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:390
msgid ""
@@ -1542,10 +1535,11 @@
"and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version,\n"
"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one."
msgstr ""
-"此版本是可多版本共存的。\n"
+"此版本具有多版本功能。\n"
"\n"
-"按 \"继续\" 安装此版本并反选不可多版本并存的版本,\n"
-"\"取消\" 反选此版本并保留其它版本。"
+"按“继续”会安装此版本并\n"
+"取消选择不具有多版本功能的版本,\n"
+"按“取消”会取消选择此版本而保留另一个版本。"
#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:399
msgid ""
@@ -1555,15 +1549,16 @@
"and unselect all other versions,\n"
"\"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones."
msgstr ""
-"此版本不是可多版本并存的。\n"
+"此版本没有多版本功能。\n"
"\n"
-"请按 \"继续\" 只安装此版本并反选全部其它版本,\n"
-"\"取消\" 反选此版本并保留其它版本。"
+"按“继续”只会安装此版本并\n"
+"取消选择所有其他版本,\n"
+"按“取消”会取消选择此版本并保留其他版本。"
#. Dialog heading
#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:407
msgid "Incompatible Package Versions"
-msgstr "不兼容的软件包版本"
+msgstr "不兼容的包版本"
#. Translators: %1 is a package version, %2 the package architecture,
#. %3 describes the repository where it comes from,
@@ -1576,52 +1571,16 @@
#. %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:533 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:570
msgid "%1-%2 from %3 with priority %4 and vendor %5"
-msgstr "%1-%2 来自 %3 软件源,优先级 %4,厂商 %5"
+msgstr "%1-%2 来自 %3,优先级 %4,供应商 %5"
#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:554
msgid "This version is installed in your system."
-msgstr "系统上已安装了此版本。"
+msgstr "您的系统中已安装了此版本。"
#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:86
msgid "Missing package"
-msgstr "缺失软件包"
+msgstr "缺少包"
#: src/YQZyppSolverDialogPluginStub.cc:87
msgid "Package libqdialogsolver is required for this feature."
-msgstr "此功能需要 libqdialogsolver 软件包。"
-
-#~ msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages"
-#~ msgstr "忽略已安装软件包的推荐软件包(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "Close the current page"
-#~ msgstr "关闭当前页面"
-
-#~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..."
-#~ msgstr "在线搜索软件包(&W)..."
-
-#~ msgid "Enances:"
-#~ msgstr "扩展:"
-
-#~ msgid "&Patterns"
-#~ msgstr "模式(&P)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "配置(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Name"
-#~ msgstr "名称(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "YaST2"
-#~ msgstr "YaST2"
-
-#~ msgid "Searc&h:"
-#~ msgstr "搜索(&H):"
-
-#~ msgid "%1-%2 from %3"
-#~ msgstr "%1-%2 来自 %3"
-
-#~ msgid "&Verify System"
-#~ msgstr "校验系统(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "Source RPM:"
-#~ msgstr "源 RPM:"
+msgstr "此功能需要包 libqdialogsolver。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/qt.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/qt.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/qt.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,24 +1,18 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: qt\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-18 12:08+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:180
msgid "Name"
@@ -27,16 +21,16 @@
#. Translators: Please keep this short!
#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:182
msgid "Disk Usage"
-msgstr "磁盘使用率"
+msgstr "磁盘使用情况"
#. columnLabels << _("Used"); _usedSizeCol = numCol++;
#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:185
msgid "Free"
-msgstr "空闲"
+msgstr "可用"
#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:186
msgid "Total"
-msgstr "总共"
+msgstr "总大小"
#: src/QY2DiskUsageList.cc:188
msgid "Device"
@@ -60,24 +54,24 @@
#. Window title for help wizard window
#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131
msgid "Release Notes"
-msgstr "版本资讯"
+msgstr "发行说明"
#: src/QY2StyleEditor.cc:46
msgid "Stylesheet Editor"
-msgstr "样式表编辑器"
+msgstr "样式页编辑器"
#: src/YQApplication.cc:643
msgid ""
"You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n"
"Switch left and right mouse buttons?"
msgstr ""
-"您在应点击鼠标左键的地方点击了鼠标右键。\n"
-"切换鼠标左右键吗?"
+"您在应当单击鼠标左键时单击了鼠标右键。\n"
+"是否要切换左右鼠标键?"
#. Popup dialog caption
#: src/YQApplication.cc:656
msgid "Unexpected Click"
-msgstr "意外的点击"
+msgstr "意外单击"
#. parent
#: src/YQDialog.cc:629
@@ -90,8 +84,8 @@
"Switching to color palette for vision impaired users -\n"
"press Shift-F4 again to switch back to normal colors."
msgstr ""
-"为视力不佳的用户切换到调色板 -\n"
-"再次按 Shift-F4 切换回正常颜色。"
+"对视力不佳的用户请切换到调色板 -\n"
+"再次按 Shift-F4 可切换回正常颜色。"
#. Translators: This is a very short warning that the CapsLock key
#. is active while trying to type in a password field. This warning
@@ -104,19 +98,19 @@
#. Simply leave it.
#: src/YQInputField.cc:238
msgid "CapsLock!"
-msgstr "大小写切换键!"
+msgstr "CapsLock 键!"
#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:163
msgid "Save screen shot to..."
-msgstr "保存屏幕截图到..."
+msgstr "保存截屏至..."
#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:280
msgid "YaST Logging"
-msgstr "YaST 日志"
+msgstr "YaST 日志记录"
#: src/YQUI_builtins.cc:281
msgid "Configure YaST Logging:"
-msgstr "配置 YaST 日志:"
+msgstr "配置 YaST 日志记录:"
#. Help button
#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
@@ -135,7 +129,7 @@
#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355
msgid "&Release Notes"
-msgstr "版本资讯(&R)"
+msgstr "发行说明(&R)"
#. "Steps" button
#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983)
@@ -148,22 +142,3 @@
#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350
msgid "&Tree"
msgstr "树(&T)"
-
-#~ msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?"
-#~ msgstr "%1 已存在!是否确实要覆盖?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "%1 exists and is write-protected!\n"
-#~ "Really overwrite?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "%1 已存在并且是写保护的!\n"
-#~ "是否确实要覆盖?"
-
-#~ msgid "Confirm"
-#~ msgstr "确认"
-
-#~ msgid "C&ontinue"
-#~ msgstr "继续(&O)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Cancel"
-#~ msgstr "取消(&C)"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rdp.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rdp.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rdp.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,23 +1,18 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: rdp\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-02-04 15:54+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Commandline help title
#: src/clients/rdp.rb:33
@@ -37,7 +32,9 @@
#. Commandline command help
#: src/clients/rdp.rb:64
msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration"
-msgstr "设置为 \"是\" 来允许远程管理或为 \"否\" 来禁用程管理"
+msgstr ""
+"请设置为“是”,允许远程管理,\n"
+"或设置为“否”,不允许远程管理"
#. Command line output Headline
#: src/clients/rdp.rb:107
@@ -50,8 +47,8 @@
"Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n"
"or 'no' to disallow it."
msgstr ""
-"请设置为\"是\" 来允许远程管理,\n"
-"或设置为\"否\" 来禁用远程管理。"
+"请设置为“是”,允许远程管理,\n"
+"或设置为“否”,不允许远程管理。"
#. RichText label
#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57
@@ -61,7 +58,7 @@
#. Menu label
#: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:59
msgid "RDP &Remote Administration"
-msgstr "RPD 远程管理(&R)"
+msgstr "RDP 远程管理(&R)"
#. Ramote Administration dialog caption
#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:27
@@ -87,9 +84,10 @@
"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>远程管理设置</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>若启用了此功能,则可使用如 rdesktop 这样的 RDP 客户端\n"
-"从另一台计算机 (通过连接到 <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>) 远程管理这台计算机。\n"
-"这种远程管理方式比使用 SSH 的安全性要低。</p>\n"
+"<p>如果启用此功能,您可以\n"
+"从其他计算机上远程管理此计算机。使用 RDP\n"
+"客户端,如 rdesktop(连接到 <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>)。\n"
+"这种形式的远程管理不如使用 SSH 安全。</p>\n"
#. Dialog frame title
#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:72
@@ -114,7 +112,7 @@
#. Progress stage 3
#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98
msgid "Restart the services"
-msgstr "重启服务"
+msgstr "重启动服务"
#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100
msgid "Stop the services"
@@ -136,7 +134,7 @@
#. Disable xrdp
#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134
msgid "Restarting the service..."
-msgstr "正在重启服务..."
+msgstr "正在重启动服务..."
#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137
msgid "Stopping the service..."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rear.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rear.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rear.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,23 +1,18 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: rear\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-18 14:55+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xrear module
#: src/clients/rear.rb:54
@@ -27,7 +22,7 @@
#. command line help text for 'configure' action
#: src/clients/rear.rb:67
msgid "Change the Rear configuration"
-msgstr "修改 Rear 配置"
+msgstr "更改 Rear 配置"
#: src/clients/rear.rb:73
msgid "Output"
@@ -40,11 +35,11 @@
#. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:85
msgid "This system is not supported by rear, because:"
-msgstr "此系统不被 rear 支持,因为:"
+msgstr "此系统不受 rear 支持,因为:"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90
msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning."
-msgstr "若您忽略了此警告,就不要指望所创建的备份可用于系统恢复。"
+msgstr "如果您忽略了此警告,就不要指望所创建的备份可用于系统恢复。"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104
msgid "This system is not supported."
@@ -62,15 +57,15 @@
#. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:143
msgid "Additional Directories to Backup"
-msgstr "要备份的额外文件夹"
+msgstr "要备份的其他目录"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:152 src/include/rear/ui.rb:252
msgid "&OK"
-msgstr "好(&O)"
+msgstr "确定(&O)"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:171
msgid "Choose Directory"
-msgstr "选择文件夹"
+msgstr "选择目录"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:199
msgid "Cannot write rear configuration file."
@@ -79,11 +74,11 @@
#. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:221
msgid "Additional Kernel Modules"
-msgstr "额外内核模块"
+msgstr "其他内核模块"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:228
msgid "Available Modules in current System:"
-msgstr "当前系统中可用模块:"
+msgstr "当前系统中的可用模块:"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:245
msgid "Modules added to Rescue System:"
@@ -91,7 +86,7 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:250
msgid "Modules are sorted in the order they were loaded."
-msgstr "模块按加载顺序排序。"
+msgstr "模块按装载顺序排序。"
#. Dialog to run rear
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:327
@@ -123,40 +118,40 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422
msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>决定如何启动您的<b>恢复系统</b>。若您想要从 USB 记忆棒引导请选择 USB,或选择 ISO 从 CD-ROM 引导。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>确定如何启动您的<b>恢复系统</b>。如果您从 USB 记忆棒引导,请选择 USB,或选择 ISO 从 CD-ROM 引导。</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425
msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>选择存储<b>备份</b>的位置。若您必须使用提供网络文件系统的服务器请选择 NFS。请像这样指定位置:<tt>nfs://主机名/文件夹</tt>。您也可以选择 USB 将您的备份存储在 USB 记忆棒或 USB 磁盘上。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>选择存储<b>备份</b>的位置。如果您必须使用提供网络文件系统的服务器,请选择 NFS。请按以下方式指定位置:<tt>nfs://主机名/文目录</tt>。您也可以选择 USB,将您的备份存储在 USB 记忆棒或 USB 磁盘上。</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428
msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若没有显示 USB 设备,请连接一个 USB 记忆棒或磁盘并点击<b>重新扫描 USB 设备</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果没有显示 USB 设备,请连接一个 USB 记忆棒或 USB 磁盘,然后单击<b>重新扫描 USB 设备</b>。</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431
msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若您不想要覆盖之前的备份副本,请选择<b>保留旧备份</b>。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果不想重写之前的备份副本,请选择<b>保留旧备份</b>。</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434
msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>高级</b>菜单提供了添加<b>额外文件夹到备份</b>和<b>额外内核模块到救援系统</b>的功能。这只有当您的备份未收纳全部所需文件夹或救援系统由于缺失内核模块无法引导时才有用。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>高级</b>菜单提供了添加<b>其他目录到备份</b>和添加<b>其他内核模块到救援系统</b>的功能。仅当您的备份未包含全部所需目录或者救援系统由于缺少内核模块而无法引导时,该功能才有用。</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437
msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>保存和立即运行 rear</b>按钮将运行 rear 并显示 rear 的输出。<strong>请确保测试所创建的备份是否能按预期地在您的系统上运行!</strong></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>保存和立即运行 rear</b> 按钮将运行 rear 并显示 rear 的输出。<strong>请务必测试所创建的备份是否按预期方式在您的系统上运行!</strong></p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440
msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
-msgstr "<p>按<b>好</b>保存配置并退出,按<b>取消</b>关闭配置对话框而不保存。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>按<b>确定</b>保存配置并退出,按<b>取消</b>关闭配置对话框而不保存。</p>"
#. prepare advanced menu
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459
msgid "Additional Directories in Backup"
-msgstr "要备份的额外文件夹"
+msgstr "备份中的其他目录"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:462
msgid "Additional Kernel Modules in Rescue System"
-msgstr "要植入救援系统的额外内核模块"
+msgstr "救援系统中的其他内核模块"
#. prepare main dialog
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:472
@@ -201,29 +196,29 @@
#. set settings according to options read from config file.
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:551
msgid "BACKUP is set to an unknown value.\n"
-msgstr "BACKUP 设为了未知值。\n"
+msgstr "BACKUP 设置为未知值。\n"
#. choose selected option or fallback to "ISO" if nothing is set
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:564
msgid "OUTPUT is set to an unknown value.\n"
-msgstr "OUTPUT 设为了未知值。\n"
+msgstr "OUTPUT 设置为未知值。\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:581
msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n"
-msgstr "NETFS_URL 设为了未知值或其格式错误。\n"
+msgstr "NETFS_URL 设置为未知值或其格式错误。\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590
msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n"
-msgstr "您的 rear 配置文件中有此 YaST2 模块无法配置的选项。\n"
+msgstr "您的 rear 配置文件中包含此 YaST2 模块无法配置的选项。\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595
msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?"
-msgstr "您想要继续并覆盖这些设置吗?"
+msgstr "要继续并重写这些设置吗?"
#. open run rear dialg, if usb boot medium is selected show a warning
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:640
msgid "Your USB medium will be overwritten. Do you want to continue?"
-msgstr "将覆写您的 USB 介质。您想要继续吗?"
+msgstr "将重写您的 USB 介质。要继续吗?"
#. true: read-only
#. Rear read dialog caption
@@ -232,13 +227,13 @@
msgstr "正在读取 Rear 配置"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
-msgstr "正在分析系统"
-
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr "正在读取 rear 设置"
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgstr "正在分析系统"
+
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
msgid "Analyzing system..."
msgstr "正在分析系统..."
@@ -255,16 +250,16 @@
#. returns error message if system is not supported
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:56 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:77
msgid "Cannot figure out which bootloader is used."
-msgstr "无法查明使用了哪个引导加载器。"
+msgstr "不确定使用了哪个 bootloader。"
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:68
msgid "Bootloader %1 is used."
-msgstr "正在使用 %1 引导加载器。"
+msgstr "使用了 Bootloader %1。"
#. check devices
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:106
msgid "Device %1 is iscsi."
-msgstr "设备 %1 为 iscsi 类型。"
+msgstr "设备 %1 为 iscsi 设备。"
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:118
msgid "Device %1 is multipath."
@@ -273,7 +268,7 @@
#. check partitions
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:134
msgid "Partition %1 is mounted by uuid."
-msgstr "分区 %1 正以 uuid 方式挂载。"
+msgstr "分区 %1 以 uuid 方式装入。"
#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:151
msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)."
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/registration.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/registration.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/registration.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,26 +1,19 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-#
-# Thruth Wang , 2007, 2008.
-# margurite , 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014, 2015.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: registration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-19 17:46+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: marguerite \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese \n"
-"Language: zh_TW\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n"
#. popup heading (in bold)
#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42
@@ -32,8 +25,8 @@
"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
"or the default SUSE registration server."
msgstr ""
-"请从列表中选择一个检测到的注册服务器\n"
-"或使用默认的 SUSE 注册服务器。"
+"从列表中选择检测到的注册服务器,\n"
+"或选择默认的 SUSE 注册服务器。"
#. error popup
#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68
@@ -43,7 +36,7 @@
#. %s is the default SCC URL
#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114
msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
-msgstr "SUSE 客服中心(&s)"
+msgstr "SUSE Customer Center (%s)"
#. popup message
#. popup message
@@ -61,7 +54,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -74,35 +67,35 @@
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect"
#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43
msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module."
-msgstr "使用 '%s' 而不是这个 YaST 模块。"
+msgstr "使用“%s”而不是此 YaST 模块。"
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "注册成功。"
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
-msgstr "SLP 探索失败,未找到服务器"
+msgstr "SLP 发现失败,未找到服务器"
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "正在下载 SSL 证书"
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr "正在导入 SSL 证书"
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
msgid "Registering %s ..."
-msgstr "正在注册 %s ..."
+msgstr "正在注册 %s..."
#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click
#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel)
@@ -129,7 +122,7 @@
#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19
msgid "Registration Code is Configured"
-msgstr "已配置注册码"
+msgstr "注册代码已配置"
#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23
msgid "Install Available Updates"
@@ -146,7 +139,7 @@
#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32
msgid "Use SLP discovery"
-msgstr "使用 SLP 探索"
+msgstr "使用 SLP 发现"
#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36
msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s"
@@ -170,38 +163,38 @@
#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14
msgid "Failed Certificate Details"
-msgstr "失败证书细节"
+msgstr "证书细节失败"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4
#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Issued To"
-msgstr "签发给"
+msgstr "颁发给"
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16
#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60
msgid "Common Name (CN): "
-msgstr "通用名 (CN):"
+msgstr "常用名 (CN): "
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17
#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62
msgid "Organization (O): "
-msgstr "组织 (O):"
+msgstr "组织 (O): "
#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18
#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64
msgid "Organization Unit (OU): "
-msgstr "组织单位 (OU):"
+msgstr "组织单位 (OU): "
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13
#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "Issued By"
-msgstr "签发人"
+msgstr "颁发者"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22
msgid "Validity"
@@ -209,59 +202,46 @@
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26
msgid "Issued On: "
-msgstr "签发于:"
+msgstr "发行日期: "
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29
msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!"
-msgstr "警告:证书还不是有效的!"
+msgstr "警告:此证书尚无效!"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32
msgid "Expires On: "
-msgstr "过期于: "
+msgstr "失效日期: "
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35
msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!"
-msgstr "警告:证书已过期!"
+msgstr "警告:证书已失效!"
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43
msgid "Serial Number: "
-msgstr "序列号:"
+msgstr "序列号: "
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44
#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35
msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr "SHA1 指纹: "
+msgstr "SHA1 指纹: "
#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46
#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37
msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: "
-msgstr "SHA256 指纹: "
+msgstr "SHA256 指纹: "
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-"未配置网络,无法访问注册服务器。\n"
-"您想要现在配置网络吗?"
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr "网络错误,请检查网络配置。"
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr "连接超时。"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
-msgstr "检查本系统是否已在注册服务器上注册。"
+msgstr "检查此系统对于注册服务器是否为已知系统。"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -272,51 +252,54 @@
"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n"
"the upgrade again."
msgstr ""
-"若您正在从 SLE11 升级请确保 SCC 服务器了解您之前在旧的 NCC 服务器上的注册情况。\n"
-"从 NCC 同步到 SCC 可能需要花费很长时间。\n"
+"如果您正在从 SLE11 升级,\n"
+"请确保 SCC 服务器知道原先的 NCC 注册。\n"
+"从 NCC 到 SCC 的同步可能需要很长时间才能完成。\n"
"\n"
-"若该 SLE11 系统是最近才安装的,您可以登入到 %s 来加速同步过程。\n"
-"登入后只需等待几分钟,即可重试进行升级。"
+"如果 SLE11 系统是最近安装的,\n"
+"您可以登录 %s 以加快同步进程速度。\n"
+"登录之后请等待几分钟时间,\n"
+"然后再重新尝试进行升级。"
#. add the hint to the error details
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "注册失败。"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "注册客户端错误。"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
"注册服务器错误。\n"
-"请稍候重新注册。"
+"请稍后重试注册。"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
-msgstr "收到的 SSL 证书不匹配期望的证书。"
+msgstr "收到的 SSL 证书与预期证书不匹配。"
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "细节:%s"
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -324,49 +307,74 @@
"Please fix the certificate issue manually, ensure that the server\n"
"can be connected securely and start the YaST module again."
msgstr ""
-"已导入了一个证书但服务器连接仍不可信。\n"
+"已导入证书\n"
+"但服务器连接仍不可信。\n"
"\n"
-"请手动修复该证书,确保可安全连接服务器并再次启动本 YaST 模块。"
+"请手动修复证书问题,确保该服务器\n"
+"可实现安全连接,并再次启动 YaST 模块。"
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
-msgstr "导入 SSL 证书"
+msgstr "正在导入 SSL 证书"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
-msgstr "正在导入 '%s' 证书..."
+msgstr "正在导入“%s”证书..."
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
-msgstr "安全连接错误:%s"
+msgstr "来源连接错误:%s"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
"Make sure the latest product supporting the new registration\n"
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
-"检测到了一个旧的注册服务器,位于\n"
-"%s。\n"
-"请确保服务器上安装了最新的支持新注册协议的产品。"
+"%s 上检测到旧的注册\n"
+"服务器。\n"
+"请确保服务器上安装了支持新注册\n"
+"协议的最新产品。"
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr "URL 无效。"
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+"未配置网络,无法连接注册服务器。\n"
+"是否要立即配置网络?"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr "网络错误,请检查网络配置。"
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
-msgstr "正在存储注册配置..."
+msgstr "正在储存注册配置..."
#. error message
#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231
msgid ""
"The base product was not found,\n"
"check your system."
-msgstr "未找到基础产品,请检查您的系统。"
+msgstr ""
+"未找到基础产品,\n"
+"请检查您的系统。"
#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL
#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235
@@ -374,19 +382,21 @@
"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n"
"Report a bug at %s."
msgstr ""
-"安装介质或安装器自身严重损坏。\n"
-"请于 %s 汇报故障。"
+"安装媒体或安装程序本身严重损坏。\n"
+"请在 %s 上报告 bug。"
#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238
msgid ""
"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
-msgstr "请确保安装了产品且 /etc/products.d/baseproduct 是一个指向基础产品的 .prod 文件的符号链接。"
+msgstr ""
+"确保产品已安装且 /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
+"是指向基础产品 .prod 文件的 symlink。"
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr "正在注册系统..."
@@ -395,14 +405,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
-msgstr "正在更新到 %s ..."
+msgstr "正在更新为 %s..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr "正在同步产品..."
@@ -412,48 +422,52 @@
#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
-msgstr "正在加载可用扩展和模块..."
+msgstr "正在装载可用扩展和模块..."
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
-msgstr "正在加载迁移产品..."
+msgstr "正在装载迁移产品..."
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "注册扩展和模块"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr "<p>正在注册扩展和模块。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
-"注册服务器提供了更新源。\n"
+"注册服务器提供了更新储存库。\n"
"\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
-msgstr "您想要在安装期间启用这些源以获取最新更新吗?"
+msgstr ""
+"是否要在安装期间启用这些储存库\n"
+"以接收最新更新?"
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
-msgstr "您想要在升级期间启用这些软件源以获取最新更新吗?"
+msgstr ""
+"是否要在升级期间启用这些储存库\n"
+"以接收最新更新?"
#. indent size used in summary text
#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
@@ -470,9 +484,9 @@
"\n"
"Skip the repository or abort?"
msgstr ""
-"无法加载软件源 '%s'。\n"
-"\n"
-"跳过该源还是中止?"
+"无法加载\n"
+"储存库“%s”。\n"
+"是跳过该储存库还是中止?"
#. create UI label for a base product
#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings)
@@ -483,45 +497,45 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
-msgstr "保存软件源配置失败。"
+msgstr "保存储存库配置失败。"
#. # error message
#. error message
#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267
msgid "Updating service '%s' failed."
-msgstr "更新服务 '%s' 失败。"
+msgstr "更新服务“%s”失败。"
#. error message
#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262
msgid "Adding service '%s' failed."
-msgstr "添加服务 '%s' 失败。"
+msgstr "添加服务“%s”失败。"
#. error message
#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274
msgid "Saving service '%s' failed."
-msgstr "保存服务 '%s' 失败。"
+msgstr "保存服务“%s”失败。"
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
-msgstr "刷新服务 '%s' 失败。"
+msgstr "刷新服务“%s”失败。"
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
msgstr ""
-"无法找到远程产品 %s。\n"
+"找不到远程产品 %s。\n"
"无法注册该产品。"
#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control
#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior
#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35
msgid "Really abort?"
-msgstr "是否确实要中止?"
+msgstr "确实要中止吗?"
#. dialog title
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43
@@ -546,7 +560,7 @@
"%s\n"
"failed."
msgstr ""
-"下载用于\n"
+"下载\n"
"%s\n"
"的许可证失败。"
@@ -558,7 +572,7 @@
#. dialog title
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46
msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes"
-msgstr "扩展和模块注册码"
+msgstr "扩展和模块注册代码"
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
@@ -566,20 +580,20 @@
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>请输入所请求扩展或模块的注册码。</p>\n"
-"<p>注册码为成功注册所必需。若您无法提供注册码则请返回并反选相应扩展或模块。</p>"
+"<p>输入所请求的扩展或模块的注册代码。</p>\n"
+"<p>要成功注册,需要提供注册代码。如果您无法提供注册代码,请后退并取消选择相应的扩展或模块。</p>"
#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog
#. @return [ArrayYast::Term] UI definition
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102
msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
-msgstr[0] "您所选的扩展需要单独的注册码。"
+msgstr[0] "您选择的扩展需要单独的注册代码。"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111
msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below."
-msgstr[0] "请将注册码输入到下面字段。"
+msgstr[0] "请在下面的字段中输入注册代码。"
#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
@@ -591,28 +605,28 @@
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
-msgstr "选择一个扩展或模块并在此显示其细节"
+msgstr "在此处选择扩展或模块以显示细节"
#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164
msgid "%s (not available)"
-msgstr "%s (不可用)"
+msgstr "%s(不可用)"
#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
-msgstr "YaST 允许选择最多 %s 个扩展或模块。"
+msgstr "YaST 最多允许选择 %s 个扩展或模块。"
#. help text (2/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>请注意,某些扩展或模块可能需要指定的注册码。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>请注意,有些扩展或模块可能需要特定注册代码。</p>"
#. help text (3/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若您想要移除扩展或模块,您需要登入 SUSE 客服中心并在那里手动移除它们。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果要去除任何扩展或模块,您需要登录 SUSE Customer Center,在那里手动去除它们。</p>"
#. dialog title
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31
@@ -622,22 +636,22 @@
#. help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34
msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此您可为您的系统选择可用扩展和模块。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您可以在此处选择可用于您系统的扩展和模块。</p>"
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr "可用扩展和模块"
+msgstr "可用的扩展和模块"
#. dialog title
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
-msgstr "扩展和模块再注册"
+msgstr "扩展和模块重新注册"
#. help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此您可选择要再次注册的扩展和模块。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您可以在此处选择要重新注册的扩展和模块。</p>"
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
@@ -647,7 +661,7 @@
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此您可选择与基础产品一起注册的扩展和模块。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您可以在此处选择将随基础产品一起注册的扩展或模块。</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
@@ -665,15 +679,15 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59
msgid "Architecture"
-msgstr "架构"
+msgstr "体系结构"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60
msgid "Release Type"
-msgstr "发行类型"
+msgstr "发布类型"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61
msgid "Registration Code"
-msgstr "注册码"
+msgstr "注册代码"
#. button label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72
@@ -683,7 +697,7 @@
#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Really delete '%s'?"
-msgstr "真的删除 '%s' 吗?"
+msgstr "确实要删除“%s”吗?"
#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon
#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition
@@ -697,18 +711,18 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187
msgid "&Architecture"
-msgstr "架构(&A)"
+msgstr "体系结构(&A)"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188
msgid "&Release Type"
-msgstr "发行类型(&R)"
+msgstr "发布类型(&R)"
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
msgid "Registration &Code"
-msgstr "注册码(&C)"
+msgstr "注册代码(&C)"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57
msgid ""
@@ -716,8 +730,8 @@
"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>产品注册会将您的产品收纳在 SUSE 客服中心数据库中,\n"
-"使您能够获得在线更新和技术支持。\n"
+"<p>产品注册过程会将您的产品包含在 SUSE Customer Center 数据库中,\n"
+"使您能够获取联机更新和技术支持。\n"
"要在自动安装期间注册,请选择<b>运行产品注册</b>。</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63
@@ -726,8 +740,9 @@
"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>若您的网络部署了一个自定义注册服务器,请设置正确的服务器 URL\n"
-"以及在<b>SMT 服务器设置</b>中设置 SMT 证书的位置。进一步协助请参考您的 SMT 手册。</p>"
+"<p>如果您的网络部署了自定义注册服务器,\n"
+"请在 <b>SMT 服务器设置</b>中正确设置服务器的 URL 以及 SMT 证书的位置。如需更多帮助,请参考\n"
+"SMT 手册。</p>"
#. the UI defition for the global registration status
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
@@ -738,13 +753,13 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr "电子邮件地址(&E)"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112
msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
-msgstr "安装来自更新软件源的可用更新"
+msgstr "从更新储存库安装可用更新"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
@@ -753,12 +768,12 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132
msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery"
-msgstr "使用 SLP 探索查找注册服务器"
+msgstr "使用 SLP 发现查找注册服务器"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137
msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default"
-msgstr "使用特定服务器 URL 而非默认"
+msgstr "使用特定的服务器 URL 而不是默认值"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144
@@ -798,7 +813,7 @@
#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106
msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
-msgstr "再次注册扩展或模块(&R)"
+msgstr "重新注册扩展或模块(&R)"
#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
@@ -807,15 +822,15 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
-msgstr "系统已注册。"
+msgstr "系统已经注册。"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
-msgstr "在此输入 SUSE 客服中心账户信息来注册系统以获得更新和扩展。"
+msgstr "在此处输入 SUSE Customer Center 身份凭证注册系统,以便获取更新和扩展。"
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -825,89 +840,90 @@
"\n"
"Really skip the registration now?"
msgstr ""
-"若您未注册您的系统,我们将无法保证您能够访问更新软件源。\n"
+"如果不注册您的系统,我们将无法授予\n"
+"您对更新储存库的访问权限。\n"
"\n"
-"您可以安装后再注册或访问我们的客服中心在线注册。\n"
+"您可以在安装后注册,或者访问我们的\n"
+"Customer Center 进行联机注册。\n"
"\n"
-"现在真的要跳过注册吗?"
+"现在确实要跳过注册吗?"
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n"
"a registered system."
msgstr ""
-"请在下面字段输入本产品的注册码或评估码以及您在 SUSE 客服中心的用户名/电子邮件地址。\n"
-"只有注册了产品才能够获得安全和常规软件更新。"
+"请在 SUSE Customer Center 中的下方字段内输入此产品的\n"
+"注册代码或评估代码,以及您的用户名/电子邮件地址。\n"
+"只能在注册系统上访问安全性\n"
+"和一般软件更新。"
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
-msgstr "若您现在跳过了注册,请记得在安装完成后注册呀。"
+msgstr ""
+"如果您现在跳过产品注册,\n"
+"请记得在安装完成后注册产品。"
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
-msgstr "网络配置..."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
+msgstr "网络配置(&W)..."
#. SSL error message
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23
msgid "Certificate has expired"
-msgstr "证书已过期"
+msgstr "证书已失效"
#. SSL error message
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25
msgid "Self signed certificate"
-msgstr "自签名证书"
+msgstr "自我签名证书"
#. SSL error message
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27
msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain"
-msgstr "证书链中自签名的证书"
+msgstr "证书链中的自我签名证书"
#. push button
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74
msgid "&Trust and Import"
-msgstr "信任和导入(&T)"
+msgstr "信任并导入(&T)"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>安全连接 (HTTPS) 使用 SSL 证书来校验服务器的权威性和加密所传输的数据。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>安全连接 (HTTPS) 使用 SSL 证书来校验服务器的可靠性及加密传输的数据。</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>您可以选择导入该证书到已知证书签发机构 (CA) 列表中,这意味着您信任该未知证书的主体和签发人。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您可以选择将证书导入到已知证书颁发机构 (CA) 列表中,表明您信任该未知证书的使用者和颁发者。</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>导入证书将允许使用例如自签名的证书。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>导入证书将允许使用诸如自我签名的证书。</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>重要:</b>您应该校验该证书的指纹来确保您从所请求的服务器导入了真正的证书。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>重要说明:</b>您应该校验证书指纹,以确保您导入的是来自所请求的服务器的真实证书。</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>未校验即导入一个未知证书是一个巨大的安全风险。</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>不校验即导入未知证书会带来严重的安全隐患。</b></p>"
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr "无效 URL。"
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
@@ -926,28 +942,28 @@
"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n"
"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?"
msgstr ""
-"要注册 '%s' 附加组件需要先注册基础系统。\n"
-"跳过基础系统和附加组件注册吗?"
+"只有注册了基础系统才能注册“%s”外接式附件。\n"
+"要跳过基础系统和外接式附件注册吗?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47
msgid "Repositories used for Migration"
-msgstr "用于迁移的软件源"
+msgstr "用于迁移的储存库"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50
msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此对话框中您可手动选择用于在线迁移的软件源。软件包将被升级到所选源中所能找到的最高版本。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在此对话框中,可以手动选择要用于联机迁移的储存库。包将升级到选定储存库中的最高版本。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85
msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration"
-msgstr "选择用于迁移的软件源"
+msgstr "选择用于迁移的储存库"
#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89
msgid "Manage Repositories..."
-msgstr "管理软件源..."
+msgstr "管理储存库..."
#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114
@@ -969,61 +985,62 @@
"to register the system first."
msgstr ""
"系统未注册。\n"
-"要运行在线迁移您需要先注册本系统。"
+"要运行联机迁移,您需要\n"
+"先注册该系统。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183
msgid "No installed product found."
-msgstr "未找到已安装产品。"
+msgstr "找不到安装的产品。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212
msgid "No migration product found."
-msgstr "未找到迁移产品。"
+msgstr "找不到迁移产品。"
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289
msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
-msgstr "正在准备迁移软件源..."
+msgstr "正在准备迁移储存库…"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62
msgid "Select the Migration Target"
-msgstr "选择迁移对象"
+msgstr "选择迁移目标"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65
msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此您可选择迁移对象产品。注册服务器或许会提供一些可供迁移的新产品。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您可以在此处选择迁移目标产品。注册服务器可提供多种可能的途径用于迁移到新产品。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68
msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>仅可从列表中选择一个迁移对象。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>只能从列表中选择一个迁移目标。</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70
msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>稍后使用 <b>%s</b> 复选框手动选择迁移软件源。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>以后可以使用 <b>%s</b> 复选框手动选择迁移储存库。</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71
msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories"
-msgstr "手动选择迁移软件源"
+msgstr "手动选择迁移储存库"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97
msgid "Select the target migration."
-msgstr "选择迁移对象。"
+msgstr "选择目标迁移。"
#. TRANSLATORS: check button label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138
msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration"
-msgstr "手动调整迁移软件源"
+msgstr "手动调整用于迁移的储存库"
#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153
msgid "Possible Migration Targets"
-msgstr "可行迁移对象"
+msgstr "可能的迁移目标"
#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191
@@ -1038,33 +1055,33 @@
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
-msgstr "错误:产品 <b>%{product}</b> 在注册服务器 (%{url}) 上不可用。请将缺失的产品添加到注册服务器上以允许使用此迁移助手。"
+msgstr "错误:注册服务器 (%{url}) 上没有产品 <b>%{product}</b>。请提供该产品以允许使用此迁移。"
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
-msgstr "<b>将安装</b> %s。"
+msgstr "%s <b>将会安装。</b>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
-msgstr "%s <b>无变化。</b>"
+msgstr "%s <b>将保持不变。</b>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
-msgstr "%{old_product} <b> 将被升级到</b> %{new_product}。"
+msgstr "%{old_product} <b>将升级到</b> %{new_product}。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
-msgstr "%{old_product} <b>将被降级到</b> %{new_product}。"
+msgstr "%{old_product} <b>将降级到</b> %{new_product}。"
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290
@@ -1075,22 +1092,24 @@
"Select a different migration target or make the missing products\n"
"available at the registration server."
msgstr ""
-"所选迁移包含了一个注册服务器上不可用的产品。\n"
+"选定迁移包含注册\n"
+"服务器上没有的产品。\n"
"\n"
-"请选择一个不同的迁移对象或将缺失的产品添加到注册服务器上。"
+"请选择其他迁移目标或在\n"
+"注册服务器上提供缺少的产品。"
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>系统已注册。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>该系统已注册。</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41
msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>您可以再次注册或注册额外扩展或模块以增强系统功能。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>您可以重新注册系统,也可以注册其他扩展或模块以增强该系统的功能。</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43
msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>若您想要反注册您的系统,您需要登入 SUSE 客服中心并在那里手动移除该系统。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果要取消注册系统,您需要登录 SUSE Customer Center,在那里手动去除此系统。</p>"
#. button label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70
@@ -1100,7 +1119,7 @@
#. button label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73
msgid "Register Again"
-msgstr "再次注册"
+msgstr "重新注册"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42
msgid "Registration is being updated..."
@@ -1108,7 +1127,7 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43
msgid "The previous registration is being updated."
-msgstr "正在更新之前的注册。"
+msgstr "正在更新以前的注册。"
#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65
@@ -1117,886 +1136,13 @@
"You can manually register the system from scratch."
msgstr ""
"自动注册升级失败。\n"
-"您可以从头开始手动注册该系统。"
+"您可以从头开始手动注册系统。"
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Searching..."
-msgstr "搜索中..."
+msgstr "正在搜索..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "正在查找本地注册服务器..."
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Additional Repositories"
-#~ msgid "Migration Repositories"
-#~ msgstr "附加源"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
-#~ msgid "Select the Migration Repositories"
-#~ msgstr "包含源的目录(&R):"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Registering Product..."
-#~| msgid_plural "Registering Products..."
-#~ msgid "Registering Migration Products..."
-#~ msgstr "正在注册产品..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Registration added some update repositories.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Do you want to install the latest available\n"
-#~ "on-line updates during installation?"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "注册程序添加了一些更新源。\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "您想要在安装期间安装最新可用的在线更新吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "SSL Certificate"
-#~ msgstr "SSL 证书"
-
-#~ msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System"
-#~ msgstr "稍后在安装好的系统上也使用 SLP 发现"
-
-#~ msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server"
-#~ msgstr "正在联络 SUSE 客服中心服务器"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The e-mail address is not known or\n"
-#~ "the registration code is not valid."
-#~ msgstr "电子邮件地址未知或注册码无效。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Cannot download SSL certificate from\n"
-#~ "%s"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "无法从\n"
-#~ "%s\n"
-#~ "下载 SSL 证书"
-
-#~ msgid "Import File..."
-#~ msgstr "导入文件..."
-
-#~ msgid "Importing certificate..."
-#~ msgstr "正在导入证书..."
-
-#~ msgid "Pattern '%s' was not found."
-#~ msgstr "软件集 '%s' 未找到。"
-
-#~ msgid "&Email"
-#~ msgstr "邮件(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "Add-on &Name"
-#~ msgstr "附加组件名称(&N)"
-
-#~ msgid "Name"
-#~ msgstr "名称"
-
-#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons"
-#~ msgstr "注册可选附加组件"
-
-#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..."
-#~ msgstr "注册附加组件..."
-
-#~ msgid "Addon Products"
-#~ msgstr "附加产品"
-
-#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration"
-#~ msgstr "SUSE 客服中心注册"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You can manually change the repository states,\n"
-#~ "select repositories which will be used for installation."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "您可以手动修改软件源状态,\n"
-#~ "选择将使用哪些软件源来进行安装。"
-
-#~ msgid "Repository State"
-#~ msgstr "软件源状态"
-
-#~ msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
-#~ msgstr "包含来自独立介质的附加产品(&C)"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>A Registration Key is Required</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>需要一个注册密钥</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Automatically selecting '%s'\n"
-#~ "dependencies:\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "%s"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "正在自动选择 '%s'\n"
-#~ "依赖:\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "%s"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
-#~ "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>%s</i> site.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "要与 &product; 一起安装某个来自独立介质的附加产品,请选择\n"
-#~ "<b>包含来自独立介质的附加产品</b>。</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>若您需要安装特定硬件驱动,请参考 <i>%s</i> 站点。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Registering Selected Add-on Products and Extensions"
-#~ msgstr "正在注册所选附加产品和扩展"
-
-#~ msgid "Enter Registration Keys for Selected Add-on Products and Extensions"
-#~ msgstr "请为所选附加产品和扩展输入注册密钥"
-
-#~ msgid "Registration &Key"
-#~ msgstr "注册密钥(&K)"
-
-#~ msgid "Registration key"
-#~ msgstr "注册密钥"
-
-#~ msgid "Online Update Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "在线更新配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Support Registration"
-#~ msgstr "注册支持服务"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Get technical support and product updates and\n"
-#~ "manage subscriptions with Novell Customer Center."
-#~ msgstr "通过 Novell 客服中心获得技术支持和产品更新并管理订阅。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Get technical support and product updates\n"
-#~ "by registering this installation."
-#~ msgstr "注册此计算机以获得技术支持和产品更新。"
-
-#~ msgid "Configure Now (Recommended)"
-#~ msgstr "立即配置 (推荐)"
-
-#~ msgid "Configure Later"
-#~ msgstr "稍后配置"
-
-#~ msgid "Register Now (Recommended)"
-#~ msgstr "立即注册 (推荐)"
-
-#~ msgid "Register Later"
-#~ msgstr "稍后注册"
-
-#~ msgid "Include for Convenience"
-#~ msgstr "为方便起见而包含"
-
-#~ msgid "Hardware Profile"
-#~ msgstr "硬件方案"
-
-#~ msgid "Optional Information"
-#~ msgstr "可选信息"
-
-#~ msgid "Registration and Privacy Details"
-#~ msgstr "注册和隐私细节"
-
-#~ msgid "Your configuration was successful."
-#~ msgstr "您已配置成功。"
-
-#~ msgid "Your registration was successful."
-#~ msgstr "您已成功注册。"
-
-#~ msgid "An update server has been added to your configuration."
-#~ msgstr "已将一个更新服务器添加到了您的配置中。"
-
-#~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration."
-#~ msgstr "没有更新服务器可被添加到您的配置中。"
-
-#~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed."
-#~ msgstr "没有需要变更的软件源。"
-
-#~ msgid "Software repositories did not need to be changed."
-#~ msgstr "无需变更软件源。"
-
-#~ msgid "New Update Server"
-#~ msgstr "新更新服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Updated software repositories"
-#~ msgstr "更新的软件源"
-
-#~ msgid "Manual Interaction Required"
-#~ msgstr "需要手动干预"
-
-#~ msgid "Needed Information"
-#~ msgstr "所需信息"
-
-#~ msgid "Continue"
-#~ msgstr "继续"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "A Web browser will start in which to complete\n"
-#~ "the configuration on the opened Web site."
-#~ msgstr "将启动一个网络浏览器,请在其打开的网站中完成配置。"
-
-#~ msgid "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center"
-#~ msgstr "定期与客服中心同步"
-
-#~ msgid "Registration and Privacy Information"
-#~ msgstr "注册和隐私信息"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The server requires additional system information. Activating \n"
-#~ "submission of the hardware profile automatically."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "服务器需要额外的系统信息。\n"
-#~ "正在自动激活硬件方案的提交。"
-
-#~ msgid "Update Source Issues"
-#~ msgstr "更新来源问题"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Registering as a regular user does not include the update source\n"
-#~ "in the Online Update YaST module. If you continue and later want \n"
-#~ "to update with Online Update, the source must be added manually.\n"
-#~ "Other tools, such as Software Updater in the panel, can still be \n"
-#~ "used. Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \n"
-#~ "so the sources are available to all tools."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "以普通用户身份注册将不会把更新来源包含进 YaST 在线更新模块中。\n"
-#~ "您若选择继续,稍后又想要使用在线更新来更新,您必须手动添加来源。\n"
-#~ "但您仍可以使用其它工具,诸如面板上的软件更新器。\n"
-#~ "或者,先取消,然后以根用户身份通过 YaST 重新注册,这样更新来源才可\n"
-#~ "供全部工具所用。"
-
-#~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid."
-#~ msgstr "错误:收到的数据无效。"
-
-#~ msgid "Error: Could not retrieve data."
-#~ msgstr "错误:无法撷取数据。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No Web browser available.\n"
-#~ "Run the suse_register command manually."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "没有可用的网络浏览器。\n"
-#~ "请手动运行 suse_register 命令。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "No product found to be registered.\n"
-#~ "You do not need to register this installation.\n"
-#~ "Please add update sources yourself."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "未找到要注册的产品。\n"
-#~ "您无需注册此计算机。\n"
-#~ "请自行添加更新来源。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Your registration requires interactive input that is not\n"
-#~ "supported in text mode. Run YaST2 in the graphical mode or\n"
-#~ "run the suse_register command manually."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "注册需要交互输入,但文本模式不支持交互输入。\n"
-#~ "请以图形模式运行 YaST2 或手动运行 suse_register 命令。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n"
-#~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n"
-#~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "向 Novell 注册您的系统后可配置并启用在线更新。\n"
-#~ "要立即执行此操作,请选择<b>立即配置</b>。使用<b>稍后配置</b>可推迟注册。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n"
-#~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n"
-#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n"
-#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n"
-#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n"
-#~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "要简化注册流程,可使用<b>可选信息</b>和<b>硬件方案</b>从您的系统中采集信息。\n"
-#~ "<b>细节</b>可显示注册过程中可能涉及的最多信息。为获取此信息,注册程序会联系\n"
-#~ "Novell 服务器查询您产品所需的信息。本次初始交换仅会发送已安装产品的身份。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</b>\n"
-#~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n"
-#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "若您已购买了本产品的副本,请启用<b>注册码</b>以便提示您输入产品注册码。\n"
-#~ "这将为您注册产品所含的安装支持。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n"
-#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n"
-#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n"
-#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "没有信息会被转让给 Novell 以外的任何人。该数据用于统计目的,为了在驱动支持和网络账户方面为您提供更多方便。\n"
-#~ "您可在<b>细节</b>中找到详细的隐私策略。您可在日志文件 <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt> 中查看已传输的信息。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n"
-#~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n"
-#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n"
-#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n"
-#~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>定期与客服中心同步</b>会检查您的更新来源是否仍然有效并添加任何可用的新来源。\n"
-#~ "它还会把对从您系统上采集的数据的任何修订发送到 Novell,比如激活了<b>硬件信息</b>\n"
-#~ "时的硬件信息。该选项不会移除任何手动添加的来源。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n"
-#~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n"
-#~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "注册进程将联系一个 Novell 服务器 (或者您公司提供的本地注册服务器)。\n"
-#~ "请确保网络和代理设置正确。您可以回退到网络设置来检查或修改设置。\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n"
-#~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n"
-#~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "向 Open-SLX 注册您的系统后可配置并启用在线更新。\n"
-#~ "要立即执行此操作,请选择<b>立即配置</b>。使用<b>稍后配置</b>可推迟注册。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n"
-#~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n"
-#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n"
-#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n"
-#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n"
-#~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "要简化注册流程,可使用<b>可选信息</b>和<b>硬件方案</b>从您的系统中采集信息。\n"
-#~ "<b>细节</b>可显示注册过程中可能涉及的最多信息。为获取此信息,注册程序会联系\n"
-#~ "Open-SLX 服务器查询您产品所需的信息。本次初始交换仅会发送已安装产品的身份。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n"
-#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n"
-#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n"
-#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "没有信息会被转让给 Open-SLX 以外的任何人。该数据用于统计目的,为了驱动器支持和网络帐户方面为您提供更多方便。\n"
-#~ "您可在<b>细节</b>中找到详细的隐私策略。您可在日志文件 <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt> 中查看已传输的信息。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n"
-#~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n"
-#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n"
-#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n"
-#~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>定期与客服中心同步</b>会检查您的更新来源是否仍然有效并添加任何可用的新来源。\n"
-#~ "它还会把对从您系统上采集的数据的任何修订发送到 Open-SLX,比如激活了<b>硬件信息</b>\n"
-#~ "时的硬件信息。该选项不会移除任何手动添加的来源。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n"
-#~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n"
-#~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "注册进程将联系一个 Open-SLX 服务器 (或者您公司提供的本地注册服务器)。\n"
-#~ "请确保网络和代理设置正确。您可以回退到网络设置来检查或修改设置。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Error"
-#~ msgstr "错误"
-
-#~ msgid "An error occurred while connecting to the server."
-#~ msgstr "连接服务器时出错。"
-
-#~ msgid "Starting browser..."
-#~ msgstr "正在启动浏览器..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Initialization failed.\n"
-#~ "Can not interact with the package system."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "初始化失败。\n"
-#~ "无法与软件包系统交互。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "In order to register properly the system\n"
-#~ "needs to install the following packages."
-#~ msgstr "为了正确注册,系统需要安装以下软件包。"
-
-#~ msgid "active"
-#~ msgstr "已激活"
-
-#~ msgid "expired"
-#~ msgstr "已过期"
-
-#~ msgid "returned or refunded"
-#~ msgstr "已退货或退款"
-
-#~ msgid "evaluation"
-#~ msgstr "评估版本"
-
-#~ msgid "provisional"
-#~ msgstr "临时版本"
-
-#~ msgid "Registration is successful."
-#~ msgstr "注册成功。"
-
-#~ msgid "Subscription is expired."
-#~ msgstr "订阅已过期。"
-
-#~ msgid "Registration code is missing."
-#~ msgstr "缺少注册码。"
-
-#~ msgid "Registration code does not match mail address."
-#~ msgstr "注册码不匹配邮件地址。"
-
-#~ msgid "Registration Status at: <b>%1</b>"
-#~ msgstr "注册状态于:<b>%1</b>"
-
-#~ msgid "Product: <b>%1</b> (%2, %3)"
-#~ msgstr "产品:<b>%1</b> (%2, %3)"
-
-#~ msgid "Subscription: <b>%1</b> (%2)"
-#~ msgstr "订阅:<b>%1</b> (%2)"
-
-#~ msgid "Message: %1"
-#~ msgstr "消息:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "No status information about registered products available."
-#~ msgstr "没有关于已注册的产品的状态信息可用。"
-
-#~ msgid "Registration status is not available."
-#~ msgstr "注册状态不可用。"
-
-#~ msgid "Advanced"
-#~ msgstr "高级"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen Dom0 detected. The following package needs to be installed."
-#~ msgstr "检测到 Xen Dom0。需要安装以下软件包。"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen DomU detected."
-#~ msgstr "检测到 Xen DomU。"
-
-#~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed."
-#~ msgstr "需要安装以下软件包。"
-
-#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed."
-#~ msgstr "<p>为了正确统计此计算机,需要安装软件包 %1。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first."
-#~ msgstr "因此需要先移除以下软件包。"
-
-#~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed."
-#~ msgstr "应该已经安装了软件包 %1 并移除了软件包 %2。"
-
-#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation."
-#~ msgstr "即使注册服务器或许漏计了此计算机,注册也将立即继续进行。"
-
-#~ msgid "Setting up online update source..."
-#~ msgstr "正在设置在线更新来源..."
-
-#~ msgid "Updating software repositories..."
-#~ msgstr "正在更新软件源..."
-
-#~ msgid "Registration failed partially."
-#~ msgstr "注册部分失败。"
-
-#~ msgid "unknown status"
-#~ msgstr "未知状态"
-
-#~ msgid "%1 item of registration data"
-#~ msgstr "%1 项注册数据"
-
-#~ msgid "Included Information"
-#~ msgstr "采集的信息"
-
-#~ msgid "Hardware profile"
-#~ msgstr "硬件方案"
-
-#~ msgid "Optional information"
-#~ msgstr "可选信息"
-
-#~ msgid "&Key"
-#~ msgstr "键(&K)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Value"
-#~ msgstr "值(&V)"
-
-#~ msgid "Key is invalid."
-#~ msgstr "无效键。"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>请使用 <tt>suse_register -h</tt> 获得有关注册过程的更多信息。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Other information used for registration is shown in <b>Registration\n"
-#~ "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\n"
-#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n"
-#~ "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n"
-#~ "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>用于注册的其他信息显示在<b>注册数据</b>中。<br>要添加新键值对,请按<b>添加</b>,然后输入适当的值。这些参数也可通过 <tt>suse_register -a</tt> 传递。<br>可使用 <tt>suse_register -p</tt> 获得更多信息。可使用<b>删除</b>移除键值对或使用<b>编辑</b>修改现有键值对。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "SMT Server"
-#~ msgstr "SMT 服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "Run Product Registration"
-#~ msgstr "运行产品注册"
-
-#~ msgid "Include in Registration"
-#~ msgstr "包含在注册中"
-
-#~ msgid "Registration Data to Use"
-#~ msgstr "要使用的注册数据"
-
-#~ msgid "Key"
-#~ msgstr "键"
-
-#~ msgid "Value"
-#~ msgstr "值"
-
-#~ msgid "Ad&d"
-#~ msgstr "添加(&D)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Edit"
-#~ msgstr "编辑(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "De&lete"
-#~ msgstr "删除(&L)"
-
-#~ msgid "SMT Server URL must start with https://"
-#~ msgstr "SMT 服务器 URL 必须以 https:// 开头"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Location of SMT Certificate invalid.\n"
-#~ "See your SMT documentation.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "SMT 证书位置无效。\n"
-#~ "请查阅您的 SMT 文档。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Contacting server..."
-#~ msgstr "正在联系服务器..."
-
-#~ msgid "This may take a while"
-#~ msgstr "这或许要花费一点时间"
-
-#~ msgid "Please wait..."
-#~ msgstr "请稍候..."
-
-#~ msgid "Updating software repositories"
-#~ msgstr "正在更新软件源"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The software repositories have been updated.\n"
-#~ "Find details in the Software Repositories module."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "软件源已更新。\n"
-#~ "细节请到软件源模块中查找。"
-
-#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated."
-#~ msgstr "软件源已更新。"
-
-#~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module."
-#~ msgstr "细节请到软件源模块中查找。"
-
-#~ msgid "No software repositories have been updated."
-#~ msgstr "没有软件源被更新。"
-
-#~ msgid "The default update repository has been restored."
-#~ msgstr "已恢复默认更新源。"
-
-#~ msgid "The default update repository has been added."
-#~ msgstr "已添加默认更新源。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "To add the default update repository,\n"
-#~ "you have to register this product.\n"
-#~ msgstr "您必须注册本产品才能添加默认更新源。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?"
-#~ msgstr "您想要现在执行注册吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "You can register for installation support."
-#~ msgstr "您可以注册安装支持。"
-
-#~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:"
-#~ msgstr "服务器 CA 证书位置:"
-
-#~ msgid "Custom Registration Server"
-#~ msgstr "自定义注册服务器"
-
-#~ msgid "URL invalid"
-#~ msgstr "URL 无效"
-
-#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https://"
-#~ msgstr "注册服务器 URL 必须以 https:// 开头"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Server CA certificate location is invalid.\n"
-#~ "For details, see the help text.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "服务器 CA 证书位置无效。\n"
-#~ "详情请参阅帮助文本。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Add custom registration data"
-#~ msgstr "添加自定义注册数据"
-
-#~ msgid "Add key value pairs:"
-#~ msgstr "添加键值对:"
-
-#~ msgid "See the help text for details."
-#~ msgstr "详情请参阅帮助文本。"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the <b>Advanced</b> menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>要在本地注册服务器上注册此计算机,请配置 URL,可能还要通过<b>高级</b>菜单配置服务器 CA 证书。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>The registration server URL has to start with <i>https://</i> whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format <i>http://</i>, <i>https://</i> or <i>ftp://</i>. Furthermore valid locations are <i>/path/on/local/disk</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> and the keyword <i>done</i>. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>注册服务器 URL 必须以 <i>https://</i> 开头而其 CA 证书的位置可以是 <i>http://</i>、<i>https://</i> 或 <i>ftp://</i> 格式的 URL。此外有效的位置为 <i>/patch/on/local/disk</i>,<b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> 和关键词 <i>done</i>。后者表示不需要处理 CA 证书即可信任该注册服务器。</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?"
-#~ msgstr "您想要跳过注册吗?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you select %1, registration will most likely fail.\n"
-#~ "You can copy the certificate file to the system manually\n"
-#~ "and then specify its path by choosing %2.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "若您选择 %1,注册将很可能失败。\n"
-#~ "您可以手动复制证书文件到系统然后选择 %2 指定其路径。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Could not load the SMT certificate file from floppy disk."
-#~ msgstr "无法从软盘加载 SMT 证书文件。"
-
-#~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path."
-#~ msgstr "无法在指定路径中找到 SMT 证书文件。"
-
-#~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file."
-#~ msgstr "撷取 SMT 证书文件时发生未知错误。"
-
-#~ msgid "Skip"
-#~ msgstr "跳过"
-
-#~ msgid "The registration server URL could not be validated as URL."
-#~ msgstr "注册服务器 URL 无法验证为 URL。"
-
-#~ msgid "Change the URL and retry."
-#~ msgstr "请修改 URL 并重试。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The current registration server URL is\n"
-#~ "%1"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "当前注册服务器 URL 为:\n"
-#~ "%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Could not mount floppy disk"
-#~ msgstr "无法挂载软盘"
-
-#~ msgid "Could not read file on floppy disk"
-#~ msgstr "无法读取软盘中的文件"
-
-#~ msgid "Could not find SMT certificate file in local path"
-#~ msgstr "无法在本地路径中找到 SMT 证书"
-
-#~ msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip registration?"
-#~ msgstr "您真的想要取消从而跳过注册吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "Could not copy certificate file"
-#~ msgstr "无法复制证书文件。"
-
-#~ msgid "Do you want to retry?"
-#~ msgstr "您想要重试吗?"
-
-#~ msgid "Do you want to trust this certificate?"
-#~ msgstr "您想要信任此证书吗?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n"
-#~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "此证书将用于连接系统维护技术员 (SMT) 服务器。\n"
-#~ "您必须信任此证书以继续注册。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>签发对象:</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Subject:</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>主题:</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Validity:</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>有效期:</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Valid from: "
-#~ msgstr "有效于: "
-
-#~ msgid "Trust"
-#~ msgstr "信任"
-
-#~ msgid "Reject"
-#~ msgstr "拒绝"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Installation of the SMT certificates failed.\n"
-#~ "See the logs for further information.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "系统维护技术员 (SMT) 证书安装失败。\n"
-#~ "更多信息请查阅日志。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Enabled catalog: %1 (%2)"
-#~ msgstr "已启用分类:%1 (%2)"
-
-#~ msgid "Disabled catalog: %1 (%2)"
-#~ msgstr "已禁用分类:%1 (%2)"
-
-#~ msgid "Added Source: %1"
-#~ msgstr "已添加来源:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Deleted Source: %1"
-#~ msgstr "已删除来源:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Added Service: %1"
-#~ msgstr "已添加服务:%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Deleted Service: %1"
-#~ msgstr "已删除服务:%1"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help"
-#~ msgstr "在线更新配置"
-
-#~ msgid "(default)"
-#~ msgstr "(默认)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Automatic Online Update"
-#~ msgstr "激活在线更新"
-
-#~ msgid "Set Default"
-#~ msgstr "设置默认值"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "<p>Press <b>%1</b> to use the default update repository.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>按<b>完成</b>在输出目录中创建附加产品。</p>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories"
-#~ msgstr "附加软件安装源"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project"
-#~ msgstr "所选网卡的硬件信息"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Interval"
-#~ msgstr "接口"
-
-#~ msgid "Skip Interactive Patches"
-#~ msgstr "跳过交互式补丁"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Agree with Licenses"
-#~ msgstr "我接受许可协议(&A)。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Current Update Repository:"
-#~ msgstr "正在创建安装源 %1"
-
-#~ msgid "enabled"
-#~ msgstr "已启用"
-
-#~ msgid "disabled"
-#~ msgstr "已禁用"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "daily"
-#~ msgstr "每日"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "weekly"
-#~ msgstr "每周"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "monthly"
-#~ msgstr "每月"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The SMT server URL could not be validated as URL.\n"
-#~ "Registration can not be performed. Please modify /etc/suseRegister.conf and run Registration manually.\n"
-#~ "The SMT server URL that was configured was\n"
-#~ "%1"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "SMT 服务器的 URL 无法被验证为 URL。\n"
-#~ "无法进行注册。请修改 /etc/suseRegister.conf 并手动运行注册。\n"
-#~ "被配置的 SMT 服务器 URL 是\n"
-#~ "%1"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Registering as a regular user does not include the update repository\n"
-#~ "in the Online Update YaST module. If you continue and later want \n"
-#~ "to update with Online Update, the repository must be added manually.\n"
-#~ "Other tools, such as Software Updater in the panel, can still be \n"
-#~ "used. Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \n"
-#~ "so the repositories are available to all tools."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "作为普通用户注册就不会在在线更新 YaST \n"
-#~ "模块中包含更新软件源。如果继续并在稍后要\n"
-#~ "使用在线更新来更新,必须手动添加软件源。\n"
-#~ "其他工具,例如面板中的软件更新仍然可用。\n"
-#~ "您也可以先取消,通过 YaST 作为 root 用户注册,\n"
-#~ "以使软件源可用于所有工具。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n"
-#~ "repositories are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n"
-#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n"
-#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n"
-#~ "This option does not remove any repositories added manually.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>定期与 Customer Center 同步</b>检查更新\n"
-#~ "源是否仍然有效并添加任何可用的新源。\n"
-#~ "它还将对用户所包含数据的任何修改发送到 Novell,比\n"
-#~ "如激活<b>硬件信息</b>时的硬件信息。\n"
-#~ "此选项不会去除任何手动添加的源。\n"
-#~ " </p>"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/reipl.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/reipl.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/reipl.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,49 +1,43 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: reipl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 11:57+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module
#: src/clients/reipl.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of reipl"
-msgstr "重启 (Re-IPL) 配置"
+msgstr "reipl 的配置"
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"关机后,从可直接访问存储设备 (DASD) '%1'\n"
-"进行初始程序装入 (IPL) 来重载系统。\n"
+"关闭后,请使用 DASD“%1”的 IPL\n"
+"重新装载系统。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a FCP name
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -52,11 +46,11 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"关机后,从万维端口编号为 '%2' 和\n"
-"逻辑单元编号为 '%3' 的光纤通道协议\n"
-"'%1' 进行初始程序装入 (IPL) 来重加系统。\n"
+"关闭后,请使用 FCP“%1”\n"
+"(带有 WWPN“%2”和 LUN“%3”)的 IPL\n"
+"重新装载系统。\n"
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
@@ -64,44 +58,44 @@
"that contains /boot"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"关机后,通过从包含 /boot 分区的设备进行初始程序装入 (IPL) 来重载系统"
+"关闭后,使用包含 /boot 的设备中的 IPL 重新装载系统"
#. Rich text title for Reipl in proposals
#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:81
msgid "Reipl"
-msgstr "重启 (Re-IPL)"
+msgstr "Reipl"
#. Menu title for Reipl in proposals
#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:85
msgid "&Reipl"
-msgstr "重启(&R) (Re-IPL)"
+msgstr "Reipl(&R)"
#. Reipl configure dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100
msgid "Reipl Configuration"
-msgstr "重启 (Re-IPL) 配置"
+msgstr "Reipl 配置"
#. Reipl configure dialog contents
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:63
msgid "reipl methods"
-msgstr "重启 (Re-IPL) 方法"
+msgstr "reipl 方法"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "&ccw"
-msgstr "通道命令字(&c)"
+msgstr "ccw(&C)"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "&fcp"
-msgstr "光纤通道协议(&f)"
+msgstr "fcp(&F)"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "&nss"
-msgstr "命名保存段(&nss)"
+msgstr "NSS(&N)"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "ccw parameters"
-msgstr "通道命令字参数"
+msgstr "ccw 参数"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:103
msgid "&Device"
@@ -109,11 +103,11 @@
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "&Loadparm"
-msgstr "加载参数(&L)"
+msgstr "Loadparm(&L)"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "fcp parameters"
-msgstr "光纤通道协议参数"
+msgstr "fcp 参数"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:123
msgid "D&evice"
@@ -121,19 +115,19 @@
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:129
msgid "&Worldwide port number"
-msgstr "万维端口编号(&W)"
+msgstr "全球端口号(&W)"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:135
msgid "Lo&gical unit number"
-msgstr "逻辑单元编号(&g)"
+msgstr "逻辑单元号(&G)"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:141
msgid "B&oot program selector"
-msgstr "引导程序选择器(&o)"
+msgstr "引导程序选择器(&O)"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150
msgid "nss parameters"
-msgstr "命名保存段 (Named Saved Segment) 参数"
+msgstr "NSS 参数"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "&Name"
@@ -141,11 +135,11 @@
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175
msgid "reipl configuration"
-msgstr "重启 (Re-IPL) 配置"
+msgstr "Reipl 配置"
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:177
msgid "help missing in helps.ycp"
-msgstr "缺失了 helps.ycp 中的帮助"
+msgstr "helps.ycp 缺少帮助"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:36
@@ -153,7 +147,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Initializing reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>正在初始化重启 (Re-IPL) 配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在初始化 reipl 配置</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
@@ -162,8 +156,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
-"现在按<b>中止</b>安全地中止配置工具。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
+"现在按<b>中止</b>可安全中止配置实用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44
@@ -171,7 +165,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Saving reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>正在保存重启 (Re-IPL) 配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在保存 reipl 配置</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
@@ -182,15 +176,15 @@
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中断保存:</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<B>中断</B>可中断保存。\n"
-"另一个对话框将告之您这样做是否安全。\n"
+"<p><b><big>中止保存:</big></b><br>\n"
+"按<b>中止</b>可中止保存过程。\n"
+"将显示另一个对话框告诉您这样做是否安全。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Configure dialog help 1
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:55
msgid "<p><b><big>s390 reIPL Configuration</big></b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b><big>s390 重启 (Re-IPL) 配置</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>s390 reIPL 配置</big></b></p>"
#. Configure dialog help 2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59
@@ -201,9 +195,11 @@
"which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n"
"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>选择一种列示在<b>重启 (Re-IPL) 方法</b>中的方法来用单选按键重启您的机器。\n"
-"根据您机器的支持情况,在通道命令字 (CCW) 设备和通过 zFCP (光纤通道协议) 连接的 SCSI (小型计算机系统接口) \n"
-"设备中择一。然后填满相关方法必需的参数输入字段。</p>\n"
+"<p>选中 <b>reipl 方法</b>中列出的单选按钮来选择一种\n"
+"重启动您的计算机的方法。根据您计算机的支持情况,\n"
+"在通道命令字 (CCW) 设备和通过 zFCP(光纤通道协议)\n"
+"连接的 SCSI 设备中选择一种。\n"
+"然后填写相关方法必需的参数输入字段。</p>\n"
#. Configure dialog help 3
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67
@@ -213,9 +209,10 @@
"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n"
"an FCP adapter.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>设备</b>必须是一个有效的设备总线 ID,使用小写字母,并与 sysfs 格式 0.\n"
-"<i><子通道设置 ID></i>.<i><设备 ID></i> 兼容,例如 0.0.5c51。\n"
-"根据所选方法,这可以指向一个可直接访问存储设备 (DASD) 或者一个光纤通道协议 (FCP) 适配器。</p>"
+"<p><b>设备</b>必须是使用小写字母的有效设备总线 ID,\n"
+"其格式为 0.<i><子通道集 ID></i>.<i><设备 ID></i> 且与 sysfs 兼容,\n"
+"如 0.0.5c51。根据所选方法,该设备可能指的是 DASD 或\n"
+" FCP 适配器。</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 4
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:74
@@ -224,8 +221,9 @@
"configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n"
"to select the default configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>加载参数</b>必须不能超过 8 个字符,以从 zipl 引导加载器菜单中选择一个\n"
-"引导配置。使用一个空格字符来选择默认配置。</p>"
+"<p><b>loadparm</b> 最长为 8 个字符,其会从 zipl 引导加载程序\n"
+"菜单中选择引导配置。使用一个空字符\n"
+"可选择默认配置。</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 5
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80
@@ -233,7 +231,7 @@
"<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n"
"letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>万维端口编号</b> (WWPN) 必须是小写的 16 位十六进制值,\n"
+"<p><b>全球端口号</b> (WWPN) 必须是小写的 16 位十六进制值,\n"
"例如 0x5005076300c40e5a。</p>\n"
#. Configure dialog help 6
@@ -242,8 +240,8 @@
"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n"
"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>逻辑单元编号</b> (LUN) 必须是小写的 16 位十六进制值,后面全是 0,\n"
-"例如 0x52ca000000000000。</p>"
+"<p>必须使用小写字母输入<b>逻辑单元号</b> (LUN),\n"
+"并使用后随零使其成为完整的 16 位十六进制值,如 0x52ca000000000000。</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 7
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88
@@ -252,15 +250,18 @@
"a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n"
"the default configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>引导程序选择器</b>必须是一个非负整数,以从 zipl 引导加载器菜单中选择一个\n"
-"引导配置。使用 0 来选择默认配置。</p>"
+"<p><b>引导程序选择器</b>必须为非负整数,其会\n"
+"从 zipl 引导加载程序菜单中选择引导配置。使用 0 可选择\n"
+"默认配置。</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 8
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\n"
"boot record and is currently always 0.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>引导记录逻辑块地址</b> (LBA) 指定了主引导记录,目前总是 0。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>引导记录逻辑块地址</b> (LBA) 指定主\n"
+"引导记录,目前始终为 0。</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 9
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98
@@ -268,8 +269,8 @@
"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n"
"and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>在此对话框中确认后,您或许会触发重启,例如,通过关机,\n"
-"系统会自动从您指定的设备重启。</p>"
+"<p>确认此对话框后,可触发重引导(例如,通过关闭),\n"
+"系统将自动从您指定的设备中重启动。</p>"
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102
@@ -280,43 +281,28 @@
#. @return summary of the current configuration
#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329
msgid "Configured reipl methods"
-msgstr "已配置的重启 (Re-IPL) 方法"
+msgstr "已配置的 reipl 方法"
#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336
msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
-msgstr "已配置和使用通道命令字 (CCW) 方法。"
+msgstr "方法 ccw 已配置且正在使用。"
#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338
msgid "The method ccw is configured."
-msgstr "已配置通道命令字 (CCW) 方法。"
+msgstr "方法 ccw 已配置。"
#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341
msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
-msgstr "不支持通道命令字 (CCW) 方法。"
+msgstr "不支持方法 ccw。"
#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349
msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
-msgstr "已配置和使用光纤通道协议 (FCP) 方法。"
+msgstr "方法 fcp 已配置且正在使用。"
#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351
msgid "The method fcp is configured."
-msgstr "已配置光纤通道协议 (FCP) 方法。"
+msgstr "方法 fcp 已配置。"
#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354
msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
-msgstr "不支持光纤通道协议 (FCP) 方法。"
-
-#~ msgid "Boo&t record logical block address"
-#~ msgstr "引导记录逻辑块地址(&t)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>Saving reipl Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "Please wait...<br></p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b><big>正在保存配置</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "请稍候...<br></p>\n"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "This machine does not support reipl!"
-#~ msgstr "不支持该扫描仪。"
+msgstr "不支持方法 fcp。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/relocation-server.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/relocation-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/relocation-server.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,28 +1,23 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-10 11:47+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module
#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58
msgid "Configuration of relocation-server"
-msgstr "迁移服务器配置"
+msgstr "转移服务器的配置"
#. yes-no popup
#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48
@@ -30,8 +25,8 @@
"Really exit?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
-"真的要退出吗?\n"
-"将丢失全部修改。"
+"是否确实要退出?\n"
+"所有更改都将丢失。"
#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort);
#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166
@@ -63,7 +58,7 @@
#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343
msgid "Port number out of range."
-msgstr "端口号超出范围。"
+msgstr "端口号不在范围内。"
#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350
msgid "Port number already exists."
@@ -100,15 +95,15 @@
#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49
msgid "Relocation Address:"
-msgstr "迁移地址:"
+msgstr "转移地址:"
#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56
msgid "Allowed Hosts:"
-msgstr "允许主机:"
+msgstr "允许的主机:"
#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59
msgid "Use SSL as Default"
-msgstr "默认使用 SSL"
+msgstr "将 SSL 用作默认值"
#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65
msgid "non-SSL Server"
@@ -143,19 +138,19 @@
#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137
msgid "Tunneled migration"
-msgstr "隧道迁移"
+msgstr "隧道式迁移"
#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143
msgid "Make sure tunneled migration works"
-msgstr "确保隧道迁移正常"
+msgstr "确保隧道式迁移有效"
#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Plain migration"
-msgstr "普通迁移"
+msgstr "纯文本式迁移"
#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "Make sure plain migration works"
-msgstr "确保普通迁移正常"
+msgstr "确保纯文本式迁移有效"
#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "TCP Ports"
@@ -183,7 +178,7 @@
#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "Include default port range"
-msgstr "包含默认端口范围"
+msgstr "包括默认端口范围"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36
@@ -191,7 +186,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>正在初始化迁移服务器配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在初始化转移服务器的配置</big></b><br>\n"
"请稍候...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
@@ -200,8 +195,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
-"现在按<b>中止</b>安全地中断配置工具。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
+"现在按<b>中止</b>可以安全地中止配置实用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44
@@ -209,7 +204,7 @@
"<p><b><big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>正在保存迁移服务器配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在保存转移服务器的配置</big></b><br>\n"
"请稍候...<br></p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
@@ -220,9 +215,9 @@
"An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中断保存:</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<B>中断</B>可中断保存过程。\n"
-"另一个对话框将告之您这样做是否安全。\n"
+"<p><b><big>中止保存:</big></b><br>\n"
+"按<B>中止</B>可以中止保存过程。\n"
+"将出现一个附加对话框,告诉您这样做是否安全。\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54
@@ -234,12 +229,12 @@
"<p><b>SSL Key File/SSL Cert File</b><br>\n"
"SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>迁移地址</b><br>\n"
-"xend 应监听迁移套接字连接的地址</p>\n"
-"<p><b>允许主机</b><br>\n"
-"允许与迁移端口通讯的主机。若留空则允许全部连接。否则应是一个空格分隔的正则表达式序列。将允许任意有完全匹配其中一个正则表达式的域名或 IP 地址的主机。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>转移地址</b><br>\n"
+"地址 Xend 应在转移套接字连接上侦听</p>\n"
+"<p><b>允许的主机</b><br>\n"
+"允许与转移端口进行通信的主机。如果为空,则允许所有连接。否则,应为以空格分隔的正则表达式序列。将接受带全限定域名的任何主机或与其中一个正则表达式匹配的 IP 地址。</p>\n"
"<p><b>SSL 密钥文件/SSL 证书文件</b><br>\n"
-"ssl 迁移接口使用的 SSL 密钥和证书</p>"
+"用于 SSL 转移界面的 SSL 密钥和证书</p>"
#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -248,43 +243,43 @@
"<p><b><big>Plain migration</big></b><br>\n"
"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>隧道迁移</big></b><br>\n"
-"源主机的 libvirtd 打开一个到目标主机的 libvirtd 的直接连接以发送迁移数据。这样做允许加密数据流选项。</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>普通迁移</big></b><br>\n"
-"源主机 VM 打开一个到目标主机的直接非加密 TCP 连接以发送迁移数据。除非手动指定端口,libvirtd 将在默认范围内选择一个迁移端口。</p>"
+"<p><b><big>隧道式迁移</big></b><br>\n"
+"源主机 libvirtd 会打开与目标主机 libvirtd 的直接连接,以发送迁移数据。您可以选择是否对数据流加密。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>纯文本式迁移</big></b><br>\n"
+"源主机 VM 会打开与目标主机的未加密 TCP 直接连接,以发送迁移数据。除非手动指定端口,否则 libvirt 将选择默认范围内的迁移端口。</p>"
#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration
#. @return sequence result
#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104
msgid "&Xend"
-msgstr "&Xend"
+msgstr "Xend(&X)"
#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109
msgid "&KVM"
-msgstr "&KVM"
+msgstr "KVM(&K)"
#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114
msgid "&Xen Libxl"
-msgstr "&Xen Libxl"
+msgstr "Xen Libxl(&X)"
#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161
msgid "Relocation Server Configuration"
-msgstr "迁移服务器配置"
+msgstr "转移服务器的配置"
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307
msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration"
-msgstr "正在初始化迁移服务器配置"
+msgstr "正在初始化转移服务器的配置"
#. Progress stage 1/3
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317
msgid "Read the current xend configuration"
-msgstr "读取当前 xend 配置"
+msgstr "读取当前的 Xend 配置"
#. Progress stage 2/3
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319
msgid "Read the current xend state"
-msgstr "读取当前 xend 状态"
+msgstr "读取当前的 Xend 状态"
#. Progress stage 3/3
#. Progress stage 1/2
@@ -295,12 +290,12 @@
#. Progress step 1/3
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326
msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..."
-msgstr "正在读取当前 xend 配置..."
+msgstr "正在读取当前的 Xend 配置..."
#. Progress step 2/3
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328
msgid "Reading the current xend state..."
-msgstr "正在读取当前 xend 状态..."
+msgstr "正在读取当前的 Xend 状态..."
#. Progress step 3/3
#. Progress step 1/2
@@ -311,17 +306,17 @@
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339
msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state"
-msgstr "读取当前 libvirtd/sshd 状态"
+msgstr "读取当前的 libvirtd/SSHD 状态"
#. Progress stage 2/2
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346
msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..."
-msgstr "正在读取当前 libvirtd/sshd 状态..."
+msgstr "正在读取当前的 libvirtd/SSHD 状态..."
#. Error message
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368
msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state."
-msgstr "无法读取当前 Xend 状态。"
+msgstr "无法读取当前的 Xend 状态。"
#. Error message
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377
@@ -331,12 +326,12 @@
#. Error message
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386
msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state."
-msgstr "无法读取当前 libvirtd/sshd 状态。"
+msgstr "无法读取当前的 libvirtd/SSHD 状态。"
#. RelocationServer read dialog caption
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407
msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration"
-msgstr "正在保存迁移服务器配置"
+msgstr "正在保存转移服务器的配置"
#. Progress stage 1
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417
@@ -373,17 +368,17 @@
#. Progress stage 1
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436
msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service"
-msgstr "调整 libvirtd/sshd 服务"
+msgstr "调整 libvirtd/SSHD 服务"
#. Progress step 1
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443
msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service"
-msgstr "正在调整 libvirtd/sshd 服务..."
+msgstr "正在调整 libvirtd/SSHD 服务"
#. Error message
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460
msgid "Cannot write the xend settings."
-msgstr "无法写入 xend 设置。"
+msgstr "无法写入 Xend 设置。"
#. Error message
#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rpm-groups.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rpm-groups.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rpm-groups.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,26 +1,19 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012.
-# Marguerite Su , 2012.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: RPM\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-04 11:08+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-07-19 07:33+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: Marguerite Su\n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:11\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
msgid "3D"
msgstr "三维"
@@ -29,7 +22,7 @@
msgstr "三维编辑器"
msgid "Action"
-msgstr "动作"
+msgstr "操作"
msgid "Amusements"
msgstr "娱乐"
@@ -41,7 +34,7 @@
msgstr "街机"
msgid "Archie"
-msgstr "射击"
+msgstr "Archie"
msgid "Archiving"
msgstr "存档"
@@ -80,7 +73,7 @@
msgstr "构建"
msgid "CAD"
-msgstr "计算机辅助绘图(CAD)"
+msgstr "CAD"
msgid "Camera"
msgstr "照相机"
@@ -104,13 +97,13 @@
msgstr "中文"
msgid "Clients"
-msgstr "客户机"
+msgstr "客户端"
msgid "Clocks"
msgstr "时钟"
msgid "Clustering"
-msgstr "集群"
+msgstr "群集"
msgid "Compression"
msgstr "压缩"
@@ -125,10 +118,10 @@
msgstr "转换器"
msgid "Cross"
-msgstr "跨平台"
+msgstr "交叉"
msgid "Daemons"
-msgstr "守护精灵"
+msgstr "守护程序"
msgid "Databases"
msgstr "数据库"
@@ -191,7 +184,7 @@
msgstr "文件系统"
msgid "File utilities"
-msgstr "文件工具"
+msgstr "文件实用程序"
msgid "Finance"
msgstr "财务"
@@ -215,25 +208,25 @@
msgstr "GNOME"
msgid "Grabbers"
-msgstr "采集器"
+msgstr "Grabber"
msgid "Graph"
-msgstr "图表"
+msgstr "示意图"
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr "图形"
msgid "GUI"
-msgstr "图形界面"
+msgstr "GUI"
msgid "GUI Builders"
-msgstr "图形界面生成器"
+msgstr "GUI 生成器"
msgid "H323"
msgstr "H323"
msgid "HA"
-msgstr "高可用性"
+msgstr "HA"
msgid "Hamradio"
msgstr "业余无线电"
@@ -242,13 +235,13 @@
msgstr "硬件"
msgid "Howto"
-msgstr "教程"
+msgstr "Howto"
msgid "HTML"
-msgstr "HTML 网页"
+msgstr "HTML"
msgid "I18n"
-msgstr "本地化"
+msgstr "I18n"
msgid "Icons"
msgstr "图标"
@@ -257,16 +250,16 @@
msgstr "ICQ"
msgid "IDE"
-msgstr "集成开发环境"
+msgstr "IDE"
msgid "Instant Messenger"
-msgstr "即时通讯"
+msgstr "即时消息程序"
msgid "IRC"
-msgstr "互联网延迟聊天"
+msgstr "IRC"
msgid "ISDN"
-msgstr "综合业务数字网"
+msgstr "ISDN"
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "日语"
@@ -275,7 +268,7 @@
msgstr "Java"
msgid "Joystick"
-msgstr "游戏手柄"
+msgstr "游戏杆"
msgid "KDE"
msgstr "KDE"
@@ -293,7 +286,7 @@
msgstr "语言"
msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "轻量级目录访问协议"
+msgstr "LDAP"
msgid "Libraries"
msgstr "库"
@@ -311,7 +304,7 @@
msgstr "邮件列表"
msgid "Man"
-msgstr "Man 帮助手册"
+msgstr "Man"
msgid "Management"
msgstr "管理"
@@ -344,7 +337,7 @@
msgstr "Mono"
msgid "Morse"
-msgstr "摩尔斯电码"
+msgstr "Morse"
msgid "Multimedia"
msgstr "多媒体"
@@ -362,13 +355,13 @@
msgstr "新闻"
msgid "NFS"
-msgstr "网络文件系统"
+msgstr "NFS"
msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "网络信息服务"
+msgstr "NIS"
msgid "Novell"
-msgstr "诺维尔"
+msgstr "Novell"
msgid "Office"
msgstr "办公"
@@ -380,7 +373,7 @@
msgstr "其它"
msgid "Packages"
-msgstr "软件包"
+msgstr "包"
msgid "Packet"
msgstr "包"
@@ -392,10 +385,10 @@
msgstr "并行"
msgid "PC"
-msgstr "个人计算机"
+msgstr "PC"
msgid "PDA"
-msgstr "个人数字助理"
+msgstr "PDA"
msgid "PDF"
msgstr "PDF"
@@ -473,7 +466,7 @@
msgstr "路由"
msgid "RPG"
-msgstr "角色扮演"
+msgstr "RPG"
msgid "Ruby"
msgstr "Ruby"
@@ -488,7 +481,7 @@
msgstr "扫描仪"
msgid "Scheme"
-msgstr "方案"
+msgstr "模式"
msgid "Scientific"
msgstr "科学"
@@ -521,7 +514,7 @@
msgstr "声音"
msgid "Sound Daemons"
-msgstr "声音守护精灵"
+msgstr "声音守护程序"
msgid "Sources"
msgstr "源"
@@ -539,10 +532,10 @@
msgstr "策略"
msgid "Suite"
-msgstr "套装"
+msgstr "套件"
msgid "SUSE"
-msgstr "SUSE"
+msgstr "SuSE"
msgid "SUSE internal"
msgstr "SUSE 内部"
@@ -551,7 +544,7 @@
msgstr "系统"
msgid "Talk"
-msgstr "聊天"
+msgstr "谈话"
msgid "Tcl"
msgstr "Tcl"
@@ -590,7 +583,7 @@
msgstr "电视"
msgid "UPS"
-msgstr "不间断电源"
+msgstr "UPS"
msgid "Utilities"
msgstr "实用程序"
@@ -611,19 +604,19 @@
msgstr "查看器"
msgid "Visualization"
-msgstr "虚拟化"
+msgstr "可视化"
msgid "Web"
-msgstr "网络"
+msgstr "Web"
msgid "Wifi"
-msgstr "无线"
+msgstr "Wifi"
msgid "Word"
msgstr "字处理"
msgid "Word Processor"
-msgstr "文字处理软件"
+msgstr "字处理软件"
msgid "X11"
msgstr "X11"
Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/s390.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/s390.zh_CN.po (rev 0)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/s390.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -0,0 +1,1773 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: s390\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
+#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49
+msgid "Configuration of DASD"
+msgstr "DASD 的配置"
+
+#. text for installation summary
+#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46
+msgid "No DASD disk detected"
+msgstr "未检测到 DASD 磁盘"
+
+#. section name in proposal dialog
+#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71
+msgid "DASD"
+msgstr "DASD"
+
+#. section name in proposal - menu item
+#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110
+msgid "&DASD"
+msgstr "DASD(&D)"
+
+#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
+#: src/clients/dump.rb:50
+msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices"
+msgstr "创建 S/390 转储设备"
+
+#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
+#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45
+msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server"
+msgstr "IUCV 终端服务器配置"
+
+#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
+#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45
+msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings"
+msgstr "IUCV 终端设置配置"
+
+#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module
+#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52
+msgid "Configuration of OnPanic"
+msgstr "OnPanic 的配置"
+
+#. popup label
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49
+msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
+msgstr "正在检测可用的控制器"
+
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72
+msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration"
+msgstr "S/390 磁盘控制器配置"
+
+#. push button
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84
+msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
+msgstr "配置 DASD 磁盘(&D)"
+
+#. push button
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94
+msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
+msgstr "配置 ZFCP 磁盘(&Z)"
+
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#. Initialization dialog contents
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98
+msgid "Initializing..."
+msgstr "正在初始化..."
+
+#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module
+#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49
+msgid "Configuration of ZFCP"
+msgstr "zFCP 配置"
+
+#. text for installation summary
+#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46
+msgid "No zFCP device configured"
+msgstr "未配置 zFCP 设备"
+
+#. section name in proposal dialog
+#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71
+msgid "zFCP"
+msgstr "zFCP"
+
+#. section name in proposal - menu item
+#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73
+msgid "&zFCP"
+msgstr "zFCP(&Z)"
+
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170
+msgid "&Activate"
+msgstr "激活(&A)"
+
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172
+msgid "&Deactivate"
+msgstr "关闭(&D)"
+
+#. menu button id
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183
+msgid "Set DIAG O&n"
+msgstr "打开 DIAG(&N)"
+
+#. menu button id
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185
+msgid "Set DIAG O&ff"
+msgstr "关闭 DIAG(&F)"
+
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178
+msgid "&Format"
+msgstr "格式化(&F)"
+
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187
+msgid "Set Format On"
+msgstr "开启格式化"
+
+#. menu button id
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189
+msgid "Set Format Off"
+msgstr "关闭格式化"
+
+#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel)
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201
+msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks"
+msgstr "并行格式的磁盘(&P)"
+
+#. error popup message
+#. error popup message
+#. error popup message
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477
+msgid "No disk selected."
+msgstr "没有选择磁盘。"
+
+#. 8 means disk is not formatted
+#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST)
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160
+msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?"
+msgstr "未格式化设备 %1。是否立即格式化设备?"
+
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162
+msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?"
+msgstr "有 %1 个设备未格式化。是否立即格式化?"
+
+#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267
+msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1."
+msgstr "找不到通道 %1 的设备。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "Disk %1 is not active."
+msgstr "磁盘 %1 没有激活。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327
+msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing."
+msgstr "磁盘 %1 不可写入。"
+
+#. popup question
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353
+msgid ""
+"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n"
+"Really format the following disks?<br>\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+"格式化这些磁盘会损坏所含的所有数据。<br>\n"
+"确实要格式化以下磁盘吗?<br>\n"
+" %1"
+
+#. Dialog caption
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416
+msgid "DASD Disk Management"
+msgstr "DASD 磁盘管理"
+
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129
+msgid "Channel ID"
+msgstr "通道 ID"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425
+msgid "Format"
+msgstr "格式化"
+
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440
+msgid "Use DIAG"
+msgstr "使用 DIAG"
+
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "设备"
+
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "类型"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438
+msgid "Access Type"
+msgstr "存取类型"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442
+msgid "Formatted"
+msgstr "已格式化"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444
+msgid "Partition Information"
+msgstr "分区信息"
+
+#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146
+msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID"
+msgstr "最小通道 ID(&N)"
+
+#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153
+msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID"
+msgstr "最大通道 ID(&X)"
+
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159
+msgid "&Filter"
+msgstr "过滤器(&F)"
+
+#. menu button
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485
+msgid "Perform &Action"
+msgstr "执行动作(&A)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481
+msgid "&Select All"
+msgstr "全选(&S)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482
+msgid "&Deselect All"
+msgstr "全部不选(&D)"
+
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs."
+msgstr "过滤器通道 ID 无效。"
+
+#. Dialog caption
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597
+msgid "Add New DASD Disk"
+msgstr "增加新 DASD 磁盘"
+
+#. text entry
+#. combo box
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301
+msgid "&Channel ID"
+msgstr "通道 ID(&C)"
+
+#. check box
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612
+msgid "Format the Disk"
+msgstr "格式化磁盘"
+
+#. check box
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615
+msgid "Use &DIAG"
+msgstr "使用 DIAG(&D)"
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637
+msgid ""
+"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n"
+"All changes will be lost."
+msgstr ""
+"确实要离开 DASD 磁盘配置而不保存吗?\n"
+"全部更改都将丢失。"
+
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404
+msgid "Not a valid channel ID."
+msgstr "不是一个有效的通道 ID。"
+
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434
+msgid "Device already exists."
+msgstr "设备已存在。"
+
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>正在初始化控制器配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#. Read dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>中止初始化:</big></b><br>\n"
+"可以按<b>中止</b>立即安全地中止配置实用程序。</p>"
+
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Saving Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>正在保存控制器配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#. Write dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
+"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
+"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>中止保存:</big></b><br>\n"
+"按<b>中止</b>可中止保存过程。\n"
+"另一个对话框将告知您这样做是否安全。</p>\n"
+
+#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
+#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n"
+"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B><BIG>已配置的 DASD 磁盘</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"在此对话窗中管理您系统上的 DASD 磁盘.</P>"
+
+#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
+#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72
+msgid ""
+"<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n"
+"the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要过滤显示的磁盘,请设置<b>最小通道 ID</b>\n"
+"和<b>最大通道 ID</b>,然后单击<b>过滤</b>。</p>\n"
+
+#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62
+msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要配置一个新的 DASD 磁盘, 请点击<b>增加</b>.</p>"
+
+#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64
+msgid ""
+"<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要删除一个已经配置的 DASD 磁盘, 请选中它然后点击\n"
+"<b>删除</b>.</p>"
+
+#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
+"<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要一次性对多个磁盘执行操作,请标记这些磁盘。要选择显示的所有磁盘(可能在应用过滤器之后),请单击\n"
+"<b>全选</b>或<b>全部不选</b>。</p>\n"
+
+#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n"
+"The action will be performed immediately!</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要在选中的磁盘上执行一个动作, 请使用<b>执行动作</b>.\n"
+"动作将被立即执行!</p>"
+
+#. Disk add help 1/3
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n"
+"To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n"
+"identifier.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>增加新 DASD 磁盘</big></b><br>\n"
+"要添加磁盘, 请输入 DASD 磁盘的\n"
+"<b>通道 ID</b> 作为标识符。</p>"
+
+#. Disk add help 1/3
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90
+msgid ""
+"<p>If the disk should be formatted,\n"
+"use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果应格式化磁盘,\n"
+"请使用<b>格式化磁盘</b>。</p>\n"
+
+#. Disk add help 3/3
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94
+msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p>要使用 DIAG 模式,请选择<b>使用 DIAG</b>。</p>\n"
+
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#. Initialization dialog caption
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
+msgid "Controller Configuration"
+msgstr "控制器配置"
+
+#. Run the dialog for Dump
+#. @param what symbol a
+#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47
+msgid "Create Dump Device"
+msgstr "创建转储设备"
+
+#. Dump dialog help 1/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50
+msgid "<p><b>Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device.</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>准备一个或多个卷以用作 S/390 转储设备。</b></p>"
+
+#. Dump dialog help 2/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54
+msgid "<p>Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD.<br>"
+msgstr "<p>受支持的设备为 ECKD DASD 和 ZFCP 磁盘,而多卷则限于 DASD。<br>"
+
+#. Dump dialog help 3/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58
+msgid ""
+"Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n"
+"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox <b>Force overwrite of disk</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "只可以使用整个磁盘,没有分区。如果设备使用不兼容的格式格式化或分区过,请激活复选框<b>强制重写磁盘</b>。</p>"
+
+#. Dump dialog help 4/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62
+msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>"
+msgstr "<p>要使用 DASD 和 ZFCP 设备,请在相应的 YaST DASD 或 zFCP 对话框中激活它们。<br>"
+
+#. Dump dialog help 5/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66
+msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown.</p>"
+msgstr "将不显示正在使用或装入了分区的设备。</p>"
+
+#. Dump dialog help 6/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n"
+"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>磁盘后的 <b>dumpdevice</b> 指示它是一个可用的转储设备。\n"
+"多卷转储设备用 DASD ID 列表指出。</p>"
+
+#. Dump dialog help 7/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74
+msgid "<p>ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>"
+msgstr "<p>ZFCP 列:设备、大小、ID、WWPN、LUN、转储<br>"
+
+#. Dump dialog help 8/8
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76
+msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump</p>"
+msgstr "DASD 列:设备、大小、ID、转储</p>"
+
+#. Dialog content
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95
+msgid "&ZFCP"
+msgstr "ZFCP(&Z)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121
+msgid "&Force overwrite of disk"
+msgstr "强制重写磁盘(&F)"
+
+#. prevent leading space
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185
+msgid "You haven't selected any device."
+msgstr "未选择任何设备。"
+
+#. warn only in case of force
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193
+msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?"
+msgstr "磁盘 %1 将格式化为转储设备。此设备上的所有数据都将丢失!是否继续?"
+
+#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk()
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203
+msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?"
+msgstr "操作成功。初始化另一个转储设备?"
+
+#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36
+msgid "<p><b><big>z/VM IDs</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>z/VM ID</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39
+msgid ""
+"<p>To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n"
+"<br>They are separated by line breaks.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要配置 IUCV 终端服务器,请指定要使用的 z/VM ID。\n"
+"<br>它们由换行符分隔。</p>\n"
+
+#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43
+msgid "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46
+msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>TS-Shell 允许为每个 TS-Shell 用户和组指定<b>身份验证</b>。用户组的权限会由其成员继承。</p>"
+
+#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50
+msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under <b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>每个允许的 z/VM ID 都可在<b>选择</b>下手动选择,由<b>正则表达式</b>定义,或从包含允许的 z/VM ID(以换行符分隔)的<b>文件</b>中装载。</p>"
+
+#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n"
+"User</b> to remove users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>单击<b>新用户</b>可创建新 TS-Shell 用户,\n"
+"单击<b>删除用户</b>可去除用户。</p>"
+
+#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
+"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n"
+"the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要向 TS-Shell 身份验证表添加或去除组,\n"
+"或更改用户的成员资格,请转至<b>管理组</b>。</p>"
+
+#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62
+msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>审计的 ID</b>指定应从中收集副本的 z/VM ID。</p>"
+
+#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66
+msgid "<p><b><big>New TS-Shell User</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>新建 TS-Shell 用户</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and <b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
+"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting them on the right.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要创建新 TS-Shell 用户,必须提供<b>用户名</b>、<b>用户主目录</b>和<b>口令</b>。\n"
+"\t<br>还可通过在右侧进行选择来指定<b>附加的组</b>。</p>"
+
+#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73
+msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要确保用户在首次登录后更改其口令,请激活<b>强制更改口令</b>。</p>"
+
+#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n"
+"data will be stored there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>您可以为每个 TS-Shell 用户指定相同的主目录,\n"
+"因为没有数据会储存到那里。</p>"
+
+#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81
+msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>管理 TS-Authorization 的组</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n"
+"member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果您想让一个组的每个 TS-Shell 成员都继承相同权限,\n"
+"请为每个组定义 TS-Shell 身份认证。</p>"
+
+#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n"
+"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>已有的组可以添加到 TS-Shell 身份验证或从 TS-Shell 身份验证中去除。\n"
+"请选择表中的组并单击<b>选择或全部取消选择</b>。当前状态显示在 <b>TS-Auth</b> 列中。</p>"
+
+#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n"
+"selection.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>在 <b>TS-Members</b> 部分\n"
+"更改所选组的 TS-Shell 成员。</p>"
+
+#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b> input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
+"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to be used.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>可通过在<b>新建组</b>输入字段中输入名称并用<b>创建</b>确认来创建新组。\n"
+"\t<br>要删除以前创建的组,必须使用 <b>YaST 用户</b>对话框。</p>"
+
+#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100
+msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>单击<b>后退</b>按钮可撤销此对话框中的更改。</p>"
+
+#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104
+msgid "<p><b><big>IUCVConn on Login</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>登录时启用 IUCVConn</big></b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107
+msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
+msgstr "<p>“登录时 IUCVConn”对每个 z/VM ID 都需要一个用户。要创建这些用户,必须提供<b>口令</b>和<b>用户主目录</b>。"
+
+#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111
+msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b> or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is enabled. </p>"
+msgstr "<p>可以通过单击<b>同步</b>或仅在启用<b>登录时 IUCVConn</b> 时单击<b>确定</b>确认更改,执行手动用户同步。</p>"
+
+#. Text approval
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "是"
+
+#. Text disapproval
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "否"
+
+#. Text for category user
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60
+msgid "user"
+msgstr "用户"
+
+#. Text for category group
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63
+msgid "group"
+msgstr "组"
+
+#. filter non ts users
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200
+msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)"
+msgstr "z/VM ID(&V)(自动排序)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219
+msgid "&Enable TS-Shell"
+msgstr "启用 TS-Shell(&E)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229
+msgid "Authorization"
+msgstr "授权"
+
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "名称"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246
+msgid "UID/GID"
+msgstr "UID/GID"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248
+msgid "Groups/Members"
+msgstr "组/成员"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253
+msgid "&New User"
+msgstr "新建用户(&N)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255
+msgid "&Delete User"
+msgstr "删除用户(&D)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259
+msgid "&Manage Groups"
+msgstr "管理组(&M)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270
+msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs"
+msgstr "允许的 z/VM ID"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285
+msgid "&Selection"
+msgstr "选择(&S)"
+
+#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306
+msgid "&Regex"
+msgstr "Regex(&R)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323
+msgid "&File"
+msgstr "文件(&F)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339
+msgid "Bro&wse"
+msgstr "浏览(&W)"
+
+#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366
+msgid "&Audited IDs"
+msgstr "审计的 ID(&A)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388
+msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login"
+msgstr "登录时启用 IUCVConn(&E)"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401
+msgid "Login"
+msgstr "登录"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403
+msgid "UID"
+msgstr "UID"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405
+msgid "Home"
+msgstr "Home"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407
+msgid "Shell"
+msgstr "外壳"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415
+msgid "Settings for new Users"
+msgstr "新用户设置"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496
+msgid "&Password"
+msgstr "口令(&P)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502
+msgid "Co&nfirm Password"
+msgstr "确认口令(&N)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487
+msgid "&Home Directory"
+msgstr "用户主目录(&H)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491
+msgid "B&rowse"
+msgstr "浏览(&R)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452
+msgid "&Sync"
+msgstr "同步(&S)"
+
+#. initialize list with additional groups
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "用户名(&U)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509
+msgid "&Force Password Change"
+msgstr "强制更改口令(&F)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522
+msgid "&Additonal Groups"
+msgstr "附加的组(&A)"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547
+msgid "TS-Auth"
+msgstr "TS-Auth"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549
+msgid "GID"
+msgstr "GID"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551
+msgid "TS-Members"
+msgstr "TS-Members"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556
+msgid "&Select or Deselect"
+msgstr "选择或取消选择(&S)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558
+msgid "C&reate"
+msgstr "创建(&R)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560
+msgid "&New Group"
+msgstr "新建组(&N)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570
+msgid "TS-&Members"
+msgstr "TS-Members(&M)"
+
+#. draw active tab
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595
+msgid "&z/VM IDs"
+msgstr "z/VM ID(&Z)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596
+msgid "&TS-Shell"
+msgstr "TS-Shell(&T)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597
+msgid "&IUCVConn"
+msgstr "IUCVConn(&I)"
+
+#. check and commit password
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711
+msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid."
+msgstr "口令不匹配或无效。"
+
+#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717
+msgid "The username is not valid!"
+msgstr "用户名无效!"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721
+msgid "A home directory has to be specified!"
+msgstr "必须指定用户主目录!"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757
+msgid "Adding the user has failed."
+msgstr "添加用户失败。"
+
+#. delete group entry if disabled
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861
+msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings"
+msgstr "配置 IUCV 终端服务器设置"
+
+#. update screen
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881
+msgid "New TS-Shell User"
+msgstr "新建 TS-Shell 用户"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894
+msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization"
+msgstr "管理 TS-Authorization 的组"
+
+#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020
+msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed."
+msgstr "第 %2 行的 z/VM ID“%1”错误,仅允许使用字母和数字。"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032
+msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed."
+msgstr "第 %2 行的 z/VM ID“%1”错误,不允许在开头使用数字。"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044
+msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed."
+msgstr "第 %2 行的 z/VM ID“%1”错误,长度不允许超过八个字符。"
+
+#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057
+msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required."
+msgstr "第 %2 行的 z/VM ID“%1”错误,至少必须有一个字母。"
+
+#. check password
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081
+msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required."
+msgstr "必须正确输入口令才能同步 IUCVConn 用户。"
+
+#. check home directory
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087
+msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid."
+msgstr "指定的 IUCVConn 用户主目录无效。"
+
+#. update ts member selection
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437
+msgid "The group name is not valid!"
+msgstr "该组名无效!"
+
+#. change tab selection back
+#. check for z/VM ID entries
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598
+msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs."
+msgstr "没有有效的 z/VM ID,无法配置终端服务器。"
+
+#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity.
+#. @return true for valid inputs
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55
+msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed."
+msgstr "输入错误,仅允许使用小写字母、数字和分隔逗号。"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60
+msgid "Comma is only a separator."
+msgstr "逗号只是分隔符。"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62
+msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters."
+msgstr "z/VM ID 不允许多于八个字符。"
+
+#. Terminal id counting starts with 0
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79
+msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed."
+msgstr "IUCV ID 错误,仅允许使用小写字母。"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83
+msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars."
+msgstr "IUCV ID 不能多于 %1 个字符。"
+
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121
+msgid "<p><h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2></p>"
+msgstr "<p><h2>配置本地终端系统设置</h2></p>"
+
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123
+msgid "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>IUCVtty</b></p>"
+
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125
+msgid "<p>Several <b>IUCVtty instances</b> can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the <b>Terminal ID Prefix</b> and the number of the instance.<br>"
+msgstr "<p>可运行多个 <b>IUCVtty 实例</b>来提供多个终端设备。各实例通过终端 ID 来区分,终端 ID 是<b>终端 ID 前缀</b>和实例编号的组合。<br>"
+
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129
+msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "<i>lxterm</i>", the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to <i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>"
+msgstr "例如,若您使用前缀 <i>lxterm</i> 定义了十个实例,则可用终端 ID 为从 <i>lxterm1</i> 到 <i>lxterm9</i>。</p>"
+
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133
+msgid "<p><b>HVC</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>HVC</b></p>"
+
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135
+msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>z/VM IUCV HVC 设备驱动程序是一个内核模块,使用设备节点来启用最多八个 HVC 终端设备来与 getty 和登录程序通讯。</p>"
+
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139
+msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain <b>terminal servers</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>限制访问</b>,只允许来自特定<b>终端服务器</b>的连接。</p>"
+
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
+msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>一次为全部实例定义模拟或分别为每个实例定义模拟。</p>"
+
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
+msgid ""
+"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages to\n"
+"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>激活<b>将内核消息路由到 hvc0</b> 可将内核讯息\n"
+"路由到 hvc0 设备而不是 ttyS0。<br>"
+
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
+msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add <b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the <b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "如果内核讯息仍应显示在 ttyS0,请在 <b>YaST 引导加载程序模块</b>中将 <b>console=ttyS0</b> 手动添加到当前引导选区的内核参数中。</p>"
+
+#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155
+msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
+msgstr "<h3>警告:HVC 终端仍保持登录状态,没有通过快捷方式 ctrl _ d 手动注销</h3>"
+
+#. Dialog content
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168
+msgid "&IUCVtty"
+msgstr "IUCVtty(&I)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176
+msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix"
+msgstr "终端 ID 前缀(&P)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
+msgid "I&UCVtty instances"
+msgstr "IUCVtty 实例(&U)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196
+msgid "HVC"
+msgstr "HVC"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206
+msgid "H&VC instances"
+msgstr "HVC 实例(&V)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217
+msgid "Restrict &access to"
+msgstr "限制访问(&A)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223
+msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers"
+msgstr "允许的终端服务器(&S)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231
+msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0"
+msgstr "将内核消息路由到 hvc0(&K)"
+
+#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324
+msgid "Really leave without saving?"
+msgstr "确实要不保存并退出吗?"
+
+#. check iucv id
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333
+msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid."
+msgstr "该 IUCV ID 无效。"
+
+#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343
+msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid."
+msgstr "终端服务器无效。"
+
+#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366
+msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect."
+msgstr "必须重引导系统以使某些更改生效。"
+
+#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63
+msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD."
+msgstr "VMCMD 只允许 %1 行。"
+
+#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109
+msgid "On Panic Configuration"
+msgstr "OnPanic 配置"
+
+#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112
+msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>配置发生内核恐慌时采取的操作</b></p>"
+
+#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116
+msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>需要启用 <b>Dumpconf</b> 守护程序才能影响发生内核恐慌期间的行为。</p>"
+
+#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120
+msgid "<p>The following <b>Panic Actions</b> are possible:<br>"
+msgstr "<p>可执行以下<b>恐慌操作</b>:<br>"
+
+#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122
+msgid "<b>stop</b> Stop Linux (default).<br>"
+msgstr "<b>停止</b> 停止 Linux(默认值)。<br>"
+
+#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124
+msgid "<b>dump</b> Dump Linux and stop system.<br>"
+msgstr "<b>转储</b> 转储 Linux 并停止系统。<br>"
+
+#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126
+msgid "<b>reipl</b> Reboot Linux.<br>"
+msgstr "<b>reipl</b> 重引导 Linux。<br>"
+
+#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128
+msgid ""
+"<b>dump_reipl</b> Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n"
+"on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later.<br>"
+msgstr ""
+"<b>dump_reipl</b> 转储 Linux 并重引导系统。此选项只在配有 z9(r)\n"
+"的 LPAR 计算机及其后续型号和 z/VMversion 5.3 及其后续型号上可用。<br>"
+
+#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132
+msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>"
+msgstr "<b>vmcmd</b> 执行指定的 CP 命令并停止系统。</p>"
+
+#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134
+msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>延时分钟数</b>中指定的时间会延迟对新启动的系统激活指定的恐慌操作,以防止循环。如果系统在该时间结束前崩溃,将执行默认操作(停止)。</p>"
+
+#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138
+msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump Devices</b> dialog.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>用于转储内存的设备可通过<b>转储设备</b>设置。如果未显示任何设备,则必须用 <b>YaST 转储设备</b>对话框创建一个。</p>"
+
+#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143
+msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用 <b>VMCMD</b> 指定要在 Linux 系统停止前执行的 CP 命令。只允许 %1 行和总计 %2 个字符。</p>"
+
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166
+msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf"
+msgstr "不启动 Dumpconf(&T)"
+
+#. radio button label
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175
+msgid "&Start Dumpconf"
+msgstr "启动 Dumpconf(&S)"
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189
+msgid "&Panic Action"
+msgstr "恐慌操作(&P)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192
+msgid "Delay &Minutes"
+msgstr "延时分钟数(&M)"
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr "转储设备(&D)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206
+msgid "&VMCMD"
+msgstr "VMCMD(&V)"
+
+#. don't allow dumps if no device is available
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267
+msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device."
+msgstr "没有转储设备,无法启用转储过程。"
+
+#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281
+msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command."
+msgstr "未定义至少一个命令,无法使用 vmcmd。"
+
+#. Dialog caption
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113
+msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices"
+msgstr "已配置的 ZFCP 设备"
+
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131
+msgid "WWPN"
+msgstr "WWPN"
+
+#. table header
+#. table header
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133
+msgid "LUN"
+msgstr "LUN"
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391
+msgid ""
+"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n"
+"All changes will be lost."
+msgstr ""
+"确定要退出 ZFCP 设备配置而不进行保存?\n"
+"所有更改都将丢失。"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259
+msgid "Add New ZFCP Device"
+msgstr "添加新的 ZFCP 设备"
+
+#. push button
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309
+msgid "Get WWPNs"
+msgstr "获取 WWPN"
+
+#. combo box
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312
+msgid "&WWPN"
+msgstr "WWPN(&W)"
+
+#. push button
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319
+msgid "Get LUNs"
+msgstr "获取 LUN"
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322
+msgid "&LUN"
+msgstr "LUN(&L)"
+
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan."
+msgstr "如果尚未定义 WWPN 和 LUN,系统将尝试使用 allow_lun_scan。"
+
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413
+msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid."
+msgstr "输入的 WWPN 无效。"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421
+msgid "The entered LUN is invalid."
+msgstr "输入的 LUN 无效。"
+
+#. Read dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>正在初始化 ZFCP 设备配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. Write dialog help 1/2
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>正在保存 ZFCP 设备配置</big></b><br>\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\n"
+"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B><BIG>已配置的 ZFCP 设备</BIG></B><BR>\n"
+"管理您系统上的 ZFCP 设备。</P>\n"
+
+#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58
+msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>要配置一个新的 ZFCP 设备, 请单击<b>添加</b>。</p>"
+
+#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60
+msgid ""
+"<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>要删除已配置的 ZFCP 设备, 请选择它然后单击\n"
+"<b>删除</b>。</p>"
+
+#. Disk selection dialog Warning
+#. Disk selection dialog Warning
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88
+msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
+msgstr "<h1>警告</h1>"
+
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89
+msgid ""
+"<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n"
+"<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n"
+"Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>当访问 ZFCP 设备 \n"
+"<b>READ</b>/\n"
+"<b>WRITE</b> 时,确保此访问是排它的。否则会有潜在的数据损坏风险。</p>"
+
+#. Disk add help 1/2
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n"
+"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n"
+"<b>Channel ID</b> of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n"
+"(<b>WWPN</b>) and the <b>LUN</b> number.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>添加新的 ZFCP 设备</big></b><br>\n"
+"请输入要添加的设备的标识符、ZFCP 控制器的\n"
+"<b>通道 ID</b>、全球端口号(<b>WWPN</b>) 和\n"
+"<b>LUN</b> 编号。</p>\n"
+
+#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>"
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78
+msgid ""
+"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n"
+"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n"
+"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n"
+"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN <b>and</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>输入的<b>通道 ID</b> 必须为小写字母,且采用符合 sysfs 的格式 0.0.<devno>,\n"
+"例如 <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>。</p>\n"
+"<p>输入的 WWPN 必须为小写字母且采用 16 位十六进制值格式,\n"
+"例如 <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>。</p>\n"
+"<p>输入的 LUN 必须为小写字母,并且采用 16 位十六进制值格式且结尾全部补上零,\n"
+"例如 <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>。</p><p>如果尚未定义 WWPN <b>和</b> LUN,系统将尝试使用 allow_lun_scan。</p>"
+
+#. popup label
+#. popup label
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163
+msgid "Running mkinitrd."
+msgstr "正在运行 mkinitrd。"
+
+#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
+#. @return summary of the current configuration
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333
+msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3"
+msgstr "通道 ID:%1,格式:%2,DIAG:%3"
+
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346
+msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3"
+msgstr "通道 ID:%1,设备:%2,DIAG:%3"
+
+#. popup label
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381
+msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks"
+msgstr "正在读取已配置的 DASD 磁盘"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540
+msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted."
+msgstr "%1: 没有加载 sysfs."
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548
+msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>."
+msgstr "%1:无效的 <online> 状态。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
+msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>."
+msgstr "%1:未找到 <ccwid> 设备。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496
+msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device."
+msgstr "%1:无法更改设备状态。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505
+msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD."
+msgstr "%1:设备不是 DASD。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514
+msgid "%1: Could not load module."
+msgstr "%1:无法装载模块。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523
+msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD."
+msgstr "%1:无法激活 DASD。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532
+msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted."
+msgstr "%1:DASD 未格式化。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
+#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
+#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596
+msgid "%1: Unknown error %2."
+msgstr "%1:未知的错误 %2。"
+
+#. progress bar
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653
+msgid "Formatting %1:"
+msgstr "正在格式化 %1:"
+
+#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
+#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779
+msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1."
+msgstr "磁盘格式化失败。退出代码:%1。"
+
+#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3
+#. integers,
+#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750
+msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done"
+msgstr "正在格式化 %1: 共有 %3 个柱面, 已完成 %2"
+
+#. Get a List of available Disks of type
+#. @return [Array<String>] of disks
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67
+msgid "Checking Disks"
+msgstr "正在检查磁盘"
+
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76
+msgid "Checking DASD disks"
+msgstr "正在检查 DASD 磁盘"
+
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78
+msgid "Checking ZFCP disks"
+msgstr "正在检查 ZFCP 磁盘"
+
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82
+msgid "Checking DASD disks..."
+msgstr "正在检查 DASD 磁盘..."
+
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84
+msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..."
+msgstr "正在检查 ZFCP 磁盘..."
+
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#. Progress finished
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276
+msgid "Finished"
+msgstr "已完成"
+
+#. Format a disk as DUMP device
+#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node
+#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106
+msgid "Creating Dump Device"
+msgstr "正在创建转储设备"
+
+#. Progress stage 1/1
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115
+msgid "Creating dump device"
+msgstr "正在创建转储设备"
+
+#. Progress step 1/1
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119
+msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes."
+msgstr "正在创建转储设备。此过程可能需要数分钟。"
+
+#. error description
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148
+msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)."
+msgstr "磁盘无效或不可用(致命)。"
+
+#. error description
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151
+msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force."
+msgstr "不兼容格式或分区,将强行纠正。"
+
+#. error description
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156
+msgid "Missing support programs."
+msgstr "缺少支持程序。"
+
+#. error description
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159
+msgid "Missing or wrong parameters."
+msgstr "参数缺少或错误。"
+
+#. error description
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162
+msgid "Access problem."
+msgstr "访问问题。"
+
+#. error description, %1 is error code (integer)
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165
+msgid "Error code from support program: %1."
+msgstr "支持程序的错误代码:%1."
+
+#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169
+msgid ""
+"Cannot create dump device %1:\n"
+"%2"
+msgstr ""
+"无法创建转储设备 %1:\n"
+"%2"
+
+#. Read all settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142
+msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration"
+msgstr "正在装载 IUCV 终端配置"
+
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151
+msgid "Check IUCVtty entries"
+msgstr "检查 IUCVtty 项"
+
+#. Progress stage 2/3
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153
+msgid "Check HVC entries"
+msgstr "检查 HVC 项"
+
+#. Progress stage 3/3
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155
+msgid "Read kernel parameters"
+msgstr "读取内核参数"
+
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159
+msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..."
+msgstr "正在检查 IUCVtty 项..."
+
+#. Progress step 2/3
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161
+msgid "Checking HVC entries..."
+msgstr "正在检查 HVC 项..."
+
+#. Progress step 3/3
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163
+msgid "Reading kernel parameters..."
+msgstr "正在读取内核参数..."
+
+#. Inittab write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223
+msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration"
+msgstr "正在保存 IUCV 终端配置"
+
+#. Progress stage 1/4
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232
+msgid "Write IUCVtty settings"
+msgstr "写入 IUCVtty 设置"
+
+#. Progress stage 2/4
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234
+msgid "Write HVC settings"
+msgstr "写入 HVC 设置"
+
+#. Progress stage 3/4
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236
+msgid "Write kernel parameters"
+msgstr "写入内核参数"
+
+#. Progress step 1/4
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240
+msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..."
+msgstr "正在写入 IUCVtty 设置..."
+
+#. Progress step 2/4
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242
+msgid "Writing HVC settings..."
+msgstr "正在写入 HVC 设置..."
+
+#. Progress step 3/4
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244
+msgid "Writing kernel parameters..."
+msgstr "正在写入内核参数..."
+
+#. Text to select all
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43
+msgid "<ALL>"
+msgstr "<所有>"
+
+#. Read all settings
+#. @return true on success
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315
+msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration"
+msgstr "正在装载 IUCV 终端服务器配置"
+
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324
+msgid "Read configuration files"
+msgstr "读取配置文件"
+
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326
+msgid "Load user/group settings"
+msgstr "装载用户/组设置"
+
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330
+msgid "Reading configuration files..."
+msgstr "正在读取配置文件..."
+
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332
+msgid "Loading user/group settings..."
+msgstr "正在装载用户/组设置..."
+
+#. no need to write anything if unmodified
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459
+msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration"
+msgstr "正在保存 IUCV 终端服务器配置"
+
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468
+msgid "Write configuration files"
+msgstr "写入配置文件"
+
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470
+msgid "Update user settings"
+msgstr "更新用户设置"
+
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474
+msgid "Writing configuration files..."
+msgstr "正在写入配置文件..."
+
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476
+msgid "Updating user settings..."
+msgstr "正在更新用户设置..."
+
+#. Dumpconf read dialog caption
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215
+msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration"
+msgstr "正在读取 Dumpconf 配置"
+
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224
+msgid "Checking dump devices"
+msgstr "正在检查转储设备"
+
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226
+msgid "Reading settings"
+msgstr "正在读取设置"
+
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230
+msgid "Checking dump devices..."
+msgstr "正在检查转储设备..."
+
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232
+msgid "Reading the settings..."
+msgstr "正在读取设置..."
+
+#. Dumpconf write dialog caption
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257
+msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration"
+msgstr "正在保存 Dumpconf 配置"
+
+#. Progress stage 1/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266
+msgid "Write the settings"
+msgstr "写入设置"
+
+#. Progress stage 2/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268
+msgid "Restart the service"
+msgstr "重启动服务"
+
+#. Progress step 1/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272
+msgid "Writing the settings..."
+msgstr "正在写入设置..."
+
+#. Progress step 2/2
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274
+msgid "Restarting service..."
+msgstr "正在重启动服务..."
+
+#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
+#. @return summary of the current configuration
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304
+msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3"
+msgstr "通道 ID:%1,WWPN:%2,LUN:%3"
+
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313
+msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4"
+msgstr "通道 ID:%1,WWPN:%2,LUN:%3,设备:%4"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372
+msgid ""
+"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n"
+"You will have to set it manually."
+msgstr ""
+"无法评估 ZFCP 控制器(例如在 LPAR 中)。\n"
+"您将需要手动设置它。"
+
+#. popup label
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391
+msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices"
+msgstr "正在读取已配置的 ZFCP 设备"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
+msgid "%1: WWPN invalid."
+msgstr "%1:WWPN 无效。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
+msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1."
+msgstr "%1:不能为适配器 %1 激活 WWPN。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
+msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device."
+msgstr "%1:无法激活 ZFCP 设备。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
+msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated."
+msgstr "%1:SCSI 磁盘不能禁用。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502
+msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered."
+msgstr "%1:无法取消注册 LUN。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510
+msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered."
+msgstr "%1:无法取消注册 WWPN。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556
+msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist."
+msgstr "%1:设备 <ccwid> 不存在。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564
+msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded."
+msgstr "%1:模块 zfcp 不能装载。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572
+msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed."
+msgstr "%1:适配器状态不能更改。"
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580
+msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active."
+msgstr "%1:WWPN 端口仍是活动的。"
+
+#. message, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588
+msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan."
+msgstr "%1:此主机适配器支持 allow_lun_scan。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-client.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-client.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-client.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,27 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012, 2013.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Samba Client\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-18 19:42+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module
#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62
@@ -30,7 +21,7 @@
"See Samba documentation for details."
msgstr ""
"Samba 客户端配置模块。\n"
-"细节请参考 Samba 文档。"
+"有关细节,请参见 Samba 文档。"
#. translators: command line help text for winbind action
#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75
@@ -40,7 +31,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action
#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85
msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain"
-msgstr "检查此计算机是否是一个域成员"
+msgstr "检查此计算机是否是域的成员"
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action
#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95
@@ -50,7 +41,7 @@
#. translators: command line help text for configure action
#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105
msgid "Change the global settings of Samba"
-msgstr "修改 Samba 全局设置"
+msgstr "更改 Samba 的全局设置"
#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option
#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113
@@ -65,29 +56,31 @@
#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined
#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125
msgid "The name of a domain to join"
-msgstr "要加入的域名称"
+msgstr "要加入的域的名称"
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option
#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132
msgid ""
"The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n"
"try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n"
-msgstr "加入域时所用的用户名。若省略,YaST 将尝试不指定用户名和密码加入该域。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"加入域时所用的用户名。如果省略,\n"
+"YaST 将尝试不指定用户名和口令加入该域。\n"
#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option
#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139
msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain"
-msgstr "加入域时用户所用的密码"
+msgstr "加入域时用户使用的口令"
#. command line help text for machine optioa
#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146
msgid "The machine account"
-msgstr "机器帐户"
+msgstr "计算机帐户"
#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option
#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153
msgid "The name of a workgroup"
-msgstr "工作组名称"
+msgstr "工作组的名称"
#. user must provide the domain name to be tested
#. error message for isdomainmember command line action
@@ -95,7 +88,7 @@
#. error message for joindomain command line action
#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255
msgid "Enter the name of a domain."
-msgstr "请输入域名称。"
+msgstr "输入域的名称。"
#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action
#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224
@@ -121,12 +114,12 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61
msgid "U&ID"
-msgstr "U&ID"
+msgstr "UID(&I)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63
msgid "&Primary Group Name"
-msgstr "主要组名(&P)"
+msgstr "主组名(&P)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65
@@ -136,12 +129,12 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "&GID"
-msgstr "&GID"
+msgstr "GID(&G)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72
msgid "&Server Name"
-msgstr "服务器名(&S)"
+msgstr "服务器名称(&S)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74
@@ -151,7 +144,7 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76
msgid "&Mount Point"
-msgstr "挂载点(&M)"
+msgstr "安装点(&M)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78
@@ -166,12 +159,12 @@
#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid'
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174
msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>请指定 Samba 用户和组 ID 的<b>范围</b> (<tt>winbind uid</tt> 和 <tt>winbind gid</tt> 值)。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>指定 Samba 用户和组 ID 的<b>范围</b>(<tt>winbind uid</tt> 和 <tt>winbind gid</tt> 值)。</p>"
#. frame label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235
msgid "&UID Range"
-msgstr "&UID 范围"
+msgstr "UID 范围"
#. int field label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238
@@ -186,7 +179,7 @@
#. frame label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "&GID Range"
-msgstr "&GID 范围"
+msgstr "GID 范围"
#. int field label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249
@@ -210,22 +203,22 @@
#. combobox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271
msgid "&Kerberos Method"
-msgstr "&Kerberos 方法"
+msgstr "Kerberos 方法(&K)"
#. frame label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277
msgid "Windows Internet Name Service"
-msgstr "Windows 互联网名称服务"
+msgstr "Windows Internet Name Service"
#. frame label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286
msgid "Mount Server Directories"
-msgstr "挂载服务器文件夹"
+msgstr "装入服务器目录"
#. table header
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "Server Name"
-msgstr "服务器名"
+msgstr "服务器名称"
#. table header
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295
@@ -235,7 +228,7 @@
#. table header
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "Local Mount Point"
-msgstr "本地挂载点"
+msgstr "本地安装点"
#. table header
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299
@@ -257,7 +250,9 @@
msgid ""
"The minimum value in the range cannot be\n"
"larger than maximum one.\n"
-msgstr "该范围中的最小值不能大于最大值。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"该范围内的最小值不得\n"
+"大于最大值。\n"
#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427
@@ -267,7 +262,7 @@
#. busy popup text
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448
msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..."
-msgstr "正在校验活动目录域成员资格..."
+msgstr "正在校验 AD 域成员资格..."
#. push button label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460
@@ -277,17 +272,17 @@
#. status label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467
msgid "Currently a member of this domain"
-msgstr "目前是此域的一个成员"
+msgstr "此域当前的成员"
#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication"
-msgstr "使用 SMB 信息用于 Linux 认证(&U)"
+msgstr "使用 SMB 信息进行 Linux 身份验证(&U)"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499
msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr "登入时创建主文件夹(&C)"
+msgstr "在登录时创建主目录(&C)"
#. frame label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510
@@ -304,12 +299,12 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "密码(&P)"
+msgstr "口令(&P)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532
msgid "Mac&hine Account OU"
-msgstr "机器帐户 OU(&H)"
+msgstr "计算机帐户 OU(&H)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541
@@ -319,7 +314,7 @@
#. button label (run YaST client for NTP)
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550
msgid "N&TP Configuration..."
-msgstr "N&TP 配置..."
+msgstr "NTP 配置(&T)..."
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554
@@ -329,7 +324,7 @@
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556
msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor"
-msgstr "启动文件变动监视器"
+msgstr "启动文件变更监视器"
#. translators: frame label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571
@@ -348,17 +343,17 @@
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Off&line Authentication"
-msgstr "脱机认证(&L)"
+msgstr "脱机身份验证(&L)"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604
msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH"
-msgstr "&SSH 单点登录"
+msgstr "SSH 单点登录(&S)"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Change primary DNS suffix"
-msgstr "修改主 DNS 后缀"
+msgstr "更改主要 DNS 后缀"
#. button label
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621
@@ -372,19 +367,23 @@
msgid ""
"Cannot use the workgroup\n"
"'%1' for Linux authentication."
-msgstr "无法使用工作组 \"%1\"进行 Linux 认证。"
+msgstr ""
+"无法使用工作组\n"
+"\"%1\"进行 Linux 身份验证。"
#. translators: 2nd part of an error message
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786
msgid "Enter a valid domain."
-msgstr "请输入一个有效的域。"
+msgstr "输入有效的域。"
#. translators: 2nd part of an error message
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788
msgid ""
"Enter a domain or disable\n"
"using SMB for Linux authentication."
-msgstr "请输入一个域或禁止使用 SMB 用于 Linux 认证。"
+msgstr ""
+"输入域或\n"
+"禁止使用 SMB 进行 Linux 身份验证。"
#. we might use it to warn user (#155716)
#. continue/cancel popup
@@ -394,8 +393,9 @@
"settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
-"将此系统配置为活动目录客户端将重置 smb.conf 中的以下设置为默认值:\n"
-"%1"
+"将此系统配置成客户端,用于 Active Directory 将 smb.conf 中的以下\n"
+"设置重设置回默认值:\n"
+" %1"
#. 1st part of an error message:
#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host
@@ -404,14 +404,18 @@
msgid ""
"The host must be a member of a domain\n"
"for Linux authentication using SMB."
-msgstr "要使用 SMB 用于 Linux 认证则该主机必须是一个域的成员。"
+msgstr ""
+"对于使用 SMB 进行的 Linux 身份验证,\n"
+"主机必须是域的成员。"
#. translators: 2nd part of an error message
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831
msgid ""
"Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n"
"for Linux authentication."
-msgstr "加入一个域或禁止使用 SMB 用于 Linux 认证。"
+msgstr ""
+"加入一个域或禁止使用 SMB \n"
+"进行 Linux 身份验证。"
#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence.
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840
@@ -425,8 +429,9 @@
"hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n"
"Disable hostname changes with DHCP?"
msgstr ""
-"在 Microsoft 环境中,使用 DHCP 修改主机名是问题重重的。\n"
-"禁用使用 DHCP 修改主机名吗?"
+"在 Microsoft 环境中,\n"
+"DHCP 带来的主机名更改会出现问题。\n"
+"是否要禁用 DHCP 带来的主机名更改?"
#. message popup, part 1/2
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887
@@ -435,8 +440,9 @@
"running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n"
"the machine to enable it for all services.\n"
msgstr ""
-"此修改只会影响新创建的进程而不是已运行的服务。\n"
-"请手动重启您的服务或重新引导计算机以为全部服务启用此修改。\n"
+"此更改只影响刚创建的进程,不影响\n"
+"已在运行的服务。手动重启动服务或重引导\n"
+"计算机以为所有服务启用它。\n"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36
@@ -454,7 +460,7 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>中止初始化</big></b><br>\n"
-"可以按<b>中止</b>安全地中止配置工具。</p>\n"
+"可以按<b>中止</b>安全地中止配置实用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44
@@ -473,30 +479,34 @@
"An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中止保存</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<b>中止</b>可中止保存过程。\n"
-"另一个对话框将告知您这样做是否安全。\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在中止保存</big></b><br>\n"
+"按<b>中止</b>中止该保存过程。\n"
+"另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title
#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75
msgid "<p><b><big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big></b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b><big>正在选择 Windows 域成员资格</big></b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b><big>选择 Windows 域成员资格</big></b></p>"
#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n"
"Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Linux 客户端可以是一个工作组、NT 域或活动目录域的成员。请指定成员资格名称。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Linux 客户端可以是一个工作组、NT 域或 Active Directory 域的成员。\n"
+"请指定成员资格名称。</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n"
"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>若加入的是一个活动目录域,<b>使用 SMB 信息用于 Linux 认证</b>可允许与 NT 服务器或 Kerberos 服务器进行密码验证。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果加入的是一个 AD 域,<b>使用 SMB 信息进行 Linux 身份验证</b>\n"
+"将允许向 NT 服务器或 Kerberos 服务器进行口令验证。, 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005.
-# Thruth Wang , 2007.
-# Eric Shan , 2008, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Samba Server\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-18 19:43+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:23\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66
msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)"
-msgstr "Samba 服务器配置模块(细节请参考 Samba 文档)"
+msgstr "Samba 服务器配置模块(有关细节,请参见 Samba 文档)"
#. translators: command line help text for share action
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79
msgid "Manipulate a single share"
-msgstr "操控单个共享"
+msgstr "操作单个共享"
#. translators: command line help text for list action
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89
msgid "Show the list of available shares"
-msgstr "显示可用共享列表"
+msgstr "显示可用共享的列表"
#. translators: command line help text for role action
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99
msgid "Set the role of the server"
-msgstr "设置服务器角色"
+msgstr "设置服务器的角色"
#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109
msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information"
-msgstr "设置用户信息存储后端"
+msgstr "设置用于存储用户信息的后端"
#. translators: command line help text for service activation action
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119
msgid "Enable or disable the Samba services (smb and nmb)"
-msgstr "启用或禁用 Samba 服务 (smb 和 nmb)"
+msgstr "启用或禁用 Samba 服务(smb 和 nmb)"
#. translators: command line help text for configure action
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129
msgid "Change the global settings of the Samba server"
-msgstr "修改 Samba 服务器全局设置"
+msgstr "更改 Samba 服务器的全局设置"
#. translators: command line help text for enable option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137
@@ -71,12 +62,12 @@
#. translators: command line help text for delete share option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149
msgid "Remove the share from the configuration file"
-msgstr "将共享从配置文件中移除"
+msgstr "将共享从配置文件中删除"
#. translators: command line help text for share name option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155
msgid "The name of a share"
-msgstr "共享名称"
+msgstr "共享的名称"
#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162
@@ -86,62 +77,62 @@
#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168
msgid "Change options of a share"
-msgstr "修改共享选项"
+msgstr "更改共享的选项"
#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174
msgid "Show the options of a share"
-msgstr "显示共享选项"
+msgstr "显示共享的选项"
#. translators: command line help text for share comment option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180
msgid "The comment of a share"
-msgstr "共享注释"
+msgstr "共享的注释"
#. translators: command line help text for share path option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187
msgid "The path (directory) to share"
-msgstr "欲共享路径(文件夹)"
+msgstr "要共享的路径(目录)"
#. translators: command line help text for share printable option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194
msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer"
-msgstr "若共享应作为打印机时的旗标"
+msgstr "如果共享应充当打印机时设置的标志"
#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share"
-msgstr "以逗号分隔的有权从共享读取信息的用户的列表"
+msgstr "以逗号分隔的有权从共享读取的用户的列表"
#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share"
-msgstr "以逗号分隔的有权向共享写入信息的用户的列表"
+msgstr "以逗号分隔的有权向共享写入的用户的列表"
#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215
msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN"
-msgstr "若当浏览局域网时共享应可见时的旗标"
+msgstr "如果可通过浏览 LAN 查看共享时设置的标志"
#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222
msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access"
-msgstr "若共享应允许来宾访问时的旗标"
+msgstr "如果共享允许来宾访问时设置的标志"
#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share"
-msgstr "以逗号分隔的允许访问共享的用户的列表"
+msgstr "以逗号分隔的有权访问共享的用户的列表"
#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236
msgid "Server should act as a primary domain controller"
-msgstr "服务器应充当主域控制器"
+msgstr "服务器应该充当主域控制器"
#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242
msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller"
-msgstr "服务器应充当备份域控制器"
+msgstr "服务器应该充当备份域控制器"
#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248
@@ -156,12 +147,12 @@
#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260
msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information"
-msgstr "使用 'smbpasswd' 文件存储用户信息"
+msgstr "使用\"smbpasswd\"文件存储用户信息"
#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266
msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information"
-msgstr "使用 'passdb.tdb' 文件存储用户信息"
+msgstr "使用\"passdb.tdb\"文件存储用户信息"
#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272
@@ -171,33 +162,33 @@
#. translators: command line help text for password option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278
msgid "Password for the LDAP server"
-msgstr "LDAP 服务器密码"
+msgstr "LDAP 服务器的口令"
#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284
msgid "The name of a workgroup"
-msgstr "工作组名称"
+msgstr "工作组的名称"
#. translators: command line help text for description option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291
msgid "The human-readable description of the Samba server"
-msgstr "Samba 服务器的人类可读描述"
+msgstr "Samba 服务器的可读的描述"
#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298
msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server"
-msgstr "用于操控 LDAP 服务器上用户信息的 LDAP 后缀判别名"
+msgstr "用于操作 LDAP 服务器上用户信息的 LDAP 后缀 DN"
#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305
msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)"
-msgstr "用于修改 LDAP 服务器内容(例如修改密码)的 LDAP 判别名"
+msgstr "用于修改 LDAP 服务器的内容(例如更改口令)的 LDAP DN"
#. translators: error message for share command line action
#. must provide the share name
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374
msgid "Specify the share name."
-msgstr "请指定共享名。"
+msgstr "指定共享名。"
#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380
@@ -207,7 +198,7 @@
#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394
msgid "Provide the path of a directory to share."
-msgstr "请提供要共享的文件夹路径。"
+msgstr "提供要共享的目录的路径。"
#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name
#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name
@@ -256,12 +247,12 @@
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
-"由于目前有用户连接到了此 Samba 服务器,\n"
-"系统重载了服务器配置而没有重启服务器。\n"
-"即使可能让用户断线也要确认应用了全部修改,\n"
-"请运行 '/etc/init.d/smb restart' 和 '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"由于用户当前连接到了此 Samba 服务器,因此该\n"
+"服务器配置已重新装载而不是重启动。\n"
+"要确认所有的设置都已应用(不论是否与用户断开连接),\n"
+"请运行“systemctl restart smb”和“systemctl restart nmb”"
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146
@@ -286,31 +277,31 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261
msgid "Optional value must not begin with a space character."
-msgstr "可选值不能以空格字符开头。"
+msgstr "可选值不得使用空格字符开头。"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279
msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted."
-msgstr "一个后端的多个可选值必须被引用起来。"
+msgstr "一个后端的多个可选值必须用引号括住。"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300
msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid"
-msgstr "输入的 URL '%1' 无效。"
+msgstr "输入的 URL“%1”无效"
#. message popup
#. message popup
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405
msgid "Delete the selected entry?"
-msgstr "删除所选项吗?"
+msgstr "是否删除所选项?"
#. we are already initialized
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481
msgid "At least one backend must be specified."
-msgstr "必须指定至少一个后端。"
+msgstr "必须至少指定一个后端。"
#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1)
#. {
@@ -324,7 +315,7 @@
#. message popup
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568
msgid "Delete the selected back-end?"
-msgstr "删除所选后端吗?"
+msgstr "是否删除所选后端?"
#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583
@@ -357,9 +348,12 @@
"Consult the Samba HOWTO collection for\n"
"further information.\n"
msgstr ""
-"必须为 MySQL passdb 后端提供一个详细的识别码。\n"
+"必须为 MySQL passdb 后端\n"
+"提供一个详细的\n"
+"标识符。\n"
"\n"
-"更多信息请咨询 Samba 指南集。\n"
+"有关详细信息,\n"
+"请参见《Samba HOWTO文集》。\n"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -397,7 +391,7 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Not a Domain &Controller"
-msgstr "非域控制器(&C)"
+msgstr "无域控制器(&C)"
#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget
#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -426,7 +420,7 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171
msgid "Step 1 of 2"
-msgstr "步骤 1 (共 2 步)"
+msgstr "步骤 1(共 2 步)"
#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups )
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
@@ -435,16 +429,16 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name"
-msgstr "工作组或域名称(&W)"
+msgstr "工作组名或域名(&W)"
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236
msgid "Step 2 of 2"
-msgstr "步骤 2 (共 2 步)"
+msgstr "步骤 2(共 2 步)"
#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245
msgid "Current Domain Name:"
-msgstr "当前域名称:"
+msgstr "当前域名:"
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "Samba Server Type"
@@ -453,7 +447,7 @@
#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263
msgid "Not available because a PDC is present."
-msgstr "由于已存在主域控制器所以不可用。"
+msgstr "由于存在 PDC,所以不可用。"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584
@@ -463,12 +457,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593
msgid "New Share &Name"
-msgstr "新共享名(&N)"
+msgstr "新建共享名(&N)"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622
msgid "Enter a new share name."
-msgstr "请输入新共享名。"
+msgstr "请输入新共享名称。"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631
@@ -476,8 +470,8 @@
"Share '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose another share name.\n"
msgstr ""
-"共享 '%1' 已存在。\n"
-"请输入其它共享名称。\n"
+"共享“%1”已存在。\n"
+"请输入其他共享名称。\n"
#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727
@@ -486,8 +480,9 @@
"all its settings will be lost.\n"
"Really delete it?"
msgstr ""
-"您若删除共享 %1,则其全部设置均将不复存在。\n"
-"真的删除它吗?"
+"如果您删除共享 %1,\n"
+"则其所有设置都将丢失。\n"
+"确实要删除吗?"
#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing.
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757
@@ -498,11 +493,11 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722
msgid "&Password"
-msgstr "密码(&P)"
+msgstr "口令(&P)"
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779
msgid "Domain name cannot be empty."
-msgstr "域名称不能为空。"
+msgstr "域名不能为空。"
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785
msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship."
@@ -516,22 +511,26 @@
"is stored as plain text. This can be considered\n"
"a security threat."
msgstr ""
-"可信域密码存储在自动安装控制文件中。\n"
-"该密码以明文形式存储。因此可视为一个安全隐患。"
+"可信域的口令\n"
+"存储在自动安装控制文件中。该口令\n"
+"将以明文形式存储。因此可被视为\n"
+"一个安全隐患。"
#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil'
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "&Trusted Domains"
-msgstr "可信域(&T)"
+msgstr "可信域"
#. confirmation
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844
msgid ""
"Really abandon trust relationship\n"
"to trusted domain %1?"
-msgstr "真的放弃与可信域 %1 的信任关系吗?"
+msgstr ""
+"确实要放弃\n"
+"与可信域 %1 的可信关系吗?"
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864
@@ -551,7 +550,7 @@
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922
msgid "Share &Name"
-msgstr "共享名称(&N)"
+msgstr "共享名(&N)"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924
@@ -571,7 +570,7 @@
#. radio button label
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935
msgid "&Directory"
-msgstr "文件夹(&D)"
+msgstr "目录(&D)"
#. translators: text entry label
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939
@@ -586,17 +585,17 @@
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "&Inherit ACLs"
-msgstr "继承访问控制列表(&I)"
+msgstr "继承 ACL(&I)"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950
msgid "Expose Snapshots"
-msgstr "暴露快照"
+msgstr "公开快照"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952
msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features"
-msgstr "利用 Btrfs 特性"
+msgstr "使用 Btrfs 功能"
#. translators: dialog caption
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961
@@ -606,12 +605,12 @@
#. translators: file selection dialog title
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Path for a Share"
-msgstr "共享路径"
+msgstr "共享的路径"
#. translators: error message
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Share name cannot be empty."
-msgstr "共享名称不能为空。"
+msgstr "共享名不能为空。"
#. translators: error message
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036
@@ -620,7 +619,7 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089
msgid "Available Shares"
-msgstr "可用共享"
+msgstr "可用的共享"
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093
msgid "&Filter"
@@ -628,7 +627,7 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid "Show &All Shares"
-msgstr "显示全部共享(&A)"
+msgstr "显示所有共享(&A)"
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098
msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares"
@@ -666,7 +665,7 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125
msgid "&Toggle Status"
-msgstr "切换状态(&T)"
+msgstr "转换状态(&T)"
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143
msgid "WINS Server Support"
@@ -683,12 +682,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: check box
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165
msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution"
-msgstr "使用 WINS 解析主机名"
+msgstr "使用 WINS 进行主机名解析"
#. translators: combobox item
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170
msgid "Not a DC"
-msgstr "非域控制器"
+msgstr "无域控制器"
#. translators: combobox item
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172
@@ -719,7 +718,7 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207
msgid "&User Authentication Sources"
-msgstr "用户认证来源(&U)"
+msgstr "用户身份验证源(&U)"
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237
msgid "Samba Configuration"
@@ -728,16 +727,16 @@
#. tab label
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242
msgid "Start-&Up"
-msgstr "启动(&U)"
+msgstr "启动"
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid "&Shares"
-msgstr "共享(&S)"
+msgstr "共享"
#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283
msgid "I&dentity"
-msgstr "身份(&D)"
+msgstr "标识"
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298
msgid "WINS"
@@ -745,7 +744,7 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341
msgid "&LDAP Settings"
-msgstr "&LDAP 设置"
+msgstr "LDAP 设置"
#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18)
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464
@@ -755,7 +754,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565
msgid "User Information Sources"
-msgstr "用户信息来源"
+msgstr "用户信息源"
#. try to create it
#. first, ask for password
@@ -765,23 +764,26 @@
"administrative account (root).\n"
"It will be created now."
msgstr ""
-"为了正常服务,Samba 服务器需要一个管理账户 (root)。\n"
-"现在将创建它。"
+"要正常运行,Samba 服务器需要一个\n"
+"管理帐户 (root)。\n"
+"此帐户将会立即创建。"
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "Samba root &Password"
-msgstr "Samba 根密码(&P)"
+msgstr "Samba root 口令(&P)"
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626
msgid "&Verify Password"
-msgstr "校验密码(&V)"
+msgstr "校验口令(&V)"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match."
-msgstr "两次输入的密码不匹配。"
+msgstr ""
+"两次输入的口令\n"
+"不相同。"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663
@@ -793,13 +795,17 @@
msgid ""
"Enter the username and the password\n"
"for joining the domain %1."
-msgstr "请输入用户名和密码加入域 %1。"
+msgstr ""
+"输入用户名和口令\n"
+"加入域 %1。"
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712
msgid ""
"To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n"
"text entries empty."
-msgstr "要匿名加入域,请将文本项留空。"
+msgstr ""
+"要以匿名方式加入域,无需输入\n"
+"任何文本。"
#. text entry label
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720
@@ -831,8 +837,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中止初始化</big></b><br>\n"
-"现在按<b>中止</b>可安全地中止配置工具。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在中止初始化</big></b><br>\n"
+"可以按<b>中止</b>立即安全地中止配置使用程序。</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45
@@ -851,9 +857,9 @@
"An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>中止保存</big></b><br>\n"
-"按<b>中止</b>可中止保存过程。\n"
-"另一个对话框将告知您这样做是否安全。\n"
+"<p><b><big>正在中止保存</big></b><br>\n"
+"按<b>中止</b>中止该保存过程。\n"
+"另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1
@@ -864,7 +870,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>工作组或域选择</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择已有工作组或域名称,或输入您自己的新名称并点击<b>下一步</b>。\n"
+"选择现有工作组名或域名,或输入您自己的新名称并单击<b>下一步</b>。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
@@ -877,11 +883,10 @@
"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Samba 服务器类型</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>域控制器允许 Windows 客户端登入到 Windows NT 风格的域。</p>\n"
+"<p>域控制器允许 Windows 客户端登录到 Windows NT 风格的域。</p>\n"
"<p>备份控制器使用另一个域控制器来进行校验。\n"
-"主控制器使用其自身关于用户及其密码的信息。</p>\n"
-"<p>配置对话框中可用的选项取决于此选择中的设置。\n"
-"Windows NT 风格的域控制器功能将在未来版本中淘汰。</p>"
+"主控制器则使用自身拥有的用户及其口令信息。</p>\n"
+"<p>配置对话框中的可用选项取决于此选择中的设置。在将来的版本中,将会废弃 Windows NT 风格的域控制器功能。</p>"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73
@@ -892,8 +897,9 @@
"depend on the settings in this selection.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Samba 服务器类型</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>域控制器允许 Windows 客户端登入到 Windows 域。</p>\n"
-"<p>配置对话框中的可用选项取决于此选择中的设置。</p>"
+"<p>域控制器允许 Windows 客户端登录到 Windows 域。</p>\n"
+" <p>配置对话框中的可用选项\n"
+"取决于此选择中的设置。</p>"
#. Share list dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80
@@ -904,7 +910,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n"
"are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>"
-msgstr "<p>这是一个已配置共享的列表,不管它们启用没启用,以及有关这些共享的一些基本信息。<br></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>这是一个已配置的共享的列表,\n"
+"(包括已启用或已禁用的共享)以及有关这些共享的一些基本信息。<br></p>"
#. Share list dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87
@@ -915,9 +923,10 @@
"So the share can be later enabled again.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>共享可以是启用的也可以是禁用的。\n"
-"一个禁用的共享是无法访问的,但是它的配置仍会写入到配置文件中。\n"
-"以便于稍后可再次启用该共享。\n"
+"<p>可以启用或禁用共享。\n"
+"不能访问禁用的共享,但仍将它的\n"
+"配置写入配置文件。\n"
+"以便以后可以再次启用这些共享。\n"
"</p>"
#. Share list dialog help 3/4
@@ -929,8 +938,11 @@
"by selecting <b>Do Not Show System Shares</b> in the <b>Filter</b>\n"
"menu.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>有些共享比较特殊。例如,Homes 共享就是一个特殊的系统共享,用于访问用户主文件夹。\n"
-"可通过在<b>过滤器</b>菜单选择<b>不显示系统共享</b>来从表中隐藏系统共享。</p>\n"
+"<p>有些共享比较特殊。例如,共享\n"
+"Homes 就是一个特殊的系统共享,用于访问用户的\n"
+"主目录。从该表可以隐藏系统共享,\n"
+"只需选择<b>过滤器</b>菜单中的<b>不显示系统共享</b>\n"
+"即可。</p>\n"
#. Share list dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103
@@ -938,7 +950,10 @@
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new share, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n"
"remove the information about a share.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>添加</b>添加新共享,<b>编辑</b>修改已有共享,<b>删除</b>移除有关某共享的信息。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>添加</b>用于添加新共享,<b>编辑</b>用于修改\n"
+"已经存在的共享,<b>删除</b>用于\n"
+"删除有关某共享的信息。</p>\n"
#. Identity dialog help 1/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109
@@ -947,8 +962,9 @@
"These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n"
"primary role in the network.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>身份</big></b><br>\n"
-"这些选项允许设置服务器身份和它在网络中的主要角色。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>标识</big></b><br>\n"
+"这些选项用于设置服务器的标识及其\n"
+"在网络中的主要角色。</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115
@@ -960,11 +976,12 @@
"If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n"
"<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>基本设置设置了域和服务器角色。\n"
-"<b>备份域控制器</b>和<b>主域控制器</b>允许 Windows 客户端登入到 Windows 域。\n"
-"备份控制器使用另一个域控制器来进行校验。\n"
-"主控制器使用其自身关于用户及其密码的信息。\n"
-"若该服务器不应作为域控制器参与,请选择<b>非域控制器</b>值。</p>\n"
+"<p>基本设置设置域和\n"
+"服务器角色。<b>备份域控制器</b>和<b>主域控制器</b>允许 Windows 客户端登录到 Windows 域。备份控制器\n"
+"使用另一个域控制器来进行校验。主控制器\n"
+"使用自己存储的用户和用户口令信息。\n"
+"如果服务器不应作为域控制器加入,请选择值\n"
+"<b>无域控制器</b>。</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124
@@ -974,9 +991,10 @@
"to log in to a Windows domain. If the server should not participate\n"
"as a domain controller, choose <b>Not a DC</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>基本设置</b>设置了域和服务器角色。\n"
-"<b>主域控制器</b>允许 Windows 客户端登入到 Windows 域。\n"
-"若服务器不应作为域控制器参与,请选择<b>非域控制器</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>基本设置</b>设置域和\n"
+"服务器角色。<b>主域控制器</b>允许 Windows 客户端\n"
+"登录到 Windows 域。如果服务器不应作为域控制器\n"
+"加入,请选择<b>无域控制器</b>。</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 3/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131
@@ -988,9 +1006,12 @@
"queries. In the latter case, choose <b>Remote WINS Server</b>\n"
"and enter the IP address of the WINS server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>WINS</b>是一种用于将主机的低级网络标识(例如 IP 地址)映射到 NetBIOS 名称的网络协议。\n"
-"Samba 服务器可以是一台 WINS 服务器,也可以使用另一台服务器来执行其查询。\n"
-"若是后者,请选择<b>远程 WINS 服务器</b>并输入该 WIN 服务器的 IP 地址。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>WINS</b>是一种用于将主机的低级\n"
+"网络标识(例如 IP 地址)映射\n"
+"到 NetBIOS 名称的网络协议。Samba 服务器可以是一台 \n"
+"WINS 服务器,也可以使用另一台服务器\n"
+"来执行其查询。如果是后者,请选择<b>远程 WINS 服务器</b>\n"
+"并输入该 WIN 服务器的 IP 地址。</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 4/5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140
@@ -1006,7 +1027,9 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>高级设置</b>提供了对详细配置、用户认证来源和专家全局设置的访问。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>高级设置</b>允许访问\n"
+"详细配置、用户身份验证源和专家全局设置。</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
@@ -1017,8 +1040,10 @@
"the Samba server should provide access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>可信域</big></b><br>\n"
-"NT 式可信域意味着可以为来自其它域的用户指派访问权限。\n"
-"在此,创建一个 Samba 服务器应提供访问的域列表。</p>\n"
+"NT 式可信域意味着能够将\n"
+"访问权限指派给其它域中的用户。\n"
+"您可以在此创建一个域的列表,列出\n"
+"Samba 服务器将向其提供访问权限的域。</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
@@ -1029,17 +1054,20 @@
"the trust relationship is established. To delete a domain,\n"
"choose it in the list and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>要向该列表中添加新的域,请按<b>添加</b>。\n"
-"在随即打开的对话框中输入要信任的域名称和密码。\n"
-"Samba 服务器将使用该密码访问该可信域。\n"
-"按<b>确认</b>后,信任关系就建立起来了。\n"
-"要删除某域,请在列表中选择它并按<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p>要在该列表中添加新的域,请按<b>添加</b>。\n"
+"在随即打开的对话框中输入要信任的域的名称\n"
+"以及口令。Samba 服务器使用该口令\n"
+"来访问该可信域。按下<b>确认</b>后,\n"
+"建立可信关系。要删除某域,\n"
+"请在列表中选中它,然后按<b>删除</b>。</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162
msgid ""
"<p>For more details about how trusted domains work,\n"
"see the Samba HOWTO collection.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>更多关于可信域工作原理的细节,请参考 Samba 指南集。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>有关可信域如何工作的详细信息,\n"
+"请参见《Samba HOWTO 文集》。</p>\n"
#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166
@@ -1048,14 +1076,16 @@
"Here, fine-tune the options of a share.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>编辑单个共享</big></b><br>\n"
-"在此,微调某共享的选项。</p>\n"
+"在此,调整某共享的选项。</p>\n"
#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>添加</b>添加新的配置选项,<b>编辑</b>修改已有选项,<b>删除</b>删除某选项。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>添加</b>可用于添加新的配置选项,<b>编辑</b>可用于修改\n"
+"存在的选项,<b>删除</b>可用于删除选项。</p>\n"
#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174
@@ -1064,14 +1094,16 @@
"Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>专家全局设置配置</big></b><br>\n"
-"在此,微调服务器的全局选项。</p>\n"
+"在此,调整服务器的全局选项。</p>\n"
#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>添加</b>添加新的配置选项,<b>编辑</b>修改已有选项,<b>删除</b>删除某选项。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>添加</b>可用于添加新的配置选项,<b>编辑</b>可用于修改\n"
+"已存在的选项,<b>删除</b>可用于删除选项。</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182
@@ -1081,7 +1113,8 @@
"server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP Samba 服务器选项</big></b><br>\n"
-"在此,设置 Samba 服务器使用 LDAP 的细节。</p>\n"
+"在此,设置 Samba 服务器使用 LDAP 的\n"
+"细节。</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188
@@ -1092,14 +1125,16 @@
"a password for write access, set the password using\n"
"<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>搜索基础判别名</b>(判别名) 是开始搜索信息的原点。\n"
-"<b>管理判别名</b> 在创建新用户和组时要用到。\n"
-"若管理判别名要求设置写访问密码,请使用<b>设置 LDAP 管理密码</b>设置该密码。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>搜索基础 DN</b>(判别名)是\n"
+"开始搜索信息的基础。<b>管理 DN</b> 在\n"
+"创建新用户和组时要用到。如果管理 DN 要求\n"
+"设置写权限口令,请使用\n"
+"<b>设置 LDAP 管理口令</b>设置该口令。</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196
msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>注意:</b>设置在 LDAP 管理密码设置前即被保存。</p>\n"
+msgstr "<p><b>注意:</b> 请先保存设置,然后设置 LDAP 管理口令。</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200
@@ -1109,16 +1144,19 @@
"information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n"
"only one is allowed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>用户认证信息后端</big></b><br>\n"
-"选择 Samba 服务器应从何处查找认证信息。\n"
-"Samba 不再支持同时使用多个后端,现在只允许设置一个后端。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>用户身份验证信息后端</big></b><br>\n"
+"选择 Samba 服务器应从何处查找身份验证信息。\n"
+"Samba 不再支持同时使用多个后端,\n"
+"现在只允许设置一个后端。</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n"
"by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>若您想要修改用户认证来源,请先按<b>删除</b>移除当前用户认证来源并使用<b>添加</b>添加一个新的。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果您想要更改用户身份验证源,请先按<b>删除</b>去除\n"
+"当前用户身份验证源,然后使用<b>添加</b>添加一个新的。</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211
@@ -1128,22 +1166,28 @@
"passwd file. It is possible to have a multiple files in this \n"
"format.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>smbpasswd 文件</b>是使用与之前版本的 Samba 相同格式的一个文件。\n"
-"它的格局与 passwd 文件相近。此格式中可以有多个文件。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>smbpasswd 文件</b>使用与以前版本的 Samba 相同的\n"
+"格式。其布局类似于\n"
+"passwd 文件。可能存在多个此格式的\n"
+"文件。</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218
msgid ""
"<p><b>LDAP</b> is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n"
"the information.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>LDAP</b> 是用于检索信息的 LDAP 服务器 URL。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> 是用于检查信息的 LDAP 服务器\n"
+"的 URL。</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>TDB database</b> uses an internal Samba database binary format\n"
"to store and look up the information.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>TDB 数据库</b>使用一个内部 Samba 数据库二进制格式来存储和查找信息。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>TDB 数据库</b>使用内部 Samba 数据库二进制格式\n"
+"来存储和查找信息。</p>\n"
#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore
#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */
@@ -1180,8 +1224,9 @@
"the share from clients. <b>Share Description</b> describes the\n"
"purpose of the share.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>共享名称</b>用于从客户端访问共享。\n"
-"<b>共享描述</b>描述了共享的用途。</p>"
+"<p><b>共享名</b>用于从客户端访问\n"
+"共享。<b>共享描述</b>介绍\n"
+"共享的用途。</p>"
#. add new share dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258
@@ -1191,8 +1236,10 @@
"is presented as a network disk. <b>Share Path</b> must be\n"
"entered for a directory share.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>共享类型有两种。<b>打印机</b>共享对客户端呈现为打印机。\n"
-"<b>文件夹</b>共享呈现为网络磁盘。文件夹共享必须输入<b>共享路径</b>。</p>\n"
+"<p>共享类型有两种。<b>打印机</b>共享\n"
+"以打印机的形式显示给客户端。<b>目录</b>共享\n"
+"显示为网络磁盘。对于目录共享,必须\n"
+"输入<b>共享路径</b>。</p>\n"
#. add new share dialog help 4/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265
@@ -1200,27 +1247,29 @@
"<p>If <b>Read-Only</b> is checked, users\n"
"of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n"
"directory.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>若选中了<b>只读</b>,服务用户可能无法创建或修改服务文件夹中的文件。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>如果已选中<b>只读</b>,服务的用户\n"
+"可能无法创建或修改该服务目录下\n"
+"的文件。</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inherit ACLS</b> can be used to ensure\n"
"that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n"
"honored when creating a subdirectory.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>继承访问控制列表</b>可用于确保若父文件夹上存在默认访问控制列表,则当创建子文件夹时总是尊重它们。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>继承 ACL</b> 可用于确保:\n"
+"如果父目录上存在默认 ACL,则当创建子目录时,总是继承\n"
+"这些默认 ACL。</p>\n"
#. add new share dialog help
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276
msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>若选中了<b>暴露快照</b>,Samba 将暴露出 Snapper 创建的快照以供 CIFS/SMB 客户端访问和操控。\n"
-"此选项只有当 Samba 提供了 Snapper 支持,且共享路径对应到了一个使用 Btrfs 后端的 Snapper 配置子卷时才可用。<br>也必须授予相关权限,进一步细节请参考 Samba 的 <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> 手册页。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>如果选择<b>公开快照</b>,Samba 将会公开 Snapper 创建的快照,以供 CIFS/SMB 客户端访问和处理。仅当 Samba 提供 Snapper 支持,并且共享路径对应于支持 Btrfs 的 Snapper 配置子卷时,此选项才可用。<br>此外还必须授予相关权限。有关更多细节,请参见 Samba 的 <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> 手册页。</p>"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283
msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>利用 Btrfs 特性</b>可引导 Samba 利用 Btrfs 文件系统独有的特性。\n"
-"此选项只有当 Samba 提供了 Btrfs 支持且共享路径为一个 Btrfs 子卷时才可用。进一步细节请参考 Samba 的 <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> 手册页。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>使用 Btrfs 功能</b>会指示 Samba 利用特定于 Btrfs 文件系统的功能。仅当 Samba 提供 Btrfs 支持,并且共享路径是 Btrfs 子卷时,此选项才可用。有关更多细节,请参见 Samba 的 <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> 手册页。</p>"
#. help for LDAP Settings dialog
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289
@@ -1238,22 +1287,22 @@
"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP 设置</big></b><br>\n"
-"在此,决定 LDAP 服务器是否使用认证。\n"
+"在此处决定用于进行身份验证的 LDAP 服务器。\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"设置<b>LDAP 密码后端</b>将允许在通过 URL 指定的 LDAP 树中存储用户信息。使用 <b>LDAP ldmap 后端</b>可在 LDAP 中存储 SID/uid/gid 映射表。\n"
+"设置 <b>LDAP 口令后端</b>将允许在通过 URL 指定的 LDAP 树中储存用户信息。使用 <b>LDAP ldmap 后端</b>可在 LDAP 中储存 SID/uid/gid 映射表。\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"在认证部分,设置 LDAP 服务器的机要资料,包括完整的管理员判别名。\n"
+"在“身份验证”部分,为 LDAP 服务器设置身份凭证,包括完整管理员 DN。\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<b>搜索基础判别名</b>是追加到 Samba 相关的 LDAP 对象的 LDAP 后缀。\n"
+"<b>搜索基本 DN</b> 是追加到 Samba 相关 LDAP 对象后的 LDAP 后缀。\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"要测试连接到您的 LDAP 服务器,请点击<b>测试连接</b>。\n"
-"要设置专家 LDAP 设置或使用默认值,请点击<b>高级设置</b>。</p>"
+"要测试能否连接到您的 LDAP 服务器,请单击<b>测试连接</b>。\n"
+"要设置专家 LDAP 设置或使用默认值,请单击<b>高级设置</b>。</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303
msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>用户后缀</b>指定了是否将用户添加到 LDAP 树。该值将附加到<b>搜索基础判别名</b>的值的前面。类似地,<b>组后缀</b>指定了组的位置,<b>机器后缀</b>指定了机器名,<b>ldmap 后缀</b>指定了 idmap 映射的位置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>用户后缀</b>指定是否将用户添加到 LDAP 树。该值将附加到<b>搜索基本 DN</b>的值的前面。类似地,<b>组后缀</b>指定组的位置,<b>计算机后缀</b>指定机器位置,<b>Idmap 后缀</b>指定 idmap 映射的位置。</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307
@@ -1261,13 +1310,13 @@
"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n"
"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>复制睡眠>是在写入 LDAP 服务器后 Samba 等待的毫秒数,以便 LDAP 副本可以及时同步。</p>\n"
-"<p><b>超时</b>指定了 LDAP 操作超时的秒数。</p>"
+"<p><b>复制休眠>指定在写入 LDAP 服务器后 Samba 等待的毫秒数,以便 LDAP 副本可以及时同步。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>超时</b>指定 LDAP 操作超时的秒数。</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311
msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>使用<b>使用 SSL 或 TLS</b>定义是否为 LDAP 连接使用 SSL。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>使用<b>使用 SSL 或 TLS</b> 定义是否对 LDAP 连接使用 SSL。</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315
@@ -1275,8 +1324,8 @@
"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n"
"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>删除判别名</b>指定了删除操作是删除整个 LDAP 项还是只删除 Samba 特殊属性。</p>\n"
-"<p><b>同步密码</b>定义了以 NT 还是 LM 哈希加密法同步 LDAP 密码。细节请参考 <tt>smb.conf</tt> 手册页。</p>"
+"<p><b>删除 DN</b> 指定删除操作是删除整个 LDAP 项还是只删除特定于 Samba 的属性。</p>\n"
+"<p><b>同步口令</b>定义以 NT 还是 LM 哈希加密法同步 LDAP 口令。细节请参考 <tt>smb.conf</tt> 手册页。</p>"
#. translators: warning text
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322
@@ -1285,7 +1334,11 @@
"service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n"
"connection. Because the new SID is not equal to the old one, clients can\n"
"no longer authenticate as domain members.\n"
-msgstr "若您修改了 NetBIOS 主机名,Samba 将会在第一次客户端连接时为您的服务器创建一个服务识别码 (SID)。由于新的 SID 和旧的不相同,客户端将不再能够作为域成员认证。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"如果您更改 NetBIOS 主机名,Samba 将\n"
+"为您的服务器与第一个客户端连接创建一个\n"
+"服务标识符 (SID)。由于新 SID 与旧标识符不同,所以客户端\n"
+"不再作为域成员进行身份验证。\n"
#. translators: warning text
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329
@@ -1295,8 +1348,10 @@
"configured period. See MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP and TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR in\n"
"/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n"
msgstr ""
-"请考虑到 /tmp 和 /var/tmp 是公共访问文件夹并且预定的清理任务可能会在配置的时间段后移除文件。\n"
-"请查看 /etc/sysconfig/cron 中的 MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP 和 TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR。\n"
+"考虑到 /tmp 和 /var/tmp 是公共访问\n"
+"目录,预定的清理任务可能会在配置的时间后删除\n"
+"文件。请查看 /etc/sysconfig/cron 的\n"
+" MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP 和 TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR。\n"
#. translators: warning text
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336
@@ -1304,8 +1359,8 @@
"Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n"
"directory includes many secrets of your system.\n"
msgstr ""
-"导出 /var 可能会导致安全问题。\n"
-"该文件夹包含了您系统的许多机密。\n"
+"导出 /var 可能会引发安全问题。\n"
+"该目录包含系统的许多机密。\n"
#. translators: warning text
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340
@@ -1313,22 +1368,27 @@
"Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n"
"directory includes many secrets of your system.\n"
msgstr ""
-"导出 /etc 可能会导致安全问题。\n"
-"该文件夹包含了您系统的许多机密。\n"
+"导出 /etc 可能会引发安全问题。\n"
+"该目录包含系统的许多机密。\n"
#. translators: warning text
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
"Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n"
"entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n"
-msgstr "导出 / 可能会导致安全问题,因为这会让 Samba 客户端能浏览您的整个文件系统。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"导出 / 可能会引发安全问题,因为这会\n"
+"使 Samba 客户端能看到您的整个文件系统。\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n"
"expert global settings.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>高级设置</b>提供了对详细配置的访问,诸如 LDAP 设置,用户认证来源和专家全局设置。</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>高级设置</b>允许访问详细配置,\n"
+"如 LDAP 设置、用户身份验证源和\n"
+"专家全局设置。</p>\n"
#. translators: combo box value
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67
@@ -1343,18 +1403,18 @@
#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166
msgid "Enter the server URL."
-msgstr "请输入服务器 URL。"
+msgstr "输入服务器 URL。"
#. translators: inform text
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289
msgid "Passwords do not match."
-msgstr "密码不匹配。"
+msgstr "口令不匹配。"
#. translators: inform text
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300
msgid "Passwords match."
-msgstr "密码匹配。"
+msgstr "口令匹配。"
#. Propose default values
#. translators: popup message
@@ -1364,8 +1424,8 @@
"All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n"
"Continue?\n"
msgstr ""
-"将覆盖全部当前 LDAP 相关值。\n"
-"继续吗?\n"
+"将覆盖所有当前与 LDAP 相关的值。\n"
+"是否继续?\n"
#. translators: popup message
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364
@@ -1375,27 +1435,27 @@
#. translators: text entry label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432
msgid "&Search Base DN"
-msgstr "搜索基础判别名(&S)"
+msgstr "搜索基础 DN(&S)"
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435
msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "认证"
+msgstr "验证"
#. translators: text entry label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438
msgid "&Administration DN"
-msgstr "管理判别名(&A)"
+msgstr "管理 DN(&A)"
#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword
#. translators: password enrty label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447
msgid "Administration &Password"
-msgstr "管理密码(&P)"
+msgstr "管理口令(&P)"
#. translators: reenter password entry label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453
msgid "Administration Password (A&gain)"
-msgstr "管理密码(再输一次)(&G)"
+msgstr "管理口令(再输一遍)(&G)"
#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database)
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464
@@ -1405,12 +1465,12 @@
#. translators: check box label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471
msgid "Use LDAP Password &Back-End"
-msgstr "使用 LDAP 密码后端(&B)"
+msgstr "使用 LDAP 口令后端(&B)"
#. translators: text entry label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475
msgid "LDAP Server &URL"
-msgstr "LDAP 服务器 &URL"
+msgstr "LDAP 服务器 URL(&U)"
#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping)
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483
@@ -1420,12 +1480,12 @@
#. translators: check box label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490
msgid "Use LDAP &Idmap Back-End"
-msgstr "使用 LDAP &Idmap 后端"
+msgstr "使用 LDAP Idmap 后端(&I)"
#. translators: text entry label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494
msgid "LDAP Server U&RL"
-msgstr "LDAP 服务器 U&RL"
+msgstr "LDAP 服务器 URL"
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517
msgid "&Test Connection"
@@ -1468,7 +1528,7 @@
#. translators: text entry label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596
msgid "&Idmap Suffix"
-msgstr "&Idmap 后缀"
+msgstr "Idmap 后缀(&I)"
#. translators: frame label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641
@@ -1478,7 +1538,7 @@
#. translators: integer field label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647
msgid "&Replication Sleep"
-msgstr "复制睡眠(&R)"
+msgstr "复制休眠(&R)"
#. translators: integer field label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654
@@ -1506,12 +1566,12 @@
#. translators: combo box label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757
msgid "&Delete DN"
-msgstr "删除判别名(&D)"
+msgstr "删除 DN(&D)"
#. translators: combo box label
#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767
msgid "&Synchronize Passwords"
-msgstr "同步密码(&S)"
+msgstr "同步口令(&S)"
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167
@@ -1531,7 +1591,7 @@
#. translators: unknown error message
#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265
msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps yast2-ldap is not available."
-msgstr "未知错误。或许 yast2-ldap 不可用。"
+msgstr "未知的错误。可能 yast2-ldap 不可用。"
#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338
msgid "Unknown Class:"
@@ -1547,7 +1607,9 @@
msgid ""
"It seems that there is no functional\n"
"LDAP server at %s.\n"
-msgstr "看起来 %s 上没有正常运行的 LDAP 服务器。\n"
+msgstr ""
+"看起来 %s 上没有正常运行的\n"
+"LDAP 服务器。\n"
#. translators: server role name
#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50
@@ -1718,7 +1780,7 @@
#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename
#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf."
-msgstr "无法将设置写入到 /etc/samba/smb.conf。"
+msgstr "无法将设置写入 /etc/samba/smb.conf。"
#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain
#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406
@@ -1750,33 +1812,3 @@
#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425
msgid "None"
msgstr "无"
-
-#~ msgid "Firewall Settings"
-#~ msgstr "防火墙设置"
-
-#~ msgid "Snapper Support"
-#~ msgstr "Snapper 支持"
-
-#~ msgid "Please enter a new share name."
-#~ msgstr "请输入一个新的共享名。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Share '%1' already exists.\n"
-#~ "Please choose another share name."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "共享“%1”已存在。\n"
-#~ "请选择其他共享名。"
-
-#~ msgid "SSL"
-#~ msgstr "SSL"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
-#~ "an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.\n"
-#~ "Use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to change the order\n"
-#~ "of the back-ends.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>添加</b>可用于添加新的配置选项,<b>编辑</b>可用于修改\n"
-#~ "存在的选项,<b>删除</b>可用于删除某选项。\n"
-#~ "<b>向上</b>和<b>向下</b>可用于更改后端的\n"
-#~ "顺序。</p>\n"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-users.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-users.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-users.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,45 +1,39 @@
-# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@)
-# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG.
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Marguerite Su, 2012.
-# 玛格丽特 · 苏 , 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-15 15:54+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: 玛格丽特 · 苏 \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-15 11:28\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. helptext
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74
msgid "<p>Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>在此编辑用户的 Samba 账户设置。</p>"
+msgstr "<p>在这里编辑用户的 Samba 帐号的设置.</p>"
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77
msgid "<p>If do not enter custom values for "
-msgstr "<p>若未为以下选项输入自定义值:"
+msgstr "<p>请为以下设置输入自定义的数值:"
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78
msgid "<b>Home Drive</b>, <b>Home Path</b>, <b>Profile Path</b>, and <b>Logon Script</b> "
-msgstr "<b>主驱动器</b>、<b>主文件夹路径</b>、<b>方案路径</b>和<b>登录脚本</b> "
+msgstr "<b>主驱动器</b>、<b>主路径</b>、<b>配置文件路径</b>和<b>登录脚本</b> "
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81
msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used.</p>"
-msgstr "则将使用您本地 Samba 配置中定义的默认值。</p>"
+msgstr "如果不输入自定义数值, 则会使用在您本地 Samba 配置文件中定义的默认值.</p>"
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96
msgid "Home Drive"
-msgstr "主驱动器"
+msgstr "家驱动器"
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173
@@ -48,11 +42,11 @@
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117
msgid "Home Path"
-msgstr "主文件夹路径"
+msgstr "家路径"
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138
msgid "Profile Path"
-msgstr "方案路径"
+msgstr "Profile 路径"
#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162
@@ -61,11 +55,11 @@
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185
msgid "Samba Account Disabled"
-msgstr "已禁用 Samba 账户"
+msgstr "Samba 帐号已经被禁止."
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187
msgid "No Password Expiration"
-msgstr "密码永不过期"
+msgstr "口令不会过期"
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
@@ -84,9 +78,9 @@
"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n"
"be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>此插件可用于激活一个可用于 Samba 的 LDAP 组。\n"
-"您在此可以编辑的唯一设置就是 <b>Samba 组名称</b>属性,是应对 Samba 客户端呈现的组名称。\n"
-"全部其它设置都是自动计算的。若您留空了 <b>Samba 组名称</b>项,将使用与此组全局设置中配置的名称同名的名称。</p>\n"
+"<p>此插件可以启用一个可用于 Samba 的 LDAP 组。\n"
+"您在此可以编辑的唯一设置就是 <b>Samba 组名称</b>属性,是应向 Samba 客户端显示的组名称。\n"
+"其他所有设置都是自动计算的。如果您将 <b>Samba 组名称</b>项留空,系统将使用与此组“全局设置”中配置的名称同名的名称。</p>\n"
#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99
msgid "Samba Group Name"
@@ -100,21 +94,21 @@
#. summary
#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95
msgid "Manage samba account parameters"
-msgstr "管理 Samba 账户参数"
+msgstr "管理 Samba 帐号参数"
#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203
msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute."
-msgstr "无法更新对象类属性。"
+msgstr "无法更新对象类属性."
#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252
msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in."
-msgstr "无法初始化 Samba SID。正在禁用插件。"
+msgstr "无法初始化 Samba SID。禁用插件。"
#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294
msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account"
-msgstr "修改用于创建 Samba 账户的密码"
+msgstr "更改该口令以创建 Samba 帐户"
#. summary
#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95
msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups"
-msgstr "管理 LDAP 组的 Samba 属性"
+msgstr "管理 LDAP 组的 Samba 特性"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/scanner.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/scanner.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/scanner.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,25 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language , 2004, 2005, 2012, 2013.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-31 22:48+0800\n"
-"Last-Translator: \n"
-"Language-Team: Chinese Simplified \n"
-"Language: zh_CN\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-11 11:35\n"
+"Last-Translator: Novell language \n"
+"Language-Team: Novell language \n"
+"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
#. Text for the command_line_description:
#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text)
@@ -56,7 +49,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136
msgid "Run &hp-setup"
-msgstr "运行 hp-setup (&H)"
+msgstr "运行 hp-setup(&H)"
#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog.
#. Do not confuse "scanning via network"
@@ -154,7 +147,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Deactivate %1?"
-msgstr "是否取消激活 %1?"
+msgstr "是否停用 %1?"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name.
#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend
@@ -166,7 +159,7 @@
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
-msgstr "未能取消激活 %1。"
+msgstr "未能停用 %1。"
#. which is not yet configured was selected
#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button.
@@ -193,7 +186,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582
msgid "Failed to run hp-setup."
-msgstr "运行 hp-setup 失败。"
+msgstr "未能运行 hp-setup。"
#. Select model dialog
#. @return dialog result
@@ -271,24 +264,24 @@
#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name.
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837
msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)."
-msgstr "epkowa 驱动程序仅可用于 i386 兼容的架构 (32位 i386 和 64位 x86_64)。"
+msgstr "epkowa 驱动程序仅可用于与 i386 兼容的体系结构(32 位 i386 和 64 位 x86_64)。"
#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64:
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845
msgid "Possibly Problematic Driver"
-msgstr "或许能出现问题的驱动程序"
+msgstr "可能会出现问题的驱动程序"
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64.
#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name.
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture."
-msgstr "epkowa 驱动程序可能导致在 64 位 x86_64 架构上出现问题。"
+msgstr "epkowa 驱动程序可能导致在 64 位 x86_64 体系结构上出现问题。"
#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected:
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Outdated Driver"
-msgstr "过时的驱动程序"
+msgstr "过期的驱动程序"
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected.
@@ -299,8 +292,8 @@
"The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n"
"Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio."
msgstr ""
-"hpoj 驱动应该可以正常工作,但它已经不被继续维护。\n"
-"试图使用持续更新的 hpaio 驱动。"
+"hpoj 驱动程序应该可以起作用,但它已不再进行维护。\n"
+"请尝试使用最新的驱动程序 hpaio。"
#. Configure backend dialog
#. @return dialog result
@@ -323,7 +316,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name.
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Permitted &Clients for saned"
-msgstr "允许 Saned 的客户机(&C)"
+msgstr "Saned 允许的客户端(&C)"
#. Header of a TextEntry user input field.
#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
@@ -340,7 +333,7 @@
#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network.
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032
msgid "Client Settings"
-msgstr "客户机设置"
+msgstr "客户端设置"
#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network.
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041
@@ -445,17 +438,17 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"一般的 USB 扫描仪应该会被自动检测到。\n"
-"默认情况下,只显示 USB 厂商和产品 ID 已知的 USB 扫描仪。\n"
-"如果一款 USB 扫描仪没显示或有非预期的结果,\n"
-"请尝试使用<b>其它</b>和<b>重新检测</b>。\n"
-"有时可能也显示某些不是扫描仪的 USB 设备。没有通用的方法可以有效的区分扫描仪和其他 USB 设备,\n"
+"一般的 USB 扫描仪应该可被系统自动检测到。\n"
+"系统默认只会显示 USB 供应商和产品 ID 已知的 USB 扫描仪。\n"
+"如果一款 USB 扫描仪未显示或有非预期的结果,\n"
+"请尝试使用<b>其他</b>和<b>重新检测</b>。\n"
+"有时可能也显示某些不是扫描仪的 USB 设备。没有通用的方法可以有效地区分扫描仪和其他 USB 设备,\n"
"因为没有针对扫描仪的 USB 设备类。\n"
-"通过<b>添加</b>继续。\n"
-"若是惠普多合一设备您可能需要先通过 <b>其他</b> 和 <b>运行 hp-setup</b> 运行 <tt>hp-setup</tt>,\n"
+"请尝试通过<b>添加</b>继续。\n"
+"如果是惠普多功能一体机,您可能需要先通过<b>其他</b>和<b>运行 hp-setup</b> 选项运行 <tt>hp-setup</tt>,\n"
"然后才能通过此工具配置扫描仪单元。\n"
-"如果您配置扫描仪出现了问题,检查它是否出现在了 <tt>lsusb</tt> 的输出中。\n"
-"如果输出中未列出,则表示 USB 系统不能与扫描仪通信。\n"
+"如果您配置扫描仪出现了问题,请检查它是否出现在了 <tt>lsusb</tt> 的输出中。\n"
+"如果输出中未列出,则表示 USB 系统不能与扫描仪通讯。\n"
" </p>\n"
#. Overview dialog help 4/8:
@@ -472,11 +465,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"SCSI 扫描仪通常会被检测到。\n"
-"如果使用<b>添加</b>来继续操作出现问题,\n"
+" 如果使用<b>添加</b>来继续操作出现问题,\n"
"则通过命令 <tt>lsscsi</tt> 来检查是否显示了您的扫描仪。\n"
-"如果未显示,则SCSI 系统将无法与扫描仪通信。\n"
-"验证是否为 SCSI 主机适配器装载了适当的内核模块。\n"
-"</p>"
+" 如果未显示,则SCSI 系统将无法与扫描仪通信。\n"
+" 验证是否为 SCSI 主机适配器装载了适当的内核模块。\n"
+" </p>"
#. Overview dialog help 5/8:
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name.
@@ -493,11 +486,11 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"无法使用此工具来配置并行端口扫描仪,除非是惠普多合一设备。\n"
+"无法使用此工具来配置并行端口扫描仪,除非是 HP 多功能一体机。\n"
"通用并行端口扫描仪必须手动配置。\n"
-"要设置惠普多合一设备中的扫描仪单元,该单元连接到并行端口,\n"
-"或许需要先通过 <b>其他</b>和<b>运行 hp-setup</b>运行 <tt>hp-setup</tt>,\n"
-"再通过此工具的 <b>添加</b> 配置扫描仪单元。\n"
+"要设置 HP 多功能一体机中的扫描仪单元,而该单元连接到并行端口,\n"
+"您可能必须先通过<b>其他</b>和<b>运行 hp-setup</b> 选项运行 <tt>hp-setup</tt>,\n"
+"再通过此工具的<b>添加</b>选项配置扫描仪单元。\n"
" </p>\n"
#. Overview dialog help 6/8:
@@ -524,16 +517,16 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"无法使用此工具来配置网络扫描仪,除非是惠普多合一设备。\n"
+"无法使用此工具来配置网络扫描仪,除非是 HP 多功能一体机。\n"
"必须手动配置网络扫描仪。\n"
"网络扫描仪是有网络接口的扫描仪,\n"
-"因此可在网络中直接被访问。\n"
-"然而,通过网络扫描表示访问连接到网络中\n"
-"其它主机的远程扫描仪。\n"
-"要设置惠普多合一设备中的扫描仪单元,该单元通过内置网络接口连接,\n"
-"或许需要先通过 <b>其他</b>和<b>运行 hp-setup</b>运行 <tt>hp-setup</tt>,\n"
-"再通过此工具的 <b>添加</b> 配置扫描仪单元。\n"
-" </p>\n"
+"因此可在网络中直接访问。\n"
+"然而,通过网络扫描意味着访问连接到网络中\n"
+"其他主机的远程扫描仪。\n"
+"要设置 HP 多功能一体机中的扫描仪单元,而该单元通过内置网络接口连接,\n"
+"您可能必须先通过<b>其他</b>和<b>运行 hp-setup</b> 选项运行 <tt>hp-setup</tt>,\n"
+"再通过此工具的<b>添加</b>配置扫描仪单元。\n"
+"</p>\n"
#. Overview dialog help 7/8:
#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network)
@@ -554,13 +547,13 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"此表列出了已配置的驱动程序及其关联扫描仪。\n"
-"按<b>添加</b>来选择型号和驱动并启用它。\n"
-"按<b>编辑</b>来选择和启用驱动程序。\n"
-"按<b>删除</b>来禁用驱动程序。\n"
-"如果按<b>其它</b>,则可以\n"
-"重启动检测、测试活动的扫描仪,设置惠普多合一设备或设置通过网络扫描。\n"
-" </p>"
+"该表列出了已配置的驱动程序及关联的扫描仪。\n"
+"按<b>添加</b>以选择型号和驱动程序并启用它。\n"
+"按<b>编辑</b>以选择和启用驱动程序。\n"
+"按<b>删除</b>以禁用该驱动程序。\n"
+"如果您按<b>其他</b>,则可以重启动检测、测试已启用的驱动程序、\n"
+"设置 HP 多合一设备,或通过网络设置扫描。\n"
+"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 8/8:
#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is
@@ -587,11 +580,13 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"如果驱动已设置但扫描仪却无法被驱动识别,可能原因有:\n"
-"扫描仪未连接或已关闭,驱动与扫描仪型号不符(驱动名的细微差别\n"
-"甚至同一扫描仪型号系列但内部有微小的差别都可能需要\n"
-"不同的驱动),底层(内核相关)设备通讯故障(比如,\n"
-"底层 USB 问题或者底层 SCSI 问题)。\n"
+"如果已安装驱动程序,但此驱动程序无法识别扫描仪,可能的原因有:\n"
+"扫描仪未连接或已关闭;\n"
+"驱动程序不适用于特定型号的扫描仪\n"
+"(型号名称的细微差别\n"
+"或相同型号不同系列之间的内部差别都可能需要使用\n"
+"不同的驱动程序);底层(内核相关)设备通讯故障(例如,\n"
+"底层 USB 问题或底层 SCSI 问题)。\n"
"</p>"
#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5:
@@ -630,12 +625,12 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"如果至少有一种合适的扫描仪驱动可用,就代表支持该型号。\n"
-"大部分扫描仪驱动来自 SANE 项目,在 sane-backends 软件包中提供。\n"
-"某种型号的支持状态从精简到完整不等。<br>\n"
-"当一个驱动显示为 '失去维护' 时,它不意味着该驱动不能工作。\n"
-"即使是一个失去维护的驱动也可能工作的非常完美。\n"
-"但它意味着不再有人知道驱动的内部结构,因此通常失去维护的驱动出现问题时得不到帮助。\n"
+"如果至少有一种合适的扫描仪驱动程序可用,就代表支持该型号。\n"
+"大部分扫描仪驱动程序来自 SANE 项目,在 sane-backends 包中提供。\n"
+"特定型号的支持状态从精简到完整不等。<br>\n"
+"当一个驱动程序显示为“不再维护”时,并不意味着该驱动程序不能工作。\n"
+"即使是不再维护的驱动程序也可能工作地非常完美。\n"
+"但它意味着不再有人知道驱动程序的内部结构,因此通常不维护的驱动程序出现问题时,您将无法获取帮助。\n"
"</p>"
#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5:
@@ -661,8 +656,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"如果有额外的注释,它们将显示在方括号中。\n"
-"</p>"
+"如果提供附加的注解,它们将显示在方括号中。\n"
+"此类注释只有英文形式。</p>"
#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5:
#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200":
@@ -705,7 +700,7 @@
"<b><big>扫描仪和驱动程序设置</big></b><br>\n"
"激活驱动程序并检测相关的扫描仪。\n"
"这可能需要几秒钟,因此在可以按<b>下一步</b>前,必须等待此操作完成。\n"
-"如果按<b>上一步</b>,则将取消激活驱动程序。\n"
+"如果按<b>上一步</b>,则将停用驱动程序。\n"
"</p>"
#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4:
@@ -719,10 +714,10 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>额外软件包</big></b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>其他包</big></b><br>\n"
"如果提供驱动程序的包尚未安装,\n"
"将显示适当的对话框来安装包。\n"
-"这样的包并不对所有的体系结构都可用。\n"
+"这样的包并非对所的体系结构都可用。\n"
"</p>"
#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4:
@@ -735,8 +730,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>固件上传</big></b><br>\n"
-"某些型号需要固件上传。\n"
+"<b><big>固件上载</big></b><br>\n"
+"某些型号需要固件上载。\n"
"在这种情况下将显示适当的解释文本。\n"
"</p>"
@@ -766,16 +761,17 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>惠普多合一设备</big></b><br>\n"
-"惠普多合一设备需要进行特殊的设置。\n"
-"在这种情况下将显示一个适当的对话框。\n"
+"<b><big>HP 多合一设备</big></b><br>\n"
+"HP 多合一设备需要进行特殊的设置。\n"
+"在这种情况下将显示一个相应的对话框。\n"
"有两个软件包为 HP 多合一设备提供支持:\n"
-"过时的 HPOJ 软件(hp-officeJet 包不再提供),\n"
-"该软件提供了 PTAL 系统(带 ptal 服务)以访问 HP 多合一设备,\n"
-"以及新的 HPLIP 软件(hplip 包),该软件提供了 hpaio 驱动。\n"
+"旧的 HPOJ 软件(hp-officeJet 包,不再可用),\n"
+"该软件提供了 PTAL 系统(带 ptal 服务)以访问 HP 多合一设备,\n"
+"以及最新的 HPLIP 软件(hplip 包),该软件提供 hpaio 驱动程序。\n"
"尽管可以同时安装这两个软件包,\n"
-"但 ptal 服务和 hpaio 驱动不能同时运行。\n"
-"因此要么使用 ptal 服务要么使用 hpaio 驱动,任一都必须用于所有惠普多合一设备。\n"
+"但 ptal 服务和 hpaio 驱动程序不能同时运行。\n"
+"因此必须对所有 HP 多合一设备\n"
+"使用 ptal 服务或 hpaio 驱动程序。\n"
"</p>"
#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5:
@@ -816,12 +812,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>服务器设置</big></b><br>\n"
"如果您有本地连接的扫描仪,并希望从网络上访问它们,\n"
-"请设置 saned 网络扫描守护精灵,这样您的主机便成为服务器。\n"
-"在<b>允许的客户机</b>中,输入允许访问服务器上的 saned 的客户机主机。\n"
-"输入用逗号隔开的客户机主机列表(主机名或 IP 地址)\n"
-"或子网(CIDR 表示法如 192.168.1.0/24)。\n"
-"如果不允许任何主机客户机,则不会激活 saned。\n"
-"如果激活了 saned,也会激活并为 saned 配置 xinetd。\n"
+"请设置 saned 网络扫描守护程序,这样您的主机便成为服务器。\n"
+"在<b>允许的客户端</b>中,输入允许访问服务器上的 saned 的客户端主机。\n"
+"输入用逗号隔开的客户端主机列表(主机名或 IP 地址)\n"
+"或子网(CIDR 表示法,如 192.168.1.0/24)。\n"
+"如果不允许任何主机客户端访问,则 saned 不会被激活。\n"
+"如果激活了 saned,则还会为 saned 激活并配置 xinetd。\n"
"</p>"
#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5:
@@ -865,17 +861,17 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>防火墙相关</big></b><br>\n"
-"放火墙用来保护您主机上运行中的服务进程不受不想要的网络访问。\n"
-"通过网络使用扫描仪,SANE 网络守护精灵 (saned)是必须运行以让远程客户机可以访问连接到您本地主机上的扫描仪的服务器进程。\n"
-"客户主机通过 sane 端口 (TCP 端口 6566) 联系 saned 但扫描数据是通过其他的随机端口传输的。\n"
-"因此只有端口 6566 对于通过网络扫描是不够的。<br>\n"
-"不要为防火墙中的外部区域打开 sane 端口 6566 或其他任何的端口以使用扫描仪。\n"
-"这非常危险因为它允许外部主机访问 saned 因此放火墙不再提供对 saned 的任何保护。\n"
-"允许外部网络的访问 (例如外部区域) 没有任何意义因为扫描文档需要受信任的用户能够接触到物理扫描仪。<br>\n"
-"另一方面,默认防火墙设置允许任何内部 (受信任的) 网络。\n"
-"要使得您服务器上 saned 可从内部网络访问,指派属于内部网络的网络接口到防火墙的内部区域。\n"
-"使用 YaST 防火墙设置模块来做此网络安全和防火墙相关的基础设置,通过网络扫描将不需要任何多余的防火墙设置。<br>\n"
-"详情请参考 openSUSE 支持数据库文章 'CUPS 和 SANE 防火墙设置' 于<br>\n"
+"防火墙用来保护您主机上运行中的服务器进程不受无谓的网络访问。\n"
+"如果通过网络使用扫描仪,SANE 网络守护程序 (saned) 就是必须运行以让远程客户端可以访问连接到您本地主机上的扫描仪的服务器进程。\n"
+"客户端主机通过 sane 端口(TCP 端口 6566)连接 saned,但扫描数据是通过其他的随机端口传输的。\n"
+"因此只有端口 6566 是不足以实现通过网络扫描的。<br>\n"
+"请不要为防火墙中的外部区域打开 sane 端口 6566 或其他任何的端口以使用扫描仪。\n"
+"这非常危险,因为它允许外部主机访问 saned,如此防火墙不再提供对 saned 的任何保护。\n"
+"允许外部网络(例如外部区域)的访问没有任何意义,因为扫描文档需要可信用户能够接触到物理扫描仪。<br>\n"
+"另一方面,默认防火墙设置允许任何内部(可信)网络访问。\n"
+"要使得您服务器上的 saned 可从内部网络访问,请向防火墙的内部区域指派属于内部网络的网络接口。\n"
+"请使用 YaST 防火墙设置模块来进行此网络安全和防火墙相关的基础设置,通过网络扫描将不需要任何进一步的防火墙设置。<br>\n"
+"详情请参考 openSUSE 支持数据库文章《CUPS 和 SANE 的防火墙设置》,网址为:<br>\n"
"http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n"
"</p>"
@@ -896,12 +892,12 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>客户机设置</big></b><br>\n"
-"如果您想访问网络中连接在其它主机(服务器)上的扫描仪,\n"
-"设置 net 元驱动程序通过运行在服务器上的守护精灵来访问它们。\n"
+"<b><big>客户端设置</big></b><br>\n"
+"如果您想访问网络中连接在其他主机(服务器)上的扫描仪,\n"
+"请设置 net 元驱动程序,通过服务器上运行的守护程序来访问它们。\n"
"服务器上的 saned 和防火墙必须允许访问。\n"
" 在<b>使用的服务器</b>中,输入应该使用的服务器。\n"
-" 输入用逗号隔开的服务器列表(服务器名称或 IP 地址)。\n"
+" 输入服务器(服务器名称或 IP 地址)列表(以逗号隔开)。\n"
" 如果未输入服务器,则不会激活 net。\n"
" </p>"
@@ -929,9 +925,9 @@
"<b><big>本地主机配置</big></b><br>\n"
"通过使用回路网络,saned 和 net 元驱动程序\n"
"即使在本地主机上也是可用的。\n"
-"在这种情况下,服务器和客户机是同一台机器 (localhost)。\n"
+"在这种情况下,服务器和客户端是同一台机器 (localhost)。\n"
"某些扫描仪(例如并行端口扫描仪)需要根特权。\n"
-"当您对服务器和客户机均输入 <tt>localhost</tt> 后,\n"
+"当您对服务器和客户端均输入 <tt>localhost</tt> 后,\n"
"在本地主机上即使作为普通用户也能访问扫描仪。\n"
"</p>"
@@ -949,7 +945,7 @@
"\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
-"出错信息是:\n"
+"出错消息是:\n"
"\n"
"%1"
@@ -957,7 +953,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377
msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1."
-msgstr "未能确定软件包 %1 的版本。"
+msgstr "未能确定包 %1 的版本。"
#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require
#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson
@@ -982,26 +978,27 @@
"The 'iscan' package for the base software and an additional\n"
"model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n"
msgstr ""
-"需要来自爱普生/Avasys 的第三方图像扫描驱动软件。\n"
-"该图像扫描驱动软件由爱普生(之前叫 Avasys)制作并提供 http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n"
-"(之前在 http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n"
-"在此可下载 32位 (i386) 和 64位 (x86_64) 架构的 RPM 软件包(如果您同意了爱普生/Avasys 许可协议)。\n"
-"该图像扫描驱动包含了制式私有软件。\n"
-"对于某些型号它只提供了 32位 (i386) 架构驱动,若您的系统是 64 位则毫无办法。\n"
-"一些扫描仪也被其他的 (自由软件) 驱动支持。\n"
-"当您的扫描仪型号需要一个 DFSG 非自由(私有)模块时,您必须下载和安装来自爱普生/Avasys 的两个软件包:\n"
-"基础软件包 'iscan' 和额外的依赖于型号的带有私有模块的 'iscan-plugin' 软件包。\n"
+"需要来自 Epson/Avasys 的第三方图像扫描驱动程序软件。\n"
+"该图像扫描驱动程序软件由 Epson(前身为 Avasys)制作并提供\n"
+"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n"
+"(前身 Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n"
+"在此可下载 32 位 (i386) 和 64位 (x86_64) 体系结构的 RPM 包(如果您同意了 Epson/Avasys 许可协议)。\n"
+"该图像扫描驱动程序包含仅含二进制代码的专有软件。\n"
+"对于某些型号,它只提供 32 位 (i386) 体系结构驱动程序,如果您的系统是 64 位,则它不可用。\n"
+"一些扫描仪也支持其他的(自由软件)驱动程序。\n"
+"当您的扫描仪型号需要一个 DFSG 非自由(专有)模块时,您必须下载并安装来自 Epson/Avasys 的两个包:\n"
+"基本软件包“iscan”和额外的依赖于型号、含专有模块的“iscan-plugin”包。\n"
#. Is the package available to be installed?
#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442
msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available."
-msgstr "未安装必需的软件包 %1 且没有可用的软件源。"
+msgstr "未安装必需的包 %1 且包的储存库不可用。"
#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457
msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
-msgstr "未安装必需的软件包 %1 且软件源中没有该软件包。"
+msgstr "未安装必需的包 %1 且储存库中的此包不可用。"
#. Only a simple message because:
#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
@@ -1009,7 +1006,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476
msgid "Failed to install required package %1."
-msgstr "未能安装必需的软件包 %1。"
+msgstr "未能安装必需的包 %1。"
#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command.
#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
@@ -1025,9 +1022,9 @@
"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n"
msgstr ""
"未能确定活动的扫描仪。\n"
-"如果网络有问题时激活了 net 元驱动程序,命令 'scanimage -L' 可能无响应。例如,\n"
-"这可能发生在 net 元驱动程序使用的服务器通信由于防火墙丢弃了一些网络流量而被扭曲时。\n"
-"在这种情况下,请禁用 net 元驱动程序直到修复网络问题。\n"
+"如果网络有问题时激活了 net 元驱动程序,命令“scanimage -L”可能会无响应。例如,\n"
+"当 net 元驱动程序使用的服务器通讯由于防火墙丢弃了一些网络流量而失真时,这种情况便可能发生。\n"
+"在这种情况下,请禁用 net 元驱动程序,直到网络问题得到修复。\n"
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
@@ -1093,7 +1090,7 @@
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770
msgid "Check installed packages"
-msgstr "检查已安装的软件包"
+msgstr "检查已安装的包"
#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772
@@ -1119,12 +1116,12 @@
#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781
msgid "Checking installed packages..."
-msgstr "正在检查已安装的软件包..."
+msgstr "正在检查已安装的包..."
#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783
msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..."
-msgstr "正在读取或创建扫描仪数据库..."
+msgstr "正在读取或正在创建扫描仪数据库..."
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
@@ -1201,9 +1198,12 @@
"stop the ptal service, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP,\n"
"and start the scanner configuration again afterwards.\n"
msgstr ""
-"至少有一种打印机配置使用 ptal 服务。\n"
-"可以继续执行操作但运行中的 ptal 服务会让 hp-setup 不能正常工作。\n"
-"推荐立即停止扫描仪配置,停止 ptal 服务,修改打印机配置以使用 HPLIP,之后重启扫描仪配置。\n"
+"至少有一个打印机配置使用 ptal 服务。\n"
+"可以继续,但随后运行 ptal 服务可能会阻碍\n"
+" hp-setup 正确工作。\n"
+"建议现在中止该扫描仪配置,\n"
+"停止 ptal 服务,更改打印机配置以使用 HPLIP,\n"
+"然后重启动扫描仪配置。\n"
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
@@ -1216,9 +1216,9 @@
"configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\n"
"again afterwards.\n"
msgstr ""
-"不能运行 hp-setup 因为没有可打开的图形显示。\n"
-"这在 YaST 运行在文本模式下,或运行 YaST 的用户没有设置 DISPLAY 环境变量,或 YaST 进程不允许访问图形显示时发生。\n"
-"在这种情况下,中止扫描仪配置,手动运行 hp-setup,之后重启扫描仪配置。\n"
+"无法运行 hp-setup,因为没有可打开的图形显示。\n"
+"这在 YaST 在文本模式下运行,或运行 YaST 的用户没有设置 DISPLAY 环境变量,或 YaST 进程不允许访问图形显示时发生。\n"
+"在这种情况下,请中止扫描仪配置,手动运行 hp-setup,之后再次启动扫描仪配置。\n"
#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
@@ -1228,8 +1228,8 @@
"It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n"
"Should the hplip package be installed?\n"
msgstr ""
-"hplip 似乎没有被安装,但运行 hp-setup 需要它。\n"
-"是否安装 hplip 软件包?\n"
+"hplip 似乎没有安装,但运行 hp-setup 需要它。\n"
+"是否安装 hplip 包?\n"
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
@@ -1239,8 +1239,8 @@
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
"or does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
-"无法运行 hp-setup 由于\n"
-"/usr/bin/hp-setup 不具有可执行权限\n"
+"无法运行 hp-setup,因为\n"
+"/usr/bin/hp-setup 不可执行\n"
"或不存在。\n"
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
@@ -1250,8 +1250,8 @@
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
-"hp-setup 启动。\n"
-"在继续配置扫描仪之前,您必须完成 hp-setup。\n"
+"已启动 hp-setup。\n"
+"必须完成 hp-setup 才能继续配置扫描仪。\n"
#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column
#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet:
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@
#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455
msgid "Firmware upload required."
-msgstr "需要固件上传。"
+msgstr "需要固件上载。"
#. Scanner model list entry for models which require
#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys.
@@ -1315,19 +1315,19 @@
#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461
msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required."
-msgstr "需要来自爱普生/Avasys 的第三方图片扫描驱动软件。"
+msgstr "需要来自 Epson/Avasys 的第三方图片扫描驱动程序软件。"
#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name
#. which provides the driver for the particular model:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527
msgid "Package %1"
-msgstr "软件包 %1"
+msgstr "包 %1"
#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality."
-msgstr "失去维护的驱动 %1 或许会提供良好的功能。"
+msgstr "不再维护的驱动程序 %1 可以提供良好的功能。"
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554
@@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality."
-msgstr "失去维护驱动程序 %1 或许能提供完整的功能。"
+msgstr "不再维护的驱动程序 %1 可以提供完整的功能。"
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584
@@ -1359,13 +1359,13 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592
msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested."
-msgstr "驱动程序 %1 可能工作,但未经测试。"
+msgstr "驱动程序 %1 或许可以工作,但未经测试。"
#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality."
-msgstr "失去维护的驱动程序 %1 或许能提供基本的功能。"
+msgstr "不再维护的驱动程序 %1 可以能提供基本的功能。"
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609
@@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality."
-msgstr "失去维护的驱动程序 %1 或许能提供精简的功能。"
+msgstr "不再维护的驱动程序 %1 可以能提供精简的功能。"
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627
@@ -1387,7 +1387,7 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635
msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown."
-msgstr "驱动程序 %1 可能工作,但其功能未知。"
+msgstr "驱动程序 %1 或许可以工作,但其功能未知。"
#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload
#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown.
@@ -1411,19 +1411,19 @@
"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n"
"The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n"
msgstr ""
-"固件文件包含必须上传到扫描仪内存中的软件。\n"
+"固件文件包含必须上载到扫描仪内存中的软件。\n"
"没有固件,扫描仪将无法工作。\n"
"\n"
"固件由扫描仪制造商许可,因此我们无权分发。\n"
-"固件文件通常存储在制造商提供的 CD 中。\n"
-"或者可能在制造商的万维网站点可以下载得到。\n"
+"固件文件通常储存在制造商提供的 CD 中,\n"
+"或者可在制造商的网站下载。\n"
"请向制造商询问如何获得特定扫描仪的固件文件。\n"
-"查找更多有用信息,请访问 SANE 万维网站点 \n"
-"http://www.sane-project.org/.\n"
+"要查找更多有用信息,请访问 SANE 网站 \n"
+"http://www.sane-project.org/。\n"
"\n"
"获取固件文件后,必须手动配置驱动程序。\n"
-"驱动程序的手册页描述了如何配置驱动程序以供上传固件。\n"
-"下列命令显示了驱动程序的手册页:\n"
+"驱动程序的手册页描述如何配置驱动程序以进行固件上载。\n"
+"以下命令将显示驱动程序的手册页:\n"
#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
@@ -1436,9 +1436,9 @@
"If you proceed, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP.\n"
msgstr ""
"至少有一种打印机配置使用 ptal 服务。\n"
-"可以继续执行操作但随之 ptal 服务将停止,\n"
-"所有使用 ptal 服务的打印队列都将停止工作。\n"
-"如果您继续执行操作,请修改打印机配置以使用 HPLIP。\n"
+"您可以继续执行操作,但 ptal 服务将停止,\n"
+"并且所有使用 ptal 服务的打印队列都将停止工作。\n"
+"如果您继续执行操作,请更改打印机配置以使用 HPLIP。\n"
#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
@@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@
"另外,应该在引导时激活并启动 ptal 服务。\n"
"PTAL 系统和 hplip 服务是互斥的。\n"
"因此在 PTAL 系统初始化、激活和启动之前\n"
-"应该停止并取消激活正在运行的 hplip 服务。\n"
+"应该停止并停用正在运行的 hplip 服务。\n"
"PTAL 系统的自动初始化仅对于 USB 是安全的。\n"
"如果您有非 USB 设备或 USB 的自动初始化失败,\n"
"请手动设置 PTAL 系统。\n"
@@ -1508,12 +1508,12 @@
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
-msgstr "检查是否必须安装额外软件包"
+msgstr "检查是否必须安装其它包"
#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
-msgstr "检查是否需要上传固件"
+msgstr "检查是否需要上载固件"
#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
@@ -1528,12 +1528,12 @@
#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
-msgstr "正在检查是否必须安装额外软件包..."
+msgstr "正在检查是否必须安装其它包..."
#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
-msgstr "正在检查是否需要上传固件..."
+msgstr "正在检查是否需要上载固件..."
#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
@@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@
#. Otherwise skip this section.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
-msgstr "需要固件上传"
+msgstr "需要固件上载"
#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend.
#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo
@@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
-msgstr "设置 PTAL 系统失败。"
+msgstr "未能设置 PTAL 系统。"
#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
@@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@
"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:"
msgstr ""
"以下扫描仪使用相同的驱动程序。\n"
-"因此将取消激活所有那些扫描仪:"
+"因此将停用所有那些扫描仪:"
#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k.
#. but the user should get a notification
@@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
-msgstr "驱动程序 hpoj 已被取消激活,但关联的 ptal 服务并未被取消激活,因为 CUPS 打印系统需要该服务。"
+msgstr "驱动程序 hpoj 已被停用,但关联的 ptal 服务并未被停用,因为 CUPS 打印系统需要该服务。"
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
@@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
-msgstr "使用 'scanimage -d %1 -v' 进行测试..."
+msgstr "正在使用“scanimage -d %1 -v”进行测试..."
#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
@@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@
"\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-" 'scanimage -d %1 -v' 测试失败。\n"
+"使用“scanimage -d %1 -v”测试失败。\n"
"结果是:\n"
"\n"
"%2"
@@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@
"\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-" 'scanimage -d %1 -v' 测试成功。\n"
+"使用“scanimage -d %1 -v”测试成功。\n"
"结果是:\n"
"\n"
"%2"
@@ -1742,130 +1742,4 @@
#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
-msgstr "防火墙详情请参考此对话框的帮助文本。"
-
-#~ msgid "Test and set USB and SCSI scanner access permissions"
-#~ msgstr "测试并设置 USB 和 SCSI 扫描仪的访问权限"
-
-#~ msgid "Testing and setting USB and SCSI scanner access permissions..."
-#~ msgstr "正在测试并设置 USB 和 SCSI 扫描仪的访问权限..."
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to set scanner access permissions.\n"
-#~ "%1"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "设置扫描仪访问权限失败。\n"
-#~ "%1"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The package iscan should be installed\n"
-#~ "but it contains proprietary binary-only i386-only software.\n"
-#~ "Therefore it is only available for i386-compatible architectures.\n"
-#~ "Some scanners are also supported by another driver.\n"
-#~ "If you really want to install iscan, you must do it manually.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "应安装软件包 iscan,\n"
-#~ "但它包含专用的仅二进制并仅可用于 i386 的软件。\n"
-#~ "因此只能用于 i386 兼容的体系结构。\n"
-#~ "一些扫描仪也可以用另一驱动程序。\n"
-#~ "如果您确定要安装 iscan,请手动来安装。\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Failed to deny saned access from external zone in firewall."
-#~ msgstr "未能在防火墙中拒绝来自外部区域的 saned 访问。"
-
-#~ msgid "No SUSE Firewall, but another kind of firewall is used"
-#~ msgstr "无 SUSE 防火墙,但使用了其它类型的防火墙。"
-
-#~ msgid "Firewall is not or should not be running"
-#~ msgstr "防火墙未运行"
-
-#~ msgid "Firewall is active"
-#~ msgstr "防火墙处于活动状态"
-
-#~ msgid "No firewall protection for the internal network zone"
-#~ msgstr "内部网络区域无防火墙保护"
-
-#~ msgid "saned access denied from the external network zone"
-#~ msgstr "拒绝了来自外部网络区域的 saned 访问"
-
-#~ msgid "No Firewall Protection for the &Internal Network Zone"
-#~ msgstr "内部网络区域无防火墙保护(&I)"
-
-#~ msgid "Deny saned Access from the &External Network Zone"
-#~ msgstr "拒绝来自外部网络区域的 saned 访问(&E)"
-
-#~ msgid "Firewall protection enabled for the internal network zone"
-#~ msgstr "对内部网络区域启用了防火墙保护"
-
-#~ msgid "saned access allowed from the external network zone"
-#~ msgstr "允许了来自外部网络区域的 saned 访问"
-
-#~ msgid "Current Firewall Status"
-#~ msgstr "当前防火墙状态"
-
-#~ msgid "Firewall Settings"
-#~ msgstr "防火墙设置"
-
-#~ msgid "saned access from the external zone cannot be allowed."
-#~ msgstr "不允许来自外部区域的 saned 访问。"
-
-#~ msgid "Only a local host configuration works with firewall protection for the internal zone."
-#~ msgstr "只有本地主机配置才能与内部区域的防火墙保护一起使用。"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n"
-#~ "Most scanner drivers are provided by the sane-backends package.\n"
-#~ "The support status varies from minimal to complete.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "如果某个型号至少存在一个相应的可用扫描仪驱动程序,则系统就支持该型号。\n"
-#~ "大多数扫描仪驱动程序都由 sane-backends 包提供。\n"
-#~ "支持程度各不相同(从最低支持到完全支持)。\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b><big>Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n"
-#~ "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n"
-#~ "In <b>Permitted Clients</b>, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n"
-#~ "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n"
-#~ "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n"
-#~ "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n"
-#~ "If saned is activated, xinetd is also activated and set up for saned.\n"
-#~ "Clients contact saned via the sane-port (TCP port 6566)\n"
-#~ "but scanning data is transferred via an additional random port.\n"
-#~ "The default <b>Firewall Settings</b> during system installation\n"
-#~ "protect your host from external access.\n"
-#~ "This is not a problem when using scanners in an internal network\n"
-#~ "(when the network interface belongs to the internal network zone)\n"
-#~ "unless you have firewall protection enabled for the internal zone.\n"
-#~ "Allowing access from an external network does not make sense\n"
-#~ "because scanning documents requires physical scanner access.\n"
-#~ "Therefore access from the external zone can only be denied\n"
-#~ "if it was accidentally allowed by insecure firewall settings.\n"
-#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b><big>服务器设置</big></b><br>\n"
-#~ "如果您拥有本地连接的扫描仪并希望能够通过网络访问它们,\n"
-#~ "请对 saned 网络扫描守护程序进行设置以将您的主机转变为服务器。\n"
-#~ " 在<b>允许的客户机</b>中,输入允许访问服务器上的 saned 的客户机主机。\n"
-#~ " 输入用逗号隔开的客户机主机列表(主机名或 IP 地址)\n"
-#~ "或子网(CIDR 表示法如 192.168.1.0/24)。\n"
-#~ " 如果不允许任何客户机主机,则不会激活 saned。\n"
-#~ " 如果已激活 saned,xinetd 也会被激活并针对 saned 进行设置。\n"
-#~ " 客户机通过 sane 端口(TCP 端口 6566)与 saned 联系\n"
-#~ "但扫描数据通过另一个随机端口传送。\n"
-#~ " 系统安装期间默认的<b>防火墙设置</b>\n"
-#~ "防止您的主机进行外部访问。\n"
-#~ " 这对在内部网络中使用扫描仪\n"
-#~ "(即网络接口属于内部网络区域)不会有影响\n"
-#~ ",除非您对内部区域启用了防火墙保护。\n"
-#~ " 允许来自外部网络的访问没有意义,\n"
-#~ "因为扫描文档需要实际走到扫描仪跟前。\n"
-#~ " 因此,只有被不安全的防火墙设置意外允许\n"
-#~ ",才必须拒绝来自外部区域的访问。\n"
-#~ " </p>"
+msgstr "防火墙详情,请参考此对话框的帮助文本。"
Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po
===================================================================
--- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:18 UTC (rev 95876)
+++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po 2016-06-02 08:34:24 UTC (rev 95877)
@@ -1,27 +1,18 @@
-# Translation of YaST to Simplified Chinese
-# LANGUAGE message file for YaST2
-# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH.
+# Copyright (C) 2006 SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the package.
#
-# Xinwei Hu , 2004.
-# James Su , 2004.
-# Novell Language